From 0a518b943b6c855176f31b16a2f10a3c0ec40161 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shibby Date: Fri, 22 Aug 2014 08:43:30 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] SQLite update 3.8.6 --- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/INSTALL | 248 +- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/aclocal.m4 | 11795 +- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/config.guess | 527 +- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/config.sub | 370 +- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/configure | 37376 ++-- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/configure.ac | 8 +- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/depcomp | 344 +- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/install-sh | 534 +- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/libtool | 10077 + release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/ltmain.sh | 14669 +- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/missing | 145 +- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/shell.c | 2428 +- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.1 | 94 +- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.c | 191595 ++++++++++-------- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.h | 1875 +- release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h | 97 +- 16 files changed, 154309 insertions(+), 117873 deletions(-) rewrite release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/configure (66%) create mode 100755 release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/libtool mode change 100755 => 100644 release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/ltmain.sh diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/INSTALL b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/INSTALL index 23e5f25d0e..a1e89e18ad 100644 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/INSTALL +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/INSTALL @@ -1,16 +1,25 @@ Installation Instructions ************************* -Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005 Free -Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2011 Free Software Foundation, +Inc. -This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives -unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. + Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, +are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright +notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is, +without warranty of any kind. Basic Installation ================== -These are generic installation instructions. + Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should +configure, build, and install this package. The following +more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for +instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this +`INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented +below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not +necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found +in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions. The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses @@ -23,9 +32,9 @@ debugging `configure'). It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache' and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves -the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. (Caching is +the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale -cache files.) +cache files. If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail @@ -35,30 +44,37 @@ some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create -`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You only need -`configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using -a newer version of `autoconf'. +`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if +you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version +of `autoconf'. -The simplest way to compile this package is: + The simplest way to compile this package is: 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type - `./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're - using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type - `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute - `configure' itself. + `./configure' to configure the package for your system. - Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some - messages telling which features it is checking for. + Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints + some messages telling which features it is checking for. 2. Type `make' to compile the package. 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with - the package. + the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries. 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and - documentation. - - 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the + documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is + recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular + user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root + privileges. + + 5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but + this time using the binaries in their final installed location. + This target does not install anything. Running this target as a + regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required + root privileges, verifies that the installation completed + correctly. + + 6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is @@ -67,45 +83,69 @@ The simplest way to compile this package is: all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came with the distribution. + 7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed + files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that + uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the + GNU Coding Standards. + + 8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make + distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other + targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly. + This target is generally not run by end users. + Compilers and Options ===================== -Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the -`configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help' for -details on some of the pertinent environment variables. + Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that +the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help' +for details on some of the pertinent environment variables. You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here is an example: - ./configure CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix + ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix *Note Defining Variables::, for more details. Compiling For Multiple Architectures ==================================== -You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the + You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their -own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that -supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the +own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the -source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. +source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. This +is known as a "VPATH" build. + + With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one +architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have +installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before +reconfiguring for another architecture. - If you have to use a `make' that does not support the `VPATH' -variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a -time in the source code directory. After you have installed the -package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring -for another architecture. + On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and +executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or +"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the +compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like +this: + + ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ + CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ + CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E" + + This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you +may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results +using the `lipo' tool if you have problems. Installation Names ================== -By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under + By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under `/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving -`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX'. +`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an +absolute file name. You can specify separate installation prefixes for architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you @@ -116,16 +156,47 @@ Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix. In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories -you can set and what kinds of files go in them. +you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the +default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that +specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory +specifications that were not explicitly provided. + + The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the +correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or +both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the +`make install' command line to change installation locations without +having to reconfigure or recompile. + + The first method involves providing an override variable for each +affected directory. For example, `make install +prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all +directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of +`${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during `configure', +but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install +time for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of +makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by +the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation. +However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of +shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this +method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool. + + The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable. For +example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend +`/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of +`DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and +does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand, +it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even +when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}' +at `configure' time. + +Optional Features +================= If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'. -Optional Features -================= - -Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to + Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to `configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The @@ -137,14 +208,58 @@ find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't, you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and `--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations. + Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the +execution of `make' will be. For these packages, running `./configure +--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be +overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure +--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be +overridden with `make V=0'. + +Particular systems +================== + + On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU +CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in +order to use an ANSI C compiler: + + ./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500" + +and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX. + + HP-UX `make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as +their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped +generated files such as `configure' are involved. Use GNU `make' +instead. + + On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot +parse its `' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as +a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended +to try + + ./configure CC="cc" + +and if that doesn't work, try + + ./configure CC="cc -nodtk" + + On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'. This +directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of +these programs are available in `/usr/bin'. So, if you need `/usr/ucb' +in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'. + + On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common', +not `/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options: + + ./configure --prefix=/boot/common + Specifying the System Type ========================== -There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out automatically, -but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on. -Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_ -architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a -message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the + There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out +automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package +will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the +_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints +a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the `--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form: @@ -152,7 +267,8 @@ type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form: where SYSTEM can have one of these forms: - OS KERNEL-OS + OS + KERNEL-OS See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If `config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't @@ -170,9 +286,9 @@ eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'. Sharing Defaults ================ -If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you -can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default -values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'. + If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, +you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives +default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'. `configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then `PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the `CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script. @@ -181,7 +297,7 @@ A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script. Defining Variables ================== -Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the + Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run configure again during the build, and the customized values of these variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set @@ -190,21 +306,29 @@ them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example: ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is -overridden in the site shell script). Here is a another example: +overridden in the site shell script). - /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash +Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to +an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround: -Here the `CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash' operand causes subsequent -configuration-related scripts to be executed by `/bin/bash'. + CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash `configure' Invocation ====================== -`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates. + `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it +operates. `--help' `-h' - Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit. + Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit. + +`--help=short' +`--help=recursive' + Print a summary of the options unique to this package's + `configure', and exit. The `short' variant lists options used + only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options + also present in any nested packages. `--version' `-V' @@ -231,6 +355,16 @@ configuration-related scripts to be executed by `/bin/bash'. Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually `configure' can determine that directory automatically. +`--prefix=DIR' + Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names:: + for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning + the installation locations. + +`--no-create' +`-n' + Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output + files. + `configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run `configure --help' for more details. diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/aclocal.m4 b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/aclocal.m4 index 4723f85008..2f6e954bfd 100644 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/aclocal.m4 +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/aclocal.m4 @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ -# generated automatically by aclocal 1.9.6 -*- Autoconf -*- +# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.5 -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, -# 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. @@ -11,103 +12,208 @@ # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. +m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], + [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl +m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.69],, +[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.69. +You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. +If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. +To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])]) + # libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Autoconf-*- +# +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, +# 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives +# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without +# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +m4_define([_LT_COPYING], [dnl +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, +# 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 +# +# This file is part of GNU Libtool. +# +# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +# the License, or (at your option) any later version. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, +# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that +# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the +# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# +# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy +# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or +# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +]) -# serial 48 AC_PROG_LIBTOOL +# serial 57 LT_INIT -# AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE(MACRO-NAME, IF-PROVIDED, IF-NOT-PROVIDED) -# ----------------------------------------------------------- -# If this macro is not defined by Autoconf, define it here. -m4_ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE], - [], - [m4_define([AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE], - [m4_ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_$1], - [$2], [$3])])]) +# LT_PREREQ(VERSION) +# ------------------ +# Complain and exit if this libtool version is less that VERSION. +m4_defun([LT_PREREQ], +[m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION]), [$1]), -1, + [m4_default([$3], + [m4_fatal([Libtool version $1 or higher is required], + 63)])], + [$2])]) -# AC_PROG_LIBTOOL -# --------------- -AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], -[AC_REQUIRE([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])dnl -dnl If AC_PROG_CXX has already been expanded, run AC_LIBTOOL_CXX -dnl immediately, otherwise, hook it in at the end of AC_PROG_CXX. - AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], - [AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], - [define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[AC_LIBTOOL_CXX - ])]) -dnl And a similar setup for Fortran 77 support - AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_F77], - [AC_LIBTOOL_F77], - [define([AC_PROG_F77], defn([AC_PROG_F77])[AC_LIBTOOL_F77 -])]) - -dnl Quote A][M_PROG_GCJ so that aclocal doesn't bring it in needlessly. -dnl If either AC_PROG_GCJ or A][M_PROG_GCJ have already been expanded, run -dnl AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ immediately, otherwise, hook it in at the end of both. - AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ], - [AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], - [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ], - [AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], - [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], - [AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], - [ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], - [define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])]) - ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], - [define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])]) - ifdef([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], - [define([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], - defn([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ])[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])])])]) -])])# AC_PROG_LIBTOOL - - -# _AC_PROG_LIBTOOL -# ---------------- -AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl -AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_CXX])dnl -AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_F77])dnl -AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])dnl +# _LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR +# ------------------ +# Complain if the absolute build directory name contains unusual characters +m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR], +[case `pwd` in + *\ * | *\ *) + AC_MSG_WARN([Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in `pwd`]) ;; +esac +]) + + +# LT_INIT([OPTIONS]) +# ------------------ +AC_DEFUN([LT_INIT], +[AC_PREREQ([2.58])dnl We use AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT +AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT])dnl +AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_LANG])dnl +AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl +AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR])dnl + +dnl Autoconf doesn't catch unexpanded LT_ macros by default: +m4_pattern_forbid([^_?LT_[A-Z_]+$])dnl +m4_pattern_allow([^(_LT_EOF|LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW|LT_MULTI_MODULE)$])dnl +dnl aclocal doesn't pull ltoptions.m4, ltsugar.m4, or ltversion.m4 +dnl unless we require an AC_DEFUNed macro: +AC_REQUIRE([LTOPTIONS_VERSION])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LTSUGAR_VERSION])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LTVERSION_VERSION])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION])dnl +m4_require([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])dnl + +_LT_SHELL_INIT([SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}]) + +dnl Parse OPTIONS +_LT_SET_OPTIONS([$0], [$1]) # This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed -LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" +LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain" # Always use our own libtool. LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl -# Prevent multiple expansion -define([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], []) -])# _AC_PROG_LIBTOOL +_LT_SETUP +# Only expand once: +m4_define([LT_INIT]) +])# LT_INIT -# AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP -# ---------------- -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP], -[AC_PREREQ(2.50)dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_SHARED])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_STATIC])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +# Old names: +AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT]) +AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], []) + + +# _LT_CC_BASENAME(CC) +# ------------------- +# Calculate cc_basename. Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix. +m4_defun([_LT_CC_BASENAME], +[for cc_temp in $1""; do + case $cc_temp in + compile | *[[\\/]]compile | ccache | *[[\\/]]ccache ) ;; + distcc | *[[\\/]]distcc | purify | *[[\\/]]purify ) ;; + \-*) ;; + *) break;; + esac +done +cc_basename=`$ECHO "$cc_temp" | $SED "s%.*/%%; s%^$host_alias-%%"` +]) + + +# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS +# ---------------------- +# It is okay to use these file commands and assume they have been set +# sensibly after `m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])'. +m4_defun([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS], +[: ${CP="cp -f"} +: ${MV="mv -f"} +: ${RM="rm -f"} +])# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS + + +# _LT_SETUP +# --------- +m4_defun([_LT_SETUP], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LD])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_NM])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [PATH_SEPARATOR], [1], [The PATH separator for the build system])dnl +dnl +_LT_DECL([], [host_alias], [0], [The host system])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [host], [0])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [host_os], [0])dnl +dnl +_LT_DECL([], [build_alias], [0], [The build system])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [build], [0])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [build_os], [0])dnl +dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl +dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])dnl -# Autoconf 2.13's AC_OBJEXT and AC_EXEEXT macros only works for C compilers! -AC_REQUIRE([AC_OBJEXT])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_EXEEXT])dnl +test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" +_LT_DECL([], [LN_S], [1], [Whether we need soft or hard links])dnl dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])dnl +_LT_DECL([objext], [ac_objext], [0], [Object file suffix (normally "o")])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [exeext], [0], [Executable file suffix (normally "")])dnl +dnl +m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl +m4_require([_LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CMD_RELOAD])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_WITH_SYSROOT])dnl + +_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ +# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our +# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT. +if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +fi +]) +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +fi -AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN -AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE -AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR +_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR -AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])dnl -_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH +m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl case $host_os in aix3*) @@ -121,451 +227,1149 @@ aix3*) ;; esac -# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies -# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. -Xsed='sed -e 1s/^X//' -[sed_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`$\\\\]\)/\\\1/g'] - -# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. -[double_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`\\\\]\)/\\\1/g'] - -# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a -# double_quote_subst'ed string. -delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' - -# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions -no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' - -# Constants: -rm="rm -f" - # Global variables: -default_ofile=libtool +ofile=libtool can_build_shared=yes # All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, # which needs '.lib'). libext=a -ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" -ofile="$default_ofile" -with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" -AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar, false) -AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :) -AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :) +with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" old_CC="$CC" old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" # Set sane defaults for various variables -test -z "$AR" && AR=ar -test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru -test -z "$AS" && AS=as test -z "$CC" && CC=cc test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS -test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool test -z "$LD" && LD=ld -test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" -test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file -test -z "$NM" && NM=nm -test -z "$SED" && SED=sed -test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump -test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: -test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o -# Determine commands to create old-style static archives. -old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' -old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' -old_postuninstall_cmds= - -if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - case $host_os in - openbsd*) - old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib" - ;; - *) - old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" - ;; - esac - old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" -fi - _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) # Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it +test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file case $deplibs_check_method in file_magic*) if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then - AC_PATH_MAGIC + _LT_PATH_MAGIC fi ;; esac -AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], enable_dlopen=yes, enable_dlopen=no) -AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], -enable_win32_dll=yes, enable_win32_dll=no) +# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script +LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([CC]) +_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG +_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG +_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS +])# _LT_SETUP -AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock], - [AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock], - [avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])]) -test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes -AC_ARG_WITH([pic], - [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-pic], - [try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])], - [pic_mode="$withval"], - [pic_mode=default]) -test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default +# _LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS +# -------------------------- +# Define a few sed substitution that help us do robust quoting. +m4_defun([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS], +[# Backslashify metacharacters that are still active within +# double-quoted strings. +sed_quote_subst='s/\([["`$\\]]\)/\\\1/g' -# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script -tagname= -AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG -_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG -])# AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP +# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. +double_quote_subst='s/\([["`\\]]\)/\\\1/g' +# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a +# double_quote_subst'ed string. +delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' -# _LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER -# ------------------- -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl +# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote. +delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g' -# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. -LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} +# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions +no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' +]) -# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. -LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} +# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN +# --------------- +# Note that this code is called both from `configure', and `config.status' +# now that we use AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS to generate libtool. Notably, +# `config.status' has no value for ac_aux_dir unless we are using Automake, +# so we pass a copy along to make sure it has a sensible value anyway. +m4_defun([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN], +[m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([ltmain.sh])])dnl +_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir']) +ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" +])# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -compiler=$CC -])# _LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER -# _LT_CC_BASENAME(CC) -# ------------------- -# Calculate cc_basename. Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix. -AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME], -[for cc_temp in $1""; do - case $cc_temp in - compile | *[[\\/]]compile | ccache | *[[\\/]]ccache ) ;; - distcc | *[[\\/]]distcc | purify | *[[\\/]]purify ) ;; - \-*) ;; - *) break;; - esac -done -cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` +# So that we can recreate a full libtool script including additional +# tags, we accumulate the chunks of code to send to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS +# in macros and then make a single call at the end using the `libtool' +# label. + + +# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([INIT-COMMANDS]) +# ---------------------------------------- +# Register INIT-COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later. +m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT], +[m4_ifval([$1], + [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT], + [$1 +])])]) + +# Initialize. +m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT]) + + +# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([COMMANDS]) +# ------------------------------ +# Register COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later. +m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL], +[m4_ifval([$1], + [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], + [$1 +])])]) + +# Initialize. +m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS]) + + +# _LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([COMMANDS], [INIT_COMMANDS]) +# ----------------------------------------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS], +[_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([$1]) +_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([$2]) ]) -# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE -# ------------------------ -# Check for compiler boilerplate output or warnings with -# the simple compiler test code. -AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE], -[ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$rm conftest* -])# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE +# _LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([COMMENT]) +# ----------------------------- +# Add leading comment marks to the start of each line, and a trailing +# full-stop to the whole comment if one is not present already. +m4_define([_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT], +[m4_ifval([$1], [ +m4_bpatsubst([m4_bpatsubst([$1], [^ *], [# ])], + [['`$\]], [\\\&])]m4_bmatch([$1], [[!?.]$], [], [.]) +)]) + + + + + +# _LT_DECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION], [IS-TAGGED?]) +# ------------------------------------------------------------------- +# CONFIGNAME is the name given to the value in the libtool script. +# VARNAME is the (base) name used in the configure script. +# VALUE may be 0, 1 or 2 for a computed quote escaped value based on +# VARNAME. Any other value will be used directly. +m4_define([_LT_DECL], +[lt_if_append_uniq([lt_decl_varnames], [$2], [, ], + [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [libtool_name], + [m4_ifval([$1], [$1], [$2])]) + lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [value], [$3]) + m4_ifval([$4], + [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [description], [$4])]) + lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], + [tagged?], [m4_ifval([$5], [yes], [no])])]) +]) -# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE -# ---------------------- -# Check for linker boilerplate output or warnings with -# the simple link test code. -AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE], -[ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -printf "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$rm conftest* -])# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE +# _LT_TAGDECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION]) +# -------------------------------------------------------- +m4_define([_LT_TAGDECL], [_LT_DECL([$1], [$2], [$3], [$4], [yes])]) -# _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX -# ---------------------- -# Links a minimal program and checks the executable -# for the system default hardcoded library path. In most cases, -# this is /usr/lib:/lib, but when the MPI compilers are used -# the location of the communication and MPI libs are included too. -# If we don't find anything, use the default library path according -# to the aix ld manual. -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX], -[AC_LINK_IFELSE(AC_LANG_PROGRAM,[ -aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'` -# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'`; fi],[]) -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi -])# _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX +# lt_decl_tag_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) +# ------------------------------------------------ +m4_define([lt_decl_tag_varnames], +[_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [yes], $@)]) -# _LT_AC_SHELL_INIT(ARG) -# ---------------------- -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT], -[ifdef([AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE], - [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE)], - [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(NOTICE)]) -$1 -AC_DIVERT_POP -])# _LT_AC_SHELL_INIT +# _lt_decl_filter(SUBKEY, VALUE, [SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1..]) +# --------------------------------------------------------- +m4_define([_lt_decl_filter], +[m4_case([$#], + [0], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#])], + [1], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#: $1])], + [2], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [], lt_decl_varnames)], + [3], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [$3], lt_decl_varnames)], + [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], $@)])[]dnl +]) -# _LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH -# -------------------------- -# Add some code to the start of the generated configure script which -# will find an echo command which doesn't interpret backslashes. -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], -[_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([ -# Check that we are running under the correct shell. -SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} - -case X$ECHO in -X*--fallback-echo) - # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make). - ECHO=`echo "$ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\[$]\\[$]0,'[$]0','` - ;; -esac +# lt_decl_quote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) +# -------------------------------------------------- +m4_define([lt_decl_quote_varnames], +[_lt_decl_filter([value], [1], $@)]) -echo=${ECHO-echo} -if test "X[$]1" = X--no-reexec; then - # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. - shift -elif test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over - : -elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then - # Yippee, $echo works! - : -else - # Restart under the correct shell. - exec $SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"} -fi -if test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # used as fallback echo - shift - cat </dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH -if test -z "$ECHO"; then -if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then -# find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it - for cmd in 'sed 50q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'echo test'; do - # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ... - if (echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`) 2>/dev/null && - echo_test_string=`eval $cmd` && - (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null - then - break - fi - done -fi +# lt_decl_varnames_tagged([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) +# --------------------------------------------------- +m4_define([lt_decl_varnames_tagged], +[m4_assert([$# <= 2])dnl +_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])), + m4_ifval([$2], [[$2]], [m4_dquote(lt_decl_tag_varnames)]), + m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_quote(_LT_TAGS)), [ ]))]) +m4_define([_lt_decl_varnames_tagged], +[m4_ifval([$3], [lt_combine([$1], [$2], [_], $3)])]) -if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - : -else - # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote - # backslashes. This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using - # echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g' - # - # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH. - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) && - test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - echo="$dir/echo" - break - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" +# lt_decl_all_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) +# ------------------------------------------------ +m4_define([lt_decl_all_varnames], +[_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])), + m4_if([$2], [], + m4_quote(lt_decl_varnames), + m4_quote(m4_shift($@))))[]dnl +]) +m4_define([_lt_decl_all_varnames], +[lt_join($@, lt_decl_varnames_tagged([$1], + lt_decl_tag_varnames([[, ]], m4_shift($@))))dnl +]) - if test "X$echo" = Xecho; then - # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives. - if test "X`(print -r '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`(print -r "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick. - echo='print -r' - elif (test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext) && - test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then - # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it. - ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} - export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL - CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh - export CONFIG_SHELL - exec $CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"} - else - # Try using printf. - echo='printf %s\n' - if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - # Cool, printf works - : - elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL - export CONFIG_SHELL - SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL" - export SHELL - echo="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo" - elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - echo="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo" - else - # maybe with a smaller string... - prev=: - for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; do - if (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`") 2>/dev/null - then - break - fi - prev="$cmd" - done +# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE([VARNAME]) +# ------------------------------------ +# Quote a variable value, and forward it to `config.status' so that its +# declaration there will have the same value as in `configure'. VARNAME +# must have a single quote delimited value for this to work. +m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE], +[$1='`$ECHO "$][$1" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`']) - if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; then - echo_test_string=`eval $prev` - export echo_test_string - exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "[$]0" ${1+"[$]@"} - else - # Oops. We lost completely, so just stick with echo. - echo=echo - fi - fi - fi - fi -fi -fi -# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from -# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later. -ECHO=$echo -if test "X$ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"; then - ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\[$]0 --fallback-echo" -fi +# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS +# ------------------------------ +# We delimit libtool config variables with single quotes, so when +# we write them to config.status, we have to be sure to quote all +# embedded single quotes properly. In configure, this macro expands +# each variable declared with _LT_DECL (and _LT_TAGDECL) into: +# +# ='`$ECHO "$" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS], +[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_all_varnames), + [m4_n([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])]) -AC_SUBST(ECHO) -])])# _LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH +# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS +# ---------------- +# Output comment and list of tags supported by the script +m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS], +[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script])dnl +available_tags="_LT_TAGS"dnl +]) -# _LT_AC_LOCK -# ----------- -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK], -[AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock], - [AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock], - [avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])]) -test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes -# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good -# libtool support. -case $host in -ia64-*-hpux*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in - *ELF-32*) - HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" - ;; - *ELF-64*) - HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" - ;; - esac - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ;; -*-*-irix6*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then - if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in - *32-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" - ;; - *N32*) - LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" +# _LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(VARNAME, [TAG]) +# ----------------------------------- +# Extract the dictionary values for VARNAME (optionally with TAG) and +# expand to a commented shell variable setting: +# +# # Some comment about what VAR is for. +# visible_name=$lt_internal_name +m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE], +[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], + [description])))[]dnl +m4_pushdef([_libtool_name], + m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [libtool_name])))[]dnl +m4_case(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])), + [0], [_libtool_name=[$]$1], + [1], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1], + [2], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1], + [_libtool_name=lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])])[]dnl +m4_ifval([$2], [_$2])[]m4_popdef([_libtool_name])[]dnl +]) + + +# _LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS +# ----------------------- +# Produce commented declarations of non-tagged libtool config variables +# suitable for insertion in the LIBTOOL CONFIG section of the `libtool' +# script. Tagged libtool config variables (even for the LIBTOOL CONFIG +# section) are produced by _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS. +m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS], +[m4_foreach([_lt_var], + m4_quote(_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [no], [], lt_decl_varnames)), + [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])]) + + +# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(TAG) +# ------------------------- +m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS], +[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_tag_varnames), + [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var, [$1])])])]) + + +# _LT_TAGVAR(VARNAME, [TAGNAME]) +# ------------------------------ +m4_define([_LT_TAGVAR], [m4_ifval([$2], [$1_$2], [$1])]) + + +# _LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS +# ------------------- +# Send accumulated output to $CONFIG_STATUS. Thanks to the lists of +# variables for single and double quote escaping we saved from calls +# to _LT_DECL, we can put quote escaped variables declarations +# into `config.status', and then the shell code to quote escape them in +# for loops in `config.status'. Finally, any additional code accumulated +# from calls to _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT is expanded. +m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS], +[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_OUTPUT], + dnl If the libtool generation code has been placed in $CONFIG_LT, + dnl instead of duplicating it all over again into config.status, + dnl then we will have config.status run $CONFIG_LT later, so it + dnl needs to know what name is stored there: + [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool], + [$SHELL $CONFIG_LT || AS_EXIT(1)], [CONFIG_LT='$CONFIG_LT'])], + dnl If the libtool generation code is destined for config.status, + dnl expand the accumulated commands and init code now: + [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool], + [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT])]) +])#_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS + + +# Initialize. +m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT], +[ + +# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout +# if CDPATH is set. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' +double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst' +delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst' +_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS +LTCC='$LTCC' +LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS' +compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT' + +# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. +func_fallback_echo () +{ + eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF +\$[]1 +_LTECHO_EOF' +} + +# Quote evaled strings. +for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \ +]], lt_decl_quote_varnames); do + case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in + *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ;; - *64-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" + *) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" ;; esac - else - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in - *32-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -32" - ;; - *N32*) - LD="${LD-ld} -n32" +done + +# Double-quote double-evaled strings. +for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \ +]], lt_decl_dquote_varnames); do + case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in + *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" ;; - *64-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -64" + *) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" ;; esac +done + +_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT +]) + +# _LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT(FILE, [COMMENT]) +# ------------------------------------ +# Generate a child script FILE with all initialization necessary to +# reuse the environment learned by the parent script, and make the +# file executable. If COMMENT is supplied, it is inserted after the +# `#!' sequence but before initialization text begins. After this +# macro, additional text can be appended to FILE to form the body of +# the child script. The macro ends with non-zero status if the +# file could not be fully written (such as if the disk is full). +m4_ifdef([AS_INIT_GENERATED], +[m4_defun([_LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT],[AS_INIT_GENERATED($@)])], +[m4_defun([_LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT], +[m4_require([AS_PREPARE])]dnl +[m4_pushdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])]dnl +[lt_write_fail=0 +cat >$1 <<_ASEOF || lt_write_fail=1 +#! $SHELL +# Generated by $as_me. +$2 +SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} +export SHELL +_ASEOF +cat >>$1 <<\_ASEOF || lt_write_fail=1 +AS_SHELL_SANITIZE +_AS_PREPARE +exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>&1 +_ASEOF +test $lt_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $1[]dnl +m4_popdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])])])# _LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT + +# LT_OUTPUT +# --------- +# This macro allows early generation of the libtool script (before +# AC_OUTPUT is called), incase it is used in configure for compilation +# tests. +AC_DEFUN([LT_OUTPUT], +[: ${CONFIG_LT=./config.lt} +AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $CONFIG_LT]) +_LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT(["$CONFIG_LT"], +[# Run this file to recreate a libtool stub with the current configuration.]) + +cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF +lt_cl_silent=false +exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log +{ + echo + AS_BOX([Running $as_me.]) +} >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + +lt_cl_help="\ +\`$as_me' creates a local libtool stub from the current configuration, +for use in further configure time tests before the real libtool is +generated. + +Usage: $[0] [[OPTIONS]] + + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -V, --version print version number, then exit + -q, --quiet do not print progress messages + -d, --debug don't remove temporary files + +Report bugs to ." + +lt_cl_version="\ +m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [AC_PACKAGE_NAME ])config.lt[]dnl +m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ AC_PACKAGE_VERSION]) +configured by $[0], generated by m4_PACKAGE_STRING. + +Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This config.lt script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permision to copy, distribute and modify it." + +while test $[#] != 0 +do + case $[1] in + --version | --v* | -V ) + echo "$lt_cl_version"; exit 0 ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$lt_cl_help"; exit 0 ;; + --debug | --d* | -d ) + debug=: ;; + --quiet | --q* | --silent | --s* | -q ) + lt_cl_silent=: ;; + + -*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized option: $[1] +Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;; + + *) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized argument: $[1] +Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;; + esac + shift +done + +if $lt_cl_silent; then + exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>/dev/null +fi +_LTEOF + +cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF +_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT +_LTEOF + +cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF +AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $ofile]) +_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS +AS_EXIT(0) +_LTEOF +chmod +x "$CONFIG_LT" + +# configure is writing to config.log, but config.lt does its own redirection, +# appending to config.log, which fails on DOS, as config.log is still kept +# open by configure. Here we exec the FD to /dev/null, effectively closing +# config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and appended to by config.lt. +lt_cl_success=: +test "$silent" = yes && + lt_config_lt_args="$lt_config_lt_args --quiet" +exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>/dev/null +$SHELL "$CONFIG_LT" $lt_config_lt_args || lt_cl_success=false +exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log +$lt_cl_success || AS_EXIT(1) +])# LT_OUTPUT + + +# _LT_CONFIG(TAG) +# --------------- +# If TAG is the built-in tag, create an initial libtool script with a +# default configuration from the untagged config vars. Otherwise add code +# to config.status for appending the configuration named by TAG from the +# matching tagged config vars. +m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG], +[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([ + m4_define([_LT_TAG], m4_if([$1], [], [C], [$1]))dnl + m4_if(_LT_TAG, [C], [ + # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our + # commands through without removal of \ escapes. + if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST + fi + + cfgfile="${ofile}T" + trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 + $RM "$cfgfile" + + cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" +#! $SHELL + +# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. +# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION +# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: +# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. +# +_LT_COPYING +_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS + +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG +_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS +_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS +# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG + +_LT_EOF + + case $host_os in + aix3*) + cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" +# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some +# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems +# vanish in a puff of smoke. +if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then + COLLECT_NAMES= + export COLLECT_NAMES +fi +_LT_EOF + ;; + esac + + _LT_PROG_LTMAIN + + # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if + # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in + # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem + # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? + sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) + + _LT_PROG_REPLACE_SHELLFNS + + mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || + (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") + chmod +x "$ofile" +], +[cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$ofile" + +dnl Unfortunately we have to use $1 here, since _LT_TAG is not expanded +dnl in a comment (ie after a #). +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1 +_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(_LT_TAG) +# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1 +_LT_EOF +])dnl /m4_if +], +[m4_if([$1], [], [ + PACKAGE='$PACKAGE' + VERSION='$VERSION' + TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP' + RM='$RM' + ofile='$ofile'], []) +])dnl /_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS +])# _LT_CONFIG + + +# LT_SUPPORTED_TAG(TAG) +# --------------------- +# Trace this macro to discover what tags are supported by the libtool +# --tag option, using: +# autoconf --trace 'LT_SUPPORTED_TAG:$1' +AC_DEFUN([LT_SUPPORTED_TAG], []) + + +# C support is built-in for now +m4_define([_LT_LANG_C_enabled], []) +m4_define([_LT_TAGS], []) + + +# LT_LANG(LANG) +# ------------- +# Enable libtool support for the given language if not already enabled. +AC_DEFUN([LT_LANG], +[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl +m4_case([$1], + [C], [_LT_LANG(C)], + [C++], [_LT_LANG(CXX)], + [Go], [_LT_LANG(GO)], + [Java], [_LT_LANG(GCJ)], + [Fortran 77], [_LT_LANG(F77)], + [Fortran], [_LT_LANG(FC)], + [Windows Resource], [_LT_LANG(RC)], + [m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_CONFIG], + [_LT_LANG($1)], + [m4_fatal([$0: unsupported language: "$1"])])])dnl +])# LT_LANG + + +# _LT_LANG(LANGNAME) +# ------------------ +m4_defun([_LT_LANG], +[m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [], + [LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([$1])dnl + m4_append([_LT_TAGS], [$1 ])dnl + m4_define([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [])dnl + _LT_LANG_$1_CONFIG($1)])dnl +])# _LT_LANG + + +m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_GO], [ +# NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into # +# GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_GO. When it is available in # +# a released version of Autoconf we should remove this # +# macro and use it instead. # +m4_defun([AC_PROG_GO], +[AC_LANG_PUSH(Go)dnl +AC_ARG_VAR([GOC], [Go compiler command])dnl +AC_ARG_VAR([GOFLAGS], [Go compiler flags])dnl +_AC_ARG_VAR_LDFLAGS()dnl +AC_CHECK_TOOL(GOC, gccgo) +if test -z "$GOC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + AC_CHECK_PROG(GOC, [${ac_tool_prefix}gccgo], [${ac_tool_prefix}gccgo]) + fi +fi +if test -z "$GOC"; then + AC_CHECK_PROG(GOC, gccgo, gccgo, false) +fi +])#m4_defun +])#m4_ifndef + + +# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG +# ----------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG], +[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], + [LT_LANG(CXX)], + [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[LT_LANG(CXX)])]) + +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_F77], + [LT_LANG(F77)], + [m4_define([AC_PROG_F77], defn([AC_PROG_F77])[LT_LANG(F77)])]) + +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_FC], + [LT_LANG(FC)], + [m4_define([AC_PROG_FC], defn([AC_PROG_FC])[LT_LANG(FC)])]) + +dnl The call to [A][M_PROG_GCJ] is quoted like that to stop aclocal +dnl pulling things in needlessly. +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ], + [LT_LANG(GCJ)], + [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ], + [LT_LANG(GCJ)], + [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_GCJ], + [LT_LANG(GCJ)], + [m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], + [m4_define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])]) + m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], + [m4_define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])]) + m4_ifdef([LT_PROG_GCJ], + [m4_define([LT_PROG_GCJ], defn([LT_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])])])]) + +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GO], + [LT_LANG(GO)], + [m4_define([AC_PROG_GO], defn([AC_PROG_GO])[LT_LANG(GO)])]) + +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_RC], + [LT_LANG(RC)], + [m4_define([LT_PROG_RC], defn([LT_PROG_RC])[LT_LANG(RC)])]) +])# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG + +# Obsolete macros: +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [LT_LANG(C++)]) +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [LT_LANG(Fortran 77)]) +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [LT_LANG(Fortran)]) +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [LT_LANG(Java)]) +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], [LT_LANG(Windows Resource)]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], []) + + +# _LT_TAG_COMPILER +# ---------------- +m4_defun([_LT_TAG_COMPILER], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl + +_LT_DECL([LTCC], [CC], [1], [A C compiler])dnl +_LT_DECL([LTCFLAGS], [CFLAGS], [1], [LTCC compiler flags])dnl +_LT_TAGDECL([CC], [compiler], [1], [A language specific compiler])dnl +_LT_TAGDECL([with_gcc], [GCC], [0], [Is the compiler the GNU compiler?])dnl + +# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. +LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} + +# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. +LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} + +# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. +compiler=$CC +])# _LT_TAG_COMPILER + + +# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE +# ------------------------ +# Check for compiler boilerplate output or warnings with +# the simple compiler test code. +m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext +echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext +eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err +_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` +$RM conftest* +])# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE + + +# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE +# ---------------------- +# Check for linker boilerplate output or warnings with +# the simple link test code. +m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext +echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext +eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err +_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` +$RM -r conftest* +])# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + +# _LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS +# ------------------------- +m4_defun_once([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],[ + case $host_os in + rhapsody* | darwin*) + AC_CHECK_TOOL([DSYMUTIL], [dsymutil], [:]) + AC_CHECK_TOOL([NMEDIT], [nmedit], [:]) + AC_CHECK_TOOL([LIPO], [lipo], [:]) + AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL], [otool], [:]) + AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL64], [otool64], [:]) + _LT_DECL([], [DSYMUTIL], [1], + [Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X]) + _LT_DECL([], [NMEDIT], [1], + [Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X]) + _LT_DECL([], [LIPO], [1], + [Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X]) + _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL], [1], + [ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X]) + _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL64], [1], + [ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4]) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -single_module linker flag],[lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod], + [lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no + if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then + # By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override + # by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE + # non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the + # link flags. + rm -rf libconftest.dylib* + echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c + echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ +-dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ + -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err + _lt_result=$? + # If there is a non-empty error log, and "single_module" + # appears in it, assume the flag caused a linker warning + if test -s conftest.err && $GREP single_module conftest.err; then + cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + # Otherwise, if the output was created with a 0 exit code from + # the compiler, it worked. + elif test -f libconftest.dylib && test $_lt_result -eq 0; then + lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes + else + cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + fi + rm -rf libconftest.dylib* + rm -f conftest.* + fi]) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -exported_symbols_list linker flag], + [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list], + [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no + save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS + echo "_main" > conftest.sym + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym" + AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])], + [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes], + [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no]) + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + ]) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -force_load linker flag],[lt_cv_ld_force_load], + [lt_cv_ld_force_load=no + cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF +int forced_loaded() { return 2;} +_LT_EOF + echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + echo "$AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + $AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + echo "$RANLIB libconftest.a" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + $RANLIB libconftest.a 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF +int main() { return 0;} +_LT_EOF + echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a 2>conftest.err + _lt_result=$? + if test -s conftest.err && $GREP force_load conftest.err; then + cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + elif test -f conftest && test $_lt_result -eq 0 && $GREP forced_load conftest >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + lt_cv_ld_force_load=yes + else + cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + fi + rm -f conftest.err libconftest.a conftest conftest.c + rm -rf conftest.dSYM + ]) + case $host_os in + rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]]) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + darwin1.*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + darwin*) # darwin 5.x on + # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults + # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment + # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? + case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in + 10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[[91]]*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; + 10.[[012]]*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + 10.*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; + esac + ;; + esac + if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then + _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module' + fi + if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then + _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym' + else + _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' + fi + if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":" && test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "no"; then + _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :' + else + _lt_dsymutil= + fi + ;; + esac +]) + + +# _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES([TAG]) +# --------------------------------- +# Checks for linker and compiler features on darwin +m4_defun([_LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES], +[ + m4_require([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS]) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported + if test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "yes"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience ${wl}-force_load,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"`' + m4_case([$1], [F77], [_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes], + [FC], [_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes]) + else + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='' + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined" + case $cc_basename in + ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;; + *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;; + esac + if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then + output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" + _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" + _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" + m4_if([$1], [CXX], +[ if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" != "yes"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dsymutil}" + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" + fi +],[]) + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi +]) + +# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([TAGNAME]) +# ---------------------------------- +# Links a minimal program and checks the executable +# for the system default hardcoded library path. In most cases, +# this is /usr/lib:/lib, but when the MPI compilers are used +# the location of the communication and MPI libs are included too. +# If we don't find anything, use the default library path according +# to the aix ld manual. +# Store the results from the different compilers for each TAGNAME. +# Allow to override them for all tags through lt_cv_aix_libpath. +m4_defun([_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +if test "${lt_cv_aix_libpath+set}" = set; then + aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath +else + AC_CACHE_VAL([_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])], + [AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM],[ + lt_aix_libpath_sed='[ + /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { + /^0/ { + s/^0 *\([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ + p + } + }]' + _LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` + # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. + if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])"; then + _LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` + fi],[]) + if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])"; then + _LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])="/usr/lib:/lib" + fi + ]) + aix_libpath=$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1]) +fi +])# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX + + +# _LT_SHELL_INIT(ARG) +# ------------------- +m4_define([_LT_SHELL_INIT], +[m4_divert_text([M4SH-INIT], [$1 +])])# _LT_SHELL_INIT + + + +# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH +# ----------------------- +# Find how we can fake an echo command that does not interpret backslash. +# In particular, with Autoconf 2.60 or later we add some code to the start +# of the generated configure script which will find a shell with a builtin +# printf (which we can use as an echo command). +m4_defun([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], +[ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' +ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO +ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO + +AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to print strings]) +# Test print first, because it will be a builtin if present. +if test "X`( print -r -- -n ) 2>/dev/null`" = X-n && \ + test "X`print -r -- $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then + ECHO='print -r --' +elif test "X`printf %s $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then + ECHO='printf %s\n' +else + # Use this function as a fallback that always works. + func_fallback_echo () + { + eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF +$[]1 +_LTECHO_EOF' + } + ECHO='func_fallback_echo' +fi + +# func_echo_all arg... +# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated. +func_echo_all () +{ + $ECHO "$*" +} + +case "$ECHO" in + printf*) AC_MSG_RESULT([printf]) ;; + print*) AC_MSG_RESULT([print -r]) ;; + *) AC_MSG_RESULT([cat]) ;; +esac + +m4_ifdef([_AS_DETECT_SUGGESTED], +[_AS_DETECT_SUGGESTED([ + test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}${BASH_VERSION+set}" || ( + ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' + ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO + ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO + PATH=/empty FPATH=/empty; export PATH FPATH + test "X`printf %s $ECHO`" = "X$ECHO" \ + || test "X`print -r -- $ECHO`" = "X$ECHO" )])]) + +_LT_DECL([], [SHELL], [1], [Shell to use when invoking shell scripts]) +_LT_DECL([], [ECHO], [1], [An echo program that protects backslashes]) +])# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH + + +# _LT_WITH_SYSROOT +# ---------------- +AC_DEFUN([_LT_WITH_SYSROOT], +[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sysroot]) +AC_ARG_WITH([sysroot], +[ --with-sysroot[=DIR] Search for dependent libraries within DIR + (or the compiler's sysroot if not specified).], +[], [with_sysroot=no]) + +dnl lt_sysroot will always be passed unquoted. We quote it here +dnl in case the user passed a directory name. +lt_sysroot= +case ${with_sysroot} in #( + yes) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + lt_sysroot=`$CC --print-sysroot 2>/dev/null` fi + ;; #( + /*) + lt_sysroot=`echo "$with_sysroot" | sed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` + ;; #( + no|'') + ;; #( + *) + AC_MSG_RESULT([${with_sysroot}]) + AC_MSG_ERROR([The sysroot must be an absolute path.]) + ;; +esac + + AC_MSG_RESULT([${lt_sysroot:-no}]) +_LT_DECL([], [lt_sysroot], [0], [The root where to search for ]dnl +[dependent libraries, and in which our libraries should be installed.])]) + +# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK +# --------------- +m4_defun([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK], +[AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock], + [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock], + [avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])]) +test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes + +# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good +# libtool support. +case $host in +ia64-*-hpux*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext + if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *ELF-32*) + HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" + ;; + *ELF-64*) + HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" + ;; + esac + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; +*-*-irix6*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo '[#]line '$LINENO' "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext + if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then + if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *32-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" + ;; + *N32*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" + ;; + *64-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" + ;; + esac + else + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *32-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -32" + ;; + *N32*) + LD="${LD-ld} -n32" + ;; + *64-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -64" + ;; + esac + fi fi rm -rf conftest* ;; -x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*|s390*-*linux*|sparc*-*linux*) +x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \ +s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in - *32-bit*) - case $host in - x86_64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" - ;; - ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" - ;; - s390x-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" - ;; - sparc64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" - ;; - esac - ;; - *64-bit*) - case $host in - x86_64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" - ;; - ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" - ;; - s390*-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" - ;; - sparc*-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" - ;; - esac - ;; + *32-bit*) + case $host in + x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd" + ;; + x86_64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" + ;; + ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" + ;; + s390x-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" + ;; + sparc64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" + ;; + esac + ;; + *64-bit*) + case $host in + x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd" + ;; + x86_64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" + ;; + ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" + ;; + s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" + ;; + sparc*-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" + ;; + esac + ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* @@ -577,53 +1381,145 @@ x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*|s390*-*linux*|sparc*-*linux*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf, [AC_LANG_PUSH(C) - AC_TRY_LINK([],[],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no]) + AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]],[[]])],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no]) AC_LANG_POP]) if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" fi ;; -sparc*-*solaris*) +*-*solaris*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in *64-bit*) case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in - yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; - *) LD="${LD-ld} -64" ;; + yes*) + case $host in + i?86-*-solaris*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" + ;; + sparc*-*-solaris*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" + ;; + esac + # GNU ld 2.21 introduced _sol2 emulations. Use them if available. + if ${LD-ld} -V | grep _sol2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then + LD="${LD-ld}_sol2" + fi + ;; + *) + if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then + LD="${LD-ld} -64" + fi + ;; esac ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; +esac -AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], -[*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32*) - AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false) - AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false) - AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false) - ;; +need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" +])# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK + + +# _LT_PROG_AR +# ----------- +m4_defun([_LT_PROG_AR], +[AC_CHECK_TOOLS(AR, [ar], false) +: ${AR=ar} +: ${AR_FLAGS=cru} +_LT_DECL([], [AR], [1], [The archiver]) +_LT_DECL([], [AR_FLAGS], [1], [Flags to create an archive]) + +AC_CACHE_CHECK([for archiver @FILE support], [lt_cv_ar_at_file], + [lt_cv_ar_at_file=no + AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM], + [echo conftest.$ac_objext > conftest.lst + lt_ar_try='$AR $AR_FLAGS libconftest.a @conftest.lst >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD' + AC_TRY_EVAL([lt_ar_try]) + if test "$ac_status" -eq 0; then + # Ensure the archiver fails upon bogus file names. + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext libconftest.a + AC_TRY_EVAL([lt_ar_try]) + if test "$ac_status" -ne 0; then + lt_cv_ar_at_file=@ + fi + fi + rm -f conftest.* libconftest.a + ]) ]) -esac -need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" +if test "x$lt_cv_ar_at_file" = xno; then + archiver_list_spec= +else + archiver_list_spec=$lt_cv_ar_at_file +fi +_LT_DECL([], [archiver_list_spec], [1], + [How to feed a file listing to the archiver]) +])# _LT_PROG_AR + + +# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE +# ------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE], +[_LT_PROG_AR + +AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :) +test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: +_LT_DECL([], [STRIP], [1], [A symbol stripping program]) + +AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :) +test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: +_LT_DECL([], [RANLIB], [1], + [Commands used to install an old-style archive]) + +# Determine commands to create old-style static archives. +old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs' +old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' +old_postuninstall_cmds= + +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + case $host_os in + openbsd*) + old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$tool_oldlib" + ;; + *) + old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" + ;; + esac + old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" +fi -])# _LT_AC_LOCK +case $host_os in + darwin*) + lock_old_archive_extraction=yes ;; + *) + lock_old_archive_extraction=no ;; +esac +_LT_DECL([], [old_postinstall_cmds], [2]) +_LT_DECL([], [old_postuninstall_cmds], [2]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_cmds], [2], + [Commands used to build an old-style archive]) +_LT_DECL([], [lock_old_archive_extraction], [0], + [Whether to use a lock for old archive extraction]) +])# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE -# AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, +# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, # [OUTPUT-FILE], [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE]) # ---------------------------------------------------------------- # Check whether the given compiler option works -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], -[AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED]) +AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_OPTION], +[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], [$2=no - ifelse([$4], , [ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext], [ac_outfile=$4]) - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + m4_if([$4], , [ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext], [ac_outfile=$4]) + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="$3" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. @@ -634,48 +1530,55 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. - $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp + $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' >conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then $2=yes fi fi - $rm conftest* + $RM conftest* ]) if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then - ifelse([$5], , :, [$5]) + m4_if([$5], , :, [$5]) else - ifelse([$6], , :, [$6]) + m4_if([$6], , :, [$6]) fi -])# AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION +])# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [_LT_COMPILER_OPTION]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], []) -# AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, -# [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE]) -# ------------------------------------------------------------ -# Check whether the given compiler option works -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], -[AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], + +# _LT_LINKER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, +# [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE]) +# ---------------------------------------------------- +# Check whether the given linker option works +AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_OPTION], +[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], [$2=no save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $3" - printf "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings if test -s conftest.err; then # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - $echo "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp + $ECHO "$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then $2=yes @@ -684,22 +1587,28 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], $2=yes fi fi - $rm conftest* + $RM -r conftest* LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" ]) if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then - ifelse([$4], , :, [$4]) + m4_if([$4], , :, [$4]) else - ifelse([$5], , :, [$5]) + m4_if([$5], , :, [$5]) fi -])# AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION +])# _LT_LINKER_OPTION +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [_LT_LINKER_OPTION]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], []) -# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN -# -------------------------- -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], -[# find the maximum length of command line arguments + +# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN +#--------------- +AC_DEFUN([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +# find the maximum length of command line arguments AC_MSG_CHECKING([the maximum length of command line arguments]) AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl i=0 @@ -721,7 +1630,7 @@ AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; ;; - cygwin* | mingw*) + cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, @@ -732,6 +1641,11 @@ AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; ;; + mint*) + # On MiNT this can take a long time and run out of memory. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; + ;; + amigaos*) # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. @@ -757,6 +1671,11 @@ AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 ;; + os2*) + # The test takes a long time on OS/2. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192 + ;; + osf*) # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not @@ -776,30 +1695,41 @@ AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$kargmax"; then - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[[ ]]//'` + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[[ ]]//'` else lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 fi ;; *) - # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a - # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but - # we can't tell. - SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} - while (test "X"`$SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ - = "XX$teststring") >/dev/null 2>&1 && - new_result=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` && - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=$new_result && - test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough - do - i=`expr $i + 1` - teststring=$teststring$teststring - done - teststring= - # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on massive - # amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the linker. - # It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null` + if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` + else + # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it. + # a 1K string should be a reasonable start. + for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do + teststring=$teststring$teststring + done + SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} + # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a + # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but + # we can't tell. + while { test "X"`env echo "$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ + = "X$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough + do + i=`expr $i + 1` + teststring=$teststring$teststring + done + # Only check the string length outside the loop. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` + teststring= + # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on + # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the + # linker. It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` + fi ;; esac ]) @@ -808,28 +1738,36 @@ if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then else AC_MSG_RESULT(none) fi -])# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN +max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len +_LT_DECL([], [max_cmd_len], [0], + [What is the maximum length of a command?]) +])# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [LT_CMD_MAX_LEN]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], []) -# _LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN -# ------------------ -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN], -[AC_CHECK_HEADERS(dlfcn.h)dnl -])# _LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN + +# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN +# ---------------- +m4_defun([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN], +[AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dlfcn.h], [], [], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT])dnl +])# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN -# _LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF (ACTION-IF-TRUE, ACTION-IF-TRUE-W-USCORE, -# ACTION-IF-FALSE, ACTION-IF-CROSS-COMPILING) -# --------------------------------------------------------------------- -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF], -[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])dnl +# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF (ACTION-IF-TRUE, ACTION-IF-TRUE-W-USCORE, +# ACTION-IF-FALSE, ACTION-IF-CROSS-COMPILING) +# ---------------------------------------------------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF], +[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : [$4] else lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 lt_status=$lt_dlunknown - cat > conftest.$ac_ext < conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +[#line $LINENO "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #if HAVE_DLFCN_H @@ -870,11 +1808,13 @@ else # endif #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" void exit (int); +/* When -fvisbility=hidden is used, assume the code has been annotated + correspondingly for the symbols needed. */ +#if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) || (__GNUC__ > 3)) +int fnord () __attribute__((visibility("default"))); #endif -void fnord() { int i=42;} +int fnord () { return 42; } int main () { void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); @@ -883,15 +1823,19 @@ int main () if (self) { if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; - else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; + else + { + if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; + else puts (dlerror ()); + } /* dlclose (self); */ } else puts (dlerror ()); - exit (status); + return status; }] -EOF +_LT_EOF if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then (./conftest; exit; ) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>/dev/null lt_status=$? @@ -906,13 +1850,13 @@ EOF fi fi rm -fr conftest* -])# _LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF +])# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF -# AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF -# ---------------------- -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], -[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])dnl +# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF +# ------------------ +AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF], +[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then enable_dlopen=unknown enable_dlopen_self=unknown @@ -928,15 +1872,15 @@ else lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; - mingw* | pw32*) + mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - ;; + ;; cygwin*) lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - ;; + ;; darwin*) # if libdl is installed we need to link against it @@ -946,13 +1890,13 @@ else lt_cv_dlopen_libs= lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ]) - ;; + ;; *) AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load], [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load], - [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-dld"], + [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"], [AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], @@ -960,7 +1904,7 @@ else [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen], [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"], [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link], - [lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-dld"]) + [lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"]) ]) ]) ]) @@ -988,7 +1932,7 @@ else AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a program can dlopen itself], lt_cv_dlopen_self, [dnl - _LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( + _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross) ]) @@ -996,8 +1940,8 @@ else if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself], - lt_cv_dlopen_self_static, [dnl - _LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( + lt_cv_dlopen_self_static, [dnl + _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross) ]) @@ -1019,22 +1963,36 @@ else *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; esac fi -])# AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF +_LT_DECL([dlopen_support], [enable_dlopen], [0], + [Whether dlopen is supported]) +_LT_DECL([dlopen_self], [enable_dlopen_self], [0], + [Whether dlopen of programs is supported]) +_LT_DECL([dlopen_self_static], [enable_dlopen_self_static], [0], + [Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported]) +])# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], []) -# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O([TAGNAME]) -# --------------------------------- -# Check to see if options -c and -o are simultaneously supported by compiler -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O], -[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])dnl + +# _LT_COMPILER_C_O([TAGNAME]) +# --------------------------- +# Check to see if options -c and -o are simultaneously supported by compiler. +# This macro does not hard code the compiler like AC_PROG_CC_C_O. +m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_C_O], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext], - [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)], - [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=no - $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=no + $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null mkdir conftest cd conftest mkdir out - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or @@ -1045,46 +2003,50 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext], -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings - $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp + $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes fi fi chmod u+w . 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - $rm conftest* + $RM conftest* # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for # template instantiation - test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files - $rm out/* && rmdir out + test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files + $RM out/* && rmdir out cd .. - rmdir conftest - $rm conftest* + $RM -r conftest + $RM conftest* ]) -])# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O +_LT_TAGDECL([compiler_c_o], [lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o], [1], + [Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?]) +])# _LT_COMPILER_C_O -# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS([TAGNAME]) -# ----------------------------------------- +# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS([TAGNAME]) +# ---------------------------------- # Check to see if we can do hard links to lock some files if needed -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], -[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_LOCK])dnl +m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS], +[m4_require([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK])dnl +m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +_LT_COMPILER_C_O([$1]) hard_links="nottested" -if test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then +if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we can lock with hard links]) hard_links=yes - $rm conftest* + $RM conftest* ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no touch conftest.a ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no @@ -1097,12 +2059,13 @@ if test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" = no && test "$need_locks" else need_locks=no fi -])# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS +_LT_DECL([], [need_locks], [1], [Must we lock files when doing compilation?]) +])# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS -# AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR -# ----------------- -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR], +# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR +# ---------------- +m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for objdir], [lt_cv_objdir], [rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null @@ -1114,40 +2077,46 @@ else fi rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null]) objdir=$lt_cv_objdir -])# AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR +_LT_DECL([], [objdir], [0], + [The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files])dnl +m4_pattern_allow([LT_OBJDIR])dnl +AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LT_OBJDIR, "$lt_cv_objdir/", + [Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.]) +])# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR -# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH([TAGNAME]) -# ---------------------------------------------- +# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH([TAGNAME]) +# -------------------------------------- # Check hardcoding attributes. -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], +m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to hardcode library paths into programs]) -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)= -if test -n "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)" || \ - test -n "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(runpath_var, $1)" || \ - test "X$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)" = "Xyes" ; then +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)= +if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)" || + test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(runpath_var, $1)" || + test "X$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)" = "Xyes" ; then - # We can hardcode non-existant directories. - if test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)" != no && + # We can hardcode non-existent directories. + if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)" != no && # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one - ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)" != no && - test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)" != no; then + ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)" != no && + test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)" != no; then # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=relink + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=relink else # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=immediate + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=immediate fi else # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing # directories. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=unsupported fi -AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)]) +AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)]) -if test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)" = relink; then +if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)" = relink || + test "$_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)" = yes; then # Fast installation is not supported enable_fast_install=no elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || @@ -1155,43 +2124,121 @@ elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || # Fast installation is not necessary enable_fast_install=needless fi -])# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_action], [0], + [How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable]) +])# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH -# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP -# ------------------------ -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP], -[striplib= +# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB +# ---------------- +m4_defun([_LT_CMD_STRIPLIB], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP]) +striplib= old_striplib= AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether stripping libraries is possible]) -if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | grep "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then +if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else # FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough case $host_os in - darwin*) - if test -n "$STRIP" ; then - striplib="$STRIP -x" - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) -fi - ;; - *) - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) + darwin*) + if test -n "$STRIP" ; then + striplib="$STRIP -x" + old_striplib="$STRIP -S" + AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) + fi + ;; + *) + AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) ;; esac fi -])# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP +_LT_DECL([], [old_striplib], [1], [Commands to strip libraries]) +_LT_DECL([], [striplib], [1]) +])# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB -# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER +# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER([TAG]) # ----------------------------- # PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER], -[AC_MSG_CHECKING([dynamic linker characteristics]) +m4_defun([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl +m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl +AC_MSG_CHECKING([dynamic linker characteristics]) +m4_if([$1], + [], [ +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in + darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;; + *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;; + esac + case $host_os in + mingw* | cegcc*) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=\([[A-Za-z]]:\),\1,g" ;; + *) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=/,/,g" ;; + esac + lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e $lt_sed_strip_eq` + case $lt_search_path_spec in + *\;*) + # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator + # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is + # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should + # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED 's/;/ /g'` + ;; + *) + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` + ;; + esac + # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it + # and add multilib dir if necessary. + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec= + lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null` + for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do + if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir" + else + test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \ + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path" + fi + done + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec" | awk ' +BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} { + lt_foo=""; + lt_count=0; + for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) { + if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") { + if ($lt_i == "..") { + lt_count++; + } else { + if (lt_count == 0) { + lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo; + } else { + lt_count--; + } + } + } + } + if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[[lt_foo]]++; } + if (lt_freq[[lt_foo]] == 1) { print lt_foo; } +}'` + # AWK program above erroneously prepends '/' to C:/dos/paths + # for these hosts. + case $host_os in + mingw* | cegcc*) lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" |\ + $SED 's,/\([[A-Za-z]]:\),\1,g'` ;; + esac + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $lt_NL2SP` +else + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" +fi]) library_names_spec= libname_spec='lib$name' soname_spec= @@ -1205,20 +2252,6 @@ shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown version_type=none dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';' >/dev/null ; then - # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator - # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is - # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should - # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi -else - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" -fi need_lib_prefix=unknown hardcode_into_libs=no @@ -1228,7 +2261,7 @@ need_version=unknown case $host_os in aix3*) - version_type=linux + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH @@ -1236,8 +2269,8 @@ aix3*) soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; -aix4* | aix5*) - version_type=linux +aix[[4-9]]*) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no hardcode_into_libs=yes @@ -1255,7 +2288,7 @@ aix4* | aix5*) aix4 | aix4.[[01]] | aix4.[[01]].*) if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' echo ' yes ' - echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then + echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then : else can_build_shared=no @@ -1281,9 +2314,18 @@ aix4* | aix5*) ;; amigaos*) - library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' - # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. - finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([[^/]]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries. + # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + ;; + m68k) + library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' + # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. + finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`func_echo_all "$lib" | $SED '\''s%^.*/\([[^/]]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' + ;; + esac ;; beos*) @@ -1293,7 +2335,7 @@ beos*) ;; bsdi[[45]]*) - version_type=linux + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' @@ -1306,61 +2348,112 @@ bsdi[[45]]*) # libtool to hard-code these into programs ;; -cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) +cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) version_type=windows shrext_cmds=".dll" need_version=no need_lib_prefix=no - case $GCC,$host_os in - yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*) + case $GCC,$cc_basename in + yes,*) + # gcc library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ - dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~ + dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ - chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname' + chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~ + if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then + eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?; + fi' postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ - $rm \$dlpath' + $RM \$dlpath' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in cygwin*) # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" +m4_if([$1], [],[ + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/lib/w32api"]) ;; - mingw*) + mingw* | cegcc*) # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | [grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null]; then - # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by - # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search - # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the - # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, - # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, - # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi ;; pw32*) # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' ;; esac + dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' + ;; + + *,cl*) + # Native MSVC + libname_spec='$name' + soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + library_names_spec='${libname}.dll.lib' + + case $build_os in + mingw*) + sys_lib_search_path_spec= + lt_save_ifs=$IFS + IFS=';' + for lt_path in $LIB + do + IFS=$lt_save_ifs + # Let DOS variable expansion print the short 8.3 style file name. + lt_path=`cd "$lt_path" 2>/dev/null && cmd //C "for %i in (".") do @echo %~si"` + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec $lt_path" + done + IFS=$lt_save_ifs + # Convert to MSYS style. + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | sed -e 's|\\\\|/|g' -e 's| \\([[a-zA-Z]]\\):| /\\1|g' -e 's|^ ||'` + ;; + cygwin*) + # Convert to unix form, then to dos form, then back to unix form + # but this time dos style (no spaces!) so that the unix form looks + # like /cygdrive/c/PROGRA~1:/cygdr... + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$LIB"` + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --dos "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" 2>/dev/null` + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` + ;; + *) + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$LIB" + if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | [$GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null]; then + # It is most probably a Windows format PATH. + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` + else + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` + fi + # FIXME: find the short name or the path components, as spaces are + # common. (e.g. "Program Files" -> "PROGRA~1") + ;; + esac + + # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds + postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ + dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ + dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ + test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ + $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname' + postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ + dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ + $RM \$dlpath' + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + dynamic_linker='Win32 link.exe' ;; *) + # Assume MSVC wrapper library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' + dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' ;; esac - dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in shlibpath_var=PATH ;; @@ -1370,22 +2463,18 @@ darwin* | rhapsody*) version_type=darwin need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' - # Apple's gcc prints 'gcc -print-search-dirs' doesn't operate the same. - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | tr "\n" "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | sed -e 's/libraries:/@libraries:/' | tr "@" "\n" | grep "^libraries:" | sed -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g" -e "s,$PATH_SEPARATOR, ,g" -e "s,.*,& /lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib,g"` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib' - fi +m4_if([$1], [],[ + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"]) sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' ;; dgux*) - version_type=linux + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' @@ -1393,22 +2482,6 @@ dgux*) shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; -freebsd1*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -kfreebsd*-gnu) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so' - ;; - freebsd* | dragonfly*) # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new # versioning mechanism, adjust this. @@ -1416,7 +2489,7 @@ freebsd* | dragonfly*) objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` else case $host_os in - freebsd[[123]]*) objformat=aout ;; + freebsd[[23]].*) objformat=aout ;; *) objformat=elf ;; esac fi @@ -1434,7 +2507,7 @@ freebsd* | dragonfly*) esac shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH case $host_os in - freebsd2*) + freebsd2.*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; freebsd3.[[01]]* | freebsdelf3.[[01]]*) @@ -1446,7 +2519,7 @@ freebsd* | dragonfly*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; - freebsd*) # from 4.6 on + *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; @@ -1454,12 +2527,26 @@ freebsd* | dragonfly*) ;; gnu*) - version_type=linux + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +haiku*) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + dynamic_linker="$host_os runtime_loader" + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/boot/home/config/lib /boot/common/lib /boot/system/lib' hardcode_into_libs=yes ;; @@ -1485,18 +2572,18 @@ hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) fi sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec ;; - hppa*64*) - shrext_cmds='.sl' - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec - ;; - *) + hppa*64*) + shrext_cmds='.sl' + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec + ;; + *) shrext_cmds='.sl' dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH @@ -1505,12 +2592,14 @@ hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' ;; esac - # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. + # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555, ... postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' + # or fails outright, so override atomically: + install_override_mode=555 ;; -interix3*) - version_type=linux +interix[[3-9]]*) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' @@ -1526,7 +2615,7 @@ irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; *) if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then - version_type=linux + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor else version_type=irix fi ;; @@ -1563,9 +2652,9 @@ linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) dynamic_linker=no ;; -# This must be Linux ELF. -linux*) - version_type=linux +# This must be glibc/ELF. +linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' @@ -1573,6 +2662,22 @@ linux*) finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + + # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH + AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath], + [lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS + save_libdir=$libdir + eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)\"; \ + LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)\"" + AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])], + [AS_IF([ ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null], + [lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes])]) + LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS + libdir=$save_libdir + ]) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath + # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install # before this can be enabled. @@ -1580,7 +2685,7 @@ linux*) # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then - lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s", \[$]2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \[$]0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` + lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \[$]2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \[$]0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;s/"//g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" fi @@ -1593,23 +2698,11 @@ linux*) dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' ;; -knetbsd*-gnu) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so' - ;; - netbsd*) version_type=sunos need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' @@ -1624,20 +2717,22 @@ netbsd*) ;; newsos6) - version_type=linux + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes ;; -nto-qnx*) - version_type=linux +*nto* | *qnx*) + version_type=qnx need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so' ;; openbsd*) @@ -1646,13 +2741,13 @@ openbsd*) need_lib_prefix=no # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. case $host_os in - openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; - *) need_version=no ;; + openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; + *) need_version=no ;; esac library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then case $host_os in openbsd2.[[89]] | openbsd2.[[89]].*) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no @@ -1686,8 +2781,12 @@ osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" ;; +rdos*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; + solaris*) - version_type=linux + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor need_lib_prefix=no need_version=no library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' @@ -1712,7 +2811,7 @@ sunos4*) ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) - version_type=linux + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH @@ -1720,7 +2819,6 @@ sysv4 | sysv4.3*) sni) shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no need_lib_prefix=no - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH ;; siemens) @@ -1737,7 +2835,7 @@ sysv4 | sysv4.3*) sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec ;then - version_type=linux + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH @@ -1751,13 +2849,12 @@ sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes hardcode_into_libs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no else sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes case $host_os in sco3.2v5*) sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" @@ -1767,8 +2864,19 @@ sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' ;; +tpf*) + # TPF is a cross-target only. Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux. + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + uts4*) - version_type=linux + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH @@ -1785,290 +2893,70 @@ variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" if test "$GCC" = yes; then variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" fi -])# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER - - -# _LT_AC_TAGCONFIG -# ---------------- -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG], -[AC_ARG_WITH([tags], - [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tags@<:@=TAGS@:>@], - [include additional configurations @<:@automatic@:>@])], - [tagnames="$withval"]) - -if test -f "$ltmain" && test -n "$tagnames"; then - if test ! -f "${ofile}"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([output file `$ofile' does not exist]) - fi - - if test -z "$LTCC"; then - eval "`$SHELL ${ofile} --config | grep '^LTCC='`" - if test -z "$LTCC"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([output file `$ofile' does not look like a libtool script]) - else - AC_MSG_WARN([using `LTCC=$LTCC', extracted from `$ofile']) - fi - fi - if test -z "$LTCFLAGS"; then - eval "`$SHELL ${ofile} --config | grep '^LTCFLAGS='`" - fi - # Extract list of available tagged configurations in $ofile. - # Note that this assumes the entire list is on one line. - available_tags=`grep "^available_tags=" "${ofile}" | $SED -e 's/available_tags=\(.*$\)/\1/' -e 's/\"//g'` +if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" +fi +if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" +fi - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for tagname in $tagnames; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - # Check whether tagname contains only valid characters - case `$echo "X$tagname" | $Xsed -e 's:[[-_ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz1234567890,/]]::g'` in - "") ;; - *) AC_MSG_ERROR([invalid tag name: $tagname]) - ;; - esac - - if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$" < "${ofile}" > /dev/null - then - AC_MSG_ERROR([tag name \"$tagname\" already exists]) - fi - - # Update the list of available tags. - if test -n "$tagname"; then - echo appending configuration tag \"$tagname\" to $ofile - - case $tagname in - CXX) - if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" && - ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) || - (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then - AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG - else - tagname="" - fi - ;; - - F77) - if test -n "$F77" && test "X$F77" != "Xno"; then - AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG - else - tagname="" - fi - ;; - - GCJ) - if test -n "$GCJ" && test "X$GCJ" != "Xno"; then - AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG - else - tagname="" - fi - ;; - - RC) - AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG - ;; - - *) - AC_MSG_ERROR([Unsupported tag name: $tagname]) - ;; - esac - - # Append the new tag name to the list of available tags. - if test -n "$tagname" ; then - available_tags="$available_tags $tagname" - fi - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - - # Now substitute the updated list of available tags. - if eval "sed -e 's/^available_tags=.*\$/available_tags=\"$available_tags\"/' \"$ofile\" > \"${ofile}T\""; then - mv "${ofile}T" "$ofile" - chmod +x "$ofile" - else - rm -f "${ofile}T" - AC_MSG_ERROR([unable to update list of available tagged configurations.]) - fi -fi -])# _LT_AC_TAGCONFIG - - -# AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN -# ----------------- -# enable checks for dlopen support -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], - [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP]) -])# AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN - - -# AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL -# -------------------- -# declare package support for building win32 DLLs -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], -[AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP]) -])# AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL - - -# AC_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT]) -# --------------------------- -# implement the --enable-shared flag -# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. -AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED], -[define([AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl -AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared], - [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@], - [build shared libraries @<:@default=]AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])], - [p=${PACKAGE-default} - case $enableval in - yes) enable_shared=yes ;; - no) enable_shared=no ;; - *) - enable_shared=no - # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for pkg in $enableval; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then - enable_shared=yes - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - ;; - esac], - [enable_shared=]AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT) -])# AC_ENABLE_SHARED - - -# AC_DISABLE_SHARED -# ----------------- -# set the default shared flag to --disable-shared -AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED], -[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl -AC_ENABLE_SHARED(no) -])# AC_DISABLE_SHARED - - -# AC_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT]) -# --------------------------- -# implement the --enable-static flag -# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. -AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC], -[define([AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl -AC_ARG_ENABLE([static], - [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@], - [build static libraries @<:@default=]AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])], - [p=${PACKAGE-default} - case $enableval in - yes) enable_static=yes ;; - no) enable_static=no ;; - *) - enable_static=no - # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for pkg in $enableval; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then - enable_static=yes - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - ;; - esac], - [enable_static=]AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT) -])# AC_ENABLE_STATIC - - -# AC_DISABLE_STATIC -# ----------------- -# set the default static flag to --disable-static -AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC], -[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl -AC_ENABLE_STATIC(no) -])# AC_DISABLE_STATIC - - -# AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT]) -# --------------------------------- -# implement the --enable-fast-install flag -# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. -AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], -[define([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl -AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install], - [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@], - [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])], - [p=${PACKAGE-default} - case $enableval in - yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; - no) enable_fast_install=no ;; - *) - enable_fast_install=no - # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for pkg in $enableval; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then - enable_fast_install=yes - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - ;; - esac], - [enable_fast_install=]AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT) -])# AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL - - -# AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL -# ----------------------- -# set the default to --disable-fast-install -AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], -[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl -AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL(no) -])# AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL - - -# AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE([MODE]) -# -------------------------- -# implement the --with-pic flag -# MODE is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `both'. -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], -[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl -pic_mode=ifelse($#,1,$1,default) -])# AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE - - -# AC_PROG_EGREP -# ------------- -# This is predefined starting with Autoconf 2.54, so this conditional -# definition can be removed once we require Autoconf 2.54 or later. -m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP], -[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for egrep], [ac_cv_prog_egrep], - [if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1 - then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E' - else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep' - fi]) - EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep - AC_SUBST([EGREP]) -])]) - - -# AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX -# ------------------- -# find a file program which can recognise shared library -AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl -AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1]) -AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD, -[case $MAGIC_CMD in -[[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*]) - lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. - ;; -*) - lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths. -dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions, -dnl not every word. This closes a longstanding sh security hole. - ac_dummy="ifelse([$2], , $PATH, [$2])" - for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do +_LT_DECL([], [variables_saved_for_relink], [1], + [Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and + restored at link time]) +_LT_DECL([], [need_lib_prefix], [0], + [Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?]) +_LT_DECL([], [need_version], [0], [Do we need a version for libraries?]) +_LT_DECL([], [version_type], [0], [Library versioning type]) +_LT_DECL([], [runpath_var], [0], [Shared library runtime path variable]) +_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_var], [0],[Shared library path variable]) +_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_overrides_runpath], [0], + [Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?]) +_LT_DECL([], [libname_spec], [1], [Format of library name prefix]) +_LT_DECL([], [library_names_spec], [1], + [[List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. + The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME]]) +_LT_DECL([], [soname_spec], [1], + [[The coded name of the library, if different from the real name]]) +_LT_DECL([], [install_override_mode], [1], + [Permission mode override for installation of shared libraries]) +_LT_DECL([], [postinstall_cmds], [2], + [Command to use after installation of a shared archive]) +_LT_DECL([], [postuninstall_cmds], [2], + [Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive]) +_LT_DECL([], [finish_cmds], [2], + [Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory]) +_LT_DECL([], [finish_eval], [1], + [[As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but + not shown]]) +_LT_DECL([], [hardcode_into_libs], [0], + [Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries]) +_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_search_path_spec], [2], + [Compile-time system search path for libraries]) +_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec], [2], + [Run-time system search path for libraries]) +])# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER + + +# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(TOOL) +# -------------------------- +# find a file program which can recognize shared library +AC_DEFUN([_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD, +[case $MAGIC_CMD in +[[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*]) + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; +*) + lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths. +dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions, +dnl not every word. This closes a longstanding sh security hole. + ac_dummy="m4_if([$2], , $PATH, [$2])" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do IFS="$lt_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$1; then @@ -2082,7 +2970,7 @@ dnl not every word. This closes a longstanding sh security hole. $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then : else - cat <&2 + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 *** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, *** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. @@ -2093,7 +2981,7 @@ dnl not every word. This closes a longstanding sh security hole. *** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to *** bug-libtool@gnu.org -EOF +_LT_EOF fi ;; esac fi @@ -2110,37 +2998,48 @@ if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi -])# AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX +_LT_DECL([], [MAGIC_CMD], [0], + [Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file"])dnl +])# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], []) -# AC_PATH_MAGIC -# ------------- -# find a file program which can recognise a shared library -AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC], -[AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) + +# _LT_PATH_MAGIC +# -------------- +# find a file program which can recognize a shared library +m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MAGIC], +[_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) + _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) else MAGIC_CMD=: fi fi -])# AC_PATH_MAGIC +])# _LT_PATH_MAGIC -# AC_PROG_LD +# LT_PATH_LD # ---------- # find the pathname to the GNU or non-GNU linker -AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD], -[AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld], - [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld], - [assume the C compiler uses GNU ld @<:@default=no@:>@])], - [test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes], - [with_gnu_ld=no]) -AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl +AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_LD], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl +m4_require([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])dnl + +AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld], + [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld], + [assume the C compiler uses GNU ld @<:@default=no@:>@])], + [test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes], + [with_gnu_ld=no])dnl + ac_prog=ld if test "$GCC" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. @@ -2157,9 +3056,9 @@ if test "$GCC" = yes; then [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./' # Canonicalize the pathname of ld - ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` - while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do - ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` + ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` + while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do + ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; @@ -2209,15 +3108,24 @@ else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH]) -AC_PROG_LD_GNU -])# AC_PROG_LD +_LT_PATH_LD_GNU +AC_SUBST([LD]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [LD], [1], [The linker used to build libraries]) +])# LT_PATH_LD -# AC_PROG_LD_GNU -# -------------- -AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl -AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld, +# Old names: +AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LD], [LT_PATH_LD]) +AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LD], [LT_PATH_LD]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LD], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD], []) + + +# _LT_PATH_LD_GNU +#- -------------- +m4_defun([_LT_PATH_LD_GNU], +[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld, [# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. case `$LD -v 2>&1 &1 /dev/null 2>&1; then + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' + else + # Keep this pattern in sync with the one in func_win32_libid. + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' + fi + ;; + +cegcc*) + # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*. + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?' lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' ;; @@ -2310,8 +3241,8 @@ darwin* | rhapsody*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; -freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then +freebsd* | dragonfly*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then case $host_cpu in i*86 ) # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. @@ -2330,6 +3261,10 @@ gnu*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; +haiku*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + hpux10.20* | hpux11*) lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file case $host_cpu in @@ -2338,17 +3273,17 @@ hpux10.20* | hpux11*) lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so ;; hppa*64*) - [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]'] + [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF[ -][0-9][0-9])(-bit)?( [LM]SB)? shared object( file)?[, -]* PA-RISC [0-9]\.[0-9]'] lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl ;; *) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|PA-RISC[[0-9]].[[0-9]]) shared library' + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|PA-RISC[[0-9]]\.[[0-9]]) shared library' lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl ;; esac ;; -interix3*) +interix[[3-9]]*) # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|\.a)$' ;; @@ -2363,13 +3298,13 @@ irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; -# This must be Linux ELF. -linux*) +# This must be glibc/ELF. +linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' @@ -2382,12 +3317,12 @@ newos6*) lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so ;; -nto-qnx*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=unknown +*nto* | *qnx*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; openbsd*) - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' else lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$' @@ -2398,10 +3333,18 @@ osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; +rdos*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + solaris*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; +sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + sysv4 | sysv4.3*) case $host_vendor in motorola) @@ -2429,28 +3372,53 @@ sysv4 | sysv4.3*) esac ;; -sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) +tpf*) lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all ;; esac ]) + +file_magic_glob= +want_nocaseglob=no +if test "$build" = "$host"; then + case $host_os in + mingw* | pw32*) + if ( shopt | grep nocaseglob ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + want_nocaseglob=yes + else + file_magic_glob=`echo aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ | $SED -e "s/\(..\)/s\/[[\1]]\/[[\1]]\/g;/g"` + fi + ;; + esac +fi + file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown -])# AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD +_LT_DECL([], [deplibs_check_method], [1], + [Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects]) +_LT_DECL([], [file_magic_cmd], [1], + [Command to use when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"]) +_LT_DECL([], [file_magic_glob], [1], + [How to find potential files when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"]) +_LT_DECL([], [want_nocaseglob], [1], + [Find potential files using nocaseglob when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"]) +])# _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD -# AC_PROG_NM + +# LT_PATH_NM # ---------- -# find the pathname to a BSD-compatible name lister -AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM], -[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for BSD-compatible nm], lt_cv_path_NM, +# find the pathname to a BSD- or MS-compatible name lister +AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_NM], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl +AC_CACHE_CHECK([for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)], lt_cv_path_NM, [if test -n "$NM"; then # Let the user override the test. lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" else lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" fi for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do @@ -2486,20 +3454,128 @@ else done IFS="$lt_save_ifs" done - test -z "$lt_cv_path_NM" && lt_cv_path_NM=nm + : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no} fi]) -NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" -])# AC_PROG_NM +if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then + NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" +else + # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin. + if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then : + # Let the user override the test. + else + AC_CHECK_TOOLS(DUMPBIN, [dumpbin "link -dump"], :) + case `$DUMPBIN -symbols /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in + *COFF*) + DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN -symbols" + ;; + *) + DUMPBIN=: + ;; + esac + fi + AC_SUBST([DUMPBIN]) + if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then + NM="$DUMPBIN" + fi +fi +test -z "$NM" && NM=nm +AC_SUBST([NM]) +_LT_DECL([], [NM], [1], [A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister])dnl + +AC_CACHE_CHECK([the name lister ($NM) interface], [lt_cv_nm_interface], + [lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm" + echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) + (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err) + cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) + (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out) + cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: output\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) + cat conftest.out >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then + lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin" + fi + rm -f conftest*]) +])# LT_PATH_NM + +# Old names: +AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM]) +AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM], []) + +# _LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB +# -------------------------------- +# how to determine the name of the shared library +# associated with a specific link library. +# -- PORTME fill in with the dynamic library characteristics +m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP]) +m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP]) +m4_require([_LT_DECL_DLLTOOL]) +AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to associate runtime and link libraries], +lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd, +[lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd='unknown' +case $host_os in +cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # two different shell functions defined in ltmain.sh + # decide which to use based on capabilities of $DLLTOOL + case `$DLLTOOL --help 2>&1` in + *--identify-strict*) + lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib + ;; + *) + lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback + ;; + esac + ;; +*) + # fallback: assume linklib IS sharedlib + lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd="$ECHO" + ;; +esac +]) +sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd +test -z "$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" && sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$ECHO -# AC_CHECK_LIBM -# ------------- +_LT_DECL([], [sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd], [1], + [Command to associate shared and link libraries]) +])# _LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB + + +# _LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL +# ---------------------- +# locate the manifest tool +m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL], +[AC_CHECK_TOOL(MANIFEST_TOOL, mt, :) +test -z "$MANIFEST_TOOL" && MANIFEST_TOOL=mt +AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $MANIFEST_TOOL is a manifest tool], [lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool], + [lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=no + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?'" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?' 2>conftest.err > conftest.out + cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + if $GREP 'Manifest Tool' conftest.out > /dev/null; then + lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=yes + fi + rm -f conftest*]) +if test "x$lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" != xyes; then + MANIFEST_TOOL=: +fi +_LT_DECL([], [MANIFEST_TOOL], [1], [Manifest tool])dnl +])# _LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL + + +# LT_LIB_M +# -------- # check for math library -AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM], +AC_DEFUN([LT_LIB_M], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl LIBM= case $host in -*-*-beos* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-darwin*) +*-*-beos* | *-*-cegcc* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-haiku* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-darwin*) # These system don't have libm, or don't need it ;; *-ncr-sysv4.3*) @@ -2510,3911 +3586,5076 @@ case $host in AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="-lm") ;; esac -])# AC_CHECK_LIBM - - -# AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE([DIRECTORY]) -# ----------------------------------- -# sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for the libltdl convenience library and -# LTDLINCL to the include flags for the libltdl header and adds -# --enable-ltdl-convenience to the configure arguments. Note that -# AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS is not called here. If DIRECTORY is not provided, -# it is assumed to be `libltdl'. LIBLTDL will be prefixed with -# '${top_builddir}/' and LTDLINCL will be prefixed with '${top_srcdir}/' -# (note the single quotes!). If your package is not flat and you're not -# using automake, define top_builddir and top_srcdir appropriately in -# the Makefiles. -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE], -[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl - case $enable_ltdl_convenience in - no) AC_MSG_ERROR([this package needs a convenience libltdl]) ;; - "") enable_ltdl_convenience=yes - ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-convenience" ;; - esac - LIBLTDL='${top_builddir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])/libltdlc.la - LTDLINCL='-I${top_srcdir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl']) - # For backwards non-gettext consistent compatibility... - INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL" -])# AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE +AC_SUBST([LIBM]) +])# LT_LIB_M - -# AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE([DIRECTORY]) -# ----------------------------------- -# sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for the libltdl installable library and -# LTDLINCL to the include flags for the libltdl header and adds -# --enable-ltdl-install to the configure arguments. Note that -# AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS is not called here. If DIRECTORY is not provided, -# and an installed libltdl is not found, it is assumed to be `libltdl'. -# LIBLTDL will be prefixed with '${top_builddir}/'# and LTDLINCL with -# '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single quotes!). If your package is not -# flat and you're not using automake, define top_builddir and top_srcdir -# appropriately in the Makefiles. -# In the future, this macro may have to be called after AC_PROG_LIBTOOL. -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE], -[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl - AC_CHECK_LIB(ltdl, lt_dlinit, - [test x"$enable_ltdl_install" != xyes && enable_ltdl_install=no], - [if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = xno; then - AC_MSG_WARN([libltdl not installed, but installation disabled]) - else - enable_ltdl_install=yes - fi - ]) - if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = x"yes"; then - ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install" - LIBLTDL='${top_builddir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])/libltdl.la - LTDLINCL='-I${top_srcdir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl']) - else - ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install=no" - LIBLTDL="-lltdl" - LTDLINCL= - fi - # For backwards non-gettext consistent compatibility... - INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL" -])# AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [LT_LIB_M]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM], []) -# AC_LIBTOOL_CXX -# -------------- -# enable support for C++ libraries -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], -[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX]) -])# AC_LIBTOOL_CXX +# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI([TAGNAME]) +# ------------------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], +[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl +_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= -# _LT_AC_LANG_CXX -# --------------- -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX]) -AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP]) -_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}CXX]) -])# _LT_AC_LANG_CXX +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $cc_basename in + nvcc*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -Xcompiler -fno-builtin' ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' ;; + esac -# _LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP -# ------------------ -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP], -[ -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX]) -if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" && - ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) || - (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then - AC_PROG_CXXCPP + _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], + lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions, + [-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], [], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"]) fi -])# _LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP - -# AC_LIBTOOL_F77 -# -------------- -# enable support for Fortran 77 libraries -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], -[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_LANG_F77]) -])# AC_LIBTOOL_F77 - +_LT_TAGDECL([no_builtin_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag], [1], + [Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions]) +])# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI -# _LT_AC_LANG_F77 -# --------------- -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_F77]) -_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}F77]) -])# _LT_AC_LANG_F77 +# _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS +# ---------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl +m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl -# AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ -# -------------- -# enable support for GCJ libraries -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], -[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ]) -])# AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ +# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. +AC_MSG_CHECKING([command to parse $NM output from $compiler object]) +AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], +[ +# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. +# [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] +# Character class describing NM global symbol codes. +symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' -# _LT_AC_LANG_GCJ -# --------------- -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ], -[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ],[], - [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ],[], - [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ],[], - [ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ],[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_GCJ])], - [ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ],[AC_REQUIRE([A][M_PROG_GCJ])], - [AC_REQUIRE([A][C_PROG_GCJ_OR_A][M_PROG_GCJ])])])])])]) -_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}GCJ]) -])# _LT_AC_LANG_GCJ - - -# AC_LIBTOOL_RC -# ------------- -# enable support for Windows resource files -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], -[AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_RC]) -_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}RC]) -])# AC_LIBTOOL_RC +# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. +sympat='\([[_A-Za-z]][[_A-Za-z0-9]]*\)' - -# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG -# ------------------------ -# Ensure that the configuration vars for the C compiler are -# suitably defined. Those variables are subsequently used by -# AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG], [_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG]) -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG], -[lt_save_CC="$CC" -AC_LANG_PUSH(C) - -# Source file extension for C test sources. -ac_ext=c - -# Object file extension for compiled C test sources. -objext=o -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext - -# Code to be used in simple compile tests -lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;\n" - -# Code to be used in simple link tests -lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}\n' - -_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER - -# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code -_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE -_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE - -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP -AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF - -# Report which library types will actually be built -AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) -test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no - -# On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and -# are all built from PIC. +# Define system-specific variables. case $host_os in -aix3*) - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no - if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" - postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' - fi +aix*) + symcode='[[BCDT]]' ;; - -aix4* | aix5*) - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no +cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + symcode='[[ABCDGISTW]]' + ;; +hpux*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + symcode='[[ABCDEGRST]]' fi - ;; + ;; +irix* | nonstopux*) + symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' + ;; +osf*) + symcode='[[BCDEGQRST]]' + ;; +solaris*) + symcode='[[BDRT]]' + ;; +sco3.2v5*) + symcode='[[DT]]' + ;; +sysv4.2uw2*) + symcode='[[DT]]' + ;; +sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) + symcode='[[ABDT]]' + ;; +sysv4) + symcode='[[DFNSTU]]' + ;; esac -AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) -# Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. -test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes -AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) - -AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1) - -AC_LANG_POP -CC="$lt_save_CC" -])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG +# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. +case `$NM -V 2>&1` in +*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) + symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' ;; +esac -# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG -# -------------------------- -# Ensure that the configuration vars for the C compiler are -# suitably defined. Those variables are subsequently used by -# AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG(CXX)]) -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], -[AC_LANG_PUSH(C++) -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX]) -AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP]) - -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no +# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration. +# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently, +# so use this general approach. +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" -# Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked: -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)= +# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \(lib[[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" -# Source file extension for C++ test sources. -ac_ext=cpp +# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain +opt_cr= +case $build_os in +mingw*) + opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp + ;; +esac -# Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources. -objext=o -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext +# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it. +for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do -# Code to be used in simple compile tests -lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;\n" + # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. + symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" -# Code to be used in simple link tests -lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[[]]) { return(0); }\n' + # Write the raw and C identifiers. + if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then + # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function + # and D for any global variable. + # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++, + # which start with @ or ?. + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK ['"\ +" {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\ +" /^COFF SYMBOL TABLE/{for(i in hide) delete hide[i]};"\ +" /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\ +" \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\ +" / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\ +" {if(hide[section]) next};"\ +" {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\ +" {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\ +" s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\ +" s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\ +" ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx]" + else + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[[ ]]\($symcode$symcode*\)[[ ]][[ ]]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" + fi + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe | sed '/ __gnu_lto/d'" -# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. -_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER + # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. + pipe_works=no -# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code -_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE -_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + rm -f conftest* + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +char nm_test_var; +void nm_test_func(void); +void nm_test_func(void){} +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);} +_LT_EOF -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -lt_save_CC=$CC -lt_save_LD=$LD -lt_save_GCC=$GCC -GCC=$GXX -lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld -lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD -if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then - lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx -else - $as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld -fi -if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then - lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX -else - $as_unset lt_cv_path_LD -fi -test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX -CC=${CXX-"c++"} -compiler=$CC -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC -_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) + if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then + # Now try to grab the symbols. + nlist=conftest.nm + if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" \> $nlist) && test -s "$nlist"; then + # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. + if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then + mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" + else + rm -f "$nlist"T + fi -# We don't want -fno-exception wen compiling C++ code, so set the -# no_builtin_flag separately -if test "$GXX" = yes; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' -else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= -fi + # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. + if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then + if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then + cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext +/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */ +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) +/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because runtime + relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */ +# define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST +#elif defined(__osf__) +/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */ +# define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST +#else +# define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST const +#endif -if test "$GXX" = yes; then - # Set up default GNU C++ configuration +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif - AC_PROG_LD +_LT_EOF + # Now generate the symbol file. + eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' - # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the - # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used. - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' +/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ +LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST struct { + const char *name; + void *address; +} +lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[[]] = +{ + { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 }, +_LT_EOF + $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext + cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext + {0, (void *) 0} +}; - # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty - # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to - # investigate it a little bit more. (MM) - wlarc='${wl}' +/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ +#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND +static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { + return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols; +} +#endif - # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. - if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" | \ - grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +_LT_EOF + # Now try linking the two files. + mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext + lt_globsym_save_LIBS=$LIBS + lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS + LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)" + if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + pipe_works=yes + fi + LIBS=$lt_globsym_save_LIBS + CFLAGS=$lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS + else + echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + fi + else + echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + fi else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= + echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD fi else - with_gnu_ld=no - wlarc= - - # A generic and very simple default shared library creation - # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native - # linker, instead of GNU ld. If possible, this setting should - # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on - # the platform it is being used on. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' + echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi + rm -rf conftest* conftst* - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"' - + # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. + if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then + break + else + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= + fi +done +]) +if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= +fi +if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then + AC_MSG_RESULT(failed) else - GXX=no - with_gnu_ld=no - wlarc= + AC_MSG_RESULT(ok) fi -# PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes -case $host_os in - aix3*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - aix4* | aix5*) - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't - # have to do anything special. - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' - no_entry_flag="" - else - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - - # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal - # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we - # need to do runtime linking. - case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix5*) - for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do - case $ld_flag in - *-brtl*) - aix_use_runtimelinking=yes - break - ;; - esac - done - ;; - esac +# Response file support. +if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then + nm_file_list_spec='@' +elif $NM --help 2>/dev/null | grep '[[@]]FILE' >/dev/null; then + nm_file_list_spec='@' +fi - exp_sym_flag='-bexport' - no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' - fi +_LT_DECL([global_symbol_pipe], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], [1], + [Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names]) +_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_cdecl], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl], [1], + [Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration]) +_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address], + [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address], [1], + [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair]) +_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], + [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], [1], + [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed]) +_LT_DECL([], [nm_file_list_spec], [1], + [Specify filename containing input files for $NM]) +]) # _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS + + +# _LT_COMPILER_PIC([TAGNAME]) +# --------------------------- +m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_PIC], +[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl +_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)= - # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can - # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library - # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to - # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not - # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. +m4_if([$1], [CXX], [ + # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc. + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' + + case $host_os in + aix*) + # All AIX code is PIC. + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + fi + ;; - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + ;; + m68k) + # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but + # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, + # like `-m68040'. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' + ;; + esac + ;; - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) - # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check - # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ - collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` - if test -f "$collect2name" && \ - strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null - then - # We have reworked collect2 - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - else - # We have old collect2 - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported - # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled - # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L - # to unsupported forces relinking - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= - fi + beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + # PIC is the default for these OSes. + ;; + mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being + # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). + # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style + # (--disable-auto-import) libraries + m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + # PIC is the default on this platform + # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common' + ;; + *djgpp*) + # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= + ;; + haiku*) + # PIC is the default for Haiku. + # The "-static" flag exists, but is broken. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)= + ;; + interix[[3-9]]*) + # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. + # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic + fi + ;; + hpux*) + # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit + # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag + # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' ;; esac - shared_flag='-shared' - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' - fi - else - # not using gcc - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release - # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: - shared_flag='-G' - else - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag='${wl}-G' + ;; + *qnx* | *nto*) + # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise + # it will coredump. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + ;; + esac + else + case $host_os in + aix[[4-9]]*) + # All AIX code is PIC. + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' else - shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' fi - fi - fi - - # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with - # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. - _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" - else - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" - else - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. - _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' - # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes - # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' - fi - fi - ;; - - beos*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc - # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - - chorus*) - case $cc_basename in - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - esac - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, - # as there is no search path for DLLs. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes - - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line - # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then - cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; - else - echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; - cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; - fi~ - $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - darwin* | rhapsody*) - case $host_os in - rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]]) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - ;; - *) # Darwin 1.3 on - if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - else - case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in - 10.[[012]]) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - ;; - 10.*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - esac - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - - if test "$GXX" = yes ; then - lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=no - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - if $CC -dumpspecs 2>&1 | $EGREP 'single_module' >/dev/null ; then - lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=yes - fi - if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring' - fi - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' - # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds - if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - fi - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - else - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -qmkshrobj ${wl}-single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}`echo $rpath/$soname` $verstring' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' - # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -qmkshrobj ${wl}-single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}$rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - dgux*) - case $cc_basename in - ec++*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - ghcx*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + chorus*) + case $cc_basename in + cxch68*) + # Green Hills C++ Compiler + # _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a" + ;; + esac ;; - esac - ;; - freebsd[[12]]*) - # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before switch to ELF - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - freebsd-elf*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - ;; - freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*) - # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF - # conventions - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes - ;; - gnu*) - ;; - hpux9*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, - # but as the default - # location of the library. - - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - aCC*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | grep "[[-]]L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' - ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - else - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - hpux10*|hpux11*) - if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='+b $libdir' - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - ;; - esac - fi - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, - # but as the default - # location of the library. - ;; - esac - - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being + # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). + m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) ;; - aCC*) - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; + dgux*) + case $cc_basename in + ec++*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + ;; + ghcx*) + # Green Hills C++ Compiler + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' + ;; + *) + ;; esac - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | grep "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then + freebsd* | dragonfly*) + # FreeBSD uses GNU C++ + ;; + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' + fi + ;; + aCC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + hppa*64*|ia64*) + # +Z the default ;; *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' ;; esac - fi - else - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - interix3*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. - # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by - # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory - # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, - # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link - # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - ;; - irix5* | irix6*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # SGI C++ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler. This is - # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included - # in the archive. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` -o $lib' - fi - fi - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - ;; - esac - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - ;; - linux*) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler - - # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file - # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library - # to its proper name (with version) after linking. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib' - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | grep "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' - - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath,$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - ;; - icpc*) - # Intel C++ - with_gnu_ld=yes - # version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols - # if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and - # earlier do not add the objects themselves. - case `$CC -V 2>&1` in - *"Version 7."*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - ;; - *) # Version 8.0 or newer - tmp_idyn= - case $host_cpu in - ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';; - esac - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - ;; + ;; + *) + ;; esac - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - ;; - pgCC*) - # Portland Group C++ compiler - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' - - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - ;; - cxx*) - # Compaq C++ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols' - - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' - ;; - esac - ;; - lynxos*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - m88k*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - mvs*) - case $cc_basename in - cxx*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - esac - ;; - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags' - wlarc= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - fi - # Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains - output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"' - ;; - openbsd2*) - # C++ shared libraries are fairly broken - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - openbsd*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' - fi - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - ;; - osf3*) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler - - # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file - # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library - # to its proper name (with version) after linking. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' - - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - - ;; - RCC*) - # Rational C++ 2.4.1 - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - cxx*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld" | grep -v "ld:"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' - ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"' - - else - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi ;; - esac - ;; - osf4* | osf5*) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler - - # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file - # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library - # to its proper name (with version) after linking. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' - - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # the KAI C++ compiler. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' + interix*) + # This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs) + # Anyone wants to do a port? ;; - RCC*) - # Rational C++ 2.4.1 - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default. + ;; + *) + ;; + esac ;; - cxx*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~ - echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname -Wl,-input -Wl,$lib.exp `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~ - $rm $lib.exp' - - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld" | grep -v "ld:"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) + case $cc_basename in + KCC*) + # KAI C++ Compiler + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + ;; + ecpc* ) + # old Intel C++ for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' + ;; + icpc* ) + # Intel C++, used to be incompatible with GCC. + # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' + ;; + pgCC* | pgcpp*) + # Portland Group C++ compiler + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; + cxx*) + # Compaq C++ + # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha + # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + ;; + xlc* | xlC* | bgxl[[cC]]* | mpixl[[cC]]*) + # IBM XL 8.0, 9.0 on PPC and BlueGene + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink' + ;; + *) + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) + # Sun C++ 5.9 + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' + ;; + esac + ;; + esac ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"' - - else - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi + lynxos*) ;; - esac - ;; - psos*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - sunos4*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # Sun C++ 4.x - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + m88k*) ;; - lcc*) - # Lucid - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + mvs*) + case $cc_basename in + cxx*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-W c,exportall' + ;; + *) + ;; + esac ;; - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + netbsd*) ;; - esac - ;; - solaris*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc,$1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - case $host_os in - solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; + *qnx* | *nto*) + # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise + # it will coredump. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' + ;; + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + case $cc_basename in + KCC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' + ;; + RCC*) + # Rational C++ 2.4.1 + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' + ;; + cxx*) + # Digital/Compaq C++ + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha + # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + ;; *) - # The C++ compiler is used as linker so we must use $wl - # flag to pass the commands to the underlying system - # linker. We must also pass each convience library through - # to the system linker between allextract/defaultextract. - # The C++ compiler will combine linker options so we - # cannot just pass the convience library names through - # without $wl. - # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' ;; esac - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is - # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included - # in the archive. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; - gcx*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' - - # The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs' + psos*) ;; - *) - # GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker - if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs' - if $CC --version | grep -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd="$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep \"\-L\"" - else - # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this - # platform. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd="$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep \"\-L\"" - fi - - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $wl$libdir' - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + solaris*) + case $cc_basename in + CC* | sunCC*) + # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' + ;; + gcx*) + # Green Hills C++ Compiler + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' + ;; + *) + ;; + esac ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + sunos4*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + # Sun C++ 4.x + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; + lcc*) + # Lucid + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' + ;; + *) + ;; + esac ;; - esac - ;; - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) - # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not - # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to - # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would - # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text - # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed - # as -z defs. - # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always - # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the - # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so - # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. - # So that behaviour is only enabled if SCOABSPATH is set to a - # non-empty value in the environment. Most likely only useful for - # creating official distributions of packages. - # This is a hack until libtool officially supports absolute path - # names for shared libraries. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; + esac ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + tandem*) + case $cc_basename in + NCC*) + # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + ;; + *) + ;; + esac ;; - esac - ;; - tandem*) - case $cc_basename in - NCC*) - # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + vxworks*) ;; *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no ;; esac - ;; - vxworks*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; -esac -AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) -test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no - -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$GXX" -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" + fi +], +[ + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' -AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) + case $host_os in + aix*) + # All AIX code is PIC. + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + fi + ;; -AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1) + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + ;; + m68k) + # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but + # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, + # like `-m68040'. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' + ;; + esac + ;; -AC_LANG_POP -CC=$lt_save_CC -LDCXX=$LD -LD=$lt_save_LD -GCC=$lt_save_GCC -with_gnu_ldcxx=$with_gnu_ld -with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld -lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD -lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD -lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld -lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld -])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG - -# AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP([TAGNAME]) -# ------------------------------------ -# Figure out "hidden" library dependencies from verbose -# compiler output when linking a shared library. -# Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary -# objects, libraries and library flags. -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP],[ -dnl we can't use the lt_simple_compile_test_code here, -dnl because it contains code intended for an executable, -dnl not a library. It's possible we should let each -dnl tag define a new lt_????_link_test_code variable, -dnl but it's only used here... -ifelse([$1],[],[cat > conftest.$ac_ext < conftest.$ac_ext < conftest.$ac_ext < conftest.$ac_ext <&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ Ceres\ Fortran* | *Sun*Fortran*\ [[1-7]].* | *Sun*Fortran*\ 8.[[0-3]]*) + # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='' + ;; + *Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' + ;; + *Sun\ C*) + # Sun C 5.9 + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + ;; + *Intel*\ [[CF]]*Compiler*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' + ;; + *Portland\ Group*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds + newsos6) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) -AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) + *nto* | *qnx*) + # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise + # it will coredump. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' + ;; -AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1) + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + # All OSF/1 code is PIC. + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + ;; -AC_LANG_RESTORE -CC="$lt_save_CC" -])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG + rdos*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + ;; + solaris*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + case $cc_basename in + f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ';; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,';; + esac + ;; -# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG -# ------------------------- -# Ensure that the configuration vars for the Windows resource compiler are -# suitably defined. Those variables are subsequently used by -# AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG(RC)]) -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG], -[AC_LANG_SAVE + sunos4*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; -# Source file extension for RC test sources. -ac_ext=rc + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; -# Object file extension for compiled RC test sources. -objext=o -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec ;then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kconform_pic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + fi + ;; -# Code to be used in simple compile tests -lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }\n' + sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; -# Code to be used in simple link tests -lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code" + unicos*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no + ;; -# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. -_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER + uts4*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + ;; -# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code -_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE -_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no + ;; + esac + fi +]) +case $host_os in + # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: + *djgpp*) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])" + ;; +esac -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -lt_save_CC="$CC" -CC=${RC-"windres"} -compiler=$CC -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC -_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes +AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $compiler option to produce PIC], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1)], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)]) +_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1) -AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1) +# +# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. +# +if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then + _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler PIC flag $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) works], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works, $1)], + [$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])], [], + [case $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) in + "" | " "*) ;; + *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=" $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" ;; + esac], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no]) +fi +_LT_TAGDECL([pic_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_pic], [1], + [Additional compiler flags for building library objects]) -AC_LANG_RESTORE -CC="$lt_save_CC" -])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG +_LT_TAGDECL([wl], [lt_prog_compiler_wl], [1], + [How to pass a linker flag through the compiler]) +# +# Check to make sure the static flag actually works. +# +wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)\" +_LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works], + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works, $1), + $lt_tmp_static_flag, + [], + [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=]) +_LT_TAGDECL([link_static_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_static], [1], + [Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking]) +])# _LT_COMPILER_PIC -# AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG([TAGNAME]) +# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS([TAGNAME]) # ---------------------------- -# If TAGNAME is not passed, then create an initial libtool script -# with a default configuration from the untagged config vars. Otherwise -# add code to config.status for appending the configuration named by -# TAGNAME from the matching tagged config vars. -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG], -[# The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the -# libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh -# with your package, and you will get complaints that there are -# no rules to generate ltmain.sh. -if test -f "$ltmain"; then - # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through - # without removal of \ escapes. - if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST - fi - # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being - # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values. We take copies of the - # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script. - for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC LTCFLAGS NM \ - SED SHELL STRIP \ - libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \ - old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \ - deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \ - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ - sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \ - old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(CC, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(LD, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(predeps, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postinstall_cmds, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postuninstall_cmds, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1) \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1); do - - case $var in - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1) | \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1) | \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) | \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1) | \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1) | \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1) | \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1) | \ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1) | \ - extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \ - postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \ - old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \ - sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec) - # Double-quote double-evaled strings. - eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\"" +# See if the linker supports building shared libraries. +m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS], +[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl +m4_require([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL])dnl +m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl +m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl +AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) +m4_if([$1], [CXX], [ + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'] + case $host_os in + aix[[4-9]]*) + # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. + # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm + # Also, AIX nm treats weak defined symbols like other global defined + # symbols, whereas GNU nm marks them as "W". + if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + fi + ;; + pw32*) + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)="$ltdll_cmds" + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) + case $cc_basename in + cl*) + _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*' ;; *) - eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\"" + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname'] ;; esac - done - - case $lt_echo in - *'\[$]0 --fallback-echo"') - lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\[$]0 --fallback-echo"[$]/[$]0 --fallback-echo"/'` + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' ;; esac +], [ + runpath_var= + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown + _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= + # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* + # included in the symbol list + _LT_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)= + # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude + # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or + # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', + # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. + _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'] + # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out + # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if + # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot + # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in + # preloaded symbol tables. + # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. +dnl Note also adjust exclude_expsyms for C++ above. + extract_expsyms_cmds= -ifelse([$1], [], - [cfgfile="${ofile}T" - trap "$rm \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 - $rm -f "$cfgfile" - AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $ofile])], - [cfgfile="$ofile"]) + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + if test "$GCC" != yes; then + with_gnu_ld=no + fi + ;; + interix*) + # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) + with_gnu_ld=yes + ;; + openbsd*) + with_gnu_ld=no + ;; + esac - cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile" -ifelse([$1], [], -[#! $SHELL + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes -# `$echo "$cfgfile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. -# Generated automatically by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP) -# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. -# -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is part of GNU Libtool: -# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -# -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + # On some targets, GNU ld is compatible enough with the native linker + # that we're better off using the native interface for both. + lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=no + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + case $host_os in + aix*) + # The AIX port of GNU ld has always aspired to compatibility + # with the native linker. However, as the warning in the GNU ld + # block says, versions before 2.19.5* couldn't really create working + # shared libraries, regardless of the interface used. + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.19.5*) ;; + *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.[[2-9]]*) ;; + *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ [[3-9]]*) ;; + *) + lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + *) + lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes + ;; + esac + fi -# A sed program that does not truncate output. -SED=$lt_SED + if test "$lt_use_gnu_ld_interface" = yes; then + # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty + wlarc='${wl}' -# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. -Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" + # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These + # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them + # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' + # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= + fi + supports_anon_versioning=no + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *GNU\ gold*) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; + *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 + *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... + *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... + *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions + *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; + esac -# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout -# if CDPATH is set. -(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. + case $host_os in + aix[[3-9]]*) + # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 -# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script. -available_tags= +*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.19, is reported +*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. +*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you +*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to install binutils +*** 2.20 or above, or modify your PATH so that a non-GNU linker is found. +*** You will then need to restart the configuration process. -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG], -[# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname]) +_LT_EOF + fi + ;; -# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='' + ;; + m68k) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + ;; + esac + ;; -# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. -SHELL=$lt_SHELL - -# Whether or not to build shared libraries. -build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared - -# Whether or not to build static libraries. -build_old_libs=$enable_static + beos*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc + # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; -# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. -build_libtool_need_lc=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1) + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, + # as there is no search path for DLLs. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-all-symbols' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname'] + + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line + # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then + cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; + else + echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; + cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; + fi~ + $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; -# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static -allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1) + haiku*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + ;; -# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. -fast_install=$enable_fast_install + interix[[3-9]]*) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. + # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by + # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory + # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, + # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link + # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + ;; -# The host system. -host_alias=$host_alias -host=$host -host_os=$host_os + gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) + tmp_diet=no + if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then + case $cc_basename in + diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;; # linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn) + esac + fi + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \ + && test "$tmp_diet" = no + then + tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' + tmp_sharedflag='-shared' + case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in + pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' + ;; + pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) + # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; + ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 + tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; + efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 + tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; + ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler + tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; + lf95*) # Lahey Fortran 8.1 + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= + tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;; + xl[[cC]]* | bgxl[[cC]]* | mpixl[[cC]]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below) + tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj' + tmp_addflag= ;; + nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2 + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes + ;; + esac + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes + tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; + *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 + tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' -# The build system. -build_alias=$build_alias -build=$build -build_os=$build_os + if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' + fi -# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. -echo=$lt_echo + case $cc_basename in + xlf* | bgf* | bgxlf* | mpixlf*) + # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -o $lib' + if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' + fi + ;; + esac + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; -# The archiver. -AR=$lt_AR -AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS + netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' + wlarc= + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + fi + ;; -# A C compiler. -LTCC=$lt_LTCC + solaris*) + if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 -# LTCC compiler flags. -LTCFLAGS=$lt_LTCFLAGS +*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably +*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool +*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU +*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify +*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is +*** used, and then restart. -# A language-specific compiler. -CC=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1) +_LT_EOF + elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; -# Is the compiler the GNU C compiler? -with_gcc=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(GCC, $1) + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.1[[0-5]].*) + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 -# An ERE matcher. -EGREP=$lt_EGREP +*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not +*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool +*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU +*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify +*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is +*** used, and then restart. -# The linker used to build libraries. -LD=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(LD, $1) +_LT_EOF + ;; + *) + # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always + # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the + # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so + # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; -# Whether we need hard or soft links. -LN_S=$lt_LN_S + sunos4*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + wlarc= + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; -# A BSD-compatible nm program. -NM=$lt_NM + *) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + esac -# A symbol stripping program -STRIP=$lt_STRIP + if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no; then + runpath_var= + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= + fi + else + # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) + case $host_os in + aix3*) + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' + # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there + # are no directories specified by -L. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then + # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a + # broken collect2. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported + fi + ;; -# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file" -MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD + aix[[4-9]]*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't + # have to do anything special. + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' + no_entry_flag="" + else + # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. + # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm + # Also, AIX nm treats weak defined symbols like other global + # defined symbols, whereas GNU nm marks them as "W". + if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + fi + aix_use_runtimelinking=no -# Used on cygwin: DLL creation program. -DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" + # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal + # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we + # need to do runtime linking. + case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*) + for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do + if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then + aix_use_runtimelinking=yes + break + fi + done + ;; + esac -# Used on cygwin: object dumper. -OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" + exp_sym_flag='-bexport' + no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' + fi -# Used on cygwin: assembler. -AS="$AS" + # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can + # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library + # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to + # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not + # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. -# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. -objdir=$objdir + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,' -# How to create reloadable object files. -reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag -reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) + # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check + # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ + collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` + if test -f "$collect2name" && + strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null + then + # We have reworked collect2 + : + else + # We have old collect2 + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported + # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled + # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L + # to unsupported forces relinking + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= + fi + ;; + esac + shared_flag='-shared' + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' + fi + else + # not using gcc + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release + # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: + shared_flag='-G' + else + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag='${wl}-G' + else + shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' + fi + fi + fi -# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. -wl=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall' + # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with + # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an + # empty executable. + _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1]) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then func_echo_all "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" + else + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" + else + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an + # empty executable. + _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1]) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + # We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive. + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + else + # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes + # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' + fi + fi + ;; -# Object file suffix (normally "o"). -objext="$ac_objext" + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='' + ;; + m68k) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + ;; + esac + ;; -# Old archive suffix (normally "a"). -libext="$libext" + bsdi[[45]]*) + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=-rdynamic + ;; -# Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). -shrext_cmds='$shrext_cmds' + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + case $cc_basename in + cl*) + # Native MSVC + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' ' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='@' + # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. + libext=lib + # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. + shrext_cmds=".dll" + # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-dll~linknames=' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then + sed -n -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' -e '1\\\!p' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; + else + sed -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; + fi~ + $CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~ + linknames=' + # The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL. + # _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true' + _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1,DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + # Don't use ranlib + _LT_TAGVAR(old_postinstall_cmds, $1)='chmod 644 $oldlib' + _LT_TAGVAR(postlink_cmds, $1)='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~ + lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~ + case $lt_outputfile in + *.exe|*.EXE) ;; + *) + lt_outputfile="$lt_outputfile.exe" + lt_tool_outputfile="$lt_tool_outputfile.exe" + ;; + esac~ + if test "$MANIFEST_TOOL" != ":" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then + $MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1; + $RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; + fi' + ;; + *) + # Assume MSVC wrapper + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' ' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. + libext=lib + # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. + shrext_cmds=".dll" + # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `func_echo_all "$deplibs" | $SED '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' + # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true' + # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' + _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes + ;; + esac + ;; -# Executable file suffix (normally ""). -exeext="$exeext" + darwin* | rhapsody*) + _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1) + ;; -# Additional compiler flags for building library objects. -pic_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) -pic_mode=$pic_mode + dgux*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; -# What is the maximum length of a command? -max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len + # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor + # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o + # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little + # extra space). + freebsd2.2*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; -# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? -compiler_c_o=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1) + # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. + freebsd2.*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; -# Must we lock files when doing compilation? -need_locks=$lt_need_locks + # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. + freebsd* | dragonfly*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; -# Do we need the lib prefix for modules? -need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix + hpux9*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes -# Do we need a version for libraries? -need_version=$need_version + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + ;; -# Whether dlopen is supported. -dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen + hpux10*) + if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + fi + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + fi + ;; -# Whether dlopen of programs is supported. -dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self + hpux11*) + if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + else + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + m4_if($1, [], [ + # Older versions of the 11.00 compiler do not understand -b yet + # (HP92453-01 A.11.01.20 doesn't, HP92453-01 B.11.X.35175-35176.GP does) + _LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $CC understands -b], + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler__b, $1), [-b], + [_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'], + [_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'])], + [_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags']) + ;; + esac + fi + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: -# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. -dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static - -# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. -link_static_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1) - -# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. -no_builtin_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) - -# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. -export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1) + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' -# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. -whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1) + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + ;; + esac + fi + ;; -# Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects. -thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1) + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + # Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not + # work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and + # implicitly export all symbols. + # This should be the same for all languages, so no per-tag cache variable. + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the $host_os linker accepts -exported_symbol], + [lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol], + [save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null" + AC_LINK_IFELSE( + [AC_LANG_SOURCE( + [AC_LANG_CASE([C], [[int foo (void) { return 0; }]], + [C++], [[int foo (void) { return 0; }]], + [Fortran 77], [[ + subroutine foo + end]], + [Fortran], [[ + subroutine foo + end]])])], + [lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=yes], + [lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=no]) + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"]) + if test "$lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' + fi + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib' + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + ;; -# Library versioning type. -version_type=$version_type + netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; -# Format of library name prefix. -libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec + newsos6) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; -# List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. -# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. -library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec + *nto* | *qnx*) + ;; -# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. -soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec + openbsd*) + if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + else + case $host_os in + openbsd[[01]].* | openbsd2.[[0-7]] | openbsd2.[[0-7]].*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + esac + fi + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; -# Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. -RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB -old_archive_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1) -old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds -old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds + os2*) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' + ;; -# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. -old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1) + osf3*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + ;; -# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. -old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1) + osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp' -# Commands used to build and install a shared archive. -archive_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) -archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1) -postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds -postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds + # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + ;; -# Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty) -module_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1) -module_expsym_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1) + solaris*) + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z defs' + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + wlarc='${wl}' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + else + case `$CC -V 2>&1` in + *"Compilers 5.0"*) + wlarc='' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + ;; + *) + wlarc='${wl}' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + ;; + esac + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + case $host_os in + solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; + *) + # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, + # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', + # but is careful enough not to reorder. + # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' + fi + ;; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + ;; -# Commands to strip libraries. -old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib -striplib=$lt_striplib + sunos4*) + if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then + # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o + # files that make .init and .fini sections work. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; -# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -predep_objects=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) + sysv4) + case $host_vendor in + sni) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # is this really true??? + ;; + siemens) + ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB + ## CC just makes a GrossModule. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + ;; + motorola) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie + ;; + esac + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; -# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -postdep_objects=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) + sysv4.3*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-Bexport' + ;; -# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -predeps=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predeps, $1) + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + hardcode_runpath_var=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes + fi + ;; -# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -postdeps=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) + sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*) + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' -# The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking -# a shared library. -compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + fi + ;; -# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. -deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) + # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not + # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to + # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would + # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text + # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed + # as -z defs. + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' -# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic. -file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + fi + ;; -# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. -allow_undefined_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1) + uts4*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; -# Flag that forces no undefined symbols. -no_undefined_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1) + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + esac -# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. -finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds + if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then + case $host in + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Blargedynsym' + ;; + esac + fi + fi +]) +AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) +test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no -# Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. -finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval +_LT_TAGVAR(with_gnu_ld, $1)=$with_gnu_ld -# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. -global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe +_LT_DECL([], [libext], [0], [Old archive suffix (normally "a")])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [shrext_cmds], [1], [Shared library suffix (normally ".so")])dnl +_LT_DECL([], [extract_expsyms_cmds], [2], + [The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive]) -# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration -global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl +# +# Do we need to explicitly link libc? +# +case "x$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)" in +x|xyes) + # Assume -lc should be added + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes -# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair -global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address + if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) in + *'~'*) + # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. + ;; + '$CC '*) + # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some + # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc + # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether -lc should be explicitly linked in], + [lt_cv_]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1), + [$RM conftest* + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + + if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; then + soname=conftest + lib=conftest + libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext + deplibs= + wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) + pic_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) + compiler_flags=-v + linker_flags=-v + verstring= + output_objdir=. + libname=conftest + lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1) + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= + if AC_TRY_EVAL(_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) + then + lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + else + lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag + else + cat conftest.err 1>&5 + fi + $RM conftest* + ]) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=$lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1) + ;; + esac + fi + ;; +esac -# This is the shared library runtime path variable. -runpath_var=$runpath_var +_LT_TAGDECL([build_libtool_need_lc], [archive_cmds_need_lc], [0], + [Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries]) +_LT_TAGDECL([allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes], + [enable_shared_with_static_runtimes], [0], + [Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_dynamic_flag_spec], [1], + [Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [whole_archive_flag_spec], [1], + [Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_needs_object], [1], + [Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_new_cmds], [2], + [Create an old-style archive from a shared archive]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds], [2], + [Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build a shared archive]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_expsym_cmds], [2]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_cmds], [2], + [Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building + a shared archive.]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_expsym_cmds], [2]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [with_gnu_ld], [1], + [Whether we are building with GNU ld or not]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [allow_undefined_flag], [1], + [Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [no_undefined_flag], [1], + [Flag that enforces no undefined symbols]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec], [1], + [Flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary during linking. + This must work even if $libdir does not exist]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_separator], [1], + [Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct], [0], + [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes + DIR into the resulting binary]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct_absolute], [0], + [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes + DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is + "absolute", i.e impossible to change by setting ${shlibpath_var} if the + library is relocated]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_minus_L], [0], + [Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR + into the resulting binary]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_shlibpath_var], [0], + [Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR + into the resulting binary]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_automatic], [0], + [Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR + into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked + against it]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [inherit_rpath], [0], + [Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries + to runtime path list]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [link_all_deplibs], [0], + [Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [always_export_symbols], [0], + [Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_symbols_cmds], [2], + [The commands to list exported symbols]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [exclude_expsyms], [1], + [Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [include_expsyms], [1], + [Symbols that must always be exported]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [prelink_cmds], [2], + [Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [postlink_cmds], [2], + [Commands necessary for finishing linking programs]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [file_list_spec], [1], + [Specify filename containing input files]) +dnl FIXME: Not yet implemented +dnl _LT_TAGDECL([], [thread_safe_flag_spec], [1], +dnl [Compiler flag to generate thread safe objects]) +])# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS + + +# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG([TAG]) +# ------------------------ +# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C compiler are suitably +# defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write +# the compiler configuration to `libtool'. +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG], +[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl +lt_save_CC="$CC" +AC_LANG_PUSH(C) -# This is the shared library path variable. -shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var +# Source file extension for C test sources. +ac_ext=c -# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? -shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath +# Object file extension for compiled C test sources. +objext=o +_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext -# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. -hardcode_action=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1) +# Code to be used in simple compile tests +lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" -# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. -hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs +# Code to be used in simple link tests +lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}' -# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. -# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) +_LT_TAG_COMPILER +# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other +# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP. +compiler_DEFAULT=$CC -# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into -# a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does -# not exist. -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1) +# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code +_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE +_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE -# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. -hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1) +if test -n "$compiler"; then + _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) + _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) + _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) + _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) + _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) + _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) + _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) + LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF + _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB + + # Report which library types will actually be built + AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) + test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no + + # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and + # are all built from PIC. + case $host_os in + aix3*) + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" + postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' + fi + ;; -# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the -# resulting binary. -hardcode_direct=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1) + aix[[4-9]]*) + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + fi + ;; + esac + AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) -# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the -# resulting binary. -hardcode_minus_L=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) + # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. + test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes + AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) -# Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into -# the resulting binary. -hardcode_shlibpath_var=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1) + _LT_CONFIG($1) +fi +AC_LANG_POP +CC="$lt_save_CC" +])# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG -# Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library -# and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it. -hardcode_automatic=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1) -# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and -# restored at relink time. -variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink" +# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG([TAG]) +# -------------------------- +# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C++ compiler are suitably +# defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write +# the compiler configuration to `libtool'. +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], +[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl +m4_require([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL])dnl +if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" && + ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) || + (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then + AC_PROG_CXXCPP +else + _lt_caught_CXX_error=yes +fi -# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. -link_all_deplibs=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1) +AC_LANG_PUSH(C++) +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown +_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds +_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag +_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds +_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no -# Compile-time system search path for libraries -sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec +# Source file extension for C++ test sources. +ac_ext=cpp -# Run-time system search path for libraries -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec +# Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources. +objext=o +_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext + +# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that +# the CXX compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) +# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, +# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. +if test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes; then + # Code to be used in simple compile tests + lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" + + # Code to be used in simple link tests + lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[[]]) { return(0); }' + + # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. + _LT_TAG_COMPILER + + # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code + _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE + _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + + # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. + lt_save_CC=$CC + lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS + lt_save_LD=$LD + lt_save_GCC=$GCC + GCC=$GXX + lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld + lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD + if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then + lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx + else + $as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld + fi + if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then + lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX + else + $as_unset lt_cv_path_LD + fi + test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX + CC=${CXX-"c++"} + CFLAGS=$CXXFLAGS + compiler=$CC + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC + _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) -# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. -fix_srcfile_path="$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(fix_srcfile_path, $1)" + if test -n "$compiler"; then + # We don't want -fno-exception when compiling C++ code, so set the + # no_builtin_flag separately + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= + fi -# Set to yes if exported symbols are required. -always_export_symbols=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1) + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + # Set up default GNU C++ configuration -# The commands to list exported symbols. -export_symbols_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1) + LT_PATH_LD -# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. -extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds + # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the + # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used. + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $pic_flag -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC $pic_flag -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' -# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. -exclude_expsyms=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' -# Symbols that must always be exported. -include_expsyms=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1) + # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty + # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to + # investigate it a little bit more. (MM) + wlarc='${wl}' -ifelse([$1],[], -[# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG], -[# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname]) + # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. + if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" | + $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= + fi + else + with_gnu_ld=no + wlarc= + + # A generic and very simple default shared library creation + # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native + # linker, instead of GNU ld. If possible, this setting should + # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on + # the platform it is being used on. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' + fi -__EOF__ + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"' -ifelse([$1],[], [ - case $host_os in - aix3*) - cat <<\EOF >> "$cfgfile" + else + GXX=no + with_gnu_ld=no + wlarc= + fi -# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some -# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems -# vanish in a puff of smoke. -if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then - COLLECT_NAMES= - export COLLECT_NAMES -fi -EOF - ;; - esac + # PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes + case $host_os in + aix3*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + aix[[4-9]]*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't + # have to do anything special. + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' + no_entry_flag="" + else + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + + # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal + # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we + # need to do runtime linking. + case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*) + for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do + case $ld_flag in + *-brtl*) + aix_use_runtimelinking=yes + break + ;; + esac + done + ;; + esac - # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if - # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in - # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem - # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? - sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) + exp_sym_flag='-bexport' + no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' + fi - mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || \ - (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") - chmod +x "$ofile" -]) -else - # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute - # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the - # libtool script then. - ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'` - if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then - test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain" - fi -fi -])# AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG + # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can + # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library + # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to + # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not + # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. + + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,' + + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) + # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check + # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ + collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` + if test -f "$collect2name" && + strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null + then + # We have reworked collect2 + : + else + # We have old collect2 + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported + # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled + # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L + # to unsupported forces relinking + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= + fi + esac + shared_flag='-shared' + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' + fi + else + # not using gcc + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release + # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: + shared_flag='-G' + else + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag='${wl}-G' + else + shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' + fi + fi + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall' + # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with + # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to + # export. + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty + # executable. + _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1]) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then func_echo_all "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" + else + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" + else + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an + # empty executable. + _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1]) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + # We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive. + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + else + # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes + # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared + # libraries. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' + fi + fi + ;; -# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI([TAGNAME]) -# ------------------------------------------- -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], -[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])dnl + beos*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc + # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= + chorus*) + case $cc_basename in + *) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + esac + ;; -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + case $GXX,$cc_basename in + ,cl* | no,cl*) + # Native MSVC + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' ' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='@' + # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. + libext=lib + # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. + shrext_cmds=".dll" + # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-dll~linknames=' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then + $SED -n -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' -e '1\\\!p' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; + else + $SED -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; + fi~ + $CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~ + linknames=' + # The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL. + # _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true' + _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes + # Don't use ranlib + _LT_TAGVAR(old_postinstall_cmds, $1)='chmod 644 $oldlib' + _LT_TAGVAR(postlink_cmds, $1)='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~ + lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~ + case $lt_outputfile in + *.exe|*.EXE) ;; + *) + lt_outputfile="$lt_outputfile.exe" + lt_tool_outputfile="$lt_tool_outputfile.exe" + ;; + esac~ + func_to_tool_file "$lt_outputfile"~ + if test "$MANIFEST_TOOL" != ":" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then + $MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1; + $RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; + fi' + ;; + *) + # g++ + # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, + # as there is no search path for DLLs. + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-all-symbols' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported + _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes + + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line + # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then + cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; + else + echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; + cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; + fi~ + $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1) + ;; - AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], - lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions, - [-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], [], - [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)="$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"]) -fi -])# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI + dgux*) + case $cc_basename in + ec++*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + ghcx*) + # Green Hills C++ Compiler + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + *) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + esac + ;; + freebsd2.*) + # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before + # switch to ELF + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; -# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE -# --------------------------------- -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_NM]) -AC_REQUIRE([AC_OBJEXT]) -# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. -AC_MSG_CHECKING([command to parse $NM output from $compiler object]) -AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], -[ -# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. -# [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] + freebsd-elf*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + ;; -# Character class describing NM global symbol codes. -symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' + freebsd* | dragonfly*) + # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF + # conventions + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes + ;; -# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. -sympat='\([[_A-Za-z]][[_A-Za-z0-9]]*\)' + gnu*) + ;; -# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^. .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1;/p'" + haiku*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + ;; -# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'" + hpux9*) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, + # but as the default + # location of the library. + + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + aCC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + # + # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from + # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them + # from the output so that they don't get included in the library + # dependencies. + output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $EGREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"' + ;; + *) + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + else + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; -# Define system-specific variables. -case $host_os in -aix*) - symcode='[[BCDT]]' - ;; -cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - symcode='[[ABCDGISTW]]' - ;; -hpux*) # Its linker distinguishes data from code symbols - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - symcode='[[ABCDEGRST]]' - fi - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'" - ;; -linux*) - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'" - fi - ;; -irix* | nonstopux*) - symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' - ;; -osf*) - symcode='[[BCDEGQRST]]' - ;; -solaris*) - symcode='[[BDRT]]' - ;; -sco3.2v5*) - symcode='[[DT]]' - ;; -sysv4.2uw2*) - symcode='[[DT]]' - ;; -sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) - symcode='[[ABDT]]' - ;; -sysv4) - symcode='[[DFNSTU]]' - ;; -esac + hpux10*|hpux11*) + if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + ;; + esac + fi + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, + # but as the default + # location of the library. + ;; + esac -# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain -opt_cr= -case $build_os in -mingw*) - opt_cr=`echo 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp - ;; -esac + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + aCC*) + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + # + # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from + # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them + # from the output so that they don't get included in the library + # dependencies. + output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $GREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"' + ;; + *) + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + fi + else + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; -# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. -case `$NM -V 2>&1` in -*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) - symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' ;; -esac + interix[[3-9]]*) + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. + # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by + # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory + # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, + # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link + # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + ;; + irix5* | irix6*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + # SGI C++ + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + + # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using + # "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler. This is + # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included + # in the archive. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs' + ;; + *) + if test "$GXX" = yes; then + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + else + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` -o $lib' + fi + fi + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + ;; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes + ;; -# Try without a prefix undercore, then with it. -for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) + case $cc_basename in + KCC*) + # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler - # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. - symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" + # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file + # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library + # to its proper name (with version) after linking. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib' + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + # + # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from + # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them + # from the output so that they don't get included in the library + # dependencies. + output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"' + + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' + + # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using + # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' + ;; + icpc* | ecpc* ) + # Intel C++ + with_gnu_ld=yes + # version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols + # if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and + # earlier do not add the objects themselves. + case `$CC -V 2>&1` in + *"Version 7."*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + ;; + *) # Version 8.0 or newer + tmp_idyn= + case $host_cpu in + ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + ;; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + ;; + pgCC* | pgcpp*) + # Portland Group C++ compiler + case `$CC -V` in + *pgCC\ [[1-5]].* | *pgcpp\ [[1-5]].*) + _LT_TAGVAR(prelink_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ + rm -rf $tpldir~ + $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $objs $libobjs $compile_deplibs~ + compile_command="$compile_command `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP`"' + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ + rm -rf $tpldir~ + $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $oldobjs$old_deplibs~ + $AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP`~ + $RANLIB $oldlib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ + rm -rf $tpldir~ + $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~ + $CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ + rm -rf $tpldir~ + $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~ + $CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' + ;; + *) # Version 6 and above use weak symbols + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' + ;; + esac - # Write the raw and C identifiers. - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[[ ]]\($symcode$symcode*\)[[ ]][[ ]]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + ;; + cxx*) + # Compaq C++ + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols' - # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. - pipe_works=no + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - rm -f conftest* - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) + # Sun C++ 5.9 + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes + + # Not sure whether something based on + # $CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 + # would be better. + output_verbose_link_cmd='func_echo_all' + + # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using + # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is + # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included + # in the archive. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then - # Now try to grab the symbols. - nlist=conftest.nm - if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) && test -s "$nlist"; then - # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. - if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then - mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" - else - rm -f "$nlist"T - fi + lynxos*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; - # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. - if grep ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then - if grep ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then - cat < conftest.$ac_ext -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif + m88k*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; -EOF - # Now generate the symbol file. - eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | grep -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' + mvs*) + case $cc_basename in + cxx*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + *) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + esac + ;; - cat <> conftest.$ac_ext -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ -# define lt_ptr_t void * -#else -# define lt_ptr_t char * -# define const -#endif + netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags' + wlarc= + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + fi + # Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains + output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"' + ;; -/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ -const struct { - const char *name; - lt_ptr_t address; -} -lt_preloaded_symbols[[]] = -{ -EOF - $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr_t) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | grep -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext - cat <<\EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext - {0, (lt_ptr_t) 0} -}; + *nto* | *qnx*) + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes + ;; -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif -EOF - # Now try linking the two files. - mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext - lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" - lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)" - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then - pipe_works=yes + openbsd2*) + # C++ shared libraries are fairly broken + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + + openbsd*) + if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' fi - LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS" - CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS" + output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all else - echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no fi - else - echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - fi - else - echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - fi - else - echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - fi - rm -f conftest* conftst* + ;; - # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. - if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then - break - else - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= - fi -done -]) -if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= -fi -if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then - AC_MSG_RESULT(failed) -else - AC_MSG_RESULT(ok) -fi -]) # AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + case $cc_basename in + KCC*) + # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler + + # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file + # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library + # to its proper name (with version) after linking. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo "$lib" | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' + + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + + # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using + # the KAI C++ compiler. + case $host in + osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; + *) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; + esac + ;; + RCC*) + # Rational C++ 2.4.1 + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + cxx*) + case $host in + osf3*) + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~ + echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~ + $RM $lib.exp' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' + ;; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: -# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC([TAGNAME]) -# --------------------------------------- -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], -[_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= -_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)= + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + # + # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from + # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them + # from the output so that they don't get included in the library + # dependencies. + output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld" | $GREP -v "ld:"`; templist=`func_echo_all "$templist" | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"' + ;; + *) + if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + case $host in + osf3*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + ;; + esac + + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: + + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"' + + else + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; -AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $compiler option to produce PIC]) - ifelse([$1],[CXX],[ - # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc. - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' + psos*) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; - case $host_os in - aix*) - # All AIX code is PIC. - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - amigaos*) - # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but - # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, - # like `-m68040'. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' - ;; - beos* | cygwin* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - # PIC is the default for these OSes. - ;; - mingw* | os2* | pw32*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT' - ;; - darwin* | rhapsody*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common' - ;; - *djgpp*) - # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= - ;; - interix3*) - # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. - # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. - ;; - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic - fi - ;; - hpux*) - # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but - # not for PA HP-UX. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - else - case $host_os in - aix4* | aix5*) - # All AIX code is PIC. - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' - fi - ;; - chorus*) - case $cc_basename in - cxch68*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a" - ;; - esac - ;; - darwin*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qnocommon' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - ;; - esac - ;; - dgux*) - case $cc_basename in - ec++*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - ;; - ghcx*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*) - # FreeBSD uses GNU C++ - ;; - hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' - fi - ;; - aCC*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' - ;; - esac - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - interix*) - # This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs) - # Anyone wants to do a port? - ;; - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' - # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default. - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - linux*) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - # KAI C++ Compiler - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - ;; - icpc* | ecpc*) - # Intel C++ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' - ;; - pgCC*) - # Portland Group C++ compiler. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; - cxx*) - # Compaq C++ - # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha - # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - lynxos*) - ;; - m88k*) - ;; - mvs*) - case $cc_basename in - cxx*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-W c,exportall' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - netbsd*) - ;; - osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' - ;; - RCC*) - # Rational C++ 2.4.1 - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' + sunos4*) + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + # Sun C++ 4.x + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; - cxx*) - # Digital/Compaq C++ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha - # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + lcc*) + # Lucid + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; - *) + *) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; - esac - ;; - psos*) - ;; + esac + ;; + solaris*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) + case $cc_basename in + CC* | sunCC*) # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc,$1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + case $host_os in + solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; + *) + # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, + # but understands `-z linker_flag'. + # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' + ;; + esac + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + + output_verbose_link_cmd='func_echo_all' + + # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using + # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is + # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included + # in the archive. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; - gcx*) + gcx*) # Green Hills C++ Compiler - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' + + # The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive. + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; - *) + *) + # GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker + if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs' + if $CC --version | $GREP -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"' + else + # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this + # platform. + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + + # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists + # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when + # linking a shared library. + output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"' + fi + + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $wl$libdir' + case $host_os in + solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' + ;; + esac + fi ;; - esac - ;; - sunos4*) + esac + ;; + + sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*) + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + + case $cc_basename in + CC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + ;; + + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) + # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not + # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to + # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would + # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text + # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed + # as -z defs. + _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' + _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir' + _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' + _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # Sun C++ 4.x - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; - lcc*) - # Lucid - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' + CC*) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Tprelink_objects $oldobjs~ + '"$_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)" + _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -Tprelink_objects $reload_objs~ + '"$_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)" ;; *) + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' ;; esac - ;; + ;; + tandem*) - case $cc_basename in - NCC*) + case $cc_basename in + NCC*) # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + *) + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no ;; - esac - ;; + esac + ;; + vxworks*) - ;; + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; + *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no - ;; + # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support + _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no + ;; esac - fi -], -[ - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' - - case $host_os in - aix*) - # All AIX code is PIC. - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but - # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, - # like `-m68040'. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' - ;; - - beos* | cygwin* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - # PIC is the default for these OSes. - ;; - - mingw* | pw32* | os2*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT' - ;; - darwin* | rhapsody*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common' - ;; + AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) + test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no + + _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$GXX" + _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" + + ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: + ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change + ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly + ## what you are doing... + _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1) + _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) + _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) + _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) + _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) + _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) + _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) + + _LT_CONFIG($1) + fi # test -n "$compiler" + + CC=$lt_save_CC + CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS + LDCXX=$LD + LD=$lt_save_LD + GCC=$lt_save_GCC + with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld + lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD + lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD + lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld + lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld +fi # test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes - interix3*) - # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. - # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. - ;; +AC_LANG_POP +])# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG - msdosdjgpp*) - # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries - # on systems that don't support them. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no - enable_shared=no - ;; - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic - fi - ;; +# _LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF +# ---------------------- +# func_stripname_cnf prefix suffix name +# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. +# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special +# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading +# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). +# +# This function is identical to the (non-XSI) version of func_stripname, +# except this one can be used by m4 code that may be executed by configure, +# rather than the libtool script. +m4_defun([_LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF],[dnl +AC_REQUIRE([_LT_DECL_SED]) +AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH]) +func_stripname_cnf () +{ + case ${2} in + .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;; + *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%${2}\$%%"`;; + esac +} # func_stripname_cnf +])# _LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF - hpux*) - # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but - # not for PA HP-UX. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - ;; +# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS([TAGNAME]) +# --------------------------------- +# Figure out "hidden" library dependencies from verbose +# compiler output when linking a shared library. +# Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary +# objects, libraries and library flags. +m4_defun([_LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS], +[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([_LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF])dnl +# Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked: +_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)= - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - else - # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. - case $host_os in - aix*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' - fi - ;; - darwin*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qnocommon' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - ;; +dnl we can't use the lt_simple_compile_test_code here, +dnl because it contains code intended for an executable, +dnl not a library. It's possible we should let each +dnl tag define a new lt_????_link_test_code variable, +dnl but it's only used here... +m4_if([$1], [], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +int a; +void foo (void) { a = 0; } +_LT_EOF +], [$1], [CXX], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +class Foo +{ +public: + Foo (void) { a = 0; } +private: + int a; +}; +_LT_EOF +], [$1], [F77], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF + subroutine foo + implicit none + integer*4 a + a=0 + return + end +_LT_EOF +], [$1], [FC], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF + subroutine foo + implicit none + integer a + a=0 + return + end +_LT_EOF +], [$1], [GCJ], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +public class foo { + private int a; + public void bar (void) { + a = 0; + } +}; +_LT_EOF +], [$1], [GO], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +package foo +func foo() { +} +_LT_EOF +]) + +_lt_libdeps_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS +case "$CC $CFLAGS " in #( +*\ -flto*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-lto" ;; +*\ -fwhopr*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-whopr" ;; +*\ -fuse-linker-plugin*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-use-linker-plugin" ;; +esac + +dnl Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary +dnl objects, libraries and library flags. +if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then + # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary + # objects, libraries and library flags. + + # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before + # the conftest object file. + pre_test_object_deps_done=no + + for p in `eval "$output_verbose_link_cmd"`; do + case ${prev}${p} in + + -L* | -R* | -l*) + # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path. + # Remove the space. + if test $p = "-L" || + test $p = "-R"; then + prev=$p + continue + fi + + # Expand the sysroot to ease extracting the directories later. + if test -z "$prev"; then + case $p in + -L*) func_stripname_cnf '-L' '' "$p"; prev=-L; p=$func_stripname_result ;; + -R*) func_stripname_cnf '-R' '' "$p"; prev=-R; p=$func_stripname_result ;; + -l*) func_stripname_cnf '-l' '' "$p"; prev=-l; p=$func_stripname_result ;; + esac + fi + case $p in + =*) func_stripname_cnf '=' '' "$p"; p=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result ;; esac + if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then + case ${prev} in + -L | -R) + # Internal compiler library paths should come after those + # provided the user. The postdeps already come after the + # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them. + if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${prev}${p}" + else + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)} ${prev}${p}" + fi + ;; + # The "-l" case would never come before the object being + # linked, so don't bother handling this case. + esac + else + if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${prev}${p}" + else + _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)} ${prev}${p}" + fi + fi + prev= ;; - mingw* | pw32* | os2*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT' - ;; + *.lto.$objext) ;; # Ignore GCC LTO objects + *.$objext) + # This assumes that the test object file only shows up + # once in the compiler output. + if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then + pre_test_object_deps_done=yes + continue + fi - hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but - # not for PA HP-UX. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' - ;; - esac - # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' - ;; + if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then + if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$p" + else + _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) $p" + fi + else + if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$p" + else + _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) $p" + fi + fi + ;; - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' + *) ;; # Ignore the rest. + + esac + done + + # Clean up. + rm -f a.out a.exe +else + echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling $1 test program" +fi + +$RM -f confest.$objext +CFLAGS=$_lt_libdeps_save_CFLAGS + +# PORTME: override above test on systems where it is broken +m4_if([$1], [CXX], +[case $host_os in +interix[[3-9]]*) + # Interix 3.5 installs completely hosed .la files for C++, so rather than + # hack all around it, let's just trust "g++" to DTRT. + _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects,$1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects,$1)= + _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)= + ;; + +linux*) + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) + # Sun C++ 5.9 + + # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is + # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying + # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as + # -library=stlport4 depends on it. + case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in + *" -library=stlport4 "*) + solaris_use_stlport4=yes ;; + esac - newsos6) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' + if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + +solaris*) + case $cc_basename in + CC* | sunCC*) + # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is + # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying + # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as + # -library=stlport4 depends on it. + case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in + *" -library=stlport4 "*) + solaris_use_stlport4=yes ;; + esac + + # Adding this requires a known-good setup of shared libraries for + # Sun compiler versions before 5.6, else PIC objects from an old + # archive will be linked into the output, leading to subtle bugs. + if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then + _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' + fi + ;; + esac + ;; +esac +]) + +case " $_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) " in +*" -lc "*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;; +esac + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)= +if test -n "${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}"; then + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=`echo " ${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}" | ${SED} -e 's! -L! !g' -e 's!^ !!'` +fi +_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_dirs], [1], + [The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared library]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [predep_objects], [1], + [Dependencies to place before and after the objects being linked to + create a shared library]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdep_objects], [1]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [predeps], [1]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdeps], [1]) +_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_path], [1], + [The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking + a shared library]) +])# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS + + +# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG([TAG]) +# -------------------------- +# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran 77 compiler are +# suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG +# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG], +[AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran 77) +if test -z "$F77" || test "X$F77" = "Xno"; then + _lt_disable_F77=yes +fi + +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown +_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds +_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag +_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds +_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no + +# Source file extension for f77 test sources. +ac_ext=f + +# Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources. +objext=o +_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext + +# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that +# the F77 compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) +# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, +# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. +if test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes; then + # Code to be used in simple compile tests + lt_simple_compile_test_code="\ + subroutine t + return + end +" + + # Code to be used in simple link tests + lt_simple_link_test_code="\ + program t + end +" + + # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. + _LT_TAG_COMPILER + + # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code + _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE + _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + + # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. + lt_save_CC="$CC" + lt_save_GCC=$GCC + lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS + CC=${F77-"f77"} + CFLAGS=$FFLAGS + compiler=$CC + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC + _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) + GCC=$G77 + if test -n "$compiler"; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) + test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no + + # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and + # are all built from PIC. + case $host_os in + aix3*) + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" + postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' + fi + ;; + aix[[4-9]]*) + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + fi + ;; + esac + AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) + # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. + test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes + AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) + + _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$G77" + _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" + + ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: + ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change + ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly + ## what you are doing... + _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) + _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) + _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) + _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) + _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) + _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) + + _LT_CONFIG($1) + fi # test -n "$compiler" + + GCC=$lt_save_GCC + CC="$lt_save_CC" + CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS" +fi # test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes + +AC_LANG_POP +])# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG + + +# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG([TAG]) +# ------------------------- +# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran compiler are +# suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG +# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG], +[AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran) + +if test -z "$FC" || test "X$FC" = "Xno"; then + _lt_disable_FC=yes +fi + +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no +_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown +_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds +_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag +_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds +_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= +_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no + +# Source file extension for fc test sources. +ac_ext=${ac_fc_srcext-f} + +# Object file extension for compiled fc test sources. +objext=o +_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext + +# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that +# the FC compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) +# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, +# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. +if test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes; then + # Code to be used in simple compile tests + lt_simple_compile_test_code="\ + subroutine t + return + end +" + + # Code to be used in simple link tests + lt_simple_link_test_code="\ + program t + end +" + + # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. + _LT_TAG_COMPILER + + # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code + _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE + _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + + # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. + lt_save_CC="$CC" + lt_save_GCC=$GCC + lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS + CC=${FC-"f95"} + CFLAGS=$FCFLAGS + compiler=$CC + GCC=$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu + + _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC + _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) + + if test -n "$compiler"; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) + test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no + + # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and + # are all built from PIC. + case $host_os in + aix3*) + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" + postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' + fi + ;; + aix[[4-9]]*) + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + fi + ;; + esac + AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) + # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. + test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes + AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) + + _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu" + _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" + + ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: + ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change + ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly + ## what you are doing... + _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1) + _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) + _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) + _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) + _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) + _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) + _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) + + _LT_CONFIG($1) + fi # test -n "$compiler" + + GCC=$lt_save_GCC + CC=$lt_save_CC + CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS +fi # test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes + +AC_LANG_POP +])# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG + + +# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG([TAG]) +# -------------------------- +# Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Java Compiler compiler +# are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG +# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], +[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GCJ])dnl +AC_LANG_SAVE + +# Source file extension for Java test sources. +ac_ext=java + +# Object file extension for compiled Java test sources. +objext=o +_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext + +# Code to be used in simple compile tests +lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}" + +# Code to be used in simple link tests +lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[[]] argv) {}; }' + +# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. +_LT_TAG_COMPILER + +# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code +_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE +_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + +# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. +lt_save_CC=$CC +lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS +lt_save_GCC=$GCC +GCC=yes +CC=${GCJ-"gcj"} +CFLAGS=$GCJFLAGS +compiler=$CC +_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC +_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" +_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) + +# GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in. +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + +_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds +_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag +_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds + +if test -n "$compiler"; then + _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) + _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) + _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) + _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) + _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) + _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) + + _LT_CONFIG($1) +fi + +AC_LANG_RESTORE + +GCC=$lt_save_GCC +CC=$lt_save_CC +CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS +])# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG + + +# _LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG([TAG]) +# -------------------------- +# Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Go compiler +# are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG +# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG], +[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GO])dnl +AC_LANG_SAVE + +# Source file extension for Go test sources. +ac_ext=go + +# Object file extension for compiled Go test sources. +objext=o +_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext + +# Code to be used in simple compile tests +lt_simple_compile_test_code="package main; func main() { }" + +# Code to be used in simple link tests +lt_simple_link_test_code='package main; func main() { }' + +# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. +_LT_TAG_COMPILER + +# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code +_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE +_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + +# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. +lt_save_CC=$CC +lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS +lt_save_GCC=$GCC +GCC=yes +CC=${GOC-"gccgo"} +CFLAGS=$GOFLAGS +compiler=$CC +_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC +_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" +_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) + +# Go did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in. +_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no + +_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds +_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag +_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds + +if test -n "$compiler"; then + _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) + _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) + _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) + _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) + _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) + _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) + + _LT_CONFIG($1) +fi + +AC_LANG_RESTORE + +GCC=$lt_save_GCC +CC=$lt_save_CC +CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS +])# _LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG + + +# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG([TAG]) +# ------------------------- +# Ensure that the configuration variables for the Windows resource compiler +# are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG +# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. +m4_defun([_LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG], +[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_RC])dnl +AC_LANG_SAVE + +# Source file extension for RC test sources. +ac_ext=rc + +# Object file extension for compiled RC test sources. +objext=o +_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext + +# Code to be used in simple compile tests +lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }' + +# Code to be used in simple link tests +lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code" + +# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. +_LT_TAG_COMPILER + +# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code +_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE +_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE + +# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. +lt_save_CC="$CC" +lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS +lt_save_GCC=$GCC +GCC= +CC=${RC-"windres"} +CFLAGS= +compiler=$CC +_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC +_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) +_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes + +if test -n "$compiler"; then + : + _LT_CONFIG($1) +fi + +GCC=$lt_save_GCC +AC_LANG_RESTORE +CC=$lt_save_CC +CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS +])# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG + + +# LT_PROG_GCJ +# ----------- +AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GCJ], +[m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], [AC_PROG_GCJ], + [m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [A][M_PROG_GCJ], + [AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj,) + test "x${GCJFLAGS+set}" = xset || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2" + AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS)])])[]dnl +]) + +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [LT_PROG_GCJ]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], []) + + +# LT_PROG_GO +# ---------- +AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GO], +[AC_CHECK_TOOL(GOC, gccgo,) +]) + + +# LT_PROG_RC +# ---------- +AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_RC], +[AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres,) +]) + +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [LT_PROG_RC]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_RC], []) + + +# _LT_DECL_EGREP +# -------------- +# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best grep +# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH. +m4_defun([_LT_DECL_EGREP], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_FGREP])dnl +test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep +_LT_DECL([], [GREP], [1], [A grep program that handles long lines]) +_LT_DECL([], [EGREP], [1], [An ERE matcher]) +_LT_DECL([], [FGREP], [1], [A literal string matcher]) +dnl Non-bleeding-edge autoconf doesn't subst GREP, so do it here too +AC_SUBST([GREP]) +]) + + +# _LT_DECL_OBJDUMP +# -------------- +# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best objdump +# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH. +m4_defun([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP], +[AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false) +test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump +_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [An object symbol dumper]) +AC_SUBST([OBJDUMP]) +]) + +# _LT_DECL_DLLTOOL +# ---------------- +# Ensure DLLTOOL variable is set. +m4_defun([_LT_DECL_DLLTOOL], +[AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false) +test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool +_LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [1], [DLL creation program]) +AC_SUBST([DLLTOOL]) +]) + +# _LT_DECL_SED +# ------------ +# Check for a fully-functional sed program, that truncates +# as few characters as possible. Prefer GNU sed if found. +m4_defun([_LT_DECL_SED], +[AC_PROG_SED +test -z "$SED" && SED=sed +Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" +_LT_DECL([], [SED], [1], [A sed program that does not truncate output]) +_LT_DECL([], [Xsed], ["\$SED -e 1s/^X//"], + [Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n]) +])# _LT_DECL_SED + +m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_SED], [ +# NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into # +# GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_SED. When it is available in # +# a released version of Autoconf we should remove this # +# macro and use it instead. # + +m4_defun([AC_PROG_SED], +[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a sed that does not truncate output]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_SED, +[# Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed. +# Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation. +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then + lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + fi + done + done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS +lt_ac_max=0 +lt_ac_count=0 +# Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris +# along with /bin/sed that truncates output. +for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do + test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && continue + cat /dev/null > conftest.in + lt_ac_count=0 + echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in + # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found. + if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then + lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed + break + fi + while true; do + cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp + mv conftest.tmp conftest.in + cp conftest.in conftest.nl + echo >>conftest.nl + $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break + cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break + # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough + test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break + lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1` + if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then + lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count + lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed + fi + done +done +]) +SED=$lt_cv_path_SED +AC_SUBST([SED]) +AC_MSG_RESULT([$SED]) +])#AC_PROG_SED +])#m4_ifndef + +# Old name: +AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_PROG_SED]) +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED], []) + + +# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES +# ------------------------ +# Find out whether the shell is Bourne or XSI compatible, +# or has some other useful features. +m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES], +[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands some XSI constructs]) +# Try some XSI features +xsi_shell=no +( _lt_dummy="a/b/c" + test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},${_lt_dummy#??}"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \ + = c,a/b,b/c, \ + && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \ + && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + && xsi_shell=yes +AC_MSG_RESULT([$xsi_shell]) +_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([xsi_shell='$xsi_shell']) + +AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands "+="]) +lt_shell_append=no +( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$[1]+=\$[2]" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \ + >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + && lt_shell_append=yes +AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_shell_append]) +_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append']) + +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + lt_unset=unset +else + lt_unset=false +fi +_LT_DECL([], [lt_unset], [0], [whether the shell understands "unset"])dnl + +# test EBCDIC or ASCII +case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in + A) # ASCII based system + # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr + lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012' + lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040' + ;; + *) # EBCDIC based system + lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n' + lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100' + ;; +esac +_LT_DECL([SP2NL], [lt_SP2NL], [1], [turn spaces into newlines])dnl +_LT_DECL([NL2SP], [lt_NL2SP], [1], [turn newlines into spaces])dnl +])# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES + + +# _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE (FUNCNAME, REPLACEMENT-BODY) +# ------------------------------------------------------ +# In `$cfgfile', look for function FUNCNAME delimited by `^FUNCNAME ()$' and +# '^} FUNCNAME ', and replace its body with REPLACEMENT-BODY. +m4_defun([_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE], +[dnl { +sed -e '/^$1 ()$/,/^} # $1 /c\ +$1 ()\ +{\ +m4_bpatsubsts([$2], [$], [\\], [^\([ ]\)], [\\\1]) +} # Extended-shell $1 implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") +test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: +]) - linux*) - case $cc_basename in - icc* | ecc*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' - ;; - pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) - # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, - # which looks to be a dead project) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; - ccc*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - # All Alpha code is PIC. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' - ;; - esac - ;; - osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - # All OSF/1 code is PIC. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' - ;; +# _LT_PROG_REPLACE_SHELLFNS +# ------------------------- +# Replace existing portable implementations of several shell functions with +# equivalent extended shell implementations where those features are available.. +m4_defun([_LT_PROG_REPLACE_SHELLFNS], +[if test x"$xsi_shell" = xyes; then + _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_dirname], [dnl + case ${1} in + */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; + * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; + esac]) + + _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_basename], [dnl + func_basename_result="${1##*/}"]) + + _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_dirname_and_basename], [dnl + case ${1} in + */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; + * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; + esac + func_basename_result="${1##*/}"]) - solaris*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - case $cc_basename in - f77* | f90* | f95*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ';; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,';; - esac - ;; + _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_stripname], [dnl + # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are + # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first. + func_stripname_result=${3} + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"} + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"}]) - sunos4*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; + _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_split_long_opt], [dnl + func_split_long_opt_name=${1%%=*} + func_split_long_opt_arg=${1#*=}]) - sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; + _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_split_short_opt], [dnl + func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??} + func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"}]) - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec ;then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kconform_pic' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; + _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_lo2o], [dnl + case ${1} in + *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;; + *) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;; + esac]) - sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; + _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_xform], [ func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo]) - unicos*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no - ;; + _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_arith], [ func_arith_result=$(( $[*] ))]) - uts4*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; + _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_len], [ func_len_result=${#1}]) +fi - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no - ;; - esac - fi -]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)]) +if test x"$lt_shell_append" = xyes; then + _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_append], [ eval "${1}+=\\${2}"]) -# -# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. -# -if test -n "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then - AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler PIC flag $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) works], - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic_works, $1), - [$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)ifelse([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[ifelse([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])], [], - [case $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) in - "" | " "*) ;; - *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=" $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" ;; - esac], - [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no]) + _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_append_quoted], [dnl + func_quote_for_eval "${2}" +dnl m4 expansion turns \\\\ into \\, and then the shell eval turns that into \ + eval "${1}+=\\\\ \\$func_quote_for_eval_result"]) + + # Save a `func_append' function call where possible by direct use of '+=' + sed -e 's%func_append \([[a-zA-Z_]]\{1,\}\) "%\1+="%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") + test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: +else + # Save a `func_append' function call even when '+=' is not available + sed -e 's%func_append \([[a-zA-Z_]]\{1,\}\) "%\1="$\1%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") + test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: fi -case $host_os in - # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: - *djgpp*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)ifelse([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[ifelse([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])" - ;; -esac -# -# Check to make sure the static flag actually works. -# -wl=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)\" -AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION([if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works], - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static_works, $1), - $lt_tmp_static_flag, - [], - [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=]) +if test x"$_lt_function_replace_fail" = x":"; then + AC_MSG_WARN([Unable to substitute extended shell functions in $ofile]) +fi ]) - -# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS([TAGNAME]) -# ------------------------------------ -# See if the linker supports building shared libraries. -AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS], -[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) -ifelse([$1],[CXX],[ - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - case $host_os in - aix4* | aix5*) - # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. - # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm - if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\[$]2 == "T") || (\[$]2 == "D") || (\[$]2 == "B")) && ([substr](\[$]3,1,1) != ".")) { print \[$]3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\[$]2 == "T") || (\[$]2 == "D") || (\[$]2 == "B")) && ([substr](\[$]3,1,1) != ".")) { print \[$]3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - fi - ;; - pw32*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)="$ltdll_cmds" - ;; - cygwin* | mingw*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]] /s/.* \([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;/^.* __nm__/s/^.* __nm__\([[^ ]]*\) [[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I /d;/^[[AITW]] /s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - ;; - esac -],[ - runpath_var= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_From_new_cmds, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* - # included in the symbol list - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)= - # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude - # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or - # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', - # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)="_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_" - # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out - # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if - # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot - # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in - # preloaded symbol tables. - extract_expsyms_cmds= - # Just being paranoid about ensuring that cc_basename is set. - _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time - # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using - # Microsoft Visual C++. - if test "$GCC" != yes; then - with_gnu_ld=no - fi +# _LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS +# ----------------------------- +# Determine which file name conversion functions should be used by +# func_to_host_file (and, implicitly, by func_to_host_path). These are needed +# for certain cross-compile configurations and native mingw. +m4_defun([_LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl +AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to convert $build file names to $host format]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd, +[case $host in + *-*-mingw* ) + case $build in + *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + ;; + *-*-cygwin* ) + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 + ;; + * ) # otherwise, assume *nix + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 + ;; + esac ;; - interix*) - # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) - with_gnu_ld=yes + *-*-cygwin* ) + case $build in + *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin + ;; + *-*-cygwin* ) + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop + ;; + * ) # otherwise, assume *nix + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin + ;; + esac ;; - openbsd*) - with_gnu_ld=no + * ) # unhandled hosts (and "normal" native builds) + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop ;; - esac - - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty - wlarc='${wl}' - - # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These - # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them - # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' - # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= - fi - supports_anon_versioning=no - case `$LD -v 2>/dev/null` in - *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 - *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... - *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... - *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions - *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; +esac +]) +to_host_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd +AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd]) +_LT_DECL([to_host_file_cmd], [lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd], + [0], [convert $build file names to $host format])dnl + +AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to convert $build file names to toolchain format]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd, +[#assume ordinary cross tools, or native build. +lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop +case $host in + *-*-mingw* ) + case $build in + *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys + lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + ;; esac + ;; +esac +]) +to_tool_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd +AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd]) +_LT_DECL([to_tool_file_cmd], [lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd], + [0], [convert $build files to toolchain format])dnl +])# _LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS - # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. - case $host_os in - aix3* | aix4* | aix5*) - # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - cat <&2 - -*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported -*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. -*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you -*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH -*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. - -EOF - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - - # Samuel A. Falvo II reports - # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up - # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked - # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the - # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can't use - # them. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - - beos*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc - # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, - # as there is no search path for DLLs. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]] /s/.* \([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[[AITW]] /s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line - # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then - cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; - else - echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; - cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; - fi~ - $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; +# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- +# +# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. +# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004 +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives +# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without +# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - interix3*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. - # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by - # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory - # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, - # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link - # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - ;; +# serial 7 ltoptions.m4 - linux*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - tmp_addflag= - case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in - pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' - ;; - pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; - ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 - tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; - efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 - tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; - ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler - tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; - esac - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' +# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. +AC_DEFUN([LTOPTIONS_VERSION], [m4_if([1])]) - if test $supports_anon_versioning = yes; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - $echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - $CC -shared'"$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' - fi - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' - wlarc= - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - fi - ;; +# _LT_MANGLE_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) +# ------------------------------------------ +m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_OPTION], +[[_LT_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1__$2, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) - solaris*) - if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - cat <&2 -*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably -*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool -*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU -*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify -*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is -*** used, and then restart. +# _LT_SET_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) +# --------------------------------------- +# Set option OPTION-NAME for macro MACRO-NAME, and if there is a +# matching handler defined, dispatch to it. Other OPTION-NAMEs are +# saved as a flag. +m4_define([_LT_SET_OPTION], +[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]))dnl +m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), + _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), + [m4_warning([Unknown $1 option `$2'])])[]dnl +]) -EOF - elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) - case `$LD -v 2>&1` in - *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.1[[0-5]].*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 +# _LT_IF_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) +# ------------------------------------------------------------ +# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. +m4_define([_LT_IF_OPTION], +[m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]), [$3], [$4])]) + + +# _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST, IF-NOT-SET) +# ------------------------------------------------------- +# Execute IF-NOT-SET unless all options in OPTION-LIST for MACRO-NAME +# are set. +m4_define([_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS], +[m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])), + [m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option), + [m4_define([$0_found])])])[]dnl +m4_ifdef([$0_found], [m4_undefine([$0_found])], [$3 +])[]dnl +]) -*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not -*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool -*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU -*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify -*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is -*** used, and then restart. -_LT_EOF - ;; - *) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname,-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; +# _LT_SET_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST) +# ---------------------------------------- +# OPTION-LIST is a space-separated list of Libtool options associated +# with MACRO-NAME. If any OPTION has a matching handler declared with +# LT_OPTION_DEFINE, dispatch to that macro; otherwise complain about +# the unknown option and exit. +m4_defun([_LT_SET_OPTIONS], +[# Set options +m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])), + [_LT_SET_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option)]) + +m4_if([$1],[LT_INIT],[ + dnl + dnl Simply set some default values (i.e off) if boolean options were not + dnl specified: + _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=no + ]) + _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=no + ]) + dnl + dnl If no reference was made to various pairs of opposing options, then + dnl we run the default mode handler for the pair. For example, if neither + dnl `shared' nor `disable-shared' was passed, we enable building of shared + dnl archives by default: + _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [shared disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED]) + _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [static disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC]) + _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [pic-only no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC]) + _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [fast-install disable-fast-install], + [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL]) + ]) +])# _LT_SET_OPTIONS - sunos4*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - wlarc= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - *) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - esac - if test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no; then - runpath_var= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= - fi - else - # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) - case $host_os in - aix3*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' - # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there - # are no directories specified by -L. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then - # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a - # broken collect2. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported - fi - ;; +# _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) +# ----------------------------------------- +m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN], +[[_LT_OPTION_DEFUN_]m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([$1__$2]), [[^A-Z0-9_]], [_])]) - aix4* | aix5*) - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't - # have to do anything special. - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' - no_entry_flag="" - else - # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. - # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm - if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\[$]2 == "T") || (\[$]2 == "D") || (\[$]2 == "B")) && ([substr](\[$]3,1,1) != ".")) { print \[$]3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\[$]2 == "T") || (\[$]2 == "D") || (\[$]2 == "B")) && ([substr](\[$]3,1,1) != ".")) { print \[$]3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - fi - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal - # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we - # need to do runtime linking. - case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix5*) - for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do - if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then - aix_use_runtimelinking=yes - break - fi - done - ;; - esac +# LT_OPTION_DEFINE(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, CODE) +# ----------------------------------------------- +m4_define([LT_OPTION_DEFINE], +[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [$3])[]dnl +])# LT_OPTION_DEFINE - exp_sym_flag='-bexport' - no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' - fi - # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can - # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library - # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to - # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not - # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. +# dlopen +# ------ +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=yes +]) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [dlopen]) +AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], +[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you +put the `dlopen' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) +]) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) - # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check - # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ - collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` - if test -f "$collect2name" && \ - strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null - then - # We have reworked collect2 - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - else - # We have old collect2 - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported - # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled - # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L - # to unsupported forces relinking - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= - fi - ;; - esac - shared_flag='-shared' - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' - fi - else - # not using gcc - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release - # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: - shared_flag='-G' - else - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag='${wl}-G' - else - shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' - fi - fi - fi +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], []) - # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with - # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. - _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" - else - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" - else - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. - _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' - # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes - # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' - fi - fi - ;; - amigaos*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; +# win32-dll +# --------- +# Declare package support for building win32 dll's. +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], +[enable_win32_dll=yes - bsdi[[45]]*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=-rdynamic - ;; +case $host in +*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-cegcc*) + AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false) + AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false) + AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false) + ;; +esac - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using - # Microsoft Visual C++. - # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is - # no search path for DLLs. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' ' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. - libext=lib - # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. - shrext_cmds=".dll" - # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | $SED -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' - # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_From_new_cmds, $1)='true' - # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='lib /OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(fix_srcfile_path, $1)='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes - ;; +test -z "$AS" && AS=as +_LT_DECL([], [AS], [1], [Assembler program])dnl - darwin* | rhapsody*) - case $host_os in - rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]]) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - ;; - *) # Darwin 1.3 on - if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - else - case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in - 10.[[012]]) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - ;; - 10.*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - esac - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - if test "$GCC" = yes ; then - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' - # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - else - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}`echo $rpath/$soname` $verstring' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' - # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}$rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - esac - fi - ;; +test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool +_LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [1], [DLL creation program])dnl - dgux*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; +test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump +_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [Object dumper program])dnl +])# win32-dll - freebsd1*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [win32-dll]) +AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], +[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you +put the `win32-dll' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) +]) - # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor - # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o - # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little - # extra space). - freebsd2.2*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], []) - # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. - freebsd2*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. - freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no +# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT]) +# ---------------------------- +# implement the --enable-shared flag, and supports the `shared' and +# `disable-shared' LT_INIT options. +# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. +m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED], +[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl +AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared], + [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@], + [build shared libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])], + [p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_shared=yes ;; + no) enable_shared=no ;; + *) + enable_shared=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_shared=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; + esac], + [enable_shared=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT) - hpux9*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - fi - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes + _LT_DECL([build_libtool_libs], [enable_shared], [0], + [Whether or not to build shared libraries]) +])# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - ;; +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([yes])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([no])]) - hpux10*) - if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - fi - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: +# Old names: +AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[shared]) +]) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' +AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-shared]) +]) - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - fi - ;; +AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)]) +AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)]) - hpux11*) - if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - else - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - fi - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], []) - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='+b $libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='-rpath $libdir' - fi - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes +# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT]) +# ---------------------------- +# implement the --enable-static flag, and support the `static' and +# `disable-static' LT_INIT options. +# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. +m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC], +[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl +AC_ARG_ENABLE([static], + [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@], + [build static libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])], + [p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_static=yes ;; + no) enable_static=no ;; + *) + enable_static=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_static=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; + esac], + [enable_static=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT) - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF - fi - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; + _LT_DECL([build_old_libs], [enable_static], [0], + [Whether or not to build static libraries]) +])# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC - newsos6) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([yes])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([no])]) - openbsd*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - else - case $host_os in - openbsd[[01]].* | openbsd2.[[0-7]] | openbsd2.[[0-7]].*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - ;; - esac - fi - ;; +# Old names: +AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[static]) +]) - os2*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_From_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' - ;; +AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-static]) +]) - osf3*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - fi - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - ;; +AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)]) +AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)]) - osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ - $LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -input $lib.exp $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$rm $lib.exp' +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], []) - # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' - fi - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - ;; - solaris*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z text' - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - wlarc='${wl}' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - else - wlarc='' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - fi - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - case $host_os in - solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; - *) - # The compiler driver will combine linker options so we - # cannot just pass the convience library names through - # without $wl, iff we do not link with $LD. - # Luckily, gcc supports the same syntax we need for Sun Studio. - # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) - case $wlarc in - '') - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;; - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' ;; - esac ;; - esac - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes + +# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT]) +# ---------------------------------- +# implement the --enable-fast-install flag, and support the `fast-install' +# and `disable-fast-install' LT_INIT options. +# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. +m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], +[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl +AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install], + [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@], + [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])], + [p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; + no) enable_fast_install=no ;; + *) + enable_fast_install=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_fast_install=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; + esac], + [enable_fast_install=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT) - sunos4*) - if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then - # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o - # files that make .init and .fini sections work. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - fi - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; +_LT_DECL([fast_install], [enable_fast_install], [0], + [Whether or not to optimize for fast installation])dnl +])# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL - sysv4) - case $host_vendor in - sni) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # is this really true??? - ;; - siemens) - ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB - ## CC just makes a GrossModule. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - ;; - motorola) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie - ;; - esac - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([yes])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([no])]) - sysv4.3*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-Bexport' - ;; +# Old names: +AU_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[fast-install]) +AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], +[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put +the `fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) +]) - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - hardcode_runpath_var=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes - fi - ;; +AU_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install]) +AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], +[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put +the `disable-fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) +]) - sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], []) +dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], []) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - fi + +# _LT_WITH_PIC([MODE]) +# -------------------- +# implement the --with-pic flag, and support the `pic-only' and `no-pic' +# LT_INIT options. +# MODE is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `both'. +m4_define([_LT_WITH_PIC], +[AC_ARG_WITH([pic], + [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pic@<:@=PKGS@:>@], + [try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])], + [lt_p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $withval in + yes|no) pic_mode=$withval ;; + *) + pic_mode=default + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for lt_pkg in $withval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$lt_pkg" = "X$lt_p"; then + pic_mode=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" ;; + esac], + [pic_mode=default]) - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) - # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not - # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to - # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would - # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text - # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed - # as -z defs. - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' +test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=m4_default([$1], [default]) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - fi - ;; +_LT_DECL([], [pic_mode], [0], [What type of objects to build])dnl +])# _LT_WITH_PIC - uts4*) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [pic-only], [_LT_WITH_PIC([yes])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC([no])]) - *) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - esac - fi +# Old name: +AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], +[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [pic-only]) +AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], +[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you +put the `pic-only' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) ]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) -test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no -# -# Do we need to explicitly link libc? -# -case "x$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)" in -x|xyes) - # Assume -lc should be added - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes +dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: +dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], []) - if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) in - *'~'*) - # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. - ;; - '$CC '*) - # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some - # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc - # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether -lc should be explicitly linked in]) - $rm conftest* - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; then - soname=conftest - lib=conftest - libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext - deplibs= - wl=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) - pic_flag=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) - compiler_flags=-v - linker_flags=-v - verstring= - output_objdir=. - libname=conftest - lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1) - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= - if AC_TRY_EVAL(_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) - then - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - else - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes - fi - _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag - else - cat conftest.err 1>&5 - fi - $rm conftest* - AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)]) - ;; - esac - fi - ;; -esac -])# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS +m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], []) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [nonrecursive], + [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [nonrecursive])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [recursive], + [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [recursive])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [subproject], + [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [subproject])]) -# _LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C -# ------------------- -# Be careful that the start marker always follows a newline. -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C], [ -# /* ltdll.c starts here */ -# #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -# #include -# #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -# #include -# -# #ifndef __CYGWIN__ -# # ifdef __CYGWIN32__ -# # define __CYGWIN__ __CYGWIN32__ -# # endif -# #endif -# -# #ifdef __cplusplus -# extern "C" { -# #endif -# BOOL APIENTRY DllMain (HINSTANCE hInst, DWORD reason, LPVOID reserved); -# #ifdef __cplusplus -# } -# #endif +m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], []) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [installable], + [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [installable])]) +LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [convenience], + [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [convenience])]) + +# ltsugar.m4 -- libtool m4 base layer. -*-Autoconf-*- # -# #ifdef __CYGWIN__ -# #include -# DECLARE_CYGWIN_DLL( DllMain ); -# #endif -# HINSTANCE __hDllInstance_base; +# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004 # -# BOOL APIENTRY -# DllMain (HINSTANCE hInst, DWORD reason, LPVOID reserved) -# { -# __hDllInstance_base = hInst; -# return TRUE; -# } -# /* ltdll.c ends here */ -])# _LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives +# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without +# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# serial 6 ltsugar.m4 -# _LT_AC_TAGVAR(VARNAME, [TAGNAME]) -# --------------------------------- -AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR], [ifelse([$2], [], [$1], [$1_$2])]) +# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. +AC_DEFUN([LTSUGAR_VERSION], [m4_if([0.1])]) -# old names -AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [AC_PROG_LIBTOOL]) -AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)]) -AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)]) -AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)]) -AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)]) -AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LD], [AC_PROG_LD]) -AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM], [AC_PROG_NM]) +# lt_join(SEP, ARG1, [ARG2...]) +# ----------------------------- +# Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn, omitting [] arguments and their +# associated separator. +# Needed until we can rely on m4_join from Autoconf 2.62, since all earlier +# versions in m4sugar had bugs. +m4_define([lt_join], +[m4_if([$#], [1], [], + [$#], [2], [[$2]], + [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$2]_])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])]) +m4_define([_lt_join], +[m4_if([$#$2], [2], [], + [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$1$2]])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])]) + + +# lt_car(LIST) +# lt_cdr(LIST) +# ------------ +# Manipulate m4 lists. +# These macros are necessary as long as will still need to support +# Autoconf-2.59 which quotes differently. +m4_define([lt_car], [[$1]]) +m4_define([lt_cdr], +[m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([$0: cannot be called without arguments])], + [$#], 1, [], + [m4_dquote(m4_shift($@))])]) +m4_define([lt_unquote], $1) + + +# lt_append(MACRO-NAME, STRING, [SEPARATOR]) +# ------------------------------------------ +# Redefine MACRO-NAME to hold its former content plus `SEPARATOR'`STRING'. +# Note that neither SEPARATOR nor STRING are expanded; they are appended +# to MACRO-NAME as is (leaving the expansion for when MACRO-NAME is invoked). +# No SEPARATOR is output if MACRO-NAME was previously undefined (different +# than defined and empty). +# +# This macro is needed until we can rely on Autoconf 2.62, since earlier +# versions of m4sugar mistakenly expanded SEPARATOR but not STRING. +m4_define([lt_append], +[m4_define([$1], + m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_defn([$1])[$3]])[$2])]) + + + +# lt_combine(SEP, PREFIX-LIST, INFIX, SUFFIX1, [SUFFIX2...]) +# ---------------------------------------------------------- +# Produce a SEP delimited list of all paired combinations of elements of +# PREFIX-LIST with SUFFIX1 through SUFFIXn. Each element of the list +# has the form PREFIXmINFIXSUFFIXn. +# Needed until we can rely on m4_combine added in Autoconf 2.62. +m4_define([lt_combine], +[m4_if(m4_eval([$# > 3]), [1], + [m4_pushdef([_Lt_sep], [m4_define([_Lt_sep], m4_defn([lt_car]))])]]dnl +[[m4_foreach([_Lt_prefix], [$2], + [m4_foreach([_Lt_suffix], + ]m4_dquote(m4_dquote(m4_shift(m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))))[, + [_Lt_sep([$1])[]m4_defn([_Lt_prefix])[$3]m4_defn([_Lt_suffix])])])])]) + + +# lt_if_append_uniq(MACRO-NAME, VARNAME, [SEPARATOR], [UNIQ], [NOT-UNIQ]) +# ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Iff MACRO-NAME does not yet contain VARNAME, then append it (delimited +# by SEPARATOR if supplied) and expand UNIQ, else NOT-UNIQ. +m4_define([lt_if_append_uniq], +[m4_ifdef([$1], + [m4_if(m4_index([$3]m4_defn([$1])[$3], [$3$2$3]), [-1], + [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4], + [$5])], + [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4])]) + + +# lt_dict_add(DICT, KEY, VALUE) +# ----------------------------- +m4_define([lt_dict_add], +[m4_define([$1($2)], [$3])]) -# This is just to silence aclocal about the macro not being used -ifelse([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL]) -AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], -[AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj, no) - test "x${GCJFLAGS+set}" = xset || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2" - AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS) -]) +# lt_dict_add_subkey(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE) +# -------------------------------------------- +m4_define([lt_dict_add_subkey], +[m4_define([$1($2:$3)], [$4])]) -AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_RC], -[AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres, no) -]) -# NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into # -# GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_SED. When it is available in # -# a released version of Autoconf we should remove this # -# macro and use it instead. # -# LT_AC_PROG_SED -# -------------- -# Check for a fully-functional sed program, that truncates -# as few characters as possible. Prefer GNU sed if found. -AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED], -[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a sed that does not truncate output]) -AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_SED, -[# Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed. -# Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation. -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then - lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" - fi - done - done -done -lt_ac_max=0 -lt_ac_count=0 -# Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris -# along with /bin/sed that truncates output. -for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do - test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && continue - cat /dev/null > conftest.in - lt_ac_count=0 - echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in - # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found. - if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then - lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed - break - fi - while true; do - cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp - mv conftest.tmp conftest.in - cp conftest.in conftest.nl - echo >>conftest.nl - $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break - cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break - # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough - test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break - lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1` - if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then - lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count - lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed - fi - done -done +# lt_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY]) +# ---------------------------------- +m4_define([lt_dict_fetch], +[m4_ifval([$3], + m4_ifdef([$1($2:$3)], [m4_defn([$1($2:$3)])]), + m4_ifdef([$1($2)], [m4_defn([$1($2)])]))]) + + +# lt_if_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY], VALUE, IF-TRUE, [IF-FALSE]) +# ----------------------------------------------------------------- +m4_define([lt_if_dict_fetch], +[m4_if(lt_dict_fetch([$1], [$2], [$3]), [$4], + [$5], + [$6])]) + + +# lt_dict_filter(DICT, [SUBKEY], VALUE, [SEPARATOR], KEY, [...]) +# -------------------------------------------------------------- +m4_define([lt_dict_filter], +[m4_if([$5], [], [], + [lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default([$4], [[, ]])), + lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_key, lt_car([m4_shiftn(4, $@)]), + [lt_if_dict_fetch([$1], _Lt_key, [$2], [$3], [_Lt_key ])])))))])[]dnl ]) -SED=$lt_cv_path_SED -AC_MSG_RESULT([$SED]) + +# ltversion.m4 -- version numbers -*- Autoconf -*- +# +# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004 +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives +# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without +# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# @configure_input@ + +# serial 3337 ltversion.m4 +# This file is part of GNU Libtool + +m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.4.2]) +m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [1.3337]) + +AC_DEFUN([LTVERSION_VERSION], +[macro_version='2.4.2' +macro_revision='1.3337' +_LT_DECL(, macro_version, 0, [Which release of libtool.m4 was used?]) +_LT_DECL(, macro_revision, 0) ]) -# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# lt~obsolete.m4 -- aclocal satisfying obsolete definitions. -*-Autoconf-*- +# +# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives +# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without +# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 5 lt~obsolete.m4 + +# These exist entirely to fool aclocal when bootstrapping libtool. +# +# In the past libtool.m4 has provided macros via AC_DEFUN (or AU_DEFUN) +# which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the +# exported API, or moved to Autoconf or Automake where they belong. +# +# The trouble is, aclocal is a bit thick. It'll see the old AC_DEFUN +# in /usr/share/aclocal/libtool.m4 and remember it, then when it sees us +# using a macro with the same name in our local m4/libtool.m4 it'll +# pull the old libtool.m4 in (it doesn't see our shiny new m4_define +# and doesn't know about Autoconf macros at all.) +# +# So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always +# included after everything else. This provides aclocal with the +# AC_DEFUNs it wants, but when m4 processes it, it doesn't do anything +# because those macros already exist, or will be overwritten later. +# We use AC_DEFUN over AU_DEFUN for compatibility with aclocal-1.6. +# +# Anytime we withdraw an AC_DEFUN or AU_DEFUN, remember to add it here. +# Yes, that means every name once taken will need to remain here until +# we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point +# we need to keep only those names which we still refer to. + +# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. +AC_DEFUN([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION], [m4_if([1])]) + +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGVAR], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LOCK], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_PATH_MAGIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_GNU], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD], [AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP])]) +m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP])]) +m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_CC_BASENAME], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE])]) +m4_ifndef([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_F77], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_F77])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_FC], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_FC])]) +m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_CXX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_CXX])]) + +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2011 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# serial 1 + # AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) # ---------------------------- # Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been # generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. -AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [am__api_version="1.9"]) +# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.) +AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], +[am__api_version='1.11' +dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to +dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. +m4_if([$1], [1.11.5], [], + [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl +]) + +# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION) +# ----------------------------- +# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version. +# This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies +# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. +m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) # AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION # ------------------------------- -# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so it can be traced. -# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AC_INIT_AUTOMAKE. +# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. +# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], - [AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.9.6])]) +[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.5])dnl +m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], + [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl +_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))]) # AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# serial 1 + # For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets # $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to # `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'. @@ -6462,14 +8703,14 @@ am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` # AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*- -# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005 +# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# serial 7 +# serial 9 # AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION) # ------------------------------------- @@ -6478,8 +8719,11 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL], [AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])], [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl -AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE]) -AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE]) +AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl +AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl +_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl +_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl +m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl if $2; then $1_TRUE= $1_FALSE='#' @@ -6493,15 +8737,14 @@ AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]]) fi])]) - -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009, +# 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# serial 8 +# serial 12 # There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be # written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, @@ -6529,6 +8772,7 @@ AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=], [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], + [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=]) @@ -6540,6 +8784,7 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output # in D'. + rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. @@ -6557,6 +8802,16 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp` fi + am__universal=false + m4_case([$1], [CC], + [case " $depcc " in #( + *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; + esac], + [CXX], + [case " $depcc " in #( + *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; + esac]) + for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and @@ -6574,7 +8829,17 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf + # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" + # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly + # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel + # versions had trouble with output in subdirs + am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in + gcc) + # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. + test "$am__universal" = false || continue + ;; nosideeffect) # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested @@ -6584,18 +8849,23 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], break fi ;; + msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) + # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has + # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and + # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. + am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj= + ;; none) break ;; esac - # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" - # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly - # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. if depmode=$depmode \ - source=sub/conftest.c object=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} \ + source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ - $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c -o sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.c \ + $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && + grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - grep sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message @@ -6644,63 +8914,79 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' + am__nodep='_no' fi AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) -AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH]) +AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl +_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl +AC_SUBST([am__nodep])dnl +_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__nodep])dnl ]) # Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*- -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -#serial 3 +#serial 5 # _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], -[for mf in $CONFIG_FILES; do - # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. - mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` - # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. - # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but - # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. - # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process - # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. - # So let's grep whole file. - if grep '^#.*generated by automake' $mf > /dev/null 2>&1; then - dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")` - else - continue - fi - # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote - # from the Makefile without running `make'. - DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` - test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue - am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` - test -z "am__include" && continue - am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` - # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it - U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` - # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with - # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the - # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the - # expansion. - for file in `sed -n " - s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ - sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do - # Make sure the directory exists. - test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue - fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` - AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir]) - # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" - echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" +[{ + # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files + # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval + # if we detect the quoting. + case $CONFIG_FILES in + *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; + *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; + esac + shift + for mf + do + # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. + mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` + # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. + # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but + # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. + # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process + # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. + # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line + # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. + if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then + dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")` + else + continue + fi + # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote + # from the Makefile without running `make'. + DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` + test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue + am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` + test -z "am__include" && continue + am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` + # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it + U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` + # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with + # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the + # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the + # expansion. + for file in `sed -n " + s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ + sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do + # Make sure the directory exists. + test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue + fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` + AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir]) + # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" + echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" + done done -done +} ])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS @@ -6719,14 +9005,14 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], # Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, +# 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# serial 12 +# serial 16 # This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if # your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. @@ -6743,16 +9029,20 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], # arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf # release and drop the old call support. AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], -[AC_PREREQ([2.58])dnl +[AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow dnl the ones we care about. m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl -# test to see if srcdir already configured -if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && - test -f $srcdir/config.status; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) +if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then + # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output + # is not polluted with repeated "-I." + AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl + # test to see if srcdir already configured + if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) + fi fi # test whether we have cygpath @@ -6772,6 +9062,9 @@ m4_ifval([$2], AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], [_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl +dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT. +m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,, + [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl @@ -6787,8 +9080,8 @@ AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version}) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader) AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo) -AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH -AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP +AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. @@ -6796,20 +9089,37 @@ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], - [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], - [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) + [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], + [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) _AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], - [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)], - [define([AC_PROG_CC], - defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl + [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)], + [define([AC_PROG_CC], + defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], - [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)], - [define([AC_PROG_CXX], - defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl + [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)], + [define([AC_PROG_CXX], + defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC], + [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)], + [define([AC_PROG_OBJC], + defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl ]) +_AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl +dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the +dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This macro +dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below. +AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl +[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT], + [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl ]) +dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not +dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further +dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement. +m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT], +m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])]) + # When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. # This file resides in the same directory as the config header @@ -6820,29 +9130,40 @@ AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], # our stamp files there. AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], [# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. +_am_arg=$1 _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in - $1 | $1:* ) + $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done -echo "timestamp for $1" >`AS_DIRNAME([$1])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) +echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2011 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# serial 1 + # AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH # ------------------ # Define $install_sh. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl -install_sh=${install_sh-"$am_aux_dir/install-sh"} +if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then + case $am_aux_dir in + *\ * | *\ *) + install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; + *) + install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" + esac +fi AC_SUBST(install_sh)]) # Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @@ -6868,13 +9189,13 @@ AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) # Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*- -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# serial 3 +# serial 4 # AM_MAKE_INCLUDE() # ----------------- @@ -6883,7 +9204,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE], [am_make=${MAKE-make} cat > confinc << 'END' am__doit: - @echo done + @echo this is the am__doit target .PHONY: am__doit END # If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. @@ -6893,24 +9214,24 @@ am__quote= _am_result=none # First try GNU make style include. echo "include confinc" > confmf -# We grep out `Entering directory' and `Leaving directory' -# messages which can occur if `w' ends up in MAKEFLAGS. -# In particular we don't look at `^make:' because GNU make might -# be invoked under some other name (usually "gmake"), in which -# case it prints its new name instead of `make'. -if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null | grep -v 'ing directory'`" = "done"; then - am__include=include - am__quote= - _am_result=GNU -fi +# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. +case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( +*the\ am__doit\ target*) + am__include=include + am__quote= + _am_result=GNU + ;; +esac # Now try BSD make style include. if test "$am__include" = "#"; then echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf - if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null`" = "done"; then - am__include=.include - am__quote="\"" - _am_result=BSD - fi + case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( + *the\ am__doit\ target*) + am__include=.include + am__quote="\"" + _am_result=BSD + ;; + esac fi AC_SUBST([am__include]) AC_SUBST([am__quote]) @@ -6920,14 +9241,14 @@ rm -f confinc confmf # Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- -# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005 +# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# serial 4 +# serial 6 # AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) # ------------------------------ @@ -6943,7 +9264,15 @@ AC_SUBST($1)]) # If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl -test x"${MISSING+set}" = xset || MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" +AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl +if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then + case $am_aux_dir in + *\ * | *\ *) + MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; + *) + MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; + esac +fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " @@ -6953,78 +9282,45 @@ else fi ]) -# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2011 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# serial 1 + # AM_PROG_MKDIR_P # --------------- -# Check whether `mkdir -p' is supported, fallback to mkinstalldirs otherwise. -# -# Automake 1.8 used `mkdir -m 0755 -p --' to ensure that directories -# created by `make install' are always world readable, even if the -# installer happens to have an overly restrictive umask (e.g. 077). -# This was a mistake. There are at least two reasons why we must not -# use `-m 0755': -# - it causes special bits like SGID to be ignored, -# - it may be too restrictive (some setups expect 775 directories). -# -# Do not use -m 0755 and let people choose whatever they expect by -# setting umask. -# -# We cannot accept any implementation of `mkdir' that recognizes `-p'. -# Some implementations (such as Solaris 8's) are not thread-safe: if a -# parallel make tries to run `mkdir -p a/b' and `mkdir -p a/c' -# concurrently, both version can detect that a/ is missing, but only -# one can create it and the other will error out. Consequently we -# restrict ourselves to GNU make (using the --version option ensures -# this.) +# Check for `mkdir -p'. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P], -[if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then - # We used to keeping the `.' as first argument, in order to - # allow $(mkdir_p) to be used without argument. As in - # $(mkdir_p) $(somedir) - # where $(somedir) is conditionally defined. However this is wrong - # for two reasons: - # 1. if the package is installed by a user who cannot write `.' - # make install will fail, - # 2. the above comment should most certainly read - # $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(somedir) - # so it does not work when $(somedir) is undefined and - # $(DESTDIR) is not. - # To support the latter case, we have to write - # test -z "$(somedir)" || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(somedir), - # so the `.' trick is pointless. - mkdir_p='mkdir -p --' -else - # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not - # recognize any option. It will interpret all options as - # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already - # exists. - for d in ./-p ./--version; - do - test -d $d && rmdir $d - done - # $(mkinstalldirs) is defined by Automake if mkinstalldirs exists. - if test -f "$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"; then - mkdir_p='$(mkinstalldirs)' - else - mkdir_p='$(install_sh) -d' - fi -fi -AC_SUBST([mkdir_p])]) +[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl +dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P, +dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility. +dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile. +dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of +dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own +dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than +dnl MKDIR_P). +AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl +case $mkdir_p in + [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;; + */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; +esac +]) # Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2010 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# serial 3 +# serial 5 # _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) # ----------------------- @@ -7032,16 +9328,16 @@ AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], [[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) -# ------------------------------ +# -------------------- # Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], [m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)]) # _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) -# ---------------------------------- +# ------------------------ # OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], -[AC_FOREACH([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) +[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) # _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) # ------------------------------------------- @@ -7051,14 +9347,14 @@ AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], # Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005 +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# serial 4 +# serial 5 # AM_SANITY_CHECK # --------------- @@ -7067,16 +9363,29 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftest.file +# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory +# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. +am_lf=' +' +case `pwd` in + *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*) + AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);; +esac +case $srcdir in + *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*) + AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);; +esac + # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( - set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftest.file 2> /dev/null` + set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$[*]" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. - set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftest.file` + set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi rm -f conftest.file if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ @@ -7101,12 +9410,14 @@ Check your system clock]) fi AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# serial 1 + # AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP # --------------------- # One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't @@ -7126,12 +9437,31 @@ dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) fi -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\${SHELL} \$(install_sh) -c -s" +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) +# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# serial 3 + +# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) +# --------------------------- +# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in. +# This macro is traced by Automake. +AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) + +# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) +# -------------------------- +# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE. +AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) + # Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- -# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, @@ -7153,10 +9483,11 @@ AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) # a tarball read from stdin. # $(am__untar) < result.tar AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], -[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. -AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar]) +[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used +# in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... +AC_SUBST([AMTAR], ['$${TAR-tar}']) m4_if([$1], [v7], - [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'], + [am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'], [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],, [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/config.guess b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/config.guess index 917bbc50f3..d622a44e55 100755 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/config.guess +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/config.guess @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ #! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, +# 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -timestamp='2005-07-08' +timestamp='2012-02-10' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -16,9 +17,7 @@ timestamp='2005-07-08' # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program; if not, see . # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a @@ -26,16 +25,16 @@ timestamp='2005-07-08' # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. -# Originally written by Per Bothner . -# Please send patches to . Submit a context -# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. +# Originally written by Per Bothner. Please send patches (context +# diff format) to and include a ChangeLog +# entry. # # This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to # config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and # exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. # -# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you -# don't specify an explicit build system type. +# You can get the latest version of this script from: +# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` @@ -55,7 +54,8 @@ version="\ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, +2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ set_cc_for_build=' trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ; : ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; - { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || + { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in *:NetBSD:*:*) # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or - # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, + # more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old # object file format. This provides both forward @@ -160,6 +160,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; + sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;; *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; esac # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched @@ -168,7 +169,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) eval $set_cc_for_build if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null + | grep -q __ELF__ then # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). # Return netbsd for either. FIX? @@ -178,7 +179,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in fi ;; *) - os=netbsd + os=netbsd ;; esac # The OS release @@ -206,8 +207,11 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in *:ekkoBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; + *:SolidBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; macppc:MirBSD:*:*) - echo powerppc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:MirBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} @@ -218,7 +222,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` ;; *5.*) - UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` + UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` ;; esac # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on @@ -264,7 +268,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` - exit ;; + # Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code. + exitcode=$? + trap '' 0 + exit $exitcode ;; Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead @@ -290,7 +297,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in echo s390-ibm-zvmoe exit ;; *:OS400:*:*) - echo powerpc-ibm-os400 + echo powerpc-ibm-os400 exit ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} @@ -319,14 +326,33 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;; esac ;; + s390x:SunOS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; - i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*) - echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*) + echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + SUN_ARCH="i386" + # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects. + # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does. + # This test works for both compilers. + if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then + if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ + grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null + then + SUN_ARCH="x86_64" + fi + fi + echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize @@ -370,23 +396,23 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should # be no problem. atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit ;; *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; m68k:machten:*:*) echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; @@ -456,8 +482,8 @@ EOF echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit ;; AViiON:dgux:*:*) - # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures - UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` + # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] then if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ @@ -470,7 +496,7 @@ EOF else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} fi - exit ;; + exit ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 exit ;; @@ -527,7 +553,7 @@ EOF echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 fi exit ;; - *:AIX:*:[45]) + *:AIX:*:[4567]) IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then IBM_ARCH=rs6000 @@ -570,52 +596,52 @@ EOF 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` - sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` - case "${sc_cpu_version}" in - 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 - 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 - 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 - case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in - 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; - 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; + sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` + case "${sc_cpu_version}" in + 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 + 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 + 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 + case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in + 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; + 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 - esac ;; - esac + esac ;; + esac fi if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #define _HPUX_SOURCE - #include - #include + #define _HPUX_SOURCE + #include + #include - int main () - { - #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) - long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); - #endif - long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); + int main () + { + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); + #endif + long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); - switch (cpu) - { - case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; - case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; - case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: - #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) - switch (bits) - { - case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; - case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; - default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; - } break; - #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ - puts ("hppa2.0"); break; - #endif - default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; - } - exit (0); - } + switch (cpu) + { + case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + switch (bits) + { + case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; + case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; + default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + } break; + #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ + puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + #endif + default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + } + exit (0); + } EOF (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa @@ -635,7 +661,7 @@ EOF # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | - grep __LP64__ >/dev/null + grep -q __LP64__ then HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" else @@ -706,22 +732,22 @@ EOF exit ;; C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) echo c1-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit ;; C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi - exit ;; + exit ;; C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) echo c34-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit ;; C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) echo c38-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit ;; C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) echo c4-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit ;; CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; @@ -745,14 +771,14 @@ EOF exit ;; F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` - FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` - FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` - echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" - exit ;; + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + exit ;; 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) - FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` - FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` - echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit ;; i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} @@ -764,27 +790,48 @@ EOF echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` + case ${UNAME_PROCESSOR} in + amd64) + echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + *) + echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + esac exit ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin exit ;; - i*:MINGW*:*) + *:MINGW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 exit ;; + i*:MSYS*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msys + exit ;; i*:windows32*:*) - # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 + # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 exit ;; i*:PW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 exit ;; - x86:Interix*:[34]*) - echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/\..*//' - exit ;; + *:Interix*:*) + case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in + x86) + echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T) + echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + IA64) + echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + esac ;; [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks exit ;; + 8664:Windows_NT:*) + echo x86_64-pc-mks + exit ;; i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we @@ -794,7 +841,7 @@ EOF i*:UWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin exit ;; - amd64:CYGWIN*:*:*) + amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*) echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin exit ;; p*:CYGWIN*:*) @@ -814,17 +861,68 @@ EOF i*86:Minix:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix exit ;; + aarch64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + aarch64_be:Linux:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + alpha:Linux:*:*) + case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in + EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; + EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; + PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; + EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; + EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; + esac + objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1 + if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} + exit ;; arm*:Linux:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep -q __ARM_EABI__ + then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + else + if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP + then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabihf + fi + fi + exit ;; + avr32*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; cris:Linux:*:*) - echo cris-axis-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-gnu exit ;; crisv32:Linux:*:*) - echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-gnu exit ;; frv:Linux:*:*) - echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + hexagon:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + i*86:Linux:*:*) + LIBC=gnu + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #ifdef __dietlibc__ + LIBC=dietlibc + #endif +EOF + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'` + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" exit ;; ia64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu @@ -835,63 +933,33 @@ EOF m68*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; - mips:Linux:*:*) + mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #undef CPU - #undef mips - #undef mipsel + #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE} + #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) - CPU=mipsel + CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el #else #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) - CPU=mips + CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE} #else CPU= #endif #endif EOF - eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'` test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } ;; - mips64:Linux:*:*) - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #undef CPU - #undef mips64 - #undef mips64el - #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) - CPU=mips64el - #else - #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) - CPU=mips64 - #else - CPU= - #endif - #endif -EOF - eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` - test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } - ;; - ppc:Linux:*:*) - echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu + or32:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; - ppc64:Linux:*:*) - echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu + padre:Linux:*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; - alpha:Linux:*:*) - case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in - EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; - EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; - PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; - PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; - EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; - EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; - EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; - esac - objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null - if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} + parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) + echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) # Look for CPU level @@ -901,14 +969,17 @@ EOF *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; esac exit ;; - parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) - echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu + ppc64:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + ppc:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux exit ;; sh64*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; sh*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu @@ -916,68 +987,18 @@ EOF sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; + tile*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + vax:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu + exit ;; x86_64:Linux:*:*) - echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + xtensa*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; - i*86:Linux:*:*) - # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so - # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent - # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. - # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English. - ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \ - | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d - s/[ ][ ]*/ /g - s/.*supported targets: *// - s/ .*// - p'` - case "$ld_supported_targets" in - elf32-i386) - TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" - ;; - a.out-i386-linux) - echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" - exit ;; - coff-i386) - echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" - exit ;; - "") - # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or - # one that does not give us useful --help. - echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" - exit ;; - esac - # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #include - #ifdef __ELF__ - # ifdef __GLIBC__ - # if __GLIBC__ >= 2 - LIBC=gnu - # else - LIBC=gnulibc1 - # endif - # else - LIBC=gnulibc1 - # endif - #else - #ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER - LIBC=gnu - #else - LIBC=gnuaout - #endif - #endif - #ifdef __dietlibc__ - LIBC=dietlibc - #endif -EOF - eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=` - test x"${LIBC}" != x && { - echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" - exit - } - test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; } - ;; i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both @@ -985,11 +1006,11 @@ EOF echo i386-sequent-sysv4 exit ;; i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) - # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version - # number series starting with 2... - # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, + # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version + # number series starting with 2... + # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, # I just have to hope. -- rms. - # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. + # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} exit ;; i*86:OS/2:*:*) @@ -1006,7 +1027,7 @@ EOF i*86:syllable:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable exit ;; - i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) + i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; i*86:*DOS:*:*) @@ -1021,7 +1042,7 @@ EOF fi exit ;; i*86:*:5:[678]*) - # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. + # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; @@ -1049,10 +1070,13 @@ EOF exit ;; pc:*:*:*) # Left here for compatibility: - # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about - # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. - echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp - exit ;; + # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about + # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586. + # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub + # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that + # this is a cross-build. + echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit ;; Intel:Mach:3*:*) echo i386-pc-mach3 exit ;; @@ -1087,8 +1111,18 @@ EOF /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ - && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; + NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*) + OS_REL='.3' + test -r /etc/.relid \ + && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; @@ -1101,7 +1135,7 @@ EOF rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; - PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*) + PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) @@ -1121,10 +1155,10 @@ EOF echo ns32k-sni-sysv fi exit ;; - PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort - # says - echo i586-unisys-sysv4 - exit ;; + PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort + # says + echo i586-unisys-sysv4 + exit ;; *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) # From Gerald Hewes . # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm @@ -1150,11 +1184,11 @@ EOF exit ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then - echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} else - echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} fi - exit ;; + exit ;; BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. echo powerpc-be-beos exit ;; @@ -1164,6 +1198,9 @@ EOF BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. echo i586-pc-beos exit ;; + BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible. + echo i586-pc-haiku + exit ;; SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; @@ -1173,6 +1210,15 @@ EOF SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; + SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; @@ -1182,7 +1228,16 @@ EOF *:Darwin:*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in - *86) UNAME_PROCESSOR=i686 ;; + i386) + eval $set_cc_for_build + if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then + if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ + grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null + then + UNAME_PROCESSOR="x86_64" + fi + fi ;; unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; esac echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} @@ -1198,6 +1253,9 @@ EOF *:QNX:*:4*) echo i386-pc-qnx exit ;; + NEO-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo neo-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; @@ -1243,13 +1301,13 @@ EOF echo pdp10-unknown-its exit ;; SEI:*:*:SEIUX) - echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:DragonFly:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` exit ;; *:*VMS:*:*) - UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;; I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;; @@ -1261,6 +1319,15 @@ EOF i*86:skyos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//' exit ;; + i*86:rdos:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos + exit ;; + i*86:AROS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros + exit ;; + x86_64:VMkernel:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-esx + exit ;; esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 @@ -1283,11 +1350,11 @@ main () #include printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", #ifdef NEWSOS4 - "4" + "4" #else - "" + "" #endif - ); exit (0); + ); exit (0); #endif #endif @@ -1421,9 +1488,9 @@ This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize the operating system you are using. It is advised that you download the most up to date version of the config scripts from - http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.guess + http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD and - http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.sub + http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please send the following data and any information you think might be diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/config.sub b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/config.sub index 1c366dfde9..c894da4550 100755 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/config.sub +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/config.sub @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ #! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, +# 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -timestamp='2005-07-08' +timestamp='2012-02-10' # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software @@ -20,9 +21,7 @@ timestamp='2005-07-08' # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program; if not, see . # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a @@ -31,13 +30,16 @@ timestamp='2005-07-08' # Please send patches to . Submit a context -# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. +# diff and a properly formatted GNU ChangeLog entry. # # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. +# You can get the latest version of this script from: +# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD + # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. @@ -71,7 +73,8 @@ Report bugs and patches to ." version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, +2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO @@ -119,11 +122,18 @@ esac # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in - nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | \ - kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) + nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \ + linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \ + knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \ + kopensolaris*-gnu* | \ + storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; + android-linux) + os=-linux-android + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`-unknown + ;; *) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] @@ -146,10 +156,13 @@ case $os in -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ - -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray) + -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; + -bluegene*) + os=-cnk + ;; -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) os= basic_machine=$1 @@ -164,13 +177,17 @@ case $os in os=-chorusos basic_machine=$1 ;; - -chorusrdb) - os=-chorusrdb + -chorusrdb) + os=-chorusrdb basic_machine=$1 - ;; + ;; -hiux*) os=-hiuxwe2 ;; + -sco6) + os=-sco5v6 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; -sco5) os=-sco3.2v5 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` @@ -187,6 +204,10 @@ case $os in # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; + -sco5v6*) + # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; -sco*) os=-sco3.2v2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` @@ -228,23 +249,32 @@ case $basic_machine in # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. 1750a | 580 \ | a29k \ + | aarch64 | aarch64_be \ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ | am33_2.0 \ - | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \ + | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \ + | be32 | be64 \ | bfin \ | c4x | clipper \ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ - | fr30 | frv \ + | epiphany \ + | fido | fr30 | frv \ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ + | hexagon \ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ | ip2k | iq2000 \ - | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k | maxq | mcore \ + | le32 | le64 \ + | lm32 \ + | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \ + | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ | mips16 \ | mips64 | mips64el \ - | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ + | mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \ | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ + | mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \ + | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ @@ -257,35 +287,65 @@ case $basic_machine in | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | mn10200 | mn10300 \ - | ms1 \ + | moxie \ + | mt \ | msp430 \ + | nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \ + | nios | nios2 \ | ns16k | ns32k \ + | open8 \ | or32 \ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ - | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ + | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle \ | pyramid \ - | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ + | rl78 | rx \ + | score \ + | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ | sh64 | sh64le \ - | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \ - | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \ - | strongarm \ - | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ - | v850 | v850e \ + | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \ + | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \ + | spu \ + | tahoe | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \ + | ubicom32 \ + | v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850e2 | v850es | v850e2v3 \ | we32k \ - | x86 | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ - | z8k) + | x86 | xc16x | xstormy16 | xtensa \ + | z8k | z80) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; - m32c) - basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + c54x) + basic_machine=tic54x-unknown ;; - m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) - # Motorola 68HC11/12. + c55x) + basic_machine=tic55x-unknown + ;; + c6x) + basic_machine=tic6x-unknown + ;; + m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | m68hcs12x | picochip) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown os=-none ;; m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) ;; + ms1) + basic_machine=mt-unknown + ;; + + strongarm | thumb | xscale) + basic_machine=arm-unknown + ;; + xgate) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + os=-none + ;; + xscaleeb) + basic_machine=armeb-unknown + ;; + + xscaleel) + basic_machine=armel-unknown + ;; # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' # because (1) that's what they normally are, and @@ -301,29 +361,36 @@ case $basic_machine in # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. 580-* \ | a29k-* \ + | aarch64-* | aarch64_be-* \ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ - | avr-* \ + | avr-* | avr32-* \ + | be32-* | be64-* \ | bfin-* | bs2000-* \ - | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ + | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \ | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ | elxsi-* \ - | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ + | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ | h8300-* | h8500-* \ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ + | hexagon-* \ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ - | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ + | le32-* | le64-* \ + | lm32-* \ + | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ - | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \ + | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* | microblaze-* \ | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ | mips16-* \ | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ - | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ + | mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \ | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ + | mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \ + | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ @@ -336,30 +403,38 @@ case $basic_machine in | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ | mmix-* \ - | ms1-* \ + | mt-* \ | msp430-* \ + | nds32-* | nds32le-* | nds32be-* \ + | nios-* | nios2-* \ | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ + | open8-* \ | orion-* \ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ - | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ + | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* \ | pyramid-* \ - | romp-* | rs6000-* \ - | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \ + | rl78-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \ + | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ - | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ + | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ | sparclite-* \ - | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ - | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ + | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ + | tahoe-* \ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ + | tile*-* \ | tron-* \ - | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ + | ubicom32-* \ + | v850-* | v850e-* | v850e1-* | v850es-* | v850e2-* | v850e2v3-* \ + | vax-* \ | we32k-* \ - | x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ - | xstormy16-* | xtensa-* \ + | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* \ + | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \ | ymp-* \ - | z8k-*) + | z8k-* | z80-*) ;; - m32c-*) + # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match. + xtensa*) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. @@ -377,7 +452,7 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; - abacus) + abacus) basic_machine=abacus-unknown ;; adobe68k) @@ -423,6 +498,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-bsd ;; + aros) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-aros + ;; aux) basic_machine=m68k-apple os=-aux @@ -431,10 +510,35 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=ns32k-sequent os=-dynix ;; + blackfin) + basic_machine=bfin-unknown + os=-linux + ;; + blackfin-*) + basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + os=-linux + ;; + bluegene*) + basic_machine=powerpc-ibm + os=-cnk + ;; + c54x-*) + basic_machine=tic54x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + c55x-*) + basic_machine=tic55x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + c6x-*) + basic_machine=tic6x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; c90) basic_machine=c90-cray os=-unicos ;; + cegcc) + basic_machine=arm-unknown + os=-cegcc + ;; convex-c1) basic_machine=c1-convex os=-bsd @@ -463,8 +567,8 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=craynv-cray os=-unicosmp ;; - cr16c) - basic_machine=cr16c-unknown + cr16 | cr16-*) + basic_machine=cr16-unknown os=-elf ;; crds | unos) @@ -502,6 +606,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=m88k-motorola os=-sysv3 ;; + dicos) + basic_machine=i686-pc + os=-dicos + ;; djgpp) basic_machine=i586-pc os=-msdosdjgpp @@ -617,7 +725,6 @@ case $basic_machine in i370-ibm* | ibm*) basic_machine=i370-ibm ;; -# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? i*86v32) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv32 @@ -656,6 +763,14 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=m68k-isi os=-sysv ;; + m68knommu) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=-linux + ;; + m68knommu-*) + basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + os=-linux + ;; m88k-omron*) basic_machine=m88k-omron ;; @@ -667,10 +782,17 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=ns32k-utek os=-sysv ;; + microblaze) + basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx + ;; mingw32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-mingw32 ;; + mingw32ce) + basic_machine=arm-unknown + os=-mingw32ce + ;; miniframe) basic_machine=m68000-convergent ;; @@ -696,10 +818,21 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i386-pc os=-msdos ;; + ms1-*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'` + ;; + msys) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-msys + ;; mvs) basic_machine=i370-ibm os=-mvs ;; + nacl) + basic_machine=le32-unknown + os=-nacl + ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr os=-sysv4 @@ -764,6 +897,12 @@ case $basic_machine in np1) basic_machine=np1-gould ;; + neo-tandem) + basic_machine=neo-tandem + ;; + nse-tandem) + basic_machine=nse-tandem + ;; nsr-tandem) basic_machine=nsr-tandem ;; @@ -794,6 +933,14 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i860-intel os=-osf ;; + parisc) + basic_machine=hppa-unknown + os=-linux + ;; + parisc-*) + basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + os=-linux + ;; pbd) basic_machine=sparc-tti ;; @@ -803,6 +950,12 @@ case $basic_machine in pc532 | pc532-*) basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 ;; + pc98) + basic_machine=i386-pc + ;; + pc98-*) + basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) basic_machine=i586-pc ;; @@ -832,9 +985,10 @@ case $basic_machine in ;; power) basic_machine=power-ibm ;; - ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown + ppc | ppcbe) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown ;; - ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ppc-* | ppcbe-*) + basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown @@ -859,6 +1013,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i586-unknown os=-pw32 ;; + rdos) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-rdos + ;; rom68k) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff @@ -885,6 +1043,10 @@ case $basic_machine in sb1el) basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown ;; + sde) + basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde + os=-elf + ;; sei) basic_machine=mips-sei os=-seiux @@ -896,6 +1058,9 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=sh-hitachi os=-hms ;; + sh5el) + basic_machine=sh5le-unknown + ;; sh64) basic_machine=sh64-unknown ;; @@ -917,6 +1082,9 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i860-stratus os=-sysv4 ;; + strongarm-* | thumb-*) + basic_machine=arm-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; sun2) basic_machine=m68000-sun ;; @@ -973,17 +1141,9 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=t90-cray os=-unicos ;; - tic54x | c54x*) - basic_machine=tic54x-unknown - os=-coff - ;; - tic55x | c55x*) - basic_machine=tic55x-unknown - os=-coff - ;; - tic6x | c6x*) - basic_machine=tic6x-unknown - os=-coff + tile*) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + os=-linux-gnu ;; tx39) basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown @@ -1052,6 +1212,9 @@ case $basic_machine in xps | xps100) basic_machine=xps100-honeywell ;; + xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^xscale/arm/'` + ;; ymp) basic_machine=ymp-cray os=-unicos @@ -1060,6 +1223,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=z8k-unknown os=-sim ;; + z80-*-coff) + basic_machine=z80-unknown + os=-sim + ;; none) basic_machine=none-none os=-none @@ -1098,10 +1265,10 @@ case $basic_machine in we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; - sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) + sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) basic_machine=sh-unknown ;; - sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b) + sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; cydra) @@ -1145,9 +1312,12 @@ esac if [ x"$os" != x"" ] then case $os in - # First match some system type aliases - # that might get confused with valid system types. + # First match some system type aliases + # that might get confused with valid system types. # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. + -auroraux) + os=-auroraux + ;; -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` ;; @@ -1168,27 +1338,31 @@ case $os in # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ - | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ - | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \ + | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ + | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \ + | -sym* | -kopensolaris* \ | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ - | -aos* \ + | -aos* | -aros* \ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ - | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* \ + | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \ + | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ - | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \ - | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ - | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-uclibc* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ + | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \ + | -cygwin* | -msys* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ + | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \ + | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \ + | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \ - | -skyos* | -haiku*) + | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; -qnx*) @@ -1227,7 +1401,7 @@ case $os in -opened*) os=-openedition ;; - -os400*) + -os400*) os=-os400 ;; -wince*) @@ -1276,7 +1450,7 @@ case $os in -sinix*) os=-sysv4 ;; - -tpf*) + -tpf*) os=-tpf ;; -triton*) @@ -1318,6 +1492,11 @@ case $os in -zvmoe) os=-zvmoe ;; + -dicos*) + os=-dicos + ;; + -nacl*) + ;; -none) ;; *) @@ -1340,6 +1519,12 @@ else # system, and we'll never get to this point. case $basic_machine in + score-*) + os=-elf + ;; + spu-*) + os=-elf + ;; *-acorn) os=-riscix1.2 ;; @@ -1349,9 +1534,18 @@ case $basic_machine in arm*-semi) os=-aout ;; - c4x-* | tic4x-*) - os=-coff - ;; + c4x-* | tic4x-*) + os=-coff + ;; + tic54x-*) + os=-coff + ;; + tic55x-*) + os=-coff + ;; + tic6x-*) + os=-coff + ;; # This must come before the *-dec entry. pdp10-*) os=-tops20 @@ -1370,13 +1564,13 @@ case $basic_machine in ;; m68000-sun) os=-sunos3 - # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the - # default. - # os=-sunos4 ;; m68*-cisco) os=-aout ;; + mep-*) + os=-elf + ;; mips*-cisco) os=-elf ;; @@ -1401,7 +1595,7 @@ case $basic_machine in *-ibm) os=-aix ;; - *-knuth) + *-knuth) os=-mmixware ;; *-wec) @@ -1506,7 +1700,7 @@ case $basic_machine in -sunos*) vendor=sun ;; - -aix*) + -cnk*|-aix*) vendor=ibm ;; -beos*) diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/configure b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/configure dissimilarity index 66% index 9476da4ce9..cd11fa922b 100755 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/configure +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/configure @@ -1,22530 +1,14846 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. -# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for sqlite 3.7.5. -# -# Report bugs to . -# -# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, -# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. -## --------------------- ## -## M4sh Initialization. ## -## --------------------- ## - -# Be more Bourne compatible -DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh -if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -else - case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in - *posix*) set -o posix ;; -esac - -fi - - - - -# PATH needs CR -# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. -as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' -as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' -as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS -as_cr_digits='0123456789' -as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits - -as_nl=' -' -export as_nl -# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. -as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' -as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo -as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo -if (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then - as_echo='printf %s\n' - as_echo_n='printf %s' -else - if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then - as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' - as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' - else - as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' - as_echo_n_body='eval - arg=$1; - case $arg in - *"$as_nl"*) - expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; - arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; - esac; - expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" - ' - export as_echo_n_body - as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' - fi - export as_echo_body - as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' -fi - -# The user is always right. -if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then - PATH_SEPARATOR=: - (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { - (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || - PATH_SEPARATOR=';' - } -fi - -# Support unset when possible. -if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_unset=unset -else - as_unset=false -fi - - -# IFS -# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is -# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. -# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word -# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) -IFS=" "" $as_nl" - -# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. -case $0 in - *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; - *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - - ;; -esac -# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' -# in which case we are not to be found in the path. -if test "x$as_myself" = x; then - as_myself=$0 -fi -if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then - $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; } -fi - -# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. -for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH -do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var -done -PS1='$ ' -PS2='> ' -PS4='+ ' - -# NLS nuisances. -LC_ALL=C -export LC_ALL -LANGUAGE=C -export LANGUAGE - -# Required to use basename. -if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && - test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then - as_expr=expr -else - as_expr=false -fi - -if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then - as_basename=basename -else - as_basename=false -fi - - -# Name of the executable. -as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || -$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X/"$0" | - sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - -# CDPATH. -$as_unset CDPATH - - -if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then - if (eval ":") 2>/dev/null; then - as_have_required=yes -else - as_have_required=no -fi - - if test $as_have_required = yes && (eval ": -(as_func_return () { - (exit \$1) -} -as_func_success () { - as_func_return 0 -} -as_func_failure () { - as_func_return 1 -} -as_func_ret_success () { - return 0 -} -as_func_ret_failure () { - return 1 -} - -exitcode=0 -if as_func_success; then - : -else - exitcode=1 - echo as_func_success failed. -fi - -if as_func_failure; then - exitcode=1 - echo as_func_failure succeeded. -fi - -if as_func_ret_success; then - : -else - exitcode=1 - echo as_func_ret_success failed. -fi - -if as_func_ret_failure; then - exitcode=1 - echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. -fi - -if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then - : -else - exitcode=1 - echo positional parameters were not saved. -fi - -test \$exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; } - -( - as_lineno_1=\$LINENO - as_lineno_2=\$LINENO - test \"x\$as_lineno_1\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2\" && - test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1 + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2\") || { (exit 1); exit 1; } -") 2> /dev/null; then - : -else - as_candidate_shells= - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - case $as_dir in - /*) - for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do - as_candidate_shells="$as_candidate_shells $as_dir/$as_base" - done;; - esac -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - - - for as_shell in $as_candidate_shells $SHELL; do - # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. - if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && - { ("$as_shell") 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF -if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -else - case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in - *posix*) set -o posix ;; -esac - -fi - - -: -_ASEOF -}; then - CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell - as_have_required=yes - if { "$as_shell" 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF -if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -else - case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in - *posix*) set -o posix ;; -esac - -fi - - -: -(as_func_return () { - (exit $1) -} -as_func_success () { - as_func_return 0 -} -as_func_failure () { - as_func_return 1 -} -as_func_ret_success () { - return 0 -} -as_func_ret_failure () { - return 1 -} - -exitcode=0 -if as_func_success; then - : -else - exitcode=1 - echo as_func_success failed. -fi - -if as_func_failure; then - exitcode=1 - echo as_func_failure succeeded. -fi - -if as_func_ret_success; then - : -else - exitcode=1 - echo as_func_ret_success failed. -fi - -if as_func_ret_failure; then - exitcode=1 - echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. -fi - -if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = "$1" ); then - : -else - exitcode=1 - echo positional parameters were not saved. -fi - -test $exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; } - -( - as_lineno_1=$LINENO - as_lineno_2=$LINENO - test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && - test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2") || { (exit 1); exit 1; } - -_ASEOF -}; then - break -fi - -fi - - done - - if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then - for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV - do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var - done - export CONFIG_SHELL - exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} -fi - - - if test $as_have_required = no; then - echo This script requires a shell more modern than all the - echo shells that I found on your system. Please install a - echo modern shell, or manually run the script under such a - echo shell if you do have one. - { (exit 1); exit 1; } -fi - - -fi - -fi - - - -(eval "as_func_return () { - (exit \$1) -} -as_func_success () { - as_func_return 0 -} -as_func_failure () { - as_func_return 1 -} -as_func_ret_success () { - return 0 -} -as_func_ret_failure () { - return 1 -} - -exitcode=0 -if as_func_success; then - : -else - exitcode=1 - echo as_func_success failed. -fi - -if as_func_failure; then - exitcode=1 - echo as_func_failure succeeded. -fi - -if as_func_ret_success; then - : -else - exitcode=1 - echo as_func_ret_success failed. -fi - -if as_func_ret_failure; then - exitcode=1 - echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. -fi - -if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then - : -else - exitcode=1 - echo positional parameters were not saved. -fi - -test \$exitcode = 0") || { - echo No shell found that supports shell functions. - echo Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system, - echo including any error possibly output before this message. - echo This can help us improve future autoconf versions. - echo Configuration will now proceed without shell functions. -} - - - - as_lineno_1=$LINENO - as_lineno_2=$LINENO - test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && - test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { - - # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO - # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a - # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed' - # does the real work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each - # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends - # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special - # case at line end. - # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the - # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini. Blame Lee - # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) - sed -n ' - p - /[$]LINENO/= - ' <$as_myself | - sed ' - s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ - t lineno - b - :lineno - N - :loop - s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ - t loop - s/-\n.*// - ' >$as_me.lineno && - chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || - { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - - # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems - # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the - # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). - . "./$as_me.lineno" - # Exit status is that of the last command. - exit -} - - -if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_dirname=dirname -else - as_dirname=false -fi - -ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= -case `echo -n x` in --n*) - case `echo 'x\c'` in - *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. - *) ECHO_C='\c';; - esac;; -*) - ECHO_N='-n';; -esac -if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && - test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then - as_expr=expr -else - as_expr=false -fi - -rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file -if test -d conf$$.dir; then - rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file -else - rm -f conf$$.dir - mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null -fi -if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then - if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then - as_ln_s='ln -s' - # ... but there are two gotchas: - # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. - # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. - # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. - ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || - as_ln_s='cp -p' - elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then - as_ln_s=ln - else - as_ln_s='cp -p' - fi -else - as_ln_s='cp -p' -fi -rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file -rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null - -if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then - as_mkdir_p=: -else - test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p - as_mkdir_p=false -fi - -if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_test_x='test -x' -else - if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_ls_L_option=L - else - as_ls_L_option= - fi - as_test_x=' - eval sh -c '\'' - if test -d "$1"; then - test -d "$1/."; - else - case $1 in - -*)set "./$1";; - esac; - case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in - ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi - '\'' sh - ' -fi -as_executable_p=$as_test_x - -# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. -as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" - -# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. -as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" - - - - -# Check that we are running under the correct shell. -SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} - -case X$ECHO in -X*--fallback-echo) - # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make). - ECHO=`echo "$ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\$\\$0,'$0','` - ;; -esac - -echo=${ECHO-echo} -if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then - # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. - shift -elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over - : -elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then - # Yippee, $echo works! - : -else - # Restart under the correct shell. - exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} -fi - -if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # used as fallback echo - shift - cat </dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH - -if test -z "$ECHO"; then -if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then -# find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it - for cmd in 'sed 50q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'echo test'; do - # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ... - if (echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`) 2>/dev/null && - echo_test_string=`eval $cmd` && - (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null - then - break - fi - done -fi - -if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - : -else - # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote - # backslashes. This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using - # echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g' - # - # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH. - - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) && - test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - echo="$dir/echo" - break - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - - if test "X$echo" = Xecho; then - # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives. - if test "X`(print -r '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`(print -r "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick. - echo='print -r' - elif (test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext) && - test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then - # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it. - ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} - export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL - CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh - export CONFIG_SHELL - exec $CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} - else - # Try using printf. - echo='printf %s\n' - if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - # Cool, printf works - : - elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL - export CONFIG_SHELL - SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL" - export SHELL - echo="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo" - elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - echo="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo" - else - # maybe with a smaller string... - prev=: - - for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 50q "$0"'; do - if (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`") 2>/dev/null - then - break - fi - prev="$cmd" - done - - if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "$0"'; then - echo_test_string=`eval $prev` - export echo_test_string - exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "$0" ${1+"$@"} - else - # Oops. We lost completely, so just stick with echo. - echo=echo - fi - fi - fi - fi -fi -fi - -# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from -# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later. -ECHO=$echo -if test "X$ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then - ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\$0 --fallback-echo" -fi - - - - -tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}CXX - -tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}F77 - -exec 7<&0 &1 - -# Name of the host. -# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status, -# so uname gets run too. -ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` - -# -# Initializations. -# -ac_default_prefix=/usr/local -ac_clean_files= -ac_config_libobj_dir=. -LIBOBJS= -cross_compiling=no -subdirs= -MFLAGS= -MAKEFLAGS= -SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} - -# Identity of this package. -PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite' -PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite' -PACKAGE_VERSION='3.7.5' -PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.7.5' -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='http://www.sqlite.org' - -ac_unique_file="sqlite3.c" -# Factoring default headers for most tests. -ac_includes_default="\ -#include -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H -# include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H -# include -#endif -#ifdef STDC_HEADERS -# include -# include -#else -# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H -# include -# endif -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H -# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H -# include -# endif -# include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H -# include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H -# include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H -# include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H -# include -#endif" - -ac_subst_vars='SHELL -PATH_SEPARATOR -PACKAGE_NAME -PACKAGE_TARNAME -PACKAGE_VERSION -PACKAGE_STRING -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT -exec_prefix -prefix -program_transform_name -bindir -sbindir -libexecdir -datarootdir -datadir -sysconfdir -sharedstatedir -localstatedir -includedir -oldincludedir -docdir -infodir -htmldir -dvidir -pdfdir -psdir -libdir -localedir -mandir -DEFS -ECHO_C -ECHO_N -ECHO_T -LIBS -build_alias -host_alias -target_alias -INSTALL_PROGRAM -INSTALL_SCRIPT -INSTALL_DATA -CYGPATH_W -PACKAGE -VERSION -ACLOCAL -AUTOCONF -AUTOMAKE -AUTOHEADER -MAKEINFO -install_sh -STRIP -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM -mkdir_p -AWK -SET_MAKE -am__leading_dot -AMTAR -am__tar -am__untar -CC -CFLAGS -LDFLAGS -CPPFLAGS -ac_ct_CC -EXEEXT -OBJEXT -DEPDIR -am__include -am__quote -AMDEP_TRUE -AMDEP_FALSE -AMDEPBACKSLASH -CCDEPMODE -am__fastdepCC_TRUE -am__fastdepCC_FALSE -RANLIB -build -build_cpu -build_vendor -build_os -host -host_cpu -host_vendor -host_os -GREP -EGREP -LN_S -ECHO -AR -CPP -CXX -CXXFLAGS -ac_ct_CXX -CXXDEPMODE -am__fastdepCXX_TRUE -am__fastdepCXX_FALSE -CXXCPP -F77 -FFLAGS -ac_ct_F77 -LIBTOOL -BUILD_CFLAGS -READLINE_LIBS -THREADSAFE_FLAGS -DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS -LIBOBJS -LTLIBOBJS' -ac_subst_files='' -ac_user_opts=' -enable_option_checking -enable_largefile -enable_dependency_tracking -enable_shared -enable_static -enable_fast_install -with_gnu_ld -enable_libtool_lock -with_pic -with_tags -enable_readline -enable_threadsafe -enable_dynamic_extensions -' - ac_precious_vars='build_alias -host_alias -target_alias -CC -CFLAGS -LDFLAGS -LIBS -CPPFLAGS -CPP -CXX -CXXFLAGS -CCC -CXXCPP -F77 -FFLAGS' - - -# Initialize some variables set by options. -ac_init_help= -ac_init_version=false -ac_unrecognized_opts= -ac_unrecognized_sep= -# The variables have the same names as the options, with -# dashes changed to underlines. -cache_file=/dev/null -exec_prefix=NONE -no_create= -no_recursion= -prefix=NONE -program_prefix=NONE -program_suffix=NONE -program_transform_name=s,x,x, -silent= -site= -srcdir= -verbose= -x_includes=NONE -x_libraries=NONE - -# Installation directory options. -# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" -# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix -# by default will actually change. -# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. -# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) -bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' -sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' -libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' -datarootdir='${prefix}/share' -datadir='${datarootdir}' -sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' -sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' -localstatedir='${prefix}/var' -includedir='${prefix}/include' -oldincludedir='/usr/include' -docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' -infodir='${datarootdir}/info' -htmldir='${docdir}' -dvidir='${docdir}' -pdfdir='${docdir}' -psdir='${docdir}' -libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' -localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' -mandir='${datarootdir}/man' - -ac_prev= -ac_dashdash= -for ac_option -do - # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. - if test -n "$ac_prev"; then - eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option - ac_prev= - continue - fi - - case $ac_option in - *=*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; - *) ac_optarg=yes ;; - esac - - # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. - - case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in - --) - ac_dashdash=yes ;; - - -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) - ac_prev=bindir ;; - -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) - bindir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) - ac_prev=build_alias ;; - -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) - build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; - - -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ - | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) - ac_prev=cache_file ;; - -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ - | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) - cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; - - --config-cache | -C) - cache_file=config.cache ;; - - -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) - ac_prev=datadir ;; - -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) - datadir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ - | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) - ac_prev=datarootdir ;; - -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ - | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) - datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -disable-* | --disable-*) - ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt - ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` - case $ac_user_opts in - *" -"enable_$ac_useropt" -"*) ;; - *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" - ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; - esac - eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; - - -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) - ac_prev=docdir ;; - -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) - docdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) - ac_prev=dvidir ;; - -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) - dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -enable-* | --enable-*) - ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt - ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` - case $ac_user_opts in - *" -"enable_$ac_useropt" -"*) ;; - *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" - ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; - esac - eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; - - -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ - | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ - | --exec | --exe | --ex) - ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; - -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ - | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ - | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) - exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; - - -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) - # Obsolete; use --with-gas. - with_gas=yes ;; - - -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) - ac_init_help=long ;; - -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) - ac_init_help=recursive ;; - -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) - ac_init_help=short ;; - - -host | --host | --hos | --ho) - ac_prev=host_alias ;; - -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) - host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; - - -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) - ac_prev=htmldir ;; - -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ - | --ht=*) - htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ - | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) - ac_prev=includedir ;; - -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ - | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) - includedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) - ac_prev=infodir ;; - -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) - infodir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) - ac_prev=libdir ;; - -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) - libdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ - | --libexe | --libex | --libe) - ac_prev=libexecdir ;; - -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ - | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) - libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) - ac_prev=localedir ;; - -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) - localedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ - | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) - ac_prev=localstatedir ;; - -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ - | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) - localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) - ac_prev=mandir ;; - -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) - mandir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -nfp | --nfp | --nf) - # Obsolete; use --without-fp. - with_fp=no ;; - - -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ - | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) - no_create=yes ;; - - -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ - | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) - no_recursion=yes ;; - - -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ - | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ - | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) - ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; - -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ - | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ - | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) - oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) - ac_prev=prefix ;; - -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) - prefix=$ac_optarg ;; - - -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ - | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) - ac_prev=program_prefix ;; - -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ - | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) - program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; - - -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ - | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) - ac_prev=program_suffix ;; - -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ - | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) - program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; - - -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ - | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ - | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ - | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ - | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ - | --program-trans | --program-tran \ - | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) - ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; - -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ - | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ - | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ - | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ - | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ - | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ - | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) - program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; - - -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) - ac_prev=pdfdir ;; - -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) - pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) - ac_prev=psdir ;; - -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) - psdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ - | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) - silent=yes ;; - - -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) - ac_prev=sbindir ;; - -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ - | --sbi=* | --sb=*) - sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ - | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ - | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ - | --sha | --sh) - ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; - -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ - | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ - | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ - | --sha=* | --sh=*) - sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -site | --site | --sit) - ac_prev=site ;; - -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) - site=$ac_optarg ;; - - -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) - ac_prev=srcdir ;; - -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) - srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ - | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) - ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; - -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ - | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) - sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) - ac_prev=target_alias ;; - -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) - target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; - - -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) - verbose=yes ;; - - -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) - ac_init_version=: ;; - - -with-* | --with-*) - ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_useropt" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt - ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` - case $ac_user_opts in - *" -"with_$ac_useropt" -"*) ;; - *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" - ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; - esac - eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; - - -without-* | --without-*) - ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_useropt" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt - ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` - case $ac_user_opts in - *" -"with_$ac_useropt" -"*) ;; - *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" - ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; - esac - eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; - - --x) - # Obsolete; use --with-x. - with_x=yes ;; - - -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ - | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) - ac_prev=x_includes ;; - -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ - | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) - x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; - - -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ - | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) - ac_prev=x_libraries ;; - -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ - | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) - x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; - - -*) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option -Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ;; - - *=*) - ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg - export $ac_envvar ;; - - *) - # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. - $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 - expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 - : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option} - ;; - - esac -done - -if test -n "$ac_prev"; then - ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` - { $as_echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then - case $enable_option_checking in - no) ;; - fatal) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: Unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; - *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; - esac -fi - -# Check all directory arguments for consistency. -for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ - datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ - oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ - libdir localedir mandir -do - eval ac_val=\$$ac_var - # Remove trailing slashes. - case $ac_val in - */ ) - ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` - eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; - esac - # Be sure to have absolute directory names. - case $ac_val in - [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; - NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; - esac - { $as_echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -done - -# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' -# used to hold the argument of --host etc. -# FIXME: To remove some day. -build=$build_alias -host=$host_alias -target=$target_alias - -# FIXME: To remove some day. -if test "x$host_alias" != x; then - if test "x$build_alias" = x; then - cross_compiling=maybe - $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host. - If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2 - elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then - cross_compiling=yes - fi -fi - -ac_tool_prefix= -test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- - -test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null - - -ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && -ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && -ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || - { $as_echo "$as_me: error: Working directory cannot be determined" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || - { $as_echo "$as_me: error: pwd does not report name of working directory" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - - -# Find the source files, if location was not specified. -if test -z "$srcdir"; then - ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes - # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. - ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || -$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X"$as_myself" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - srcdir=$ac_confdir - if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then - srcdir=.. - fi -else - ac_srcdir_defaulted=no -fi -if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then - test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." - { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi -ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" -ac_abs_confdir=`( - cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: $ac_msg" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - pwd)` -# When building in place, set srcdir=. -if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then - srcdir=. -fi -# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. -# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info -# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. -case $srcdir in -*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; -esac -for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do - eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} - eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} - eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} - eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} -done - -# -# Report the --help message. -# -if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then - # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. - # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. - cat <<_ACEOF -\`configure' configures sqlite 3.7.5 to adapt to many kinds of systems. - -Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... - -To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as -VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. - -Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. - -Configuration: - -h, --help display this help and exit - --help=short display options specific to this package - --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages - -V, --version display version information and exit - -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages - --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] - -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' - -n, --no-create do not create output files - --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] - -Installation directories: - --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX - [$ac_default_prefix] - --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX - [PREFIX] - -By default, \`make install' will install all the files in -\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify -an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', -for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. - -For better control, use the options below. - -Fine tuning of the installation directories: - --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] - --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] - --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] - --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] - --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] - --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] - --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] - --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] - --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] - --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] - --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] - --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] - --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] - --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] - --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/sqlite] - --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] - --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] - --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] - --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] -_ACEOF - - cat <<\_ACEOF - -Program names: - --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names - --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names - --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names - -System types: - --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed] - --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD] -_ACEOF -fi - -if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then - case $ac_init_help in - short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.7.5:";; - esac - cat <<\_ACEOF - -Optional Features: - --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options - --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) - --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] - --disable-largefile omit support for large files - --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build - --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors - --enable-shared[=PKGS] build shared libraries [default=yes] - --enable-static[=PKGS] build static libraries [default=yes] - --enable-fast-install[=PKGS] - optimize for fast installation [default=yes] - --disable-libtool-lock avoid locking (might break parallel builds) - --enable-readline use readline in shell tool (yes, no) [default=yes] - --enable-threadsafe build a thread-safe library [default=yes] - --enable-dynamic-extensions - support loadable extensions [default=yes] - -Optional Packages: - --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] - --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) - --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no] - --with-pic try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use - both] - --with-tags[=TAGS] include additional configurations [automatic] - -Some influential environment variables: - CC C compiler command - CFLAGS C compiler flags - LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a - nonstandard directory - LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l - CPPFLAGS C/C++/Objective C preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if - you have headers in a nonstandard directory - CPP C preprocessor - CXX C++ compiler command - CXXFLAGS C++ compiler flags - CXXCPP C++ preprocessor - F77 Fortran 77 compiler command - FFLAGS Fortran 77 compiler flags - -Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help -it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. - -Report bugs to . -_ACEOF -ac_status=$? -fi - -if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then - # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. - for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue - test -d "$ac_dir" || - { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || - continue - ac_builddir=. - -case "$ac_dir" in -.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; -*) - ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` - # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. - ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` - case $ac_top_builddir_sub in - "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; - *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; - esac ;; -esac -ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd -ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix -# for backward compatibility: -ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix - -case $srcdir in - .) # We are building in place. - ac_srcdir=. - ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub - ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. - ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; - ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir - ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; - *) # Relative name. - ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix - ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir - ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; -esac -ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix - - cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } - # Check for guested configure. - if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then - echo && - $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive - elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then - echo && - $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive - else - $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 - fi || ac_status=$? - cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } - done -fi - -test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status -if $ac_init_version; then - cat <<\_ACEOF -sqlite configure 3.7.5 -generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 - -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, -2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation -gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. -_ACEOF - exit -fi -cat >config.log <<_ACEOF -This file contains any messages produced by compilers while -running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. - -It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.7.5, which was -generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62. Invocation command line was - - $ $0 $@ - -_ACEOF -exec 5>>config.log -{ -cat <<_ASUNAME -## --------- ## -## Platform. ## -## --------- ## - -hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` -uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` - -/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` - -/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` - -_ASUNAME - -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -} >&5 - -cat >&5 <<_ACEOF - - -## ----------- ## -## Core tests. ## -## ----------- ## - -_ACEOF - - -# Keep a trace of the command line. -# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. -# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. -# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. -# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. -ac_configure_args= -ac_configure_args0= -ac_configure_args1= -ac_must_keep_next=false -for ac_pass in 1 2 -do - for ac_arg - do - case $ac_arg in - -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; - -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ - | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) - continue ;; - *\'*) - ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; - esac - case $ac_pass in - 1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;; - 2) - ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'" - if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then - ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. - else - case $ac_arg in - *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ - | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ - | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ - | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) - case "$ac_configure_args0 " in - "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; - esac - ;; - -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; - esac - fi - ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" - ;; - esac - done -done -$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; } -$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; } - -# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete -# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there -# would cause problems or look ugly. -# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. -# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. -trap 'exit_status=$? - # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. - { - echo - - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ---------------- ## -## Cache variables. ## -## ---------------- ## -_ASBOX - echo - # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, -( - for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do - eval ac_val=\$$ac_var - case $ac_val in #( - *${as_nl}*) - case $ac_var in #( - *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&2;} ;; - esac - case $ac_var in #( - _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( - BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( - *) $as_unset $ac_var ;; - esac ;; - esac - done - (set) 2>&1 | - case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( - *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) - sed -n \ - "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; - s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" - ;; #( - *) - sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" - ;; - esac | - sort -) - echo - - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ----------------- ## -## Output variables. ## -## ----------------- ## -_ASBOX - echo - for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars - do - eval ac_val=\$$ac_var - case $ac_val in - *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; - esac - $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" - done | sort - echo - - if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ------------------- ## -## File substitutions. ## -## ------------------- ## -_ASBOX - echo - for ac_var in $ac_subst_files - do - eval ac_val=\$$ac_var - case $ac_val in - *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; - esac - $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" - done | sort - echo - fi - - if test -s confdefs.h; then - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ----------- ## -## confdefs.h. ## -## ----------- ## -_ASBOX - echo - cat confdefs.h - echo - fi - test "$ac_signal" != 0 && - $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" - $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" - } >&5 - rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && - rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && - exit $exit_status -' 0 -for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do - trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal -done -ac_signal=0 - -# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. -rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h - -# Predefined preprocessor variables. - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" -_ACEOF - - -# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. -# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. -ac_site_file1=NONE -ac_site_file2=NONE -if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then - ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE -elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then - ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site - ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site -else - ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site - ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site -fi -for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" -do - test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue - if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} - sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 - . "$ac_site_file" - fi -done - -if test -r "$cache_file"; then - # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special - # files actually), so we avoid doing that. - if test -f "$cache_file"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} - case $cache_file in - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; - *) . "./$cache_file";; - esac - fi -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} - >$cache_file -fi - -# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same -# value. -ac_cache_corrupted=false -for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do - eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set - eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set - eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value - eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value - case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in - set,) - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} - ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; - ,set) - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} - ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; - ,);; - *) - if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then - # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. - ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` - ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` - if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} - ac_cache_corrupted=: - else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} - eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val - fi - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} - fi;; - esac - # Pass precious variables to config.status. - if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then - case $ac_new_val in - *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; - *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; - esac - case " $ac_configure_args " in - *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. - *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; - esac - fi -done -if $ac_cache_corrupted; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - - - - -# Use automake. -am__api_version="1.9" -ac_aux_dir= -for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do - if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then - ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir - ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" - break - elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then - ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir - ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" - break - elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then - ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir - ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" - break - fi -done -if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, -# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. -# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory -# whose full name contains unusual characters. -ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. -ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. -ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. - - -# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), -# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or -# incompatible versions: -# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install -# SunOS /usr/etc/install -# IRIX /sbin/install -# AIX /bin/install -# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs -# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag -# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args -# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" -# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic -# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. -# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; } -if test -z "$INSTALL"; then -if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. -case $as_dir/ in - ./ | .// | /cC/* | \ - /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ - ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \ - /usr/ucb/* ) ;; - *) - # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. - # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root - # by default. - for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - if test $ac_prog = install && - grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. - : - elif test $ac_prog = install && - grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. - : - else - rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir - echo one > conftest.one - echo two > conftest.two - mkdir conftest.dir - if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" && - test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two && - test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one && - test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two - then - ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" - break 3 - fi - fi - fi - done - done - ;; -esac - -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir - -fi - if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then - INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install - else - # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a - # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will - # break other packages using the cache if that directory is - # removed, or if the value is a relative name. - INSTALL=$ac_install_sh - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5 -$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; } - -# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. -# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. -test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' - -test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' - -test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; } -# Just in case -sleep 1 -echo timestamp > conftest.file -# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's -# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a -# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks -# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing -# directory). -if ( - set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftest.file 2> /dev/null` - if test "$*" = "X"; then - # -L didn't work. - set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftest.file` - fi - rm -f conftest.file - if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ - && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then - - # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen - # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a - # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually - # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken -alias in your environment" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken -alias in your environment" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi - - test "$2" = conftest.file - ) -then - # Ok. - : -else - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: newly created file is older than distributed files! -Check your system clock" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: newly created file is older than distributed files! -Check your system clock" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } -test "$program_prefix" != NONE && - program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" -# Use a double $ so make ignores it. -test "$program_suffix" != NONE && - program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" -# Double any \ or $. -# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. -ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//' -program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"` - -# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path -am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` - -test x"${MISSING+set}" = xset || MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" -# Use eval to expand $SHELL -if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then - am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " -else - am_missing_run= - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} -fi - -if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then - # We used to keeping the `.' as first argument, in order to - # allow $(mkdir_p) to be used without argument. As in - # $(mkdir_p) $(somedir) - # where $(somedir) is conditionally defined. However this is wrong - # for two reasons: - # 1. if the package is installed by a user who cannot write `.' - # make install will fail, - # 2. the above comment should most certainly read - # $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(somedir) - # so it does not work when $(somedir) is undefined and - # $(DESTDIR) is not. - # To support the latter case, we have to write - # test -z "$(somedir)" || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(somedir), - # so the `.' trick is pointless. - mkdir_p='mkdir -p --' -else - # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not - # recognize any option. It will interpret all options as - # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already - # exists. - for d in ./-p ./--version; - do - test -d $d && rmdir $d - done - # $(mkinstalldirs) is defined by Automake if mkinstalldirs exists. - if test -f "$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"; then - mkdir_p='$(mkinstalldirs)' - else - mkdir_p='$(install_sh) -d' - fi -fi - -for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk -do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$AWK"; then - ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK -if test -n "$AWK"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AWK" >&5 -$as_echo "$AWK" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$AWK" && break -done - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } -set x ${MAKE-make} -ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` -if { as_var=ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF -SHELL = /bin/sh -all: - @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' -_ACEOF -# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. -case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in - *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) - eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; - *) - eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; -esac -rm -f conftest.make -fi -if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } - SET_MAKE= -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } - SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" -fi - -rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null -mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null -if test -d .tst; then - am__leading_dot=. -else - am__leading_dot=_ -fi -rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null - -# test to see if srcdir already configured -if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && - test -f $srcdir/config.status; then - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -# test whether we have cygpath -if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then - if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then - CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' - else - CYGPATH_W=echo - fi -fi - - -# Define the identity of the package. - PACKAGE='sqlite' - VERSION='3.7.5' - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE" -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define VERSION "$VERSION" -_ACEOF - -# Some tools Automake needs. - -ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} - - -AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} - - -AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} - - -AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} - - -MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} - -install_sh=${install_sh-"$am_aux_dir/install-sh"} - -# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user -# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right -# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake -# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. -if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$STRIP"; then - ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP -if test -n "$STRIP"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5 -$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then - ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP - # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP -if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then - STRIP=":" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP - fi -else - STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" -fi - -fi -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\${SHELL} \$(install_sh) -c -s" - -# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on -# some platforms. -# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. - -AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"} - -am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -' - - - - - - -DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps" - -ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles" - - -am_make=${MAKE-make} -cat > confinc << 'END' -am__doit: - @echo done -.PHONY: am__doit -END -# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; } -am__include="#" -am__quote= -_am_result=none -# First try GNU make style include. -echo "include confinc" > confmf -# We grep out `Entering directory' and `Leaving directory' -# messages which can occur if `w' ends up in MAKEFLAGS. -# In particular we don't look at `^make:' because GNU make might -# be invoked under some other name (usually "gmake"), in which -# case it prints its new name instead of `make'. -if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null | grep -v 'ing directory'`" = "done"; then - am__include=include - am__quote= - _am_result=GNU -fi -# Now try BSD make style include. -if test "$am__include" = "#"; then - echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf - if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null`" = "done"; then - am__include=.include - am__quote="\"" - _am_result=BSD - fi -fi - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $_am_result" >&5 -$as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; } -rm -f confinc confmf - -# Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given. -if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then - enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking; -fi - -if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then - am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" - AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' -fi - - -if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then - AMDEP_TRUE= - AMDEP_FALSE='#' -else - AMDEP_TRUE='#' - AMDEP_FALSE= -fi - - - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then - ac_ct_CC=$CC - # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC -if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then - CC="" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - CC=$ac_ct_CC - fi -else - CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" -fi - -if test -z "$CC"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - fi -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else - ac_prog_rejected=no -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then - ac_prog_rejected=yes - continue - fi - ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then - # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. - set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC - shift - if test $# != 0; then - # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. - # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen - # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. - shift - ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" - fi -fi -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - for ac_prog in cl.exe - do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$CC" && break - done -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - ac_ct_CC=$CC - for ac_prog in cl.exe -do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC -if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break -done - - if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then - CC="" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - CC=$ac_ct_CC - fi -fi - -fi - - -test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - -# Provide some information about the compiler. -$as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler version" >&5 -set X $ac_compile -ac_compiler=$2 -{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } -{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } -{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } - -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files -ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" -# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. -# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition -# of exeext. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } -ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` - -# The possible output files: -ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*" - -ac_rmfiles= -for ac_file in $ac_files -do - case $ac_file in - *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; - * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; - esac -done -rm -f $ac_rmfiles - -if { (ac_try="$ac_link_default" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; then - # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. -# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' -# in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, -# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to -# Autoconf. -for ac_file in $ac_files '' -do - test -f "$ac_file" || continue - case $ac_file in - *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) - ;; - [ab].out ) - # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most - # certainly right. - break;; - *.* ) - if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; - then :; else - ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` - fi - # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not - # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' - # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. - # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of - # actually working. - break;; - * ) - break;; - esac -done -test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= - -else - ac_file='' -fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } -if test -z "$ac_file"; then - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 77); exit 77; }; } -fi - -ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext - -# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either -# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } -# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0 -# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program. -if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then - if { ac_try='./$ac_file' - { (case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - cross_compiling=no - else - if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then - cross_compiling=yes - else - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs. -If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs. -If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } - -rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out -ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save -# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either -# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 -$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; then - # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) -# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will -# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with -# `rm'. -for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do - test -f "$ac_file" || continue - case $ac_file in - *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; - *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` - break;; - * ) break;; - esac -done -else - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } - -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext -EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext -ac_exeext=$EXEEXT -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; then - for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do - test -f "$ac_file" || continue; - case $ac_file in - *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;; - *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` - break;; - esac -done -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } -OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext -ac_objext=$OBJEXT -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ -#ifndef __GNUC__ - choke me -#endif - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_compiler_gnu=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_compiler_gnu=no -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } -if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then - GCC=yes -else - GCC= -fi -ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} -ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag - ac_c_werror_flag=yes - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no - CFLAGS="-g" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - CFLAGS="" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - : -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag - CFLAGS="-g" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } -if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then - CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS -elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - CFLAGS="-g -O2" - else - CFLAGS="-g" - fi -else - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - CFLAGS="-O2" - else - CFLAGS= - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no -ac_save_CC=$CC -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include -#include -#include -#include -/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ -struct buf { int x; }; -FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); -static char *e (p, i) - char **p; - int i; -{ - return p[i]; -} -static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) -{ - char *s; - va_list v; - va_start (v,p); - s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); - va_end (v); - return s; -} - -/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has - function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. - These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated - as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get - proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an - array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something - that's true only with -std. */ -int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; - -/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters - inside strings and character constants. */ -#define FOO(x) 'x' -int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; - -int test (int i, double x); -struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; -struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; -int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); -int argc; -char **argv; -int -main () -{ -return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ - -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" -do - CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" - rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext - test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break -done -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext -CC=$ac_save_CC - -fi -# AC_CACHE_VAL -case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in - x) - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5 -$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; - xno) - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: unsupported" >&5 -$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; - *) - CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; -esac - - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - -depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } -if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then - # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up - # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For - # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up - # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output - # in D'. - mkdir conftest.dir - # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're - # using a relative directory. - cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir - cd conftest.dir - # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because - # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance - # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a - # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in - # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object - # directory. - mkdir sub - - am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none - if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then - am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` - fi - for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do - # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers - # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and - # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. - # - # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may - # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. - # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. - : > sub/conftest.c - for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do - echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c - # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with - # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. - touch sub/conftst$i.h - done - echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf - - case $depmode in - nosideeffect) - # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll - # only be used when explicitly requested - if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then - continue - else - break - fi - ;; - none) break ;; - esac - # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" - # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly - # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. - if depmode=$depmode \ - source=sub/conftest.c object=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} \ - depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ - $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c -o sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.c \ - >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && - grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - grep sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then - # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings - # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message - # that says an option was ignored or not supported. - # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: - # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required - # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: - # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported - if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || - grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else - am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode - break - fi - fi - done - - cd .. - rm -rf conftest.dir -else - am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none -fi - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 -$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } -CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type - - - -if - test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ - && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then - am__fastdepCC_TRUE= - am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' -else - am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' - am__fastdepCC_FALSE= -fi - - - -# Check whether --enable-largefile was given. -if test "${enable_largefile+set}" = set; then - enableval=$enable_largefile; -fi - -if test "$enable_largefile" != no; then - - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for special C compiler options needed for large files" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for special C compiler options needed for large files... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC=no - if test "$GCC" != yes; then - ac_save_CC=$CC - while :; do - # IRIX 6.2 and later do not support large files by default, - # so use the C compiler's -n32 option if that helps. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include - /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. - We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, - since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers - incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ -#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) - int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 - && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) - ? 1 : -1]; -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF - rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - break -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext - CC="$CC -n32" - rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC=' -n32'; break -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext - break - done - CC=$ac_save_CC - rm -f conftest.$ac_ext - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" >&6; } - if test "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" != no; then - CC=$CC$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC - fi - - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - while :; do - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include - /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. - We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, - since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers - incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ -#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) - int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 - && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) - ? 1 : -1]; -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=no; break -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 -#include - /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. - We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, - since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers - incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ -#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) - int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 - && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) - ? 1 : -1]; -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=64; break -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=unknown - break -done -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" >&6; } -case $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits in #( - no | unknown) ;; - *) -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits -_ACEOF -;; -esac -rm -rf conftest* - if test $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits = unknown; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for _LARGE_FILES value needed for large files" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for _LARGE_FILES value needed for large files... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_sys_large_files+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - while :; do - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include - /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. - We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, - since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers - incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ -#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) - int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 - && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) - ? 1 : -1]; -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_sys_large_files=no; break -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#define _LARGE_FILES 1 -#include - /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. - We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, - since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers - incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ -#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) - int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 - && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) - ? 1 : -1]; -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_sys_large_files=1; break -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - ac_cv_sys_large_files=unknown - break -done -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_sys_large_files" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_large_files" >&6; } -case $ac_cv_sys_large_files in #( - no | unknown) ;; - *) -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define _LARGE_FILES $ac_cv_sys_large_files -_ACEOF -;; -esac -rm -rf conftest* - fi -fi - - -# Check for required programs. -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then - ac_ct_CC=$CC - # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC -if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then - CC="" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - CC=$ac_ct_CC - fi -else - CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" -fi - -if test -z "$CC"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - fi -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else - ac_prog_rejected=no -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then - ac_prog_rejected=yes - continue - fi - ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then - # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. - set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC - shift - if test $# != 0; then - # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. - # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen - # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. - shift - ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" - fi -fi -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - for ac_prog in cl.exe - do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$CC" && break - done -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - ac_ct_CC=$CC - for ac_prog in cl.exe -do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC -if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break -done - - if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then - CC="" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - CC=$ac_ct_CC - fi -fi - -fi - - -test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - -# Provide some information about the compiler. -$as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler version" >&5 -set X $ac_compile -ac_compiler=$2 -{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } -{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } -{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ -#ifndef __GNUC__ - choke me -#endif - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_compiler_gnu=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_compiler_gnu=no -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } -if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then - GCC=yes -else - GCC= -fi -ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} -ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag - ac_c_werror_flag=yes - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no - CFLAGS="-g" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - CFLAGS="" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - : -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag - CFLAGS="-g" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } -if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then - CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS -elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - CFLAGS="-g -O2" - else - CFLAGS="-g" - fi -else - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - CFLAGS="-O2" - else - CFLAGS= - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no -ac_save_CC=$CC -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include -#include -#include -#include -/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ -struct buf { int x; }; -FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); -static char *e (p, i) - char **p; - int i; -{ - return p[i]; -} -static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) -{ - char *s; - va_list v; - va_start (v,p); - s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); - va_end (v); - return s; -} - -/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has - function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. - These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated - as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get - proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an - array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something - that's true only with -std. */ -int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; - -/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters - inside strings and character constants. */ -#define FOO(x) 'x' -int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; - -int test (int i, double x); -struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; -struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; -int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); -int argc; -char **argv; -int -main () -{ -return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ - -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" -do - CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" - rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext - test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break -done -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext -CC=$ac_save_CC - -fi -# AC_CACHE_VAL -case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in - x) - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5 -$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; - xno) - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: unsupported" >&5 -$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; - *) - CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; -esac - - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - -depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } -if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then - # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up - # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For - # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up - # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output - # in D'. - mkdir conftest.dir - # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're - # using a relative directory. - cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir - cd conftest.dir - # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because - # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance - # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a - # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in - # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object - # directory. - mkdir sub - - am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none - if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then - am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` - fi - for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do - # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers - # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and - # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. - # - # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may - # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. - # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. - : > sub/conftest.c - for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do - echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c - # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with - # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. - touch sub/conftst$i.h - done - echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf - - case $depmode in - nosideeffect) - # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll - # only be used when explicitly requested - if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then - continue - else - break - fi - ;; - none) break ;; - esac - # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" - # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly - # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. - if depmode=$depmode \ - source=sub/conftest.c object=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} \ - depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ - $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c -o sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.c \ - >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && - grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - grep sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then - # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings - # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message - # that says an option was ignored or not supported. - # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: - # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required - # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: - # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported - if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || - grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else - am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode - break - fi - fi - done - - cd .. - rm -rf conftest.dir -else - am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none -fi - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 -$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } -CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type - - - -if - test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ - && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then - am__fastdepCC_TRUE= - am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' -else - am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' - am__fastdepCC_FALSE= -fi - - -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB -if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5 -$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then - ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB - # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB -if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then - RANLIB=":" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB - fi -else - RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" -fi - -# Check whether --enable-shared was given. -if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then - enableval=$enable_shared; p=${PACKAGE-default} - case $enableval in - yes) enable_shared=yes ;; - no) enable_shared=no ;; - *) - enable_shared=no - # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for pkg in $enableval; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then - enable_shared=yes - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - ;; - esac -else - enable_shared=yes -fi - - -# Check whether --enable-static was given. -if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then - enableval=$enable_static; p=${PACKAGE-default} - case $enableval in - yes) enable_static=yes ;; - no) enable_static=no ;; - *) - enable_static=no - # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for pkg in $enableval; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then - enable_static=yes - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - ;; - esac -else - enable_static=yes -fi - - -# Check whether --enable-fast-install was given. -if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then - enableval=$enable_fast_install; p=${PACKAGE-default} - case $enableval in - yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; - no) enable_fast_install=no ;; - *) - enable_fast_install=no - # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for pkg in $enableval; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then - enable_fast_install=yes - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - ;; - esac -else - enable_fast_install=yes -fi - - -# Make sure we can run config.sub. -$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 || - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking build system type" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_build_alias=$build_alias -test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && - ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"` -test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` || - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; } -case $ac_cv_build in -*-*-*) ;; -*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid value of canonical build" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid value of canonical build" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; -esac -build=$ac_cv_build -ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' -set x $ac_cv_build -shift -build_cpu=$1 -build_vendor=$2 -shift; shift -# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, -# except with old shells: -build_os=$* -IFS=$ac_save_IFS -case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking host system type" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test "x$host_alias" = x; then - ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build -else - ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` || - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; } -case $ac_cv_host in -*-*-*) ;; -*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid value of canonical host" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid value of canonical host" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; -esac -host=$ac_cv_host -ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' -set x $ac_cv_host -shift -host_cpu=$1 -host_vendor=$2 -shift; shift -# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, -# except with old shells: -host_os=$* -IFS=$ac_save_IFS -case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_path_SED+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - # Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed. -# Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation. -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then - lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" - fi - done - done -done -lt_ac_max=0 -lt_ac_count=0 -# Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris -# along with /bin/sed that truncates output. -for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do - test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && continue - cat /dev/null > conftest.in - lt_ac_count=0 - echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in - # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found. - if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then - lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed - break - fi - while true; do - cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp - mv conftest.tmp conftest.in - cp conftest.in conftest.nl - echo >>conftest.nl - $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break - cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break - # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough - test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break - lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1` - if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then - lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count - lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed - fi - done -done - -fi - -SED=$lt_cv_path_SED -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $SED" >&5 -$as_echo "$SED" >&6; } - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_path_GREP+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -z "$GREP"; then - ac_path_GREP_found=false - # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" - { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue -# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found. - # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP -case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in -*GNU*) - ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;; -*) - ac_count=0 - $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" - while : - do - cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" - mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" - cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" - $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl" - "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break - diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break - ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1` - if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then - # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one - ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" - ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count - fi - # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough - test $ac_count -gt 10 && break - done - rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; -esac - - $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3 - done - done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi -else - ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP -fi - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; } - GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 - then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" - else - if test -z "$EGREP"; then - ac_path_EGREP_found=false - # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_prog in egrep; do - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" - { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue -# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. - # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP -case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in -*GNU*) - ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; -*) - ac_count=0 - $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" - while : - do - cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" - mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" - cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" - $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" - "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break - diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break - ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1` - if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then - # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one - ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" - ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count - fi - # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough - test $ac_count -gt 10 && break - done - rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; -esac - - $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 - done - done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi -else - ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP -fi - - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } - EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" - - - -# Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given. -if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then - withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes -else - with_gnu_ld=no -fi - -ac_prog=ld -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; } - case $host in - *-*-mingw*) - # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw - ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; - *) - ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; - esac - case $ac_prog in - # Accept absolute paths. - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) - re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' - # Canonicalize the pathname of ld - ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` - while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do - ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` - done - test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" - ;; - "") - # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. - ac_prog=ld - ;; - *) - # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. - with_gnu_ld=unknown - ;; - esac -elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for GNU ld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; } -fi -if test "${lt_cv_path_LD+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -z "$LD"; then - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - for ac_dir in $PATH; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then - lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" - # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, - # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. - # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. - case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 &5 -$as_echo "$LD" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi -test -z "$LD" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. -case `$LD -v 2>&1 &5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; } -with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $LD option to reload object files" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_ld_reload_flag+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r' -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&6; } -reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag -case $reload_flag in -"" | " "*) ;; -*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;; -esac -reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' -case $host_os in - darwin*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs' - else - reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' - fi - ;; -esac - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for BSD-compatible nm" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for BSD-compatible nm... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_path_NM+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$NM"; then - # Let the user override the test. - lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" -else - lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then - lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" - fi - for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm" - if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then - # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. - # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: - # nm: unknown option "B" ignored - # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file - case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in - */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*) - lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B" - break - ;; - *) - case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in - */dev/null*) - lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p" - break - ;; - *) - lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but - continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - done - test -z "$lt_cv_path_NM" && lt_cv_path_NM=nm -fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_path_NM" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_path_NM" >&6; } -NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether ln -s works... " >&6; } -LN_S=$as_ln_s -if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5 -$as_echo "no, using $LN_S" >&6; } -fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to recognise dependent libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking how to recognise dependent libraries... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_deplibs_check_method+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD' -lt_cv_file_magic_test_file= -lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown' -# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support -# interlibrary dependencies. -# 'none' -- dependencies not supported. -# `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know. -# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks. -# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program. -# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path -# which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex. -# If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure -# whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one. - -case $host_os in -aix4* | aix5*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -beos*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -bsdi[45]*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so - ;; - -cygwin*) - # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' - ;; - -mingw* | pw32*) - # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by - # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump'. - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' - ;; - -darwin* | rhapsody*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then - case $host_cpu in - i*86 ) - # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. - # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up. - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*` - ;; - esac - else - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - fi - ;; - -gnu*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -hpux10.20* | hpux11*) - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file - case $host_cpu in - ia64*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so - ;; - hppa*64*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl - ;; - *) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9].[0-9]) shared library' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl - ;; - esac - ;; - -interix3*) - # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|\.a)$' - ;; - -irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - case $LD in - *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;; - *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;; - *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;; - *) libmagic=never-match;; - esac - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -# This must be Linux ELF. -linux*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' - else - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' - fi - ;; - -newos6*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so - ;; - -nto-qnx*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=unknown - ;; - -openbsd*) - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' - else - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' - fi - ;; - -osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -solaris*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -sysv4 | sysv4.3*) - case $host_vendor in - motorola) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` - ;; - ncr) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - sequent) - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' - ;; - sni) - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib" - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so - ;; - siemens) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - pc) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - esac - ;; - -sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; -esac - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&6; } -file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd -deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method -test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown - - - - -# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. -LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} - -# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. -LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -compiler=$CC - -# Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given. -if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then - enableval=$enable_libtool_lock; -fi - -test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes - -# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good -# libtool support. -case $host in -ia64-*-hpux*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in - *ELF-32*) - HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" - ;; - *ELF-64*) - HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" - ;; - esac - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ;; -*-*-irix6*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo '#line 5646 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; then - if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in - *32-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" - ;; - *N32*) - LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" - ;; - *64-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" - ;; - esac - else - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in - *32-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -32" - ;; - *N32*) - LD="${LD-ld} -n32" - ;; - *64-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -64" - ;; - esac - fi - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ;; - -x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*|s390*-*linux*|sparc*-*linux*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in - *32-bit*) - case $host in - x86_64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" - ;; - ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" - ;; - s390x-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" - ;; - sparc64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" - ;; - esac - ;; - *64-bit*) - case $host in - x86_64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" - ;; - ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" - ;; - s390*-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" - ;; - sparc*-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ;; - -*-*-sco3.2v5*) - # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. - SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_cc_needs_belf+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&6; } - if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then - # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf - CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" - fi - ;; -sparc*-*solaris*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in - *64-bit*) - case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in - yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; - *) LD="${LD-ld} -64" ;; - esac - ;; - esac - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ;; - - -esac - -need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" - - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; } -# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. -if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then - CPP= -fi -if test -z "$CPP"; then - if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded - for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" - do - ac_preproc_ok=false -for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes -do - # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc - # with a fresh cross-compiler works. - # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since - # exists even on freestanding compilers. - # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, - # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include -#else -# include -#endif - Syntax error -_ACEOF -if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { - test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - }; then - : -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - # Broken: fails on valid input. -continue -fi - -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - - # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers - # can be detected and how. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include -_ACEOF -if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { - test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - }; then - # Broken: success on invalid input. -continue -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - # Passes both tests. -ac_preproc_ok=: -break -fi - -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - -done -# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -if $ac_preproc_ok; then - break -fi - - done - ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP - -fi - CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP -else - ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5 -$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; } -ac_preproc_ok=false -for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes -do - # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc - # with a fresh cross-compiler works. - # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since - # exists even on freestanding compilers. - # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, - # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include -#else -# include -#endif - Syntax error -_ACEOF -if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { - test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - }; then - : -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - # Broken: fails on valid input. -continue -fi - -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - - # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers - # can be detected and how. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include -_ACEOF -if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { - test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - }; then - # Broken: success on invalid input. -continue -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - # Passes both tests. -ac_preproc_ok=: -break -fi - -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - -done -# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -if $ac_preproc_ok; then - : -else - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include -#include -#include -#include - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_header_stdc=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_cv_header_stdc=no -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - -if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then - # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include - -_ACEOF -if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | - $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - : -else - ac_cv_header_stdc=no -fi -rm -f conftest* - -fi - -if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then - # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include - -_ACEOF -if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | - $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - : -else - ac_cv_header_stdc=no -fi -rm -f conftest* - -fi - -if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then - # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. - if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then - : -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include -#include -#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) -# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') -# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) -#else -# define ISLOWER(c) \ - (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ - || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ - || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) -# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) -#endif - -#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) -int -main () -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) - || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) - return 2; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' - { (case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - : -else - $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -( exit $ac_status ) -ac_cv_header_stdc=no -fi -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi - - -fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } -if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then - -cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -#define STDC_HEADERS 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - -# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. - - - - - - - - - -for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ - inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h -do -as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; } -if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default - -#include <$ac_header> -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - eval "$as_ac_Header=no" -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} - $as_echo "$as_val"'` - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } -if test `eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} - $as_echo "$as_val"'` = yes; then - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - -done - - - -for ac_header in dlfcn.h -do -as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; } -if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -fi -ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} - $as_echo "$as_val"'` - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } -else - # Is the header compilable? -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header usability... " >&6; } -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$ac_includes_default -#include <$ac_header> -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_header_compiler=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_header_compiler=no -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } - -# Is the header present? -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header presence... " >&6; } -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <$ac_header> -_ACEOF -if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { - test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - }; then - ac_header_preproc=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_header_preproc=no -fi - -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } - -# So? What about this header? -case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in - yes:no: ) - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} - ac_header_preproc=yes - ;; - no:yes:* ) - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} - ( cat <<\_ASBOX -## ------------------------------------ ## -## Report this to http://www.sqlite.org ## -## ------------------------------------ ## -_ASBOX - ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 - ;; -esac -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; } -if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc" -fi -ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} - $as_echo "$as_val"'` - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } - -fi -if test `eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'} - $as_echo "$as_val"'` = yes; then - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - -done - -ac_ext=cpp -ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu -if test -z "$CXX"; then - if test -n "$CCC"; then - CXX=$CCC - else - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - for ac_prog in g++ c++ gpp aCC CC cxx cc++ cl.exe FCC KCC RCC xlC_r xlC - do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CXX+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CXX"; then - ac_cv_prog_CXX="$CXX" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CXX="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CXX=$ac_cv_prog_CXX -if test -n "$CXX"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CXX" >&5 -$as_echo "$CXX" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$CXX" && break - done -fi -if test -z "$CXX"; then - ac_ct_CXX=$CXX - for ac_prog in g++ c++ gpp aCC CC cxx cc++ cl.exe FCC KCC RCC xlC_r xlC -do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_CXX"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX="$ac_ct_CXX" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX="$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_CXX=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX -if test -n "$ac_ct_CXX"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CXX" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_CXX" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$ac_ct_CXX" && break -done - - if test "x$ac_ct_CXX" = x; then - CXX="g++" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - CXX=$ac_ct_CXX - fi -fi - - fi -fi -# Provide some information about the compiler. -$as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C++ compiler version" >&5 -set X $ac_compile -ac_compiler=$2 -{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } -{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } -{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ -#ifndef __GNUC__ - choke me -#endif - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_compiler_gnu=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_compiler_gnu=no -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu" >&6; } -if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then - GXX=yes -else - GXX= -fi -ac_test_CXXFLAGS=${CXXFLAGS+set} -ac_save_CXXFLAGS=$CXXFLAGS -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CXX accepts -g" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether $CXX accepts -g... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_cxx_g+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_save_cxx_werror_flag=$ac_cxx_werror_flag - ac_cxx_werror_flag=yes - ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=no - CXXFLAGS="-g" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - CXXFLAGS="" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - : -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_cxx_werror_flag=$ac_save_cxx_werror_flag - CXXFLAGS="-g" - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - ac_cxx_werror_flag=$ac_save_cxx_werror_flag -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cxx_g" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cxx_g" >&6; } -if test "$ac_test_CXXFLAGS" = set; then - CXXFLAGS=$ac_save_CXXFLAGS -elif test $ac_cv_prog_cxx_g = yes; then - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - CXXFLAGS="-g -O2" - else - CXXFLAGS="-g" - fi -else - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - CXXFLAGS="-O2" - else - CXXFLAGS= - fi -fi -ac_ext=cpp -ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu - -depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list= - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } -if test "${am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then - # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up - # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For - # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up - # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output - # in D'. - mkdir conftest.dir - # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're - # using a relative directory. - cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir - cd conftest.dir - # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because - # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance - # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a - # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in - # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object - # directory. - mkdir sub - - am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type=none - if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then - am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` - fi - for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do - # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers - # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and - # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. - # - # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may - # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. - # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. - : > sub/conftest.c - for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do - echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c - # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with - # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. - touch sub/conftst$i.h - done - echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf - - case $depmode in - nosideeffect) - # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll - # only be used when explicitly requested - if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then - continue - else - break - fi - ;; - none) break ;; - esac - # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" - # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly - # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. - if depmode=$depmode \ - source=sub/conftest.c object=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} \ - depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ - $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c -o sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.c \ - >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && - grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - grep sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then - # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings - # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message - # that says an option was ignored or not supported. - # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: - # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required - # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: - # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported - if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || - grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else - am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode - break - fi - fi - done - - cd .. - rm -rf conftest.dir -else - am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type=none -fi - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 -$as_echo "$am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } -CXXDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type - - - -if - test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ - && test "$am_cv_CXX_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then - am__fastdepCXX_TRUE= - am__fastdepCXX_FALSE='#' -else - am__fastdepCXX_TRUE='#' - am__fastdepCXX_FALSE= -fi - - - - -if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" && - ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) || - (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then - ac_ext=cpp -ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C++ preprocessor" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C++ preprocessor... " >&6; } -if test -z "$CXXCPP"; then - if test "${ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - # Double quotes because CXXCPP needs to be expanded - for CXXCPP in "$CXX -E" "/lib/cpp" - do - ac_preproc_ok=false -for ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes -do - # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc - # with a fresh cross-compiler works. - # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since - # exists even on freestanding compilers. - # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, - # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include -#else -# include -#endif - Syntax error -_ACEOF -if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { - test -z "$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - }; then - : -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - # Broken: fails on valid input. -continue -fi - -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - - # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers - # can be detected and how. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include -_ACEOF -if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { - test -z "$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - }; then - # Broken: success on invalid input. -continue -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - # Passes both tests. -ac_preproc_ok=: -break -fi - -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - -done -# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -if $ac_preproc_ok; then - break -fi - - done - ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP=$CXXCPP - -fi - CXXCPP=$ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP -else - ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP=$CXXCPP -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CXXCPP" >&5 -$as_echo "$CXXCPP" >&6; } -ac_preproc_ok=false -for ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes -do - # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc - # with a fresh cross-compiler works. - # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since - # exists even on freestanding compilers. - # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, - # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include -#else -# include -#endif - Syntax error -_ACEOF -if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { - test -z "$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - }; then - : -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - # Broken: fails on valid input. -continue -fi - -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - - # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers - # can be detected and how. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include -_ACEOF -if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { - test -z "$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - }; then - # Broken: success on invalid input. -continue -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - # Passes both tests. -ac_preproc_ok=: -break -fi - -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - -done -# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -if $ac_preproc_ok; then - : -else - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C++ preprocessor \"$CXXCPP\" fails sanity check -See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: C++ preprocessor \"$CXXCPP\" fails sanity check -See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -ac_ext=cpp -ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu - -fi - - -ac_ext=f -ac_compile='$F77 -c $FFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$F77 -o conftest$ac_exeext $FFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - for ac_prog in g77 xlf f77 frt pgf77 cf77 fort77 fl32 af77 xlf90 f90 pgf90 pghpf epcf90 gfortran g95 xlf95 f95 fort ifort ifc efc pgf95 lf95 ftn - do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_F77+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$F77"; then - ac_cv_prog_F77="$F77" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_F77="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -F77=$ac_cv_prog_F77 -if test -n "$F77"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $F77" >&5 -$as_echo "$F77" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$F77" && break - done -fi -if test -z "$F77"; then - ac_ct_F77=$F77 - for ac_prog in g77 xlf f77 frt pgf77 cf77 fort77 fl32 af77 xlf90 f90 pgf90 pghpf epcf90 gfortran g95 xlf95 f95 fort ifort ifc efc pgf95 lf95 ftn -do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_F77+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_F77"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_F77="$ac_ct_F77" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_F77="$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_F77=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_F77 -if test -n "$ac_ct_F77"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_F77" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_F77" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$ac_ct_F77" && break -done - - if test "x$ac_ct_F77" = x; then - F77="" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - F77=$ac_ct_F77 - fi -fi - - -# Provide some information about the compiler. -$as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Fortran 77 compiler version" >&5 -set X $ac_compile -ac_compiler=$2 -{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } -{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } -{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } -rm -f a.out - -# If we don't use `.F' as extension, the preprocessor is not run on the -# input file. (Note that this only needs to work for GNU compilers.) -ac_save_ext=$ac_ext -ac_ext=F -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU Fortran 77 compiler" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU Fortran 77 compiler... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF - program main -#ifndef __GNUC__ - choke me -#endif - - end -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_f77_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_compiler_gnu=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_compiler_gnu=no -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu" >&6; } -ac_ext=$ac_save_ext -ac_test_FFLAGS=${FFLAGS+set} -ac_save_FFLAGS=$FFLAGS -FFLAGS= -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $F77 accepts -g" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether $F77 accepts -g... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_f77_g+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - FFLAGS=-g -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF - program main - - end -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_f77_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then - ac_cv_prog_f77_g=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_cv_prog_f77_g=no -fi - -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_f77_g" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_f77_g" >&6; } -if test "$ac_test_FFLAGS" = set; then - FFLAGS=$ac_save_FFLAGS -elif test $ac_cv_prog_f77_g = yes; then - if test "x$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu" = xyes; then - FFLAGS="-g -O2" - else - FFLAGS="-g" - fi -else - if test "x$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu" = xyes; then - FFLAGS="-O2" - else - FFLAGS= - fi -fi - -if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then - G77=yes -else - G77= -fi -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - - - -# Autoconf 2.13's AC_OBJEXT and AC_EXEEXT macros only works for C compilers! - -# find the maximum length of command line arguments -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking the maximum length of command line arguments" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking the maximum length of command line arguments... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - i=0 - teststring="ABCD" - - case $build_os in - msdosdjgpp*) - # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc - # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun - # during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this - # check would be larger than it should be. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right - ;; - - gnu*) - # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is - # no limit to the length of command line arguments. - # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw*) - # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes - # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. - # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, - # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience - # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k). - # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by - # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP). - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; - ;; - - amigaos*) - # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. - # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; - ;; - - netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*) - # This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further. - if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` - elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` - else - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs - fi - # And add a safety zone - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` - ;; - - interix*) - # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD) - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 - ;; - - osf*) - # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure - # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not - # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below. - # First set a reasonable default. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384 - # - if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then - case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in - *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;; - esac - fi - ;; - sco3.2v5*) - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400 - ;; - sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) - kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` - if test -n "$kargmax"; then - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[ ]//'` - else - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 - fi - ;; - *) - # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a - # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but - # we can't tell. - SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} - while (test "X"`$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ - = "XX$teststring") >/dev/null 2>&1 && - new_result=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` && - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=$new_result && - test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough - do - i=`expr $i + 1` - teststring=$teststring$teststring - done - teststring= - # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on massive - # amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the linker. - # It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` - ;; - esac - -fi - -if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none" >&5 -$as_echo "none" >&6; } -fi - - - - -# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - -# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. -# [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] - -# Character class describing NM global symbol codes. -symcode='[BCDEGRST]' - -# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. -sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)' - -# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^. .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1;/p'" - -# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'" - -# Define system-specific variables. -case $host_os in -aix*) - symcode='[BCDT]' - ;; -cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - symcode='[ABCDGISTW]' - ;; -hpux*) # Its linker distinguishes data from code symbols - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - symcode='[ABCDEGRST]' - fi - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'" - ;; -linux*) - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'" - fi - ;; -irix* | nonstopux*) - symcode='[BCDEGRST]' - ;; -osf*) - symcode='[BCDEGQRST]' - ;; -solaris*) - symcode='[BDRT]' - ;; -sco3.2v5*) - symcode='[DT]' - ;; -sysv4.2uw2*) - symcode='[DT]' - ;; -sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) - symcode='[ABDT]' - ;; -sysv4) - symcode='[DFNSTU]' - ;; -esac - -# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain -opt_cr= -case $build_os in -mingw*) - opt_cr=`echo 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp - ;; -esac - -# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. -case `$NM -V 2>&1` in -*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) - symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' ;; -esac - -# Try without a prefix undercore, then with it. -for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do - - # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. - symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" - - # Write the raw and C identifiers. - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[ ]\($symcode$symcode*\)[ ][ ]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" - - # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. - pipe_works=no - - rm -f conftest* - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; then - # Now try to grab the symbols. - nlist=conftest.nm - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist\"") >&5 - (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && test -s "$nlist"; then - # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. - if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then - mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" - else - rm -f "$nlist"T - fi - - # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. - if grep ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then - if grep ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then - cat < conftest.$ac_ext -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -EOF - # Now generate the symbol file. - eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | grep -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' - - cat <> conftest.$ac_ext -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ -# define lt_ptr_t void * -#else -# define lt_ptr_t char * -# define const -#endif - -/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ -const struct { - const char *name; - lt_ptr_t address; -} -lt_preloaded_symbols[] = -{ -EOF - $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (lt_ptr_t) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | grep -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext - cat <<\EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext - {0, (lt_ptr_t) 0} -}; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif -EOF - # Now try linking the two files. - mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext - lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" - lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then - pipe_works=yes - fi - LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS" - CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS" - else - echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5 - fi - else - echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5 - fi - else - echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5 - fi - else - echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - fi - rm -f conftest* conftst* - - # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. - if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then - break - else - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= - fi -done - -fi - -if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= -fi -if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: failed" >&5 -$as_echo "failed" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5 -$as_echo "ok" >&6; } -fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for objdir" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for objdir... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_objdir+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null -mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null -if test -d .libs; then - lt_cv_objdir=.libs -else - # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. - lt_cv_objdir=_libs -fi -rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_objdir" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_objdir" >&6; } -objdir=$lt_cv_objdir - - - - - -case $host_os in -aix3*) - # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some - # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems - # vanish in a puff of smoke. - if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then - COLLECT_NAMES= - export COLLECT_NAMES - fi - ;; -esac - -# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies -# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. -Xsed='sed -e 1s/^X//' -sed_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`$\\\\]\)/\\\1/g' - -# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. -double_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`\\\\]\)/\\\1/g' - -# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a -# double_quote_subst'ed string. -delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' - -# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions -no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' - -# Constants: -rm="rm -f" - -# Global variables: -default_ofile=libtool -can_build_shared=yes - -# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, -# which needs '.lib'). -libext=a -ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" -ofile="$default_ofile" -with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" - -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$AR"; then - ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR -if test -n "$AR"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5 -$as_echo "$AR" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then - ac_ct_AR=$AR - # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ar; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR -if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then - AR="false" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - AR=$ac_ct_AR - fi -else - AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR" -fi - -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB -if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5 -$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then - ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB - # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB -if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then - RANLIB=":" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB - fi -else - RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" -fi - -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$STRIP"; then - ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP -if test -n "$STRIP"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5 -$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then - ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP - # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP -if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then - STRIP=":" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools -whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this -configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP - fi -else - STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" -fi - - -old_CC="$CC" -old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - -# Set sane defaults for various variables -test -z "$AR" && AR=ar -test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru -test -z "$AS" && AS=as -test -z "$CC" && CC=cc -test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC -test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS -test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool -test -z "$LD" && LD=ld -test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" -test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file -test -z "$NM" && NM=nm -test -z "$SED" && SED=sed -test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump -test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: -test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: -test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o - -# Determine commands to create old-style static archives. -old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' -old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' -old_postuninstall_cmds= - -if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - case $host_os in - openbsd*) - old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib" - ;; - *) - old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" - ;; - esac - old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" -fi - -for cc_temp in $compiler""; do - case $cc_temp in - compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; - distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; - \-*) ;; - *) break;; - esac -done -cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` - - -# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it -case $deplibs_check_method in -file_magic*) - if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - case $MAGIC_CMD in -[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) - lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. - ;; -*) - lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" - for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f $ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file; then - lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file" - if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then - case $deplibs_check_method in - "file_magic "*) - file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` - MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" - if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | - $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then - : - else - cat <&2 - -*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, -*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. -*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries -*** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that -*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool -*** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you -*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to -*** bug-libtool@gnu.org - -EOF - fi ;; - esac - fi - break - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" - ;; -esac -fi - -MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" -if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 -$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - -if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for file" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for file... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - case $MAGIC_CMD in -[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) - lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. - ;; -*) - lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" - for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f $ac_dir/file; then - lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/file" - if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then - case $deplibs_check_method in - "file_magic "*) - file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` - MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" - if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | - $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then - : - else - cat <&2 - -*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, -*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. -*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries -*** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that -*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool -*** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you -*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to -*** bug-libtool@gnu.org - -EOF - fi ;; - esac - fi - break - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" - ;; -esac -fi - -MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" -if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 -$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - else - MAGIC_CMD=: - fi -fi - - fi - ;; -esac - -enable_dlopen=no -enable_win32_dll=no - -# Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given. -if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then - enableval=$enable_libtool_lock; -fi - -test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes - - -# Check whether --with-pic was given. -if test "${with_pic+set}" = set; then - withval=$with_pic; pic_mode="$withval" -else - pic_mode=default -fi - -test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default - -# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script -tagname= -lt_save_CC="$CC" -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - - -# Source file extension for C test sources. -ac_ext=c - -# Object file extension for compiled C test sources. -objext=o -objext=$objext - -# Code to be used in simple compile tests -lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;\n" - -# Code to be used in simple link tests -lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}\n' - - -# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. -LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} - -# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. -LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -compiler=$CC - - -# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$rm conftest* - -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -printf "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$rm conftest* - - - -lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag= - -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin' - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no - ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8424: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:8428: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. - $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes - fi - fi - $rm conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; } - -if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then - lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" -else - : -fi - -fi - -lt_prog_compiler_wl= -lt_prog_compiler_pic= -lt_prog_compiler_static= - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' - - case $host_os in - aix*) - # All AIX code is PIC. - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but - # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, - # like `-m68040'. - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' - ;; - - beos* | cygwin* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - # PIC is the default for these OSes. - ;; - - mingw* | pw32* | os2*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' - ;; - - darwin* | rhapsody*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common' - ;; - - interix3*) - # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. - # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. - ;; - - msdosdjgpp*) - # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries - # on systems that don't support them. - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no - enable_shared=no - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - lt_prog_compiler_pic=-Kconform_pic - fi - ;; - - hpux*) - # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but - # not for PA HP-UX. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - ;; - - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - else - # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. - case $host_os in - aix*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - else - lt_prog_compiler_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' - fi - ;; - darwin*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-qnocommon' - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - ;; - esac - ;; - - mingw* | pw32* | os2*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' - ;; - - hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but - # not for PA HP-UX. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic='+Z' - ;; - esac - # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? - lt_prog_compiler_static='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' - ;; - - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. - lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' - ;; - - newsos6) - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - ;; - - linux*) - case $cc_basename in - icc* | ecc*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' - ;; - pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) - # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, - # which looks to be a dead project) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - ;; - ccc*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - # All Alpha code is PIC. - lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' - ;; - esac - ;; - - osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - # All OSF/1 code is PIC. - lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' - ;; - - solaris*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - case $cc_basename in - f77* | f90* | f95*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ';; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,';; - esac - ;; - - sunos4*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ' - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - ;; - - sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec ;then - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kconform_pic' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - ;; - - unicos*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no - ;; - - uts4*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-pic' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - ;; - - *) - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no - ;; - esac - fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&6; } - -# -# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. -# -if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_prog_compiler_pic_works+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_prog_compiler_pic_works=no - ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8692: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:8696: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. - $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes - fi - fi - $rm conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&6; } - -if test x"$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works" = xyes; then - case $lt_prog_compiler_pic in - "" | " "*) ;; - *) lt_prog_compiler_pic=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic" ;; - esac -else - lt_prog_compiler_pic= - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no -fi - -fi -case $host_os in - # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: - *djgpp*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic= - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" - ;; -esac - -# -# Check to make sure the static flag actually works. -# -wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static\" -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_prog_compiler_static_works+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_prog_compiler_static_works=no - save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" - printf "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then - # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings - if test -s conftest.err; then - # Append any errors to the config.log. - cat conftest.err 1>&5 - $echo "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_prog_compiler_static_works=yes - fi - else - lt_prog_compiler_static_works=yes - fi - fi - $rm conftest* - LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_static_works" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_static_works" >&6; } - -if test x"$lt_prog_compiler_static_works" = xyes; then - : -else - lt_prog_compiler_static= -fi - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no - $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null - mkdir conftest - cd conftest - mkdir out - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8796: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat out/conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:8800: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext - then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings - $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 - if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes - fi - fi - chmod u+w . 2>&5 - $rm conftest* - # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for - # template instantiation - test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files - $rm out/* && rmdir out - cd .. - rmdir conftest - $rm conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } - - -hard_links="nottested" -if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then - # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } - hard_links=yes - $rm conftest* - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no - touch conftest.a - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hard_links" >&5 -$as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } - if test "$hard_links" = no; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} - need_locks=warn - fi -else - need_locks=no -fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } - - runpath_var= - allow_undefined_flag= - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=no - archive_cmds= - archive_expsym_cmds= - old_archive_From_new_cmds= - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds= - export_dynamic_flag_spec= - whole_archive_flag_spec= - thread_safe_flag_spec= - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld= - hardcode_libdir_separator= - hardcode_direct=no - hardcode_minus_L=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported - link_all_deplibs=unknown - hardcode_automatic=no - module_cmds= - module_expsym_cmds= - always_export_symbols=no - export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* - # included in the symbol list - include_expsyms= - # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude - # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or - # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', - # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. - exclude_expsyms="_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_" - # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out - # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if - # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot - # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in - # preloaded symbol tables. - extract_expsyms_cmds= - # Just being paranoid about ensuring that cc_basename is set. - for cc_temp in $compiler""; do - case $cc_temp in - compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; - distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; - \-*) ;; - *) break;; - esac -done -cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` - - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time - # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using - # Microsoft Visual C++. - if test "$GCC" != yes; then - with_gnu_ld=no - fi - ;; - interix*) - # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) - with_gnu_ld=yes - ;; - openbsd*) - with_gnu_ld=no - ;; - esac - - ld_shlibs=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty - wlarc='${wl}' - - # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These - # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them - # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic' - # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then - whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' - else - whole_archive_flag_spec= - fi - supports_anon_versioning=no - case `$LD -v 2>/dev/null` in - *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 - *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... - *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... - *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions - *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; - esac - - # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. - case $host_os in - aix3* | aix4* | aix5*) - # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then - ld_shlibs=no - cat <&2 - -*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported -*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. -*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you -*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH -*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. - -EOF - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L=yes - - # Samuel A. Falvo II reports - # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up - # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked - # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the - # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can't use - # them. - ld_shlibs=no - ;; - - beos*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - allow_undefined_flag=unsupported - # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc - # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME - archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, ) is actually meaningless, - # as there is no search path for DLLs. - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - allow_undefined_flag=unsupported - always_export_symbols=no - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes - export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS] /s/.* \([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW] /s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line - # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... - archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then - cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; - else - echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; - cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; - fi~ - $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; - - interix3*) - hardcode_direct=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' - # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. - # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by - # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory - # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, - # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link - # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - ;; - - linux*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - tmp_addflag= - case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in - pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler - whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' - ;; - pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers - whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; - ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 - tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; - efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 - tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; - ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler - tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; - esac - archive_cmds='$CC -shared'"$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - - if test $supports_anon_versioning = yes; then - archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - $echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - $CC -shared'"$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' - fi - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; - - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' - wlarc= - else - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - fi - ;; - - solaris*) - if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then - ld_shlibs=no - cat <&2 - -*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably -*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool -*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU -*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify -*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is -*** used, and then restart. - -EOF - elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) - case `$LD -v 2>&1` in - *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) - ld_shlibs=no - cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 - -*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not -*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool -*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU -*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify -*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is -*** used, and then restart. - -_LT_EOF - ;; - *) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`' - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname,-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - - sunos4*) - archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - wlarc= - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - *) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; - esac - - if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then - runpath_var= - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= - export_dynamic_flag_spec= - whole_archive_flag_spec= - fi - else - # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) - case $host_os in - aix3*) - allow_undefined_flag=unsupported - always_export_symbols=yes - archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' - # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there - # are no directories specified by -L. - hardcode_minus_L=yes - if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then - # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a - # broken collect2. - hardcode_direct=unsupported - fi - ;; - - aix4* | aix5*) - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't - # have to do anything special. - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' - no_entry_flag="" - else - # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. - # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm - if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then - export_symbols_cmds='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - else - export_symbols_cmds='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - fi - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - - # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal - # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we - # need to do runtime linking. - case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*) - for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do - if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then - aix_use_runtimelinking=yes - break - fi - done - ;; - esac - - exp_sym_flag='-bexport' - no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' - fi - - # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can - # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library - # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to - # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not - # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. - - archive_cmds='' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_libdir_separator=':' - link_all_deplibs=yes - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) - # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check - # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ - collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` - if test -f "$collect2name" && \ - strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null - then - # We have reworked collect2 - hardcode_direct=yes - else - # We have old collect2 - hardcode_direct=unsupported - # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled - # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L - # to unsupported forces relinking - hardcode_minus_L=yes - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator= - fi - ;; - esac - shared_flag='-shared' - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' - fi - else - # not using gcc - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release - # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: - shared_flag='-G' - else - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag='${wl}-G' - else - shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' - fi - fi - fi - - # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with - # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. - always_export_symbols=yes - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - allow_undefined_flag='-berok' - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - -aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'` -# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'`; fi -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" - else - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' - allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs" - archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" - else - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - -aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'` -# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'`; fi -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-bernotok' - allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok' - # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives - whole_archive_flag_spec='$convenience' - archive_cmds_need_lc=yes - # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. - archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' - fi - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L=yes - # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section - ld_shlibs=no - ;; - - bsdi[45]*) - export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using - # Microsoft Visual C++. - # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is - # no search path for DLLs. - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' - allow_undefined_flag=unsupported - # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. - libext=lib - # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. - shrext_cmds=".dll" - # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. - archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | $SED -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' - # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. - old_archive_From_new_cmds='true' - # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. - old_archive_cmds='lib /OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' - fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`' - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes - ;; - - darwin* | rhapsody*) - case $host_os in - rhapsody* | darwin1.[012]) - allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - ;; - *) # Darwin 1.3 on - if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then - allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - else - case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in - 10.[012]) - allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - ;; - 10.*) - allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - esac - archive_cmds_need_lc=no - hardcode_direct=no - hardcode_automatic=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported - whole_archive_flag_spec='' - link_all_deplibs=yes - if test "$GCC" = yes ; then - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - archive_cmds='$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring' - module_cmds='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' - # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds - archive_expsym_cmds='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - module_expsym_cmds='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - else - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - archive_cmds='$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}`echo $rpath/$soname` $verstring' - module_cmds='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' - # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds - archive_expsym_cmds='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}$rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - module_expsym_cmds='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - ;; - *) - ld_shlibs=no - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - dgux*) - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - freebsd1*) - ld_shlibs=no - ;; - - # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor - # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o - # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little - # extra space). - freebsd2.2*) - archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. - freebsd2*) - archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_minus_L=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. - freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*) - archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - hpux9*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - else - archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - hardcode_direct=yes - - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - hardcode_minus_L=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' - ;; - - hpux10*) - if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - fi - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - - hardcode_direct=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' - - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - hardcode_minus_L=yes - fi - ;; - - hpux11*) - if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - else - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - fi - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='+b $libdir' - hardcode_direct=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - *) - hardcode_direct=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' - - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - hardcode_minus_L=yes - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - else - archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='-rpath $libdir' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - link_all_deplibs=yes - ;; - - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out - else - archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - newsos6) - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - openbsd*) - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' - else - case $host_os in - openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) - archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - os2*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L=yes - allow_undefined_flag=unsupported - archive_cmds='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' - old_archive_From_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' - ;; - - osf3*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - else - allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' - archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - ;; - - osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - else - allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' - archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ - $LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -input $lib.exp $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$rm $lib.exp' - - # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' - fi - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - ;; - - solaris*) - no_undefined_flag=' -z text' - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - wlarc='${wl}' - archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - else - wlarc='' - archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - case $host_os in - solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; - *) - # The compiler driver will combine linker options so we - # cannot just pass the convience library names through - # without $wl, iff we do not link with $LD. - # Luckily, gcc supports the same syntax we need for Sun Studio. - # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) - case $wlarc in - '') - whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;; - *) - whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' ;; - esac ;; - esac - link_all_deplibs=yes - ;; - - sunos4*) - if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then - # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o - # files that make .init and .fini sections work. - archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_minus_L=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - sysv4) - case $host_vendor in - sni) - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? - ;; - siemens) - ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB - ## CC just makes a GrossModule. - archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - reload_cmds='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' - hardcode_direct=no - ;; - motorola) - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie - ;; - esac - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - sysv4.3*) - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport' - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - hardcode_runpath_var=yes - ld_shlibs=yes - fi - ;; - - sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7*) - no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' - archive_cmds_need_lc=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) - # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not - # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to - # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would - # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text - # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed - # as -z defs. - no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' - allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,nodefs' - archive_cmds_need_lc=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' - hardcode_libdir_separator=':' - link_all_deplibs=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Bexport' - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - fi - ;; - - uts4*) - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - *) - ld_shlibs=no - ;; - esac - fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs" >&5 -$as_echo "$ld_shlibs" >&6; } -test "$ld_shlibs" = no && can_build_shared=no - -# -# Do we need to explicitly link libc? -# -case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc" in -x|xyes) - # Assume -lc should be added - archive_cmds_need_lc=yes - - if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $archive_cmds in - *'~'*) - # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. - ;; - '$CC '*) - # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some - # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc - # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } - $rm conftest* - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } 2>conftest.err; then - soname=conftest - lib=conftest - libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext - deplibs= - wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl - pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic - compiler_flags=-v - linker_flags=-v - verstring= - output_objdir=. - libname=conftest - lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag - allow_undefined_flag= - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\"") >&5 - (eval $archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } - then - archive_cmds_need_lc=no - else - archive_cmds_need_lc=yes - fi - allow_undefined_flag=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag - else - cat conftest.err 1>&5 - fi - $rm conftest* - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc" >&5 -$as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc" >&6; } - ;; - esac - fi - ;; -esac - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } -library_names_spec= -libname_spec='lib$name' -soname_spec= -shrext_cmds=".so" -postinstall_cmds= -postuninstall_cmds= -finish_cmds= -finish_eval= -shlibpath_var= -shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown -version_type=none -dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';' >/dev/null ; then - # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator - # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is - # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should - # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi -else - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" -fi -need_lib_prefix=unknown -hardcode_into_libs=no - -# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version -# flags to be left without arguments -need_version=unknown - -case $host_os in -aix3*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - - # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - ;; - -aix4* | aix5*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 supports IA64 - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - else - # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file - # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with - # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to - # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in - # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. - case $host_os in - aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) - if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' - echo ' yes ' - echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then - : - else - can_build_shared=no - fi - ;; - esac - # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct - # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to - # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib.so - # instead of lib.a to let people know that these are not - # typical AIX shared libraries. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - else - # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 - # and later when we are not doing run time linking. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - fi - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - fi - ;; - -amigaos*) - library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' - # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. - finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' - ;; - -beos*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' - dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" - shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -bsdi[45]*) - version_type=linux - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" - # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and - # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow - # libtool to hard-code these into programs - ;; - -cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - version_type=windows - shrext_cmds=".dll" - need_version=no - need_lib_prefix=no - - case $GCC,$host_os in - yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*) - library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' - # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds - postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ - dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~ - dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ - test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ - $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ - chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname' - postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ - dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ - $rm \$dlpath' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - - case $host_os in - cygwin*) - # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' - soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" - ;; - mingw*) - # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix - soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then - # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by - # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search - # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the - # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, - # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, - # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi - ;; - pw32*) - # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' - library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - ;; - esac - ;; - - *) - library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' - ;; - esac - dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' - # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in - shlibpath_var=PATH - ;; - -darwin* | rhapsody*) - dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" - version_type=darwin - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH - shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' - # Apple's gcc prints 'gcc -print-search-dirs' doesn't operate the same. - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | tr "\n" "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | sed -e 's/libraries:/@libraries:/' | tr "@" "\n" | grep "^libraries:" | sed -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g" -e "s,$PATH_SEPARATOR, ,g" -e "s,.*,& /lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib,g"` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib' - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' - ;; - -dgux*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -freebsd1*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -kfreebsd*-gnu) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so' - ;; - -freebsd* | dragonfly*) - # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new - # versioning mechanism, adjust this. - if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then - objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` - else - case $host_os in - freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;; - *) objformat=elf ;; - esac - fi - version_type=freebsd-$objformat - case $version_type in - freebsd-elf*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - need_version=no - need_lib_prefix=no - ;; - freebsd-*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' - need_version=yes - ;; - esac - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - case $host_os in - freebsd2*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ - freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - freebsd*) # from 4.6 on - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - esac - ;; - -gnu*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to - # link against other versions. - version_type=sunos - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - case $host_cpu in - ia64*) - shrext_cmds='.so' - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec - ;; - hppa*64*) - shrext_cmds='.sl' - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec - ;; - *) - shrext_cmds='.sl' - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" - shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - ;; - esac - # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. - postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' - ;; - -interix3*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - case $host_os in - nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; - *) - if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then - version_type=linux - else - version_type=irix - fi ;; - esac - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - case $host_os in - irix5* | nonstopux*) - libsuff= shlibsuff= - ;; - *) - case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD - *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") - libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; - *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") - libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; - *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") - libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; - *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; - esac - ;; - esac - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. -linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -# This must be Linux ELF. -linux*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. - # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install - # before this can be enabled. - hardcode_into_libs=yes - - # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path - if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then - lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" - fi - - # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on - # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the - # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, - # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and - # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we - # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. - dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' - ;; - -knetbsd*-gnu) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so' - ;; - -netbsd*) - version_type=sunos - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' - dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' - else - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' - fi - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -newsos6) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - -nto-qnx*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - -openbsd*) - version_type=sunos - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" - need_lib_prefix=no - # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. - case $host_os in - openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; - *) need_version=no ;; - esac - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - case $host_os in - openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - ;; - *) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - esac - else - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - fi - ;; - -os2*) - libname_spec='$name' - shrext_cmds=".dll" - need_lib_prefix=no - library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' - dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - ;; - -osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - version_type=osf - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" - ;; - -solaris*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - # ldd complains unless libraries are executable - postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' - ;; - -sunos4*) - version_type=sunos - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - need_lib_prefix=no - fi - need_version=yes - ;; - -sysv4 | sysv4.3*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - case $host_vendor in - sni) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - need_lib_prefix=no - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - ;; - siemens) - need_lib_prefix=no - ;; - motorola) - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' - ;; - esac - ;; - -sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec ;then - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - fi - ;; - -sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) - version_type=freebsd-elf - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - hardcode_into_libs=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - case $host_os in - sco3.2v5*) - sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" - ;; - esac - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' - ;; - -uts4*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; -esac -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 -$as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } -test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no - -variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" -fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } -hardcode_action= -if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" || \ - test -n "$runpath_var" || \ - test "X$hardcode_automatic" = "Xyes" ; then - - # We can hardcode non-existant directories. - if test "$hardcode_direct" != no && - # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we - # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library - # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one - ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, )" != no && - test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then - # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. - hardcode_action=relink - else - # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. - hardcode_action=immediate - fi -else - # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing - # directories. - hardcode_action=unsupported -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hardcode_action" >&5 -$as_echo "$hardcode_action" >&6; } - -if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then - # Fast installation is not supported - enable_fast_install=no -elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || - test "$enable_shared" = no; then - # Fast installation is not necessary - enable_fast_install=needless -fi - -striplib= -old_striplib= -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... " >&6; } -if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | grep "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then - test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" - test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } -else -# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough - case $host_os in - darwin*) - if test -n "$STRIP" ; then - striplib="$STRIP -x" - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } - else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - ;; - *) - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } - ;; - esac -fi - -if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then - enable_dlopen=unknown - enable_dlopen_self=unknown - enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown -else - lt_cv_dlopen=no - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - - case $host_os in - beos*) - lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes - ;; - - mingw* | pw32*) - lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - ;; - - cygwin*) - lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - ;; - - darwin*) - # if libdl is installed we need to link against it - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char dlopen (); -int -main () -{ -return dlopen (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } -if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then - lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" -else - - lt_cv_dlopen="dyld" - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes - -fi - - ;; - - *) - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_func_shl_load+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -/* Define shl_load to an innocuous variant, in case declares shl_load. - For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ -#define shl_load innocuous_shl_load - -/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, - which can conflict with char shl_load (); below. - Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since - exists even on freestanding compilers. */ - -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include -#else -# include -#endif - -#undef shl_load - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char shl_load (); -/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements - to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named - something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ -#if defined __stub_shl_load || defined __stub___shl_load -choke me -#endif - -int -main () -{ -return shl_load (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - ac_cv_func_shl_load=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_cv_func_shl_load=no -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&6; } -if test $ac_cv_func_shl_load = yes; then - lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char shl_load (); -int -main () -{ -return shl_load (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; } -if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load = yes; then - lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-dld" -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_func_dlopen+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -/* Define dlopen to an innocuous variant, in case declares dlopen. - For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ -#define dlopen innocuous_dlopen - -/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, - which can conflict with char dlopen (); below. - Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since - exists even on freestanding compilers. */ - -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include -#else -# include -#endif - -#undef dlopen - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char dlopen (); -/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements - to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named - something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ -#if defined __stub_dlopen || defined __stub___dlopen -choke me -#endif - -int -main () -{ -return dlopen (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - ac_cv_func_dlopen=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_cv_func_dlopen=no -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&6; } -if test $ac_cv_func_dlopen = yes; then - lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char dlopen (); -int -main () -{ -return dlopen (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } -if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then - lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lsvld $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char dlopen (); -int -main () -{ -return dlopen (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6; } -if test $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen = yes; then - lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld" -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char dld_link (); -int -main () -{ -return dld_link (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6; } -if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link = yes; then - lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-dld" -fi - - -fi - - -fi - - -fi - - -fi - - -fi - - ;; - esac - - if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then - enable_dlopen=yes - else - enable_dlopen=no - fi - - case $lt_cv_dlopen in - dlopen) - save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" - test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" - - save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" - wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" - - save_LIBS="$LIBS" - LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" - - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : - lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross -else - lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 - lt_status=$lt_dlunknown - cat > conftest.$ac_ext < -#endif - -#include - -#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL -# define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL -#else -# ifdef DL_GLOBAL -# define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL -# else -# define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we - find out it does not work in some platform. */ -#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW -# ifdef RTLD_LAZY -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY -# else -# ifdef DL_LAZY -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY -# else -# ifdef RTLD_NOW -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW -# else -# ifdef DL_NOW -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW -# else -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" void exit (int); -#endif - -void fnord() { int i=42;} -int main () -{ - void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); - int status = $lt_dlunknown; - - if (self) - { - if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; - else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; - /* dlclose (self); */ - } - else - puts (dlerror ()); - - exit (status); -} -EOF - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then - (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null - lt_status=$? - case x$lt_status in - x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; - x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; - x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;; - esac - else : - # compilation failed - lt_cv_dlopen_self=no - fi -fi -rm -fr conftest* - - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6; } - - if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then - wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : - lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross -else - lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 - lt_status=$lt_dlunknown - cat > conftest.$ac_ext < -#endif - -#include - -#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL -# define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL -#else -# ifdef DL_GLOBAL -# define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL -# else -# define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we - find out it does not work in some platform. */ -#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW -# ifdef RTLD_LAZY -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY -# else -# ifdef DL_LAZY -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY -# else -# ifdef RTLD_NOW -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW -# else -# ifdef DL_NOW -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW -# else -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" void exit (int); -#endif - -void fnord() { int i=42;} -int main () -{ - void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); - int status = $lt_dlunknown; - - if (self) - { - if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; - else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; - /* dlclose (self); */ - } - else - puts (dlerror ()); - - exit (status); -} -EOF - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then - (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null - lt_status=$? - case x$lt_status in - x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; - x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; - x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;; - esac - else : - # compilation failed - lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no - fi -fi -rm -fr conftest* - - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6; } - fi - - CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" - LIBS="$save_LIBS" - ;; - esac - - case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in - yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; - *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; - esac - - case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in - yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; - *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; - esac -fi - - -# Report which library types will actually be built -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; } -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $can_build_shared" >&5 -$as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; } - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; } -test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no - -# On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and -# are all built from PIC. -case $host_os in -aix3*) - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no - if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" - postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' - fi - ;; - -aix4* | aix5*) - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no - fi - ;; -esac -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_shared" >&5 -$as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; } - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; } -# Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. -test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_static" >&5 -$as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; } - -# The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the -# libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh -# with your package, and you will get complaints that there are -# no rules to generate ltmain.sh. -if test -f "$ltmain"; then - # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through - # without removal of \ escapes. - if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST - fi - # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being - # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values. We take copies of the - # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script. - for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC LTCFLAGS NM \ - SED SHELL STRIP \ - libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \ - old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \ - deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \ - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ - sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \ - old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \ - compiler \ - CC \ - LD \ - lt_prog_compiler_wl \ - lt_prog_compiler_pic \ - lt_prog_compiler_static \ - lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \ - export_dynamic_flag_spec \ - thread_safe_flag_spec \ - whole_archive_flag_spec \ - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes \ - old_archive_cmds \ - old_archive_from_new_cmds \ - predep_objects \ - postdep_objects \ - predeps \ - postdeps \ - compiler_lib_search_path \ - archive_cmds \ - archive_expsym_cmds \ - postinstall_cmds \ - postuninstall_cmds \ - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \ - allow_undefined_flag \ - no_undefined_flag \ - export_symbols_cmds \ - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \ - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld \ - hardcode_libdir_separator \ - hardcode_automatic \ - module_cmds \ - module_expsym_cmds \ - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \ - exclude_expsyms \ - include_expsyms; do - - case $var in - old_archive_cmds | \ - old_archive_from_new_cmds | \ - archive_cmds | \ - archive_expsym_cmds | \ - module_cmds | \ - module_expsym_cmds | \ - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds | \ - export_symbols_cmds | \ - extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \ - postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \ - old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \ - sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec) - # Double-quote double-evaled strings. - eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\"" - ;; - *) - eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\"" - ;; - esac - done - - case $lt_echo in - *'\$0 --fallback-echo"') - lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'` - ;; - esac - -cfgfile="${ofile}T" - trap "$rm \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 - $rm -f "$cfgfile" - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ofile" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ofile" >&6;} - - cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile" -#! $SHELL - -# `$echo "$cfgfile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. -# Generated automatically by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP) -# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. -# -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is part of GNU Libtool: -# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -# -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - -# A sed program that does not truncate output. -SED=$lt_SED - -# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. -Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" - -# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout -# if CDPATH is set. -(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH - -# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script. -available_tags= - -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG - -# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: - -# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. -SHELL=$lt_SHELL - -# Whether or not to build shared libraries. -build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared - -# Whether or not to build static libraries. -build_old_libs=$enable_static - -# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. -build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc - -# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static -allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes - -# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. -fast_install=$enable_fast_install - -# The host system. -host_alias=$host_alias -host=$host -host_os=$host_os - -# The build system. -build_alias=$build_alias -build=$build -build_os=$build_os - -# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. -echo=$lt_echo - -# The archiver. -AR=$lt_AR -AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS - -# A C compiler. -LTCC=$lt_LTCC - -# LTCC compiler flags. -LTCFLAGS=$lt_LTCFLAGS - -# A language-specific compiler. -CC=$lt_compiler - -# Is the compiler the GNU C compiler? -with_gcc=$GCC - -# An ERE matcher. -EGREP=$lt_EGREP - -# The linker used to build libraries. -LD=$lt_LD - -# Whether we need hard or soft links. -LN_S=$lt_LN_S - -# A BSD-compatible nm program. -NM=$lt_NM - -# A symbol stripping program -STRIP=$lt_STRIP - -# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file" -MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD - -# Used on cygwin: DLL creation program. -DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" - -# Used on cygwin: object dumper. -OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" - -# Used on cygwin: assembler. -AS="$AS" - -# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. -objdir=$objdir - -# How to create reloadable object files. -reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag -reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds - -# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. -wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl - -# Object file suffix (normally "o"). -objext="$ac_objext" - -# Old archive suffix (normally "a"). -libext="$libext" - -# Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). -shrext_cmds='$shrext_cmds' - -# Executable file suffix (normally ""). -exeext="$exeext" - -# Additional compiler flags for building library objects. -pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic -pic_mode=$pic_mode - -# What is the maximum length of a command? -max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len - -# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? -compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o - -# Must we lock files when doing compilation? -need_locks=$lt_need_locks - -# Do we need the lib prefix for modules? -need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix - -# Do we need a version for libraries? -need_version=$need_version - -# Whether dlopen is supported. -dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen - -# Whether dlopen of programs is supported. -dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self - -# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. -dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static - -# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. -link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static - -# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. -no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag - -# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. -export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec - -# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. -whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec - -# Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects. -thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec - -# Library versioning type. -version_type=$version_type - -# Format of library name prefix. -libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec - -# List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. -# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. -library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec - -# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. -soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec - -# Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. -RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB -old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds -old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds -old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds - -# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. -old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds - -# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. -old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds - -# Commands used to build and install a shared archive. -archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds -archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds -postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds -postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds - -# Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty) -module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds -module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds - -# Commands to strip libraries. -old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib -striplib=$lt_striplib - -# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects - -# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects - -# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -predeps=$lt_predeps - -# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -postdeps=$lt_postdeps - -# The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking -# a shared library. -compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path - -# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. -deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method - -# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic. -file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd - -# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. -allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag - -# Flag that forces no undefined symbols. -no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag - -# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. -finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds - -# Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. -finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval - -# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. -global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe - -# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration -global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl - -# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair -global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address - -# This is the shared library runtime path variable. -runpath_var=$runpath_var - -# This is the shared library path variable. -shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var - -# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? -shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath - -# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. -hardcode_action=$hardcode_action - -# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. -hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs - -# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. -# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec - -# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into -# a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does -# not exist. -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld - -# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. -hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator - -# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the -# resulting binary. -hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct - -# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the -# resulting binary. -hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L - -# Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into -# the resulting binary. -hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var - -# Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library -# and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it. -hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic - -# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and -# restored at relink time. -variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink" - -# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. -link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs - -# Compile-time system search path for libraries -sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec - -# Run-time system search path for libraries -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec - -# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. -fix_srcfile_path="$fix_srcfile_path" - -# Set to yes if exported symbols are required. -always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols - -# The commands to list exported symbols. -export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds - -# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. -extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds - -# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. -exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms - -# Symbols that must always be exported. -include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms - -# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG - -__EOF__ - - - case $host_os in - aix3*) - cat <<\EOF >> "$cfgfile" - -# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some -# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems -# vanish in a puff of smoke. -if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then - COLLECT_NAMES= - export COLLECT_NAMES -fi -EOF - ;; - esac - - # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if - # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in - # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem - # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? - sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) - - mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || \ - (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") - chmod +x "$ofile" - -else - # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute - # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the - # libtool script then. - ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'` - if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then - test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain" - fi -fi - - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - -CC="$lt_save_CC" - - -# Check whether --with-tags was given. -if test "${with_tags+set}" = set; then - withval=$with_tags; tagnames="$withval" -fi - - -if test -f "$ltmain" && test -n "$tagnames"; then - if test ! -f "${ofile}"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: output file \`$ofile' does not exist" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: output file \`$ofile' does not exist" >&2;} - fi - - if test -z "$LTCC"; then - eval "`$SHELL ${ofile} --config | grep '^LTCC='`" - if test -z "$LTCC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: output file \`$ofile' does not look like a libtool script" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: output file \`$ofile' does not look like a libtool script" >&2;} - else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using \`LTCC=$LTCC', extracted from \`$ofile'" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using \`LTCC=$LTCC', extracted from \`$ofile'" >&2;} - fi - fi - if test -z "$LTCFLAGS"; then - eval "`$SHELL ${ofile} --config | grep '^LTCFLAGS='`" - fi - - # Extract list of available tagged configurations in $ofile. - # Note that this assumes the entire list is on one line. - available_tags=`grep "^available_tags=" "${ofile}" | $SED -e 's/available_tags=\(.*$\)/\1/' -e 's/\"//g'` - - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for tagname in $tagnames; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - # Check whether tagname contains only valid characters - case `$echo "X$tagname" | $Xsed -e 's:[-_ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz1234567890,/]::g'` in - "") ;; - *) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid tag name: $tagname" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid tag name: $tagname" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ;; - esac - - if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$" < "${ofile}" > /dev/null - then - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: tag name \"$tagname\" already exists" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: tag name \"$tagname\" already exists" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi - - # Update the list of available tags. - if test -n "$tagname"; then - echo appending configuration tag \"$tagname\" to $ofile - - case $tagname in - CXX) - if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" && - ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) || - (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then - ac_ext=cpp -ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu - - - - -archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no -allow_undefined_flag_CXX= -always_export_symbols_CXX=no -archive_expsym_cmds_CXX= -export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX= -hardcode_direct_CXX=no -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX= -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_CXX= -hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX= -hardcode_minus_L_CXX=no -hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=unsupported -hardcode_automatic_CXX=no -module_cmds_CXX= -module_expsym_cmds_CXX= -link_all_deplibs_CXX=unknown -old_archive_cmds_CXX=$old_archive_cmds -no_undefined_flag_CXX= -whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX= -enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_CXX=no - -# Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked: -predep_objects_CXX= -postdep_objects_CXX= -predeps_CXX= -postdeps_CXX= -compiler_lib_search_path_CXX= - -# Source file extension for C++ test sources. -ac_ext=cpp - -# Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources. -objext=o -objext_CXX=$objext - -# Code to be used in simple compile tests -lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;\n" - -# Code to be used in simple link tests -lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[]) { return(0); }\n' - -# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. - -# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. -LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} - -# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. -LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -compiler=$CC - - -# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$rm conftest* - -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -printf "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$rm conftest* - - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -lt_save_CC=$CC -lt_save_LD=$LD -lt_save_GCC=$GCC -GCC=$GXX -lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld -lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD -if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then - lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx -else - $as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld -fi -if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then - lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX -else - $as_unset lt_cv_path_LD -fi -test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX -CC=${CXX-"c++"} -compiler=$CC -compiler_CXX=$CC -for cc_temp in $compiler""; do - case $cc_temp in - compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; - distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; - \-*) ;; - *) break;; - esac -done -cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` - - -# We don't want -fno-exception wen compiling C++ code, so set the -# no_builtin_flag separately -if test "$GXX" = yes; then - lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_CXX=' -fno-builtin' -else - lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_CXX= -fi - -if test "$GXX" = yes; then - # Set up default GNU C++ configuration - - -# Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given. -if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then - withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes -else - with_gnu_ld=no -fi - -ac_prog=ld -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; } - case $host in - *-*-mingw*) - # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw - ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; - *) - ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; - esac - case $ac_prog in - # Accept absolute paths. - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) - re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' - # Canonicalize the pathname of ld - ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` - while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do - ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` - done - test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" - ;; - "") - # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. - ac_prog=ld - ;; - *) - # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. - with_gnu_ld=unknown - ;; - esac -elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for GNU ld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; } -fi -if test "${lt_cv_path_LD+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -z "$LD"; then - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - for ac_dir in $PATH; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then - lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" - # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, - # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. - # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. - case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 &5 -$as_echo "$LD" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi -test -z "$LD" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. -case `$LD -v 2>&1 &5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; } -with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld - - - - # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the - # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used. - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--export-dynamic' - - # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty - # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to - # investigate it a little bit more. (MM) - wlarc='${wl}' - - # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. - if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" | \ - grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then - whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' - else - whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX= - fi - else - with_gnu_ld=no - wlarc= - - # A generic and very simple default shared library creation - # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native - # linker, instead of GNU ld. If possible, this setting should - # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on - # the platform it is being used on. - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' - fi - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"' - -else - GXX=no - with_gnu_ld=no - wlarc= -fi - -# PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } -ld_shlibs_CXX=yes -case $host_os in - aix3*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - aix4* | aix5*) - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't - # have to do anything special. - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' - no_entry_flag="" - else - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - - # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal - # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we - # need to do runtime linking. - case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*) - for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do - case $ld_flag in - *-brtl*) - aix_use_runtimelinking=yes - break - ;; - esac - done - ;; - esac - - exp_sym_flag='-bexport' - no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' - fi - - # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can - # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library - # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to - # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not - # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. - - archive_cmds_CXX='' - hardcode_direct_CXX=yes - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=':' - link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes - - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) - # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check - # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ - collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` - if test -f "$collect2name" && \ - strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null - then - # We have reworked collect2 - hardcode_direct_CXX=yes - else - # We have old collect2 - hardcode_direct_CXX=unsupported - # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled - # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L - # to unsupported forces relinking - hardcode_minus_L_CXX=yes - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-L$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX= - fi - ;; - esac - shared_flag='-shared' - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' - fi - else - # not using gcc - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release - # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: - shared_flag='-G' - else - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag='${wl}-G' - else - shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' - fi - fi - fi - - # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with - # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. - always_export_symbols_CXX=yes - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - allow_undefined_flag_CXX='-berok' - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - -aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'` -# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'`; fi -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" - else - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' - allow_undefined_flag_CXX="-z nodefs" - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" - else - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - -aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'` -# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'`; fi -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - no_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-bernotok' - allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-berok' - # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives - whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='$convenience' - archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=yes - # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' - fi - fi - ;; - - beos*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - allow_undefined_flag_CXX=unsupported - # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc - # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - fi - ;; - - chorus*) - case $cc_basename in - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - esac - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, CXX) is actually meaningless, - # as there is no search path for DLLs. - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-L$libdir' - allow_undefined_flag_CXX=unsupported - always_export_symbols_CXX=no - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_CXX=yes - - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line - # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then - cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; - else - echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; - cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; - fi~ - $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - else - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - fi - ;; - darwin* | rhapsody*) - case $host_os in - rhapsody* | darwin1.[012]) - allow_undefined_flag_CXX='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - ;; - *) # Darwin 1.3 on - if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then - allow_undefined_flag_CXX='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - else - case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in - 10.[012]) - allow_undefined_flag_CXX='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - ;; - 10.*) - allow_undefined_flag_CXX='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - esac - archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no - hardcode_direct_CXX=no - hardcode_automatic_CXX=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=unsupported - whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='' - link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes - - if test "$GXX" = yes ; then - lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=no - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - if $CC -dumpspecs 2>&1 | $EGREP 'single_module' >/dev/null ; then - lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=yes - fi - if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring' - else - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring' - fi - module_cmds_CXX='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' - # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds - if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - else - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - fi - module_expsym_cmds_CXX='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - else - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -qmkshrobj ${wl}-single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}`echo $rpath/$soname` $verstring' - module_cmds_CXX='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' - # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -qmkshrobj ${wl}-single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}$rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - module_expsym_cmds_CXX='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - ;; - *) - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - dgux*) - case $cc_basename in - ec++*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - ghcx*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - esac - ;; - freebsd[12]*) - # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before switch to ELF - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - freebsd-elf*) - archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no - ;; - freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*) - # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF - # conventions - ld_shlibs_CXX=yes - ;; - gnu*) - ;; - hpux9*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: - export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-E' - hardcode_direct_CXX=yes - hardcode_minus_L_CXX=yes # Not in the search PATH, - # but as the default - # location of the library. - - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - aCC*) - archive_cmds_CXX='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | grep "[-]L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' - ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - archive_cmds_CXX='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - else - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - hpux10*|hpux11*) - if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: - - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_CXX='+b $libdir' - ;; - *) - export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-E' - ;; - esac - fi - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - hardcode_direct_CXX=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no - ;; - *) - hardcode_direct_CXX=yes - hardcode_minus_L_CXX=yes # Not in the search PATH, - # but as the default - # location of the library. - ;; - esac - - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - aCC*) - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | grep "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' - ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - fi - else - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - interix3*) - hardcode_direct_CXX=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-E' - # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. - # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by - # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory - # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, - # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link - # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - ;; - irix5* | irix6*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # SGI C++ - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler. This is - # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included - # in the archive. - old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - else - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` -o $lib' - fi - fi - link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes - ;; - esac - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: - ;; - linux*) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler - - # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file - # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library - # to its proper name (with version) after linking. - archive_cmds_CXX='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([^()0-9A-Za-z{}]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([^()0-9A-Za-z{}]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib' - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | grep "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--rpath,$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--export-dynamic' - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler. - old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - ;; - icpc*) - # Intel C++ - with_gnu_ld=yes - # version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols - # if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and - # earlier do not add the objects themselves. - case `$CC -V 2>&1` in - *"Version 7."*) - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - ;; - *) # Version 8.0 or newer - tmp_idyn= - case $host_cpu in - ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';; - esac - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - ;; - esac - archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--export-dynamic' - whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - ;; - pgCC*) - # Portland Group C++ compiler - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--export-dynamic' - whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - ;; - cxx*) - # Compaq C++ - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols' - - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-rpath $libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' - ;; - esac - ;; - lynxos*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - m88k*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - mvs*) - case $cc_basename in - cxx*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - esac - ;; - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - archive_cmds_CXX='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags' - wlarc= - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct_CXX=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no - fi - # Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains - output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"' - ;; - openbsd2*) - # C++ shared libraries are fairly broken - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - openbsd*) - hardcode_direct_CXX=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' - export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-E' - whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' - fi - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - ;; - osf3*) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler - - # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file - # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library - # to its proper name (with version) after linking. - archive_cmds_CXX='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([^()0-9A-Za-z{}]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler. - old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - - ;; - RCC*) - # Rational C++ 2.4.1 - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - cxx*) - allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld" | grep -v "ld:"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' - ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"' - - else - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - osf4* | osf5*) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler - - # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file - # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library - # to its proper name (with version) after linking. - archive_cmds_CXX='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([^()0-9A-Za-z{}]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # the KAI C++ compiler. - old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - ;; - RCC*) - # Rational C++ 2.4.1 - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - cxx*) - allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' -expect_unresolved \*' - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~ - echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname -Wl,-input -Wl,$lib.exp `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~ - $rm $lib.exp' - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-rpath $libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld" | grep -v "ld:"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list' - ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=: - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"' - - else - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - psos*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - sunos4*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # Sun C++ 4.x - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - lcc*) - # Lucid - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - esac - ;; - solaris*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ - archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=yes - no_undefined_flag_CXX=' -zdefs' - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-R$libdir' - hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no - case $host_os in - solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; - *) - # The C++ compiler is used as linker so we must use $wl - # flag to pass the commands to the underlying system - # linker. We must also pass each convience library through - # to the system linker between allextract/defaultextract. - # The C++ compiler will combine linker options so we - # cannot just pass the convience library names through - # without $wl. - # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) - whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' - ;; - esac - link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes - - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is - # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included - # in the archive. - old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - ;; - gcx*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' - - # The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive. - old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - ;; - *) - # GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker - if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - no_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs' - if $CC --version | grep -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd="$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep \"\-L\"" - else - # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this - # platform. - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd="$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep \"\-L\"" - fi - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-R $wl$libdir' - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) - no_undefined_flag_CXX='${wl}-z,text' - archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - ;; - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) - # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not - # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to - # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would - # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text - # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed - # as -z defs. - # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always - # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the - # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so - # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. - # So that behaviour is only enabled if SCOABSPATH is set to a - # non-empty value in the environment. Most likely only useful for - # creating official distributions of packages. - # This is a hack until libtool officially supports absolute path - # names for shared libraries. - no_undefined_flag_CXX='${wl}-z,text' - allow_undefined_flag_CXX='${wl}-z,nodefs' - archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=':' - link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-Bexport' - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -G ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - ;; - tandem*) - case $cc_basename in - NCC*) - # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - esac - ;; - vxworks*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - ld_shlibs_CXX=no - ;; -esac -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs_CXX" >&5 -$as_echo "$ld_shlibs_CXX" >&6; } -test "$ld_shlibs_CXX" = no && can_build_shared=no - -GCC_CXX="$GXX" -LD_CXX="$LD" - - -cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); }; then - # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary - # objects, libraries and library flags. - - # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before - # the conftest object file. - pre_test_object_deps_done=no - - # The `*' in the case matches for architectures that use `case' in - # $output_verbose_cmd can trigger glob expansion during the loop - # eval without this substitution. - output_verbose_link_cmd=`$echo "X$output_verbose_link_cmd" | $Xsed -e "$no_glob_subst"` - - for p in `eval $output_verbose_link_cmd`; do - case $p in - - -L* | -R* | -l*) - # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path. - # Remove the space. - if test $p = "-L" \ - || test $p = "-R"; then - prev=$p - continue - else - prev= - fi - - if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then - case $p in - -L* | -R*) - # Internal compiler library paths should come after those - # provided the user. The postdeps already come after the - # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them. - if test -z "$compiler_lib_search_path_CXX"; then - compiler_lib_search_path_CXX="${prev}${p}" - else - compiler_lib_search_path_CXX="${compiler_lib_search_path_CXX} ${prev}${p}" - fi - ;; - # The "-l" case would never come before the object being - # linked, so don't bother handling this case. - esac - else - if test -z "$postdeps_CXX"; then - postdeps_CXX="${prev}${p}" - else - postdeps_CXX="${postdeps_CXX} ${prev}${p}" - fi - fi - ;; - - *.$objext) - # This assumes that the test object file only shows up - # once in the compiler output. - if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then - pre_test_object_deps_done=yes - continue - fi - - if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then - if test -z "$predep_objects_CXX"; then - predep_objects_CXX="$p" - else - predep_objects_CXX="$predep_objects_CXX $p" - fi - else - if test -z "$postdep_objects_CXX"; then - postdep_objects_CXX="$p" - else - postdep_objects_CXX="$postdep_objects_CXX $p" - fi - fi - ;; - - *) ;; # Ignore the rest. - - esac - done - - # Clean up. - rm -f a.out a.exe -else - echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling CXX test program" -fi - -$rm -f confest.$objext - -# PORTME: override above test on systems where it is broken -case $host_os in -interix3*) - # Interix 3.5 installs completely hosed .la files for C++, so rather than - # hack all around it, let's just trust "g++" to DTRT. - predep_objects_CXX= - postdep_objects_CXX= - postdeps_CXX= - ;; - -solaris*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # Adding this requires a known-good setup of shared libraries for - # Sun compiler versions before 5.6, else PIC objects from an old - # archive will be linked into the output, leading to subtle bugs. - postdeps_CXX='-lCstd -lCrun' - ;; - esac - ;; -esac - - -case " $postdeps_CXX " in -*" -lc "*) archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no ;; -esac - -lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX= -lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX= -lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX= - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } - - # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc. - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-static' - - case $host_os in - aix*) - # All AIX code is PIC. - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - amigaos*) - # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but - # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, - # like `-m68040'. - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' - ;; - beos* | cygwin* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - # PIC is the default for these OSes. - ;; - mingw* | os2* | pw32*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-DDLL_EXPORT' - ;; - darwin* | rhapsody*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fno-common' - ;; - *djgpp*) - # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX= - ;; - interix3*) - # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. - # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. - ;; - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX=-Kconform_pic - fi - ;; - hpux*) - # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but - # not for PA HP-UX. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - else - case $host_os in - aix4* | aix5*) - # All AIX code is PIC. - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic' - else - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' - fi - ;; - chorus*) - case $cc_basename in - cxch68*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, CXX)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a" - ;; - esac - ;; - darwin*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-qnocommon' - lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' - ;; - esac - ;; - dgux*) - case $cc_basename in - ec++*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC' - ;; - ghcx*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-pic' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*) - # FreeBSD uses GNU C++ - ;; - hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='+Z' - fi - ;; - aCC*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='+Z' - ;; - esac - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - interix*) - # This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs) - # Anyone wants to do a port? - ;; - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-non_shared' - # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default. - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - linux*) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - # KAI C++ Compiler - lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='--backend -Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fPIC' - ;; - icpc* | ecpc*) - # Intel C++ - lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-static' - ;; - pgCC*) - # Portland Group C++ compiler. - lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fpic' - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic' - ;; - cxx*) - # Compaq C++ - # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha - # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX= - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-non_shared' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - lynxos*) - ;; - m88k*) - ;; - mvs*) - case $cc_basename in - cxx*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-W c,exportall' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - netbsd*) - ;; - osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='--backend -Wl,' - ;; - RCC*) - # Rational C++ 2.4.1 - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-pic' - ;; - cxx*) - # Digital/Compaq C++ - lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' - # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha - # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX= - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-non_shared' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - psos*) - ;; - solaris*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic' - lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Qoption ld ' - ;; - gcx*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-PIC' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - sunos4*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # Sun C++ 4.x - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-pic' - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic' - ;; - lcc*) - # Lucid - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-pic' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - tandem*) - case $cc_basename in - NCC*) - # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic' - ;; - esac - ;; - vxworks*) - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_CXX=no - ;; - esac - fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX" >&6; } - -# -# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. -# -if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX"; then - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX works... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX=no - ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX -DPIC" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:13584: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:13588: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. - $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX=yes - fi - fi - $rm conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX" >&6; } - -if test x"$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX" = xyes; then - case $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX in - "" | " "*) ;; - *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX" ;; - esac -else - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX= - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_CXX=no -fi - -fi -case $host_os in - # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: - *djgpp*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX= - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX -DPIC" - ;; -esac - -# -# Check to make sure the static flag actually works. -# -wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX\" -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX=no - save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" - printf "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then - # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings - if test -s conftest.err; then - # Append any errors to the config.log. - cat conftest.err 1>&5 - $echo "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX=yes - fi - else - lt_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX=yes - fi - fi - $rm conftest* - LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX" >&6; } - -if test x"$lt_prog_compiler_static_works_CXX" = xyes; then - : -else - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX= -fi - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX=no - $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null - mkdir conftest - cd conftest - mkdir out - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:13688: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat out/conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:13692: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext - then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings - $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 - if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX=yes - fi - fi - chmod u+w . 2>&5 - $rm conftest* - # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for - # template instantiation - test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files - $rm out/* && rmdir out - cd .. - rmdir conftest - $rm conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX" >&6; } - - -hard_links="nottested" -if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then - # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } - hard_links=yes - $rm conftest* - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no - touch conftest.a - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hard_links" >&5 -$as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } - if test "$hard_links" = no; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} - need_locks=warn - fi -else - need_locks=no -fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } - - export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - case $host_os in - aix4* | aix5*) - # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. - # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm - if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then - export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - else - export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - fi - ;; - pw32*) - export_symbols_cmds_CXX="$ltdll_cmds" - ;; - cygwin* | mingw*) - export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS] /s/.* \([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/;/^.* __nm__/s/^.* __nm__\([^ ]*\) [^ ]*/\1 DATA/;/^I /d;/^[AITW] /s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - ;; - *) - export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - ;; - esac - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs_CXX" >&5 -$as_echo "$ld_shlibs_CXX" >&6; } -test "$ld_shlibs_CXX" = no && can_build_shared=no - -# -# Do we need to explicitly link libc? -# -case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX" in -x|xyes) - # Assume -lc should be added - archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=yes - - if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $archive_cmds_CXX in - *'~'*) - # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. - ;; - '$CC '*) - # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some - # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc - # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } - $rm conftest* - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } 2>conftest.err; then - soname=conftest - lib=conftest - libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext - deplibs= - wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX - pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX - compiler_flags=-v - linker_flags=-v - verstring= - output_objdir=. - libname=conftest - lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag_CXX - allow_undefined_flag_CXX= - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$archive_cmds_CXX 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\"") >&5 - (eval $archive_cmds_CXX 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } - then - archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no - else - archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=yes - fi - allow_undefined_flag_CXX=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag - else - cat conftest.err 1>&5 - fi - $rm conftest* - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX" >&5 -$as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX" >&6; } - ;; - esac - fi - ;; -esac - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } -library_names_spec= -libname_spec='lib$name' -soname_spec= -shrext_cmds=".so" -postinstall_cmds= -postuninstall_cmds= -finish_cmds= -finish_eval= -shlibpath_var= -shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown -version_type=none -dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';' >/dev/null ; then - # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator - # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is - # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should - # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi -else - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" -fi -need_lib_prefix=unknown -hardcode_into_libs=no - -# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version -# flags to be left without arguments -need_version=unknown - -case $host_os in -aix3*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - - # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - ;; - -aix4* | aix5*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 supports IA64 - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - else - # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file - # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with - # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to - # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in - # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. - case $host_os in - aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) - if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' - echo ' yes ' - echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then - : - else - can_build_shared=no - fi - ;; - esac - # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct - # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to - # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib.so - # instead of lib.a to let people know that these are not - # typical AIX shared libraries. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - else - # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 - # and later when we are not doing run time linking. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - fi - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - fi - ;; - -amigaos*) - library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' - # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. - finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' - ;; - -beos*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' - dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" - shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -bsdi[45]*) - version_type=linux - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" - # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and - # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow - # libtool to hard-code these into programs - ;; - -cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - version_type=windows - shrext_cmds=".dll" - need_version=no - need_lib_prefix=no - - case $GCC,$host_os in - yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*) - library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' - # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds - postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ - dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~ - dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ - test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ - $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ - chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname' - postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ - dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ - $rm \$dlpath' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - - case $host_os in - cygwin*) - # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' - soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" - ;; - mingw*) - # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix - soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then - # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by - # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search - # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the - # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, - # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, - # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi - ;; - pw32*) - # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' - library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - ;; - esac - ;; - - *) - library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' - ;; - esac - dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' - # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in - shlibpath_var=PATH - ;; - -darwin* | rhapsody*) - dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" - version_type=darwin - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH - shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' - # Apple's gcc prints 'gcc -print-search-dirs' doesn't operate the same. - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | tr "\n" "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | sed -e 's/libraries:/@libraries:/' | tr "@" "\n" | grep "^libraries:" | sed -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g" -e "s,$PATH_SEPARATOR, ,g" -e "s,.*,& /lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib,g"` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib' - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' - ;; - -dgux*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -freebsd1*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -kfreebsd*-gnu) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so' - ;; - -freebsd* | dragonfly*) - # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new - # versioning mechanism, adjust this. - if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then - objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` - else - case $host_os in - freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;; - *) objformat=elf ;; - esac - fi - version_type=freebsd-$objformat - case $version_type in - freebsd-elf*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - need_version=no - need_lib_prefix=no - ;; - freebsd-*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' - need_version=yes - ;; - esac - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - case $host_os in - freebsd2*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ - freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - freebsd*) # from 4.6 on - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - esac - ;; - -gnu*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to - # link against other versions. - version_type=sunos - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - case $host_cpu in - ia64*) - shrext_cmds='.so' - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec - ;; - hppa*64*) - shrext_cmds='.sl' - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec - ;; - *) - shrext_cmds='.sl' - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" - shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - ;; - esac - # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. - postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' - ;; - -interix3*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - case $host_os in - nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; - *) - if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then - version_type=linux - else - version_type=irix - fi ;; - esac - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - case $host_os in - irix5* | nonstopux*) - libsuff= shlibsuff= - ;; - *) - case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD - *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") - libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; - *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") - libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; - *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") - libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; - *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; - esac - ;; - esac - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. -linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -# This must be Linux ELF. -linux*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. - # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install - # before this can be enabled. - hardcode_into_libs=yes - - # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path - if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then - lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" - fi - - # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on - # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the - # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, - # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and - # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we - # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. - dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' - ;; - -knetbsd*-gnu) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so' - ;; - -netbsd*) - version_type=sunos - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' - dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' - else - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' - fi - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -newsos6) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - -nto-qnx*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - -openbsd*) - version_type=sunos - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" - need_lib_prefix=no - # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. - case $host_os in - openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; - *) need_version=no ;; - esac - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - case $host_os in - openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - ;; - *) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - esac - else - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - fi - ;; - -os2*) - libname_spec='$name' - shrext_cmds=".dll" - need_lib_prefix=no - library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' - dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - ;; - -osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - version_type=osf - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" - ;; - -solaris*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - # ldd complains unless libraries are executable - postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' - ;; - -sunos4*) - version_type=sunos - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - need_lib_prefix=no - fi - need_version=yes - ;; - -sysv4 | sysv4.3*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - case $host_vendor in - sni) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - need_lib_prefix=no - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - ;; - siemens) - need_lib_prefix=no - ;; - motorola) - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' - ;; - esac - ;; - -sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec ;then - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - fi - ;; - -sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) - version_type=freebsd-elf - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - hardcode_into_libs=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - case $host_os in - sco3.2v5*) - sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" - ;; - esac - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' - ;; - -uts4*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; -esac -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 -$as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } -test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no - -variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" -fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } -hardcode_action_CXX= -if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX" || \ - test -n "$runpath_var_CXX" || \ - test "X$hardcode_automatic_CXX" = "Xyes" ; then - - # We can hardcode non-existant directories. - if test "$hardcode_direct_CXX" != no && - # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we - # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library - # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one - ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, CXX)" != no && - test "$hardcode_minus_L_CXX" != no; then - # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. - hardcode_action_CXX=relink - else - # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. - hardcode_action_CXX=immediate - fi -else - # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing - # directories. - hardcode_action_CXX=unsupported -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hardcode_action_CXX" >&5 -$as_echo "$hardcode_action_CXX" >&6; } - -if test "$hardcode_action_CXX" = relink; then - # Fast installation is not supported - enable_fast_install=no -elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || - test "$enable_shared" = no; then - # Fast installation is not necessary - enable_fast_install=needless -fi - - -# The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the -# libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh -# with your package, and you will get complaints that there are -# no rules to generate ltmain.sh. -if test -f "$ltmain"; then - # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through - # without removal of \ escapes. - if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST - fi - # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being - # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values. We take copies of the - # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script. - for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC LTCFLAGS NM \ - SED SHELL STRIP \ - libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \ - old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \ - deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \ - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ - sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \ - old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \ - compiler_CXX \ - CC_CXX \ - LD_CXX \ - lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX \ - lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX \ - lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX \ - lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_CXX \ - export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX \ - thread_safe_flag_spec_CXX \ - whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX \ - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_CXX \ - old_archive_cmds_CXX \ - old_archive_from_new_cmds_CXX \ - predep_objects_CXX \ - postdep_objects_CXX \ - predeps_CXX \ - postdeps_CXX \ - compiler_lib_search_path_CXX \ - archive_cmds_CXX \ - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX \ - postinstall_cmds_CXX \ - postuninstall_cmds_CXX \ - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_CXX \ - allow_undefined_flag_CXX \ - no_undefined_flag_CXX \ - export_symbols_cmds_CXX \ - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX \ - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_CXX \ - hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX \ - hardcode_automatic_CXX \ - module_cmds_CXX \ - module_expsym_cmds_CXX \ - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX \ - exclude_expsyms_CXX \ - include_expsyms_CXX; do - - case $var in - old_archive_cmds_CXX | \ - old_archive_from_new_cmds_CXX | \ - archive_cmds_CXX | \ - archive_expsym_cmds_CXX | \ - module_cmds_CXX | \ - module_expsym_cmds_CXX | \ - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_CXX | \ - export_symbols_cmds_CXX | \ - extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \ - postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \ - old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \ - sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec) - # Double-quote double-evaled strings. - eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\"" - ;; - *) - eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\"" - ;; - esac - done - - case $lt_echo in - *'\$0 --fallback-echo"') - lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'` - ;; - esac - -cfgfile="$ofile" - - cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile" -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname - -# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: - -# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. -SHELL=$lt_SHELL - -# Whether or not to build shared libraries. -build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared - -# Whether or not to build static libraries. -build_old_libs=$enable_static - -# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. -build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX - -# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static -allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_CXX - -# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. -fast_install=$enable_fast_install - -# The host system. -host_alias=$host_alias -host=$host -host_os=$host_os - -# The build system. -build_alias=$build_alias -build=$build -build_os=$build_os - -# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. -echo=$lt_echo - -# The archiver. -AR=$lt_AR -AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS - -# A C compiler. -LTCC=$lt_LTCC - -# LTCC compiler flags. -LTCFLAGS=$lt_LTCFLAGS - -# A language-specific compiler. -CC=$lt_compiler_CXX - -# Is the compiler the GNU C compiler? -with_gcc=$GCC_CXX - -# An ERE matcher. -EGREP=$lt_EGREP - -# The linker used to build libraries. -LD=$lt_LD_CXX - -# Whether we need hard or soft links. -LN_S=$lt_LN_S - -# A BSD-compatible nm program. -NM=$lt_NM - -# A symbol stripping program -STRIP=$lt_STRIP - -# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file" -MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD - -# Used on cygwin: DLL creation program. -DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" - -# Used on cygwin: object dumper. -OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" - -# Used on cygwin: assembler. -AS="$AS" - -# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. -objdir=$objdir - -# How to create reloadable object files. -reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag -reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds - -# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. -wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX - -# Object file suffix (normally "o"). -objext="$ac_objext" - -# Old archive suffix (normally "a"). -libext="$libext" - -# Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). -shrext_cmds='$shrext_cmds' - -# Executable file suffix (normally ""). -exeext="$exeext" - -# Additional compiler flags for building library objects. -pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX -pic_mode=$pic_mode - -# What is the maximum length of a command? -max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len - -# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? -compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX - -# Must we lock files when doing compilation? -need_locks=$lt_need_locks - -# Do we need the lib prefix for modules? -need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix - -# Do we need a version for libraries? -need_version=$need_version - -# Whether dlopen is supported. -dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen - -# Whether dlopen of programs is supported. -dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self - -# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. -dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static - -# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. -link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX - -# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. -no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_CXX - -# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. -export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX - -# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. -whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX - -# Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects. -thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec_CXX - -# Library versioning type. -version_type=$version_type - -# Format of library name prefix. -libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec - -# List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. -# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. -library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec - -# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. -soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec - -# Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. -RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB -old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds_CXX -old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds -old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds - -# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. -old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds_CXX - -# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. -old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_CXX - -# Commands used to build and install a shared archive. -archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds_CXX -archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds_CXX -postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds -postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds - -# Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty) -module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds_CXX -module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds_CXX - -# Commands to strip libraries. -old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib -striplib=$lt_striplib - -# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects_CXX - -# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects_CXX - -# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -predeps=$lt_predeps_CXX - -# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -postdeps=$lt_postdeps_CXX - -# The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking -# a shared library. -compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path_CXX - -# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. -deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method - -# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic. -file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd - -# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. -allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag_CXX - -# Flag that forces no undefined symbols. -no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag_CXX - -# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. -finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds - -# Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. -finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval - -# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. -global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe - -# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration -global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl - -# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair -global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address - -# This is the shared library runtime path variable. -runpath_var=$runpath_var - -# This is the shared library path variable. -shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var - -# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? -shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath - -# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. -hardcode_action=$hardcode_action_CXX - -# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. -hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs - -# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. -# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX - -# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into -# a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does -# not exist. -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_CXX - -# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. -hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX - -# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the -# resulting binary. -hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct_CXX - -# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the -# resulting binary. -hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L_CXX - -# Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into -# the resulting binary. -hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX - -# Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library -# and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it. -hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic_CXX - -# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and -# restored at relink time. -variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink" - -# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. -link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs_CXX - -# Compile-time system search path for libraries -sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec - -# Run-time system search path for libraries -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec - -# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. -fix_srcfile_path="$fix_srcfile_path_CXX" - -# Set to yes if exported symbols are required. -always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols_CXX - -# The commands to list exported symbols. -export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds_CXX - -# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. -extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds - -# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. -exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms_CXX - -# Symbols that must always be exported. -include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms_CXX - -# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname - -__EOF__ - - -else - # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute - # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the - # libtool script then. - ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'` - if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then - test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain" - fi -fi - - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - -CC=$lt_save_CC -LDCXX=$LD -LD=$lt_save_LD -GCC=$lt_save_GCC -with_gnu_ldcxx=$with_gnu_ld -with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld -lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD -lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD -lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld -lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld - - else - tagname="" - fi - ;; - - F77) - if test -n "$F77" && test "X$F77" != "Xno"; then - -ac_ext=f -ac_compile='$F77 -c $FFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$F77 -o conftest$ac_exeext $FFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu - - -archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=no -allow_undefined_flag_F77= -always_export_symbols_F77=no -archive_expsym_cmds_F77= -export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77= -hardcode_direct_F77=no -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77= -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77= -hardcode_libdir_separator_F77= -hardcode_minus_L_F77=no -hardcode_automatic_F77=no -module_cmds_F77= -module_expsym_cmds_F77= -link_all_deplibs_F77=unknown -old_archive_cmds_F77=$old_archive_cmds -no_undefined_flag_F77= -whole_archive_flag_spec_F77= -enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77=no - -# Source file extension for f77 test sources. -ac_ext=f - -# Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources. -objext=o -objext_F77=$objext - -# Code to be used in simple compile tests -lt_simple_compile_test_code=" subroutine t\n return\n end\n" - -# Code to be used in simple link tests -lt_simple_link_test_code=" program t\n end\n" - -# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. - -# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. -LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} - -# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. -LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -compiler=$CC - - -# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$rm conftest* - -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -printf "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$rm conftest* - - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -lt_save_CC="$CC" -CC=${F77-"f77"} -compiler=$CC -compiler_F77=$CC -for cc_temp in $compiler""; do - case $cc_temp in - compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; - distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; - \-*) ;; - *) break;; - esac -done -cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; } -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $can_build_shared" >&5 -$as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; } - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; } -test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no - -# On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and -# are all built from PIC. -case $host_os in -aix3*) - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no - if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" - postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' - fi - ;; -aix4* | aix5*) - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no - fi - ;; -esac -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_shared" >&5 -$as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; } - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; } -# Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. -test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_static" >&5 -$as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; } - -GCC_F77="$G77" -LD_F77="$LD" - -lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77= -lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77= -lt_prog_compiler_static_F77= - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-static' - - case $host_os in - aix*) - # All AIX code is PIC. - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but - # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, - # like `-m68040'. - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' - ;; - - beos* | cygwin* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - # PIC is the default for these OSes. - ;; - - mingw* | pw32* | os2*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-DDLL_EXPORT' - ;; - - darwin* | rhapsody*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-fno-common' - ;; - - interix3*) - # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. - # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. - ;; - - msdosdjgpp*) - # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries - # on systems that don't support them. - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_F77=no - enable_shared=no - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77=-Kconform_pic - fi - ;; - - hpux*) - # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but - # not for PA HP-UX. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - ;; - - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - else - # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. - case $host_os in - aix*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' - else - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' - fi - ;; - darwin*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-qnocommon' - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' - ;; - esac - ;; - - mingw* | pw32* | os2*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-DDLL_EXPORT' - ;; - - hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' - # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but - # not for PA HP-UX. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='+Z' - ;; - esac - # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' - ;; - - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' - # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-non_shared' - ;; - - newsos6) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' - ;; - - linux*) - case $cc_basename in - icc* | ecc*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-static' - ;; - pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) - # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, - # which looks to be a dead project) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-fpic' - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' - ;; - ccc*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' - # All Alpha code is PIC. - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-non_shared' - ;; - esac - ;; - - osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' - # All OSF/1 code is PIC. - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-non_shared' - ;; - - solaris*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' - case $cc_basename in - f77* | f90* | f95*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Qoption ld ';; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,';; - esac - ;; - - sunos4*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Qoption ld ' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-PIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' - ;; - - sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec ;then - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-Kconform_pic' - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' - ;; - - unicos*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_F77=no - ;; - - uts4*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-pic' - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic' - ;; - - *) - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_F77=no - ;; - esac - fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77" >&6; } - -# -# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. -# -if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77"; then - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 works... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77=no - ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:15258: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:15262: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. - $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77=yes - fi - fi - $rm conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77" >&6; } - -if test x"$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77" = xyes; then - case $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 in - "" | " "*) ;; - *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77" ;; - esac -else - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77= - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_F77=no -fi - -fi -case $host_os in - # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: - *djgpp*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77= - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77" - ;; -esac - -# -# Check to make sure the static flag actually works. -# -wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77 eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static_F77\" -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_prog_compiler_static_works_F77+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_prog_compiler_static_works_F77=no - save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" - printf "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then - # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings - if test -s conftest.err; then - # Append any errors to the config.log. - cat conftest.err 1>&5 - $echo "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_prog_compiler_static_works_F77=yes - fi - else - lt_prog_compiler_static_works_F77=yes - fi - fi - $rm conftest* - LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_static_works_F77" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_static_works_F77" >&6; } - -if test x"$lt_prog_compiler_static_works_F77" = xyes; then - : -else - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77= -fi - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77=no - $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null - mkdir conftest - cd conftest - mkdir out - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:15362: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat out/conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:15366: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext - then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings - $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 - if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77=yes - fi - fi - chmod u+w . 2>&5 - $rm conftest* - # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for - # template instantiation - test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files - $rm out/* && rmdir out - cd .. - rmdir conftest - $rm conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77" >&6; } - - -hard_links="nottested" -if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then - # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } - hard_links=yes - $rm conftest* - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no - touch conftest.a - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hard_links" >&5 -$as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } - if test "$hard_links" = no; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} - need_locks=warn - fi -else - need_locks=no -fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } - - runpath_var= - allow_undefined_flag_F77= - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77=no - archive_cmds_F77= - archive_expsym_cmds_F77= - old_archive_From_new_cmds_F77= - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_F77= - export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77= - whole_archive_flag_spec_F77= - thread_safe_flag_spec_F77= - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77= - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77= - hardcode_libdir_separator_F77= - hardcode_direct_F77=no - hardcode_minus_L_F77=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=unsupported - link_all_deplibs_F77=unknown - hardcode_automatic_F77=no - module_cmds_F77= - module_expsym_cmds_F77= - always_export_symbols_F77=no - export_symbols_cmds_F77='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* - # included in the symbol list - include_expsyms_F77= - # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude - # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or - # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', - # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. - exclude_expsyms_F77="_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_" - # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out - # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if - # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot - # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in - # preloaded symbol tables. - extract_expsyms_cmds= - # Just being paranoid about ensuring that cc_basename is set. - for cc_temp in $compiler""; do - case $cc_temp in - compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; - distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; - \-*) ;; - *) break;; - esac -done -cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` - - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time - # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using - # Microsoft Visual C++. - if test "$GCC" != yes; then - with_gnu_ld=no - fi - ;; - interix*) - # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) - with_gnu_ld=yes - ;; - openbsd*) - with_gnu_ld=no - ;; - esac - - ld_shlibs_F77=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty - wlarc='${wl}' - - # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These - # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them - # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}--export-dynamic' - # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then - whole_archive_flag_spec_F77="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' - else - whole_archive_flag_spec_F77= - fi - supports_anon_versioning=no - case `$LD -v 2>/dev/null` in - *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 - *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... - *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... - *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions - *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; - esac - - # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. - case $host_os in - aix3* | aix4* | aix5*) - # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then - ld_shlibs_F77=no - cat <&2 - -*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported -*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. -*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you -*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH -*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. - -EOF - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - archive_cmds_F77='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes - - # Samuel A. Falvo II reports - # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up - # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked - # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the - # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can't use - # them. - ld_shlibs_F77=no - ;; - - beos*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported - # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc - # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs_F77=no - fi - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, F77) is actually meaningless, - # as there is no search path for DLLs. - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' - allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported - always_export_symbols_F77=no - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77=yes - export_symbols_cmds_F77='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS] /s/.* \([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW] /s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line - # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then - cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; - else - echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; - cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; - fi~ - $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - else - ld_shlibs_F77=no - fi - ;; - - interix3*) - hardcode_direct_F77=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-E' - # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. - # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by - # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory - # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, - # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link - # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - ;; - - linux*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - tmp_addflag= - case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in - pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler - whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' - ;; - pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers - whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; - ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 - tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; - efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 - tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; - ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler - tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; - esac - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared'"$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - - if test $supports_anon_versioning = yes; then - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - $echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - $CC -shared'"$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' - fi - else - ld_shlibs_F77=no - fi - ;; - - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' - wlarc= - else - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - fi - ;; - - solaris*) - if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then - ld_shlibs_F77=no - cat <&2 - -*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably -*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool -*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU -*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify -*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is -*** used, and then restart. - -EOF - elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs_F77=no - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) - case `$LD -v 2>&1` in - *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) - ld_shlibs_F77=no - cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 - -*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not -*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool -*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU -*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify -*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is -*** used, and then restart. - -_LT_EOF - ;; - *) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`' - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname,-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs_F77=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - - sunos4*) - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - wlarc= - hardcode_direct_F77=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - ;; - - *) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs_F77=no - fi - ;; - esac - - if test "$ld_shlibs_F77" = no; then - runpath_var= - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77= - export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77= - whole_archive_flag_spec_F77= - fi - else - # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) - case $host_os in - aix3*) - allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported - always_export_symbols_F77=yes - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' - # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there - # are no directories specified by -L. - hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes - if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then - # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a - # broken collect2. - hardcode_direct_F77=unsupported - fi - ;; - - aix4* | aix5*) - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't - # have to do anything special. - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' - no_entry_flag="" - else - # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. - # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm - if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then - export_symbols_cmds_F77='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - else - export_symbols_cmds_F77='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - fi - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - - # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal - # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we - # need to do runtime linking. - case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*) - for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do - if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then - aix_use_runtimelinking=yes - break - fi - done - ;; - esac - - exp_sym_flag='-bexport' - no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' - fi - - # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can - # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library - # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to - # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not - # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. - - archive_cmds_F77='' - hardcode_direct_F77=yes - hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=':' - link_all_deplibs_F77=yes - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) - # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check - # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ - collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` - if test -f "$collect2name" && \ - strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null - then - # We have reworked collect2 - hardcode_direct_F77=yes - else - # We have old collect2 - hardcode_direct_F77=unsupported - # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled - # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L - # to unsupported forces relinking - hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_F77= - fi - ;; - esac - shared_flag='-shared' - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' - fi - else - # not using gcc - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release - # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: - shared_flag='-G' - else - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag='${wl}-G' - else - shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' - fi - fi - fi - - # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with - # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. - always_export_symbols_F77=yes - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - allow_undefined_flag_F77='-berok' - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF - program main - - end -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_f77_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - -aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'` -# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'`; fi -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - archive_expsym_cmds_F77="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" - else - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' - allow_undefined_flag_F77="-z nodefs" - archive_expsym_cmds_F77="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" - else - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF - program main - - end -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_f77_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - -aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'` -# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'`; fi -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - no_undefined_flag_F77=' ${wl}-bernotok' - allow_undefined_flag_F77=' ${wl}-berok' - # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives - whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='$convenience' - archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=yes - # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. - archive_expsym_cmds_F77="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' - fi - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - archive_cmds_F77='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes - # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section - ld_shlibs_F77=no - ;; - - bsdi[45]*) - export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77=-rdynamic - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using - # Microsoft Visual C++. - # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is - # no search path for DLLs. - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77=' ' - allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported - # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. - libext=lib - # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. - shrext_cmds=".dll" - # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | $SED -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' - # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. - old_archive_From_new_cmds_F77='true' - # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. - old_archive_cmds_F77='lib /OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' - fix_srcfile_path_F77='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`' - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77=yes - ;; - - darwin* | rhapsody*) - case $host_os in - rhapsody* | darwin1.[012]) - allow_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - ;; - *) # Darwin 1.3 on - if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then - allow_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - else - case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in - 10.[012]) - allow_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - ;; - 10.*) - allow_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - esac - archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=no - hardcode_direct_F77=no - hardcode_automatic_F77=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=unsupported - whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='' - link_all_deplibs_F77=yes - if test "$GCC" = yes ; then - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring' - module_cmds_F77='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' - # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - module_expsym_cmds_F77='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - else - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}`echo $rpath/$soname` $verstring' - module_cmds_F77='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' - # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}$rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - module_expsym_cmds_F77='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - ;; - *) - ld_shlibs_F77=no - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - dgux*) - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - ;; - - freebsd1*) - ld_shlibs_F77=no - ;; - - # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor - # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o - # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little - # extra space). - freebsd2.2*) - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct_F77=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - ;; - - # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. - freebsd2*) - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct_F77=yes - hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - ;; - - # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. - freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*) - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct_F77=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - ;; - - hpux9*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds_F77='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - else - archive_cmds_F77='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: - hardcode_direct_F77=yes - - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-E' - ;; - - hpux10*) - if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - fi - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: - - hardcode_direct_F77=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-E' - - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes - fi - ;; - - hpux11*) - if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - else - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - fi - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: - - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77='+b $libdir' - hardcode_direct_F77=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - ;; - *) - hardcode_direct_F77=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-E' - - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - else - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77='-rpath $libdir' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: - link_all_deplibs_F77=yes - ;; - - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out - else - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct_F77=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - ;; - - newsos6) - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct_F77=yes - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - ;; - - openbsd*) - hardcode_direct_F77=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-E' - else - case $host_os in - openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - os2*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes - allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported - archive_cmds_F77='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' - old_archive_From_new_cmds_F77='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' - ;; - - osf3*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - allow_undefined_flag_F77=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - else - allow_undefined_flag_F77=' -expect_unresolved \*' - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: - ;; - - osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - allow_undefined_flag_F77=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - else - allow_undefined_flag_F77=' -expect_unresolved \*' - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ - $LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -input $lib.exp $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$rm $lib.exp' - - # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-rpath $libdir' - fi - hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=: - ;; - - solaris*) - no_undefined_flag_F77=' -z text' - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - wlarc='${wl}' - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - else - wlarc='' - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir' - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - case $host_os in - solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; - *) - # The compiler driver will combine linker options so we - # cannot just pass the convience library names through - # without $wl, iff we do not link with $LD. - # Luckily, gcc supports the same syntax we need for Sun Studio. - # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) - case $wlarc in - '') - whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;; - *) - whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' ;; - esac ;; - esac - link_all_deplibs_F77=yes - ;; - - sunos4*) - if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then - # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o - # files that make .init and .fini sections work. - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' - hardcode_direct_F77=yes - hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - ;; - - sysv4) - case $host_vendor in - sni) - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct_F77=yes # is this really true??? - ;; - siemens) - ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB - ## CC just makes a GrossModule. - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - reload_cmds_F77='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' - hardcode_direct_F77=no - ;; - motorola) - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct_F77=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie - ;; - esac - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - ;; - - sysv4.3*) - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='-Bexport' - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - hardcode_runpath_var=yes - ld_shlibs_F77=yes - fi - ;; - - sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7*) - no_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-z,text' - archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) - # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not - # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to - # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would - # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text - # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed - # as -z defs. - no_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-z,text' - allow_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-z,nodefs' - archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' - hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=':' - link_all_deplibs_F77=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-Bexport' - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds_F77='$CC -G ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - fi - ;; - - uts4*) - archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir' - hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no - ;; - - *) - ld_shlibs_F77=no - ;; - esac - fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs_F77" >&5 -$as_echo "$ld_shlibs_F77" >&6; } -test "$ld_shlibs_F77" = no && can_build_shared=no - -# -# Do we need to explicitly link libc? -# -case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc_F77" in -x|xyes) - # Assume -lc should be added - archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=yes - - if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $archive_cmds_F77 in - *'~'*) - # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. - ;; - '$CC '*) - # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some - # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc - # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } - $rm conftest* - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } 2>conftest.err; then - soname=conftest - lib=conftest - libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext - deplibs= - wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77 - pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 - compiler_flags=-v - linker_flags=-v - verstring= - output_objdir=. - libname=conftest - lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag_F77 - allow_undefined_flag_F77= - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$archive_cmds_F77 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\"") >&5 - (eval $archive_cmds_F77 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } - then - archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=no - else - archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=yes - fi - allow_undefined_flag_F77=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag - else - cat conftest.err 1>&5 - fi - $rm conftest* - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc_F77" >&5 -$as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc_F77" >&6; } - ;; - esac - fi - ;; -esac - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } -library_names_spec= -libname_spec='lib$name' -soname_spec= -shrext_cmds=".so" -postinstall_cmds= -postuninstall_cmds= -finish_cmds= -finish_eval= -shlibpath_var= -shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown -version_type=none -dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';' >/dev/null ; then - # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator - # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is - # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should - # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi -else - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" -fi -need_lib_prefix=unknown -hardcode_into_libs=no - -# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version -# flags to be left without arguments -need_version=unknown - -case $host_os in -aix3*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - - # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - ;; - -aix4* | aix5*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 supports IA64 - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - else - # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file - # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with - # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to - # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in - # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. - case $host_os in - aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) - if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' - echo ' yes ' - echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then - : - else - can_build_shared=no - fi - ;; - esac - # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct - # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to - # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib.so - # instead of lib.a to let people know that these are not - # typical AIX shared libraries. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - else - # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 - # and later when we are not doing run time linking. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - fi - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - fi - ;; - -amigaos*) - library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' - # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. - finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' - ;; - -beos*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' - dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" - shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -bsdi[45]*) - version_type=linux - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" - # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and - # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow - # libtool to hard-code these into programs - ;; - -cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - version_type=windows - shrext_cmds=".dll" - need_version=no - need_lib_prefix=no - - case $GCC,$host_os in - yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*) - library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' - # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds - postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ - dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~ - dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ - test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ - $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ - chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname' - postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ - dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ - $rm \$dlpath' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - - case $host_os in - cygwin*) - # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' - soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" - ;; - mingw*) - # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix - soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then - # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by - # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search - # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the - # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, - # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, - # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi - ;; - pw32*) - # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' - library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - ;; - esac - ;; - - *) - library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' - ;; - esac - dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' - # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in - shlibpath_var=PATH - ;; - -darwin* | rhapsody*) - dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" - version_type=darwin - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH - shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' - # Apple's gcc prints 'gcc -print-search-dirs' doesn't operate the same. - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | tr "\n" "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | sed -e 's/libraries:/@libraries:/' | tr "@" "\n" | grep "^libraries:" | sed -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g" -e "s,$PATH_SEPARATOR, ,g" -e "s,.*,& /lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib,g"` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib' - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' - ;; - -dgux*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -freebsd1*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -kfreebsd*-gnu) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so' - ;; - -freebsd* | dragonfly*) - # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new - # versioning mechanism, adjust this. - if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then - objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` - else - case $host_os in - freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;; - *) objformat=elf ;; - esac - fi - version_type=freebsd-$objformat - case $version_type in - freebsd-elf*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - need_version=no - need_lib_prefix=no - ;; - freebsd-*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' - need_version=yes - ;; - esac - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - case $host_os in - freebsd2*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ - freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - freebsd*) # from 4.6 on - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - esac - ;; - -gnu*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to - # link against other versions. - version_type=sunos - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - case $host_cpu in - ia64*) - shrext_cmds='.so' - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec - ;; - hppa*64*) - shrext_cmds='.sl' - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec - ;; - *) - shrext_cmds='.sl' - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" - shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - ;; - esac - # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. - postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' - ;; - -interix3*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - case $host_os in - nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; - *) - if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then - version_type=linux - else - version_type=irix - fi ;; - esac - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - case $host_os in - irix5* | nonstopux*) - libsuff= shlibsuff= - ;; - *) - case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD - *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") - libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; - *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") - libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; - *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") - libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; - *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; - esac - ;; - esac - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. -linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -# This must be Linux ELF. -linux*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. - # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install - # before this can be enabled. - hardcode_into_libs=yes - - # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path - if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then - lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" - fi - - # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on - # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the - # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, - # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and - # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we - # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. - dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' - ;; - -knetbsd*-gnu) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so' - ;; - -netbsd*) - version_type=sunos - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' - dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' - else - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' - fi - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -newsos6) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - -nto-qnx*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - -openbsd*) - version_type=sunos - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" - need_lib_prefix=no - # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. - case $host_os in - openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; - *) need_version=no ;; - esac - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - case $host_os in - openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - ;; - *) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - esac - else - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - fi - ;; - -os2*) - libname_spec='$name' - shrext_cmds=".dll" - need_lib_prefix=no - library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' - dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - ;; - -osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - version_type=osf - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" - ;; - -solaris*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - # ldd complains unless libraries are executable - postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' - ;; - -sunos4*) - version_type=sunos - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - need_lib_prefix=no - fi - need_version=yes - ;; - -sysv4 | sysv4.3*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - case $host_vendor in - sni) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - need_lib_prefix=no - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - ;; - siemens) - need_lib_prefix=no - ;; - motorola) - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' - ;; - esac - ;; - -sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec ;then - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - fi - ;; - -sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) - version_type=freebsd-elf - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - hardcode_into_libs=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - case $host_os in - sco3.2v5*) - sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" - ;; - esac - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' - ;; - -uts4*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; -esac -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 -$as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } -test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no - -variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" -fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } -hardcode_action_F77= -if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77" || \ - test -n "$runpath_var_F77" || \ - test "X$hardcode_automatic_F77" = "Xyes" ; then - - # We can hardcode non-existant directories. - if test "$hardcode_direct_F77" != no && - # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we - # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library - # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one - ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, F77)" != no && - test "$hardcode_minus_L_F77" != no; then - # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. - hardcode_action_F77=relink - else - # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. - hardcode_action_F77=immediate - fi -else - # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing - # directories. - hardcode_action_F77=unsupported -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hardcode_action_F77" >&5 -$as_echo "$hardcode_action_F77" >&6; } - -if test "$hardcode_action_F77" = relink; then - # Fast installation is not supported - enable_fast_install=no -elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || - test "$enable_shared" = no; then - # Fast installation is not necessary - enable_fast_install=needless -fi - - -# The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the -# libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh -# with your package, and you will get complaints that there are -# no rules to generate ltmain.sh. -if test -f "$ltmain"; then - # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through - # without removal of \ escapes. - if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST - fi - # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being - # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values. We take copies of the - # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script. - for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC LTCFLAGS NM \ - SED SHELL STRIP \ - libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \ - old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \ - deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \ - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ - sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \ - old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \ - compiler_F77 \ - CC_F77 \ - LD_F77 \ - lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77 \ - lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 \ - lt_prog_compiler_static_F77 \ - lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_F77 \ - export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77 \ - thread_safe_flag_spec_F77 \ - whole_archive_flag_spec_F77 \ - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77 \ - old_archive_cmds_F77 \ - old_archive_from_new_cmds_F77 \ - predep_objects_F77 \ - postdep_objects_F77 \ - predeps_F77 \ - postdeps_F77 \ - compiler_lib_search_path_F77 \ - archive_cmds_F77 \ - archive_expsym_cmds_F77 \ - postinstall_cmds_F77 \ - postuninstall_cmds_F77 \ - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_F77 \ - allow_undefined_flag_F77 \ - no_undefined_flag_F77 \ - export_symbols_cmds_F77 \ - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77 \ - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77 \ - hardcode_libdir_separator_F77 \ - hardcode_automatic_F77 \ - module_cmds_F77 \ - module_expsym_cmds_F77 \ - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77 \ - exclude_expsyms_F77 \ - include_expsyms_F77; do - - case $var in - old_archive_cmds_F77 | \ - old_archive_from_new_cmds_F77 | \ - archive_cmds_F77 | \ - archive_expsym_cmds_F77 | \ - module_cmds_F77 | \ - module_expsym_cmds_F77 | \ - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_F77 | \ - export_symbols_cmds_F77 | \ - extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \ - postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \ - old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \ - sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec) - # Double-quote double-evaled strings. - eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\"" - ;; - *) - eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\"" - ;; - esac - done - - case $lt_echo in - *'\$0 --fallback-echo"') - lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'` - ;; - esac - -cfgfile="$ofile" - - cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile" -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname - -# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: - -# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. -SHELL=$lt_SHELL - -# Whether or not to build shared libraries. -build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared - -# Whether or not to build static libraries. -build_old_libs=$enable_static - -# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. -build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc_F77 - -# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static -allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77 - -# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. -fast_install=$enable_fast_install - -# The host system. -host_alias=$host_alias -host=$host -host_os=$host_os - -# The build system. -build_alias=$build_alias -build=$build -build_os=$build_os - -# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. -echo=$lt_echo - -# The archiver. -AR=$lt_AR -AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS - -# A C compiler. -LTCC=$lt_LTCC - -# LTCC compiler flags. -LTCFLAGS=$lt_LTCFLAGS - -# A language-specific compiler. -CC=$lt_compiler_F77 - -# Is the compiler the GNU C compiler? -with_gcc=$GCC_F77 - -# An ERE matcher. -EGREP=$lt_EGREP - -# The linker used to build libraries. -LD=$lt_LD_F77 - -# Whether we need hard or soft links. -LN_S=$lt_LN_S - -# A BSD-compatible nm program. -NM=$lt_NM - -# A symbol stripping program -STRIP=$lt_STRIP - -# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file" -MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD - -# Used on cygwin: DLL creation program. -DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" - -# Used on cygwin: object dumper. -OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" - -# Used on cygwin: assembler. -AS="$AS" - -# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. -objdir=$objdir - -# How to create reloadable object files. -reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag -reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds - -# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. -wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77 - -# Object file suffix (normally "o"). -objext="$ac_objext" - -# Old archive suffix (normally "a"). -libext="$libext" - -# Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). -shrext_cmds='$shrext_cmds' - -# Executable file suffix (normally ""). -exeext="$exeext" - -# Additional compiler flags for building library objects. -pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 -pic_mode=$pic_mode - -# What is the maximum length of a command? -max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len - -# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? -compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77 - -# Must we lock files when doing compilation? -need_locks=$lt_need_locks - -# Do we need the lib prefix for modules? -need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix - -# Do we need a version for libraries? -need_version=$need_version - -# Whether dlopen is supported. -dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen - -# Whether dlopen of programs is supported. -dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self - -# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. -dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static - -# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. -link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static_F77 - -# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. -no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_F77 - -# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. -export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77 - -# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. -whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec_F77 - -# Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects. -thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec_F77 - -# Library versioning type. -version_type=$version_type - -# Format of library name prefix. -libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec - -# List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. -# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. -library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec - -# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. -soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec - -# Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. -RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB -old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds_F77 -old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds -old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds - -# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. -old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds_F77 - -# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. -old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_F77 - -# Commands used to build and install a shared archive. -archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds_F77 -archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds_F77 -postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds -postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds - -# Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty) -module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds_F77 -module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds_F77 - -# Commands to strip libraries. -old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib -striplib=$lt_striplib - -# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects_F77 - -# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects_F77 - -# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -predeps=$lt_predeps_F77 - -# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -postdeps=$lt_postdeps_F77 - -# The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking -# a shared library. -compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path_F77 - -# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. -deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method - -# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic. -file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd - -# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. -allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag_F77 - -# Flag that forces no undefined symbols. -no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag_F77 - -# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. -finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds - -# Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. -finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval - -# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. -global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe - -# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration -global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl - -# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair -global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address - -# This is the shared library runtime path variable. -runpath_var=$runpath_var - -# This is the shared library path variable. -shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var - -# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? -shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath - -# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. -hardcode_action=$hardcode_action_F77 - -# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. -hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs - -# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. -# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77 - -# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into -# a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does -# not exist. -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77 - -# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. -hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator_F77 - -# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the -# resulting binary. -hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct_F77 - -# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the -# resulting binary. -hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L_F77 - -# Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into -# the resulting binary. -hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77 - -# Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library -# and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it. -hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic_F77 - -# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and -# restored at relink time. -variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink" - -# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. -link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs_F77 - -# Compile-time system search path for libraries -sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec - -# Run-time system search path for libraries -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec - -# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. -fix_srcfile_path="$fix_srcfile_path_F77" - -# Set to yes if exported symbols are required. -always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols_F77 - -# The commands to list exported symbols. -export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds_F77 - -# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. -extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds - -# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. -exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms_F77 - -# Symbols that must always be exported. -include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms_F77 - -# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname - -__EOF__ - - -else - # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute - # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the - # libtool script then. - ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'` - if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then - test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain" - fi -fi - - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - -CC="$lt_save_CC" - - else - tagname="" - fi - ;; - - GCJ) - if test -n "$GCJ" && test "X$GCJ" != "Xno"; then - - -# Source file extension for Java test sources. -ac_ext=java - -# Object file extension for compiled Java test sources. -objext=o -objext_GCJ=$objext - -# Code to be used in simple compile tests -lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}\n" - -# Code to be used in simple link tests -lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[] argv) {}; }\n' - -# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. - -# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. -LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} - -# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. -LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -compiler=$CC - - -# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$rm conftest* - -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -printf "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$rm conftest* - - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -lt_save_CC="$CC" -CC=${GCJ-"gcj"} -compiler=$CC -compiler_GCJ=$CC -for cc_temp in $compiler""; do - case $cc_temp in - compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; - distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; - \-*) ;; - *) break;; - esac -done -cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` - - -# GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in. -archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=no - -old_archive_cmds_GCJ=$old_archive_cmds - - -lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ= - -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ=' -fno-builtin' - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no - ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:17568: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:17572: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. - $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes - fi - fi - $rm conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; } - -if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then - lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" -else - : -fi - -fi - -lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ= -lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ= -lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ= - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-static' - - case $host_os in - aix*) - # All AIX code is PIC. - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but - # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, - # like `-m68040'. - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' - ;; - - beos* | cygwin* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - # PIC is the default for these OSes. - ;; - - mingw* | pw32* | os2*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-DDLL_EXPORT' - ;; - - darwin* | rhapsody*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-fno-common' - ;; - - interix3*) - # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. - # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. - ;; - - msdosdjgpp*) - # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries - # on systems that don't support them. - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_GCJ=no - enable_shared=no - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ=-Kconform_pic - fi - ;; - - hpux*) - # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but - # not for PA HP-UX. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - ;; - - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - else - # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. - case $host_os in - aix*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' - else - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' - fi - ;; - darwin*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-qnocommon' - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' - ;; - esac - ;; - - mingw* | pw32* | os2*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-DDLL_EXPORT' - ;; - - hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' - # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but - # not for PA HP-UX. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='+Z' - ;; - esac - # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' - ;; - - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' - # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-non_shared' - ;; - - newsos6) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' - ;; - - linux*) - case $cc_basename in - icc* | ecc*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-static' - ;; - pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) - # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, - # which looks to be a dead project) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-fpic' - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' - ;; - ccc*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' - # All Alpha code is PIC. - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-non_shared' - ;; - esac - ;; - - osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' - # All OSF/1 code is PIC. - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-non_shared' - ;; - - solaris*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' - case $cc_basename in - f77* | f90* | f95*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Qoption ld ';; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,';; - esac - ;; - - sunos4*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Qoption ld ' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-PIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' - ;; - - sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec ;then - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-Kconform_pic' - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' - ;; - - unicos*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_GCJ=no - ;; - - uts4*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-pic' - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic' - ;; - - *) - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_GCJ=no - ;; - esac - fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ" >&6; } - -# -# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. -# -if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ"; then - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ works... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ=no - ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:17836: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:17840: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. - $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ=yes - fi - fi - $rm conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ" >&6; } - -if test x"$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ" = xyes; then - case $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ in - "" | " "*) ;; - *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ" ;; - esac -else - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ= - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_GCJ=no -fi - -fi -case $host_os in - # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: - *djgpp*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ= - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ" - ;; -esac - -# -# Check to make sure the static flag actually works. -# -wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ\" -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ=no - save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" - printf "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then - # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings - if test -s conftest.err; then - # Append any errors to the config.log. - cat conftest.err 1>&5 - $echo "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ=yes - fi - else - lt_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ=yes - fi - fi - $rm conftest* - LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ" >&6; } - -if test x"$lt_prog_compiler_static_works_GCJ" = xyes; then - : -else - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ= -fi - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ=no - $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null - mkdir conftest - cd conftest - mkdir out - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:17940: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat out/conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:17944: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext - then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings - $echo "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 - if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ=yes - fi - fi - chmod u+w . 2>&5 - $rm conftest* - # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for - # template instantiation - test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files - $rm out/* && rmdir out - cd .. - rmdir conftest - $rm conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ" >&6; } - - -hard_links="nottested" -if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then - # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } - hard_links=yes - $rm conftest* - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no - touch conftest.a - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hard_links" >&5 -$as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } - if test "$hard_links" = no; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} - need_locks=warn - fi -else - need_locks=no -fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } - - runpath_var= - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ= - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ=no - archive_cmds_GCJ= - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ= - old_archive_From_new_cmds_GCJ= - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_GCJ= - export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ= - whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ= - thread_safe_flag_spec_GCJ= - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ= - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ= - hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ= - hardcode_direct_GCJ=no - hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=unsupported - link_all_deplibs_GCJ=unknown - hardcode_automatic_GCJ=no - module_cmds_GCJ= - module_expsym_cmds_GCJ= - always_export_symbols_GCJ=no - export_symbols_cmds_GCJ='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* - # included in the symbol list - include_expsyms_GCJ= - # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude - # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or - # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', - # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. - exclude_expsyms_GCJ="_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_" - # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out - # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if - # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot - # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in - # preloaded symbol tables. - extract_expsyms_cmds= - # Just being paranoid about ensuring that cc_basename is set. - for cc_temp in $compiler""; do - case $cc_temp in - compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; - distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; - \-*) ;; - *) break;; - esac -done -cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` - - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time - # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using - # Microsoft Visual C++. - if test "$GCC" != yes; then - with_gnu_ld=no - fi - ;; - interix*) - # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) - with_gnu_ld=yes - ;; - openbsd*) - with_gnu_ld=no - ;; - esac - - ld_shlibs_GCJ=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty - wlarc='${wl}' - - # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These - # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them - # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}--export-dynamic' - # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then - whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' - else - whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ= - fi - supports_anon_versioning=no - case `$LD -v 2>/dev/null` in - *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 - *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... - *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... - *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions - *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; - esac - - # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. - case $host_os in - aix3* | aix4* | aix5*) - # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - cat <&2 - -*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported -*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. -*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you -*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH -*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. - -EOF - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes - - # Samuel A. Falvo II reports - # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up - # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked - # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the - # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can't use - # them. - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - ;; - - beos*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported - # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc - # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - fi - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, GCJ) is actually meaningless, - # as there is no search path for DLLs. - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported - always_export_symbols_GCJ=no - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ=yes - export_symbols_cmds_GCJ='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS] /s/.* \([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW] /s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line - # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then - cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; - else - echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; - cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; - fi~ - $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - else - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - fi - ;; - - interix3*) - hardcode_direct_GCJ=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-E' - # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. - # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by - # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory - # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, - # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link - # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - ;; - - linux*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - tmp_addflag= - case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in - pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler - whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' - ;; - pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers - whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; - ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 - tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; - efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 - tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; - ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler - tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; - esac - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared'"$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - - if test $supports_anon_versioning = yes; then - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - $echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - $CC -shared'"$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' - fi - else - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - fi - ;; - - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' - wlarc= - else - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - fi - ;; - - solaris*) - if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - cat <&2 - -*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably -*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool -*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU -*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify -*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is -*** used, and then restart. - -EOF - elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) - case `$LD -v 2>&1` in - *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 - -*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not -*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool -*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU -*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify -*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is -*** used, and then restart. - -_LT_EOF - ;; - *) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`' - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname,-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - - sunos4*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - wlarc= - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - ;; - - *) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - fi - ;; - esac - - if test "$ld_shlibs_GCJ" = no; then - runpath_var= - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ= - export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ= - whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ= - fi - else - # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) - case $host_os in - aix3*) - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported - always_export_symbols_GCJ=yes - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' - # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there - # are no directories specified by -L. - hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes - if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then - # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a - # broken collect2. - hardcode_direct_GCJ=unsupported - fi - ;; - - aix4* | aix5*) - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't - # have to do anything special. - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' - no_entry_flag="" - else - # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. - # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm - if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then - export_symbols_cmds_GCJ='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - else - export_symbols_cmds_GCJ='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - fi - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - - # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal - # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we - # need to do runtime linking. - case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*) - for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do - if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then - aix_use_runtimelinking=yes - break - fi - done - ;; - esac - - exp_sym_flag='-bexport' - no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' - fi - - # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can - # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library - # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to - # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not - # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. - - archive_cmds_GCJ='' - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes - hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=':' - link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) - # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check - # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ - collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` - if test -f "$collect2name" && \ - strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null - then - # We have reworked collect2 - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes - else - # We have old collect2 - hardcode_direct_GCJ=unsupported - # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled - # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L - # to unsupported forces relinking - hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ= - fi - ;; - esac - shared_flag='-shared' - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' - fi - else - # not using gcc - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release - # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: - shared_flag='-G' - else - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag='${wl}-G' - else - shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' - fi - fi - fi - - # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with - # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. - always_export_symbols_GCJ=yes - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='-berok' - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - -aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'` -# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'`; fi -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" - else - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ="-z nodefs" - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" - else - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable. - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - -aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'` -# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } -}'`; fi -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - no_undefined_flag_GCJ=' ${wl}-bernotok' - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' ${wl}-berok' - # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives - whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='$convenience' - archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=yes - # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' - fi - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes - # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - ;; - - bsdi[45]*) - export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ=-rdynamic - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using - # Microsoft Visual C++. - # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is - # no search path for DLLs. - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ=' ' - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported - # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. - libext=lib - # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. - shrext_cmds=".dll" - # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | $SED -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' - # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. - old_archive_From_new_cmds_GCJ='true' - # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. - old_archive_cmds_GCJ='lib /OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' - fix_srcfile_path_GCJ='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`' - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ=yes - ;; - - darwin* | rhapsody*) - case $host_os in - rhapsody* | darwin1.[012]) - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - ;; - *) # Darwin 1.3 on - if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - else - case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in - 10.[012]) - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' - ;; - 10.*) - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - esac - archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=no - hardcode_direct_GCJ=no - hardcode_automatic_GCJ=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=unsupported - whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='' - link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes - if test "$GCC" = yes ; then - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring' - module_cmds_GCJ='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' - # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - module_expsym_cmds_GCJ='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - else - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}`echo $rpath/$soname` $verstring' - module_cmds_GCJ='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags' - # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin lds - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -qmkshrobj $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-install_name ${wl}$rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - module_expsym_cmds_GCJ='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[ ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - ;; - *) - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - dgux*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - ;; - - freebsd1*) - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - ;; - - # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor - # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o - # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little - # extra space). - freebsd2.2*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - ;; - - # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. - freebsd2*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes - hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - ;; - - # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. - freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - ;; - - hpux9*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds_GCJ='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - else - archive_cmds_GCJ='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes - - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-E' - ;; - - hpux10*) - if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - fi - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: - - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-E' - - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes - fi - ;; - - hpux11*) - if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - else - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - fi - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: - - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ='+b $libdir' - hardcode_direct_GCJ=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - ;; - *) - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-E' - - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - else - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ='-rpath $libdir' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: - link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes - ;; - - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out - else - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - ;; - - newsos6) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - ;; - - openbsd*) - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-E' - else - case $host_os in - openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - os2*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported - archive_cmds_GCJ='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' - old_archive_From_new_cmds_GCJ='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' - ;; - - osf3*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - else - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' -expect_unresolved \*' - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: - ;; - - osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - else - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' -expect_unresolved \*' - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ - $LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -input $lib.exp $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$rm $lib.exp' - - # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-rpath $libdir' - fi - hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=: - ;; - - solaris*) - no_undefined_flag_GCJ=' -z text' - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - wlarc='${wl}' - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - else - wlarc='' - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir' - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - case $host_os in - solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; - *) - # The compiler driver will combine linker options so we - # cannot just pass the convience library names through - # without $wl, iff we do not link with $LD. - # Luckily, gcc supports the same syntax we need for Sun Studio. - # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) - case $wlarc in - '') - whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;; - *) - whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $echo \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' ;; - esac ;; - esac - link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes - ;; - - sunos4*) - if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then - # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o - # files that make .init and .fini sections work. - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes - hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - ;; - - sysv4) - case $host_vendor in - sni) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes # is this really true??? - ;; - siemens) - ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB - ## CC just makes a GrossModule. - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - reload_cmds_GCJ='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' - hardcode_direct_GCJ=no - ;; - motorola) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct_GCJ=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie - ;; - esac - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - ;; - - sysv4.3*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='-Bexport' - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - hardcode_runpath_var=yes - ld_shlibs_GCJ=yes - fi - ;; - - sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7*) - no_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-z,text' - archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) - # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not - # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to - # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would - # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text - # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed - # as -z defs. - no_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-z,text' - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-z,nodefs' - archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' - hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=':' - link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-Bexport' - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -G ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,\${SCOABSPATH:+${install_libdir}/}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - fi - ;; - - uts4*) - archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir' - hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no - ;; - - *) - ld_shlibs_GCJ=no - ;; - esac - fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs_GCJ" >&5 -$as_echo "$ld_shlibs_GCJ" >&6; } -test "$ld_shlibs_GCJ" = no && can_build_shared=no - -# -# Do we need to explicitly link libc? -# -case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ" in -x|xyes) - # Assume -lc should be added - archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=yes - - if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $archive_cmds_GCJ in - *'~'*) - # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. - ;; - '$CC '*) - # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some - # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc - # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } - $rm conftest* - printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } 2>conftest.err; then - soname=conftest - lib=conftest - libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext - deplibs= - wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ - pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ - compiler_flags=-v - linker_flags=-v - verstring= - output_objdir=. - libname=conftest - lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag_GCJ - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ= - if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$archive_cmds_GCJ 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\"") >&5 - (eval $archive_cmds_GCJ 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } - then - archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=no - else - archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=yes - fi - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag - else - cat conftest.err 1>&5 - fi - $rm conftest* - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ" >&5 -$as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ" >&6; } - ;; - esac - fi - ;; -esac - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } -library_names_spec= -libname_spec='lib$name' -soname_spec= -shrext_cmds=".so" -postinstall_cmds= -postuninstall_cmds= -finish_cmds= -finish_eval= -shlibpath_var= -shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown -version_type=none -dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';' >/dev/null ; then - # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator - # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is - # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should - # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi -else - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" -fi -need_lib_prefix=unknown -hardcode_into_libs=no - -# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version -# flags to be left without arguments -need_version=unknown - -case $host_os in -aix3*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - - # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - ;; - -aix4* | aix5*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 supports IA64 - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - else - # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file - # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with - # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to - # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in - # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. - case $host_os in - aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) - if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' - echo ' yes ' - echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then - : - else - can_build_shared=no - fi - ;; - esac - # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct - # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to - # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib.so - # instead of lib.a to let people know that these are not - # typical AIX shared libraries. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - else - # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 - # and later when we are not doing run time linking. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - fi - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - fi - ;; - -amigaos*) - library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' - # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. - finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' - ;; - -beos*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' - dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" - shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -bsdi[45]*) - version_type=linux - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" - # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and - # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow - # libtool to hard-code these into programs - ;; - -cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) - version_type=windows - shrext_cmds=".dll" - need_version=no - need_lib_prefix=no - - case $GCC,$host_os in - yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*) - library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' - # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds - postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ - dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~ - dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ - test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ - $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ - chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname' - postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ - dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ - $rm \$dlpath' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - - case $host_os in - cygwin*) - # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' - soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" - ;; - mingw*) - # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix - soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then - # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by - # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search - # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the - # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, - # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, - # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi - ;; - pw32*) - # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' - library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - ;; - esac - ;; - - *) - library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' - ;; - esac - dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' - # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in - shlibpath_var=PATH - ;; - -darwin* | rhapsody*) - dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" - version_type=darwin - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH - shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' - # Apple's gcc prints 'gcc -print-search-dirs' doesn't operate the same. - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | tr "\n" "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | sed -e 's/libraries:/@libraries:/' | tr "@" "\n" | grep "^libraries:" | sed -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g" -e "s,$PATH_SEPARATOR, ,g" -e "s,.*,& /lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib,g"` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib' - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' - ;; - -dgux*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -freebsd1*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -kfreebsd*-gnu) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so' - ;; - -freebsd* | dragonfly*) - # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new - # versioning mechanism, adjust this. - if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then - objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` - else - case $host_os in - freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;; - *) objformat=elf ;; - esac - fi - version_type=freebsd-$objformat - case $version_type in - freebsd-elf*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - need_version=no - need_lib_prefix=no - ;; - freebsd-*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' - need_version=yes - ;; - esac - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - case $host_os in - freebsd2*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ - freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - freebsd*) # from 4.6 on - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - esac - ;; - -gnu*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to - # link against other versions. - version_type=sunos - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - case $host_cpu in - ia64*) - shrext_cmds='.so' - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec - ;; - hppa*64*) - shrext_cmds='.sl' - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec - ;; - *) - shrext_cmds='.sl' - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" - shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - ;; - esac - # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. - postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' - ;; - -interix3*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - case $host_os in - nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; - *) - if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then - version_type=linux - else - version_type=irix - fi ;; - esac - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - case $host_os in - irix5* | nonstopux*) - libsuff= shlibsuff= - ;; - *) - case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD - *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") - libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; - *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") - libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; - *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") - libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; - *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; - esac - ;; - esac - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. -linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -# This must be Linux ELF. -linux*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. - # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install - # before this can be enabled. - hardcode_into_libs=yes - - # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path - if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then - lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" - fi - - # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on - # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the - # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, - # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and - # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we - # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. - dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' - ;; - -knetbsd*-gnu) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so' - ;; - -netbsd*) - version_type=sunos - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' - dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' - else - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' - fi - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -newsos6) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - -nto-qnx*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - -openbsd*) - version_type=sunos - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" - need_lib_prefix=no - # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. - case $host_os in - openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; - *) need_version=no ;; - esac - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - case $host_os in - openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - ;; - *) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - esac - else - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - fi - ;; - -os2*) - libname_spec='$name' - shrext_cmds=".dll" - need_lib_prefix=no - library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' - dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - ;; - -osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - version_type=osf - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" - ;; - -solaris*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - # ldd complains unless libraries are executable - postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' - ;; - -sunos4*) - version_type=sunos - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - need_lib_prefix=no - fi - need_version=yes - ;; - -sysv4 | sysv4.3*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - case $host_vendor in - sni) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - need_lib_prefix=no - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - ;; - siemens) - need_lib_prefix=no - ;; - motorola) - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' - ;; - esac - ;; - -sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec ;then - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - fi - ;; - -sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) - version_type=freebsd-elf - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - hardcode_into_libs=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - case $host_os in - sco3.2v5*) - sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" - ;; - esac - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' - ;; - -uts4*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; -esac -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 -$as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } -test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no - -variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" -fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } -hardcode_action_GCJ= -if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ" || \ - test -n "$runpath_var_GCJ" || \ - test "X$hardcode_automatic_GCJ" = "Xyes" ; then - - # We can hardcode non-existant directories. - if test "$hardcode_direct_GCJ" != no && - # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we - # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library - # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one - ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, GCJ)" != no && - test "$hardcode_minus_L_GCJ" != no; then - # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. - hardcode_action_GCJ=relink - else - # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. - hardcode_action_GCJ=immediate - fi -else - # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing - # directories. - hardcode_action_GCJ=unsupported -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hardcode_action_GCJ" >&5 -$as_echo "$hardcode_action_GCJ" >&6; } - -if test "$hardcode_action_GCJ" = relink; then - # Fast installation is not supported - enable_fast_install=no -elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || - test "$enable_shared" = no; then - # Fast installation is not necessary - enable_fast_install=needless -fi - - -# The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the -# libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh -# with your package, and you will get complaints that there are -# no rules to generate ltmain.sh. -if test -f "$ltmain"; then - # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through - # without removal of \ escapes. - if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST - fi - # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being - # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values. We take copies of the - # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script. - for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC LTCFLAGS NM \ - SED SHELL STRIP \ - libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \ - old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \ - deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \ - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ - sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \ - old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \ - compiler_GCJ \ - CC_GCJ \ - LD_GCJ \ - lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ \ - lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ \ - lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ \ - lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ \ - export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ \ - thread_safe_flag_spec_GCJ \ - whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ \ - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ \ - old_archive_cmds_GCJ \ - old_archive_from_new_cmds_GCJ \ - predep_objects_GCJ \ - postdep_objects_GCJ \ - predeps_GCJ \ - postdeps_GCJ \ - compiler_lib_search_path_GCJ \ - archive_cmds_GCJ \ - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ \ - postinstall_cmds_GCJ \ - postuninstall_cmds_GCJ \ - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_GCJ \ - allow_undefined_flag_GCJ \ - no_undefined_flag_GCJ \ - export_symbols_cmds_GCJ \ - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ \ - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ \ - hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ \ - hardcode_automatic_GCJ \ - module_cmds_GCJ \ - module_expsym_cmds_GCJ \ - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ \ - exclude_expsyms_GCJ \ - include_expsyms_GCJ; do - - case $var in - old_archive_cmds_GCJ | \ - old_archive_from_new_cmds_GCJ | \ - archive_cmds_GCJ | \ - archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ | \ - module_cmds_GCJ | \ - module_expsym_cmds_GCJ | \ - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_GCJ | \ - export_symbols_cmds_GCJ | \ - extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \ - postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \ - old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \ - sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec) - # Double-quote double-evaled strings. - eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\"" - ;; - *) - eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\"" - ;; - esac - done - - case $lt_echo in - *'\$0 --fallback-echo"') - lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'` - ;; - esac - -cfgfile="$ofile" - - cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile" -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname - -# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: - -# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. -SHELL=$lt_SHELL - -# Whether or not to build shared libraries. -build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared - -# Whether or not to build static libraries. -build_old_libs=$enable_static - -# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. -build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ - -# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static -allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ - -# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. -fast_install=$enable_fast_install - -# The host system. -host_alias=$host_alias -host=$host -host_os=$host_os - -# The build system. -build_alias=$build_alias -build=$build -build_os=$build_os - -# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. -echo=$lt_echo - -# The archiver. -AR=$lt_AR -AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS - -# A C compiler. -LTCC=$lt_LTCC - -# LTCC compiler flags. -LTCFLAGS=$lt_LTCFLAGS - -# A language-specific compiler. -CC=$lt_compiler_GCJ - -# Is the compiler the GNU C compiler? -with_gcc=$GCC_GCJ - -# An ERE matcher. -EGREP=$lt_EGREP - -# The linker used to build libraries. -LD=$lt_LD_GCJ - -# Whether we need hard or soft links. -LN_S=$lt_LN_S - -# A BSD-compatible nm program. -NM=$lt_NM - -# A symbol stripping program -STRIP=$lt_STRIP - -# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file" -MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD - -# Used on cygwin: DLL creation program. -DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" - -# Used on cygwin: object dumper. -OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" - -# Used on cygwin: assembler. -AS="$AS" - -# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. -objdir=$objdir - -# How to create reloadable object files. -reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag -reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds - -# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. -wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ - -# Object file suffix (normally "o"). -objext="$ac_objext" - -# Old archive suffix (normally "a"). -libext="$libext" - -# Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). -shrext_cmds='$shrext_cmds' - -# Executable file suffix (normally ""). -exeext="$exeext" - -# Additional compiler flags for building library objects. -pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ -pic_mode=$pic_mode - -# What is the maximum length of a command? -max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len - -# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? -compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ - -# Must we lock files when doing compilation? -need_locks=$lt_need_locks - -# Do we need the lib prefix for modules? -need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix - -# Do we need a version for libraries? -need_version=$need_version - -# Whether dlopen is supported. -dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen - -# Whether dlopen of programs is supported. -dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self - -# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. -dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static - -# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. -link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ - -# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. -no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ - -# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. -export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ - -# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. -whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ - -# Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects. -thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec_GCJ - -# Library versioning type. -version_type=$version_type - -# Format of library name prefix. -libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec - -# List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. -# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. -library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec - -# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. -soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec - -# Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. -RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB -old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds_GCJ -old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds -old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds - -# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. -old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds_GCJ - -# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. -old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_GCJ - -# Commands used to build and install a shared archive. -archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds_GCJ -archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ -postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds -postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds - -# Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty) -module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds_GCJ -module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds_GCJ - -# Commands to strip libraries. -old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib -striplib=$lt_striplib - -# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects_GCJ - -# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects_GCJ - -# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -predeps=$lt_predeps_GCJ - -# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -postdeps=$lt_postdeps_GCJ - -# The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking -# a shared library. -compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path_GCJ - -# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. -deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method - -# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic. -file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd - -# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. -allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag_GCJ - -# Flag that forces no undefined symbols. -no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag_GCJ - -# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. -finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds - -# Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. -finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval - -# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. -global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe - -# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration -global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl - -# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair -global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address - -# This is the shared library runtime path variable. -runpath_var=$runpath_var - -# This is the shared library path variable. -shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var - -# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? -shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath - -# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. -hardcode_action=$hardcode_action_GCJ - -# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. -hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs - -# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. -# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ - -# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into -# a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does -# not exist. -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ - -# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. -hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ - -# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the -# resulting binary. -hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct_GCJ - -# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the -# resulting binary. -hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L_GCJ - -# Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into -# the resulting binary. -hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ - -# Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library -# and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it. -hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic_GCJ - -# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and -# restored at relink time. -variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink" - -# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. -link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs_GCJ - -# Compile-time system search path for libraries -sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec - -# Run-time system search path for libraries -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec - -# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. -fix_srcfile_path="$fix_srcfile_path_GCJ" - -# Set to yes if exported symbols are required. -always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols_GCJ - -# The commands to list exported symbols. -export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds_GCJ - -# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. -extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds - -# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. -exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms_GCJ - -# Symbols that must always be exported. -include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms_GCJ - -# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname - -__EOF__ - - -else - # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute - # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the - # libtool script then. - ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'` - if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then - test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain" - fi -fi - - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - -CC="$lt_save_CC" - - else - tagname="" - fi - ;; - - RC) - - -# Source file extension for RC test sources. -ac_ext=rc - -# Object file extension for compiled RC test sources. -objext=o -objext_RC=$objext - -# Code to be used in simple compile tests -lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }\n' - -# Code to be used in simple link tests -lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code" - -# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. - -# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. -LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} - -# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. -LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -compiler=$CC - - -# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$rm conftest* - -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -printf "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$rm conftest* - - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -lt_save_CC="$CC" -CC=${RC-"windres"} -compiler=$CC -compiler_RC=$CC -for cc_temp in $compiler""; do - case $cc_temp in - compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; - distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; - \-*) ;; - *) break;; - esac -done -cc_basename=`$echo "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` - -lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_RC=yes - -# The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the -# libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh -# with your package, and you will get complaints that there are -# no rules to generate ltmain.sh. -if test -f "$ltmain"; then - # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through - # without removal of \ escapes. - if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST - fi - # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being - # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values. We take copies of the - # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script. - for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC LTCFLAGS NM \ - SED SHELL STRIP \ - libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \ - old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \ - deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \ - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ - sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \ - old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \ - compiler_RC \ - CC_RC \ - LD_RC \ - lt_prog_compiler_wl_RC \ - lt_prog_compiler_pic_RC \ - lt_prog_compiler_static_RC \ - lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_RC \ - export_dynamic_flag_spec_RC \ - thread_safe_flag_spec_RC \ - whole_archive_flag_spec_RC \ - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_RC \ - old_archive_cmds_RC \ - old_archive_from_new_cmds_RC \ - predep_objects_RC \ - postdep_objects_RC \ - predeps_RC \ - postdeps_RC \ - compiler_lib_search_path_RC \ - archive_cmds_RC \ - archive_expsym_cmds_RC \ - postinstall_cmds_RC \ - postuninstall_cmds_RC \ - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_RC \ - allow_undefined_flag_RC \ - no_undefined_flag_RC \ - export_symbols_cmds_RC \ - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_RC \ - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_RC \ - hardcode_libdir_separator_RC \ - hardcode_automatic_RC \ - module_cmds_RC \ - module_expsym_cmds_RC \ - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_RC \ - exclude_expsyms_RC \ - include_expsyms_RC; do - - case $var in - old_archive_cmds_RC | \ - old_archive_from_new_cmds_RC | \ - archive_cmds_RC | \ - archive_expsym_cmds_RC | \ - module_cmds_RC | \ - module_expsym_cmds_RC | \ - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_RC | \ - export_symbols_cmds_RC | \ - extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \ - postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \ - old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \ - sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec) - # Double-quote double-evaled strings. - eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\"" - ;; - *) - eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\"" - ;; - esac - done - - case $lt_echo in - *'\$0 --fallback-echo"') - lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'` - ;; - esac - -cfgfile="$ofile" - - cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile" -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname - -# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: - -# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. -SHELL=$lt_SHELL - -# Whether or not to build shared libraries. -build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared - -# Whether or not to build static libraries. -build_old_libs=$enable_static - -# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. -build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc_RC - -# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static -allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_RC - -# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. -fast_install=$enable_fast_install - -# The host system. -host_alias=$host_alias -host=$host -host_os=$host_os - -# The build system. -build_alias=$build_alias -build=$build -build_os=$build_os - -# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. -echo=$lt_echo - -# The archiver. -AR=$lt_AR -AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS - -# A C compiler. -LTCC=$lt_LTCC - -# LTCC compiler flags. -LTCFLAGS=$lt_LTCFLAGS - -# A language-specific compiler. -CC=$lt_compiler_RC - -# Is the compiler the GNU C compiler? -with_gcc=$GCC_RC - -# An ERE matcher. -EGREP=$lt_EGREP - -# The linker used to build libraries. -LD=$lt_LD_RC - -# Whether we need hard or soft links. -LN_S=$lt_LN_S - -# A BSD-compatible nm program. -NM=$lt_NM - -# A symbol stripping program -STRIP=$lt_STRIP - -# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file" -MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD - -# Used on cygwin: DLL creation program. -DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" - -# Used on cygwin: object dumper. -OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" - -# Used on cygwin: assembler. -AS="$AS" - -# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. -objdir=$objdir - -# How to create reloadable object files. -reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag -reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds - -# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. -wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl_RC - -# Object file suffix (normally "o"). -objext="$ac_objext" - -# Old archive suffix (normally "a"). -libext="$libext" - -# Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). -shrext_cmds='$shrext_cmds' - -# Executable file suffix (normally ""). -exeext="$exeext" - -# Additional compiler flags for building library objects. -pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic_RC -pic_mode=$pic_mode - -# What is the maximum length of a command? -max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len - -# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? -compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_RC - -# Must we lock files when doing compilation? -need_locks=$lt_need_locks - -# Do we need the lib prefix for modules? -need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix - -# Do we need a version for libraries? -need_version=$need_version - -# Whether dlopen is supported. -dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen - -# Whether dlopen of programs is supported. -dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self - -# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. -dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static - -# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. -link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static_RC - -# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. -no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_RC - -# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. -export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec_RC - -# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. -whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec_RC - -# Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects. -thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec_RC - -# Library versioning type. -version_type=$version_type - -# Format of library name prefix. -libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec - -# List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. -# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. -library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec - -# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. -soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec - -# Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. -RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB -old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds_RC -old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds -old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds - -# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. -old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds_RC - -# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. -old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_RC - -# Commands used to build and install a shared archive. -archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds_RC -archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds_RC -postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds -postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds - -# Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty) -module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds_RC -module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds_RC - -# Commands to strip libraries. -old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib -striplib=$lt_striplib - -# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects_RC - -# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects_RC - -# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -predeps=$lt_predeps_RC - -# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a -# shared library. -postdeps=$lt_postdeps_RC - -# The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking -# a shared library. -compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path_RC - -# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. -deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method - -# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic. -file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd - -# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. -allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag_RC - -# Flag that forces no undefined symbols. -no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag_RC - -# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. -finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds - -# Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. -finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval - -# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. -global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe - -# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration -global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl - -# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair -global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address - -# This is the shared library runtime path variable. -runpath_var=$runpath_var - -# This is the shared library path variable. -shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var - -# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? -shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath - -# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. -hardcode_action=$hardcode_action_RC - -# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. -hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs - -# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. -# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_RC - -# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into -# a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does -# not exist. -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_RC - -# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. -hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator_RC - -# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the -# resulting binary. -hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct_RC - -# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the -# resulting binary. -hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L_RC - -# Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into -# the resulting binary. -hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var_RC - -# Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library -# and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it. -hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic_RC - -# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and -# restored at relink time. -variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink" - -# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. -link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs_RC - -# Compile-time system search path for libraries -sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec - -# Run-time system search path for libraries -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec - -# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. -fix_srcfile_path="$fix_srcfile_path_RC" - -# Set to yes if exported symbols are required. -always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols_RC - -# The commands to list exported symbols. -export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds_RC - -# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. -extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds - -# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. -exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms_RC - -# Symbols that must always be exported. -include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms_RC - -# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname - -__EOF__ - - -else - # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute - # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the - # libtool script then. - ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'` - if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then - test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain" - fi -fi - - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - -CC="$lt_save_CC" - - ;; - - *) - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Unsupported tag name: $tagname" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: Unsupported tag name: $tagname" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ;; - esac - - # Append the new tag name to the list of available tags. - if test -n "$tagname" ; then - available_tags="$available_tags $tagname" - fi - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - - # Now substitute the updated list of available tags. - if eval "sed -e 's/^available_tags=.*\$/available_tags=\"$available_tags\"/' \"$ofile\" > \"${ofile}T\""; then - mv "${ofile}T" "$ofile" - chmod +x "$ofile" - else - rm -f "${ofile}T" - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unable to update list of available tagged configurations." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: unable to update list of available tagged configurations." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - fi -fi - - - -# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed -LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" - -# Always use our own libtool. -LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' - -# Prevent multiple expansion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use. - - - - - -for ac_func in fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r -do -as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; } -if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case declares $ac_func. - For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ -#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func - -/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, - which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. - Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since - exists even on freestanding compilers. */ - -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include -#else -# include -#endif - -#undef $ac_func - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char $ac_func (); -/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements - to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named - something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ -#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func -choke me -#endif - -int -main () -{ -return $ac_func (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - eval "$as_ac_var=yes" -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - eval "$as_ac_var=no" -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} - $as_echo "$as_val"'` - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } -if test `eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} - $as_echo "$as_val"'` = yes; then - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 -_ACEOF - -fi -done - - -ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile sqlite3.pc" - - - -#----------------------------------------------------------------------- -# --enable-readline -# -# Check whether --enable-readline was given. -if test "${enable_readline+set}" = set; then - enableval=$enable_readline; -else - enable_readline=yes -fi - -if test x"$enable_readline" != xno ; then - sLIBS=$LIBS - LIBS="" - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing tgetent" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for library containing tgetent... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_search_tgetent+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char tgetent (); -int -main () -{ -return tgetent (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -for ac_lib in '' curses ncurses ncursesw; do - if test -z "$ac_lib"; then - ac_res="none required" - else - ac_res=-l$ac_lib - LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" - fi - rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - ac_cv_search_tgetent=$ac_res -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext - if test "${ac_cv_search_tgetent+set}" = set; then - break -fi -done -if test "${ac_cv_search_tgetent+set}" = set; then - : -else - ac_cv_search_tgetent=no -fi -rm conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_tgetent" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_tgetent" >&6; } -ac_res=$ac_cv_search_tgetent -if test "$ac_res" != no; then - test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" - -fi - - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing readline" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for library containing readline... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_search_readline+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char readline (); -int -main () -{ -return readline (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -for ac_lib in '' readline; do - if test -z "$ac_lib"; then - ac_res="none required" - else - ac_res=-l$ac_lib - LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" - fi - rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - ac_cv_search_readline=$ac_res -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext - if test "${ac_cv_search_readline+set}" = set; then - break -fi -done -if test "${ac_cv_search_readline+set}" = set; then - : -else - ac_cv_search_readline=no -fi -rm conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_readline" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_readline" >&6; } -ac_res=$ac_cv_search_readline -if test "$ac_res" != no; then - test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" - -else - enable_readline=no -fi - - -for ac_func in readline -do -as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; } -if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ -/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case declares $ac_func. - For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ -#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func - -/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, - which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. - Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since - exists even on freestanding compilers. */ - -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include -#else -# include -#endif - -#undef $ac_func - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char $ac_func (); -/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements - to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named - something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ -#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func -choke me -#endif - -int -main () -{ -return $ac_func (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - eval "$as_ac_var=yes" -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - eval "$as_ac_var=no" -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} - $as_echo "$as_val"'` - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } -if test `eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'} - $as_echo "$as_val"'` = yes; then - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 -_ACEOF - -fi -done - - READLINE_LIBS=$LIBS - LIBS=$sLIBS -fi - -#----------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#----------------------------------------------------------------------- -# --enable-threadsafe -# -# Check whether --enable-threadsafe was given. -if test "${enable_threadsafe+set}" = set; then - enableval=$enable_threadsafe; -else - enable_threadsafe=yes -fi - -THREADSAFE_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -if test x"$enable_threadsafe" != "xno"; then - THREADSAFE_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing pthread_create" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for library containing pthread_create... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_search_pthread_create+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char pthread_create (); -int -main () -{ -return pthread_create (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -for ac_lib in '' pthread; do - if test -z "$ac_lib"; then - ac_res="none required" - else - ac_res=-l$ac_lib - LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" - fi - rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - ac_cv_search_pthread_create=$ac_res -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext - if test "${ac_cv_search_pthread_create+set}" = set; then - break -fi -done -if test "${ac_cv_search_pthread_create+set}" = set; then - : -else - ac_cv_search_pthread_create=no -fi -rm conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_pthread_create" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_pthread_create" >&6; } -ac_res=$ac_cv_search_pthread_create -if test "$ac_res" != no; then - test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" - -fi - -fi - -#----------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#----------------------------------------------------------------------- -# --enable-dynamic-extensions -# -# Check whether --enable-dynamic-extensions was given. -if test "${enable_dynamic_extensions+set}" = set; then - enableval=$enable_dynamic_extensions; -else - enable_dynamic_extensions=yes -fi - -if test x"$enable_dynamic_extensions" != "xno"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing dlopen" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for library containing dlopen... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_search_dlopen+set}" = set; then - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS -cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* confdefs.h. */ -_ACEOF -cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext -cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char dlopen (); -int -main () -{ -return dlopen (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -for ac_lib in '' dl; do - if test -z "$ac_lib"; then - ac_res="none required" - else - ac_res=-l$ac_lib - LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" - fi - rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext -if { (ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 - ac_status=$? - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err - rm -f conftest.er1 - cat conftest.err >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - (exit $ac_status); } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then - ac_cv_search_dlopen=$ac_res -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - -fi - -rm -rf conftest.dSYM -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ - conftest$ac_exeext - if test "${ac_cv_search_dlopen+set}" = set; then - break -fi -done -if test "${ac_cv_search_dlopen+set}" = set; then - : -else - ac_cv_search_dlopen=no -fi -rm conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_dlopen" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_dlopen" >&6; } -ac_res=$ac_cv_search_dlopen -if test "$ac_res" != no; then - test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" - -fi - -else - DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for whether to support dynamic extensions" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for whether to support dynamic extensions... " >&6; } -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_dynamic_extensions" >&5 -$as_echo "$enable_dynamic_extensions" >&6; } - -#----------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#----------------------------------------------------------------------- -# UPDATE: Maybe it's better if users just set CFLAGS before invoking -# configure. This option doesn't really add much... -# -# --enable-tempstore -# -# AC_ARG_ENABLE(tempstore, [AS_HELP_STRING( -# [--enable-tempstore], -# [in-memory temporary tables (never, no, yes, always) [default=no]])], -# [], [enable_tempstore=no]) -# AC_MSG_CHECKING([for whether or not to store temp tables in-memory]) -# case "$enable_tempstore" in -# never ) TEMP_STORE=0 ;; -# no ) TEMP_STORE=1 ;; -# always ) TEMP_STORE=3 ;; -# yes ) TEMP_STORE=3 ;; -# * ) -# TEMP_STORE=1 -# enable_tempstore=yes -# ;; -# esac -# AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_tempstore) -# AC_SUBST(TEMP_STORE) -#----------------------------------------------------------------------- - -cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF -# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure -# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure -# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. -# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't -# want to keep, you may remove or edit it. -# -# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it -# the --recheck option to rerun configure. -# -# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when -# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the -# following values. - -_ACEOF - -# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, -# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. -# So, we kill variables containing newlines. -# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, -# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. -( - for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do - eval ac_val=\$$ac_var - case $ac_val in #( - *${as_nl}*) - case $ac_var in #( - *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&2;} ;; - esac - case $ac_var in #( - _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( - BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( - *) $as_unset $ac_var ;; - esac ;; - esac - done - - (set) 2>&1 | - case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( - *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) - # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote - # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). - sed -n \ - "s/'/'\\\\''/g; - s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" - ;; #( - *) - # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. - sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" - ;; - esac | - sort -) | - sed ' - /^ac_cv_env_/b end - t clear - :clear - s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ - t end - s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ - :end' >>confcache -if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else - if test -w "$cache_file"; then - test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} - cat confcache >$cache_file - else - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} - fi -fi -rm -f confcache - -test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix -# Let make expand exec_prefix. -test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' - -# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. -# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. -# Protect against Makefile macro expansion. -# -# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that -# take arguments), then branch to the quote section. Otherwise, -# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments. -ac_script=' -:mline -/\\$/{ - N - s,\\\n,, - b mline -} -t clear -:clear -s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g -t quote -s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g -t quote -b any -:quote -s/[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g -s/\[/\\&/g -s/\]/\\&/g -s/\$/$$/g -H -:any -${ - g - s/^\n// - s/\n/ /g - p -} -' -DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h` - - -ac_libobjs= -ac_ltlibobjs= -for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue - # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. - ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' - ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` - # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR - # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. - ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" - ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' -done -LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs - -LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs - - -if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi -if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi -if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi -if test -z "${am__fastdepCXX_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCXX_FALSE}"; then - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCXX\" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCXX\" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -fi - -: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} -ac_write_fail=0 -ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files -ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" -{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} -cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -#! $SHELL -# Generated by $as_me. -# Run this file to recreate the current configuration. -# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging -# configure, is in config.log if it exists. - -debug=false -ac_cs_recheck=false -ac_cs_silent=false -SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -## --------------------- ## -## M4sh Initialization. ## -## --------------------- ## - -# Be more Bourne compatible -DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh -if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -else - case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in - *posix*) set -o posix ;; -esac - -fi - - - - -# PATH needs CR -# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. -as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' -as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' -as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS -as_cr_digits='0123456789' -as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits - -as_nl=' -' -export as_nl -# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. -as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' -as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo -as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo -if (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then - as_echo='printf %s\n' - as_echo_n='printf %s' -else - if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then - as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' - as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' - else - as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' - as_echo_n_body='eval - arg=$1; - case $arg in - *"$as_nl"*) - expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; - arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; - esac; - expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" - ' - export as_echo_n_body - as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' - fi - export as_echo_body - as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' -fi - -# The user is always right. -if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then - PATH_SEPARATOR=: - (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { - (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || - PATH_SEPARATOR=';' - } -fi - -# Support unset when possible. -if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_unset=unset -else - as_unset=false -fi - - -# IFS -# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is -# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. -# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word -# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) -IFS=" "" $as_nl" - -# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. -case $0 in - *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; - *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - - ;; -esac -# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' -# in which case we are not to be found in the path. -if test "x$as_myself" = x; then - as_myself=$0 -fi -if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then - $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; } -fi - -# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. -for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH -do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var -done -PS1='$ ' -PS2='> ' -PS4='+ ' - -# NLS nuisances. -LC_ALL=C -export LC_ALL -LANGUAGE=C -export LANGUAGE - -# Required to use basename. -if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && - test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then - as_expr=expr -else - as_expr=false -fi - -if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then - as_basename=basename -else - as_basename=false -fi - - -# Name of the executable. -as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || -$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X/"$0" | - sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - -# CDPATH. -$as_unset CDPATH - - - - as_lineno_1=$LINENO - as_lineno_2=$LINENO - test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && - test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { - - # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO - # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a - # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed' - # does the real work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each - # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends - # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special - # case at line end. - # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the - # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini. Blame Lee - # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) - sed -n ' - p - /[$]LINENO/= - ' <$as_myself | - sed ' - s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ - t lineno - b - :lineno - N - :loop - s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ - t loop - s/-\n.*// - ' >$as_me.lineno && - chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || - { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - - # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems - # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the - # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). - . "./$as_me.lineno" - # Exit status is that of the last command. - exit -} - - -if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_dirname=dirname -else - as_dirname=false -fi - -ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= -case `echo -n x` in --n*) - case `echo 'x\c'` in - *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. - *) ECHO_C='\c';; - esac;; -*) - ECHO_N='-n';; -esac -if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && - test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then - as_expr=expr -else - as_expr=false -fi - -rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file -if test -d conf$$.dir; then - rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file -else - rm -f conf$$.dir - mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null -fi -if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then - if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then - as_ln_s='ln -s' - # ... but there are two gotchas: - # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. - # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. - # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. - ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || - as_ln_s='cp -p' - elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then - as_ln_s=ln - else - as_ln_s='cp -p' - fi -else - as_ln_s='cp -p' -fi -rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file -rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null - -if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then - as_mkdir_p=: -else - test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p - as_mkdir_p=false -fi - -if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_test_x='test -x' -else - if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_ls_L_option=L - else - as_ls_L_option= - fi - as_test_x=' - eval sh -c '\'' - if test -d "$1"; then - test -d "$1/."; - else - case $1 in - -*)set "./$1";; - esac; - case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in - ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi - '\'' sh - ' -fi -as_executable_p=$as_test_x - -# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. -as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" - -# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. -as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" - - -exec 6>&1 - -# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to -# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their -# values after options handling. -ac_log=" -This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.7.5, which was -generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62. Invocation command line was - - CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES - CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS - CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS - CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS - $ $0 $@ - -on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` -" - -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -# Files that config.status was made for. -config_files="$ac_config_files" -config_commands="$ac_config_commands" - -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -ac_cs_usage="\ -\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the -current configuration. - -Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]... - - -h, --help print this help, then exit - -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit - -q, --quiet do not print progress messages - -d, --debug don't remove temporary files - --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions - --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] - instantiate the configuration file FILE - -Configuration files: -$config_files - -Configuration commands: -$config_commands - -Report bugs to ." - -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -ac_cs_version="\\ -sqlite config.status 3.7.5 -configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62, - with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\" - -Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation -gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." - -ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' -srcdir='$srcdir' -INSTALL='$INSTALL' -AWK='$AWK' -test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. -ac_need_defaults=: -while test $# != 0 -do - case $1 in - --*=*) - ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` - ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` - ac_shift=: - ;; - *) - ac_option=$1 - ac_optarg=$2 - ac_shift=shift - ;; - esac - - case $ac_option in - # Handling of the options. - -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) - ac_cs_recheck=: ;; - --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) - $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; - --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) - debug=: ;; - --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) - $ac_shift - case $ac_optarg in - *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; - esac - CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES '$ac_optarg'" - ac_need_defaults=false;; - --he | --h | --help | --hel | -h ) - $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; - -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ - | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) - ac_cs_silent=: ;; - - # This is an error. - -*) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1 -Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; - - *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" - ac_need_defaults=false ;; - - esac - shift -done - -ac_configure_extra_args= - -if $ac_cs_silent; then - exec 6>/dev/null - ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" -fi - -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -if \$ac_cs_recheck; then - set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion - shift - \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 - CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' - export CONFIG_SHELL - exec "\$@" -fi - -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -exec 5>>config.log -{ - echo - sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX -## Running $as_me. ## -_ASBOX - $as_echo "$ac_log" -} >&5 - -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -# -# INIT-COMMANDS -# -AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir" - -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 - -# Handling of arguments. -for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets -do - case $ac_config_target in - "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;; - "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; - "sqlite3.pc") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES sqlite3.pc" ;; - - *) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; - esac -done - - -# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, -# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. -# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely -# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. -if $ac_need_defaults; then - test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files - test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands -fi - -# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree -# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, -# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. -# Hook for its removal unless debugging. -# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: -# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. -$debug || -{ - tmp= - trap 'exit_status=$? - { test -z "$tmp" || test ! -d "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"; } && exit $exit_status -' 0 - trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15 -} -# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. - -{ - tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && - test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" -} || -{ - tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM - (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") -} || -{ - $as_echo "$as_me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2 - { (exit 1); exit 1; } -} - -# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. -# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. -# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. -if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then - - -ac_cr=' ' -ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' /dev/null` -if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then - ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r' -else - ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr -fi - -echo 'BEGIN {' >"$tmp/subs1.awk" && -_ACEOF - - -{ - echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && - echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && - echo "_ACEOF" -} >conf$$subs.sh || - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '$'` -ac_delim='%!_!# ' -for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do - . ./conf$$subs.sh || - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - - if test `sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` = $ac_delim_num; then - break - elif $ac_last_try; then - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - else - ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " - fi -done -rm -f conf$$subs.sh - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && -_ACEOF -sed -n ' -h -s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ -p -g -s/^[^!]*!// -:repl -t repl -s/'"$ac_delim"'$// -t delim -:nl -h -s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/ -t more1 -s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ -p -n -b repl -:more1 -s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ -p -g -s/.\{148\}// -t nl -:delim -h -s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/ -t more2 -s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ -p -b -:more2 -s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ -p -g -s/.\{148\}// -t delim -' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 -rm -f conf$$subs.awk -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -_ACAWK -cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && - for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 - FS = "" - -} -{ - line = $ 0 - nfields = split(line, field, "@") - substed = 0 - len = length(field[1]) - for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { - key = field[i] - keylen = length(key) - if (S_is_set[key]) { - value = S[key] - line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) - len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) - substed = 1 - } else - len += 1 + keylen - } - - print line -} - -_ACAWK -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then - sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" -else - cat -fi < "$tmp/subs1.awk" > "$tmp/subs.awk" \ - || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not setup config files machinery" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not setup config files machinery" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } -_ACEOF - -# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir), -# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and -# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty -# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). -if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then - ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{ -s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/ -s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/ -s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/ -s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/ -s/:*$// -s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// -}' -fi - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" - - -eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS" -shift -for ac_tag -do - case $ac_tag in - :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; - esac - case $ac_mode$ac_tag in - :[FHL]*:*);; - :L* | :C*:*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Invalid tag $ac_tag." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: Invalid tag $ac_tag." >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; - :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; - :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; - esac - ac_save_IFS=$IFS - IFS=: - set x $ac_tag - IFS=$ac_save_IFS - shift - ac_file=$1 - shift - - case $ac_mode in - :L) ac_source=$1;; - :[FH]) - ac_file_inputs= - for ac_f - do - case $ac_f in - -) ac_f="$tmp/stdin";; - *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree - # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, - # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. - test -f "$ac_f" || - case $ac_f in - [\\/$]*) false;; - *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; - esac || - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; - esac - case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac - ac_file_inputs="$ac_file_inputs '$ac_f'" - done - - # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't - # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: - # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ - configure_input='Generated from '` - $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' - `' by configure.' - if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then - configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} - fi - # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. - case $configure_input in #( - *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) - ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | - sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( - *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; - esac - - case $ac_tag in - *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$tmp/stdin" \ - || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; - esac - ;; - esac - - ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || -$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X"$ac_file" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - { as_dir="$ac_dir" - case $as_dir in #( - -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; - esac - test -d "$as_dir" || { $as_mkdir_p && mkdir -p "$as_dir"; } || { - as_dirs= - while :; do - case $as_dir in #( - *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( - *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; - esac - as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" - as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || -$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X"$as_dir" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - test -d "$as_dir" && break - done - test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" - } || test -d "$as_dir" || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } - ac_builddir=. - -case "$ac_dir" in -.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; -*) - ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` - # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. - ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` - case $ac_top_builddir_sub in - "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; - *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; - esac ;; -esac -ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd -ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix -# for backward compatibility: -ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix - -case $srcdir in - .) # We are building in place. - ac_srcdir=. - ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub - ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. - ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; - ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir - ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; - *) # Relative name. - ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix - ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir - ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; -esac -ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix - - - case $ac_mode in - :F) - # - # CONFIG_FILE - # - - case $INSTALL in - [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; - *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; - esac -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. -# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. -ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= - -ac_sed_dataroot=' -/datarootdir/ { - p - q -} -/@datadir@/p -/@docdir@/p -/@infodir@/p -/@localedir@/p -/@mandir@/p -' -case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in -*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; -*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 - ac_datarootdir_hack=' - s&@datadir@&$datadir&g - s&@docdir@&$docdir&g - s&@infodir@&$infodir&g - s&@localedir@&$localedir&g - s&@mandir@&$mandir&g - s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; -esac -_ACEOF - -# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. -# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. -# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub -$extrasub -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -:t -/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b -s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t -s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t -s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t -s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t -s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t -s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t -s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t -s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t -s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t -s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t -s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t -$ac_datarootdir_hack -" -eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$tmp/subs.awk" >$tmp/out \ - || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - -test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && - { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && - { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' -which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' -which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&2;} - - rm -f "$tmp/stdin" - case $ac_file in - -) cat "$tmp/out" && rm -f "$tmp/out";; - *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$tmp/out" "$ac_file";; - esac \ - || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - ;; - - - :C) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: executing $ac_file commands" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;} - ;; - esac - - - case $ac_file$ac_mode in - "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || for mf in $CONFIG_FILES; do - # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. - mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` - # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. - # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but - # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. - # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process - # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. - # So let's grep whole file. - if grep '^#.*generated by automake' $mf > /dev/null 2>&1; then - dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" || -$as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X"$mf" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - else - continue - fi - # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote - # from the Makefile without running `make'. - DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` - test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue - am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` - test -z "am__include" && continue - am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` - # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it - U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` - # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with - # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the - # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the - # expansion. - for file in `sed -n " - s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ - sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do - # Make sure the directory exists. - test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue - fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" || -$as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X"$file" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - { as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir - case $as_dir in #( - -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; - esac - test -d "$as_dir" || { $as_mkdir_p && mkdir -p "$as_dir"; } || { - as_dirs= - while :; do - case $as_dir in #( - *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( - *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; - esac - as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" - as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || -$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X"$as_dir" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - test -d "$as_dir" && break - done - test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" - } || test -d "$as_dir" || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } - # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" - echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" - done -done - ;; - - esac -done # for ac_tag - - -{ (exit 0); exit 0; } -_ACEOF -chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS -ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save - -test $ac_write_fail = 0 || - { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} - { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } - - -# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. -# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. -# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open -# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its -# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, -# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and -# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we -# need to make the FD available again. -if test "$no_create" != yes; then - ac_cs_success=: - ac_config_status_args= - test "$silent" = yes && - ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" - exec 5>/dev/null - $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false - exec 5>>config.log - # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which - # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. - $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; } -fi -if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} -fi - +#! /bin/sh +# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. +# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for sqlite 3.8.6. +# +# Report bugs to . +# +# +# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# +# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. +## -------------------- ## +## M4sh Initialization. ## +## -------------------- ## + +# Be more Bourne compatible +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( + *posix*) : + set -o posix ;; #( + *) : + ;; +esac +fi + + +as_nl=' +' +export as_nl +# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. +as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, +# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. +if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ + && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then + as_echo='print -r --' + as_echo_n='print -rn --' +elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then + as_echo='printf %s\n' + as_echo_n='printf %s' +else + if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then + as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' + as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' + else + as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' + as_echo_n_body='eval + arg=$1; + case $arg in #( + *"$as_nl"*) + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; + arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; + esac; + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" + ' + export as_echo_n_body + as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' + fi + export as_echo_body + as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' +fi + +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { + (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + } +fi + + +# IFS +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is +# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. +# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word +# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) +IFS=" "" $as_nl" + +# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. +as_myself= +case $0 in #(( + *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; + *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' +# in which case we are not to be found in the path. +if test "x$as_myself" = x; then + as_myself=$0 +fi +if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then + $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 + exit 1 +fi + +# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in +# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" +# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could +# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. +for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH +do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ + && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : +done +PS1='$ ' +PS2='> ' +PS4='+ ' + +# NLS nuisances. +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LANGUAGE=C +export LANGUAGE + +# CDPATH. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +# Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall + # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves. + if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then + _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec; + # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a +# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also +# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. +# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. +BASH_ENV=/dev/null +ENV=/dev/null +(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV +case $- in # (((( + *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; + *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; + *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; + * ) as_opts= ;; +esac +exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} +# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail +# out after a failed `exec'. +$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2 +as_fn_exit 255 + fi + # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses. + { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;} +if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then + as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #( + *posix*) : + set -o posix ;; #( + *) : + ;; +esac +fi +" + as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); } +as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; } +as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; } +as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; } +as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; } + +exitcode=0 +as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; } +as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; } +as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; } +as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; } +if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then : + +else + exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved. +fi +test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1 +test -x / || exit 1" + as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO + as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO + eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" && + test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1 + + test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\${BASH_VERSION+set}\" || ( + ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' + ECHO=\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO + ECHO=\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO + PATH=/empty FPATH=/empty; export PATH FPATH + test \"X\`printf %s \$ECHO\`\" = \"X\$ECHO\" \\ + || test \"X\`print -r -- \$ECHO\`\" = \"X\$ECHO\" ) || exit 1 +test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1" + if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then : + as_have_required=yes +else + as_have_required=no +fi + if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then : + +else + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +as_found=false +for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + as_found=: + case $as_dir in #( + /*) + for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do + # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. + as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base + if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && + { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : + CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes + if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : + break 2 +fi +fi + done;; + esac + as_found=false +done +$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } && + { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then : + CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes +fi; } +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + + if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then : + export CONFIG_SHELL + # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a +# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also +# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. +# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. +BASH_ENV=/dev/null +ENV=/dev/null +(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV +case $- in # (((( + *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; + *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; + *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; + * ) as_opts= ;; +esac +exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} +# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail +# out after a failed `exec'. +$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2 +exit 255 +fi + + if test x$as_have_required = xno; then : + $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all" + $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system." + if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then + $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should" + $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later." + else + $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org and +$0: http://www.sqlite.org about your system, including any +$0: error possibly output before this message. Then install +$0: a modern shell, or manually run the script under such a +$0: shell if you do have one." + fi + exit 1 +fi +fi +fi +SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} +export SHELL +# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools. +CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS= +unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS + +## --------------------- ## +## M4sh Shell Functions. ## +## --------------------- ## +# as_fn_unset VAR +# --------------- +# Portably unset VAR. +as_fn_unset () +{ + { eval $1=; unset $1;} +} +as_unset=as_fn_unset + +# as_fn_set_status STATUS +# ----------------------- +# Set $? to STATUS, without forking. +as_fn_set_status () +{ + return $1 +} # as_fn_set_status + +# as_fn_exit STATUS +# ----------------- +# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. +as_fn_exit () +{ + set +e + as_fn_set_status $1 + exit $1 +} # as_fn_exit + +# as_fn_mkdir_p +# ------------- +# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. +as_fn_mkdir_p () +{ + + case $as_dir in #( + -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; + esac + test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { + as_dirs= + while :; do + case $as_dir in #( + *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( + *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; + esac + as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" + as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || +$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$as_dir" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + test -d "$as_dir" && break + done + test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" + } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" + + +} # as_fn_mkdir_p + +# as_fn_executable_p FILE +# ----------------------- +# Test if FILE is an executable regular file. +as_fn_executable_p () +{ + test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" +} # as_fn_executable_p +# as_fn_append VAR VALUE +# ---------------------- +# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take +# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over +# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive +# implementations. +if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : + eval 'as_fn_append () + { + eval $1+=\$2 + }' +else + as_fn_append () + { + eval $1=\$$1\$2 + } +fi # as_fn_append + +# as_fn_arith ARG... +# ------------------ +# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the +# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments +# must be portable across $(()) and expr. +if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : + eval 'as_fn_arith () + { + as_val=$(( $* )) + }' +else + as_fn_arith () + { + as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` + } +fi # as_fn_arith + + +# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] +# ---------------------------------------- +# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are +# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the +# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. +as_fn_error () +{ + as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 + if test "$4"; then + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 + fi + $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 + as_fn_exit $as_status +} # as_fn_error + +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then + as_basename=basename +else + as_basename=false +fi + +if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_dirname=dirname +else + as_dirname=false +fi + +as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || +$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X/"$0" | + sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + +# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. +as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' +as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' +as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS +as_cr_digits='0123456789' +as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits + + + as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO + eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" && + test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || { + # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) + sed -n ' + p + /[$]LINENO/= + ' <$as_myself | + sed ' + s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ + t lineno + b + :lineno + N + :loop + s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ + t loop + s/-\n.*// + ' >$as_me.lineno && + chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; } + + # If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have + # already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall + # in an infinite loop. This has already happened in practice. + _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec + # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems + # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the + # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). + . "./$as_me.lineno" + # Exit status is that of the last command. + exit +} + +ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= +case `echo -n x` in #((((( +-n*) + case `echo 'xy\c'` in + *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. + xy) ECHO_C='\c';; + *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null + ECHO_T=' ';; + esac;; +*) + ECHO_N='-n';; +esac + +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file +if test -d conf$$.dir; then + rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file +else + rm -f conf$$.dir + mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null +fi +if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then + if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s='ln -s' + # ... but there are two gotchas: + # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. + # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. + # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'. + ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || + as_ln_s='cp -pR' + elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s=ln + else + as_ln_s='cp -pR' + fi +else + as_ln_s='cp -pR' +fi +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file +rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null + +if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then + as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' +else + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + as_mkdir_p=false +fi + +as_test_x='test -x' +as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. +as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. +as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} + + +test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 &1 + +# Name of the host. +# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status, +# so uname gets run too. +ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` + +# +# Initializations. +# +ac_default_prefix=/usr/local +ac_clean_files= +ac_config_libobj_dir=. +LIBOBJS= +cross_compiling=no +subdirs= +MFLAGS= +MAKEFLAGS= + +# Identity of this package. +PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite' +PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite' +PACKAGE_VERSION='3.8.6' +PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.8.6' +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='http://www.sqlite.org' +PACKAGE_URL='' + +ac_unique_file="sqlite3.c" +# Factoring default headers for most tests. +ac_includes_default="\ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef STDC_HEADERS +# include +# include +#else +# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +# include +# endif +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H +# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H +# include +# endif +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +# include +#endif" + +ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE +am__EXEEXT_TRUE +LTLIBOBJS +LIBOBJS +DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS +THREADSAFE_FLAGS +READLINE_LIBS +BUILD_CFLAGS +CPP +OTOOL64 +OTOOL +LIPO +NMEDIT +DSYMUTIL +MANIFEST_TOOL +ac_ct_AR +AR +DLLTOOL +OBJDUMP +LN_S +NM +ac_ct_DUMPBIN +DUMPBIN +LD +FGREP +EGREP +GREP +SED +host_os +host_vendor +host_cpu +host +build_os +build_vendor +build_cpu +build +LIBTOOL +RANLIB +am__fastdepCC_FALSE +am__fastdepCC_TRUE +CCDEPMODE +am__nodep +AMDEPBACKSLASH +AMDEP_FALSE +AMDEP_TRUE +am__quote +am__include +DEPDIR +OBJEXT +EXEEXT +ac_ct_CC +CPPFLAGS +LDFLAGS +CFLAGS +CC +am__untar +am__tar +AMTAR +am__leading_dot +SET_MAKE +AWK +mkdir_p +MKDIR_P +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM +STRIP +install_sh +MAKEINFO +AUTOHEADER +AUTOMAKE +AUTOCONF +ACLOCAL +VERSION +PACKAGE +CYGPATH_W +am__isrc +INSTALL_DATA +INSTALL_SCRIPT +INSTALL_PROGRAM +target_alias +host_alias +build_alias +LIBS +ECHO_T +ECHO_N +ECHO_C +DEFS +mandir +localedir +libdir +psdir +pdfdir +dvidir +htmldir +infodir +docdir +oldincludedir +includedir +localstatedir +sharedstatedir +sysconfdir +datadir +datarootdir +libexecdir +sbindir +bindir +program_transform_name +prefix +exec_prefix +PACKAGE_URL +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT +PACKAGE_STRING +PACKAGE_VERSION +PACKAGE_TARNAME +PACKAGE_NAME +PATH_SEPARATOR +SHELL' +ac_subst_files='' +ac_user_opts=' +enable_option_checking +enable_largefile +enable_dependency_tracking +enable_shared +enable_static +with_pic +enable_fast_install +with_gnu_ld +with_sysroot +enable_libtool_lock +enable_readline +enable_threadsafe +enable_dynamic_extensions +' + ac_precious_vars='build_alias +host_alias +target_alias +CC +CFLAGS +LDFLAGS +LIBS +CPPFLAGS +CPP' + + +# Initialize some variables set by options. +ac_init_help= +ac_init_version=false +ac_unrecognized_opts= +ac_unrecognized_sep= +# The variables have the same names as the options, with +# dashes changed to underlines. +cache_file=/dev/null +exec_prefix=NONE +no_create= +no_recursion= +prefix=NONE +program_prefix=NONE +program_suffix=NONE +program_transform_name=s,x,x, +silent= +site= +srcdir= +verbose= +x_includes=NONE +x_libraries=NONE + +# Installation directory options. +# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" +# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix +# by default will actually change. +# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. +# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) +bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' +sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' +libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' +datarootdir='${prefix}/share' +datadir='${datarootdir}' +sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' +sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' +localstatedir='${prefix}/var' +includedir='${prefix}/include' +oldincludedir='/usr/include' +docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' +infodir='${datarootdir}/info' +htmldir='${docdir}' +dvidir='${docdir}' +pdfdir='${docdir}' +psdir='${docdir}' +libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' +localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' +mandir='${datarootdir}/man' + +ac_prev= +ac_dashdash= +for ac_option +do + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option + ac_prev= + continue + fi + + case $ac_option in + *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; + *=) ac_optarg= ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + + # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. + + case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in + --) + ac_dashdash=yes ;; + + -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) + ac_prev=bindir ;; + -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) + bindir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) + ac_prev=build_alias ;; + -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) + build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ + | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) + ac_prev=cache_file ;; + -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ + | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) + cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; + + --config-cache | -C) + cache_file=config.cache ;; + + -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) + ac_prev=datadir ;; + -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) + datadir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ + | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) + ac_prev=datarootdir ;; + -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ + | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) + datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -disable-* | --disable-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"enable_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; + + -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) + ac_prev=docdir ;; + -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) + docdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) + ac_prev=dvidir ;; + -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) + dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -enable-* | --enable-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"enable_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; + + -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ + | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ + | --exec | --exe | --ex) + ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; + -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ + | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ + | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) + exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) + # Obsolete; use --with-gas. + with_gas=yes ;; + + -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) + ac_init_help=long ;; + -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) + ac_init_help=recursive ;; + -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) + ac_init_help=short ;; + + -host | --host | --hos | --ho) + ac_prev=host_alias ;; + -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) + host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) + ac_prev=htmldir ;; + -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ + | --ht=*) + htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ + | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) + ac_prev=includedir ;; + -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ + | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) + includedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) + ac_prev=infodir ;; + -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) + infodir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) + ac_prev=libdir ;; + -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) + libdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ + | --libexe | --libex | --libe) + ac_prev=libexecdir ;; + -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ + | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) + libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) + ac_prev=localedir ;; + -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) + localedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ + | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) + ac_prev=localstatedir ;; + -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ + | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) + localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) + ac_prev=mandir ;; + -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) + mandir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -nfp | --nfp | --nf) + # Obsolete; use --without-fp. + with_fp=no ;; + + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) + no_create=yes ;; + + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) + no_recursion=yes ;; + + -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ + | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ + | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) + ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; + -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ + | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ + | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) + oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) + ac_prev=prefix ;; + -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) + prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ + | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) + ac_prev=program_prefix ;; + -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ + | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) + program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ + | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) + ac_prev=program_suffix ;; + -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ + | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) + program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ + | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ + | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ + | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ + | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ + | --program-trans | --program-tran \ + | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) + ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; + -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ + | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ + | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ + | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ + | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ + | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ + | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) + program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; + + -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) + ac_prev=pdfdir ;; + -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) + pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) + ac_prev=psdir ;; + -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) + psdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + silent=yes ;; + + -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) + ac_prev=sbindir ;; + -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ + | --sbi=* | --sb=*) + sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ + | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ + | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ + | --sha | --sh) + ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; + -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ + | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ + | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ + | --sha=* | --sh=*) + sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -site | --site | --sit) + ac_prev=site ;; + -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) + site=$ac_optarg ;; + + -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) + ac_prev=srcdir ;; + -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) + srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ + | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) + ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; + -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ + | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) + sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) + ac_prev=target_alias ;; + -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) + target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) + verbose=yes ;; + + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) + ac_init_version=: ;; + + -with-* | --with-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"with_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; + + -without-* | --without-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"with_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; + + --x) + # Obsolete; use --with-x. + with_x=yes ;; + + -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ + | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) + ac_prev=x_includes ;; + -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ + | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) + x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; + + -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ + | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) + ac_prev=x_libraries ;; + -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ + | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) + x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; + + -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option' +Try \`$0 --help' for more information" + ;; + + *=*) + ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + case $ac_envvar in #( + '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* ) + as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;; + esac + eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg + export $ac_envvar ;; + + *) + # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 + expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 + : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}" + ;; + + esac +done + +if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` + as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option" +fi + +if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then + case $enable_option_checking in + no) ;; + fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;; + *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; + esac +fi + +# Check all directory arguments for consistency. +for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ + datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ + oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ + libdir localedir mandir +do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + # Remove trailing slashes. + case $ac_val in + */ ) + ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` + eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; + esac + # Be sure to have absolute directory names. + case $ac_val in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; + NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; + esac + as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" +done + +# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' +# used to hold the argument of --host etc. +# FIXME: To remove some day. +build=$build_alias +host=$host_alias +target=$target_alias + +# FIXME: To remove some day. +if test "x$host_alias" != x; then + if test "x$build_alias" = x; then + cross_compiling=maybe + elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then + cross_compiling=yes + fi +fi + +ac_tool_prefix= +test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- + +test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null + + +ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && +ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && +ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || + as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined" +test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || + as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory" + + +# Find the source files, if location was not specified. +if test -z "$srcdir"; then + ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes + # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. + ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || +$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$as_myself" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + srcdir=$ac_confdir + if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then + srcdir=.. + fi +else + ac_srcdir_defaulted=no +fi +if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then + test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." + as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" +fi +ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" +ac_abs_confdir=`( + cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg" + pwd)` +# When building in place, set srcdir=. +if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then + srcdir=. +fi +# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. +# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info +# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. +case $srcdir in +*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; +esac +for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do + eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} + eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} + eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} + eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} +done + +# +# Report the --help message. +# +if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then + # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. + # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. + cat <<_ACEOF +\`configure' configures sqlite 3.8.6 to adapt to many kinds of systems. + +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... + +To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as +VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. + +Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. + +Configuration: + -h, --help display this help and exit + --help=short display options specific to this package + --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages + -V, --version display version information and exit + -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking ...' messages + --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] + -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' + -n, --no-create do not create output files + --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] + +Installation directories: + --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX + [$ac_default_prefix] + --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX + [PREFIX] + +By default, \`make install' will install all the files in +\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify +an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', +for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. + +For better control, use the options below. + +Fine tuning of the installation directories: + --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] + --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] + --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] + --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] + --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] + --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] + --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] + --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] + --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] + --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] + --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] + --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] + --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] + --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] + --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/sqlite] + --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] + --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] + --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] + --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] +_ACEOF + + cat <<\_ACEOF + +Program names: + --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names + --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names + --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names + +System types: + --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed] + --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD] +_ACEOF +fi + +if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then + case $ac_init_help in + short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.8.6:";; + esac + cat <<\_ACEOF + +Optional Features: + --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options + --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) + --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] + --disable-largefile omit support for large files + --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build + --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors + --enable-shared[=PKGS] build shared libraries [default=yes] + --enable-static[=PKGS] build static libraries [default=yes] + --enable-fast-install[=PKGS] + optimize for fast installation [default=yes] + --disable-libtool-lock avoid locking (might break parallel builds) + --enable-readline use readline in shell tool (yes, no) [default=yes] + --enable-threadsafe build a thread-safe library [default=yes] + --enable-dynamic-extensions + support loadable extensions [default=yes] + +Optional Packages: + --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] + --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) + --with-pic[=PKGS] try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use + both] + --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no] + --with-sysroot=DIR Search for dependent libraries within DIR + (or the compiler's sysroot if not specified). + +Some influential environment variables: + CC C compiler command + CFLAGS C compiler flags + LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a + nonstandard directory + LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l + CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if + you have headers in a nonstandard directory + CPP C preprocessor + +Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help +it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. + +Report bugs to . +_ACEOF +ac_status=$? +fi + +if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then + # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. + for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue + test -d "$ac_dir" || + { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || + continue + ac_builddir=. + +case "$ac_dir" in +.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; +*) + ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` + # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` + case $ac_top_builddir_sub in + "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; + *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; + esac ;; +esac +ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd +ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix +# for backward compatibility: +ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix + +case $srcdir in + .) # We are building in place. + ac_srcdir=. + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. + ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; + ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; + *) # Relative name. + ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; +esac +ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + + cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } + # Check for guested configure. + if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then + echo && + $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive + elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then + echo && + $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive + else + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 + fi || ac_status=$? + cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } + done +fi + +test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status +if $ac_init_version; then + cat <<\_ACEOF +sqlite configure 3.8.6 +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 + +Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. +_ACEOF + exit +fi + +## ------------------------ ## +## Autoconf initialization. ## +## ------------------------ ## + +# ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO +# -------------------------- +# Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. +ac_fn_c_try_compile () +{ + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext + if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err + ac_status=$? + if test -s conftest.err; then + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 + cat conftest.er1 >&5 + mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err + fi + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then : + ac_retval=0 +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_retval=1 +fi + eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno + as_fn_set_status $ac_retval + +} # ac_fn_c_try_compile + +# ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO +# ----------------------- +# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. +ac_fn_c_try_link () +{ + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext + if { { ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err + ac_status=$? + if test -s conftest.err; then + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 + cat conftest.er1 >&5 + mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err + fi + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + test -x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then : + ac_retval=0 +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_retval=1 +fi + # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information + # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would + # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is + # left behind by Apple's compiler. We do this before executing the actions. + rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo + eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno + as_fn_set_status $ac_retval + +} # ac_fn_c_try_link + +# ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES +# ------------------------------------------------------- +# Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in +# INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly. +ac_fn_c_check_header_compile () +{ + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } +if eval \${$3+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$4 +#include <$2> +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + eval "$3=yes" +else + eval "$3=no" +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +eval ac_res=\$$3 + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } + eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno + +} # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile + +# ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO +# ---------------------- +# Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. +ac_fn_c_try_cpp () +{ + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err + ac_status=$? + if test -s conftest.err; then + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 + cat conftest.er1 >&5 + mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err + fi + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then : + ac_retval=0 +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_retval=1 +fi + eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno + as_fn_set_status $ac_retval + +} # ac_fn_c_try_cpp + +# ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO +# ---------------------- +# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes +# that executables *can* be run. +ac_fn_c_try_run () +{ + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + if { { ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { { case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then : + ac_retval=0 +else + $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_retval=$ac_status +fi + rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo + eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno + as_fn_set_status $ac_retval + +} # ac_fn_c_try_run + +# ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR +# ---------------------------------- +# Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly +ac_fn_c_check_func () +{ + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } +if eval \${$3+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case declares $2. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $2 innocuous_$2 + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $2 (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef $2 + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $2 (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2 +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $2 (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + eval "$3=yes" +else + eval "$3=no" +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +eval ac_res=\$$3 + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } + eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno + +} # ac_fn_c_check_func + +# ac_fn_c_check_decl LINENO SYMBOL VAR INCLUDES +# --------------------------------------------- +# Tests whether SYMBOL is declared in INCLUDES, setting cache variable VAR +# accordingly. +ac_fn_c_check_decl () +{ + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + as_decl_name=`echo $2|sed 's/ *(.*//'` + as_decl_use=`echo $2|sed -e 's/(/((/' -e 's/)/) 0&/' -e 's/,/) 0& (/g'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $as_decl_name is declared" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether $as_decl_name is declared... " >&6; } +if eval \${$3+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$4 +int +main () +{ +#ifndef $as_decl_name +#ifdef __cplusplus + (void) $as_decl_use; +#else + (void) $as_decl_name; +#endif +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + eval "$3=yes" +else + eval "$3=no" +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +eval ac_res=\$$3 + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } + eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno + +} # ac_fn_c_check_decl +cat >config.log <<_ACEOF +This file contains any messages produced by compilers while +running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. + +It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.8.6, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was + + $ $0 $@ + +_ACEOF +exec 5>>config.log +{ +cat <<_ASUNAME +## --------- ## +## Platform. ## +## --------- ## + +hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` +uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +_ASUNAME + +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +} >&5 + +cat >&5 <<_ACEOF + + +## ----------- ## +## Core tests. ## +## ----------- ## + +_ACEOF + + +# Keep a trace of the command line. +# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. +# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. +# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. +# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. +ac_configure_args= +ac_configure_args0= +ac_configure_args1= +ac_must_keep_next=false +for ac_pass in 1 2 +do + for ac_arg + do + case $ac_arg in + -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + continue ;; + *\'*) + ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + esac + case $ac_pass in + 1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;; + 2) + as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'" + if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then + ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. + else + case $ac_arg in + *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ + | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ + | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ + | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) + case "$ac_configure_args0 " in + "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; + esac + ;; + -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; + esac + fi + as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" + ;; + esac + done +done +{ ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;} +{ ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;} + +# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete +# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there +# would cause problems or look ugly. +# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. +# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. +trap 'exit_status=$? + # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. + { + echo + + $as_echo "## ---------------- ## +## Cache variables. ## +## ---------------- ##" + echo + # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +( + for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in #( + *${as_nl}*) + case $ac_var in #( + *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; + esac + case $ac_var in #( + _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( + BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( + *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; + esac ;; + esac + done + (set) 2>&1 | + case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( + *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) + sed -n \ + "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; + s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" + ;; #( + *) + sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" + ;; + esac | + sort +) + echo + + $as_echo "## ----------------- ## +## Output variables. ## +## ----------------- ##" + echo + for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars + do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in + *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; + esac + $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" + done | sort + echo + + if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then + $as_echo "## ------------------- ## +## File substitutions. ## +## ------------------- ##" + echo + for ac_var in $ac_subst_files + do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in + *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; + esac + $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" + done | sort + echo + fi + + if test -s confdefs.h; then + $as_echo "## ----------- ## +## confdefs.h. ## +## ----------- ##" + echo + cat confdefs.h + echo + fi + test "$ac_signal" != 0 && + $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" + $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" + } >&5 + rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && + rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && + exit $exit_status +' 0 +for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do + trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal +done +ac_signal=0 + +# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. +rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h + +$as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h + +# Predefined preprocessor variables. + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" +_ACEOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" +_ACEOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" +_ACEOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" +_ACEOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" +_ACEOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL" +_ACEOF + + +# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. +# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. +ac_site_file1=NONE +ac_site_file2=NONE +if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then + # We do not want a PATH search for config.site. + case $CONFIG_SITE in #(( + -*) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; + */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;; + *) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; + esac +elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then + ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site + ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site +else + ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site + ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site +fi +for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" +do + test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue + if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} + sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 + . "$ac_site_file" \ + || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } + fi +done + +if test -r "$cache_file"; then + # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files + # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file. + if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} + case $cache_file in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; + *) . "./$cache_file";; + esac + fi +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} + >$cache_file +fi + +# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same +# value. +ac_cache_corrupted=false +for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do + eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set + eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set + eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value + eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value + case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in + set,) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; + ,set) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; + ,);; + *) + if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then + # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. + ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` + ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` + if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} + eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val + fi + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} + fi;; + esac + # Pass precious variables to config.status. + if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then + case $ac_new_val in + *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; + esac + case " $ac_configure_args " in + *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. + *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; + esac + fi +done +if $ac_cache_corrupted; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} + as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5 +fi +## -------------------- ## +## Main body of script. ## +## -------------------- ## + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + + + +# Use automake. +am__api_version='1.11' + +ac_aux_dir= +for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do + if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" + break + elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" + break + elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" + break + fi +done +if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then + as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" "$LINENO" 5 +fi + +# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, +# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. +# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory +# whose full name contains unusual characters. +ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. +ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. +ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. + + +# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), +# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or +# incompatible versions: +# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install +# SunOS /usr/etc/install +# IRIX /sbin/install +# AIX /bin/install +# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs +# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag +# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args +# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" +# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic +# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. +# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; } +if test -z "$INSTALL"; then +if ${ac_cv_path_install+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. +case $as_dir/ in #(( + ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \ + /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ + ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \ + /usr/ucb/* ) ;; + *) + # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. + # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root + # by default. + for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then + if test $ac_prog = install && + grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. + : + elif test $ac_prog = install && + grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. + : + else + rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir + echo one > conftest.one + echo two > conftest.two + mkdir conftest.dir + if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" && + test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two && + test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one && + test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two + then + ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" + break 3 + fi + fi + fi + done + done + ;; +esac + + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir + +fi + if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then + INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install + else + # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a + # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will + # break other packages using the cache if that directory is + # removed, or if the value is a relative name. + INSTALL=$ac_install_sh + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5 +$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; } + +# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. +# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. +test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; } +# Just in case +sleep 1 +echo timestamp > conftest.file +# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory +# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. +am_lf=' +' +case `pwd` in + *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*) + as_fn_error $? "unsafe absolute working directory name" "$LINENO" 5;; +esac +case $srcdir in + *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]*) + as_fn_error $? "unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;; +esac + +# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's +# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a +# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks +# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing +# directory). +if ( + set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` + if test "$*" = "X"; then + # -L didn't work. + set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` + fi + rm -f conftest.file + if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ + && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then + + # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen + # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a + # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually + # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". + as_fn_error $? "ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken +alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + + test "$2" = conftest.file + ) +then + # Ok. + : +else + as_fn_error $? "newly created file is older than distributed files! +Check your system clock" "$LINENO" 5 +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } +test "$program_prefix" != NONE && + program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" +# Use a double $ so make ignores it. +test "$program_suffix" != NONE && + program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" +# Double any \ or $. +# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. +ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//' +program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"` + +# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path +am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` + +if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then + case $am_aux_dir in + *\ * | *\ *) + MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; + *) + MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; + esac +fi +# Use eval to expand $SHELL +if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then + am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " +else + am_missing_run= + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} +fi + +if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then + case $am_aux_dir in + *\ * | *\ *) + install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; + *) + install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" + esac +fi + +# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user +# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right +# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake +# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. +if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$STRIP"; then + ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP +if test -n "$STRIP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 +$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then + ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP + # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP +if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then + STRIP=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP + fi +else + STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" +fi + +fi +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; } +if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then + if ${ac_cv_path_mkdir+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" || continue + case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #( + 'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \ + 'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \ + 'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*) + ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext + break 3;; + esac + done + done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi + + test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version + if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then + MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p" + else + # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a + # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will + # break other packages using the cache if that directory is + # removed, or if the value is a relative name. + MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d" + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5 +$as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; } + +mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P" +case $mkdir_p in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;; + */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; +esac + +for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_AWK+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$AWK"; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK +if test -n "$AWK"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5 +$as_echo "$AWK" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$AWK" && break +done + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } +set x ${MAKE-make} +ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` +if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF +SHELL = /bin/sh +all: + @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' +_ACEOF +# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. +case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in + *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; + *) + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; +esac +rm -f conftest.make +fi +if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } + SET_MAKE= +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" +fi + +rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null +mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null +if test -d .tst; then + am__leading_dot=. +else + am__leading_dot=_ +fi +rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null + +if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then + # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output + # is not polluted with repeated "-I." + am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)' + # test to see if srcdir already configured + if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then + as_fn_error $? "source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" "$LINENO" 5 + fi +fi + +# test whether we have cygpath +if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then + if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then + CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' + else + CYGPATH_W=echo + fi +fi + + +# Define the identity of the package. + PACKAGE='sqlite' + VERSION='3.8.6' + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define VERSION "$VERSION" +_ACEOF + +# Some tools Automake needs. + +ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} + + +AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} + + +AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} + + +AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} + + +MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} + +# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on +# some platforms. +# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used +# in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... +AMTAR='$${TAR-tar}' + +am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -' + + + + + + +DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps" + +ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles" + + +am_make=${MAKE-make} +cat > confinc << 'END' +am__doit: + @echo this is the am__doit target +.PHONY: am__doit +END +# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; } +am__include="#" +am__quote= +_am_result=none +# First try GNU make style include. +echo "include confinc" > confmf +# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. +case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( +*the\ am__doit\ target*) + am__include=include + am__quote= + _am_result=GNU + ;; +esac +# Now try BSD make style include. +if test "$am__include" = "#"; then + echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf + case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( + *the\ am__doit\ target*) + am__include=.include + am__quote="\"" + _am_result=BSD + ;; + esac +fi + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $_am_result" >&5 +$as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; } +rm -f confinc confmf + +# Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given. +if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking; +fi + +if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then + am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" + AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' + am__nodep='_no' +fi + if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then + AMDEP_TRUE= + AMDEP_FALSE='#' +else + AMDEP_TRUE='#' + AMDEP_FALSE= +fi + + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +else + CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +fi + +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + fi +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + ac_prog_rejected=no +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then + ac_prog_rejected=yes + continue + fi + ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then + # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. + set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC + shift + if test $# != 0; then + # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. + # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen + # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. + shift + ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" + fi +fi +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + for ac_prog in cl.exe + do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$CC" && break + done +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + for ac_prog in cl.exe +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break +done + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +fi + +fi + + +test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } + +# Provide some information about the compiler. +$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5 +set X $ac_compile +ac_compiler=$2 +for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do + { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err + ac_status=$? + if test -s conftest.err; then + sed '10a\ +... rest of stderr output deleted ... + 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 + cat conftest.er1 >&5 + fi + rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } +done + +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" +# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. +# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition +# of exeext. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } +ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` + +# The possible output files: +ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*" + +ac_rmfiles= +for ac_file in $ac_files +do + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; + * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; + esac +done +rm -f $ac_rmfiles + +if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; then : + # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. +# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' +# in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, +# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to +# Autoconf. +for ac_file in $ac_files '' +do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) + ;; + [ab].out ) + # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most + # certainly right. + break;; + *.* ) + if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; + then :; else + ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` + fi + # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not + # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' + # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. + # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of + # actually working. + break;; + * ) + break;; + esac +done +test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= + +else + ac_file='' +fi +if test -z "$ac_file"; then : + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } +ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext + +rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } +if { { ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; then : + # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) +# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will +# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with +# `rm'. +for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; + *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` + break;; + * ) break;; + esac +done +else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } +fi +rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } + +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext +ac_exeext=$EXEEXT +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +int +main () +{ +FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w"); + return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0; + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out" +# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either +# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } +if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then + { { ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } + if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext' + { { case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then + cross_compiling=no + else + if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then + cross_compiling=yes + else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs. +If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } + fi + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 +$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } + +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj +if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; then : + for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue; + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;; + *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` + break;; + esac +done +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } +fi +rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } +OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext +ac_objext=$OBJEXT +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +#ifndef __GNUC__ + choke me +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_compiler_gnu=yes +else + ac_compiler_gnu=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } +if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then + GCC=yes +else + GCC= +fi +ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} +ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag + ac_c_werror_flag=yes + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no + CFLAGS="-g" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + CFLAGS="" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + +else + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag + CFLAGS="-g" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } +if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then + CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS +elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-g -O2" + else + CFLAGS="-g" + fi +else + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-O2" + else + CFLAGS= + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no +ac_save_CC=$CC +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +struct stat; +/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ +struct buf { int x; }; +FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); +static char *e (p, i) + char **p; + int i; +{ + return p[i]; +} +static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) +{ + char *s; + va_list v; + va_start (v,p); + s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); + va_end (v); + return s; +} + +/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has + function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. + These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated + as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get + proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an + array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something + that's true only with -std. */ +int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; + +/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters + inside strings and character constants. */ +#define FOO(x) 'x' +int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; + +int test (int i, double x); +struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; +struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; +int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); +int argc; +char **argv; +int +main () +{ +return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ + -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" +do + CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" + if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext + test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break +done +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +CC=$ac_save_CC + +fi +# AC_CACHE_VAL +case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in + x) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 +$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; + xno) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 +$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; + *) + CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; +esac +if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then : + +fi + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + +depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } +if ${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then + # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up + # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For + # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up + # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output + # in D'. + rm -rf conftest.dir + mkdir conftest.dir + # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're + # using a relative directory. + cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir + cd conftest.dir + # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because + # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance + # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a + # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in + # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object + # directory. + mkdir sub + + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none + if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then + am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` + fi + am__universal=false + case " $depcc " in #( + *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; + esac + + for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do + # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers + # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and + # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. + # + # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may + # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. + # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. + : > sub/conftest.c + for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do + echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c + # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with + # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. + touch sub/conftst$i.h + done + echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf + + # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" + # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly + # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel + # versions had trouble with output in subdirs + am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" + case $depmode in + gcc) + # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. + test "$am__universal" = false || continue + ;; + nosideeffect) + # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll + # only be used when explicitly requested + if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then + continue + else + break + fi + ;; + msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) + # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has + # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and + # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. + am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj= + ;; + none) break ;; + esac + if depmode=$depmode \ + source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ + depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ + $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ + >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && + grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings + # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message + # that says an option was ignored or not supported. + # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: + # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required + # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: + # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported + if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || + grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode + break + fi + fi + done + + cd .. + rm -rf conftest.dir +else + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 +$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } +CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type + + if + test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ + && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then + am__fastdepCC_TRUE= + am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' +else + am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' + am__fastdepCC_FALSE= +fi + + + +# Check whether --enable-largefile was given. +if test "${enable_largefile+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_largefile; +fi + +if test "$enable_largefile" != no; then + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for special C compiler options needed for large files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for special C compiler options needed for large files... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC=no + if test "$GCC" != yes; then + ac_save_CC=$CC + while :; do + # IRIX 6.2 and later do not support large files by default, + # so use the C compiler's -n32 option if that helps. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. + We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, + since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers + incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ +#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) + int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 + && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) + ? 1 : -1]; +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF + if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + break +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext + CC="$CC -n32" + if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC=' -n32'; break +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext + break + done + CC=$ac_save_CC + rm -f conftest.$ac_ext + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" >&6; } + if test "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" != no; then + CC=$CC$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC + fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + while :; do + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. + We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, + since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers + incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ +#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) + int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 + && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) + ? 1 : -1]; +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=no; break +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 +#include + /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. + We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, + since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers + incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ +#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) + int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 + && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) + ? 1 : -1]; +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=64; break +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=unknown + break +done +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" >&6; } +case $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits in #( + no | unknown) ;; + *) +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits +_ACEOF +;; +esac +rm -rf conftest* + if test $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits = unknown; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for _LARGE_FILES value needed for large files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for _LARGE_FILES value needed for large files... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_sys_large_files+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + while :; do + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. + We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, + since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers + incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ +#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) + int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 + && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) + ? 1 : -1]; +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_sys_large_files=no; break +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#define _LARGE_FILES 1 +#include + /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. + We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, + since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers + incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ +#define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) + int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 + && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) + ? 1 : -1]; +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_sys_large_files=1; break +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_cv_sys_large_files=unknown + break +done +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_sys_large_files" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_large_files" >&6; } +case $ac_cv_sys_large_files in #( + no | unknown) ;; + *) +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define _LARGE_FILES $ac_cv_sys_large_files +_ACEOF +;; +esac +rm -rf conftest* + fi + + +fi + + +# Check for required programs. +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +else + CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +fi + +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + fi +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + ac_prog_rejected=no +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then + ac_prog_rejected=yes + continue + fi + ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then + # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. + set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC + shift + if test $# != 0; then + # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. + # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen + # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. + shift + ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" + fi +fi +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + for ac_prog in cl.exe + do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$CC" && break + done +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + for ac_prog in cl.exe +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break +done + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +fi + +fi + + +test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } + +# Provide some information about the compiler. +$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5 +set X $ac_compile +ac_compiler=$2 +for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do + { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err + ac_status=$? + if test -s conftest.err; then + sed '10a\ +... rest of stderr output deleted ... + 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 + cat conftest.er1 >&5 + fi + rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } +done + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +#ifndef __GNUC__ + choke me +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_compiler_gnu=yes +else + ac_compiler_gnu=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } +if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then + GCC=yes +else + GCC= +fi +ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} +ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag + ac_c_werror_flag=yes + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no + CFLAGS="-g" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + CFLAGS="" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + +else + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag + CFLAGS="-g" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } +if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then + CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS +elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-g -O2" + else + CFLAGS="-g" + fi +else + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-O2" + else + CFLAGS= + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no +ac_save_CC=$CC +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +struct stat; +/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ +struct buf { int x; }; +FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); +static char *e (p, i) + char **p; + int i; +{ + return p[i]; +} +static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) +{ + char *s; + va_list v; + va_start (v,p); + s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); + va_end (v); + return s; +} + +/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has + function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. + These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated + as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get + proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an + array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something + that's true only with -std. */ +int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; + +/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters + inside strings and character constants. */ +#define FOO(x) 'x' +int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; + +int test (int i, double x); +struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; +struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; +int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); +int argc; +char **argv; +int +main () +{ +return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ + -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" +do + CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" + if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext + test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break +done +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +CC=$ac_save_CC + +fi +# AC_CACHE_VAL +case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in + x) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 +$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; + xno) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 +$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; + *) + CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; +esac +if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then : + +fi + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + +depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } +if ${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then + # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up + # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For + # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up + # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output + # in D'. + rm -rf conftest.dir + mkdir conftest.dir + # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're + # using a relative directory. + cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir + cd conftest.dir + # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because + # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance + # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a + # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in + # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object + # directory. + mkdir sub + + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none + if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then + am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` + fi + am__universal=false + case " $depcc " in #( + *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; + esac + + for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do + # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers + # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and + # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. + # + # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may + # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. + # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. + : > sub/conftest.c + for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do + echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c + # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with + # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. + touch sub/conftst$i.h + done + echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf + + # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" + # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly + # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel + # versions had trouble with output in subdirs + am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" + case $depmode in + gcc) + # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. + test "$am__universal" = false || continue + ;; + nosideeffect) + # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll + # only be used when explicitly requested + if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then + continue + else + break + fi + ;; + msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) + # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has + # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and + # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. + am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} + am__minus_obj= + ;; + none) break ;; + esac + if depmode=$depmode \ + source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ + depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ + $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ + >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && + grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings + # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message + # that says an option was ignored or not supported. + # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: + # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required + # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: + # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported + if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || + grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode + break + fi + fi + done + + cd .. + rm -rf conftest.dir +else + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 +$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } +CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type + + if + test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ + && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then + am__fastdepCC_TRUE= + am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' +else + am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' + am__fastdepCC_FALSE= +fi + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5 +$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then + ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB + # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB +if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then + RANLIB=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB + fi +else + RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" +fi + +case `pwd` in + *\ * | *\ *) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&2;} ;; +esac + + + +macro_version='2.4.2' +macro_revision='1.3337' + + + + + + + + + + + + + +ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" + +# Make sure we can run config.sub. +$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 || + as_fn_error $? "cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" "$LINENO" 5 + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking build system type" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_build+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_build_alias=$build_alias +test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && + ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"` +test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && + as_fn_error $? "cannot guess build type; you must specify one" "$LINENO" 5 +ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` || + as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5 + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; } +case $ac_cv_build in +*-*-*) ;; +*) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical build" "$LINENO" 5;; +esac +build=$ac_cv_build +ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' +set x $ac_cv_build +shift +build_cpu=$1 +build_vendor=$2 +shift; shift +# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, +# except with old shells: +build_os=$* +IFS=$ac_save_IFS +case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking host system type" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_host+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test "x$host_alias" = x; then + ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build +else + ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` || + as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5 +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; } +case $ac_cv_host in +*-*-*) ;; +*) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical host" "$LINENO" 5;; +esac +host=$ac_cv_host +ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' +set x $ac_cv_host +shift +host_cpu=$1 +host_vendor=$2 +shift; shift +# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, +# except with old shells: +host_os=$* +IFS=$ac_save_IFS +case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac + + +# Backslashify metacharacters that are still active within +# double-quoted strings. +sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. +double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a +# double_quote_subst'ed string. +delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' + +# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote. +delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g' + +# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions +no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' + +ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' +ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO +ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to print strings" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to print strings... " >&6; } +# Test print first, because it will be a builtin if present. +if test "X`( print -r -- -n ) 2>/dev/null`" = X-n && \ + test "X`print -r -- $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then + ECHO='print -r --' +elif test "X`printf %s $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then + ECHO='printf %s\n' +else + # Use this function as a fallback that always works. + func_fallback_echo () + { + eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF +$1 +_LTECHO_EOF' + } + ECHO='func_fallback_echo' +fi + +# func_echo_all arg... +# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated. +func_echo_all () +{ + $ECHO "" +} + +case "$ECHO" in + printf*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: printf" >&5 +$as_echo "printf" >&6; } ;; + print*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: print -r" >&5 +$as_echo "print -r" >&6; } ;; + *) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: cat" >&5 +$as_echo "cat" >&6; } ;; +esac + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_path_SED+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/ + for ac_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do + ac_script="$ac_script$as_nl$ac_script" + done + echo "$ac_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed + { ac_script=; unset ac_script;} + if test -z "$SED"; then + ac_path_SED_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in sed gsed; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_SED" || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_SED +case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo '' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_SED" -f conftest.sed < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_SED_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" + ac_path_SED_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_SED_found && break 3 + done + done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_SED"; then + as_fn_error $? "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5 + fi +else + ac_cv_path_SED=$SED +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_SED" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_SED" >&6; } + SED="$ac_cv_path_SED" + rm -f conftest.sed + +test -z "$SED" && SED=sed +Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" + + + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -z "$GREP"; then + ac_path_GREP_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_GREP" || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP +case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" + ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3 + done + done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then + as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 + fi +else + ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; } + GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 + then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" + else + if test -z "$EGREP"; then + ac_path_EGREP_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in egrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_EGREP" || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP +case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" + ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 + done + done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then + as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 + fi +else + ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP +fi + + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } + EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for fgrep" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for fgrep... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_path_FGREP+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if echo 'ab*c' | $GREP -F 'ab*c' >/dev/null 2>&1 + then ac_cv_path_FGREP="$GREP -F" + else + if test -z "$FGREP"; then + ac_path_FGREP_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in fgrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_FGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_FGREP" || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_FGREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_FGREP +case `"$ac_path_FGREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" ac_path_FGREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo 'FGREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_FGREP" FGREP < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_FGREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" + ac_path_FGREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_FGREP_found && break 3 + done + done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_FGREP"; then + as_fn_error $? "no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 + fi +else + ac_cv_path_FGREP=$FGREP +fi + + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&6; } + FGREP="$ac_cv_path_FGREP" + + +test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +# Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given. +if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then : + withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes +else + with_gnu_ld=no +fi + +ac_prog=ld +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; } + case $host in + *-*-mingw*) + # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw + ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; + *) + ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; + esac + case $ac_prog in + # Accept absolute paths. + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) + re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' + # Canonicalize the pathname of ld + ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` + while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do + ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` + done + test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" + ;; + "") + # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. + ac_prog=ld + ;; + *) + # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. + with_gnu_ld=unknown + ;; + esac +elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNU ld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; } +fi +if ${lt_cv_path_LD+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -z "$LD"; then + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then + lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" + # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, + # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. + # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. + case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 &5 +$as_echo "$LD" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi +test -z "$LD" && as_fn_error $? "no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. +case `$LD -v 2>&1 &5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; } +with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_path_NM+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$NM"; then + # Let the user override the test. + lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" +else + lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then + lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" + fi + for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm" + if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then + # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. + # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: + # nm: unknown option "B" ignored + # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file + case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in + */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*) + lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B" + break + ;; + *) + case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in + */dev/null*) + lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p" + break + ;; + *) + lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but + continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + done + : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no} +fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_path_NM" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_path_NM" >&6; } +if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then + NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" +else + # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin. + if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then : + # Let the user override the test. + else + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + for ac_prog in dumpbin "link -dump" + do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then + ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN +if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DUMPBIN" >&5 +$as_echo "$DUMPBIN" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$DUMPBIN" && break + done +fi +if test -z "$DUMPBIN"; then + ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$DUMPBIN + for ac_prog in dumpbin "link -dump" +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN +if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" && break +done + + if test "x$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" = x; then + DUMPBIN=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + DUMPBIN=$ac_ct_DUMPBIN + fi +fi + + case `$DUMPBIN -symbols /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in + *COFF*) + DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN -symbols" + ;; + *) + DUMPBIN=: + ;; + esac + fi + + if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then + NM="$DUMPBIN" + fi +fi +test -z "$NM" && NM=nm + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the name lister ($NM) interface" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking the name lister ($NM) interface... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_nm_interface+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm" + echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err) + cat conftest.err >&5 + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5) + (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out) + cat conftest.err >&5 + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: output\"" >&5) + cat conftest.out >&5 + if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then + lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin" + fi + rm -f conftest* +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_nm_interface" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_nm_interface" >&6; } + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether ln -s works... " >&6; } +LN_S=$as_ln_s +if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5 +$as_echo "no, using $LN_S" >&6; } +fi + +# find the maximum length of command line arguments +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the maximum length of command line arguments" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking the maximum length of command line arguments... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + i=0 + teststring="ABCD" + + case $build_os in + msdosdjgpp*) + # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc + # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun + # during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this + # check would be larger than it should be. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right + ;; + + gnu*) + # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is + # no limit to the length of command line arguments. + # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; + ;; + + cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) + # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes + # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. + # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, + # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience + # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k). + # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by + # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP). + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; + ;; + + mint*) + # On MiNT this can take a long time and run out of memory. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; + ;; + + amigaos*) + # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. + # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; + ;; + + netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*) + # This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further. + if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` + elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` + else + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs + fi + # And add a safety zone + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` + ;; + + interix*) + # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD) + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 + ;; + + os2*) + # The test takes a long time on OS/2. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192 + ;; + + osf*) + # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure + # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not + # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below. + # First set a reasonable default. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384 + # + if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then + case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in + *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;; + esac + fi + ;; + sco3.2v5*) + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400 + ;; + sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) + kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` + if test -n "$kargmax"; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[ ]//'` + else + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 + fi + ;; + *) + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null` + if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` + else + # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it. + # a 1K string should be a reasonable start. + for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do + teststring=$teststring$teststring + done + SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} + # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a + # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but + # we can't tell. + while { test "X"`env echo "$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ + = "X$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough + do + i=`expr $i + 1` + teststring=$teststring$teststring + done + # Only check the string length outside the loop. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` + teststring= + # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on + # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the + # linker. It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. + lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` + fi + ;; + esac + +fi + +if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none" >&5 +$as_echo "none" >&6; } +fi +max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len + + + + + + +: ${CP="cp -f"} +: ${MV="mv -f"} +: ${RM="rm -f"} + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs... " >&6; } +# Try some XSI features +xsi_shell=no +( _lt_dummy="a/b/c" + test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},${_lt_dummy#??}"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \ + = c,a/b,b/c, \ + && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \ + && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + && xsi_shell=yes +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $xsi_shell" >&5 +$as_echo "$xsi_shell" >&6; } + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"... " >&6; } +lt_shell_append=no +( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$1+=\$2" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \ + >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + && lt_shell_append=yes +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_shell_append" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_shell_append" >&6; } + + +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + lt_unset=unset +else + lt_unset=false +fi + + + + + +# test EBCDIC or ASCII +case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in + A) # ASCII based system + # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr + lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012' + lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040' + ;; + *) # EBCDIC based system + lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n' + lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100' + ;; +esac + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to convert $build file names to $host format" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to convert $build file names to $host format... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $host in + *-*-mingw* ) + case $build in + *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + ;; + *-*-cygwin* ) + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 + ;; + * ) # otherwise, assume *nix + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 + ;; + esac + ;; + *-*-cygwin* ) + case $build in + *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin + ;; + *-*-cygwin* ) + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop + ;; + * ) # otherwise, assume *nix + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin + ;; + esac + ;; + * ) # unhandled hosts (and "normal" native builds) + lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop + ;; +esac + +fi + +to_host_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd" >&6; } + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to convert $build file names to toolchain format" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to convert $build file names to toolchain format... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + #assume ordinary cross tools, or native build. +lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop +case $host in + *-*-mingw* ) + case $build in + *-*-mingw* ) # actually msys + lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + ;; + esac + ;; +esac + +fi + +to_tool_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd" >&6; } + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $LD option to reload object files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_ld_reload_flag+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r' +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&6; } +reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag +case $reload_flag in +"" | " "*) ;; +*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;; +esac +reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' +case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + if test "$GCC" != yes; then + reload_cmds=false + fi + ;; + darwin*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs' + else + reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' + fi + ;; +esac + + + + + + + + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}objdump", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}objdump; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then + ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="${ac_tool_prefix}objdump" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP +if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OBJDUMP" >&5 +$as_echo "$OBJDUMP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"; then + ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP + # Extract the first word of "objdump", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy objdump; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="objdump" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP +if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" = x; then + OBJDUMP="false" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + OBJDUMP=$ac_ct_OBJDUMP + fi +else + OBJDUMP="$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP" +fi + +test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to recognize dependent libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to recognize dependent libraries... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_deplibs_check_method+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD' +lt_cv_file_magic_test_file= +lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown' +# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support +# interlibrary dependencies. +# 'none' -- dependencies not supported. +# `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know. +# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks. +# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program. +# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path +# which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex. +# If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure +# whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one. + +case $host_os in +aix[4-9]*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +beos*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +bsdi[45]*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so + ;; + +cygwin*) + # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' + ;; + +mingw* | pw32*) + # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by + # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump', + # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling. + # func_win32_libid assumes BSD nm, so disallow it if using MS dumpbin. + if ( test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "BSD nm" && file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' + else + # Keep this pattern in sync with the one in func_win32_libid. + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' + fi + ;; + +cegcc*) + # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*. + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' + ;; + +darwin* | rhapsody*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +freebsd* | dragonfly*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then + case $host_cpu in + i*86 ) + # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. + # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up. + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*` + ;; + esac + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + fi + ;; + +gnu*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +haiku*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +hpux10.20* | hpux11*) + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file + case $host_cpu in + ia64*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so + ;; + hppa*64*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF[ -][0-9][0-9])(-bit)?( [LM]SB)? shared object( file)?[, -]* PA-RISC [0-9]\.[0-9]' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl + ;; + *) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9]\.[0-9]) shared library' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl + ;; + esac + ;; + +interix[3-9]*) + # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|\.a)$' + ;; + +irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + case $LD in + *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;; + *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;; + *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;; + *) libmagic=never-match;; + esac + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +# This must be glibc/ELF. +linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' + fi + ;; + +newos6*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)' + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so + ;; + +*nto* | *qnx*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +openbsd*) + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' + else + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' + fi + ;; + +osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +rdos*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +solaris*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + +sysv4 | sysv4.3*) + case $host_vendor in + motorola) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]' + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` + ;; + ncr) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + sequent) + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' + ;; + sni) + lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib" + lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so + ;; + siemens) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + pc) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; + esac + ;; + +tpf*) + lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all + ;; +esac + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&6; } + +file_magic_glob= +want_nocaseglob=no +if test "$build" = "$host"; then + case $host_os in + mingw* | pw32*) + if ( shopt | grep nocaseglob ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + want_nocaseglob=yes + else + file_magic_glob=`echo aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ | $SED -e "s/\(..\)/s\/[\1]\/[\1]\/g;/g"` + fi + ;; + esac +fi + +file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd +deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method +test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then + ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL +if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DLLTOOL" >&5 +$as_echo "$DLLTOOL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL"; then + ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$DLLTOOL + # Extract the first word of "dlltool", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy dlltool; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="dlltool" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL +if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" = x; then + DLLTOOL="false" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + DLLTOOL=$ac_ct_DLLTOOL + fi +else + DLLTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL" +fi + +test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool + + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to associate runtime and link libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to associate runtime and link libraries... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd='unknown' + +case $host_os in +cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # two different shell functions defined in ltmain.sh + # decide which to use based on capabilities of $DLLTOOL + case `$DLLTOOL --help 2>&1` in + *--identify-strict*) + lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib + ;; + *) + lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback + ;; + esac + ;; +*) + # fallback: assume linklib IS sharedlib + lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd="$ECHO" + ;; +esac + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" >&6; } +sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd +test -z "$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" && sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$ECHO + + + + + + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + for ac_prog in ar + do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_AR+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$AR"; then + ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_AR="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR +if test -n "$AR"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AR" >&5 +$as_echo "$AR" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$AR" && break + done +fi +if test -z "$AR"; then + ac_ct_AR=$AR + for ac_prog in ar +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR +if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$ac_ct_AR" && break +done + + if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then + AR="false" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + AR=$ac_ct_AR + fi +fi + +: ${AR=ar} +: ${AR_FLAGS=cru} + + + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for archiver @FILE support" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for archiver @FILE support... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_ar_at_file+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_ar_at_file=no + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + echo conftest.$ac_objext > conftest.lst + lt_ar_try='$AR $AR_FLAGS libconftest.a @conftest.lst >&5' + { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$lt_ar_try\""; } >&5 + (eval $lt_ar_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } + if test "$ac_status" -eq 0; then + # Ensure the archiver fails upon bogus file names. + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext libconftest.a + { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$lt_ar_try\""; } >&5 + (eval $lt_ar_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } + if test "$ac_status" -ne 0; then + lt_cv_ar_at_file=@ + fi + fi + rm -f conftest.* libconftest.a + +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ar_at_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_ar_at_file" >&6; } + +if test "x$lt_cv_ar_at_file" = xno; then + archiver_list_spec= +else + archiver_list_spec=$lt_cv_ar_at_file +fi + + + + + + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$STRIP"; then + ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP +if test -n "$STRIP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 +$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then + ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP + # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP +if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then + STRIP=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP + fi +else + STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" +fi + +test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: + + + + + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5 +$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then + ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB + # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB +if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then + RANLIB=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB + fi +else + RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" +fi + +test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: + + + + + + +# Determine commands to create old-style static archives. +old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs' +old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' +old_postuninstall_cmds= + +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + case $host_os in + openbsd*) + old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$tool_oldlib" + ;; + *) + old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" + ;; + esac + old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" +fi + +case $host_os in + darwin*) + lock_old_archive_extraction=yes ;; + *) + lock_old_archive_extraction=no ;; +esac + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. +LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} + +# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. +LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} + +# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. +compiler=$CC + + +# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + +# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. +# [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] + +# Character class describing NM global symbol codes. +symcode='[BCDEGRST]' + +# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. +sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)' + +# Define system-specific variables. +case $host_os in +aix*) + symcode='[BCDT]' + ;; +cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + symcode='[ABCDGISTW]' + ;; +hpux*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + symcode='[ABCDEGRST]' + fi + ;; +irix* | nonstopux*) + symcode='[BCDEGRST]' + ;; +osf*) + symcode='[BCDEGQRST]' + ;; +solaris*) + symcode='[BDRT]' + ;; +sco3.2v5*) + symcode='[DT]' + ;; +sysv4.2uw2*) + symcode='[DT]' + ;; +sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) + symcode='[ABDT]' + ;; +sysv4) + symcode='[DFNSTU]' + ;; +esac + +# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. +case `$NM -V 2>&1` in +*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) + symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' ;; +esac + +# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration. +# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently, +# so use this general approach. +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" + +# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\)[ ]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\)[ ]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \(lib[^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" + +# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain +opt_cr= +case $build_os in +mingw*) + opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp + ;; +esac + +# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it. +for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do + + # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. + symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" + + # Write the raw and C identifiers. + if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then + # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function + # and D for any global variable. + # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++, + # which start with @ or ?. + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK '"\ +" {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\ +" /^COFF SYMBOL TABLE/{for(i in hide) delete hide[i]};"\ +" /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\ +" \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\ +" / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\ +" {if(hide[section]) next};"\ +" {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\ +" {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\ +" s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\ +" s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\ +" ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx" + else + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[ ]\($symcode$symcode*\)[ ][ ]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" + fi + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe | sed '/ __gnu_lto/d'" + + # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. + pipe_works=no + + rm -f conftest* + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +char nm_test_var; +void nm_test_func(void); +void nm_test_func(void){} +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);} +_LT_EOF + + if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; then + # Now try to grab the symbols. + nlist=conftest.nm + if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" \> $nlist\""; } >&5 + (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" \> $nlist) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s "$nlist"; then + # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. + if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then + mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" + else + rm -f "$nlist"T + fi + + # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. + if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then + if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then + cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext +/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */ +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) +/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because runtime + relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */ +# define LT_DLSYM_CONST +#elif defined(__osf__) +/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */ +# define LT_DLSYM_CONST +#else +# define LT_DLSYM_CONST const +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +_LT_EOF + # Now generate the symbol file. + eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' + + cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext + +/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ +LT_DLSYM_CONST struct { + const char *name; + void *address; +} +lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = +{ + { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 }, +_LT_EOF + $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext + cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext + {0, (void *) 0} +}; + +/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ +#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND +static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { + return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols; +} +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +_LT_EOF + # Now try linking the two files. + mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext + lt_globsym_save_LIBS=$LIBS + lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS + LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" + if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + pipe_works=yes + fi + LIBS=$lt_globsym_save_LIBS + CFLAGS=$lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS + else + echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5 + fi + else + echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5 + fi + else + echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5 + fi + else + echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + fi + rm -rf conftest* conftst* + + # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. + if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then + break + else + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= + fi +done + +fi + +if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then + lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= +fi +if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: failed" >&5 +$as_echo "failed" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ok" >&5 +$as_echo "ok" >&6; } +fi + +# Response file support. +if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then + nm_file_list_spec='@' +elif $NM --help 2>/dev/null | grep '[@]FILE' >/dev/null; then + nm_file_list_spec='@' +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sysroot" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for sysroot... " >&6; } + +# Check whether --with-sysroot was given. +if test "${with_sysroot+set}" = set; then : + withval=$with_sysroot; +else + with_sysroot=no +fi + + +lt_sysroot= +case ${with_sysroot} in #( + yes) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + lt_sysroot=`$CC --print-sysroot 2>/dev/null` + fi + ;; #( + /*) + lt_sysroot=`echo "$with_sysroot" | sed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` + ;; #( + no|'') + ;; #( + *) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${with_sysroot}" >&5 +$as_echo "${with_sysroot}" >&6; } + as_fn_error $? "The sysroot must be an absolute path." "$LINENO" 5 + ;; +esac + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${lt_sysroot:-no}" >&5 +$as_echo "${lt_sysroot:-no}" >&6; } + + + + + +# Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given. +if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_libtool_lock; +fi + +test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes + +# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good +# libtool support. +case $host in +ia64-*-hpux*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext + if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *ELF-32*) + HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" + ;; + *ELF-64*) + HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" + ;; + esac + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; +*-*-irix6*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo '#line '$LINENO' "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext + if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; then + if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *32-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" + ;; + *N32*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" + ;; + *64-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" + ;; + esac + else + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in + *32-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -32" + ;; + *N32*) + LD="${LD-ld} -n32" + ;; + *64-bit*) + LD="${LD-ld} -64" + ;; + esac + fi + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; + +x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \ +s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext + if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in + *32-bit*) + case $host in + x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd" + ;; + x86_64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" + ;; + ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" + ;; + s390x-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" + ;; + sparc64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" + ;; + esac + ;; + *64-bit*) + case $host in + x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd" + ;; + x86_64-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" + ;; + ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" + ;; + s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" + ;; + sparc*-*linux*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; + +*-*-sco3.2v5*) + # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. + SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_cc_needs_belf+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes +else + lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&6; } + if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then + # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf + CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" + fi + ;; +*-*solaris*) + # Find out which ABI we are using. + echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext + if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; then + case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in + *64-bit*) + case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in + yes*) + case $host in + i?86-*-solaris*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" + ;; + sparc*-*-solaris*) + LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" + ;; + esac + # GNU ld 2.21 introduced _sol2 emulations. Use them if available. + if ${LD-ld} -V | grep _sol2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then + LD="${LD-ld}_sol2" + fi + ;; + *) + if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then + LD="${LD-ld} -64" + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + rm -rf conftest* + ;; +esac + +need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}mt", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}mt; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$MANIFEST_TOOL"; then + ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL="$MANIFEST_TOOL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}mt" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +MANIFEST_TOOL=$ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL +if test -n "$MANIFEST_TOOL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MANIFEST_TOOL" >&5 +$as_echo "$MANIFEST_TOOL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL"; then + ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL=$MANIFEST_TOOL + # Extract the first word of "mt", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy mt; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL="$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL="mt" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL +if test -n "$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL" = x; then + MANIFEST_TOOL=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + MANIFEST_TOOL=$ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL + fi +else + MANIFEST_TOOL="$ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL" +fi + +test -z "$MANIFEST_TOOL" && MANIFEST_TOOL=mt +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $MANIFEST_TOOL is a manifest tool" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $MANIFEST_TOOL is a manifest tool... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=no + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?'" >&5 + $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?' 2>conftest.err > conftest.out + cat conftest.err >&5 + if $GREP 'Manifest Tool' conftest.out > /dev/null; then + lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=yes + fi + rm -f conftest* +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" >&6; } +if test "x$lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" != xyes; then + MANIFEST_TOOL=: +fi + + + + + + + case $host_os in + rhapsody* | darwin*) + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then + ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="$DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL +if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DSYMUTIL" >&5 +$as_echo "$DSYMUTIL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"; then + ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$DSYMUTIL + # Extract the first word of "dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy dsymutil; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="dsymutil" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL +if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" = x; then + DSYMUTIL=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + DSYMUTIL=$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL + fi +else + DSYMUTIL="$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL" +fi + + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then + ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="$NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT +if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $NMEDIT" >&5 +$as_echo "$NMEDIT" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"; then + ac_ct_NMEDIT=$NMEDIT + # Extract the first word of "nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy nmedit; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="$ac_ct_NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="nmedit" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT +if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_NMEDIT" = x; then + NMEDIT=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + NMEDIT=$ac_ct_NMEDIT + fi +else + NMEDIT="$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT" +fi + + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}lipo", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}lipo; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_LIPO+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$LIPO"; then + ac_cv_prog_LIPO="$LIPO" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_LIPO="${ac_tool_prefix}lipo" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_LIPO +if test -n "$LIPO"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LIPO" >&5 +$as_echo "$LIPO" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"; then + ac_ct_LIPO=$LIPO + # Extract the first word of "lipo", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy lipo; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="$ac_ct_LIPO" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="lipo" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO +if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_LIPO" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_LIPO" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_LIPO" = x; then + LIPO=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + LIPO=$ac_ct_LIPO + fi +else + LIPO="$ac_cv_prog_LIPO" +fi + + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$OTOOL"; then + ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="$OTOOL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}otool" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL +if test -n "$OTOOL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OTOOL" >&5 +$as_echo "$OTOOL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"; then + ac_ct_OTOOL=$OTOOL + # Extract the first word of "otool", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy otool; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="$ac_ct_OTOOL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="otool" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL +if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL" = x; then + OTOOL=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + OTOOL=$ac_ct_OTOOL + fi +else + OTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL" +fi + + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool64", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool64; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then + ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="$OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="${ac_tool_prefix}otool64" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64 +if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OTOOL64" >&5 +$as_echo "$OTOOL64" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"; then + ac_ct_OTOOL64=$OTOOL64 + # Extract the first word of "otool64", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy otool64; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="$ac_ct_OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="otool64" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64 +if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL64" = x; then + OTOOL64=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + OTOOL64=$ac_ct_OTOOL64 + fi +else + OTOOL64="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64" +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -single_module linker flag" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for -single_module linker flag... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no + if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then + # By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override + # by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE + # non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the + # link flags. + rm -rf libconftest.dylib* + echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c + echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ +-dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&5 + $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ + -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err + _lt_result=$? + # If there is a non-empty error log, and "single_module" + # appears in it, assume the flag caused a linker warning + if test -s conftest.err && $GREP single_module conftest.err; then + cat conftest.err >&5 + # Otherwise, if the output was created with a 0 exit code from + # the compiler, it worked. + elif test -f libconftest.dylib && test $_lt_result -eq 0; then + lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes + else + cat conftest.err >&5 + fi + rm -rf libconftest.dylib* + rm -f conftest.* + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&6; } + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no + save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS + echo "_main" > conftest.sym + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes +else + lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&6; } + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -force_load linker flag" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for -force_load linker flag... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_ld_force_load+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_ld_force_load=no + cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF +int forced_loaded() { return 2;} +_LT_EOF + echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c" >&5 + $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c 2>&5 + echo "$AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o" >&5 + $AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o 2>&5 + echo "$RANLIB libconftest.a" >&5 + $RANLIB libconftest.a 2>&5 + cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF +int main() { return 0;} +_LT_EOF + echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a" >&5 + $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a 2>conftest.err + _lt_result=$? + if test -s conftest.err && $GREP force_load conftest.err; then + cat conftest.err >&5 + elif test -f conftest && test $_lt_result -eq 0 && $GREP forced_load conftest >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + lt_cv_ld_force_load=yes + else + cat conftest.err >&5 + fi + rm -f conftest.err libconftest.a conftest conftest.c + rm -rf conftest.dSYM + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_force_load" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" >&6; } + case $host_os in + rhapsody* | darwin1.[012]) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + darwin1.*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + darwin*) # darwin 5.x on + # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults + # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment + # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? + case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in + 10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[91]*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; + 10.[012]*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; + 10.*) + _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; + esac + ;; + esac + if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then + _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module' + fi + if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then + _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym' + else + _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' + fi + if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":" && test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "no"; then + _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :' + else + _lt_dsymutil= + fi + ;; + esac + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; } +# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. +if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then + CPP= +fi +if test -z "$CPP"; then + if ${ac_cv_prog_CPP+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded + for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" + do + ac_preproc_ok=false +for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes +do + # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc + # with a fresh cross-compiler works. + # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + # exists even on freestanding compilers. + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + Syntax error +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : + +else + # Broken: fails on valid input. +continue +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext + + # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers + # can be detected and how. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : + # Broken: success on invalid input. +continue +else + # Passes both tests. +ac_preproc_ok=: +break +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext + +done +# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. +rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +if $ac_preproc_ok; then : + break +fi + + done + ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP + +fi + CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP +else + ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5 +$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; } +ac_preproc_ok=false +for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes +do + # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc + # with a fresh cross-compiler works. + # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + # exists even on freestanding compilers. + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + Syntax error +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : + +else + # Broken: fails on valid input. +continue +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext + + # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers + # can be detected and how. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : + # Broken: success on invalid input. +continue +else + # Passes both tests. +ac_preproc_ok=: +break +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext + +done +# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. +rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +if $ac_preproc_ok; then : + +else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } +fi + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +#include +#include + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_header_stdc=yes +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : + +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : + +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : + : +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) +# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) +#else +# define ISLOWER(c) \ + (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ + || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ + || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) +#endif + +#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) +int +main () +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) + || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) + return 2; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : + +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ + conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + +$as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h + +fi + +# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. +for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ + inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h +do : + as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default +" +if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + + +for ac_header in dlfcn.h +do : + ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "dlfcn.h" "ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" "$ac_includes_default +" +if test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes; then : + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + + + + + +# Set options + + + + enable_dlopen=no + + + enable_win32_dll=no + + + # Check whether --enable-shared was given. +if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_shared; p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_shared=yes ;; + no) enable_shared=no ;; + *) + enable_shared=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_shared=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + ;; + esac +else + enable_shared=yes +fi + + + + + + + + + + # Check whether --enable-static was given. +if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_static; p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_static=yes ;; + no) enable_static=no ;; + *) + enable_static=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_static=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + ;; + esac +else + enable_static=yes +fi + + + + + + + + + + +# Check whether --with-pic was given. +if test "${with_pic+set}" = set; then : + withval=$with_pic; lt_p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $withval in + yes|no) pic_mode=$withval ;; + *) + pic_mode=default + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for lt_pkg in $withval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$lt_pkg" = "X$lt_p"; then + pic_mode=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + ;; + esac +else + pic_mode=default +fi + + +test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default + + + + + + + + # Check whether --enable-fast-install was given. +if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_fast_install; p=${PACKAGE-default} + case $enableval in + yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; + no) enable_fast_install=no ;; + *) + enable_fast_install=no + # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," + for pkg in $enableval; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then + enable_fast_install=yes + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + ;; + esac +else + enable_fast_install=yes +fi + + + + + + + + + + + +# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed +LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain" + +# Always use our own libtool. +LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for objdir" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for objdir... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_objdir+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null +mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null +if test -d .libs; then + lt_cv_objdir=.libs +else + # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. + lt_cv_objdir=_libs +fi +rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_objdir" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_objdir" >&6; } +objdir=$lt_cv_objdir + + + + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define LT_OBJDIR "$lt_cv_objdir/" +_ACEOF + + + + +case $host_os in +aix3*) + # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some + # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems + # vanish in a puff of smoke. + if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then + COLLECT_NAMES= + export COLLECT_NAMES + fi + ;; +esac + +# Global variables: +ofile=libtool +can_build_shared=yes + +# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, +# which needs '.lib'). +libext=a + +with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" + +old_CC="$CC" +old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + +# Set sane defaults for various variables +test -z "$CC" && CC=cc +test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC +test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS +test -z "$LD" && LD=ld +test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o + +for cc_temp in $compiler""; do + case $cc_temp in + compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; + distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; + \-*) ;; + *) break;; + esac +done +cc_basename=`$ECHO "$cc_temp" | $SED "s%.*/%%; s%^$host_alias-%%"` + + +# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it +test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file +case $deplibs_check_method in +file_magic*) + if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $MAGIC_CMD in +[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; +*) + lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file; then + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file" + if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then + case $deplibs_check_method in + "file_magic "*) + file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" + if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | + $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then + : + else + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, +*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. +*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries +*** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that +*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool +*** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you +*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to +*** bug-libtool@gnu.org + +_LT_EOF + fi ;; + esac + fi + break + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" + ;; +esac +fi + +MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" +if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 +$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + + + +if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for file" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for file... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + case $MAGIC_CMD in +[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; +*) + lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" + lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/file; then + lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/file" + if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then + case $deplibs_check_method in + "file_magic "*) + file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" + if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | + $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then + : + else + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, +*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. +*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries +*** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that +*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool +*** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you +*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to +*** bug-libtool@gnu.org + +_LT_EOF + fi ;; + esac + fi + break + fi + done + IFS="$lt_save_ifs" + MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" + ;; +esac +fi + +MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" +if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 +$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + else + MAGIC_CMD=: + fi +fi + + fi + ;; +esac + +# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script + +lt_save_CC="$CC" +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + +# Source file extension for C test sources. +ac_ext=c + +# Object file extension for compiled C test sources. +objext=o +objext=$objext + +# Code to be used in simple compile tests +lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" + +# Code to be used in simple link tests +lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}' + + + + + + + +# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. +LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} + +# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. +LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} + +# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. +compiler=$CC + +# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other +# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP. +compiler_DEFAULT=$CC + +# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code +ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext +echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext +eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err +_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` +$RM conftest* + +ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext +echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext +eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err +_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` +$RM -r conftest* + + +if test -n "$compiler"; then + +lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag= + +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $cc_basename in + nvcc*) + lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -Xcompiler -fno-builtin' ;; + *) + lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin' ;; + esac + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no + ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. + $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' >conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 + if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes + fi + fi + $RM conftest* + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; } + +if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then + lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" +else + : +fi + +fi + + + + + + + lt_prog_compiler_wl= +lt_prog_compiler_pic= +lt_prog_compiler_static= + + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' + + case $host_os in + aix*) + # All AIX code is PIC. + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + fi + ;; + + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' + ;; + m68k) + # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but + # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, + # like `-m68040'. + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' + ;; + esac + ;; + + beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + # PIC is the default for these OSes. + ;; + + mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) + # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being + # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). + # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style + # (--disable-auto-import) libraries + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' + ;; + + darwin* | rhapsody*) + # PIC is the default on this platform + # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common' + ;; + + haiku*) + # PIC is the default for Haiku. + # The "-static" flag exists, but is broken. + lt_prog_compiler_static= + ;; + + hpux*) + # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit + # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag + # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + # +Z the default + ;; + *) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' + ;; + esac + ;; + + interix[3-9]*) + # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. + # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. + ;; + + msdosdjgpp*) + # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries + # on systems that don't support them. + lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no + enable_shared=no + ;; + + *nto* | *qnx*) + # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise + # it will coredump. + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared' + ;; + + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + lt_prog_compiler_pic=-Kconform_pic + fi + ;; + + *) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' + ;; + esac + + case $cc_basename in + nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2 + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Xlinker ' + if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then + lt_prog_compiler_pic="-Xcompiler $lt_prog_compiler_pic" + fi + ;; + esac + else + # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. + case $host_os in + aix*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + else + lt_prog_compiler_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' + fi + ;; + + mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) + # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being + # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' + ;; + + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but + # not for PA HP-UX. + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + # +Z the default + ;; + *) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='+Z' + ;; + esac + # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? + lt_prog_compiler_static='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' + ;; + + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. + lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' + ;; + + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) + case $cc_basename in + # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. + ecc*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' + ;; + # icc used to be incompatible with GCC. + # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. + icc* | ifort*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' + ;; + # Lahey Fortran 8.1. + lf95*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='--shared' + lt_prog_compiler_static='--static' + ;; + nagfor*) + # NAG Fortran compiler + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,-Wl,,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) + # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, + # which looks to be a dead project) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + ccc*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + # All Alpha code is PIC. + lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' + ;; + xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*) + # IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1, 11.1 on PPC and BlueGene + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-qpic' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-qstaticlink' + ;; + *) + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ Ceres\ Fortran* | *Sun*Fortran*\ [1-7].* | *Sun*Fortran*\ 8.[0-3]*) + # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + lt_prog_compiler_wl='' + ;; + *Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ' + ;; + *Sun\ C*) + # Sun C 5.9 + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + ;; + *Intel*\ [CF]*Compiler*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' + ;; + *Portland\ Group*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + + newsos6) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + *nto* | *qnx*) + # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise + # it will coredump. + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared' + ;; + + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + # All OSF/1 code is PIC. + lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' + ;; + + rdos*) + lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' + ;; + + solaris*) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + case $cc_basename in + f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ';; + *) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,';; + esac + ;; + + sunos4*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec ;then + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kconform_pic' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + fi + ;; + + sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + unicos*) + lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' + lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no + ;; + + uts4*) + lt_prog_compiler_pic='-pic' + lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' + ;; + + *) + lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no + ;; + esac + fi + +case $host_os in + # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: + *djgpp*) + lt_prog_compiler_pic= + ;; + *) + lt_prog_compiler_pic="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" + ;; +esac + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic=$lt_prog_compiler_pic +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic" >&6; } +lt_prog_compiler_pic=$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic + +# +# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. +# +if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=no + ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. + $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' >conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 + if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes + fi + fi + $RM conftest* + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&6; } + +if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" = xyes; then + case $lt_prog_compiler_pic in + "" | " "*) ;; + *) lt_prog_compiler_pic=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic" ;; + esac +else + lt_prog_compiler_pic= + lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no +fi + +fi + + + + + + + + + + + +# +# Check to make sure the static flag actually works. +# +wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static\" +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=no + save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" + echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then + # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings + if test -s conftest.err; then + # Append any errors to the config.log. + cat conftest.err 1>&5 + $ECHO "$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 + if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes + fi + else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes + fi + fi + $RM -r conftest* + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&6; } + +if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" = xyes; then + : +else + lt_prog_compiler_static= +fi + + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no + $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null + mkdir conftest + cd conftest + mkdir out + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + + lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat out/conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext + then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings + $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 + if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes + fi + fi + chmod u+w . 2>&5 + $RM conftest* + # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for + # template instantiation + test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files + $RM out/* && rmdir out + cd .. + $RM -r conftest + $RM conftest* + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no + $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null + mkdir conftest + cd conftest + mkdir out + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + + lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" + # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or + # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. + # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins + # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. + lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ + -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ + -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ + -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) + ac_status=$? + cat out/conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext + then + # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings + $ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 + if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes + fi + fi + chmod u+w . 2>&5 + $RM conftest* + # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for + # template instantiation + test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files + $RM out/* && rmdir out + cd .. + $RM -r conftest + $RM conftest* + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } + + + + +hard_links="nottested" +if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then + # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } + hard_links=yes + $RM conftest* + ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no + touch conftest.a + ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no + ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hard_links" >&5 +$as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } + if test "$hard_links" = no; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} + need_locks=warn + fi +else + need_locks=no +fi + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } + + runpath_var= + allow_undefined_flag= + always_export_symbols=no + archive_cmds= + archive_expsym_cmds= + compiler_needs_object=no + enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=no + export_dynamic_flag_spec= + export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + hardcode_automatic=no + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_direct_absolute=no + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + hardcode_libdir_separator= + hardcode_minus_L=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported + inherit_rpath=no + link_all_deplibs=unknown + module_cmds= + module_expsym_cmds= + old_archive_from_new_cmds= + old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds= + thread_safe_flag_spec= + whole_archive_flag_spec= + # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* + # included in the symbol list + include_expsyms= + # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude + # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or + # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', + # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. + exclude_expsyms='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*' + # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out + # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if + # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot + # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in + # preloaded symbol tables. + # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. + extract_expsyms_cmds= + + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + if test "$GCC" != yes; then + with_gnu_ld=no + fi + ;; + interix*) + # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) + with_gnu_ld=yes + ;; + openbsd*) + with_gnu_ld=no + ;; + esac + + ld_shlibs=yes + + # On some targets, GNU ld is compatible enough with the native linker + # that we're better off using the native interface for both. + lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=no + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + case $host_os in + aix*) + # The AIX port of GNU ld has always aspired to compatibility + # with the native linker. However, as the warning in the GNU ld + # block says, versions before 2.19.5* couldn't really create working + # shared libraries, regardless of the interface used. + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.19.5*) ;; + *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.[2-9]*) ;; + *\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ [3-9]*) ;; + *) + lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + *) + lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes + ;; + esac + fi + + if test "$lt_use_gnu_ld_interface" = yes; then + # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty + wlarc='${wl}' + + # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These + # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them + # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic' + # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then + whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' + else + whole_archive_flag_spec= + fi + supports_anon_versioning=no + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *GNU\ gold*) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; + *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 + *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... + *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... + *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions + *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; + esac + + # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. + case $host_os in + aix[3-9]*) + # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then + ld_shlibs=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.19, is reported +*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. +*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you +*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to install binutils +*** 2.20 or above, or modify your PATH so that a non-GNU linker is found. +*** You will then need to restart the configuration process. + +_LT_EOF + fi + ;; + + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='' + ;; + m68k) + archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + + beos*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + # Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc + # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME + archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, ) is actually meaningless, + # as there is no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-all-symbols' + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + always_export_symbols=no + enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes + export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[ ]__nm__\([^ ]*\)[ ][^ ]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[ ]/d;/^[AITW][ ]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + exclude_expsyms='[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname' + + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line + # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... + archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then + cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; + else + echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; + cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; + fi~ + $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + haiku*) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + link_all_deplibs=yes + ;; + + interix[3-9]*) + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. + # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by + # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory + # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, + # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link + # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' + ;; + + gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) + tmp_diet=no + if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then + case $cc_basename in + diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;; # linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn) + esac + fi + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \ + && test "$tmp_diet" = no + then + tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' + tmp_sharedflag='-shared' + case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in + pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' + ;; + pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) + # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; + ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 + tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; + efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 + tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; + ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler + tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; + lf95*) # Lahey Fortran 8.1 + whole_archive_flag_spec= + tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;; + xl[cC]* | bgxl[cC]* | mpixl[cC]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below) + tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj' + tmp_addflag= ;; + nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2 + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + compiler_needs_object=yes + ;; + esac + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + compiler_needs_object=yes + tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; + *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 + tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; + esac + archive_cmds='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + + if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' + fi + + case $cc_basename in + xlf* | bgf* | bgxlf* | mpixlf*) + # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself + whole_archive_flag_spec='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -o $lib' + if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ + $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' + fi + ;; + esac + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' + wlarc= + else + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + fi + ;; + + solaris*) + if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then + ld_shlibs=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably +*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool +*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU +*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify +*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is +*** used, and then restart. + +_LT_EOF + elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) + ld_shlibs=no + cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 + +*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not +*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool +*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU +*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify +*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is +*** used, and then restart. + +_LT_EOF + ;; + *) + # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always + # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the + # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so + # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + + sunos4*) + archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + wlarc= + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + *) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + + if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then + runpath_var= + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + export_dynamic_flag_spec= + whole_archive_flag_spec= + fi + else + # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) + case $host_os in + aix3*) + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + always_export_symbols=yes + archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' + # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there + # are no directories specified by -L. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then + # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a + # broken collect2. + hardcode_direct=unsupported + fi + ;; + + aix[4-9]*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't + # have to do anything special. + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' + no_entry_flag="" + else + # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. + # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm + # Also, AIX nm treats weak defined symbols like other global + # defined symbols, whereas GNU nm marks them as "W". + if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then + export_symbols_cmds='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + else + export_symbols_cmds='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' + fi + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + + # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal + # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we + # need to do runtime linking. + case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*) + for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do + if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then + aix_use_runtimelinking=yes + break + fi + done + ;; + esac + + exp_sym_flag='-bexport' + no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' + fi + + # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can + # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library + # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to + # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not + # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. + + archive_cmds='' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_direct_absolute=yes + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' + link_all_deplibs=yes + file_list_spec='${wl}-f,' + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) + # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check + # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ + collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` + if test -f "$collect2name" && + strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null + then + # We have reworked collect2 + : + else + # We have old collect2 + hardcode_direct=unsupported + # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled + # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L + # to unsupported forces relinking + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator= + fi + ;; + esac + shared_flag='-shared' + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' + fi + else + # not using gcc + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release + # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: + shared_flag='-G' + else + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + shared_flag='${wl}-G' + else + shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' + fi + fi + fi + + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-bexpall' + # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with + # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. + always_export_symbols=yes + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + allow_undefined_flag='-berok' + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an + # empty executable. + if test "${lt_cv_aix_libpath+set}" = set; then + aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath +else + if ${lt_cv_aix_libpath_+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + + lt_aix_libpath_sed=' + /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { + /^0/ { + s/^0 *\([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ + p + } + }' + lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` + # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. + if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then + lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` + fi +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then + lt_cv_aix_libpath_="/usr/lib:/lib" + fi + +fi + + aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath_ +fi + + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then func_echo_all "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" + else + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' + allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs" + archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" + else + # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an + # empty executable. + if test "${lt_cv_aix_libpath+set}" = set; then + aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath +else + if ${lt_cv_aix_libpath_+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + + lt_aix_libpath_sed=' + /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { + /^0/ { + s/^0 *\([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ + p + } + }' + lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` + # Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. + if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then + lt_cv_aix_libpath_=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` + fi +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + if test -z "$lt_cv_aix_libpath_"; then + lt_cv_aix_libpath_="/usr/lib:/lib" + fi + +fi + + aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath_ +fi + + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, + # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. + no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-bernotok' + allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok' + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + # We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive. + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' + else + # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives + whole_archive_flag_spec='$convenience' + fi + archive_cmds_need_lc=yes + # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. + archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' + fi + fi + ;; + + amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='' + ;; + m68k) + archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + + bsdi[45]*) + export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic + ;; + + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + case $cc_basename in + cl*) + # Native MSVC + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + always_export_symbols=yes + file_list_spec='@' + # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. + libext=lib + # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. + shrext_cmds=".dll" + # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. + archive_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-dll~linknames=' + archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then + sed -n -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' -e '1\\\!p' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; + else + sed -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp; + fi~ + $CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~ + linknames=' + # The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL. + # _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, )='true' + enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes + exclude_expsyms='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*' + export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1,DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' + # Don't use ranlib + old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' + postlink_cmds='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~ + lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~ + case $lt_outputfile in + *.exe|*.EXE) ;; + *) + lt_outputfile="$lt_outputfile.exe" + lt_tool_outputfile="$lt_tool_outputfile.exe" + ;; + esac~ + if test "$MANIFEST_TOOL" != ":" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then + $MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1; + $RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; + fi' + ;; + *) + # Assume MSVC wrapper + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. + libext=lib + # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. + shrext_cmds=".dll" + # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. + archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `func_echo_all "$deplibs" | $SED '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' + # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. + old_archive_from_new_cmds='true' + # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. + old_archive_cmds='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' + enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + + darwin* | rhapsody*) + + + archive_cmds_need_lc=no + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_automatic=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported + if test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "yes"; then + whole_archive_flag_spec='`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience ${wl}-force_load,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"`' + + else + whole_archive_flag_spec='' + fi + link_all_deplibs=yes + allow_undefined_flag="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined" + case $cc_basename in + ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;; + *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;; + esac + if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then + output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all + archive_cmds="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" + module_cmds="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" + archive_expsym_cmds="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" + module_expsym_cmds="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" + + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + + ;; + + dgux*) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor + # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o + # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little + # extra space). + freebsd2.2*) + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. + freebsd2.*) + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. + freebsd* | dragonfly*) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + hpux9*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + else + archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' + fi + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + ;; + + hpux10*) + if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + fi + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_direct_absolute=yes + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + fi + ;; + + hpux11*) + if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + esac + else + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*) + archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + ia64*) + archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + ;; + *) + + # Older versions of the 11.00 compiler do not understand -b yet + # (HP92453-01 A.11.01.20 doesn't, HP92453-01 B.11.X.35175-35176.GP does) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $CC understands -b" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if $CC understands -b... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_prog_compiler__b+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_prog_compiler__b=no + save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -b" + echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then + # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized + # So say no if there are warnings + if test -s conftest.err; then + # Append any errors to the config.log. + cat conftest.err 1>&5 + $ECHO "$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > conftest.exp + $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 + if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then + lt_cv_prog_compiler__b=yes + fi + else + lt_cv_prog_compiler__b=yes + fi + fi + $RM -r conftest* + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler__b" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler__b" >&6; } + +if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler__b" = xyes; then + archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' +else + archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' +fi + + ;; + esac + fi + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + *) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_direct_absolute=yes + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + # Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not + # work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and + # implicitly export all symbols. + # This should be the same for all languages, so no per-tag cache variable. + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $host_os linker accepts -exported_symbol" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the $host_os linker accepts -exported_symbol... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +int foo (void) { return 0; } +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=yes +else + lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" >&6; } + if test "$lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" = yes; then + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' + fi + else + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib' + fi + archive_cmds_need_lc='no' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + inherit_rpath=yes + link_all_deplibs=yes + ;; + + netbsd*) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out + else + archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF + fi + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + newsos6) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + *nto* | *qnx*) + ;; + + openbsd*) + if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + hardcode_direct_absolute=yes + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' + else + case $host_os in + openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) + archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + *) + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + esac + fi + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + + os2*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + allow_undefined_flag=unsupported + archive_cmds='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' + old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' + ;; + + osf3*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + else + allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + fi + archive_cmds_need_lc='no' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + + osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + else + allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' + archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp' + + # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' + fi + archive_cmds_need_lc='no' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + + solaris*) + no_undefined_flag=' -z defs' + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + wlarc='${wl}' + archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + else + case `$CC -V 2>&1` in + *"Compilers 5.0"*) + wlarc='' + archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + ;; + *) + wlarc='${wl}' + archive_cmds='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ + $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' + ;; + esac + fi + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + case $host_os in + solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; + *) + # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, + # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', + # but is careful enough not to reorder. + # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' + else + whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' + fi + ;; + esac + link_all_deplibs=yes + ;; + + sunos4*) + if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then + # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o + # files that make .init and .fini sections work. + archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + fi + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + sysv4) + case $host_vendor in + sni) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? + ;; + siemens) + ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB + ## CC just makes a GrossModule. + archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + reload_cmds='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' + hardcode_direct=no + ;; + motorola) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie + ;; + esac + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + sysv4.3*) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport' + ;; + + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + hardcode_runpath_var=yes + ld_shlibs=yes + fi + ;; + + sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) + no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' + archive_cmds_need_lc=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + fi + ;; + + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) + # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not + # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to + # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would + # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text + # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed + # as -z defs. + no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' + allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,nodefs' + archive_cmds_need_lc=no + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R,$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' + link_all_deplibs=yes + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Bexport' + runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + else + archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' + fi + ;; + + uts4*) + archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_shlibpath_var=no + ;; + + *) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + esac + + if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then + case $host in + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) + export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' + ;; + esac + fi + fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ld_shlibs" >&5 +$as_echo "$ld_shlibs" >&6; } +test "$ld_shlibs" = no && can_build_shared=no + +with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +# +# Do we need to explicitly link libc? +# +case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc" in +x|xyes) + # Assume -lc should be added + archive_cmds_need_lc=yes + + if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $archive_cmds in + *'~'*) + # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. + ;; + '$CC '*) + # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some + # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc + # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + $RM conftest* + echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext + + if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } 2>conftest.err; then + soname=conftest + lib=conftest + libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext + deplibs= + wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl + pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic + compiler_flags=-v + linker_flags=-v + verstring= + output_objdir=. + libname=conftest + lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag + allow_undefined_flag= + if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\""; } >&5 + (eval $archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } + then + lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc=no + else + lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc=yes + fi + allow_undefined_flag=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag + else + cat conftest.err 1>&5 + fi + $RM conftest* + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc" >&6; } + archive_cmds_need_lc=$lt_cv_archive_cmds_need_lc + ;; + esac + fi + ;; +esac + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } + +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in + darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;; + *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;; + esac + case $host_os in + mingw* | cegcc*) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=\([A-Za-z]:\),\1,g" ;; + *) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=/,/,g" ;; + esac + lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e $lt_sed_strip_eq` + case $lt_search_path_spec in + *\;*) + # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator + # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is + # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should + # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED 's/;/ /g'` + ;; + *) + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` + ;; + esac + # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it + # and add multilib dir if necessary. + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec= + lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null` + for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do + if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir" + else + test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \ + lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path" + fi + done + lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec" | awk ' +BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} { + lt_foo=""; + lt_count=0; + for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) { + if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") { + if ($lt_i == "..") { + lt_count++; + } else { + if (lt_count == 0) { + lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo; + } else { + lt_count--; + } + } + } + } + if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[lt_foo]++; } + if (lt_freq[lt_foo] == 1) { print lt_foo; } +}'` + # AWK program above erroneously prepends '/' to C:/dos/paths + # for these hosts. + case $host_os in + mingw* | cegcc*) lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" |\ + $SED 's,/\([A-Za-z]:\),\1,g'` ;; + esac + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $lt_NL2SP` +else + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" +fi +library_names_spec= +libname_spec='lib$name' +soname_spec= +shrext_cmds=".so" +postinstall_cmds= +postuninstall_cmds= +finish_cmds= +finish_eval= +shlibpath_var= +shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown +version_type=none +dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" +need_lib_prefix=unknown +hardcode_into_libs=no + +# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version +# flags to be left without arguments +need_version=unknown + +case $host_os in +aix3*) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' + shlibpath_var=LIBPATH + + # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + ;; + +aix[4-9]*) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # AIX 5 supports IA64 + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + else + # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file + # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with + # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to + # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in + # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. + case $host_os in + aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) + if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' + echo ' yes ' + echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then + : + else + can_build_shared=no + fi + ;; + esac + # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct + # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to + # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib.so + # instead of lib.a to let people know that these are not + # typical AIX shared libraries. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + else + # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 + # and later when we are not doing run time linking. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + fi + shlibpath_var=LIBPATH + fi + ;; + +amigaos*) + case $host_cpu in + powerpc) + # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries. + # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + ;; + m68k) + library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' + # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. + finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`func_echo_all "$lib" | $SED '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' + ;; + esac + ;; + +beos*) + library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' + dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" + shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH + ;; + +bsdi[45]*) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" + # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and + # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow + # libtool to hard-code these into programs + ;; + +cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + version_type=windows + shrext_cmds=".dll" + need_version=no + need_lib_prefix=no + + case $GCC,$cc_basename in + yes,*) + # gcc + library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' + # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds + postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ + dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ + dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ + test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ + $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ + chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~ + if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then + eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?; + fi' + postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ + dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ + $RM \$dlpath' + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + + case $host_os in + cygwin*) + # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' + soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/lib/w32api" + ;; + mingw* | cegcc*) + # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix + soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + ;; + pw32*) + # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' + library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + ;; + esac + dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' + ;; + + *,cl*) + # Native MSVC + libname_spec='$name' + soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' + library_names_spec='${libname}.dll.lib' + + case $build_os in + mingw*) + sys_lib_search_path_spec= + lt_save_ifs=$IFS + IFS=';' + for lt_path in $LIB + do + IFS=$lt_save_ifs + # Let DOS variable expansion print the short 8.3 style file name. + lt_path=`cd "$lt_path" 2>/dev/null && cmd //C "for %i in (".") do @echo %~si"` + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec $lt_path" + done + IFS=$lt_save_ifs + # Convert to MSYS style. + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | sed -e 's|\\\\|/|g' -e 's| \\([a-zA-Z]\\):| /\\1|g' -e 's|^ ||'` + ;; + cygwin*) + # Convert to unix form, then to dos form, then back to unix form + # but this time dos style (no spaces!) so that the unix form looks + # like /cygdrive/c/PROGRA~1:/cygdr... + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$LIB"` + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --dos "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" 2>/dev/null` + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` + ;; + *) + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$LIB" + if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then + # It is most probably a Windows format PATH. + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` + else + sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` + fi + # FIXME: find the short name or the path components, as spaces are + # common. (e.g. "Program Files" -> "PROGRA~1") + ;; + esac + + # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds + postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ + dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ + dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ + test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ + $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname' + postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ + dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ + $RM \$dlpath' + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + dynamic_linker='Win32 link.exe' + ;; + + *) + # Assume MSVC wrapper + library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' + dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' + ;; + esac + # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in + shlibpath_var=PATH + ;; + +darwin* | rhapsody*) + dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" + version_type=darwin + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH + shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' + + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' + ;; + +dgux*) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + ;; + +freebsd* | dragonfly*) + # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new + # versioning mechanism, adjust this. + if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then + objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` + else + case $host_os in + freebsd[23].*) objformat=aout ;; + *) objformat=elf ;; + esac + fi + version_type=freebsd-$objformat + case $version_type in + freebsd-elf*) + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' + need_version=no + need_lib_prefix=no + ;; + freebsd-*) + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' + need_version=yes + ;; + esac + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + case $host_os in + freebsd2.*) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + ;; + freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ + freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + +gnu*) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +haiku*) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + dynamic_linker="$host_os runtime_loader" + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/boot/home/config/lib /boot/common/lib /boot/system/lib' + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to + # link against other versions. + version_type=sunos + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + case $host_cpu in + ia64*) + shrext_cmds='.so' + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" + else + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" + fi + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec + ;; + hppa*64*) + shrext_cmds='.sl' + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec + ;; + *) + shrext_cmds='.sl' + dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" + shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + ;; + esac + # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555, ... + postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' + # or fails outright, so override atomically: + install_override_mode=555 + ;; + +interix[3-9]*) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + case $host_os in + nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; + *) + if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + else + version_type=irix + fi ;; + esac + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' + case $host_os in + irix5* | nonstopux*) + libsuff= shlibsuff= + ;; + *) + case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD + *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") + libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; + *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") + libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; + *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") + libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; + *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; + esac + ;; + esac + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. +linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; + +# This must be glibc/ELF. +linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + + # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH + if ${lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS + save_libdir=$libdir + eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$lt_prog_compiler_wl\"; \ + LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + if ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null; then : + lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes +fi +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS + libdir=$save_libdir + +fi + + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath + + # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. + # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install + # before this can be enabled. + hardcode_into_libs=yes + + # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path + if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then + lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;s/"//g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" + fi + + # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on + # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the + # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, + # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and + # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we + # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. + dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' + ;; + +netbsd*) + version_type=sunos + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' + dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' + else + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' + fi + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +newsos6) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + ;; + +*nto* | *qnx*) + version_type=qnx + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so' + ;; + +openbsd*) + version_type=sunos + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" + need_lib_prefix=no + # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. + case $host_os in + openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; + *) need_version=no ;; + esac + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + case $host_os in + openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + ;; + *) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + ;; + esac + else + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + fi + ;; + +os2*) + libname_spec='$name' + shrext_cmds=".dll" + need_lib_prefix=no + library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' + dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' + shlibpath_var=LIBPATH + ;; + +osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + version_type=osf + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" + ;; + +rdos*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; + +solaris*) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + # ldd complains unless libraries are executable + postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' + ;; + +sunos4*) + version_type=sunos + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' + finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + need_lib_prefix=no + fi + need_version=yes + ;; + +sysv4 | sysv4.3*) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + case $host_vendor in + sni) + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + need_lib_prefix=no + runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + ;; + siemens) + need_lib_prefix=no + ;; + motorola) + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' + ;; + esac + ;; + +sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec ;then + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + fi + ;; + +sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) + version_type=freebsd-elf + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes + hardcode_into_libs=yes + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' + else + sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' + case $host_os in + sco3.2v5*) + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" + ;; + esac + fi + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' + ;; + +tpf*) + # TPF is a cross-target only. Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux. + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + need_lib_prefix=no + need_version=no + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + hardcode_into_libs=yes + ;; + +uts4*) + version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' + soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' + shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + ;; + +*) + dynamic_linker=no + ;; +esac +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 +$as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } +test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no + +variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" +fi + +if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then + sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" +fi +if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then + sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } +hardcode_action= +if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" || + test -n "$runpath_var" || + test "X$hardcode_automatic" = "Xyes" ; then + + # We can hardcode non-existent directories. + if test "$hardcode_direct" != no && + # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we + # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library + # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one + ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, )" != no && + test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then + # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. + hardcode_action=relink + else + # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. + hardcode_action=immediate + fi +else + # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing + # directories. + hardcode_action=unsupported +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hardcode_action" >&5 +$as_echo "$hardcode_action" >&6; } + +if test "$hardcode_action" = relink || + test "$inherit_rpath" = yes; then + # Fast installation is not supported + enable_fast_install=no +elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || + test "$enable_shared" = no; then + # Fast installation is not necessary + enable_fast_install=needless +fi + + + + + + + if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then + enable_dlopen=unknown + enable_dlopen_self=unknown + enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown +else + lt_cv_dlopen=no + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + + case $host_os in + beos*) + lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes + ;; + + mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + ;; + + cygwin*) + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + ;; + + darwin*) + # if libdl is installed we need to link against it + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dlopen (); +int +main () +{ +return dlopen (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes; then : + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" +else + + lt_cv_dlopen="dyld" + lt_cv_dlopen_libs= + lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes + +fi + + ;; + + *) + ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "shl_load" "ac_cv_func_shl_load" +if test "x$ac_cv_func_shl_load" = xyes; then : + lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char shl_load (); +int +main () +{ +return shl_load (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = xyes; then : + lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" +else + ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "dlopen" "ac_cv_func_dlopen" +if test "x$ac_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes; then : + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dlopen (); +int +main () +{ +return dlopen (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes; then : + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lsvld $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dlopen (); +int +main () +{ +return dlopen (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" = xyes; then : + lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld" +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dld_link (); +int +main () +{ +return dld_link (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" = xyes; then : + lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" +fi + + +fi + + +fi + + +fi + + +fi + + +fi + + ;; + esac + + if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then + enable_dlopen=yes + else + enable_dlopen=no + fi + + case $lt_cv_dlopen in + dlopen) + save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" + + save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" + + save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_dlopen_self+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : + lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross +else + lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 + lt_status=$lt_dlunknown + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +#line $LINENO "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" + +#if HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL +#else +# ifdef DL_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL +# else +# define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we + find out it does not work in some platform. */ +#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW +# ifdef RTLD_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY +# else +# ifdef DL_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY +# else +# ifdef RTLD_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW +# else +# ifdef DL_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW +# else +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* When -fvisbility=hidden is used, assume the code has been annotated + correspondingly for the symbols needed. */ +#if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) || (__GNUC__ > 3)) +int fnord () __attribute__((visibility("default"))); +#endif + +int fnord () { return 42; } +int main () +{ + void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); + int status = $lt_dlunknown; + + if (self) + { + if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; + else + { + if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; + else puts (dlerror ()); + } + /* dlclose (self); */ + } + else + puts (dlerror ()); + + return status; +} +_LT_EOF + if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then + (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null + lt_status=$? + case x$lt_status in + x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; + x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; + x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;; + esac + else : + # compilation failed + lt_cv_dlopen_self=no + fi +fi +rm -fr conftest* + + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6; } + + if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then + wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } +if ${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : + lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross +else + lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 + lt_status=$lt_dlunknown + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF +#line $LINENO "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" + +#if HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL +#else +# ifdef DL_GLOBAL +# define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL +# else +# define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we + find out it does not work in some platform. */ +#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW +# ifdef RTLD_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY +# else +# ifdef DL_LAZY +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY +# else +# ifdef RTLD_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW +# else +# ifdef DL_NOW +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW +# else +# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* When -fvisbility=hidden is used, assume the code has been annotated + correspondingly for the symbols needed. */ +#if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) || (__GNUC__ > 3)) +int fnord () __attribute__((visibility("default"))); +#endif + +int fnord () { return 42; } +int main () +{ + void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); + int status = $lt_dlunknown; + + if (self) + { + if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; + else + { + if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; + else puts (dlerror ()); + } + /* dlclose (self); */ + } + else + puts (dlerror ()); + + return status; +} +_LT_EOF + if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then + (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null + lt_status=$? + case x$lt_status in + x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; + x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; + x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;; + esac + else : + # compilation failed + lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no + fi +fi +rm -fr conftest* + + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5 +$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6; } + fi + + CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" + LIBS="$save_LIBS" + ;; + esac + + case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in + yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; + *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; + esac + + case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in + yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; + *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; + esac +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +striplib= +old_striplib= +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... " >&6; } +if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then + test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" + test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } +else +# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough + case $host_os in + darwin*) + if test -n "$STRIP" ; then + striplib="$STRIP -x" + old_striplib="$STRIP -S" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + fi + ;; + *) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + ;; + esac +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + # Report which library types will actually be built + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; } + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $can_build_shared" >&5 +$as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; } + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; } + test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no + + # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and + # are all built from PIC. + case $host_os in + aix3*) + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" + postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' + fi + ;; + + aix[4-9]*) + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then + test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no + fi + ;; + esac + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_shared" >&5 +$as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; } + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; } + # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. + test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_static" >&5 +$as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; } + + + + +fi +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + +CC="$lt_save_CC" + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands libtool" + + + + +# Only expand once: + + + + +# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use. +for ac_func in fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r +do : + as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var" +if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then : + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + +ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "strerror_r" "ac_cv_have_decl_strerror_r" "$ac_includes_default" +if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_strerror_r" = xyes; then : + ac_have_decl=1 +else + ac_have_decl=0 +fi + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R $ac_have_decl +_ACEOF + +for ac_func in strerror_r +do : + ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "strerror_r" "ac_cv_func_strerror_r" +if test "x$ac_cv_func_strerror_r" = xyes; then : + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRERROR_R 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether strerror_r returns char *" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether strerror_r returns char *... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=no + if test $ac_cv_have_decl_strerror_r = yes; then + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +int +main () +{ + + char buf[100]; + char x = *strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf); + char *p = strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf); + return !p || x; + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=yes +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + else + # strerror_r is not declared. Choose between + # systems that have relatively inaccessible declarations for the + # function. BeOS and DEC UNIX 4.0 fall in this category, but the + # former has a strerror_r that returns char*, while the latter + # has a strerror_r that returns `int'. + # This test should segfault on the DEC system. + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : + : +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default + extern char *strerror_r (); +int +main () +{ +char buf[100]; + char x = *strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf); + return ! isalpha (x); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=yes +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ + conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p = yes; then + +$as_echo "#define STRERROR_R_CHAR_P 1" >>confdefs.h + +fi + + +ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile sqlite3.pc" + + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# --enable-readline +# +# Check whether --enable-readline was given. +if test "${enable_readline+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_readline; +else + enable_readline=yes +fi + +if test x"$enable_readline" != xno ; then + sLIBS=$LIBS + LIBS="" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing tgetent" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for library containing tgetent... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_search_tgetent+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char tgetent (); +int +main () +{ +return tgetent (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_lib in '' curses ncurses ncursesw; do + if test -z "$ac_lib"; then + ac_res="none required" + else + ac_res=-l$ac_lib + LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" + fi + if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_search_tgetent=$ac_res +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext + if ${ac_cv_search_tgetent+:} false; then : + break +fi +done +if ${ac_cv_search_tgetent+:} false; then : + +else + ac_cv_search_tgetent=no +fi +rm conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_tgetent" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_tgetent" >&6; } +ac_res=$ac_cv_search_tgetent +if test "$ac_res" != no; then : + test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" + +fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing readline" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for library containing readline... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_search_readline+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char readline (); +int +main () +{ +return readline (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_lib in '' readline; do + if test -z "$ac_lib"; then + ac_res="none required" + else + ac_res=-l$ac_lib + LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" + fi + if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_search_readline=$ac_res +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext + if ${ac_cv_search_readline+:} false; then : + break +fi +done +if ${ac_cv_search_readline+:} false; then : + +else + ac_cv_search_readline=no +fi +rm conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_readline" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_readline" >&6; } +ac_res=$ac_cv_search_readline +if test "$ac_res" != no; then : + test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" + +else + enable_readline=no +fi + + for ac_func in readline +do : + ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "readline" "ac_cv_func_readline" +if test "x$ac_cv_func_readline" = xyes; then : + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_READLINE 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + + READLINE_LIBS=$LIBS + LIBS=$sLIBS +fi + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# --enable-threadsafe +# +# Check whether --enable-threadsafe was given. +if test "${enable_threadsafe+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_threadsafe; +else + enable_threadsafe=yes +fi + +THREADSAFE_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 +if test x"$enable_threadsafe" != "xno"; then + THREADSAFE_FLAGS="-D_REENTRANT=1 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing pthread_create" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for library containing pthread_create... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_search_pthread_create+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char pthread_create (); +int +main () +{ +return pthread_create (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_lib in '' pthread; do + if test -z "$ac_lib"; then + ac_res="none required" + else + ac_res=-l$ac_lib + LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" + fi + if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_search_pthread_create=$ac_res +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext + if ${ac_cv_search_pthread_create+:} false; then : + break +fi +done +if ${ac_cv_search_pthread_create+:} false; then : + +else + ac_cv_search_pthread_create=no +fi +rm conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_pthread_create" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_pthread_create" >&6; } +ac_res=$ac_cv_search_pthread_create +if test "$ac_res" != no; then : + test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" + +fi + +fi + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# --enable-dynamic-extensions +# +# Check whether --enable-dynamic-extensions was given. +if test "${enable_dynamic_extensions+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_dynamic_extensions; +else + enable_dynamic_extensions=yes +fi + +if test x"$enable_dynamic_extensions" != "xno"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for library containing dlopen... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_search_dlopen+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dlopen (); +int +main () +{ +return dlopen (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_lib in '' dl; do + if test -z "$ac_lib"; then + ac_res="none required" + else + ac_res=-l$ac_lib + LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" + fi + if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_search_dlopen=$ac_res +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext + if ${ac_cv_search_dlopen+:} false; then : + break +fi +done +if ${ac_cv_search_dlopen+:} false; then : + +else + ac_cv_search_dlopen=no +fi +rm conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_dlopen" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_dlopen" >&6; } +ac_res=$ac_cv_search_dlopen +if test "$ac_res" != no; then : + test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" + +fi + +else + DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for whether to support dynamic extensions" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for whether to support dynamic extensions... " >&6; } +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_dynamic_extensions" >&5 +$as_echo "$enable_dynamic_extensions" >&6; } + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +for ac_func in posix_fallocate +do : + ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "posix_fallocate" "ac_cv_func_posix_fallocate" +if test "x$ac_cv_func_posix_fallocate" = xyes; then : + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# UPDATE: Maybe it's better if users just set CFLAGS before invoking +# configure. This option doesn't really add much... +# +# --enable-tempstore +# +# AC_ARG_ENABLE(tempstore, [AS_HELP_STRING( +# [--enable-tempstore], +# [in-memory temporary tables (never, no, yes, always) [default=no]])], +# [], [enable_tempstore=no]) +# AC_MSG_CHECKING([for whether or not to store temp tables in-memory]) +# case "$enable_tempstore" in +# never ) TEMP_STORE=0 ;; +# no ) TEMP_STORE=1 ;; +# always ) TEMP_STORE=3 ;; +# yes ) TEMP_STORE=3 ;; +# * ) +# TEMP_STORE=1 +# enable_tempstore=yes +# ;; +# esac +# AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_tempstore) +# AC_SUBST(TEMP_STORE) +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF +# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure +# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure +# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. +# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't +# want to keep, you may remove or edit it. +# +# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it +# the --recheck option to rerun configure. +# +# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when +# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the +# following values. + +_ACEOF + +# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. +# So, we kill variables containing newlines. +# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, +# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. +( + for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in #( + *${as_nl}*) + case $ac_var in #( + *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; + esac + case $ac_var in #( + _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( + BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( + *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; + esac ;; + esac + done + + (set) 2>&1 | + case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( + *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) + # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote + # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \. + sed -n \ + "s/'/'\\\\''/g; + s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" + ;; #( + *) + # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. + sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" + ;; + esac | + sort +) | + sed ' + /^ac_cv_env_/b end + t clear + :clear + s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ + t end + s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ + :end' >>confcache +if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else + if test -w "$cache_file"; then + if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} + if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then + cat confcache >"$cache_file" + else + case $cache_file in #( + */* | ?:*) + mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ && + mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #( + *) + mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;; + esac + fi + fi + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} + fi +fi +rm -f confcache + +test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix +# Let make expand exec_prefix. +test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' + +# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. +# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. +# Protect against Makefile macro expansion. +# +# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that +# take arguments), then branch to the quote section. Otherwise, +# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments. +ac_script=' +:mline +/\\$/{ + N + s,\\\n,, + b mline +} +t clear +:clear +s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g +t quote +s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g +t quote +b any +:quote +s/[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g +s/\[/\\&/g +s/\]/\\&/g +s/\$/$$/g +H +:any +${ + g + s/^\n// + s/\n/ /g + p +} +' +DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h` + + +ac_libobjs= +ac_ltlibobjs= +U= +for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue + # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. + ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' + ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` + # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR + # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. + as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" + as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' +done +LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs + +LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs + + + if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then + am__EXEEXT_TRUE= + am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#' +else + am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#' + am__EXEEXT_FALSE= +fi + +if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then + as_fn_error $? "conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 +fi +if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then + as_fn_error $? "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 +fi +if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then + as_fn_error $? "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 +fi + +: "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}" +ac_write_fail=0 +ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} +as_write_fail=0 +cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 +#! $SHELL +# Generated by $as_me. +# Run this file to recreate the current configuration. +# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging +# configure, is in config.log if it exists. + +debug=false +ac_cs_recheck=false +ac_cs_silent=false + +SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} +export SHELL +_ASEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 +## -------------------- ## +## M4sh Initialization. ## +## -------------------- ## + +# Be more Bourne compatible +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( + *posix*) : + set -o posix ;; #( + *) : + ;; +esac +fi + + +as_nl=' +' +export as_nl +# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. +as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, +# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. +if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ + && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then + as_echo='print -r --' + as_echo_n='print -rn --' +elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then + as_echo='printf %s\n' + as_echo_n='printf %s' +else + if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then + as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' + as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' + else + as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' + as_echo_n_body='eval + arg=$1; + case $arg in #( + *"$as_nl"*) + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; + arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; + esac; + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" + ' + export as_echo_n_body + as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' + fi + export as_echo_body + as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' +fi + +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { + (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + } +fi + + +# IFS +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is +# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. +# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word +# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) +IFS=" "" $as_nl" + +# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. +as_myself= +case $0 in #(( + *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; + *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' +# in which case we are not to be found in the path. +if test "x$as_myself" = x; then + as_myself=$0 +fi +if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then + $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 + exit 1 +fi + +# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in +# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" +# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could +# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. +for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH +do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ + && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : +done +PS1='$ ' +PS2='> ' +PS4='+ ' + +# NLS nuisances. +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LANGUAGE=C +export LANGUAGE + +# CDPATH. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + + +# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] +# ---------------------------------------- +# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are +# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the +# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. +as_fn_error () +{ + as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 + if test "$4"; then + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 + fi + $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 + as_fn_exit $as_status +} # as_fn_error + + +# as_fn_set_status STATUS +# ----------------------- +# Set $? to STATUS, without forking. +as_fn_set_status () +{ + return $1 +} # as_fn_set_status + +# as_fn_exit STATUS +# ----------------- +# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. +as_fn_exit () +{ + set +e + as_fn_set_status $1 + exit $1 +} # as_fn_exit + +# as_fn_unset VAR +# --------------- +# Portably unset VAR. +as_fn_unset () +{ + { eval $1=; unset $1;} +} +as_unset=as_fn_unset +# as_fn_append VAR VALUE +# ---------------------- +# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take +# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over +# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive +# implementations. +if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : + eval 'as_fn_append () + { + eval $1+=\$2 + }' +else + as_fn_append () + { + eval $1=\$$1\$2 + } +fi # as_fn_append + +# as_fn_arith ARG... +# ------------------ +# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the +# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments +# must be portable across $(()) and expr. +if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : + eval 'as_fn_arith () + { + as_val=$(( $* )) + }' +else + as_fn_arith () + { + as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` + } +fi # as_fn_arith + + +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then + as_basename=basename +else + as_basename=false +fi + +if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_dirname=dirname +else + as_dirname=false +fi + +as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || +$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X/"$0" | + sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + +# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. +as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' +as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' +as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS +as_cr_digits='0123456789' +as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits + +ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= +case `echo -n x` in #((((( +-n*) + case `echo 'xy\c'` in + *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. + xy) ECHO_C='\c';; + *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null + ECHO_T=' ';; + esac;; +*) + ECHO_N='-n';; +esac + +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file +if test -d conf$$.dir; then + rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file +else + rm -f conf$$.dir + mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null +fi +if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then + if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s='ln -s' + # ... but there are two gotchas: + # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. + # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. + # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'. + ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || + as_ln_s='cp -pR' + elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s=ln + else + as_ln_s='cp -pR' + fi +else + as_ln_s='cp -pR' +fi +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file +rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null + + +# as_fn_mkdir_p +# ------------- +# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. +as_fn_mkdir_p () +{ + + case $as_dir in #( + -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; + esac + test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { + as_dirs= + while :; do + case $as_dir in #( + *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( + *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; + esac + as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" + as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || +$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$as_dir" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + test -d "$as_dir" && break + done + test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" + } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" + + +} # as_fn_mkdir_p +if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then + as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' +else + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + as_mkdir_p=false +fi + + +# as_fn_executable_p FILE +# ----------------------- +# Test if FILE is an executable regular file. +as_fn_executable_p () +{ + test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" +} # as_fn_executable_p +as_test_x='test -x' +as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. +as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. +as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + + +exec 6>&1 +## ----------------------------------- ## +## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ## +## ----------------------------------- ## +_ASEOF +test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to +# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their +# values after options handling. +ac_log=" +This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.8.6, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was + + CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES + CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS + CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS + CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS + $ $0 $@ + +on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` +" + +_ACEOF + +case $ac_config_files in *" +"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;; +esac + + + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# Files that config.status was made for. +config_files="$ac_config_files" +config_commands="$ac_config_commands" + +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +ac_cs_usage="\ +\`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions +from templates according to the current configuration. Unless the files +and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default. + +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]... + + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit + --config print configuration, then exit + -q, --quiet, --silent + do not print progress messages + -d, --debug don't remove temporary files + --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions + --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] + instantiate the configuration file FILE + +Configuration files: +$config_files + +Configuration commands: +$config_commands + +Report bugs to ." + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" +ac_cs_version="\\ +sqlite config.status 3.8.6 +configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69, + with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" + +Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." + +ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' +srcdir='$srcdir' +INSTALL='$INSTALL' +MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P' +AWK='$AWK' +test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. +ac_need_defaults=: +while test $# != 0 +do + case $1 in + --*=?*) + ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` + ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` + ac_shift=: + ;; + --*=) + ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` + ac_optarg= + ac_shift=: + ;; + *) + ac_option=$1 + ac_optarg=$2 + ac_shift=shift + ;; + esac + + case $ac_option in + # Handling of the options. + -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) + ac_cs_recheck=: ;; + --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) + $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; + --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c ) + $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;; + --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) + debug=: ;; + --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) + $ac_shift + case $ac_optarg in + *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;; + esac + as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'" + ac_need_defaults=false;; + --he | --h | --help | --hel | -h ) + $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) + ac_cs_silent=: ;; + + # This is an error. + -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1' +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;; + + *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1" + ac_need_defaults=false ;; + + esac + shift +done + +ac_configure_extra_args= + +if $ac_cs_silent; then + exec 6>/dev/null + ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" +fi + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +if \$ac_cs_recheck; then + set X $SHELL '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion + shift + \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 + CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' + export CONFIG_SHELL + exec "\$@" +fi + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +exec 5>>config.log +{ + echo + sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX +## Running $as_me. ## +_ASBOX + $as_echo "$ac_log" +} >&5 + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# +# INIT-COMMANDS +# +AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir" + + +# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout +# if CDPATH is set. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' +double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst' +delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst' +macro_version='`$ECHO "$macro_version" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +macro_revision='`$ECHO "$macro_revision" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_shared='`$ECHO "$enable_shared" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_static='`$ECHO "$enable_static" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +pic_mode='`$ECHO "$pic_mode" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_fast_install='`$ECHO "$enable_fast_install" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +SHELL='`$ECHO "$SHELL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +ECHO='`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +PATH_SEPARATOR='`$ECHO "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +host_alias='`$ECHO "$host_alias" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +host='`$ECHO "$host" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +host_os='`$ECHO "$host_os" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +build_alias='`$ECHO "$build_alias" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +build='`$ECHO "$build" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +build_os='`$ECHO "$build_os" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +SED='`$ECHO "$SED" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +Xsed='`$ECHO "$Xsed" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +GREP='`$ECHO "$GREP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +EGREP='`$ECHO "$EGREP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +FGREP='`$ECHO "$FGREP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +LD='`$ECHO "$LD" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +NM='`$ECHO "$NM" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +LN_S='`$ECHO "$LN_S" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +max_cmd_len='`$ECHO "$max_cmd_len" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +ac_objext='`$ECHO "$ac_objext" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +exeext='`$ECHO "$exeext" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_unset='`$ECHO "$lt_unset" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_SP2NL='`$ECHO "$lt_SP2NL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_NL2SP='`$ECHO "$lt_NL2SP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +reload_flag='`$ECHO "$reload_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +reload_cmds='`$ECHO "$reload_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +OBJDUMP='`$ECHO "$OBJDUMP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +deplibs_check_method='`$ECHO "$deplibs_check_method" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +file_magic_cmd='`$ECHO "$file_magic_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +file_magic_glob='`$ECHO "$file_magic_glob" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +want_nocaseglob='`$ECHO "$want_nocaseglob" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +DLLTOOL='`$ECHO "$DLLTOOL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd='`$ECHO "$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +AR='`$ECHO "$AR" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +AR_FLAGS='`$ECHO "$AR_FLAGS" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +archiver_list_spec='`$ECHO "$archiver_list_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +STRIP='`$ECHO "$STRIP" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +RANLIB='`$ECHO "$RANLIB" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_postinstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_postuninstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_archive_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_archive_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lock_old_archive_extraction='`$ECHO "$lock_old_archive_extraction" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +CC='`$ECHO "$CC" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +CFLAGS='`$ECHO "$CFLAGS" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +compiler='`$ECHO "$compiler" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +GCC='`$ECHO "$GCC" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +nm_file_list_spec='`$ECHO "$nm_file_list_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_sysroot='`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +objdir='`$ECHO "$objdir" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +MAGIC_CMD='`$ECHO "$MAGIC_CMD" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_pic='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_pic" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_wl='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_wl" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_prog_compiler_static='`$ECHO "$lt_prog_compiler_static" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o='`$ECHO "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +need_locks='`$ECHO "$need_locks" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +MANIFEST_TOOL='`$ECHO "$MANIFEST_TOOL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +DSYMUTIL='`$ECHO "$DSYMUTIL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +NMEDIT='`$ECHO "$NMEDIT" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +LIPO='`$ECHO "$LIPO" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +OTOOL='`$ECHO "$OTOOL" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +OTOOL64='`$ECHO "$OTOOL64" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +libext='`$ECHO "$libext" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +shrext_cmds='`$ECHO "$shrext_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +extract_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "$extract_expsyms_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +archive_cmds_need_lc='`$ECHO "$archive_cmds_need_lc" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_shared_with_static_runtimes='`$ECHO "$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +export_dynamic_flag_spec='`$ECHO "$export_dynamic_flag_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +whole_archive_flag_spec='`$ECHO "$whole_archive_flag_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +compiler_needs_object='`$ECHO "$compiler_needs_object" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_archive_from_new_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +archive_cmds='`$ECHO "$archive_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +archive_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "$archive_expsym_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +module_cmds='`$ECHO "$module_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +module_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "$module_expsym_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +with_gnu_ld='`$ECHO "$with_gnu_ld" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +allow_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "$allow_undefined_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +no_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "$no_undefined_flag" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`$ECHO "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_libdir_separator='`$ECHO "$hardcode_libdir_separator" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_direct='`$ECHO "$hardcode_direct" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_direct_absolute='`$ECHO "$hardcode_direct_absolute" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_minus_L='`$ECHO "$hardcode_minus_L" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_automatic='`$ECHO "$hardcode_automatic" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +inherit_rpath='`$ECHO "$inherit_rpath" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +link_all_deplibs='`$ECHO "$link_all_deplibs" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +always_export_symbols='`$ECHO "$always_export_symbols" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +export_symbols_cmds='`$ECHO "$export_symbols_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +exclude_expsyms='`$ECHO "$exclude_expsyms" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +include_expsyms='`$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +prelink_cmds='`$ECHO "$prelink_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +postlink_cmds='`$ECHO "$postlink_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +file_list_spec='`$ECHO "$file_list_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +variables_saved_for_relink='`$ECHO "$variables_saved_for_relink" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +need_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "$need_lib_prefix" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +need_version='`$ECHO "$need_version" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +version_type='`$ECHO "$version_type" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +runpath_var='`$ECHO "$runpath_var" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "$shlibpath_var" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +shlibpath_overrides_runpath='`$ECHO "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +libname_spec='`$ECHO "$libname_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +library_names_spec='`$ECHO "$library_names_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +soname_spec='`$ECHO "$soname_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +install_override_mode='`$ECHO "$install_override_mode" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$postinstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "$postuninstall_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +finish_cmds='`$ECHO "$finish_cmds" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +finish_eval='`$ECHO "$finish_eval" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_into_libs='`$ECHO "$hardcode_into_libs" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +sys_lib_search_path_spec='`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='`$ECHO "$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +hardcode_action='`$ECHO "$hardcode_action" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_dlopen='`$ECHO "$enable_dlopen" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_dlopen_self='`$ECHO "$enable_dlopen_self" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +enable_dlopen_self_static='`$ECHO "$enable_dlopen_self_static" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +old_striplib='`$ECHO "$old_striplib" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' +striplib='`$ECHO "$striplib" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' + +LTCC='$LTCC' +LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS' +compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT' + +# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. +func_fallback_echo () +{ + eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF +\$1 +_LTECHO_EOF' +} + +# Quote evaled strings. +for var in SHELL \ +ECHO \ +PATH_SEPARATOR \ +SED \ +GREP \ +EGREP \ +FGREP \ +LD \ +NM \ +LN_S \ +lt_SP2NL \ +lt_NL2SP \ +reload_flag \ +OBJDUMP \ +deplibs_check_method \ +file_magic_cmd \ +file_magic_glob \ +want_nocaseglob \ +DLLTOOL \ +sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd \ +AR \ +AR_FLAGS \ +archiver_list_spec \ +STRIP \ +RANLIB \ +CC \ +CFLAGS \ +compiler \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ +lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix \ +nm_file_list_spec \ +lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \ +lt_prog_compiler_pic \ +lt_prog_compiler_wl \ +lt_prog_compiler_static \ +lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \ +need_locks \ +MANIFEST_TOOL \ +DSYMUTIL \ +NMEDIT \ +LIPO \ +OTOOL \ +OTOOL64 \ +shrext_cmds \ +export_dynamic_flag_spec \ +whole_archive_flag_spec \ +compiler_needs_object \ +with_gnu_ld \ +allow_undefined_flag \ +no_undefined_flag \ +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \ +hardcode_libdir_separator \ +exclude_expsyms \ +include_expsyms \ +file_list_spec \ +variables_saved_for_relink \ +libname_spec \ +library_names_spec \ +soname_spec \ +install_override_mode \ +finish_eval \ +old_striplib \ +striplib; do + case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in + *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" + ;; + *) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" + ;; + esac +done + +# Double-quote double-evaled strings. +for var in reload_cmds \ +old_postinstall_cmds \ +old_postuninstall_cmds \ +old_archive_cmds \ +extract_expsyms_cmds \ +old_archive_from_new_cmds \ +old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \ +archive_cmds \ +archive_expsym_cmds \ +module_cmds \ +module_expsym_cmds \ +export_symbols_cmds \ +prelink_cmds \ +postlink_cmds \ +postinstall_cmds \ +postuninstall_cmds \ +finish_cmds \ +sys_lib_search_path_spec \ +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec; do + case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in + *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" + ;; + *) + eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" + ;; + esac +done + +ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir' +xsi_shell='$xsi_shell' +lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append' + +# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our +# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT. +if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +fi + + + PACKAGE='$PACKAGE' + VERSION='$VERSION' + TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP' + RM='$RM' + ofile='$ofile' + + + + +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 + +# Handling of arguments. +for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets +do + case $ac_config_target in + "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;; + "libtool") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS libtool" ;; + "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; + "sqlite3.pc") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES sqlite3.pc" ;; + + *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;; + esac +done + + +# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, +# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. +# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely +# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. +if $ac_need_defaults; then + test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files + test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands +fi + +# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree +# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, +# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. +# Hook for its removal unless debugging. +# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: +# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. +$debug || +{ + tmp= ac_tmp= + trap 'exit_status=$? + : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}" + { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status +' 0 + trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15 +} +# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. + +{ + tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && + test -d "$tmp" +} || +{ + tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM + (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") +} || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5 +ac_tmp=$tmp + +# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. +# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. +# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. +if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then + + +ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'` +# On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr. +# But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this +# point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback. +if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then + eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\' +fi +ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' /dev/null` +if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then + ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r' +else + ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr +fi + +echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" && +_ACEOF + + +{ + echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && + echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && + echo "_ACEOF" +} >conf$$subs.sh || + as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 +ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'` +ac_delim='%!_!# ' +for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do + . ./conf$$subs.sh || + as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 + + ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` + if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then + break + elif $ac_last_try; then + as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 + else + ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " + fi +done +rm -f conf$$subs.sh + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && +_ACEOF +sed -n ' +h +s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ +p +g +s/^[^!]*!// +:repl +t repl +s/'"$ac_delim"'$// +t delim +:nl +h +s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ +t more1 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ +p +n +b repl +:more1 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ +p +g +s/.\{148\}// +t nl +:delim +h +s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ +t more2 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ +p +b +:more2 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ +p +g +s/.\{148\}// +t delim +' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 +rm -f conf$$subs.awk +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +_ACAWK +cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && + for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 + FS = "" + +} +{ + line = $ 0 + nfields = split(line, field, "@") + substed = 0 + len = length(field[1]) + for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { + key = field[i] + keylen = length(key) + if (S_is_set[key]) { + value = S[key] + line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) + len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) + substed = 1 + } else + len += 1 + keylen + } + + print line +} + +_ACAWK +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then + sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" +else + cat +fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ + || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5 +_ACEOF + +# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir), +# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and +# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty +# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). +if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then + ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[ ]*/{ +h +s/// +s/^/:/ +s/[ ]*$/:/ +s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g +s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g +s/:@srcdir@:/:/g +s/^:*// +s/:*$// +x +s/\(=[ ]*\).*/\1/ +G +s/\n// +s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// +}' +fi + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" + + +eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS" +shift +for ac_tag +do + case $ac_tag in + :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; + esac + case $ac_mode$ac_tag in + :[FHL]*:*);; + :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;; + :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; + :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; + esac + ac_save_IFS=$IFS + IFS=: + set x $ac_tag + IFS=$ac_save_IFS + shift + ac_file=$1 + shift + + case $ac_mode in + :L) ac_source=$1;; + :[FH]) + ac_file_inputs= + for ac_f + do + case $ac_f in + -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";; + *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree + # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, + # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. + test -f "$ac_f" || + case $ac_f in + [\\/$]*) false;; + *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; + esac || + as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;; + esac + case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac + as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'" + done + + # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't + # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: + # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ + configure_input='Generated from '` + $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' + `' by configure.' + if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then + configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} + fi + # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. + case $configure_input in #( + *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) + ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | + sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( + *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; + esac + + case $ac_tag in + *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \ + || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; + esac + ;; + esac + + ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || +$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$ac_file" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p + ac_builddir=. + +case "$ac_dir" in +.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; +*) + ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` + # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` + case $ac_top_builddir_sub in + "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; + *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; + esac ;; +esac +ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd +ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix +# for backward compatibility: +ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix + +case $srcdir in + .) # We are building in place. + ac_srcdir=. + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. + ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; + ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; + *) # Relative name. + ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; +esac +ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + + + case $ac_mode in + :F) + # + # CONFIG_FILE + # + + case $INSTALL in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; + *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; + esac + ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P + case $MKDIR_P in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; + */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;; + esac +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. +# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. +ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= +ac_sed_dataroot=' +/datarootdir/ { + p + q +} +/@datadir@/p +/@docdir@/p +/@infodir@/p +/@localedir@/p +/@mandir@/p' +case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in +*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; +*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 + ac_datarootdir_hack=' + s&@datadir@&$datadir&g + s&@docdir@&$docdir&g + s&@infodir@&$infodir&g + s&@localedir@&$localedir&g + s&@mandir@&$mandir&g + s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; +esac +_ACEOF + +# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. +# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. +# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub +$extrasub +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +:t +/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b +s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t +s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t +s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t +s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t +s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t +s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t +s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t +s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t +s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t +s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t +s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t +s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t +$ac_datarootdir_hack +" +eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ + >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 + +test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && + { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && + { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' \ + "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' +which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' +which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;} + + rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin" + case $ac_file in + -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";; + *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";; + esac \ + || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 + ;; + + + :C) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: executing $ac_file commands" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;} + ;; + esac + + + case $ac_file$ac_mode in + "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || { + # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files + # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval + # if we detect the quoting. + case $CONFIG_FILES in + *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; + *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; + esac + shift + for mf + do + # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. + mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` + # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. + # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but + # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. + # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process + # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. + # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line + # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. + if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then + dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" || +$as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$mf" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + else + continue + fi + # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote + # from the Makefile without running `make'. + DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` + test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue + am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` + test -z "am__include" && continue + am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` + # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it + U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` + # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with + # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the + # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the + # expansion. + for file in `sed -n " + s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ + sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do + # Make sure the directory exists. + test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue + fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" || +$as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$file" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir; as_fn_mkdir_p + # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" + echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" + done + done +} + ;; + "libtool":C) + + # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our + # commands through without removal of \ escapes. + if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST + fi + + cfgfile="${ofile}T" + trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 + $RM "$cfgfile" + + cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" +#! $SHELL + +# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. +# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION +# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: +# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. +# +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, +# 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 +# +# This file is part of GNU Libtool. +# +# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +# the License, or (at your option) any later version. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, +# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that +# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the +# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# +# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy +# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or +# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + + +# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script. +available_tags="" + +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG + +# Which release of libtool.m4 was used? +macro_version=$macro_version +macro_revision=$macro_revision + +# Whether or not to build shared libraries. +build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared + +# Whether or not to build static libraries. +build_old_libs=$enable_static + +# What type of objects to build. +pic_mode=$pic_mode + +# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. +fast_install=$enable_fast_install + +# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. +SHELL=$lt_SHELL + +# An echo program that protects backslashes. +ECHO=$lt_ECHO + +# The PATH separator for the build system. +PATH_SEPARATOR=$lt_PATH_SEPARATOR + +# The host system. +host_alias=$host_alias +host=$host +host_os=$host_os + +# The build system. +build_alias=$build_alias +build=$build +build_os=$build_os + +# A sed program that does not truncate output. +SED=$lt_SED + +# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. +Xsed="\$SED -e 1s/^X//" + +# A grep program that handles long lines. +GREP=$lt_GREP + +# An ERE matcher. +EGREP=$lt_EGREP + +# A literal string matcher. +FGREP=$lt_FGREP + +# A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister. +NM=$lt_NM + +# Whether we need soft or hard links. +LN_S=$lt_LN_S + +# What is the maximum length of a command? +max_cmd_len=$max_cmd_len + +# Object file suffix (normally "o"). +objext=$ac_objext + +# Executable file suffix (normally ""). +exeext=$exeext + +# whether the shell understands "unset". +lt_unset=$lt_unset + +# turn spaces into newlines. +SP2NL=$lt_lt_SP2NL + +# turn newlines into spaces. +NL2SP=$lt_lt_NL2SP + +# convert \$build file names to \$host format. +to_host_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd + +# convert \$build files to toolchain format. +to_tool_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd + +# An object symbol dumper. +OBJDUMP=$lt_OBJDUMP + +# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. +deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method + +# Command to use when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic". +file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd + +# How to find potential files when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic". +file_magic_glob=$lt_file_magic_glob + +# Find potential files using nocaseglob when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic". +want_nocaseglob=$lt_want_nocaseglob + +# DLL creation program. +DLLTOOL=$lt_DLLTOOL + +# Command to associate shared and link libraries. +sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$lt_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd + +# The archiver. +AR=$lt_AR + +# Flags to create an archive. +AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS + +# How to feed a file listing to the archiver. +archiver_list_spec=$lt_archiver_list_spec + +# A symbol stripping program. +STRIP=$lt_STRIP + +# Commands used to install an old-style archive. +RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB +old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds +old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds + +# Whether to use a lock for old archive extraction. +lock_old_archive_extraction=$lock_old_archive_extraction + +# A C compiler. +LTCC=$lt_CC + +# LTCC compiler flags. +LTCFLAGS=$lt_CFLAGS + +# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. +global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe + +# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration. +global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl + +# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair. +global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address + +# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed. +global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix + +# Specify filename containing input files for \$NM. +nm_file_list_spec=$lt_nm_file_list_spec + +# The root where to search for dependent libraries,and in which our libraries should be installed. +lt_sysroot=$lt_sysroot + +# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. +objdir=$objdir + +# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file". +MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD + +# Must we lock files when doing compilation? +need_locks=$lt_need_locks + +# Manifest tool. +MANIFEST_TOOL=$lt_MANIFEST_TOOL + +# Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X. +DSYMUTIL=$lt_DSYMUTIL + +# Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X. +NMEDIT=$lt_NMEDIT + +# Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X. +LIPO=$lt_LIPO + +# ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X. +OTOOL=$lt_OTOOL + +# ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4. +OTOOL64=$lt_OTOOL64 + +# Old archive suffix (normally "a"). +libext=$libext + +# Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). +shrext_cmds=$lt_shrext_cmds + +# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. +extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds + +# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and +# restored at link time. +variables_saved_for_relink=$lt_variables_saved_for_relink + +# Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules? +need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix + +# Do we need a version for libraries? +need_version=$need_version + +# Library versioning type. +version_type=$version_type + +# Shared library runtime path variable. +runpath_var=$runpath_var + +# Shared library path variable. +shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var + +# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? +shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath + +# Format of library name prefix. +libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec + +# List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. +# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME +library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec + +# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. +soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec + +# Permission mode override for installation of shared libraries. +install_override_mode=$lt_install_override_mode + +# Command to use after installation of a shared archive. +postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds + +# Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive. +postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds + +# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. +finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds + +# As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but +# not shown. +finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval + +# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. +hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs + +# Compile-time system search path for libraries. +sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec + +# Run-time system search path for libraries. +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec + +# Whether dlopen is supported. +dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen + +# Whether dlopen of programs is supported. +dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self + +# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. +dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static + +# Commands to strip libraries. +old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib +striplib=$lt_striplib + + +# The linker used to build libraries. +LD=$lt_LD + +# How to create reloadable object files. +reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag +reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds + +# Commands used to build an old-style archive. +old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds + +# A language specific compiler. +CC=$lt_compiler + +# Is the compiler the GNU compiler? +with_gcc=$GCC + +# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. +no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag + +# Additional compiler flags for building library objects. +pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic + +# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. +wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl + +# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. +link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static + +# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? +compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o + +# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. +build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc + +# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static. +allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes + +# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. +export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec + +# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. +whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec + +# Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly. +compiler_needs_object=$lt_compiler_needs_object + +# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. +old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds + +# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. +old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds + +# Commands used to build a shared archive. +archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds +archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds + +# Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building +# a shared archive. +module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds +module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds + +# Whether we are building with GNU ld or not. +with_gnu_ld=$lt_with_gnu_ld + +# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. +allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag + +# Flag that enforces no undefined symbols. +no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag + +# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. +# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec + +# Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument. +hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator + +# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes +# DIR into the resulting binary. +hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct + +# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes +# DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is +# "absolute",i.e impossible to change by setting \${shlibpath_var} if the +# library is relocated. +hardcode_direct_absolute=$hardcode_direct_absolute + +# Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR +# into the resulting binary. +hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L + +# Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR +# into the resulting binary. +hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var + +# Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR +# into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked +# against it. +hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic + +# Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries +# to runtime path list. +inherit_rpath=$inherit_rpath + +# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. +link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs + +# Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required. +always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols + +# The commands to list exported symbols. +export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds + +# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. +exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms + +# Symbols that must always be exported. +include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms + +# Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates. +prelink_cmds=$lt_prelink_cmds + +# Commands necessary for finishing linking programs. +postlink_cmds=$lt_postlink_cmds + +# Specify filename containing input files. +file_list_spec=$lt_file_list_spec + +# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. +hardcode_action=$hardcode_action + +# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG + +_LT_EOF + + case $host_os in + aix3*) + cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" +# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some +# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems +# vanish in a puff of smoke. +if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then + COLLECT_NAMES= + export COLLECT_NAMES +fi +_LT_EOF + ;; + esac + + +ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" + + + # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if + # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in + # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem + # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? + sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) + + if test x"$xsi_shell" = xyes; then + sed -e '/^func_dirname ()$/,/^} # func_dirname /c\ +func_dirname ()\ +{\ +\ case ${1} in\ +\ */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;\ +\ * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;\ +\ esac\ +} # Extended-shell func_dirname implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") +test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: + + + sed -e '/^func_basename ()$/,/^} # func_basename /c\ +func_basename ()\ +{\ +\ func_basename_result="${1##*/}"\ +} # Extended-shell func_basename implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") +test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: + + + sed -e '/^func_dirname_and_basename ()$/,/^} # func_dirname_and_basename /c\ +func_dirname_and_basename ()\ +{\ +\ case ${1} in\ +\ */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;\ +\ * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;\ +\ esac\ +\ func_basename_result="${1##*/}"\ +} # Extended-shell func_dirname_and_basename implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") +test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: + + + sed -e '/^func_stripname ()$/,/^} # func_stripname /c\ +func_stripname ()\ +{\ +\ # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are\ +\ # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first.\ +\ func_stripname_result=${3}\ +\ func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"}\ +\ func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"}\ +} # Extended-shell func_stripname implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") +test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: + + + sed -e '/^func_split_long_opt ()$/,/^} # func_split_long_opt /c\ +func_split_long_opt ()\ +{\ +\ func_split_long_opt_name=${1%%=*}\ +\ func_split_long_opt_arg=${1#*=}\ +} # Extended-shell func_split_long_opt implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") +test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: + + + sed -e '/^func_split_short_opt ()$/,/^} # func_split_short_opt /c\ +func_split_short_opt ()\ +{\ +\ func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??}\ +\ func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"}\ +} # Extended-shell func_split_short_opt implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") +test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: + + + sed -e '/^func_lo2o ()$/,/^} # func_lo2o /c\ +func_lo2o ()\ +{\ +\ case ${1} in\ +\ *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;;\ +\ *) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;;\ +\ esac\ +} # Extended-shell func_lo2o implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") +test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: + + + sed -e '/^func_xform ()$/,/^} # func_xform /c\ +func_xform ()\ +{\ + func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo\ +} # Extended-shell func_xform implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") +test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: + + + sed -e '/^func_arith ()$/,/^} # func_arith /c\ +func_arith ()\ +{\ + func_arith_result=$(( $* ))\ +} # Extended-shell func_arith implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") +test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: + + + sed -e '/^func_len ()$/,/^} # func_len /c\ +func_len ()\ +{\ + func_len_result=${#1}\ +} # Extended-shell func_len implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") +test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: + +fi + +if test x"$lt_shell_append" = xyes; then + sed -e '/^func_append ()$/,/^} # func_append /c\ +func_append ()\ +{\ + eval "${1}+=\\${2}"\ +} # Extended-shell func_append implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") +test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: + + + sed -e '/^func_append_quoted ()$/,/^} # func_append_quoted /c\ +func_append_quoted ()\ +{\ +\ func_quote_for_eval "${2}"\ +\ eval "${1}+=\\\\ \\$func_quote_for_eval_result"\ +} # Extended-shell func_append_quoted implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") +test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: + + + # Save a `func_append' function call where possible by direct use of '+=' + sed -e 's%func_append \([a-zA-Z_]\{1,\}\) "%\1+="%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") + test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: +else + # Save a `func_append' function call even when '+=' is not available + sed -e 's%func_append \([a-zA-Z_]\{1,\}\) "%\1="$\1%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \ + && mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \ + || (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp") + test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=: +fi + +if test x"$_lt_function_replace_fail" = x":"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Unable to substitute extended shell functions in $ofile" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Unable to substitute extended shell functions in $ofile" >&2;} +fi + + + mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || + (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") + chmod +x "$ofile" + + ;; + + esac +done # for ac_tag + + +as_fn_exit 0 +_ACEOF +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save + +test $ac_write_fail = 0 || + as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 + + +# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. +# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. +# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open +# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its +# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, +# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and +# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we +# need to make the FD available again. +if test "$no_create" != yes; then + ac_cs_success=: + ac_config_status_args= + test "$silent" = yes && + ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" + exec 5>/dev/null + $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false + exec 5>>config.log + # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which + # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. + $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1 +fi +if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} +fi + diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/configure.ac b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/configure.ac index 185cffb21f..0cfb7215d4 100644 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/configure.ac +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/configure.ac @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ # AC_PREREQ(2.61) -AC_INIT(sqlite, 3.7.5, http://www.sqlite.org) +AC_INIT(sqlite, 3.8.6, http://www.sqlite.org) AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([sqlite3.c]) # Use automake. @@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ AC_SYS_LARGEFILE AC_PROG_CC AC_PROG_RANLIB AC_PROG_LIBTOOL +AC_PROG_MKDIR_P # Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use. AC_CHECK_FUNCS([fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r]) +AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile sqlite3.pc]) AC_SUBST(BUILD_CFLAGS) @@ -54,7 +56,7 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(threadsafe, [AS_HELP_STRING( [], [enable_threadsafe=yes]) THREADSAFE_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 if test x"$enable_threadsafe" != "xno"; then - THREADSAFE_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 + THREADSAFE_FLAGS="-D_REENTRANT=1 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1" AC_SEARCH_LIBS(pthread_create, pthread) fi AC_SUBST(THREADSAFE_FLAGS) @@ -76,6 +78,8 @@ AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_dynamic_extensions) AC_SUBST(DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS) #----------------------------------------------------------------------- +AC_CHECK_FUNCS(posix_fallocate) + #----------------------------------------------------------------------- # UPDATE: Maybe it's better if users just set CFLAGS before invoking # configure. This option doesn't really add much... diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/depcomp b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/depcomp index 04701da536..25a39e6cd5 100755 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/depcomp +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/depcomp @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ #! /bin/sh # depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects -scriptversion=2005-07-09.11 +scriptversion=2012-03-27.16; # UTC -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010, +# 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -16,9 +17,7 @@ scriptversion=2005-07-09.11 # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a @@ -29,7 +28,7 @@ scriptversion=2005-07-09.11 case $1 in '') - echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) @@ -41,11 +40,11 @@ as side-effects. Environment variables: depmode Dependency tracking mode. - source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. - object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. + source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'. + object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'. DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. depfile Dependency file to output. - tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies. + tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies. libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). Report bugs to . @@ -58,6 +57,12 @@ EOF ;; esac +# A tabulation character. +tab=' ' +# A newline character. +nl=' +' + if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 exit 1 @@ -86,12 +91,48 @@ if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then depmode=dashmstdout fi +cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -" +if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then + # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation. + # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward + # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 + cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' + depmode=msvisualcpp +fi + +if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then + # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation. + # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward + # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 + cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' + depmode=msvc7 +fi + +if test "$depmode" = xlc; then + # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency informations. + gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF + depmode=gcc +fi + case "$depmode" in gcc3) ## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what ## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like ## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. - "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" +## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon +## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they +## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here +## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this. + for arg + do + case $arg in + -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;; + *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;; + esac + shift # fnord + shift # $arg + done + "$@" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else @@ -127,20 +168,21 @@ gcc) ## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters. sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" -## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem. +## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem. ## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file ## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is ## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding ## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do ## this for us directly. - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" | -## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory + tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" | +## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory ## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as -## well. +## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH +## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output. ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \ + | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; @@ -172,20 +214,17 @@ sgi) # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; - # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the + # the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the # dependency line. - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" \ + tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \ - tr ' -' ' ' >> $depfile - echo >> $depfile + tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile" + echo >> "$depfile" # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" \ + tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ - >> $depfile + >> "$depfile" else # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile @@ -195,40 +234,51 @@ sgi) rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; +xlc) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + aix) # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the - # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the + # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. - stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'` - tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" + dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` + test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= + base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` if test "$libtool" = yes; then + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile2=$base.u + tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u "$@" -Wc,-M else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u "$@" -M fi stat=$? - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then : - else - stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'` - tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" - fi - if test $stat -eq 0; then : else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" exit $stat fi + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then - outname="$stripped.o" - # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'. + # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependent.h'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to - # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. - sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + # '$object: dependent.h' and one to simply 'dependent.h:'. + sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:['"$tab"' ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile @@ -239,23 +289,26 @@ aix) ;; icc) - # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on - # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c + # Intel's C compiler anf tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file'. + # However on + # $CC -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like # foo.o: sub/foo.c # foo.o: sub/foo.h - # which is wrong. We want: + # which is wrong. We want # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h # sub/foo.c: # sub/foo.h: # ICC 7.1 will output # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h - # and will wrap long lines using \ : + # and will wrap long lines using '\': # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ # sub/foo.h ... \ # ... - + # tcc 0.9.26 (FIXME still under development at the moment of writing) + # will emit a similar output, but also prepend the continuation lines + # with horizontal tabulation characters. "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : @@ -264,23 +317,74 @@ icc) exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" - # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', - # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. + # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependent.h', + # or 'foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ' dep3.h dep4.h \'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to - # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. - sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation - # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" | - sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + # '$object: dependent.h' and one to simply 'dependent.h:'. + sed -e "s/^[ $tab][ $tab]*/ /" -e "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," \ + < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + sed ' + s/[ '"$tab"'][ '"$tab"']*/ /g + s/^ *// + s/ *\\*$// + s/^[^:]*: *// + /^$/d + /:$/d + s/$/ :/ + ' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; +hp2) + # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64 + # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option + # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named + # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that + # happens to be. + # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there. + dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` + test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= + base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d + "$@" -Wc,+Maked + else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d + "$@" +Maked + fi + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" + exit $stat + fi + + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # Add 'dependent.h:' lines. + sed -ne '2,${ + s/^ *// + s/ \\*$// + s/$/:/ + p + }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + else + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2" + ;; + tru64) # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side - # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'. + # effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'. # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put - # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. + # dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. # Subdirectories are respected. dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= @@ -288,13 +392,13 @@ tru64) if test "$libtool" = yes; then # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a - # static library. This mecanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to + # static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation. # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d. # # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two - # compilations output dependencies in in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and + # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is @@ -326,14 +430,59 @@ tru64) done if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - # That's a tab and a space in the []. - sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:['"$tab"' ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; +msvc7) + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes + else + showIncludes=-showIncludes + fi + "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile" + if test "$stat" = 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes + # backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file + # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the + # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only + # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers. + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n ' +/^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ { + s//\1/ + s/\\/\\\\/g + p +}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n ' +s/ /\\ /g +s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p +s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/ +H +$ { + s/.*/'"$tab"'/ + G + p +}' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +msvc7msys) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + #nosideeffect) # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. @@ -345,13 +494,13 @@ dashmstdout) # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then - while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi - # Remove `-o $object'. + # Remove '-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do @@ -371,15 +520,14 @@ dashmstdout) done test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M - # Require at least two characters before searching for `:' + # Require at least two characters before searching for ':' # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: - # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise. + # a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise. "$@" $dashmflag | - sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile" + sed 's:^['"$tab"' ]*[^:'"$tab"' ][^:][^:]*\:['"$tab"' ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" | \ + tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" | \ ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" @@ -396,38 +544,46 @@ makedepend) "$@" || exit $? # Remove any Libtool call if test "$libtool" = yes; then - while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # X makedepend shift - cleared=no - for arg in "$@"; do + cleared=no eat=no + for arg + do case $cleared in no) set ""; shift cleared=yes ;; esac + if test $eat = yes; then + eat=no + continue + fi case "$arg" in -D*|-I*) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. + -arch) + eat=yes ;; -*|$object) ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; esac done - obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`" + obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'` touch "$tmpdepfile" ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" rm -f "$depfile" - cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' ' -' | \ + # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object. + # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless. + sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' "$nl" | \ ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" @@ -441,13 +597,13 @@ cpp) # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then - while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi - # Remove `-o $object'. + # Remove '-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do @@ -479,13 +635,27 @@ cpp) msvisualcpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* - # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o, - # because we must use -o when running libtool. + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? + + # Remove the call to Libtool. + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + IFS=" " for arg do case "$arg" in + -o) + shift + ;; + $object) + shift + ;; "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") set fnord "$@" shift @@ -498,16 +668,23 @@ msvisualcpp) ;; esac done - "$@" -E | - sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile" + "$@" -E 2>/dev/null | + sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" - . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" - echo " " >> "$depfile" - . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" + echo "$tab" >> "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; +msvcmsys) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + none) exec "$@" ;; @@ -526,5 +703,6 @@ exit 0 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/install-sh b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/install-sh index 4d4a9519ea..a9244eb078 100755 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/install-sh +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/install-sh @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile -scriptversion=2005-05-14.22 +scriptversion=2011-01-19.21; # UTC # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the @@ -39,38 +39,68 @@ scriptversion=2005-05-14.22 # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written -# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction -# shared with many OS's install programs. +# from scratch. + +nl=' +' +IFS=" "" $nl" # set DOITPROG to echo to test this script # Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. -doit="${DOITPROG-}" +doit=${DOITPROG-} +if test -z "$doit"; then + doit_exec=exec +else + doit_exec=$doit +fi -# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars. +# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; +# or use environment vars. + +chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} +chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} +chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} +cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} +cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} +mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} +mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} +rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} +stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} + +posix_glob='?' +initialize_posix_glob=' + test "$posix_glob" != "?" || { + if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then + posix_glob= + else + posix_glob=: + fi + } +' -mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}" -cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}" -chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}" -chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}" -chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}" -stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}" -rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}" -mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}" +posix_mkdir= + +# Desired mode of installed file. +mode=0755 -chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755" -chowncmd= chgrpcmd= -stripcmd= +chmodcmd=$chmodprog +chowncmd= +mvcmd=$mvprog rmcmd="$rmprog -f" -mvcmd="$mvprog" +stripcmd= + src= dst= dir_arg= -dstarg= +dst_arg= + +copy_on_change=false no_target_directory= -usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... @@ -80,81 +110,94 @@ In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. Options: --c (ignored) --d create directories instead of installing files. --g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. --m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. --o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. --s $stripprog installed files. --t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. --T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. ---help display this help and exit. ---version display version info and exit. + --help display this help and exit. + --version display version info and exit. + + -c (ignored) + -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) + -d create directories instead of installing files. + -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. + -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. + -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. + -s $stripprog installed files. + -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. + -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. Environment variables override the default commands: - CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG + CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG + RMPROG STRIPPROG " -while test -n "$1"; do +while test $# -ne 0; do case $1 in - -c) shift - continue;; + -c) ;; + + -C) copy_on_change=true;; - -d) dir_arg=true - shift - continue;; + -d) dir_arg=true;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" - shift - shift - continue;; + shift;; --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; - -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" - shift - shift - continue;; + -m) mode=$2 + case $mode in + *' '* | *' '* | *' +'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) + echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 + exit 1;; + esac + shift;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" - shift - shift - continue;; + shift;; - -s) stripcmd=$stripprog - shift - continue;; + -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; - -t) dstarg=$2 - shift - shift - continue;; + -t) dst_arg=$2 + # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities. + case $dst_arg in + -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; + esac + shift;; - -T) no_target_directory=true - shift - continue;; + -T) no_target_directory=true;; --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; - *) # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. - # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. - test -n "$dir_arg$dstarg" && break - # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. - for arg - do - if test -n "$dstarg"; then - # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. - set fnord "$@" "$dstarg" - shift # fnord - fi - shift # arg - dstarg=$arg - done + --) shift break;; + + -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 + exit 1;; + + *) break;; esac + shift done -if test -z "$1"; then +if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then + # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. + # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. + # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. + for arg + do + if test -n "$dst_arg"; then + # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. + set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" + shift # fnord + fi + shift # arg + dst_arg=$arg + # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities. + case $dst_arg in + -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; + esac + done +fi + +if test $# -eq 0; then if test -z "$dir_arg"; then echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 exit 1 @@ -164,24 +207,51 @@ if test -z "$1"; then exit 0 fi +if test -z "$dir_arg"; then + do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret' + trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1 + trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2 + trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13 + trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15 + + # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. + # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. + case $mode in + # Optimize common cases. + *644) cp_umask=133;; + *755) cp_umask=22;; + + *[0-7]) + if test -z "$stripcmd"; then + u_plus_rw= + else + u_plus_rw='% 200' + fi + cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; + *) + if test -z "$stripcmd"; then + u_plus_rw= + else + u_plus_rw=,u+rw + fi + cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; + esac +fi + for src do - # Protect names starting with `-'. + # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities. case $src in - -*) src=./$src ;; + -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;; esac if test -n "$dir_arg"; then dst=$src - src= - - if test -d "$dst"; then - mkdircmd=: - chmodcmd= - else - mkdircmd=$mkdirprog - fi + dstdir=$dst + test -d "$dstdir" + dstdir_status=$? else + # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. @@ -190,71 +260,194 @@ do exit 1 fi - if test -z "$dstarg"; then + if test -z "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 exit 1 fi - - dst=$dstarg - # Protect names starting with `-'. - case $dst in - -*) dst=./$dst ;; - esac + dst=$dst_arg # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work # if double slashes aren't ignored. if test -d "$dst"; then if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then - echo "$0: $dstarg: Is a directory" >&2 + echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 exit 1 fi - dst=$dst/`basename "$src"` + dstdir=$dst + dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"` + dstdir_status=0 + else + # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails. + dstdir=` + (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null || + expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || + echo X"$dst" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q' + ` + + test -d "$dstdir" + dstdir_status=$? fi fi - # This sed command emulates the dirname command. - dstdir=`echo "$dst" | sed -e 's,/*$,,;s,[^/]*$,,;s,/*$,,;s,^$,.,'` + obsolete_mkdir_used=false + + if test $dstdir_status != 0; then + case $posix_mkdir in + '') + # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. + # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. + umask=`umask` + case $stripcmd.$umask in + # Optimize common cases. + *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; + .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; + + *[0-7]) + mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ + - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ + - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 + `;; + *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; + esac + + # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. + # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + mkdir_mode=-m$mode + else + mkdir_mode= + fi + + posix_mkdir=false + case $umask in + *[123567][0-7][0-7]) + # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which + # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. + ;; + *) + tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ + trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 + + if (umask $mkdir_umask && + exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + if test -z "$dir_arg" || { + # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. + # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or + # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. + # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. + ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` + case $ls_ld_tmpdir in + d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; + d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; + *) false;; + esac && + $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && { + ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` + test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" + } + } + then posix_mkdir=: + fi + rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" + else + # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. + rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null + fi + trap '' 0;; + esac;; + esac - # Make sure that the destination directory exists. + if + $posix_mkdir && ( + umask $mkdir_umask && + $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" + ) + then : + else - # Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case. - if test ! -d "$dstdir"; then - defaultIFS=' - ' - IFS="${IFS-$defaultIFS}" + # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX, + # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the + # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. - oIFS=$IFS - # Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason. - IFS='%' - set x `echo "$dstdir" | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'` - shift - IFS=$oIFS + case $dstdir in + /*) prefix='/';; + [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';; + *) prefix='';; + esac - pathcomp= + eval "$initialize_posix_glob" - while test $# -ne 0 ; do - pathcomp=$pathcomp$1 + oIFS=$IFS + IFS=/ + $posix_glob set -f + set fnord $dstdir shift - if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then - $mkdirprog "$pathcomp" - # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error in case several - # install-sh are creating the directory concurrently. This - # is OK. - test -d "$pathcomp" || exit + $posix_glob set +f + IFS=$oIFS + + prefixes= + + for d + do + test X"$d" = X && continue + + prefix=$prefix$d + if test -d "$prefix"; then + prefixes= + else + if $posix_mkdir; then + (umask=$mkdir_umask && + $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break + # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. + test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 + else + case $prefix in + *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; + *) qprefix=$prefix;; + esac + prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" + fi + fi + prefix=$prefix/ + done + + if test -n "$prefixes"; then + # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. + (umask $mkdir_umask && + eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || + test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 + obsolete_mkdir_used=true fi - pathcomp=$pathcomp/ - done + fi fi if test -n "$dir_arg"; then - $doit $mkdircmd "$dst" \ - && { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } \ - && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } \ - && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dst"; } \ - && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd "$dst"; } - + { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && + { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && + { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || + test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 else - dstfile=`basename "$dst"` # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ @@ -262,10 +455,9 @@ do # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 - trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 # Copy the file name to the temp name. - $doit $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp" && + (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. # @@ -273,51 +465,63 @@ do # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. # - { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } \ - && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } \ - && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } \ - && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd "$dsttmp"; } && - - # Now rename the file to the real destination. - { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null \ - || { - # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else - # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not - # support -f. - - # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. - # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some - # systems and the destination file might be busy for other - # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new - # file should still install successfully. - { - if test -f "$dstdir/$dstfile"; then - $doit $rmcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null \ - || $doit $mvcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null \ - || { - echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dstdir/$dstfile" >&2 - (exit 1); exit 1 - } - else - : - fi - } && - - # Now rename the file to the real destination. - $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile" - } - } - fi || { (exit 1); exit 1; } + { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && + + # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. + if $copy_on_change && + old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && + new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && + + eval "$initialize_posix_glob" && + $posix_glob set -f && + set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && + set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && + $posix_glob set +f && + + test "$old" = "$new" && + $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + rm -f "$dsttmp" + else + # Rename the file to the real destination. + $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || + + # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else + # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not + # support -f. + { + # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. + # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some + # systems and the destination file might be busy for other + # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new + # file should still install successfully. + { + test ! -f "$dst" || + $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || + { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && + { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } + } || + { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 + (exit 1); exit 1 + } + } && + + # Now rename the file to the real destination. + $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" + } + fi || exit 1 + + trap '' 0 + fi done -# The final little trick to "correctly" pass the exit status to the exit trap. -{ - (exit 0); exit 0 -} - # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/libtool b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/libtool new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..c57aceb03b --- /dev/null +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/libtool @@ -0,0 +1,10077 @@ +#! /bin/sh + +# libtool - Provide generalized library-building support services. +# Generated automatically by config.status (sqlite) 3.8.6 +# Libtool was configured on host builder: +# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. +# +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, +# 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 +# +# This file is part of GNU Libtool. +# +# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +# the License, or (at your option) any later version. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, +# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that +# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the +# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# +# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy +# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or +# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + + +# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script. +available_tags="" + +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG + +# Which release of libtool.m4 was used? +macro_version=2.4.2 +macro_revision=1.3337 + +# Whether or not to build shared libraries. +build_libtool_libs=yes + +# Whether or not to build static libraries. +build_old_libs=yes + +# What type of objects to build. +pic_mode=default + +# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. +fast_install=yes + +# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. +SHELL="/bin/sh" + +# An echo program that protects backslashes. +ECHO="printf %s\\n" + +# The PATH separator for the build system. +PATH_SEPARATOR=":" + +# The host system. +host_alias=arm-linux +host=arm-unknown-linux-gnu +host_os=linux-gnu + +# The build system. +build_alias=x86_64-linux-gnu +build=x86_64-pc-linux-gnu +build_os=linux-gnu + +# A sed program that does not truncate output. +SED="/bin/sed" + +# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. +Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" + +# A grep program that handles long lines. +GREP="/bin/grep" + +# An ERE matcher. +EGREP="/bin/grep -E" + +# A literal string matcher. +FGREP="/bin/grep -F" + +# A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister. +NM="arm-brcm-linux-uclibcgnueabi-nm" + +# Whether we need soft or hard links. +LN_S="ln -s" + +# What is the maximum length of a command? +max_cmd_len=3458764513820540925 + +# Object file suffix (normally "o"). +objext=o + +# Executable file suffix (normally ""). +exeext= + +# whether the shell understands "unset". +lt_unset=unset + +# turn spaces into newlines. +SP2NL="tr \\040 \\012" + +# turn newlines into spaces. +NL2SP="tr \\015\\012 \\040\\040" + +# convert $build file names to $host format. +to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop + +# convert $build files to toolchain format. +to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop + +# An object symbol dumper. +OBJDUMP="objdump" + +# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. +deplibs_check_method="pass_all" + +# Command to use when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic". +file_magic_cmd="\$MAGIC_CMD" + +# How to find potential files when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic". +file_magic_glob="" + +# Find potential files using nocaseglob when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic". +want_nocaseglob="no" + +# DLL creation program. +DLLTOOL="false" + +# Command to associate shared and link libraries. +sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd="printf %s\\n" + +# The archiver. +AR="arm-brcm-linux-uclibcgnueabi-ar" + +# Flags to create an archive. +AR_FLAGS="cru" + +# How to feed a file listing to the archiver. +archiver_list_spec="@" + +# A symbol stripping program. +STRIP="arm-brcm-linux-uclibcgnueabi-strip" + +# Commands used to install an old-style archive. +RANLIB="arm-brcm-linux-uclibcgnueabi-ranlib" +old_postinstall_cmds="chmod 644 \$oldlib~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" +old_postuninstall_cmds="" + +# Whether to use a lock for old archive extraction. +lock_old_archive_extraction=no + +# A C compiler. +LTCC="arm-brcm-linux-uclibcgnueabi-gcc" + +# LTCC compiler flags. +LTCFLAGS="-Os -DLINUX26 -DCONFIG_BCMWL5 -DCONFIG_BCMWL6 -DCONFIG_BCMWL6A -DPART_JFFS2_GAP=0UL -pipe -fno-strict-aliasing -DBCMWPA2 -DBCMARM -marm -DTCONFIG_NVRAM_64K -DLINUX_KERNEL_VERSION=132644 -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections" + +# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. +global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[ ]\\([ABCDGIRSTW][ABCDGIRSTW]*\\)[ ][ ]*\\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\\)\$/\\1 \\2 \\2/p' | sed '/ __gnu_lto/d'" + +# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration. +global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \\(.*\\)\$/extern int \\1();/p' -e 's/^[ABCDGIRSTW]* .* \\(.*\\)\$/extern char \\1;/p'" + +# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair. +global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \\([^ ]*\\)[ ]*\$/ {\\\"\\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^[ABCDGIRSTW]* \\([^ ]*\\) \\([^ ]*\\)\$/ {\"\\2\", (void *) \\&\\2},/p'" + +# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed. +global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \\([^ ]*\\)[ ]*\$/ {\\\"\\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^[ABCDGIRSTW]* \\([^ ]*\\) \\(lib[^ ]*\\)\$/ {\"\\2\", (void *) \\&\\2},/p' -e 's/^[ABCDGIRSTW]* \\([^ ]*\\) \\([^ ]*\\)\$/ {\"lib\\2\", (void *) \\&\\2},/p'" + +# Specify filename containing input files for $NM. +nm_file_list_spec="@" + +# The root where to search for dependent libraries,and in which our libraries should be installed. +lt_sysroot= + +# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. +objdir=.libs + +# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file". +MAGIC_CMD=file + +# Must we lock files when doing compilation? +need_locks="no" + +# Manifest tool. +MANIFEST_TOOL=":" + +# Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X. +DSYMUTIL="" + +# Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X. +NMEDIT="" + +# Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X. +LIPO="" + +# ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X. +OTOOL="" + +# ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4. +OTOOL64="" + +# Old archive suffix (normally "a"). +libext=a + +# Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). +shrext_cmds=".so" + +# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. +extract_expsyms_cmds="" + +# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and +# restored at link time. +variables_saved_for_relink="PATH LD_LIBRARY_PATH LD_RUN_PATH GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" + +# Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules? +need_lib_prefix=no + +# Do we need a version for libraries? +need_version=no + +# Library versioning type. +version_type=linux + +# Shared library runtime path variable. +runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH + +# Shared library path variable. +shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH + +# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? +shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no + +# Format of library name prefix. +libname_spec="lib\$name" + +# List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. +# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME +library_names_spec="\${libname}\${release}\${shared_ext}\$versuffix \${libname}\${release}\${shared_ext}\$major \$libname\${shared_ext}" + +# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. +soname_spec="\${libname}\${release}\${shared_ext}\$major" + +# Permission mode override for installation of shared libraries. +install_override_mode="" + +# Command to use after installation of a shared archive. +postinstall_cmds="" + +# Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive. +postuninstall_cmds="" + +# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. +finish_cmds="PATH=\\\"\\\$PATH:/sbin\\\" ldconfig -n \$libdir" + +# As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but +# not shown. +finish_eval="" + +# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. +hardcode_into_libs=yes + +# Compile-time system search path for libraries. +sys_lib_search_path_spec="/opt/hndtools-arm-linux-2.6.36-uclibc-4.5.3/lib/gcc/arm-brcm-linux-uclibcgnueabi/4.5.3 /opt/hndtools-arm-linux-2.6.36-uclibc-4.5.3/lib/gcc /opt/hndtools-arm-linux-2.6.36-uclibc-4.5.3/arm-brcm-linux-uclibcgnueabi/lib /opt/hndtools-arm-linux-2.6.36-uclibc-4.5.3/arm-brcm-linux-uclibcgnueabi/sysroot/lib /opt/hndtools-arm-linux-2.6.36-uclibc-4.5.3/arm-brcm-linux-uclibcgnueabi/sysroot/usr/lib " + +# Run-time system search path for libraries. +sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /lib/i386-linux-gnu /usr/lib/i386-linux-gnu /lib/i486-linux-gnu /usr/lib/i486-linux-gnu /usr/local/lib /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu /usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu /lib32 /usr/lib32 " + +# Whether dlopen is supported. +dlopen_support=unknown + +# Whether dlopen of programs is supported. +dlopen_self=unknown + +# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. +dlopen_self_static=unknown + +# Commands to strip libraries. +old_striplib="arm-brcm-linux-uclibcgnueabi-strip --strip-debug" +striplib="arm-brcm-linux-uclibcgnueabi-strip --strip-unneeded" + + +# The linker used to build libraries. +LD="arm-brcm-linux-uclibcgnueabi-ld" + +# How to create reloadable object files. +reload_flag=" -r" +reload_cmds="\$LD\$reload_flag -o \$output\$reload_objs" + +# Commands used to build an old-style archive. +old_archive_cmds="\$AR \$AR_FLAGS \$oldlib\$oldobjs~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib" + +# A language specific compiler. +CC="arm-brcm-linux-uclibcgnueabi-gcc" + +# Is the compiler the GNU compiler? +with_gcc=yes + +# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. +no_builtin_flag=" -fno-builtin" + +# Additional compiler flags for building library objects. +pic_flag=" -fPIC -DPIC" + +# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. +wl="-Wl," + +# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. +link_static_flag="-static" + +# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? +compiler_c_o="yes" + +# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. +build_libtool_need_lc=no + +# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static. +allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=no + +# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. +export_dynamic_flag_spec="\${wl}--export-dynamic" + +# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. +whole_archive_flag_spec="\${wl}--whole-archive\$convenience \${wl}--no-whole-archive" + +# Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly. +compiler_needs_object="no" + +# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. +old_archive_from_new_cmds="" + +# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. +old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds="" + +# Commands used to build a shared archive. +archive_cmds="\$CC -shared \$pic_flag \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags \${wl}-soname \$wl\$soname -o \$lib" +archive_expsym_cmds="echo \\\"{ global:\\\" > \$output_objdir/\$libname.ver~ + cat \$export_symbols | sed -e \\\"s/\\\\(.*\\\\)/\\\\1;/\\\" >> \$output_objdir/\$libname.ver~ + echo \\\"local: *; };\\\" >> \$output_objdir/\$libname.ver~ + \$CC -shared \$pic_flag \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags \${wl}-soname \$wl\$soname \${wl}-version-script \${wl}\$output_objdir/\$libname.ver -o \$lib" + +# Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building +# a shared archive. +module_cmds="" +module_expsym_cmds="" + +# Whether we are building with GNU ld or not. +with_gnu_ld="yes" + +# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. +allow_undefined_flag="" + +# Flag that enforces no undefined symbols. +no_undefined_flag="" + +# Flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary during linking. +# This must work even if $libdir does not exist +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="\${wl}-rpath \${wl}\$libdir" + +# Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument. +hardcode_libdir_separator="" + +# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes +# DIR into the resulting binary. +hardcode_direct=no + +# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes +# DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is +# "absolute",i.e impossible to change by setting ${shlibpath_var} if the +# library is relocated. +hardcode_direct_absolute=no + +# Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR +# into the resulting binary. +hardcode_minus_L=no + +# Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR +# into the resulting binary. +hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported + +# Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR +# into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked +# against it. +hardcode_automatic=no + +# Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries +# to runtime path list. +inherit_rpath=no + +# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. +link_all_deplibs=unknown + +# Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required. +always_export_symbols=no + +# The commands to list exported symbols. +export_symbols_cmds="\$NM \$libobjs \$convenience | \$global_symbol_pipe | \$SED 's/.* //' | sort | uniq > \$export_symbols" + +# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. +exclude_expsyms="_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*" + +# Symbols that must always be exported. +include_expsyms="" + +# Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates. +prelink_cmds="" + +# Commands necessary for finishing linking programs. +postlink_cmds="" + +# Specify filename containing input files. +file_list_spec="" + +# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. +hardcode_action=immediate + +# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG + + +# libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.2 +# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, +# 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, +# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that +# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the +# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# +# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy +# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, +# or obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + +# Usage: $progname [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]... +# +# Provide generalized library-building support services. +# +# --config show all configuration variables +# --debug enable verbose shell tracing +# -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files +# --features display basic configuration information and exit +# --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE +# --preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries +# --quiet, --silent don't print informational messages +# --no-quiet, --no-silent +# print informational messages (default) +# --no-warn don't display warning messages +# --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG +# -v, --verbose print more informational messages than default +# --no-verbose don't print the extra informational messages +# --version print version information +# -h, --help, --help-all print short, long, or detailed help message +# +# MODE must be one of the following: +# +# clean remove files from the build directory +# compile compile a source file into a libtool object +# execute automatically set library path, then run a program +# finish complete the installation of libtool libraries +# install install libraries or executables +# link create a library or an executable +# uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory +# +# MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. When passed as first option, +# `--mode=MODE' may be abbreviated as `MODE' or a unique abbreviation of that. +# Try `$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE. +# +# When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and +# include the following information: +# +# host-triplet: $host +# shell: $SHELL +# compiler: $LTCC +# compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS +# linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld) +# $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.4.2 +# automake: $automake_version +# autoconf: $autoconf_version +# +# Report bugs to . +# GNU libtool home page: . +# General help using GNU software: . + +PROGRAM=libtool +PACKAGE=libtool +VERSION=2.4.2 +TIMESTAMP="" +package_revision=1.3337 + +# Be Bourne compatible +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac +fi +BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh + +# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. +func_fallback_echo () +{ + eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF +$1 +_LTECHO_EOF' +} + +# NLS nuisances: We save the old values to restore during execute mode. +lt_user_locale= +lt_safe_locale= +for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES +do + eval "if test \"\${$lt_var+set}\" = set; then + save_$lt_var=\$$lt_var + $lt_var=C + export $lt_var + lt_user_locale=\"$lt_var=\\\$save_\$lt_var; \$lt_user_locale\" + lt_safe_locale=\"$lt_var=C; \$lt_safe_locale\" + fi" +done +LC_ALL=C +LANGUAGE=C +export LANGUAGE LC_ALL + +$lt_unset CDPATH + + +# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh +# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of +# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special +# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the +# function. +progpath="$0" + + + +: ${CP="cp -f"} +test "${ECHO+set}" = set || ECHO=${as_echo-'printf %s\n'} +: ${MAKE="make"} +: ${MKDIR="mkdir"} +: ${MV="mv -f"} +: ${RM="rm -f"} +: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"} +: ${Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"} + +# Global variables: +EXIT_SUCCESS=0 +EXIT_FAILURE=1 +EXIT_MISMATCH=63 # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing. +EXIT_SKIP=77 # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake. + +exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS + +# Make sure IFS has a sensible default +lt_nl=' +' +IFS=" $lt_nl" + +dirname="s,/[^/]*$,," +basename="s,^.*/,," + +# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement +# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, +# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +func_dirname () +{ + case ${1} in + */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; + * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; + esac +} # Extended-shell func_dirname implementation + + +# func_basename file +func_basename () +{ + func_basename_result="${1##*/}" +} # Extended-shell func_basename implementation + + +# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement +# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function +# call: +# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, +# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result +# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +# value returned in "$func_dirname_result" +# basename: Compute filename of FILE. +# value retuned in "$func_basename_result" +# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname +# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to +# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here. +func_dirname_and_basename () +{ + case ${1} in + */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; + * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; + esac + func_basename_result="${1##*/}" +} # Extended-shell func_dirname_and_basename implementation + + +# func_stripname prefix suffix name +# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. +# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special +# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading +# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). +# func_strip_suffix prefix name +func_stripname () +{ + # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are + # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first. + func_stripname_result=${3} + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"} + func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"} +} # Extended-shell func_stripname implementation + + +# These SED scripts presuppose an absolute path with a trailing slash. +pathcar='s,^/\([^/]*\).*$,\1,' +pathcdr='s,^/[^/]*,,' +removedotparts=':dotsl + s@/\./@/@g + t dotsl + s,/\.$,/,' +collapseslashes='s@/\{1,\}@/@g' +finalslash='s,/*$,/,' + +# func_normal_abspath PATH +# Remove doubled-up and trailing slashes, "." path components, +# and cancel out any ".." path components in PATH after making +# it an absolute path. +# value returned in "$func_normal_abspath_result" +func_normal_abspath () +{ + # Start from root dir and reassemble the path. + func_normal_abspath_result= + func_normal_abspath_tpath=$1 + func_normal_abspath_altnamespace= + case $func_normal_abspath_tpath in + "") + # Empty path, that just means $cwd. + func_stripname '' '/' "`pwd`" + func_normal_abspath_result=$func_stripname_result + return + ;; + # The next three entries are used to spot a run of precisely + # two leading slashes without using negated character classes; + # we take advantage of case's first-match behaviour. + ///*) + # Unusual form of absolute path, do nothing. + ;; + //*) + # Not necessarily an ordinary path; POSIX reserves leading '//' + # and for example Cygwin uses it to access remote file shares + # over CIFS/SMB, so we conserve a leading double slash if found. + func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=/ + ;; + /*) + # Absolute path, do nothing. + ;; + *) + # Relative path, prepend $cwd. + func_normal_abspath_tpath=`pwd`/$func_normal_abspath_tpath + ;; + esac + # Cancel out all the simple stuff to save iterations. We also want + # the path to end with a slash for ease of parsing, so make sure + # there is one (and only one) here. + func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ + -e "$removedotparts" -e "$collapseslashes" -e "$finalslash"` + while :; do + # Processed it all yet? + if test "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" = / ; then + # If we ascended to the root using ".." the result may be empty now. + if test -z "$func_normal_abspath_result" ; then + func_normal_abspath_result=/ + fi + break + fi + func_normal_abspath_tcomponent=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ + -e "$pathcar"` + func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ + -e "$pathcdr"` + # Figure out what to do with it + case $func_normal_abspath_tcomponent in + "") + # Trailing empty path component, ignore it. + ;; + ..) + # Parent dir; strip last assembled component from result. + func_dirname "$func_normal_abspath_result" + func_normal_abspath_result=$func_dirname_result + ;; + *) + # Actual path component, append it. + func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_result/$func_normal_abspath_tcomponent + ;; + esac + done + # Restore leading double-slash if one was found on entry. + func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_altnamespace$func_normal_abspath_result +} + +# func_relative_path SRCDIR DSTDIR +# generates a relative path from SRCDIR to DSTDIR, with a trailing +# slash if non-empty, suitable for immediately appending a filename +# without needing to append a separator. +# value returned in "$func_relative_path_result" +func_relative_path () +{ + func_relative_path_result= + func_normal_abspath "$1" + func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_normal_abspath_result + func_normal_abspath "$2" + func_relative_path_tbindir=$func_normal_abspath_result + + # Ascend the tree starting from libdir + while :; do + # check if we have found a prefix of bindir + case $func_relative_path_tbindir in + $func_relative_path_tlibdir) + # found an exact match + func_relative_path_tcancelled= + break + ;; + $func_relative_path_tlibdir*) + # found a matching prefix + func_stripname "$func_relative_path_tlibdir" '' "$func_relative_path_tbindir" + func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_stripname_result + if test -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then + func_relative_path_result=. + fi + break + ;; + *) + func_dirname $func_relative_path_tlibdir + func_relative_path_tlibdir=${func_dirname_result} + if test "x$func_relative_path_tlibdir" = x ; then + # Have to descend all the way to the root! + func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result + func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_relative_path_tbindir + break + fi + func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result + ;; + esac + done + + # Now calculate path; take care to avoid doubling-up slashes. + func_stripname '' '/' "$func_relative_path_result" + func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result + func_stripname '/' '/' "$func_relative_path_tcancelled" + if test "x$func_stripname_result" != x ; then + func_relative_path_result=${func_relative_path_result}/${func_stripname_result} + fi + + # Normalisation. If bindir is libdir, return empty string, + # else relative path ending with a slash; either way, target + # file name can be directly appended. + if test ! -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then + func_stripname './' '' "$func_relative_path_result/" + func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result + fi +} + +# The name of this program: +func_dirname_and_basename "$progpath" +progname=$func_basename_result + +# Make sure we have an absolute path for reexecution: +case $progpath in + [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;; + *[\\/]*) + progdir=$func_dirname_result + progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd` + progpath="$progdir/$progname" + ;; + *) + save_IFS="$IFS" + IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:} + for progdir in $PATH; do + IFS="$save_IFS" + test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break + done + IFS="$save_IFS" + test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd` + progpath="$progdir/$progname" + ;; +esac + +# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies +# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. +Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//' +sed_quote_subst='s/\([`"$\\]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. +double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Sed substitution that turns a string into a regex matching for the +# string literally. +sed_make_literal_regex='s,[].[^$\\*\/],\\&,g' + +# Sed substitution that converts a w32 file name or path +# which contains forward slashes, into one that contains +# (escaped) backslashes. A very naive implementation. +lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g' + +# Re-`\' parameter expansions in output of double_quote_subst that were +# `\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of `\' preceded a '$' +# in input to double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from expansion. +# Since each input `\' is now two `\'s, look for any number of runs of +# four `\'s followed by two `\'s and then a '$'. `\' that '$'. +bs='\\' +bs2='\\\\' +bs4='\\\\\\\\' +dollar='\$' +sed_double_backslash="\ + s/$bs4/&\\ +/g + s/^$bs2$dollar/$bs&/ + s/\\([^$bs]\\)$bs2$dollar/\\1$bs2$bs$dollar/g + s/\n//g" + +# Standard options: +opt_dry_run=false +opt_help=false +opt_quiet=false +opt_verbose=false +opt_warning=: + +# func_echo arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message, along with the current mode +# name if it has been set yet. +func_echo () +{ + $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }$*" +} + +# func_verbose arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only. +func_verbose () +{ + $opt_verbose && func_echo ${1+"$@"} + + # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function + # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to + # work around that: + : +} + +# func_echo_all arg... +# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated. +func_echo_all () +{ + $ECHO "$*" +} + +# func_error arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error. +func_error () +{ + $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }"${1+"$@"} 1>&2 +} + +# func_warning arg... +# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. +func_warning () +{ + $opt_warning && $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }warning: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2 + + # bash bug again: + : +} + +# func_fatal_error arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit. +func_fatal_error () +{ + func_error ${1+"$@"} + exit $EXIT_FAILURE +} + +# func_fatal_help arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by +# a help hint, and exit. +func_fatal_help () +{ + func_error ${1+"$@"} + func_fatal_error "$help" +} +help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." ## default + + +# func_grep expression filename +# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output. +func_grep () +{ + $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1 +} + + +# func_mkdir_p directory-path +# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available. +func_mkdir_p () +{ + my_directory_path="$1" + my_dir_list= + + if test -n "$my_directory_path" && test "$opt_dry_run" != ":"; then + + # Protect directory names starting with `-' + case $my_directory_path in + -*) my_directory_path="./$my_directory_path" ;; + esac + + # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist... + while test ! -d "$my_directory_path"; do + # ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited + # list incase some portion of path contains whitespace. + my_dir_list="$my_directory_path:$my_dir_list" + + # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done + case $my_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac + + # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop + my_directory_path=`$ECHO "$my_directory_path" | $SED -e "$dirname"` + done + my_dir_list=`$ECHO "$my_dir_list" | $SED 's,:*$,,'` + + save_mkdir_p_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=':' + for my_dir in $my_dir_list; do + IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" + # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error if two processes + # try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't + # stop in that case! + $MKDIR "$my_dir" 2>/dev/null || : + done + IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" + + # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory. + test -d "$my_directory_path" || \ + func_fatal_error "Failed to create \`$1'" + fi +} + + +# func_mktempdir [string] +# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running +# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If +# given, STRING is the basename for that directory. +func_mktempdir () +{ + my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}" + + if test "$opt_dry_run" = ":"; then + # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode + my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$" + else + + # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost + my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null` + + if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then + # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race + my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$" + + save_mktempdir_umask=`umask` + umask 0077 + $MKDIR "$my_tmpdir" + umask $save_mktempdir_umask + fi + + # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure + test -d "$my_tmpdir" || \ + func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'" + fi + + $ECHO "$my_tmpdir" +} + + +# func_quote_for_eval arg +# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later. +# This function returns two values: FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_RESULT +# is double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval, whereas +# FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_UNQUOTED_RESULT has merely all characters +# which are still active within double quotes backslashified. +func_quote_for_eval () +{ + case $1 in + *[\\\`\"\$]*) + func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` ;; + *) + func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result="$1" ;; + esac + + case $func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result in + # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay + # word splitting, command substitution and and variable + # expansion for a subsequent eval. + # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly + # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. + *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") + func_quote_for_eval_result="\"$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result\"" + ;; + *) + func_quote_for_eval_result="$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result" + esac +} + + +# func_quote_for_expand arg +# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above, +# but do not quote variable references. +func_quote_for_expand () +{ + case $1 in + *[\\\`\"]*) + my_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED \ + -e "$double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;; + *) + my_arg="$1" ;; + esac + + case $my_arg in + # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay + # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval. + # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly + # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. + *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") + my_arg="\"$my_arg\"" + ;; + esac + + func_quote_for_expand_result="$my_arg" +} + + +# func_show_eval cmd [fail_exp] +# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is +# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP +# is given, then evaluate it. +func_show_eval () +{ + my_cmd="$1" + my_fail_exp="${2-:}" + + ${opt_silent-false} || { + func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + + if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else + eval "$my_cmd" + my_status=$? + if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else + eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" + fi + fi +} + + +# func_show_eval_locale cmd [fail_exp] +# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is +# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP +# is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation. +func_show_eval_locale () +{ + my_cmd="$1" + my_fail_exp="${2-:}" + + ${opt_silent-false} || { + func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + + if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else + eval "$lt_user_locale + $my_cmd" + my_status=$? + eval "$lt_safe_locale" + if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else + eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" + fi + fi +} + +# func_tr_sh +# Turn $1 into a string suitable for a shell variable name. +# Result is stored in $func_tr_sh_result. All characters +# not in the set a-zA-Z0-9_ are replaced with '_'. Further, +# if $1 begins with a digit, a '_' is prepended as well. +func_tr_sh () +{ + case $1 in + [0-9]* | *[!a-zA-Z0-9_]*) + func_tr_sh_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED 's/^\([0-9]\)/_\1/; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` + ;; + * ) + func_tr_sh_result=$1 + ;; + esac +} + + +# func_version +# Echo version message to standard output and exit. +func_version () +{ + $opt_debug + + $SED -n '/(C)/!b go + :more + /\./!{ + N + s/\n# / / + b more + } + :go + /^# '$PROGRAM' (GNU /,/# warranty; / { + s/^# // + s/^# *$// + s/\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*\( [1-9][0-9]*\)/\1\2/ + p + }' < "$progpath" + exit $? +} + +# func_usage +# Echo short help message to standard output and exit. +func_usage () +{ + $opt_debug + + $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/^# *.*--help/ { + s/^# // + s/^# *$// + s/\$progname/'$progname'/ + p + }' < "$progpath" + echo + $ECHO "run \`$progname --help | more' for full usage" + exit $? +} + +# func_help [NOEXIT] +# Echo long help message to standard output and exit, +# unless 'noexit' is passed as argument. +func_help () +{ + $opt_debug + + $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# Report bugs to/ { + :print + s/^# // + s/^# *$// + s*\$progname*'$progname'* + s*\$host*'"$host"'* + s*\$SHELL*'"$SHELL"'* + s*\$LTCC*'"$LTCC"'* + s*\$LTCFLAGS*'"$LTCFLAGS"'* + s*\$LD*'"$LD"'* + s/\$with_gnu_ld/'"$with_gnu_ld"'/ + s/\$automake_version/'"`(${AUTOMAKE-automake} --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ + s/\$autoconf_version/'"`(${AUTOCONF-autoconf} --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ + p + d + } + /^# .* home page:/b print + /^# General help using/b print + ' < "$progpath" + ret=$? + if test -z "$1"; then + exit $ret + fi +} + +# func_missing_arg argname +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global +# exit_cmd. +func_missing_arg () +{ + $opt_debug + + func_error "missing argument for $1." + exit_cmd=exit +} + + +# func_split_short_opt shortopt +# Set func_split_short_opt_name and func_split_short_opt_arg shell +# variables after splitting SHORTOPT after the 2nd character. +func_split_short_opt () +{ + func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??} + func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"} +} # Extended-shell func_split_short_opt implementation + + +# func_split_long_opt longopt +# Set func_split_long_opt_name and func_split_long_opt_arg shell +# variables after splitting LONGOPT at the `=' sign. +func_split_long_opt () +{ + func_split_long_opt_name=${1%%=*} + func_split_long_opt_arg=${1#*=} +} # Extended-shell func_split_long_opt implementation + +exit_cmd=: + + + + + +magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%" +magic_exe="%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%" + +# Global variables. +nonopt= +preserve_args= +lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/" +o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/" +extracted_archives= +extracted_serial=0 + +# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it +# will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being +# left over by shells. +exec_cmd= + +# func_append var value +# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. +func_append () +{ + eval "${1}+=\${2}" +} # Extended-shell func_append implementation + +# func_append_quoted var value +# Quote VALUE and append to the end of shell variable VAR, separated +# by a space. +func_append_quoted () +{ + func_quote_for_eval "${2}" + eval "${1}+=\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result" +} # Extended-shell func_append_quoted implementation + + +# func_arith arithmetic-term... +func_arith () +{ + func_arith_result=$(( $* )) +} # Extended-shell func_arith implementation + + +# func_len string +# STRING may not start with a hyphen. +func_len () +{ + func_len_result=${#1} +} # Extended-shell func_len implementation + + +# func_lo2o object +func_lo2o () +{ + case ${1} in + *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;; + *) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;; + esac +} # Extended-shell func_lo2o implementation + + +# func_xform libobj-or-source +func_xform () +{ + func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo +} # Extended-shell func_xform implementation + + +# func_fatal_configuration arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by +# a configuration failure hint, and exit. +func_fatal_configuration () +{ + func_error ${1+"$@"} + func_error "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information." + func_fatal_error "Fatal configuration error." +} + + +# func_config +# Display the configuration for all the tags in this script. +func_config () +{ + re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL' + re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL' + + # Default configuration. + $SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath" + + # Now print the configurations for the tags. + for tagname in $taglist; do + $SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath" + done + + exit $? +} + +# func_features +# Display the features supported by this script. +func_features () +{ + echo "host: $host" + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + echo "enable shared libraries" + else + echo "disable shared libraries" + fi + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + echo "enable static libraries" + else + echo "disable static libraries" + fi + + exit $? +} + +# func_enable_tag tagname +# Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or +# enable the TAGNAME tag. We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist +# variable here. +func_enable_tag () +{ + # Global variable: + tagname="$1" + + re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" + re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" + sed_extractcf="/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p" + + # Validate tagname. + case $tagname in + *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*) + func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname" + ;; + esac + + # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's + # there but not specially marked. + case $tagname in + CC) ;; + *) + if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + taglist="$taglist $tagname" + + # Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path + # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but + # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within + # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps: + extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"` + eval "$extractedcf" + else + func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname" + fi + ;; + esac +} + +# func_check_version_match +# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same +# release of libtool. +func_check_version_match () +{ + if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then + if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then + if test -z "$macro_version"; then + cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF +$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the +$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release. +$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION +$progname: and run autoconf again. +_LT_EOF + else + cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF +$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the +$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version. +$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION +$progname: and run autoconf again. +_LT_EOF + fi + else + cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF +$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision, +$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision. +$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision +$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again. +_LT_EOF + fi + + exit $EXIT_MISMATCH + fi +} + + +# Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument +case $1 in +clean|clea|cle|cl) + shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; +compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c) + shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; +execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e) + shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; +finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f) + shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; +install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i) + shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; +link|lin|li|l) + shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; +uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u) + shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; +esac + + + +# Option defaults: +opt_debug=: +opt_dry_run=false +opt_config=false +opt_preserve_dup_deps=false +opt_features=false +opt_finish=false +opt_help=false +opt_help_all=false +opt_silent=: +opt_warning=: +opt_verbose=: +opt_silent=false +opt_verbose=false + + +# Parse options once, thoroughly. This comes as soon as possible in the +# script to make things like `--version' happen as quickly as we can. +{ + # this just eases exit handling + while test $# -gt 0; do + opt="$1" + shift + case $opt in + --debug|-x) opt_debug='set -x' + func_echo "enabling shell trace mode" + $opt_debug + ;; + --dry-run|--dryrun|-n) + opt_dry_run=: + ;; + --config) + opt_config=: +func_config + ;; + --dlopen|-dlopen) + optarg="$1" + opt_dlopen="${opt_dlopen+$opt_dlopen +}$optarg" + shift + ;; + --preserve-dup-deps) + opt_preserve_dup_deps=: + ;; + --features) + opt_features=: +func_features + ;; + --finish) + opt_finish=: +set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + --help) + opt_help=: + ;; + --help-all) + opt_help_all=: +opt_help=': help-all' + ;; + --mode) + test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $opt && break + optarg="$1" + opt_mode="$optarg" +case $optarg in + # Valid mode arguments: + clean|compile|execute|finish|install|link|relink|uninstall) ;; + + # Catch anything else as an error + *) func_error "invalid argument for $opt" + exit_cmd=exit + break + ;; +esac + shift + ;; + --no-silent|--no-quiet) + opt_silent=false +preserve_args+=" $opt" + ;; + --no-warning|--no-warn) + opt_warning=false +preserve_args+=" $opt" + ;; + --no-verbose) + opt_verbose=false +preserve_args+=" $opt" + ;; + --silent|--quiet) + opt_silent=: +preserve_args+=" $opt" + opt_verbose=false + ;; + --verbose|-v) + opt_verbose=: +preserve_args+=" $opt" +opt_silent=false + ;; + --tag) + test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $opt && break + optarg="$1" + opt_tag="$optarg" +preserve_args+=" $opt $optarg" +func_enable_tag "$optarg" + shift + ;; + + -\?|-h) func_usage ;; + --help) func_help ;; + --version) func_version ;; + + # Separate optargs to long options: + --*=*) + func_split_long_opt "$opt" + set dummy "$func_split_long_opt_name" "$func_split_long_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} + shift + ;; + + # Separate non-argument short options: + -\?*|-h*|-n*|-v*) + func_split_short_opt "$opt" + set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} + shift + ;; + + --) break ;; + -*) func_fatal_help "unrecognized option \`$opt'" ;; + *) set dummy "$opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;; + esac + done + + # Validate options: + + # save first non-option argument + if test "$#" -gt 0; then + nonopt="$opt" + shift + fi + + # preserve --debug + test "$opt_debug" = : || preserve_args+=" --debug" + + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc*) + # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps + opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=: + ;; + *) + opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_preserve_dup_deps + ;; + esac + + $opt_help || { + # Sanity checks first: + func_check_version_match + + if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then + func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library" + fi + + # Darwin sucks + eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + + # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. + if test -n "$opt_dlopen" && test "$opt_mode" != execute; then + func_error "unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" + $ECHO "$help" 1>&2 + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi + + # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. + generic_help="$help" + help="Try \`$progname --help --mode=$opt_mode' for more information." + } + + + # Bail if the options were screwed + $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE +} + + + + +## ----------- ## +## Main. ## +## ----------- ## + +# func_lalib_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_lalib_p () +{ + test -f "$1" && + $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null \ + | $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1 +} + +# func_lalib_unsafe_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. +# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without +# resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and +# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor. +# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be +# fatal anyway. Works if `file' does not exist. +func_lalib_unsafe_p () +{ + lalib_p=no + if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then + for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4 + do + read lalib_p_line + case "$lalib_p_line" in + \#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;; + esac + done + exec 0<&5 5<&- + fi + test "$lalib_p" = yes +} + +# func_ltwrapper_script_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_ltwrapper_script_p () +{ + func_lalib_p "$1" +} + +# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_ltwrapper_executable_p () +{ + func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix= + case $1 in + *.exe) ;; + *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;; + esac + $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1 +} + +# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file +# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable +# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a +# temporary ltwrapper_script. +func_ltwrapper_scriptname () +{ + func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "." + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result" + func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper" +} + +# func_ltwrapper_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_ltwrapper_p () +{ + func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1" +} + + +# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd +# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS. +# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure. +# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD! +func_execute_cmds () +{ + $opt_debug + save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' + for cmd in $1; do + IFS=$save_ifs + eval cmd=\"$cmd\" + func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}" + done + IFS=$save_ifs +} + + +# func_source file +# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary. +# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to +# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe +# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing +# `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. +func_source () +{ + $opt_debug + case $1 in + */* | *\\*) . "$1" ;; + *) . "./$1" ;; + esac +} + + +# func_resolve_sysroot PATH +# Replace a leading = in PATH with a sysroot. Store the result into +# func_resolve_sysroot_result +func_resolve_sysroot () +{ + func_resolve_sysroot_result=$1 + case $func_resolve_sysroot_result in + =*) + func_stripname '=' '' "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" + func_resolve_sysroot_result=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result + ;; + esac +} + +# func_replace_sysroot PATH +# If PATH begins with the sysroot, replace it with = and +# store the result into func_replace_sysroot_result. +func_replace_sysroot () +{ + case "$lt_sysroot:$1" in + ?*:"$lt_sysroot"*) + func_stripname "$lt_sysroot" '' "$1" + func_replace_sysroot_result="=$func_stripname_result" + ;; + *) + # Including no sysroot. + func_replace_sysroot_result=$1 + ;; + esac +} + +# func_infer_tag arg +# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and +# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option. +# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile +# command doesn't match the default compiler. +# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...' +func_infer_tag () +{ + $opt_debug + if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then + CC_quoted= + for arg in $CC; do + func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg" + done + CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC` + CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted` + case $@ in + # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell, + # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run. + " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \ + " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) ;; + # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail + # if we don't check for them as well. + *) + for z in $available_tags; do + if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then + # Evaluate the configuration. + eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`" + CC_quoted= + for arg in $CC; do + # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. + func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg" + done + CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC` + CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted` + case "$@ " in + " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \ + " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) + # The compiler in the base compile command matches + # the one in the tagged configuration. + # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want. + tagname=$z + break + ;; + esac + fi + done + # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration + # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command + # line option must be used. + if test -z "$tagname"; then + func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration" + func_fatal_error "specify a tag with \`--tag'" +# else +# func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration" + fi + ;; + esac + fi +} + + + +# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name +# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file), +# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run. +func_write_libtool_object () +{ + write_libobj=${1} + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + write_lobj=\'${2}\' + else + write_lobj=none + fi + + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + write_oldobj=\'${3}\' + else + write_oldobj=none + fi + + $opt_dry_run || { + cat >${write_libobj}T </dev/null` + if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "${func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp}"; then + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=`$ECHO "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp" | + $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` + else + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result= + fi + fi +} +# end: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ARG +# Helper function used by path conversion functions when $build is *nix, and +# $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a correctly +# configured wine environment available, with the winepath program in $build's +# $PATH. Assumes ARG has no leading or trailing path separator characters. +# +# ARG is path to be converted from $build format to win32. +# Result is available in $func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result. +# Unconvertible file (directory) names in ARG are skipped; if no directory names +# are convertible, then the result may be empty. +func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 () +{ + $opt_debug + # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert paths, only file names + func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result="" + if test -n "$1"; then + oldIFS=$IFS + IFS=: + for func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f in $1; do + IFS=$oldIFS + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f" + if test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" ; then + if test -z "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"; then + func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result="$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" + else + func_append func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result ";$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" + fi + fi + done + IFS=$oldIFS + fi +} +# end: func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 + + +# func_cygpath ARGS... +# Wrapper around calling the cygpath program via LT_CYGPATH. This is used when +# when (1) $build is *nix and Cygwin is hosted via a wine environment; or (2) +# $build is MSYS and $host is Cygwin, or (3) $build is Cygwin. In case (1) or +# (2), returns the Cygwin file name or path in func_cygpath_result (input +# file name or path is assumed to be in w32 format, as previously converted +# from $build's *nix or MSYS format). In case (3), returns the w32 file name +# or path in func_cygpath_result (input file name or path is assumed to be in +# Cygwin format). Returns an empty string on error. +# +# ARGS are passed to cygpath, with the last one being the file name or path to +# be converted. +# +# Specify the absolute *nix (or w32) name to cygpath in the LT_CYGPATH +# environment variable; do not put it in $PATH. +func_cygpath () +{ + $opt_debug + if test -n "$LT_CYGPATH" && test -f "$LT_CYGPATH"; then + func_cygpath_result=`$LT_CYGPATH "$@" 2>/dev/null` + if test "$?" -ne 0; then + # on failure, ensure result is empty + func_cygpath_result= + fi + else + func_cygpath_result= + func_error "LT_CYGPATH is empty or specifies non-existent file: \`$LT_CYGPATH'" + fi +} +#end: func_cygpath + + +# func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ARG +# Convert file name or path ARG from MSYS format to w32 format. Return +# result in func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result. +func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 () +{ + $opt_debug + # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result + func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result=`( cmd //c echo "$1" ) 2>/dev/null | + $SED -e 's/[ ]*$//' -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` +} +#end: func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_file_check ARG1 ARG2 +# Verify that ARG1 (a file name in $build format) was converted to $host +# format in ARG2. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue (resetting +# func_to_host_file_result to ARG1). +func_convert_file_check () +{ + $opt_debug + if test -z "$2" && test -n "$1" ; then + func_error "Could not determine host file name corresponding to" + func_error " \`$1'" + func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." + # Fallback: + func_to_host_file_result="$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_file_check + + +# func_convert_path_check FROM_PATHSEP TO_PATHSEP FROM_PATH TO_PATH +# Verify that FROM_PATH (a path in $build format) was converted to $host +# format in TO_PATH. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue, resetting +# func_to_host_file_result to a simplistic fallback value (see below). +func_convert_path_check () +{ + $opt_debug + if test -z "$4" && test -n "$3"; then + func_error "Could not determine the host path corresponding to" + func_error " \`$3'" + func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." + # Fallback. This is a deliberately simplistic "conversion" and + # should not be "improved". See libtool.info. + if test "x$1" != "x$2"; then + lt_replace_pathsep_chars="s|$1|$2|g" + func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$3" | + $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_chars"` + else + func_to_host_path_result="$3" + fi + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_check + + +# func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep FRONTPAT BACKPAT REPL ORIG +# Modifies func_to_host_path_result by prepending REPL if ORIG matches FRONTPAT +# and appending REPL if ORIG matches BACKPAT. +func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep () +{ + $opt_debug + case $4 in + $1 ) func_to_host_path_result="$3$func_to_host_path_result" + ;; + esac + case $4 in + $2 ) func_to_host_path_result+="$3" + ;; + esac +} +# end func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep + + +################################################## +# $build to $host FILE NAME CONVERSION FUNCTIONS # +################################################## +# invoked via `$to_host_file_cmd ARG' +# +# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format. +# Result will be available in $func_to_host_file_result. + + +# func_to_host_file ARG +# Converts the file name ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result +# in func_to_host_file_result. +func_to_host_file () +{ + $opt_debug + $to_host_file_cmd "$1" +} +# end func_to_host_file + + +# func_to_tool_file ARG LAZY +# converts the file name ARG from $build format to toolchain format. Return +# result in func_to_tool_file_result. If the conversion in use is listed +# in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion takes place. +func_to_tool_file () +{ + $opt_debug + case ,$2, in + *,"$to_tool_file_cmd",*) + func_to_tool_file_result=$1 + ;; + *) + $to_tool_file_cmd "$1" + func_to_tool_file_result=$func_to_host_file_result + ;; + esac +} +# end func_to_tool_file + + +# func_convert_file_noop ARG +# Copy ARG to func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_file_noop () +{ + func_to_host_file_result="$1" +} +# end func_convert_file_noop + + +# func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ARG +# Convert file name ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic +# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in +# func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_file_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1" + func_to_host_file_result="$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" + fi + func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" +} +# end func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ARG +# Convert file name ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in +# func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_file_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + # because $build is cygwin, we call "the" cygpath in $PATH; no need to use + # LT_CYGPATH in this case. + func_to_host_file_result=`cygpath -m "$1"` + fi + func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" +} +# end func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ARG +# Convert file name ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment +# and a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_file_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1" + func_to_host_file_result="$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" + fi + func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" +} +# end func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ARG +# Convert file name ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set. +# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_file_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1" + func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" + func_to_host_file_result="$func_cygpath_result" + fi + func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" +} +# end func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin + + +# func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ARG +# Convert file name ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed +# in a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result +# in func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_file_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + # convert from *nix to w32, then use cygpath to convert from w32 to cygwin. + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1" + func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" + func_to_host_file_result="$func_cygpath_result" + fi + func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" +} +# end func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin + + +############################################# +# $build to $host PATH CONVERSION FUNCTIONS # +############################################# +# invoked via `$to_host_path_cmd ARG' +# +# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format. +# The result will be available in $func_to_host_path_result. +# +# Path separators are also converted from $build format to $host format. If +# ARG begins or ends with a path separator character, it is preserved (but +# converted to $host format) on output. +# +# All path conversion functions are named using the following convention: +# file name conversion function : func_convert_file_X_to_Y () +# path conversion function : func_convert_path_X_to_Y () +# where, for any given $build/$host combination the 'X_to_Y' value is the +# same. If conversion functions are added for new $build/$host combinations, +# the two new functions must follow this pattern, or func_init_to_host_path_cmd +# will break. + + +# func_init_to_host_path_cmd +# Ensures that function "pointer" variable $to_host_path_cmd is set to the +# appropriate value, based on the value of $to_host_file_cmd. +to_host_path_cmd= +func_init_to_host_path_cmd () +{ + $opt_debug + if test -z "$to_host_path_cmd"; then + func_stripname 'func_convert_file_' '' "$to_host_file_cmd" + to_host_path_cmd="func_convert_path_${func_stripname_result}" + fi +} + + +# func_to_host_path ARG +# Converts the path ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result +# in func_to_host_path_result. +func_to_host_path () +{ + $opt_debug + func_init_to_host_path_cmd + $to_host_path_cmd "$1" +} +# end func_to_host_path + + +# func_convert_path_noop ARG +# Copy ARG to func_to_host_path_result. +func_convert_path_noop () +{ + func_to_host_path_result="$1" +} +# end func_convert_path_noop + + +# func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ARG +# Convert path ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic +# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in +# func_to_host_path_result. +func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_path_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from ARG. MSYS + # behavior is inconsistent here; cygpath turns them into '.;' and ';.'; + # and winepath ignores them completely. + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" + func_to_host_path_result="$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" + func_convert_path_check : ";" \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ARG +# Convert path ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in +# func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_path_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_to_host_path_result=`cygpath -m -p "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"` + func_convert_path_check : ";" \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ARG +# Convert path ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment and +# a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_path_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" + func_to_host_path_result="$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result" + func_convert_path_check : ";" \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 + + +# func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ARG +# Convert path ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set. +# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_path_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" + func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" + func_to_host_path_result="$func_cygpath_result" + func_convert_path_check : : \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin + + +# func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ARG +# Convert path ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed in a +# a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result in +# func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_path_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from + # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them + # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely. + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" + func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result" + func_to_host_path_result="$func_cygpath_result" + func_convert_path_check : : \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin + + +# func_mode_compile arg... +func_mode_compile () +{ + $opt_debug + # Get the compilation command and the source file. + base_compile= + srcfile="$nonopt" # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile" + suppress_opt=yes + suppress_output= + arg_mode=normal + libobj= + later= + pie_flag= + + for arg + do + case $arg_mode in + arg ) + # do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile + lastarg="$arg" + arg_mode=normal + ;; + + target ) + libobj="$arg" + arg_mode=normal + continue + ;; + + normal ) + # Accept any command-line options. + case $arg in + -o) + test -n "$libobj" && \ + func_fatal_error "you cannot specify \`-o' more than once" + arg_mode=target + continue + ;; + + -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) + pie_flag+=" $arg" + continue + ;; + + -shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic) + later+=" $arg" + continue + ;; + + -no-suppress) + suppress_opt=no + continue + ;; + + -Xcompiler) + arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list + continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or + ;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug. + + -Wc,*) + func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" + args=$func_stripname_result + lastarg= + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' + for arg in $args; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_append_quoted lastarg "$arg" + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg" + lastarg=$func_stripname_result + + # Add the arguments to base_compile. + base_compile+=" $lastarg" + continue + ;; + + *) + # Accept the current argument as the source file. + # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument. + # + lastarg="$srcfile" + srcfile="$arg" + ;; + esac # case $arg + ;; + esac # case $arg_mode + + # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. + func_append_quoted base_compile "$lastarg" + done # for arg + + case $arg_mode in + arg) + func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile" + ;; + target) + func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with \`-o'" + ;; + *) + # Get the name of the library object. + test -z "$libobj" && { + func_basename "$srcfile" + libobj="$func_basename_result" + } + ;; + esac + + # Recognize several different file suffixes. + # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo + case $libobj in + *.[cCFSifmso] | \ + *.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \ + *.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \ + *.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.go | *.obj | *.sx | *.cu | *.cup) + func_xform "$libobj" + libobj=$func_xform_result + ;; + esac + + case $libobj in + *.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'" + ;; + esac + + func_infer_tag $base_compile + + for arg in $later; do + case $arg in + -shared) + test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \ + func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library" + build_old_libs=no + continue + ;; + + -static) + build_libtool_libs=no + build_old_libs=yes + continue + ;; + + -prefer-pic) + pic_mode=yes + continue + ;; + + -prefer-non-pic) + pic_mode=no + continue + ;; + esac + done + + func_quote_for_eval "$libobj" + test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_for_eval_result" \ + && $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \ + && func_warning "libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters." + func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" "" + objname="$func_basename_result" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname + + test -z "$base_compile" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command" + + # Delete any leftover library objects. + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" + else + removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" + fi + + # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) + pic_mode=default + ;; + esac + if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then + # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported + pic_mode=default + fi + + # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does + # not support -o with -c + if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then + output_obj=`$ECHO "$srcfile" | $SED 's%^.*/%%; s%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext} + lockfile="$output_obj.lock" + else + output_obj= + need_locks=no + lockfile= + fi + + # Lock this critical section if it is needed + # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file + if test "$need_locks" = yes; then + until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do + func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" + sleep 2 + done + elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then + if test -f "$lockfile"; then + $ECHO "\ +*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: +`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` + +This indicates that another process is trying to use the same +temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because +your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you +repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better +avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better +compiler." + + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi + removelist+=" $output_obj" + $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile" + fi + + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + removelist+=" $lockfile" + trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15 + + func_to_tool_file "$srcfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + srcfile=$func_to_tool_file_result + func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile" + qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result + + # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries. + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied. + fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile + + if test "$pic_mode" != no; then + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" + else + # Don't build PIC code + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile" + fi + + func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir" + + if test -z "$output_obj"; then + # Place PIC objects in $objdir + command+=" -o $lobj" + fi + + func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ + 'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' + + if test "$need_locks" = warn && + test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then + $ECHO "\ +*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: +`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` + +but it should contain: +$srcfile + +This indicates that another process is trying to use the same +temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because +your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you +repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better +avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better +compiler." + + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi + + # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one + if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then + func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \ + 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' + fi + + # Allow error messages only from the first compilation. + if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then + suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1' + fi + fi + + # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries. + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then + # Don't build PIC code + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag" + else + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" + fi + if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then + command+=" -o $obj" + fi + + # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation. + command+="$suppress_output" + func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ + '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' + + if test "$need_locks" = warn && + test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then + $ECHO "\ +*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: +`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` + +but it should contain: +$srcfile + +This indicates that another process is trying to use the same +temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because +your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you +repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better +avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better +compiler." + + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi + + # Just move the object if needed + if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then + func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \ + 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' + fi + fi + + $opt_dry_run || { + func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname" + + # Unlock the critical section if it was locked + if test "$need_locks" != no; then + removelist=$lockfile + $RM "$lockfile" + fi + } + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS +} + +$opt_help || { + test "$opt_mode" = compile && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"} +} + +func_mode_help () +{ + # We need to display help for each of the modes. + case $opt_mode in + "") + # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments + # at the start of this file. + func_help + ;; + + clean) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... + +Remove files from the build directory. + +RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE +(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed +to RM. + +If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated +with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." + ;; + + compile) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE + +Compile a source file into a libtool library object. + +This mode accepts the following additional options: + + -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE + -no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes + -prefer-pic try to build PIC objects only + -prefer-non-pic try to build non-PIC objects only + -shared do not build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking + -static only build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking + -Wc,FLAG pass FLAG directly to the compiler + +COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file +from the given SOURCEFILE. + +The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from +SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the +library object suffix, \`.lo'." + ;; + + execute) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... + +Automatically set library path, then run a program. + +This mode accepts the following additional options: + + -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path + +This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen' +flags. + +If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated +into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library +directories are added to the library path. + +Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." + ;; + + finish) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... + +Complete the installation of libtool libraries. + +Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. + +The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use +the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." + ;; + + install) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... + +Install executables or libraries. + +INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be +either the \`install' or \`cp' program. + +The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially: + + -inst-prefix-dir PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation + +The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only +BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." + ;; + + link) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... + +Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to +create an executable program. + +LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create +a program from several object files. + +The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: + + -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all + -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible + -bindir BINDIR specify path to binaries directory (for systems where + libraries must be found in the PATH setting at runtime) + -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime + -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols + -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) + -export-symbols SYMFILE + try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE + -export-symbols-regex REGEX + try to export only the symbols matching REGEX + -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries + -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME + -module build a library that can dlopened + -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode + -no-install link a not-installable executable + -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols + -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects + -objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects + -precious-files-regex REGEX + don't remove output files matching REGEX + -release RELEASE specify package release information + -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR + -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries + -shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries + -shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension + -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries + -static-libtool-libs + do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries + -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] + specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] + -weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface + -Wc,FLAG + -Xcompiler FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the compiler + -Wl,FLAG + -Xlinker FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the linker + -XCClinker FLAG pass link-specific FLAG to the compiler driver (CC) + +All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored. + +Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are +treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library +object files. + +If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created, +only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is +required, except when creating a convenience library. + +If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created +using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'. + +If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file +is created, otherwise an executable program is created." + ;; + + uninstall) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... + +Remove libraries from an installation directory. + +RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE +(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed +to RM. + +If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. +Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." + ;; + + *) + func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$opt_mode'" + ;; + esac + + echo + $ECHO "Try \`$progname --help' for more information about other modes." +} + +# Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary +if $opt_help; then + if test "$opt_help" = :; then + func_mode_help + else + { + func_help noexit + for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do + func_mode_help + done + } | sed -n '1p; 2,$s/^Usage:/ or: /p' + { + func_help noexit + for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do + echo + func_mode_help + done + } | + sed '1d + /^When reporting/,/^Report/{ + H + d + } + $x + /information about other modes/d + /more detailed .*MODE/d + s/^Usage:.*--mode=\([^ ]*\) .*/Description of \1 mode:/' + fi + exit $? +fi + + +# func_mode_execute arg... +func_mode_execute () +{ + $opt_debug + # The first argument is the command name. + cmd="$nonopt" + test -z "$cmd" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND" + + # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. + for file in $opt_dlopen; do + test -f "$file" \ + || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a file" + + dir= + case $file in + *.la) + func_resolve_sysroot "$file" + file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. + func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ + || func_fatal_help "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + + # Read the libtool library. + dlname= + library_names= + func_source "$file" + + # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. + if test -z "$dlname"; then + # Warn if it was a shared library. + test -n "$library_names" && \ + func_warning "\`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'" + continue + fi + + func_dirname "$file" "" "." + dir="$func_dirname_result" + + if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then + dir+="/$objdir" + else + if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" + fi + fi + ;; + + *.lo) + # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. + func_dirname "$file" "" "." + dir="$func_dirname_result" + ;; + + *) + func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" + continue + ;; + esac + + # Get the absolute pathname. + absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` + test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir" + + # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. + if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then + eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" + else + eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" + fi + done + + # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var + # rather than running their programs. + libtool_execute_magic="$magic" + + # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. + args= + for file + do + case $file in + -* | *.la | *.lo ) ;; + *) + # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. + if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then + func_source "$file" + # Transform arg to wrapped name. + file="$progdir/$program" + elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then + func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" + func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" + # Transform arg to wrapped name. + file="$progdir/$program" + fi + ;; + esac + # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). + func_append_quoted args "$file" + done + + if test "X$opt_dry_run" = Xfalse; then + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + # Export the shlibpath_var. + eval "export $shlibpath_var" + fi + + # Restore saved environment variables + for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES + do + eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then + $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var + else + $lt_unset $lt_var + fi" + done + + # Now prepare to actually exec the command. + exec_cmd="\$cmd$args" + else + # Display what would be done. + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" + echo "export $shlibpath_var" + fi + $ECHO "$cmd$args" + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi +} + +test "$opt_mode" = execute && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"} + + +# func_mode_finish arg... +func_mode_finish () +{ + $opt_debug + libs= + libdirs= + admincmds= + + for opt in "$nonopt" ${1+"$@"} + do + if test -d "$opt"; then + libdirs+=" $opt" + + elif test -f "$opt"; then + if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$opt"; then + libs+=" $opt" + else + func_warning "\`$opt' is not a valid libtool archive" + fi + + else + func_fatal_error "invalid argument \`$opt'" + fi + done + + if test -n "$libs"; then + if test -n "$lt_sysroot"; then + sysroot_regex=`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` + sysroot_cmd="s/\([ ']\)$sysroot_regex/\1/g;" + else + sysroot_cmd= + fi + + # Remove sysroot references + if $opt_dry_run; then + for lib in $libs; do + echo "removing references to $lt_sysroot and \`=' prefixes from $lib" + done + else + tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` + for lib in $libs; do + sed -e "${sysroot_cmd} s/\([ ']-[LR]\)=/\1/g; s/\([ ']\)=/\1/g" $lib \ + > $tmpdir/tmp-la + mv -f $tmpdir/tmp-la $lib + done + ${RM}r "$tmpdir" + fi + fi + + if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then + for libdir in $libdirs; do + if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then + # Do each command in the finish commands. + func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds +'"$cmd"'"' + fi + if test -n "$finish_eval"; then + # Do the single finish_eval. + eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" + $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || admincmds+=" + $cmds" + fi + done + fi + + # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. + $opt_silent && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + + if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then + echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" + echo "Libraries have been installed in:" + for libdir in $libdirs; do + $ECHO " $libdir" + done + echo + echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" + echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" + echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'" + echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable" + echo " during execution" + fi + if test -n "$runpath_var"; then + echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable" + echo " during linking" + fi + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + libdir=LIBDIR + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + + $ECHO " - use the \`$flag' linker flag" + fi + if test -n "$admincmds"; then + $ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" + fi + if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then + echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'" + fi + echo + + echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" + case $host in + solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9]) + echo "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual" + echo "pages." + ;; + *) + echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." + ;; + esac + echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" + fi + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS +} + +test "$opt_mode" = finish && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"} + + +# func_mode_install arg... +func_mode_install () +{ + $opt_debug + # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of + # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). + if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh || + # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command. + case $nonopt in *shtool*) :;; *) false;; esac; then + # Aesthetically quote it. + func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt" + install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result " + arg=$1 + shift + else + install_prog= + arg=$nonopt + fi + + # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. + # Aesthetically quote it. + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + install_prog+="$func_quote_for_eval_result" + install_shared_prog=$install_prog + case " $install_prog " in + *[\\\ /]cp\ *) install_cp=: ;; + *) install_cp=false ;; + esac + + # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. + dest= + files= + opts= + prev= + install_type= + isdir=no + stripme= + no_mode=: + for arg + do + arg2= + if test -n "$dest"; then + files+=" $dest" + dest=$arg + continue + fi + + case $arg in + -d) isdir=yes ;; + -f) + if $install_cp; then :; else + prev=$arg + fi + ;; + -g | -m | -o) + prev=$arg + ;; + -s) + stripme=" -s" + continue + ;; + -*) + ;; + *) + # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. + if test -n "$prev"; then + if test "x$prev" = x-m && test -n "$install_override_mode"; then + arg2=$install_override_mode + no_mode=false + fi + prev= + else + dest=$arg + continue + fi + ;; + esac + + # Aesthetically quote the argument. + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + install_prog+=" $func_quote_for_eval_result" + if test -n "$arg2"; then + func_quote_for_eval "$arg2" + fi + install_shared_prog+=" $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + + test -z "$install_prog" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program" + + test -n "$prev" && \ + func_fatal_help "the \`$prev' option requires an argument" + + if test -n "$install_override_mode" && $no_mode; then + if $install_cp; then :; else + func_quote_for_eval "$install_override_mode" + install_shared_prog+=" -m $func_quote_for_eval_result" + fi + fi + + if test -z "$files"; then + if test -z "$dest"; then + func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified" + else + func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination" + fi + fi + + # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. + func_stripname '' '/' "$dest" + dest=$func_stripname_result + + # Check to see that the destination is a directory. + test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes + if test "$isdir" = yes; then + destdir="$dest" + destname= + else + func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "." + destdir="$func_dirname_result" + destname="$func_basename_result" + + # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. + set dummy $files; shift + test "$#" -gt 1 && \ + func_fatal_help "\`$dest' is not a directory" + fi + case $destdir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + *) + for file in $files; do + case $file in + *.lo) ;; + *) + func_fatal_help "\`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" + ;; + esac + done + ;; + esac + + # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather + # than running their programs. + libtool_install_magic="$magic" + + staticlibs= + future_libdirs= + current_libdirs= + for file in $files; do + + # Do each installation. + case $file in + *.$libext) + # Do the static libraries later. + staticlibs+=" $file" + ;; + + *.la) + func_resolve_sysroot "$file" + file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. + func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ + || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" + + library_names= + old_library= + relink_command= + func_source "$file" + + # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. + if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then + case "$current_libdirs " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) current_libdirs+=" $libdir" ;; + esac + else + # Note the libdir as a future libdir. + case "$future_libdirs " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) future_libdirs+=" $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + + func_dirname "$file" "/" "" + dir="$func_dirname_result" + dir+="$objdir" + + if test -n "$relink_command"; then + # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir. + inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "$destdir" | $SED -e "s%$libdir\$%%"` + + # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected + # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that + # are installed to the same prefix. + # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that + # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine) + # but it's something to keep an eye on. + test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir" + + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then + # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command. + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"` + else + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"` + fi + + func_warning "relinking \`$file'" + func_show_eval "$relink_command" \ + 'func_fatal_error "error: relink \`$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"' + fi + + # See the names of the shared library. + set dummy $library_names; shift + if test -n "$1"; then + realname="$1" + shift + + srcname="$realname" + test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T + + # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. + func_show_eval "$install_shared_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \ + 'exit $?' + tstripme="$stripme" + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + case $realname in + *.dll.a) + tstripme="" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then + func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?' + fi + + if test "$#" -gt 0; then + # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. + # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on + # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f, + # so we also need to try rm && ln -s. + for linkname + do + test "$linkname" != "$realname" \ + && func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" + done + fi + + # Do each command in the postinstall commands. + lib="$destdir/$realname" + func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. + func_basename "$file" + name="$func_basename_result" + instname="$dir/$name"i + func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?' + + # Maybe install the static library, too. + test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs+=" $dir/$old_library" + ;; + + *.lo) + # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. + + # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. + if test -n "$destname"; then + destfile="$destdir/$destname" + else + func_basename "$file" + destfile="$func_basename_result" + destfile="$destdir/$destfile" + fi + + # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. + case $destfile in + *.lo) + func_lo2o "$destfile" + staticdest=$func_lo2o_result + ;; + *.$objext) + staticdest="$destfile" + destfile= + ;; + *) + func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" + ;; + esac + + # Install the libtool object if requested. + test -n "$destfile" && \ + func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?' + + # Install the old object if enabled. + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. + func_lo2o "$file" + staticobj=$func_lo2o_result + func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?' + fi + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + ;; + + *) + # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. + if test -n "$destname"; then + destfile="$destdir/$destname" + else + func_basename "$file" + destfile="$func_basename_result" + destfile="$destdir/$destfile" + fi + + # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it + # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to + # install + stripped_ext="" + case $file in + *.exe) + if test ! -f "$file"; then + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" + file=$func_stripname_result + stripped_ext=".exe" + fi + ;; + esac + + # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw*) + if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then + func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" + wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + else + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" + wrapper=$func_stripname_result + fi + ;; + *) + wrapper=$file + ;; + esac + if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then + notinst_deplibs= + relink_command= + + func_source "$wrapper" + + # Check the variables that should have been set. + test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \ + func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'" + + finalize=yes + for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do + # Check to see that each library is installed. + libdir= + if test -f "$lib"; then + func_source "$lib" + fi + libfile="$libdir/"`$ECHO "$lib" | $SED 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test + if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then + func_warning "\`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" + finalize=no + fi + done + + relink_command= + func_source "$wrapper" + + outputname= + if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then + $opt_dry_run || { + if test "$finalize" = yes; then + tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` + func_basename "$file$stripped_ext" + file="$func_basename_result" + outputname="$tmpdir/$file" + # Replace the output file specification. + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'` + + $opt_silent || { + func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + if eval "$relink_command"; then : + else + func_error "error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" + $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir" + continue + fi + file="$outputname" + else + func_warning "cannot relink \`$file'" + fi + } + else + # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. + file=`$ECHO "$file$stripped_ext" | $SED "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` + fi + fi + + # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another + # one anyway + case $install_prog,$host in + */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*) + case $file:$destfile in + *.exe:*.exe) + # this is ok + ;; + *.exe:*) + destfile=$destfile.exe + ;; + *:*.exe) + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile" + destfile=$func_stripname_result + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?' + $opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then + ${RM}r "$tmpdir" + fi + ;; + esac + done + + for file in $staticlibs; do + func_basename "$file" + name="$func_basename_result" + + # Set up the ranlib parameters. + oldlib="$destdir/$name" + func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result + + func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?' + + if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then + func_show_eval "$old_striplib $tool_oldlib" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Do each command in the postinstall commands. + func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' + done + + test -n "$future_libdirs" && \ + func_warning "remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" + + if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then + # Maybe just do a dry run. + $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" + exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs' + else + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi +} + +test "$opt_mode" = install && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"} + + +# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p +# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with +# a dlpreopen symbol table. +func_generate_dlsyms () +{ + $opt_debug + my_outputname="$1" + my_originator="$2" + my_pic_p="${3-no}" + my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | sed 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'` + my_dlsyms= + + if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then + if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then + my_dlsyms="${my_outputname}S.c" + else + func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" + fi + fi + + if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then + case $my_dlsyms in + "") ;; + *.c) + # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. + nlist="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}.nm" + + func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" + + # Parse the name list into a source file. + func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + + $opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ +/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */ +/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern \"C\" { +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) || (__GNUC__ > 4)) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wstrict-prototypes\" +#endif + +/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */ +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) +/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because runtime + relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */ +# define LT_DLSYM_CONST +#elif defined(__osf__) +/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */ +# define LT_DLSYM_CONST +#else +# define LT_DLSYM_CONST const +#endif + +/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ +" + + if test "$dlself" = yes; then + func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$output'" + + $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" + + # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. + progfiles=`$ECHO "$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + for progfile in $progfiles; do + func_to_tool_file "$progfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$func_to_tool_file_result'" + $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $func_to_tool_file_result | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" + done + + if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' + eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' + } + fi + + if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' + eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' + } + fi + + # Prepare the list of exported symbols + if test -z "$export_symbols"; then + export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" + $opt_dry_run || { + $RM $export_symbols + eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"' + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + ;; + esac + } + else + $opt_dry_run || { + eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"' + eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' + eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + ;; + esac + } + fi + fi + + for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do + func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$dlprefile'" + func_basename "$dlprefile" + name="$func_basename_result" + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + # if an import library, we need to obtain dlname + if func_win32_import_lib_p "$dlprefile"; then + func_tr_sh "$dlprefile" + eval "curr_lafile=\$libfile_$func_tr_sh_result" + dlprefile_dlbasename="" + if test -n "$curr_lafile" && func_lalib_p "$curr_lafile"; then + # Use subshell, to avoid clobbering current variable values + dlprefile_dlname=`source "$curr_lafile" && echo "$dlname"` + if test -n "$dlprefile_dlname" ; then + func_basename "$dlprefile_dlname" + dlprefile_dlbasename="$func_basename_result" + else + # no lafile. user explicitly requested -dlpreopen . + $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd "$dlprefile" + dlprefile_dlbasename=$sharedlib_from_linklib_result + fi + fi + $opt_dry_run || { + if test -n "$dlprefile_dlbasename" ; then + eval '$ECHO ": $dlprefile_dlbasename" >> "$nlist"' + else + func_warning "Could not compute DLL name from $name" + eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' + fi + func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe | + $SED -e '/I __imp/d' -e 's/I __nm_/D /;s/_nm__//' >> '$nlist'" + } + else # not an import lib + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' + func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" + } + fi + ;; + *) + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' + func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" + } + ;; + esac + done + + $opt_dry_run || { + # Make sure we have at least an empty file. + test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" + + if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then + $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T + $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist" + fi + + # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. + if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" | + if sort -k 3 /dev/null 2>&1; then + sort -k 3 + else + sort +2 + fi | + uniq > "$nlist"S; then + : + else + $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S + fi + + if test -f "$nlist"S; then + eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"' + else + echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + fi + + echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ + +/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ +typedef struct { + const char *name; + void *address; +} lt_dlsymlist; +extern LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist +lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[]; +LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist +lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = +{\ + { \"$my_originator\", (void *) 0 }," + + case $need_lib_prefix in + no) + eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + ;; + *) + eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + ;; + esac + echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ + {0, (void *) 0} +}; + +/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ +#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND +static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { + return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols; +} +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif\ +" + } # !$opt_dry_run + + pic_flag_for_symtable= + case "$compile_command " in + *" -static "*) ;; + *) + case $host in + # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around + # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is + # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use + # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in + # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. + *-*-freebsd2.*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) + pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;; + *-*-hpux*) + pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;; + *) + if test "X$my_pic_p" != Xno; then + pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + symtab_cflags= + for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do + case $arg in + -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;; + *) symtab_cflags+=" $arg" ;; + esac + done + + # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. + func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?' + + # Clean up the generated files. + func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"' + + # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. + symfileobj="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext" + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` + else + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + fi + ;; + *) + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + ;; + esac + ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for \`$my_dlsyms'" + ;; + esac + else + # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to + # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe + # really was required. + + # Nullify the symbol file. + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` + fi +} + +# func_win32_libid arg +# return the library type of file 'arg' +# +# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs +# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument +# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called. +# Despite the name, also deal with 64 bit binaries. +func_win32_libid () +{ + $opt_debug + win32_libid_type="unknown" + win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null` + case $win32_fileres in + *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import + win32_libid_type="x86 archive import" + ;; + *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static + # Keep the egrep pattern in sync with the one in _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD. + if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | + $EGREP 'file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' >/dev/null; then + func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" | + $SED -n -e ' + 1,100{ + / I /{ + s,.*,import, + p + q + } + }'` + case $win32_nmres in + import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";; + *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";; + esac + fi + ;; + *DLL*) + win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" + ;; + *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too... + case $win32_fileres in + *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*) + win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + $ECHO "$win32_libid_type" +} + +# func_cygming_dll_for_implib ARG +# +# Platform-specific function to extract the +# name of the DLL associated with the specified +# import library ARG. +# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable +# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd +# Result is available in the variable +# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result +func_cygming_dll_for_implib () +{ + $opt_debug + sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`$DLLTOOL --identify-strict --identify "$1"` +} + +# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core SECTION_NAME LIBNAMEs +# +# The is the core of a fallback implementation of a +# platform-specific function to extract the name of the +# DLL associated with the specified import library LIBNAME. +# +# SECTION_NAME is either .idata$6 or .idata$7, depending +# on the platform and compiler that created the implib. +# +# Echos the name of the DLL associated with the +# specified import library. +func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core () +{ + $opt_debug + match_literal=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` + $OBJDUMP -s --section "$1" "$2" 2>/dev/null | + $SED '/^Contents of section '"$match_literal"':/{ + # Place marker at beginning of archive member dllname section + s/.*/====MARK====/ + p + d + } + # These lines can sometimes be longer than 43 characters, but + # are always uninteresting + /:[ ]*file format pe[i]\{,1\}-/d + /^In archive [^:]*:/d + # Ensure marker is printed + /^====MARK====/p + # Remove all lines with less than 43 characters + /^.\{43\}/!d + # From remaining lines, remove first 43 characters + s/^.\{43\}//' | + $SED -n ' + # Join marker and all lines until next marker into a single line + /^====MARK====/ b para + H + $ b para + b + :para + x + s/\n//g + # Remove the marker + s/^====MARK====// + # Remove trailing dots and whitespace + s/[\. \t]*$// + # Print + /./p' | + # we now have a list, one entry per line, of the stringified + # contents of the appropriate section of all members of the + # archive which possess that section. Heuristic: eliminate + # all those which have a first or second character that is + # a '.' (that is, objdump's representation of an unprintable + # character.) This should work for all archives with less than + # 0x302f exports -- but will fail for DLLs whose name actually + # begins with a literal '.' or a single character followed by + # a '.'. + # + # Of those that remain, print the first one. + $SED -e '/^\./d;/^.\./d;q' +} + +# func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ARG +# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if +# ARG is a GNU/binutils-style import library. Returns +# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise. +func_cygming_gnu_implib_p () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $EGREP ' (_head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*_iname)$'` + test -n "$func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp" +} + +# func_cygming_ms_implib_p ARG +# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if +# ARG is an MS-style import library. Returns +# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise. +func_cygming_ms_implib_p () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $GREP '_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR'` + test -n "$func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp" +} + +# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ARG +# Platform-specific function to extract the +# name of the DLL associated with the specified +# import library ARG. +# +# This fallback implementation is for use when $DLLTOOL +# does not support the --identify-strict option. +# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable +# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd +# Result is available in the variable +# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result +func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback () +{ + $opt_debug + if func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1" ; then + # binutils import library + sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$7' "$1"` + elif func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1" ; then + # ms-generated import library + sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$6' "$1"` + else + # unknown + sharedlib_from_linklib_result="" + fi +} + + +# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib +func_extract_an_archive () +{ + $opt_debug + f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift + f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1" + if test "$lock_old_archive_extraction" = yes; then + lockfile=$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib.lock + until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do + func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" + sleep 2 + done + fi + func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" \ + 'stat=$?; rm -f "$lockfile"; exit $stat' + if test "$lock_old_archive_extraction" = yes; then + $opt_dry_run || rm -f "$lockfile" + fi + if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then + : + else + func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" + fi +} + + +# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ... +func_extract_archives () +{ + $opt_debug + my_gentop="$1"; shift + my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"} + my_oldobjs="" + my_xlib="" + my_xabs="" + my_xdir="" + + for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do + # Extract the objects. + case $my_xlib in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;; + *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;; + esac + func_basename "$my_xlib" + my_xlib="$func_basename_result" + my_xlib_u=$my_xlib + while :; do + case " $extracted_archives " in + *" $my_xlib_u "*) + func_arith $extracted_serial + 1 + extracted_serial=$func_arith_result + my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;; + *) break ;; + esac + done + extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u" + my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u" + + func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir" + + case $host in + *-darwin*) + func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs" + # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run + $opt_dry_run || { + darwin_orig_dir=`pwd` + cd $my_xdir || exit $? + darwin_archive=$my_xabs + darwin_curdir=`pwd` + darwin_base_archive=`basename "$darwin_archive"` + darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true` + if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then + darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'` + darwin_arch= + func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches" + for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches ; do + func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" + $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}" + cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" + func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}" + cd "$darwin_curdir" + $RM "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" + done # $darwin_arches + ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :) + darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$basename" | sort -u` + darwin_file= + darwin_files= + for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do + darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | sort | $NL2SP` + $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files + done # $darwin_filelist + $RM -rf unfat-$$ + cd "$darwin_orig_dir" + else + cd $darwin_orig_dir + func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" + fi # $darwin_arches + } # !$opt_dry_run + ;; + *) + func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" + ;; + esac + my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | sort | $NL2SP` + done + + func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs" +} + + +# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no] +# +# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout. +# Don't directly open a file because we may want to +# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw +# wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within +# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables +# set therein. +# +# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR +# variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script +# will assume that the directory in which it is stored is +# the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw-specific +# behavior. +func_emit_wrapper () +{ + func_emit_wrapper_arg1=${1-no} + + $ECHO "\ +#! $SHELL + +# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname +# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION +# +# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool +# libraries that it depends on are installed. +# +# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. +# If it is, it will not operate correctly. + +# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies +# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. +sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' + +# Be Bourne compatible +if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac +fi +BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh + +# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout +# if CDPATH is set. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +relink_command=\"$relink_command\" + +# This environment variable determines our operation mode. +if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then + # install mode needs the following variables: + generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version' + notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs' +else + # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set. + if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then + file=\"\$0\"" + + qECHO=`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` + $ECHO "\ + +# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. +func_fallback_echo () +{ + eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF +\$1 +_LTECHO_EOF' +} + ECHO=\"$qECHO\" + fi + +# Very basic option parsing. These options are (a) specific to +# the libtool wrapper, (b) are identical between the wrapper +# /script/ and the wrapper /executable/ which is used only on +# windows platforms, and (c) all begin with the string "--lt-" +# (application programs are unlikely to have options which match +# this pattern). +# +# There are only two supported options: --lt-debug and +# --lt-dump-script. There is, deliberately, no --lt-help. +# +# The first argument to this parsing function should be the +# script's $0 value, followed by "$@". +lt_option_debug= +func_parse_lt_options () +{ + lt_script_arg0=\$0 + shift + for lt_opt + do + case \"\$lt_opt\" in + --lt-debug) lt_option_debug=1 ;; + --lt-dump-script) + lt_dump_D=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` + test \"X\$lt_dump_D\" = \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" && lt_dump_D=. + lt_dump_F=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%^.*/%%'\` + cat \"\$lt_dump_D/\$lt_dump_F\" + exit 0 + ;; + --lt-*) + \$ECHO \"Unrecognized --lt- option: '\$lt_opt'\" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + esac + done + + # Print the debug banner immediately: + if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then + echo \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION\" 1>&2 + fi +} + +# Used when --lt-debug. Prints its arguments to stdout +# (redirection is the responsibility of the caller) +func_lt_dump_args () +{ + lt_dump_args_N=1; + for lt_arg + do + \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[\$lt_dump_args_N]: \$lt_arg\" + lt_dump_args_N=\`expr \$lt_dump_args_N + 1\` + done +} + +# Core function for launching the target application +func_exec_program_core () +{ +" + case $host in + # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows + *-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + $ECHO "\ + if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then + \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[0]: \$progdir\\\\\$program\" 1>&2 + func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2 + fi + exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} +" + ;; + + *) + $ECHO "\ + if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then + \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[0]: \$progdir/\$program\" 1>&2 + func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2 + fi + exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} +" + ;; + esac + $ECHO "\ + \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2 + exit 1 +} + +# A function to encapsulate launching the target application +# Strips options in the --lt-* namespace from \$@ and +# launches target application with the remaining arguments. +func_exec_program () +{ + case \" \$* \" in + *\\ --lt-*) + for lt_wr_arg + do + case \$lt_wr_arg in + --lt-*) ;; + *) set x \"\$@\" \"\$lt_wr_arg\"; shift;; + esac + shift + done ;; + esac + func_exec_program_core \${1+\"\$@\"} +} + + # Parse options + func_parse_lt_options \"\$0\" \${1+\"\$@\"} + + # Find the directory that this script lives in. + thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` + test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. + + # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. + file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\` + while test -n \"\$file\"; do + destdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` + + # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. + if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then + case \"\$destdir\" in + [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; + *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; + esac + fi + + file=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%^.*/%%'\` + file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\` + done + + # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into + # the cwrapper. + WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_arg1 + if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then + # special case for '.' + if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then + thisdir=\`pwd\` + fi + # remove .libs from thisdir + case \"\$thisdir\" in + *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$thisdir\" | $SED 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;; + $objdir ) thisdir=. ;; + esac + fi + + # Try to get the absolute directory name. + absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` + test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" +" + + if test "$fast_install" = yes; then + $ECHO "\ + program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext + progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" + + if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || + { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\ + test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then + + file=\"\$\$-\$program\" + + if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then + $MKDIR \"\$progdir\" + else + $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" + fi" + + $ECHO "\ + + # relink executable if necessary + if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then + if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then : + else + $ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2 + $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" + exit 1 + fi + fi + + $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || + { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\"; + $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } + $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" + fi" + else + $ECHO "\ + program='$outputname' + progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" +" + fi + + $ECHO "\ + + if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" + + # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. + # + # Fix the DLL searchpath if we need to. Do this before prepending + # to shlibpath, because on Windows, both are PATH and uninstalled + # libraries must come first. + if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then + $ECHO "\ + # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH + PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH +" + fi + + # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. + if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then + $ECHO "\ + # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var + $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" + + # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var + # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed + $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" | $SED 's/::*\$//'\` + + export $shlibpath_var +" + fi + + $ECHO "\ + if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then + # Run the actual program with our arguments. + func_exec_program \${1+\"\$@\"} + fi + else + # The program doesn't exist. + \$ECHO \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2 + \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 + \$ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 + exit 1 + fi +fi\ +" +} + + +# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src +# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout +# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because +# it depends on a number of variable set therein. +func_emit_cwrapperexe_src () +{ + cat < +#include +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# include +# include +# include +#else +# include +# include +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# include +# endif +#endif +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* declarations of non-ANSI functions */ +#if defined(__MINGW32__) +# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ +int _putenv (const char *); +# endif +#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) +# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ +char *realpath (const char *, char *); +int putenv (char *); +int setenv (const char *, const char *, int); +# endif +/* #elif defined (other platforms) ... */ +#endif + +/* portability defines, excluding path handling macros */ +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +# define setmode _setmode +# define stat _stat +# define chmod _chmod +# define getcwd _getcwd +# define putenv _putenv +# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC +# ifndef _INTPTR_T_DEFINED +# define _INTPTR_T_DEFINED +# define intptr_t int +# endif +#elif defined(__MINGW32__) +# define setmode _setmode +# define stat _stat +# define chmod _chmod +# define getcwd _getcwd +# define putenv _putenv +#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) +# define HAVE_SETENV +# define FOPEN_WB "wb" +/* #elif defined (other platforms) ... */ +#endif + +#if defined(PATH_MAX) +# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX +#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN) +# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN +#else +# define LT_PATHMAX 1024 +#endif + +#ifndef S_IXOTH +# define S_IXOTH 0 +#endif +#ifndef S_IXGRP +# define S_IXGRP 0 +#endif + +/* path handling portability macros */ +#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR +# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' +#endif + +#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \ + defined (__OS2__) +# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM +# define FOPEN_WB "wb" +# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 +# define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\' +# endif +# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 +# define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';' +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 +# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) +#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ +# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \ + (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2)) +#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ + +#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 +# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR) +#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ +# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2) +#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ + +#ifndef FOPEN_WB +# define FOPEN_WB "w" +#endif +#ifndef _O_BINARY +# define _O_BINARY 0 +#endif + +#define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type))) +#define XFREE(stale) do { \ + if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \ +} while (0) + +#if defined(LT_DEBUGWRAPPER) +static int lt_debug = 1; +#else +static int lt_debug = 0; +#endif + +const char *program_name = "libtool-wrapper"; /* in case xstrdup fails */ + +void *xmalloc (size_t num); +char *xstrdup (const char *string); +const char *base_name (const char *name); +char *find_executable (const char *wrapper); +char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec); +int make_executable (const char *path); +int check_executable (const char *path); +char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat); +void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...); +void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...); +static const char *nonnull (const char *s); +static const char *nonempty (const char *s); +void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value); +char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end); +void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value); +void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value); +char **prepare_spawn (char **argv); +void lt_dump_script (FILE *f); +EOF + + cat <= 0) + && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH))) + return 1; + else + return 0; +} + +int +make_executable (const char *path) +{ + int rval = 0; + struct stat st; + + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(make_executable): %s\n", + nonempty (path)); + if ((!path) || (!*path)) + return 0; + + if (stat (path, &st) >= 0) + { + rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR); + } + return rval; +} + +/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns + newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise + Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them. +*/ +char * +find_executable (const char *wrapper) +{ + int has_slash = 0; + const char *p; + const char *p_next; + /* static buffer for getcwd */ + char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1]; + int tmp_len; + char *concat_name; + + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(find_executable): %s\n", + nonempty (wrapper)); + + if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0')) + return NULL; + + /* Absolute path? */ +#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':') + { + concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + } + else + { +#endif + if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0])) + { + concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + } +#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) + } +#endif + + for (p = wrapper; *p; p++) + if (*p == '/') + { + has_slash = 1; + break; + } + if (!has_slash) + { + /* no slashes; search PATH */ + const char *path = getenv ("PATH"); + if (path != NULL) + { + for (p = path; *p; p = p_next) + { + const char *q; + size_t p_len; + for (q = p; *q; q++) + if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q)) + break; + p_len = q - p; + p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1); + if (p_len == 0) + { + /* empty path: current directory */ + if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s", + nonnull (strerror (errno))); + tmp_len = strlen (tmp); + concat_name = + XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); + memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); + concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; + strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); + } + else + { + concat_name = + XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); + memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len); + concat_name[p_len] = '/'; + strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper); + } + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + } + } + /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */ + } + /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */ + if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s", + nonnull (strerror (errno))); + tmp_len = strlen (tmp); + concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); + memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); + concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; + strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); + + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + return NULL; +} + +char * +chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec) +{ +#ifndef S_ISLNK + return xstrdup (pathspec); +#else + char buf[LT_PATHMAX]; + struct stat s; + char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec); + char *p; + int has_symlinks = 0; + while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks) + { + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "checking path component for symlinks: %s\n", + tmp_pathspec); + if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0) + { + if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0) + { + has_symlinks = 1; + break; + } + + /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */ + p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1; + while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) + p--; + if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) + { + /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */ + break; + } + *p = '\0'; + } + else + { + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "error accessing file \"%s\": %s", + tmp_pathspec, nonnull (strerror (errno))); + } + } + XFREE (tmp_pathspec); + + if (!has_symlinks) + { + return xstrdup (pathspec); + } + + tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf); + if (tmp_pathspec == 0) + { + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec); + } + return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec); +#endif +} + +char * +strendzap (char *str, const char *pat) +{ + size_t len, patlen; + + assert (str != NULL); + assert (pat != NULL); + + len = strlen (str); + patlen = strlen (pat); + + if (patlen <= len) + { + str += len - patlen; + if (strcmp (str, pat) == 0) + *str = '\0'; + } + return str; +} + +void +lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + if (lt_debug) + { + (void) fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: ", program_name, file, line); + va_start (args, fmt); + (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args); + va_end (args); + } +} + +static void +lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *file, + int line, const char *mode, + const char *message, va_list ap) +{ + fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: %s: ", program_name, file, line, mode); + vfprintf (stderr, message, ap); + fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); + + if (exit_status >= 0) + exit (exit_status); +} + +void +lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + va_start (ap, message); + lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, file, line, "FATAL", message, ap); + va_end (ap); +} + +static const char * +nonnull (const char *s) +{ + return s ? s : "(null)"; +} + +static const char * +nonempty (const char *s) +{ + return (s && !*s) ? "(empty)" : nonnull (s); +} + +void +lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value) +{ + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n", + nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); + { +#ifdef HAVE_SETENV + /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */ + char *str = xstrdup (value); + setenv (name, str, 1); +#else + int len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1; + char *str = XMALLOC (char, len); + sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value); + if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS) + { + XFREE (str); + } +#endif + } +} + +char * +lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end) +{ + char *new_value; + if (orig_value && *orig_value) + { + int orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value); + int add_len = strlen (add); + new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1); + if (to_end) + { + strcpy (new_value, orig_value); + strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add); + } + else + { + strcpy (new_value, add); + strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value); + } + } + else + { + new_value = xstrdup (add); + } + return new_value; +} + +void +lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value) +{ + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", + nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); + + if (name && *name && value && *value) + { + char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); + /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */ + int len = strlen (new_value); + while (((len = strlen (new_value)) > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1])) + { + new_value[len-1] = '\0'; + } + lt_setenv (name, new_value); + XFREE (new_value); + } +} + +void +lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value) +{ + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", + nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); + + if (name && *name && value && *value) + { + char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); + lt_setenv (name, new_value); + XFREE (new_value); + } +} + +EOF + case $host_os in + mingw*) + cat <<"EOF" + +/* Prepares an argument vector before calling spawn(). + Note that spawn() does not by itself call the command interpreter + (getenv ("COMSPEC") != NULL ? getenv ("COMSPEC") : + ({ OSVERSIONINFO v; v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO); + GetVersionEx(&v); + v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT; + }) ? "cmd.exe" : "command.com"). + Instead it simply concatenates the arguments, separated by ' ', and calls + CreateProcess(). We must quote the arguments since Win32 CreateProcess() + interprets characters like ' ', '\t', '\\', '"' (but not '<' and '>') in a + special way: + - Space and tab are interpreted as delimiters. They are not treated as + delimiters if they are surrounded by double quotes: "...". + - Unescaped double quotes are removed from the input. Their only effect is + that within double quotes, space and tab are treated like normal + characters. + - Backslashes not followed by double quotes are not special. + - But 2*n+1 backslashes followed by a double quote become + n backslashes followed by a double quote (n >= 0): + \" -> " + \\\" -> \" + \\\\\" -> \\" + */ +#define SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS "\"\\ \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037" +#define SHELL_SPACE_CHARS " \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037" +char ** +prepare_spawn (char **argv) +{ + size_t argc; + char **new_argv; + size_t i; + + /* Count number of arguments. */ + for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++) + ; + + /* Allocate new argument vector. */ + new_argv = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1); + + /* Put quoted arguments into the new argument vector. */ + for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) + { + const char *string = argv[i]; + + if (string[0] == '\0') + new_argv[i] = xstrdup ("\"\""); + else if (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS) != NULL) + { + int quote_around = (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPACE_CHARS) != NULL); + size_t length; + unsigned int backslashes; + const char *s; + char *quoted_string; + char *p; + + length = 0; + backslashes = 0; + if (quote_around) + length++; + for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++) + { + char c = *s; + if (c == '"') + length += backslashes + 1; + length++; + if (c == '\\') + backslashes++; + else + backslashes = 0; + } + if (quote_around) + length += backslashes + 1; + + quoted_string = XMALLOC (char, length + 1); + + p = quoted_string; + backslashes = 0; + if (quote_around) + *p++ = '"'; + for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++) + { + char c = *s; + if (c == '"') + { + unsigned int j; + for (j = backslashes + 1; j > 0; j--) + *p++ = '\\'; + } + *p++ = c; + if (c == '\\') + backslashes++; + else + backslashes = 0; + } + if (quote_around) + { + unsigned int j; + for (j = backslashes; j > 0; j--) + *p++ = '\\'; + *p++ = '"'; + } + *p = '\0'; + + new_argv[i] = quoted_string; + } + else + new_argv[i] = (char *) string; + } + new_argv[argc] = NULL; + + return new_argv; +} +EOF + ;; + esac + + cat <<"EOF" +void lt_dump_script (FILE* f) +{ +EOF + func_emit_wrapper yes | + $SED -n -e ' +s/^\(.\{79\}\)\(..*\)/\1\ +\2/ +h +s/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g +s/$/\\n/ +s/\([^\n]*\).*/ fputs ("\1", f);/p +g +D' + cat <<"EOF" +} +EOF +} +# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src + +# func_win32_import_lib_p ARG +# True if ARG is an import lib, as indicated by $file_magic_cmd +func_win32_import_lib_p () +{ + $opt_debug + case `eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$1\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q` in + *import*) : ;; + *) false ;; + esac +} + +# func_mode_link arg... +func_mode_link () +{ + $opt_debug + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and + # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out + # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra + # flag for every libtool invocation. + # allow_undefined=no + + # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying + # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not + # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify + # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain + # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library. + allow_undefined=yes + ;; + *) + allow_undefined=yes + ;; + esac + libtool_args=$nonopt + base_compile="$nonopt $@" + compile_command=$nonopt + finalize_command=$nonopt + + compile_rpath= + finalize_rpath= + compile_shlibpath= + finalize_shlibpath= + convenience= + old_convenience= + deplibs= + old_deplibs= + compiler_flags= + linker_flags= + dllsearchpath= + lib_search_path=`pwd` + inst_prefix_dir= + new_inherited_linker_flags= + + avoid_version=no + bindir= + dlfiles= + dlprefiles= + dlself=no + export_dynamic=no + export_symbols= + export_symbols_regex= + generated= + libobjs= + ltlibs= + module=no + no_install=no + objs= + non_pic_objects= + precious_files_regex= + prefer_static_libs=no + preload=no + prev= + prevarg= + release= + rpath= + xrpath= + perm_rpath= + temp_rpath= + thread_safe=no + vinfo= + vinfo_number=no + weak_libs= + single_module="${wl}-single_module" + func_infer_tag $base_compile + + # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames. + for arg + do + case $arg in + -shared) + test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \ + func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library" + build_old_libs=no + break + ;; + -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs) + case $arg in + -all-static) + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then + func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" + fi + if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static + fi + prefer_static_libs=yes + ;; + -static) + if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static + fi + prefer_static_libs=built + ;; + -static-libtool-libs) + if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static + fi + prefer_static_libs=yes + ;; + esac + build_libtool_libs=no + build_old_libs=yes + break + ;; + esac + done + + # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. + test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes + + # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. + while test "$#" -gt 0; do + arg="$1" + shift + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result + libtool_args+=" $func_quote_for_eval_result" + + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$prev"; then + case $prev in + output) + compile_command+=" @OUTPUT@" + finalize_command+=" @OUTPUT@" + ;; + esac + + case $prev in + bindir) + bindir="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + dlfiles|dlprefiles) + if test "$preload" = no; then + # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. + compile_command+=" @SYMFILE@" + finalize_command+=" @SYMFILE@" + preload=yes + fi + case $arg in + *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. + force) + if test "$dlself" = no; then + dlself=needless + export_dynamic=yes + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + self) + if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then + dlself=yes + elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then + dlself=yes + else + dlself=needless + export_dynamic=yes + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + *) + if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then + dlfiles+=" $arg" + else + dlprefiles+=" $arg" + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + esac + ;; + expsyms) + export_symbols="$arg" + test -f "$arg" \ + || func_fatal_error "symbol file \`$arg' does not exist" + prev= + continue + ;; + expsyms_regex) + export_symbols_regex="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + framework) + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + case "$deplibs " in + *" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;; + *) deplibs+=" $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + prev= + continue + ;; + inst_prefix) + inst_prefix_dir="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + objectlist) + if test -f "$arg"; then + save_arg=$arg + moreargs= + for fil in `cat "$save_arg"` + do +# moreargs+=" $fil" + arg=$fil + # A libtool-controlled object. + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. + if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then + pic_object= + non_pic_object= + + # Read the .lo file + func_source "$arg" + + if test -z "$pic_object" || + test -z "$non_pic_object" || + test "$pic_object" = none && + test "$non_pic_object" = none; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" + fi + + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + + if test "$pic_object" != none; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" + + if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then + dlfiles+=" $pic_object" + prev= + continue + else + # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. + prev=dlprefiles + fi + fi + + # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama + if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then + # Preload the old-style object. + dlprefiles+=" $pic_object" + prev= + fi + + # A PIC object. + libobjs+=" $pic_object" + arg="$pic_object" + fi + + # Non-PIC object. + if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" + + # A standard non-PIC object + non_pic_objects+=" $non_pic_object" + if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then + arg="$non_pic_object" + fi + else + # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. + # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. + non_pic_object="$pic_object" + non_pic_objects+=" $non_pic_object" + fi + else + # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. + if $opt_dry_run; then + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + + func_lo2o "$arg" + pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result + non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result + libobjs+=" $pic_object" + non_pic_objects+=" $non_pic_object" + else + func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" + fi + fi + done + else + func_fatal_error "link input file \`$arg' does not exist" + fi + arg=$save_arg + prev= + continue + ;; + precious_regex) + precious_files_regex="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + release) + release="-$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + rpath | xrpath) + # We need an absolute path. + case $arg in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" + ;; + esac + if test "$prev" = rpath; then + case "$rpath " in + *" $arg "*) ;; + *) rpath+=" $arg" ;; + esac + else + case "$xrpath " in + *" $arg "*) ;; + *) xrpath+=" $arg" ;; + esac + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + shrext) + shrext_cmds="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + weak) + weak_libs+=" $arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + xcclinker) + linker_flags+=" $qarg" + compiler_flags+=" $qarg" + prev= + compile_command+=" $qarg" + finalize_command+=" $qarg" + continue + ;; + xcompiler) + compiler_flags+=" $qarg" + prev= + compile_command+=" $qarg" + finalize_command+=" $qarg" + continue + ;; + xlinker) + linker_flags+=" $qarg" + compiler_flags+=" $wl$qarg" + prev= + compile_command+=" $wl$qarg" + finalize_command+=" $wl$qarg" + continue + ;; + *) + eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" + prev= + continue + ;; + esac + fi # test -n "$prev" + + prevarg="$arg" + + case $arg in + -all-static) + if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + # See comment for -static flag below, for more details. + compile_command+=" $link_static_flag" + finalize_command+=" $link_static_flag" + fi + continue + ;; + + -allow-undefined) + # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. + func_fatal_error "\`-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default" + ;; + + -avoid-version) + avoid_version=yes + continue + ;; + + -bindir) + prev=bindir + continue + ;; + + -dlopen) + prev=dlfiles + continue + ;; + + -dlpreopen) + prev=dlprefiles + continue + ;; + + -export-dynamic) + export_dynamic=yes + continue + ;; + + -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) + if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then + func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed" + fi + if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then + prev=expsyms + else + prev=expsyms_regex + fi + continue + ;; + + -framework) + prev=framework + continue + ;; + + -inst-prefix-dir) + prev=inst_prefix + continue + ;; + + # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:* + # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L + -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*) + case $with_gcc/$host in + no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*) + compile_command+=" $arg" + finalize_command+=" $arg" + ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -L*) + func_stripname "-L" '' "$arg" + if test -z "$func_stripname_result"; then + if test "$#" -gt 0; then + func_fatal_error "require no space between \`-L' and \`$1'" + else + func_fatal_error "need path for \`-L' option" + fi + fi + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + # We need an absolute path. + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + *) + absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` + test -z "$absdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" + dir="$absdir" + ;; + esac + case "$deplibs " in + *" -L$dir "* | *" $arg "*) + # Will only happen for absolute or sysroot arguments + ;; + *) + # Preserve sysroot, but never include relative directories + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]* | =*) deplibs+=" $arg" ;; + *) deplibs+=" -L$dir" ;; + esac + lib_search_path+=" $dir" + ;; + esac + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + testbindir=`$ECHO "$dir" | $SED 's*/lib$*/bin*'` + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$dir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;; + *) dllsearchpath+=":$dir";; + esac + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$testbindir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; + *) dllsearchpath+=":$testbindir";; + esac + ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -l*) + if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*) + # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such) + continue + ;; + *-*-os2*) + # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such) + test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue + ;; + *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) + # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. + test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue + ;; + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework + deplibs+=" System.ltframework" + continue + ;; + *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) + # Causes problems with __ctype + test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue + ;; + *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) + # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work + test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue + ;; + esac + elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then + case $host in + *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) + # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag. + continue + ;; + esac + fi + deplibs+=" $arg" + continue + ;; + + -module) + module=yes + continue + ;; + + # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++ + # classes, name mangling, and exception handling. + # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture. + -model|-arch|-isysroot|--sysroot) + compiler_flags+=" $arg" + compile_command+=" $arg" + finalize_command+=" $arg" + prev=xcompiler + continue + ;; + + -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \ + |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*) + compiler_flags+=" $arg" + compile_command+=" $arg" + finalize_command+=" $arg" + case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $arg "*) ;; + * ) new_inherited_linker_flags+=" $arg" ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -multi_module) + single_module="${wl}-multi_module" + continue + ;; + + -no-fast-install) + fast_install=no + continue + ;; + + -no-install) + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*) + # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows + # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs. + func_warning "\`-no-install' is ignored for $host" + func_warning "assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" + fast_install=no + ;; + *) no_install=yes ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -no-undefined) + allow_undefined=no + continue + ;; + + -objectlist) + prev=objectlist + continue + ;; + + -o) prev=output ;; + + -precious-files-regex) + prev=precious_regex + continue + ;; + + -release) + prev=release + continue + ;; + + -rpath) + prev=rpath + continue + ;; + + -R) + prev=xrpath + continue + ;; + + -R*) + func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg" + dir=$func_stripname_result + # We need an absolute path. + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + =*) + func_stripname '=' '' "$dir" + dir=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result + ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" + ;; + esac + case "$xrpath " in + *" $dir "*) ;; + *) xrpath+=" $dir" ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -shared) + # The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop. + continue + ;; + + -shrext) + prev=shrext + continue + ;; + + -static | -static-libtool-libs) + # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop. + # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that + # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects + # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least + # Digital Unix and AIX. + continue + ;; + + -thread-safe) + thread_safe=yes + continue + ;; + + -version-info) + prev=vinfo + continue + ;; + + -version-number) + prev=vinfo + vinfo_number=yes + continue + ;; + + -weak) + prev=weak + continue + ;; + + -Wc,*) + func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" + args=$func_stripname_result + arg= + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' + for flag in $args; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_quote_for_eval "$flag" + arg+=" $func_quote_for_eval_result" + compiler_flags+=" $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" + arg=$func_stripname_result + ;; + + -Wl,*) + func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg" + args=$func_stripname_result + arg= + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' + for flag in $args; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_quote_for_eval "$flag" + arg+=" $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" + compiler_flags+=" $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" + linker_flags+=" $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" + arg=$func_stripname_result + ;; + + -Xcompiler) + prev=xcompiler + continue + ;; + + -Xlinker) + prev=xlinker + continue + ;; + + -XCClinker) + prev=xcclinker + continue + ;; + + # -msg_* for osf cc + -msg_*) + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" + ;; + + # Flags to be passed through unchanged, with rationale: + # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode for the SGI compiler + # -r[0-9][0-9]* specify processor for the SGI compiler + # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode for the Sun compiler + # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode for the HP compiler + # -q* compiler args for the IBM compiler + # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* architecture-specific flags for GCC + # -F/path path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin + # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* profiling flags for GCC + # @file GCC response files + # -tp=* Portland pgcc target processor selection + # --sysroot=* for sysroot support + # -O*, -flto*, -fwhopr*, -fuse-linker-plugin GCC link-time optimization + -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \ + -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*|-tp=*|--sysroot=*| \ + -O*|-flto*|-fwhopr*|-fuse-linker-plugin) + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" + compile_command+=" $arg" + finalize_command+=" $arg" + compiler_flags+=" $arg" + continue + ;; + + # Some other compiler flag. + -* | +*) + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" + ;; + + *.$objext) + # A standard object. + objs+=" $arg" + ;; + + *.lo) + # A libtool-controlled object. + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. + if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then + pic_object= + non_pic_object= + + # Read the .lo file + func_source "$arg" + + if test -z "$pic_object" || + test -z "$non_pic_object" || + test "$pic_object" = none && + test "$non_pic_object" = none; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" + fi + + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + + if test "$pic_object" != none; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" + + if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then + dlfiles+=" $pic_object" + prev= + continue + else + # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. + prev=dlprefiles + fi + fi + + # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama + if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then + # Preload the old-style object. + dlprefiles+=" $pic_object" + prev= + fi + + # A PIC object. + libobjs+=" $pic_object" + arg="$pic_object" + fi + + # Non-PIC object. + if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" + + # A standard non-PIC object + non_pic_objects+=" $non_pic_object" + if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then + arg="$non_pic_object" + fi + else + # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. + # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. + non_pic_object="$pic_object" + non_pic_objects+=" $non_pic_object" + fi + else + # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. + if $opt_dry_run; then + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + + func_lo2o "$arg" + pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result + non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result + libobjs+=" $pic_object" + non_pic_objects+=" $non_pic_object" + else + func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" + fi + fi + ;; + + *.$libext) + # An archive. + deplibs+=" $arg" + old_deplibs+=" $arg" + continue + ;; + + *.la) + # A libtool-controlled library. + + func_resolve_sysroot "$arg" + if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then + # This library was specified with -dlopen. + dlfiles+=" $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + prev= + elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then + # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. + dlprefiles+=" $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + prev= + else + deplibs+=" $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + fi + continue + ;; + + # Some other compiler argument. + *) + # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need + # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" + ;; + esac # arg + + # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. + if test -n "$arg"; then + compile_command+=" $arg" + finalize_command+=" $arg" + fi + done # argument parsing loop + + test -n "$prev" && \ + func_fatal_help "the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" + + if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then + eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" + compile_command+=" $arg" + finalize_command+=" $arg" + fi + + oldlibs= + # calculate the name of the file, without its directory + func_basename "$output" + outputname="$func_basename_result" + libobjs_save="$libobjs" + + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var + eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$SED \'s/:/ /g\'\` + else + shlib_search_path= + fi + eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\" + eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\" + + func_dirname "$output" "/" "" + output_objdir="$func_dirname_result$objdir" + func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/" + tool_output_objdir=$func_to_tool_file_result + # Create the object directory. + func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir" + + # Determine the type of output + case $output in + "") + func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file" + ;; + *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;; + *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;; + *.la) linkmode=lib ;; + *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program. + esac + + specialdeplibs= + + libs= + # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries + # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la) + for deplib in $deplibs; do + if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then + case "$libs " in + *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs+=" $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + libs+=" $deplib" + done + + if test "$linkmode" = lib; then + libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps" + + # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps + # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are + # not to be eliminated). + pre_post_deps= + if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then + for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do + case "$pre_post_deps " in + *" $pre_post_dep "*) specialdeplibs+=" $pre_post_deps" ;; + esac + pre_post_deps+=" $pre_post_dep" + done + fi + pre_post_deps= + fi + + deplibs= + newdependency_libs= + newlib_search_path= + need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries + notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries + notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries + + case $linkmode in + lib) + passes="conv dlpreopen link" + for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do + case $file in + *.la) ;; + *) + func_fatal_help "libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" + ;; + esac + done + ;; + prog) + compile_deplibs= + finalize_deplibs= + alldeplibs=no + newdlfiles= + newdlprefiles= + passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link" + ;; + *) passes="conv" + ;; + esac + + for pass in $passes; do + # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here + # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance... + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link"; then + ## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong + ## order, and fix it there properly + tmp_deplibs= + for deplib in $deplibs; do + tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs" + done + deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" + fi + + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || + test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then + libs="$deplibs" + deplibs= + fi + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + case $pass in + dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;; + dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;; + link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;; + esac + fi + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,dlpreopen"; then + # Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs + for lib in $dlprefiles; do + # Ignore non-libtool-libs + dependency_libs= + func_resolve_sysroot "$lib" + case $lib in + *.la) func_source "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; + esac + + # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library + # has declared as weak libs + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + func_basename "$deplib" + deplib_base=$func_basename_result + case " $weak_libs " in + *" $deplib_base "*) ;; + *) deplibs+=" $deplib" ;; + esac + done + done + libs="$dlprefiles" + fi + if test "$pass" = dlopen; then + # Collect dlpreopened libraries + save_deplibs="$deplibs" + deplibs= + fi + + for deplib in $libs; do + lib= + found=no + case $deplib in + -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \ + |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*) + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + compiler_flags+=" $deplib" + if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then + case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + * ) new_inherited_linker_flags+=" $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + fi + continue + ;; + -l*) + if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then + func_warning "\`-l' is ignored for archives/objects" + continue + fi + func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib" + name=$func_stripname_result + if test "$linkmode" = lib; then + searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" + else + searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" + fi + for searchdir in $searchdirs; do + for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do + # Search the libtool library + lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}" + if test -f "$lib"; then + if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then + found=yes + else + found=no + fi + break 2 + fi + done + done + if test "$found" != yes; then + # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + fi + continue + else # deplib is a libtool library + # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib, + # We need to do some special things here, and not later. + if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then + case " $predeps $postdeps " in + *" $deplib "*) + if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then + library_names= + old_library= + func_source "$lib" + for l in $old_library $library_names; do + ll="$l" + done + if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available + found=no + func_dirname "$lib" "" "." + ladir="$func_dirname_result" + lib=$ladir/$old_library + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + fi + continue + fi + fi + ;; + *) ;; + esac + fi + fi + ;; # -l + *.ltframework) + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then + case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + * ) new_inherited_linker_flags+=" $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + fi + continue + ;; + -L*) + case $linkmode in + lib) + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + test "$pass" = conv && continue + newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + newlib_search_path+=" $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + ;; + prog) + if test "$pass" = conv; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + continue + fi + if test "$pass" = scan; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + else + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + fi + func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + newlib_search_path+=" $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + ;; + *) + func_warning "\`-L' is ignored for archives/objects" + ;; + esac # linkmode + continue + ;; # -L + -R*) + if test "$pass" = link; then + func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories. + case "$xrpath " in + *" $dir "*) ;; + *) xrpath+=" $dir" ;; + esac + fi + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + continue + ;; + *.la) + func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" + lib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + ;; + *.$libext) + if test "$pass" = conv; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + continue + fi + case $linkmode in + lib) + # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed, + # but linking other static libraries is non-portable. + case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) + valid_a_lib=no + case $deplibs_check_method in + match_pattern*) + set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift + match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` + if eval "\$ECHO \"$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q \ + | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then + valid_a_lib=yes + fi + ;; + pass_all) + valid_a_lib=yes + ;; + esac + if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" + echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe" + echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here." + else + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the" + $ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!" + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + fi + ;; + esac + continue + ;; + prog) + if test "$pass" != link; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + else + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + fi + continue + ;; + esac # linkmode + ;; # *.$libext + *.lo | *.$objext) + if test "$pass" = conv; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then + if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then + # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically, + # we need to preload. + newdlprefiles+=" $deplib" + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + newdlfiles+=" $deplib" + fi + fi + continue + ;; + %DEPLIBS%) + alldeplibs=yes + continue + ;; + esac # case $deplib + + if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then : + else + func_fatal_error "cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'" + fi + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. + func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \ + || func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + + func_dirname "$lib" "" "." + ladir="$func_dirname_result" + + dlname= + dlopen= + dlpreopen= + libdir= + library_names= + old_library= + inherited_linker_flags= + # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, + # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink + installed=yes + shouldnotlink=no + avoidtemprpath= + + + # Read the .la file + func_source "$lib" + + # Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework" + if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then + tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "$inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'` + for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do + case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;; + *) new_inherited_linker_flags+=" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";; + esac + done + fi + dependency_libs=`$ECHO " $dependency_libs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || + test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" || + { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then + test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles+=" $dlopen" + test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles+=" $dlpreopen" + fi + + if test "$pass" = conv; then + # Only check for convenience libraries + deplibs="$lib $deplibs" + if test -z "$libdir"; then + if test -z "$old_library"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" + fi + # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. + convenience+=" $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" + old_convenience+=" $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" + elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then + func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a convenience library" + fi + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then + case "$tmp_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs+=" $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + tmp_libs+=" $deplib" + done + continue + fi # $pass = conv + + + # Get the name of the library we link against. + linklib= + if test -n "$old_library" && + { test "$prefer_static_libs" = yes || + test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,no"; }; then + linklib=$old_library + else + for l in $old_library $library_names; do + linklib="$l" + done + fi + if test -z "$linklib"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" + fi + + # This library was specified with -dlopen. + if test "$pass" = dlopen; then + if test -z "$libdir"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" + fi + if test -z "$dlname" || + test "$dlopen_support" != yes || + test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then + # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking + # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any + # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't + # bomb out in the load deplibs phase. + dlprefiles+=" $lib $dependency_libs" + else + newdlfiles+=" $lib" + fi + continue + fi # $pass = dlopen + + # We need an absolute path. + case $ladir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;; + *) + abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd` + if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then + func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" + func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" + abs_ladir="$ladir" + fi + ;; + esac + func_basename "$lib" + laname="$func_basename_result" + + # Find the relevant object directory and library name. + if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then + if test ! -f "$lt_sysroot$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then + #func_warning "library \`$lib' was moved." + dir="$ladir" + absdir="$abs_ladir" + libdir="$abs_ladir" + else + dir="$lt_sysroot$libdir" + absdir="$lt_sysroot$libdir" + fi + test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes + else + if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then + dir="$ladir" + absdir="$abs_ladir" + # Remove this search path later + notinst_path+=" $abs_ladir" + else + dir="$ladir/$objdir" + absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir" + # Remove this search path later + notinst_path+=" $abs_ladir" + fi + fi # $installed = yes + func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname" + name=$func_stripname_result + + # This library was specified with -dlpreopen. + if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then + if test -z "$libdir" && test "$linkmode" = prog; then + func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" + fi + case "$host" in + # special handling for platforms with PE-DLLs. + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + # Linker will automatically link against shared library if both + # static and shared are present. Therefore, ensure we extract + # symbols from the import library if a shared library is present + # (otherwise, the dlopen module name will be incorrect). We do + # this by putting the import library name into $newdlprefiles. + # We recover the dlopen module name by 'saving' the la file + # name in a special purpose variable, and (later) extracting the + # dlname from the la file. + if test -n "$dlname"; then + func_tr_sh "$dir/$linklib" + eval "libfile_$func_tr_sh_result=\$abs_ladir/\$laname" + newdlprefiles+=" $dir/$linklib" + else + newdlprefiles+=" $dir/$old_library" + # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check + # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. + test -z "$libdir" && \ + dlpreconveniencelibs+=" $dir/$old_library" + fi + ;; + * ) + # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols + # are required to link). + if test -n "$old_library"; then + newdlprefiles+=" $dir/$old_library" + # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check + # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. + test -z "$libdir" && \ + dlpreconveniencelibs+=" $dir/$old_library" + # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it. + elif test -n "$dlname"; then + newdlprefiles+=" $dir/$dlname" + else + newdlprefiles+=" $dir/$linklib" + fi + ;; + esac + fi # $pass = dlpreopen + + if test -z "$libdir"; then + # Link the convenience library + if test "$linkmode" = lib; then + deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" + elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass + fi + continue + fi + + + if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then + newlib_search_path+=" $ladir" + deplibs="$lib $deplibs" + + linkalldeplibs=no + if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" || + test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then + linkalldeplibs=yes + fi + + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + newlib_search_path+=" $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + ;; + esac + # Need to link against all dependency_libs? + if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + else + # Need to hardcode shared library paths + # or/and link against static libraries + newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + fi + if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then + case "$tmp_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs+=" $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + tmp_libs+=" $deplib" + done # for deplib + continue + fi # $linkmode = prog... + + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + if test -n "$library_names" && + { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || + test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } || + test -z "$old_library"; }; then + # We need to hardcode the library path + if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then + # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. + case "$temp_rpath:" in + *"$absdir:"*) ;; + *) temp_rpath+="$absdir:" ;; + esac + fi + + # Hardcode the library path. + # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time + # search path. + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$compile_rpath " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) compile_rpath+=" $absdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) finalize_rpath+=" $libdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link... + + if test "$alldeplibs" = yes && + { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all || + { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && + test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then + # We only need to search for static libraries + continue + fi + fi + + link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically + use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs + if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes; then + use_static_libs=no + fi + if test -n "$library_names" && + { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc*) + # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded + notinst_deplibs+=" $lib" + need_relink=no + ;; + *) + if test "$installed" = no; then + notinst_deplibs+=" $lib" + need_relink=yes + fi + ;; + esac + # This is a shared library + + # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some + # systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though! + dlopenmodule="" + for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do + if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then + dlopenmodule="$dlpremoduletest" + break + fi + done + if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link; then + echo + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module" + else + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module" + fi + $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!" + fi + if test "$linkmode" = lib && + test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then + # Hardcode the library path. + # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time + # search path. + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$compile_rpath " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) compile_rpath+=" $absdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) finalize_rpath+=" $libdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + + if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then + # figure out the soname + set dummy $library_names + shift + realname="$1" + shift + libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` + # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no? + if test -n "$dlname"; then + soname="$dlname" + elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then + # bleh windows + case $host in + *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc*) + func_arith $current - $age + major=$func_arith_result + versuffix="-$major" + ;; + esac + eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" + else + soname="$realname" + fi + + # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use + soroot="$soname" + func_basename "$soroot" + soname="$func_basename_result" + func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname" + newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a + + # If the library has no export list, then create one now + if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then : + else + func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'" + func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Create $newlib + if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else + func_verbose "generating import library for \`$soname'" + func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library + dir=$output_objdir + linklib=$newlib + fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" + + if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$opt_mode" != relink; then + add_shlibpath= + add_dir= + add= + lib_linked=yes + case $hardcode_action in + immediate | unsupported) + if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then + add="$dir/$linklib" + case $host in + *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; + *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; + *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \ + *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; + *-*-darwin* ) + # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we can not + # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings + if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null | + $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then + if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then + $ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library" + if test -z "$old_library" ; then + echo + echo "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available" + echo "*** The link will probably fail, sorry" + else + add="$dir/$old_library" + fi + elif test -n "$old_library"; then + add="$dir/$old_library" + fi + fi + esac + elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then + case $host in + *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;; + esac + add_dir="-L$dir" + add="-l$name" + elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then + add_shlibpath="$dir" + add="-l$name" + else + lib_linked=no + fi + ;; + relink) + if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && + test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then + add="$dir/$linklib" + elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then + add_dir="-L$absdir" + # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then + case $libdir in + [\\/]*) + add_dir+=" -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + add="-l$name" + elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then + add_shlibpath="$dir" + add="-l$name" + else + lib_linked=no + fi + ;; + *) lib_linked=no ;; + esac + + if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then + func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties" + fi + + if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then + case :$compile_shlibpath: in + *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;; + *) compile_shlibpath+="$add_shlibpath:" ;; + esac + fi + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs" + test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs" + else + test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" + test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" + if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && + test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && + test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then + case :$finalize_shlibpath: in + *":$libdir:"*) ;; + *) finalize_shlibpath+="$libdir:" ;; + esac + fi + fi + fi + + if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$opt_mode" = relink; then + add_shlibpath= + add_dir= + add= + # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. + if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && + test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then + add="$libdir/$linklib" + elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then + add_dir="-L$libdir" + add="-l$name" + elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then + case :$finalize_shlibpath: in + *":$libdir:"*) ;; + *) finalize_shlibpath+="$libdir:" ;; + esac + add="-l$name" + elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" && + test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then + add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" + else + add="$libdir/$linklib" + fi + else + # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. + add_dir="-L$libdir" + # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then + case $libdir in + [\\/]*) + add_dir+=" -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + add="-l$name" + fi + + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs" + test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs" + else + test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" + test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" + fi + fi + elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then + # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L + # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and + # shared platforms. + if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then + test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library" + compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs" + else + compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs" + fi + elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + # Not a shared library + if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then + # We're trying link a shared library against a static one + # but the system doesn't support it. + + # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so + # that the program can be linked against the static library. + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." + if test "$module" = yes; then + echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create " + echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application" + echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime." + if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then + echo + echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" + echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" + echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." + echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." + fi + if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then + build_libtool_libs=module + build_old_libs=yes + else + build_libtool_libs=no + fi + fi + else + deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" + link_static=yes + fi + fi # link shared/static library? + + if test "$linkmode" = lib; then + if test -n "$dependency_libs" && + { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || + test "$build_old_libs" = yes || + test "$link_static" = yes; }; then + # Extract -R from dependency_libs + temp_deplibs= + for libdir in $dependency_libs; do + case $libdir in + -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir" + temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result + case " $xrpath " in + *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; + *) xrpath+=" $temp_xrpath";; + esac;; + *) temp_deplibs+=" $libdir";; + esac + done + dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs" + fi + + newlib_search_path+=" $absdir" + # Link against this library + test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs" + # ... and its dependency_libs + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + case $deplib in + -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result";; + *) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" ;; + esac + if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then + case "$tmp_libs " in + *" $func_resolve_sysroot_result "*) + specialdeplibs+=" $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; + esac + fi + tmp_libs+=" $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + done + + if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then + # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + path= + case $deplib in + -L*) path="$deplib" ;; + *.la) + func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" + deplib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + func_dirname "$deplib" "" "." + dir=$func_dirname_result + # We need an absolute path. + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;; + *) + absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` + if test -z "$absdir"; then + func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" + absdir="$dir" + fi + ;; + esac + if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + depdepl= + eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` + if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then + for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do + depdepl=$tmp + done + if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" ; then + depdepl="$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" + darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` + if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then + darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL64} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` + fi + compiler_flags+=" ${wl}-dylib_file ${wl}${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" + linker_flags+=" -dylib_file ${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" + path= + fi + fi + ;; + *) + path="-L$absdir/$objdir" + ;; + esac + else + eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" + #test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \ + # func_warning "\`$deplib' seems to be moved" + + path="-L$absdir" + fi + ;; + esac + case " $deplibs " in + *" $path "*) ;; + *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;; + esac + done + fi # link_all_deplibs != no + fi # linkmode = lib + done # for deplib in $libs + if test "$pass" = link; then + if test "$linkmode" = "prog"; then + compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs" + else + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + fi + fi + dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" + if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then + # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries + for deplib in $save_deplibs; do + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + done + fi + if test "$pass" != dlopen; then + if test "$pass" != conv; then + # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories. + lib_search_path= + for dir in $newlib_search_path; do + case "$lib_search_path " in + *" $dir "*) ;; + *) lib_search_path+=" $dir" ;; + esac + done + newlib_search_path= + fi + + if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then + vars="deplibs" + else + vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs" + fi + for var in $vars dependency_libs; do + # Add libraries to $var in reverse order + eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\" + new_libs= + for deplib in $tmp_libs; do + # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so + # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally + # broken: + #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" + # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in + # practice: + case $deplib in + -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; + -R*) ;; + *) + # And here is the reason: when a library appears more + # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or + # is implicitly linked in more than once by the + # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple + # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this + # with having the same library being listed as a + # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case, + # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not + # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the + # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare + # enough that we require users that really mean to play + # such unportable linking tricks to link the library + # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it + # for duplicate removal. + case " $specialdeplibs " in + *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; + *) + case " $new_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + done + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $new_libs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) + case " $tmp_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) tmp_libs+=" $deplib" ;; + esac + ;; + *) tmp_libs+=" $deplib" ;; + esac + done + eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\" + done # for var + fi + # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs + # (they stay in deplibs) + tmp_libs= + for i in $dependency_libs ; do + case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in + *" $i "*) + i="" + ;; + esac + if test -n "$i" ; then + tmp_libs+=" $i" + fi + done + dependency_libs=$tmp_libs + done # for pass + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + dlfiles="$newdlfiles" + fi + if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$linkmode" = lib; then + dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" + fi + + case $linkmode in + oldlib) + if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then + func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" + fi + + case " $deplibs" in + *\ -l* | *\ -L*) + func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" ;; + esac + + test -n "$rpath" && \ + func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$xrpath" && \ + func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \ + func_warning "\`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" + + # Now set the variables for building old libraries. + build_libtool_libs=no + oldlibs="$output" + objs+="$old_deplibs" + ;; + + lib) + # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'. + case $outputname in + lib*) + func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname" + name=$func_stripname_result + eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" + ;; + *) + test "$module" = no && \ + func_fatal_help "libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" + + if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then + # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required + func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" + name=$func_stripname_result + eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" + else + func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" + libname=$func_stripname_result + fi + ;; + esac + + if test -n "$objs"; then + if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then + func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" + else + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool" + $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!" + libobjs+=" $objs" + fi + fi + + test "$dlself" != no && \ + func_warning "\`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" + + set dummy $rpath + shift + test "$#" -gt 1 && \ + func_warning "ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" + + install_libdir="$1" + + oldlibs= + if test -z "$rpath"; then + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + # Building a libtool convenience library. + # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so + # convenience libraries should have the same extension an + # archive normally would. + oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" + build_libtool_libs=convenience + build_old_libs=yes + fi + + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" + else + + # Parse the version information argument. + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':' + set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 + shift + IFS="$save_ifs" + + test -n "$7" && \ + func_fatal_help "too many parameters to \`-version-info'" + + # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages + # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts + # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible + + case $vinfo_number in + yes) + number_major="$1" + number_minor="$2" + number_revision="$3" + # + # There are really only two kinds -- those that + # use the current revision as the major version + # and those that subtract age and use age as + # a minor version. But, then there is irix + # which has an extra 1 added just for fun + # + case $version_type in + # correct linux to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + darwin|linux|osf|windows|none) + func_arith $number_major + $number_minor + current=$func_arith_result + age="$number_minor" + revision="$number_revision" + ;; + freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|qnx|sunos) + current="$number_major" + revision="$number_minor" + age="0" + ;; + irix|nonstopux) + func_arith $number_major + $number_minor + current=$func_arith_result + age="$number_minor" + revision="$number_minor" + lt_irix_increment=no + ;; + esac + ;; + no) + current="$1" + revision="$2" + age="$3" + ;; + esac + + # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. + case $current in + 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; + *) + func_error "CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer" + func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" + ;; + esac + + case $revision in + 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; + *) + func_error "REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer" + func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" + ;; + esac + + case $age in + 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; + *) + func_error "AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer" + func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" + ;; + esac + + if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then + func_error "AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" + func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" + fi + + # Calculate the version variables. + major= + versuffix= + verstring= + case $version_type in + none) ;; + + darwin) + # Like Linux, but with the current version available in + # verstring for coding it into the library header + func_arith $current - $age + major=.$func_arith_result + versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" + # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options... + func_arith $current + 1 + minor_current=$func_arith_result + xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision" + verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" + ;; + + freebsd-aout) + major=".$current" + versuffix=".$current.$revision"; + ;; + + freebsd-elf) + major=".$current" + versuffix=".$current" + ;; + + irix | nonstopux) + if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then + func_arith $current - $age + else + func_arith $current - $age + 1 + fi + major=$func_arith_result + + case $version_type in + nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;; + *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;; + esac + verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision" + + # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. + loop=$revision + while test "$loop" -ne 0; do + func_arith $revision - $loop + iface=$func_arith_result + func_arith $loop - 1 + loop=$func_arith_result + verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring" + done + + # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'. + major=.$major + versuffix="$major.$revision" + ;; + + linux) # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + func_arith $current - $age + major=.$func_arith_result + versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" + ;; + + osf) + func_arith $current - $age + major=.$func_arith_result + versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision" + verstring="$current.$age.$revision" + + # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. + loop=$age + while test "$loop" -ne 0; do + func_arith $current - $loop + iface=$func_arith_result + func_arith $loop - 1 + loop=$func_arith_result + verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0" + done + + # Make executables depend on our current version. + verstring+=":${current}.0" + ;; + + qnx) + major=".$current" + versuffix=".$current" + ;; + + sunos) + major=".$current" + versuffix=".$current.$revision" + ;; + + windows) + # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one + # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems. + func_arith $current - $age + major=$func_arith_result + versuffix="-$major" + ;; + + *) + func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type \`$version_type'" + ;; + esac + + # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. + if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then + major= + case $version_type in + darwin) + # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting + # problems, so we reset it completely + verstring= + ;; + *) + verstring="0.0" + ;; + esac + if test "$need_version" = no; then + versuffix= + else + versuffix=".0.0" + fi + fi + + # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided + if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then + major= + versuffix= + verstring="" + fi + + # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. + if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then + if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then + func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" + build_libtool_libs=no + build_old_libs=yes + fi + else + # Don't allow undefined symbols. + allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" + fi + + fi + + func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" "yes" + libobjs+=" $symfileobj" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + + if test "$opt_mode" != relink; then + # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they + # may have been created when compiling PIC objects. + removelist= + tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"` + for p in $tempremovelist; do + case $p in + *.$objext | *.gcno) + ;; + $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*) + if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then + if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + continue + fi + fi + removelist+=" $p" + ;; + *) ;; + esac + done + test -n "$removelist" && \ + func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist" + fi + + # Now set the variables for building old libraries. + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then + oldlibs+=" $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" + + # Transform .lo files to .o files. + oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.${libext}$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP` + fi + + # Eliminate all temporary directories. + #for path in $notinst_path; do + # lib_search_path=`$ECHO "$lib_search_path " | $SED "s% $path % %g"` + # deplibs=`$ECHO "$deplibs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"` + # dependency_libs=`$ECHO "$dependency_libs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"` + #done + + if test -n "$xrpath"; then + # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. + temp_xrpath= + for libdir in $xrpath; do + func_replace_sysroot "$libdir" + temp_xrpath+=" -R$func_replace_sysroot_result" + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) finalize_rpath+=" $libdir" ;; + esac + done + if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" + fi + fi + + # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened + old_dlfiles="$dlfiles" + dlfiles= + for lib in $old_dlfiles; do + case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in + *" $lib "*) ;; + *) dlfiles+=" $lib" ;; + esac + done + + # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files + old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles" + dlprefiles= + for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do + case "$dlprefiles " in + *" $lib "*) ;; + *) dlprefiles+=" $lib" ;; + esac + done + + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + if test -n "$rpath"; then + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*) + # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! + ;; + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework + deplibs+=" System.ltframework" + ;; + *-*-netbsd*) + # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed. + ;; + *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) + # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. + ;; + *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) + # Causes problems with __ctype + ;; + *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) + # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work + ;; + *) + # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary. + if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then + deplibs+=" -lc" + fi + ;; + esac + fi + + # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. + name_save=$name + libname_save=$libname + release_save=$release + versuffix_save=$versuffix + major_save=$major + # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think + # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to + # add it in twice. Is that correct? + release="" + versuffix="" + major="" + newdeplibs= + droppeddeps=no + case $deplibs_check_method in + pass_all) + # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. + # This might be a little naive. We might want to check + # whether the library exists or not. But this is on + # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just + # implementing what was already the behavior. + newdeplibs=$deplibs + ;; + test_compile) + # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its + # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it + # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check + # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. + $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c + cat > conftest.c </dev/null` + $nocaseglob + else + potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null` + fi + for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do + # Follow soft links. + if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null | + $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then + continue + fi + # The statement above tries to avoid entering an + # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. + # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link + # loop can be closed while we follow links, + # but so what? + potlib="$potent_lib" + while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do + potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'` + case $potliblink in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";; + *) potlib=`$ECHO "$potlib" | $SED 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";; + esac + done + if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null | + $SED -e 10q | + $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then + newdeplibs+=" $a_deplib" + a_deplib="" + break 2 + fi + done + done + fi + if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then + droppeddeps=yes + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" + echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" + if test -z "$potlib" ; then + $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)" + else + $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" + $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib" + fi + fi + ;; + *) + # Add a -L argument. + newdeplibs+=" $a_deplib" + ;; + esac + done # Gone through all deplibs. + ;; + match_pattern*) + set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift + match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` + for a_deplib in $deplibs; do + case $a_deplib in + -l*) + func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib" + name=$func_stripname_result + if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then + case " $predeps $postdeps " in + *" $a_deplib "*) + newdeplibs+=" $a_deplib" + a_deplib="" + ;; + esac + fi + if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then + libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` + for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do + potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` + for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do + potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test + if eval "\$ECHO \"$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q | \ + $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then + newdeplibs+=" $a_deplib" + a_deplib="" + break 2 + fi + done + done + fi + if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then + droppeddeps=yes + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" + echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" + if test -z "$potlib" ; then + $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)" + else + $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" + $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib" + fi + fi + ;; + *) + # Add a -L argument. + newdeplibs+=" $a_deplib" + ;; + esac + done # Gone through all deplibs. + ;; + none | unknown | *) + newdeplibs="" + tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc$//; s/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'` + if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then + for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do + # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/' + tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $tmp_deplibs" | $SED "s,$i,,"` + done + fi + case $tmp_deplibs in + *[!\ \ ]*) + echo + if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then + echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." + else + echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." + fi + echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." + droppeddeps=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + versuffix=$versuffix_save + major=$major_save + release=$release_save + libname=$libname_save + name=$name_save + + case $host in + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework + newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` + ;; + esac + + if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then + if test "$module" = yes; then + echo + echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" + $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" + echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" + echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." + if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then + echo + echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" + echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" + echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." + echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." + fi + if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then + oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" + build_libtool_libs=module + build_old_libs=yes + else + build_libtool_libs=no + fi + else + echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" + echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" + echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." + + if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then + echo + echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols," + echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or" + echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined," + echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it." + if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then + oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" + build_libtool_libs=module + build_old_libs=yes + else + build_libtool_libs=no + fi + fi + fi + fi + # Done checking deplibs! + deplibs=$newdeplibs + fi + # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + ;; + esac + + # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet + # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list + new_libs= + for path in $notinst_path; do + case " $new_libs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; + *) + case " $deplibs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) + new_libs+=" -L$path/$objdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + done + for deplib in $deplibs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) + case " $new_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) new_libs+=" $deplib" ;; + esac + ;; + *) new_libs+=" $deplib" ;; + esac + done + deplibs="$new_libs" + + # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). + library_names= + old_library= + dlname= + + # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + # Remove ${wl} instances when linking with ld. + # FIXME: should test the right _cmds variable. + case $archive_cmds in + *\$LD\ *) wl= ;; + esac + if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then + # Hardcode the library paths + hardcode_libdirs= + dep_rpath= + rpath="$finalize_rpath" + test "$opt_mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath" + for libdir in $rpath; do + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + func_replace_sysroot "$libdir" + libdir=$func_replace_sysroot_result + if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" + else + # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. + case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in + *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdirs+="$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + else + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + dep_rpath+=" $flag" + fi + elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then + case "$perm_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) perm_rpath+=" $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + done + # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && + test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" + eval "dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"" + fi + if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then + # We should set the runpath_var. + rpath= + for dir in $perm_rpath; do + rpath+="$dir:" + done + eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var" + fi + test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs" + fi + + shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath" + test "$opt_mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath" + if test -n "$shlibpath"; then + eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var" + fi + + # Get the real and link names of the library. + eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" + set dummy $library_names + shift + realname="$1" + shift + + if test -n "$soname_spec"; then + eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" + else + soname="$realname" + fi + if test -z "$dlname"; then + dlname=$soname + fi + + lib="$output_objdir/$realname" + linknames= + for link + do + linknames+=" $link" + done + + # Use standard objects if they are pic + test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + + delfiles= + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then + $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" + export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" + delfiles+=" $export_symbols" + fi + + orig_export_symbols= + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then + # exporting using user supplied symfile + if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" != xEXPORTS; then + # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out + # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag + # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds. + # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare + # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the + # include_expsyms logic still works. + orig_export_symbols="$export_symbols" + export_symbols= + always_export_symbols=yes + fi + fi + ;; + esac + + # Prepare the list of exported symbols + if test -z "$export_symbols"; then + if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then + func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" + export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" + $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols + cmds=$export_symbols_cmds + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' + for cmd1 in $cmds; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + # Take the normal branch if the nm_file_list_spec branch + # doesn't work or if tool conversion is not needed. + case $nm_file_list_spec~$to_tool_file_cmd in + *~func_convert_file_noop | *~func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 | ~*) + try_normal_branch=yes + eval cmd=\"$cmd1\" + func_len " $cmd" + len=$func_len_result + ;; + *) + try_normal_branch=no + ;; + esac + if test "$try_normal_branch" = yes \ + && { test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" \ + || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; } + then + func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' + skipped_export=false + elif test -n "$nm_file_list_spec"; then + func_basename "$output" + output_la=$func_basename_result + save_libobjs=$libobjs + save_output=$output + output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.nm + func_to_tool_file "$output" + libobjs=$nm_file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result + delfiles+=" $output" + func_verbose "creating $NM input file list: $output" + for obj in $save_libobjs; do + func_to_tool_file "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" + done > "$output" + eval cmd=\"$cmd1\" + func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' + output=$save_output + libobjs=$save_libobjs + skipped_export=false + else + # The command line is too long to execute in one step. + func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..." + skipped_export=: + # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be + # set to false by a later but shorter cmd. + break + fi + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:"; then + func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' + func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' + fi + fi + fi + + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then + tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" + test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" + $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' + fi + + if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then + # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. + func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" + # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of + # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine + # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of + # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately + # isn't a blessed tool. + $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter + delfiles+=" $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" + export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def + $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols + fi + + tmp_deplibs= + for test_deplib in $deplibs; do + case " $convenience " in + *" $test_deplib "*) ;; + *) + tmp_deplibs+=" $test_deplib" + ;; + esac + done + deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" + + if test -n "$convenience"; then + if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" && + test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes && + test -z "$libobjs"; then + # extract the archives, so we have objects to list. + # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive. + whole_archive_flag_spec= + fi + if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + save_libobjs=$libobjs + eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + else + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + generated+=" $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience + libobjs+=" $func_extract_archives_result" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + fi + fi + + if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then + eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" + linker_flags+=" $flag" + fi + + # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking + if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then + $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $? + fi + + # Do each of the archive commands. + if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then + eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\" + cmds=$module_expsym_cmds + else + eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\" + cmds=$module_cmds + fi + else + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then + eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" + cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds + else + eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" + cmds=$archive_cmds + fi + fi + + if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && + func_len " $test_cmds" && + len=$func_len_result && + test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then + : + else + # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise + # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker + # script. + + # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to + # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we + # want to use save_libobjs as it was before + # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't + # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec. + # This may have to be revisited, in case too many + # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding + # the spec. + if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + save_libobjs=$libobjs + fi + save_output=$output + func_basename "$output" + output_la=$func_basename_result + + # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and + # initialize k to one. + test_cmds= + concat_cmds= + objlist= + last_robj= + k=1 + + if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnkscript + func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output" + echo 'INPUT (' > $output + for obj in $save_libobjs + do + func_to_tool_file "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output + done + echo ')' >> $output + delfiles+=" $output" + func_to_tool_file "$output" + output=$func_to_tool_file_result + elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "X$file_list_spec" != X; then + output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnk + func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output" + : > $output + set x $save_libobjs + shift + firstobj= + if test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes; then + firstobj="$1 " + shift + fi + for obj + do + func_to_tool_file "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output + done + delfiles+=" $output" + func_to_tool_file "$output" + output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result\" + else + if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then + func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..." + output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext + eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" + func_len " $test_cmds" + len0=$func_len_result + len=$len0 + + # Loop over the list of objects to be linked. + for obj in $save_libobjs + do + func_len " $obj" + func_arith $len + $func_len_result + len=$func_arith_result + if test "X$objlist" = X || + test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then + objlist+=" $obj" + else + # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a + # command to the queue. + if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then + # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add. + reload_objs=$objlist + eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" + else + # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in + # the last one created. + reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj" + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" + fi + last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext + func_arith $k + 1 + k=$func_arith_result + output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext + objlist=" $obj" + func_len " $last_robj" + func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result + len=$func_arith_result + fi + done + # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last + # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object + # files will link in the last one created. + test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ + reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj" + eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds\" + if test -n "$last_robj"; then + eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}~\$RM $last_robj\" + fi + delfiles+=" $output" + + else + output= + fi + + if ${skipped_export-false}; then + func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" + export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" + $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols + libobjs=$output + # Append the command to create the export file. + test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\" + if test -n "$last_robj"; then + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" + fi + fi + + test -n "$save_libobjs" && + func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output" + + # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them. + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' + for cmd in $concat_cmds; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + $opt_silent || { + func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { + lt_exit=$? + + # Restore the uninstalled library and exit + if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then + ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ + $RM "${realname}T" && \ + $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) + fi + + exit $lt_exit + } + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + + if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then + func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' + func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' + fi + fi + + if ${skipped_export-false}; then + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then + tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" + test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" + $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' + fi + + if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then + # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. + func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" + # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of + # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine + # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of + # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately + # isn't a blessed tool. + $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter + delfiles+=" $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" + export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def + $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols + fi + fi + + libobjs=$output + # Restore the value of output. + output=$save_output + + if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + fi + # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the + # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking. + + # Do each of the archive commands. + if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then + cmds=$module_expsym_cmds + else + cmds=$module_cmds + fi + else + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then + cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds + else + cmds=$archive_cmds + fi + fi + fi + + if test -n "$delfiles"; then + # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds. + eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\" + fi + + # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries + if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + generated+=" $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles + libobjs+=" $func_extract_archives_result" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + fi + + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' + for cmd in $cmds; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + eval cmd=\"$cmd\" + $opt_silent || { + func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { + lt_exit=$? + + # Restore the uninstalled library and exit + if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then + ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ + $RM "${realname}T" && \ + $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) + fi + + exit $lt_exit + } + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + + # Restore the uninstalled library and exit + if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then + $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $? + + if test -n "$convenience"; then + if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi + + # Create links to the real library. + for linkname in $linknames; do + if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then + func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?' + fi + done + + # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. + if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then + # On all known operating systems, these are identical. + dlname="$soname" + fi + fi + ;; + + obj) + if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then + func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" + fi + + case " $deplibs" in + *\ -l* | *\ -L*) + func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" ;; + esac + + test -n "$rpath" && \ + func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for objects" + + test -n "$xrpath" && \ + func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for objects" + + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for objects" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for objects" + + case $output in + *.lo) + test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \ + func_fatal_error "cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" + + libobj=$output + func_lo2o "$libobj" + obj=$func_lo2o_result + ;; + *) + libobj= + obj="$output" + ;; + esac + + # Delete the old objects. + $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj + + # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes + # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create + # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate + # the extraction. + reload_conv_objs= + gentop= + # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of + # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with + # turning comma into space.. + wl= + + if test -n "$convenience"; then + if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\" + reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$ECHO "$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $SED 's|,| |g'` + else + gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x" + generated+=" $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience + reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result" + fi + fi + + # If we're not building shared, we need to use non_pic_objs + test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && libobjs="$non_pic_objects" + + # Create the old-style object. + reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.${libext}$/d; /\.lib$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test + + output="$obj" + func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' + + # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. + if test -z "$libobj"; then + if test -n "$gentop"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi + + if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then + if test -n "$gentop"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + + # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't + # accidentally link it into a program. + # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" + # $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi + + if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then + # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. + reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" + output="$libobj" + func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + if test -n "$gentop"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + ;; + + prog) + case $host in + *cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" + output=$func_stripname_result.exe;; + esac + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for programs" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for programs" + + test "$preload" = yes \ + && test "$dlopen_support" = unknown \ + && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown \ + && test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown && \ + func_warning "\`LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." + + case $host in + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework + compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` + finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` + ;; + esac + + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors + # But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!). + if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then + case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in + 10.[0123]) + compile_command+=" ${wl}-bind_at_load" + finalize_command+=" ${wl}-bind_at_load" + ;; + esac + fi + # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" + compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + ;; + esac + + + # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet + # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list + new_libs= + for path in $notinst_path; do + case " $new_libs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; + *) + case " $compile_deplibs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) + new_libs+=" -L$path/$objdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + done + for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) + case " $new_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) new_libs+=" $deplib" ;; + esac + ;; + *) new_libs+=" $deplib" ;; + esac + done + compile_deplibs="$new_libs" + + + compile_command+=" $compile_deplibs" + finalize_command+=" $finalize_deplibs" + + if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then + # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. + for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do + # This is the magic to use -rpath. + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) finalize_rpath+=" $libdir" ;; + esac + done + fi + + # Now hardcode the library paths + rpath= + hardcode_libdirs= + for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" + else + # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. + case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in + *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdirs+="$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + else + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + rpath+=" $flag" + fi + elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then + case "$perm_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) perm_rpath+=" $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + testbindir=`${ECHO} "$libdir" | ${SED} -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$libdir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;; + *) dllsearchpath+=":$libdir";; + esac + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$testbindir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; + *) dllsearchpath+=":$testbindir";; + esac + ;; + esac + done + # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && + test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" + eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + fi + compile_rpath="$rpath" + + rpath= + hardcode_libdirs= + for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" + else + # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. + case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in + *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdirs+="$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + else + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + rpath+=" $flag" + fi + elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then + case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) finalize_perm_rpath+=" $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + done + # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && + test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" + eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + fi + finalize_rpath="$rpath" + + if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + fi + + func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" "no" + + # template prelinking step + if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then + func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + wrappers_required=yes + case $host in + *cegcc* | *mingw32ce*) + # Disable wrappers for cegcc and mingw32ce hosts, we are cross compiling anyway. + wrappers_required=no + ;; + *cygwin* | *mingw* ) + if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then + wrappers_required=no + fi + ;; + *) + if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then + wrappers_required=no + fi + ;; + esac + if test "$wrappers_required" = no; then + # Replace the output file specification. + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` + link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath" + + # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. + exit_status=0 + func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?' + + if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then + func_to_tool_file "$output" + postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` + func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Delete the generated files. + if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"; then + func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"' + fi + + exit $exit_status + fi + + if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then + compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" + fi + if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then + finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" + fi + + compile_var= + finalize_var= + if test -n "$runpath_var"; then + if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then + # We should set the runpath_var. + rpath= + for dir in $perm_rpath; do + rpath+="$dir:" + done + compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " + fi + if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then + # We should set the runpath_var. + rpath= + for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do + rpath+="$dir:" + done + finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " + fi + fi + + if test "$no_install" = yes; then + # We don't need to create a wrapper script. + link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" + # Replace the output file specification. + link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` + # Delete the old output file. + $opt_dry_run || $RM $output + # Link the executable and exit + func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' + + if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then + func_to_tool_file "$output" + postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` + func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi + + if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then + # Fast installation is not supported + link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" + relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" + + func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" + func_warning "\`$output' will be relinked during installation" + else + if test "$fast_install" != no; then + link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath" + if test "$fast_install" = yes; then + relink_command=`$ECHO "$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'` + else + # fast_install is set to needless + relink_command= + fi + else + link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" + relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" + fi + fi + + # Replace the output file specification. + link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` + + # Delete the old output files. + $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname + + func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' + + if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then + func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$outputname" + postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` + func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Now create the wrapper script. + func_verbose "creating $output" + + # Quote the relink command for shipping. + if test -n "$relink_command"; then + # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior + for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do + if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then + relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" + elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then + relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" + else + func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" + relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" + fi + done + relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)" + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` + fi + + # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode. + $opt_dry_run || { + # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has + # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. + case $output in + *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" + output=$func_stripname_result ;; + esac + # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions + case $host in + *cygwin*) + exeext=.exe + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname" + outputname=$func_stripname_result ;; + *) exeext= ;; + esac + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* ) + func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "." + output_name=$func_basename_result + output_path=$func_dirname_result + cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c" + cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe" + $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper + trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 + + func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource + + # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler, + # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross- + # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be + # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment. + $opt_dry_run || { + $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource + $STRIP $cwrapper + } + + # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use: + func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper + $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 + $opt_dry_run || { + # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod. + if test "x$build" = "x$host" ; then + $cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + else + func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + fi + } + ;; + * ) + $RM $output + trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 + + func_emit_wrapper no > $output + chmod +x $output + ;; + esac + } + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + ;; + esac + + # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. + for oldlib in $oldlibs; do + + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then + oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj" + addlibs="$convenience" + build_libtool_libs=no + else + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then + oldobjs="$libobjs_save" + build_libtool_libs=no + else + oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects" + if test "$preload" = yes && test -f "$symfileobj"; then + oldobjs+=" $symfileobj" + fi + fi + addlibs="$old_convenience" + fi + + if test -n "$addlibs"; then + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + generated+=" $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs + oldobjs+=" $func_extract_archives_result" + fi + + # Do each command in the archive commands. + if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds + else + + # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries + if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + generated+=" $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles + oldobjs+=" $func_extract_archives_result" + fi + + # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have + # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we + # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a + # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking + # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently + # not supported by libtool). + if (for obj in $oldobjs + do + func_basename "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_basename_result" + done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then + : + else + echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..." + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + generated+=" $gentop" + func_mkdir_p "$gentop" + save_oldobjs=$oldobjs + oldobjs= + counter=1 + for obj in $save_oldobjs + do + func_basename "$obj" + objbase="$func_basename_result" + case " $oldobjs " in + " ") oldobjs=$obj ;; + *[\ /]"$objbase "*) + while :; do + # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also + # overlaps. + newobj=lt$counter-$objbase + func_arith $counter + 1 + counter=$func_arith_result + case " $oldobjs " in + *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;; + *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;; + esac + done + func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj" + oldobjs+=" $gentop/$newobj" + ;; + *) oldobjs+=" $obj" ;; + esac + done + fi + func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result + eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" + + func_len " $cmds" + len=$func_len_result + if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then + cmds=$old_archive_cmds + elif test -n "$archiver_list_spec"; then + func_verbose "using command file archive linking..." + for obj in $oldobjs + do + func_to_tool_file "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" + done > $output_objdir/$libname.libcmd + func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$libname.libcmd" + oldobjs=" $archiver_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result" + cmds=$old_archive_cmds + else + # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts + func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..." + save_RANLIB=$RANLIB + RANLIB=: + objlist= + concat_cmds= + save_oldobjs=$oldobjs + oldobjs= + # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list? + for obj in $save_oldobjs + do + last_oldobj=$obj + done + eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" + func_len " $test_cmds" + len0=$func_len_result + len=$len0 + for obj in $save_oldobjs + do + func_len " $obj" + func_arith $len + $func_len_result + len=$func_arith_result + objlist+=" $obj" + if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then + : + else + # the above command should be used before it gets too long + oldobjs=$objlist + if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then + RANLIB=$save_RANLIB + fi + test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ + eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\" + objlist= + len=$len0 + fi + done + RANLIB=$save_RANLIB + oldobjs=$objlist + if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then + eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\" + else + eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\" + fi + fi + fi + func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?' + done + + test -n "$generated" && \ + func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated" + + # Now create the libtool archive. + case $output in + *.la) + old_library= + test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext" + func_verbose "creating $output" + + # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior + for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do + if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then + relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" + elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then + relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" + else + func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" + relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" + fi + done + # Quote the link command for shipping. + relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)" + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` + if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then + relink_command= + fi + + # Only create the output if not a dry run. + $opt_dry_run || { + for installed in no yes; do + if test "$installed" = yes; then + if test -z "$install_libdir"; then + break + fi + output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i + # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones + newdependency_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + case $deplib in + *.la) + func_basename "$deplib" + name="$func_basename_result" + func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" + eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $func_resolve_sysroot_result` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" + newdependency_libs+=" ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" + ;; + -L*) + func_stripname -L '' "$deplib" + func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + newdependency_libs+=" -L$func_replace_sysroot_result" + ;; + -R*) + func_stripname -R '' "$deplib" + func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + newdependency_libs+=" -R$func_replace_sysroot_result" + ;; + *) newdependency_libs+=" $deplib" ;; + esac + done + dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" + newdlfiles= + + for lib in $dlfiles; do + case $lib in + *.la) + func_basename "$lib" + name="$func_basename_result" + eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + newdlfiles+=" ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" + ;; + *) newdlfiles+=" $lib" ;; + esac + done + dlfiles="$newdlfiles" + newdlprefiles= + for lib in $dlprefiles; do + case $lib in + *.la) + # Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for + # eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we + # didn't already link the preopened objects directly into + # the library: + func_basename "$lib" + name="$func_basename_result" + eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + newdlprefiles+=" ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" + ;; + esac + done + dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" + else + newdlfiles= + for lib in $dlfiles; do + case $lib in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; + *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; + esac + newdlfiles+=" $abs" + done + dlfiles="$newdlfiles" + newdlprefiles= + for lib in $dlprefiles; do + case $lib in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; + *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; + esac + newdlprefiles+=" $abs" + done + dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" + fi + $RM $output + # place dlname in correct position for cygwin + # In fact, it would be nice if we could use this code for all target + # systems that can't hard-code library paths into their executables + # and that have no shared library path variable independent of PATH, + # but it turns out we can't easily determine that from inspecting + # libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it + # applies here; at the moment, that means platforms that use the PE + # object format with DLL files. See the long comment at the top of + # tests/bindir.at for full details. + tdlname=$dlname + case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in + *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) + # If a -bindir argument was supplied, place the dll there. + if test "x$bindir" != x ; + then + func_relative_path "$install_libdir" "$bindir" + tdlname=$func_relative_path_result$dlname + else + # Otherwise fall back on heuristic. + tdlname=../bin/$dlname + fi + ;; + esac + $ECHO > $output "\ +# $outputname - a libtool library file +# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION +# +# Please DO NOT delete this file! +# It is necessary for linking the library. + +# The name that we can dlopen(3). +dlname='$tdlname' + +# Names of this library. +library_names='$library_names' + +# The name of the static archive. +old_library='$old_library' + +# Linker flags that can not go in dependency_libs. +inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags' + +# Libraries that this one depends upon. +dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' + +# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library +weak_library_names='$weak_libs' + +# Version information for $libname. +current=$current +age=$age +revision=$revision + +# Is this an already installed library? +installed=$installed + +# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules? +shouldnotlink=$module + +# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen +dlopen='$dlfiles' +dlpreopen='$dlprefiles' + +# Directory that this library needs to be installed in: +libdir='$install_libdir'" + if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then + $ECHO >> $output "\ +relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" + fi + done + } + + # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in + # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. + func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?' + ;; + esac + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS +} + +{ test "$opt_mode" = link || test "$opt_mode" = relink; } && + func_mode_link ${1+"$@"} + + +# func_mode_uninstall arg... +func_mode_uninstall () +{ + $opt_debug + RM="$nonopt" + files= + rmforce= + exit_status=0 + + # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather + # than running their programs. + libtool_install_magic="$magic" + + for arg + do + case $arg in + -f) RM+=" $arg"; rmforce=yes ;; + -*) RM+=" $arg" ;; + *) files+=" $arg" ;; + esac + done + + test -z "$RM" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program" + + rmdirs= + + for file in $files; do + func_dirname "$file" "" "." + dir="$func_dirname_result" + if test "X$dir" = X.; then + odir="$objdir" + else + odir="$dir/$objdir" + fi + func_basename "$file" + name="$func_basename_result" + test "$opt_mode" = uninstall && odir="$dir" + + # Remember odir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates + if test "$opt_mode" = clean; then + case " $rmdirs " in + *" $odir "*) ;; + *) rmdirs+=" $odir" ;; + esac + fi + + # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used. + if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || + { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || + test -f "$file"; then + : + elif test -d "$file"; then + exit_status=1 + continue + elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then + continue + fi + + rmfiles="$file" + + case $name in + *.la) + # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. + if func_lalib_p "$file"; then + func_source $dir/$name + + # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. + for n in $library_names; do + rmfiles+=" $odir/$n" + done + test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles+=" $odir/$old_library" + + case "$opt_mode" in + clean) + case " $library_names " in + *" $dlname "*) ;; + *) test -n "$dlname" && rmfiles+=" $odir/$dlname" ;; + esac + test -n "$libdir" && rmfiles+=" $odir/$name $odir/${name}i" + ;; + uninstall) + if test -n "$library_names"; then + # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. + func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' + fi + + if test -n "$old_library"; then + # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. + func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' + fi + # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + + *.lo) + # Possibly a libtool object, so verify it. + if func_lalib_p "$file"; then + + # Read the .lo file + func_source $dir/$name + + # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove. + if test -n "$pic_object" && + test "$pic_object" != none; then + rmfiles+=" $dir/$pic_object" + fi + + # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove. + if test -n "$non_pic_object" && + test "$non_pic_object" != none; then + rmfiles+=" $dir/$non_pic_object" + fi + fi + ;; + + *) + if test "$opt_mode" = clean ; then + noexename=$name + case $file in + *.exe) + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" + file=$func_stripname_result + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name" + noexename=$func_stripname_result + # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles, + # add $file without .exe + rmfiles+=" $file" + ;; + esac + # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program. + if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then + if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then + func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" + relink_command= + func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + rmfiles+=" $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" + else + relink_command= + func_source $dir/$noexename + fi + + # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally + # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles + rmfiles+=" $odir/$name $odir/${name}S.${objext}" + if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then + rmfiles+=" $odir/lt-$name" + fi + if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then + rmfiles+=" $odir/lt-${noexename}.c" + fi + fi + fi + ;; + esac + func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1' + done + + # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files + for dir in $rmdirs; do + if test -d "$dir"; then + func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1" + fi + done + + exit $exit_status +} + +{ test "$opt_mode" = uninstall || test "$opt_mode" = clean; } && + func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"} + +test -z "$opt_mode" && { + help="$generic_help" + func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE" +} + +test -z "$exec_cmd" && \ + func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$opt_mode'" + +if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then + eval exec "$exec_cmd" + exit $EXIT_FAILURE +fi + +exit $exit_status + + +# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation +# in which we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting +# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable, +# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because +# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support +# them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't +# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same +# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration. +# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only +# configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only. + +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared +build_libtool_libs=no +build_old_libs=yes +# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared + +# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static +build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac` +# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static + +# Local Variables: +# mode:shell-script +# sh-indentation:2 +# End: +# vi:sw=2 + diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/ltmain.sh b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/ltmain.sh old mode 100755 new mode 100644 index b4583e7e26..6a2f1166a9 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/ltmain.sh +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/ltmain.sh @@ -1,52 +1,90 @@ -# ltmain.sh - Provide generalized library-building support services. -# NOTE: Changing this file will not affect anything until you rerun configure. -# + +# libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.2 +# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 + # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, -# 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, +# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that +# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the +# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# +# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -# -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - -basename="s,^.*/,,g" - -# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh -# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of -# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special -# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the -# function. -progpath="$0" - -# The name of this program: -progname=`echo "$progpath" | $SED $basename` -modename="$progname" +# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy +# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, +# or obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -# Global variables: -EXIT_SUCCESS=0 -EXIT_FAILURE=1 +# Usage: $progname [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]... +# +# Provide generalized library-building support services. +# +# --config show all configuration variables +# --debug enable verbose shell tracing +# -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files +# --features display basic configuration information and exit +# --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE +# --preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries +# --quiet, --silent don't print informational messages +# --no-quiet, --no-silent +# print informational messages (default) +# --no-warn don't display warning messages +# --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG +# -v, --verbose print more informational messages than default +# --no-verbose don't print the extra informational messages +# --version print version information +# -h, --help, --help-all print short, long, or detailed help message +# +# MODE must be one of the following: +# +# clean remove files from the build directory +# compile compile a source file into a libtool object +# execute automatically set library path, then run a program +# finish complete the installation of libtool libraries +# install install libraries or executables +# link create a library or an executable +# uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory +# +# MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. When passed as first option, +# `--mode=MODE' may be abbreviated as `MODE' or a unique abbreviation of that. +# Try `$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE. +# +# When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and +# include the following information: +# +# host-triplet: $host +# shell: $SHELL +# compiler: $LTCC +# compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS +# linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld) +# $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.4.2 +# automake: $automake_version +# autoconf: $autoconf_version +# +# Report bugs to . +# GNU libtool home page: . +# General help using GNU software: . -PROGRAM=ltmain.sh +PROGRAM=libtool PACKAGE=libtool -VERSION=1.5.24 -TIMESTAMP=" (1.1220.2.455 2007/06/24 02:13:29)" +VERSION=2.4.2 +TIMESTAMP="" +package_revision=1.3337 -# Be Bourne compatible (taken from Autoconf:_AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE). +# Be Bourne compatible if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then emulate sh NULLCMD=: @@ -60,98 +98,457 @@ fi BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh -# Check that we have a working $echo. -if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then - # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. - shift -elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over - : -elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then - # Yippee, $echo works! - : -else - # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $echo will work. - exec $SHELL "$progpath" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} -fi - -if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # used as fallback echo - shift - cat <&2 - $echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE -fi +dirname="s,/[^/]*$,," +basename="s,^.*/,," -# Global variables. -mode=$default_mode -nonopt= -prev= -prevopt= -run= -show="$echo" -show_help= -execute_dlfiles= -duplicate_deps=no -preserve_args= -lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/" -o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/" -extracted_archives= -extracted_serial=0 +# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement +# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, +# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +func_dirname () +{ + func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$dirname"` + if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then + func_dirname_result="${3}" + else + func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" + fi +} # func_dirname may be replaced by extended shell implementation + + +# func_basename file +func_basename () +{ + func_basename_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$basename"` +} # func_basename may be replaced by extended shell implementation + + +# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement +# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function +# call: +# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, +# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result +# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. +# value returned in "$func_dirname_result" +# basename: Compute filename of FILE. +# value retuned in "$func_basename_result" +# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname +# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to +# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here. +func_dirname_and_basename () +{ + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED -e "$dirname"` + if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then + func_dirname_result="${3}" + else + func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" + fi + func_basename_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED -e "$basename"` +} # func_dirname_and_basename may be replaced by extended shell implementation + + +# func_stripname prefix suffix name +# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. +# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special +# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading +# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). +# func_strip_suffix prefix name +func_stripname () +{ + case ${2} in + .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;; + *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%${2}\$%%"`;; + esac +} # func_stripname may be replaced by extended shell implementation + + +# These SED scripts presuppose an absolute path with a trailing slash. +pathcar='s,^/\([^/]*\).*$,\1,' +pathcdr='s,^/[^/]*,,' +removedotparts=':dotsl + s@/\./@/@g + t dotsl + s,/\.$,/,' +collapseslashes='s@/\{1,\}@/@g' +finalslash='s,/*$,/,' + +# func_normal_abspath PATH +# Remove doubled-up and trailing slashes, "." path components, +# and cancel out any ".." path components in PATH after making +# it an absolute path. +# value returned in "$func_normal_abspath_result" +func_normal_abspath () +{ + # Start from root dir and reassemble the path. + func_normal_abspath_result= + func_normal_abspath_tpath=$1 + func_normal_abspath_altnamespace= + case $func_normal_abspath_tpath in + "") + # Empty path, that just means $cwd. + func_stripname '' '/' "`pwd`" + func_normal_abspath_result=$func_stripname_result + return + ;; + # The next three entries are used to spot a run of precisely + # two leading slashes without using negated character classes; + # we take advantage of case's first-match behaviour. + ///*) + # Unusual form of absolute path, do nothing. + ;; + //*) + # Not necessarily an ordinary path; POSIX reserves leading '//' + # and for example Cygwin uses it to access remote file shares + # over CIFS/SMB, so we conserve a leading double slash if found. + func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=/ + ;; + /*) + # Absolute path, do nothing. + ;; + *) + # Relative path, prepend $cwd. + func_normal_abspath_tpath=`pwd`/$func_normal_abspath_tpath + ;; + esac + # Cancel out all the simple stuff to save iterations. We also want + # the path to end with a slash for ease of parsing, so make sure + # there is one (and only one) here. + func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ + -e "$removedotparts" -e "$collapseslashes" -e "$finalslash"` + while :; do + # Processed it all yet? + if test "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" = / ; then + # If we ascended to the root using ".." the result may be empty now. + if test -z "$func_normal_abspath_result" ; then + func_normal_abspath_result=/ + fi + break + fi + func_normal_abspath_tcomponent=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ + -e "$pathcar"` + func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ + -e "$pathcdr"` + # Figure out what to do with it + case $func_normal_abspath_tcomponent in + "") + # Trailing empty path component, ignore it. + ;; + ..) + # Parent dir; strip last assembled component from result. + func_dirname "$func_normal_abspath_result" + func_normal_abspath_result=$func_dirname_result + ;; + *) + # Actual path component, append it. + func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_result/$func_normal_abspath_tcomponent + ;; + esac + done + # Restore leading double-slash if one was found on entry. + func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_altnamespace$func_normal_abspath_result +} + +# func_relative_path SRCDIR DSTDIR +# generates a relative path from SRCDIR to DSTDIR, with a trailing +# slash if non-empty, suitable for immediately appending a filename +# without needing to append a separator. +# value returned in "$func_relative_path_result" +func_relative_path () +{ + func_relative_path_result= + func_normal_abspath "$1" + func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_normal_abspath_result + func_normal_abspath "$2" + func_relative_path_tbindir=$func_normal_abspath_result + + # Ascend the tree starting from libdir + while :; do + # check if we have found a prefix of bindir + case $func_relative_path_tbindir in + $func_relative_path_tlibdir) + # found an exact match + func_relative_path_tcancelled= + break + ;; + $func_relative_path_tlibdir*) + # found a matching prefix + func_stripname "$func_relative_path_tlibdir" '' "$func_relative_path_tbindir" + func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_stripname_result + if test -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then + func_relative_path_result=. + fi + break + ;; + *) + func_dirname $func_relative_path_tlibdir + func_relative_path_tlibdir=${func_dirname_result} + if test "x$func_relative_path_tlibdir" = x ; then + # Have to descend all the way to the root! + func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result + func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_relative_path_tbindir + break + fi + func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result + ;; + esac + done + + # Now calculate path; take care to avoid doubling-up slashes. + func_stripname '' '/' "$func_relative_path_result" + func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result + func_stripname '/' '/' "$func_relative_path_tcancelled" + if test "x$func_stripname_result" != x ; then + func_relative_path_result=${func_relative_path_result}/${func_stripname_result} + fi + + # Normalisation. If bindir is libdir, return empty string, + # else relative path ending with a slash; either way, target + # file name can be directly appended. + if test ! -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then + func_stripname './' '' "$func_relative_path_result/" + func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result + fi +} + +# The name of this program: +func_dirname_and_basename "$progpath" +progname=$func_basename_result + +# Make sure we have an absolute path for reexecution: +case $progpath in + [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;; + *[\\/]*) + progdir=$func_dirname_result + progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd` + progpath="$progdir/$progname" + ;; + *) + save_IFS="$IFS" + IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:} + for progdir in $PATH; do + IFS="$save_IFS" + test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break + done + IFS="$save_IFS" + test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd` + progpath="$progdir/$progname" + ;; +esac + +# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies +# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. +Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//' +sed_quote_subst='s/\([`"$\\]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. +double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' + +# Sed substitution that turns a string into a regex matching for the +# string literally. +sed_make_literal_regex='s,[].[^$\\*\/],\\&,g' + +# Sed substitution that converts a w32 file name or path +# which contains forward slashes, into one that contains +# (escaped) backslashes. A very naive implementation. +lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g' + +# Re-`\' parameter expansions in output of double_quote_subst that were +# `\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of `\' preceded a '$' +# in input to double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from expansion. +# Since each input `\' is now two `\'s, look for any number of runs of +# four `\'s followed by two `\'s and then a '$'. `\' that '$'. +bs='\\' +bs2='\\\\' +bs4='\\\\\\\\' +dollar='\$' +sed_double_backslash="\ + s/$bs4/&\\ +/g + s/^$bs2$dollar/$bs&/ + s/\\([^$bs]\\)$bs2$dollar/\\1$bs2$bs$dollar/g + s/\n//g" + +# Standard options: +opt_dry_run=false +opt_help=false +opt_quiet=false +opt_verbose=false +opt_warning=: + +# func_echo arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message, along with the current mode +# name if it has been set yet. +func_echo () +{ + $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }$*" +} + +# func_verbose arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only. +func_verbose () +{ + $opt_verbose && func_echo ${1+"$@"} + + # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function + # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to + # work around that: + : +} + +# func_echo_all arg... +# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated. +func_echo_all () +{ + $ECHO "$*" +} + +# func_error arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error. +func_error () +{ + $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }"${1+"$@"} 1>&2 +} + +# func_warning arg... +# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. +func_warning () +{ + $opt_warning && $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }warning: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2 + + # bash bug again: + : +} + +# func_fatal_error arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit. +func_fatal_error () +{ + func_error ${1+"$@"} + exit $EXIT_FAILURE +} + +# func_fatal_help arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by +# a help hint, and exit. +func_fatal_help () +{ + func_error ${1+"$@"} + func_fatal_error "$help" +} +help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." ## default + + +# func_grep expression filename +# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output. +func_grep () +{ + $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1 +} + + +# func_mkdir_p directory-path +# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available. +func_mkdir_p () +{ + my_directory_path="$1" + my_dir_list= + + if test -n "$my_directory_path" && test "$opt_dry_run" != ":"; then + + # Protect directory names starting with `-' + case $my_directory_path in + -*) my_directory_path="./$my_directory_path" ;; + esac + + # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist... + while test ! -d "$my_directory_path"; do + # ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited + # list incase some portion of path contains whitespace. + my_dir_list="$my_directory_path:$my_dir_list" + + # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done + case $my_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac + + # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop + my_directory_path=`$ECHO "$my_directory_path" | $SED -e "$dirname"` + done + my_dir_list=`$ECHO "$my_dir_list" | $SED 's,:*$,,'` + + save_mkdir_p_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=':' + for my_dir in $my_dir_list; do + IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" + # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error if two processes + # try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't + # stop in that case! + $MKDIR "$my_dir" 2>/dev/null || : + done + IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" + + # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory. + test -d "$my_directory_path" || \ + func_fatal_error "Failed to create \`$1'" + fi +} -##################################### -# Shell function definitions: -# This seems to be the best place for them # func_mktempdir [string] # Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running @@ -161,7 +558,7 @@ func_mktempdir () { my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}" - if test "$run" = ":"; then + if test "$opt_dry_run" = ":"; then # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$" else @@ -170,4914 +567,3992 @@ func_mktempdir () my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null` if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then - # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race - my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$" + # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race + my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$" - save_mktempdir_umask=`umask` - umask 0077 - $mkdir "$my_tmpdir" - umask $save_mktempdir_umask + save_mktempdir_umask=`umask` + umask 0077 + $MKDIR "$my_tmpdir" + umask $save_mktempdir_umask fi # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure - test -d "$my_tmpdir" || { - $echo "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - } + test -d "$my_tmpdir" || \ + func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'" fi - $echo "X$my_tmpdir" | $Xsed + $ECHO "$my_tmpdir" } -# func_win32_libid arg -# return the library type of file 'arg' -# -# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs -# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument -# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called. -func_win32_libid () +# func_quote_for_eval arg +# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later. +# This function returns two values: FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_RESULT +# is double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval, whereas +# FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_UNQUOTED_RESULT has merely all characters +# which are still active within double quotes backslashified. +func_quote_for_eval () { - win32_libid_type="unknown" - win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null` - case $win32_fileres in - *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import - win32_libid_type="x86 archive import" - ;; - *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static - if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | \ - $EGREP -e 'file format pe-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' >/dev/null ; then - win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A $1 | \ - $SED -n -e '1,100{ - / I /{ - s,.*,import, - p - q - } - }'` - case $win32_nmres in - import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";; - *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";; - esac + case $1 in + *[\\\`\"\$]*) + func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` ;; + *) + func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result="$1" ;; + esac + + case $func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result in + # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay + # word splitting, command substitution and and variable + # expansion for a subsequent eval. + # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly + # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. + *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") + func_quote_for_eval_result="\"$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result\"" + ;; + *) + func_quote_for_eval_result="$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result" + esac +} + + +# func_quote_for_expand arg +# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above, +# but do not quote variable references. +func_quote_for_expand () +{ + case $1 in + *[\\\`\"]*) + my_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED \ + -e "$double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;; + *) + my_arg="$1" ;; + esac + + case $my_arg in + # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay + # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval. + # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly + # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. + *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") + my_arg="\"$my_arg\"" + ;; + esac + + func_quote_for_expand_result="$my_arg" +} + + +# func_show_eval cmd [fail_exp] +# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is +# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP +# is given, then evaluate it. +func_show_eval () +{ + my_cmd="$1" + my_fail_exp="${2-:}" + + ${opt_silent-false} || { + func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + + if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else + eval "$my_cmd" + my_status=$? + if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else + eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" + fi fi +} + + +# func_show_eval_locale cmd [fail_exp] +# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is +# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP +# is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation. +func_show_eval_locale () +{ + my_cmd="$1" + my_fail_exp="${2-:}" + + ${opt_silent-false} || { + func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + + if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else + eval "$lt_user_locale + $my_cmd" + my_status=$? + eval "$lt_safe_locale" + if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else + eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" + fi + fi +} + +# func_tr_sh +# Turn $1 into a string suitable for a shell variable name. +# Result is stored in $func_tr_sh_result. All characters +# not in the set a-zA-Z0-9_ are replaced with '_'. Further, +# if $1 begins with a digit, a '_' is prepended as well. +func_tr_sh () +{ + case $1 in + [0-9]* | *[!a-zA-Z0-9_]*) + func_tr_sh_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED 's/^\([0-9]\)/_\1/; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` ;; - *DLL*) - win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" - ;; - *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too... - case $win32_fileres in - *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*) - win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" - ;; - esac + * ) + func_tr_sh_result=$1 ;; esac - $echo $win32_libid_type } -# func_infer_tag arg -# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and -# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option. -# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile -# command doesn't match the default compiler. -# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...' -func_infer_tag () +# func_version +# Echo version message to standard output and exit. +func_version () { - if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then - CC_quoted= - for arg in $CC; do - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $arg" - done - case $@ in - # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell, - # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run. - " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$echo $CC` "* | "`$echo $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$echo $CC_quoted` "* | "`$echo $CC_quoted` "*) ;; - # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail - # if we don't check for them as well. - *) - for z in $available_tags; do - if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then - # Evaluate the configuration. - eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`" - CC_quoted= - for arg in $CC; do - # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $arg" - done - case "$@ " in - " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$echo $CC` "* | "`$echo $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$echo $CC_quoted` "* | "`$echo $CC_quoted` "*) - # The compiler in the base compile command matches - # the one in the tagged configuration. - # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want. - tagname=$z - break - ;; - esac - fi - done - # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration - # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command - # line option must be used. - if test -z "$tagname"; then - $echo "$modename: unable to infer tagged configuration" - $echo "$modename: specify a tag with \`--tag'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE -# else -# $echo "$modename: using $tagname tagged configuration" - fi - ;; - esac - fi + $opt_debug + + $SED -n '/(C)/!b go + :more + /\./!{ + N + s/\n# / / + b more + } + :go + /^# '$PROGRAM' (GNU /,/# warranty; / { + s/^# // + s/^# *$// + s/\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*\( [1-9][0-9]*\)/\1\2/ + p + }' < "$progpath" + exit $? } - -# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib -func_extract_an_archive () +# func_usage +# Echo short help message to standard output and exit. +func_usage () { - f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift - f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1" - - $show "(cd $f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x $f_ex_an_ar_oldlib)" - $run eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib)" || exit $? - if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then - : - else - $echo "$modename: ERROR: object name conflicts: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi + $opt_debug + + $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/^# *.*--help/ { + s/^# // + s/^# *$// + s/\$progname/'$progname'/ + p + }' < "$progpath" + echo + $ECHO "run \`$progname --help | more' for full usage" + exit $? } -# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ... -func_extract_archives () +# func_help [NOEXIT] +# Echo long help message to standard output and exit, +# unless 'noexit' is passed as argument. +func_help () { - my_gentop="$1"; shift - my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"} - my_oldobjs="" - my_xlib="" - my_xabs="" - my_xdir="" - my_status="" - - $show "${rm}r $my_gentop" - $run ${rm}r "$my_gentop" - $show "$mkdir $my_gentop" - $run $mkdir "$my_gentop" - my_status=$? - if test "$my_status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$my_gentop"; then - exit $my_status + $opt_debug + + $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# Report bugs to/ { + :print + s/^# // + s/^# *$// + s*\$progname*'$progname'* + s*\$host*'"$host"'* + s*\$SHELL*'"$SHELL"'* + s*\$LTCC*'"$LTCC"'* + s*\$LTCFLAGS*'"$LTCFLAGS"'* + s*\$LD*'"$LD"'* + s/\$with_gnu_ld/'"$with_gnu_ld"'/ + s/\$automake_version/'"`(${AUTOMAKE-automake} --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ + s/\$autoconf_version/'"`(${AUTOCONF-autoconf} --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ + p + d + } + /^# .* home page:/b print + /^# General help using/b print + ' < "$progpath" + ret=$? + if test -z "$1"; then + exit $ret fi +} - for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do - # Extract the objects. - case $my_xlib in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;; - *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;; - esac - my_xlib=`$echo "X$my_xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - my_xlib_u=$my_xlib - while :; do - case " $extracted_archives " in - *" $my_xlib_u "*) - extracted_serial=`expr $extracted_serial + 1` - my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;; - *) break ;; - esac - done - extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u" - my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u" +# func_missing_arg argname +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global +# exit_cmd. +func_missing_arg () +{ + $opt_debug - $show "${rm}r $my_xdir" - $run ${rm}r "$my_xdir" - $show "$mkdir $my_xdir" - $run $mkdir "$my_xdir" - exit_status=$? - if test "$exit_status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$my_xdir"; then - exit $exit_status - fi - case $host in - *-darwin*) - $show "Extracting $my_xabs" - # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run - if test -z "$run"; then - darwin_orig_dir=`pwd` - cd $my_xdir || exit $? - darwin_archive=$my_xabs - darwin_curdir=`pwd` - darwin_base_archive=`$echo "X$darwin_archive" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - darwin_arches=`lipo -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $EGREP Architectures 2>/dev/null` - if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then - darwin_arches=`echo "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'` - darwin_arch= - $show "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches" - for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches ; do - mkdir -p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" - lipo -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}" - cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" - func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}" - cd "$darwin_curdir" - $rm "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" - done # $darwin_arches - ## Okay now we have a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :) - darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print| xargs basename | sort -u | $NL2SP` - darwin_file= - darwin_files= - for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do - darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | $NL2SP` - lipo -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files - done # $darwin_filelist - ${rm}r unfat-$$ - cd "$darwin_orig_dir" - else - cd "$darwin_orig_dir" - func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" - fi # $darwin_arches - fi # $run - ;; - *) - func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" - ;; - esac - my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP` - done - func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs" + func_error "missing argument for $1." + exit_cmd=exit } -# End of Shell function definitions -##################################### -# Darwin sucks -eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\" -disable_libs=no +# func_split_short_opt shortopt +# Set func_split_short_opt_name and func_split_short_opt_arg shell +# variables after splitting SHORTOPT after the 2nd character. +func_split_short_opt () +{ + my_sed_short_opt='1s/^\(..\).*$/\1/;q' + my_sed_short_rest='1s/^..\(.*\)$/\1/;q' + + func_split_short_opt_name=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_short_opt"` + func_split_short_opt_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_short_rest"` +} # func_split_short_opt may be replaced by extended shell implementation -# Parse our command line options once, thoroughly. -while test "$#" -gt 0 -do - arg="$1" - shift - case $arg in - -*=*) optarg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; - *) optarg= ;; - esac +# func_split_long_opt longopt +# Set func_split_long_opt_name and func_split_long_opt_arg shell +# variables after splitting LONGOPT at the `=' sign. +func_split_long_opt () +{ + my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(--[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q' + my_sed_long_arg='1s/^--[^=]*=//' - # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. - if test -n "$prev"; then - case $prev in - execute_dlfiles) - execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $arg" - ;; - tag) - tagname="$arg" - preserve_args="${preserve_args}=$arg" - - # Check whether tagname contains only valid characters - case $tagname in - *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*) - $echo "$progname: invalid tag name: $tagname" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac + func_split_long_opt_name=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_long_opt"` + func_split_long_opt_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_long_arg"` +} # func_split_long_opt may be replaced by extended shell implementation - case $tagname in - CC) - # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know, it's there, but - # not specially marked. - ;; - *) - if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then - taglist="$taglist $tagname" - # Evaluate the configuration. - eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$tagname'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$tagname'$/p' < $progpath`" - else - $echo "$progname: ignoring unknown tag $tagname" 1>&2 - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - *) - eval "$prev=\$arg" - ;; - esac +exit_cmd=: - prev= - prevopt= - continue - fi - # Have we seen a non-optional argument yet? - case $arg in - --help) - show_help=yes - ;; - --version) - echo "\ -$PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION$TIMESTAMP -Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO -warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." - exit $? - ;; - --config) - ${SED} -e '1,/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG/d' -e '/^# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG/,$d' $progpath +magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%" +magic_exe="%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%" + +# Global variables. +nonopt= +preserve_args= +lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/" +o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/" +extracted_archives= +extracted_serial=0 + +# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it +# will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being +# left over by shells. +exec_cmd= + +# func_append var value +# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. +func_append () +{ + eval "${1}=\$${1}\${2}" +} # func_append may be replaced by extended shell implementation + +# func_append_quoted var value +# Quote VALUE and append to the end of shell variable VAR, separated +# by a space. +func_append_quoted () +{ + func_quote_for_eval "${2}" + eval "${1}=\$${1}\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result" +} # func_append_quoted may be replaced by extended shell implementation + + +# func_arith arithmetic-term... +func_arith () +{ + func_arith_result=`expr "${@}"` +} # func_arith may be replaced by extended shell implementation + + +# func_len string +# STRING may not start with a hyphen. +func_len () +{ + func_len_result=`expr "${1}" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len` +} # func_len may be replaced by extended shell implementation + + +# func_lo2o object +func_lo2o () +{ + func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$lo2o"` +} # func_lo2o may be replaced by extended shell implementation + + +# func_xform libobj-or-source +func_xform () +{ + func_xform_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED 's/\.[^.]*$/.lo/'` +} # func_xform may be replaced by extended shell implementation + + +# func_fatal_configuration arg... +# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by +# a configuration failure hint, and exit. +func_fatal_configuration () +{ + func_error ${1+"$@"} + func_error "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information." + func_fatal_error "Fatal configuration error." +} + + +# func_config +# Display the configuration for all the tags in this script. +func_config () +{ + re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL' + re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL' + + # Default configuration. + $SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath" + # Now print the configurations for the tags. for tagname in $taglist; do - ${SED} -n -e "/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$/p" < "$progpath" + $SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath" done - exit $? - ;; - - --debug) - $echo "$progname: enabling shell trace mode" - set -x - preserve_args="$preserve_args $arg" - ;; - --dry-run | -n) - run=: - ;; + exit $? +} - --features) - $echo "host: $host" +# func_features +# Display the features supported by this script. +func_features () +{ + echo "host: $host" if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - $echo "enable shared libraries" + echo "enable shared libraries" else - $echo "disable shared libraries" + echo "disable shared libraries" fi if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - $echo "enable static libraries" + echo "enable static libraries" else - $echo "disable static libraries" + echo "disable static libraries" fi - exit $? - ;; - - --finish) mode="finish" ;; - --mode) prevopt="--mode" prev=mode ;; - --mode=*) mode="$optarg" ;; + exit $? +} - --preserve-dup-deps) duplicate_deps="yes" ;; +# func_enable_tag tagname +# Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or +# enable the TAGNAME tag. We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist +# variable here. +func_enable_tag () +{ + # Global variable: + tagname="$1" - --quiet | --silent) - show=: - preserve_args="$preserve_args $arg" - ;; + re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" + re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" + sed_extractcf="/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p" - --tag) - prevopt="--tag" - prev=tag - preserve_args="$preserve_args --tag" - ;; - --tag=*) - set tag "$optarg" ${1+"$@"} - shift - prev=tag - preserve_args="$preserve_args --tag" - ;; + # Validate tagname. + case $tagname in + *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*) + func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname" + ;; + esac - -dlopen) - prevopt="-dlopen" - prev=execute_dlfiles - ;; + # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's + # there but not specially marked. + case $tagname in + CC) ;; + *) + if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + taglist="$taglist $tagname" + + # Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path + # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but + # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within + # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps: + extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"` + eval "$extractedcf" + else + func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname" + fi + ;; + esac +} - -*) - $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`$arg'" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; +# func_check_version_match +# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same +# release of libtool. +func_check_version_match () +{ + if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then + if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then + if test -z "$macro_version"; then + cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF +$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the +$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release. +$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION +$progname: and run autoconf again. +_LT_EOF + else + cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF +$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the +$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version. +$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION +$progname: and run autoconf again. +_LT_EOF + fi + else + cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF +$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision, +$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision. +$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision +$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again. +_LT_EOF + fi - *) - nonopt="$arg" - break - ;; - esac -done + exit $EXIT_MISMATCH + fi +} -if test -n "$prevopt"; then - $echo "$modename: option \`$prevopt' requires an argument" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE -fi -case $disable_libs in -no) +# Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument +case $1 in +clean|clea|cle|cl) + shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; +compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c) + shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; +execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e) + shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; +finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f) + shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; -shared) - build_libtool_libs=no - build_old_libs=yes +install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i) + shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; -static) - build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac` +link|lin|li|l) + shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; +uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u) + shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; esac -# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it -# will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being -# left over by shells. -exec_cmd= -if test -z "$show_help"; then - # Infer the operation mode. - if test -z "$mode"; then - $echo "*** Warning: inferring the mode of operation is deprecated." 1>&2 - $echo "*** Future versions of Libtool will require --mode=MODE be specified." 1>&2 - case $nonopt in - *cc | cc* | *++ | gcc* | *-gcc* | g++* | xlc*) - mode=link - for arg - do - case $arg in - -c) - mode=compile - break - ;; - esac - done - ;; - *db | *dbx | *strace | *truss) - mode=execute - ;; - *install*|cp|mv) - mode=install - ;; - *rm) - mode=uninstall - ;; - *) - # If we have no mode, but dlfiles were specified, then do execute mode. - test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && mode=execute +# Option defaults: +opt_debug=: +opt_dry_run=false +opt_config=false +opt_preserve_dup_deps=false +opt_features=false +opt_finish=false +opt_help=false +opt_help_all=false +opt_silent=: +opt_warning=: +opt_verbose=: +opt_silent=false +opt_verbose=false - # Just use the default operation mode. - if test -z "$mode"; then - if test -n "$nonopt"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode from \`$nonopt'" 1>&2 - else - $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode without MODE-ARGS" 1>&2 - fi - fi - ;; + +# Parse options once, thoroughly. This comes as soon as possible in the +# script to make things like `--version' happen as quickly as we can. +{ + # this just eases exit handling + while test $# -gt 0; do + opt="$1" + shift + case $opt in + --debug|-x) opt_debug='set -x' + func_echo "enabling shell trace mode" + $opt_debug + ;; + --dry-run|--dryrun|-n) + opt_dry_run=: + ;; + --config) + opt_config=: +func_config + ;; + --dlopen|-dlopen) + optarg="$1" + opt_dlopen="${opt_dlopen+$opt_dlopen +}$optarg" + shift + ;; + --preserve-dup-deps) + opt_preserve_dup_deps=: + ;; + --features) + opt_features=: +func_features + ;; + --finish) + opt_finish=: +set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift + ;; + --help) + opt_help=: + ;; + --help-all) + opt_help_all=: +opt_help=': help-all' + ;; + --mode) + test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $opt && break + optarg="$1" + opt_mode="$optarg" +case $optarg in + # Valid mode arguments: + clean|compile|execute|finish|install|link|relink|uninstall) ;; + + # Catch anything else as an error + *) func_error "invalid argument for $opt" + exit_cmd=exit + break + ;; +esac + shift + ;; + --no-silent|--no-quiet) + opt_silent=false +func_append preserve_args " $opt" + ;; + --no-warning|--no-warn) + opt_warning=false +func_append preserve_args " $opt" + ;; + --no-verbose) + opt_verbose=false +func_append preserve_args " $opt" + ;; + --silent|--quiet) + opt_silent=: +func_append preserve_args " $opt" + opt_verbose=false + ;; + --verbose|-v) + opt_verbose=: +func_append preserve_args " $opt" +opt_silent=false + ;; + --tag) + test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $opt && break + optarg="$1" + opt_tag="$optarg" +func_append preserve_args " $opt $optarg" +func_enable_tag "$optarg" + shift + ;; + + -\?|-h) func_usage ;; + --help) func_help ;; + --version) func_version ;; + + # Separate optargs to long options: + --*=*) + func_split_long_opt "$opt" + set dummy "$func_split_long_opt_name" "$func_split_long_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} + shift + ;; + + # Separate non-argument short options: + -\?*|-h*|-n*|-v*) + func_split_short_opt "$opt" + set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} + shift + ;; + + --) break ;; + -*) func_fatal_help "unrecognized option \`$opt'" ;; + *) set dummy "$opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;; esac - fi + done - # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. - if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then - $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE + # Validate options: + + # save first non-option argument + if test "$#" -gt 0; then + nonopt="$opt" + shift fi - # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. - generic_help="$help" - help="Try \`$modename --help --mode=$mode' for more information." + # preserve --debug + test "$opt_debug" = : || func_append preserve_args " --debug" - # These modes are in order of execution frequency so that they run quickly. - case $mode in - # libtool compile mode - compile) - modename="$modename: compile" - # Get the compilation command and the source file. - base_compile= - srcfile="$nonopt" # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile" - suppress_opt=yes - suppress_output= - arg_mode=normal - libobj= - later= - - for arg - do - case $arg_mode in - arg ) - # do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile - lastarg="$arg" - arg_mode=normal - ;; - - target ) - libobj="$arg" - arg_mode=normal - continue - ;; + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc*) + # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps + opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=: + ;; + *) + opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_preserve_dup_deps + ;; + esac - normal ) - # Accept any command-line options. - case $arg in - -o) - if test -n "$libobj" ; then - $echo "$modename: you cannot specify \`-o' more than once" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - arg_mode=target - continue - ;; + $opt_help || { + # Sanity checks first: + func_check_version_match - -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic) - later="$later $arg" - continue - ;; + if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then + func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library" + fi - -no-suppress) - suppress_opt=no - continue - ;; + # Darwin sucks + eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - -Xcompiler) - arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list - continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or - ;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug. + # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. + if test -n "$opt_dlopen" && test "$opt_mode" != execute; then + func_error "unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" + $ECHO "$help" 1>&2 + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi - -Wc,*) - args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^-Wc,//"` - lastarg= - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' - for arg in $args; do - IFS="$save_ifs" + # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. + generic_help="$help" + help="Try \`$progname --help --mode=$opt_mode' for more information." + } - # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. - # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly - # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - lastarg="$lastarg $arg" - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"` - # Add the arguments to base_compile. - base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg" - continue - ;; + # Bail if the options were screwed + $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE +} - * ) - # Accept the current argument as the source file. - # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument. - # - lastarg="$srcfile" - srcfile="$arg" - ;; - esac # case $arg - ;; - esac # case $arg_mode - # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. - lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $lastarg in - # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. - # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly - # in scan sets, and some SunOS ksh mistreat backslash-escaping - # in scan sets (worked around with variable expansion), - # and furthermore cannot handle '|' '&' '(' ')' in scan sets - # at all, so we specify them separately. - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - lastarg="\"$lastarg\"" - ;; - esac - base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg" - done # for arg +## ----------- ## +## Main. ## +## ----------- ## - case $arg_mode in - arg) - $echo "$modename: you must specify an argument for -Xcompile" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - target) - $echo "$modename: you must specify a target with \`-o'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - *) - # Get the name of the library object. - [ -z "$libobj" ] && libobj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - ;; - esac +# func_lalib_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_lalib_p () +{ + test -f "$1" && + $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null \ + | $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1 +} - # Recognize several different file suffixes. - # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo - xform='[cCFSifmso]' - case $libobj in - *.ada) xform=ada ;; - *.adb) xform=adb ;; - *.ads) xform=ads ;; - *.asm) xform=asm ;; - *.c++) xform=c++ ;; - *.cc) xform=cc ;; - *.ii) xform=ii ;; - *.class) xform=class ;; - *.cpp) xform=cpp ;; - *.cxx) xform=cxx ;; - *.[fF][09]?) xform=[fF][09]. ;; - *.for) xform=for ;; - *.java) xform=java ;; - *.obj) xform=obj ;; - esac +# func_lalib_unsafe_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. +# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without +# resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and +# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor. +# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be +# fatal anyway. Works if `file' does not exist. +func_lalib_unsafe_p () +{ + lalib_p=no + if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then + for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4 + do + read lalib_p_line + case "$lalib_p_line" in + \#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;; + esac + done + exec 0<&5 5<&- + fi + test "$lalib_p" = yes +} - libobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "s/\.$xform$/.lo/"` +# func_ltwrapper_script_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_ltwrapper_script_p () +{ + func_lalib_p "$1" +} - case $libobj in - *.lo) obj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; +# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_ltwrapper_executable_p () +{ + func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix= + case $1 in + *.exe) ;; + *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;; esac + $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1 +} - func_infer_tag $base_compile +# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file +# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable +# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a +# temporary ltwrapper_script. +func_ltwrapper_scriptname () +{ + func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "." + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result" + func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper" +} - for arg in $later; do - case $arg in - -static) - build_old_libs=yes - continue - ;; +# func_ltwrapper_p file +# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable +# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out +# determined imposters. +func_ltwrapper_p () +{ + func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1" +} - -prefer-pic) - pic_mode=yes - continue - ;; - -prefer-non-pic) - pic_mode=no - continue - ;; - esac +# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd +# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS. +# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure. +# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD! +func_execute_cmds () +{ + $opt_debug + save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' + for cmd in $1; do + IFS=$save_ifs + eval cmd=\"$cmd\" + func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}" done + IFS=$save_ifs +} - qlibobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $qlibobj in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - qlibobj="\"$qlibobj\"" ;; - esac - test "X$libobj" != "X$qlibobj" \ - && $echo "X$libobj" | grep '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \ - && $echo "$modename: libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters." - objname=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - xdir=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$xdir" = "X$obj"; then - xdir= - else - xdir=$xdir/ - fi - lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname - if test -z "$base_compile"; then - $echo "$modename: you must specify a compilation command" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi +# func_source file +# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary. +# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to +# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe +# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing +# `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. +func_source () +{ + $opt_debug + case $1 in + */* | *\\*) . "$1" ;; + *) . "./$1" ;; + esac +} - # Delete any leftover library objects. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" - else - removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" - fi - $run $rm $removelist - trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 +# func_resolve_sysroot PATH +# Replace a leading = in PATH with a sysroot. Store the result into +# func_resolve_sysroot_result +func_resolve_sysroot () +{ + func_resolve_sysroot_result=$1 + case $func_resolve_sysroot_result in + =*) + func_stripname '=' '' "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" + func_resolve_sysroot_result=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result + ;; + esac +} - # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2*) - pic_mode=default - ;; - esac - if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then - # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported - pic_mode=default - fi +# func_replace_sysroot PATH +# If PATH begins with the sysroot, replace it with = and +# store the result into func_replace_sysroot_result. +func_replace_sysroot () +{ + case "$lt_sysroot:$1" in + ?*:"$lt_sysroot"*) + func_stripname "$lt_sysroot" '' "$1" + func_replace_sysroot_result="=$func_stripname_result" + ;; + *) + # Including no sysroot. + func_replace_sysroot_result=$1 + ;; + esac +} - # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does - # not support -o with -c - if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then - output_obj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext} - lockfile="$output_obj.lock" - removelist="$removelist $output_obj $lockfile" - trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - else - output_obj= - need_locks=no - lockfile= +# func_infer_tag arg +# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and +# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option. +# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile +# command doesn't match the default compiler. +# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...' +func_infer_tag () +{ + $opt_debug + if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then + CC_quoted= + for arg in $CC; do + func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg" + done + CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC` + CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted` + case $@ in + # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell, + # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run. + " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \ + " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) ;; + # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail + # if we don't check for them as well. + *) + for z in $available_tags; do + if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then + # Evaluate the configuration. + eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`" + CC_quoted= + for arg in $CC; do + # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. + func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg" + done + CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC` + CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted` + case "$@ " in + " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \ + " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) + # The compiler in the base compile command matches + # the one in the tagged configuration. + # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want. + tagname=$z + break + ;; + esac + fi + done + # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration + # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command + # line option must be used. + if test -z "$tagname"; then + func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration" + func_fatal_error "specify a tag with \`--tag'" +# else +# func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration" + fi + ;; + esac fi +} - # Lock this critical section if it is needed - # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file - if test "$need_locks" = yes; then - until $run ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do - $show "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" - sleep 2 - done - elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then - if test -f "$lockfile"; then - $echo "\ -*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: -`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` -This indicates that another process is trying to use the same -temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because -your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you -repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better -avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better -compiler." - $run $rm $removelist - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - $echo "$srcfile" > "$lockfile" +# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name +# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file), +# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run. +func_write_libtool_object () +{ + write_libobj=${1} + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + write_lobj=\'${2}\' + else + write_lobj=none fi - if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then - eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\" + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + write_oldobj=\'${3}\' + else + write_oldobj=none fi - qsrcfile=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $qsrcfile in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - qsrcfile="\"$qsrcfile\"" ;; - esac - - $run $rm "$libobj" "${libobj}T" - # Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file), - # but don't create it if we're doing a dry run. - test -z "$run" && cat > ${libobj}T <${write_libobj}T </dev/null` + if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "${func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp}"; then + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=`$ECHO "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp" | + $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` + else + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result= + fi + fi +} +# end: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 - $show "$command" - if $run eval "$command"; then : - else - test -n "$output_obj" && $run $rm $removelist - exit $EXIT_FAILURE + +# func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ARG +# Helper function used by path conversion functions when $build is *nix, and +# $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a correctly +# configured wine environment available, with the winepath program in $build's +# $PATH. Assumes ARG has no leading or trailing path separator characters. +# +# ARG is path to be converted from $build format to win32. +# Result is available in $func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result. +# Unconvertible file (directory) names in ARG are skipped; if no directory names +# are convertible, then the result may be empty. +func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 () +{ + $opt_debug + # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert paths, only file names + func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result="" + if test -n "$1"; then + oldIFS=$IFS + IFS=: + for func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f in $1; do + IFS=$oldIFS + func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f" + if test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" ; then + if test -z "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"; then + func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result="$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" + else + func_append func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result ";$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" + fi fi + done + IFS=$oldIFS + fi +} +# end: func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 + + +# func_cygpath ARGS... +# Wrapper around calling the cygpath program via LT_CYGPATH. This is used when +# when (1) $build is *nix and Cygwin is hosted via a wine environment; or (2) +# $build is MSYS and $host is Cygwin, or (3) $build is Cygwin. In case (1) or +# (2), returns the Cygwin file name or path in func_cygpath_result (input +# file name or path is assumed to be in w32 format, as previously converted +# from $build's *nix or MSYS format). In case (3), returns the w32 file name +# or path in func_cygpath_result (input file name or path is assumed to be in +# Cygwin format). Returns an empty string on error. +# +# ARGS are passed to cygpath, with the last one being the file name or path to +# be converted. +# +# Specify the absolute *nix (or w32) name to cygpath in the LT_CYGPATH +# environment variable; do not put it in $PATH. +func_cygpath () +{ + $opt_debug + if test -n "$LT_CYGPATH" && test -f "$LT_CYGPATH"; then + func_cygpath_result=`$LT_CYGPATH "$@" 2>/dev/null` + if test "$?" -ne 0; then + # on failure, ensure result is empty + func_cygpath_result= + fi + else + func_cygpath_result= + func_error "LT_CYGPATH is empty or specifies non-existent file: \`$LT_CYGPATH'" + fi +} +#end: func_cygpath - if test "$need_locks" = warn && - test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then - $echo "\ -*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: -`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` -but it should contain: -$srcfile +# func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ARG +# Convert file name or path ARG from MSYS format to w32 format. Return +# result in func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result. +func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 () +{ + $opt_debug + # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result + func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result=`( cmd //c echo "$1" ) 2>/dev/null | + $SED -e 's/[ ]*$//' -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` +} +#end: func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 -This indicates that another process is trying to use the same -temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because -your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you -repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better -avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better -compiler." - $run $rm $removelist - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi +# func_convert_file_check ARG1 ARG2 +# Verify that ARG1 (a file name in $build format) was converted to $host +# format in ARG2. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue (resetting +# func_to_host_file_result to ARG1). +func_convert_file_check () +{ + $opt_debug + if test -z "$2" && test -n "$1" ; then + func_error "Could not determine host file name corresponding to" + func_error " \`$1'" + func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." + # Fallback: + func_to_host_file_result="$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_file_check - # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one - if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then - $show "$mv $output_obj $lobj" - if $run $mv $output_obj $lobj; then : - else - error=$? - $run $rm $removelist - exit $error - fi - fi - # Append the name of the PIC object to the libtool object file. - test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <> ${libobj}T </dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then - $echo "\ -*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: -`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` +# func_to_host_file ARG +# Converts the file name ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result +# in func_to_host_file_result. +func_to_host_file () +{ + $opt_debug + $to_host_file_cmd "$1" +} +# end func_to_host_file -but it should contain: -$srcfile -This indicates that another process is trying to use the same -temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because -your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you -repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better -avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better -compiler." +# func_to_tool_file ARG LAZY +# converts the file name ARG from $build format to toolchain format. Return +# result in func_to_tool_file_result. If the conversion in use is listed +# in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion takes place. +func_to_tool_file () +{ + $opt_debug + case ,$2, in + *,"$to_tool_file_cmd",*) + func_to_tool_file_result=$1 + ;; + *) + $to_tool_file_cmd "$1" + func_to_tool_file_result=$func_to_host_file_result + ;; + esac +} +# end func_to_tool_file - $run $rm $removelist - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - # Just move the object if needed - if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then - $show "$mv $output_obj $obj" - if $run $mv $output_obj $obj; then : - else - error=$? - $run $rm $removelist - exit $error - fi - fi +# func_convert_file_noop ARG +# Copy ARG to func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_file_noop () +{ + func_to_host_file_result="$1" +} +# end func_convert_file_noop - # Append the name of the non-PIC object the libtool object file. - # Only append if the libtool object file exists. - test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <> ${libobj}T <&2 - fi - if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static - fi - prefer_static_libs=yes - ;; - -static) - if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static - fi - prefer_static_libs=built - ;; - -static-libtool-libs) - if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static - fi - prefer_static_libs=yes - ;; - esac - build_libtool_libs=no - build_old_libs=yes - break - ;; - esac - done +############################################# +# $build to $host PATH CONVERSION FUNCTIONS # +############################################# +# invoked via `$to_host_path_cmd ARG' +# +# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format. +# The result will be available in $func_to_host_path_result. +# +# Path separators are also converted from $build format to $host format. If +# ARG begins or ends with a path separator character, it is preserved (but +# converted to $host format) on output. +# +# All path conversion functions are named using the following convention: +# file name conversion function : func_convert_file_X_to_Y () +# path conversion function : func_convert_path_X_to_Y () +# where, for any given $build/$host combination the 'X_to_Y' value is the +# same. If conversion functions are added for new $build/$host combinations, +# the two new functions must follow this pattern, or func_init_to_host_path_cmd +# will break. + + +# func_init_to_host_path_cmd +# Ensures that function "pointer" variable $to_host_path_cmd is set to the +# appropriate value, based on the value of $to_host_file_cmd. +to_host_path_cmd= +func_init_to_host_path_cmd () +{ + $opt_debug + if test -z "$to_host_path_cmd"; then + func_stripname 'func_convert_file_' '' "$to_host_file_cmd" + to_host_path_cmd="func_convert_path_${func_stripname_result}" + fi +} - # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. - test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes - # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. - while test "$#" -gt 0; do - arg="$1" - shift - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - qarg=\"`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`\" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test - ;; - *) qarg=$arg ;; - esac - libtool_args="$libtool_args $qarg" +# func_to_host_path ARG +# Converts the path ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result +# in func_to_host_path_result. +func_to_host_path () +{ + $opt_debug + func_init_to_host_path_cmd + $to_host_path_cmd "$1" +} +# end func_to_host_path - # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. - if test -n "$prev"; then - case $prev in - output) - compile_command="$compile_command @OUTPUT@" - finalize_command="$finalize_command @OUTPUT@" - ;; - esac - case $prev in - dlfiles|dlprefiles) - if test "$preload" = no; then - # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. - compile_command="$compile_command @SYMFILE@" - finalize_command="$finalize_command @SYMFILE@" - preload=yes - fi - case $arg in - *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. - force) - if test "$dlself" = no; then - dlself=needless - export_dynamic=yes - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - self) - if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - dlself=yes - elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then - dlself=yes - else - dlself=needless - export_dynamic=yes - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - *) - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" - else - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - esac - ;; - expsyms) - export_symbols="$arg" - if test ! -f "$arg"; then - $echo "$modename: symbol file \`$arg' does not exist" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - expsyms_regex) - export_symbols_regex="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - inst_prefix) - inst_prefix_dir="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - precious_regex) - precious_files_regex="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - release) - release="-$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - objectlist) - if test -f "$arg"; then - save_arg=$arg - moreargs= - for fil in `cat $save_arg` - do -# moreargs="$moreargs $fil" - arg=$fil - # A libtool-controlled object. +# func_convert_path_noop ARG +# Copy ARG to func_to_host_path_result. +func_convert_path_noop () +{ + func_to_host_path_result="$1" +} +# end func_convert_path_noop - # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $arg | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then - pic_object= - non_pic_object= - # Read the .lo file - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $arg in - */* | *\\*) . $arg ;; - *) . ./$arg ;; - esac +# func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ARG +# Convert path ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic +# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in +# func_to_host_path_result. +func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_path_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from ARG. MSYS + # behavior is inconsistent here; cygpath turns them into '.;' and ';.'; + # and winepath ignores them completely. + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" + func_to_host_path_result="$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" + func_convert_path_check : ";" \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 - if test -z "$pic_object" || \ - test -z "$non_pic_object" || - test "$pic_object" = none && \ - test "$non_pic_object" = none; then - $echo "$modename: cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then - xdir= - else - xdir="$xdir/" - fi +# func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ARG +# Convert path ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in +# func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_path_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_to_host_path_result=`cygpath -m -p "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"` + func_convert_path_check : ";" \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 - if test "$pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then - dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object" - prev= - continue - else - # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. - prev=dlprefiles - fi - fi +# func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ARG +# Convert path ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment and +# a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_path_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" + func_to_host_path_result="$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result" + func_convert_path_check : ";" \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 - # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama - if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - # Preload the old-style object. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object" - prev= - fi - # A PIC object. - libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object" - arg="$pic_object" - fi +# func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ARG +# Convert path ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set. +# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_path_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" + func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" + func_to_host_path_result="$func_cygpath_result" + func_convert_path_check : : \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin - # Non-PIC object. - if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" - # A standard non-PIC object - non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" - if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then - arg="$non_pic_object" - fi - else - # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. - # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. - non_pic_object="$pic_object" - non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" - fi - else - # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. - if test -z "$run"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - else - # Dry-run case. +# func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ARG +# Convert path ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed in a +# a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result in +# func_to_host_file_result. +func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_host_path_result="$1" + if test -n "$1"; then + # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from + # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them + # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely. + func_stripname : : "$1" + func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result + func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" + func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result" + func_to_host_path_result="$func_cygpath_result" + func_convert_path_check : : \ + "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" + func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1" + fi +} +# end func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then - xdir= - else - xdir="$xdir/" - fi - pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${objdir}/${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` - non_pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` - libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object" - non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" - fi - fi - done - else - $echo "$modename: link input file \`$save_arg' does not exist" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - arg=$save_arg - prev= - continue - ;; - rpath | xrpath) - # We need an absolute path. - case $arg in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - if test "$prev" = rpath; then - case "$rpath " in - *" $arg "*) ;; - *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;; - esac - else - case "$xrpath " in - *" $arg "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;; - esac - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - xcompiler) - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg" - prev= - compile_command="$compile_command $qarg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $qarg" - continue - ;; - xlinker) - linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg" - prev= - compile_command="$compile_command $wl$qarg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $wl$qarg" - continue - ;; - xcclinker) - linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg" - prev= - compile_command="$compile_command $qarg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $qarg" +# func_mode_compile arg... +func_mode_compile () +{ + $opt_debug + # Get the compilation command and the source file. + base_compile= + srcfile="$nonopt" # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile" + suppress_opt=yes + suppress_output= + arg_mode=normal + libobj= + later= + pie_flag= + + for arg + do + case $arg_mode in + arg ) + # do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile + lastarg="$arg" + arg_mode=normal + ;; + + target ) + libobj="$arg" + arg_mode=normal + continue + ;; + + normal ) + # Accept any command-line options. + case $arg in + -o) + test -n "$libobj" && \ + func_fatal_error "you cannot specify \`-o' more than once" + arg_mode=target continue ;; - shrext) - shrext_cmds="$arg" - prev= + + -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) + func_append pie_flag " $arg" continue ;; - darwin_framework|darwin_framework_skip) - test "$prev" = "darwin_framework" && compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - prev= + + -shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic) + func_append later " $arg" continue ;; - *) - eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" - prev= + + -no-suppress) + suppress_opt=no continue ;; - esac - fi # test -n "$prev" - prevarg="$arg" + -Xcompiler) + arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list + continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or + ;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug. - case $arg in - -all-static) - if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - compile_command="$compile_command $link_static_flag" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $link_static_flag" - fi - continue - ;; + -Wc,*) + func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" + args=$func_stripname_result + lastarg= + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' + for arg in $args; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_append_quoted lastarg "$arg" + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg" + lastarg=$func_stripname_result - -allow-undefined) - # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. - $echo "$modename: \`-allow-undefined' is deprecated because it is the default" 1>&2 - continue - ;; + # Add the arguments to base_compile. + func_append base_compile " $lastarg" + continue + ;; - -avoid-version) - avoid_version=yes - continue + *) + # Accept the current argument as the source file. + # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument. + # + lastarg="$srcfile" + srcfile="$arg" + ;; + esac # case $arg ;; + esac # case $arg_mode - -dlopen) - prev=dlfiles - continue - ;; + # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. + func_append_quoted base_compile "$lastarg" + done # for arg - -dlpreopen) - prev=dlprefiles - continue - ;; + case $arg_mode in + arg) + func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile" + ;; + target) + func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with \`-o'" + ;; + *) + # Get the name of the library object. + test -z "$libobj" && { + func_basename "$srcfile" + libobj="$func_basename_result" + } + ;; + esac - -export-dynamic) - export_dynamic=yes - continue - ;; + # Recognize several different file suffixes. + # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo + case $libobj in + *.[cCFSifmso] | \ + *.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \ + *.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \ + *.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.go | *.obj | *.sx | *.cu | *.cup) + func_xform "$libobj" + libobj=$func_xform_result + ;; + esac - -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) - if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - $echo "$modename: more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then - prev=expsyms - else - prev=expsyms_regex - fi - continue - ;; + case $libobj in + *.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'" + ;; + esac - -framework|-arch|-isysroot) - case " $CC " in - *" ${arg} ${1} "* | *" ${arg} ${1} "*) - prev=darwin_framework_skip ;; - *) compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - prev=darwin_framework ;; - esac - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - continue - ;; + func_infer_tag $base_compile - -inst-prefix-dir) - prev=inst_prefix + for arg in $later; do + case $arg in + -shared) + test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \ + func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library" + build_old_libs=no continue ;; - # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:* - # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L - -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*) - case $with_gcc/$host in - no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*) - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - ;; - esac + -static) + build_libtool_libs=no + build_old_libs=yes continue ;; - -L*) - dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` - # We need an absolute path. - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` - if test -z "$absdir"; then - $echo "$modename: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2 - absdir="$dir" - notinst_path="$notinst_path $dir" - fi - dir="$absdir" - ;; - esac - case "$deplibs " in - *" -L$dir "*) ;; - *) - deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir" - lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" - ;; - esac - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*) - testbindir=`$echo "X$dir" | $Xsed -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$dir:"*) ;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";; - esac - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$testbindir:"*) ;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";; - esac - ;; - esac + -prefer-pic) + pic_mode=yes continue ;; - -l*) - if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos*) - # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such) - continue - ;; - *-*-os2*) - # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such) - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) - # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework - deplibs="$deplibs -framework System" - continue - ;; - *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) - # Causes problems with __ctype - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) - # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - esac - elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then - case $host in - *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) - # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag. - continue - ;; - esac - fi - deplibs="$deplibs $arg" + -prefer-non-pic) + pic_mode=no continue ;; + esac + done - # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++ - # classes, name mangling, and exception handling. - -model) - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - prev=xcompiler - continue - ;; + func_quote_for_eval "$libobj" + test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_for_eval_result" \ + && $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \ + && func_warning "libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters." + func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" "" + objname="$func_basename_result" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname - -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads) - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - continue - ;; + test -z "$base_compile" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command" - -module) - module=yes - continue - ;; + # Delete any leftover library objects. + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" + else + removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" + fi - # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode on the SGI compiler - # -r[0-9][0-9]* specifies the processor on the SGI compiler - # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode on the Sun compiler - # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode on the HP compiler - # -q* pass through compiler args for the IBM compiler - # -m* pass through architecture-specific compiler args for GCC - # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* pass through architecture-specific - # compiler args for GCC - # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* pass through profiling flag for GCC - # -F/path gives path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin - # @file GCC response files - -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \ - -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*) + # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) + pic_mode=default + ;; + esac + if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then + # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported + pic_mode=default + fi - # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need - # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - continue - ;; + # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does + # not support -o with -c + if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then + output_obj=`$ECHO "$srcfile" | $SED 's%^.*/%%; s%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext} + lockfile="$output_obj.lock" + else + output_obj= + need_locks=no + lockfile= + fi - -shrext) - prev=shrext - continue - ;; + # Lock this critical section if it is needed + # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file + if test "$need_locks" = yes; then + until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do + func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" + sleep 2 + done + elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then + if test -f "$lockfile"; then + $ECHO "\ +*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: +`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` - -no-fast-install) - fast_install=no - continue - ;; +This indicates that another process is trying to use the same +temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because +your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you +repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better +avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better +compiler." - -no-install) - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin*) - # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows - # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs. - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-no-install' is ignored for $host" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: warning: assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" 1>&2 - fast_install=no - ;; - *) no_install=yes ;; - esac - continue - ;; + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi + func_append removelist " $output_obj" + $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile" + fi - -no-undefined) - allow_undefined=no - continue - ;; + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + func_append removelist " $lockfile" + trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15 - -objectlist) - prev=objectlist - continue - ;; + func_to_tool_file "$srcfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + srcfile=$func_to_tool_file_result + func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile" + qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result - -o) prev=output ;; + # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries. + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied. + fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile - -precious-files-regex) - prev=precious_regex - continue - ;; + if test "$pic_mode" != no; then + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" + else + # Don't build PIC code + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile" + fi - -release) - prev=release - continue - ;; + func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir" - -rpath) - prev=rpath - continue - ;; + if test -z "$output_obj"; then + # Place PIC objects in $objdir + func_append command " -o $lobj" + fi - -R) - prev=xrpath - continue - ;; + func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ + 'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' - -R*) - dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` - # We need an absolute path. - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - case "$xrpath " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; - esac - continue - ;; + if test "$need_locks" = warn && + test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then + $ECHO "\ +*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: +`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` - -static | -static-libtool-libs) - # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop. - # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that - # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects - # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least - # Digital Unix and AIX. - continue - ;; +but it should contain: +$srcfile - -thread-safe) - thread_safe=yes - continue - ;; +This indicates that another process is trying to use the same +temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because +your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you +repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better +avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better +compiler." - -version-info) - prev=vinfo - continue - ;; - -version-number) - prev=vinfo - vinfo_number=yes - continue - ;; + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi - -Wc,*) - args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wc,//'` - arg= - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' - for flag in $args; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - case $flag in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - flag="\"$flag\"" - ;; - esac - arg="$arg $wl$flag" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $flag" - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"` - ;; + # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one + if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then + func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \ + 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' + fi - -Wl,*) - args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wl,//'` - arg= - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' - for flag in $args; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - case $flag in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - flag="\"$flag\"" - ;; - esac - arg="$arg $wl$flag" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$flag" - linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag" - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"` - ;; + # Allow error messages only from the first compilation. + if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then + suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1' + fi + fi - -Xcompiler) - prev=xcompiler - continue - ;; + # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries. + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then + # Don't build PIC code + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag" + else + command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" + fi + if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then + func_append command " -o $obj" + fi - -Xlinker) - prev=xlinker - continue - ;; + # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation. + func_append command "$suppress_output" + func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ + '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' - -XCClinker) - prev=xcclinker - continue - ;; + if test "$need_locks" = warn && + test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then + $ECHO "\ +*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: +`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` - # Some other compiler flag. - -* | +*) - # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need - # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - ;; +but it should contain: +$srcfile - *.$objext) - # A standard object. - objs="$objs $arg" - ;; +This indicates that another process is trying to use the same +temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because +your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you +repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better +avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better +compiler." - *.lo) - # A libtool-controlled object. + $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist + exit $EXIT_FAILURE + fi - # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $arg | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then - pic_object= - non_pic_object= + # Just move the object if needed + if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then + func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \ + 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' + fi + fi - # Read the .lo file - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $arg in - */* | *\\*) . $arg ;; - *) . ./$arg ;; - esac + $opt_dry_run || { + func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname" - if test -z "$pic_object" || \ - test -z "$non_pic_object" || - test "$pic_object" = none && \ - test "$non_pic_object" = none; then - $echo "$modename: cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi + # Unlock the critical section if it was locked + if test "$need_locks" != no; then + removelist=$lockfile + $RM "$lockfile" + fi + } - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then - xdir= - else - xdir="$xdir/" - fi + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS +} - if test "$pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" +$opt_help || { + test "$opt_mode" = compile && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"} +} - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then - dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object" - prev= - continue - else - # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. - prev=dlprefiles - fi - fi +func_mode_help () +{ + # We need to display help for each of the modes. + case $opt_mode in + "") + # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments + # at the start of this file. + func_help + ;; - # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama - if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - # Preload the old-style object. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object" - prev= - fi + clean) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... - # A PIC object. - libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object" - arg="$pic_object" - fi +Remove files from the build directory. - # Non-PIC object. - if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" +RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE +(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed +to RM. - # A standard non-PIC object - non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" - if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then - arg="$non_pic_object" - fi - else - # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. - # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. - non_pic_object="$pic_object" - non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" - fi - else - # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. - if test -z "$run"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - else - # Dry-run case. +If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated +with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." + ;; - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then - xdir= - else - xdir="$xdir/" - fi + compile) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE - pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${objdir}/${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` - non_pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` - libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object" - non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object" - fi - fi - ;; +Compile a source file into a libtool library object. - *.$libext) - # An archive. - deplibs="$deplibs $arg" - old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg" - continue - ;; +This mode accepts the following additional options: - *.la) - # A libtool-controlled library. + -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE + -no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes + -prefer-pic try to build PIC objects only + -prefer-non-pic try to build non-PIC objects only + -shared do not build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking + -static only build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking + -Wc,FLAG pass FLAG directly to the compiler - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - # This library was specified with -dlopen. - dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" - prev= - elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" - prev= - else - deplibs="$deplibs $arg" - fi - continue - ;; +COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file +from the given SOURCEFILE. - # Some other compiler argument. - *) - # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need - # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - ;; - esac # arg +The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from +SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the +library object suffix, \`.lo'." + ;; - # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. - if test -n "$arg"; then - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - fi - done # argument parsing loop + execute) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... - if test -n "$prev"; then - $echo "$modename: the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi +Automatically set library path, then run a program. - if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then - eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" - compile_command="$compile_command $arg" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" - fi +This mode accepts the following additional options: - oldlibs= - # calculate the name of the file, without its directory - outputname=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - libobjs_save="$libobjs" + -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var - eval shlib_search_path=\`\$echo \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\` - else - shlib_search_path= - fi - eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\" - eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\" +This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen' +flags. - output_objdir=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$output_objdir" = "X$output"; then - output_objdir="$objdir" - else - output_objdir="$output_objdir/$objdir" - fi - # Create the object directory. - if test ! -d "$output_objdir"; then - $show "$mkdir $output_objdir" - $run $mkdir $output_objdir - exit_status=$? - if test "$exit_status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$output_objdir"; then - exit $exit_status - fi - fi +If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated +into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library +directories are added to the library path. - # Determine the type of output - case $output in - "") - $echo "$modename: you must specify an output file" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;; - *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;; - *.la) linkmode=lib ;; - *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program. - esac +Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." + ;; - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32*) - # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps - duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=yes - ;; - *) - duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$duplicate_deps - ;; - esac - specialdeplibs= + finish) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... - libs= - # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries - # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la) - for deplib in $deplibs; do - if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then - case "$libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - libs="$libs $deplib" - done +Complete the installation of libtool libraries. - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps" +Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. - # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps - # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are - # not to be eliminated). - pre_post_deps= - if test "X$duplicate_compiler_generated_deps" = "Xyes" ; then - for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do - case "$pre_post_deps " in - *" $pre_post_dep "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $pre_post_deps" ;; - esac - pre_post_deps="$pre_post_deps $pre_post_dep" - done - fi - pre_post_deps= - fi +The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use +the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." + ;; - deplibs= - newdependency_libs= - newlib_search_path= - need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries - notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries - case $linkmode in - lib) - passes="conv link" - for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do - case $file in - *.la) ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - done - ;; - prog) - compile_deplibs= - finalize_deplibs= - alldeplibs=no - newdlfiles= - newdlprefiles= - passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link" - ;; - *) passes="conv" - ;; - esac - for pass in $passes; do - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || - test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then - libs="$deplibs" - deplibs= - fi - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - case $pass in - dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;; - dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;; - link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;; - esac - fi - if test "$pass" = dlopen; then - # Collect dlpreopened libraries - save_deplibs="$deplibs" - deplibs= - fi - for deplib in $libs; do - lib= - found=no - case $deplib in - -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads) - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $deplib" - fi - continue - ;; - -l*) - if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' is ignored for archives/objects" 1>&2 - continue - fi - name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-l//'` - for searchdir in $newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do - for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do - # Search the libtool library - lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}" - if test -f "$lib"; then - if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then - found=yes - else - found=no - fi - break 2 - fi - done - done - if test "$found" != yes; then - # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - fi - continue - else # deplib is a libtool library - # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib, - # We need to do some special things here, and not later. - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - case " $predeps $postdeps " in - *" $deplib "*) - if (${SED} -e '2q' $lib | - grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then - library_names= - old_library= - case $lib in - */* | *\\*) . $lib ;; - *) . ./$lib ;; - esac - for l in $old_library $library_names; do - ll="$l" - done - if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available - found=no - ladir=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - test "X$ladir" = "X$lib" && ladir="." - lib=$ladir/$old_library - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - fi - continue - fi - fi - ;; - *) ;; - esac - fi - fi - ;; # -l - -L*) - case $linkmode in - lib) - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - test "$pass" = conv && continue - newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` - ;; - prog) - if test "$pass" = conv; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - continue - fi - if test "$pass" = scan; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - else - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - fi - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` - ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-L' is ignored for archives/objects" 1>&2 - ;; - esac # linkmode - continue - ;; # -L - -R*) - if test "$pass" = link; then - dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` - # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories. - case "$xrpath " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; - esac - fi - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - continue - ;; - *.la) lib="$deplib" ;; - *.$libext) - if test "$pass" = conv; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - continue - fi - case $linkmode in - lib) - valid_a_lib=no - case $deplibs_check_method in - match_pattern*) - set dummy $deplibs_check_method - match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"` - if eval $echo \"$deplib\" 2>/dev/null \ - | $SED 10q \ - | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then - valid_a_lib=yes - fi - ;; - pass_all) - valid_a_lib=yes - ;; - esac - if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib." - $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" - $echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe" - $echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not used here." - else - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the" - $echo "*** static library $deplib is not portable!" - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - fi - continue - ;; - prog) - if test "$pass" != link; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - else - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - fi - continue - ;; - esac # linkmode - ;; # *.$libext - *.lo | *.$objext) - if test "$pass" = conv; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then - if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then - # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically, - # we need to preload. - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib" - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib" - fi - fi - continue - ;; - %DEPLIBS%) - alldeplibs=yes - continue - ;; - esac # case $deplib - if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then : - else - $echo "$modename: cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi + install) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... - # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $lib | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : - else - $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi +Install executables or libraries. - ladir=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - test "X$ladir" = "X$lib" && ladir="." +INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be +either the \`install' or \`cp' program. - dlname= - dlopen= - dlpreopen= - libdir= - library_names= - old_library= - # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, - # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink - installed=yes - shouldnotlink=no - avoidtemprpath= +The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially: + -inst-prefix-dir PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation - # Read the .la file - case $lib in - */* | *\\*) . $lib ;; - *) . ./$lib ;; - esac +The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only +BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." + ;; - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || - test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" || - { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then - test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen" - test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen" - fi + link) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... - if test "$pass" = conv; then - # Only check for convenience libraries - deplibs="$lib $deplibs" - if test -z "$libdir"; then - if test -z "$old_library"; then - $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. - convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" - old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then - case "$tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" - done - elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then - $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a convenience library" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - continue - fi # $pass = conv +Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to +create an executable program. +LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create +a program from several object files. - # Get the name of the library we link against. - linklib= - for l in $old_library $library_names; do - linklib="$l" - done - if test -z "$linklib"; then - $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi +The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: - # This library was specified with -dlopen. - if test "$pass" = dlopen; then - if test -z "$libdir"; then - $echo "$modename: cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - if test -z "$dlname" || - test "$dlopen_support" != yes || - test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then - # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking - # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any - # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't - # bomb out in the load deplibs phase. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib $dependency_libs" - else - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" - fi - continue - fi # $pass = dlopen + -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all + -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible + -bindir BINDIR specify path to binaries directory (for systems where + libraries must be found in the PATH setting at runtime) + -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime + -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols + -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) + -export-symbols SYMFILE + try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE + -export-symbols-regex REGEX + try to export only the symbols matching REGEX + -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries + -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME + -module build a library that can dlopened + -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode + -no-install link a not-installable executable + -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols + -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects + -objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects + -precious-files-regex REGEX + don't remove output files matching REGEX + -release RELEASE specify package release information + -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR + -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries + -shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries + -shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension + -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries + -static-libtool-libs + do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries + -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] + specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] + -weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface + -Wc,FLAG + -Xcompiler FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the compiler + -Wl,FLAG + -Xlinker FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the linker + -XCClinker FLAG pass link-specific FLAG to the compiler driver (CC) - # We need an absolute path. - case $ladir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;; - *) - abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd` - if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" 1>&2 - abs_ladir="$ladir" - fi - ;; - esac - laname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` +All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored. - # Find the relevant object directory and library name. - if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then - if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: library \`$lib' was moved." 1>&2 - dir="$ladir" - absdir="$abs_ladir" - libdir="$abs_ladir" - else - dir="$libdir" - absdir="$libdir" - fi - test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes - else - if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then - dir="$ladir" - absdir="$abs_ladir" - # Remove this search path later - notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir" - else - dir="$ladir/$objdir" - absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir" - # Remove this search path later - notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir" - fi - fi # $installed = yes - name=`$echo "X$laname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'` +Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are +treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library +object files. - # This library was specified with -dlpreopen. - if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then - if test -z "$libdir"; then - $echo "$modename: cannot -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols - # are required to link). - if test -n "$old_library"; then - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library" - # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it. - elif test -n "$dlname"; then - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname" - else - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib" - fi - fi # $pass = dlpreopen +If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created, +only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is +required, except when creating a convenience library. - if test -z "$libdir"; then - # Link the convenience library - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" - elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass - fi - continue - fi +If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created +using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'. +If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file +is created, otherwise an executable program is created." + ;; - if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir" - deplibs="$lib $deplibs" + uninstall) + $ECHO \ +"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... - linkalldeplibs=no - if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" || - test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then - linkalldeplibs=yes - fi +Remove libraries from an installation directory. - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`;; ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test - esac - # Need to link against all dependency_libs? - if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - else - # Need to hardcode shared library paths - # or/and link against static libraries - newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - fi - if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then - case "$tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" - done # for deplib - continue - fi # $linkmode = prog... +RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE +(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed +to RM. - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - if test -n "$library_names" && - { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || - test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } || - test -z "$old_library"; }; then - # We need to hardcode the library path - if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then - # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. - case "$temp_rpath " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath $absdir" ;; - esac - fi +If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. +Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." + ;; - # Hardcode the library path. - # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time - # search path. - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$compile_rpath " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" - esac - ;; - esac - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" - esac - ;; - esac - fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link... + *) + func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$opt_mode'" + ;; + esac - if test "$alldeplibs" = yes && - { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all || - { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && - test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then - # We only need to search for static libraries - continue - fi - fi + echo + $ECHO "Try \`$progname --help' for more information about other modes." +} - link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically - use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs - if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes ; then - use_static_libs=no +# Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary +if $opt_help; then + if test "$opt_help" = :; then + func_mode_help + else + { + func_help noexit + for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do + func_mode_help + done + } | sed -n '1p; 2,$s/^Usage:/ or: /p' + { + func_help noexit + for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do + echo + func_mode_help + done + } | + sed '1d + /^When reporting/,/^Report/{ + H + d + } + $x + /information about other modes/d + /more detailed .*MODE/d + s/^Usage:.*--mode=\([^ ]*\) .*/Description of \1 mode:/' + fi + exit $? +fi + + +# func_mode_execute arg... +func_mode_execute () +{ + $opt_debug + # The first argument is the command name. + cmd="$nonopt" + test -z "$cmd" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND" + + # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. + for file in $opt_dlopen; do + test -f "$file" \ + || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a file" + + dir= + case $file in + *.la) + func_resolve_sysroot "$file" + file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. + func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ + || func_fatal_help "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + + # Read the libtool library. + dlname= + library_names= + func_source "$file" + + # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. + if test -z "$dlname"; then + # Warn if it was a shared library. + test -n "$library_names" && \ + func_warning "\`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'" + continue fi - if test -n "$library_names" && - { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then - if test "$installed" = no; then - notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib" - need_relink=yes - fi - # This is a shared library - # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on - # some systems (darwin) - if test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link ; then - $echo - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - $echo "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module" - else - $echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module" - fi - $echo "*** $linklib is not portable!" - fi - if test "$linkmode" = lib && - test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then - # Hardcode the library path. - # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time - # search path. - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$compile_rpath " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" - esac - ;; - esac - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" - esac - ;; - esac + func_dirname "$file" "" "." + dir="$func_dirname_result" + + if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then + func_append dir "/$objdir" + else + if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" fi + fi + ;; - if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then - # figure out the soname - set dummy $library_names - realname="$2" - shift; shift - libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"` - # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no? - if test -n "$dlname"; then - soname="$dlname" - elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then - # bleh windows - case $host in - *cygwin* | mingw*) - major=`expr $current - $age` - versuffix="-$major" - ;; - esac - eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" - else - soname="$realname" - fi + *.lo) + # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. + func_dirname "$file" "" "." + dir="$func_dirname_result" + ;; - # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use - soroot="$soname" - soname=`$echo $soroot | ${SED} -e 's/^.*\///'` - newlib="libimp-`$echo $soname | ${SED} 's/^lib//;s/\.dll$//'`.a" + *) + func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" + continue + ;; + esac - # If the library has no export list, then create one now - if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then : - else - $show "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'" - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - cmds=$extract_expsyms_cmds - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - fi + # Get the absolute pathname. + absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` + test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir" - # Create $newlib - if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else - $show "generating import library for \`$soname'" - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - cmds=$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - fi - # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library - dir=$output_objdir - linklib=$newlib - fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" + # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. + if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then + eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" + else + eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" + fi + done - if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then - add_shlibpath= - add_dir= - add= - lib_linked=yes - case $hardcode_action in - immediate | unsupported) - if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then - add="$dir/$linklib" - case $host in - *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; - *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; - *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \ - *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; - *-*-darwin* ) - # if the lib is a module then we can not link against - # it, someone is ignoring the new warnings I added - if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null | - $EGREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then - $echo "** Warning, lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library" - if test -z "$old_library" ; then - $echo - $echo "** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available" - $echo "** The link will probably fail, sorry" - else - add="$dir/$old_library" - fi - fi - esac - elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then - case $host in - *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;; - esac - add_dir="-L$dir" - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then - add_shlibpath="$dir" - add="-l$name" - else - lib_linked=no - fi - ;; - relink) - if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then - add="$dir/$linklib" - elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then - add_dir="-L$dir" - # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then - case $libdir in - [\\/]*) - add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then - add_shlibpath="$dir" - add="-l$name" - else - lib_linked=no - fi - ;; - *) lib_linked=no ;; - esac + # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var + # rather than running their programs. + libtool_execute_magic="$magic" - if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then - $echo "$modename: configuration error: unsupported hardcode properties" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi + # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. + args= + for file + do + case $file in + -* | *.la | *.lo ) ;; + *) + # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. + if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then + func_source "$file" + # Transform arg to wrapped name. + file="$progdir/$program" + elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then + func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" + func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" + # Transform arg to wrapped name. + file="$progdir/$program" + fi + ;; + esac + # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). + func_append_quoted args "$file" + done - if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then - case :$compile_shlibpath: in - *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;; - *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;; - esac - fi - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs" - test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs" - else - test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" - test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" - if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && \ - test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && \ - test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then - case :$finalize_shlibpath: in - *":$libdir:"*) ;; - *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; - esac - fi - fi - fi + if test "X$opt_dry_run" = Xfalse; then + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + # Export the shlibpath_var. + eval "export $shlibpath_var" + fi - if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then - add_shlibpath= - add_dir= - add= - # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. - if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then - add="$libdir/$linklib" - elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then - add_dir="-L$libdir" - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then - case :$finalize_shlibpath: in - *":$libdir:"*) ;; - *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; - esac - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" && - test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then - add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" + # Restore saved environment variables + for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES + do + eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then + $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var else - add="$libdir/$linklib" - fi - else - # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. - add_dir="-L$libdir" - # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then - case $libdir in - [\\/]*) - add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - add="-l$name" - fi + $lt_unset $lt_var + fi" + done - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs" - test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs" - else - test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" - test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" - fi - fi - elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then - # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L - # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and - # shared platforms. - if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then - test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library" - compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs" - else - compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs" - fi - elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - # Not a shared library - if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then - # We're trying link a shared library against a static one - # but the system doesn't support it. + # Now prepare to actually exec the command. + exec_cmd="\$cmd$args" + else + # Display what would be done. + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" + echo "export $shlibpath_var" + fi + $ECHO "$cmd$args" + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi +} - # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so - # that the program can be linked against the static library. - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib." - $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." - if test "$module" = yes; then - $echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create " - $echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application" - $echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime." - if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then - $echo - $echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" - $echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" - $echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." - $echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." - fi - if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then - build_libtool_libs=module - build_old_libs=yes - else - build_libtool_libs=no - fi - fi - else - deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" - link_static=yes - fi - fi # link shared/static library? +test "$opt_mode" = execute && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"} - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - if test -n "$dependency_libs" && - { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || - test "$build_old_libs" = yes || - test "$link_static" = yes; }; then - # Extract -R from dependency_libs - temp_deplibs= - for libdir in $dependency_libs; do - case $libdir in - -R*) temp_xrpath=`$echo "X$libdir" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` - case " $xrpath " in - *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";; - esac;; - *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";; - esac - done - dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs" - fi - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir" - # Link against this library - test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs" - # ... and its dependency_libs - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then - case "$tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" - done +# func_mode_finish arg... +func_mode_finish () +{ + $opt_debug + libs= + libdirs= + admincmds= - if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then - # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) path="$deplib" ;; - *.la) - dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - test "X$dir" = "X$deplib" && dir="." - # We need an absolute path. - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;; - *) - absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` - if test -z "$absdir"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2 - absdir="$dir" - fi - ;; - esac - if grep "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then - path="$absdir/$objdir" - else - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` - if test -z "$libdir"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - #if test "$absdir" != "$libdir"; then - # $echo "$modename: warning: \`$deplib' seems to be moved" 1>&2 - #fi - path="$absdir" - fi - depdepl= - case $host in - *-*-darwin*) - # we do not want to link against static libs, - # but need to link against shared - eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` - if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then - for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do - depdepl=$tmp - done - if test -f "$path/$depdepl" ; then - depdepl="$path/$depdepl" - fi - # do not add paths which are already there - case " $newlib_search_path " in - *" $path "*) ;; - *) newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $path";; - esac - fi - path="" - ;; - *) - path="-L$path" - ;; - esac - ;; - -l*) - case $host in - *-*-darwin*) - # Again, we only want to link against shared libraries - eval tmp_libs=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e "s,^\-l,,"` - for tmp in $newlib_search_path ; do - if test -f "$tmp/lib$tmp_libs.dylib" ; then - eval depdepl="$tmp/lib$tmp_libs.dylib" - break - fi - done - path="" - ;; - *) continue ;; - esac - ;; - *) continue ;; - esac - case " $deplibs " in - *" $path "*) ;; - *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;; - esac - case " $deplibs " in - *" $depdepl "*) ;; - *) deplibs="$depdepl $deplibs" ;; - esac - done - fi # link_all_deplibs != no - fi # linkmode = lib - done # for deplib in $libs - dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" - if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then - # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries - for deplib in $save_deplibs; do - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - done - fi - if test "$pass" != dlopen; then - if test "$pass" != conv; then - # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories. - lib_search_path= - for dir in $newlib_search_path; do - case "$lib_search_path " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;; - esac - done - newlib_search_path= - fi + for opt in "$nonopt" ${1+"$@"} + do + if test -d "$opt"; then + func_append libdirs " $opt" - if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then - vars="deplibs" + elif test -f "$opt"; then + if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$opt"; then + func_append libs " $opt" else - vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs" + func_warning "\`$opt' is not a valid libtool archive" fi - for var in $vars dependency_libs; do - # Add libraries to $var in reverse order - eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\" - new_libs= - for deplib in $tmp_libs; do - # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so - # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally - # broken: - #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" - # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in - # practice: - case $deplib in - -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; - -R*) ;; - *) - # And here is the reason: when a library appears more - # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or - # is implicitly linked in more than once by the - # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple - # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this - # with having the same library being listed as a - # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case, - # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not - # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the - # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare - # enough that we require users that really mean to play - # such unportable linking tricks to link the library - # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it - # for duplicate removal. - case " $specialdeplibs " in - *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; - *) - case " $new_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; - esac - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - done - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $new_libs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) - case " $tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - ;; - *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\" - done # for var + + else + func_fatal_error "invalid argument \`$opt'" fi - # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs - # (they stay in deplibs) - tmp_libs= - for i in $dependency_libs ; do - case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in - *" $i "*) - i="" - ;; - esac - if test -n "$i" ; then - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $i" + done + + if test -n "$libs"; then + if test -n "$lt_sysroot"; then + sysroot_regex=`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` + sysroot_cmd="s/\([ ']\)$sysroot_regex/\1/g;" + else + sysroot_cmd= + fi + + # Remove sysroot references + if $opt_dry_run; then + for lib in $libs; do + echo "removing references to $lt_sysroot and \`=' prefixes from $lib" + done + else + tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` + for lib in $libs; do + sed -e "${sysroot_cmd} s/\([ ']-[LR]\)=/\1/g; s/\([ ']\)=/\1/g" $lib \ + > $tmpdir/tmp-la + mv -f $tmpdir/tmp-la $lib + done + ${RM}r "$tmpdir" + fi + fi + + if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then + for libdir in $libdirs; do + if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then + # Do each command in the finish commands. + func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds +'"$cmd"'"' + fi + if test -n "$finish_eval"; then + # Do the single finish_eval. + eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" + $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || func_append admincmds " + $cmds" fi done - dependency_libs=$tmp_libs - done # for pass - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - dlfiles="$newdlfiles" - dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" fi - case $linkmode in - oldlib) - if test -n "$deplibs"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" 1>&2 - fi + # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. + $opt_silent && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 + if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then + echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" + echo "Libraries have been installed in:" + for libdir in $libdirs; do + $ECHO " $libdir" + done + echo + echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" + echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" + echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'" + echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable" + echo " during execution" fi - - if test -n "$rpath"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 + if test -n "$runpath_var"; then + echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable" + echo " during linking" fi + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + libdir=LIBDIR + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - if test -n "$xrpath"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 + $ECHO " - use the \`$flag' linker flag" fi - - if test -n "$vinfo"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 + if test -n "$admincmds"; then + $ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" fi - - if test -n "$release"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 + if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then + echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'" fi + echo - if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 - fi + echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" + case $host in + solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9]) + echo "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual" + echo "pages." + ;; + *) + echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." + ;; + esac + echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" + fi + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS +} - # Now set the variables for building old libraries. - build_libtool_libs=no - oldlibs="$output" - objs="$objs$old_deplibs" - ;; +test "$opt_mode" = finish && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"} - lib) - # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'. - case $outputname in - lib*) - name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'` - eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" - ;; - *) - if test "$module" = no; then - $echo "$modename: libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then - # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required - name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'` - eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" - else - libname=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'` - fi - ;; - esac - if test -n "$objs"; then - if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then - $echo "$modename: cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" 2>&1 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - else - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool" - $echo "*** objects $objs is not portable!" - libobjs="$libobjs $objs" - fi - fi +# func_mode_install arg... +func_mode_install () +{ + $opt_debug + # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of + # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). + if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh || + # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command. + case $nonopt in *shtool*) :;; *) false;; esac; then + # Aesthetically quote it. + func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt" + install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result " + arg=$1 + shift + else + install_prog= + arg=$nonopt + fi - if test "$dlself" != no; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" 1>&2 - fi + # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. + # Aesthetically quote it. + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + func_append install_prog "$func_quote_for_eval_result" + install_shared_prog=$install_prog + case " $install_prog " in + *[\\\ /]cp\ *) install_cp=: ;; + *) install_cp=false ;; + esac - set dummy $rpath - if test "$#" -gt 2; then - $echo "$modename: warning: ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" 1>&2 + # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. + dest= + files= + opts= + prev= + install_type= + isdir=no + stripme= + no_mode=: + for arg + do + arg2= + if test -n "$dest"; then + func_append files " $dest" + dest=$arg + continue fi - install_libdir="$2" - oldlibs= - if test -z "$rpath"; then - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - # Building a libtool convenience library. - # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so - # convenience libraries should have the same extension an - # archive normally would. - oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" - build_libtool_libs=convenience - build_old_libs=yes + case $arg in + -d) isdir=yes ;; + -f) + if $install_cp; then :; else + prev=$arg fi - - if test -n "$vinfo"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2 + ;; + -g | -m | -o) + prev=$arg + ;; + -s) + stripme=" -s" + continue + ;; + -*) + ;; + *) + # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. + if test -n "$prev"; then + if test "x$prev" = x-m && test -n "$install_override_mode"; then + arg2=$install_override_mode + no_mode=false + fi + prev= + else + dest=$arg + continue fi + ;; + esac - if test -n "$release"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2 - fi - else + # Aesthetically quote the argument. + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + func_append install_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result" + if test -n "$arg2"; then + func_quote_for_eval "$arg2" + fi + func_append install_shared_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done - # Parse the version information argument. - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':' - set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 - IFS="$save_ifs" + test -z "$install_prog" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program" - if test -n "$8"; then - $echo "$modename: too many parameters to \`-version-info'" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi + test -n "$prev" && \ + func_fatal_help "the \`$prev' option requires an argument" - # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages - # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts - # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible + if test -n "$install_override_mode" && $no_mode; then + if $install_cp; then :; else + func_quote_for_eval "$install_override_mode" + func_append install_shared_prog " -m $func_quote_for_eval_result" + fi + fi - case $vinfo_number in - yes) - number_major="$2" - number_minor="$3" - number_revision="$4" - # - # There are really only two kinds -- those that - # use the current revision as the major version - # and those that subtract age and use age as - # a minor version. But, then there is irix - # which has an extra 1 added just for fun - # - case $version_type in - darwin|linux|osf|windows|none) - current=`expr $number_major + $number_minor` - age="$number_minor" - revision="$number_revision" - ;; - freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|sunos) - current="$number_major" - revision="$number_minor" - age="0" - ;; - irix|nonstopux) - current=`expr $number_major + $number_minor` - age="$number_minor" - revision="$number_minor" - lt_irix_increment=no - ;; - esac - ;; - no) - current="$2" - revision="$3" - age="$4" - ;; - esac + if test -z "$files"; then + if test -z "$dest"; then + func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified" + else + func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination" + fi + fi - # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. - case $current in - 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac + # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. + func_stripname '' '/' "$dest" + dest=$func_stripname_result - case $revision in - 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac + # Check to see that the destination is a directory. + test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes + if test "$isdir" = yes; then + destdir="$dest" + destname= + else + func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "." + destdir="$func_dirname_result" + destname="$func_basename_result" - case $age in - 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; + # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. + set dummy $files; shift + test "$#" -gt 1 && \ + func_fatal_help "\`$dest' is not a directory" + fi + case $destdir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + *) + for file in $files; do + case $file in + *.lo) ;; *) - $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE + func_fatal_help "\`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" ;; esac + done + ;; + esac - if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then - $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi + # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather + # than running their programs. + libtool_install_magic="$magic" - # Calculate the version variables. - major= - versuffix= - verstring= - case $version_type in - none) ;; + staticlibs= + future_libdirs= + current_libdirs= + for file in $files; do - darwin) - # Like Linux, but with the current version available in - # verstring for coding it into the library header - major=.`expr $current - $age` - versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" - # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options... - minor_current=`expr $current + 1` - xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision" - verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" - ;; + # Do each installation. + case $file in + *.$libext) + # Do the static libraries later. + func_append staticlibs " $file" + ;; - freebsd-aout) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current.$revision"; - ;; + *.la) + func_resolve_sysroot "$file" + file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result - freebsd-elf) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current"; - ;; + # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. + func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ + || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" - irix | nonstopux) - if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then - major=`expr $current - $age` + library_names= + old_library= + relink_command= + func_source "$file" + + # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. + if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then + case "$current_libdirs " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append current_libdirs " $libdir" ;; + esac + else + # Note the libdir as a future libdir. + case "$future_libdirs " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append future_libdirs " $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + + func_dirname "$file" "/" "" + dir="$func_dirname_result" + func_append dir "$objdir" + + if test -n "$relink_command"; then + # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir. + inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "$destdir" | $SED -e "s%$libdir\$%%"` + + # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected + # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that + # are installed to the same prefix. + # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that + # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine) + # but it's something to keep an eye on. + test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir" + + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then + # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command. + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"` else - major=`expr $current - $age + 1` + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"` fi - case $version_type in - nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;; - *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;; + + func_warning "relinking \`$file'" + func_show_eval "$relink_command" \ + 'func_fatal_error "error: relink \`$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"' + fi + + # See the names of the shared library. + set dummy $library_names; shift + if test -n "$1"; then + realname="$1" + shift + + srcname="$realname" + test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T + + # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. + func_show_eval "$install_shared_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \ + 'exit $?' + tstripme="$stripme" + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) + case $realname in + *.dll.a) + tstripme="" + ;; + esac + ;; esac - verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision" + if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then + func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?' + fi - # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. - loop=$revision - while test "$loop" -ne 0; do - iface=`expr $revision - $loop` - loop=`expr $loop - 1` - verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring" - done + if test "$#" -gt 0; then + # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. + # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on + # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f, + # so we also need to try rm && ln -s. + for linkname + do + test "$linkname" != "$realname" \ + && func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" + done + fi - # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'. - major=.$major - versuffix="$major.$revision" - ;; + # Do each command in the postinstall commands. + lib="$destdir/$realname" + func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi - linux) - major=.`expr $current - $age` - versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" - ;; + # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. + func_basename "$file" + name="$func_basename_result" + instname="$dir/$name"i + func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?' - osf) - major=.`expr $current - $age` - versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision" - verstring="$current.$age.$revision" + # Maybe install the static library, too. + test -n "$old_library" && func_append staticlibs " $dir/$old_library" + ;; - # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. - loop=$age - while test "$loop" -ne 0; do - iface=`expr $current - $loop` - loop=`expr $loop - 1` - verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0" - done + *.lo) + # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. - # Make executables depend on our current version. - verstring="$verstring:${current}.0" - ;; + # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. + if test -n "$destname"; then + destfile="$destdir/$destname" + else + func_basename "$file" + destfile="$func_basename_result" + destfile="$destdir/$destfile" + fi - sunos) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current.$revision" + # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. + case $destfile in + *.lo) + func_lo2o "$destfile" + staticdest=$func_lo2o_result ;; - - windows) - # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one - # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems. - major=`expr $current - $age` - versuffix="-$major" + *.$objext) + staticdest="$destfile" + destfile= ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: unknown library version type \`$version_type'" 1>&2 - $echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE + func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" ;; esac - # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. - if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then - major= - case $version_type in - darwin) - # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting - # problems, so we reset it completely - verstring= - ;; - *) - verstring="0.0" - ;; - esac - if test "$need_version" = no; then - versuffix= - else - versuffix=".0.0" - fi + # Install the libtool object if requested. + test -n "$destfile" && \ + func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?' + + # Install the old object if enabled. + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. + func_lo2o "$file" + staticobj=$func_lo2o_result + func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?' fi + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + ;; - # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided - if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then - major= - versuffix= - verstring="" + *) + # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. + if test -n "$destname"; then + destfile="$destdir/$destname" + else + func_basename "$file" + destfile="$func_basename_result" + destfile="$destdir/$destfile" fi - # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. - if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then - if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then - $echo "$modename: warning: undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" 1>&2 - build_libtool_libs=no - build_old_libs=yes + # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it + # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to + # install + stripped_ext="" + case $file in + *.exe) + if test ! -f "$file"; then + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" + file=$func_stripname_result + stripped_ext=".exe" + fi + ;; + esac + + # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw*) + if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then + func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" + wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + else + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" + wrapper=$func_stripname_result + fi + ;; + *) + wrapper=$file + ;; + esac + if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then + notinst_deplibs= + relink_command= + + func_source "$wrapper" + + # Check the variables that should have been set. + test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \ + func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'" + + finalize=yes + for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do + # Check to see that each library is installed. + libdir= + if test -f "$lib"; then + func_source "$lib" + fi + libfile="$libdir/"`$ECHO "$lib" | $SED 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test + if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then + func_warning "\`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" + finalize=no + fi + done + + relink_command= + func_source "$wrapper" + + outputname= + if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then + $opt_dry_run || { + if test "$finalize" = yes; then + tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` + func_basename "$file$stripped_ext" + file="$func_basename_result" + outputname="$tmpdir/$file" + # Replace the output file specification. + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'` + + $opt_silent || { + func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + if eval "$relink_command"; then : + else + func_error "error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" + $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir" + continue + fi + file="$outputname" + else + func_warning "cannot relink \`$file'" + fi + } + else + # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. + file=`$ECHO "$file$stripped_ext" | $SED "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` fi - else - # Don't allow undefined symbols. - allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" fi - fi - if test "$mode" != relink; then - # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they - # may have been created when compiling PIC objects. - removelist= - tempremovelist=`$echo "$output_objdir/*"` - for p in $tempremovelist; do - case $p in - *.$objext) - ;; - $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*) - if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then - if echo $p | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1 - then - continue - fi - fi - removelist="$removelist $p" - ;; - *) ;; + # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another + # one anyway + case $install_prog,$host in + */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*) + case $file:$destfile in + *.exe:*.exe) + # this is ok + ;; + *.exe:*) + destfile=$destfile.exe + ;; + *:*.exe) + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile" + destfile=$func_stripname_result + ;; esac - done - if test -n "$removelist"; then - $show "${rm}r $removelist" - $run ${rm}r $removelist + ;; + esac + func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?' + $opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then + ${RM}r "$tmpdir" fi - fi + ;; + esac + done - # Now set the variables for building old libraries. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then - oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" + for file in $staticlibs; do + func_basename "$file" + name="$func_basename_result" - # Transform .lo files to .o files. - oldobjs="$objs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + # Set up the ranlib parameters. + oldlib="$destdir/$name" + func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result + + func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?' + + if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then + func_show_eval "$old_striplib $tool_oldlib" 'exit $?' fi - # Eliminate all temporary directories. - #for path in $notinst_path; do - # lib_search_path=`$echo "$lib_search_path " | ${SED} -e "s% $path % %g"` - # deplibs=`$echo "$deplibs " | ${SED} -e "s% -L$path % %g"` - # dependency_libs=`$echo "$dependency_libs " | ${SED} -e "s% -L$path % %g"` - #done + # Do each command in the postinstall commands. + func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' + done - if test -n "$xrpath"; then - # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. - temp_xrpath= - for libdir in $xrpath; do - temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir" - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - done - if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" - fi + test -n "$future_libdirs" && \ + func_warning "remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" + + if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then + # Maybe just do a dry run. + $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" + exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs' + else + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi +} + +test "$opt_mode" = install && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"} + + +# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p +# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with +# a dlpreopen symbol table. +func_generate_dlsyms () +{ + $opt_debug + my_outputname="$1" + my_originator="$2" + my_pic_p="${3-no}" + my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | sed 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'` + my_dlsyms= + + if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then + if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then + my_dlsyms="${my_outputname}S.c" + else + func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" fi + fi - # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened - old_dlfiles="$dlfiles" - dlfiles= - for lib in $old_dlfiles; do - case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in - *" $lib "*) ;; - *) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;; - esac - done + if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then + case $my_dlsyms in + "") ;; + *.c) + # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. + nlist="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}.nm" - # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files - old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles" - dlprefiles= - for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do - case "$dlprefiles " in - *" $lib "*) ;; - *) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;; - esac - done + func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - if test -n "$rpath"; then - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos*) - # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! - ;; - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework - deplibs="$deplibs -framework System" - ;; - *-*-netbsd*) - # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed. - ;; - *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) - # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. + # Parse the name list into a source file. + func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + + $opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ +/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */ +/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern \"C\" { +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) || (__GNUC__ > 4)) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wstrict-prototypes\" +#endif + +/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */ +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) +/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because runtime + relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */ +# define LT_DLSYM_CONST +#elif defined(__osf__) +/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */ +# define LT_DLSYM_CONST +#else +# define LT_DLSYM_CONST const +#endif + +/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ +" + + if test "$dlself" = yes; then + func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$output'" + + $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" + + # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. + progfiles=`$ECHO "$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + for progfile in $progfiles; do + func_to_tool_file "$progfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$func_to_tool_file_result'" + $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $func_to_tool_file_result | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" + done + + if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' + eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' + } + fi + + if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' + eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' + } + fi + + # Prepare the list of exported symbols + if test -z "$export_symbols"; then + export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" + $opt_dry_run || { + $RM $export_symbols + eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"' + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + ;; + esac + } + else + $opt_dry_run || { + eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"' + eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' + eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' + ;; + esac + } + fi + fi + + for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do + func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$dlprefile'" + func_basename "$dlprefile" + name="$func_basename_result" + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + # if an import library, we need to obtain dlname + if func_win32_import_lib_p "$dlprefile"; then + func_tr_sh "$dlprefile" + eval "curr_lafile=\$libfile_$func_tr_sh_result" + dlprefile_dlbasename="" + if test -n "$curr_lafile" && func_lalib_p "$curr_lafile"; then + # Use subshell, to avoid clobbering current variable values + dlprefile_dlname=`source "$curr_lafile" && echo "$dlname"` + if test -n "$dlprefile_dlname" ; then + func_basename "$dlprefile_dlname" + dlprefile_dlbasename="$func_basename_result" + else + # no lafile. user explicitly requested -dlpreopen . + $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd "$dlprefile" + dlprefile_dlbasename=$sharedlib_from_linklib_result + fi + fi + $opt_dry_run || { + if test -n "$dlprefile_dlbasename" ; then + eval '$ECHO ": $dlprefile_dlbasename" >> "$nlist"' + else + func_warning "Could not compute DLL name from $name" + eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' + fi + func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe | + $SED -e '/I __imp/d' -e 's/I __nm_/D /;s/_nm__//' >> '$nlist'" + } + else # not an import lib + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' + func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" + } + fi ;; - *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) - # Causes problems with __ctype + *) + $opt_dry_run || { + eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' + func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" + } ;; - *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) - # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work + esac + done + + $opt_dry_run || { + # Make sure we have at least an empty file. + test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" + + if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then + $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T + $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist" + fi + + # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. + if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" | + if sort -k 3 /dev/null 2>&1; then + sort -k 3 + else + sort +2 + fi | + uniq > "$nlist"S; then + : + else + $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S + fi + + if test -f "$nlist"S; then + eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"' + else + echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" + fi + + echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ + +/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ +typedef struct { + const char *name; + void *address; +} lt_dlsymlist; +extern LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist +lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[]; +LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist +lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = +{\ + { \"$my_originator\", (void *) 0 }," + + case $need_lib_prefix in + no) + eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" ;; - *) - # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary. - if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then - deplibs="$deplibs -lc" - fi + *) + eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" ;; esac - fi + echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ + {0, (void *) 0} +}; - # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. - name_save=$name - libname_save=$libname - release_save=$release - versuffix_save=$versuffix - major_save=$major - # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think - # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to - # add it in twice. Is that correct? - release="" - versuffix="" - major="" - newdeplibs= - droppeddeps=no - case $deplibs_check_method in - pass_all) - # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. - # This might be a little naive. We might want to check - # whether the library exists or not. But this is on - # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just - # implementing what was already the behavior. - newdeplibs=$deplibs - ;; - test_compile) - # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its - # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it - # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check - # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. - $rm conftest.c - cat > conftest.c </dev/null` - for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do - # Follow soft links. - if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null \ - | grep " -> " >/dev/null; then - continue - fi - # The statement above tries to avoid entering an - # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. - # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link - # loop can be closed while we follow links, - # but so what? - potlib="$potent_lib" - while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do - potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'` - case $potliblink in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";; - *) potlib=`$echo "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";; - esac - done - if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null \ - | ${SED} 10q \ - | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - break 2 - fi - done - done - fi - if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then - droppeddeps=yes - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." - $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" - $echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" - if test -z "$potlib" ; then - $echo "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)" - else - $echo "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" - $echo "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib" - fi - fi - else - # Add a -L argument. - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - fi - done # Gone through all deplibs. - ;; - match_pattern*) - set dummy $deplibs_check_method - match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"` - for a_deplib in $deplibs; do - name=`expr $a_deplib : '-l\(.*\)'` - # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument. - if test -n "$name" && test "$name" != "0"; then - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - case " $predeps $postdeps " in - *" $a_deplib "*) - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - ;; - esac - fi - if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then - libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"` - for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do - potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` - for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do - potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test - if eval $echo \"$potent_lib\" 2>/dev/null \ - | ${SED} 10q \ - | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - break 2 - fi - done - done - fi - if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then - droppeddeps=yes - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." - $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" - $echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" - if test -z "$potlib" ; then - $echo "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)" - else - $echo "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" - $echo "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib" - fi - fi - else - # Add a -L argument. - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - fi - done # Gone through all deplibs. - ;; - none | unknown | *) - newdeplibs="" - tmp_deplibs=`$echo "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc$//' \ - -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'` - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do - # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/' - tmp_deplibs=`$echo "X $tmp_deplibs" | ${SED} -e "1s,^X,," -e "s,$i,,"` - done - fi - if $echo "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/[ ]//g' \ - | grep . >/dev/null; then - $echo - if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then - $echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." - else - $echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." +/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ +#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND +static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { + return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols; +} +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif\ +" + } # !$opt_dry_run + + pic_flag_for_symtable= + case "$compile_command " in + *" -static "*) ;; + *) + case $host in + # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around + # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is + # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use + # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in + # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. + *-*-freebsd2.*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) + pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;; + *-*-hpux*) + pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;; + *) + if test "X$my_pic_p" != Xno; then + pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" fi - $echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." - droppeddeps=yes - fi + ;; + esac ;; esac - versuffix=$versuffix_save - major=$major_save - release=$release_save - libname=$libname_save - name=$name_save + symtab_cflags= + for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do + case $arg in + -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;; + *) func_append symtab_cflags " $arg" ;; + esac + done - case $host in - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework - newdeplibs=`$echo "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'` - ;; - esac + # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. + func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?' - if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then - if test "$module" = yes; then - $echo - $echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" - $echo "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" - $echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" - $echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." - if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then - $echo - $echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" - $echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" - $echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." - $echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." - fi - if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then - oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" - build_libtool_libs=module - build_old_libs=yes - else - build_libtool_libs=no - fi - else - $echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" - $echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" - $echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." + # Clean up the generated files. + func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"' - if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then - $echo - $echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols," - $echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or" - $echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined," - $echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it." - if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then - oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" - build_libtool_libs=module - build_old_libs=yes - else - build_libtool_libs=no - fi - fi + # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. + symfileobj="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext" + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` + else + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` fi - fi - # Done checking deplibs! - deplibs=$newdeplibs - fi - - - # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet - # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list - new_libs= - for path in $notinst_path; do - case " $new_libs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; - *) - case " $deplibs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) - new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;; - esac ;; - esac - done - for deplib in $deplibs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) - case " $new_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac + *) + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; esac - done - deplibs="$new_libs" + ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for \`$my_dlsyms'" + ;; + esac + else + # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to + # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe + # really was required. + # Nullify the symbol file. + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` + fi +} - # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). - library_names= - old_library= - dlname= +# func_win32_libid arg +# return the library type of file 'arg' +# +# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs +# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument +# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called. +# Despite the name, also deal with 64 bit binaries. +func_win32_libid () +{ + $opt_debug + win32_libid_type="unknown" + win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null` + case $win32_fileres in + *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import + win32_libid_type="x86 archive import" + ;; + *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static + # Keep the egrep pattern in sync with the one in _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD. + if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | + $EGREP 'file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' >/dev/null; then + func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" | + $SED -n -e ' + 1,100{ + / I /{ + s,.*,import, + p + q + } + }'` + case $win32_nmres in + import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";; + *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";; + esac + fi + ;; + *DLL*) + win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" + ;; + *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too... + case $win32_fileres in + *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*) + win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + $ECHO "$win32_libid_type" +} - # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then - # Hardcode the library paths - hardcode_libdirs= - dep_rpath= - rpath="$finalize_rpath" - test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath" - for libdir in $rpath; do - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then - if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" - else - # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. - case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in - *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) - ;; - *) - hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - else - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag" - fi - elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then - case "$perm_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - fi - done - # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && - test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld"; then - case $archive_cmds in - *\$LD*) eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld\" ;; - *) eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" ;; - esac - else - eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - fi - fi - if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then - # We should set the runpath_var. - rpath= - for dir in $perm_rpath; do - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - done - eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var" - fi - test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs" - fi +# func_cygming_dll_for_implib ARG +# +# Platform-specific function to extract the +# name of the DLL associated with the specified +# import library ARG. +# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable +# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd +# Result is available in the variable +# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result +func_cygming_dll_for_implib () +{ + $opt_debug + sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`$DLLTOOL --identify-strict --identify "$1"` +} - shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath" - test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath" - if test -n "$shlibpath"; then - eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var" - fi +# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core SECTION_NAME LIBNAMEs +# +# The is the core of a fallback implementation of a +# platform-specific function to extract the name of the +# DLL associated with the specified import library LIBNAME. +# +# SECTION_NAME is either .idata$6 or .idata$7, depending +# on the platform and compiler that created the implib. +# +# Echos the name of the DLL associated with the +# specified import library. +func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core () +{ + $opt_debug + match_literal=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` + $OBJDUMP -s --section "$1" "$2" 2>/dev/null | + $SED '/^Contents of section '"$match_literal"':/{ + # Place marker at beginning of archive member dllname section + s/.*/====MARK====/ + p + d + } + # These lines can sometimes be longer than 43 characters, but + # are always uninteresting + /:[ ]*file format pe[i]\{,1\}-/d + /^In archive [^:]*:/d + # Ensure marker is printed + /^====MARK====/p + # Remove all lines with less than 43 characters + /^.\{43\}/!d + # From remaining lines, remove first 43 characters + s/^.\{43\}//' | + $SED -n ' + # Join marker and all lines until next marker into a single line + /^====MARK====/ b para + H + $ b para + b + :para + x + s/\n//g + # Remove the marker + s/^====MARK====// + # Remove trailing dots and whitespace + s/[\. \t]*$// + # Print + /./p' | + # we now have a list, one entry per line, of the stringified + # contents of the appropriate section of all members of the + # archive which possess that section. Heuristic: eliminate + # all those which have a first or second character that is + # a '.' (that is, objdump's representation of an unprintable + # character.) This should work for all archives with less than + # 0x302f exports -- but will fail for DLLs whose name actually + # begins with a literal '.' or a single character followed by + # a '.'. + # + # Of those that remain, print the first one. + $SED -e '/^\./d;/^.\./d;q' +} - # Get the real and link names of the library. - eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" - set dummy $library_names - realname="$2" - shift; shift +# func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ARG +# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if +# ARG is a GNU/binutils-style import library. Returns +# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise. +func_cygming_gnu_implib_p () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $EGREP ' (_head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*_iname)$'` + test -n "$func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp" +} - if test -n "$soname_spec"; then - eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" - else - soname="$realname" - fi - if test -z "$dlname"; then - dlname=$soname - fi +# func_cygming_ms_implib_p ARG +# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if +# ARG is an MS-style import library. Returns +# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise. +func_cygming_ms_implib_p () +{ + $opt_debug + func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $GREP '_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR'` + test -n "$func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp" +} - lib="$output_objdir/$realname" - linknames= - for link - do - linknames="$linknames $link" - done +# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ARG +# Platform-specific function to extract the +# name of the DLL associated with the specified +# import library ARG. +# +# This fallback implementation is for use when $DLLTOOL +# does not support the --identify-strict option. +# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable +# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd +# Result is available in the variable +# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result +func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback () +{ + $opt_debug + if func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1" ; then + # binutils import library + sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$7' "$1"` + elif func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1" ; then + # ms-generated import library + sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$6' "$1"` + else + # unknown + sharedlib_from_linklib_result="" + fi +} - # Use standard objects if they are pic - test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - # Prepare the list of exported symbols - if test -z "$export_symbols"; then - if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - $show "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" - export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" - $run $rm $export_symbols - cmds=$export_symbols_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - if len=`expr "X$cmd" : ".*"` && - test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - skipped_export=false - else - # The command line is too long to execute in one step. - $show "using reloadable object file for export list..." - skipped_export=: - # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be - # set to false by a later but shorter cmd. - break - fi - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - $show "$EGREP -e \"$export_symbols_regex\" \"$export_symbols\" > \"${export_symbols}T\"" - $run eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' - $show "$mv \"${export_symbols}T\" \"$export_symbols\"" - $run eval '$mv "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' - fi - fi - fi +# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib +func_extract_an_archive () +{ + $opt_debug + f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift + f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1" + if test "$lock_old_archive_extraction" = yes; then + lockfile=$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib.lock + until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do + func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" + sleep 2 + done + fi + func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" \ + 'stat=$?; rm -f "$lockfile"; exit $stat' + if test "$lock_old_archive_extraction" = yes; then + $opt_dry_run || rm -f "$lockfile" + fi + if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then + : + else + func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" + fi +} - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then - $run eval '$echo "X$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$export_symbols"' - fi - tmp_deplibs= - for test_deplib in $deplibs; do - case " $convenience " in - *" $test_deplib "*) ;; - *) - tmp_deplibs="$tmp_deplibs $test_deplib" - ;; - esac - done - deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" +# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ... +func_extract_archives () +{ + $opt_debug + my_gentop="$1"; shift + my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"} + my_oldobjs="" + my_xlib="" + my_xabs="" + my_xdir="" - if test -n "$convenience"; then - if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - save_libobjs=$libobjs - eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" + for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do + # Extract the objects. + case $my_xlib in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;; + *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;; + esac + func_basename "$my_xlib" + my_xlib="$func_basename_result" + my_xlib_u=$my_xlib + while :; do + case " $extracted_archives " in + *" $my_xlib_u "*) + func_arith $extracted_serial + 1 + extracted_serial=$func_arith_result + my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;; + *) break ;; + esac + done + extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u" + my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u" + + func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir" + + case $host in + *-darwin*) + func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs" + # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run + $opt_dry_run || { + darwin_orig_dir=`pwd` + cd $my_xdir || exit $? + darwin_archive=$my_xabs + darwin_curdir=`pwd` + darwin_base_archive=`basename "$darwin_archive"` + darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true` + if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then + darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'` + darwin_arch= + func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches" + for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches ; do + func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" + $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}" + cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" + func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}" + cd "$darwin_curdir" + $RM "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" + done # $darwin_arches + ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :) + darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$basename" | sort -u` + darwin_file= + darwin_files= + for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do + darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | sort | $NL2SP` + $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files + done # $darwin_filelist + $RM -rf unfat-$$ + cd "$darwin_orig_dir" else - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" + cd $darwin_orig_dir + func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" + fi # $darwin_arches + } # !$opt_dry_run + ;; + *) + func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" + ;; + esac + my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | sort | $NL2SP` + done - func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience - libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result" - fi - fi - - if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then - eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" - linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag" - fi + func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs" +} - # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking - if test "$mode" = relink; then - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}U && $mv $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $? - fi - # Do each of the archive commands. - if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then - eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\" - cmds=$module_expsym_cmds - else - eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\" - cmds=$module_cmds - fi - else - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then - eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" - cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds - else - eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" - cmds=$archive_cmds - fi - fi +# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no] +# +# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout. +# Don't directly open a file because we may want to +# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw +# wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within +# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables +# set therein. +# +# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR +# variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script +# will assume that the directory in which it is stored is +# the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw-specific +# behavior. +func_emit_wrapper () +{ + func_emit_wrapper_arg1=${1-no} - if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && - len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*" 2>/dev/null` && - test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then - : - else - # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise. - $echo "creating reloadable object files..." + $ECHO "\ +#! $SHELL - # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to - # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we - # want to use save_libobjs as it was before - # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't - # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec. - # This may have to be revisited, in case too many - # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding - # the spec. - if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - save_libobjs=$libobjs - fi - save_output=$output - output_la=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` - - # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and - # initialize k to one. - test_cmds= - concat_cmds= - objlist= - delfiles= - last_robj= - k=1 - output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext - # Loop over the list of objects to be linked. - for obj in $save_libobjs - do - eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" - if test "X$objlist" = X || - { len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*" 2>/dev/null` && - test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len"; }; then - objlist="$objlist $obj" - else - # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a - # command to the queue. - if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then - # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add. - eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" - else - # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in - # the last one created. - eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" - fi - last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext - k=`expr $k + 1` - output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext - objlist=$obj - len=1 - fi - done - # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last - # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object - # files will link in the last one created. - test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ - eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" - - if ${skipped_export-false}; then - $show "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" - export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" - $run $rm $export_symbols - libobjs=$output - # Append the command to create the export file. - eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$export_symbols_cmds\" - fi - - # Set up a command to remove the reloadable object files - # after they are used. - i=0 - while test "$i" -lt "$k" - do - i=`expr $i + 1` - delfiles="$delfiles $output_objdir/$output_la-${i}.$objext" - done - - $echo "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output" - - # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them. - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $concat_cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - - libobjs=$output - # Restore the value of output. - output=$save_output +# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname +# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION +# +# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool +# libraries that it depends on are installed. +# +# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. +# If it is, it will not operate correctly. - if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" - fi - # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the - # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking. +# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies +# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. +sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' - # Do each of the archive commands. - if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then - cmds=$module_expsym_cmds - else - cmds=$module_cmds - fi - else - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then - cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds - else - cmds=$archive_cmds - fi - fi +# Be Bourne compatible +if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac +fi +BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh - # Append the command to remove the reloadable object files - # to the just-reset $cmds. - eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$rm $delfiles\" - fi - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || { - lt_exit=$? +# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout +# if CDPATH is set. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH - # Restore the uninstalled library and exit - if test "$mode" = relink; then - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}T && $mv ${realname}U $realname)' - fi +relink_command=\"$relink_command\" - exit $lt_exit - } - done - IFS="$save_ifs" +# This environment variable determines our operation mode. +if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then + # install mode needs the following variables: + generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version' + notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs' +else + # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set. + if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then + file=\"\$0\"" - # Restore the uninstalled library and exit - if test "$mode" = relink; then - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}T && $mv $realname ${realname}T && $mv "$realname"U $realname)' || exit $? + qECHO=`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` + $ECHO "\ - if test -n "$convenience"; then - if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - $show "${rm}r $gentop" - $run ${rm}r "$gentop" - fi - fi +# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. +func_fallback_echo () +{ + eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF +\$1 +_LTECHO_EOF' +} + ECHO=\"$qECHO\" + fi - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi +# Very basic option parsing. These options are (a) specific to +# the libtool wrapper, (b) are identical between the wrapper +# /script/ and the wrapper /executable/ which is used only on +# windows platforms, and (c) all begin with the string "--lt-" +# (application programs are unlikely to have options which match +# this pattern). +# +# There are only two supported options: --lt-debug and +# --lt-dump-script. There is, deliberately, no --lt-help. +# +# The first argument to this parsing function should be the +# script's $0 value, followed by "$@". +lt_option_debug= +func_parse_lt_options () +{ + lt_script_arg0=\$0 + shift + for lt_opt + do + case \"\$lt_opt\" in + --lt-debug) lt_option_debug=1 ;; + --lt-dump-script) + lt_dump_D=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` + test \"X\$lt_dump_D\" = \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" && lt_dump_D=. + lt_dump_F=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%^.*/%%'\` + cat \"\$lt_dump_D/\$lt_dump_F\" + exit 0 + ;; + --lt-*) + \$ECHO \"Unrecognized --lt- option: '\$lt_opt'\" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + esac + done - # Create links to the real library. - for linkname in $linknames; do - if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then - $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)" - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)' || exit $? - fi - done + # Print the debug banner immediately: + if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then + echo \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION\" 1>&2 + fi +} - # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. - if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then - # On all known operating systems, these are identical. - dlname="$soname" - fi - fi - ;; +# Used when --lt-debug. Prints its arguments to stdout +# (redirection is the responsibility of the caller) +func_lt_dump_args () +{ + lt_dump_args_N=1; + for lt_arg + do + \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[\$lt_dump_args_N]: \$lt_arg\" + lt_dump_args_N=\`expr \$lt_dump_args_N + 1\` + done +} - obj) - if test -n "$deplibs"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" 1>&2 +# Core function for launching the target application +func_exec_program_core () +{ +" + case $host in + # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows + *-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + $ECHO "\ + if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then + \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[0]: \$progdir\\\\\$program\" 1>&2 + func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2 fi + exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} +" + ;; - if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 + *) + $ECHO "\ + if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then + \$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[0]: \$progdir/\$program\" 1>&2 + func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2 fi + exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} +" + ;; + esac + $ECHO "\ + \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2 + exit 1 +} - if test -n "$rpath"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 - fi +# A function to encapsulate launching the target application +# Strips options in the --lt-* namespace from \$@ and +# launches target application with the remaining arguments. +func_exec_program () +{ + case \" \$* \" in + *\\ --lt-*) + for lt_wr_arg + do + case \$lt_wr_arg in + --lt-*) ;; + *) set x \"\$@\" \"\$lt_wr_arg\"; shift;; + esac + shift + done ;; + esac + func_exec_program_core \${1+\"\$@\"} +} - if test -n "$xrpath"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 - fi + # Parse options + func_parse_lt_options \"\$0\" \${1+\"\$@\"} - if test -n "$vinfo"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 - fi + # Find the directory that this script lives in. + thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` + test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. - if test -n "$release"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 - fi + # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. + file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\` + while test -n \"\$file\"; do + destdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` - case $output in - *.lo) - if test -n "$objs$old_deplibs"; then - $echo "$modename: cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - libobj="$output" - obj=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` - ;; - *) - libobj= - obj="$output" - ;; + # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. + if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then + case \"\$destdir\" in + [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; + *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; esac + fi - # Delete the old objects. - $run $rm $obj $libobj - - # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes - # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create - # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate - # the extraction. - reload_conv_objs= - gentop= - # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of - # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with - # turning comma into space.. - wl= + file=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%^.*/%%'\` + file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\` + done - if test -n "$convenience"; then - if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\" - reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$echo "X$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $Xsed -e 's|,| |g'` - else - gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" + # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into + # the cwrapper. + WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_arg1 + if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then + # special case for '.' + if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then + thisdir=\`pwd\` + fi + # remove .libs from thisdir + case \"\$thisdir\" in + *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$thisdir\" | $SED 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;; + $objdir ) thisdir=. ;; + esac + fi - func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience - reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result" - fi - fi + # Try to get the absolute directory name. + absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` + test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" +" - # Create the old-style object. - reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test + if test "$fast_install" = yes; then + $ECHO "\ + program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext + progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" - output="$obj" - cmds=$reload_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" + if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || + { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\ + test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then - # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. - if test -z "$libobj"; then - if test -n "$gentop"; then - $show "${rm}r $gentop" - $run ${rm}r $gentop - fi + file=\"\$\$-\$program\" - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi + if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then + $MKDIR \"\$progdir\" + else + $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" + fi" - if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then - if test -n "$gentop"; then - $show "${rm}r $gentop" - $run ${rm}r $gentop - fi + $ECHO "\ - # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't - # accidentally link it into a program. - # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" - # $run eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + # relink executable if necessary + if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then + if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then : + else + $ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2 + $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" + exit 1 fi + fi - if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then - # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. - reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" - output="$libobj" - cmds=$reload_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - fi + $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || + { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\"; + $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } + $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" + fi" + else + $ECHO "\ + program='$outputname' + progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" +" + fi - if test -n "$gentop"; then - $show "${rm}r $gentop" - $run ${rm}r $gentop - fi + $ECHO "\ - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; + if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" - prog) - case $host in - *cygwin*) output=`$echo $output | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,;s,$,.exe,'` ;; - esac - if test -n "$vinfo"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for programs" 1>&2 - fi - - if test -n "$release"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for programs" 1>&2 - fi - - if test "$preload" = yes; then - if test "$dlopen_support" = unknown && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown && - test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." + # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. + # + # Fix the DLL searchpath if we need to. Do this before prepending + # to shlibpath, because on Windows, both are PATH and uninstalled + # libraries must come first. + if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then + $ECHO "\ + # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH + PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH +" fi - fi - - case $host in - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework - compile_deplibs=`$echo "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'` - finalize_deplibs=`$echo "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'` - ;; - esac - case $host in - *darwin*) - # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors - if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then - compile_command="$compile_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" - finalize_command="$finalize_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" - fi - ;; - esac + # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. + if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then + $ECHO "\ + # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var + $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" + # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var + # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed + $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" | $SED 's/::*\$//'\` - # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet - # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list - new_libs= - for path in $notinst_path; do - case " $new_libs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; - *) - case " $compile_deplibs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) - new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;; - esac - ;; - esac - done - for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) - case " $new_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - compile_deplibs="$new_libs" + export $shlibpath_var +" + fi + $ECHO "\ + if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then + # Run the actual program with our arguments. + func_exec_program \${1+\"\$@\"} + fi + else + # The program doesn't exist. + \$ECHO \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2 + \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 + \$ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 + exit 1 + fi +fi\ +" +} - compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs" - if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then - # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. - for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do - # This is the magic to use -rpath. - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - done - fi +# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src +# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout +# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because +# it depends on a number of variable set therein. +func_emit_cwrapperexe_src () +{ + cat < +#include +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# include +# include +# include +#else +# include +# include +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# include +# endif +#endif +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include - dlsyms= - if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then - if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then - dlsyms="${outputname}S.c" - else - $echo "$modename: not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" 1>&2 - fi - fi +/* declarations of non-ANSI functions */ +#if defined(__MINGW32__) +# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ +int _putenv (const char *); +# endif +#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) +# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ +char *realpath (const char *, char *); +int putenv (char *); +int setenv (const char *, const char *, int); +# endif +/* #elif defined (other platforms) ... */ +#endif - if test -n "$dlsyms"; then - case $dlsyms in - "") ;; - *.c) - # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. - nlist="$output_objdir/${outputname}.nm" +/* portability defines, excluding path handling macros */ +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +# define setmode _setmode +# define stat _stat +# define chmod _chmod +# define getcwd _getcwd +# define putenv _putenv +# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC +# ifndef _INTPTR_T_DEFINED +# define _INTPTR_T_DEFINED +# define intptr_t int +# endif +#elif defined(__MINGW32__) +# define setmode _setmode +# define stat _stat +# define chmod _chmod +# define getcwd _getcwd +# define putenv _putenv +#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) +# define HAVE_SETENV +# define FOPEN_WB "wb" +/* #elif defined (other platforms) ... */ +#endif - $show "$rm $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" - $run $rm "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" +#if defined(PATH_MAX) +# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX +#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN) +# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN +#else +# define LT_PATHMAX 1024 +#endif - # Parse the name list into a source file. - $show "creating $output_objdir/$dlsyms" +#ifndef S_IXOTH +# define S_IXOTH 0 +#endif +#ifndef S_IXGRP +# define S_IXGRP 0 +#endif - test -z "$run" && $echo > "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ -/* $dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$outputname' dlsym emulation. */ -/* Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP */ +/* path handling portability macros */ +#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR +# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' +#endif -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern \"C\" { +#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \ + defined (__OS2__) +# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM +# define FOPEN_WB "wb" +# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 +# define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\' +# endif +# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 +# define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';' +# endif #endif -/* Prevent the only kind of declaration conflicts we can make. */ -#define lt_preloaded_symbols some_other_symbol +#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 +# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) +#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ +# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \ + (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2)) +#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ -/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ -" +#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 +# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR) +#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ +# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2) +#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ - if test "$dlself" = yes; then - $show "generating symbol list for \`$output'" +#ifndef FOPEN_WB +# define FOPEN_WB "w" +#endif +#ifndef _O_BINARY +# define _O_BINARY 0 +#endif - test -z "$run" && $echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" +#define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type))) +#define XFREE(stale) do { \ + if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \ +} while (0) - # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. - progfiles=`$echo "X$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - for arg in $progfiles; do - $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'" - $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" - done +#if defined(LT_DEBUGWRAPPER) +static int lt_debug = 1; +#else +static int lt_debug = 0; +#endif - if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then - $run eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' - $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' - fi +const char *program_name = "libtool-wrapper"; /* in case xstrdup fails */ + +void *xmalloc (size_t num); +char *xstrdup (const char *string); +const char *base_name (const char *name); +char *find_executable (const char *wrapper); +char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec); +int make_executable (const char *path); +int check_executable (const char *path); +char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat); +void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...); +void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...); +static const char *nonnull (const char *s); +static const char *nonempty (const char *s); +void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value); +char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end); +void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value); +void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value); +char **prepare_spawn (char **argv); +void lt_dump_script (FILE *f); +EOF - if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - $run eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' - $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' - fi + cat < "$export_symbols"' - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - $run eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - $run eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - ;; - esac + if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then + func_to_host_path "$temp_rpath" + cat < "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"' - $run eval 'grep -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' - $run eval 'mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - $run eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - $run eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - ;; - esac - fi - fi - - for arg in $dlprefiles; do - $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'" - name=`$echo "$arg" | ${SED} -e 's%^.*/%%'` - $run eval '$echo ": $name " >> "$nlist"' - $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" - done - - if test -z "$run"; then - # Make sure we have at least an empty file. - test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" - - if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then - $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T - $mv "$nlist"T "$nlist" + cat <<"EOF" +const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = ""; +EOF fi - # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. - if grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" | - if sort -k 3 /dev/null 2>&1; then - sort -k 3 - else - sort +2 - fi | - uniq > "$nlist"S; then - : + if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then + func_to_host_path "$dllsearchpath:" + cat < "$nlist"S + cat <<"EOF" +const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = ""; +const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = ""; +EOF fi - if test -f "$nlist"S; then - eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"' + if test "$fast_install" = yes; then + cat <> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" + cat <> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ -#undef lt_preloaded_symbols + cat <<"EOF" -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ -# define lt_ptr void * -#else -# define lt_ptr char * -# define const -#endif +#define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "--lt-" -/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ -" +static const char *ltwrapper_option_prefix = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX; +static const char *dumpscript_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "dump-script"; +static const char *debug_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "debug"; - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ -/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 can't be const, because - runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation - on pseudo-relocs */ -struct { -" - ;; - * ) - $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ -const struct { -" - ;; - esac +int +main (int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + char **newargz; + int newargc; + char *tmp_pathspec; + char *actual_cwrapper_path; + char *actual_cwrapper_name; + char *target_name; + char *lt_argv_zero; + intptr_t rval = 127; + int i; - $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ - const char *name; - lt_ptr address; -} -lt_preloaded_symbols[] = -{\ -" - - eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" - - $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ - {0, (lt_ptr) 0} -}; - -/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ -#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND -static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { - return lt_preloaded_symbols; -} -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif\ -" - fi - - pic_flag_for_symtable= - case $host in - # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around - # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is - # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use - # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in - # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. - *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) - case "$compile_command " in - *" -static "*) ;; - *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND";; - esac;; - *-*-hpux*) - case "$compile_command " in - *" -static "*) ;; - *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag";; - esac - esac - - # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. - $show "(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable \"$dlsyms\")" - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$dlsyms")' || exit $? - - # Clean up the generated files. - $show "$rm $output_objdir/$dlsyms $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" - $run $rm "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" - - # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}.def" ; then - compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}.def $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%" | $NL2SP` - finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}.def $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%" | $NL2SP` - else - compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%" | $NL2SP` - finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%" | $NL2SP` - fi - ;; - * ) - compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%" | $NL2SP` - finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%" | $NL2SP` - ;; - esac - ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: unknown suffix for \`$dlsyms'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - else - # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to - # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe - # really was required. - - # Nullify the symbol file. - compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%" | $NL2SP` - finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%" | $NL2SP` - fi - - if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then - # Replace the output file specification. - compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' | $NL2SP` - link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath" - - # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. - $show "$link_command" - $run eval "$link_command" - exit_status=$? - - # Delete the generated files. - if test -n "$dlsyms"; then - $show "$rm $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}" - $run $rm "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}" - fi - - exit $exit_status - fi - - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - # We should set the shlibpath_var - rpath= - for dir in $temp_rpath; do - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) - # Absolute path. - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - ;; - *) - # Relative path: add a thisdir entry. - rpath="$rpath\$thisdir/$dir:" - ;; - esac - done - temp_rpath="$rpath" - fi - - if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then - compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" - fi - if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then - finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" - fi - - compile_var= - finalize_var= - if test -n "$runpath_var"; then - if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then - # We should set the runpath_var. - rpath= - for dir in $perm_rpath; do - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - done - compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " - fi - if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then - # We should set the runpath_var. - rpath= - for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - done - finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " - fi - fi - - if test "$no_install" = yes; then - # We don't need to create a wrapper script. - link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" - # Replace the output file specification. - link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` - # Delete the old output file. - $run $rm $output - # Link the executable and exit - $show "$link_command" - $run eval "$link_command" || exit $? - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - - if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then - # Fast installation is not supported - link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" - relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" - - $echo "$modename: warning: this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" 1>&2 - $echo "$modename: \`$output' will be relinked during installation" 1>&2 - else - if test "$fast_install" != no; then - link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath" - if test "$fast_install" = yes; then - relink_command=`$echo "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g' | $NL2SP` - else - # fast_install is set to needless - relink_command= - fi - else - link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" - relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" - fi - fi - - # Replace the output file specification. - link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` - - # Delete the old output files. - $run $rm $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname - - $show "$link_command" - $run eval "$link_command" || exit $? - - # Now create the wrapper script. - $show "creating $output" - - # Quote the relink command for shipping. - if test -n "$relink_command"; then - # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior - for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do - if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then - relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" - elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then - relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" - else - var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command" - fi - done - relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)" - relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" | $NL2SP` - fi - - # Quote $echo for shipping. - if test "X$echo" = "X$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo"; then - case $progpath in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo";; - *) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$progpath --fallback-echo";; - esac - qecho=`$echo "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - else - qecho=`$echo "X$echo" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - fi - - # Only actually do things if our run command is non-null. - if test -z "$run"; then - # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has - # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. - case $output in - *.exe) output=`$echo $output|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` ;; - esac - # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions - case $host in - *cygwin*) - exeext=.exe - outputname=`$echo $outputname|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` ;; - *) exeext= ;; - esac - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - output_name=`basename $output` - output_path=`dirname $output` - cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c" - cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe" - $rm $cwrappersource $cwrapper - trap "$rm $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - - cat > $cwrappersource <> $cwrappersource<<"EOF" -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#if defined(PATH_MAX) -# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX -#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN) -# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN -#else -# define LT_PATHMAX 1024 -#endif - -#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR -# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' -# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' -#endif - -#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \ - defined (__OS2__) -# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM -# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 -# define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\' -# endif -# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 -# define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';' -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 -# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) -#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ -# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \ - (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2)) -#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ - -#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 -# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR) -#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ -# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2) -#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ - -#define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type))) -#define XFREE(stale) do { \ - if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \ -} while (0) + case "$host" in + *mingw* | *cygwin* ) + # make stdout use "unix" line endings + echo " setmode(1,_O_BINARY);" + ;; + esac -/* -DDEBUG is fairly common in CFLAGS. */ -#undef DEBUG -#if defined DEBUGWRAPPER -# define DEBUG(format, ...) fprintf(stderr, format, __VA_ARGS__) -#else -# define DEBUG(format, ...) -#endif + cat <<"EOF" + lt_dump_script (stdout); + return 0; + } + if (strcmp (argv[i], debug_opt) == 0) + { + lt_debug = 1; + continue; + } + if (strcmp (argv[i], ltwrapper_option_prefix) == 0) + { + /* however, if there is an option in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX + namespace, but it is not one of the ones we know about and + have already dealt with, above (inluding dump-script), then + report an error. Otherwise, targets might begin to believe + they are allowed to use options in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX + namespace. The first time any user complains about this, we'll + need to make LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX a configure-time option + or a configure.ac-settable value. + */ + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "unrecognized %s option: '%s'", + ltwrapper_option_prefix, argv[i]); + } + /* otherwise ... */ + newargz[++newargc] = xstrdup (argv[i]); + } + newargz[++newargc] = NULL; -const char *program_name = NULL; +EOF + cat <> $cwrappersource <> $cwrappersource <<"EOF" - newargz[1] = find_executable(argv[0]); - if (newargz[1] == NULL) - lt_fatal("Couldn't find %s", argv[0]); - DEBUG("(main) found exe at : %s\n",newargz[1]); - /* we know the script has the same name, without the .exe */ - /* so make sure newargz[1] doesn't end in .exe */ - strendzap(newargz[1],".exe"); - for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) - newargz[i+1] = xstrdup(argv[i]); - newargz[argc+1] = NULL; - - for (i=0; i> $cwrappersource <> $cwrappersource <> $cwrappersource <<"EOF" - return 127; + cat <<"EOF" } void * xmalloc (size_t num) { - void * p = (void *) malloc (num); + void *p = (void *) malloc (num); if (!p) - lt_fatal ("Memory exhausted"); + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "memory exhausted"); return p; } @@ -5085,8 +4560,8 @@ xmalloc (size_t num) char * xstrdup (const char *string) { - return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string) : NULL -; + return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), + string) : NULL; } const char * @@ -5096,7 +4571,7 @@ base_name (const char *name) #if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */ - if (isalpha ((unsigned char)name[0]) && name[1] == ':') + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':') name += 2; #endif @@ -5107,157 +4582,247 @@ base_name (const char *name) } int -check_executable(const char * path) +check_executable (const char *path) { struct stat st; - DEBUG("(check_executable) : %s\n", path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"); + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(check_executable): %s\n", + nonempty (path)); if ((!path) || (!*path)) return 0; - if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0) && - ( - /* MinGW & native WIN32 do not support S_IXOTH or S_IXGRP */ -#if defined (S_IXOTH) - ((st.st_mode & S_IXOTH) == S_IXOTH) || -#endif -#if defined (S_IXGRP) - ((st.st_mode & S_IXGRP) == S_IXGRP) || -#endif - ((st.st_mode & S_IXUSR) == S_IXUSR)) - ) + if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0) + && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH))) return 1; else return 0; } -/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns - newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise */ -char * -find_executable (const char* wrapper) +int +make_executable (const char *path) +{ + int rval = 0; + struct stat st; + + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(make_executable): %s\n", + nonempty (path)); + if ((!path) || (!*path)) + return 0; + + if (stat (path, &st) >= 0) + { + rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR); + } + return rval; +} + +/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns + newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise + Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them. +*/ +char * +find_executable (const char *wrapper) { int has_slash = 0; - const char* p; - const char* p_next; + const char *p; + const char *p_next; /* static buffer for getcwd */ char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1]; int tmp_len; - char* concat_name; + char *concat_name; - DEBUG("(find_executable) : %s\n", wrapper ? (*wrapper ? wrapper : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"); + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(find_executable): %s\n", + nonempty (wrapper)); if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0')) return NULL; /* Absolute path? */ #if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) - if (isalpha ((unsigned char)wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':') - { - concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); - if (check_executable(concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE(concat_name); - } - else - { -#endif - if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0])) + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':') { concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); - if (check_executable(concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE(concat_name); + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); } + else + { +#endif + if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0])) + { + concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + } #if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) - } + } #endif for (p = wrapper; *p; p++) if (*p == '/') - { - has_slash = 1; - break; - } - if (!has_slash) - { - /* no slashes; search PATH */ - const char* path = getenv ("PATH"); - if (path != NULL) - { - for (p = path; *p; p = p_next) { - const char* q; - size_t p_len; - for (q = p; *q; q++) - if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(*q)) - break; - p_len = q - p; - p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1); - if (p_len == 0) - { - /* empty path: current directory */ - if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) - lt_fatal ("getcwd failed"); - tmp_len = strlen(tmp); - concat_name = XMALLOC(char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen(wrapper) + 1); - memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); - concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; - strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); - } - else - { - concat_name = XMALLOC(char, p_len + 1 + strlen(wrapper) + 1); - memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len); - concat_name[p_len] = '/'; - strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper); - } - if (check_executable(concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE(concat_name); + has_slash = 1; + break; } + if (!has_slash) + { + /* no slashes; search PATH */ + const char *path = getenv ("PATH"); + if (path != NULL) + { + for (p = path; *p; p = p_next) + { + const char *q; + size_t p_len; + for (q = p; *q; q++) + if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q)) + break; + p_len = q - p; + p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1); + if (p_len == 0) + { + /* empty path: current directory */ + if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s", + nonnull (strerror (errno))); + tmp_len = strlen (tmp); + concat_name = + XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); + memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); + concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; + strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); + } + else + { + concat_name = + XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); + memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len); + concat_name[p_len] = '/'; + strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper); + } + if (check_executable (concat_name)) + return concat_name; + XFREE (concat_name); + } + } + /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */ } - /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */ - } /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */ if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) - lt_fatal ("getcwd failed"); - tmp_len = strlen(tmp); - concat_name = XMALLOC(char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen(wrapper) + 1); + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s", + nonnull (strerror (errno))); + tmp_len = strlen (tmp); + concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); - if (check_executable(concat_name)) + if (check_executable (concat_name)) return concat_name; - XFREE(concat_name); + XFREE (concat_name); return NULL; } char * -strendzap(char *str, const char *pat) +chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec) +{ +#ifndef S_ISLNK + return xstrdup (pathspec); +#else + char buf[LT_PATHMAX]; + struct stat s; + char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec); + char *p; + int has_symlinks = 0; + while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks) + { + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "checking path component for symlinks: %s\n", + tmp_pathspec); + if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0) + { + if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0) + { + has_symlinks = 1; + break; + } + + /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */ + p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1; + while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) + p--; + if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) + { + /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */ + break; + } + *p = '\0'; + } + else + { + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "error accessing file \"%s\": %s", + tmp_pathspec, nonnull (strerror (errno))); + } + } + XFREE (tmp_pathspec); + + if (!has_symlinks) + { + return xstrdup (pathspec); + } + + tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf); + if (tmp_pathspec == 0) + { + lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec); + } + return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec); +#endif +} + +char * +strendzap (char *str, const char *pat) { size_t len, patlen; - assert(str != NULL); - assert(pat != NULL); + assert (str != NULL); + assert (pat != NULL); - len = strlen(str); - patlen = strlen(pat); + len = strlen (str); + patlen = strlen (pat); if (patlen <= len) - { - str += len - patlen; - if (strcmp(str, pat) == 0) - *str = '\0'; - } + { + str += len - patlen; + if (strcmp (str, pat) == 0) + *str = '\0'; + } return str; } +void +lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + if (lt_debug) + { + (void) fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: ", program_name, file, line); + va_start (args, fmt); + (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args); + va_end (args); + } +} + static void -lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char * mode, - const char * message, va_list ap) +lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *file, + int line, const char *mode, + const char *message, va_list ap) { - fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: ", program_name, mode); + fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: %s: ", program_name, file, line, mode); vfprintf (stderr, message, ap); fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); @@ -5266,1242 +4831,4618 @@ lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char * mode, } void -lt_fatal (const char *message, ...) +lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...) { va_list ap; va_start (ap, message); - lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, "FATAL", message, ap); + lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, file, line, "FATAL", message, ap); va_end (ap); } -EOF - # we should really use a build-platform specific compiler - # here, but OTOH, the wrappers (shell script and this C one) - # are only useful if you want to execute the "real" binary. - # Since the "real" binary is built for $host, then this - # wrapper might as well be built for $host, too. - $run $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -s -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource - ;; - esac - $rm $output - trap "$rm $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - $echo > $output "\ -#! $SHELL +static const char * +nonnull (const char *s) +{ + return s ? s : "(null)"; +} -# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname -# Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP -# -# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool -# libraries that it depends on are installed. -# -# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. -# If it is, it will not operate correctly. +static const char * +nonempty (const char *s) +{ + return (s && !*s) ? "(empty)" : nonnull (s); +} -# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies -# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. -Xsed='${SED} -e 1s/^X//' -sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' +void +lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value) +{ + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n", + nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); + { +#ifdef HAVE_SETENV + /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */ + char *str = xstrdup (value); + setenv (name, str, 1); +#else + int len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1; + char *str = XMALLOC (char, len); + sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value); + if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS) + { + XFREE (str); + } +#endif + } +} -# Be Bourne compatible (taken from Autoconf:_AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE). -if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -else - case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac -fi -BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 -DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh +char * +lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end) +{ + char *new_value; + if (orig_value && *orig_value) + { + int orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value); + int add_len = strlen (add); + new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1); + if (to_end) + { + strcpy (new_value, orig_value); + strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add); + } + else + { + strcpy (new_value, add); + strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value); + } + } + else + { + new_value = xstrdup (add); + } + return new_value; +} -# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout -# if CDPATH is set. -(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH +void +lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value) +{ + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", + nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); -relink_command=\"$relink_command\" + if (name && *name && value && *value) + { + char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); + /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */ + int len = strlen (new_value); + while (((len = strlen (new_value)) > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1])) + { + new_value[len-1] = '\0'; + } + lt_setenv (name, new_value); + XFREE (new_value); + } +} -# This environment variable determines our operation mode. -if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then - # install mode needs the following variable: - notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs' -else - # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$echo are already set. - if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then - echo=\"$qecho\" - file=\"\$0\" - # Make sure echo works. - if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then - # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. - shift - elif test \"X\`(\$echo '\t') 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then - # Yippee, \$echo works! - : - else - # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$echo will work. - exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"} - fi - fi\ -" - $echo >> $output "\ +void +lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value) +{ + lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, + "(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", + nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); - # Find the directory that this script lives in. - thisdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` - test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. + if (name && *name && value && *value) + { + char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); + lt_setenv (name, new_value); + XFREE (new_value); + } +} - # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. - file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` - while test -n \"\$file\"; do - destdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` +EOF + case $host_os in + mingw*) + cat <<"EOF" + +/* Prepares an argument vector before calling spawn(). + Note that spawn() does not by itself call the command interpreter + (getenv ("COMSPEC") != NULL ? getenv ("COMSPEC") : + ({ OSVERSIONINFO v; v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO); + GetVersionEx(&v); + v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT; + }) ? "cmd.exe" : "command.com"). + Instead it simply concatenates the arguments, separated by ' ', and calls + CreateProcess(). We must quote the arguments since Win32 CreateProcess() + interprets characters like ' ', '\t', '\\', '"' (but not '<' and '>') in a + special way: + - Space and tab are interpreted as delimiters. They are not treated as + delimiters if they are surrounded by double quotes: "...". + - Unescaped double quotes are removed from the input. Their only effect is + that within double quotes, space and tab are treated like normal + characters. + - Backslashes not followed by double quotes are not special. + - But 2*n+1 backslashes followed by a double quote become + n backslashes followed by a double quote (n >= 0): + \" -> " + \\\" -> \" + \\\\\" -> \\" + */ +#define SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS "\"\\ \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037" +#define SHELL_SPACE_CHARS " \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037" +char ** +prepare_spawn (char **argv) +{ + size_t argc; + char **new_argv; + size_t i; - # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. - if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then - case \"\$destdir\" in - [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; - *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; - esac - fi + /* Count number of arguments. */ + for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++) + ; - file=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\` - file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` - done + /* Allocate new argument vector. */ + new_argv = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1); - # Try to get the absolute directory name. - absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` - test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" -" + /* Put quoted arguments into the new argument vector. */ + for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) + { + const char *string = argv[i]; + + if (string[0] == '\0') + new_argv[i] = xstrdup ("\"\""); + else if (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS) != NULL) + { + int quote_around = (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPACE_CHARS) != NULL); + size_t length; + unsigned int backslashes; + const char *s; + char *quoted_string; + char *p; + + length = 0; + backslashes = 0; + if (quote_around) + length++; + for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++) + { + char c = *s; + if (c == '"') + length += backslashes + 1; + length++; + if (c == '\\') + backslashes++; + else + backslashes = 0; + } + if (quote_around) + length += backslashes + 1; + + quoted_string = XMALLOC (char, length + 1); + + p = quoted_string; + backslashes = 0; + if (quote_around) + *p++ = '"'; + for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++) + { + char c = *s; + if (c == '"') + { + unsigned int j; + for (j = backslashes + 1; j > 0; j--) + *p++ = '\\'; + } + *p++ = c; + if (c == '\\') + backslashes++; + else + backslashes = 0; + } + if (quote_around) + { + unsigned int j; + for (j = backslashes; j > 0; j--) + *p++ = '\\'; + *p++ = '"'; + } + *p = '\0'; - if test "$fast_install" = yes; then - $echo >> $output "\ - program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext - progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" + new_argv[i] = quoted_string; + } + else + new_argv[i] = (char *) string; + } + new_argv[argc] = NULL; - if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || \\ - { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\ - test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then + return new_argv; +} +EOF + ;; + esac - file=\"\$\$-\$program\" + cat <<"EOF" +void lt_dump_script (FILE* f) +{ +EOF + func_emit_wrapper yes | + $SED -n -e ' +s/^\(.\{79\}\)\(..*\)/\1\ +\2/ +h +s/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g +s/$/\\n/ +s/\([^\n]*\).*/ fputs ("\1", f);/p +g +D' + cat <<"EOF" +} +EOF +} +# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src - if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then - $mkdir \"\$progdir\" - else - $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" - fi" +# func_win32_import_lib_p ARG +# True if ARG is an import lib, as indicated by $file_magic_cmd +func_win32_import_lib_p () +{ + $opt_debug + case `eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$1\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q` in + *import*) : ;; + *) false ;; + esac +} + +# func_mode_link arg... +func_mode_link () +{ + $opt_debug + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and + # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out + # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra + # flag for every libtool invocation. + # allow_undefined=no + + # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying + # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not + # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify + # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain + # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library. + allow_undefined=yes + ;; + *) + allow_undefined=yes + ;; + esac + libtool_args=$nonopt + base_compile="$nonopt $@" + compile_command=$nonopt + finalize_command=$nonopt + + compile_rpath= + finalize_rpath= + compile_shlibpath= + finalize_shlibpath= + convenience= + old_convenience= + deplibs= + old_deplibs= + compiler_flags= + linker_flags= + dllsearchpath= + lib_search_path=`pwd` + inst_prefix_dir= + new_inherited_linker_flags= + + avoid_version=no + bindir= + dlfiles= + dlprefiles= + dlself=no + export_dynamic=no + export_symbols= + export_symbols_regex= + generated= + libobjs= + ltlibs= + module=no + no_install=no + objs= + non_pic_objects= + precious_files_regex= + prefer_static_libs=no + preload=no + prev= + prevarg= + release= + rpath= + xrpath= + perm_rpath= + temp_rpath= + thread_safe=no + vinfo= + vinfo_number=no + weak_libs= + single_module="${wl}-single_module" + func_infer_tag $base_compile + + # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames. + for arg + do + case $arg in + -shared) + test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \ + func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library" + build_old_libs=no + break + ;; + -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs) + case $arg in + -all-static) + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then + func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" + fi + if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static + fi + prefer_static_libs=yes + ;; + -static) + if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static + fi + prefer_static_libs=built + ;; + -static-libtool-libs) + if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static + fi + prefer_static_libs=yes + ;; + esac + build_libtool_libs=no + build_old_libs=yes + break + ;; + esac + done + + # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. + test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes + + # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. + while test "$#" -gt 0; do + arg="$1" + shift + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result + func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result" + + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$prev"; then + case $prev in + output) + func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@" + func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@" + ;; + esac + + case $prev in + bindir) + bindir="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + dlfiles|dlprefiles) + if test "$preload" = no; then + # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. + func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@" + func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@" + preload=yes + fi + case $arg in + *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. + force) + if test "$dlself" = no; then + dlself=needless + export_dynamic=yes + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + self) + if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then + dlself=yes + elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then + dlself=yes + else + dlself=needless + export_dynamic=yes + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + *) + if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then + func_append dlfiles " $arg" + else + func_append dlprefiles " $arg" + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + esac + ;; + expsyms) + export_symbols="$arg" + test -f "$arg" \ + || func_fatal_error "symbol file \`$arg' does not exist" + prev= + continue + ;; + expsyms_regex) + export_symbols_regex="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + framework) + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + case "$deplibs " in + *" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;; + *) func_append deplibs " $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + prev= + continue + ;; + inst_prefix) + inst_prefix_dir="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + objectlist) + if test -f "$arg"; then + save_arg=$arg + moreargs= + for fil in `cat "$save_arg"` + do +# func_append moreargs " $fil" + arg=$fil + # A libtool-controlled object. + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. + if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then + pic_object= + non_pic_object= + + # Read the .lo file + func_source "$arg" + + if test -z "$pic_object" || + test -z "$non_pic_object" || + test "$pic_object" = none && + test "$non_pic_object" = none; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" + fi + + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + + if test "$pic_object" != none; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" + + if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then + func_append dlfiles " $pic_object" + prev= + continue + else + # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. + prev=dlprefiles + fi + fi + + # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama + if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then + # Preload the old-style object. + func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object" + prev= + fi + + # A PIC object. + func_append libobjs " $pic_object" + arg="$pic_object" + fi + + # Non-PIC object. + if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" + + # A standard non-PIC object + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then + arg="$non_pic_object" + fi + else + # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. + # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. + non_pic_object="$pic_object" + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + fi + else + # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. + if $opt_dry_run; then + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + + func_lo2o "$arg" + pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result + non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result + func_append libobjs " $pic_object" + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + else + func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" + fi + fi + done + else + func_fatal_error "link input file \`$arg' does not exist" + fi + arg=$save_arg + prev= + continue + ;; + precious_regex) + precious_files_regex="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + release) + release="-$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + rpath | xrpath) + # We need an absolute path. + case $arg in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" + ;; + esac + if test "$prev" = rpath; then + case "$rpath " in + *" $arg "*) ;; + *) func_append rpath " $arg" ;; + esac + else + case "$xrpath " in + *" $arg "*) ;; + *) func_append xrpath " $arg" ;; + esac + fi + prev= + continue + ;; + shrext) + shrext_cmds="$arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + weak) + func_append weak_libs " $arg" + prev= + continue + ;; + xcclinker) + func_append linker_flags " $qarg" + func_append compiler_flags " $qarg" + prev= + func_append compile_command " $qarg" + func_append finalize_command " $qarg" + continue + ;; + xcompiler) + func_append compiler_flags " $qarg" + prev= + func_append compile_command " $qarg" + func_append finalize_command " $qarg" + continue + ;; + xlinker) + func_append linker_flags " $qarg" + func_append compiler_flags " $wl$qarg" + prev= + func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg" + func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg" + continue + ;; + *) + eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" + prev= + continue + ;; + esac + fi # test -n "$prev" + + prevarg="$arg" + + case $arg in + -all-static) + if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then + # See comment for -static flag below, for more details. + func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag" + func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag" + fi + continue + ;; + + -allow-undefined) + # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. + func_fatal_error "\`-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default" + ;; + + -avoid-version) + avoid_version=yes + continue + ;; + + -bindir) + prev=bindir + continue + ;; + + -dlopen) + prev=dlfiles + continue + ;; + + -dlpreopen) + prev=dlprefiles + continue + ;; + + -export-dynamic) + export_dynamic=yes + continue + ;; + + -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) + if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then + func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed" + fi + if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then + prev=expsyms + else + prev=expsyms_regex + fi + continue + ;; + + -framework) + prev=framework + continue + ;; + + -inst-prefix-dir) + prev=inst_prefix + continue + ;; + + # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:* + # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L + -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*) + case $with_gcc/$host in + no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*) + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -L*) + func_stripname "-L" '' "$arg" + if test -z "$func_stripname_result"; then + if test "$#" -gt 0; then + func_fatal_error "require no space between \`-L' and \`$1'" + else + func_fatal_error "need path for \`-L' option" + fi + fi + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + # We need an absolute path. + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + *) + absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` + test -z "$absdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" + dir="$absdir" + ;; + esac + case "$deplibs " in + *" -L$dir "* | *" $arg "*) + # Will only happen for absolute or sysroot arguments + ;; + *) + # Preserve sysroot, but never include relative directories + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]* | =*) func_append deplibs " $arg" ;; + *) func_append deplibs " -L$dir" ;; + esac + func_append lib_search_path " $dir" + ;; + esac + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + testbindir=`$ECHO "$dir" | $SED 's*/lib$*/bin*'` + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$dir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;; + *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$dir";; + esac + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$testbindir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; + *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";; + esac + ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -l*) + if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*) + # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such) + continue + ;; + *-*-os2*) + # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such) + test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue + ;; + *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) + # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. + test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue + ;; + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework + func_append deplibs " System.ltframework" + continue + ;; + *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) + # Causes problems with __ctype + test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue + ;; + *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) + # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work + test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue + ;; + esac + elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then + case $host in + *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) + # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag. + continue + ;; + esac + fi + func_append deplibs " $arg" + continue + ;; + + -module) + module=yes + continue + ;; + + # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++ + # classes, name mangling, and exception handling. + # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture. + -model|-arch|-isysroot|--sysroot) + func_append compiler_flags " $arg" + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + prev=xcompiler + continue + ;; + + -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \ + |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*) + func_append compiler_flags " $arg" + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $arg "*) ;; + * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -multi_module) + single_module="${wl}-multi_module" + continue + ;; + + -no-fast-install) + fast_install=no + continue + ;; + + -no-install) + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*) + # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows + # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs. + func_warning "\`-no-install' is ignored for $host" + func_warning "assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" + fast_install=no + ;; + *) no_install=yes ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -no-undefined) + allow_undefined=no + continue + ;; + + -objectlist) + prev=objectlist + continue + ;; + + -o) prev=output ;; + + -precious-files-regex) + prev=precious_regex + continue + ;; + + -release) + prev=release + continue + ;; + + -rpath) + prev=rpath + continue + ;; + + -R) + prev=xrpath + continue + ;; + + -R*) + func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg" + dir=$func_stripname_result + # We need an absolute path. + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; + =*) + func_stripname '=' '' "$dir" + dir=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result + ;; + *) + func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" + ;; + esac + case "$xrpath " in + *" $dir "*) ;; + *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;; + esac + continue + ;; + + -shared) + # The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop. + continue + ;; + + -shrext) + prev=shrext + continue + ;; + + -static | -static-libtool-libs) + # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop. + # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that + # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects + # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least + # Digital Unix and AIX. + continue + ;; + + -thread-safe) + thread_safe=yes + continue + ;; + + -version-info) + prev=vinfo + continue + ;; + + -version-number) + prev=vinfo + vinfo_number=yes + continue + ;; + + -weak) + prev=weak + continue + ;; + + -Wc,*) + func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" + args=$func_stripname_result + arg= + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' + for flag in $args; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_quote_for_eval "$flag" + func_append arg " $func_quote_for_eval_result" + func_append compiler_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" + arg=$func_stripname_result + ;; + + -Wl,*) + func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg" + args=$func_stripname_result + arg= + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' + for flag in $args; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_quote_for_eval "$flag" + func_append arg " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" + func_append compiler_flags " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" + func_append linker_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result" + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" + arg=$func_stripname_result + ;; + + -Xcompiler) + prev=xcompiler + continue + ;; + + -Xlinker) + prev=xlinker + continue + ;; + + -XCClinker) + prev=xcclinker + continue + ;; + + # -msg_* for osf cc + -msg_*) + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" + ;; + + # Flags to be passed through unchanged, with rationale: + # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode for the SGI compiler + # -r[0-9][0-9]* specify processor for the SGI compiler + # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode for the Sun compiler + # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode for the HP compiler + # -q* compiler args for the IBM compiler + # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* architecture-specific flags for GCC + # -F/path path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin + # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* profiling flags for GCC + # @file GCC response files + # -tp=* Portland pgcc target processor selection + # --sysroot=* for sysroot support + # -O*, -flto*, -fwhopr*, -fuse-linker-plugin GCC link-time optimization + -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \ + -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*|-tp=*|--sysroot=*| \ + -O*|-flto*|-fwhopr*|-fuse-linker-plugin) + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + func_append compiler_flags " $arg" + continue + ;; + + # Some other compiler flag. + -* | +*) + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" + ;; + + *.$objext) + # A standard object. + func_append objs " $arg" + ;; + + *.lo) + # A libtool-controlled object. + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. + if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then + pic_object= + non_pic_object= + + # Read the .lo file + func_source "$arg" + + if test -z "$pic_object" || + test -z "$non_pic_object" || + test "$pic_object" = none && + test "$non_pic_object" = none; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" + fi + + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + + if test "$pic_object" != none; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" + + if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then + func_append dlfiles " $pic_object" + prev= + continue + else + # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. + prev=dlprefiles + fi + fi + + # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama + if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then + # Preload the old-style object. + func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object" + prev= + fi + + # A PIC object. + func_append libobjs " $pic_object" + arg="$pic_object" + fi + + # Non-PIC object. + if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then + # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. + non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" + + # A standard non-PIC object + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then + arg="$non_pic_object" + fi + else + # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. + # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. + non_pic_object="$pic_object" + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + fi + else + # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. + if $opt_dry_run; then + # Extract subdirectory from the argument. + func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" + xdir="$func_dirname_result" + + func_lo2o "$arg" + pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result + non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result + func_append libobjs " $pic_object" + func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" + else + func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" + fi + fi + ;; + + *.$libext) + # An archive. + func_append deplibs " $arg" + func_append old_deplibs " $arg" + continue + ;; + + *.la) + # A libtool-controlled library. + + func_resolve_sysroot "$arg" + if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then + # This library was specified with -dlopen. + func_append dlfiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + prev= + elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then + # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. + func_append dlprefiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + prev= + else + func_append deplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + fi + continue + ;; + + # Some other compiler argument. + *) + # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need + # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. + func_quote_for_eval "$arg" + arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" + ;; + esac # arg + + # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. + if test -n "$arg"; then + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + fi + done # argument parsing loop + + test -n "$prev" && \ + func_fatal_help "the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" + + if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then + eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" + func_append compile_command " $arg" + func_append finalize_command " $arg" + fi + + oldlibs= + # calculate the name of the file, without its directory + func_basename "$output" + outputname="$func_basename_result" + libobjs_save="$libobjs" + + if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then + # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var + eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$SED \'s/:/ /g\'\` + else + shlib_search_path= + fi + eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\" + eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\" + + func_dirname "$output" "/" "" + output_objdir="$func_dirname_result$objdir" + func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/" + tool_output_objdir=$func_to_tool_file_result + # Create the object directory. + func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir" + + # Determine the type of output + case $output in + "") + func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file" + ;; + *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;; + *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;; + *.la) linkmode=lib ;; + *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program. + esac + + specialdeplibs= + + libs= + # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries + # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la) + for deplib in $deplibs; do + if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then + case "$libs " in + *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + func_append libs " $deplib" + done + + if test "$linkmode" = lib; then + libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps" + + # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps + # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are + # not to be eliminated). + pre_post_deps= + if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then + for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do + case "$pre_post_deps " in + *" $pre_post_dep "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $pre_post_deps" ;; + esac + func_append pre_post_deps " $pre_post_dep" + done + fi + pre_post_deps= + fi + + deplibs= + newdependency_libs= + newlib_search_path= + need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries + notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries + notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries + + case $linkmode in + lib) + passes="conv dlpreopen link" + for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do + case $file in + *.la) ;; + *) + func_fatal_help "libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" + ;; + esac + done + ;; + prog) + compile_deplibs= + finalize_deplibs= + alldeplibs=no + newdlfiles= + newdlprefiles= + passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link" + ;; + *) passes="conv" + ;; + esac + + for pass in $passes; do + # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here + # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance... + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link"; then + ## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong + ## order, and fix it there properly + tmp_deplibs= + for deplib in $deplibs; do + tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs" + done + deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" + fi + + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || + test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then + libs="$deplibs" + deplibs= + fi + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + case $pass in + dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;; + dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;; + link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;; + esac + fi + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,dlpreopen"; then + # Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs + for lib in $dlprefiles; do + # Ignore non-libtool-libs + dependency_libs= + func_resolve_sysroot "$lib" + case $lib in + *.la) func_source "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; + esac + + # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library + # has declared as weak libs + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + func_basename "$deplib" + deplib_base=$func_basename_result + case " $weak_libs " in + *" $deplib_base "*) ;; + *) func_append deplibs " $deplib" ;; + esac + done + done + libs="$dlprefiles" + fi + if test "$pass" = dlopen; then + # Collect dlpreopened libraries + save_deplibs="$deplibs" + deplibs= + fi + + for deplib in $libs; do + lib= + found=no + case $deplib in + -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \ + |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*) + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + func_append compiler_flags " $deplib" + if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then + case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + fi + continue + ;; + -l*) + if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then + func_warning "\`-l' is ignored for archives/objects" + continue + fi + func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib" + name=$func_stripname_result + if test "$linkmode" = lib; then + searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" + else + searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" + fi + for searchdir in $searchdirs; do + for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do + # Search the libtool library + lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}" + if test -f "$lib"; then + if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then + found=yes + else + found=no + fi + break 2 + fi + done + done + if test "$found" != yes; then + # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + fi + continue + else # deplib is a libtool library + # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib, + # We need to do some special things here, and not later. + if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then + case " $predeps $postdeps " in + *" $deplib "*) + if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then + library_names= + old_library= + func_source "$lib" + for l in $old_library $library_names; do + ll="$l" + done + if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available + found=no + func_dirname "$lib" "" "." + ladir="$func_dirname_result" + lib=$ladir/$old_library + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + fi + continue + fi + fi + ;; + *) ;; + esac + fi + fi + ;; # -l + *.ltframework) + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then + case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + fi + continue + ;; + -L*) + case $linkmode in + lib) + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + test "$pass" = conv && continue + newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + ;; + prog) + if test "$pass" = conv; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + continue + fi + if test "$pass" = scan; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + else + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + fi + func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + ;; + *) + func_warning "\`-L' is ignored for archives/objects" + ;; + esac # linkmode + continue + ;; # -L + -R*) + if test "$pass" = link; then + func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories. + case "$xrpath " in + *" $dir "*) ;; + *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;; + esac + fi + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + continue + ;; + *.la) + func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" + lib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + ;; + *.$libext) + if test "$pass" = conv; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + continue + fi + case $linkmode in + lib) + # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed, + # but linking other static libraries is non-portable. + case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) + valid_a_lib=no + case $deplibs_check_method in + match_pattern*) + set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift + match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` + if eval "\$ECHO \"$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q \ + | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then + valid_a_lib=yes + fi + ;; + pass_all) + valid_a_lib=yes + ;; + esac + if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" + echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe" + echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here." + else + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the" + $ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!" + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + fi + ;; + esac + continue + ;; + prog) + if test "$pass" != link; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + else + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + fi + continue + ;; + esac # linkmode + ;; # *.$libext + *.lo | *.$objext) + if test "$pass" = conv; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then + if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then + # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically, + # we need to preload. + func_append newdlprefiles " $deplib" + compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" + else + func_append newdlfiles " $deplib" + fi + fi + continue + ;; + %DEPLIBS%) + alldeplibs=yes + continue + ;; + esac # case $deplib + + if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then : + else + func_fatal_error "cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'" + fi + + # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. + func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \ + || func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + + func_dirname "$lib" "" "." + ladir="$func_dirname_result" + + dlname= + dlopen= + dlpreopen= + libdir= + library_names= + old_library= + inherited_linker_flags= + # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, + # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink + installed=yes + shouldnotlink=no + avoidtemprpath= + + + # Read the .la file + func_source "$lib" + + # Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework" + if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then + tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "$inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'` + for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do + case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in + *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;; + *) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";; + esac + done + fi + dependency_libs=`$ECHO " $dependency_libs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || + test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" || + { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then + test -n "$dlopen" && func_append dlfiles " $dlopen" + test -n "$dlpreopen" && func_append dlprefiles " $dlpreopen" + fi + + if test "$pass" = conv; then + # Only check for convenience libraries + deplibs="$lib $deplibs" + if test -z "$libdir"; then + if test -z "$old_library"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" + fi + # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. + func_append convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" + func_append old_convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" + elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then + func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a convenience library" + fi + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then + case "$tmp_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" + done + continue + fi # $pass = conv + + + # Get the name of the library we link against. + linklib= + if test -n "$old_library" && + { test "$prefer_static_libs" = yes || + test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,no"; }; then + linklib=$old_library + else + for l in $old_library $library_names; do + linklib="$l" + done + fi + if test -z "$linklib"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" + fi + + # This library was specified with -dlopen. + if test "$pass" = dlopen; then + if test -z "$libdir"; then + func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" + fi + if test -z "$dlname" || + test "$dlopen_support" != yes || + test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then + # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking + # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any + # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't + # bomb out in the load deplibs phase. + func_append dlprefiles " $lib $dependency_libs" + else + func_append newdlfiles " $lib" + fi + continue + fi # $pass = dlopen + + # We need an absolute path. + case $ladir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;; + *) + abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd` + if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then + func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" + func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" + abs_ladir="$ladir" + fi + ;; + esac + func_basename "$lib" + laname="$func_basename_result" + + # Find the relevant object directory and library name. + if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then + if test ! -f "$lt_sysroot$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then + #func_warning "library \`$lib' was moved." + dir="$ladir" + absdir="$abs_ladir" + libdir="$abs_ladir" + else + dir="$lt_sysroot$libdir" + absdir="$lt_sysroot$libdir" + fi + test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes + else + if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then + dir="$ladir" + absdir="$abs_ladir" + # Remove this search path later + func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir" + else + dir="$ladir/$objdir" + absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir" + # Remove this search path later + func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir" + fi + fi # $installed = yes + func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname" + name=$func_stripname_result + + # This library was specified with -dlpreopen. + if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then + if test -z "$libdir" && test "$linkmode" = prog; then + func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" + fi + case "$host" in + # special handling for platforms with PE-DLLs. + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) + # Linker will automatically link against shared library if both + # static and shared are present. Therefore, ensure we extract + # symbols from the import library if a shared library is present + # (otherwise, the dlopen module name will be incorrect). We do + # this by putting the import library name into $newdlprefiles. + # We recover the dlopen module name by 'saving' the la file + # name in a special purpose variable, and (later) extracting the + # dlname from the la file. + if test -n "$dlname"; then + func_tr_sh "$dir/$linklib" + eval "libfile_$func_tr_sh_result=\$abs_ladir/\$laname" + func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib" + else + func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library" + # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check + # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library" + fi + ;; + * ) + # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols + # are required to link). + if test -n "$old_library"; then + func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library" + # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check + # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library" + # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it. + elif test -n "$dlname"; then + func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$dlname" + else + func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib" + fi + ;; + esac + fi # $pass = dlpreopen + + if test -z "$libdir"; then + # Link the convenience library + if test "$linkmode" = lib; then + deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" + elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs" + else + deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass + fi + continue + fi + + + if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then + func_append newlib_search_path " $ladir" + deplibs="$lib $deplibs" + + linkalldeplibs=no + if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" || + test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then + linkalldeplibs=yes + fi + + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + ;; + esac + # Need to link against all dependency_libs? + if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + else + # Need to hardcode shared library paths + # or/and link against static libraries + newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + fi + if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then + case "$tmp_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; + esac + fi + func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" + done # for deplib + continue + fi # $linkmode = prog... + + if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then + if test -n "$library_names" && + { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || + test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } || + test -z "$old_library"; }; then + # We need to hardcode the library path + if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then + # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. + case "$temp_rpath:" in + *"$absdir:"*) ;; + *) func_append temp_rpath "$absdir:" ;; + esac + fi + + # Hardcode the library path. + # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time + # search path. + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$compile_rpath " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link... + + if test "$alldeplibs" = yes && + { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all || + { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && + test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then + # We only need to search for static libraries + continue + fi + fi + + link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically + use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs + if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes; then + use_static_libs=no + fi + if test -n "$library_names" && + { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc*) + # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded + func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib" + need_relink=no + ;; + *) + if test "$installed" = no; then + func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib" + need_relink=yes + fi + ;; + esac + # This is a shared library + + # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some + # systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though! + dlopenmodule="" + for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do + if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then + dlopenmodule="$dlpremoduletest" + break + fi + done + if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link; then + echo + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module" + else + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module" + fi + $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!" + fi + if test "$linkmode" = lib && + test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then + # Hardcode the library path. + # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time + # search path. + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$compile_rpath " in + *" $absdir "*) ;; + *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + fi + + if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then + # figure out the soname + set dummy $library_names + shift + realname="$1" + shift + libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` + # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no? + if test -n "$dlname"; then + soname="$dlname" + elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then + # bleh windows + case $host in + *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc*) + func_arith $current - $age + major=$func_arith_result + versuffix="-$major" + ;; + esac + eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" + else + soname="$realname" + fi + + # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use + soroot="$soname" + func_basename "$soroot" + soname="$func_basename_result" + func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname" + newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a + + # If the library has no export list, then create one now + if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then : + else + func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'" + func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + # Create $newlib + if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else + func_verbose "generating import library for \`$soname'" + func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library + dir=$output_objdir + linklib=$newlib + fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" + + if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$opt_mode" != relink; then + add_shlibpath= + add_dir= + add= + lib_linked=yes + case $hardcode_action in + immediate | unsupported) + if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then + add="$dir/$linklib" + case $host in + *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; + *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; + *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \ + *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; + *-*-darwin* ) + # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we can not + # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings + if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null | + $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then + if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then + $ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library" + if test -z "$old_library" ; then + echo + echo "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available" + echo "*** The link will probably fail, sorry" + else + add="$dir/$old_library" + fi + elif test -n "$old_library"; then + add="$dir/$old_library" + fi + fi + esac + elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then + case $host in + *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;; + esac + add_dir="-L$dir" + add="-l$name" + elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then + add_shlibpath="$dir" + add="-l$name" + else + lib_linked=no + fi + ;; + relink) + if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && + test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then + add="$dir/$linklib" + elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then + add_dir="-L$absdir" + # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then + case $libdir in + [\\/]*) + func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + add="-l$name" + elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then + add_shlibpath="$dir" + add="-l$name" + else + lib_linked=no + fi + ;; + *) lib_linked=no ;; + esac + + if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then + func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties" + fi + + if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then + case :$compile_shlibpath: in + *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;; + *) func_append compile_shlibpath "$add_shlibpath:" ;; + esac + fi + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs" + test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs" + else + test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" + test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" + if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && + test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && + test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then + case :$finalize_shlibpath: in + *":$libdir:"*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;; + esac + fi + fi + fi + + if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$opt_mode" = relink; then + add_shlibpath= + add_dir= + add= + # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. + if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && + test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then + add="$libdir/$linklib" + elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then + add_dir="-L$libdir" + add="-l$name" + elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then + case :$finalize_shlibpath: in + *":$libdir:"*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;; + esac + add="-l$name" + elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" && + test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then + add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" + else + add="$libdir/$linklib" + fi + else + # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. + add_dir="-L$libdir" + # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. + if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then + case $libdir in + [\\/]*) + func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + add="-l$name" + fi + + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs" + test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs" + else + test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" + test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" + fi + fi + elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then + # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L + # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and + # shared platforms. + if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then + test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library" + compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs" + else + compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs" + fi + elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + # Not a shared library + if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then + # We're trying link a shared library against a static one + # but the system doesn't support it. + + # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so + # that the program can be linked against the static library. + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." + if test "$module" = yes; then + echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create " + echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application" + echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime." + if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then + echo + echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" + echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" + echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." + echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." + fi + if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then + build_libtool_libs=module + build_old_libs=yes + else + build_libtool_libs=no + fi + fi + else + deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" + link_static=yes + fi + fi # link shared/static library? + + if test "$linkmode" = lib; then + if test -n "$dependency_libs" && + { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || + test "$build_old_libs" = yes || + test "$link_static" = yes; }; then + # Extract -R from dependency_libs + temp_deplibs= + for libdir in $dependency_libs; do + case $libdir in + -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir" + temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result + case " $xrpath " in + *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; + *) func_append xrpath " $temp_xrpath";; + esac;; + *) func_append temp_deplibs " $libdir";; + esac + done + dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs" + fi + + func_append newlib_search_path " $absdir" + # Link against this library + test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs" + # ... and its dependency_libs + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" + case $deplib in + -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" + func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result";; + *) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" ;; + esac + if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then + case "$tmp_libs " in + *" $func_resolve_sysroot_result "*) + func_append specialdeplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; + esac + fi + func_append tmp_libs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" + done + + if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then + # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + path= + case $deplib in + -L*) path="$deplib" ;; + *.la) + func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" + deplib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result + func_dirname "$deplib" "" "." + dir=$func_dirname_result + # We need an absolute path. + case $dir in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;; + *) + absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` + if test -z "$absdir"; then + func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" + absdir="$dir" + fi + ;; + esac + if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + depdepl= + eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` + if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then + for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do + depdepl=$tmp + done + if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" ; then + depdepl="$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" + darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` + if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then + darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL64} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` + fi + func_append compiler_flags " ${wl}-dylib_file ${wl}${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" + func_append linker_flags " -dylib_file ${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" + path= + fi + fi + ;; + *) + path="-L$absdir/$objdir" + ;; + esac + else + eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" + #test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \ + # func_warning "\`$deplib' seems to be moved" + + path="-L$absdir" + fi + ;; + esac + case " $deplibs " in + *" $path "*) ;; + *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;; + esac + done + fi # link_all_deplibs != no + fi # linkmode = lib + done # for deplib in $libs + if test "$pass" = link; then + if test "$linkmode" = "prog"; then + compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs" + finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs" + else + compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + fi + fi + dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" + if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then + # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries + for deplib in $save_deplibs; do + deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" + done + fi + if test "$pass" != dlopen; then + if test "$pass" != conv; then + # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories. + lib_search_path= + for dir in $newlib_search_path; do + case "$lib_search_path " in + *" $dir "*) ;; + *) func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;; + esac + done + newlib_search_path= + fi + + if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then + vars="deplibs" + else + vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs" + fi + for var in $vars dependency_libs; do + # Add libraries to $var in reverse order + eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\" + new_libs= + for deplib in $tmp_libs; do + # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so + # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally + # broken: + #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" + # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in + # practice: + case $deplib in + -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; + -R*) ;; + *) + # And here is the reason: when a library appears more + # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or + # is implicitly linked in more than once by the + # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple + # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this + # with having the same library being listed as a + # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case, + # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not + # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the + # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare + # enough that we require users that really mean to play + # such unportable linking tricks to link the library + # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it + # for duplicate removal. + case " $specialdeplibs " in + *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; + *) + case " $new_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + done + tmp_libs= + for deplib in $new_libs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) + case " $tmp_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;; + esac + ;; + *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;; + esac + done + eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\" + done # for var + fi + # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs + # (they stay in deplibs) + tmp_libs= + for i in $dependency_libs ; do + case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in + *" $i "*) + i="" + ;; + esac + if test -n "$i" ; then + func_append tmp_libs " $i" + fi + done + dependency_libs=$tmp_libs + done # for pass + if test "$linkmode" = prog; then + dlfiles="$newdlfiles" + fi + if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$linkmode" = lib; then + dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" + fi + + case $linkmode in + oldlib) + if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then + func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" + fi + + case " $deplibs" in + *\ -l* | *\ -L*) + func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" ;; + esac + + test -n "$rpath" && \ + func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$xrpath" && \ + func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for archives" + + test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \ + func_warning "\`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" + + # Now set the variables for building old libraries. + build_libtool_libs=no + oldlibs="$output" + func_append objs "$old_deplibs" + ;; + + lib) + # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'. + case $outputname in + lib*) + func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname" + name=$func_stripname_result + eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" + ;; + *) + test "$module" = no && \ + func_fatal_help "libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" + + if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then + # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required + func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" + name=$func_stripname_result + eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" + else + func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" + libname=$func_stripname_result + fi + ;; + esac + + if test -n "$objs"; then + if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then + func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" + else + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool" + $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!" + func_append libobjs " $objs" + fi + fi + + test "$dlself" != no && \ + func_warning "\`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" + + set dummy $rpath + shift + test "$#" -gt 1 && \ + func_warning "ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" + + install_libdir="$1" + + oldlibs= + if test -z "$rpath"; then + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + # Building a libtool convenience library. + # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so + # convenience libraries should have the same extension an + # archive normally would. + oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" + build_libtool_libs=convenience + build_old_libs=yes + fi + + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" + else + + # Parse the version information argument. + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':' + set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 + shift + IFS="$save_ifs" + + test -n "$7" && \ + func_fatal_help "too many parameters to \`-version-info'" + + # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages + # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts + # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible + + case $vinfo_number in + yes) + number_major="$1" + number_minor="$2" + number_revision="$3" + # + # There are really only two kinds -- those that + # use the current revision as the major version + # and those that subtract age and use age as + # a minor version. But, then there is irix + # which has an extra 1 added just for fun + # + case $version_type in + # correct linux to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + darwin|linux|osf|windows|none) + func_arith $number_major + $number_minor + current=$func_arith_result + age="$number_minor" + revision="$number_revision" + ;; + freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|qnx|sunos) + current="$number_major" + revision="$number_minor" + age="0" + ;; + irix|nonstopux) + func_arith $number_major + $number_minor + current=$func_arith_result + age="$number_minor" + revision="$number_minor" + lt_irix_increment=no + ;; + esac + ;; + no) + current="$1" + revision="$2" + age="$3" + ;; + esac + + # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. + case $current in + 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; + *) + func_error "CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer" + func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" + ;; + esac + + case $revision in + 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; + *) + func_error "REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer" + func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" + ;; + esac + + case $age in + 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; + *) + func_error "AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer" + func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" + ;; + esac + + if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then + func_error "AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" + func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" + fi + + # Calculate the version variables. + major= + versuffix= + verstring= + case $version_type in + none) ;; + + darwin) + # Like Linux, but with the current version available in + # verstring for coding it into the library header + func_arith $current - $age + major=.$func_arith_result + versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" + # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options... + func_arith $current + 1 + minor_current=$func_arith_result + xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision" + verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" + ;; + + freebsd-aout) + major=".$current" + versuffix=".$current.$revision"; + ;; + + freebsd-elf) + major=".$current" + versuffix=".$current" + ;; + + irix | nonstopux) + if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then + func_arith $current - $age + else + func_arith $current - $age + 1 + fi + major=$func_arith_result + + case $version_type in + nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;; + *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;; + esac + verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision" + + # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. + loop=$revision + while test "$loop" -ne 0; do + func_arith $revision - $loop + iface=$func_arith_result + func_arith $loop - 1 + loop=$func_arith_result + verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring" + done + + # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'. + major=.$major + versuffix="$major.$revision" + ;; + + linux) # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor + func_arith $current - $age + major=.$func_arith_result + versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" + ;; + + osf) + func_arith $current - $age + major=.$func_arith_result + versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision" + verstring="$current.$age.$revision" + + # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. + loop=$age + while test "$loop" -ne 0; do + func_arith $current - $loop + iface=$func_arith_result + func_arith $loop - 1 + loop=$func_arith_result + verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0" + done + + # Make executables depend on our current version. + func_append verstring ":${current}.0" + ;; + + qnx) + major=".$current" + versuffix=".$current" + ;; + + sunos) + major=".$current" + versuffix=".$current.$revision" + ;; + + windows) + # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one + # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems. + func_arith $current - $age + major=$func_arith_result + versuffix="-$major" + ;; + + *) + func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type \`$version_type'" + ;; + esac + + # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. + if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then + major= + case $version_type in + darwin) + # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting + # problems, so we reset it completely + verstring= + ;; + *) + verstring="0.0" + ;; + esac + if test "$need_version" = no; then + versuffix= + else + versuffix=".0.0" + fi + fi + + # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided + if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then + major= + versuffix= + verstring="" + fi + + # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. + if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then + if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then + func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" + build_libtool_libs=no + build_old_libs=yes + fi + else + # Don't allow undefined symbols. + allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" + fi + + fi + + func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" "yes" + func_append libobjs " $symfileobj" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + + if test "$opt_mode" != relink; then + # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they + # may have been created when compiling PIC objects. + removelist= + tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"` + for p in $tempremovelist; do + case $p in + *.$objext | *.gcno) + ;; + $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*) + if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then + if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + continue + fi + fi + func_append removelist " $p" + ;; + *) ;; + esac + done + test -n "$removelist" && \ + func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist" + fi + + # Now set the variables for building old libraries. + if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then + func_append oldlibs " $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" + + # Transform .lo files to .o files. + oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.${libext}$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP` + fi + + # Eliminate all temporary directories. + #for path in $notinst_path; do + # lib_search_path=`$ECHO "$lib_search_path " | $SED "s% $path % %g"` + # deplibs=`$ECHO "$deplibs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"` + # dependency_libs=`$ECHO "$dependency_libs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"` + #done + + if test -n "$xrpath"; then + # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. + temp_xrpath= + for libdir in $xrpath; do + func_replace_sysroot "$libdir" + func_append temp_xrpath " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result" + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac + done + if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" + fi + fi + + # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened + old_dlfiles="$dlfiles" + dlfiles= + for lib in $old_dlfiles; do + case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in + *" $lib "*) ;; + *) func_append dlfiles " $lib" ;; + esac + done + + # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files + old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles" + dlprefiles= + for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do + case "$dlprefiles " in + *" $lib "*) ;; + *) func_append dlprefiles " $lib" ;; + esac + done + + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + if test -n "$rpath"; then + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*) + # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! + ;; + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework + func_append deplibs " System.ltframework" + ;; + *-*-netbsd*) + # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed. + ;; + *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) + # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. + ;; + *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) + # Causes problems with __ctype + ;; + *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) + # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work + ;; + *) + # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary. + if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then + func_append deplibs " -lc" + fi + ;; + esac + fi + + # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. + name_save=$name + libname_save=$libname + release_save=$release + versuffix_save=$versuffix + major_save=$major + # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think + # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to + # add it in twice. Is that correct? + release="" + versuffix="" + major="" + newdeplibs= + droppeddeps=no + case $deplibs_check_method in + pass_all) + # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. + # This might be a little naive. We might want to check + # whether the library exists or not. But this is on + # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just + # implementing what was already the behavior. + newdeplibs=$deplibs + ;; + test_compile) + # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its + # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it + # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check + # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. + $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c + cat > conftest.c </dev/null` + $nocaseglob + else + potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null` + fi + for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do + # Follow soft links. + if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null | + $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then + continue + fi + # The statement above tries to avoid entering an + # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. + # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link + # loop can be closed while we follow links, + # but so what? + potlib="$potent_lib" + while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do + potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'` + case $potliblink in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";; + *) potlib=`$ECHO "$potlib" | $SED 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";; + esac + done + if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null | + $SED -e 10q | + $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then + func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" + a_deplib="" + break 2 + fi + done + done + fi + if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then + droppeddeps=yes + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" + echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" + if test -z "$potlib" ; then + $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)" + else + $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" + $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib" + fi + fi + ;; + *) + # Add a -L argument. + func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" + ;; + esac + done # Gone through all deplibs. + ;; + match_pattern*) + set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift + match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` + for a_deplib in $deplibs; do + case $a_deplib in + -l*) + func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib" + name=$func_stripname_result + if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then + case " $predeps $postdeps " in + *" $a_deplib "*) + func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" + a_deplib="" + ;; + esac + fi + if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then + libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` + for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do + potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` + for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do + potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test + if eval "\$ECHO \"$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q | \ + $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then + func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" + a_deplib="" + break 2 + fi + done + done + fi + if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then + droppeddeps=yes + echo + $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." + echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" + echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" + echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" + echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" + if test -z "$potlib" ; then + $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)" + else + $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" + $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib" + fi + fi + ;; + *) + # Add a -L argument. + func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" + ;; + esac + done # Gone through all deplibs. + ;; + none | unknown | *) + newdeplibs="" + tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc$//; s/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'` + if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then + for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do + # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/' + tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $tmp_deplibs" | $SED "s,$i,,"` + done + fi + case $tmp_deplibs in + *[!\ \ ]*) + echo + if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then + echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." + else + echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." + fi + echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." + droppeddeps=yes + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + versuffix=$versuffix_save + major=$major_save + release=$release_save + libname=$libname_save + name=$name_save - $echo >> $output "\ + case $host in + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework + newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` + ;; + esac - # relink executable if necessary - if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then - if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then : - else - $echo \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2 - $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - fi + if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then + if test "$module" = yes; then + echo + echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" + $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" + echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" + echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." + if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then + echo + echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" + echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" + echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." + echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." + fi + if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then + oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" + build_libtool_libs=module + build_old_libs=yes + else + build_libtool_libs=no + fi + else + echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" + echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" + echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." - $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || - { $rm \"\$progdir/\$program\"; - $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } - $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" - fi" - else - $echo >> $output "\ - program='$outputname' - progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" -" + if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then + echo + echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols," + echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or" + echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined," + echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it." + if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then + oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" + build_libtool_libs=module + build_old_libs=yes + else + build_libtool_libs=no + fi + fi + fi fi + # Done checking deplibs! + deplibs=$newdeplibs + fi + # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + ;; + esac - $echo >> $output "\ - - if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" - - # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. - if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then - $echo >> $output "\ - # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var - $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" + # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet + # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list + new_libs= + for path in $notinst_path; do + case " $new_libs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; + *) + case " $deplibs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) + func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;; + esac + ;; + esac + done + for deplib in $deplibs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) + case " $new_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; + esac + ;; + *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; + esac + done + deplibs="$new_libs" - # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var - # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed - $shlibpath_var=\`\$echo \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\` + # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). + library_names= + old_library= + dlname= - export $shlibpath_var -" + # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + # Remove ${wl} instances when linking with ld. + # FIXME: should test the right _cmds variable. + case $archive_cmds in + *\$LD\ *) wl= ;; + esac + if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then + # Hardcode the library paths + hardcode_libdirs= + dep_rpath= + rpath="$finalize_rpath" + test "$opt_mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath" + for libdir in $rpath; do + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + func_replace_sysroot "$libdir" + libdir=$func_replace_sysroot_result + if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" + else + # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. + case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in + *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) + ;; + *) + func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi + else + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + func_append dep_rpath " $flag" + fi + elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then + case "$perm_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + done + # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && + test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" + eval "dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"" + fi + if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then + # We should set the runpath_var. + rpath= + for dir in $perm_rpath; do + func_append rpath "$dir:" + done + eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var" + fi + test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs" fi - # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. - if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then - $echo >> $output "\ - # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH - PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH -" + shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath" + test "$opt_mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath" + if test -n "$shlibpath"; then + eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var" fi - $echo >> $output "\ - if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then - # Run the actual program with our arguments. -" - case $host in - # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows - *-*-mingw | *-*-os2*) - $echo >> $output "\ - exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} -" - ;; - - *) - $echo >> $output "\ - exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} -" - ;; - esac - $echo >> $output "\ - \$echo \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - else - # The program doesn't exist. - \$echo \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2 - \$echo \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 - $echo \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi -fi\ -" - chmod +x $output - fi - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - esac - - # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. - for oldlib in $oldlibs; do + # Get the real and link names of the library. + eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" + eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" + set dummy $library_names + shift + realname="$1" + shift - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then - oldobjs="$libobjs_save" - addlibs="$convenience" - build_libtool_libs=no - else - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then - oldobjs="$libobjs_save" - build_libtool_libs=no + if test -n "$soname_spec"; then + eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" else - oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects" + soname="$realname" + fi + if test -z "$dlname"; then + dlname=$soname fi - addlibs="$old_convenience" - fi - if test -n "$addlibs"; then - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" + lib="$output_objdir/$realname" + linknames= + for link + do + func_append linknames " $link" + done - func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs - oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result" - fi + # Use standard objects if they are pic + test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= - # Do each command in the archive commands. - if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds - else - # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have - # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we - # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a - # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking - # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently - # not supported by libtool). - if (for obj in $oldobjs - do - $echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' - done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then - : - else - $echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..." + delfiles= + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then + $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" + export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" + func_append delfiles " $export_symbols" + fi - if test -z "$gentop"; then - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - $show "${rm}r $gentop" - $run ${rm}r "$gentop" - $show "$mkdir $gentop" - $run $mkdir "$gentop" - exit_status=$? - if test "$exit_status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then - exit $exit_status + orig_export_symbols= + case $host_os in + cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then + # exporting using user supplied symfile + if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" != xEXPORTS; then + # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out + # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag + # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds. + # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare + # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the + # include_expsyms logic still works. + orig_export_symbols="$export_symbols" + export_symbols= + always_export_symbols=yes fi fi + ;; + esac - save_oldobjs=$oldobjs - oldobjs= - counter=1 - for obj in $save_oldobjs - do - objbase=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - case " $oldobjs " in - " ") oldobjs=$obj ;; - *[\ /]"$objbase "*) - while :; do - # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also - # overlaps. - newobj=lt$counter-$objbase - counter=`expr $counter + 1` - case " $oldobjs " in - *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;; - *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;; - esac - done - $show "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj" - $run ln "$obj" "$gentop/$newobj" || - $run cp "$obj" "$gentop/$newobj" - oldobjs="$oldobjs $gentop/$newobj" - ;; - *) oldobjs="$oldobjs $obj" ;; - esac - done + # Prepare the list of exported symbols + if test -z "$export_symbols"; then + if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then + func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" + export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" + $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols + cmds=$export_symbols_cmds + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' + for cmd1 in $cmds; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + # Take the normal branch if the nm_file_list_spec branch + # doesn't work or if tool conversion is not needed. + case $nm_file_list_spec~$to_tool_file_cmd in + *~func_convert_file_noop | *~func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 | ~*) + try_normal_branch=yes + eval cmd=\"$cmd1\" + func_len " $cmd" + len=$func_len_result + ;; + *) + try_normal_branch=no + ;; + esac + if test "$try_normal_branch" = yes \ + && { test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" \ + || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; } + then + func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' + skipped_export=false + elif test -n "$nm_file_list_spec"; then + func_basename "$output" + output_la=$func_basename_result + save_libobjs=$libobjs + save_output=$output + output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.nm + func_to_tool_file "$output" + libobjs=$nm_file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result + func_append delfiles " $output" + func_verbose "creating $NM input file list: $output" + for obj in $save_libobjs; do + func_to_tool_file "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" + done > "$output" + eval cmd=\"$cmd1\" + func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' + output=$save_output + libobjs=$save_libobjs + skipped_export=false + else + # The command line is too long to execute in one step. + func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..." + skipped_export=: + # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be + # set to false by a later but shorter cmd. + break + fi + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:"; then + func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' + func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' + fi + fi fi - eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then + tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" + test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" + $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' + fi - if len=`expr "X$cmds" : ".*"` && - test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then - cmds=$old_archive_cmds - else - # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts - $echo "using piecewise archive linking..." - save_RANLIB=$RANLIB - RANLIB=: - objlist= - concat_cmds= - save_oldobjs=$oldobjs + if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then + # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. + func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" + # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of + # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine + # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of + # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately + # isn't a blessed tool. + $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter + func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" + export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def + $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols + fi - # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list? - for obj in $save_oldobjs - do - last_oldobj=$obj - done - for obj in $save_oldobjs - do - oldobjs="$objlist $obj" - objlist="$objlist $obj" - eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" - if len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*" 2>/dev/null` && - test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len"; then - : - else - # the above command should be used before it gets too long - oldobjs=$objlist - if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then - RANLIB=$save_RANLIB - fi - test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ - eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\" - objlist= - fi - done - RANLIB=$save_RANLIB - oldobjs=$objlist - if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then - eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\" + tmp_deplibs= + for test_deplib in $deplibs; do + case " $convenience " in + *" $test_deplib "*) ;; + *) + func_append tmp_deplibs " $test_deplib" + ;; + esac + done + deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" + + if test -n "$convenience"; then + if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" && + test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes && + test -z "$libobjs"; then + # extract the archives, so we have objects to list. + # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive. + whole_archive_flag_spec= + fi + if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + save_libobjs=$libobjs + eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= else - eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\" + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + func_append generated " $gentop" + + func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience + func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= fi fi - fi - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - IFS="$save_ifs" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - done - if test -n "$generated"; then - $show "${rm}r$generated" - $run ${rm}r$generated - fi + if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then + eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" + func_append linker_flags " $flag" + fi - # Now create the libtool archive. - case $output in - *.la) - old_library= - test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext" - $show "creating $output" + # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking + if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then + $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $? + fi - # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior - for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do - if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then - relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" - elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then - relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" + # Do each of the archive commands. + if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then + eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\" + cmds=$module_expsym_cmds + else + eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\" + cmds=$module_cmds + fi else - var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command" + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then + eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" + cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds + else + eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" + cmds=$archive_cmds + fi fi - done - # Quote the link command for shipping. - relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)" - relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" | $NL2SP` - if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then - relink_command= - fi + if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && + func_len " $test_cmds" && + len=$func_len_result && + test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then + : + else + # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise + # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker + # script. - # Only create the output if not a dry run. - if test -z "$run"; then - for installed in no yes; do - if test "$installed" = yes; then - if test -z "$install_libdir"; then - break + # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to + # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we + # want to use save_libobjs as it was before + # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't + # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec. + # This may have to be revisited, in case too many + # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding + # the spec. + if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + save_libobjs=$libobjs + fi + save_output=$output + func_basename "$output" + output_la=$func_basename_result + + # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and + # initialize k to one. + test_cmds= + concat_cmds= + objlist= + last_robj= + k=1 + + if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnkscript + func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output" + echo 'INPUT (' > $output + for obj in $save_libobjs + do + func_to_tool_file "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output + done + echo ')' >> $output + func_append delfiles " $output" + func_to_tool_file "$output" + output=$func_to_tool_file_result + elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "X$file_list_spec" != X; then + output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnk + func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output" + : > $output + set x $save_libobjs + shift + firstobj= + if test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes; then + firstobj="$1 " + shift fi - output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i - # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones - newdependency_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - case $deplib in - *.la) - name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` - if test -z "$libdir"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $libdir/$name" - ;; - *) newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $deplib" ;; - esac + for obj + do + func_to_tool_file "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output done - dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" - newdlfiles= - for lib in $dlfiles; do - name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` - if test -z "$libdir"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE + func_append delfiles " $output" + func_to_tool_file "$output" + output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result\" + else + if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then + func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..." + output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext + eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" + func_len " $test_cmds" + len0=$func_len_result + len=$len0 + + # Loop over the list of objects to be linked. + for obj in $save_libobjs + do + func_len " $obj" + func_arith $len + $func_len_result + len=$func_arith_result + if test "X$objlist" = X || + test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then + func_append objlist " $obj" + else + # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a + # command to the queue. + if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then + # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add. + reload_objs=$objlist + eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" + else + # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in + # the last one created. + reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj" + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" + fi + last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext + func_arith $k + 1 + k=$func_arith_result + output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext + objlist=" $obj" + func_len " $last_robj" + func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result + len=$func_arith_result + fi + done + # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last + # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object + # files will link in the last one created. + test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ + reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj" + eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds\" + if test -n "$last_robj"; then + eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}~\$RM $last_robj\" fi - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name" - done - dlfiles="$newdlfiles" - newdlprefiles= - for lib in $dlprefiles; do - name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` - if test -z "$libdir"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE + func_append delfiles " $output" + + else + output= + fi + + if ${skipped_export-false}; then + func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" + export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" + $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols + libobjs=$output + # Append the command to create the export file. + test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\" + if test -n "$last_robj"; then + eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" fi - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name" + fi + + test -n "$save_libobjs" && + func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output" + + # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them. + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' + for cmd in $concat_cmds; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + $opt_silent || { + func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { + lt_exit=$? + + # Restore the uninstalled library and exit + if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then + ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ + $RM "${realname}T" && \ + $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) + fi + + exit $lt_exit + } done - dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" + IFS="$save_ifs" + + if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then + func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' + func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' + fi + fi + + if ${skipped_export-false}; then + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then + tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" + test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" + $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' + fi + + if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then + # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. + func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" + # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of + # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine + # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of + # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately + # isn't a blessed tool. + $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter + func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" + export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def + $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols + fi + fi + + libobjs=$output + # Restore the value of output. + output=$save_output + + if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + fi + # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the + # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking. + + # Do each of the archive commands. + if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then + cmds=$module_expsym_cmds + else + cmds=$module_cmds + fi else - newdlfiles= - for lib in $dlfiles; do - case $lib in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; - *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; - esac - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $abs" - done - dlfiles="$newdlfiles" - newdlprefiles= - for lib in $dlprefiles; do - case $lib in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; - *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; - esac - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $abs" - done - dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" + if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then + cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds + else + cmds=$archive_cmds + fi fi - $rm $output - # place dlname in correct position for cygwin - tdlname=$dlname - case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in - *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;; - esac - $echo > $output "\ -# $outputname - a libtool library file -# Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP -# -# Please DO NOT delete this file! -# It is necessary for linking the library. + fi -# The name that we can dlopen(3). -dlname='$tdlname' + if test -n "$delfiles"; then + # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds. + eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\" + fi -# Names of this library. -library_names='$library_names' + # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries + if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + func_append generated " $gentop" -# The name of the static archive. -old_library='$old_library' + func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles + func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" + test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= + fi -# Libraries that this one depends upon. -dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' + for cmd in $cmds; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + eval cmd=\"$cmd\" + $opt_silent || { + func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" + eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" + } + $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { + lt_exit=$? -# Version information for $libname. -current=$current -age=$age -revision=$revision + # Restore the uninstalled library and exit + if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then + ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ + $RM "${realname}T" && \ + $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) + fi -# Is this an already installed library? -installed=$installed + exit $lt_exit + } + done + IFS="$save_ifs" -# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules? -shouldnotlink=$module + # Restore the uninstalled library and exit + if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then + $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $? -# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen -dlopen='$dlfiles' -dlpreopen='$dlprefiles' + if test -n "$convenience"; then + if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi -# Directory that this library needs to be installed in: -libdir='$install_libdir'" - if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then - $echo >> $output "\ -relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" + # Create links to the real library. + for linkname in $linknames; do + if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then + func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?' fi done - fi - # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in - # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. - $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)" - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)' || exit $? + # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. + if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then + # On all known operating systems, these are identical. + dlname="$soname" + fi + fi ;; - esac - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - # libtool install mode - install) - modename="$modename: install" + obj) + if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then + func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" + fi - # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of - # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). - if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh || - # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command. - $echo "X$nonopt" | grep shtool > /dev/null; then - # Aesthetically quote it. - arg=`$echo "X$nonopt" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; + case " $deplibs" in + *\ -l* | *\ -L*) + func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" ;; esac - install_prog="$arg " - arg="$1" - shift - else - install_prog= - arg=$nonopt - fi - # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. - # Aesthetically quote it. - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - install_prog="$install_prog$arg" + test -n "$rpath" && \ + func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for objects" - # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. - dest= - files= - opts= - prev= - install_type= - isdir=no - stripme= - for arg - do - if test -n "$dest"; then - files="$files $dest" - dest=$arg - continue - fi + test -n "$xrpath" && \ + func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for objects" - case $arg in - -d) isdir=yes ;; - -f) - case " $install_prog " in - *[\\\ /]cp\ *) ;; - *) prev=$arg ;; - esac - ;; - -g | -m | -o) prev=$arg ;; - -s) - stripme=" -s" - continue - ;; - -*) + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for objects" + + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for objects" + + case $output in + *.lo) + test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \ + func_fatal_error "cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" + + libobj=$output + func_lo2o "$libobj" + obj=$func_lo2o_result ;; *) - # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. - if test -n "$prev"; then - prev= - else - dest=$arg - continue - fi + libobj= + obj="$output" ;; esac - # Aesthetically quote the argument. - arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - case $arg in - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - arg="\"$arg\"" - ;; - esac - install_prog="$install_prog $arg" - done + # Delete the old objects. + $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj - if test -z "$install_prog"; then - $echo "$modename: you must specify an install program" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi + # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes + # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create + # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate + # the extraction. + reload_conv_objs= + gentop= + # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of + # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with + # turning comma into space.. + wl= - if test -n "$prev"; then - $echo "$modename: the \`$prev' option requires an argument" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi + if test -n "$convenience"; then + if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then + eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\" + reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$ECHO "$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $SED 's|,| |g'` + else + gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x" + func_append generated " $gentop" - if test -z "$files"; then - if test -z "$dest"; then - $echo "$modename: no file or destination specified" 1>&2 - else - $echo "$modename: you must specify a destination" 1>&2 + func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience + reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result" + fi fi - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. - dest=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/$%%'` + # If we're not building shared, we need to use non_pic_objs + test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && libobjs="$non_pic_objects" - # Check to see that the destination is a directory. - test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes - if test "$isdir" = yes; then - destdir="$dest" - destname= - else - destdir=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - test "X$destdir" = "X$dest" && destdir=. - destname=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` + # Create the old-style object. + reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.${libext}$/d; /\.lib$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test - # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. - set dummy $files - if test "$#" -gt 2; then - $echo "$modename: \`$dest' is not a directory" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE + output="$obj" + func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' + + # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. + if test -z "$libobj"; then + if test -n "$gentop"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi - fi - case $destdir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - for file in $files; do - case $file in - *.lo) ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: \`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - done + + if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then + if test -n "$gentop"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + + # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't + # accidentally link it into a program. + # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" + # $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + fi + + if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then + # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. + reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" + output="$libobj" + func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi + + if test -n "$gentop"; then + func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' + fi + + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; - esac - # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather - # than running their programs. - libtool_install_magic="$magic" + prog) + case $host in + *cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" + output=$func_stripname_result.exe;; + esac + test -n "$vinfo" && \ + func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for programs" - staticlibs= - future_libdirs= - current_libdirs= - for file in $files; do + test -n "$release" && \ + func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for programs" - # Do each installation. - case $file in - *.$libext) - # Do the static libraries later. - staticlibs="$staticlibs $file" + test "$preload" = yes \ + && test "$dlopen_support" = unknown \ + && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown \ + && test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown && \ + func_warning "\`LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." + + case $host in + *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) + # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework + compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` + finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` ;; + esac - *.la) - # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : - else - $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE + case $host in + *-*-darwin*) + # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors + # But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!). + if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then + case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in + 10.[0123]) + func_append compile_command " ${wl}-bind_at_load" + func_append finalize_command " ${wl}-bind_at_load" + ;; + esac fi + # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" + compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` + ;; + esac - library_names= - old_library= - relink_command= - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $file in - */* | *\\*) . $file ;; - *) . ./$file ;; - esac - # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. - if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then - case "$current_libdirs " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;; + # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet + # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list + new_libs= + for path in $notinst_path; do + case " $new_libs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; + *) + case " $compile_deplibs " in + *" -L$path/$objdir "*) + func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;; esac - else - # Note the libdir as a future libdir. - case "$future_libdirs " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;; + ;; + esac + done + for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do + case $deplib in + -L*) + case " $new_libs " in + *" $deplib "*) ;; + *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; esac - fi + ;; + *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; + esac + done + compile_deplibs="$new_libs" - dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`/ - test "X$dir" = "X$file/" && dir= - dir="$dir$objdir" - if test -n "$relink_command"; then - # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir. - inst_prefix_dir=`$echo "$destdir" | $SED "s%$libdir\$%%"` + func_append compile_command " $compile_deplibs" + func_append finalize_command " $finalize_deplibs" - # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected - # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that - # are installed to the same prefix. - # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that - # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine) - # but it's something to keep an eye on. - if test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir"; then - $echo "$modename: error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi + if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then + # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. + for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do + # This is the magic to use -rpath. + case "$finalize_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac + done + fi - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then - # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command. - relink_command=`$echo "$relink_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%" | $NL2SP` + # Now hardcode the library paths + rpath= + hardcode_libdirs= + for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" + else + # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. + case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in + *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) + ;; + *) + func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi else - relink_command=`$echo "$relink_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%" | $NL2SP` + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + func_append rpath " $flag" fi + elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then + case "$perm_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac + fi + case $host in + *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) + testbindir=`${ECHO} "$libdir" | ${SED} -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$libdir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;; + *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$libdir";; + esac + case :$dllsearchpath: in + *":$testbindir:"*) ;; + ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; + *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";; + esac + ;; + esac + done + # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && + test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" + eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + fi + compile_rpath="$rpath" - $echo "$modename: warning: relinking \`$file'" 1>&2 - $show "$relink_command" - if $run eval "$relink_command"; then : + rpath= + hardcode_libdirs= + for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" + else + # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. + case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in + *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) + ;; + *) + func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" + ;; + esac + fi else - $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + func_append rpath " $flag" fi + elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then + case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in + *" $libdir "*) ;; + *) func_append finalize_perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; + esac fi + done + # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && + test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then + libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" + eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + fi + finalize_rpath="$rpath" - # See the names of the shared library. - set dummy $library_names - if test -n "$2"; then - realname="$2" - shift - shift + if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then + # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` + fi - srcname="$realname" - test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T + func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" "no" - # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. - $show "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" - $run eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" || exit $? - if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then - $show "$striplib $destdir/$realname" - $run eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" || exit $? - fi + # template prelinking step + if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then + func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi - if test "$#" -gt 0; then - # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. - # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on - # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f, - # so we also need to try rm && ln -s. - for linkname - do - if test "$linkname" != "$realname"; then - $show "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" - $run eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" - fi - done - fi + wrappers_required=yes + case $host in + *cegcc* | *mingw32ce*) + # Disable wrappers for cegcc and mingw32ce hosts, we are cross compiling anyway. + wrappers_required=no + ;; + *cygwin* | *mingw* ) + if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then + wrappers_required=no + fi + ;; + *) + if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then + wrappers_required=no + fi + ;; + esac + if test "$wrappers_required" = no; then + # Replace the output file specification. + compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` + link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath" - # Do each command in the postinstall commands. - lib="$destdir/$realname" - cmds=$postinstall_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || { - lt_exit=$? - - # Restore the uninstalled library and exit - if test "$mode" = relink; then - $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}T && $mv ${realname}U $realname)' - fi + # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. + exit_status=0 + func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?' - exit $lt_exit - } - done - IFS="$save_ifs" + if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then + func_to_tool_file "$output" + postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` + func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi - # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. - name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - instname="$dir/$name"i - $show "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" - $run eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" || exit $? + # Delete the generated files. + if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"; then + func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"' + fi - # Maybe install the static library, too. - test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library" - ;; + exit $exit_status + fi - *.lo) - # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. + if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then + compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" + fi + if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then + finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" + fi - # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. - if test -n "$destname"; then - destfile="$destdir/$destname" - else - destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - destfile="$destdir/$destfile" + compile_var= + finalize_var= + if test -n "$runpath_var"; then + if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then + # We should set the runpath_var. + rpath= + for dir in $perm_rpath; do + func_append rpath "$dir:" + done + compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi - - # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. - case $destfile in - *.lo) - staticdest=`$echo "X$destfile" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` - ;; - *.$objext) - staticdest="$destfile" - destfile= - ;; - *) - $echo "$modename: cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac - - # Install the libtool object if requested. - if test -n "$destfile"; then - $show "$install_prog $file $destfile" - $run eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" || exit $? + if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then + # We should set the runpath_var. + rpath= + for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do + func_append rpath "$dir:" + done + finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi + fi - # Install the old object if enabled. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. - staticobj=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` + if test "$no_install" = yes; then + # We don't need to create a wrapper script. + link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" + # Replace the output file specification. + link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` + # Delete the old output file. + $opt_dry_run || $RM $output + # Link the executable and exit + func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' - $show "$install_prog $staticobj $staticdest" - $run eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" || exit $? + if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then + func_to_tool_file "$output" + postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` + func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; + fi - *) - # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. - if test -n "$destname"; then - destfile="$destdir/$destname" + if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then + # Fast installation is not supported + link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" + relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" + + func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" + func_warning "\`$output' will be relinked during installation" + else + if test "$fast_install" != no; then + link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath" + if test "$fast_install" = yes; then + relink_command=`$ECHO "$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'` + else + # fast_install is set to needless + relink_command= + fi else - destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - destfile="$destdir/$destfile" + link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" + relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" fi + fi - # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it - # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to - # install - stripped_ext="" - case $file in - *.exe) - if test ! -f "$file"; then - file=`$echo $file|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` - stripped_ext=".exe" - fi - ;; - esac - - # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. - case $host in - *cygwin*|*mingw*) - wrapper=`$echo $file | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,'` - ;; - *) - wrapper=$file - ;; - esac - if (${SED} -e '4q' $wrapper | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE")>/dev/null 2>&1; then - notinst_deplibs= - relink_command= + # Replace the output file specification. + link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` - # Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to - # foo even if both foo and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe - # behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing - # `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. - # - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $wrapper in - */* | *\\*) . ${wrapper} ;; - *) . ./${wrapper} ;; - esac + # Delete the old output files. + $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname - # Check the variables that should have been set. - if test -z "$notinst_deplibs"; then - $echo "$modename: invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi + func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' - finalize=yes - for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do - # Check to see that each library is installed. - libdir= - if test -f "$lib"; then - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $lib in - */* | *\\*) . $lib ;; - *) . ./$lib ;; - esac - fi - libfile="$libdir/"`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test - if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: \`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" 1>&2 - finalize=no - fi - done + if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then + func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$outputname" + postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` + func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' + fi - relink_command= - # Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to - # foo even if both foo and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe - # behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing - # `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. - # - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $wrapper in - */* | *\\*) . ${wrapper} ;; - *) . ./${wrapper} ;; - esac + # Now create the wrapper script. + func_verbose "creating $output" - outputname= - if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then - if test "$finalize" = yes && test -z "$run"; then - tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` - file=`$echo "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - outputname="$tmpdir/$file" - # Replace the output file specification. - relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g' | $NL2SP` - - $show "$relink_command" - if $run eval "$relink_command"; then : - else - $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2 - ${rm}r "$tmpdir" - continue - fi - file="$outputname" - else - $echo "$modename: warning: cannot relink \`$file'" 1>&2 - fi + # Quote the relink command for shipping. + if test -n "$relink_command"; then + # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior + for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do + if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then + relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" + elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then + relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" else - # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. - file=`$echo "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` + func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" + relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" fi - fi - - # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another - # one anyway - case $install_prog,$host in - */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*) - case $file:$destfile in - *.exe:*.exe) - # this is ok - ;; - *.exe:*) - destfile=$destfile.exe - ;; - *:*.exe) - destfile=`$echo $destfile | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,'` - ;; - esac - ;; + done + relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)" + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` + fi + + # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode. + $opt_dry_run || { + # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has + # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. + case $output in + *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" + output=$func_stripname_result ;; esac - $show "$install_prog$stripme $file $destfile" - $run eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" || exit $? - test -n "$outputname" && ${rm}r "$tmpdir" - ;; - esac - done + # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions + case $host in + *cygwin*) + exeext=.exe + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname" + outputname=$func_stripname_result ;; + *) exeext= ;; + esac + case $host in + *cygwin* | *mingw* ) + func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "." + output_name=$func_basename_result + output_path=$func_dirname_result + cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c" + cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe" + $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper + trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 + + func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource + + # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler, + # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross- + # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be + # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment. + $opt_dry_run || { + $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource + $STRIP $cwrapper + } - for file in $staticlibs; do - name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` + # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use: + func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper + $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 + $opt_dry_run || { + # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod. + if test "x$build" = "x$host" ; then + $cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + else + func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + fi + } + ;; + * ) + $RM $output + trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - # Set up the ranlib parameters. - oldlib="$destdir/$name" + func_emit_wrapper no > $output + chmod +x $output + ;; + esac + } + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + ;; + esac - $show "$install_prog $file $oldlib" - $run eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" || exit $? + # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. + for oldlib in $oldlibs; do - if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then - $show "$old_striplib $oldlib" - $run eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" || exit $? + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then + oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj" + addlibs="$convenience" + build_libtool_libs=no + else + if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then + oldobjs="$libobjs_save" + build_libtool_libs=no + else + oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects" + if test "$preload" = yes && test -f "$symfileobj"; then + func_append oldobjs " $symfileobj" + fi + fi + addlibs="$old_convenience" fi - # Do each command in the postinstall commands. - cmds=$old_postinstall_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - done + if test -n "$addlibs"; then + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + func_append generated " $gentop" - if test -n "$future_libdirs"; then - $echo "$modename: warning: remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" 1>&2 - fi + func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs + func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" + fi - if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then - # Maybe just do a dry run. - test -n "$run" && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" - exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs' - else - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - ;; + # Do each command in the archive commands. + if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then + cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds + else - # libtool finish mode - finish) - modename="$modename: finish" - libdirs="$nonopt" - admincmds= + # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries + if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + func_append generated " $gentop" - if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then - for dir - do - libdirs="$libdirs $dir" - done + func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles + func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" + fi - for libdir in $libdirs; do - if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then - # Do each command in the finish commands. - cmds=$finish_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" || admincmds="$admincmds - $cmd" + # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have + # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we + # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a + # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking + # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently + # not supported by libtool). + if (for obj in $oldobjs + do + func_basename "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_basename_result" + done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then + : + else + echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..." + gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" + func_append generated " $gentop" + func_mkdir_p "$gentop" + save_oldobjs=$oldobjs + oldobjs= + counter=1 + for obj in $save_oldobjs + do + func_basename "$obj" + objbase="$func_basename_result" + case " $oldobjs " in + " ") oldobjs=$obj ;; + *[\ /]"$objbase "*) + while :; do + # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also + # overlaps. + newobj=lt$counter-$objbase + func_arith $counter + 1 + counter=$func_arith_result + case " $oldobjs " in + *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;; + *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;; + esac + done + func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj" + func_append oldobjs " $gentop/$newobj" + ;; + *) func_append oldobjs " $obj" ;; + esac done - IFS="$save_ifs" - fi - if test -n "$finish_eval"; then - # Do the single finish_eval. - eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" - $run eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds - $cmds" fi - done - fi - - # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. - test "$show" = : && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS + func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 + tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result + eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" - $echo "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed - $echo "Libraries have been installed in:" - for libdir in $libdirs; do - $echo " $libdir" + func_len " $cmds" + len=$func_len_result + if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then + cmds=$old_archive_cmds + elif test -n "$archiver_list_spec"; then + func_verbose "using command file archive linking..." + for obj in $oldobjs + do + func_to_tool_file "$obj" + $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" + done > $output_objdir/$libname.libcmd + func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$libname.libcmd" + oldobjs=" $archiver_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result" + cmds=$old_archive_cmds + else + # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts + func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..." + save_RANLIB=$RANLIB + RANLIB=: + objlist= + concat_cmds= + save_oldobjs=$oldobjs + oldobjs= + # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list? + for obj in $save_oldobjs + do + last_oldobj=$obj + done + eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" + func_len " $test_cmds" + len0=$func_len_result + len=$len0 + for obj in $save_oldobjs + do + func_len " $obj" + func_arith $len + $func_len_result + len=$func_arith_result + func_append objlist " $obj" + if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then + : + else + # the above command should be used before it gets too long + oldobjs=$objlist + if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then + RANLIB=$save_RANLIB + fi + test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ + eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\" + objlist= + len=$len0 + fi + done + RANLIB=$save_RANLIB + oldobjs=$objlist + if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then + eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\" + else + eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\" + fi + fi + fi + func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?' done - $echo - $echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" - $echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" - $echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'" - $echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - $echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable" - $echo " during execution" - fi - if test -n "$runpath_var"; then - $echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable" - $echo " during linking" - fi - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - libdir=LIBDIR - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - - $echo " - use the \`$flag' linker flag" - fi - if test -n "$admincmds"; then - $echo " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" - fi - if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then - $echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'" - fi - $echo - $echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" - $echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." - $echo "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - - # libtool execute mode - execute) - modename="$modename: execute" - # The first argument is the command name. - cmd="$nonopt" - if test -z "$cmd"; then - $echo "$modename: you must specify a COMMAND" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi + test -n "$generated" && \ + func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated" - # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. - for file in $execute_dlfiles; do - if test ! -f "$file"; then - $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a file" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi + # Now create the libtool archive. + case $output in + *.la) + old_library= + test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext" + func_verbose "creating $output" - dir= - case $file in - *.la) - # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : + # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior + for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do + if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then + relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" + elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then + relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" else - $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE + func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" + relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" fi + done + # Quote the link command for shipping. + relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)" + relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` + if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then + relink_command= + fi - # Read the libtool library. - dlname= - library_names= + # Only create the output if not a dry run. + $opt_dry_run || { + for installed in no yes; do + if test "$installed" = yes; then + if test -z "$install_libdir"; then + break + fi + output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i + # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones + newdependency_libs= + for deplib in $dependency_libs; do + case $deplib in + *.la) + func_basename "$deplib" + name="$func_basename_result" + func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" + eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $func_resolve_sysroot_result` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" + func_append newdependency_libs " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" + ;; + -L*) + func_stripname -L '' "$deplib" + func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + func_append newdependency_libs " -L$func_replace_sysroot_result" + ;; + -R*) + func_stripname -R '' "$deplib" + func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" + func_append newdependency_libs " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result" + ;; + *) func_append newdependency_libs " $deplib" ;; + esac + done + dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" + newdlfiles= + + for lib in $dlfiles; do + case $lib in + *.la) + func_basename "$lib" + name="$func_basename_result" + eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + func_append newdlfiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" + ;; + *) func_append newdlfiles " $lib" ;; + esac + done + dlfiles="$newdlfiles" + newdlprefiles= + for lib in $dlprefiles; do + case $lib in + *.la) + # Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for + # eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we + # didn't already link the preopened objects directly into + # the library: + func_basename "$lib" + name="$func_basename_result" + eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` + test -z "$libdir" && \ + func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" + func_append newdlprefiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" + ;; + esac + done + dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" + else + newdlfiles= + for lib in $dlfiles; do + case $lib in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; + *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; + esac + func_append newdlfiles " $abs" + done + dlfiles="$newdlfiles" + newdlprefiles= + for lib in $dlprefiles; do + case $lib in + [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; + *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; + esac + func_append newdlprefiles " $abs" + done + dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" + fi + $RM $output + # place dlname in correct position for cygwin + # In fact, it would be nice if we could use this code for all target + # systems that can't hard-code library paths into their executables + # and that have no shared library path variable independent of PATH, + # but it turns out we can't easily determine that from inspecting + # libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it + # applies here; at the moment, that means platforms that use the PE + # object format with DLL files. See the long comment at the top of + # tests/bindir.at for full details. + tdlname=$dlname + case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in + *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) + # If a -bindir argument was supplied, place the dll there. + if test "x$bindir" != x ; + then + func_relative_path "$install_libdir" "$bindir" + tdlname=$func_relative_path_result$dlname + else + # Otherwise fall back on heuristic. + tdlname=../bin/$dlname + fi + ;; + esac + $ECHO > $output "\ +# $outputname - a libtool library file +# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION +# +# Please DO NOT delete this file! +# It is necessary for linking the library. - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $file in - */* | *\\*) . $file ;; - *) . ./$file ;; - esac +# The name that we can dlopen(3). +dlname='$tdlname' - # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. - if test -z "$dlname"; then - # Warn if it was a shared library. - test -n "$library_names" && $echo "$modename: warning: \`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'" - continue - fi +# Names of this library. +library_names='$library_names' - dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. +# The name of the static archive. +old_library='$old_library' - if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then - dir="$dir/$objdir" - else - if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then - $echo "$modename: cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - fi - ;; +# Linker flags that can not go in dependency_libs. +inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags' - *.lo) - # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. - dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. - ;; +# Libraries that this one depends upon. +dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' - *) - $echo "$modename: warning \`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" 1>&2 - continue - ;; - esac +# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library +weak_library_names='$weak_libs' - # Get the absolute pathname. - absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` - test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir" +# Version information for $libname. +current=$current +age=$age +revision=$revision - # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. - if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then - eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" - else - eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" - fi - done +# Is this an already installed library? +installed=$installed - # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var - # rather than running their programs. - libtool_execute_magic="$magic" +# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules? +shouldnotlink=$module - # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. - args= - for file - do - case $file in - -*) ;; - *) - # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. - if (${SED} -e '4q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then - # If there is no directory component, then add one. - case $file in - */* | *\\*) . $file ;; - *) . ./$file ;; - esac +# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen +dlopen='$dlfiles' +dlpreopen='$dlprefiles' - # Transform arg to wrapped name. - file="$progdir/$program" - fi - ;; - esac - # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). - file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - args="$args \"$file\"" - done +# Directory that this library needs to be installed in: +libdir='$install_libdir'" + if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then + $ECHO >> $output "\ +relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" + fi + done + } - if test -z "$run"; then - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - # Export the shlibpath_var. - eval "export $shlibpath_var" - fi + # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in + # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. + func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?' + ;; + esac + exit $EXIT_SUCCESS +} - # Restore saved environment variables - for lt_var in LANG LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES - do - eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then - $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var - fi" - done +{ test "$opt_mode" = link || test "$opt_mode" = relink; } && + func_mode_link ${1+"$@"} - # Now prepare to actually exec the command. - exec_cmd="\$cmd$args" - else - # Display what would be done. - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - eval "\$echo \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" - $echo "export $shlibpath_var" - fi - $echo "$cmd$args" - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - ;; - # libtool clean and uninstall mode - clean | uninstall) - modename="$modename: $mode" - rm="$nonopt" +# func_mode_uninstall arg... +func_mode_uninstall () +{ + $opt_debug + RM="$nonopt" files= rmforce= exit_status=0 @@ -6513,44 +9454,41 @@ relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" for arg do case $arg in - -f) rm="$rm $arg"; rmforce=yes ;; - -*) rm="$rm $arg" ;; - *) files="$files $arg" ;; + -f) func_append RM " $arg"; rmforce=yes ;; + -*) func_append RM " $arg" ;; + *) func_append files " $arg" ;; esac done - if test -z "$rm"; then - $echo "$modename: you must specify an RM program" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi + test -z "$RM" && \ + func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program" rmdirs= - origobjdir="$objdir" for file in $files; do - dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` - if test "X$dir" = "X$file"; then - dir=. - objdir="$origobjdir" + func_dirname "$file" "" "." + dir="$func_dirname_result" + if test "X$dir" = X.; then + odir="$objdir" else - objdir="$dir/$origobjdir" + odir="$dir/$objdir" fi - name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - test "$mode" = uninstall && objdir="$dir" + func_basename "$file" + name="$func_basename_result" + test "$opt_mode" = uninstall && odir="$dir" - # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates - if test "$mode" = clean; then + # Remember odir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates + if test "$opt_mode" = clean; then case " $rmdirs " in - *" $objdir "*) ;; - *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;; + *" $odir "*) ;; + *) func_append rmdirs " $odir" ;; esac fi # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used. - if (test -L "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \ - || (test -h "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \ - || test -f "$file"; then + if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || + { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || + test -f "$file"; then : elif test -d "$file"; then exit_status=1 @@ -6564,55 +9502,32 @@ relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" case $name in *.la) # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then - . $dir/$name + if func_lalib_p "$file"; then + func_source $dir/$name # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. for n in $library_names; do - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n" + func_append rmfiles " $odir/$n" done - test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library" + test -n "$old_library" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$old_library" - case "$mode" in + case "$opt_mode" in clean) - case " $library_names " in - # " " in the beginning catches empty $dlname + case " $library_names " in *" $dlname "*) ;; - *) rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$dlname" ;; + *) test -n "$dlname" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$dlname" ;; esac - test -n "$libdir" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i" + test -n "$libdir" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}i" ;; uninstall) if test -n "$library_names"; then # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. - cmds=$postuninstall_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" - if test "$?" -ne 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then - exit_status=1 - fi - done - IFS="$save_ifs" + func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' fi if test -n "$old_library"; then # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. - cmds=$old_postuninstall_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $show "$cmd" - $run eval "$cmd" - if test "$?" -ne 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then - exit_status=1 - fi - done - IFS="$save_ifs" + func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' fi # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. ;; @@ -6622,288 +9537,95 @@ relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" *.lo) # Possibly a libtool object, so verify it. - if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then + if func_lalib_p "$file"; then # Read the .lo file - . $dir/$name + func_source $dir/$name # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove. - if test -n "$pic_object" \ - && test "$pic_object" != none; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$pic_object" + if test -n "$pic_object" && + test "$pic_object" != none; then + func_append rmfiles " $dir/$pic_object" fi # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove. - if test -n "$non_pic_object" \ - && test "$non_pic_object" != none; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$non_pic_object" + if test -n "$non_pic_object" && + test "$non_pic_object" != none; then + func_append rmfiles " $dir/$non_pic_object" fi fi ;; *) - if test "$mode" = clean ; then + if test "$opt_mode" = clean ; then noexename=$name case $file in *.exe) - file=`$echo $file|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` - noexename=`$echo $name|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" + file=$func_stripname_result + func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name" + noexename=$func_stripname_result # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles, # add $file without .exe - rmfiles="$rmfiles $file" + func_append rmfiles " $file" ;; esac # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program. - if (${SED} -e '4q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then - relink_command= - . $dir/$noexename + if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then + if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then + func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" + relink_command= + func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result + func_append rmfiles " $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" + else + relink_command= + func_source $dir/$noexename + fi # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}" + func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}S.${objext}" if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name" + func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$name" fi if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-${noexename}.c" + func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-${noexename}.c" fi fi fi ;; esac - $show "$rm $rmfiles" - $run $rm $rmfiles || exit_status=1 + func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1' done - objdir="$origobjdir" # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files for dir in $rmdirs; do if test -d "$dir"; then - $show "rmdir $dir" - $run rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1 + func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1" fi done exit $exit_status - ;; +} - "") - $echo "$modename: you must specify a MODE" 1>&2 - $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; - esac +{ test "$opt_mode" = uninstall || test "$opt_mode" = clean; } && + func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"} - if test -z "$exec_cmd"; then - $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2 - $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi -fi # test -z "$show_help" +test -z "$opt_mode" && { + help="$generic_help" + func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE" +} + +test -z "$exec_cmd" && \ + func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$opt_mode'" if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then - eval exec $exec_cmd + eval exec "$exec_cmd" exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi -# We need to display help for each of the modes. -case $mode in -"") $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]... - -Provide generalized library-building support services. - - --config show all configuration variables - --debug enable verbose shell tracing --n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files - --features display basic configuration information and exit - --finish same as \`--mode=finish' - --help display this help message and exit - --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE [default=inferred from MODE-ARGS] - --quiet same as \`--silent' - --silent don't print informational messages - --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG - --version print version information - -MODE must be one of the following: - - clean remove files from the build directory - compile compile a source file into a libtool object - execute automatically set library path, then run a program - finish complete the installation of libtool libraries - install install libraries or executables - link create a library or an executable - uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory - -MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. Try \`$modename --help --mode=MODE' for -a more detailed description of MODE. - -Report bugs to ." - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - -clean) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... - -Remove files from the build directory. - -RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE -(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed -to RM. - -If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated -with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." - ;; - -compile) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE - -Compile a source file into a libtool library object. - -This mode accepts the following additional options: - - -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE - -prefer-pic try to building PIC objects only - -prefer-non-pic try to building non-PIC objects only - -static always build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking - -COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file -from the given SOURCEFILE. - -The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from -SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the -library object suffix, \`.lo'." - ;; - -execute) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... - -Automatically set library path, then run a program. - -This mode accepts the following additional options: - - -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path - -This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen' -flags. - -If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated -into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library -directories are added to the library path. - -Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." - ;; - -finish) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... - -Complete the installation of libtool libraries. - -Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. - -The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use -the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." - ;; - -install) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... - -Install executables or libraries. - -INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be -either the \`install' or \`cp' program. - -The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only -BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." - ;; - -link) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... - -Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to -create an executable program. - -LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create -a program from several object files. - -The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: - - -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all - -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible - -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime - -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols - -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) - -export-symbols SYMFILE - try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE - -export-symbols-regex REGEX - try to export only the symbols matching REGEX - -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries - -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME - -module build a library that can dlopened - -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode - -no-install link a not-installable executable - -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols - -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects - -objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects - -precious-files-regex REGEX - don't remove output files matching REGEX - -release RELEASE specify package release information - -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR - -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries - -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries - -static-libtool-libs - do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries - -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] - specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] - -All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored. - -Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are -treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library -object files. - -If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created, -only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is -required, except when creating a convenience library. - -If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created -using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'. - -If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file -is created, otherwise an executable program is created." - ;; - -uninstall) - $echo \ -"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... +exit $exit_status -Remove libraries from an installation directory. - -RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE -(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed -to RM. - -If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. -Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." - ;; - -*) - $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2 - $echo "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - ;; -esac - -$echo -$echo "Try \`$modename --help' for more information about other modes." - -exit $? # The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation # in which we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting @@ -6917,14 +9639,17 @@ exit $? # configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only. # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared -disable_libs=shared +build_libtool_libs=no +build_old_libs=yes # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static -disable_libs=static +build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac` # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static # Local Variables: # mode:shell-script # sh-indentation:2 # End: +# vi:sw=2 + diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/missing b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/missing index 894e786e16..86a8fc31e3 100755 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/missing +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/missing @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ #! /bin/sh # Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. -scriptversion=2005-06-08.21 +scriptversion=2012-01-06.13; # UTC -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, +# 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -18,9 +18,7 @@ scriptversion=2005-06-08.21 # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a @@ -33,6 +31,8 @@ if test $# -eq 0; then fi run=: +sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' +sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' # In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the # srcdir already. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ fi msg="missing on your system" -case "$1" in +case $1 in --run) # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. run= @@ -77,15 +77,18 @@ Supported PROGRAM values: aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' autoconf touch file \`configure' autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' + autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c help2man touch the output file lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c makeinfo touch the output file - tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] +Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes \`gnu-', \`gnu', and +\`g' are ignored when checking the name. + Send bug reports to ." exit $? ;; @@ -103,23 +106,21 @@ Send bug reports to ." esac +# normalize program name to check for. +program=`echo "$1" | sed ' + s/^gnu-//; t + s/^gnu//; t + s/^g//; t'` + # Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we # don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect -# the program). -case "$1" in - lex|yacc) +# the program). This is about non-GNU programs, so use $1 not +# $program. +case $1 in + lex*|yacc*) # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version. ;; - tar) - if test -n "$run"; then - echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" - exit 1 - elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then - exit 1 - fi - ;; - *) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. @@ -135,7 +136,7 @@ esac # If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), # try to emulate it. -case "$1" in +case $program in aclocal*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if @@ -145,7 +146,7 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if touch aclocal.m4 ;; - autoconf) + autoconf*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the @@ -154,7 +155,7 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if touch configure ;; - autoheader) + autoheader*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want @@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if test -z "$files" && files="config.h" touch_files= for f in $files; do - case "$f" in + case $f in *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; @@ -184,7 +185,7 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if while read f; do touch "$f"; done ;; - autom4te) + autom4te*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. You might have modified some files without having the @@ -192,8 +193,8 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU archive site." - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` - test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` if test -f "$file"; then touch $file else @@ -207,80 +208,78 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. fi ;; - bison|yacc) + bison*|yacc*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h - if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then - eval LASTARG="\${$#}" - case "$LASTARG" in + if test $# -ne 1; then + eval LASTARG=\${$#} + case $LASTARG in *.y) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` - if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then + if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c fi SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` - if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then + if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h fi ;; esac fi - if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then + if test ! -f y.tab.h; then echo >y.tab.h fi - if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then + if test ! -f y.tab.c; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c fi ;; - lex|flex) + lex*|flex*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." rm -f lex.yy.c - if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then - eval LASTARG="\${$#}" - case "$LASTARG" in + if test $# -ne 1; then + eval LASTARG=\${$#} + case $LASTARG in *.l) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` - if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then + if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c fi ;; esac fi - if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then + if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c fi ;; - help2man) + help2man*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` - if test -z "$file"; then - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` - fi - if [ -f "$file" ]; then + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` + if test -f "$file"; then touch $file else test -z "$file" || exec >$file echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" - exit 1 + exit $? fi ;; - makeinfo) + makeinfo*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file @@ -289,11 +288,17 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." # The file to touch is that specified with -o ... - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` if test -z "$file"; then # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ... infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` - file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $infile` + file=`sed -n ' + /^@setfilename/{ + s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ + p + q + }' $infile` # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info) test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info fi @@ -303,41 +308,6 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if touch $file ;; - tar) - shift - - # We have already tried tar in the generic part. - # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error - # messages. - if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then - gnutar "$@" && exit 0 - fi - if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then - gtar "$@" && exit 0 - fi - firstarg="$1" - if shift; then - case "$firstarg" in - *o*) - firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` - tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 - ;; - esac - case "$firstarg" in - *h*) - firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` - tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 - ;; - esac - fi - - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. - You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the - command line arguments." - exit 1 - ;; - *) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. @@ -356,5 +326,6 @@ exit 0 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/shell.c b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/shell.c index 33dc1ac38a..a74dcdb85d 100644 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/shell.c +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/shell.c @@ -12,11 +12,22 @@ ** This file contains code to implement the "sqlite" command line ** utility for accessing SQLite databases. */ -#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) +#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) /* This needs to come before any includes for MSVC compiler */ #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif +/* +** Enable large-file support for fopen() and friends on unix. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS +# define _LARGE_FILE 1 +# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS +# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 +# endif +# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 +#endif + #include #include #include @@ -25,7 +36,7 @@ #include #include -#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__) +#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) # include # if !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL) # include @@ -34,19 +45,17 @@ # include #endif -#ifdef __OS2__ -# include -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_EDITLINE -# include -#endif -#if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE==1 +#if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE!=0 # include # include +#else +# undef HAVE_READLINE +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_EDITLINE) && !defined(HAVE_READLINE) +# define HAVE_READLINE 1 +# include #endif -#if !defined(HAVE_EDITLINE) && (!defined(HAVE_READLINE) || HAVE_READLINE!=1) -# define readline(p) local_getline(p,stdin) +#if !defined(HAVE_READLINE) # define add_history(X) # define read_history(X) # define write_history(X) @@ -55,12 +64,24 @@ #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) # include +# include #define isatty(h) _isatty(h) -#define access(f,m) _access((f),(m)) +#ifndef access +# define access(f,m) _access((f),(m)) +#endif +#undef popen +#define popen _popen +#undef pclose +#define pclose _pclose #else /* Make sure isatty() has a prototype. */ -extern int isatty(); +extern int isatty(int); + +/* popen and pclose are not C89 functions and so are sometimes omitted from +** the header */ +extern FILE *popen(const char*,const char*); +extern int pclose(FILE*); #endif #if defined(_WIN32_WCE) @@ -71,22 +92,46 @@ extern int isatty(); #define isatty(x) 1 #endif -#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__) && !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL) -#include -#include +/* ctype macros that work with signed characters */ +#define IsSpace(X) isspace((unsigned char)X) +#define IsDigit(X) isdigit((unsigned char)X) +#define ToLower(X) (char)tolower((unsigned char)X) -/* Saved resource information for the beginning of an operation */ -static struct rusage sBegin; /* True if the timer is enabled */ static int enableTimer = 0; +/* Return the current wall-clock time */ +static sqlite3_int64 timeOfDay(void){ + static sqlite3_vfs *clockVfs = 0; + sqlite3_int64 t; + if( clockVfs==0 ) clockVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); + if( clockVfs->iVersion>=1 && clockVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64!=0 ){ + clockVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(clockVfs, &t); + }else{ + double r; + clockVfs->xCurrentTime(clockVfs, &r); + t = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0); + } + return t; +} + +#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL) \ + && !defined(__minux) +#include +#include + +/* Saved resource information for the beginning of an operation */ +static struct rusage sBegin; /* CPU time at start */ +static sqlite3_int64 iBegin; /* Wall-clock time at start */ + /* ** Begin timing an operation */ static void beginTimer(void){ if( enableTimer ){ getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &sBegin); + iBegin = timeOfDay(); } } @@ -102,8 +147,10 @@ static double timeDiff(struct timeval *pStart, struct timeval *pEnd){ static void endTimer(void){ if( enableTimer ){ struct rusage sEnd; + sqlite3_int64 iEnd = timeOfDay(); getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &sEnd); - printf("CPU Time: user %f sys %f\n", + printf("Run Time: real %.3f user %f sys %f\n", + (iEnd - iBegin)*0.001, timeDiff(&sBegin.ru_utime, &sEnd.ru_utime), timeDiff(&sBegin.ru_stime, &sEnd.ru_stime)); } @@ -121,12 +168,10 @@ static void endTimer(void){ static HANDLE hProcess; static FILETIME ftKernelBegin; static FILETIME ftUserBegin; +static sqlite3_int64 ftWallBegin; typedef BOOL (WINAPI *GETPROCTIMES)(HANDLE, LPFILETIME, LPFILETIME, LPFILETIME, LPFILETIME); static GETPROCTIMES getProcessTimesAddr = NULL; -/* True if the timer is enabled */ -static int enableTimer = 0; - /* ** Check to see if we have timer support. Return 1 if necessary ** support found (or found previously). @@ -161,6 +206,7 @@ static void beginTimer(void){ if( enableTimer && getProcessTimesAddr ){ FILETIME ftCreation, ftExit; getProcessTimesAddr(hProcess, &ftCreation, &ftExit, &ftKernelBegin, &ftUserBegin); + ftWallBegin = timeOfDay(); } } @@ -177,8 +223,10 @@ static double timeDiff(FILETIME *pStart, FILETIME *pEnd){ static void endTimer(void){ if( enableTimer && getProcessTimesAddr){ FILETIME ftCreation, ftExit, ftKernelEnd, ftUserEnd; + sqlite3_int64 ftWallEnd = timeOfDay(); getProcessTimesAddr(hProcess, &ftCreation, &ftExit, &ftKernelEnd, &ftUserEnd); - printf("CPU Time: user %f sys %f\n", + printf("Run Time: real %.3f user %f sys %f\n", + (ftWallEnd - ftWallBegin)*0.001, timeDiff(&ftUserBegin, &ftUserEnd), timeDiff(&ftKernelBegin, &ftKernelEnd)); } @@ -268,23 +316,23 @@ static void iotracePrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ */ static int isNumber(const char *z, int *realnum){ if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z++; - if( !isdigit(*z) ){ + if( !IsDigit(*z) ){ return 0; } z++; if( realnum ) *realnum = 0; - while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; } + while( IsDigit(*z) ){ z++; } if( *z=='.' ){ z++; - if( !isdigit(*z) ) return 0; - while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; } + if( !IsDigit(*z) ) return 0; + while( IsDigit(*z) ){ z++; } if( realnum ) *realnum = 1; } if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ z++; if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z++; - if( !isdigit(*z) ) return 0; - while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; } + if( !IsDigit(*z) ) return 0; + while( IsDigit(*z) ){ z++; } if( realnum ) *realnum = 1; } return *z==0; @@ -318,25 +366,14 @@ static void shellstaticFunc( ** to the text. NULL is returned at end of file, or if malloc() ** fails. ** -** The interface is like "readline" but no command-line editing -** is done. +** If zLine is not NULL then it is a malloced buffer returned from +** a previous call to this routine that may be reused. */ -static char *local_getline(char *zPrompt, FILE *in){ - char *zLine; - int nLine; - int n; - int eol; +static char *local_getline(char *zLine, FILE *in){ + int nLine = zLine==0 ? 0 : 100; + int n = 0; - if( zPrompt && *zPrompt ){ - printf("%s",zPrompt); - fflush(stdout); - } - nLine = 100; - zLine = malloc( nLine ); - if( zLine==0 ) return 0; - n = 0; - eol = 0; - while( !eol ){ + while( 1 ){ if( n+100>nLine ){ nLine = nLine*2 + 100; zLine = realloc(zLine, nLine); @@ -348,42 +385,50 @@ static char *local_getline(char *zPrompt, FILE *in){ return 0; } zLine[n] = 0; - eol = 1; break; } - while( zLine[n] ){ n++; } + while( zLine[n] ) n++; if( n>0 && zLine[n-1]=='\n' ){ n--; if( n>0 && zLine[n-1]=='\r' ) n--; zLine[n] = 0; - eol = 1; + break; } } - zLine = realloc( zLine, n+1 ); return zLine; } /* ** Retrieve a single line of input text. ** -** zPrior is a string of prior text retrieved. If not the empty -** string, then issue a continuation prompt. +** If in==0 then read from standard input and prompt before each line. +** If isContinuation is true, then a continuation prompt is appropriate. +** If isContinuation is zero, then the main prompt should be used. +** +** If zPrior is not NULL then it is a buffer from a prior call to this +** routine that can be reused. +** +** The result is stored in space obtained from malloc() and must either +** be freed by the caller or else passed back into this routine via the +** zPrior argument for reuse. */ -static char *one_input_line(const char *zPrior, FILE *in){ +static char *one_input_line(FILE *in, char *zPrior, int isContinuation){ char *zPrompt; char *zResult; if( in!=0 ){ - return local_getline(0, in); - } - if( zPrior && zPrior[0] ){ - zPrompt = continuePrompt; + zResult = local_getline(zPrior, in); }else{ - zPrompt = mainPrompt; - } - zResult = readline(zPrompt); -#if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE==1 - if( zResult && *zResult ) add_history(zResult); + zPrompt = isContinuation ? continuePrompt : mainPrompt; +#if defined(HAVE_READLINE) + free(zPrior); + zResult = readline(zPrompt); + if( zResult && *zResult ) add_history(zResult); +#else + printf("%s", zPrompt); + fflush(stdout); + zResult = local_getline(zPrior, stdin); #endif + } return zResult; } @@ -402,14 +447,19 @@ struct previous_mode_data { struct callback_data { sqlite3 *db; /* The database */ int echoOn; /* True to echo input commands */ + int autoEQP; /* Run EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN prior to seach SQL stmt */ int statsOn; /* True to display memory stats before each finalize */ + int outCount; /* Revert to stdout when reaching zero */ int cnt; /* Number of records displayed so far */ FILE *out; /* Write results here */ + FILE *traceOut; /* Output for sqlite3_trace() */ + int nErr; /* Number of errors seen */ int mode; /* An output mode setting */ int writableSchema; /* True if PRAGMA writable_schema=ON */ int showHeader; /* True to show column names in List or Column mode */ char *zDestTable; /* Name of destination table when MODE_Insert */ char separator[20]; /* Separator character for MODE_List */ + char newline[20]; /* Record separator in MODE_Csv */ int colWidth[100]; /* Requested width of each column when in column mode*/ int actualWidth[100]; /* Actual width of each column */ char nullvalue[20]; /* The text to print when a NULL comes back from @@ -419,8 +469,13 @@ struct callback_data { ** .explain ON */ char outfile[FILENAME_MAX]; /* Filename for *out */ const char *zDbFilename; /* name of the database file */ + char *zFreeOnClose; /* Filename to free when closing */ + const char *zVfs; /* Name of VFS to use */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Current statement if any. */ FILE *pLog; /* Write log output here */ + int *aiIndent; /* Array of indents used in MODE_Explain */ + int nIndent; /* Size of array aiIndent[] */ + int iIndent; /* Index of current op in aiIndent[] */ }; /* @@ -480,7 +535,7 @@ static void output_hex_blob(FILE *out, const void *pBlob, int nBlob){ int i; char *zBlob = (char *)pBlob; fprintf(out,"X'"); - for(i=0; iseparator is used for ** the separator, which may or may not be a comma. p->nullvalue is -** the null value. Strings are quoted using ANSI-C rules. Numbers -** appear outside of quotes. +** the null value. Strings are quoted if necessary. The separator +** is only issued if bSep is true. */ static void output_csv(struct callback_data *p, const char *z, int bSep){ FILE *out = p->out; @@ -642,7 +701,8 @@ static void output_csv(struct callback_data *p, const char *z, int bSep){ */ static void interrupt_handler(int NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - seenInterrupt = 1; + seenInterrupt++; + if( seenInterrupt>2 ) exit(1); if( db ) sqlite3_interrupt(db); } #endif @@ -680,7 +740,7 @@ static int shell_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol, int }else{ w = 0; } - if( w<=0 ){ + if( w==0 ){ w = strlen30(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : ""); if( w<10 ) w = 10; n = strlen30(azArg && azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); @@ -690,7 +750,11 @@ static int shell_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol, int p->actualWidth[i] = w; } if( p->showHeader ){ - fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); + if( w<0 ){ + fprintf(p->out,"%*.*s%s",-w,-w,azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); + }else{ + fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); + } } } if( p->showHeader ){ @@ -698,6 +762,7 @@ static int shell_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol, int int w; if( iactualWidth) ){ w = p->actualWidth[i]; + if( w<0 ) w = -w; }else{ w = 10; } @@ -715,12 +780,22 @@ static int shell_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol, int }else{ w = 10; } - if( p->mode==MODE_Explain && azArg[i] && - strlen30(azArg[i])>w ){ + if( p->mode==MODE_Explain && azArg[i] && strlen30(azArg[i])>w ){ w = strlen30(azArg[i]); } - fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w, - azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue, i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); + if( i==1 && p->aiIndent && p->pStmt ){ + if( p->iIndentnIndent ){ + fprintf(p->out, "%*.s", p->aiIndent[p->iIndent], ""); + } + p->iIndent++; + } + if( w<0 ){ + fprintf(p->out,"%*.*s%s",-w,-w, + azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue, i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); + }else{ + fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w, + azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue, i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); + } } break; } @@ -770,30 +845,39 @@ static int shell_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol, int if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ for(i=0; iout,azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : ""); - fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator); + if(iout, "%s", p->separator); } fprintf(p->out,"\n"); } if( azArg==0 ) break; for(i=0; iout, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); - fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator); + if(iout, "%s", p->separator); } fprintf(p->out,"\n"); break; } case MODE_Csv: { +#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) + fflush(p->out); + _setmode(_fileno(p->out), _O_BINARY); +#endif if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ for(i=0; iout,"\n"); + fprintf(p->out,"%s",p->newline); } - if( azArg==0 ) break; - for(i=0; i0 ){ + for(i=0; iout,"%s",p->newline); } - fprintf(p->out,"\n"); +#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) + fflush(p->out); + _setmode(_fileno(p->out), _O_TEXT); +#endif break; } case MODE_Insert: { @@ -807,7 +891,8 @@ static int shell_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol, int }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_TEXT ){ if( zSep[0] ) fprintf(p->out,"%s",zSep); output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]); - }else if( aiType && (aiType[i]==SQLITE_INTEGER || aiType[i]==SQLITE_FLOAT) ){ + }else if( aiType && (aiType[i]==SQLITE_INTEGER + || aiType[i]==SQLITE_FLOAT) ){ fprintf(p->out,"%s%s",zSep, azArg[i]); }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_BLOB && p->pStmt ){ const void *pBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(p->pStmt, i); @@ -922,34 +1007,58 @@ static char *appendText(char *zIn, char const *zAppend, char quote){ /* -** Execute a query statement that has a single result column. Print -** that result column on a line by itself with a semicolon terminator. +** Execute a query statement that will generate SQL output. Print +** the result columns, comma-separated, on a line and then add a +** semicolon terminator to the end of that line. ** -** This is used, for example, to show the schema of the database by -** querying the SQLITE_MASTER table. +** If the number of columns is 1 and that column contains text "--" +** then write the semicolon on a separate line. That way, if a +** "--" comment occurs at the end of the statement, the comment +** won't consume the semicolon terminator. */ static int run_table_dump_query( - FILE *out, /* Send output here */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to query */ - const char *zSelect, /* SELECT statement to extract content */ - const char *zFirstRow /* Print before first row, if not NULL */ + struct callback_data *p, /* Query context */ + const char *zSelect, /* SELECT statement to extract content */ + const char *zFirstRow /* Print before first row, if not NULL */ ){ sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; int rc; - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSelect, -1, &pSelect, 0); + int nResult; + int i; + const char *z; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSelect, -1, &pSelect, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pSelect ){ + fprintf(p->out, "/**** ERROR: (%d) %s *****/\n", rc, sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); + if( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_CORRUPT ) p->nErr++; return rc; } rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect); + nResult = sqlite3_column_count(pSelect); while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ if( zFirstRow ){ - fprintf(out, "%s", zFirstRow); + fprintf(p->out, "%s", zFirstRow); zFirstRow = 0; } - fprintf(out, "%s;\n", sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, 0)); + z = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, 0); + fprintf(p->out, "%s", z); + for(i=1; iout, ",%s", sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i)); + } + if( z==0 ) z = ""; + while( z[0] && (z[0]!='-' || z[1]!='-') ) z++; + if( z[0] ){ + fprintf(p->out, "\n;\n"); + }else{ + fprintf(p->out, ";\n"); + } rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect); } - return sqlite3_finalize(pSelect); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pSelect); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fprintf(p->out, "/**** ERROR: (%d) %s *****/\n", rc, sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); + if( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_CORRUPT ) p->nErr++; + } + return rc; } /* @@ -1031,7 +1140,15 @@ static int display_stats( fprintf(pArg->out, "Lookaside failures due to OOM: %d\n", iHiwtr); iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); - fprintf(pArg->out, "Pager Heap Usage: %d bytes\n", iCur); + fprintf(pArg->out, "Pager Heap Usage: %d bytes\n", iCur); iHiwtr = iCur = -1; + sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, &iCur, &iHiwtr, 1); + fprintf(pArg->out, "Page cache hits: %d\n", iCur); + iHiwtr = iCur = -1; + sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS, &iCur, &iHiwtr, 1); + fprintf(pArg->out, "Page cache misses: %d\n", iCur); + iHiwtr = iCur = -1; + sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE, &iCur, &iHiwtr, 1); + fprintf(pArg->out, "Page cache writes: %d\n", iCur); iHiwtr = iCur = -1; sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Schema Heap Usage: %d bytes\n", iCur); @@ -1047,12 +1164,113 @@ static int display_stats( fprintf(pArg->out, "Sort Operations: %d\n", iCur); iCur = sqlite3_stmt_status(pArg->pStmt, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX, bReset); fprintf(pArg->out, "Autoindex Inserts: %d\n", iCur); + iCur = sqlite3_stmt_status(pArg->pStmt, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP, bReset); + fprintf(pArg->out, "Virtual Machine Steps: %d\n", iCur); } return 0; } /* +** Parameter azArray points to a zero-terminated array of strings. zStr +** points to a single nul-terminated string. Return non-zero if zStr +** is equal, according to strcmp(), to any of the strings in the array. +** Otherwise, return zero. +*/ +static int str_in_array(const char *zStr, const char **azArray){ + int i; + for(i=0; azArray[i]; i++){ + if( 0==strcmp(zStr, azArray[i]) ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** If compiled statement pSql appears to be an EXPLAIN statement, allocate +** and populate the callback_data.aiIndent[] array with the number of +** spaces each opcode should be indented before it is output. +** +** The indenting rules are: +** +** * For each "Next", "Prev", "VNext" or "VPrev" instruction, indent +** all opcodes that occur between the p2 jump destination and the opcode +** itself by 2 spaces. +** +** * For each "Goto", if the jump destination is earlier in the program +** and ends on one of: +** Yield SeekGt SeekLt RowSetRead Rewind +** or if the P1 parameter is one instead of zero, +** then indent all opcodes between the earlier instruction +** and "Goto" by 2 spaces. +*/ +static void explain_data_prepare(struct callback_data *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSql){ + const char *zSql; /* The text of the SQL statement */ + const char *z; /* Used to check if this is an EXPLAIN */ + int *abYield = 0; /* True if op is an OP_Yield */ + int nAlloc = 0; /* Allocated size of p->aiIndent[], abYield */ + int iOp; /* Index of operation in p->aiIndent[] */ + + const char *azNext[] = { "Next", "Prev", "VPrev", "VNext", "SorterNext", + "NextIfOpen", "PrevIfOpen", 0 }; + const char *azYield[] = { "Yield", "SeekLT", "SeekGT", "RowSetRead", "Rewind", 0 }; + const char *azGoto[] = { "Goto", 0 }; + + /* Try to figure out if this is really an EXPLAIN statement. If this + ** cannot be verified, return early. */ + zSql = sqlite3_sql(pSql); + if( zSql==0 ) return; + for(z=zSql; *z==' ' || *z=='\t' || *z=='\n' || *z=='\f' || *z=='\r'; z++); + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "explain", 7) ) return; + + for(iOp=0; SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSql); iOp++){ + int i; + int iAddr = sqlite3_column_int(pSql, 0); + const char *zOp = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSql, 1); + + /* Set p2 to the P2 field of the current opcode. Then, assuming that + ** p2 is an instruction address, set variable p2op to the index of that + ** instruction in the aiIndent[] array. p2 and p2op may be different if + ** the current instruction is part of a sub-program generated by an + ** SQL trigger or foreign key. */ + int p2 = sqlite3_column_int(pSql, 3); + int p2op = (p2 + (iOp-iAddr)); + + /* Grow the p->aiIndent array as required */ + if( iOp>=nAlloc ){ + nAlloc += 100; + p->aiIndent = (int*)sqlite3_realloc(p->aiIndent, nAlloc*sizeof(int)); + abYield = (int*)sqlite3_realloc(abYield, nAlloc*sizeof(int)); + } + abYield[iOp] = str_in_array(zOp, azYield); + p->aiIndent[iOp] = 0; + p->nIndent = iOp+1; + + if( str_in_array(zOp, azNext) ){ + for(i=p2op; iaiIndent[i] += 2; + } + if( str_in_array(zOp, azGoto) && p2opnIndent + && (abYield[p2op] || sqlite3_column_int(pSql, 2)) + ){ + for(i=p2op+1; iaiIndent[i] += 2; + } + } + + p->iIndent = 0; + sqlite3_free(abYield); + sqlite3_reset(pSql); +} + +/* +** Free the array allocated by explain_data_prepare(). +*/ +static void explain_data_delete(struct callback_data *p){ + sqlite3_free(p->aiIndent); + p->aiIndent = 0; + p->nIndent = 0; + p->iIndent = 0; +} + +/* ** Execute a statement or set of statements. Print ** any result rows/columns depending on the current mode ** set via the supplied callback. @@ -1071,6 +1289,7 @@ static int shell_exec( ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = NULL; /* Statement to execute. */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + int rc2; const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */ if( pzErrMsg ){ @@ -1087,7 +1306,7 @@ static int shell_exec( if( !pStmt ){ /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ zSql = zLeftover; - while( isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; + while( IsSpace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; continue; } @@ -1103,6 +1322,38 @@ static int shell_exec( fprintf(pArg->out, "%s\n", zStmtSql ? zStmtSql : zSql); } + /* Show the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN if .eqp is on */ + if( pArg && pArg->autoEQP ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pExplain; + char *zEQP = sqlite3_mprintf("EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN %s", sqlite3_sql(pStmt)); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zEQP, -1, &pExplain, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + while( sqlite3_step(pExplain)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + fprintf(pArg->out,"--EQP-- %d,", sqlite3_column_int(pExplain, 0)); + fprintf(pArg->out,"%d,", sqlite3_column_int(pExplain, 1)); + fprintf(pArg->out,"%d,", sqlite3_column_int(pExplain, 2)); + fprintf(pArg->out,"%s\n", sqlite3_column_text(pExplain, 3)); + } + } + sqlite3_finalize(pExplain); + sqlite3_free(zEQP); + } + + /* Output TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN text of requested */ + if( pArg && pArg->mode==MODE_Explain ){ + const char *zExplain = 0; + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT, pStmt, &zExplain); + if( zExplain && zExplain[0] ){ + fprintf(pArg->out, "%s", zExplain); + } + } + + /* If the shell is currently in ".explain" mode, gather the extra + ** data required to add indents to the output.*/ + if( pArg && pArg->mode==MODE_Explain ){ + explain_data_prepare(pArg, pStmt); + } + /* perform the first step. this will tell us if we ** have a result set or not and how wide it is. */ @@ -1120,7 +1371,7 @@ static int shell_exec( char **azCols = (char **)pData; /* Names of result columns */ char **azVals = &azCols[nCol]; /* Results */ int *aiTypes = (int *)&azVals[nCol]; /* Result types */ - int i; + int i, x; assert(sizeof(int) <= sizeof(char *)); /* save off ptrs to column names */ for(i=0; imode==MODE_Insert ){ + azVals[i] = ""; + }else{ + azVals[i] = (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i); + } if( !azVals[i] && (aiTypes[i]!=SQLITE_NULL) ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; break; /* from for */ @@ -1156,6 +1411,8 @@ static int shell_exec( } } + explain_data_delete(pArg); + /* print usage stats if stats on */ if( pArg && pArg->statsOn ){ display_stats(db, pArg, 0); @@ -1164,10 +1421,11 @@ static int shell_exec( /* Finalize the statement just executed. If this fails, save a ** copy of the error message. Otherwise, set zSql to point to the ** next statement to execute. */ - rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ) rc = rc2; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ zSql = zLeftover; - while( isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; + while( IsSpace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; }else if( pzErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = save_err_msg(db); } @@ -1205,7 +1463,7 @@ static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){ if( strcmp(zTable, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ zPrepStmt = "DELETE FROM sqlite_sequence;\n"; - }else if( strcmp(zTable, "sqlite_stat1")==0 ){ + }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sqlite_stat?", zTable)==0 ){ fprintf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_master;\n"); }else if( strncmp(zTable, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ return 0; @@ -1237,16 +1495,19 @@ static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){ zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, zTable, '"'); zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, ");", 0); - rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zTableInfo, -1, &pTableInfo, 0); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zTableInfo, -1, &pTableInfo, 0); free(zTableInfo); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pTableInfo ){ return 1; } zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "SELECT 'INSERT INTO ' || ", 0); + /* Always quote the table name, even if it appears to be pure ascii, + ** in case it is a keyword. Ex: INSERT INTO "table" ... */ zTmp = appendText(zTmp, zTable, '"'); if( zTmp ){ zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTmp, '\''); + free(zTmp); } zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " || ' VALUES(' || ", 0); rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo); @@ -1256,7 +1517,7 @@ static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){ zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zText, '"'); rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") || ',' || ", 0); + zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "), ", 0); }else{ zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") ", 0); } @@ -1270,12 +1531,12 @@ static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){ zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "|| ')' FROM ", 0); zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTable, '"'); - rc = run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, zSelect, zPrepStmt); + rc = run_table_dump_query(p, zSelect, zPrepStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){ zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " ORDER BY rowid DESC", 0); - rc = run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, zSelect, 0); + run_table_dump_query(p, zSelect, 0); } - if( zSelect ) free(zSelect); + free(zSelect); } return 0; } @@ -1289,19 +1550,30 @@ static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){ */ static int run_schema_dump_query( struct callback_data *p, - const char *zQuery, - char **pzErrMsg + const char *zQuery ){ int rc; - rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQuery, dump_callback, p, pzErrMsg); + char *zErr = 0; + rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQuery, dump_callback, p, &zErr); if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){ char *zQ2; int len = strlen30(zQuery); - if( pzErrMsg ) sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); + fprintf(p->out, "/****** CORRUPTION ERROR *******/\n"); + if( zErr ){ + fprintf(p->out, "/****** %s ******/\n", zErr); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + zErr = 0; + } zQ2 = malloc( len+100 ); if( zQ2==0 ) return rc; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zQ2), zQ2, "%s ORDER BY rowid DESC", zQuery); - rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQ2, dump_callback, p, pzErrMsg); + sqlite3_snprintf(len+100, zQ2, "%s ORDER BY rowid DESC", zQuery); + rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQ2, dump_callback, p, &zErr); + if( rc ){ + fprintf(p->out, "/****** ERROR: %s ******/\n", zErr); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + } + sqlite3_free(zErr); free(zQ2); } return rc; @@ -1312,16 +1584,19 @@ static int run_schema_dump_query( */ static char zHelp[] = ".backup ?DB? FILE Backup DB (default \"main\") to FILE\n" - ".bail ON|OFF Stop after hitting an error. Default OFF\n" + ".bail on|off Stop after hitting an error. Default OFF\n" + ".clone NEWDB Clone data into NEWDB from the existing database\n" ".databases List names and files of attached databases\n" ".dump ?TABLE? ... Dump the database in an SQL text format\n" " If TABLE specified, only dump tables matching\n" " LIKE pattern TABLE.\n" - ".echo ON|OFF Turn command echo on or off\n" + ".echo on|off Turn command echo on or off\n" + ".eqp on|off Enable or disable automatic EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN\n" ".exit Exit this program\n" - ".explain ?ON|OFF? Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.\n" + ".explain ?on|off? Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.\n" " With no args, it turns EXPLAIN on.\n" - ".header(s) ON|OFF Turn display of headers on or off\n" + ".fullschema Show schema and the content of sqlite_stat tables\n" + ".headers on|off Turn display of headers on or off\n" ".help Show this message\n" ".import FILE TABLE Import data from FILE into TABLE\n" ".indices ?TABLE? Show names of all indices\n" @@ -1343,39 +1618,106 @@ static char zHelp[] = " list Values delimited by .separator string\n" " tabs Tab-separated values\n" " tcl TCL list elements\n" - ".nullvalue STRING Print STRING in place of NULL values\n" - ".output FILENAME Send output to FILENAME\n" - ".output stdout Send output to the screen\n" + ".nullvalue STRING Use STRING in place of NULL values\n" + ".once FILENAME Output for the next SQL command only to FILENAME\n" + ".open ?FILENAME? Close existing database and reopen FILENAME\n" + ".output ?FILENAME? Send output to FILENAME or stdout\n" + ".print STRING... Print literal STRING\n" ".prompt MAIN CONTINUE Replace the standard prompts\n" ".quit Exit this program\n" ".read FILENAME Execute SQL in FILENAME\n" ".restore ?DB? FILE Restore content of DB (default \"main\") from FILE\n" + ".save FILE Write in-memory database into FILE\n" ".schema ?TABLE? Show the CREATE statements\n" " If TABLE specified, only show tables matching\n" " LIKE pattern TABLE.\n" - ".separator STRING Change separator used by output mode and .import\n" + ".separator STRING ?NL? Change separator used by output mode and .import\n" + " NL is the end-of-line mark for CSV\n" + ".shell CMD ARGS... Run CMD ARGS... in a system shell\n" ".show Show the current values for various settings\n" - ".stats ON|OFF Turn stats on or off\n" + ".stats on|off Turn stats on or off\n" + ".system CMD ARGS... Run CMD ARGS... in a system shell\n" ".tables ?TABLE? List names of tables\n" " If TABLE specified, only list tables matching\n" " LIKE pattern TABLE.\n" ".timeout MS Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds\n" + ".timer on|off Turn SQL timer on or off\n" + ".trace FILE|off Output each SQL statement as it is run\n" + ".vfsname ?AUX? Print the name of the VFS stack\n" ".width NUM1 NUM2 ... Set column widths for \"column\" mode\n" -; - -static char zTimerHelp[] = - ".timer ON|OFF Turn the CPU timer measurement on or off\n" + " Negative values right-justify\n" ; /* Forward reference */ static int process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in); +/* +** Implementation of the "readfile(X)" SQL function. The entire content +** of the file named X is read and returned as a BLOB. NULL is returned +** if the file does not exist or is unreadable. +*/ +static void readfileFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zName; + FILE *in; + long nIn; + void *pBuf; + + zName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zName==0 ) return; + in = fopen(zName, "rb"); + if( in==0 ) return; + fseek(in, 0, SEEK_END); + nIn = ftell(in); + rewind(in); + pBuf = sqlite3_malloc( nIn ); + if( pBuf && 1==fread(pBuf, nIn, 1, in) ){ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, pBuf, nIn, sqlite3_free); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(pBuf); + } + fclose(in); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the "writefile(X,Y)" SQL function. The argument Y +** is written into file X. The number of bytes written is returned. Or +** NULL is returned if something goes wrong, such as being unable to open +** file X for writing. +*/ +static void writefileFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + FILE *out; + const char *z; + sqlite3_int64 rc; + const char *zFile; + + zFile = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zFile==0 ) return; + out = fopen(zFile, "wb"); + if( out==0 ) return; + z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); + if( z==0 ){ + rc = 0; + }else{ + rc = fwrite(z, 1, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]), out); + } + fclose(out); + sqlite3_result_int64(context, rc); +} /* ** Make sure the database is open. If it is not, then open it. If ** the database fails to open, print an error message and exit. */ -static void open_db(struct callback_data *p){ +static void open_db(struct callback_data *p, int keepAlive){ if( p->db==0 ){ + sqlite3_initialize(); sqlite3_open(p->zDbFilename, &p->db); db = p->db; if( db && sqlite3_errcode(db)==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -1385,11 +1727,16 @@ static void open_db(struct callback_data *p){ if( db==0 || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(db) ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: unable to open database \"%s\": %s\n", p->zDbFilename, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + if( keepAlive ) return; exit(1); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION sqlite3_enable_load_extension(p->db, 1); #endif + sqlite3_create_function(db, "readfile", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, + readfileFunc, 0, 0); + sqlite3_create_function(db, "writefile", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, + writefileFunc, 0, 0); } } @@ -1399,12 +1746,14 @@ static void open_db(struct callback_data *p){ ** \t -> tab ** \n -> newline ** \r -> carriage return +** \" -> " ** \NNN -> ascii character NNN in octal ** \\ -> backslash */ static void resolve_backslashes(char *z){ int i, j; char c; + while( *z && *z!='\\' ) z++; for(i=j=0; (c = z[i])!=0; i++, j++){ if( c=='\\' ){ c = z[++i]; @@ -1414,6 +1763,8 @@ static void resolve_backslashes(char *z){ c = '\t'; }else if( c=='r' ){ c = '\r'; + }else if( c=='\\' ){ + c = '\\'; }else if( c>='0' && c<='7' ){ c -= '0'; if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){ @@ -1428,24 +1779,461 @@ static void resolve_backslashes(char *z){ } z[j] = c; } - z[j] = 0; + if( j='0' && c<='9' ) return c - '0'; + if( c>='a' && c<='f' ) return c - 'a' + 10; + if( c>='A' && c<='F' ) return c - 'A' + 10; + return -1; +} + +/* +** Interpret zArg as an integer value, possibly with suffixes. +*/ +static sqlite3_int64 integerValue(const char *zArg){ + sqlite3_int64 v = 0; + static const struct { char *zSuffix; int iMult; } aMult[] = { + { "KiB", 1024 }, + { "MiB", 1024*1024 }, + { "GiB", 1024*1024*1024 }, + { "KB", 1000 }, + { "MB", 1000000 }, + { "GB", 1000000000 }, + { "K", 1000 }, + { "M", 1000000 }, + { "G", 1000000000 }, + }; + int i; + int isNeg = 0; + if( zArg[0]=='-' ){ + isNeg = 1; + zArg++; + }else if( zArg[0]=='+' ){ + zArg++; + } + if( zArg[0]=='0' && zArg[1]=='x' ){ + int x; + zArg += 2; + while( (x = hexDigitValue(zArg[0]))>=0 ){ + v = (v<<4) + x; + zArg++; + } + }else{ + while( IsDigit(zArg[0]) ){ + v = v*10 + zArg[0] - '0'; + zArg++; + } + } + for(i=0; i=0; i++){} + }else{ + for(i=0; zArg[i]>='0' && zArg[i]<='9'; i++){} + } + if( i>0 && zArg[i]==0 ) return (int)(integerValue(zArg) & 0xffffffff); + if( sqlite3_stricmp(zArg, "on")==0 || sqlite3_stricmp(zArg,"yes")==0 ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3_stricmp(zArg, "off")==0 || sqlite3_stricmp(zArg,"no")==0 ){ + return 0; + } + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Not a boolean value: \"%s\". Assuming \"no\".\n", + zArg); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Close an output file, assuming it is not stderr or stdout +*/ +static void output_file_close(FILE *f){ + if( f && f!=stdout && f!=stderr ) fclose(f); +} + +/* +** Try to open an output file. The names "stdout" and "stderr" are +** recognized and do the right thing. NULL is returned if the output +** filename is "off". +*/ +static FILE *output_file_open(const char *zFile){ + FILE *f; + if( strcmp(zFile,"stdout")==0 ){ + f = stdout; + }else if( strcmp(zFile, "stderr")==0 ){ + f = stderr; + }else if( strcmp(zFile, "off")==0 ){ + f = 0; + }else{ + f = fopen(zFile, "wb"); + if( f==0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zFile); + } + } + return f; +} + +/* +** A routine for handling output from sqlite3_trace(). +*/ +static void sql_trace_callback(void *pArg, const char *z){ + FILE *f = (FILE*)pArg; + if( f ) fprintf(f, "%s\n", z); +} + +/* +** A no-op routine that runs with the ".breakpoint" doc-command. This is +** a useful spot to set a debugger breakpoint. +*/ +static void test_breakpoint(void){ + static int nCall = 0; + nCall++; +} + +/* +** An object used to read a CSV file +*/ +typedef struct CSVReader CSVReader; +struct CSVReader { + const char *zFile; /* Name of the input file */ + FILE *in; /* Read the CSV text from this input stream */ + char *z; /* Accumulated text for a field */ + int n; /* Number of bytes in z */ + int nAlloc; /* Space allocated for z[] */ + int nLine; /* Current line number */ + int cTerm; /* Character that terminated the most recent field */ + int cSeparator; /* The separator character. (Usually ",") */ +}; + +/* Append a single byte to z[] */ +static void csv_append_char(CSVReader *p, int c){ + if( p->n+1>=p->nAlloc ){ + p->nAlloc += p->nAlloc + 100; + p->z = sqlite3_realloc(p->z, p->nAlloc); + if( p->z==0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "out of memory\n"); + exit(1); + } + } + p->z[p->n++] = (char)c; +} + +/* Read a single field of CSV text. Compatible with rfc4180 and extended +** with the option of having a separator other than ",". +** +** + Input comes from p->in. +** + Store results in p->z of length p->n. Space to hold p->z comes +** from sqlite3_malloc(). +** + Use p->cSep as the separator. The default is ",". +** + Keep track of the line number in p->nLine. +** + Store the character that terminates the field in p->cTerm. Store +** EOF on end-of-file. +** + Report syntax errors on stderr +*/ +static char *csv_read_one_field(CSVReader *p){ + int c, pc, ppc; + int cSep = p->cSeparator; + p->n = 0; + c = fgetc(p->in); + if( c==EOF || seenInterrupt ){ + p->cTerm = EOF; + return 0; + } + if( c=='"' ){ + int startLine = p->nLine; + int cQuote = c; + pc = ppc = 0; + while( 1 ){ + c = fgetc(p->in); + if( c=='\n' ) p->nLine++; + if( c==cQuote ){ + if( pc==cQuote ){ + pc = 0; + continue; + } + } + if( (c==cSep && pc==cQuote) + || (c=='\n' && pc==cQuote) + || (c=='\n' && pc=='\r' && ppc==cQuote) + || (c==EOF && pc==cQuote) + ){ + do{ p->n--; }while( p->z[p->n]!=cQuote ); + p->cTerm = c; + break; + } + if( pc==cQuote && c!='\r' ){ + fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: unescaped %c character\n", + p->zFile, p->nLine, cQuote); + } + if( c==EOF ){ + fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: unterminated %c-quoted field\n", + p->zFile, startLine, cQuote); + p->cTerm = EOF; + break; + } + csv_append_char(p, c); + ppc = pc; + pc = c; + } + }else{ + while( c!=EOF && c!=cSep && c!='\n' ){ + csv_append_char(p, c); + c = fgetc(p->in); + } + if( c=='\n' ){ + p->nLine++; + if( p->n>0 && p->z[p->n-1]=='\r' ) p->n--; + } + p->cTerm = c; + } + if( p->z ) p->z[p->n] = 0; + return p->z; +} + +/* +** Try to transfer data for table zTable. If an error is seen while +** moving forward, try to go backwards. The backwards movement won't +** work for WITHOUT ROWID tables. +*/ +static void tryToCloneData( + struct callback_data *p, + sqlite3 *newDb, + const char *zTable +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pInsert = 0; + char *zQuery = 0; + char *zInsert = 0; + int rc; + int i, j, n; + int nTable = (int)strlen(zTable); + int k = 0; + int cnt = 0; + const int spinRate = 10000; + + zQuery = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM \"%w\"", zTable); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zQuery, -1, &pQuery, 0); + if( rc ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Error %d: %s on [%s]\n", + sqlite3_extended_errcode(p->db), sqlite3_errmsg(p->db), + zQuery); + goto end_data_xfer; + } + n = sqlite3_column_count(pQuery); + zInsert = sqlite3_malloc(200 + nTable + n*3); + if( zInsert==0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "out of memory\n"); + goto end_data_xfer; + } + sqlite3_snprintf(200+nTable,zInsert, + "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO \"%s\" VALUES(?", zTable); + i = (int)strlen(zInsert); + for(j=1; jdb, zQuery, -1, &pQuery, 0); + if( rc ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Warning: cannot step \"%s\" backwards", zTable); + break; + } + } /* End for(k=0...) */ + +end_data_xfer: + sqlite3_finalize(pQuery); + sqlite3_finalize(pInsert); + sqlite3_free(zQuery); + sqlite3_free(zInsert); +} + + +/* +** Try to transfer all rows of the schema that match zWhere. For +** each row, invoke xForEach() on the object defined by that row. +** If an error is encountered while moving forward through the +** sqlite_master table, try again moving backwards. +*/ +static void tryToCloneSchema( + struct callback_data *p, + sqlite3 *newDb, + const char *zWhere, + void (*xForEach)(struct callback_data*,sqlite3*,const char*) +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0; + char *zQuery = 0; + int rc; + const unsigned char *zName; + const unsigned char *zSql; + char *zErrMsg = 0; + + zQuery = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT name, sql FROM sqlite_master" + " WHERE %s", zWhere); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zQuery, -1, &pQuery, 0); + if( rc ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Error: (%d) %s on [%s]\n", + sqlite3_extended_errcode(p->db), sqlite3_errmsg(p->db), + zQuery); + goto end_schema_xfer; + } + while( (rc = sqlite3_step(pQuery))==SQLITE_ROW ){ + zName = sqlite3_column_text(pQuery, 0); + zSql = sqlite3_column_text(pQuery, 1); + printf("%s... ", zName); fflush(stdout); + sqlite3_exec(newDb, (const char*)zSql, 0, 0, &zErrMsg); + if( zErrMsg ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\nSQL: [%s]\n", zErrMsg, zSql); + sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + zErrMsg = 0; + } + if( xForEach ){ + xForEach(p, newDb, (const char*)zName); + } + printf("done\n"); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pQuery); + sqlite3_free(zQuery); + zQuery = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT name, sql FROM sqlite_master" + " WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid DESC", zWhere); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zQuery, -1, &pQuery, 0); + if( rc ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Error: (%d) %s on [%s]\n", + sqlite3_extended_errcode(p->db), sqlite3_errmsg(p->db), + zQuery); + goto end_schema_xfer; + } + while( (rc = sqlite3_step(pQuery))==SQLITE_ROW ){ + zName = sqlite3_column_text(pQuery, 0); + zSql = sqlite3_column_text(pQuery, 1); + printf("%s... ", zName); fflush(stdout); + sqlite3_exec(newDb, (const char*)zSql, 0, 0, &zErrMsg); + if( zErrMsg ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\nSQL: [%s]\n", zErrMsg, zSql); + sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + zErrMsg = 0; + } + if( xForEach ){ + xForEach(p, newDb, (const char*)zName); + } + printf("done\n"); + } + } +end_schema_xfer: + sqlite3_finalize(pQuery); + sqlite3_free(zQuery); +} + +/* +** Open a new database file named "zNewDb". Try to recover as much information +** as possible out of the main database (which might be corrupt) and write it +** into zNewDb. +*/ +static void tryToClone(struct callback_data *p, const char *zNewDb){ + int rc; + sqlite3 *newDb = 0; + if( access(zNewDb,0)==0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "File \"%s\" already exists.\n", zNewDb); + return; } - if( strcmp(zArg,"on")==0 ){ - val = 1; - }else if( strcmp(zArg,"yes")==0 ){ - val = 1; + rc = sqlite3_open(zNewDb, &newDb); + if( rc ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Cannot create output database: %s\n", + sqlite3_errmsg(newDb)); + }else{ + sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA writable_schema=ON;", 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_exec(newDb, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;", 0, 0, 0); + tryToCloneSchema(p, newDb, "type='table'", tryToCloneData); + tryToCloneSchema(p, newDb, "type!='table'", 0); + sqlite3_exec(newDb, "COMMIT;", 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF;", 0, 0, 0); + } + sqlite3_close(newDb); +} + +/* +** Change the output file back to stdout +*/ +static void output_reset(struct callback_data *p){ + if( p->outfile[0]=='|' ){ + pclose(p->out); + }else{ + output_file_close(p->out); } - return val; + p->outfile[0] = 0; + p->out = stdout; } /* @@ -1464,19 +2252,22 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ /* Parse the input line into tokens. */ while( zLine[i] && nArg=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "backup", n)==0 && nArg>1 && nArg<4){ - const char *zDestFile; - const char *zDb; + if( (c=='b' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "backup", n)==0) + || (c=='s' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "save", n)==0) + ){ + const char *zDestFile = 0; + const char *zDb = 0; sqlite3 *pDest; sqlite3_backup *pBackup; - if( nArg==2 ){ - zDestFile = azArg[1]; - zDb = "main"; - }else{ - zDestFile = azArg[2]; - zDb = azArg[1]; + int j; + for(j=1; jdb, zDb); if( pBackup==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(pDest)); @@ -1523,14 +2334,35 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ sqlite3_close(pDest); }else - if( c=='b' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "bail", n)==0 && nArg>1 && nArg<3 ){ - bail_on_error = booleanValue(azArg[1]); + if( c=='b' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "bail", n)==0 ){ + if( nArg==2 ){ + bail_on_error = booleanValue(azArg[1]); + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .bail on|off\n"); + rc = 1; + } + }else + + /* The undocumented ".breakpoint" command causes a call to the no-op + ** routine named test_breakpoint(). + */ + if( c=='b' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "breakpoint", n)==0 ){ + test_breakpoint(); + }else + + if( c=='c' && strncmp(azArg[0], "clone", n)==0 ){ + if( nArg==2 ){ + tryToClone(p, azArg[1]); + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .clone FILENAME\n"); + rc = 1; + } }else - if( c=='d' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "databases", n)==0 && nArg==1 ){ + if( c=='d' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "databases", n)==0 ){ struct callback_data data; char *zErrMsg = 0; - open_db(p); + open_db(p, 0); memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data)); data.showHeader = 1; data.mode = MODE_Column; @@ -1546,26 +2378,31 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ } }else - if( c=='d' && strncmp(azArg[0], "dump", n)==0 && nArg<3 ){ - char *zErrMsg = 0; - open_db(p); + if( c=='d' && strncmp(azArg[0], "dump", n)==0 ){ + open_db(p, 0); /* When playing back a "dump", the content might appear in an order ** which causes immediate foreign key constraints to be violated. ** So disable foreign-key constraint enforcement to prevent problems. */ + if( nArg!=1 && nArg!=2 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .dump ?LIKE-PATTERN?\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } fprintf(p->out, "PRAGMA foreign_keys=OFF;\n"); fprintf(p->out, "BEGIN TRANSACTION;\n"); p->writableSchema = 0; - sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA writable_schema=ON", 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT dump; PRAGMA writable_schema=ON", 0, 0, 0); + p->nErr = 0; if( nArg==1 ){ run_schema_dump_query(p, "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type=='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'", 0 + "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type=='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'" ); run_schema_dump_query(p, "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence'", 0 + "WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence'" ); - run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, + run_table_dump_query(p, "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')", 0 ); @@ -1576,8 +2413,8 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ run_schema_dump_query(p, "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type=='table'" - " AND sql NOT NULL", 0); - run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, + " AND sql NOT NULL"); + run_table_dump_query(p, "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE sql NOT NULL" " AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')" @@ -1590,24 +2427,35 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ fprintf(p->out, "PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF;\n"); p->writableSchema = 0; } - sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF", 0, 0, 0); - if( zErrMsg ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF;", 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE dump;", 0, 0, 0); + fprintf(p->out, p->nErr ? "ROLLBACK; -- due to errors\n" : "COMMIT;\n"); + }else + + if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "echo", n)==0 ){ + if( nArg==2 ){ + p->echoOn = booleanValue(azArg[1]); }else{ - fprintf(p->out, "COMMIT;\n"); + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .echo on|off\n"); + rc = 1; } }else - if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "echo", n)==0 && nArg>1 && nArg<3 ){ - p->echoOn = booleanValue(azArg[1]); + if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "eqp", n)==0 ){ + if( nArg==2 ){ + p->autoEQP = booleanValue(azArg[1]); + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .eqp on|off\n"); + rc = 1; + } }else - if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "exit", n)==0 && nArg==1 ){ + if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "exit", n)==0 ){ + if( nArg>1 && (rc = (int)integerValue(azArg[1]))!=0 ) exit(rc); rc = 2; }else - if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "explain", n)==0 && nArg<3 ){ + if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "explain", n)==0 ){ int val = nArg>=2 ? booleanValue(azArg[1]) : 1; if(val == 1) { if(!p->explainPrev.valid) { @@ -1625,7 +2473,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ */ p->mode = MODE_Explain; p->showHeader = 1; - memset(p->colWidth,0,ArraySize(p->colWidth)); + memset(p->colWidth,0,sizeof(p->colWidth)); p->colWidth[0] = 4; /* addr */ p->colWidth[1] = 13; /* opcode */ p->colWidth[2] = 4; /* P1 */ @@ -1642,62 +2490,171 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ } }else - if( c=='h' && (strncmp(azArg[0], "header", n)==0 || - strncmp(azArg[0], "headers", n)==0) && nArg>1 && nArg<3 ){ - p->showHeader = booleanValue(azArg[1]); + if( c=='f' && strncmp(azArg[0], "fullschema", n)==0 ){ + struct callback_data data; + char *zErrMsg = 0; + int doStats = 0; + if( nArg!=1 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .fullschema\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } + open_db(p, 0); + memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data)); + data.showHeader = 0; + data.mode = MODE_Semi; + rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, + "SELECT sql FROM" + " (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x" + " FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL" + " SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) " + "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'" + "ORDER BY rowid", + callback, &data, &zErrMsg + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, + "SELECT rowid FROM sqlite_master" + " WHERE name GLOB 'sqlite_stat[134]'", + -1, &pStmt, 0); + doStats = sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW; + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + } + if( doStats==0 ){ + fprintf(p->out, "/* No STAT tables available */\n"); + }else{ + fprintf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_master;\n"); + sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT 'ANALYZE sqlite_master'", + callback, &data, &zErrMsg); + data.mode = MODE_Insert; + data.zDestTable = "sqlite_stat1"; + shell_exec(p->db, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_stat1", + shell_callback, &data,&zErrMsg); + data.zDestTable = "sqlite_stat3"; + shell_exec(p->db, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_stat3", + shell_callback, &data,&zErrMsg); + data.zDestTable = "sqlite_stat4"; + shell_exec(p->db, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_stat4", + shell_callback, &data, &zErrMsg); + fprintf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_master;\n"); + } + }else + + if( c=='h' && strncmp(azArg[0], "headers", n)==0 ){ + if( nArg==2 ){ + p->showHeader = booleanValue(azArg[1]); + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .headers on|off\n"); + rc = 1; + } }else if( c=='h' && strncmp(azArg[0], "help", n)==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"%s",zHelp); - if( HAS_TIMER ){ - fprintf(stderr,"%s",zTimerHelp); - } + fprintf(p->out, "%s", zHelp); }else - if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "import", n)==0 && nArg==3 ){ - char *zTable = azArg[2]; /* Insert data into this table */ - char *zFile = azArg[1]; /* The file from which to extract data */ + if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "import", n)==0 ){ + char *zTable; /* Insert data into this table */ + char *zFile; /* Name of file to extra content from */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = NULL; /* A statement */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in the table */ int nByte; /* Number of bytes in an SQL string */ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int needCommit; /* True to COMMIT or ROLLBACK at end */ int nSep; /* Number of bytes in p->separator[] */ char *zSql; /* An SQL statement */ - char *zLine; /* A single line of input from the file */ - char **azCol; /* zLine[] broken up into columns */ - char *zCommit; /* How to commit changes */ - FILE *in; /* The input file */ - int lineno = 0; /* Line number of input file */ + CSVReader sCsv; /* Reader context */ + int (*xCloser)(FILE*); /* Procedure to close th3 connection */ - open_db(p); + if( nArg!=3 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .import FILE TABLE\n"); + goto meta_command_exit; + } + zFile = azArg[1]; + zTable = azArg[2]; + seenInterrupt = 0; + memset(&sCsv, 0, sizeof(sCsv)); + open_db(p, 0); nSep = strlen30(p->separator); if( nSep==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: non-null separator required for import\n"); return 1; } - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", zTable); + if( nSep>1 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Error: multi-character separators not allowed" + " for import\n"); + return 1; + } + sCsv.zFile = zFile; + sCsv.nLine = 1; + if( sCsv.zFile[0]=='|' ){ + sCsv.in = popen(sCsv.zFile+1, "r"); + sCsv.zFile = ""; + xCloser = pclose; + }else{ + sCsv.in = fopen(sCsv.zFile, "rb"); + xCloser = fclose; + } + if( sCsv.in==0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zFile); + return 1; + } + sCsv.cSeparator = p->separator[0]; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %s", zTable); if( zSql==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n"); + xCloser(sCsv.in); return 1; } nByte = strlen30(zSql); - rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + csv_append_char(&sCsv, 0); /* To ensure sCsv.z is allocated */ + if( rc && sqlite3_strglob("no such table: *", sqlite3_errmsg(db))==0 ){ + char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE %s", zTable); + char cSep = '('; + while( csv_read_one_field(&sCsv) ){ + zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%c\n \"%s\" TEXT", zCreate, cSep, sCsv.z); + cSep = ','; + if( sCsv.cTerm!=sCsv.cSeparator ) break; + } + if( cSep=='(' ){ + sqlite3_free(zCreate); + sqlite3_free(sCsv.z); + xCloser(sCsv.in); + fprintf(stderr,"%s: empty file\n", sCsv.zFile); + return 1; + } + zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf("%z\n)", zCreate); + rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zCreate); + if( rc ){ + fprintf(stderr, "CREATE TABLE %s(...) failed: %s\n", zTable, + sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + sqlite3_free(sCsv.z); + xCloser(sCsv.in); + return 1; + } + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + } sqlite3_free(zSql); if( rc ){ if (pStmt) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + xCloser(sCsv.in); return 1; } nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); pStmt = 0; if( nCol==0 ) return 0; /* no columns, no error */ - zSql = malloc( nByte + 20 + nCol*2 ); + zSql = sqlite3_malloc( nByte*2 + 20 + nCol*2 ); if( zSql==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n"); + xCloser(sCsv.in); return 1; } - sqlite3_snprintf(nByte+20, zSql, "INSERT INTO '%q' VALUES(?", zTable); + sqlite3_snprintf(nByte+20, zSql, "INSERT INTO \"%w\" VALUES(?", zTable); j = strlen30(zSql); for(i=1; idb, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - free(zSql); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); if( rc ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); if (pStmt) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + xCloser(sCsv.in); return 1; } - in = fopen(zFile, "rb"); - if( in==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zFile); - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - return 1; - } - azCol = malloc( sizeof(azCol[0])*(nCol+1) ); - if( azCol==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n"); - fclose(in); - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - return 1; - } - sqlite3_exec(p->db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0); - zCommit = "COMMIT"; - while( (zLine = local_getline(0, in))!=0 ){ - char *z; - i = 0; - lineno++; - azCol[0] = zLine; - for(i=0, z=zLine; *z && *z!='\n' && *z!='\r'; z++){ - if( *z==p->separator[0] && strncmp(z, p->separator, nSep)==0 ){ - *z = 0; + needCommit = sqlite3_get_autocommit(db); + if( needCommit ) sqlite3_exec(db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0); + do{ + int startLine = sCsv.nLine; + for(i=0; i=nCol ){ + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: INSERT failed: %s\n", sCsv.zFile, startLine, + sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + } + }while( sCsv.cTerm!=EOF ); + + xCloser(sCsv.in); + sqlite3_free(sCsv.z); sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - sqlite3_exec(p->db, zCommit, 0, 0, 0); + if( needCommit ) sqlite3_exec(db, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0); }else - if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "indices", n)==0 && nArg<3 ){ + if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "indices", n)==0 ){ struct callback_data data; char *zErrMsg = 0; - open_db(p); + open_db(p, 0); memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data)); data.showHeader = 0; data.mode = MODE_List; @@ -1788,7 +2728,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ "ORDER BY 1", callback, &data, &zErrMsg ); - }else{ + }else if( nArg==2 ){ zShellStatic = azArg[1]; rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master " @@ -1800,6 +2740,10 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ callback, &data, &zErrMsg ); zShellStatic = 0; + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .indices ?LIKE-PATTERN?\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; } if( zErrMsg ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); @@ -1835,12 +2779,17 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - if( c=='l' && strncmp(azArg[0], "load", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){ + if( c=='l' && strncmp(azArg[0], "load", n)==0 ){ const char *zFile, *zProc; char *zErrMsg = 0; + if( nArg<2 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .load FILE ?ENTRYPOINT?\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } zFile = azArg[1]; zProc = nArg>=3 ? azArg[2] : 0; - open_db(p); + open_db(p, 0); rc = sqlite3_load_extension(p->db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); @@ -1850,51 +2799,42 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ }else #endif - if( c=='l' && strncmp(azArg[0], "log", n)==0 && nArg>=1 ){ - const char *zFile = azArg[1]; - if( p->pLog && p->pLog!=stdout && p->pLog!=stderr ){ - fclose(p->pLog); - p->pLog = 0; - } - if( strcmp(zFile,"stdout")==0 ){ - p->pLog = stdout; - }else if( strcmp(zFile, "stderr")==0 ){ - p->pLog = stderr; - }else if( strcmp(zFile, "off")==0 ){ - p->pLog = 0; + if( c=='l' && strncmp(azArg[0], "log", n)==0 ){ + if( nArg!=2 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .log FILENAME\n"); + rc = 1; }else{ - p->pLog = fopen(zFile, "w"); - if( p->pLog==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zFile); - } + const char *zFile = azArg[1]; + output_file_close(p->pLog); + p->pLog = output_file_open(zFile); } }else - if( c=='m' && strncmp(azArg[0], "mode", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ - int n2 = strlen30(azArg[1]); - if( (n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"line",n2)==0) - || - (n2==5 && strncmp(azArg[1],"lines",n2)==0) ){ + if( c=='m' && strncmp(azArg[0], "mode", n)==0 ){ + const char *zMode = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : ""; + int n2 = (int)strlen(zMode); + int c2 = zMode[0]; + if( c2=='l' && n2>2 && strncmp(azArg[1],"lines",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_Line; - }else if( (n2==6 && strncmp(azArg[1],"column",n2)==0) - || - (n2==7 && strncmp(azArg[1],"columns",n2)==0) ){ + }else if( c2=='c' && strncmp(azArg[1],"columns",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_Column; - }else if( n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"list",n2)==0 ){ + }else if( c2=='l' && n2>2 && strncmp(azArg[1],"list",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_List; - }else if( n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"html",n2)==0 ){ + }else if( c2=='h' && strncmp(azArg[1],"html",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_Html; - }else if( n2==3 && strncmp(azArg[1],"tcl",n2)==0 ){ + }else if( c2=='t' && strncmp(azArg[1],"tcl",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_Tcl; - }else if( n2==3 && strncmp(azArg[1],"csv",n2)==0 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, " "); + }else if( c2=='c' && strncmp(azArg[1],"csv",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_Csv; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, ","); - }else if( n2==4 && strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->newline), p->newline, "\r\n"); + }else if( c2=='t' && strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_List; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, "\t"); - }else if( n2==6 && strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){ + }else if( c2=='i' && strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){ p->mode = MODE_Insert; - set_table_name(p, "table"); + set_table_name(p, nArg>=3 ? azArg[2] : "table"); }else { fprintf(stderr,"Error: mode should be one of: " "column csv html insert line list tabs tcl\n"); @@ -1902,43 +2842,89 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ } }else - if( c=='m' && strncmp(azArg[0], "mode", n)==0 && nArg==3 ){ - int n2 = strlen30(azArg[1]); - if( n2==6 && strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_Insert; - set_table_name(p, azArg[2]); - }else { - fprintf(stderr, "Error: invalid arguments: " - " \"%s\". Enter \".help\" for help\n", azArg[2]); + if( c=='n' && strncmp(azArg[0], "nullvalue", n)==0 ){ + if( nArg==2 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->nullvalue), p->nullvalue, + "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->nullvalue)-1, azArg[1]); + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .nullvalue STRING\n"); rc = 1; } }else - if( c=='n' && strncmp(azArg[0], "nullvalue", n)==0 && nArg==2 ) { - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->nullvalue), p->nullvalue, - "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->nullvalue)-1, azArg[1]); + if( c=='o' && strncmp(azArg[0], "open", n)==0 && n>=2 ){ + sqlite3 *savedDb = p->db; + const char *zSavedFilename = p->zDbFilename; + char *zNewFilename = 0; + p->db = 0; + if( nArg>=2 ){ + p->zDbFilename = zNewFilename = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", azArg[1]); + } + open_db(p, 1); + if( p->db!=0 ){ + sqlite3_close(savedDb); + sqlite3_free(p->zFreeOnClose); + p->zFreeOnClose = zNewFilename; + }else{ + sqlite3_free(zNewFilename); + p->db = savedDb; + p->zDbFilename = zSavedFilename; + } }else - if( c=='o' && strncmp(azArg[0], "output", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ - if( p->out!=stdout ){ - fclose(p->out); + if( c=='o' + && (strncmp(azArg[0], "output", n)==0 || strncmp(azArg[0], "once", n)==0) + ){ + const char *zFile = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : "stdout"; + if( nArg>2 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .%s FILE\n", azArg[0]); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; } - if( strcmp(azArg[1],"stdout")==0 ){ - p->out = stdout; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "stdout"); + if( n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "once", n)==0 ){ + if( nArg<2 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .once FILE\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } + p->outCount = 2; }else{ - p->out = fopen(azArg[1], "wb"); + p->outCount = 0; + } + output_reset(p); + if( zFile[0]=='|' ){ + p->out = popen(zFile + 1, "w"); if( p->out==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: cannot write to \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); + fprintf(stderr,"Error: cannot open pipe \"%s\"\n", zFile + 1); + p->out = stdout; + rc = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "%s", zFile); + } + }else{ + p->out = output_file_open(zFile); + if( p->out==0 ){ + if( strcmp(zFile,"off")!=0 ){ + fprintf(stderr,"Error: cannot write to \"%s\"\n", zFile); + } p->out = stdout; rc = 1; } else { - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "%s", azArg[1]); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "%s", zFile); } } }else - if( c=='p' && strncmp(azArg[0], "prompt", n)==0 && (nArg==2 || nArg==3)){ + if( c=='p' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "print", n)==0 ){ + int i; + for(i=1; i1 ) fprintf(p->out, " "); + fprintf(p->out, "%s", azArg[i]); + } + fprintf(p->out, "\n"); + }else + + if( c=='p' && strncmp(azArg[0], "prompt", n)==0 ){ if( nArg >= 2) { strncpy(mainPrompt,azArg[1],(int)ArraySize(mainPrompt)-1); } @@ -1947,12 +2933,18 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ } }else - if( c=='q' && strncmp(azArg[0], "quit", n)==0 && nArg==1 ){ + if( c=='q' && strncmp(azArg[0], "quit", n)==0 ){ rc = 2; }else - if( c=='r' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "read", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ - FILE *alt = fopen(azArg[1], "rb"); + if( c=='r' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "read", n)==0 ){ + FILE *alt; + if( nArg!=2 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .read FILE\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } + alt = fopen(azArg[1], "rb"); if( alt==0 ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); rc = 1; @@ -1962,7 +2954,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ } }else - if( c=='r' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "restore", n)==0 && nArg>1 && nArg<4){ + if( c=='r' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "restore", n)==0 ){ const char *zSrcFile; const char *zDb; sqlite3 *pSrc; @@ -1972,9 +2964,13 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ if( nArg==2 ){ zSrcFile = azArg[1]; zDb = "main"; - }else{ + }else if( nArg==3 ){ zSrcFile = azArg[2]; zDb = azArg[1]; + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .restore ?DB? FILE\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; } rc = sqlite3_open(zSrcFile, &pSrc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -1982,7 +2978,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ sqlite3_close(pSrc); return 1; } - open_db(p); + open_db(p, 0); pBackup = sqlite3_backup_init(p->db, zDb, pSrc, "main"); if( pBackup==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); @@ -2009,16 +3005,16 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ sqlite3_close(pSrc); }else - if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "schema", n)==0 && nArg<3 ){ + if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "schema", n)==0 ){ struct callback_data data; char *zErrMsg = 0; - open_db(p); + open_db(p, 0); memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data)); data.showHeader = 0; data.mode = MODE_Semi; - if( nArg>1 ){ + if( nArg==2 ){ int i; - for(i=0; azArg[1][i]; i++) azArg[1][i] = (char)tolower(azArg[1][i]); + for(i=0; azArg[1][i]; i++) azArg[1][i] = ToLower(azArg[1][i]); if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_master")==0 ){ char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2]; new_argv[0] = "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master (\n" @@ -2051,24 +3047,29 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ zShellStatic = azArg[1]; rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT sql FROM " - " (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name" + " (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x" " FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL" - " SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name FROM sqlite_temp_master) " - "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL " - "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name", + " SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) " + "WHERE lower(tbl_name) LIKE shellstatic()" + " AND type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL " + "ORDER BY rowid", callback, &data, &zErrMsg); zShellStatic = 0; } - }else{ + }else if( nArg==1 ){ rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT sql FROM " - " (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name" + " (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x" " FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL" - " SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name FROM sqlite_temp_master) " + " SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) " "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'" - "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name", + "ORDER BY rowid", callback, &data, &zErrMsg ); + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .schema ?LIKE-PATTERN?\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; } if( zErrMsg ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); @@ -2082,14 +3083,71 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ } }else - if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "separator", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, - "%.*s", (int)sizeof(p->separator)-1, azArg[1]); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Undocumented commands for internal testing. Subject to change + ** without notice. */ + if( c=='s' && n>=10 && strncmp(azArg[0], "selftest-", 9)==0 ){ + if( strncmp(azArg[0]+9, "boolean", n-9)==0 ){ + int i, v; + for(i=1; iout, "%s: %d 0x%x\n", azArg[i], v, v); + } + } + if( strncmp(azArg[0]+9, "integer", n-9)==0 ){ + int i; sqlite3_int64 v; + for(i=1; iout, "%s", zBuf); + } + } + }else +#endif + + if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "separator", n)==0 ){ + if( nArg<2 || nArg>3 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .separator SEPARATOR ?NEWLINE?\n"); + rc = 1; + } + if( nArg>=2 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, azArg[1]); + } + if( nArg>=3 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->newline), p->newline, azArg[2]); + } + }else + + if( c=='s' + && (strncmp(azArg[0], "shell", n)==0 || strncmp(azArg[0],"system",n)==0) + ){ + char *zCmd; + int i, x; + if( nArg<2 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .system COMMAND\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } + zCmd = sqlite3_mprintf(strchr(azArg[1],' ')==0?"%s":"\"%s\"", azArg[1]); + for(i=2; iout,"%9.9s: %s\n","echo", p->echoOn ? "on" : "off"); + fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","eqp", p->autoEQP ? "on" : "off"); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","explain", p->explainPrev.valid ? "on" :"off"); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","headers", p->showHeader ? "on" : "off"); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","mode", modeDescr[p->mode]); @@ -2100,6 +3158,8 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ strlen30(p->outfile) ? p->outfile : "stdout"); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "separator"); output_c_string(p->out, p->separator); + fprintf(p->out," "); + output_c_string(p->out, p->newline); fprintf(p->out, "\n"); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","stats", p->statsOn ? "on" : "off"); fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ","width"); @@ -2109,51 +3169,81 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ fprintf(p->out,"\n"); }else - if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "stats", n)==0 && nArg>1 && nArg<3 ){ - p->statsOn = booleanValue(azArg[1]); + if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "stats", n)==0 ){ + if( nArg==2 ){ + p->statsOn = booleanValue(azArg[1]); + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .stats on|off\n"); + rc = 1; + } }else - if( c=='t' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "tables", n)==0 && nArg<3 ){ + if( c=='t' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "tables", n)==0 ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; char **azResult; - int nRow; - char *zErrMsg; - open_db(p); - if( nArg==1 ){ - rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db, - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%' " - "UNION ALL " - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master " - "WHERE type IN ('table','view') " - "ORDER BY 1", - &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg - ); - }else{ - zShellStatic = azArg[1]; - rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db, - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE shellstatic() " - "UNION ALL " - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master " - "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE shellstatic() " - "ORDER BY 1", - &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg - ); - zShellStatic = 0; + int nRow, nAlloc; + char *zSql = 0; + int ii; + open_db(p, 0); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, "PRAGMA database_list", -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master" + " WHERE type IN ('table','view')" + " AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'" + " AND name LIKE ?1"); + while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + const char *zDbName = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1); + if( zDbName==0 || strcmp(zDbName,"main")==0 ) continue; + if( strcmp(zDbName,"temp")==0 ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "%z UNION ALL " + "SELECT 'temp.' || name FROM sqlite_temp_master" + " WHERE type IN ('table','view')" + " AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'" + " AND name LIKE ?1", zSql); + }else{ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "%z UNION ALL " + "SELECT '%q.' || name FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master" + " WHERE type IN ('table','view')" + " AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'" + " AND name LIKE ?1", zSql, zDbName, zDbName); + } } - if( zErrMsg ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - rc = 1; - }else if( rc != SQLITE_OK ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: querying sqlite_master and sqlite_temp_master\n"); - rc = 1; + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%z ORDER BY 1", zSql); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + if( rc ) return rc; + nRow = nAlloc = 0; + azResult = 0; + if( nArg>1 ){ + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, azArg[1], -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); }else{ + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, "%", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + if( nRow>=nAlloc ){ + char **azNew; + int n = nAlloc*2 + 10; + azNew = sqlite3_realloc(azResult, sizeof(azResult[0])*n); + if( azNew==0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n"); + break; + } + nAlloc = n; + azResult = azNew; + } + azResult[nRow] = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0)); + if( azResult[nRow] ) nRow++; + } + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( nRow>0 ){ int len, maxlen = 0; int i, j; int nPrintCol, nPrintRow; - for(i=1; i<=nRow; i++){ - if( azResult[i]==0 ) continue; + for(i=0; imaxlen ) maxlen = len; } @@ -2161,30 +3251,204 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ if( nPrintCol<1 ) nPrintCol = 1; nPrintRow = (nRow + nPrintCol - 1)/nPrintCol; for(i=0; iout, "%s%-*s", zSp, maxlen, azResult[j] ? azResult[j] : ""); } - printf("\n"); + fprintf(p->out, "\n"); } } - sqlite3_free_table(azResult); + for(ii=0; ii4 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timeout", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ - open_db(p); - sqlite3_busy_timeout(p->db, atoi(azArg[1])); + if( c=='t' && n>=8 && strncmp(azArg[0], "testctrl", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){ + static const struct { + const char *zCtrlName; /* Name of a test-control option */ + int ctrlCode; /* Integer code for that option */ + } aCtrl[] = { + { "prng_save", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE }, + { "prng_restore", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE }, + { "prng_reset", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET }, + { "bitvec_test", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST }, + { "fault_install", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL }, + { "benign_malloc_hooks", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS }, + { "pending_byte", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE }, + { "assert", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT }, + { "always", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS }, + { "reserve", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE }, + { "optimizations", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS }, + { "iskeyword", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD }, + { "scratchmalloc", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC }, + { "byteorder", SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER }, + }; + int testctrl = -1; + int rc = 0; + int i, n; + open_db(p, 0); + + /* convert testctrl text option to value. allow any unique prefix + ** of the option name, or a numerical value. */ + n = strlen30(azArg[1]); + for(i=0; i<(int)(sizeof(aCtrl)/sizeof(aCtrl[0])); i++){ + if( strncmp(azArg[1], aCtrl[i].zCtrlName, n)==0 ){ + if( testctrl<0 ){ + testctrl = aCtrl[i].ctrlCode; + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "ambiguous option name: \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); + testctrl = -1; + break; + } + } + } + if( testctrl<0 ) testctrl = (int)integerValue(azArg[1]); + if( (testctrlSQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST) ){ + fprintf(stderr,"Error: invalid testctrl option: %s\n", azArg[1]); + }else{ + switch(testctrl){ + + /* sqlite3_test_control(int, db, int) */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: + if( nArg==3 ){ + int opt = (int)strtol(azArg[2], 0, 0); + rc = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, p->db, opt); + fprintf(p->out, "%d (0x%08x)\n", rc, rc); + } else { + fprintf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes a single int option\n", + azArg[1]); + } + break; + + /* sqlite3_test_control(int) */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: + if( nArg==2 ){ + rc = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl); + fprintf(p->out, "%d (0x%08x)\n", rc, rc); + } else { + fprintf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes no options\n", azArg[1]); + } + break; + + /* sqlite3_test_control(int, uint) */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: + if( nArg==3 ){ + unsigned int opt = (unsigned int)integerValue(azArg[2]); + rc = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, opt); + fprintf(p->out, "%d (0x%08x)\n", rc, rc); + } else { + fprintf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes a single unsigned" + " int option\n", azArg[1]); + } + break; + + /* sqlite3_test_control(int, int) */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: + if( nArg==3 ){ + int opt = booleanValue(azArg[2]); + rc = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, opt); + fprintf(p->out, "%d (0x%08x)\n", rc, rc); + } else { + fprintf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes a single int option\n", + azArg[1]); + } + break; + + /* sqlite3_test_control(int, char *) */ +#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: + if( nArg==3 ){ + const char *opt = azArg[2]; + rc = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, opt); + fprintf(p->out, "%d (0x%08x)\n", rc, rc); + } else { + fprintf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes a single char * option\n", + azArg[1]); + } + break; +#endif + + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL: + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: + default: + fprintf(stderr,"Error: CLI support for testctrl %s not implemented\n", + azArg[1]); + break; + } + } + }else + + if( c=='t' && n>4 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timeout", n)==0 ){ + open_db(p, 0); + sqlite3_busy_timeout(p->db, nArg>=2 ? (int)integerValue(azArg[1]) : 0); }else - if( HAS_TIMER && c=='t' && n>=5 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timer", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ - enableTimer = booleanValue(azArg[1]); + if( c=='t' && n>=5 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timer", n)==0 ){ + if( nArg==2 ){ + enableTimer = booleanValue(azArg[1]); + if( enableTimer && !HAS_TIMER ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Error: timer not available on this system.\n"); + enableTimer = 0; + } + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .timer on|off\n"); + rc = 1; + } }else - if( c=='w' && strncmp(azArg[0], "width", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){ + if( c=='t' && strncmp(azArg[0], "trace", n)==0 ){ + open_db(p, 0); + output_file_close(p->traceOut); + if( nArg!=2 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .trace FILE|off\n"); + rc = 1; + goto meta_command_exit; + } + p->traceOut = output_file_open(azArg[1]); +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) + if( p->traceOut==0 ){ + sqlite3_trace(p->db, 0, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3_trace(p->db, sql_trace_callback, p->traceOut); + } +#endif + }else + + if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "version", n)==0 ){ + fprintf(p->out, "SQLite %s %s\n" /*extra-version-info*/, + sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid()); + }else + + if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "vfsname", n)==0 ){ + const char *zDbName = nArg==2 ? azArg[1] : "main"; + char *zVfsName = 0; + if( p->db ){ + sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zDbName, SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME, &zVfsName); + if( zVfsName ){ + fprintf(p->out, "%s\n", zVfsName); + sqlite3_free(zVfsName); + } + } + }else + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE) + if( c=='w' && strncmp(azArg[0], "wheretrace", n)==0 ){ + extern int sqlite3WhereTrace; + sqlite3WhereTrace = nArg>=2 ? booleanValue(azArg[1]) : 0xff; + }else +#endif + + if( c=='w' && strncmp(azArg[0], "width", n)==0 ){ int j; assert( nArg<=ArraySize(azArg) ); for(j=1; jcolWidth); j++){ - p->colWidth[j-1] = atoi(azArg[j]); + p->colWidth[j-1] = (int)integerValue(azArg[j]); } }else @@ -2194,6 +3458,11 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ rc = 1; } +meta_command_exit: + if( p->outCount ){ + p->outCount--; + if( p->outCount==0 ) output_reset(p); + } return rc; } @@ -2201,7 +3470,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ ** Return TRUE if a semicolon occurs anywhere in the first N characters ** of string z[]. */ -static int _contains_semicolon(const char *z, int N){ +static int line_contains_semicolon(const char *z, int N){ int i; for(i=0; iout); - free(zLine); - zLine = one_input_line(zSql, in); + zLine = one_input_line(in, zLine, nSql>0); if( zLine==0 ){ - break; /* We have reached EOF */ + /* End of input */ + if( stdin_is_interactive ) printf("\n"); + break; } if( seenInterrupt ){ if( in!=0 ) break; seenInterrupt = 0; } lineno++; - if( (zSql==0 || zSql[0]==0) && _all_whitespace(zLine) ) continue; + if( nSql==0 && _all_whitespace(zLine) ){ + if( p->echoOn ) printf("%s\n", zLine); + continue; + } if( zLine && zLine[0]=='.' && nSql==0 ){ if( p->echoOn ) printf("%s\n", zLine); rc = do_meta_command(zLine, p); @@ -2305,38 +3580,35 @@ static int process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in){ } continue; } - if( _is_command_terminator(zLine) && _is_complete(zSql, nSql) ){ + if( line_is_command_terminator(zLine) && line_is_complete(zSql, nSql) ){ memcpy(zLine,";",2); } - nSqlPrior = nSql; - if( zSql==0 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; zLine[i] && isspace((unsigned char)zLine[i]); i++){} - if( zLine[i]!=0 ){ - nSql = strlen30(zLine); - zSql = malloc( nSql+3 ); - if( zSql==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n"); - exit(1); - } - memcpy(zSql, zLine, nSql+1); - startline = lineno; - } - }else{ - int len = strlen30(zLine); - zSql = realloc( zSql, nSql + len + 4 ); + nLine = strlen30(zLine); + if( nSql+nLine+2>=nAlloc ){ + nAlloc = nSql+nLine+100; + zSql = realloc(zSql, nAlloc); if( zSql==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: out of memory\n"); + fprintf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n"); exit(1); } + } + nSqlPrior = nSql; + if( nSql==0 ){ + int i; + for(i=0; zLine[i] && IsSpace(zLine[i]); i++){} + assert( nAlloc>0 && zSql!=0 ); + memcpy(zSql, zLine+i, nLine+1-i); + startline = lineno; + nSql = nLine-i; + }else{ zSql[nSql++] = '\n'; - memcpy(&zSql[nSql], zLine, len+1); - nSql += len; + memcpy(zSql+nSql, zLine, nLine+1); + nSql += nLine; } - if( zSql && _contains_semicolon(&zSql[nSqlPrior], nSql-nSqlPrior) + if( nSql && line_contains_semicolon(&zSql[nSqlPrior], nSql-nSqlPrior) && sqlite3_complete(zSql) ){ p->cnt = 0; - open_db(p); + open_db(p, 0); BEGIN_TIMER; rc = shell_exec(p->db, zSql, shell_callback, p, &zErrMsg); END_TIMER; @@ -2357,43 +3629,51 @@ static int process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in){ } errCnt++; } - free(zSql); - zSql = 0; + nSql = 0; + if( p->outCount ){ + output_reset(p); + p->outCount = 0; + } + }else if( nSql && _all_whitespace(zSql) ){ + if( p->echoOn ) printf("%s\n", zSql); nSql = 0; } } - if( zSql ){ - if( !_all_whitespace(zSql) ) fprintf(stderr, "Error: incomplete SQL: %s\n", zSql); + if( nSql ){ + if( !_all_whitespace(zSql) ){ + fprintf(stderr, "Error: incomplete SQL: %s\n", zSql); + } free(zSql); } free(zLine); - return errCnt; + return errCnt>0; } /* ** Return a pathname which is the user's home directory. A -** 0 return indicates an error of some kind. Space to hold the -** resulting string is obtained from malloc(). The calling -** function should free the result. +** 0 return indicates an error of some kind. */ static char *find_home_dir(void){ - char *home_dir = NULL; + static char *home_dir = NULL; + if( home_dir ) return home_dir; -#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) && !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL) - struct passwd *pwent; - uid_t uid = getuid(); - if( (pwent=getpwuid(uid)) != NULL) { - home_dir = pwent->pw_dir; +#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) && !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL) + { + struct passwd *pwent; + uid_t uid = getuid(); + if( (pwent=getpwuid(uid)) != NULL) { + home_dir = pwent->pw_dir; + } } #endif #if defined(_WIN32_WCE) /* Windows CE (arm-wince-mingw32ce-gcc) does not provide getenv() */ - home_dir = strdup("/"); + home_dir = "/"; #else -#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) if (!home_dir) { home_dir = getenv("USERPROFILE"); } @@ -2403,7 +3683,7 @@ static char *find_home_dir(void){ home_dir = getenv("HOME"); } -#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) if (!home_dir) { char *zDrive, *zPath; int n; @@ -2446,7 +3726,6 @@ static int process_sqliterc( const char *sqliterc = sqliterc_override; char *zBuf = 0; FILE *in = NULL; - int nBuf; int rc = 0; if (sqliterc == NULL) { @@ -2457,15 +3736,9 @@ static int process_sqliterc( #endif return 1; } - nBuf = strlen30(home_dir) + 16; - zBuf = malloc( nBuf ); - if( zBuf==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: out of memory\n",Argv0); - return 1; - } - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf,"%s/.sqliterc",home_dir); - free(home_dir); - sqliterc = (const char*)zBuf; + sqlite3_initialize(); + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%s/.sqliterc",home_dir); + sqliterc = zBuf; } in = fopen(sqliterc,"rb"); if( in ){ @@ -2475,7 +3748,7 @@ static int process_sqliterc( rc = process_input(p,in); fclose(in); } - free(zBuf); + sqlite3_free(zBuf); return rc; } @@ -2483,22 +3756,35 @@ static int process_sqliterc( ** Show available command line options */ static const char zOptions[] = - " -help show this message\n" - " -init filename read/process named file\n" - " -echo print commands before execution\n" - " -[no]header turn headers on or off\n" " -bail stop after hitting an error\n" - " -interactive force interactive I/O\n" " -batch force batch I/O\n" " -column set output mode to 'column'\n" + " -cmd COMMAND run \"COMMAND\" before reading stdin\n" " -csv set output mode to 'csv'\n" + " -echo print commands before execution\n" + " -init FILENAME read/process named file\n" + " -[no]header turn headers on or off\n" +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) + " -heap SIZE Size of heap for memsys3 or memsys5\n" +#endif + " -help show this message\n" " -html set output mode to HTML\n" + " -interactive force interactive I/O\n" " -line set output mode to 'line'\n" " -list set output mode to 'list'\n" - " -separator 'x' set output field separator (|)\n" + " -mmap N default mmap size set to N\n" +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX + " -multiplex enable the multiplexor VFS\n" +#endif + " -newline SEP set newline character(s) for CSV\n" + " -nullvalue TEXT set text string for NULL values. Default ''\n" + " -separator SEP set output field separator. Default: '|'\n" " -stats print memory stats before each finalize\n" - " -nullvalue 'text' set text string for NULL values\n" " -version show SQLite version\n" + " -vfs NAME use NAME as the default VFS\n" +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE + " -vfstrace enable tracing of all VFS calls\n" +#endif ; static void usage(int showDetail){ fprintf(stderr, @@ -2520,13 +3806,48 @@ static void main_init(struct callback_data *data) { memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data)); data->mode = MODE_List; memcpy(data->separator,"|", 2); + memcpy(data->newline,"\r\n", 3); data->showHeader = 0; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI, 1); sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG, shellLog, data); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(mainPrompt), mainPrompt,"sqlite> "); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(continuePrompt), continuePrompt," ...> "); sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD); } +/* +** Output text to the console in a font that attracts extra attention. +*/ +#ifdef _WIN32 +static void printBold(const char *zText){ + HANDLE out = GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE); + CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO defaultScreenInfo; + GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(out, &defaultScreenInfo); + SetConsoleTextAttribute(out, + FOREGROUND_RED|FOREGROUND_INTENSITY + ); + printf("%s", zText); + SetConsoleTextAttribute(out, defaultScreenInfo.wAttributes); +} +#else +static void printBold(const char *zText){ + printf("\033[1m%s\033[0m", zText); +} +#endif + +/* +** Get the argument to an --option. Throw an error and die if no argument +** is available. +*/ +static char *cmdline_option_value(int argc, char **argv, int i){ + if( i==argc ){ + fprintf(stderr, "%s: Error: missing argument to %s\n", + argv[0], argv[argc-1]); + exit(1); + } + return argv[i]; +} + int main(int argc, char **argv){ char *zErrMsg = 0; struct callback_data data; @@ -2534,7 +3855,15 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv){ char *zFirstCmd = 0; int i; int rc = 0; + int warnInmemoryDb = 0; +#if USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE+0!=1 + if( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)!=0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "SQLite header and source version mismatch\n%s\n%s\n", + sqlite3_sourceid(), SQLITE_SOURCE_ID); + exit(1); + } +#endif Argv0 = argv[0]; main_init(&data); stdin_is_interactive = isatty(0); @@ -2551,69 +3880,91 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv){ ** the size of the alternative malloc heap, ** and the first command to execute. */ - for(i=1; i0x7fff0000 ) szHeap = 0x7fff0000; -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP, malloc((int)szHeap), (int)szHeap, 64); #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE + }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfstrace")==0 ){ + extern int vfstrace_register( + const char *zTraceName, + const char *zOldVfsName, + int (*xOut)(const char*,void*), + void *pOutArg, + int makeDefault + ); + vfstrace_register("trace",0,(int(*)(const char*,void*))fputs,stderr,1); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX + }else if( strcmp(z,"-multiplex")==0 ){ + extern int sqlite3_multiple_initialize(const char*,int); + sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(0, 1); +#endif + }else if( strcmp(z,"-mmap")==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 sz = integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i)); + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE, sz, sz); + }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfs")==0 ){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i)); + if( pVfs ){ + sqlite3_vfs_register(pVfs, 1); + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "no such VFS: \"%s\"\n", argv[i]); + exit(1); + } } } - if( i=argc){ - fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: missing argument for option: %s\n", Argv0, z); - fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n"); - return 1; - } sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.separator), data.separator, - "%.*s",(int)sizeof(data.separator)-1,argv[i]); + "%s",cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i)); + }else if( strcmp(z,"-newline")==0 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.newline), data.newline, + "%s",cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i)); }else if( strcmp(z,"-nullvalue")==0 ){ - i++; - if(i>=argc){ - fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: missing argument for option: %s\n", Argv0, z); - fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n"); - return 1; - } sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(data.nullvalue), data.nullvalue, - "%.*s",(int)sizeof(data.nullvalue)-1,argv[i]); + "%s",cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i)); }else if( strcmp(z,"-header")==0 ){ data.showHeader = 1; }else if( strcmp(z,"-noheader")==0 ){ data.showHeader = 0; }else if( strcmp(z,"-echo")==0 ){ data.echoOn = 1; + }else if( strcmp(z,"-eqp")==0 ){ + data.autoEQP = 1; }else if( strcmp(z,"-stats")==0 ){ data.statsOn = 1; }else if( strcmp(z,"-bail")==0 ){ bail_on_error = 1; }else if( strcmp(z,"-version")==0 ){ - printf("%s\n", sqlite3_libversion()); + printf("%s %s\n", sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid()); return 0; }else if( strcmp(z,"-interactive")==0 ){ stdin_is_interactive = 1; @@ -2691,8 +4036,37 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv){ stdin_is_interactive = 0; }else if( strcmp(z,"-heap")==0 ){ i++; - }else if( strcmp(z,"-help")==0 || strcmp(z, "--help")==0 ){ + }else if( strcmp(z,"-mmap")==0 ){ + i++; + }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfs")==0 ){ + i++; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE + }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfstrace")==0 ){ + i++; +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX + }else if( strcmp(z,"-multiplex")==0 ){ + i++; +#endif + }else if( strcmp(z,"-help")==0 ){ usage(1); + }else if( strcmp(z,"-cmd")==0 ){ + if( i==argc-1 ) break; + z = cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i); + if( z[0]=='.' ){ + rc = do_meta_command(z, &data); + if( rc && bail_on_error ) return rc==2 ? 0 : rc; + }else{ + open_db(&data, 0); + rc = shell_exec(data.db, z, shell_callback, &data, &zErrMsg); + if( zErrMsg!=0 ){ + fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); + if( bail_on_error ) return rc!=0 ? rc : 1; + }else if( rc!=0 ){ + fprintf(stderr,"Error: unable to process SQL \"%s\"\n", z); + if( bail_on_error ) return rc; + } + } }else{ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error: unknown option: %s\n", Argv0, z); fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n"); @@ -2705,8 +4079,9 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv){ */ if( zFirstCmd[0]=='.' ){ rc = do_meta_command(zFirstCmd, &data); + if( rc==2 ) rc = 0; }else{ - open_db(&data); + open_db(&data, 0); rc = shell_exec(data.db, zFirstCmd, shell_callback, &data, &zErrMsg); if( zErrMsg!=0 ){ fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); @@ -2724,11 +4099,16 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv){ char *zHistory = 0; int nHistory; printf( - "SQLite version %s\n" - "Enter \".help\" for instructions\n" - "Enter SQL statements terminated with a \";\"\n", - sqlite3_libversion() + "SQLite version %s %.19s\n" /*extra-version-info*/ + "Enter \".help\" for usage hints.\n", + sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid() ); + if( warnInmemoryDb ){ + printf("Connected to a "); + printBold("transient in-memory database"); + printf(".\nUse \".open FILENAME\" to reopen on a " + "persistent database.\n"); + } zHome = find_home_dir(); if( zHome ){ nHistory = strlen30(zHome) + 20; @@ -2736,7 +4116,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv){ sqlite3_snprintf(nHistory, zHistory,"%s/.sqlite_history", zHome); } } -#if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE==1 +#if defined(HAVE_READLINE) if( zHistory ) read_history(zHistory); #endif rc = process_input(&data, 0); @@ -2745,7 +4125,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv){ write_history(zHistory); free(zHistory); } - free(zHome); }else{ rc = process_input(&data, stdin); } @@ -2754,5 +4133,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv){ if( data.db ){ sqlite3_close(data.db); } + sqlite3_free(data.zFreeOnClose); return rc; } diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.1 b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.1 index 785995bf60..02df7f44c7 100644 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.1 +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps .\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection .\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1) -.TH SQLITE3 1 "Mon Apr 15 23:49:17 2002" +.TH SQLITE3 1 "Mon Jan 31 11:14:00 2014" .\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage. .\" .\" Some roff macros, for reference: @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ a table named "memos" and insert a couple of records into that table: $ .B sqlite3 mydata.db .br -SQLite version 3.1.3 +SQLite version 3.8.3 .br Enter ".help" for instructions .br @@ -108,15 +108,24 @@ sqlite> .B .help .nf .cc | +.backup ?DB? FILE Backup DB (default "main") to FILE +.bail ON|OFF Stop after hitting an error. Default OFF .databases List names and files of attached databases .dump ?TABLE? ... Dump the database in an SQL text format + If TABLE specified, only dump tables matching + LIKE pattern TABLE. .echo ON|OFF Turn command echo on or off .exit Exit this program -.explain ON|OFF Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off. +.explain ?ON|OFF? Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off. + With no args, it turns EXPLAIN on. .header(s) ON|OFF Turn display of headers on or off .help Show this message .import FILE TABLE Import data from FILE into TABLE -.indices TABLE Show names of all indices on TABLE +.indices ?TABLE? Show names of all indices + If TABLE specified, only show indices for tables + matching LIKE pattern TABLE. +.load FILE ?ENTRY? Load an extension library +.log FILE|off Turn logging on or off. FILE can be stderr/stdout .mode MODE ?TABLE? Set output mode where MODE is one of: csv Comma-separated values column Left-aligned columns. (See .width) @@ -126,46 +135,76 @@ sqlite> list Values delimited by .separator string tabs Tab-separated values tcl TCL list elements -.nullvalue STRING Print STRING in place of NULL values +.nullvalue STRING Use STRING in place of NULL values +.open ?FILENAME? Close existing database and reopen FILENAME .output FILENAME Send output to FILENAME .output stdout Send output to the screen +.print STRING... Print literal STRING .prompt MAIN CONTINUE Replace the standard prompts .quit Exit this program .read FILENAME Execute SQL in FILENAME +.restore ?DB? FILE Restore content of DB (default "main") from FILE .schema ?TABLE? Show the CREATE statements + If TABLE specified, only show tables matching + LIKE pattern TABLE. .separator STRING Change separator used by output mode and .import .show Show the current values for various settings -.tables ?PATTERN? List names of tables matching a LIKE pattern +.stats ON|OFF Turn stats on or off +.tables ?TABLE? List names of tables + If TABLE specified, only list tables matching + LIKE pattern TABLE. .timeout MS Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds -.width NUM NUM ... Set column widths for "column" mode +.trace FILE|off Output each SQL statement as it is run +.vfsname ?AUX? Print the name of the VFS stack +.width NUM1 NUM2 ... Set column widths for "column" mode +.timer ON|OFF Turn the CPU timer measurement on or off sqlite> |cc . .sp .fi - .SH OPTIONS .B sqlite3 has the following options: .TP -.BI \-init\ file -Read and execute commands from -.I file -, which can contain a mix of SQL statements and meta-commands. +.B \-bail +Stop after hitting an error. +.TP +.B \-batch +Force batch I/O. +.TP +.B \-column +Query results will be displayed in a table like form, using +whitespace characters to separate the columns and align the +output. +.TP +.BI \-cmd\ command +run +.I command +before reading stdin +.TP +.B \-csv +Set output mode to CSV (comma separated values). .TP .B \-echo Print commands before execution. .TP +.BI \-init\ file +Read and execute commands from +.I file +, which can contain a mix of SQL statements and meta-commands. +.TP .B \-[no]header Turn headers on or off. .TP -.B \-column -Query results will be displayed in a table like form, using -whitespace characters to separate the columns and align the -output. +.B \-help +Show help on options and exit. .TP .B \-html Query results will be output as simple HTML tables. .TP +.B \-interactive +Force interactive I/O. +.TP .B \-line Query results will be displayed with one value per line, rows separated by a blank line. Designed to be easily parsed by @@ -175,18 +214,28 @@ scripts or other programs Query results will be displayed with the separator (|, by default) character between each field value. The default. .TP -.BI \-separator\ separator -Set output field separator. Default is '|'. +.BI \-mmap\ N +Set default mmap size to +.I N +\. .TP .BI \-nullvalue\ string Set string used to represent NULL values. Default is '' (empty string). .TP +.BI \-separator\ separator +Set output field separator. Default is '|'. +.TP +.B \-stats +Print memory stats before each finalize. +.TP .B \-version Show SQLite version. .TP -.B \-help -Show help on options and exit. +.BI \-vfs\ name +Use +.I name +as the default VFS. .SH INIT FILE @@ -222,8 +271,9 @@ o All other command line options are processed. .SH SEE ALSO http://www.sqlite.org/ .br -The sqlite-doc package +The sqlite3-doc package. .SH AUTHOR This manual page was originally written by Andreas Rottmann , for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used -by others). It was subsequently revised by Bill Bumgarner . +by others). It was subsequently revised by Bill Bumgarner and +further updated by Laszlo Boszormenyi . diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.c b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.c index 1083311166..c1278e6562 100644 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.c +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /****************************************************************************** ** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite -** version 3.7.5. By combining all the individual C code files into this -** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a one translation +** version 3.8.6. By combining all the individual C code files into this +** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation ** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be ** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements ** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single @@ -60,6 +60,11 @@ ** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary ** portability you should omit LFS. ** +** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written +** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so +** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might +** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful. +** ** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS @@ -71,474 +76,41 @@ #endif /* -** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the -** autoconf-based build -*/ -#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H -#include "config.h" -#endif - -/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ -/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ -/* -** 2007 May 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. -*/ - -/* -** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also -** limits the size of a row in a table or index. -** -** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer -** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 -#endif - -/* -** This is the maximum number of -** -** * Columns in a table -** * Columns in an index -** * Columns in a view -** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement -** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement -** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. -** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement -** -** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will -** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should -** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if -** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few -** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN -# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. -** -** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would -** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible -** to turn this limit off. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to -** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might -** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an -** expression. -** -** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. -** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced -** at all times. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. -** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one -** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result -** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL -** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable -** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT -# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. -** Not currently enforced. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP -# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG -# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database -** table and for temporary tables. The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000 -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500 -#endif - -/* -** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before -** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 -** and 30. The upper bound on 30 is because a 32-bit integer bitmap -** is used internally to track attached databases. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED -# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 -#endif - - -/* -** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER -# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 -#endif - -/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit -** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. -** -** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at -** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates -** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library -** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database -** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite -** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback -** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif -#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 - - -/* -** The default size of a database page. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024 -#endif -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif - -/* -** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases -** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain -** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), -** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value -** SQLite will choose on its own. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif - - -/* -** Maximum number of pages in one database file. -** -** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. -** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the -** max_page_count macro. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT -# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB -** operator. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. -** -** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself -** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all -** may be executed. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 -#endif - -/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - -/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ -#if defined(__BORLANDC__) -#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ -#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ -#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ -#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ -#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ -#endif - -/* Needed for various definitions... */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif - -/* -** Include standard header files as necessary -*/ -#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H -#include -#endif - -/* -** The number of samples of an index that SQLite takes in order to -** construct a histogram of the table content when running ANALYZE -** and with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 -*/ -#define SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES 10 - -/* -** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and -** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler -** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements -** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. -** -** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. -** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or -** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers -** that vary from one machine to the next. -** -** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on -** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). -** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the -** compiler. -*/ -#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) -#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) -#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) -#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) -#endif - -/* -** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. -** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never -** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest -** level of threadsafety. 2 means the libary is multithreaded - multiple -** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same -** database connection at the same time. -** -** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. -** We support that for legacy. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) -#if defined(THREADSAFE) -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE -#else -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ -#endif -#endif - -/* -** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. -** It determines whether or not the features related to -** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can -** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to -** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. -** -** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() -** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() -** -** (Historical note: There used to be several other options, but we've -** pared it down to just these two.) -** -** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as -** the default. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 -# error "At most one of the following compile-time configuration options\ - is allows: SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG" -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 -# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 -#endif - -/* -** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the -** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) -# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 -#endif - -/* -** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable -** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems. But Mac OS X is different. -** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told, -** so it is omitted there. See ticket #2673. -** -** Later we learn that _XOPEN_SOURCE is poorly or incorrectly -** implemented on some systems. So we avoid defining it at all -** if it is already defined or if it is unneeded because we are -** not doing a threadsafe build. Ticket #2681. -** -** See also ticket #2741. -*/ -#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500 /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */ -#endif - -/* -** The TCL headers are only needed when compiling the TCL bindings. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH) -# include -#endif - -/* -** Many people are failing to set -DNDEBUG=1 when compiling SQLite. -** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and run faster. So the following -** lines are added to automatically set NDEBUG unless the -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 -** option is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out -** feature. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define NDEBUG 1 -#endif - -/* -** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When -** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to -** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to -** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted -** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple -** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() -** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For -** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit -** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements -** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() -** can insure that all cases are evaluated. -** -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); -# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } -#else -# define testcase(X) -#endif - -/* -** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or -** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments -** within testcase() and assert() macros. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define TESTONLY(X) X -#else -# define TESTONLY(X) -#endif - -/* -** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization -** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to -** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore -** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for -** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the -** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. +** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its +** version information, among other things. Normally, this internal MinGW +** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header +** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this +** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and +** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it. This entire #if block +** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting +** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define +** some MinGW-specific macros). When compiling for MinGW, either the +** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be +** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be +** disabled. */ -#ifndef NDEBUG -# define VVA_ONLY(X) X -#else -# define VVA_ONLY(X) +#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H) +# include "mingw.h" +#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H) +# include "_mingw.h" #endif /* -** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which -** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such -** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they -** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience -** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" -** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first -** hint of unplanned behavior. -** -** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. -** -** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to -** be true and false so that the unreachable code then specify will -** not be counted as untested code. +** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T +** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime +** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP). */ -#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define ALWAYS(X) (1) -# define NEVER(X) (0) -#elif !defined(NDEBUG) -# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) -# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) -#else -# define ALWAYS(X) (X) -# define NEVER(X) (X) +#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \ + defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \ + defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \ + defined(__MSVCRT__) +# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T #endif -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large -** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() -** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. -*/ -#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) - -/* -** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean -** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds -** a boolean expression that is usually true. GCC is able to -** use these hints to generate better code, sometimes. +/* The public SQLite interface. The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear +** first in QNX. Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for +** MinGW. */ -#if defined(__GNUC__) && 0 -# define likely(X) __builtin_expect((X),1) -# define unlikely(X) __builtin_expect((X),0) -#else -# define likely(X) !!(X) -# define unlikely(X) !!(X) -#endif - /************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ /************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/ /* @@ -650,9 +222,9 @@ extern "C" { ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.7.5" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007005 -#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2011-01-28 17:03:50 ed759d5a9edb3bba5f48f243df47be29e3fe8cd7" +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.8.6" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008006 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2014-08-15 11:46:33 9491ba7d738528f168657adb43a198238abde19e" /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers @@ -720,7 +292,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); ** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe ** ** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if -** SQLite was compiled mutexing code omitted due to the +** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the ** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. ** ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When @@ -762,7 +334,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); ** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 ** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] -** is its destructor. There are many other interfaces (such as +** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other +** interfaces (such as ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and ** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an ** sqlite3 object. @@ -809,28 +382,46 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; /* ** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection ** -** ^The sqlite3_close() routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object. -** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() return SQLITE_OK if the [sqlite3] object is -** successfully destroyed and all associated resources are deallocated. -** -** Applications must [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements] -** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with -** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If -** sqlite3_close() is called on a [database connection] that still has -** outstanding [prepared statements] or [BLOB handles], then it returns -** SQLITE_BUSY. -** -** ^If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open, +** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors +** for the [sqlite3] object. +** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if +** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated +** resources are deallocated. +** +** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close() +** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY]. +** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements +** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes +** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the +** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is +** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with +** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which +** destructors are called is arbitrary. +** +** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements], +** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated +** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If +** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has +** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or +** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation +** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], +** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed. +** +** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, ** the transaction is automatically rolled back. ** -** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] must be either a NULL +** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)] +** must be either a NULL ** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained ** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or ** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. -** ^Calling sqlite3_close() with a NULL pointer argument is a -** harmless no-op. +** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer +** argument is a harmless no-op. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*); /* ** The type for a callback function. @@ -853,7 +444,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to ** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row ** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to -** to sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each +** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each ** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() ** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are ** ignored. @@ -894,7 +485,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); **
    **
  • The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() ** is a valid and open [database connection]. -**
  • The application must not close [database connection] specified by +**
  • The application must not close the [database connection] specified by ** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. **
  • The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into ** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. @@ -910,15 +501,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( /* ** CAPI3REF: Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes} -** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes} +** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions} ** ** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown -** here in order to indicates success or failure. +** here in order to indicate success or failure. ** ** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. ** -** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] +** See also: [extended result code definitions] */ #define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ /* beginning-of-error-codes */ @@ -948,32 +538,27 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ #define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ #define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ +#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */ #define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ #define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ /* end-of-error-codes */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes} -** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes} +** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions} ** -** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer -** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of +** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer +** [result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of ** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as ** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to ** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include ** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information -** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled +** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled ** on a per database connection basis using the -** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. -** -** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here. -** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand -** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect -** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. -** -** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always -** be exactly zero. +** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. Or, the extended code for +** the most recent error can be obtained using +** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()]. */ #define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) @@ -995,17 +580,45 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations ** ** These bit values are intended for use in the ** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and -** in the 4th parameter to the xOpen method of the -** [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ @@ -1013,6 +626,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ @@ -1026,11 +641,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ +/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ + /* ** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics ** ** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] -** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these +** object returns an integer which is a vector of these ** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage ** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] ** refers to. @@ -1044,7 +661,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( ** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other ** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that ** information is written to disk in the same order as calls -** to xWrite(). +** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that +** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a +** file that were written at the application level might have changed +** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are +** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN +** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open. The +** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on +** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with +** elevated privileges. */ #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 @@ -1058,6 +683,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000 /* ** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels @@ -1121,17 +748,18 @@ struct sqlite3_file { /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object ** -** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs] xOpen method populates an +** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an ** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the ** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. ** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations ** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. ** -** If the xOpen method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method -** may be invoked even if the xOpen reported that it failed. The -** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed xOpen -** is for the xOpen to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element to NULL. +** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The +** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] +** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to NULL. ** ** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or ** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). @@ -1163,7 +791,7 @@ struct sqlite3_file { ** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire ** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite ** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. -** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. +** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. ** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes ** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should ** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not @@ -1228,11 +856,15 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ + int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); + int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); + /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */ /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes +** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode} ** ** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method ** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] @@ -1245,7 +877,8 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability ** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST ** is defined. -** +**
      +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS ** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the ** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it @@ -1253,6 +886,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database ** file run faster. ** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS ** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified ** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should @@ -1261,30 +895,195 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and ** improve performance on some systems. ** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer ** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database ** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for ** additional information. ** -** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by -** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method -** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^ -** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly -** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most -** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode. -** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this -** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specilized VFSes -** that do require it. +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] +** No longer in use. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and +** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a +** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked +** because the user has configured SQLite with +** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place +** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with +** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced +** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated +** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that +** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications +** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may +** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite +** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately +** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal +** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call +** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the +** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic +** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the +** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of +** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, +** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay +** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing +** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This +** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) +** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections +** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two +** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second +** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting +** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written +** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be +** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary +** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control +** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database +** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after +** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not +** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want +** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist +** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent +** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** WAL persistence setting. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting +** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the +** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage +** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** zero-damage mode setting. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening +** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of +** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable +** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. +** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with +** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually +** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL +** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control +** is intended for diagnostic use only. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding +** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument +** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of +** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array +** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the +** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element +** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] +** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or +** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the +** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op +** prepared statement. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns +** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means +** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the +** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so +** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER] +** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle +** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access +** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **) +** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points +** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections +** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in +** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation +** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the +** current operation. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]] +** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control +** to have SQLite generate a +** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate +** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The +** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename +** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should +** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the +** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O. +** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that +** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The +** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if +** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit +** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This +** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information +** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing. +** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims]. +** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the +** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if +** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a +** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending +** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it +** was first opened. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one +** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing +** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined. +** +**
    */ -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 -#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 -#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 -#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 - +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 +#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 +#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 +#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23 /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle @@ -1303,7 +1102,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** ** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between ** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" -** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". +** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See +** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. ** ** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in ** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this @@ -1332,12 +1132,13 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must ** be unique across all VFS modules. ** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] ** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen ** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained ** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. ** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will ** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than -** 10 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. +** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. ** ^SQLite further guarantees that ** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is ** called. Because of the previous sentence, @@ -1409,6 +1210,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success ** or failure of the xOpen call. ** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] ** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] ** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to ** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] @@ -1433,16 +1235,29 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as ** a floating point value. ** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian -** Day Number multipled by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in ** a 24-hour day). ** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current ** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or ** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back ** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. +** +** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces +** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can +** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult +** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden +** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the +** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any +** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change +** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access +** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. */ typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; +typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); struct sqlite3_vfs { - int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 2) */ + int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ @@ -1468,6 +1283,13 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); /* ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. + */ + int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); + sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ @@ -1635,9 +1457,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); ** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. ** ** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] that determines +** [configuration option] that determines ** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments -** vary depending on the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] +** vary depending on the [configuration option] ** in the first argument. ** ** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. @@ -1652,17 +1474,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); ** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration ** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to ** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single -** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). The -** sqlite3_db_config() interface should only be used immediately after -** the database connection is created using [sqlite3_open()], -** [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()]. +** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). ** ** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the -** configuration verb - an integer code that indicates what -** aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. -** The only choice for this value is [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]. -** New verbs are likely to be added in future releases of SQLite. -** Additional arguments depend on the verb. +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. +** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. ** ** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if ** the call is considered successful. @@ -1694,16 +1511,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such ** conditions. ** -** The xMalloc and xFree methods must work like the -** malloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. -** The xRealloc method must work like realloc() from the standard C library -** with the exception that if the second argument to xRealloc is zero, -** xRealloc must be a no-op - it must not perform any allocation or -** deallocation. ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to +** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the +** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. +** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to ** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. -** And so in cases where xRoundup always returns a positive number, -** xRealloc can perform exactly as the standard library realloc() and -** still be in compliance with this specification. ** ** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation ** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size @@ -1717,7 +1528,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. ** -** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. (For example, +** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, ** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data ** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by ** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired @@ -1752,6 +1563,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { /* ** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options +** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that ** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. @@ -1764,7 +1576,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** is invoked. ** **
    -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables ** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used @@ -1775,7 +1587,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD ** configuration option.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables ** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. @@ -1789,7 +1601,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables ** all mutexes including the recursive @@ -1805,7 +1617,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of @@ -1813,7 +1625,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure ** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ @@ -1821,7 +1633,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or ** tracks memory usage, for example.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    **
    ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a ** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation ** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the @@ -1837,10 +1649,10 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** allocation statistics are disabled by default. **
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    **
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for ** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte -** aligned memory buffer from which the scrach allocations will be +** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be ** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), ** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz ** argument must be a multiple of 16. @@ -1853,11 +1665,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then ** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    **
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for -** the database page cache with the default page cache implemenation. +** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. ** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page -** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE option. +** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option. ** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned ** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). ** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page @@ -1874,7 +1686,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite ** will be undefined.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    **
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use ** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided ** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. @@ -1887,9 +1699,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory ** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. ** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte -** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
    +** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. +** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values +** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8. ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies ** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place @@ -1901,7 +1715,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The ** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] @@ -1914,7 +1728,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    **
    ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default ** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each ** [database connection]. The first argument is the @@ -1924,19 +1738,21 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside ** configuration on individual connections.)^
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to -** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. This object specifies the interface +** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies the interface ** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the ** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. SQLite copies of the current +** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of the current ** page cache implementation into that object.)^
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
    -**
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
    +**
    The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite +** global [error log]. +** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a ** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), ** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is ** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the @@ -1953,6 +1769,74 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger ** function must be threadsafe.
    ** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_URI +**
    ^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then +** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling +** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames +** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or +** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless +** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database +** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are +** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the +** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally +** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the +** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +**
    ^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as +** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for +** full table scans in the query optimizer. ^The default setting is determined +** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" +** if that compile-time option is omitted. +** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans +** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction +** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to +** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work +** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE +**
    These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. +** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG +**
    This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should +** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int). +** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library +** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the +** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection +** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument +** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the +** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter +** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then +** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The +** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this +** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in +** the canonical SQLite source tree.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE +**
    ^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values +** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for +** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. +** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using +** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size +** cannot be changed at run-time. Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size +** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the +** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ +** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is +** changed to its compile-time default. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE +**
    ^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows +** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined. +** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value +** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. **
    */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ @@ -1968,9 +1852,16 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ /* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options @@ -1990,7 +1881,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { **
    ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. ** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a -** pointer to an memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. +** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. ** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb ** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the ** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the @@ -2008,9 +1899,31 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns ** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^
    ** +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
    +**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of +** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, +** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back.
    +** +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
    +**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, +** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the trigger setting is not reported back.
    +** ** */ -#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ /* @@ -2025,22 +1938,28 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); /* ** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid ** -** ^Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed +** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables) +** has a unique 64-bit signed ** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available ** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those ** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If ** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column ** is another alias for the rowid. ** -** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent -** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection] -** in the first argument. ^If no successful [INSERT]s -** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned. -** -** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger, then the [rowid] of the inserted -** row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger is running. -** But once the trigger terminates, the value returned by this routine -** reverts to the last value inserted before the trigger fired.)^ +** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the +** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] +** on database connection D. +** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded. +** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables +** have ever occurred on the database connection D, +** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero. +** +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] +** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted +** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. +** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual +** table method began.)^ ** ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a ** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this @@ -2225,27 +2144,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); /* ** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors ** -** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever -** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread -** or process has locked. +** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X +** that might be invoked with argument P whenever +** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with +** [database connection] D when another thread +** or process has the table locked. +** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout]. ** -** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] +** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] ** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback ** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. ** ** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which ** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to ** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has -** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the +** been invoked for the same locking event. ^If the ** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to -** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. +** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned +** to the application. ** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt -** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats. +** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats. ** ** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked ** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy ** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] -** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler. +** to the application instead of invoking the +** busy handler. ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and ** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying @@ -2259,28 +2184,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** ** ^The default busy callback is NULL. ** -** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] -** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the -** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will -** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs -** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache -** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent -** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory -** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error -** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to -** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion -** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the -** -** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why -** this is important. -** ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each ** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any ** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] -** will also set or clear the busy handler. +** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the +** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler. ** ** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the -** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions +** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words, +** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions ** result in undefined behavior. ** ** A busy handler must not close the database connection @@ -2296,7 +2208,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); ** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping ** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, ** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return -** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. +** [SQLITE_BUSY]. ** ** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero ** turns off all busy handlers. @@ -2305,6 +2217,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); ** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler ** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling ** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ +** +** See also: [PRAGMA busy_timeout] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); @@ -2429,7 +2343,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); ** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there ** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options. ** -** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated +** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated ** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. ** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\'' ** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into @@ -2542,12 +2456,12 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); ** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability ** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. ** -** The Windows OS interface layer calls +** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called ** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting ** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite ** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows -** installation. Memory allocation errors are detected, but -** they are reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or +** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but +** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or ** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. ** ** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] @@ -2599,11 +2513,13 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); ** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. ** ** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. +** ^If N is less than one, then P can be a NULL pointer. ** -** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by -** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained -** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. -** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated +** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous +** call had N less than one, then the PRNG is seeded using randomness +** obtained from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more then +** the pseudo-randomness is generated ** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness ** method. */ @@ -2612,7 +2528,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); /* ** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks ** -** ^This routine registers a authorizer callback with a particular +** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular ** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. ** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled ** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], @@ -2703,6 +2619,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( ** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the ** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional ** information. +** +** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode] +** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. */ #define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ @@ -2760,6 +2679,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( #define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ #define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ #define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ +#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE 33 /* NULL NULL */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions @@ -2775,6 +2695,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( ** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers ** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ ** +** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit +** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace(). +** ** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked ** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains ** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time @@ -2800,9 +2723,10 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. ** ** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the -** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the number of +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of ** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive -** invocations of the callback X. +** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress +** handler is disabled. ** ** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per ** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the @@ -2825,7 +2749,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection ** -** ^These routines open an SQLite database file whose name is given by the +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte ** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually @@ -2852,7 +2776,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of ** the following three values, optionally combined with the ** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], -** and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flags:)^ +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ ** **
    ** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
    @@ -2871,9 +2795,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); **
    ** ** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the -** combinations shown above or one of the combinations shown above combined -** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], -** [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flags, +** combinations shown above optionally combined with other +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] ** then the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection @@ -2888,6 +2811,11 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not ** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. ** +** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the +** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that +** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is +** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** ** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database ** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when ** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might @@ -2900,16 +2828,150 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be ** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. ** -** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the -** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that -** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is -** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]]

    URI Filenames

    +** +** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument +** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI +** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is +** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has +** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the +** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. +** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off +** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename +** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional +** information. +** +** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** present, is ignored. +** +** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:"). +** +** [[core URI query parameters]] +** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted +** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. +** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters: +** +**
      +**
    • vfs: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of +** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should +** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to +** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown +** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is +** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over +** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +**
    • mode: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", +** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is +** an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is +** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads +** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for +** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by +** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +**
    • cache: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or +** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the +** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. +** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in +** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting +** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. +** +**
    • psow: ^The psow parameter may be "true" (or "on" or "yes" or +** "1") or "false" (or "off" or "no" or "0") to indicate that the +** [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the +** storage media on which the database file resides. ^The psow query +** parameter only works for the built-in unix and Windows VFSes. +** +**
    • nolock: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter +** which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes. This +** is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not +** support locking. Caution: Database corruption might result if two +** or more processes write to the same database and any one of those +** processes uses nolock=1. +** +**
    • immutable: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query +** parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on +** read-only media. ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the +** database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher +** privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking +** and change detection is disabled. Caution: Setting the immutable +** property on a database file that does in fact change can result +** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. +** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. +** +**
    +** +** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an +** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query +** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for +** additional information. +** +** [[URI filename examples]]

    URI filename examples

    +** +** +**
    URI filenames Results +**
    file:data.db +** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. +**
    file:/home/fred/data.db
    +** file:///home/fred/data.db
    +** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db
    +** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". +**
    file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db +** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. +**
    +** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db +** Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** necessary - space characters can be used literally +** in URI filenames. +**
    file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private +** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. +** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by +** default, use a private cache. +**
    file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile +** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" +** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. +**
    file:data.db?mode=readonly +** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. +**
    +** +** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and +** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the +** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, +** the results are undefined. ** ** Note to Windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument ** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever ** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international ** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into ** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ @@ -2927,6 +2989,50 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ); /* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters +** +** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. +** +** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of +** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or +** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and +** P is the name of the query parameter, then +** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F +** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns +** a pointer to an empty string. +** +** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean +** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value +** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the +** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of +** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or +** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query +** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the +** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). +** +** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a +** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not +** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then +** zero is returned. +** +** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and +** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen +** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably +** undesirable. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); + + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages ** ** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or @@ -2945,6 +3051,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by ** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ ** +** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text +** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally +** and must not be freed by the application)^. +** ** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the ** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between ** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. @@ -2963,6 +3074,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object @@ -3041,43 +3153,45 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. ** **
    -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
    **
    The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
    **
    The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
    **
    The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the ** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index ** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
    **
    The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
    **
    The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
    **
    The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program ** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently ** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of ** SQLite.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
    **
    The maximum number of arguments on a function.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
    **
    The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^
    ** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
    **
    The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or ** [GLOB] operators.
    )^ ** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
    **
    The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
    **
    The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
    )^ **
    */ @@ -3117,7 +3231,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small ** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that ** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including -** the nul-terminator bytes. +** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to +** make a copy of the input string. ** ** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte ** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only @@ -3147,7 +3262,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); **
  • ** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it ** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL -** statement and try to run it again. +** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY] +** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error. **
  • ** **
  • @@ -3168,8 +3284,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the ** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] ** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column -** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2] compile-time option is enabled. -** the +** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. **
  • ** */ @@ -3214,7 +3329,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database ** -** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if ** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to ** the content of the database file. ** @@ -3243,6 +3358,25 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not +** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] +** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. +** +** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** statements that are holding a transaction open. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object ** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} ** @@ -3258,7 +3392,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. ** ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not -** a mutex is held. A internal mutex is held for a protected +** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected ** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded ** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) @@ -3332,12 +3466,25 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). ** ** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter +** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). ** ** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the ** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the ** number of bytes in the value, not the number of characters.)^ -** ^If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is +** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** is negative, then the length of the string is ** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. +** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then +** the behavior is undefined. +** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() +** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset +** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL +** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than +** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will +** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings +** with embedded NULs is undefined. ** ** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and ** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or @@ -3482,7 +3629,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. ** ** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] -** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the next call to +** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the next call to ** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. ** ** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine @@ -3508,7 +3657,9 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); ** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and ** the origin_ routines return the column name. ** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed -** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the same information is requested ** again in a different encoding. ** ** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the @@ -3602,7 +3753,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); ** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the ** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] ** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the -** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within a +** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an ** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before ** continuing. ** @@ -3667,6 +3818,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); ** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of ** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to +** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) +** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned +** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] +** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step +** pragma returns 0 columns of data. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] */ @@ -3766,7 +3923,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. ** ** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), -** even empty strings, are always zero terminated. ^The return +** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return ** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. ** ** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an @@ -3789,19 +3946,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ** NULL INTEGER Result is 0 ** NULL FLOAT Result is 0.0 -** NULL TEXT Result is NULL pointer -** NULL BLOB Result is NULL pointer +** NULL TEXT Result is a NULL pointer +** NULL BLOB Result is a NULL pointer ** INTEGER FLOAT Convert from integer to float ** INTEGER TEXT ASCII rendering of the integer ** INTEGER BLOB Same as INTEGER->TEXT -** FLOAT INTEGER Convert from float to integer +** FLOAT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER ** FLOAT TEXT ASCII rendering of the float -** FLOAT BLOB Same as FLOAT->TEXT -** TEXT INTEGER Use atoi() -** TEXT FLOAT Use atof() +** FLOAT BLOB [CAST] to BLOB +** TEXT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +** TEXT FLOAT [CAST] to REAL ** TEXT BLOB No change -** BLOB INTEGER Convert to TEXT then use atoi() -** BLOB FLOAT Convert to TEXT then use atof() +** BLOB INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +** BLOB FLOAT [CAST] to REAL ** BLOB TEXT Add a zero terminator if needed ** ** )^ @@ -3857,7 +4014,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or ** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings ** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned -** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into +** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into ** [sqlite3_free()]. ** ** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any @@ -3881,7 +4038,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); ** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object ** ** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. -** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors or +** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors ** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns ** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then ** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or @@ -3940,7 +4097,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior ** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between ** these routines are the text encoding expected for -** the the second parameter (the name of the function being created) +** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) ** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for ** the application data pointer. ** @@ -3966,15 +4123,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for -** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work -** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be -** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may -** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple -** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. +** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the +** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or +** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] +** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using +** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for +** each encoding. ** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite ** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. -** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text -** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY]. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] +** to signal that the function will always return the same result given +** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are +** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a +** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to +** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use +** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible. ** ** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the ** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ @@ -3985,7 +4151,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal ** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep ** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing -** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL poiners for all three function +** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function ** callbacks. ** ** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, @@ -4060,10 +4226,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( #define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 #define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 #define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ -#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* sqlite3_create_function only */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ #define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ /* +** CAPI3REF: Function Flags +** +** These constants may be ORed together with the +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument +** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x800 + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions ** DEPRECATED ** @@ -4079,7 +4255,8 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int), + void*,sqlite3_int64); #endif /* @@ -4159,14 +4336,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); ** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the ** first time from within xFinal().)^ ** -** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer if N is -** less than or equal to zero or if a memory allocate error occurs. +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory +** allocate error occurs. ** ** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is ** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the ** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory -** allocation.)^ +** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** pointless memory allocations occur. ** ** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. @@ -4209,41 +4389,49 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data ** -** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to +** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to ** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to ** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under -** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may -** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar -** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as -** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression -** pattern. The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple -** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string -** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation. +** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example +** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching +** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as +** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, +** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple +** invocations of the same function. ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata ** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument -** value to the application-defined function. ^If no metadata has been ever -** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding -** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set, -** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer. -** -** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata -** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th -** argument of the application-defined function. Subsequent -** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has -** not been destroyed. -** ^If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor -** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on -** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes -** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first. -** -** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any -** parameter of any function at any time. ^The only guarantee is that -** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped. +** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata +** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface +** returns a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th +** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or +** NULL if the metadata has been discarded. +** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL, +** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly +** once, when the metadata is discarded. +** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including:
      +**
    • when the corresponding function parameter changes, or +**
    • when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the +** SQL statement, or +**
    • when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or +**
    • during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** allocation error occurs.
    )^ +** +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() +** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the +** function implementation should not make any use of P after +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called. ** ** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for -** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal -** values and [parameters].)^ +** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal +** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^ ** ** These routines must be called from the same thread in which ** the SQL function is running. @@ -4264,7 +4452,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(voi ** the content before returning. ** ** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain -** C++ compilers. See ticket #2191. +** C++ compilers. */ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); #define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) @@ -4317,11 +4505,11 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() ** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. ** -** ^The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error -** indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. ** -** ^The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error -** indicating that a memory allocation failed. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a memory allocation failed. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer @@ -4346,7 +4534,12 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text ** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined -** function result. +** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it +** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would +** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur +** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd +** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the +** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. ** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that ** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has @@ -4419,7 +4612,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); ** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin ** on an even byte address. ** -** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is a application data pointer that is passed +** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed ** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. ** ** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. @@ -4435,7 +4628,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); ** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an ** integer that is negative, zero, or positive ** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, -** respectively. A collating function must alway return the same answer +** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer ** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered ** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all ** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. @@ -4543,6 +4736,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ ); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); /* ** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not @@ -4556,6 +4754,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ ); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); /* ** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless @@ -4605,6 +4808,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate ** temporary file directory. ** +** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable. +** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT). +** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications +** neither read nor write this variable. This global variable is a relic +** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should +** be avoided in new projects. +** ** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one ** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable ** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate @@ -4623,10 +4833,67 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be ** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] ** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite +** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to. If +** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do +** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection] +** objects have been destroyed. +** +** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an +** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime: +** +**
    +** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
    +**       TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
    +** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1];
    +** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
    +** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
    +**       NULL, NULL);
    +** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
    +** 
    */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory; /* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files +** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by +** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed +** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL +** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified +** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory +** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global +** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS. +** +** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is +** open can result in a corrupt database. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory; + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode ** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} ** @@ -4662,6 +4929,31 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); /* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename +** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file +** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database +** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then +** a NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the +** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename +** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used +** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N +** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not +** the name of a database on connection D. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement ** ** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after @@ -4696,13 +4988,15 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for ** the first call for each function on D. ** +** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. ** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions ** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the ** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit ** or rollback hook in the first place. -** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their -** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, +** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify +** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. ** @@ -4728,12 +5022,13 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function ** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument -** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in +** a rowid table. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a -** row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. ** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument ** to sqlite3_update_hook(). ** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], @@ -4746,6 +5041,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** ** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are ** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ +** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. ** ** ^In the current implementation, the update hook ** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an @@ -4777,7 +5073,6 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache -** KEYWORDS: {shared cache} ** ** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache ** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] @@ -4800,6 +5095,9 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( ** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared ** cache setting should set it explicitly. ** +** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a +** 32-bit integer is atomic. +** ** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); @@ -4815,10 +5113,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); ** which might be more or less than the amount requested. ** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero ** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); /* +** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap +** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even +** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is +** omitted. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size ** ** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the @@ -4832,7 +5145,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); ** is advisory only. ** ** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of -** the soft heap limit prior to the call. ^If the argument N is negative +** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an +** error. ^If the argument N is negative ** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current ** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. @@ -4847,8 +5161,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); **
  • Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the ** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and ** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. -**
  • An alternative page cache implementation is specifed using -** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE],...). +**
  • An alternative page cache implementation is specified using +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). **
  • The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied ** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than ** from the heap. @@ -4961,11 +5275,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( ** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. ** ** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an -** SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile. +** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If +** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load +** with various operating-system specific extensions added. +** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like +** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might +** be tried also. ** ** ^The entry point is zProc. -** ^zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point -** defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init". +** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an +** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init". +** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the +** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic +** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following +** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^ ** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns ** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. ** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the @@ -4991,11 +5314,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading ** ** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are -** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling -** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API +** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling +** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API ** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. ** -** ^Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863. +** ^Extension loading is off by default. ** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 ** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn ** it back off again. @@ -5007,7 +5330,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); ** ** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for ** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that -** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked SQLite extension +** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension] ** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. ** ** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes @@ -5035,11 +5358,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); ** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point ** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. ** -** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]. +** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] +** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); /* +** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the +** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to +** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] +** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully +** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization +** routines. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading ** ** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously @@ -5068,7 +5404,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} ** -** This structure, sometimes called a a "virtual table module", +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", ** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. ** @@ -5108,6 +5444,11 @@ struct sqlite3_module { void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void **ppArg); int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ + int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); }; /* @@ -5158,10 +5499,22 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate ** sorting step is required. ** -** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the -** particular lookup. A full scan of a table with N entries should have -** a cost of N. A binary search of a table of N entries should have a -** cost of approximately log(N). +** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular +** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar +** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) +** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a +** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. +** +** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that +** will be returned by the strategy. +** +** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info +** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is +** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting +** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely +** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should +** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a +** value greater than or equal to 3008002. */ struct sqlite3_index_info { /* Inputs */ @@ -5186,7 +5539,9 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ - double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ + double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */ + sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */ }; /* @@ -5380,7 +5735,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column ** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ ** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for -** a expired BLOB handle fail with an return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not ** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually ** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ @@ -5390,6 +5745,9 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a ** blob. ** +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID] +** table. Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables. +** ** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces ** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired, ** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using @@ -5584,17 +5942,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** implementations are available in the SQLite core: ** **
      -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP **
    )^ ** ** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines ** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in -** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2, -** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations -** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows. +** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and +** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix +** and Windows. ** ** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor ** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex @@ -5615,10 +5972,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 **
)^ ** ** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) @@ -5783,14 +6142,14 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { ** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument ** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. ** -** ^The implementation is not required to provided versions of these +** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these ** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working ** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always ** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. ** ** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then ** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since -** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But the +** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But ** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not ** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the ** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is @@ -5822,6 +6181,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 8 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 9 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 10 /* For use by application */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection @@ -5911,9 +6273,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ 17 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 18 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT 23 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 23 /* ** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status @@ -5922,7 +6289,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); ** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various ** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for ** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes -** are of the form [SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ +** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ ** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. ** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the ** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after @@ -5949,12 +6316,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters +** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} ** ** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters ** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. ** **
-** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
**
This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out ** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The ** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application @@ -5964,23 +6332,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF ** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation ** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their ** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
**
This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations ** currently checked out.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
**
This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the ** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
)^ ** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] ** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
**
This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] @@ -5990,13 +6359,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because ** no space was left in the page cache.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
**
This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the ** [scratch memory allocator] configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not @@ -6004,7 +6373,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF ** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads ** using scratch memory at the same time.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
**
This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] ** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values @@ -6014,13 +6383,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF ** slots were available. **
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
**
This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
)^ **
@@ -6045,9 +6414,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the ** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument ** is an integer constant, taken from the set of -** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED | SQLITE_DBSTATUS_*] macros, that +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that ** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of -** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED | SQLITE_DBSTATUS_*] macros is likely +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely ** to grow in future releases of SQLite. ** ** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur @@ -6064,6 +6433,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} ** ** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as ** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. @@ -6075,38 +6445,37 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. ** **
-** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
**
This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently ** checked out.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were ** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero. -** checked out.
)^ +** the current value is always zero.)^ ** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] ** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have ** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of ** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. ** Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero. -** checked out.
)^ +** the current value is always zero.)^ ** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] ** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have ** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside ** memory already being in use. ** Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero. -** checked out.
)^ +** the current value is always zero.)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
**
This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap ** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. ** -** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
**
This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap ** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated ** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ @@ -6115,12 +6484,41 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** [shared cache mode] being enabled. ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. ** -** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
**
This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap ** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with ** the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. **
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+**
This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
+**
This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
+**
This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the +** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the +** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of +** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. +** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect +** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The +** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS
+**
This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if +** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been +** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0. +**
**
*/ #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 @@ -6130,14 +6528,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 6 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 10 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status ** ** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various -** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counters] that measure the number +** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number ** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can ** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared ** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds @@ -6148,7 +6550,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from ** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement ** object to be interrogated. The second argument -** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counter] +** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] ** to be interrogated.)^ ** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. ** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this @@ -6160,35 +6562,45 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} ** ** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter ** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. ** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: ** **
-**
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
**
^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in ** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter ** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through ** careful use of indices.
** -**
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
**
^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
** -**
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
**
^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that ** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not ** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.
** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP
+**
^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed +** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. +** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 +** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. +**
**
*/ #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4 /* ** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object @@ -6199,17 +6611,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); ** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers ** to the object. ** -** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods] for additional information. +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; /* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the +** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this +** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances +** of this object as parameters or as their return value. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; +struct sqlite3_pcache_page { + void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ +}; + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. ** KEYWORDS: {page cache} ** -** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can +** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can ** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an -** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure.)^ +** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ ** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by ** SQLite is used for the page cache. ** By implementing a @@ -6223,21 +6651,23 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. ** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. ** -** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure are copied to an +** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an ** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence ** the application may discard the parameter after the call to ** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ ** +** [[the xInit() page cache method]] ** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective ** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() -** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods.pArg value.)^ +** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ ** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures ** required by the custom page cache implementation. ** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined ** page cache.)^ ** +** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] ** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. ** It can be used to clean up ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. @@ -6252,21 +6682,20 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening ** call to xShutdown(). ** +** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] ** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. ** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must -** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will not be a power of two. ^szPage -** will the page size of the database file that is to be cached plus an -** increment (here called "R") of less than 250. SQLite will use the -** extra R bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying -** database page on disk. The value of R depends +** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will +** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the +** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying +** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends ** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. -** ^(R is constant for a particular build of SQLite. Except, there are two -** distinct values of R when SQLite is compiled with the proprietary -** ZIPVFS extension.)^ ^The second argument to -** xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being created will -** be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or +** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being +** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or ** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation ** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; ** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will @@ -6276,6 +6705,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will ** never contain any unpinned pages. ** +** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] ** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the ** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache ** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using @@ -6283,15 +6713,22 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this ** value; it is advisory only. ** +** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] ** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently ** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. ** +** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] ** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to -** the page, or a NULL pointer. -** A "page", in this context, means a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an -** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The -** mimimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page -** is considered to be "pinned". +** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. +** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be +** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested +** for each entry in the page cache. +** +** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value +** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered +** to be "pinned". ** ** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache ** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content @@ -6300,7 +6737,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** parameter to help it determined what action to take: ** ** -**
createFlag Behaviour when page is not already in cache +**
createFlag Behavior when page is not already in cache **
0 Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. **
1 Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. ** Otherwise return NULL. @@ -6314,6 +6751,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of ** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. ** +** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] ** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page ** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, ** then the page must be evicted from the cache. @@ -6326,6 +6764,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls ** to xFetch(). ** +** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] ** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the ** page passed as the second argument. If the cache ** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be @@ -6338,11 +6777,41 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that ** they can be safely discarded. ** +** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] ** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). ** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After ** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] -** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods +** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 ** functions. +** +** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to +** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation +** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should +** do their best. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { + int iVersion; + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + +/* +** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced +** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is +** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { @@ -6359,6 +6828,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); }; + /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object ** @@ -6400,7 +6870,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each ** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** -** sqlite3_backup_init() +** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] sqlite3_backup_init() ** ** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the ** [database connection] associated with the destination database @@ -6427,7 +6897,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup ** operation. ** -** sqlite3_backup_step() +** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] sqlite3_backup_step() ** ** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between ** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. @@ -6484,7 +6954,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically ** updated at the same time. ** -** sqlite3_backup_finish() +** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] sqlite3_backup_finish() ** ** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application @@ -6507,7 +6977,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** -** sqlite3_backup_remaining(), sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** ** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside ** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed @@ -6687,17 +7158,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( /* ** CAPI3REF: String Comparison ** -** ^The [sqlite3_strnicmp()] API allows applications and extensions to -** compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a -** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of case independence -** that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications +** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 +** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case +** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); /* +** CAPI3REF: String Globbing +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches +** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match +** the glob pattern P. ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the +** SQL dialect used by SQLite. ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case +** sensitive. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface ** -** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the error log +** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log] ** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. ** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are ** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. @@ -6777,6 +7264,9 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( ** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface ** from SQL. ** +** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE]. +** ** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint ** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] ** pages. The use of this interface @@ -6793,15 +7283,203 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); ** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of ** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in ** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface initiates a +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE] checkpoint. +** Use the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface to get a FULL +** or RESET checkpoint. ** ** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface ** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the ** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be ** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); /* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database +** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the +** eMode parameter: +** +**
+**
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
+** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log +** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling +** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback] +** is never invoked. +** +**
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
+** This mode blocks (it invokes the +** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no +** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database +** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +** +**
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
+** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after +** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the +** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures +** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file +** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +**
+** +** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to +** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already +** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be +** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. +** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 +** before returning to communicate this to the caller. +** +** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a +** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. +** +** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive +** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained +** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer +** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is +** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** +** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If +** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any +** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters +** +** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of +** each of these values. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration +** +** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure +** various facets of the virtual table interface. +** +** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or +** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. +** +** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using +** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options +** may be added in the future. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options +** +** These macros define the various options to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations +** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. +** +**
+**
SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT +**
Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, +** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose +** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not +** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if +** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire +** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been +** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual +** ON CONFLICT mode specified. +** +** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees +** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before +** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns +** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode +** had been ABORT. +** +** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and +** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** constraint handling. +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The +** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], +** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the +** [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode} +** +** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to +** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. +** +** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential +** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that +** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 +/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ +#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 +/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ +#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 + + + +/* ** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for ** builds on processors without floating point support. */ @@ -6812,7 +7490,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); #if 0 } /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif -#endif +#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */ /* ** 2010 August 30 @@ -6836,6 +7514,16 @@ extern "C" { #endif typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info; + +/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the +** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#else + typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#endif /* ** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an @@ -6846,7 +7534,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( sqlite3 *db, const char *zGeom, - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int nCoord, double *aCoord, int *pRes), + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*), void *pContext ); @@ -6858,11 +7546,60 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ - double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ }; +/* +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zQueryFunc, + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), + void *pContext, + void (*xDestructor)(void*) +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** argument to scored geometry callback registered using +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). +** +** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info { + void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */ + int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */ + void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */ + void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */ + unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */ + int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */ + int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */ + int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */ + int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */ + int eWithin; /* OUT: Visiblity */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin. +*/ +#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */ +#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */ +#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */ + #if 0 } /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ @@ -6873,10 +7610,19 @@ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { /************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/ + /* -** 2001 September 22 +** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the +** autoconf-based build +*/ +#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ +/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ +/* +** 2007 May 7 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -6886,370 +7632,853 @@ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation -** used in SQLite. +** +** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. */ -#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ -#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ -/* Forward declarations of structures. */ -typedef struct Hash Hash; -typedef struct HashElem HashElem; - -/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. -** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client -** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure -** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. -** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and -** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make -** this structure opaque. -** -** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list. -** Hash.first points to the head of this list. -** -** There are Hash.htsize buckets. Each bucket points to a spot in -** the global doubly-linked list. The contents of the bucket are the -** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. +/* +** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also +** limits the size of a row in a table or index. ** -** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done -** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the -** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements -** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage -** the hash table. +** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer +** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. */ -struct Hash { - unsigned int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ - unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ - HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ - struct _ht { /* the hash table */ - int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ - HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ - } *ht; -}; +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following -** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. +/* +** This is the maximum number of ** -** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really -** be opaque because it is used by macros. +** * Columns in a table +** * Columns in an index +** * Columns in a view +** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement +** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement +** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. +** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement +** +** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will +** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should +** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if +** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few +** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. */ -struct HashElem { - HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ - void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ - const char *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ -}; +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN +# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 +#endif /* -** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. +** +** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would +** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible +** to turn this limit off. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif /* -** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is -** like this: +** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to +** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might +** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an +** expression. ** -** Hash h; -** HashElem *p; -** ... -** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ -** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); -** // do something with pData -** } +** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. +** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced +** at all times. */ -#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) -#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) -#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) -/* #define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */ -/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) // NOT USED */ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 +#endif /* -** Number of entries in a hash table +** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. +** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one +** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result +** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL +** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable +** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. */ -/* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */ - -#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT +# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 +#endif -/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/ -#define TK_SEMI 1 -#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 -#define TK_QUERY 3 -#define TK_PLAN 4 -#define TK_BEGIN 5 -#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 -#define TK_DEFERRED 7 -#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 -#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 -#define TK_COMMIT 10 -#define TK_END 11 -#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 -#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 -#define TK_RELEASE 14 -#define TK_TO 15 -#define TK_TABLE 16 -#define TK_CREATE 17 -#define TK_IF 18 -#define TK_NOT 19 -#define TK_EXISTS 20 -#define TK_TEMP 21 -#define TK_LP 22 -#define TK_RP 23 -#define TK_AS 24 -#define TK_COMMA 25 -#define TK_ID 26 -#define TK_INDEXED 27 -#define TK_ABORT 28 -#define TK_ACTION 29 -#define TK_AFTER 30 -#define TK_ANALYZE 31 -#define TK_ASC 32 -#define TK_ATTACH 33 -#define TK_BEFORE 34 -#define TK_BY 35 -#define TK_CASCADE 36 -#define TK_CAST 37 -#define TK_COLUMNKW 38 -#define TK_CONFLICT 39 -#define TK_DATABASE 40 -#define TK_DESC 41 -#define TK_DETACH 42 -#define TK_EACH 43 -#define TK_FAIL 44 -#define TK_FOR 45 -#define TK_IGNORE 46 -#define TK_INITIALLY 47 -#define TK_INSTEAD 48 -#define TK_LIKE_KW 49 -#define TK_MATCH 50 -#define TK_NO 51 -#define TK_KEY 52 -#define TK_OF 53 -#define TK_OFFSET 54 -#define TK_PRAGMA 55 -#define TK_RAISE 56 -#define TK_REPLACE 57 -#define TK_RESTRICT 58 -#define TK_ROW 59 -#define TK_TRIGGER 60 -#define TK_VACUUM 61 -#define TK_VIEW 62 -#define TK_VIRTUAL 63 -#define TK_REINDEX 64 -#define TK_RENAME 65 -#define TK_CTIME_KW 66 -#define TK_ANY 67 -#define TK_OR 68 -#define TK_AND 69 -#define TK_IS 70 -#define TK_BETWEEN 71 -#define TK_IN 72 -#define TK_ISNULL 73 -#define TK_NOTNULL 74 -#define TK_NE 75 -#define TK_EQ 76 -#define TK_GT 77 -#define TK_LE 78 -#define TK_LT 79 -#define TK_GE 80 -#define TK_ESCAPE 81 -#define TK_BITAND 82 -#define TK_BITOR 83 -#define TK_LSHIFT 84 -#define TK_RSHIFT 85 -#define TK_PLUS 86 -#define TK_MINUS 87 -#define TK_STAR 88 -#define TK_SLASH 89 -#define TK_REM 90 -#define TK_CONCAT 91 -#define TK_COLLATE 92 -#define TK_BITNOT 93 -#define TK_STRING 94 -#define TK_JOIN_KW 95 -#define TK_CONSTRAINT 96 -#define TK_DEFAULT 97 -#define TK_NULL 98 -#define TK_PRIMARY 99 -#define TK_UNIQUE 100 -#define TK_CHECK 101 -#define TK_REFERENCES 102 -#define TK_AUTOINCR 103 -#define TK_ON 104 -#define TK_INSERT 105 -#define TK_DELETE 106 -#define TK_UPDATE 107 -#define TK_SET 108 -#define TK_DEFERRABLE 109 -#define TK_FOREIGN 110 -#define TK_DROP 111 -#define TK_UNION 112 -#define TK_ALL 113 -#define TK_EXCEPT 114 -#define TK_INTERSECT 115 -#define TK_SELECT 116 -#define TK_DISTINCT 117 -#define TK_DOT 118 -#define TK_FROM 119 -#define TK_JOIN 120 -#define TK_USING 121 -#define TK_ORDER 122 -#define TK_GROUP 123 -#define TK_HAVING 124 -#define TK_LIMIT 125 -#define TK_WHERE 126 -#define TK_INTO 127 -#define TK_VALUES 128 -#define TK_INTEGER 129 -#define TK_FLOAT 130 -#define TK_BLOB 131 -#define TK_REGISTER 132 -#define TK_VARIABLE 133 -#define TK_CASE 134 -#define TK_WHEN 135 -#define TK_THEN 136 -#define TK_ELSE 137 -#define TK_INDEX 138 -#define TK_ALTER 139 -#define TK_ADD 140 -#define TK_TO_TEXT 141 -#define TK_TO_BLOB 142 -#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 143 -#define TK_TO_INT 144 -#define TK_TO_REAL 145 -#define TK_ISNOT 146 -#define TK_END_OF_FILE 147 -#define TK_ILLEGAL 148 -#define TK_SPACE 149 -#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 150 -#define TK_FUNCTION 151 -#define TK_COLUMN 152 -#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 153 -#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 154 -#define TK_CONST_FUNC 155 -#define TK_UMINUS 156 -#define TK_UPLUS 157 +/* +** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. +** Not currently enforced. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP +# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 +#endif -/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include +/* +** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG +# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 +#endif /* -** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, -** substitute integer for floating-point +** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database +** table and for temporary tables. The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# define double sqlite_int64 -# define float sqlite_int64 -# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 -# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL -# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50) -# endif -# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 -# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 -# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT -# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000 #endif -#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL -# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500 #endif /* -** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 -** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler -** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. +** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before +** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB -#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 -#else -#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 #endif /* -** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever -** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the -** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format -** that the library can read. +** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 +** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap +** is used internally to track attached databases. */ -#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1 +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED +# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 #endif + /* -** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be -** changed at run-time using a pragma. +** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0 +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER +# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 #endif -/* -** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified -** on the command-line +/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit +** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. +** +** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at +** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates +** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library +** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database +** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite +** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback +** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE -# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1 +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE #endif +#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 + /* -** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it -** ourselves. +** The default size of a database page. */ -#ifndef offsetof -#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024 +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE #endif /* -** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or -** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) +** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases +** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain +** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), +** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value +** SQLite will choose on its own. */ -#if 'A' == '\301' -# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 -#else -# define SQLITE_ASCII 1 +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE #endif + /* -** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures -** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the -** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: +** Maximum number of pages in one database file. ** -** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... +** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. +** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the +** max_page_count macro. */ -#ifndef UINT32_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T -# define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t -# else -# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int -# endif +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT +# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 #endif -#ifndef UINT16_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T -# define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t -# else -# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int -# endif + +/* +** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB +** operator. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 #endif -#ifndef INT16_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T -# define INT16_TYPE int16_t -# else -# define INT16_TYPE short int -# endif + +/* +** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. +** +** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself +** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all +** may be executed. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 #endif -#ifndef UINT8_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T -# define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t -# else + +/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) +#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ +#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ +#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ +#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ +#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ +#endif + +/* Needed for various definitions... */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE) +# define _BSD_SOURCE +#endif + +/* +** Include standard header files as necessary +*/ +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +#include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +#include +#endif + +/* +** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and +** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler +** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements +** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. +** +** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. +** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or +** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers +** that vary from one machine to the next. +** +** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on +** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). +** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the +** compiler. +*/ +#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) +#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) +#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) +#endif + +/* +** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. +** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never +** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest +** level of threadsafety. 2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple +** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same +** database connection at the same time. +** +** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. +** We support that for legacy. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) +# if defined(THREADSAFE) +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE +# else +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using +** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE +# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 +#endif + +/* +** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. +** It determines whether or not the features related to +** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can +** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to +** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. +** +** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() +** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API +** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC // Use a stub allocator that always fails +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() +** +** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the +** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem +** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an +** assertion will be triggered. +** +** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as +** the default. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 +# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\ + are defined but at most one is allowed:\ + SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\ + SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC" +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 +# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 +#endif + +/* +** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the +** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) +# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 +#endif + +/* +** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable +** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD. +** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit +** it. +*/ +#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) +# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 +#endif + +/* +** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that +** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true, +** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. +** +** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the +** assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action +** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG +** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out +** feature. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif +#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# undef NDEBUG +#endif + +/* +** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1 +#endif + +/* +** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When +** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to +** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to +** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted +** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple +** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() +** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For +** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit +** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements +** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() +** can insure that all cases are evaluated. +** +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); +# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } +#else +# define testcase(X) +#endif + +/* +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X +#else +# define TESTONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization +** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to +** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore +** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for +** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the +** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +# define VVA_ONLY(X) X +#else +# define VVA_ONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which +** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such +** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they +** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience +** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" +** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first +** hint of unplanned behavior. +** +** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. +** +** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to +** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will +** not be counted as untested code. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define ALWAYS(X) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#elif !defined(NDEBUG) +# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) +# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) +#else +# define ALWAYS(X) (X) +# define NEVER(X) (X) +#endif + +/* +** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large +** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() +** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. +*/ +#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) + +/* +** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean +** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds +** a boolean expression that is usually true. These hints could, +** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but +** currently they are just comments for human readers. +*/ +#define likely(X) (X) +#define unlikely(X) (X) + +/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation +** used in SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ +#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ + +/* Forward declarations of structures. */ +typedef struct Hash Hash; +typedef struct HashElem HashElem; + +/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. +** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client +** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure +** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. +** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and +** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make +** this structure opaque. +** +** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list. +** Hash.first points to the head of this list. +** +** There are Hash.htsize buckets. Each bucket points to a spot in +** the global doubly-linked list. The contents of the bucket are the +** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. +** +** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done +** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the +** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements +** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage +** the hash table. +*/ +struct Hash { + unsigned int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ + unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ + HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ + struct _ht { /* the hash table */ + int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ + } *ht; +}; + +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. +** +** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really +** be opaque because it is used by macros. +*/ +struct HashElem { + HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ + void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ + const char *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ +}; + +/* +** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); + +/* +** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is +** like this: +** +** Hash h; +** HashElem *p; +** ... +** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ +** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); +** // do something with pData +** } +*/ +#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) +#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) +#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) +/* #define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */ +/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) // NOT USED */ + +/* +** Number of entries in a hash table +*/ +/* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */ + +#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ + +/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/ +#define TK_SEMI 1 +#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 +#define TK_QUERY 3 +#define TK_PLAN 4 +#define TK_BEGIN 5 +#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 +#define TK_DEFERRED 7 +#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 +#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 +#define TK_COMMIT 10 +#define TK_END 11 +#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 +#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 +#define TK_RELEASE 14 +#define TK_TO 15 +#define TK_TABLE 16 +#define TK_CREATE 17 +#define TK_IF 18 +#define TK_NOT 19 +#define TK_EXISTS 20 +#define TK_TEMP 21 +#define TK_LP 22 +#define TK_RP 23 +#define TK_AS 24 +#define TK_WITHOUT 25 +#define TK_COMMA 26 +#define TK_ID 27 +#define TK_INDEXED 28 +#define TK_ABORT 29 +#define TK_ACTION 30 +#define TK_AFTER 31 +#define TK_ANALYZE 32 +#define TK_ASC 33 +#define TK_ATTACH 34 +#define TK_BEFORE 35 +#define TK_BY 36 +#define TK_CASCADE 37 +#define TK_CAST 38 +#define TK_COLUMNKW 39 +#define TK_CONFLICT 40 +#define TK_DATABASE 41 +#define TK_DESC 42 +#define TK_DETACH 43 +#define TK_EACH 44 +#define TK_FAIL 45 +#define TK_FOR 46 +#define TK_IGNORE 47 +#define TK_INITIALLY 48 +#define TK_INSTEAD 49 +#define TK_LIKE_KW 50 +#define TK_MATCH 51 +#define TK_NO 52 +#define TK_KEY 53 +#define TK_OF 54 +#define TK_OFFSET 55 +#define TK_PRAGMA 56 +#define TK_RAISE 57 +#define TK_RECURSIVE 58 +#define TK_REPLACE 59 +#define TK_RESTRICT 60 +#define TK_ROW 61 +#define TK_TRIGGER 62 +#define TK_VACUUM 63 +#define TK_VIEW 64 +#define TK_VIRTUAL 65 +#define TK_WITH 66 +#define TK_REINDEX 67 +#define TK_RENAME 68 +#define TK_CTIME_KW 69 +#define TK_ANY 70 +#define TK_OR 71 +#define TK_AND 72 +#define TK_IS 73 +#define TK_BETWEEN 74 +#define TK_IN 75 +#define TK_ISNULL 76 +#define TK_NOTNULL 77 +#define TK_NE 78 +#define TK_EQ 79 +#define TK_GT 80 +#define TK_LE 81 +#define TK_LT 82 +#define TK_GE 83 +#define TK_ESCAPE 84 +#define TK_BITAND 85 +#define TK_BITOR 86 +#define TK_LSHIFT 87 +#define TK_RSHIFT 88 +#define TK_PLUS 89 +#define TK_MINUS 90 +#define TK_STAR 91 +#define TK_SLASH 92 +#define TK_REM 93 +#define TK_CONCAT 94 +#define TK_COLLATE 95 +#define TK_BITNOT 96 +#define TK_STRING 97 +#define TK_JOIN_KW 98 +#define TK_CONSTRAINT 99 +#define TK_DEFAULT 100 +#define TK_NULL 101 +#define TK_PRIMARY 102 +#define TK_UNIQUE 103 +#define TK_CHECK 104 +#define TK_REFERENCES 105 +#define TK_AUTOINCR 106 +#define TK_ON 107 +#define TK_INSERT 108 +#define TK_DELETE 109 +#define TK_UPDATE 110 +#define TK_SET 111 +#define TK_DEFERRABLE 112 +#define TK_FOREIGN 113 +#define TK_DROP 114 +#define TK_UNION 115 +#define TK_ALL 116 +#define TK_EXCEPT 117 +#define TK_INTERSECT 118 +#define TK_SELECT 119 +#define TK_VALUES 120 +#define TK_DISTINCT 121 +#define TK_DOT 122 +#define TK_FROM 123 +#define TK_JOIN 124 +#define TK_USING 125 +#define TK_ORDER 126 +#define TK_GROUP 127 +#define TK_HAVING 128 +#define TK_LIMIT 129 +#define TK_WHERE 130 +#define TK_INTO 131 +#define TK_INTEGER 132 +#define TK_FLOAT 133 +#define TK_BLOB 134 +#define TK_VARIABLE 135 +#define TK_CASE 136 +#define TK_WHEN 137 +#define TK_THEN 138 +#define TK_ELSE 139 +#define TK_INDEX 140 +#define TK_ALTER 141 +#define TK_ADD 142 +#define TK_TO_TEXT 143 +#define TK_TO_BLOB 144 +#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 145 +#define TK_TO_INT 146 +#define TK_TO_REAL 147 +#define TK_ISNOT 148 +#define TK_END_OF_FILE 149 +#define TK_ILLEGAL 150 +#define TK_SPACE 151 +#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 152 +#define TK_FUNCTION 153 +#define TK_COLUMN 154 +#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 155 +#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 156 +#define TK_UMINUS 157 +#define TK_UPLUS 158 +#define TK_REGISTER 159 + +/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite_int64 +# define float sqlite_int64 +# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 +# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50) +# endif +# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 +# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 +# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT +# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) +#endif + +/* +** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 +** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler +** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 +#else +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 +#endif + +/* +** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever +** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the +** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format +** that the library can read. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4 +#endif + +/* +** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be +** changed at run-time using a pragma. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0 +#endif + +/* +** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified +** on the command-line +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE +# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1 +# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ +#endif + +/* +** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it +** ourselves. +*/ +#ifndef offsetof +#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) +#endif + +/* +** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers. +*/ +#define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B)) +#define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B)) + +/* +** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or +** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) +*/ +#if 'A' == '\301' +# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_ASCII 1 +#endif + +/* +** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures +** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the +** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: +** +** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... +*/ +#ifndef UINT32_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T +# define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t +# else +# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef UINT16_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T +# define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t +# else +# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef INT16_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T +# define INT16_TYPE int16_t +# else +# define INT16_TYPE short int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef UINT8_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T +# define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t +# else # define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char # endif #endif @@ -7280,23 +8509,77 @@ typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ #define SQLITE_MAX_U32 ((((u64)1)<<32)-1) /* +** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a +** table or index. This is an unsigned integer type. For 99.9% of +** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient. But a 64-bit integer +** can be used at compile-time if desired. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS + typedef u64 tRowcnt; /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */ +#else + typedef u32 tRowcnt; /* 32-bit is the default */ +#endif + +/* +** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit +** logarithms. For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X). This +** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986. +** But the allowed values are "grainy". Not every value is representable. +** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst +** of 40. However, since LogEst quantaties are suppose to be estimates, +** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem. +** +** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate". +** +** Examples: +** 1 -> 0 20 -> 43 10000 -> 132 +** 2 -> 10 25 -> 46 25000 -> 146 +** 3 -> 16 100 -> 66 1000000 -> 199 +** 4 -> 20 1000 -> 99 1048576 -> 200 +** 10 -> 33 1024 -> 100 4294967296 -> 320 +** +** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. +** Examples: +** +** 0.5 -> -10 0.1 -> -33 0.0625 -> -40 +*/ +typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst; + +/* ** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, -** evaluated at runtime. +** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time. +** +** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order +** using C-preprocessor macros. If that is unsuccessful, or if +** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined +** at run-time. */ #ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; #else SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; #endif -#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)\ - || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) +#if (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ + defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ + defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__x86) || \ + defined(__arm__)) && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234 # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 # define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE -#else +#endif +#if (defined(sparc) || defined(__ppc__)) \ + && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 1 +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0 +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16BE +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0 /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */ # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) -# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) #endif /* @@ -7333,6 +8616,63 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; # define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0) #endif +/* +** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work +*/ +#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__) +# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 +#endif + +/* +** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS +*/ +#ifdef __APPLE__ +# include +# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 +# endif +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# if defined(__linux__) \ + || defined(_WIN32) \ + || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \ + || defined(__sun) +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000 /* 2147418112 */ +# else +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 +# endif +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* exclude from ctime.c */ +#endif + +/* +** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms. Or, even if a larger +** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does +** not exceed the maximum mmap size. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0 +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +#endif + +/* +** Only one of SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 or SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 can be defined. +** Priority is given to SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4. If either are defined, also +** define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 +#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 +#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +#endif /* ** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler @@ -7375,10 +8715,19 @@ struct BusyHandler { #define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) /* +** Determine if the argument is a power of two +*/ +#define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0) + +/* ** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree(). -** This is an internal extension to SQLITE_STATIC and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. +** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the +** one parameter that destructors normally want. So we have to introduce +** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently. Any +** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC +** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. */ -#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3DbFree) +#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize) /* ** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does @@ -7453,9 +8802,11 @@ typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; typedef struct Module Module; typedef struct NameContext NameContext; typedef struct Parse Parse; +typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments; typedef struct RowSet RowSet; typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; typedef struct Select Select; +typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest; typedef struct SrcList SrcList; typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum; typedef struct Table Table; @@ -7466,10 +8817,10 @@ typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; typedef struct VTable VTable; +typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; typedef struct Walker Walker; -typedef struct WherePlan WherePlan; typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; -typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; +typedef struct With With; /* ** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and @@ -7519,21 +8870,10 @@ typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; typedef struct Btree Btree; typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; typedef struct BtShared BtShared; -typedef struct BtreeMutexArray BtreeMutexArray; - -/* -** This structure records all of the Btrees that need to hold -** a mutex before we enter sqlite3VdbeExec(). The Btrees are -** are placed in aBtree[] in order of aBtree[]->pBt. That way, -** we can always lock and unlock them all quickly. -*/ -struct BtreeMutexArray { - int nMutex; - Btree *aBtree[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+1]; -}; SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */ @@ -7548,14 +8888,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( ** pager.h. */ #define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */ -#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK 2 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ -#define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* This is an in-memory DB */ -#define BTREE_SINGLE 8 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ -#define BTREE_UNORDERED 16 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ +#define BTREE_MEMORY 2 /* This is an in-memory DB */ +#define BTREE_SINGLE 4 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ +#define BTREE_UNORDERED 8 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int,int); +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); @@ -7563,13 +8905,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p); +#endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); @@ -7601,11 +8946,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); + /* ** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta ** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned @@ -7626,6 +8974,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); #define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5 #define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6 #define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7 +#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID 8 + +/* +** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an +** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call. +*/ +#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ @@ -7657,21 +9012,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor*, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); - SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt); #ifndef NDEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); @@ -7687,7 +9041,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); #endif /* @@ -7704,30 +9058,28 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray*, Btree*); #ifndef NDEBUG /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); #endif #else +# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 # define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) # define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) # define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) # define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(X,Y) # define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 # define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 +# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1 #endif @@ -7756,6 +9108,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); */ #ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ #define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ +/* #include */ /* ** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines @@ -7768,7 +9121,6 @@ typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe; ** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required ** for the VdbeOp definition. */ -typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc; typedef struct Mem Mem; typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram; @@ -7792,21 +9144,24 @@ struct VdbeOp { i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */ double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */ FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */ - VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */ CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */ Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */ VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ + int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *); } p4; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */ #endif #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - int cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ + u32 cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */ #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + int iSrcLine; /* Source-code line that generated this opcode */ +#endif }; typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp; @@ -7819,6 +9174,7 @@ struct SubProgram { int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */ int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */ int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */ + int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */ void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */ SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */ }; @@ -7844,9 +9200,8 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define P4_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ #define P4_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ #define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ -#define P4_VDBEFUNC (-7) /* P4 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */ #define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ -#define P4_TRANSIENT (-9) /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ +#define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ #define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ #define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */ #define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ @@ -7854,16 +9209,13 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ #define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ #define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ +#define P4_ADVANCE (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */ -/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure -** is made. That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized. But if the -** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used. It still -** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained -** from a single sqliteMalloc(). But no copy is made and the calling -** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo. -*/ -#define P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-16) -#define P4_KEYINFO_STATIC (-17) +/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */ +#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1 +#define P5_ConstraintUnique 2 +#define P5_ConstraintCheck 3 +#define P5_ConstraintFK 4 /* ** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the @@ -7900,153 +9252,164 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; /************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/ /* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ /* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */ -#define OP_Goto 1 -#define OP_Gosub 2 -#define OP_Return 3 -#define OP_Yield 4 -#define OP_HaltIfNull 5 -#define OP_Halt 6 -#define OP_Integer 7 -#define OP_Int64 8 -#define OP_Real 130 /* same as TK_FLOAT */ -#define OP_String8 94 /* same as TK_STRING */ -#define OP_String 9 -#define OP_Null 10 -#define OP_Blob 11 -#define OP_Variable 12 -#define OP_Move 13 -#define OP_Copy 14 -#define OP_SCopy 15 -#define OP_ResultRow 16 -#define OP_Concat 91 /* same as TK_CONCAT */ -#define OP_Add 86 /* same as TK_PLUS */ -#define OP_Subtract 87 /* same as TK_MINUS */ -#define OP_Multiply 88 /* same as TK_STAR */ -#define OP_Divide 89 /* same as TK_SLASH */ -#define OP_Remainder 90 /* same as TK_REM */ -#define OP_CollSeq 17 -#define OP_Function 18 -#define OP_BitAnd 82 /* same as TK_BITAND */ -#define OP_BitOr 83 /* same as TK_BITOR */ -#define OP_ShiftLeft 84 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */ -#define OP_ShiftRight 85 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */ -#define OP_AddImm 20 -#define OP_MustBeInt 21 -#define OP_RealAffinity 22 -#define OP_ToText 141 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */ -#define OP_ToBlob 142 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */ -#define OP_ToNumeric 143 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/ -#define OP_ToInt 144 /* same as TK_TO_INT */ -#define OP_ToReal 145 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */ -#define OP_Eq 76 /* same as TK_EQ */ -#define OP_Ne 75 /* same as TK_NE */ -#define OP_Lt 79 /* same as TK_LT */ -#define OP_Le 78 /* same as TK_LE */ -#define OP_Gt 77 /* same as TK_GT */ -#define OP_Ge 80 /* same as TK_GE */ -#define OP_Permutation 23 -#define OP_Compare 24 -#define OP_Jump 25 -#define OP_And 69 /* same as TK_AND */ -#define OP_Or 68 /* same as TK_OR */ -#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT */ -#define OP_BitNot 93 /* same as TK_BITNOT */ -#define OP_If 26 -#define OP_IfNot 27 -#define OP_IsNull 73 /* same as TK_ISNULL */ -#define OP_NotNull 74 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */ -#define OP_Column 28 -#define OP_Affinity 29 -#define OP_MakeRecord 30 -#define OP_Count 31 -#define OP_Savepoint 32 -#define OP_AutoCommit 33 -#define OP_Transaction 34 -#define OP_ReadCookie 35 -#define OP_SetCookie 36 -#define OP_VerifyCookie 37 -#define OP_OpenRead 38 -#define OP_OpenWrite 39 -#define OP_OpenAutoindex 40 -#define OP_OpenEphemeral 41 -#define OP_OpenPseudo 42 -#define OP_Close 43 -#define OP_SeekLt 44 -#define OP_SeekLe 45 -#define OP_SeekGe 46 -#define OP_SeekGt 47 -#define OP_Seek 48 -#define OP_NotFound 49 -#define OP_Found 50 -#define OP_IsUnique 51 -#define OP_NotExists 52 -#define OP_Sequence 53 -#define OP_NewRowid 54 -#define OP_Insert 55 -#define OP_InsertInt 56 -#define OP_Delete 57 -#define OP_ResetCount 58 -#define OP_RowKey 59 -#define OP_RowData 60 -#define OP_Rowid 61 -#define OP_NullRow 62 -#define OP_Last 63 -#define OP_Sort 64 -#define OP_Rewind 65 -#define OP_Prev 66 -#define OP_Next 67 -#define OP_IdxInsert 70 -#define OP_IdxDelete 71 -#define OP_IdxRowid 72 -#define OP_IdxLT 81 -#define OP_IdxGE 92 -#define OP_Destroy 95 -#define OP_Clear 96 -#define OP_CreateIndex 97 -#define OP_CreateTable 98 -#define OP_ParseSchema 99 -#define OP_LoadAnalysis 100 -#define OP_DropTable 101 -#define OP_DropIndex 102 -#define OP_DropTrigger 103 -#define OP_IntegrityCk 104 -#define OP_RowSetAdd 105 -#define OP_RowSetRead 106 -#define OP_RowSetTest 107 -#define OP_Program 108 -#define OP_Param 109 -#define OP_FkCounter 110 -#define OP_FkIfZero 111 -#define OP_MemMax 112 -#define OP_IfPos 113 -#define OP_IfNeg 114 -#define OP_IfZero 115 -#define OP_AggStep 116 -#define OP_AggFinal 117 -#define OP_Checkpoint 118 -#define OP_JournalMode 119 -#define OP_Vacuum 120 -#define OP_IncrVacuum 121 -#define OP_Expire 122 -#define OP_TableLock 123 -#define OP_VBegin 124 -#define OP_VCreate 125 -#define OP_VDestroy 126 -#define OP_VOpen 127 -#define OP_VFilter 128 -#define OP_VColumn 129 -#define OP_VNext 131 -#define OP_VRename 132 -#define OP_VUpdate 133 -#define OP_Pagecount 134 -#define OP_MaxPgcnt 135 -#define OP_Trace 136 -#define OP_Noop 137 -#define OP_Explain 138 - -/* The following opcode values are never used */ -#define OP_NotUsed_139 139 -#define OP_NotUsed_140 140 +#define OP_Function 1 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_Savepoint 2 +#define OP_AutoCommit 3 +#define OP_Transaction 4 +#define OP_SorterNext 5 +#define OP_PrevIfOpen 6 +#define OP_NextIfOpen 7 +#define OP_Prev 8 +#define OP_Next 9 +#define OP_AggStep 10 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_Checkpoint 11 +#define OP_JournalMode 12 +#define OP_Vacuum 13 +#define OP_VFilter 14 /* synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4' */ +#define OP_VUpdate 15 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] */ +#define OP_Goto 16 +#define OP_Gosub 17 +#define OP_Return 18 +#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] */ +#define OP_InitCoroutine 20 +#define OP_EndCoroutine 21 +#define OP_Yield 22 +#define OP_HaltIfNull 23 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt */ +#define OP_Halt 24 +#define OP_Integer 25 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1 */ +#define OP_Int64 26 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ +#define OP_String 27 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) */ +#define OP_Null 28 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL */ +#define OP_SoftNull 29 /* synopsis: r[P1]=NULL */ +#define OP_Blob 30 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1) */ +#define OP_Variable 31 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4) */ +#define OP_Move 32 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] */ +#define OP_Copy 33 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1] */ +#define OP_SCopy 34 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] */ +#define OP_ResultRow 35 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2] */ +#define OP_CollSeq 36 +#define OP_AddImm 37 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 */ +#define OP_MustBeInt 38 +#define OP_RealAffinity 39 +#define OP_Permutation 40 +#define OP_Compare 41 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3] */ +#define OP_Jump 42 +#define OP_Once 43 +#define OP_If 44 +#define OP_IfNot 45 +#define OP_Column 46 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX */ +#define OP_Affinity 47 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) */ +#define OP_MakeRecord 48 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) */ +#define OP_Count 49 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count() */ +#define OP_ReadCookie 50 +#define OP_SetCookie 51 +#define OP_ReopenIdx 52 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenRead 53 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenWrite 54 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenAutoindex 55 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ +#define OP_OpenEphemeral 56 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ +#define OP_SorterOpen 57 +#define OP_OpenPseudo 58 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] */ +#define OP_Close 59 +#define OP_SeekLT 60 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekLE 61 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekGE 62 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekGT 63 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Seek 64 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P2] */ +#define OP_NoConflict 65 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_NotFound 66 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Found 67 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_NotExists 68 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] */ +#define OP_Sequence 69 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ */ +#define OP_NewRowid 70 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_Or 71 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */ +#define OP_And 72 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */ +#define OP_Insert 73 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */ +#define OP_InsertInt 74 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] */ +#define OP_Delete 75 +#define OP_IsNull 76 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */ +#define OP_NotNull 77 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */ +#define OP_Ne 78 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Eq 79 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Gt 80 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Le 81 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Lt 82 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: if r[P1]=r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_ResetCount 84 +#define OP_BitAnd 85 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */ +#define OP_BitOr 86 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */ +#define OP_ShiftLeft 87 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1] */ +#define OP_Add 89 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */ +#define OP_Subtract 90 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */ +#define OP_Multiply 91 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */ +#define OP_Divide 92 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */ +#define OP_Remainder 93 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */ +#define OP_Concat 94 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */ +#define OP_SorterCompare 95 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */ +#define OP_BitNot 96 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */ +#define OP_String8 97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4' */ +#define OP_SorterData 98 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_RowKey 99 /* synopsis: r[P2]=key */ +#define OP_RowData 100 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_Rowid 101 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_NullRow 102 +#define OP_Last 103 +#define OP_SorterSort 104 +#define OP_Sort 105 +#define OP_Rewind 106 +#define OP_SorterInsert 107 +#define OP_IdxInsert 108 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ +#define OP_IdxDelete 109 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */ +#define OP_IdxRowid 110 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_IdxLE 111 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxGT 112 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxLT 113 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxGE 114 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Destroy 115 +#define OP_Clear 116 +#define OP_ResetSorter 117 +#define OP_CreateIndex 118 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */ +#define OP_CreateTable 119 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */ +#define OP_ParseSchema 120 +#define OP_LoadAnalysis 121 +#define OP_DropTable 122 +#define OP_DropIndex 123 +#define OP_DropTrigger 124 +#define OP_IntegrityCk 125 +#define OP_RowSetAdd 126 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] */ +#define OP_RowSetRead 127 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) */ +#define OP_RowSetTest 128 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 */ +#define OP_Program 129 +#define OP_Param 130 +#define OP_FkCounter 131 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 */ +#define OP_FkIfZero 132 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_Real 133 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ +#define OP_MemMax 134 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) */ +#define OP_IfPos 135 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_IfNeg 136 /* synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]<0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_IfZero 137 /* synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_AggFinal 138 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 */ +#define OP_IncrVacuum 139 +#define OP_Expire 140 +#define OP_TableLock 141 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 */ +#define OP_VBegin 142 +#define OP_ToText 143 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */ +#define OP_ToBlob 144 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */ +#define OP_ToNumeric 145 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC */ +#define OP_ToInt 146 /* same as TK_TO_INT */ +#define OP_ToReal 147 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */ +#define OP_VCreate 148 +#define OP_VDestroy 149 +#define OP_VOpen 150 +#define OP_VColumn 151 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) */ +#define OP_VNext 152 +#define OP_VRename 153 +#define OP_Pagecount 154 +#define OP_MaxPgcnt 155 +#define OP_Init 156 /* synopsis: Start at P2 */ +#define OP_Noop 157 +#define OP_Explain 158 /* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in @@ -8061,25 +9424,26 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define OPFLG_OUT2 0x0020 /* out2: P2 is an output */ #define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0040 /* out3: P3 is an output */ #define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ -/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x04, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00, 0x02,\ -/* 8 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24,\ -/* 16 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00,\ -/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\ -/* 32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11,\ -/* 48 */ 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00,\ -/* 56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01,\ -/* 64 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x08, 0x00,\ -/* 72 */ 0x02, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\ -/* 80 */ 0x15, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\ -/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x24, 0x02, 0x02,\ -/* 96 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01,\ -/* 112 */ 0x08, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\ -/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 128 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\ -/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\ -/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04,} +/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 8 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\ +/* 16 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x04, 0x24, 0x01, 0x04, 0x05, 0x10,\ +/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\ +/* 32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04,\ +/* 40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 48 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11,\ +/* 64 */ 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x4c,\ +/* 72 */ 0x4c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15,\ +/* 80 */ 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\ +/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00,\ +/* 96 */ 0x24, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01,\ +/* 104 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01,\ +/* 112 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\ +/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45,\ +/* 128 */ 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x08, 0x05,\ +/* 136 */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04,\ +/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 152 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,} /************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/ @@ -8088,36 +9452,39 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; ** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation ** for a description of what each of these routines does. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, int P3); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr, int N); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*)); @@ -8126,29 +9493,82 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*); #endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,char*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **); + +typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); #endif - -#ifndef NDEBUG +/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on +** each VDBE opcode. +** +** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op +** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code +** generator. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); # define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); # define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X +# else +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) +# endif #else # define VdbeComment(X) # define VdbeNoopComment(X) +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) +#endif + +/* +** The VdbeCoverage macros are used to set a coverage testing point +** for VDBE branch instructions. The coverage testing points are line +** numbers in the sqlite3.c source file. VDBE branch coverage testing +** only works with an amalagmation build. That's ok since a VDBE branch +** coverage build designed for testing the test suite only. No application +** should ever ship with VDBE branch coverage measuring turned on. +** +** VdbeCoverage(v) // Mark the previously coded instruction +** // as a branch +** +** VdbeCoverageIf(v, conditional) // Mark previous if conditional true +** +** VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) // Previous branch is always taken +** +** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) // Previous branch is never taken +** +** Every VDBE branch operation must be tagged with one of the macros above. +** If not, then when "make test" is run with -DSQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE and +** -DSQLITE_DEBUG then an ALWAYS() will fail in the vdbeTakeBranch() +** routine in vdbe.c, alerting the developer to the missed tag. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe*,int); +# define VdbeCoverage(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) +# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) +# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,2); +# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,1); +# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) (__LINE__+x) +#else +# define VdbeCoverage(v) +# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) +# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) +# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) +# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) 0 #endif #endif @@ -8217,8 +9637,7 @@ typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; ** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. */ #define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ -#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK 0x0002 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ -#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0004 /* In-memory database */ +#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */ /* ** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). @@ -8239,9 +9658,27 @@ typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ /* -** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions -** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for -** a detailed description of each routine. +** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerAcquire(). +*/ +#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */ +#define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */ + +/* +** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags() +*/ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x03 /* Mask for three values above */ +#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x04 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x10 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */ +#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x1c /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */ + +/* +** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions +** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for +** a detailed description of each routine. */ /* Open and close a Pager connection. */ @@ -8262,7 +9699,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); @@ -8276,6 +9715,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*); /* Operations on page references. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); @@ -8290,30 +9730,39 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager); +#endif /* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *); /* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); @@ -8368,11 +9817,12 @@ typedef struct PCache PCache; ** structure. */ struct PgHdr { - void *pData; /* Content of this page */ + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; /* Pcache object page handle */ + void *pData; /* Page data */ void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */ - Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ + Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */ #endif @@ -8397,6 +9847,8 @@ struct PgHdr { #define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */ #define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */ +#define PGHDR_MMAP 0x040 /* This is an mmap page object */ + /* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void); @@ -8486,6 +9938,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); #endif +/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*); + #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT /* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int); @@ -8527,84 +9982,71 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); #define _SQLITE_OS_H_ /* -** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other -** operating system. After the following block of preprocess macros, -** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, SQLITE_OS_OS2, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER -** will defined to either 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other -** three will be 0. +** Attempt to automatically detect the operating system and setup the +** necessary pre-processor macros for it. +*/ +/************** Include os_setup.h in the middle of os.h *********************/ +/************** Begin file os_setup.h ****************************************/ +/* +** 2013 November 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains pre-processor directives related to operating system +** detection and/or setup. +*/ +#ifndef _OS_SETUP_H_ +#define _OS_SETUP_H_ + +/* +** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other operating +** system. +** +** After the following block of preprocess macros, all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, +** SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER will defined to either 1 or 0. One of +** the three will be 1. The other two will be 0. */ #if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) -# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 -# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# undef SQLITE_OS_OS2 -# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 -# else -# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER -# endif +# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 +# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# else +# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER +# endif #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) -# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 -# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 -# elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__) -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 1 -# else -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 -# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 +# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 +# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || \ + defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# else +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 +# endif +# else +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 # endif -# else -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 -# endif #else -# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# endif +# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# endif #endif -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much -** reduced API. -*/ -#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1 -#else -# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0 -#endif +#endif /* _OS_SETUP_H_ */ - -/* -** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN -# include -# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50) -#elif SQLITE_OS_OS2 -# if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY) -# include /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */ -# endif -# define INCL_DOSDATETIME -# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR -# define INCL_DOSERRORS -# define INCL_DOSMISC -# define INCL_DOSPROCESS -# define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR -# define INCL_DOSSEMAPHORES -# include -# include -# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP) -#else -# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200 -#endif +/************** End of os_setup.h ********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os.h *************************/ /* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it ** a no-op @@ -8617,7 +10059,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); ** The default size of a disk sector */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 512 +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096 #endif /* @@ -8750,6 +10192,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); #define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); @@ -8757,6 +10200,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *); + /* ** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods @@ -8826,8 +10272,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); ** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix. ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 For multi-threaded applications on OS/2. */ #if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE # define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT @@ -8837,8 +10281,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); # define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS # elif SQLITE_OS_WIN # define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 -# elif SQLITE_OS_OS2 -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 # else # define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP # endif @@ -8850,14 +10292,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); */ #define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) #define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) #define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) #define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) #define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK #define sqlite3MutexEnd() +#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) +#else +#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) X #endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ /************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/ @@ -8874,16 +10319,30 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); struct Db { char *zName; /* Name of this database */ Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ - u8 inTrans; /* 0: not writable. 1: Transaction. 2: Checkpoint */ u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */ Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ }; /* ** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. +** +** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree. The exception is +** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing. +** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple +** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object. +** +** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that +** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by +** sqlite3_close(). +* +** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order +** to access Schema content. This implies that the thread must also be +** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree. +** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required. */ struct Schema { int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */ + int iGeneration; /* Generation counter. Incremented with each change */ Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */ Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */ @@ -8891,7 +10350,7 @@ struct Schema { Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ - u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ + u16 schemaFlags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ }; @@ -8899,10 +10358,10 @@ struct Schema { ** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the ** Db.pSchema->flags field. */ -#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P)) -#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0) -#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P) -#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P) +#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))==(P)) +#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))!=0) +#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags|=(P) +#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&=~(P) /* ** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field. @@ -8971,65 +10430,46 @@ struct FuncDefHash { /* ** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure. -** -** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an -** insert statement. Inserts on views do not affect its value. Each -** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside -** triggers as usual. The previous value will be restored once the trigger -** exits. Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no -** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1. -** -** The sqlite.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no -** context. It is reset at start of sqlite3_exec. -** The sqlite.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last -** insert, update, or delete statement. It remains constant throughout the -** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts. It keeps a -** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes -** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger. Changes to views do not -** affect the value of lsChange. -** The sqlite.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since -** the last statement) and is used to update sqlite_lsChange. -** -** The member variables sqlite.errCode, sqlite.zErrMsg and sqlite.zErrMsg16 -** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The -** internal function sqlite3Error() is used to set these variables -** consistently. */ struct sqlite3 { sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */ - int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ + struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ + CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ Db *aDb; /* All backends */ + int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */ - int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ + i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ + i64 szMmap; /* Default mmap_size setting */ + unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ + u16 dbOptFlags; /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */ u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */ + u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */ + u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ - int nTable; /* Number of tables in the database */ - CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ - i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */ struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ - int iDb; /* When back is being initialized */ int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ + u8 iDb; /* Which db file is being initialized */ u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ u8 orphanTrigger; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ } init; + int nVdbeActive; /* Number of VDBEs currently running */ + int nVdbeRead; /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */ + int nVdbeWrite; /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */ + int nVdbeExec; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */ - struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ - int activeVdbeCnt; /* Number of VDBEs currently executing */ - int writeVdbeCnt; /* Number of active VDBEs that are writing */ - int vdbeExecCnt; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ @@ -9048,8 +10488,6 @@ struct sqlite3 { void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); void *pCollNeededArg; sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */ - char *zErrMsg16; /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */ union { volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ @@ -9063,25 +10501,25 @@ struct sqlite3 { #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */ void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */ - int nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ + unsigned nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ - Table *pVTab; /* vtab with active Connect/Create method */ + VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */ VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ - int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */ #endif FuncDefHash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ - int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */ + int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */ - u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */ + i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Net deferred immediate constraints */ int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY @@ -9111,46 +10549,74 @@ struct sqlite3 { /* ** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags. */ -#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000100 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ -#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000200 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ -#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000400 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ -#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000800 /* Show short columns names */ -#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00001000 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000001 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ +#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000002 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ +#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00000004 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ +#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00000008 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ +#define SQLITE_CacheSpill 0x00000010 /* OK to spill pager cache */ +#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000020 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ +#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000040 /* Show short columns names */ +#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00000080 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ /* the count using a callback. */ -#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00002000 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ +#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00000100 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ /* result set is empty */ -#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00004000 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ -#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00008000 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ -#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00010000 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ -#define SQLITE_NoReadlock 0x00020000 /* Readlocks are omitted when - ** accessing read-only databases */ -#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00040000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ -#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0080000 /* For shared-cache mode */ -#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00100000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ -#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00200000 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ -#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00400000 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ -#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00800000 /* Ignore schema errors */ -#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x01000000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ -#define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x02000000 /* Enable recursive triggers */ -#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x04000000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */ -#define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x08000000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ -#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x10000000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ -#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x20000000 /* Enable load_extension */ - -/* -** Bits of the sqlite3.flags field that are used by the -** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface. -** These must be the low-order bits of the flags field. -*/ -#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x01 /* Disable query flattening */ -#define SQLITE_ColumnCache 0x02 /* Disable the column cache */ -#define SQLITE_IndexSort 0x04 /* Disable indexes for sorting */ -#define SQLITE_IndexSearch 0x08 /* Disable indexes for searching */ -#define SQLITE_IndexCover 0x10 /* Disable index covering table */ -#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x20 /* Disable GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ -#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x40 /* Disable factoring out constants */ -#define SQLITE_OptMask 0xff /* Mask of all disablable opts */ +#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00000200 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00000400 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ +#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000800 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x00001000 /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */ +#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00002000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ +#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0004000 /* For shared-cache mode */ +#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00008000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ +#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00010000 /* Ignore schema errors */ +#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x00020000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ +#define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x00040000 /* Enable recursive triggers */ +#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x00080000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */ +#define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x00100000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ +#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x00200000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ +#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00400000 /* Enable load_extension */ +#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x00800000 /* True to enable triggers */ +#define SQLITE_DeferFKs 0x01000000 /* Defer all FK constraints */ +#define SQLITE_QueryOnly 0x02000000 /* Disable database changes */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP 0x04000000 /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ + + +/* +** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the +** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to +** selectively disable various optimizations. +*/ +#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001 /* Query flattening */ +#define SQLITE_ColumnCache 0x0002 /* Column cache */ +#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x0004 /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ +#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008 /* Constant factoring */ +/* not used 0x0010 // Was: SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt */ +#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt 0x0020 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ +#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan 0x0040 /* Covering index scans */ +#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080 /* ORDER BY of joins via index */ +#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine 0x0100 /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */ +#define SQLITE_Transitive 0x0200 /* Transitive constraints */ +#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin 0x0400 /* Omit unused tables in joins */ +#define SQLITE_Stat3 0x0800 /* Use the SQLITE_STAT3 table */ +#define SQLITE_AdjustOutEst 0x1000 /* Adjust output estimates using WHERE */ +#define SQLITE_AllOpts 0xffff /* All optimizations */ + +/* +** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0) +#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0) +#else +#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) 0 +#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) 1 +#endif + +/* +** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization +** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator. +*/ +#define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor) /* ** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. @@ -9162,6 +10628,7 @@ struct sqlite3 { #define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */ #define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ #define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE 0x64cffc7f /* Close with last statement close */ /* ** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following @@ -9171,8 +10638,7 @@ struct sqlite3 { */ struct FuncDef { i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ - u8 iPrefEnc; /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */ - u8 flags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ + u16 funcFlags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */ @@ -9204,15 +10670,21 @@ struct FuncDestructor { }; /* -** Possible values for FuncDef.flags +** Possible values for FuncDef.flags. Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF +** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG. There +** are assert() statements in the code to verify this. */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x04 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x08 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_PRIVATE 0x10 /* Allowed for internal use only */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x20 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x40 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK 0x003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x010 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x040 /* Built-in length() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x080 /* Built-in typeof() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */ /* ** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are @@ -9225,6 +10697,9 @@ struct FuncDestructor { ** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If ** argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set. ** +** VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag. +** ** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) ** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by ** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters @@ -9240,15 +10715,22 @@ struct FuncDestructor { ** parameter. */ #define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \ + {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} #define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} #define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \ + (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} #define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0} /* @@ -9260,6 +10742,7 @@ struct FuncDestructor { struct Savepoint { char *zName; /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */ i64 nDeferredCons; /* Number of deferred fk violations */ + i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Number of deferred imm fk. */ Savepoint *pNext; /* Parent savepoint (if any) */ }; @@ -9294,53 +10777,35 @@ struct Column { char *zDflt; /* Original text of the default value */ char *zType; /* Data type for this column */ char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ - u8 notNull; /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */ - u8 isPrimKey; /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */ + u8 notNull; /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */ char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - u8 isHidden; /* True if this column is 'hidden' */ -#endif + u8 szEst; /* Estimated size of this column. INT==1 */ + u8 colFlags; /* Boolean properties. See COLFLAG_ defines below */ }; +/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags: +*/ +#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY 0x0001 /* Column is part of the primary key */ +#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN 0x0002 /* A hidden column in a virtual table */ + /* ** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following ** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and ** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. ** -** There may two separate implementations of the collation function, one -** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that -** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine -** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects -** the version that will require the least expensive encoding -** translations, if any. -** -** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in -** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp. -** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function, -** xCmp16. -** -** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the +** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the ** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined ** collating sequence may not be read or written. */ struct CollSeq { char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ - u8 type; /* One of the SQLITE_COLL_... values below */ void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */ int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */ }; /* -** Allowed values of CollSeq.type: -*/ -#define SQLITE_COLL_BINARY 1 /* The default memcmp() collating sequence */ -#define SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE 2 /* The built-in NOCASE collating sequence */ -#define SQLITE_COLL_REVERSE 3 /* The built-in REVERSE collating sequence */ -#define SQLITE_COLL_USER 0 /* Any other user-defined collating sequence */ - -/* ** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC. */ #define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ @@ -9377,10 +10842,16 @@ struct CollSeq { /* ** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without ** changing the affinity. +** +** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL. +** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison +** operator is NULL. It is added to certain comparison operators to +** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL. */ #define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x08 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ #define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x10 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */ #define SQLITE_NULLEQ 0x80 /* NULL=NULL */ +#define SQLITE_NOTNULL 0x88 /* Assert that operands are never NULL */ /* ** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in @@ -9395,7 +10866,7 @@ struct CollSeq { ** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database ** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method ** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may -** then used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables +** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables ** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers ** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database ** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table. @@ -9429,6 +10900,8 @@ struct VTable { Module *pMod; /* Pointer to module implementation */ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */ int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ + u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */ + int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */ VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */ }; @@ -9464,28 +10937,32 @@ struct VTable { */ struct Table { char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */ - int iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ - int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ - unsigned nRowEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ - u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ - u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ - u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - Expr *pCheck; /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */ + ExprList *pCheck; /* All CHECK constraints */ #endif + LogEst nRowLogEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ + int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ + i16 iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ + i16 nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ + u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ + LogEst szTabRow; /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT + LogEst costMult; /* Cost multiplier for using this table */ +#endif + u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ + u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */ int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */ + VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */ #endif Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */ @@ -9493,15 +10970,14 @@ struct Table { }; /* -** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags. +** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags. */ #define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */ #define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */ #define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */ #define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ #define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */ -#define TF_NeedMetadata 0x20 /* aCol[].zType and aCol[].pColl missing */ - +#define TF_WithoutRowid 0x20 /* No rowid used. PRIMARY KEY is the key */ /* @@ -9511,12 +10987,15 @@ struct Table { */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE # define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0) -# define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden) +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) #else # define IsVirtual(X) 0 # define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 #endif +/* Does the table have a rowid */ +#define HasRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0) + /* ** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. ** @@ -9531,26 +11010,35 @@ struct Table { ** ); ** ** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". +** Equivalent names: +** +** from-table == child-table +** to-table == parent-table ** ** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure ** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when ** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked. +** +** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey. +** +** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist) +** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z. */ struct FKey { Table *pFrom; /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */ - FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next foreign key in pFrom */ + FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */ char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */ - FKey *pNextTo; /* Next foreign key on table named zTo */ - FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous foreign key on table named zTo */ + FKey *pNextTo; /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */ + FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous with the same zTo */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ - u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ - u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ - Trigger *apTrigger[2]; /* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ - struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ - int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ - char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */ - } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol column s */ + u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ + u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ + Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ + struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ + int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ + char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */ + } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol columns */ }; /* @@ -9590,19 +11078,25 @@ struct FKey { #define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ #define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */ -#define OE_Default 99 /* Do whatever the default action is */ +#define OE_Default 10 /* Do whatever the default action is */ /* ** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first ** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the ** comparison of the two index keys. +** +** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots. There +** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot +** for the rowid at the end. */ struct KeyInfo { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + u32 nRef; /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */ - u16 nField; /* Number of entries in aColl[] */ - u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. May be NULL */ + u16 nField; /* Number of key columns in the index */ + u16 nXField; /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. */ CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ }; @@ -9619,24 +11113,20 @@ struct KeyInfo { ** ** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled ** into its constituent fields. +** +** The r1 and r2 member variables are only used by the optimized comparison +** functions vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString(). */ struct UnpackedRecord { KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */ u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ - u16 flags; /* Boolean settings. UNPACKED_... below */ - i64 rowid; /* Used by UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH */ + i8 default_rc; /* Comparison result if keys are equal */ + u8 isCorrupt; /* Corruption detected by xRecordCompare() */ Mem *aMem; /* Values */ + int r1; /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */ + int r2; /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */ }; -/* -** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags -*/ -#define UNPACKED_NEED_FREE 0x0001 /* Memory is from sqlite3Malloc() */ -#define UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY 0x0002 /* apMem[]s should all be destroyed */ -#define UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID 0x0004 /* Ignore trailing rowid on key1 */ -#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY 0x0008 /* Make this key an epsilon larger */ -#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH 0x0010 /* A prefix match is considered OK */ -#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH 0x0020 /* A prefix match is considered OK */ /* ** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an @@ -9665,33 +11155,59 @@ struct UnpackedRecord { ** element. */ struct Index { - char *zName; /* Name of this index */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */ - int *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ - unsigned *aiRowEst; /* Result of ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ - Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ - int tnum; /* Page containing root of this index in database file */ - u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ - u8 autoIndex; /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */ - char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ - Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ - u8 *aSortOrder; /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */ - char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ - IndexSample *aSample; /* Array of SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES samples */ + char *zName; /* Name of this index */ + i16 *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ + LogEst *aiRowLogEst; /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ + Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ + char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ + Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ + u8 *aSortOrder; /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */ + char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ + Expr *pPartIdxWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* A KeyInfo object suitable for this index */ + int tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */ + LogEst szIdxRow; /* Estimated average row size in bytes */ + u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of columns forming the key */ + u16 nColumn; /* Number of columns stored in the index */ + u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ + unsigned idxType:2; /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */ + unsigned bUnordered:1; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */ + unsigned uniqNotNull:1; /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */ + unsigned isResized:1; /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */ + unsigned isCovering:1; /* True if this is a covering index */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int nSample; /* Number of elements in aSample[] */ + int nSampleCol; /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */ + tRowcnt *aAvgEq; /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */ + IndexSample *aSample; /* Samples of the left-most key */ +#endif }; /* -** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat2 table is represented in memory -** using a structure of this type. +** Allowed values for Index.idxType +*/ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF 0 /* Created using CREATE INDEX */ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE 1 /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY 2 /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */ + +/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */ +#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X) ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) + +/* Return true if index X is a UNIQUE index */ +#define IsUniqueIndex(X) ((X)->onError!=OE_None) + +/* +** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory +** using a structure of this type. See documentation at the top of the +** analyze.c source file for additional information. */ struct IndexSample { - union { - char *z; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_TEXT or SQLITE_BLOB */ - double r; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_FLOAT or SQLITE_INTEGER */ - } u; - u8 eType; /* SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER ... etc. */ - u8 nByte; /* Size in byte of text or blob. */ + void *p; /* Pointer to sampled record */ + int n; /* Size of record in bytes */ + tRowcnt *anEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ + tRowcnt *anLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ + tRowcnt *anDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ }; /* @@ -9726,8 +11242,10 @@ struct AggInfo { u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather ** than the source table */ int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ + int sortingIdxPTab; /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */ int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ + int mnReg, mxReg; /* Range of registers allocated for aCol and aFunc */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ Table *pTab; /* Source table */ int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ @@ -9737,7 +11255,6 @@ struct AggInfo { Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ } *aCol; int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ - int nColumnAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aCol[] */ int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to ** aggregate functions */ @@ -9748,7 +11265,6 @@ struct AggInfo { int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ } *aFunc; int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ - int nFuncAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aFunc[] */ }; /* @@ -9833,10 +11349,10 @@ typedef int ynVar; struct Expr { u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ - u16 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ + u32 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ union { char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ - int iValue; /* Integer value if EP_IntValue */ + int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */ } u; /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no @@ -9847,80 +11363,77 @@ struct Expr { Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */ Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */ union { - ExprList *pList; /* Function arguments or in " IN ( IN ( +** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe +*/ +/* Opcode: SeekLE P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** If the prNotFound parameter is 0, then the b-tree will be used to iterate -** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an -** epheremal table must be used unless the selected is guaranteed -** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it -** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index. +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** -** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used -** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must -** be used unless is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can -** be found with as its left-most column. +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that +** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records +** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** -** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function -** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL -** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)". -** If there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at -** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written -** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a -** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged. -** -** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then -** its initial value is NULL. If the (...) does not remain constant -** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT within the (...) -** is a correlated subquery) then the value of the allocated register is -** reset to NULL each time the subquery is rerun. This allows the -** caller to use vdbe code equivalent to the following: -** -** if( register==NULL ){ -** has_null = -** register = 1 -** } +** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order, +** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is +** configured to use Prev, not Next. ** -** in order to avoid running the -** test more often than is necessary. +** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){ - Select *p; /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */ - int eType = 0; /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */ - int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor of the RHS table */ - int mustBeUnique = (prNotFound==0); /* True if RHS must be unique */ - - assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); - - /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to - ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new - ** ephemeral table. - */ - p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0); - if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - Expr *pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; /* Expression */ - int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ - Table *pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; /* Table
. */ - int iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */ - - /* Code an OP_VerifyCookie and OP_TableLock for
. */ - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - - /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe - ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always - ** successful here. - */ - assert(v); - if( iCol<0 ){ - int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - int iAddr; - - iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem); - - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; - - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); - }else{ - Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ +case OP_SeekLT: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_SeekLE: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_SeekGE: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_SeekGT: { /* jump, in3 */ + int res; + int oc; + VdbeCursor *pC; + UnpackedRecord r; + int nField; + i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */ - /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to - ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according - ** to this collation sequence. */ - CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + assert( pOp->p2!=0 ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); + assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 ); + assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 ); + assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 ); + assert( pC->isOrdered ); + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); + oc = pOp->opcode; + pC->nullRow = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode; +#endif + if( pC->isTable ){ + /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string, + ** blob, or NULL. But it needs to be an integer before we can do + ** the seek, so covert it. */ + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + ApplyNumericAffinity(pIn3); + iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3); + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + + /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without + ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */ + if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ + if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){ + /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number, + ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); + break; + } - /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the - ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If - ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index. + /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search + ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term + ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5: + ** + ** (x > 4.9) -> (x >= 5) + ** (x <= 4.9) -> (x < 5) */ - char aff = comparisonAffinity(pX); - int affinity_ok = (pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity==aff||aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE); - - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol) - && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq - && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None)) - ){ - int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - int iAddr; - char *pKey; - - pKey = (char *)sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb, - pKey,P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); - eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX; + if( pIn3->r<(double)iKey ){ + assert( OP_SeekGE==(OP_SeekGT-1) ); + assert( OP_SeekLT==(OP_SeekLE-1) ); + assert( (OP_SeekLE & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ); + if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ) oc--; + } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); - if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){ - *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem; - } - } + /* If the approximation iKey is smaller than the actual real search + ** term, substitute <= for < and > for >=. */ + else if( pIn3->r>(double)iKey ){ + assert( OP_SeekLE==(OP_SeekLT+1) ); + assert( OP_SeekGT==(OP_SeekGE+1) ); + assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) ); + if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++; } + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; } - } - - if( eType==0 ){ - /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree. - ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job. + if( res==0 ){ + pC->rowidIsValid = 1; + pC->lastRowid = iKey; + } + }else{ + nField = pOp->p4.i; + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + assert( nField>0 ); + r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; + r.nField = (u16)nField; + + /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster: + ** if( oc==OP_SeekGT || oc==OP_SeekLE ){ + ** r.default_rc = -1; + ** }else{ + ** r.default_rc = +1; + ** } */ - double savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; - int rMayHaveNull = 0; - eType = IN_INDEX_EPH; - if( prNotFound ){ - *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem; + r.default_rc = ((1 & (oc - OP_SeekLT)) ? -1 : +1); + assert( oc!=OP_SeekGT || r.default_rc==-1 ); + assert( oc!=OP_SeekLE || r.default_rc==-1 ); + assert( oc!=OP_SeekGE || r.default_rc==+1 ); + assert( oc!=OP_SeekLT || r.default_rc==+1 ); + + r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { int i; for(i=0; ipCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + } + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_search_count++; +#endif + if( oc>=OP_SeekGE ){ assert( oc==OP_SeekGE || oc==OP_SeekGT ); + if( res<0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekGT) ){ + res = 0; + rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; }else{ - testcase( pParse->nQueryLoop>(double)1 ); - pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1; - if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; - } + res = 0; } - sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID); - pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop; }else{ - pX->iTable = iTab; + assert( oc==OP_SeekLT || oc==OP_SeekLE ); + if( res>0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekLT) ){ + res = 0; + rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + }else{ + /* res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to + ** see if this is the case. + */ + res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor); + } } - return eType; + assert( pOp->p2>0 ); + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; } -#endif -/* -** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS, -** or IN operators. Examples: -** -** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery -** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery -** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side -** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right -** -** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN -** operator or subquery. -** -** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed -** to be of the form " IN (?, ?, ?)", where is a reference -** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an -** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual -** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree. -** -** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN -** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs. -** Furthermore, the IN is in a WHERE clause and that we really want -** to iterate over the RHS of the IN operator in order to quickly locate -** all corresponding LHS elements. All this routine does is initialize -** the register given by rMayHaveNull to NULL. Calling routines will take -** care of changing this register value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free. +/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: intkey=r[P2] ** -** If rMayHaveNull is zero, that means that the subquery is being used -** for membership testing only. There is no need to initialize any -** registers to indicate the presense or absence of NULLs on the RHS. +** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer. Arrange +** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2. ** -** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the -** result. For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0. +** This is actually a deferred seek. Nothing actually happens until +** the cursor is used to read a record. That way, if no reads +** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */ - int rMayHaveNull, /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */ - int isRowid /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */ -){ - int testAddr = 0; /* One-time test address */ - int rReg = 0; /* Register storing resulting */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0; - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); +case OP_Seek: { /* in2 */ + VdbeCursor *pC; - /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered - ** if any of the following is true: - ** - ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery - ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables - ** * We are inside a trigger - ** - ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once - ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations. - */ - if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - int mem = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, mem); - testAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, mem); - assert( testAddr>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - } + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); + assert( pC->isTable ); + pC->nullRow = 0; + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + pC->deferredMoveto = 1; + break; +} + -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf( - pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", testAddr?"":"CORRELATED ", - pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId - ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); - } -#endif +/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If +** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked +** record. +** +** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 +** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and +** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry. +** +** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it can be +** advanced in the forward direction. The Next instruction will work, +** but not the Prev instruction. +** +** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe +*/ +/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If +** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked +** record. +** +** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 +** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1 +** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control +** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the +** matching entry. +** +** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be +** advanced in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev +** opcodes do not work after this operation. +** +** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict +*/ +/* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If +** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked +** record. +** +** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 +** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2. If all terms of the +** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the +** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix. If there are no matches, jump +** immediately to P2. If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1 +** cursor pointing to the matching row. +** +** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the +** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL. +** +** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be +** advanced in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev +** opcodes do not work after this operation. +** +** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists +*/ +case OP_NoConflict: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ + int alreadyExists; + int ii; + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; + char *pFree; + UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; + UnpackedRecord r; + char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*4 + 7]; - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_IN: { - char affinity; /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */ - KeyInfo keyInfo; /* Keyinfo for the generated table */ - int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++; +#endif - if( rMayHaveNull ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode; +#endif + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); + assert( pC->isTable==0 ); + pFree = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to suppress a compiler warning. */ + if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){ + r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; + r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; + r.aMem = pIn3; + for(ii=0; iip3+ii, &r.aMem[ii]); +#endif + } + pIdxKey = &r; + }else{ + pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( + pC->pKeyInfo, aTempRec, sizeof(aTempRec), &pFree + ); + if( pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem; + assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob ); + assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 ); /* zeroblobs already expanded */ + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, pIdxKey); + } + pIdxKey->default_rc = 0; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_NoConflict ){ + /* For the OP_NoConflict opcode, take the jump if any of the + ** input fields are NULL, since any key with a NULL will not + ** conflict */ + for(ii=0; iip2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); + break; } + } + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res); + if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pFree); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + break; + } + pC->seekResult = res; + alreadyExists = (res==0); + pC->nullRow = 1-alreadyExists; + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){ + VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists!=0,2); + if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + }else{ + VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists==0,2); + if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; +} - affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft); +/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] +** +** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer +** keys). P3 is an integer rowid. If P1 does not contain a record with +** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. If P1 does contain a record +** with rowid P3 then leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall +** through to the next instruction. +** +** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees +** (with arbitrary multi-value keys). +** +** This opcode leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be advanced +** in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev opcodes will +** not work following this opcode. +** +** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict +*/ +case OP_NotExists: { /* jump, in3 */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int res; + u64 iKey; - /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()' - ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is - ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results - ** from the SELECT or the . - ** - ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT... - ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that - ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the - ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used - ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither - ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity - ** is used. - */ - pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid); - if( rMayHaveNull==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); - memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo)); - keyInfo.nField = 1; + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pC->seekOp = 0; +#endif + assert( pC->isTable ); + assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + assert( pCrsr!=0 ); + res = 0; + iKey = pIn3->u.i; + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res); + pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i; + pC->rowidIsValid = res==0 ?1:0; + pC->nullRow = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res!=0 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 ); + } + pC->seekResult = res; + break; +} - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...) - ** - ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary - ** table allocated and opened above. - */ - SelectDest dest; - ExprList *pEList; +/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ +** +** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1. +** Write the sequence number into register P2. +** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this +** instruction. +*/ +case OP_Sequence: { /* out2-prerelease */ + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 ); + pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++; + break; +} - assert( !isRowid ); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable); - dest.affinity = (u8)affinity; - assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable ); - pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0; - if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){ - return 0; - } - pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList; - if( ALWAYS(pEList!=0 && pEList->nExpr>0) ){ - keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, - pEList->a[0].pExpr); - } - }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){ - /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) - ** - ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and - ** store it in the temporary table. If is a column, then use - ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If is not - ** a column, use numeric affinity. - */ - int i; - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int r1, r2, r3; - if( !affinity ){ - affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); +/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid +** +** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table. +** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database +** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written +** written to register P2. +** +** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds +** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are +** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, +** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the ' +** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the +** AUTOINCREMENT feature. +*/ +case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ + i64 v; /* The new rowid */ + VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */ + int res; /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */ + int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */ + Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */ - /* Loop through each expression in . */ - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2); - for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr; - int iValToIns; + v = 0; + res = 0; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + if( NEVER(pC->pCursor==0) ){ + /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */ + }else{ + /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same + ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm. + ** + ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one + ** to that. But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum + ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second + ** probabilistic algorithm + ** + ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if + ** it already exists in the table. If it does not exist, we have + ** succeeded. If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one + ** and try again, up to 100 times. + */ + assert( pC->isTable ); - /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to - ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure - ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant - ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. - */ - if( testAddr && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr-1, 2); - testAddr = 0; - } +#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID +# define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff +#else + /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff. + ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL. The following macro seems + ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy. + */ +# define MAX_ROWID (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff ) +#endif - /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ - if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns); - }else{ - r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1); - if( isRowid ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3, - sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2); - } - } - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; } - if( !isRowid ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + if( res ){ + v = 1; /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */ + }else{ + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pC->pCursor) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */ + if( v>=MAX_ROWID ){ + pC->useRandomRowid = 1; + }else{ + v++; /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */ + } } - break; } - case TK_EXISTS: - case TK_SELECT: - default: { - /* If this has to be a scalar SELECT. Generate code to put the - ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number - ** of the memory cell in iColumn. If this is an EXISTS, write - ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell - ** and record that memory cell in iColumn. - */ - Select *pSel; /* SELECT statement to encode */ - SelectDest dest; /* How to deal with SELECt result */ - - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); - assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); - - assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect; - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem); - if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ - dest.eDest = SRT_Mem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iParm); - VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result")); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + if( pOp->p3 ){ + /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ + assert( pOp->p3>0 ); + if( p->pFrame ){ + for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); + /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ + assert( pOp->p3<=pFrame->nMem ); + pMem = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3]; }else{ - dest.eDest = SRT_Exists; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iParm); - VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result")); + /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ + assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, pMem); } - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit); - pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, - &sqlite3IntTokens[1]); - pSel->iLimit = 0; - if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){ - return 0; + assert( memIsValid(pMem) ); + + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem); + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */ + if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){ + rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */ + goto abort_due_to_error; } - rReg = dest.iParm; - ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr); - break; + if( vu.i+1 ){ + v = pMem->u.i + 1; + } + pMem->u.i = v; } +#endif + if( pC->useRandomRowid ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the + ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database + ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until + ** it finds one that is not previously used. */ + assert( pOp->p3==0 ); /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is + ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */ + /* on the first attempt, simply do one more than previous */ + v = lastRowid; + v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */ + v++; /* ensure non-zero */ + cnt = 0; + while( ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)v, + 0, &res))==SQLITE_OK) + && (res==0) + && (++cnt<100)){ + /* collision - try another random rowid */ + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v); + if( cnt<5 ){ + /* try "small" random rowids for the initial attempts */ + v &= 0xffffff; + }else{ + v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */ + } + v++; /* ensure non-zero */ + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + assert( v>0 ); /* EV: R-40812-03570 */ + } + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; } - - if( testAddr ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr-1); - } - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - - return rReg; + pOut->u.i = v; + break; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -/* -** Generate code for an IN expression. +/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] ** -** x IN (SELECT ...) -** x IN (value, value, ...) +** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1. A new entry is +** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing +** entry is overwritten. The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register +** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must +** be a MEM_Int. ** -** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression. The right-hand side (RHS) -** is an array of zero or more values. The expression is true if the LHS is -** contained within the RHS. The value of the expression is unknown (NULL) -** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the -** RHS contains one or more NULL values. +** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is +** incremented (otherwise not). If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set, +** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the +** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified). ** -** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not -** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS -** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained -** within the RHS then fall through. +** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of +** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this +** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing +** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is +** currently pointing to. Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode +** has already positioned the cursor correctly. This is an optimization +** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks. +** +** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an +** UPDATE operation. Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode +** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to +** the update hook. +** +** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or +** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook +** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert. +** +** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically +** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor +** and register P2 becomes ephemeral. If the cursor is changed, the +** value of register P2 will then change. Make sure this does not +** cause any problems.) +** +** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction +** for indices is OP_IdxInsert. */ -static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The IN expression */ - int destIfFalse, /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */ - int destIfNull /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */ -){ - int rRhsHasNull = 0; /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */ - char affinity; /* Comparison affinity to use */ - int eType; /* Type of the RHS */ - int r1; /* Temporary use register */ - Vdbe *v; /* Statement under construction */ - - /* Compute the RHS. After this step, the table with cursor - ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS. - */ - v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( v!=0 ); /* OOM detected prior to this routine */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr")); - eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rRhsHasNull); - - /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results - ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for - ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord. - */ - affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); +/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] +** +** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the +** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3. +*/ +case OP_Insert: +case OP_InsertInt: { + Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */ + Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */ + i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */ + VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */ + int nZero; /* Number of zero-bytes to append */ + int seekResult; /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */ + const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */ + const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */ + int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */ - /* Code the LHS, the from " IN (...)". - */ - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1); + pData = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + assert( memIsValid(pData) ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); + assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); + assert( pC->isTable ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData); - /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending - ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively. - */ - if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){ - /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are - ** the same. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){ + pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int ); + assert( memIsValid(pKey) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey); + iKey = pKey->u.i; }else{ - int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt ); + iKey = pOp->p3; } - if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ - /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1); + if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; + if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = iKey; + if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){ + pData->z = 0; + pData->n = 0; }else{ - /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); + assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); + } + seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0); + if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + nZero = pData->u.nZero; + }else{ + nZero = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey, + pData->z, pData->n, nZero, + (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND)!=0, seekResult + ); + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the - ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set - ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set - ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the - ** expression is also NULL. - */ - if( rRhsHasNull==0 || destIfFalse==destIfNull ){ - /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS - ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result - ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema. - ** - ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE - ** for this particular IN operator. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1); + /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){ + zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName; + zTbl = pOp->p4.z; + op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT); + assert( pC->isTable ); + db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey); + assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); + } + break; +} - }else{ - /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and - ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the - ** outcome. - */ - int j1, j2, j3; +/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 * +** +** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing. +** +** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous +** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then +** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. Hence it is OK to delete +** a record from within a Next loop. +** +** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is +** incremented (otherwise not). +** +** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with +** multiple rows. +** +** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is +** pointing to. The update hook will be invoked, if it exists. +** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned +** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode. +*/ +case OP_Delete: { + i64 iKey; + VdbeCursor *pC; - /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS. If so, - ** then the presence of NULLs in the RHS does not matter, so jump - ** over all of the code that follows. - */ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */ + iKey = pC->lastRowid; /* Only used for the update hook */ - /* Here we begin generating code that runs if the LHS is not - ** contained within the RHS. Generate additional code that - ** tests the RHS for NULLs. If the RHS contains a NULL then - ** jump to destIfNull. If there are no NULLs in the RHS then - ** jump to destIfFalse. - */ - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, rRhsHasNull); - j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rRhsHasNull, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, rRhsHasNull); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, rRhsHasNull, 1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); - - /* Jump to the appropriate target depending on whether or not - ** the RHS contains a NULL - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse); + /* The OP_Delete opcode always follows an OP_NotExists or OP_Last or + ** OP_Column on the same table without any intervening operations that + ** might move or invalidate the cursor. Hence cursor pC is always pointing + ** to the row to be deleted and the sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() operation + ** below is always a no-op and cannot fail. We will run it anyhow, though, + ** to guard against future changes to the code generator. + **/ + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); + if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; - /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true, - ** causing the overall IN expression evaluation to fall through. - */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - } - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr")); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor); + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; -/* -** Duplicate an 8-byte value -*/ -static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){ - char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8); - if( out ){ - memcpy(out, in, 8); + /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z && pC->isTable ){ + db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, + db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName, pOp->p4.z, iKey); + assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); } - return out; + if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; + break; } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* -** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point -** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem. +/* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * * ** -** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the -** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look -** like the continuation of the number. +** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle +** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()). +** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0. +** This is used by trigger programs. */ -static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){ - if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){ - double value; - char *zV; - sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); - assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */ - if( negateFlag ) value = -value; - zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL); - } +case OP_ResetCount: { + sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); + p->nChange = 0; + break; } -#endif - -/* -** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by -** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem. +/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4 +** Synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 ** -** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated. +** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the +** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that +** the sorter cursor currently points to. Only the first P4 fields +** of r[P3] and the sorter record are compared. +** +** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant +** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then +** the comparison is assumed to be equal. +** +** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to +** each other. Jump to P2 if they are different. */ -static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ - int i = pExpr->u.iValue; - if( negFlag ) i = -i; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem); - }else{ - int c; - i64 value; - const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken; - assert( z!=0 ); - c = sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); - if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){ - char *zV; - if( negFlag ){ value = -value; } - zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64); - }else{ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z); -#else - codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem); -#endif - } +case OP_SorterCompare: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; + int nKeyCol; + + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( isSorter(pC) ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + nKeyCol = pOp->p4.i; + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nKeyCol, &res); + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ){ + pc = pOp->p2-1; } -} + break; +}; -/* -** Clear a cache entry. +/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=data +** +** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1. */ -static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){ - if( p->tempReg ){ - if( pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){ - pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg; - } - p->tempReg = 0; - } -} +case OP_SorterData: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( isSorter(pC) ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(pC, pOut); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pOut->flags & MEM_Blob) ); + break; +} -/* -** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a -** particular table is stored in a particular register. +/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=data +** +** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1. +** There is no interpretation of the data. +** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as +** it is found in the database file. +** +** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) +** of a real table, not a pseudo-table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){ - int i; - int minLru; - int idxLru; - struct yColCache *p; +/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=key +** +** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1. +** There is no interpretation of the data. +** The key is copied onto the P2 register exactly as +** it is found in the database file. +** +** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) +** of a real table, not a pseudo-table. +*/ +case OP_RowKey: +case OP_RowData: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + u32 n; + i64 n64; - assert( iReg>0 ); /* Register numbers are always positive */ - assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 ); /* Finite column numbers */ + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); - /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache. This is used - ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer - ** with and without the column cache. - */ - if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ColumnCache ) return; + /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */ + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( isSorter(pC)==0 ); + assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode!=OP_RowData ); + assert( pC->isTable==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData ); + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->nullRow==0 ); + assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) ); - /* First replace any existing entry. - ** - ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed - ** that the object will never already be in cache. Verify this guarantee. + /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or + ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate + ** the cursor. Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always + ** a no-op and can never fail. But we leave it in place as a safety. */ -#ifndef NDEBUG - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg && p->iTable==iTab && p->iColumn==iCol ){ - cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); - p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; - p->iReg = iReg; - p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; - return; - } -#endif - assert( p->iReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol ); - } -#endif + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); + if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; - /* Find an empty slot and replace it */ - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==0 ){ - p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; - p->iTable = iTab; - p->iColumn = iCol; - p->iReg = iReg; - p->tempReg = 0; - p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; - return; + if( pC->isTable==0 ){ + assert( !pC->isTable ); + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */ + if( n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; } - } - - /* Replace the last recently used */ - minLru = 0x7fffffff; - idxLru = -1; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; ilrulru; + n = (u32)n64; + }else{ + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */ + if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; } } - if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){ - p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru]; - p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; - p->iTable = iTab; - p->iColumn = iCol; - p->iReg = iReg; - p->tempReg = 0; - p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; - return; + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, n, 0) ){ + goto no_mem; + } + pOut->n = n; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); + if( pC->isTable==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z); } + pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */ + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); + break; } -/* -** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten. -** Purge the range of registers from the column cache. +/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid +** +** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that +** P1 is currently point to. +** +** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table. There used to +** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this +** one opcode now works for both table types. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ - int i; - int iLast = iReg + nReg - 1; - struct yColCache *p; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; - if( r>=iReg && r<=iLast ){ - cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); - p->iReg = 0; +case OP_Rowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + i64 v; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 || pC->nullRow ); + if( pC->nullRow ){ + pOut->flags = MEM_Null; + break; + }else if( pC->deferredMoveto ){ + v = pC->movetoTarget; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + }else if( pC->pVtabCursor ){ + pVtab = pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab; + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + assert( pModule->xRowid ); + rc = pModule->xRowid(pC->pVtabCursor, &v); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + }else{ + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( pC->rowidIsValid ){ + v = pC->lastRowid; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Always so because of CursorMoveto() above */ } } + pOut->u.i = v; + break; } -/* -** Remember the current column cache context. Any new entries added -** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the -** corresponding pop occurs. +/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * * +** +** Move the cursor P1 to a null row. Any OP_Column operations +** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always +** write a NULL. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){ - pParse->iCacheLevel++; -} +case OP_NullRow: { + VdbeCursor *pC; -/* -** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the -** the previous N Push operations. In other words, restore the cache -** to the state it was in N Pushes ago. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse, int N){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - assert( N>0 ); - assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=N ); - pParse->iCacheLevel -= N; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){ - cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); - p->iReg = 0; - } + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + pC->nullRow = 1; + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( pC->pCursor ){ + sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor); } + break; } -/* -** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is -** no longer available as a temp register. ticket #3879: that same -** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to -** get them all. +/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * * +** +** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1 +** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index. +** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. +** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through +** to the following instruction. +** +** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order, +** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is +** configured to use Prev, not Next. */ -static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==iReg ){ - p->tempReg = 0; - } +case OP_Last: { /* jump */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int res; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + res = 0; + assert( pCrsr!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res); + pC->nullRow = (u8)res; + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pC->seekOp = OP_Last; +#endif + if( pOp->p2>0 ){ + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } + break; } -/* -** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table. + +/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * * +** +** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that +** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing. +** +** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index, +** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to +** end. We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the +** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and +** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is +** correctly optimizing out sorts. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable( - Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */ - Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */ - int iTabCur, /* The cursor for this table */ - int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */ - int regOut /* Extract the valud into this register */ -){ - if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut); - }else{ - int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, iCol, regOut); - } - if( iCol>=0 ){ - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut); - } +case OP_SorterSort: /* jump */ +case OP_Sort: { /* jump */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_sort_count++; + sqlite3_search_count--; +#endif + p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]++; + /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */ } - -/* -** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from -** table pTab and store the column value in a register. An effort -** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is -** not guaranteed. The location of the column value is returned. +/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * * ** -** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine -** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid. +** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 +** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index. +** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. +** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through +** to the following instruction. +** +** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order, +** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is +** configured to use Next, not Prev. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */ - int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */ - int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */ - int iReg /* Store results here */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct yColCache *p; +case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int res; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){ - p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; - sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg); - return p->iReg; - } - } - assert( v!=0 ); - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg); - sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg); - return iReg; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) ); + res = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pC->seekOp = OP_Rewind; +#endif + if( isSorter(pC) ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(db, pC, &res); + }else{ + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + assert( pCrsr ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res); + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + } + pC->nullRow = (u8)res; + assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2nOp ); + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; } -/* -** Clear all column cache entries. +/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its +** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through +** to the following instruction. But if the cursor advance was successful, +** jump immediately to P2. +** +** The Next opcode is only valid following an SeekGT, SeekGE, or +** OP_Rewind opcode used to position the cursor. Next is not allowed +** to follow SeekLT, SeekLE, or OP_Last. +** +** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. P1 must have +** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault. +** +** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that +** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been +** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is +** always either 0 or 1. +** +** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to +** sqlite3BtreeNext(). +** +** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter +** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. +** +** See also: Prev, NextIfOpen */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; +/* Opcode: NextIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** This opcode works just like Next except that if cursor P1 is not +** open it behaves a no-op. +*/ +/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its +** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through +** to the following instruction. But if the cursor backup was successful, +** jump immediately to P2. +** +** +** The Prev opcode is only valid following an SeekLT, SeekLE, or +** OP_Last opcode used to position the cursor. Prev is not allowed +** to follow SeekGT, SeekGE, or OP_Rewind. +** +** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. If P1 is +** not open then the behavior is undefined. +** +** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that +** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been +** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is +** always either 0 or 1. +** +** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to +** sqlite3BtreePrevious(). +** +** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter +** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. +*/ +/* Opcode: PrevIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** This opcode works just like Prev except that if cursor P1 is not +** open it behaves a no-op. +*/ +case OP_SorterNext: { /* jump */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg ){ - cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); - p->iReg = 0; - } + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( isSorter(pC) ); + res = 0; + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pC, &res); + goto next_tail; +case OP_PrevIfOpen: /* jump */ +case OP_NextIfOpen: /* jump */ + if( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]==0 ) break; + /* Fall through */ +case OP_Prev: /* jump */ +case OP_Next: /* jump */ + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + assert( pOp->p5aCounter) ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + res = pOp->p3; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + assert( pC->pCursor ); + assert( res==0 || (res==1 && pC->isTable==0) ); + testcase( res==1 ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious); + + /* The Next opcode is only used after SeekGT, SeekGE, and Rewind. + ** The Prev opcode is only used after SeekLT, SeekLE, and Last. */ + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen + || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGE + || pC->seekOp==OP_Rewind || pC->seekOp==OP_Found); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen + || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLE + || pC->seekOp==OP_Last ); + + rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->pCursor, &res); +next_tail: + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2); + if( res==0 ){ + pC->nullRow = 0; + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + p->aCounter[pOp->p5]++; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_search_count++; +#endif + }else{ + pC->nullRow = 1; } + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + goto check_for_interrupt; } -/* -** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount -** registers starting with iStart. +/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P2] +** +** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the +** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key +** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil. +** +** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this +** insert is likely to be an append. +** +** If P5 has the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit set, then the change counter is +** incremented by this instruction. If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit is clear, +** then the change counter is unchanged. +** +** If P5 has the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT bit set, then the cursor must have +** just done a seek to the spot where the new entry is to be inserted. +** This flag avoids doing an extra seek. +** +** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction +** for tables is OP_Insert. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){ - sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount); -} +case OP_SorterInsert: /* in2 */ +case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int nKey; + const char *zKey; -/* -** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1 -** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - if( NEVER(iFrom==iTo) ) return; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg); - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; - if( x>=iFrom && xiReg += iTo-iFrom; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) ); + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob ); + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; + assert( pCrsr!=0 ); + assert( pC->isTable==0 ); + rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( isSorter(pC) ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(db, pC, pIn2); + }else{ + nKey = pIn2->n; + zKey = pIn2->z; + rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3, + ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0) + ); + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; } } + break; } -/* -** Generate code to copy content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1 -** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. +/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] +** +** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form +** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the +** index opened by cursor P1. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){ - int i; - if( NEVER(iFrom==iTo) ) return; - for(i=0; ipVdbe, OP_Copy, iFrom+i, iTo+i); +case OP_IdxDelete: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int res; + UnpackedRecord r; + + assert( pOp->p3>0 ); + assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + assert( pCrsr!=0 ); + assert( pOp->p5==0 ); + r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; + r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3; + r.default_rc = 0; + r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { int i; for(i=0; ideferredMoveto==0 ); + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + break; } -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -/* -** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive) -** is used as part of the column cache. +/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid ** -** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only -** and does not appear in a normal build. +** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at +** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1. This integer should be +** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points. +** +** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord. */ -static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; - if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1; /*NO_TEST*/ +case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ + BtCursor *pCrsr; + VdbeCursor *pC; + i64 rowid; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + assert( pCrsr!=0 ); + pOut->flags = MEM_Null; + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); + if( NEVER(rc) ) goto abort_due_to_error; + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + assert( pC->isTable==0 ); + if( !pC->nullRow ){ + rowid = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, pCrsr, &rowid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + pOut->u.i = rowid; + pOut->flags = MEM_Int; } - return 0; + break; } -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */ -/* -** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given -** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target". -** Return the register where results are stored. +/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will -** be stored in target. The result might be stored in some other -** register if it is convenient to do so. The calling function -** must check the return code and move the results to the desired -** register. +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index +** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID +** fields at the end. +** +** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value +** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The VM under construction */ - int op; /* The opcode being coded */ - int inReg = target; /* Results stored in register inReg */ - int regFree1 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ - int regFree2 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ - int r1, r2, r3, r4; /* Various register numbers */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - - assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); - if( v==0 ){ - assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - return 0; - } +/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index +** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID +** fields at the end. +** +** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value +** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against +** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or +** ROWID on the P1 index. +** +** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2. +** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +/* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against +** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or +** ROWID on the P1 index. +** +** If the P1 index entry is less than or equal to the key value then jump +** to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +case OP_IdxLE: /* jump */ +case OP_IdxGT: /* jump */ +case OP_IdxLT: /* jump */ +case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; + UnpackedRecord r; - if( pExpr==0 ){ - op = TK_NULL; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->isOrdered ); + assert( pC->pCursor!=0); + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; + r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; + if( pOp->opcodeopcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT ); + r.default_rc = -1; }else{ - op = pExpr->op; + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ); + r.default_rc = 0; } - switch( op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { - AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; - if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ - assert( pCol->iMem>0 ); - inReg = pCol->iMem; - break; - }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdx, - pCol->iSorterColumn, target); - break; - } - /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ - } - case TK_COLUMN: { - if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ - /* This only happens when coding check constraints */ - assert( pParse->ckBase>0 ); - inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase; - }else{ - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab, - pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable, target); - } - break; - } - case TK_INTEGER: { - codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - case TK_FLOAT: { - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target); - break; - } -#endif - case TK_STRING: { - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, target, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, 0); - break; - } - case TK_NULL: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case TK_BLOB: { - int n; - const char *z; - char *zBlob; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); - z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; - n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1; - assert( z[n]=='\'' ); - zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC); - break; + r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { int i; for(i=0; iopcode&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) ){ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ); + res = -res; + }else{ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT ); + res++; + } + VdbeBranchTaken(res>0,2); + if( res>0 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database +** file is given by P1. +** +** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0. If +** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file +** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. +** +** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page +** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all +** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former +** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred - +** is stored in register P2. If no page +** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already +** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2. +** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2. +** +** See also: Clear +*/ +case OP_Destroy: { /* out2-prerelease */ + int iMoved; + int iCnt; + Vdbe *pVdbe; + int iDb; + + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + iCnt = 0; + for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe = pVdbe->pNext){ + if( pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pVdbe->bIsReader + && pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && pVdbe->pc>=0 + ){ + iCnt++; } + } +#else + iCnt = db->nVdbeRead; #endif - case TK_VARIABLE: { - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target); - if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pExpr->u.zToken, 0); - } - break; - } - case TK_REGISTER: { - inReg = pExpr->iTable; - break; - } - case TK_AS: { - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST - case TK_CAST: { - /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ - int aff, to_op; - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken); - to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText; - assert( to_op==OP_ToText || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToInt || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToReal || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToText ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal ); - if( inReg!=target ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); - inReg = target; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg); - testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) ); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1); - break; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); - assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); - assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); - assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); - assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); - assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); - testcase( op==TK_LT ); - testcase( op==TK_LE ); - testcase( op==TK_GT ); - testcase( op==TK_GE ); - testcase( op==TK_EQ ); - testcase( op==TK_NE ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_IS: - case TK_ISNOT: { - testcase( op==TK_IS ); - testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_AND: - case TK_OR: - case TK_PLUS: - case TK_STAR: - case TK_MINUS: - case TK_REM: - case TK_BITAND: - case TK_BITOR: - case TK_SLASH: - case TK_LSHIFT: - case TK_RSHIFT: - case TK_CONCAT: { - assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); - assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); - assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); - assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); - assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); - assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); - assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); - assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); - assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); - assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); - assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); - testcase( op==TK_AND ); - testcase( op==TK_OR ); - testcase( op==TK_PLUS ); - testcase( op==TK_MINUS ); - testcase( op==TK_REM ); - testcase( op==TK_BITAND ); - testcase( op==TK_BITOR ); - testcase( op==TK_SLASH ); - testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT ); - testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT ); - testcase( op==TK_CONCAT ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; + pOut->flags = MEM_Null; + if( iCnt>1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; + p->errorAction = OE_Abort; + }else{ + iDb = pOp->p3; + assert( iCnt==1 ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) ); + iMoved = 0; /* Not needed. Only to silence a warning. */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved); + pOut->flags = MEM_Int; + pOut->u.i = iMoved; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){ + sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, iDb, iMoved, pOp->p1); + /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */ + assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==iDb+1 ); + resetSchemaOnFault = iDb+1; } - case TK_UMINUS: { - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - assert( pLeft ); - if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ - codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target); #endif - }else{ - regFree1 = r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - } - inReg = target; - break; - } - case TK_BITNOT: - case TK_NOT: { - assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); - assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); - testcase( op==TK_BITNOT ); - testcase( op==TK_NOT ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - inReg = target; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - int addr; - assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); - assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); - testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); - testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - break; - } - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { - AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - if( pInfo==0 ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken); - }else{ - inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem; - } - break; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3 +** +** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page +** in the database file is given by P1. But, unlike Destroy, do not +** remove the table or index from the database file. +** +** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0. If +** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file +** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. +** +** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an +** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change +** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. +** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is +** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. +** +** See also: Destroy +*/ +case OP_Clear: { + int nChange; + + nChange = 0; + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p2) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable( + db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0) + ); + if( pOp->p3 ){ + p->nChange += nChange; + if( pOp->p3>0 ){ + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); + memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); + aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += nChange; } - case TK_CONST_FUNC: - case TK_FUNCTION: { - ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ - int nFarg; /* Number of function arguments */ - FuncDef *pDef; /* The function definition object */ - int nId; /* Length of the function name in bytes */ - const char *zId; /* The function name */ - int constMask = 0; /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - u8 enc = ENC(db); /* The text encoding used by this database */ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; /* A collating sequence */ + } + break; +} - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - testcase( op==TK_CONST_FUNC ); - testcase( op==TK_FUNCTION ); - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ - pFarg = 0; - }else{ - pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; - } - nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - zId = pExpr->u.zToken; - nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId); - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0); - if( pDef==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId); - break; - } +/* Opcode: ResetSorter P1 * * * * +** +** Delete all contents from the ephemeral table or sorter +** that is open on cursor P1. +** +** This opcode only works for cursors used for sorting and +** opened with OP_OpenEphemeral or OP_SorterOpen. +*/ +case OP_ResetSorter: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + if( pC->pSorter ){ + sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pC->pSorter); + }else{ + assert( pC->isEphemeral ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(pC->pCursor); + } + break; +} - /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and - ** IFNULL() functions. This avoids unnecessary evalation of - ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument. - */ - if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){ - int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - assert( nFarg>=2 ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); - for(i=1; ia[i].pExpr, target); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce); - break; - } +/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 +** +** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the +** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if +** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into +** register P2 +** +** The difference between a table and an index is this: A table must +** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data. An index +** has an arbitrary key but no data. +** +** See also: CreateIndex +*/ +/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 +** +** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the +** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if +** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into +** register P2. +** +** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information. +*/ +case OP_CreateIndex: /* out2-prerelease */ +case OP_CreateTable: { /* out2-prerelease */ + int pgno; + int flags; + Db *pDb; + pgno = 0; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; + assert( pDb->pBt!=0 ); + if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){ + /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */ + flags = BTREE_INTKEY; + }else{ + flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags); + pOut->u.i = pgno; + break; +} - if( pFarg ){ - r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg); - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, 1); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ - }else{ - r1 = 0; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is - ** a virtual table column. - ** - ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the - ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to - ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because - ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to - ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the - ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to - ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test - ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". - */ - if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){ - pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr); - }else if( nFarg>0 ){ - pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr); - } +/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 * +** +** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1 +** that match the WHERE clause P4. +** +** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine, +** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode. +*/ +case OP_ParseSchema: { + int iDb; + const char *zMaster; + char *zSql; + InitData initData; + + /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes + ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking + ** sqlite3InitCallback(). + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ + assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); + } #endif - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ - constMask |= (1<flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr); - } - } - if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target, - (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg); - if( nFarg ){ - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg); - } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_EXISTS: - case TK_SELECT: { - testcase( op==TK_EXISTS ); - testcase( op==TK_SELECT ); - inReg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0); - break; - } - case TK_IN: { - int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); - sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); - break; + + iDb = pOp->p1; + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ); + /* Used to be a conditional */ { + zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + initData.db = db; + initData.iDb = pOp->p1; + initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg; + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + assert( db->init.busy==0 ); + db->init.busy = 1; + initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + db->init.busy = 0; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + } + if( rc ) sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + goto no_mem; + } + break; +} +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) +/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * * +** +** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content +** of that table into the internal index hash table. This will cause +** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries. +*/ +case OP_LoadAnalysis: { + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); + rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1); + break; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */ - /* - ** x BETWEEN y AND z - ** - ** This is equivalent to - ** - ** x>=y AND x<=z - ** - ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. - ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. - ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. - */ - case TK_BETWEEN: { - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a; - Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr; +/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 * +** +** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe +** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table +** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep +** the internal representation of the +** schema consistent with what is on disk. +*/ +case OP_DropTable: { + sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); + break; +} - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, - r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2); - pLItem++; - pRight = pLItem->pExpr; - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4); - break; - } - case TK_UPLUS: { - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); - break; - } - - case TK_TRIGGER: { - /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference - ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to - ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the - ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn - ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to - ** read the rowid field. - ** - ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1 - ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1) - ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where - ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is - ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table. - ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1 - ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For - ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is - ** declared as: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b); - ** - ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows: - ** - ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid - ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a - ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b - */ - Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab; - int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn; - - assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 ); - assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumnnCol ); - assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey ); - assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) ); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target); - VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d", - (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"), - (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName), - target - )); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an - ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real. */ - if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 - && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL - ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target); - } -#endif - break; - } +/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 * +** +** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe +** the index named P4 in database P1. This is called after an index +** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) +** in order to keep the internal representation of the +** schema consistent with what is on disk. +*/ +case OP_DropIndex: { + sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); + break; +} +/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 * +** +** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe +** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger +** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep +** the internal representation of the +** schema consistent with what is on disk. +*/ +case OP_DropTrigger: { + sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); + break; +} - /* - ** Form A: - ** CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END - ** - ** Form B: - ** CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END - ** - ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows: - ** CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ... - ** WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END - ** - ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft. - ** Y is in pExpr->pRight. The Y is also optional. If there is no - ** ELSE clause and no other term matches, then the result of the - ** exprssion is NULL. - ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1]. - ** - ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei, - ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is - ** no ELSE term, NULL. - */ - default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); { - int endLabel; /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */ - int nextCase; /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */ - int nExpr; /* 2x number of WHEN terms */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - ExprList *pEList; /* List of WHEN terms */ - struct ExprList_item *aListelem; /* Array of WHEN terms */ - Expr opCompare; /* The X==Ei expression */ - Expr cacheX; /* Cached expression X */ - Expr *pX; /* The X expression */ - Expr *pTest = 0; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */ - VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; ) - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList ); - assert((pExpr->x.pList->nExpr % 2) == 0); - assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0); - pEList = pExpr->x.pList; - aListelem = pEList->a; - nExpr = pEList->nExpr; - endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ - cacheX = *pX; - testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN ); - testcase( pX->op==TK_REGISTER ); - cacheX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, ®Free1); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - cacheX.op = TK_REGISTER; - opCompare.op = TK_EQ; - opCompare.pLeft = &cacheX; - pTest = &opCompare; - /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001: - ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result. - ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other - ** purposes and possibly overwritten. */ - regFree1 = 0; - } - for(i=0; iop==TK_COLUMN ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase); - } - if( pExpr->pRight ){ - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight, target); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); - } - assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 - || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel ); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - case TK_RAISE: { - assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback - || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort - || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail - || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore - ); - if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); - return 0; - } - if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){ - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - } - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( - v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0); - }else{ - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0); - } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5 +** +** Do an analysis of the currently open database. Store in +** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems. +** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1. +** +** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors. +** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported. +** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are +** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining. +** +** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer +** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), .... There are P2 tables +** total. +** +** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database +** file, not the main database file. +** +** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma. +*/ +case OP_IntegrityCk: { + int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */ + int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */ + int j; /* Loop counter */ + int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */ + char *z; /* Text of the error report */ + Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */ - break; - } -#endif + assert( p->bIsReader ); + nRoot = pOp->p2; + assert( nRoot>0 ); + aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nRoot+1) ); + if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem; + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); + assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + for(j=0; jp5nDb ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p5) ); + z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot, + (int)pnErr->u.i, &nErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aRoot); + pnErr->u.i -= nErr; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); + if( nErr==0 ){ + assert( z==0 ); + }else if( z==0 ){ + goto no_mem; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); + } + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding); + break; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ -/* -** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results -** into a register. Return the register number where the results -** are stored. +/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] ** -** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated, -** then write its number into *pReg. If the result register is not -** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero. +** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index +** held in register P1. +** +** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - int r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); - if( r2==r1 ){ - *pReg = r1; - }else{ - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - *pReg = 0; +case OP_RowSetAdd: { /* in1, in2 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem; } - return r2; + sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i); + break; } -/* -** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the -** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear -** in register target. +/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) +** +** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into +** register P3. Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3 +** unchanged and jump to instruction P2. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - int inReg; +case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */ + i64 val; - assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); - if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target); + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 + || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &val)==0 + ){ + /* The boolean index is empty */ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); }else{ - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); - assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); - } + /* A value was pulled from the index */ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], val); + VdbeBranchTaken(0,2); } - return target; + goto check_for_interrupt; } -/* -** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result -** in register target. +/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4 +** Synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 ** -** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register -** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated, -** the result is a copy of the cache register. +** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1 +** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains +** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the +** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the +** next opcode. ** -** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple -** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression -** are reused. +** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets +** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set +** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set +** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1. P4 must be either -1 or +** non-negative. For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4 +** bits are significant. +** +** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test +** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it, +** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will +** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is +** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was +** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously +** inserted as part of some other set). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int inReg; - inReg = sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); - assert( target>0 ); - /* This routine is called for terms to INSERT or UPDATE. And the only - ** other place where expressions can be converted into TK_REGISTER is - ** in WHERE clause processing. So as currently implemented, there is - ** no way for a TK_REGISTER to exist here. But it seems prudent to - ** keep the ALWAYS() in case the conditions above change with future - ** modifications or enhancements. */ - if( ALWAYS(pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER) ){ - int iMem; - iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, inReg, iMem); - pExpr->iTable = iMem; - pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op; - pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; +case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */ + int iSet; + int exists; + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + iSet = pOp->p4.i; + assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int ); + + /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1, + ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset + */ + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem; } - return inReg; + + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + assert( iSet==-1 || iSet>=0 ); + if( iSet ){ + exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, iSet, pIn3->u.i); + VdbeBranchTaken(exists!=0,2); + if( exists ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + break; + } + } + if( iSet>=0 ){ + sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i); + } + break; } -/* -** Return TRUE if pExpr is an constant expression that is appropriate -** for factoring out of a loop. Appropriate expressions are: + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + +/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). ** -** * Any expression that evaluates to two or more opcodes. +** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory +** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 +** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE +** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address +** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the +** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime. ** -** * Any OP_Integer, OP_Real, OP_String, OP_Blob, OP_Null, -** or OP_Variable that does not need to be placed in a -** specific register. +** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program. ** -** There is no point in factoring out single-instruction constant -** expressions that need to be placed in a particular register. -** We could factor them out, but then we would end up adding an -** OP_SCopy instruction to move the value into the correct register -** later. We might as well just use the original instruction and -** avoid the OP_SCopy. +** If P5 is non-zero, then recursive program invocation is enabled. */ -static int isAppropriateForFactoring(Expr *p){ - if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(p) ){ - return 0; /* Only constant expressions are appropriate for factoring */ - } - if( (p->flags & EP_FixedDest)==0 ){ - return 1; /* Any constant without a fixed destination is appropriate */ +case OP_Program: { /* jump */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */ + Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */ + Mem *pMem; /* Used to iterate through memory cells */ + Mem *pEnd; /* Last memory cell in new array */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */ + void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */ + + pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram; + pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pProgram->nOp>0 ); + + /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is + ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program + ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set + ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear). + ** + ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is + ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one + ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different + ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a + ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token + ** variable. */ + if( pOp->p5 ){ + t = pProgram->token; + for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame && pFrame->token!=t; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); + if( pFrame ) break; } - while( p->op==TK_UPLUS ) p = p->pLeft; - switch( p->op ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case TK_BLOB: -#endif - case TK_VARIABLE: - case TK_INTEGER: - case TK_FLOAT: - case TK_NULL: - case TK_STRING: { - testcase( p->op==TK_BLOB ); - testcase( p->op==TK_VARIABLE ); - testcase( p->op==TK_INTEGER ); - testcase( p->op==TK_FLOAT ); - testcase( p->op==TK_NULL ); - testcase( p->op==TK_STRING ); - /* Single-instruction constants with a fixed destination are - ** better done in-line. If we factor them, they will just end - ** up generating an OP_SCopy to move the value to the destination - ** register. */ - return 0; - } - case TK_UMINUS: { - if( p->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || p->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ - return 0; - } - break; - } - default: { - break; - } + + if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "too many levels of trigger recursion"); + break; } - return 1; -} -/* -** If pExpr is a constant expression that is appropriate for -** factoring out of a loop, then evaluate the expression -** into a register and convert the expression into a TK_REGISTER -** expression. -*/ -static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_IN: - case TK_REGISTER: { - return WRC_Prune; + /* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state + ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute + ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt + ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */ + if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){ + /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the + ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory + ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local + ** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value. + */ + nMem = pProgram->nMem + pProgram->nCsr; + nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame)) + + nMem * sizeof(Mem) + + pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *) + + pProgram->nOnce * sizeof(u8); + pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( !pFrame ){ + goto no_mem; } - case TK_FUNCTION: - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: - case TK_CONST_FUNC: { - /* The arguments to a function have a fixed destination. - ** Mark them this way to avoid generated unneeded OP_SCopy - ** instructions. - */ - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( pList ){ - int i = pList->nExpr; - struct ExprList_item *pItem = pList->a; - for(; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - if( ALWAYS(pItem->pExpr) ) pItem->pExpr->flags |= EP_FixedDest; - } - } - break; + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRt); + pRt->flags = MEM_Frame; + pRt->u.pFrame = pFrame; + + pFrame->v = p; + pFrame->nChildMem = nMem; + pFrame->nChildCsr = pProgram->nCsr; + pFrame->pc = pc; + pFrame->aMem = p->aMem; + pFrame->nMem = p->nMem; + pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr; + pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor; + pFrame->aOp = p->aOp; + pFrame->nOp = p->nOp; + pFrame->token = pProgram->token; + pFrame->aOnceFlag = p->aOnceFlag; + pFrame->nOnceFlag = p->nOnceFlag; + + pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[pFrame->nChildMem]; + for(pMem=VdbeFrameMem(pFrame); pMem!=pEnd; pMem++){ + pMem->flags = MEM_Undefined; + pMem->db = db; } + }else{ + pFrame = pRt->u.pFrame; + assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem ); + assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr ); + assert( pc==pFrame->pc ); } - if( isAppropriateForFactoring(pExpr) ){ - int r1 = ++pParse->nMem; - int r2; - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); - if( NEVER(r1!=r2) ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op; - pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; - pExpr->iTable = r2; - return WRC_Prune; - } - return WRC_Continue; + + p->nFrame++; + pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame; + pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid; + pFrame->nChange = p->nChange; + p->nChange = 0; + p->pFrame = pFrame; + p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[-1]; + p->nMem = pFrame->nChildMem; + p->nCursor = (u16)pFrame->nChildCsr; + p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem+1]; + p->aOp = aOp = pProgram->aOp; + p->nOp = pProgram->nOp; + p->aOnceFlag = (u8 *)&p->apCsr[p->nCursor]; + p->nOnceFlag = pProgram->nOnce; + pc = -1; + memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag); + + break; } -/* -** Preevaluate constant subexpressions within pExpr and store the -** results in registers. Modify pExpr so that the constant subexpresions -** are TK_REGISTER opcodes that refer to the precomputed values. +/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * * ** -** This routine is a no-op if the jump to the cookie-check code has -** already occur. Since the cookie-check jump is generated prior to -** any other serious processing, this check ensures that there is no -** way to accidently bypass the constant initializations. +** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the +** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory +** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames +** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* +** and old.* values. ** -** This routine is also a no-op if the SQLITE_FactorOutConst optimization -** is disabled via the sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS) -** interface. This allows test logic to verify that the same answer is -** obtained for queries regardless of whether or not constants are -** precomputed into registers or if they are inserted in-line. +** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding +** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the +** calling OP_Program instruction. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - Walker w; - if( pParse->cookieGoto ) return; - if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_FactorOutConst)!=0 ) return; - w.xExprCallback = evalConstExpr; - w.xSelectCallback = 0; - w.pParse = pParse; - sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); +case OP_Param: { /* out2-prerelease */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; + Mem *pIn; + pFrame = p->pFrame; + pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1]; + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem); + break; } +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ -/* -** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given -** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +/* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 ** -** Return the number of elements evaluated. +** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive). +** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented +** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the +** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* The expression list to be coded */ - int target, /* Where to write results */ - int doHardCopy /* Make a hard copy of every element */ -){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i, n; - assert( pList!=0 ); - assert( target>0 ); - assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); /* Never gets this far otherwise */ - n = pList->nExpr; - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; ipExpr; - int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i); - if( inReg!=target+i ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, doHardCopy ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy, - inReg, target+i); - } +case OP_FkCounter: { + if( db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs ){ + db->nDeferredImmCons += pOp->p2; + }else if( pOp->p1 ){ + db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2; + }else{ + p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2; } - return n; + break; } -/* -** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator. -** -** x BETWEEN y AND z -** -** The above is equivalent to +/* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 ** -** x>=y AND x<=z +** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero. +** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next +** instruction. ** -** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression -** elementation of x. +** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter +** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is +** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero +** (immediate foreign key constraint violations). */ -static void exprCodeBetween( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The BETWEEN expression */ - int dest, /* Jump here if the jump is taken */ - int jumpIfTrue, /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */ - int jumpIfNull /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */ -){ - Expr exprAnd; /* The AND operator in x>=y AND x<=z */ - Expr compLeft; /* The x>=y term */ - Expr compRight; /* The x<=z term */ - Expr exprX; /* The x subexpression */ - int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */ - - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - exprX = *pExpr->pLeft; - exprAnd.op = TK_AND; - exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft; - exprAnd.pRight = &compRight; - compLeft.op = TK_GE; - compLeft.pLeft = &exprX; - compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; - compRight.op = TK_LE; - compRight.pLeft = &exprX; - compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1); - exprX.op = TK_REGISTER; - if( jumpIfTrue ){ - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); +case OP_FkIfZero: { /* jump */ + if( pOp->p1 ){ + VdbeBranchTaken(db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2); + if( db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1; }else{ - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); + VdbeBranchTaken(p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2); + if( p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1; } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - - /* Ensure adequate test coverage */ - testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); + break; } +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ -/* -** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made -** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution -** continues straight thru if the expression is false. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT +/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) ** -** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then -** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL. +** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is +** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed +** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of +** its current value and the value in register P2. ** -** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) -** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding -** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in -** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code -** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. +** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially +** an integer. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int op = 0; - int regFree1 = 0; - int regFree2 = 0; - int r1, r2; - - assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existance of VDBE checked by caller */ - if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return; /* No way this can happen */ - op = pExpr->op; - switch( op ){ - case TK_AND: { - int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - break; - } - case TK_OR: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_NOT: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); - assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); - assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); - assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); - assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); - assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); - testcase( op==TK_LT ); - testcase( op==TK_LE ); - testcase( op==TK_GT ); - testcase( op==TK_GE ); - testcase( op==TK_EQ ); - testcase( op==TK_NE ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_IS: - case TK_ISNOT: { - testcase( op==TK_IS ); - testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); - assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); - testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); - testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_BETWEEN: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_IN: { - int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse; - sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); - break; - } - default: { - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - break; - } +case OP_MemMax: { /* in2 */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; + if( p->pFrame ){ + for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); + pIn1 = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1]; + }else{ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); + assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); + if( pIn1->u.iu.i){ + pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i; + } + break; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ -/* -** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made -** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution -** continues straight thru if the expression is true. +/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2 ** -** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then -** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull -** is 0. +** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2. +** +** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does +** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int op = 0; - int regFree1 = 0; - int regFree2 = 0; - int r1, r2; - - assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existance of VDBE checked by caller */ - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - - /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: - ** - ** pExpr->op op - ** --------- ---------- - ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull - ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull - ** TK_NE OP_Eq - ** TK_EQ OP_Ne - ** TK_GT OP_Le - ** TK_LE OP_Gt - ** TK_GE OP_Lt - ** TK_LT OP_Ge - ** - ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused. - ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we - ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression. - ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct. - */ - op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1); +case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); + VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2); + if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; +} - /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants - */ - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt ); +/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]<0 goto P2 +** +** Register P1 must contain an integer. Add literal P3 to the value in +** register P1 then if the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. +*/ +case OP_IfNeg: { /* jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); + pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3; + VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2); + if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; +} - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AND: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_OR: { - int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - break; - } - case TK_NOT: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - testcase( op==TK_LT ); - testcase( op==TK_LE ); - testcase( op==TK_GT ); - testcase( op==TK_GE ); - testcase( op==TK_EQ ); - testcase( op==TK_NE ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_IS: - case TK_ISNOT: { - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ; - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); - testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_BETWEEN: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_IN: { - if( jumpIfNull ){ - sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest); - }else{ - int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); - } - break; - } - default: { - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - break; - } +/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2 +** +** The register P1 must contain an integer. Add literal P3 to the +** value in register P1. If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2. +*/ +case OP_IfZero: { /* jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); + pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3; + VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2); + if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); + break; } -/* -** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return 0 if the two -** expressions are completely identical. Return 1 if they differ only -** by a COLLATE operator at the top level. Return 2 if there are differences -** other than the top-level COLLATE operator. +/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) ** -** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions -** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are -** identical, we return 2 just to be safe. So if this routine -** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two -** expressions are the same. But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you -** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where -** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that -** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning -** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction. +** Execute the step function for an aggregate. The +** function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef +** structure that specifies the function. Use register +** P3 as the accumulator. +** +** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its +** successors. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){ - if( pA==0||pB==0 ){ - return pB==pA ? 0 : 2; +case OP_AggStep: { + int n; + int i; + Mem *pMem; + Mem *pRec; + sqlite3_context ctx; + sqlite3_value **apVal; + + n = pOp->p5; + assert( n>=0 ); + pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + apVal = p->apArg; + assert( apVal || n==0 ); + for(i=0; ip4.pFunc; + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + ctx.pMem = pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + pMem->n++; + ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; + ctx.s.z = 0; + ctx.s.zMalloc = 0; + ctx.s.xDel = 0; + ctx.s.db = db; + ctx.isError = 0; + ctx.pColl = 0; + ctx.skipFlag = 0; + if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + assert( pOp>p->aOp ); + assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); + assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); + ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl; } - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pA, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pB, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_xIsSelect) || ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - return 2; + (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ + if( ctx.isError ){ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s)); + rc = ctx.isError; } - if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2; - if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 2; - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 2; - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 2; - if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList) ) return 2; - if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2; - if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_IntValue) ){ - if( !ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || pA->u.iValue!=pB->u.iValue ){ - return 2; - } - }else if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->u.zToken ){ - if( ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || NEVER(pB->u.zToken==0) ) return 2; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){ - return 2; - } + if( ctx.skipFlag ){ + assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); + i = pOp[-1].p1; + if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1); } - if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=(pB->flags & EP_ExpCollate) ) return 1; - if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=0 && pA->pColl!=pB->pColl ) return 2; - return 0; + + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s); + + break; } -/* -** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and -** non-zero if they differ in any way. +/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 ** -** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists. The -** only consequence will be disabled optimizations. But this routine -** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or -** a malfunction will result. +** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate. P1 is +** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate. ** -** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same. But a NULL pointer -** always differs from a non-NULL pointer. +** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and +** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function. The P2 +** argument is not used by this opcode. It is only there to disambiguate +** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments. The +** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where +** the step function was not previously called. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB){ - int i; - if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0; - if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1; - if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr; - Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr; - if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1; - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB) ) return 1; +case OP_AggFinal: { + Mem *pMem; + assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem)); } - return 0; + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){ + goto too_big; + } + break; } -/* -** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of -** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in +** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL +** or RESTART. Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns +** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively. Write the number of pages in the +** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages +** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint +** completes into mem[P3+2]. However on an error, mem[P3+1] and +** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1. */ -static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ - int i; - pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pInfo->aCol, - sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), - 3, - &pInfo->nColumn, - &pInfo->nColumnAlloc, - &i +case OP_Checkpoint: { + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int aRes[3]; /* Results */ + Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */ + + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + aRes[0] = 0; + aRes[1] = aRes[2] = -1; + assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE + || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL + || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ); - return i; -} + rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &aRes[1], &aRes[2]); + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + aRes[0] = 1; + } + for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]); + } + break; +}; +#endif -/* -** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of -** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA +/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback +** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple +** operation. No IO is required. +** +** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated. +** +** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2. */ -static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ - int i; - pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pInfo->aFunc, - sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), - 3, - &pInfo->nFunc, - &pInfo->nFuncAlloc, - &i +case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2-prerelease */ + Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */ + Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */ + int eNew; /* New journal mode */ + int eOld; /* The old journal mode */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */ +#endif + + eNew = pOp->p3; + assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ); - return i; -} + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); -/* -** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to -** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates -** for additional information. + pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager); + if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) eNew = eOld; + if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(pPager) ) eNew = eOld; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1); + + /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database + ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory + */ + if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + && (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0 /* Temp file */ + || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager)) /* No shared-memory support */ + ){ + eNew = eOld; + } + + if( (eNew!=eOld) + && (eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) + ){ + if( !db->autoCommit || db->nVdbeRead>1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, + "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction", + (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of") + ); + break; + }else{ + + if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call + ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log + ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file + ** after a successful return. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew); + } + }else if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ + /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL. Use mode OFF + ** as an intermediate */ + sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF); + } + + /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal + ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal. + */ + assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(pBt, (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1)); + } + } + } +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + + if( rc ){ + eNew = eOld; + } + eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew); + + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; + pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(eNew); + pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z); + pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding); + break; +}; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) +/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * * +** +** Vacuum the entire database. This opcode will cause other virtual +** machines to be created and run. It may not be called from within +** a transaction. */ -static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - int i; - NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; - Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo; +case OP_Vacuum: { + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db); + break; +} +#endif - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - case TK_COLUMN: { - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM - ** clause of the aggregate query */ - if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - struct AggInfo_col *pCol; - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ - /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table - ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. - ** - ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there - ** is not an entry there already. - */ - int k; - pCol = pAggInfo->aCol; - for(k=0; knColumn; k++, pCol++){ - if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable && - pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ - break; - } - } - if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) - && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 - ){ - pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; - pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab; - pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable; - pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; - pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; - pCol->pExpr = pExpr; - if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ - int j, n; - ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; - struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a; - n = pGB->nExpr; - for(j=0; jpExpr; - if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable && - pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ - pCol->iSorterColumn = j; - break; - } - } - } - if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){ - pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++; - } - } - /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either - ** because it was there before or because we just created it). - ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that - ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry. - */ - ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr); - pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; - pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN; - pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k; - break; - } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */ - } /* end loop over pSrcList */ - } - return WRC_Prune; - } - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { - /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries - ** to be ignored */ - if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){ - /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate - ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure - */ - struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; - for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){ - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr)==0 ){ - break; - } - } - if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){ - /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[] - */ - u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); - i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo); - if( i>=0 ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; - pItem->pExpr = pExpr; - pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, - pExpr->u.zToken, sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), - pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); - if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ - pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; - }else{ - pItem->iDistinct = -1; - } - } - } - /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry - */ - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr); - pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i; - pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; - return WRC_Prune; - } - } - } - return WRC_Continue; -} -static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ - NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; - if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){ - pNC->nDepth++; - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSelect); - pNC->nDepth--; - return WRC_Prune; - }else{ - return WRC_Continue; +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) +/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * * +** +** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on +** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction +** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */ + Btree *pBt; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt); + VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; } + break; } +#endif -/* -** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and -** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array. -** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary. +/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * * ** -** This routine should only be called after the expression has been -** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). +** Cause precompiled statements to expire. When an expired statement +** is executed using sqlite3_step() it will either automatically +** reprepare itself (if it was originally created using sqlite3_prepare_v2()) +** or it will fail with SQLITE_SCHEMA. +** +** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero, +** then only the currently executing statement is expired. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ - Walker w; - w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate; - w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect; - w.u.pNC = pNC; - assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 ); - sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); +case OP_Expire: { + if( !pOp->p1 ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + }else{ + p->expired = 1; + } + break; } -/* -** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an -** expression list. Return the number of errors. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 ** -** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short. +** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when +** the shared-cache feature is enabled. +** +** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database +** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or +** a write lock if P3==1. +** +** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock. +** +** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only +** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i; - if( pList ){ - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr); +case OP_TableLock: { + u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3; + if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){ + int p1 = pOp->p1; + assert( p1>=0 && p1nDb ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, p1) ); + assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock); + if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ + const char *z = pOp->p4.z; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z); } } + break; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ -/* -** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 * +** +** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the +** xBegin method for that table. +** +** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from +** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error +** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){ - if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){ - return ++pParse->nMem; - } - return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg]; +case OP_VBegin: { + VTable *pVTab; + pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab; + rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVTab); + if( pVTab ) sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVTab->pVtab); + break; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -/* -** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other -** purpose. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 * ** -** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then -** the dallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses -** the register becomes stale. +** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method +** for that table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ - if( iReg && pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==iReg ){ - p->tempReg = 1; - return; - } - } - pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg; - } +case OP_VCreate: { + rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg); + break; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -/* -** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 * +** +** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xDestroy method +** of that table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){ - int i, n; - i = pParse->iRangeReg; - n = pParse->nRangeReg; - if( nReg<=n ){ - assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) ); - pParse->iRangeReg += nReg; - pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg; - }else{ - i = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += nReg; - } - return i; +case OP_VDestroy: { + p->inVtabMethod = 2; + rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); + p->inVtabMethod = 0; + break; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ - sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg); - if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){ - pParse->nRangeReg = nReg; - pParse->iRangeReg = iReg; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 * +** +** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. +** P1 is a cursor number. This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual +** table and stores that cursor in P1. +*/ +case OP_VOpen: { + VdbeCursor *pCur; + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + sqlite3_module *pModule; + + assert( p->bIsReader ); + pCur = 0; + pVtabCursor = 0; + pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; + assert(pVtab && pModule); + rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVtabCursor); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */ + pVtabCursor->pVtab = pVtab; + + /* Initialize vdbe cursor object */ + pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0); + if( pCur ){ + pCur->pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor; + }else{ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor); + } } + break; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2005 February 15 +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4' ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen. P2 is an address to jump to if +** the filtered result set is empty. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex +** method of the module. The interpretation of the P4 string is left +** to the module implementation. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code -** that implements the ALTER TABLE command. +** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified +** by P1. The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register +** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the +** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc +** additional parameters which are passed to +** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter. +** +** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty. */ +case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */ + int nArg; + int iQuery; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + Mem *pQuery; + Mem *pArgc; + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + VdbeCursor *pCur; + int res; + int i; + Mem **apArg; -/* -** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the -** ALTER TABLE logic from the build. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + pArgc = &pQuery[1]; + pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( memIsValid(pQuery) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery); + assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); + pVtabCursor = pCur->pVtabCursor; + pVtab = pVtabCursor->pVtab; + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */ + assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int ); + nArg = (int)pArgc->u.i; + iQuery = (int)pQuery->u.i; -/* -** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the -** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or -** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in -** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third -** argument and the result returned. Examples: -** -** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def') -** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)' -** -** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def') -** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)' -*/ -static void renameTableFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + /* Invoke the xFilter method */ + { + res = 0; + apArg = p->apArg; + for(i = 0; iinVtabMethod = 1; + rc = pModule->xFilter(pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg); + p->inVtabMethod = 0; + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + res = pModule->xEof(pVtabCursor); + } + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + } + pCur->nullRow = 0; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) +** +** Store the value of the P2-th column of +** the row of the virtual-table that the +** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3. +*/ +case OP_VColumn: { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + Mem *pDest; + sqlite3_context sContext; - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE - ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that - ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token. + VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, pDest); + if( pCur->nullRow ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest); + break; + } + pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + assert( pModule->xColumn ); + memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); + + /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move + ** the current contents to sContext.s so in case the user-function + ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a + ** new one. */ - if( zSql ){ - do { - if( !*zCsr ){ - /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */ - return; - } + sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sContext.s, pDest); + MemSetTypeFlag(&sContext.s, MEM_Null); - /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ - tname.z = (char*)zCsr; - tname.n = len; + rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( sContext.isError ){ + rc = sContext.isError; + } - /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', - ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). - */ - do { - zCsr += len; - len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); - } while( token==TK_SPACE ); - assert( len>0 ); - } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING ); + /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We + ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any + ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is released. + */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding); + sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pDest, &sContext.s); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest); - zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, - zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){ + goto too_big; } + break; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -/* -** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code -** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition -** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the -** parent table. It is passed three arguments: -** -** 1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified, -** 2) The old name of the table being renamed, and -** 3) The new name of the table being renamed. -** -** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example: +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * * ** -** sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3') -** -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)' +** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and +** jump to instruction P2. Or, if the virtual table has reached +** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -static void renameParentFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - char *zOutput = 0; - char *zResult; - unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - - unsigned const char *z; /* Pointer to token */ - int n; /* Length of token z */ - int token; /* Type of token */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){ - n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token); - if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){ - char *zParent; - do { - z += n; - n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token); - }while( token==TK_SPACE ); +case OP_VNext: { /* jump */ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + int res; + VdbeCursor *pCur; - zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n); - if( zParent==0 ) break; - sqlite3Dequote(zParent); - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){ - char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", - (zOutput?zOutput:""), z-zInput, zInput, (const char *)zNew - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); - zOutput = zOut; - zInput = &z[n]; - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent); - } + res = 0; + pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); + if( pCur->nullRow ){ + break; } + pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + assert( pModule->xNext ); - zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), - sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); + /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the + ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during + ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that + ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or + ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor. + */ + p->inVtabMethod = 1; + rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->pVtabCursor); + p->inVtabMethod = 0; + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor); + } + VdbeBranchTaken(!res,2); + if( !res ){ + /* If there is data, jump to P2 */ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + goto check_for_interrupt; } -#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the -** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER -** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE -** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result -** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE -** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 * +** +** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. +** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value +** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method. */ -static void renameTriggerFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); +case OP_VRename: { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + Mem *pName; - int token; - Token tname; - int dist = 3; - unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; - int len = 0; - char *zRet; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER - ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly - ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one - ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR. - */ - if( zSql ){ - do { - - if( !*zCsr ){ - /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */ - return; - } - - /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ - tname.z = (char*)zCsr; - tname.n = len; - - /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', - ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). - */ - do { - zCsr += len; - len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); - }while( token==TK_SPACE ); - assert( len>0 ); - - /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most - ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN - ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above - ** to be met. - ** - ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so - ** there is no need to worry about syntax like - ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc. - */ - dist++; - if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){ - dist = 0; - } - } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) ); - - /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name - ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement. - */ - zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, - zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + pName = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename ); + assert( memIsValid(pName) ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName); + assert( pName->flags & MEM_Str ); + testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); + testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pName, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + p->expired = 0; } + break; } -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ +#endif -/* -** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] +** +** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. +** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values +** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate +** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the +** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate. +** +** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both. +** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3) +** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no +** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new +** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new +** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are +** the values of columns in the new row. +** +** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of +** a row to delete. +** +** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call +** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() +** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted. +** +** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to +** apply in the case of a constraint failure on an insert or update. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ - static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = { - FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table, 2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc), -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc), -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent, 3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc), -#endif - }; +case OP_VUpdate: { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + sqlite3_module *pModule; + int nArg; int i; - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs); + sqlite_int64 rowid; + Mem **apArg; + Mem *pX; - for(i=0; ip2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback + || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace + ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; + nArg = pOp->p2; + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); + if( ALWAYS(pModule->xUpdate) ){ + u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict; + apArg = p->apArg; + pX = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + for(i=0; ivtabOnConflict = pOp->p5; + rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid); + db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict; + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){ + assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) ); + db->lastRowid = lastRowid = rowid; + } + if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){ + if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5); + } + }else{ + p->nChange++; + } } + break; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -/* -** This function is used to create the text of expressions of the form: -** -** name= OR name= OR ... -** -** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text -** "name=" is returned, where is the quoted version -** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is -** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the -** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * * ** -** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is -** " OR name=", where is the contents of zWhere. -** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning. -** +** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2. */ -static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){ - char *zNew; - if( !zWhere ){ - zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant); - }else{ - zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); - } - return zNew; +case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2-prerelease */ + pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt); + break; } +#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) -/* -** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all -** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e. -** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master -** table. + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3. +** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and +** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0. +** +** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2. */ -static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - FKey *p; - char *zWhere = 0; - for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ - zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName); +case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2-prerelease */ + unsigned int newMax; + Btree *pBt; + + pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + newMax = 0; + if( pOp->p3 ){ + newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt); + if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3; } - return zWhere; + pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax); + break; } #endif -/* -** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all -** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If -** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the -** temporary database, NULL is returned. + +/* Opcode: Init * P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: Start at P2 +** +** Programs contain a single instance of this opcode as the very first +** opcode. +** +** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then +** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback. +** Or if P4 is blank, use the string returned by sqlite3_sql(). +** +** If P2 is not zero, jump to instruction P2. */ -static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Trigger *pTrig; - char *zWhere = 0; - const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */ +case OP_Init: { /* jump */ + char *zTrace; + char *z; - /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is - ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger - ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE - ** expression being built up in zWhere. - */ - if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ - if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){ - zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName); - } + if( pOp->p2 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + if( db->xTrace + && !p->doingRerun + && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 + ){ + z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace); + db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE + zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql); + if( zTrace ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, i)==0 ) continue; + sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[i].zName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE, zTrace); } } - if( zWhere ){ - char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere); - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere); - zWhere = zNew; +#endif /* SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 + && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 + ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", zTrace); } - return zWhere; +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ + break; } + +/* Opcode: Noop * * * * * +** +** Do nothing. This instruction is often useful as a jump +** destination. +*/ /* -** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table -** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers. -** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at -** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from -** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an -** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement. +** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which +** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.) +** This opcode records information from the optimizer. It is the +** the same as a no-op. This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program. */ -static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ - Vdbe *v; - char *zWhere; - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - Trigger *pTrig; +default: { /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain ); + break; +} + +/***************************************************************************** +** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented +** by 6 spaces. But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the +** readability. From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are +** restored. +*****************************************************************************/ + } + +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + { + u64 endTime = sqlite3Hwtime(); + if( endTime>start ) pOp->cycles += endTime - start; + pOp->cnt++; + } #endif - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); + /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality + ** of the program. It is only here for testing and debugging. + ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through + ** the evaluator loop. So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined. + */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + assert( pc>=-1 && pcnOp ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */ - for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ - int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); - assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){ + if( rc!=0 ) printf("rc=%d\n",rc); + if( pOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2) ){ + registerTrace(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]); + } + if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){ + registerTrace(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + } /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */ + + /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with + ** an error of some kind. + */ +vdbe_error_halt: + assert( rc ); + p->rc = rc; + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", + pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); + sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1); } -#endif - /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + /* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to + ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the + ** top. */ +vdbe_return: + db->lastRowid = lastRowid; + testcase( nVmStep>0 ); + p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep; + sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); + return rc; - /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */ - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName); - if( !zWhere ) return; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); + /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH + ** is encountered. + */ +too_big: + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big"); + rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + goto vdbe_error_halt; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp - ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. + /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails. */ - if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); +no_mem: + db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory"); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto vdbe_error_halt; + + /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error. The "rc" variable + ** should hold the error number. + */ +abort_due_to_error: + assert( p->zErrMsg==0 ); + if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); } -#endif + goto vdbe_error_halt; + + /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt + ** flag. + */ +abort_due_to_interrupt: + assert( db->u1.isInterrupted ); + rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + p->rc = rc; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + goto vdbe_error_halt; } + +/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/ /* -** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" -** command. +** 2007 May 1 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */ - Token *pName /* The new table name. */ -){ - int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ - char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ - char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ - const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ - Vdbe *v; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */ -#endif - VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */ - int savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->flags */ - savedDbFlags = db->flags; - if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table; - assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table; +/* +** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures. +*/ +typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob; +struct Incrblob { + int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */ + int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */ + int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */ + int iCol; /* Table column this handle is open on */ + BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */ +}; - /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist - ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. - */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } - /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name - ** that the table is being renamed to. - */ - if( sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName)>6 - && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } +/* +** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks +** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow. +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row. +** +** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not +** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the +** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may +** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using +** sqlite3DbFree(). +** +** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will +** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. +*/ +static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){ + int rc; /* Error code */ + char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } -#endif + /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow. + ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid + ** triggering asserts related to mutexes. + */ + assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int ); + v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; + rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + VdbeCursor *pC = v->apCsr[0]; + u32 type = pC->aType[p->iCol]; + if( type<12 ){ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s", + type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer" + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); + p->pStmt = 0; + }else{ + p->iOffset = pC->aType[p->iCol + pC->nField]; + p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type); + p->pCsr = pC->pCursor; + sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(p->pCsr); + } } -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){ - pVTab = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( p->pStmt ){ + rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); + p->pStmt = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); } } -#endif - /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. - ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the - ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual - ** table. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if - ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names - ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other - ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pVTab ){ - int i = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - } -#endif + *pzErr = zErr; + return rc; +} - /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */ - zTabName = pTab->zName; - nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1); +/* +** Open a blob handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( + sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */ + const char *zDb, /* The attached database containing the blob */ + const char *zTable, /* The table containing the blob */ + const char *zColumn, /* The column containing the blob */ + sqlite_int64 iRow, /* The row containing the glob */ + int flags, /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */ + sqlite3_blob **ppBlob /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */ +){ + int nAttempt = 0; + int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE - ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints - ** for which the renamed table is the parent table. */ - if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " - "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) " - "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); + /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified + ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead + ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the + ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction, + ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe. + ** + ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow. + ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and + ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and + ** blob_bytes() functions. + ** + ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program, + ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the + ** transaction. + */ + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(4); + static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = { + /* {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, // 0: Inserted separately */ + {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Acquire a read or write lock */ + /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an OP_Noop. */ + {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2: Open cursor 0 for reading */ + {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3: Open cursor 0 for read/write */ + {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1}, /* 4: Push the rowid to the stack */ + {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1}, /* 5: Seek the cursor */ + {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 6 */ + {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 7 */ + {OP_Goto, 0, 4, 0}, /* 8 */ + {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ + {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */ + }; + + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zErr = 0; + Table *pTab; + Parse *pParse = 0; + Incrblob *pBlob = 0; + + flags = !!flags; /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */ + *ppBlob = 0; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + + pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob)); + if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out; + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out; + + do { + memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse)); + pParse->db = db; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + zErr = 0; + + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb); + if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + pTab = 0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable); + } + if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pTab = 0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open table without rowid: %s", zTable); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){ + pTab = 0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable); } - } #endif + if( !pTab ){ + if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + zErr = pParse->zErrMsg; + pParse->zErrMsg = 0; + } + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + goto blob_open_out; + } - /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), " -#else - "sql = CASE " - "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)" - "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, " -#endif - "tbl_name = %Q, " - "name = CASE " - "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " - "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN " - "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " - "ELSE name END " - "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND " - "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", - zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - zName, -#endif - zName, nTabName, zTabName - ); + /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */ + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++) { + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){ + break; + } + } + if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + goto blob_open_out; + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update - ** it with the new table name. - */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q", - zDb, zName, pTab->zName); - } + /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the + ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. + ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these + ** descriptions applies for writing. */ + if( flags ){ + const char *zFault = 0; + Index *pIdx; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It + ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent + ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this + ** case. */ + FKey *pFKey; + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ + int j; + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){ + zFault = "foreign key"; + } + } + } + } #endif + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int j; + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){ + zFault = "indexed"; + } + } + } + if( zFault ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + goto blob_open_out; + } + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master - ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in - ** the temp database. - */ - if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " - "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), " - "tbl_name = %Q " - "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); - } + pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse); + assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed ); + if( pBlob->pStmt ){ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt; + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, flags, + pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie, + pTab->pSchema->iGeneration); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn); + + /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */ + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + + /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 1); +#else + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->tnum); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 1, flags); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); #endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - FKey *p; - for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ - Table *pFrom = p->pFrom; - if( pFrom!=pTab ){ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName); + /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 + ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 3 - flags); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2 + flags, pTab->tnum); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2 + flags, iDb); + + /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to + ** think that the table has one more column than it really + ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will + ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means + ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type + ** and offset cache without causing any IO. + */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 6, pTab->nCol); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->nVar = 1; + pParse->nMem = 1; + pParse->nTab = 1; + sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); } } + + pBlob->flags = flags; + pBlob->iCol = iCol; + pBlob->db = db; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto blob_open_out; + } + sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow); + rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr); + } while( (++nAttempt)mallocFailed==0 ){ + *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob; + }else{ + if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob); } -#endif + sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} - /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName); +/* +** Close a blob handle that was previously created using +** sqlite3_blob_open(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ + Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; + int rc; + sqlite3 *db; -exit_rename_table: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - db->flags = savedDbFlags; + if( p ){ + db = p->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + return rc; } - /* -** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat. -** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary. +** Perform a read or write operation on a blob */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){ +static int blobReadWrite( + sqlite3_blob *pBlob, + void *z, + int n, + int iOffset, + int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*) +){ + int rc; + Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; Vdbe *v; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - /* The VDBE should have been allocated before this routine is called. - ** If that allocation failed, we would have quit before reaching this - ** point */ - if( ALWAYS(v) ){ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - int j1; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, r2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + sqlite3 *db; + + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + db = p->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt; + + if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){ + /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0); + }else if( v==0 ){ + /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has + ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. + */ + rc = SQLITE_ABORT; + }else{ + /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is + ** returned, clean-up the statement handle. + */ + assert( db == v->db ); + sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr); + rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){ + sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); + p->pStmt = 0; + }else{ + db->errCode = rc; + v->rc = rc; + } } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } /* -** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement -** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new -** column definition. -** -** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include -** the new column during parsing. +** Read data from a blob handle. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ - Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */ - int iDb; /* Database number */ - const char *zDb; /* Database name */ - const char *zTab; /* Table name */ - char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */ - Column *pCol; /* The new column */ - Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */ - - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - pNew = pParse->pNewTable; - assert( pNew ); - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - zTab = &pNew->zName[16]; /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */ - pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1]; - pDflt = pCol->pDflt; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb); - assert( pTab ); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){ + return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData); +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ - return; - } -#endif +/* +** Write data to a blob handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){ + return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData); +} - /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a - ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking - ** for an SQL NULL default below. - */ - if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){ - pDflt = 0; - } +/* +** Query a blob handle for the size of the data. +** +** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob +** so no mutex is required for access. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ + Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; + return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0; +} - /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE. - ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the - ** column must not be NULL. - */ - if( pCol->isPrimKey ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column"); - return; - } - if( pNew->pIndex ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); - return; - } - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value"); - return; - } - if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); - return; - } +/* +** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same +** database table. +** +** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not +** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the +** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all +** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) +** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ + int rc; + Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; + sqlite3 *db; - /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr() - ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) - */ - if( pDflt ){ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - if( !pVal ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); - return; - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - } + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + db = p->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */ - zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); - if( zCol ){ - char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; - int savedDbFlags = db->flags; - while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){ - *zEnd-- = '\0'; + if( p->pStmt==0 ){ + /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has + ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. + */ + rc = SQLITE_ABORT; + }else{ + char *zErr; + rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); } - db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " - "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", - zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, - zTab - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); - db->flags = savedDbFlags; + assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ); } - /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file - ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL, - ** the file format becomes 3. - */ - sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2); - - /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ + +/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/ /* -** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in -** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument -** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. -** -** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure -** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point -** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition -** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to -** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c -** after parsing is finished. +** 2011 July 9 ** -** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete -** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with +** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys (as may be required, for +** example, by CREATE INDEX statements on tables too large to fit in main +** memory). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ - Table *pNew; - Table *pTab; - Vdbe *v; - int iDb; - int i; - int nAlloc; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - /* Look up the table being altered. */ - assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered"); - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } -#endif - /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */ - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } +typedef struct VdbeSorterIter VdbeSorterIter; +typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord; +typedef struct FileWriter FileWriter; - assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); +/* +** NOTES ON DATA STRUCTURE USED FOR N-WAY MERGES: +** +** As keys are added to the sorter, they are written to disk in a series +** of sorted packed-memory-arrays (PMAs). The size of each PMA is roughly +** the same as the cache-size allowed for temporary databases. In order +** to allow the caller to extract keys from the sorter in sorted order, +** all PMAs currently stored on disk must be merged together. This comment +** describes the data structure used to do so. The structure supports +** merging any number of arrays in a single pass with no redundant comparison +** operations. +** +** The aIter[] array contains an iterator for each of the PMAs being merged. +** An aIter[] iterator either points to a valid key or else is at EOF. For +** the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is actually +** N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater to or equal +** to the number of iterators being merged. The extra aIter[] elements are +** treated as if they are empty (always at EOF). +** +** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in +** the VdbeSorter.nTree variable. +** +** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing +** pairs of iterator keys together. Element i contains the result of +** comparing aIter[2*i-N] and aIter[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the +** aTree element is set to the index of it. +** +** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any +** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF +** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored. +** +** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described +** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 iterators. +** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the iterator that +** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused. +** +** Example: +** +** aIter[0] -> Banana +** aIter[1] -> Feijoa +** aIter[2] -> Elderberry +** aIter[3] -> Currant +** aIter[4] -> Grapefruit +** aIter[5] -> Apple +** aIter[6] -> Durian +** aIter[7] -> EOF +** +** aTree[] = { X, 5 0, 5 0, 3, 5, 6 } +** +** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by +** iterator 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, iterator 5 will +** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is +** "Eggplant": +** +** aIter[5] -> Eggplant +** +** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new iterator +** 5 key to the current key of iterator 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The iterator +** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree. +** The value of iterator 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of iterator +** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (BananapNewTable = pNew; - pNew->nRef = 1; - pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; - assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); - nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; - assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 ); - pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc); - pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName); - if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } - memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; - pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName); - pCol->zColl = 0; - pCol->zType = 0; - pCol->pDflt = 0; - pCol->zDflt = 0; - } - pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset; - pNew->nRef = 1; +/* +** The following type is an iterator for a PMA. It caches the current key in +** variables nKey/aKey. If the iterator is at EOF, pFile==0. +*/ +struct VdbeSorterIter { + i64 iReadOff; /* Current read offset */ + i64 iEof; /* 1 byte past EOF for this iterator */ + int nAlloc; /* Bytes of space at aAlloc */ + int nKey; /* Number of bytes in key */ + sqlite3_file *pFile; /* File iterator is reading from */ + u8 *aAlloc; /* Allocated space */ + u8 *aKey; /* Pointer to current key */ + u8 *aBuffer; /* Current read buffer */ + int nBuffer; /* Size of read buffer in bytes */ +}; - /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to organize the stream of records +** being written to files by the merge-sort code into aligned, page-sized +** blocks. Doing all I/O in aligned page-sized blocks helps I/O to go +** faster on many operating systems. +*/ +struct FileWriter { + int eFWErr; /* Non-zero if in an error state */ + u8 *aBuffer; /* Pointer to write buffer */ + int nBuffer; /* Size of write buffer in bytes */ + int iBufStart; /* First byte of buffer to write */ + int iBufEnd; /* Last byte of buffer to write */ + i64 iWriteOff; /* Offset of start of buffer in file */ + sqlite3_file *pFile; /* File to write to */ +}; -exit_begin_add_column: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */ +/* +** A structure to store a single record. All in-memory records are connected +** together into a linked list headed at VdbeSorter.pRecord using the +** SorterRecord.pNext pointer. +*/ +struct SorterRecord { + void *pVal; + int nVal; + SorterRecord *pNext; +}; + +/* Minimum allowable value for the VdbeSorter.nWorking variable */ +#define SORTER_MIN_WORKING 10 + +/* Maximum number of segments to merge in a single pass. */ +#define SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT 16 -/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/ /* -** 2005 July 8 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command. +** Free all memory belonging to the VdbeSorterIter object passed as the second +** argument. All structure fields are set to zero before returning. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE +static void vdbeSorterIterZero(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorterIter *pIter){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIter->aAlloc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIter->aBuffer); + memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(VdbeSorterIter)); +} /* -** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table for -** writing with cursor iStatCur. If the library was built with the -** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 macro defined, then the sqlite_stat2 table is -** opened for writing using cursor (iStatCur+1) -** -** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created. -** Similarly, if the sqlite_stat2 table does not exist and the library -** is compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 defined, it is created. +** Read nByte bytes of data from the stream of data iterated by object p. +** If successful, set *ppOut to point to a buffer containing the data +** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an SQLite +** error code. ** -** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name, -** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in -** the sqlite_stat1 and (if applicable) sqlite_stat2 tables associated -** with the named table are deleted. If zWhere==0, then code is generated -** to delete all stat table entries. +** The buffer indicated by *ppOut may only be considered valid until the +** next call to this function. */ -static void openStatTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ - int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */ - const char *zWhere /* Delete entries associated with this table */ +static int vdbeSorterIterRead( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle (for malloc) */ + VdbeSorterIter *p, /* Iterator */ + int nByte, /* Bytes of data to read */ + u8 **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to buffer containing data */ ){ - static const struct { - const char *zName; - const char *zCols; - } aTable[] = { - { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" }, -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 - { "sqlite_stat2", "tbl,idx,sampleno,sample" }, -#endif - }; - - int aRoot[] = {0, 0}; - u8 aCreateTbl[] = {0, 0}; + int iBuf; /* Offset within buffer to read from */ + int nAvail; /* Bytes of data available in buffer */ + assert( p->aBuffer ); - int i; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next + ** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less + ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data. */ + iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer; + if( iBuf==0 ){ + int nRead; /* Bytes to read from disk */ + int rc; /* sqlite3OsRead() return code */ - for(i=0; izName))==0 ){ - /* The sqlite_stat[12] table does not exist. Create it. Note that a - ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage - ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important - ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols - ); - aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot; - aCreateTbl[i] = 1; + /* Determine how many bytes of data to read. */ + if( (p->iEof - p->iReadOff) > (i64)p->nBuffer ){ + nRead = p->nBuffer; }else{ - /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries - ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the - ** entire contents of the table. */ - aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum; - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab); - if( zWhere ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl=%Q", pDb->zName, zTab, zWhere - ); - }else{ - /* The sqlite_stat[12] table already exists. Delete all rows. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb); - } + nRead = (int)(p->iEof - p->iReadOff); } + assert( nRead>0 ); + + /* Read data from the file. Return early if an error occurs. */ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pFile, p->aBuffer, nRead, p->iReadOff); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } + nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; - /* Open the sqlite_stat[12] tables for writing. */ - for(i=0; iaBuffer[iBuf]; + p->iReadOff += nByte; + }else{ + /* The requested data is not all available in the in-memory buffer. + ** In this case, allocate space at p->aAlloc[] to copy the requested + ** range into. Then return a copy of pointer p->aAlloc to the caller. */ + int nRem; /* Bytes remaining to copy */ + + /* Extend the p->aAlloc[] allocation if required. */ + if( p->nAllocnAlloc*2; + while( nByte>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2; + p->aAlloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, p->aAlloc, nNew); + if( !p->aAlloc ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + p->nAlloc = nNew; + } + + /* Copy as much data as is available in the buffer into the start of + ** p->aAlloc[]. */ + memcpy(p->aAlloc, &p->aBuffer[iBuf], nAvail); + p->iReadOff += nAvail; + nRem = nByte - nAvail; + + /* The following loop copies up to p->nBuffer bytes per iteration into + ** the p->aAlloc[] buffer. */ + while( nRem>0 ){ + int rc; /* vdbeSorterIterRead() return code */ + int nCopy; /* Number of bytes to copy */ + u8 *aNext; /* Pointer to buffer to copy data from */ + + nCopy = nRem; + if( nRem>p->nBuffer ) nCopy = p->nBuffer; + rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, p, nCopy, &aNext); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( aNext!=p->aAlloc ); + memcpy(&p->aAlloc[nByte - nRem], aNext, nCopy); + nRem -= nCopy; + } + + *ppOut = p->aAlloc; } + + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with -** a single table. +** Read a varint from the stream of data accessed by p. Set *pnOut to +** the value read. */ -static void analyzeOneTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ - int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */ - int iMem /* Available memory locations begin here */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */ - int iIdxCur; /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int topOfLoop; /* The top of the loop */ - int endOfLoop; /* The end of the loop */ - int addr = 0; /* The address of an instruction */ - int jZeroRows = 0; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */ - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ - int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */ - int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */ - int regSampleno = iMem++; /* Register containing next sample number */ - int regCol = iMem++; /* Content of a column analyzed table */ - int regRec = iMem++; /* Register holding completed record */ - int regTemp = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */ - int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 - int regTemp2 = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */ - int regSamplerecno = iMem++; /* Index of next sample to record */ - int regRecno = iMem++; /* Current sample index */ - int regLast = iMem++; /* Index of last sample to record */ - int regFirst = iMem++; /* Index of first sample to record */ -#endif +static int vdbeSorterIterVarint(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorterIter *p, u64 *pnOut){ + int iBuf; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){ - return; - } - if( pTab->tnum==0 ){ - /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */ - return; - } - if( memcmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ - /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */ - return; + iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer; + if( iBuf && (p->nBuffer-iBuf)>=9 ){ + p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aBuffer[iBuf], pnOut); + }else{ + u8 aVarint[16], *a; + int i = 0, rc; + do{ + rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, p, 1, &a); + if( rc ) return rc; + aVarint[(i++)&0xf] = a[0]; + }while( (a[0]&0x80)!=0 ); + sqlite3GetVarint(aVarint, pnOut); } - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, - db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ - return; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Advance iterator pIter to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if +** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterIterNext( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle (for sqlite3DbMalloc() ) */ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter /* Iterator to advance */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + u64 nRec = 0; /* Size of record in bytes */ + + if( pIter->iReadOff>=pIter->iEof ){ + /* This is an EOF condition */ + vdbeSorterIterZero(db, pIter); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif - /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + rc = vdbeSorterIterVarint(db, pIter, &nRec); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pIter->nKey = (int)nRec; + rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, pIter, (int)nRec, &pIter->aKey); + } - iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); + return rc; +} - if( iMem+1+(nCol*2)>pParse->nMem ){ - pParse->nMem = iMem+1+(nCol*2); - } +/* +** Initialize iterator pIter to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile +** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function +** leaves the iterator pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the +** PMA is empty). +*/ +static int vdbeSorterIterInit( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ + i64 iStart, /* Start offset in pFile */ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter, /* Iterator to populate */ + i64 *pnByte /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nBuf; - /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed. */ - assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb, - (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + nBuf = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); - /* Populate the register containing the index name. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 - - /* If this iteration of the loop is generating code to analyze the - ** first index in the pTab->pIndex list, then register regLast has - ** not been populated. In this case populate it now. */ - if( pTab->pIndex==pIdx ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES, regSamplerecno); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES*2-1, regTemp); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES*2, regTemp2); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regLast); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regFirst); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Lt, regSamplerecno, 0, regLast); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Divide, regTemp2, regLast, regFirst); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Multiply, regLast, regTemp, regLast); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regLast, SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES*2-2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Divide, regTemp2, regLast, regLast); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } + assert( pSorter->iWriteOff>iStart ); + assert( pIter->aAlloc==0 ); + assert( pIter->aBuffer==0 ); + pIter->pFile = pSorter->pTemp1; + pIter->iReadOff = iStart; + pIter->nAlloc = 128; + pIter->aAlloc = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pIter->nAlloc); + pIter->nBuffer = nBuf; + pIter->aBuffer = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nBuf); - /* Zero the regSampleno and regRecno registers. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regSampleno); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRecno); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFirst, regSamplerecno); -#endif + if( !pIter->aBuffer ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + int iBuf; - /* The block of memory cells initialized here is used as follows. - ** - ** iMem: - ** The total number of rows in the table. - ** - ** iMem+1 .. iMem+nCol: - ** Number of distinct entries in index considering the - ** left-most N columns only, where N is between 1 and nCol, - ** inclusive. - ** - ** iMem+nCol+1 .. Mem+2*nCol: - ** Previous value of indexed columns, from left to right. - ** - ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others are - ** initialized to contain an SQL NULL. - */ - for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iMem+i); + iBuf = iStart % nBuf; + if( iBuf ){ + int nRead = nBuf - iBuf; + if( (iStart + nRead) > pSorter->iWriteOff ){ + nRead = (int)(pSorter->iWriteOff - iStart); + } + rc = sqlite3OsRead( + pSorter->pTemp1, &pIter->aBuffer[iBuf], nRead, iStart + ); } - for(i=0; iiEof = pSorter->iWriteOff; + rc = vdbeSorterIterVarint(db, pIter, &nByte); + pIter->iEof = pIter->iReadOff + nByte; + *pnByte += nByte; } + } - /* Start the analysis loop. This loop runs through all the entries in - ** the index b-tree. */ - endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur, endOfLoop); - topOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem, 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, pIter); + } + return rc; +} - for(i=0; iaSpace +** has been allocated and contains an unpacked record that is used as key2. +*/ +static void vdbeSorterCompare( + const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object (for pKeyInfo) */ + int nKeyCol, /* Num of columns. 0 means "all" */ + const void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ + const void *pKey2, int nKey2, /* Right side of comparison */ + int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ +){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo; + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked; + int i; - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ne); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRecno, 1); -#endif + if( pKey2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2); + } - /* Always record the very first row */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem+1); - } - assert( pIdx->azColl!=0 ); - assert( pIdx->azColl[i]!=0 ); - pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regCol, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1, - (char*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - /* If a malloc failure has occurred, then the result of the expression - ** passed as the second argument to the call to sqlite3VdbeJumpHere() - ** below may be negative. Which causes an assert() to fail (or an - ** out-of-bounds write if SQLITE_DEBUG is not defined). */ - return; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endOfLoop); - for(i=0; inField = nKeyCol; + for(i=0; iaMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){ + *pRes = -1; + return; } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); /* Set jump dest for the OP_Ne */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem+i+1, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, iMem+nCol+i+1); } + assert( r2->default_rc==0 ); + } - /* End of the analysis loop. */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, topOfLoop); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur); + *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2, 0); +} - /* Store the results in sqlite_stat1. - ** - ** The result is a single row of the sqlite_stat1 table. The first - ** two columns are the names of the table and index. The third column - ** is a string composed of a list of integer statistics about the - ** index. The first integer in the list is the total number of entries - ** in the index. There is one additional integer in the list for each - ** column of the table. This additional integer is a guess of how many - ** rows of the table the index will select. If D is the count of distinct - ** values and K is the total number of rows, then the integer is computed - ** as: - ** - ** I = (K+D-1)/D - ** - ** If K==0 then no entry is made into the sqlite_stat1 table. - ** If K>0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero - ** is never possible. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iMem, regSampleno); - if( jZeroRows==0 ){ - jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem); - } - for(i=0; ipSorter; + int i1; + int i2; + int iRes; + VdbeSorterIter *p1; + VdbeSorterIter *p2; + + assert( iOutnTree && iOut>0 ); + + if( iOut>=(pSorter->nTree/2) ){ + i1 = (iOut - pSorter->nTree/2) * 2; + i2 = i1 + 1; + }else{ + i1 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2]; + i2 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2+1]; } - /* If the table has no indices, create a single sqlite_stat1 entry - ** containing NULL as the index name and the row count as the content. - */ - if( pTab->pIndex==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pTab->tnum, iDb); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regSampleno); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur); + p1 = &pSorter->aIter[i1]; + p2 = &pSorter->aIter[i2]; + + if( p1->pFile==0 ){ + iRes = i2; + }else if( p2->pFile==0 ){ + iRes = i1; }else{ - assert( jZeroRows>0 ); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows); + int res; + assert( pCsr->pSorter->pUnpacked!=0 ); /* allocated in vdbeSorterMerge() */ + vdbeSorterCompare( + pCsr, 0, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey, &res + ); + if( res<=0 ){ + iRes = i1; + }else{ + iRes = i2; + } } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - if( pParse->nMemnMem = regRec; - if( jZeroRows ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + + pSorter->aTree[iOut] = iRes; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ + int pgsz; /* Page size of main database */ + int mxCache; /* Cache size */ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* The new sorter */ + char *d; /* Dummy */ + + assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBt==0 ); + pCsr->pSorter = pSorter = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VdbeSorter)); + if( pSorter==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + + pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pCsr->pKeyInfo, 0, 0, &d); + if( pSorter->pUnpacked==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + assert( pSorter->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord *)d ); + + if( !sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ + pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); + pSorter->mnPmaSize = SORTER_MIN_WORKING * pgsz; + mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size; + if( mxCachemxPmaSize = mxCache * pgsz; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to -** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used. +** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord. */ -static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb); +static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){ + SorterRecord *p; + SorterRecord *pNext; + for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } } /* -** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database +** Reset a sorting cursor back to its original empty state. */ -static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */ - HashElem *k; - int iStatCur; - int iMem; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorter *pSorter){ + if( pSorter->aIter ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inTree; i++){ + vdbeSorterIterZero(db, &pSorter->aIter[i]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->aIter); + pSorter->aIter = 0; + } + if( pSorter->pTemp1 ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSorter->pTemp1); + pSorter->pTemp1 = 0; + } + vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pSorter->pRecord); + pSorter->pRecord = 0; + pSorter->iWriteOff = 0; + pSorter->iReadOff = 0; + pSorter->nInMemory = 0; + pSorter->nTree = 0; + pSorter->nPMA = 0; + pSorter->aTree = 0; +} - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - iStatCur = pParse->nTab; - pParse->nTab += 2; - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0); - iMem = pParse->nMem+1; - for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ - Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem); + +/* +** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + if( pSorter ){ + sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pSorter); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter); + pCsr->pSorter = 0; } - loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); } /* -** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in -** a database. +** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful, +** set *ppFile to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, set *ppFile to 0 and return an SQLite error code. */ -static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - int iDb; - int iStatCur; +static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file **ppFile){ + int dummy; + return sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFile, + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &dummy + ); +} - assert( pTab!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - iStatCur = pParse->nTab; - pParse->nTab += 2; - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName); - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1); - loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); +/* +** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list. +** Set *ppOut to the head of the new list. +*/ +static void vdbeSorterMerge( + const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* For pKeyInfo */ + SorterRecord *p1, /* First list to merge */ + SorterRecord *p2, /* Second list to merge */ + SorterRecord **ppOut /* OUT: Head of merged list */ +){ + SorterRecord *pFinal = 0; + SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal; + void *pVal2 = p2 ? p2->pVal : 0; + + while( p1 && p2 ){ + int res; + vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, p1->pVal, p1->nVal, pVal2, p2->nVal, &res); + if( res<=0 ){ + *pp = p1; + pp = &p1->pNext; + p1 = p1->pNext; + pVal2 = 0; + }else{ + *pp = p2; + pp = &p2->pNext; + p2 = p2->pNext; + if( p2==0 ) break; + pVal2 = p2->pVal; + } + } + *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2; + *ppOut = pFinal; } /* -** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine -** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command. -** -** ANALYZE -- 1 -** ANALYZE -- 2 -** ANALYZE ?.? -- 3 -** -** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed. -** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named. -** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table. +** Sort the linked list of records headed at pCsr->pRecord. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error +** occurs. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; +static int vdbeSorterSort(const VdbeCursor *pCsr){ int i; - char *z, *zDb; - Table *pTab; - Token *pTableName; + SorterRecord **aSlot; + SorterRecord *p; + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return; + aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *)); + if( !aSlot ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 ); - if( pName1==0 ){ - /* Form 1: Analyze everything */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */ - analyzeDatabase(pParse, i); - } - }else if( pName2->n==0 ){ - /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */ - iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); - if( iDb>=0 ){ - analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb); - }else{ - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1); - if( z ){ - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - if( pTab ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab); - } - } + p = pSorter->pRecord; + while( p ){ + SorterRecord *pNext = p->pNext; + p->pNext = 0; + for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){ + vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p); + aSlot[i] = 0; } - }else{ - /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName); - if( iDb>=0 ){ - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName); - if( z ){ - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - if( pTab ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab); - } - } - } + aSlot[i] = p; + p = pNext; + } + + p = 0; + for(i=0; i<64; i++){ + vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p); } + pSorter->pRecord = p; + + sqlite3_free(aSlot); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the -** callback routine. +** Initialize a file-writer object. */ -typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo; -struct analysisInfo { - sqlite3 *db; - const char *zDatabase; -}; +static void fileWriterInit( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database (for malloc) */ + sqlite3_file *pFile, /* File to write to */ + FileWriter *p, /* Object to populate */ + i64 iStart /* Offset of pFile to begin writing at */ +){ + int nBuf = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); + + memset(p, 0, sizeof(FileWriter)); + p->aBuffer = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nBuf); + if( !p->aBuffer ){ + p->eFWErr = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + p->iBufEnd = p->iBufStart = (iStart % nBuf); + p->iWriteOff = iStart - p->iBufStart; + p->nBuffer = nBuf; + p->pFile = pFile; + } +} /* -** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the -** sqlite_stat1 table. -** -** argv[0] = name of the table -** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL) -** argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column -** -** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in -** the table. +** Write nData bytes of data to the file-write object. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. */ -static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ - analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; - Index *pIndex; - Table *pTable; - int i, c, n; - unsigned int v; - const char *z; - - assert( argc==3 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); +static void fileWriterWrite(FileWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){ + int nRem = nData; + while( nRem>0 && p->eFWErr==0 ){ + int nCopy = nRem; + if( nCopy>(p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd) ){ + nCopy = p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd; + } - if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){ - return 0; - } - pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); - if( pTable==0 ){ - return 0; - } - if( argv[1] ){ - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase); - }else{ - pIndex = 0; - } - n = pIndex ? pIndex->nColumn : 0; - z = argv[2]; - for(i=0; *z && i<=n; i++){ - v = 0; - while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){ - v = v*10 + c - '0'; - z++; + memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy); + p->iBufEnd += nCopy; + if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){ + p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFile, + &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, + p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart + ); + p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0; + p->iWriteOff += p->nBuffer; } - if( i==0 ) pTable->nRowEst = v; - if( pIndex==0 ) break; - pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v; - if( *z==' ' ) z++; + assert( p->iBufEndnBuffer ); + + nRem -= nCopy; } - return 0; } /* -** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array -** and its contents. +** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the file-writer object. +** The results of using the file-writer after this call are undefined. +** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not +** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. +** +** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the +** last byte written to the file. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 - if( pIdx->aSample ){ - int j; - for(j=0; jaSample[j]; - if( p->eType==SQLITE_TEXT || p->eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.z); - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample); +static int fileWriterFinish(sqlite3 *db, FileWriter *p, i64 *piEof){ + int rc; + if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){ + p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFile, + &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, + p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart + ); } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx); -#endif + *piEof = (p->iWriteOff + p->iBufEnd); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aBuffer); + rc = p->eFWErr; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(FileWriter)); + return rc; } /* -** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat2 tables. The -** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[] -** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat2 are used to populate the -** Index.aSample[] arrays. +** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the file-write object. Return +** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. +*/ +static void fileWriterWriteVarint(FileWriter *p, u64 iVal){ + int nByte; + u8 aByte[10]; + nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal); + fileWriterWrite(p, aByte, nByte); +} + +/* +** Write the current contents of the in-memory linked-list to a PMA. Return +** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. ** -** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR -** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 was defined -** during compilation and the sqlite_stat2 table is present, no data is -** read from it. +** The format of a PMA is: ** -** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 was defined during compilation and the -** sqlite_stat2 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is -** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1 -** table (if it is present) before returning. +** * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content +** in the PMA (not including the varint itself). ** -** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed. -** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return -** code may be ignored. +** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. +** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the +** key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ - analysisInfo sInfo; - HashElem *i; - char *zSql; - int rc; +static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + FileWriter writer; - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); + memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(FileWriter)); - /* Clear any prior statistics */ - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); - sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); - sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx); - pIdx->aSample = 0; + if( pSorter->nInMemory==0 ){ + assert( pSorter->pRecord==0 ); + return rc; } - /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */ - sInfo.db = db; - sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } + rc = vdbeSorterSort(pCsr); - /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */ - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT tbl, idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase); - if( zSql==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->pTemp1==0 ){ + rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pSorter->pTemp1); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->pTemp1 ); + assert( pSorter->iWriteOff==0 ); + assert( pSorter->nPMA==0 ); } - - /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat2 table. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat2", sInfo.zDatabase) ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT idx,sampleno,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat2", sInfo.zDatabase); - if( !zSql ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - char *zIndex; /* Index name */ - Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ - - zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); - pIdx = zIndex ? sqlite3FindIndex(db, zIndex, sInfo.zDatabase) : 0; - if( pIdx ){ - int iSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); - if( iSample=0 ){ - int eType = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 2); - - if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){ - static const int sz = sizeof(IndexSample)*SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; - pIdx->aSample = (IndexSample *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, sz); - if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - break; - } - memset(pIdx->aSample, 0, sz); - } + SorterRecord *p; + SorterRecord *pNext = 0; - assert( pIdx->aSample ); - { - IndexSample *pSample = &pIdx->aSample[iSample]; - pSample->eType = (u8)eType; - if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){ - pSample->u.r = sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, 2); - }else if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - const char *z = (const char *)( - (eType==SQLITE_BLOB) ? - sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 2): - sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 2) - ); - int n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 2); - if( n>24 ){ - n = 24; - } - pSample->nByte = (u8)n; - if( n < 1){ - pSample->u.z = 0; - }else{ - pSample->u.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(0, z, n); - if( pSample->u.z==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - break; - } - } - } - } - } - } - } - rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + fileWriterInit(db, pSorter->pTemp1, &writer, pSorter->iWriteOff); + pSorter->nPMA++; + fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, pSorter->nInMemory); + for(p=pSorter->pRecord; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pNext; + fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, p->nVal); + fileWriterWrite(&writer, p->pVal, p->nVal); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } + pSorter->pRecord = p; + rc = fileWriterFinish(db, &writer, &pSorter->iWriteOff); } -#endif - - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return rc; -} - - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */ - -/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH -/* -** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This -** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple -** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases. -** -** i.e. if the parser sees: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def -** -** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of -** looking for columns of the same name. -** -** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2' -** -** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved. -*/ -static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr) -{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pExpr ){ - if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){ - rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%s\"", pExpr->u.zToken); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - }else{ - pExpr->op = TK_STRING; - } - } return rc; } /* -** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The -** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z -** -** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z) -** -** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the -** third argument. +** Add a record to the sorter. */ -static void attachFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ + Mem *pVal /* Memory cell containing record */ ){ - int i; - int rc = 0; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - const char *zName; - const char *zFile; - Db *aNew; - char *zErrDyn = 0; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - - zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( zFile==0 ) zFile = ""; - if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + SorterRecord *pNew; /* New list element */ - /* Check for the following errors: - ** - ** * Too many attached databases, - ** * Transaction currently open - ** * Specified database name already being used. - */ - if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", - db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED] - ); - goto attach_error; - } - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction"); - goto attach_error; - } - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - char *z = db->aDb[i].zName; - assert( z && zName ); - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName); - goto attach_error; - } - } + assert( pSorter ); + pSorter->nInMemory += sqlite3VarintLen(pVal->n) + pVal->n; - /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema - ** hash tables. - */ - if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){ - aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 ); - if( aNew==0 ) return; - memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2); + pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord)); + if( pNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) ); - if( aNew==0 ) return; + pNew->pVal = (void *)&pNew[1]; + memcpy(pNew->pVal, pVal->z, pVal->n); + pNew->nVal = pVal->n; + pNew->pNext = pSorter->pRecord; + pSorter->pRecord = pNew; } - db->aDb = aNew; - aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb]; - memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew)); - /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use - ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may - ** or may not be initialised. + /* See if the contents of the sorter should now be written out. They + ** are written out when either of the following are true: + ** + ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater + ** than (page-size * cache-size), or + ** + ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater + ** than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true. */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFile, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, - db->openFlags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB); - db->nDb++; - if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached"); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - Pager *pPager; - aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt); - if( !aNew->pSchema ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt); - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode); - sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt, - sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) ); - } - aNew->safety_level = 3; - aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->mxPmaSize>0 && ( + (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mxPmaSize) + || (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlite3HeapNearlyFull()) + )){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + i64 nExpect = pSorter->iWriteOff + + sqlite3VarintLen(pSorter->nInMemory) + + pSorter->nInMemory; +#endif + rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr); + pSorter->nInMemory = 0; + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nExpect==pSorter->iWriteOff) ); } + return rc; +} -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int); - extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); - int nKey; - char *zKey; - int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]); - switch( t ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: - zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - - case SQLITE_TEXT: - case SQLITE_BLOB: - nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]); - rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); - break; +/* +** Helper function for sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(). +*/ +static int vdbeSorterInitMerge( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor handle for this sorter */ + i64 *pnByte /* Sum of bytes in all opened PMAs */ +){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Used to iterator through aIter[] */ + i64 nByte = 0; /* Total bytes in all opened PMAs */ - case SQLITE_NULL: - /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */ - sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); - rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); - break; - } + /* Initialize the iterators. */ + for(i=0; iaIter[i]; + rc = vdbeSorterIterInit(db, pSorter, pSorter->iReadOff, pIter, &nByte); + pSorter->iReadOff = pIter->iEof; + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff<=pSorter->iWriteOff ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff>=pSorter->iWriteOff ) break; } -#endif - /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. - ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and - ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way - ** we found it. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - } - if( rc ){ - int iDb = db->nDb - 1; - assert( iDb>=2 ); - if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); - db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; - db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; - } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - db->nDb = iDb; - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory"); - }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile); - } - goto attach_error; + /* Initialize the aTree[] array. */ + for(i=pSorter->nTree-1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i>0; i--){ + rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i); } - - return; -attach_error: - /* Return an error if we get here */ - if( zErrDyn ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); - } - if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); + *pnByte = nByte; + return rc; } /* -** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The -** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement: -** -** DETACH DATABASE x -** -** SELECT sqlite_detach(x) +** Once the sorter has been populated, this function is called to prepare +** for iterating through its contents in sorted order. */ -static void detachFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - int i; - Db *pDb = 0; - char zErr[128]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_file *pTemp2 = 0; /* Second temp file to use */ + i64 iWrite2 = 0; /* Write offset for pTemp2 */ + int nIter; /* Number of iterators used */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space required for aIter/aTree */ + int N = 2; /* Power of 2 >= nIter */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + assert( pSorter ); - if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break; + /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead, + ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly + ** from the in-memory list. */ + if( pSorter->nPMA==0 ){ + *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord; + assert( pSorter->aTree==0 ); + return vdbeSorterSort(pCsr); } - if( i>=db->nDb ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - if( i<2 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "cannot DETACH database within transaction"); - goto detach_error; - } - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); - goto detach_error; - } + /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. */ + rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - pDb->pSchema = 0; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - return; + /* Allocate space for aIter[] and aTree[]. */ + nIter = pSorter->nPMA; + if( nIter>SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ) nIter = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; + assert( nIter>0 ); + while( NaIter = (VdbeSorterIter *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( !pSorter->aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pSorter->aTree = (int *)&pSorter->aIter[N]; + pSorter->nTree = N; -detach_error: - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); -} + do { + int iNew; /* Index of new, merged, PMA */ -/* -** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the -** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions. -*/ -static void codeAttach( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */ - FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */ - Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ - Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ - Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ - Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */ -){ - int rc; - NameContext sName; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3* db = pParse->db; - int regArgs; + for(iNew=0; + rc==SQLITE_OK && iNew*SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNTnPMA; + iNew++ + ){ + int rc2; /* Return code from fileWriterFinish() */ + FileWriter writer; /* Object used to write to disk */ + i64 nWrite; /* Number of bytes in new PMA */ - memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); - sName.pParse = pParse; + memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(FileWriter)); - if( - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) - ){ - pParse->nErr++; - goto attach_end; - } + /* If there are SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT or less PMAs in file pTemp1, + ** initialize an iterator for each of them and break out of the loop. + ** These iterators will be incrementally merged as the VDBE layer calls + ** sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(). + ** + ** Otherwise, if pTemp1 contains more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs, + ** initialize interators for SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT of them. These PMAs + ** are merged into a single PMA that is written to file pTemp2. + */ + rc = vdbeSorterInitMerge(db, pCsr, &nWrite); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ].pFile ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ + break; + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( pAuthArg ){ - char *zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken; - if( NEVER(zAuthArg==0) ){ - goto attach_end; + /* Open the second temp file, if it is not already open. */ + if( pTemp2==0 ){ + assert( iWrite2==0 ); + rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pTemp2); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bEof = 0; + fileWriterInit(db, pTemp2, &writer, iWrite2); + fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, nWrite); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 ){ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ]; + assert( pIter->pFile ); + + fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, pIter->nKey); + fileWriterWrite(&writer, pIter->aKey, pIter->nKey); + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pCsr, &bEof); + } + rc2 = fileWriterFinish(db, &writer, &iWrite2); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } } - rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); - if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto attach_end; + + if( pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ + break; + }else{ + sqlite3_file *pTmp = pSorter->pTemp1; + pSorter->nPMA = iNew; + pSorter->pTemp1 = pTemp2; + pTemp2 = pTmp; + pSorter->iWriteOff = iWrite2; + pSorter->iReadOff = 0; + iWrite2 = 0; } + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + if( pTemp2 ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTemp2); } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ + *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0); + return rc; +} +/* +** Advance to the next element in the sorter. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int rc; /* Return code */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2); + if( pSorter->aTree ){ + int iPrev = pSorter->aTree[1];/* Index of iterator to advance */ + rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, &pSorter->aIter[iPrev]); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter1; /* First iterator to compare */ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter2; /* Second iterator to compare */ + u8 *pKey2; /* To pIter2->aKey, or 0 if record cached */ + + /* Find the first two iterators to compare. The one that was just + ** advanced (iPrev) and the one next to it in the array. */ + pIter1 = &pSorter->aIter[(iPrev & 0xFFFE)]; + pIter2 = &pSorter->aIter[(iPrev | 0x0001)]; + pKey2 = pIter2->aKey; + + for(i=(pSorter->nTree+iPrev)/2; i>0; i=i/2){ + /* Compare pIter1 and pIter2. Store the result in variable iRes. */ + int iRes; + if( pIter1->pFile==0 ){ + iRes = +1; + }else if( pIter2->pFile==0 ){ + iRes = -1; + }else{ + vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, + pIter1->aKey, pIter1->nKey, pKey2, pIter2->nKey, &iRes + ); + } - assert( v || db->mallocFailed ); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3); - assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg)); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + /* If pIter1 contained the smaller value, set aTree[i] to its index. + ** Then set pIter2 to the next iterator to compare to pIter1. In this + ** case there is no cache of pIter2 in pSorter->pUnpacked, so set + ** pKey2 to point to the record belonging to pIter2. + ** + ** Alternatively, if pIter2 contains the smaller of the two values, + ** set aTree[i] to its index and update pIter1. If vdbeSorterCompare() + ** was actually called above, then pSorter->pUnpacked now contains + ** a value equivalent to pIter2. So set pKey2 to NULL to prevent + ** vdbeSorterCompare() from decoding pIter2 again. */ + if( iRes<=0 ){ + pSorter->aTree[i] = (int)(pIter1 - pSorter->aIter); + pIter2 = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ]; + pKey2 = pIter2->aKey; + }else{ + if( pIter1->pFile ) pKey2 = 0; + pSorter->aTree[i] = (int)(pIter2 - pSorter->aIter); + pIter1 = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ]; + } - /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this - ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing - ** statements). - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH)); + } + *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0); + } + }else{ + SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->pRecord; + pSorter->pRecord = pFree->pNext; + pFree->pNext = 0; + vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree); + *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord; + rc = SQLITE_OK; } - -attach_end: - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey); + return rc; } /* -** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement. -** -** DETACH pDbname +** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the +** current key. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ - static const FuncDef detach_func = { - 1, /* nArg */ - SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ - 0, /* flags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - detachFunc, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "sqlite_detach", /* zName */ - 0, /* pHash */ - 0 /* pDestructor */ - }; - codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); +static void *vdbeSorterRowkey( + const VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ + int *pnKey /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */ +){ + void *pKey; + if( pSorter->aTree ){ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter; + pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ]; + *pnKey = pIter->nKey; + pKey = pIter->aKey; + }else{ + *pnKey = pSorter->pRecord->nVal; + pKey = pSorter->pRecord->pVal; + } + return pKey; } /* -** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement. -** -** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey +** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ - static const FuncDef attach_func = { - 3, /* nArg */ - SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ - 0, /* flags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - attachFunc, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "sqlite_attach", /* zName */ - 0, /* pHash */ - 0 /* pDestructor */ - }; - codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */ + + pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nKey, 0) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pOut->n = nKey; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); + memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey); + + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ /* -** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior -** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below. +** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor +** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of +** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record. ** -** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required. TRUE -** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not. +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM). +** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the +** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter +** key. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit( - DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */ - Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */ - int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */ - const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */ - const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare( + const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ + Mem *pVal, /* Value to compare to current sorter key */ + int nKeyCol, /* Only compare this many fields */ + int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ ){ - sqlite3 *db; + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */ - if( NEVER(iDb<0) || iDb==1 ) return 0; - db = pParse->db; - assert( db->nDb>iDb ); - pFix->pParse = pParse; - pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - pFix->zType = zType; - pFix->pName = pName; - return 1; + pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); + vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, nKeyCol, pVal->z, pVal->n, pKey, nKey, pRes); + return SQLITE_OK; } +/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/ /* -** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign -** a specific database to all table references where the database name -** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure -** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit(). +** 2007 August 22 ** -** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or -** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database. -** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are -** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made -** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to -** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything -** checks out, these routines return 0. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used +** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization +** is enabled. +** +** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the +** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created, +** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to +** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file +** on disk is not created or populated until either: +** +** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated +** buffer, or +** 2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ -){ - int i; - const char *zDb; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0; - zDb = pFix->zDb; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){ - pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(pFix->pParse->db, zDb); - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, - "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", - pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); - return 1; - } -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1; - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1; -#endif - } - return 0; -} -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pSelect ){ - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){ - return 1; - } - pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - } - return 0; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pExpr ){ - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1; - }else{ - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){ - return 1; - } - pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; - } - return 0; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ -){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pStep ){ - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ - return 1; - } - pStep = pStep->pNext; - } - return 0; -} -#endif -/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2003 January 11 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer() -** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded -** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling -** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1 +** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by +** as an open file handle for journal files. */ +struct JournalFile { + sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */ + int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */ + char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */ + int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */ + int flags; /* xOpen flags */ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */ + sqlite3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */ + const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ +}; +typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile; /* -** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single -** macro. +** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file +** for JournalFile p. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION +static int createFile(JournalFile *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !p->pReal ){ + sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1]; + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->pReal = pReal; + if( p->iSize>0 ){ + assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If an error occurred while writing to the file, close it before + ** returning. This way, SQLite uses the in-memory journal data to + ** roll back changes made to the internal page-cache before this + ** function was called. */ + sqlite3OsClose(pReal); + p->pReal = 0; + } + } + } + return rc; +} /* -** Set or clear the access authorization function. -** -** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation -** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on -** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function -** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument -** to the auth function is one of these constants: -** -** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX -** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW -** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW -** SQLITE_DELETE -** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX -** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW -** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW -** SQLITE_INSERT -** SQLITE_PRAGMA -** SQLITE_READ -** SQLITE_SELECT -** SQLITE_TRANSACTION -** SQLITE_UPDATE -** -** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of -** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function -** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If -** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY -** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call -** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement -** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL -** and attempts to write the column will be ignored. -** -** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default -** setting of the auth function is NULL. +** Close the file. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( - sqlite3 *db, - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), - void *pArg -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xAuth = xAuth; - db->pAuthArg = pArg; - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); +static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + if( p->pReal ){ + sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal); + } + sqlite3_free(p->zBuf); return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the -** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value. +** Read data from the file. */ -static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction"); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; +static int jrnlRead( + sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ + void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ + int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ + sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + if( p->pReal ){ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); + }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; + }else{ + memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt); + } + return rc; } /* -** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from -** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization -** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL). -** -** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed -** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE -** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse. +** Write data to the file. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - const char *zTab, /* Table name */ - const char *zCol, /* Column name */ - int iDb /* Index of containing database. */ +static int jrnlWrite( + sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ + const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ + int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ + sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */ - int rc; /* Auth callback return code */ - - rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext); - if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){ + rc = createFile(p); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p->pReal ){ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol); + memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt); + if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){ + p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt); + } } - pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); } return rc; } /* -** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to -** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. -** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. -** -** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN -** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, -** then generate an error. +** Truncate the file. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */ - Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */ - SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */ - const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */ - int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */ - int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */ - int iCol; /* Index of column in table */ - - if( db->xAuth==0 ) return; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema); - if( iDb<0 ){ - /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other - ** temporary table. */ - return; +static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + if( p->pReal ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size); + }else if( sizeiSize ){ + p->iSize = size; } + return rc; +} - assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ); - if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){ - pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; +/* +** Sync the file. +*/ +static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){ + int rc; + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + if( p->pReal ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags); }else{ - assert( pTabList ); - for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrcnSrc); iSrc++){ - if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){ - pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab; - break; - } - } + rc = SQLITE_OK; } - iCol = pExpr->iColumn; - if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return; + return rc; +} - if( iCol>=0 ){ - assert( iColnCol ); - zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ - assert( pTab->iPKeynCol ); - zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName; +/* +** Query the size of the file in bytes. +*/ +static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + if( p->pReal ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize); }else{ - zCol = "ROWID"; - } - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize; } + return rc; } /* -** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return -** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY -** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are -** modified appropriately. +** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck( - Parse *pParse, - int code, - const char *zArg1, - const char *zArg2, - const char *zArg3 -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int rc; +static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = { + 1, /* iVersion */ + jrnlClose, /* xClose */ + jrnlRead, /* xRead */ + jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ + jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ + jrnlSync, /* xSync */ + jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ + 0, /* xLock */ + 0, /* xUnlock */ + 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ + 0, /* xFileControl */ + 0, /* xSectorSize */ + 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + 0, /* xShmMap */ + 0, /* xShmLock */ + 0, /* xShmBarrier */ + 0 /* xShmUnmap */ +}; - /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising - ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab. - */ - if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - return SQLITE_OK; +/* +** Open a journal file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */ + sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */ + int flags, /* Opening flags */ + int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */ +){ + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); + if( nBuf>0 ){ + p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf); + if( !p->zBuf ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + }else{ + return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0); } + p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods; + p->nBuf = nBuf; + p->flags = flags; + p->zJournal = zName; + p->pVfs = pVfs; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - if( db->xAuth==0 ){ +/* +** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying +** file has not yet been created, create it now. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){ + if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){ return SQLITE_OK; } - rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext); - if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized"); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){ - rc = SQLITE_DENY; - sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); - } - return rc; + return createFile((JournalFile *)p); } /* -** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the -** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until -** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op. +** The file-handle passed as the only argument is guaranteed to be an open +** file. It may or may not be of class JournalFile. If the file is a +** JournalFile, and the underlying file on disk has not yet been opened, +** return 0. Otherwise, return 1. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush( - Parse *pParse, - AuthContext *pContext, - const char *zContext -){ - assert( pParse ); - pContext->pParse = pParse; - pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - pParse->zAuthContext = zContext; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p){ + return (p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods || ((JournalFile *)p)->pReal!=0); } -/* -** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed -** by sqlite3AuthContextPush +/* +** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs +** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ - if( pContext->pParse ){ - pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext; - pContext->pParse = 0; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ + return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile)); } +#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ - -/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/ +/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 +** 2008 October 7 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -75060,9398 +76364,9732 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser -** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the -** following kinds of SQL syntax: ** -** CREATE TABLE -** DROP TABLE -** CREATE INDEX -** DROP INDEX -** creating ID lists -** BEGIN TRANSACTION -** COMMIT -** ROLLBACK +** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal. +** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for +** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used. +*/ + +/* Forward references to internal structures */ +typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal; +typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint; +typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk; + +/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of +** this many bytes. +** +** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two. That way, +** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills +** a power-of-two allocation. This mimimizes wasted space in power-of-two +** memory allocators. */ +#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*))) /* -** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to -** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed. +** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){ - pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag; - pParse->nVar = 0; -} +struct FileChunk { + FileChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk in the journal */ + u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE]; /* Content of this chunk */ +}; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* -** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and -** codeTableLocks() functions. +** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal. +** The cursor can be either for reading or writing. */ -struct TableLock { - int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ - int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ - u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ - const char *zName; /* Name of the table */ +struct FilePoint { + sqlite3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */ + FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */ }; /* -** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. -** -** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. -** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. -** -** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The -** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to -** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding(). +** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal +** is an instance of this class. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ - int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ - u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ - const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ +struct MemJournal { + sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */ + FileChunk *pFirst; /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */ + FilePoint endpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the file */ + FilePoint readpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */ +}; + +/* +** Read data from the in-memory journal file. This is the implementation +** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method. +*/ +static int memjrnlRead( + sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ + void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ + int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ + sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ ){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - int i; - int nBytes; - TableLock *p; - assert( iDb>=0 ); + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + u8 *zOut = zBuf; + int nRead = iAmt; + int iChunkOffset; + FileChunk *pChunk; - for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ - p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i]; - if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ - p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock); - return; - } - } + /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */ + assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset ); - nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1); - pToplevel->aTableLock = - sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes); - if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){ - p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++]; - p->iDb = iDb; - p->iTab = iTab; - p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock; - p->zName = zName; + if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0; + for(pChunk=p->pFirst; + ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst; + pChunk=pChunk->pNext + ){ + iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE; + } }else{ - pToplevel->nTableLock = 0; - pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; + pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk; } -} - -/* -** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the -** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()). -*/ -static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ - int i; - Vdbe *pVdbe; - pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */ + iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); + do { + int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset; + int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset)); + memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy); + zOut += nCopy; + nRead -= iSpace; + iChunkOffset = 0; + } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 ); + p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt; + p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk; - for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ - TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; - int p1 = p->iDb; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock, - p->zName, P4_STATIC); - } + return SQLITE_OK; } -#else - #define codeTableLocks(x) -#endif /* -** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been -** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been -** prepared. This routine puts the finishing touches on the -** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next -** parse. -** -** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that -** no VDBE code was generated. +** Write data to the file. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - db = pParse->db; - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( pParse->nested ) return; - if( pParse->nErr ) return; +static int memjrnlWrite( + sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ + const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ + int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ + sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ +){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + int nWrite = iAmt; + u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf; - /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the - ** vdbe program + /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random + ** access writes are not required by sqlite. */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite - || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort)); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst); - /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open. - ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are - ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a - ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie - ** on each used database. - */ - if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){ - u32 mask; - int iDb; - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1); - for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDbnDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){ - if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0); - if( db->init.busy==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]); - } + while( nWrite>0 ){ + FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk; + int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); + int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset); + + if( iChunkOffset==0 ){ + /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */ + FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk)); + if( !pNew ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - { - int i; - for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ - char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB); - } - pParse->nVtabLock = 0; + pNew->pNext = 0; + if( pChunk ){ + assert( p->pFirst ); + pChunk->pNext = pNew; + }else{ + assert( !p->pFirst ); + p->pFirst = pNew; } -#endif - - /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, - ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the - ** shared-cache feature is enabled. - */ - codeTableLocks(pParse); - - /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required. - */ - sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse); - - /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto); + p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew; } - } - - /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution - */ - if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0; - sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace); -#endif - assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 ); /* Disables and re-enables match */ - /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used - * See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */ - if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1; - sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem, - pParse->nTab, pParse->nMaxArg, pParse->explain, - pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE; - pParse->colNamesSet = 0; - }else{ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace); + zWrite += iSpace; + nWrite -= iSpace; + p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace; } - pParse->nTab = 0; - pParse->nMem = 0; - pParse->nSet = 0; - pParse->nVar = 0; - pParse->cookieMask = 0; - pParse->cookieGoto = 0; + + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate -** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context -** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively -** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization -** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the -** outermost parser. -** -** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit -** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use -** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. +** Truncate the file. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *zSql; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; -# define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar)) - char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ]; - - if( pParse->nErr ) return; - assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */ - va_start(ap, zFormat); - zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( zSql==0 ){ - return; /* A malloc must have failed */ +static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + FileChunk *pChunk; + assert(size==0); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(size); + pChunk = p->pFirst; + while( pChunk ){ + FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk; + pChunk = pChunk->pNext; + sqlite3_free(pTmp); } - pParse->nested++; - memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ); - memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ); - sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); - memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ); - pParse->nested--; + sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database -** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the -** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. -** -** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the -** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table -** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any -** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command. -** -** See also sqlite3LocateTable(). +** Close the file. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){ - Table *p = 0; - int i; - int nName; - assert( zName!=0 ); - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; - p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName); - if( p ) break; - } - return p; +static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ + memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; } + /* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database -** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the -** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an -** error message in pParse->zErrMsg. +** Sync the file. ** -** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this -** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where -** sqlite3FindTable() does not. +** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. And, in fact, this routine +** is never called in a working implementation. This implementation +** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other +** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable( - Parse *pParse, /* context in which to report errors */ - int isView, /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the table we are looking for */ - const char *zDbase /* Name of the database. Might be NULL */ -){ - Table *p; - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return 0; - } - - p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase); - if( p==0 ){ - const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table"; - if( zDbase ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - } - return p; +static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes -** a particular index given the name of that index -** and the name of the database that contains the index. -** Return NULL if not found. -** -** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the -** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking -** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is -** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added -** using the ATTACH command. +** Query the size of the file in bytes. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){ - Index *p = 0; - int i; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; - assert( pSchema ); - if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; - p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName); - if( p ) break; - } - return p; +static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Reclaim the memory used by an index +** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object. */ -static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE - sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p); -#endif - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { + 1, /* iVersion */ + memjrnlClose, /* xClose */ + memjrnlRead, /* xRead */ + memjrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ + memjrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ + memjrnlSync, /* xSync */ + memjrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ + 0, /* xLock */ + 0, /* xUnlock */ + 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ + 0, /* xFileControl */ + 0, /* xSectorSize */ + 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + 0, /* xShmMap */ + 0, /* xShmLock */ + 0, /* xShmBarrier */ + 0, /* xShmUnmap */ + 0, /* xFetch */ + 0 /* xUnfetch */ +}; + +/* +** Open a journal file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); + memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize()); + p->pMethod = (sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods; } /* -** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, -** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from -** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated -** with the index. +** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is +** an in-memory journal */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ - Index *pIndex; - int len; - Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ + return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods; +} - len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName); - pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0); - if( pIndex ){ - if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ - pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; - }else{ - Index *p; - /* Justification of ALWAYS(); The index must be on the list of - ** indices. */ - p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex; - while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; } - if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){ - p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; - } - } - freeIndex(db, pIndex); - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; +/* +** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal file descriptor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){ + return sizeof(MemJournal); } +/************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/ +/************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/ /* -** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of -** a single database. This routine is called to reclaim memory -** before the database closes. It is also called during a rollback -** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a -** schema-cookie mismatch occurs. +** 2008 August 16 ** -** If iDb==0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database -** files. If iDb>=1 then reset the internal schema for only the -** single file indicated. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for +** an SQL statement. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ - int i, j; - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - - if( iDb==0 ){ - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - } - for(i=iDb; inDb; i++){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pSchema ){ - assert(i==1 || (pDb->pBt && sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pDb->pBt))); - sqlite3SchemaFree(pDb->pSchema); - } - if( iDb>0 ) return; - } - assert( iDb==0 ); - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; - sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); +/* #include */ +/* #include */ - /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed, - ** then remove them from the auxiliary database list. We take the - ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the - ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes - ** to any of those tables. - */ - for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName); - pDb->zName = 0; - continue; - } - if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i]; - } - j++; - } - memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j])); - db->nDb = j; - if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){ - memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0])); - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb); - db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; - } -} /* -** This routine is called when a commit occurs. +** Walk an expression tree. Invoke the callback once for each node +** of the expression, while decending. (In other words, the callback +** is invoked before visiting children.) +** +** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_* +** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk. +** +** WRC_Continue Continue descending down the tree. +** +** WRC_Prune Do not descend into child nodes. But allow +** the walk to continue with sibling nodes. +** +** WRC_Abort Do no more callbacks. Unwind the stack and +** return the top-level walk call. +** +** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk +** and WRC_Continue to continue. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + int rc; + if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ); + testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) ); + rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr); + if( rc==WRC_Continue + && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly) ){ + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort; + }else{ + if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort; + } + } + return rc & WRC_Abort; } /* -** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the -** Table.aCol[] array). +** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until +** an abort request is seen. */ -static void sqliteDeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){ int i; - Column *pCol; - assert( pTable!=0 ); - if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl); + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + if( p ){ + for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort; } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol); } + return WRC_Continue; } /* -** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given -** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine. -** -** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink -** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy -** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with -** the table. +** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p. Do +** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke +** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries. +** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ - Index *pIndex, *pNext; - - assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 ); - - /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ - if( !pTable ) return; - if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return; - - /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */ - for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ - pNext = pIndex->pNext; - assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema ); - if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ - char *zName = pIndex->zName; - TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert( - &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0 - ); - assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 ); - } - freeIndex(db, pIndex); - } - - /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */ - sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable); - - /* Delete the Table structure itself. - */ - sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTable); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTable->pCheck); -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable); -#endif - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort; + return WRC_Continue; } /* -** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the -** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys. +** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the +** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select +** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery +** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return +** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue; */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){ - Table *p; - Db *pDb; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + SrcList *pSrc; + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( zTabName ); - testcase( zTabName[0]==0 ); /* Zero-length table names are allowed */ - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, - sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0); - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; -} + pSrc = p->pSrc; + if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ + for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} /* -** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that -** token. Space to hold the returned string -** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling -** function. +** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p. +** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and +** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. ** -** Any quotation marks (ex: "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that -** surround the body of the token are removed. +** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before +** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2() +** method, if it is not NULL, is invoked following the walk of the +** expressions and FROM clause. ** -** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so -** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string -** is \000 terminated and is persistent. +** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions. Return WRC_Abort if +** there is an abort request. +** +** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine +** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ - char *zName; - if( pName ){ - zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); - sqlite3Dequote(zName); - }else{ - zName = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + int rc; + if( p==0 || (pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 && pWalker->xSelectCallback2==0) ){ + return WRC_Continue; } - return zName; + rc = WRC_Continue; + pWalker->walkerDepth++; + while( p ){ + if( pWalker->xSelectCallback ){ + rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p); + if( rc ) break; + } + if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p) + || sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p) + ){ + pWalker->walkerDepth--; + return WRC_Abort; + } + if( pWalker->xSelectCallback2 ){ + pWalker->xSelectCallback2(pWalker, p); + } + p = p->pPrior; + } + pWalker->walkerDepth--; + return rc & WRC_Abort; } +/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/ /* -** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for -** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. +** 2008 August 18 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and +** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular +** table and column. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); - sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)5, P4_INT32); /* 5 column table */ - if( p->nTab==0 ){ - p->nTab = 1; - } -} +/* #include */ +/* #include */ /* -** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name -** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This -** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -** -1 if the named db cannot be found. +** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function +** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node. +** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an +** outer query into an inner subquery. +** +** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine. incrAggDepth(..) +** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ - int i = -1; /* Database number */ - if( zName ){ - Db *pDb; - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ - if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && - 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){ - break; - } - } +static int incrAggDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) pExpr->op2 += pWalker->u.i; + return WRC_Continue; +} +static void incrAggFunctionDepth(Expr *pExpr, int N){ + if( N>0 ){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = incrAggDepth; + w.u.i = N; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); } - return i; } /* -** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or -** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the -** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db -** does not exist. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ - int i; /* Database number */ - char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - return i; -} - -/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens -** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: +** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the +** result set in pEList. ** -** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); -** -** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if -** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: +** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine +** makes an exact copy. But for any other kind of expression, this +** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the +** TK_AS operator. The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be +** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias. ** -** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); +** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple +** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as +** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic. ** -** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". +** The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'. This means +** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice. Hence: ** -** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or -** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the -** database "xxx" is returned. +** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x +** +** Is equivalent to: +** +** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5 +** +** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different +** from the result in the result-set. On the other hand Standard SQL does +** not allow the GROUP BY clause to contain references to result-set columns. +** So this should never come up in well-formed queries. +** +** If the reference is followed by a COLLATE operator, then make sure +** the COLLATE operator is preserved. For example: +** +** SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase; +** +** Should be transformed into: +** +** SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY (a+b) COLLATE nocase; +** +** The nSubquery parameter specifies how many levels of subquery the +** alias is removed from the original expression. The usually value is +** zero but it might be more if the alias is contained within a subquery +** of the original expression. The Expr.op2 field of TK_AGG_FUNCTION +** structures must be increased by the nSubquery amount. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */ - Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */ - Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */ +static void resolveAlias( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* A result set */ + int iCol, /* A column in the result set. 0..pEList->nExpr-1 */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */ + const char *zType, /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */ + int nSubquery /* Number of subqueries that the label is moving */ ){ - int iDb; /* Database holding the object */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Expr *pOrig; /* The iCol-th column of the result set */ + Expr *pDup; /* Copy of pOrig */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - if( ALWAYS(pName2!=0) && pName2->n>0 ){ - if( db->init.busy ) { - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database"); - pParse->nErr++; - return -1; + assert( iCol>=0 && iColnExpr ); + pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; + assert( pOrig!=0 ); + assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved ); + db = pParse->db; + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0); + if( pDup==0 ) return; + if( pOrig->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){ + incrAggFunctionDepth(pDup, nSubquery); + pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0); + if( pDup==0 ) return; + ExprSetProperty(pDup, EP_Skip); + if( pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias==0 ){ + pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias); } - *pUnqual = pName2; - iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); - if( iDb<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1); - pParse->nErr++; - return -1; + pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias; + } + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){ + pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken); + } + + /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This + ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself, + ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line. + ** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the + ** sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup) on the last line of this block, so be sure to + ** make a copy of the token before doing the sqlite3DbFree(). + */ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); + memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr)); + if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) && pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ){ + assert( (pExpr->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); + pExpr->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken); + pExpr->flags |= EP_MemToken; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup); +} + + +/* +** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause. +** +** Return FALSE if the USING clause is NULL or if it does not contain +** zCol. +*/ +static int nameInUsingClause(IdList *pUsing, const char *zCol){ + if( pUsing ){ + int k; + for(k=0; knId; k++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ) return 1; } - }else{ - assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy ); - iDb = db->init.iDb; - *pUnqual = pName1; } - return iDb; + return 0; } /* -** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal -** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or -** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string -** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace -** is reserved for internal use. +** Subqueries stores the original database, table and column names for their +** result sets in ExprList.a[].zSpan, in the form "DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN". +** Check to see if the zSpan given to this routine matches the zDb, zTab, +** and zCol. If any of zDb, zTab, and zCol are NULL then those fields will +** match anything. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 - && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 - && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName); - return SQLITE_ERROR; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName( + const char *zSpan, + const char *zCol, + const char *zTab, + const char *zDb +){ + int n; + for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){} + if( zDb && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zDb, n)!=0 || zDb[n]!=0) ){ + return 0; } - return SQLITE_OK; + zSpan += n+1; + for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){} + if( zTab && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zTab, n)!=0 || zTab[n]!=0) ){ + return 0; + } + zSpan += n+1; + if( zCol && sqlite3StrICmp(zSpan, zCol)!=0 ){ + return 0; + } + return 1; } /* -** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is -** the first of several action routines that get called in response -** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called -** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp -** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database -** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case -** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between -** CREATE and TABLE. +** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up +** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr +** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes +** are made to pExpr: ** -** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable. -** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action -** routines will be called to add more information to this record. -** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine -** is called to complete the construction of the new table record. +** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X +** (even if X is implied). +** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained +** from pSrcList. +** pExpr->pTab Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if +** X and/or Y are implied.) +** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table. +** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN. +** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted +** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted. +** +** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be +** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database +** can be used. The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y"). This +** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL. If zTable is NULL it +** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table +** can be used. +** +** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message +** in pParse and return WRC_Abort. Return WRC_Prune on success. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */ - Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */ - int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */ - int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */ - int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */ - int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */ +static int lookupName( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */ + const char *zTab, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */ + const char *zCol, /* Name of the column. */ + NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */ + Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */ ){ - Table *pTable; - char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v; - int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */ - Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */ + int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */ + int nSubquery = 0; /* How many levels of subquery */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */ + struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */ + NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */ + Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */ + int isTrigger = 0; /* True if resolved to a trigger column */ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table hold the row */ + Column *pCol; /* A column of pTab */ - /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens - ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); - ** - ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if - ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); - ** - ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". - ** - ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or - ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is - ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be - ** created in. - */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){ - /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless - ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); - return; - } - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1; + assert( pNC ); /* the name context cannot be NULL. */ + assert( zCol ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - pParse->sNameToken = *pName; - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( zName==0 ) return; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp ); - { - int code; - char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( isView ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW; - } + /* Initialize the node to no-match */ + pExpr->iTable = -1; + pExpr->pTab = 0; + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + + /* Translate the schema name in zDb into a pointer to the corresponding + ** schema. If not found, pSchema will remain NULL and nothing will match + ** resulting in an appropriate error message toward the end of this routine + */ + if( zDb ){ + testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx ); + testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck ); + if( (pNC->ncFlags & (NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck))!=0 ){ + /* Silently ignore database qualifiers inside CHECK constraints and partial + ** indices. Do not raise errors because that might break legacy and + ** because it does not hurt anything to just ignore the database name. */ + zDb = 0; }else{ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + assert( db->aDb[i].zName ); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[i].zName,zDb)==0 ){ + pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; + break; + } } } - if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } } -#endif - /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing - ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if - ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed - ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names - ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace - ** collisions. - */ - if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); - if( pTable ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); + /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */ + while( pNC && cnt==0 ){ + ExprList *pEList; + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + + if( pSrcList ){ + for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + pTab = pItem->pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 ); + assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); + if( pItem->pSelect && (pItem->pSelect->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){ + int hit = 0; + pEList = pItem->pSelect->pEList; + for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ + if( sqlite3MatchSpanName(pEList->a[j].zSpan, zCol, zTab, zDb) ){ + cnt++; + cntTab = 2; + pMatch = pItem; + pExpr->iColumn = j; + hit = 1; + } + } + if( hit || zTab==0 ) continue; + } + if( zDb && pTab->pSchema!=pSchema ){ + continue; + } + if( zTab ){ + const char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName; + assert( zTabName!=0 ); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){ + continue; + } + } + if( 0==(cntTab++) ){ + pMatch = pItem; + } + for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ + /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match + ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a + ** USING clause, then skip this match. + */ + if( cnt==1 ){ + if( pItem->jointype & JT_NATURAL ) continue; + if( nameInUsingClause(pItem->pUsing, zCol) ) continue; + } + cnt++; + pMatch = pItem; + /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j; + break; + } + } } - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); - goto begin_table_error; - } - } + if( pMatch ){ + pExpr->iTable = pMatch->iCursor; + pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab; + pSchema = pExpr->pTab->pSchema; + } + } /* if( pSrcList ) */ - pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( pTable==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - pParse->nErr++; - goto begin_table_error; - } - pTable->zName = zName; - pTable->iPKey = -1; - pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pTable->nRef = 1; - pTable->nRowEst = 1000000; - assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); - pParse->pNewTable = pTable; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe + ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference + */ + if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cntTab==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){ + int op = pParse->eTriggerOp; + assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT ); + if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){ + pExpr->iTable = 1; + pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; + }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){ + pExpr->iTable = 0; + pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; + }else{ + pTab = 0; + } - /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement, - ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure - ** so that INSERT can find the table easily. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ - pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; - } -#endif - - /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into - ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead - ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any - ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause - ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the - ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated - ** now. - */ - if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ - int j1; - int fileFormat; - int reg1, reg2, reg3; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( isVirtual ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); + if( pTab ){ + int iCol; + pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + cntTab++; + for(iCol=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; iColnCol; iCol++, pCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ + if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ + iCol = -1; + } + break; + } + } + if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && HasRowid(pTab) ){ + /* IMP: R-51414-32910 */ + /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */ + iCol = -1; + } + if( iColnCol ){ + cnt++; + if( iCol<0 ){ + pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){ + testcase( iCol==31 ); + testcase( iCol==32 ); + pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<iColumn = (i16)iCol; + pExpr->pTab = pTab; + isTrigger = 1; + } + } } -#endif +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ - /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, - ** set them now. + /* + ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID */ - reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem; - reg3 = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); - fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ? - 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, reg3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, reg3); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && pMatch && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) + && HasRowid(pMatch->pTab) ){ + cnt = 1; + pExpr->iColumn = -1; /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */ + pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + } - /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table. - ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced - ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable(). + /* + ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z + ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when + ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command: ** - ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid. - ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot. - ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that - ** sqlite3EndTable will generate. + ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10; + ** + ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that + ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately. + ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been + ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved. + ** + ** The ability to use an output result-set column in the WHERE, GROUP BY, + ** or HAVING clauses, or as part of a larger expression in the ORDRE BY + ** clause is not standard SQL. This is a (goofy) SQLite extension, that + ** is supported for backwards compatibility only. TO DO: Issue a warning + ** on sqlite3_log() whenever the capability is used. */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) - if( isView || isVirtual ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2); - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2); + if( (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 + && zTab==0 + && cnt==0 + ){ + for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ + char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName; + if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ + Expr *pOrig; + assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); + assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 ); + assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 ); + pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr; + if( (pNC->ncFlags&NC_AllowAgg)==0 && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs); + return WRC_Abort; + } + resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "", nSubquery); + cnt = 1; + pMatch = 0; + assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 ); + goto lookupname_end; + } + } } - sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); - } - - /* Normal (non-error) return. */ - return; - - /* If an error occurs, we jump here */ -begin_table_error: - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - return; -} -/* -** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner. -** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but -** produces larger code. -** -** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It -** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false. -*/ -#define STRICMP(x, y) (\ -sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]== \ -sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)] \ -&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 ) + /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either + ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts. + */ + if( cnt==0 ){ + pNC = pNC->pNext; + nSubquery++; + } + } -/* -** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed. -** -** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration -** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called -** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each -** column. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){ - Table *p; - int i; - char *z; - Column *pCol; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN - if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName); - return; + /* + ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is + ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then + ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that + ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to + ** pExpr. + ** + ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef + ** fields are not changed in any context. + */ + if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){ + pExpr->op = TK_STRING; + pExpr->pTab = 0; + return WRC_Prune; } -#endif - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( z==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - return; + + /* + ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or + ** more matches. Either way, we have an error. + */ + if( cnt!=1 ){ + const char *zErr; + zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name"; + if( zDb ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol); + }else if( zTab ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol); } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + pTopNC->nErr++; } - if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){ - Column *aNew; - aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0])); - if( aNew==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - return; + + /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record + ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes + ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the + ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask + ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask. + */ + if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){ + int n = pExpr->iColumn; + testcase( n==BMS-1 ); + if( n>=BMS ){ + n = BMS-1; } - p->aCol = aNew; + assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable ); + pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<aCol[p->nCol]; - memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); - pCol->zName = z; - - /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity - ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will - ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly. - */ - pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - p->nCol++; -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has -** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on -** the column currently under construction. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ - Table *p; - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; - p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError; -} - -/* -** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the -** associated affinity type. -** -** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the -** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is -** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains -** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of -** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', -** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. -** -** Substring | Affinity -** -------------------------------- -** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER -** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_NONE -** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** -** If none of the substrings in the above table are found, -** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn){ - u32 h = 0; - char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; - if( zIn ) while( zIn[0] ){ - h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff]; - zIn++; - if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */ - && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; - }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; - }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; -#endif - }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - break; + /* Clean up and return + */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft); + pExpr->pLeft = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight); + pExpr->pRight = 0; + pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN); +lookupname_end: + if( cnt==1 ){ + assert( pNC!=0 ); + if( pExpr->op!=TK_AS ){ + sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList); + } + /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to + ** the point where the name matched. */ + for(;;){ + assert( pTopNC!=0 ); + pTopNC->nRef++; + if( pTopNC==pNC ) break; + pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext; } + return WRC_Prune; + } else { + return WRC_Abort; } - - return aff; -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. The pFirst token is the first -** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the -** column currently under construction. pLast is the last token -** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string -** that contains the typename of the column and store that string -** in zType. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){ - Table *p; - Column *pCol; - - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; - pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1]; - assert( pCol->zType==0 ); - pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType); - pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pCol->zType); } /* -** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column -** of the table currently under construction. -** -** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this -** is not the case. -** -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. +** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol +** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){ - Table *p; - Column *pCol; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p!=0 ){ - pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]); - if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant", - pCol->zName); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0); + if( p ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc]; + p->pTab = pItem->pTab; + p->iTable = pItem->iCursor; + if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){ + p->iColumn = -1; }else{ - /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains - ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression - ** is required by pragma table_info. - */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); - pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSpan->pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt); - pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart, - (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart)); + p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol; + testcase( iCol==BMS ); + testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); + pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol); } + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved); } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr); + return p; } /* -** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names -** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the -** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. -** -** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has -** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an -** error. -** -** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER, -** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey -** field of the table under construction to be the index of the -** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is -** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. -** -** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique -** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs. +** Report an error that an expression is not valid for a partial index WHERE +** clause. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */ - int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */ - int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */ - int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */ +static void notValidPartIdxWhere( + Parse *pParse, /* Leave error message here */ + NameContext *pNC, /* The name context */ + const char *zMsg /* Type of error */ ){ - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - char *zType = 0; - int iCol = -1, i; - if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit; - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); - goto primary_key_exit; - } - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey; - if( pList==0 ){ - iCol = pTab->nCol - 1; - pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; - }else{ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){ - break; - } - } - if( iColnCol ){ - pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; - } - } - if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1; - } - if( iCol>=0 && iColnCol ){ - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - } - if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0 - && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){ - pTab->iPKey = iCol; - pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError; - assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 ); - pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement; - }else if( autoInc ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an " - "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); -#endif - }else{ - Index *p; - p = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0); - if( p ){ - p->autoIndex = 2; - } - pList = 0; + if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s prohibited in partial index WHERE clauses", + zMsg); } - -primary_key_exit: - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); - return; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK /* -** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. +** Report an error that an expression is not valid for a CHECK constraint. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ +static void notValidCheckConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Leave error message here */ + NameContext *pNC, /* The name context */ + const char *zMsg /* Type of error */ ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr); - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCheckExpr); + if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s prohibited in CHECK constraints", zMsg); } } +#else +# define notValidCheckConstraint(P,N,M) +#endif /* -** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column -** to the CollSeq given. +** Expression p should encode a floating point value between 1.0 and 0.0. +** Return 1024 times this value. Or return -1 if p is not a floating point +** value between 1.0 and 0.0. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ - Table *p; - int i; - char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ - sqlite3 *db; - - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - i = p->nCol-1; - db = pParse->db; - zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); - if( !zColl ) return; - - if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ - Index *pIdx; - p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; - - /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ", - ** then an index may have been created on this column before the - ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. - */ - for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 ); - if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){ - pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl; - } - } - }else{ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); - } +static int exprProbability(Expr *p){ + double r = -1.0; + if( p->op!=TK_FLOAT ) return -1; + sqlite3AtoF(p->u.zToken, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken), SQLITE_UTF8); + assert( r>=0.0 ); + if( r>1.0 ) return -1; + return (int)(r*1000.0); } /* -** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text -** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName. +** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr(). ** -** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available -** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to -** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence, -** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is -** returned instead. +** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current +** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down +** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk. ** -** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or -** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into -** pParse. -** -** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine -** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found -** and generates an error message. -** -** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() +** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for +** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed +** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - u8 enc = ENC(db); - u8 initbusy = db->init.busy; - CollSeq *pColl; +static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + NameContext *pNC; + Parse *pParse; - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy); - if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){ - pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, enc, pColl, zName); - if( !pColl ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); + pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; + assert( pNC!=0 ); + pParse = pNC->pParse; + assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse ); + + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune; + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved); +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){ + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + int i; + for(i=0; ipSrcList->nSrc; i++){ + assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursornTab); } } +#endif + switch( pExpr->op ){ - return pColl; -} +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) + /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first + ** column in the FROM clause. This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY + ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements. + */ + case TK_ROW: { + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 ); + pItem = pSrcList->a; + pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; + pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab; + pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; + pExpr->iColumn = -1; + pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + break; + } +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ + + /* A lone identifier is the name of a column. + */ + case TK_ID: { + return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr); + } + + /* A table name and column name: ID.ID + ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID + */ + case TK_DOT: { + const char *zColumn; + const char *zTable; + const char *zDb; + Expr *pRight; + /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */ + pRight = pExpr->pRight; + if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){ + zDb = 0; + zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken; + zColumn = pRight->u.zToken; + }else{ + assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT ); + zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken; + zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken; + zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken; + } + return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr); + } -/* -** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie. -** -** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the -** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value -** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the -** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database, -** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed -** since it was last read. -** -** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for -** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be -** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent -** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only -** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + /* Resolve function names + */ + case TK_FUNCTION: { + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; /* The argument list */ + int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */ + int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */ + int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */ + int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */ + int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */ + int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */ + const char *zId; /* The function name. */ + FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */ + u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */ + + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "functions"); + zId = pExpr->u.zToken; + nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId); + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0); + if( pDef==0 ){ + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -2, enc, 0); + if( pDef==0 ){ + no_such_func = 1; + }else{ + wrong_num_args = 1; + } + }else{ + is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0; + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely|EP_Skip); + if( n==2 ){ + pExpr->iTable = exprProbability(pList->a[1].pExpr); + if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "second argument to likelihood() must be a " + "constant between 0.0 and 1.0"); + pNC->nErr++; + } + }else{ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is equivalent to + ** likelihood(X, 0.0625). + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is short-hand for + ** likelihood(X,0.0625). + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-36850-34127 The likely(X) function is short-hand for + ** likelihood(X,0.9375). + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53436-40973 The likely(X) function is equivalent to + ** likelihood(X,0.9375). */ + /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625. likely() is 0.9375 */ + pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 62 : 938; + } + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( pDef ){ + auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0); + if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s", + pDef->zName); + pNC->nErr++; + } + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + return WRC_Prune; + } + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT ) ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant); + } +#endif + if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId); + pNC->nErr++; + is_agg = 0; + }else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId); + pNC->nErr++; + }else if( wrong_num_args ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()", + nId, zId); + pNC->nErr++; + } + if( is_agg ) pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg; + sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList); + if( is_agg ){ + NameContext *pNC2 = pNC; + pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION; + pExpr->op2 = 0; + while( pNC2 && !sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(pExpr, pNC2->pSrcList) ){ + pExpr->op2++; + pNC2 = pNC2->pNext; + } + if( pNC2 ) pNC2->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg; + pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg; + } + /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return + ** type of the function + */ + return WRC_Prune; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_SELECT: + case TK_EXISTS: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); +#endif + case TK_IN: { + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + int nRef = pNC->nRef; + notValidCheckConstraint(pParse, pNC, "subqueries"); + notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "subqueries"); + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect); + assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef ); + if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect); + } + } + break; + } + case TK_VARIABLE: { + notValidCheckConstraint(pParse, pNC, "parameters"); + notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "parameters"); + break; + } + } + return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue; } /* -** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given -** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used -** but does not include the null terminator. +** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the +** a SELECT statement. pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause. +** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds +** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list. If it is, +** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of +** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry. If there is +** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine +** return 0. ** -** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is -** really needed. +** pEList has been resolved. pE has not. */ -static int identLength(const char *z){ - int n; - for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){ - if( *z=='"' ){ n++; } +static int resolveAsName( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ + ExprList *pEList, /* List of expressions to scan */ + Expr *pE /* Expression we are trying to match */ +){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); + + if( pE->op==TK_ID ){ + char *zCol = pE->u.zToken; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName; + if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ + return i+1; + } + } } - return n + 2; + return 0; } /* -** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second -** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at -** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the -** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent, -** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer -** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning. -** -** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric -** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword, -** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise, -** it is quoted using double-quotes. +** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the +** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT. The expression has not been +** name resolved. +** +** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the +** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set. That +** case is handled by the calling routine. +** +** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most +** SELECT statement. Return the index i of the matching column, +** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column. +** The left-most column is 1. In other words, the value returned is the +** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate +** the column. +** +** If there is no match, return 0. Return -1 if an error occurs. */ -static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){ - unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent; - int i, j, needQuote; - i = *pIdx; +static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ + Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */ + Expr *pE /* The specific ORDER BY term */ +){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + ExprList *pEList; /* The columns of the result set */ + NameContext nc; /* Name context for resolving pE */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int rc; /* Return code from subprocedures */ + u8 savedSuppErr; /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */ - for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ - if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break; - } - needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0]) || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID; - if( !needQuote ){ - needQuote = zIdent[j]; - } + assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 ); + pEList = pSelect->pEList; - if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; - for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ - z[i++] = zIdent[j]; - if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"'; + /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression + */ + memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc)); + nc.pParse = pParse; + nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; + nc.pEList = pEList; + nc.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg; + nc.nErr = 0; + db = pParse->db; + savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr; + db->suppressErr = 1; + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE); + db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr; + if( rc ) return 0; + + /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression + ** in the result set. Return an 1-based index of the matching + ** result-set entry. + */ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE, -1)<2 ){ + return i+1; + } } - if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; - z[i] = 0; - *pIdx = i; + + /* If no match, return 0. */ + return 0; } /* -** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given -** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained -** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function. +** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error. */ -static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ - int i, k, n; - char *zStmt; - char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd; - Column *pCol; - n = 0; - for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5; - } - n += identLength(p->zName); - if( n<50 ){ - zSep = ""; - zSep2 = ","; - zEnd = ")"; - }else{ - zSep = "\n "; - zSep2 = ",\n "; - zEnd = "\n)"; - } - n += 35 + 6*p->nCol; - zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n); - if( zStmt==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return 0; - } - sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE "); - k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt); - identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName); - zStmt[k++] = '('; - for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - static const char * const azType[] = { - /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT */ " TEXT", - /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE */ "", - /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM", - /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT", - /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL */ " REAL" - }; - int len; - const char *zType; - - sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep); - k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]); - zSep = zSep2; - identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName); - assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 ); - assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < sizeof(azType)/sizeof(azType[0]) ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); - - zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT]; - len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); - assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE - || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType) ); - memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len); - k += len; - assert( k<=n ); - } - sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd); - return zStmt; +static void resolveOutOfRangeError( + Parse *pParse, /* The error context into which to write the error */ + const char *zType, /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ + int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */ + int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */ +){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "%r %s BY term out of range - should be " + "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx); } /* -** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates -** a CREATE TABLE statement. -** -** The table structure that other action routines have been building -** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have -** occurred. +** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement. Modify +** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1 +** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT. ** -** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless -** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 -** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just -** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has -** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in -** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. +** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are +** unmodified. ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of +** 1 through N generate an error. ORDER BY terms that are expressions +** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT +** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right. +** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into +** the integer column number. ** -** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine -** was called to create a table generated from a -** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of -** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. +** Return the number of errors seen. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */ - Token *pEnd, /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */ - Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */ +static int resolveCompoundOrderBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ + Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */ ){ - Table *p; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; + int i; + ExprList *pOrderBy; + ExprList *pEList; + sqlite3 *db; + int moreToDo = 1; - if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || db->mallocFailed ){ - return; + pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy; + if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; + db = pParse->db; +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN + if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause"); + return 1; } - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 ) return; - - assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect ); - - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions. - */ - if( p->pCheck ){ - SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */ - - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); - sSrc.nSrc = 1; - sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName; - sSrc.a[0].pTab = p; - sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1; - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; - sNC.isCheck = 1; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){ - return; +#endif + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; + } + pSelect->pNext = 0; + while( pSelect->pPrior ){ + pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect; + pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + } + while( pSelect && moreToDo ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + moreToDo = 0; + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + int iCol = -1; + Expr *pE, *pDup; + if( pItem->done ) continue; + pE = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pItem->pExpr); + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ + if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ + resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr); + return 1; + } + }else{ + iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE); + if( iCol==0 ){ + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + assert(pDup); + iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); + } + } + if( iCol>0 ){ + /* Convert the ORDER BY term into an integer column number iCol, + ** taking care to preserve the COLLATE clause if it exists */ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); + if( pNew==0 ) return 1; + pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; + pNew->u.iValue = iCol; + if( pItem->pExpr==pE ){ + pItem->pExpr = pNew; + }else{ + assert( pItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); + assert( pItem->pExpr->pLeft==pE ); + pItem->pExpr->pLeft = pNew; + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE); + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; + pItem->done = 1; + }else{ + moreToDo = 1; + } } + pSelect = pSelect->pNext; } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ - - /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the - ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk. - ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number - ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number - ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.) - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - p->tnum = db->init.newTnum; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any " + "column in the result set", i+1); + return 1; + } } + return 0; +} - /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table - ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. - ** - ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary - ** file instead of into the main database file. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - int n; - Vdbe *v; - char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */ - char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */ - char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */ - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0); +/* +** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of +** the SELECT statement pSelect. If any term is reference to a +** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.u.x.iOrderByCol +** field) then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set +** column. +** +** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and +** return non-zero. Return zero if no errors are seen. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ + Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */ + const char *zType /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ +){ + int i; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + ExprList *pEList; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; - /* - ** Initialize zType for the new view or table. - */ - if( p->pSelect==0 ){ - /* A regular table */ - zType = "table"; - zType2 = "TABLE"; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - }else{ - /* A view */ - zType = "view"; - zType2 = "VIEW"; + if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN + if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType); + return 1; + } #endif + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */ + for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol ){ + if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){ + resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr); + return 1; + } + resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType,0); } + } + return 0; +} - /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT - ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the - ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot. - ** - ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a - ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used - ** by the new table. - ** - ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table, - ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since - ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would - ** be redundant. - */ - if( pSelect ){ - SelectDest dest; - Table *pSelTab; +/* +** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect. +** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC. zType is either +** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is. +** +** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression. +** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the +** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression +** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression. If +** the order-by term is an identifier that corresponds to the AS-name of +** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the +** result-set expression. Otherwise, the expression is resolved in +** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). +** +** This routine returns the number of errors. If errors occur, then +** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse. (OOM errors +** excepted.) +*/ +static int resolveOrderGroupBy( + NameContext *pNC, /* The name context of the SELECT statement */ + Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */ + const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int iCol; /* Column number */ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + int nResult; /* Number of terms in the result set */ - assert(pParse->nTab==1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); - pParse->nTab = 2; - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1); - if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect); - if( pSelTab==0 ) return; - assert( p->aCol==0 ); - p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; - p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; - pSelTab->nCol = 0; - pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); + if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; + nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; + pParse = pNC->pParse; + for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr; + Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE); + if( zType[0]!='G' ){ + iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE2); + if( iCol>0 ){ + /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being + ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column. The subsequent call to + ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a + ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */ + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; + continue; } } - - /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */ - if( pSelect ){ - zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p); - }else{ - n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + 1; - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z - ); - } - - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the - ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all - ** the information we've collected. - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s " - "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q " - "WHERE rowid=#%d", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - zType, - p->zName, - p->zName, - pParse->regRoot, - zStmt, - pParse->regRowid - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for - ** keeping track of autoincrement keys. - */ - if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)", - pDb->zName - ); + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iCol) ){ + /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant. Again, set the column + ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the + ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */ + if( iCol<1 || iCol>0xffff ){ + resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult); + return 1; } + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; + continue; } -#endif - - /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P4_DYNAMIC); - } - - /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database. - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - Table *pOld; - Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, - sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p); - if( pOld ){ - assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; + /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */ + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = 0; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){ + return 1; } - pParse->pNewTable = 0; - db->nTable++; - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - if( !p->pSelect ){ - const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z; - int nName; - assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd ); - if( pCons->z==0 ){ - pCons = pEnd; + for(j=0; jpEList->nExpr; j++){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE, pSelect->pEList->a[j].pExpr, -1)==0 ){ + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = j+1; } - nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName); - p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName); } -#endif } + return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType); } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW /* -** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW +** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */ - Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ - Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */ - int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */ - int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */ -){ - Table *p; - int n; - const char *z; - Token sEnd; - DbFixer sFix; - Token *pName; - int iDb; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + NameContext *pOuterNC; /* Context that contains this SELECT */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context of this SELECT */ + int isCompound; /* True if p is a compound select */ + int nCompound; /* Number of compound terms processed so far */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList; /* Result set expression list */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ + Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + - if( pParse->nVar>0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views"); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return; - } - sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr); - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return; - } - sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName) - && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) - ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return; + assert( p!=0 ); + if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){ + return WRC_Prune; } + pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC; + pParse = pWalker->pParse; + db = pParse->db; - /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view. - ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically - ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that - ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns. + /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have + ** already expanded this SELECT. However, if this is a subquery within + ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a + ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand(). When that happens, let + ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT. + ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and + ** this routine in the correct order. */ - p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return; - } - if( !db->init.busy ){ - sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p); + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){ + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC); + return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune; } - /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to - ** the end. - */ - sEnd = pParse->sLastToken; - if( ALWAYS(sEnd.z[0]!=0) && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){ - sEnd.z += sEnd.n; - } - sEnd.n = 0; - n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z); - z = pBegin->z; - while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; } - sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; - sEnd.n = 1; + isCompound = p->pPrior!=0; + nCompound = 0; + pLeftmost = p; + while( p ){ + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ); + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 ); + p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved; - /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0); - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These + ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) || + sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries + */ + for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + NameContext *pNC; /* Used to iterate name contexts */ + int nRef = 0; /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */ + const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext; -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) -/* -** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of -** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number -** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ - Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */ - Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */ - int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ - int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */ - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); + /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its + ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in + ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then + ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the + ** pItem->isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */ + for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef; - assert( pTable ); + if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; + sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC); + pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0; -#endif + for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef; + assert( pItem->isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 ); + pItem->isCorrelated = (nRef!=0); + } + } + + /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to + ** resolve the result-set expression list. + */ + sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg; + sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; + + /* Resolve names in the result set. */ + pEList = p->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + } + + /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY + ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. + */ + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 ); + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + if( pGroupBy || (sNC.ncFlags & NC_HasAgg)!=0 ){ + p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; + }else{ + sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg; + } + + /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. + */ + if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the + ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that + ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by + ** aliases in the result set. + ** + ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be + ** re-evaluated for each reference to it. + */ + sNC.pEList = p->pEList; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are - ** already known. - */ - if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0; + /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in + ** outer queries + */ + sNC.pNext = 0; + sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg; - /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently - ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with - ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this: - ** - ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two; - ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one; - ** - ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point. - ** But the following test is still important as it does come up - ** in the following: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a); - ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1; - ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1; - */ - if( pTable->nCol<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName); - return 1; + /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements. + ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled + ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of + ** the compound have been resolved. + */ + if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure + ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + + if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in " + "the GROUP BY clause"); + return WRC_Abort; + } + } + } + + /* Advance to the next term of the compound + */ + p = p->pPrior; + nCompound++; } - assert( pTable->nCol>=0 ); - /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names. - ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any - ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors - ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes - ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT - ** statement that defines the view. + /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of + ** the compound have been resolved. */ - assert( pTable->pSelect ); - pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0); - if( pSel ){ - u8 enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; - n = pParse->nTab; - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); - pTable->nCol = -1; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - xAuth = db->xAuth; - db->xAuth = 0; - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); - db->xAuth = xAuth; -#else - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); -#endif - db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; - pParse->nTab = n; - if( pSelTab ){ - assert( pTable->aCol==0 ); - pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; - pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; - pSelTab->nCol = 0; - pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); - pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews; - }else{ - pTable->nCol = 0; - nErr++; - } - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); - } else { - nErr++; + if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){ + return WRC_Abort; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - return nErr; + + return WRC_Prune; } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW /* -** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx. -*/ -static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ - HashElem *i; - if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTab); - pTab->aCol = 0; - pTab->nCol = 0; - } - } - DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); -} -#else -# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - -/* -** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema -** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The -** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom -** to iTo. +** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to +** table columns and result-set columns. At the same time, do error +** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions +** are seen. ** -** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information -** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. -** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might -** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is -** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match -** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices -** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. -** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with -** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo -** in order to be certain that we got the right one. +** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the +** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where +** +** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or +** the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database. +** +** Y: The name of a table in a FROM clause. Or in a trigger +** one of the special names "old" or "new". +** +** Z: The name of a column in table Y. +** +** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows: +** +** Expr.op Changed to TK_COLUMN +** Expr.pTab Points to the Table object for X.Y +** Expr.iColumn The column index in X.Y. -1 for the rowid. +** Expr.iTable The VDBE cursor number for X.Y +** +** +** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the +** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand +** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT. The Z expression +** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression. +** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression +** tree. For example, in: +** +** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x; +** +** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render: +** +** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b; +** +** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is +** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified. +** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is +** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. +** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg +** property on the expression is set. +** +** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number +** if errors is returned. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db *pDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ - HashElem *pElem; - Hash *pHash; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( + NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ + Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ +){ + u8 savedHasAgg; + Walker w; - pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); - if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){ - pTab->tnum = iTo; + if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + { + Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; + if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){ + return 1; } + pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight; } - pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash; - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem); - if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){ - pIdx->tnum = iTo; - } +#endif + savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg; + pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_HasAgg; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; + w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; + w.pParse = pNC->pParse; + w.u.pNC = pNC; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight; +#endif + if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); } + if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg); + }else if( savedHasAgg ){ + pNC->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg; + } + return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); } -#endif + /* -** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. -** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema -** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst -** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). -*/ -static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb); - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer - ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to - ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to - ** reflect this. - ** - ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value - ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER - ** token for additional information. - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", - pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1); -#endif - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); +** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all +** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior, +** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause +** terms. +** +** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of +** transformations that occur. +** +** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using +** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */ +){ + Walker w; + + assert( p!=0 ); + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; + w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; + w.pParse = pParse; + w.u.pNC = pOuterNC; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p); } /* -** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. -** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions -** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer -** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). +** Resolve names in expressions that can only reference a single table: +** +** * CHECK constraints +** * WHERE clauses on partial indices +** +** The Expr.iTable value for Expr.op==TK_COLUMN nodes of the expression +** is set to -1 and the Expr.iColumn value is set to the column number. +** +** Any errors cause an error message to be set in pParse. */ -static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - Index *pIdx; - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - } -#else - /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the - ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically - ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages - ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the - ** following were coded: - ** - ** OP_Destroy 4 0 - ** ... - ** OP_Destroy 5 0 - ** - ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the - ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the - ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit - ** a free-list page. - */ - int iTab = pTab->tnum; - int iDestroyed = 0; - - while( 1 ){ - Index *pIdx; - int iLargest = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table being referenced */ + int type, /* NC_IsCheck or NC_PartIdx */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to resolve. May be NULL. */ + ExprList *pList /* Expression list to resolve. May be NUL. */ +){ + SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ - if( iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){ - iLargest = iIdx; + assert( type==NC_IsCheck || type==NC_PartIdx ); + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); + sSrc.nSrc = 1; + sSrc.a[0].zName = pTab->zName; + sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTab; + sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1; + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; + sNC.ncFlags = type; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pExpr) ) return; + if( pList ){ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){ + return; } } - if( iLargest==0 ){ - return; - }else{ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb); - iDestroyed = iLargest; - } } -#endif } +/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/ /* -** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. -** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and +** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){ - Table *pTab; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_drop_table; +/* +** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. +** +** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, +** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the +** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, +** indicating no affinity for the expression. +** +** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all +** have an affinity: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a); +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a; +** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b; +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ + int op; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); + if( pExpr->flags & EP_Generic ) return 0; + op = pExpr->op; + if( op==TK_SELECT ){ + assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect ); + return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr); } - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++; - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, - pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--; - - if( pTab==0 ){ - goto exit_drop_table; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + if( op==TK_CAST ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0); } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); +#endif + if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) + && pExpr->pTab!=0 + ){ + /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally + ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ + int j = pExpr->iColumn; + if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + assert( pExpr->pTab && jpTab->nCol ); + return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity; + } + return pExpr->affinity; +} - /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure - ** it is initialized. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; +/* +** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating +** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to a new Expr node that +** implements the COLLATE operator. +** +** If a memory allocation error occurs, that fact is recorded in pParse->db +** and the pExpr parameter is returned unchanged. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Add the "COLLATE" clause to this expression */ + const Token *pCollName /* Name of collating sequence */ +){ + if( pCollName->n>0 ){ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLLATE, pCollName, 1); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->pLeft = pExpr; + pNew->flags |= EP_Collate|EP_Skip; + pExpr = pNew; + } } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zArg2 = 0; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){ - goto exit_drop_table; + return pExpr; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, const char *zC){ + Token s; + assert( zC!=0 ); + s.z = zC; + s.n = sqlite3Strlen30(s.z); + return sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, pExpr, &s); +} + +/* +** Skip over any TK_COLLATE or TK_AS operators and any unlikely() +** or likelihood() function at the root of an expression. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){ + while( pExpr && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){ + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely) ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + assert( pExpr->x.pList->nExpr>0 ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ); + pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + }else{ + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_AS ); + pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; } - if( isView ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW; + } + return pExpr; +} + +/* +** Return the collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If +** there is no defined collating sequence, return NULL. +** +** The collating sequence might be determined by a COLLATE operator +** or by the presence of a column with a defined collating sequence. +** COLLATE operators take first precedence. Left operands take +** precedence over right operands. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + CollSeq *pColl = 0; + Expr *p = pExpr; + while( p ){ + int op = p->op; + if( p->flags & EP_Generic ) break; + if( op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS ){ + p = p->pLeft; + continue; + } + if( op==TK_COLLATE || (op==TK_REGISTER && p->op2==TK_COLLATE) ){ + pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), 0, p->u.zToken); + break; + } + if( p->pTab!=0 + && (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN + || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER) + ){ + /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally + ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ + int j = p->iColumn; + if( j>=0 ){ + const char *zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl; + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE; - zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName; -#endif - }else{ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE; + break; + } + if( p->flags & EP_Collate ){ + if( ALWAYS(p->pLeft) && (p->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){ + p = p->pLeft; }else{ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE; + p = p->pRight; } + }else{ + break; } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - } -#endif - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used - ** on a table. - */ - if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; + if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ + pColl = 0; } -#endif - - /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table - ** on disk. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - Trigger *pTrigger; - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); - } -#endif - sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab); - - /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code - ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or - ** sqlite_temp_master if required. - */ - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); - while( pTrigger ){ - assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || - pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); - pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; - } + return pColl; +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with - ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped - ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to - ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode). +/* +** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the +** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the +** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ + char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr); + if( aff1 && aff2 ){ + /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric + ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity. */ - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %s.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q", - pDb->zName, pTab->zName - ); + if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){ + return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + }else{ + return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; } -#endif - - /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the - ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes - ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being - ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be - ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another - ** database. + }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){ + /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the + ** results directly. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", - pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName); - - /* Drop any statistics from the sqlite_stat1 table, if it exists */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q", pDb->zName, pTab->zName - ); - } + return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + }else{ + /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */ + assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 ); + return (aff1 + aff2); + } +} - if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - destroyTable(pParse, pTab); - } +/* +** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should +** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison. +*/ +static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ + char aff; + assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT || + pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE || + pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); + assert( pExpr->pLeft ); + aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); + if( pExpr->pRight ){ + aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff); + }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff); + }else if( !aff ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + return aff; +} - /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify - ** the schema cookie. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); +/* +** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc. +** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true +** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement +** the comparison in pExpr. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ + char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); + switch( aff ){ + case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: + return 1; + case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: + return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + default: + return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity); } - sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb); +} -exit_drop_table: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +/* +** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison +** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2. +*/ +static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ + u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2); + aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull; + return aff; } /* -** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table -** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns -** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then -** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of -** the table referred to. pToCol is a list of tables in the other -** pTo table that the foreign key points to. flags contains all -** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified -** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses. +** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by +** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight. ** -** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently -** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. +** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is +** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression +** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating +** type. ** -** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call -** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED. +** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case, +** it is not considered. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */ - Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */ - ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */ - int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( + Parse *pParse, + Expr *pLeft, + Expr *pRight ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - FKey *pFKey = 0; - FKey *pNextTo; - Table *p = pParse->pNewTable; - int nByte; - int i; - int nCol; - char *z; - - assert( pTo!=0 ); - if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end; - if( pFromCol==0 ){ - int iCol = p->nCol-1; - if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end; - if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s" - " should reference only one column of table %T", - p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo); - goto fk_end; - } - nCol = 1; - }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of " - "columns in the referenced table"); - goto fk_end; + CollSeq *pColl; + assert( pLeft ); + if( pLeft->flags & EP_Collate ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); + }else if( pRight && (pRight->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); }else{ - nCol = pFromCol->nExpr; - } - nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1; - if( pToCol ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); + if( !pColl ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); } } - pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte ); - if( pFKey==0 ){ - goto fk_end; + return pColl; +} + +/* +** Generate code for a comparison operator. +*/ +static int codeCompare( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */ + Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */ + Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */ + int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */ + int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */ + int dest, /* Jump here if true. */ + int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */ +){ + int p5; + int addr; + CollSeq *p4; + + p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight); + p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1, + (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5); + return addr; +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 +/* +** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum +** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in +** pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]; + if( nHeight>mxHeight ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } - pFKey->pFrom = p; - pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey; - z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol]; - pFKey->zTo = z; - memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n); - z[pTo->n] = 0; - sqlite3Dequote(z); - z += pTo->n+1; - pFKey->nCol = nCol; - if( pFromCol==0 ){ - pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1; - }else{ - for(i=0; inCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){ - pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j; - break; - } - } - if( j>=p->nCol ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", - pFromCol->a[i].zName); - goto fk_end; - } + return rc; +} + +/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList() +** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height +** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the +** first argument. +** +** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed +** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that +** value. +*/ +static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){ + if( p ){ + if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){ + *pnHeight = p->nHeight; } } - if( pToCol ){ - for(i=0; ia[i].zName); - pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z; - memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n); - z[n] = 0; - z += n+1; +} +static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){ + if( p ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight); } } - pFKey->isDeferred = 0; - pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff); /* ON DELETE action */ - pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */ - - pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, - pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey - ); - if( pNextTo==pFKey ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto fk_end; - } - if( pNextTo ){ - assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 ); - pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo; - pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey; +} +static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){ + if( p ){ + heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight); + heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight); + heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight); + heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight); + heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight); } +} - /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step. - */ - p->pFKey = pFKey; - pFKey = 0; +/* +** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an +** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or +** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression +** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other +** referenced Expr plus one. +*/ +static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){ + int nHeight = 0; + heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight); + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight); + }else{ + heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight); + } + p->nHeight = nHeight + 1; +} -fk_end: - sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol); +/* +** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If +** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth, +** leave an error in pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ + exprSetHeight(p); + sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); } /* -** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED -** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred -** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. -** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted -** accordingly. +** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced +** by the select statement passed as an argument. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - Table *pTab; - FKey *pFKey; - if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return; - assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ - pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred; -#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){ + int nHeight = 0; + heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight); + return nHeight; } +#else + #define exprSetHeight(y) +#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */ /* -** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is -** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the -** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command. +** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes. ** -** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly -** created. The register specified by memRootPage contains the -** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then -** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and -** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum. +** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory +** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation +** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). The calling function +** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed. +** +** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted. +** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performance. The deQuote +** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not +** appear to be quoted. If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes) +** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node. +** +** Special case: If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that +** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not +** stored in u.zToken. Instead, the integer values is written +** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set. No extra storage +** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored. */ -static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ - Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ - int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ - int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ - int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ - int tnum; /* Root page of index */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ - KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ - int regIdxKey; /* Registers containing the index key */ - int regRecord; /* Register holding assemblied index record */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc( + sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ + int op, /* Expression opcode */ + const Token *pToken, /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ + int dequote /* True to dequote */ +){ + Expr *pNew; + int nExtra = 0; + int iValue = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0, - db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ - return; + if( pToken ){ + if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0 + || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){ + nExtra = pToken->n+1; + assert( iValue>=0 ); + } } -#endif + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->op = (u8)op; + pNew->iAgg = -1; + if( pToken ){ + if( nExtra==0 ){ + pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; + pNew->u.iValue = iValue; + }else{ + int c; + pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1]; + assert( pToken->z!=0 || pToken->n==0 ); + if( pToken->n ) memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n); + pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0; + if( dequote && nExtra>=3 + && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){ + sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken); + if( c=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted; + } + } + } +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + pNew->nHeight = 1; +#endif + } + return pNew; +} - /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); +/* +** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has +** already been dequoted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr( + sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ + int op, /* Expression opcode */ + const char *zToken /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ +){ + Token x; + x.z = zToken; + x.n = zToken ? sqlite3Strlen30(zToken) : 0; + return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0); +} - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - if( memRootPage>=0 ){ - tnum = memRootPage; +/* +** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot. +** +** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred. +** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees( + sqlite3 *db, + Expr *pRoot, + Expr *pLeft, + Expr *pRight +){ + if( pRoot==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight); }else{ - tnum = pIndex->tnum; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); - } - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, - (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - if( memRootPage>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); - } - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); - regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - regIdxKey = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1); - if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){ - const int regRowid = regIdxKey + pIndex->nColumn; - const int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2; - void * const pRegKey = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdxKey); - - /* The registers accessed by the OP_IsUnique opcode were allocated - ** using sqlite3GetTempRange() inside of the sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() - ** call above. Just before that function was freed they were released - ** (made available to the compiler for reuse) using - ** sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(). So in some ways having the OP_IsUnique - ** opcode use the values stored within seems dangerous. However, since - ** we can be sure that no other temp registers have been allocated - ** since sqlite3ReleaseTempRange() was called, it is safe to do so. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, j2, regRowid, pRegKey, P4_INT32); - sqlite3HaltConstraint( - pParse, OE_Abort, "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC); + if( pRight ){ + pRoot->pRight = pRight; + pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pRight->flags; + } + if( pLeft ){ + pRoot->pLeft = pLeft; + pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pLeft->flags; + } + exprSetHeight(pRoot); } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx); } /* -** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index -** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will -** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a -** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable -** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is -** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement. -** -** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this -** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added -** to the table currently under construction. +** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees. ** -** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index -** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index -** as the tables primary key (Index.autoIndex==2). +** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL. Return a pointer to the new +** Expr node. Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed, +** free the subtrees and return NULL. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ - Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ - Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ - SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */ - ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ - int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ - Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ - Token *pEnd, /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */ - int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ - int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int op, /* Expression opcode */ + Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */ + Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */ + const Token *pToken /* Argument token */ ){ - Index *pRet = 0; /* Pointer to return */ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */ - Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */ - char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */ - int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */ - int i, j; - Token nullId; /* Fake token for an empty ID list */ - DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */ - int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */ - int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */ - Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */ - struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */ - int nCol; - int nExtra = 0; - char *zExtra; - - assert( pStart==0 || pEnd!=0 ); /* pEnd must be non-NULL if pStart is */ - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ - if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - goto exit_create_index; + Expr *p; + if( op==TK_AND && pLeft && pRight ){ + /* Take advantage of short-circuit false optimization for AND */ + p = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pLeft, pRight); + }else{ + p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1); + sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight); } - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto exit_create_index; + if( p ) { + sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); } + return p; +} - /* - ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found. - */ - if( pTblName!=0 ){ - - /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database - ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db - ** before looking up the table. - */ - assert( pName1 && pName2 ); - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table - ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this - ** if initialising a database schema. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName); - if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ - iDb = 1; - } - } -#endif +/* +** If the expression is always either TRUE or FALSE (respectively), +** then return 1. If one cannot determine the truth value of the +** expression at compile-time return 0. +** +** This is an optimization. If is OK to return 0 here even if +** the expression really is always false or false (a false negative). +** But it is a bug to return 1 if the expression might have different +** boolean values in different circumstances (a false positive.) +** +** Note that if the expression is part of conditional for a +** LEFT JOIN, then we cannot determine at compile-time whether or not +** is it true or false, so always return 0. +*/ +static int exprAlwaysTrue(Expr *p){ + int v = 0; + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0; + return v!=0; +} +static int exprAlwaysFalse(Expr *p){ + int v = 0; + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0; + return v==0; +} - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) && - sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) - ){ - /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier, - ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */ - assert(0); - } - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pTblName->a[0].zName, - pTblName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab || db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_create_index; - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); +/* +** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is +** NULL, then just return the other expression. +** +** If one side or the other of the AND is known to be false, then instead +** of returning an AND expression, just return a constant expression with +** a value of false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){ + if( pLeft==0 ){ + return pRight; + }else if( pRight==0 ){ + return pLeft; + }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || exprAlwaysFalse(pRight) ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight); + return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[0], 0); }else{ - assert( pName==0 ); - pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight); + return pNew; } - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; +} - assert( pTab!=0 ); - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 - && memcmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed"); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed"); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#endif - - /* - ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another - ** index or table with the same name. - ** - ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the - ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and - ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or - ** index, then we will continue to process this index. - ** - ** If pName==0 it means that we are - ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our - ** own name. - */ - if( pName ){ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - if( !db->init.busy ){ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName); - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){ - if( !ifNotExist ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); - } - goto exit_create_index; - } - }else{ - int n; - Index *pLoop; - for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){} - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n); - if( zName==0 ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - - /* Check for authorization to create an index. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - const char *zDb = pDb->zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - } -#endif - - /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary - ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction. - ** So create a fake list to simulate this. - */ - if( pList==0 ){ - nullId.z = pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName; - nullId.n = sqlite3Strlen30((char*)nullId.z); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0); - if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &nullId, 0); - pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder; - } - - /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly - ** specified collation sequence names. - */ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; - if( pExpr ){ - CollSeq *pColl = pExpr->pColl; - /* Either pColl!=0 or there was an OOM failure. But if an OOM - ** failure we have quit before reaching this point. */ - if( ALWAYS(pColl) ){ - nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName)); - } - } +/* +** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple +** arguments. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){ + Expr *pNew; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( pToken ); + pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1); + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */ + return 0; } + pNew->x.pList = pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew); + return pNew; +} - /* - ** Allocate the index structure. - */ - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - nCol = pList->nExpr; - pIndex = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(Index) + /* Index structure */ - sizeof(int)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ - sizeof(int)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowEst */ - sizeof(char *)*nCol + /* Index.azColl */ - sizeof(u8)*nCol + /* Index.aSortOrder */ - nName + 1 + /* Index.zName */ - nExtra /* Collation sequence names */ - ); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - pIndex->azColl = (char**)(&pIndex[1]); - pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]); - pIndex->aiRowEst = (unsigned *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]); - pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiRowEst[nCol+1]); - pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]); - zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]); - memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1); - pIndex->pTable = pTab; - pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr; - pIndex->onError = (u8)onError; - pIndex->autoIndex = (u8)(pName==0); - pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; +/* +** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard +** in the original SQL statement. +** +** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential +** variable number. +** +** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make +** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when +** the SQL statement comes from an external source. +** +** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number +** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first +** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is +** assigned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + const char *z; - /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns - */ - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){ - sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */ + if( pExpr==0 ) return; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ); + z = pExpr->u.zToken; + assert( z!=0 ); + assert( z[0]!=0 ); + if( z[1]==0 ){ + /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */ + assert( z[0]=='?' ); + pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); }else{ - sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */ - } - - /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and - ** load the column indices into the Index structure. Report an error - ** if any column is not found. - ** - ** TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named - ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of - ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the - ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would - ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning. - */ - for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pListItem++){ - const char *zColName = pListItem->zName; - Column *pTabCol; - int requestedSortOrder; - char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */ - - for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pTabCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break; - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s", - pTab->zName, zColName); - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto exit_create_index; - } - pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j; - /* Justification of the ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl): Because of - ** the way the "idxlist" non-terminal is constructed by the parser, - ** if pListItem->pExpr is not null then either pListItem->pExpr->pColl - ** must exist or else there must have been an OOM error. But if there - ** was an OOM error, we would never reach this point. */ - if( pListItem->pExpr && ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl) ){ - int nColl; - zColl = pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName; - nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1; - assert( nExtra>=nColl ); - memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl); - zColl = zExtra; - zExtra += nColl; - nExtra -= nColl; + ynVar x = 0; + u32 n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + if( z[0]=='?' ){ + /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and + ** use it as the variable number */ + i64 i; + int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8); + pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i; + testcase( i==0 ); + testcase( i==1 ); + testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 ); + testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ); + if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d", + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]); + x = 0; + } + if( i>pParse->nVar ){ + pParse->nVar = (int)i; + } }else{ - zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; - if( !zColl ){ - zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName; + /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa". Reuse the same variable + ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name + ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number + */ + ynVar i; + for(i=0; inzVar; i++){ + if( pParse->azVar[i] && strcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z)==0 ){ + pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1; + break; + } } + if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); } - if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl; - requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask; - pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder; - } - sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex); - - if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ - /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a - ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or - ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions. - ** i.e. one of: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y); - ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y)); - ** - ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If - ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to - ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with - ** explicit indices. - ** - ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent - ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different - ** sort orders. - ** - ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of - ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are - ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices. - */ - Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int k; - assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ); - assert( pIdx->autoIndex ); - assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ); - - if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue; - for(k=0; knColumn; k++){ - const char *z1; - const char *z2; - if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break; - z1 = pIdx->azColl[k]; - z2 = pIndex->azColl[k]; - if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break; + if( x>0 ){ + if( x>pParse->nzVar ){ + char **a; + a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0])); + if( a==0 ) return; /* Error reported through db->mallocFailed */ + pParse->azVar = a; + memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0])); + pParse->nzVar = x; } - if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){ - if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ - /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous - ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. - ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this - ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit - ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the - ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index. - */ - if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); - } - if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ - pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError; - } - } - goto exit_create_index; + if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]); + pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n); } } + } + if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables"); } +} - /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other - ** in-memory database structures. - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - Index *p; - p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, - pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName), - pIndex); - if( p ){ - assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_create_index; - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - if( pTblName!=0 ){ - pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum; - } - } - - /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk. This - ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the - ** index with the current table contents. - ** - ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX - ** command. db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and - ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table. In - ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why - ** we don't want to recreate it. - ** - ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key - ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table - ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization - ** step can be skipped. - */ - else{ /* if( db->init.busy==0 ) */ - Vdbe *v; - char *zStmt; - int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - - - /* Create the rootpage for the index - */ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem); - - /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into - ** the zStmt variable - */ - if( pStart ){ - assert( pEnd!=0 ); - /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", - onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", - pEnd->z - pName->z + 1, - pName->z); +/* +** Recursively delete an expression tree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ + if( p==0 ) return; + /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 ); + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ + /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */ + assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 ); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight); + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken); + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect); }else{ - /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ - /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */ - zStmt = 0; - } - - /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pIndex->zName, - pTab->zName, - iMem, - zStmt - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); - - /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire - ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements. - */ - if( pTblName ){ - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName), - P4_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList); } } - - /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make - ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled - ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct constraint check - ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of - ** UPDATE and INSERT statements. - */ - if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ - if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 - || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){ - pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex; - pTab->pIndex = pIndex; - }else{ - Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex; - while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){ - pOther = pOther->pNext; - } - pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext; - pOther->pNext = pIndex; - } - pRet = pIndex; - pIndex = 0; + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } +} - /* Clean up before exiting */ -exit_create_index: - if( pIndex ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex->zColAff); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex); - } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - return pRet; +/* +** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure +** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE, +** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. +*/ +static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){ + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE; + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE; + return EXPR_FULLSIZE; } /* -** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information -** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command. +** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required +** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in +** how much of the tree is measured. ** -** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index. -** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the -** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the -** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number -** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns -** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that -* -** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1] -** aiRowEst[N]>=1 +** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure +** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token +** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components ** -** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to -** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here -** are based on typical values found in actual indices. +*************************************************************************** +** +** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together: +** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and +** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be. +** The return values is always one of: +** +** EXPR_FULLSIZE +** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced +** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly +** +** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value +** of this routine with 0xfff. The flags can be found by masking the +** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly. +** +** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size +** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser. +** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into +** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped +** off if the expression is reduced. Note also that it does not work to +** make a EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression. It is only legal +** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser. The implementation +** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt +** to enforce this constraint. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ - unsigned *a = pIdx->aiRowEst; - int i; - unsigned n; - assert( a!=0 ); - a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowEst; - if( a[0]<10 ) a[0] = 10; - n = 10; - for(i=1; i<=pIdx->nColumn; i++){ - a[i] = n; - if( n>5 ) n--; - } - if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1; +static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ + int nSize; + assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */ + assert( EXPR_FULLSIZE<=0xfff ); + assert( (0xfff & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); + if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){ + nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE; + }else{ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) ); + if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){ + nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced; + }else{ + assert( p->pRight==0 ); + nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly; + } } + return nSize; } /* -** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine -** implements the DROP INDEX statement. +** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy +** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that +** string is defined.) */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ - Index *pIndex; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( pIndex==0 ){ - if( !ifExists ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto exit_drop_index; - } - if( pIndex->autoIndex ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " - "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); - goto exit_drop_index; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; - Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - } -#endif - - /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pIndex->zName - ); - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE idx=%Q", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, pIndex->zName - ); - } - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); +static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){ + int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff; + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ + nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1; } - -exit_drop_index: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); + return ROUND8(nByte); } /* -** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the -** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine allocates a new -** object on the end of the array. -** -** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use. *pnAlloc is -** the previously allocated size of the array. initSize is the -** suggested initial array size allocation. +** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the +** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a +** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags. ** -** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx. +** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct +** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any. ** -** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects. This -** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different -** pointer if the array was resized. +** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes +** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft +** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or +** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ - int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ - int initSize, /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */ - int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ - int *pnAlloc, /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */ - int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ -){ - char *z; - if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){ - void *pNew; - int newSize; - newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, newSize*szEntry); - if( pNew==0 ){ - *pIdx = -1; - return pArray; +static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ + int nByte = 0; + if( p ){ + nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); + if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){ + nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags); } - *pnAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew)/szEntry; - pArray = pNew; } - z = (char*)pArray; - memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry); - *pIdx = *pnEntry; - ++*pnEntry; - return pArray; + return nByte; } /* -** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if -** need be. -** -** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. +** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer +** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough +** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken +** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions, +** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the +** portion of the buffer copied into by this function. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - pList->nAlloc = 0; - } - pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pList->a, - sizeof(pList->a[0]), - 5, - &pList->nId, - &pList->nAlloc, - &i - ); - if( i<0 ){ - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList); - return 0; +static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){ + Expr *pNew = 0; /* Value to return */ + if( p ){ + const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + u8 *zAlloc; + u32 staticFlag = 0; + + assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced ); + + /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */ + if( pzBuffer ){ + zAlloc = *pzBuffer; + staticFlag = EP_Static; + }else{ + zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, dupedExprSize(p, flags)); + } + pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc; + + if( pNew ){ + /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to + ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or + ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed + ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any). + */ + const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags); + const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff; + int nToken; + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ + nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1; + }else{ + nToken = 0; + } + if( isReduced ){ + assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 ); + memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize); + }else{ + int nSize = exprStructSize(p); + memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize); + memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize); + } + + /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */ + pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static|EP_MemToken); + pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly); + pNew->flags |= staticFlag; + + /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */ + if( nToken ){ + char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize]; + memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken); + } + + if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){ + /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */ + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced); + }else{ + pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced); + } + } + + /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */ + if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){ + zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); + if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){ + pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc); + pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc); + } + if( pzBuffer ){ + *pzBuffer = zAlloc; + } + }else{ + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ + pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0); + pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0); + } + } + + } } - pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); - return pList; + return pNew; } /* -** Delete an IdList. +** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second +** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned +** and the db->mallocFailed flag set. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +static With *withDup(sqlite3 *db, With *p){ + With *pRet = 0; + if( p ){ + int nByte = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nCte-1); + pRet = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( pRet ){ + int i; + pRet->nCte = p->nCte; + for(i=0; inCte; i++){ + pRet->a[i].pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->a[i].pSelect, 0); + pRet->a[i].pCols = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->a[i].pCols, 0); + pRet->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, p->a[i].zName); + } + } } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); + return pRet; } +#else +# define withDup(x,y) 0 +#endif /* -** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 -** if not found. +** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions, +** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can +** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines) +** without effecting the originals. +** +** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(), +** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded +** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines. +** +** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. +** +** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags. +** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a +** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as +** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){ + return exprDup(db, p, flags, 0); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){ + ExprList *pNew; + struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem; int i; - if( pList==0 ) return -1; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->nExpr = i = p->nExpr; + if( (flags & EXPRDUP_REDUCE)==0 ) for(i=1; inExpr; i+=i){} + pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, i*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); + if( pItem==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); + return 0; + } + pOldItem = p->a; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){ + Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr; + pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags); + pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); + pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan); + pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder; + pItem->done = 0; + pItem->bSpanIsTab = pOldItem->bSpanIsTab; + pItem->u = pOldItem->u; } - return -1; + return pNew; } /* -** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by -** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based. -** New slots are zeroed. -** -** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B. -** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2); -** -** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil. -** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result -** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots, -** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would -** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B. -** -** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged. The -** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true. +** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from +** the build, then none of the following routines, except for +** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes +** called with a NULL argument. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */ - int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */ - int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */ -){ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \ + || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){ + SrcList *pNew; int i; - - /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */ - assert( iStart>=0 ); - assert( nExtra>=1 ); - assert( pSrc!=0 ); - assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc ); - - /* Allocate additional space if needed */ - if( pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){ - SrcList *pNew; - int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra; - int nGot; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc, - sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - return pSrc; + int nByte; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0); + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; + struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; + Table *pTab; + pNewItem->pSchema = pOldItem->pSchema; + pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase); + pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); + pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias); + pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype; + pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor; + pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub; + pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn; + pNewItem->isCorrelated = pOldItem->isCorrelated; + pNewItem->viaCoroutine = pOldItem->viaCoroutine; + pNewItem->isRecursive = pOldItem->isRecursive; + pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex); + pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed; + pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex; + pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab; + if( pTab ){ + pTab->nRef++; } - pSrc = pNew; - nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1; - pSrc->nAlloc = (u16)nGot; + pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags); + pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags); + pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing); + pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed; } - - /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots - ** out of the way */ - for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){ - pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i]; + return pNew; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){ + IdList *pNew; + int i; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->nId = p->nId; + pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); + if( pNew->a==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); + return 0; } - pSrc->nSrc += (i16)nExtra; - - /* Zero the newly allocated slots */ - memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra); - for(i=iStart; ia[i].iCursor = -1; + /* Note that because the size of the allocation for p->a[] is not + ** necessarily a power of two, sqlite3IdListAppend() may not be called + ** on the duplicate created by this function. */ + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; + struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; + pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); + pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx; } - - /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */ - return pSrc; + return pNew; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ + Select *pNew, *pPrior; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags); + pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags); + pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags); + pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags); + pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags); + pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags); + pNew->op = p->op; + pNew->pPrior = pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags); + if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew; + pNew->pNext = 0; + pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags); + pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags); + pNew->iLimit = 0; + pNew->iOffset = 0; + pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; + pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow; + pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith); + return pNew; +} +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ + assert( p==0 ); + return 0; } +#endif /* -** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if -** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL. -** -** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned -** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be -** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList -** that is input to this routine is automatically freed. -** -** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional -** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase -** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. -** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might -** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. -** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, -** or with NULL if no database is specified. -** -** In other words, if call like this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); -** -** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called -** like this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); -** -** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. If C is defined -** then so is B. In other words, we never have a case where: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C); +** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is +** initially NULL, then create a new expression list. ** -** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted. They are dequoted -** before being added to the SrcList. +** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and +** NULL is returned. If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed +** that the new entry was successfully appended. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ - Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ - Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */ + Expr *pExpr /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */ ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 ); /* Cannot have C without B */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - pList->nAlloc = 1; - } - pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList); - return 0; - } - pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1]; - if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ - pDatabase = 0; + pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) ); + if( pList==0 ){ + goto no_mem; + } + pList->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pList->a[0])); + if( pList->a==0 ) goto no_mem; + }else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){ + struct ExprList_item *a; + assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); + a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, pList->nExpr*2*sizeof(pList->a[0])); + if( a==0 ){ + goto no_mem; + } + pList->a = a; } - if( pDatabase ){ - Token *pTemp = pDatabase; - pDatabase = pTable; - pTable = pTemp; + assert( pList->a!=0 ); + if( 1 ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++]; + memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem)); + pItem->pExpr = pExpr; } - pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); - pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); return pList; -} -/* -** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( pList ){ - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; - pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); - } - } - } +no_mem: + /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + return 0; } /* -** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. +** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item +** on the expression list. +** +** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pName should never be +** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag +** is set. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex); - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ + Token *pName, /* Name to be added */ + int dequote /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */ +){ + assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 ); + if( pList ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); + pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; + assert( pItem->zName==0 ); + pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n); + if( dequote && pItem->zName ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); } /* -** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the -** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of -** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL -** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase -** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. -** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the -** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the -** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the -** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and -** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing -** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. +** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item +** on the expression list. ** -** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new -** term added. +** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pSpan should never be +** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag +** is set. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ - Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ - Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ - Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ - Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ - Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ - IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ + ExprSpan *pSpan /* The span to be added */ ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", - (pOn ? "ON" : "USING") - ); - goto append_from_error; - } - p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase); - if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){ - goto append_from_error; - } - pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; - assert( pAlias!=0 ); - if( pAlias->n ){ - pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); + assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 ); + if( pList ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; + assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); + assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); + pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart, + (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart)); } - pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; - pItem->pOn = pOn; - pItem->pUsing = pUsing; - return p; - - append_from_error: - assert( p==0 ); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery); - return 0; } /* -** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added -** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. +** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements, +** leave an error message in pParse. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ - assert( pIndexedBy!=0 ); - if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; - assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 ); - if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ - /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y - ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ - pItem->notIndexed = 1; - }else{ - pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength( + Parse *pParse, + ExprList *pEList, + const char *zObject +){ + int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]; + testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx ); + testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 ); + if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject); } } /* -** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator -** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator -** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine -** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM -** clause. -** -** Example: Suppose the join is like this: -** -** A natural cross join B -** -** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored -** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the -** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. +** Delete an entire expression list. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ - if( p && p->a ){ - int i; - for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ - p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype; - } - p->a[0].jointype = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){ + int i; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return; + assert( pList->a!=0 || pList->nExpr==0 ); + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); } /* -** Begin a transaction +** These routines are Walker callbacks. Walker.u.pi is a pointer +** to an integer. These routines are checking an expression to see +** if it is a constant. Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is +** not constant. +** +** These callback routines are used to implement the following: +** +** sqlite3ExprIsConstant() +** sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin() +** sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() +** */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - int i; +static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - assert( pParse!=0 ); - db = pParse->db; - assert( db!=0 ); -/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){ - return; + /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from + ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression + ** from being considered constant. */ + if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ + pWalker->u.i = 0; + return WRC_Abort; } - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) return; - if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); - } + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant + ** and either pWalker->u.i==2 or the function as the SQLITE_FUNC_CONST + ** flag. */ + case TK_FUNCTION: + if( pWalker->u.i==2 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant) ){ + return WRC_Continue; + } + /* Fall through */ + case TK_ID: + case TK_COLUMN: + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); + pWalker->u.i = 0; + return WRC_Abort; + default: + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */ + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */ + return WRC_Continue; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0); +} +static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + pWalker->u.i = 0; + return WRC_Abort; +} +static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.u.i = initFlag; + w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant; + w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); + return w.u.i; } /* -** Commit a transaction +** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant +** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls. +** +** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") +** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is +** a constant. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - assert( pParse!=0 ); - db = pParse->db; - assert( db!=0 ); -/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){ + return exprIsConst(p, 1); } /* -** Rollback a transaction +** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant +** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join. +** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from +** an ON or USING clause. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - assert( pParse!=0 ); - db = pParse->db; - assert( db!=0 ); -/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){ + return exprIsConst(p, 3); } /* -** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, -** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. +** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant +** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there +** are any variables. +** +** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") +** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is +** a constant. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ - char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); - if( zName ){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" }; - assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 ); -#endif - if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){ - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName); - return; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){ + return exprIsConst(p, 2); } /* -** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return -** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. +** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough +** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer +** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big +** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ - int rc; - Btree *pBt; - static const int flags = - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | - SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ + int rc = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(0, db, &pBt, 0, flags); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " - "file for storing temporary tables"); - pParse->rc = rc; - return 1; + /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit + ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */ + assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0 + || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 ); + + if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){ + *pValue = p->u.iValue; + return 1; + } + switch( p->op ){ + case TK_UPLUS: { + rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue); + break; } - db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt; - assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return 1; + case TK_UMINUS: { + int v; + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){ + assert( v!=(-2147483647-1) ); + *pValue = -v; + rc = 1; + } + break; } + default: break; } - return 0; + return rc; } /* -** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start -** a read-transaction for all named database files. -** -** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all -** read transactions be started before anything else happens in -** the VDBE program. But this routine can be called after much other -** code has been generated. So here is what we do: +** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL. ** -** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that -** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program. Then we -** record every database that needs its schema verified in the -** pParse->cookieMask field. Later, after all other code has been -** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and -** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value -** will be made to point to that subroutine. The generation of the -** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding(). +** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex +** to tell return TRUE. ** -** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the -** schema on any databases. This can be used to position the OP_Goto -** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used. +** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes +** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive +** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might +** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless. On the other +** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL) +** will likely result in an incorrect answer. So when in doubt, return +** TRUE. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - - if( pToplevel->cookieGoto==0 ){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pToplevel); - if( v==0 ) return; /* This only happens if there was a prior error */ - pToplevel->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1; - } - if( iDb>=0 ){ - sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db; - int mask; - - assert( iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); - assert( iDbcookieMask & mask)==0 ){ - pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask; - pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel); - } - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){ + u8 op; + while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } + op = p->op; + if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; + switch( op ){ + case TK_INTEGER: + case TK_STRING: + case TK_FLOAT: + case TK_BLOB: + return 0; + case TK_COLUMN: + assert( p->pTab!=0 ); + return p->iColumn>=0 && p->pTab->aCol[p->iColumn].notNull==0; + default: + return 1; } } /* -** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that -** might change the database. +** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be +** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second +** argument. ** -** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within -** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint -** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should -** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of -** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to -** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints -** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never -** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. +** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation +** can be omitted. When in doubt return FALSE. A false negative +** is harmless. A false positive, however, can result in the wrong +** answer. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - pToplevel->writeMask |= 1<isMultiWrite |= setStatement; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){ + u8 op; + if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ) return 1; + while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } + op = p->op; + if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; + switch( op ){ + case TK_INTEGER: { + return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + } + case TK_FLOAT: { + return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + } + case TK_STRING: { + return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + } + case TK_BLOB: { + return 1; + } + case TK_COLUMN: { + assert( p->iTable>=0 ); /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */ + return p->iColumn<0 + && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC); + } + default: { + return 0; + } + } } /* -** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write -** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another, -** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.) -** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will -** be necessary to undo the completed writes. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1; -} - -/* -** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is -** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to -** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make -** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction. -** -** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the -** isMultiWrite flag was previously set. There is a time dependency -** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes -** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm -** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency -** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in -** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective -** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen -** to take the safe route and skip the optimization. +** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - pToplevel->mayAbort = 1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1; + return 0; } /* -** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT -** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement -** and/or current transaction is rolled back. +** Return true if we are able to the IN operator optimization on a +** query of the form +** +** x IN (SELECT ...) +** +** Where the SELECT... clause is as specified by the parameter to this +** routine. +** +** The Select object passed in has already been preprocessed and no +** errors have been found. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse *pParse, int onError, char *p4, int p4type){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( onError==OE_Abort ){ - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){ + SrcList *pSrc; + ExprList *pEList; + Table *pTab; + if( p==0 ) return 0; /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */ + if( p->pPrior ) return 0; /* Not a compound SELECT */ + if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){ + testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); + testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); + return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */ } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, p4, p4type); + assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); /* Has no GROUP BY clause */ + if( p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Has no LIMIT clause */ + assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */ + if( p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Has no WHERE clause */ + pSrc = p->pSrc; + assert( pSrc!=0 ); + if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; /* Single term in FROM clause */ + if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0; /* FROM is not a subquery or view */ + pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab; + if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return 0; + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* FROM clause is not a view */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; /* FROM clause not a virtual table */ + pEList = p->pEList; + if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; /* One column in the result set */ + if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */ + return 1; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* -** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return -** true if it does and false if it does not. +** Code an OP_Once instruction and allocate space for its flag. Return the +** address of the new instruction. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ - int i; - assert( zColl!=0 ); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; - assert( z!=0 ); - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++); } -#endif /* -** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. -** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. +** Generate code that checks the left-most column of index table iCur to see if +** it contains any NULL entries. Cause the register at regHasNull to be set +** to a non-NULL value if iCur contains no NULLs. Cause register regHasNull +** to be set to NULL if iCur contains one or more NULL values. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ - - for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ - if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); - } - } +static void sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(Vdbe *v, int iCur, int regHasNull){ + int j1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regHasNull); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iCur); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0, regHasNull); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); + VdbeComment((v, "first_entry_in(%d)", iCur)); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); } -#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the -** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute -** all indices everywhere. +** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the +** right-hand side. Return TRUE if that list is constant. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ - Db *pDb; /* A single database */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ - - for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ - assert( pDb!=0 ); - for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ - pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); - } - } +static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){ + Expr *pLHS; + int res; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pIn, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pLHS = pIn->pLeft; + pIn->pLeft = 0; + res = sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pIn); + pIn->pLeft = pLHS; + return res; } #endif /* -** Generate code for the REINDEX command. +** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator. +** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which +** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery. ** -** REINDEX -- 1 -** REINDEX -- 2 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 3 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 4 +** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can +** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through +** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates. ** -** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. -** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named -** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all -** indices associated with the named table. +** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that is the RHS of the IN operator +** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor. +** +** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows: +** +** IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table. +** IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC - The cursor was opened on an ascending index. +** IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index. +** IN_INDEX_EPH - The cursor was opened on a specially created and +** populated epheremal table. +** IN_INDEX_NOOP - No cursor was allocated. The IN operator must be +** implemented as a sequence of comparisons. +** +** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple +** subquery such as: +** +** SELECT FROM
+** +** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then +** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then +** pX->iTable made to point to the ephermeral table instead of an +** existing table. +** +** The inFlags parameter must contain exactly one of the bits +** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP or IN_INDEX_LOOP. If inFlags contains +** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP, then the generated table will be used for a +** fast membership test. When the IN_INDEX_LOOP bit is set, the +** IN index will be used to loop over all values of the RHS of the +** IN operator. +** +** When IN_INDEX_LOOP is used (and the b-tree will be used to iterate +** through the set members) then the b-tree must not contain duplicates. +** An epheremal table must be used unless the selected is guaranteed +** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it +** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index. +** +** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used +** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must +** be used unless is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can +** be found with as its left-most column. +** +** If the IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK and IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP are both set and +** if the RHS of the IN operator is a list (not a subquery) then this +** routine might decide that creating an ephemeral b-tree for membership +** testing is too expensive and return IN_INDEX_NOOP. In that case, the +** calling routine should implement the IN operator using a sequence +** of Eq or Ne comparison operations. +** +** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function +** might need to know whether or not the RHS side of the IN operator +** contains a NULL. If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and +** if there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at +** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written +** to *prRhsHasNull. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a +** NULL value, then *prRhsHasNull is left unchanged. +** +** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prRhsHasNull, then +** the value in that register will be NULL if the b-tree contains one or more +** NULL values, and it will be some non-NULL value if the b-tree contains no +** NULL values. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ - char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return; - } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, u32 inFlags, int *prRhsHasNull){ + Select *p; /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */ + int eType = 0; /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */ + int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor of the RHS table */ + int mustBeUnique; /* True if RHS must be unique */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ - if( pName1==0 ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); - return; - }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){ - char *zColl; - assert( pName1->z ); - zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1); - if( !zColl ) return; - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); - if( pColl ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); - return; - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); - } - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); - if( z==0 ) return; - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - return; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - if( pIndex ){ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); - return; - } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); -} -#endif + assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); + mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0; -/* -** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used -** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx. -** -** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case -** the caller is responsible for calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the returned -** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation -** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect -** the error. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ - int i; - int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nBytes); + /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to + ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new + ** ephemeral table. + */ + p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0); + if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + Table *pTab; /* Table
. */ + Expr *pExpr; /* Expression */ + i16 iCol; /* Index of column */ + i16 iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */ + + assert( p ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + assert( p->pEList!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + assert( p->pSrc!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; + pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + iCol = (i16)pExpr->iColumn; + + /* Code an OP_Transaction and OP_TableLock for
. */ + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - if( pKey ){ - pKey->db = pParse->db; - pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]); - assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) ); - for(i=0; iazColl[i]; - assert( zColl ); - pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); - pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; - } - pKey->nField = (u16)nCol; - } + /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe + ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always + ** successful here. + */ + assert(v); + if( iCol<0 ){ + int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); + VdbeCoverage(v); - if( pParse->nErr ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pKey); - pKey = 0; - } - return pKey; -} + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; -/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/ -/* -** 2005 May 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables -** of user defined functions and collation sequences. -*/ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); + }else{ + Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ + /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to + ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according + ** to this collation sequence. */ + CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr); -/* -** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence -** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName. -*/ -static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){ - assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); - if( db->xCollNeeded ){ - char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); - if( !zExternal ) return; - db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ - char const *zExternal; - sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zExternal ){ - db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); + /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the + ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If + ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index. + */ + int affinity_ok = sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity); + + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol) + && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq + && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx))) + ){ + int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 ); + eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0]; + + if( prRhsHasNull && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){ + *prRhsHasNull = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, iTab, *prRhsHasNull); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); + } + } } - sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp); } -#endif -} -/* -** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a -** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions -** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one -** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if -** possible. -*/ -static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ - CollSeq *pColl2; - char *z = pColl->zName; - int i; - static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; - for(i=0; i<3; i++){ - pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0); - if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ - memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); - pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ - return SQLITE_OK; + /* If no preexisting index is available for the IN clause + ** and IN_INDEX_NOOP is an allowed reply + ** and the RHS of the IN operator is a list, not a subquery + ** and the RHS is not contant or has two or fewer terms, + ** then it is not worth creating an ephermeral table to evaluate + ** the IN operator so return IN_INDEX_NOOP. + */ + if( eType==0 + && (inFlags & IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK) + && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) + && (!sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(pX) || pX->x.pList->nExpr<=2) + ){ + eType = IN_INDEX_NOOP; + } + + + if( eType==0 ){ + /* Could not find an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree. + ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job. + */ + u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + int rMayHaveNull = 0; + eType = IN_INDEX_EPH; + if( inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP ){ + pParse->nQueryLoop = 0; + if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; + } + }else if( prRhsHasNull ){ + *prRhsHasNull = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem; } + sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID); + pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop; + }else{ + pX->iTable = iTab; } - return SQLITE_ERROR; + return eType; } +#endif /* -** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback -** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the -** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding. -** -** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding -** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. +** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS, +** or IN operators. Examples: ** -** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database -** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation -** sequence can be found. +** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery +** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery +** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side +** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right ** -** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq() +** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN +** operator or subquery. +** +** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed +** to be of the form " IN (?, ?, ?)", where is a reference +** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an +** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual +** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree. +** +** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN +** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs. +** All this routine does is initialize the register given by rMayHaveNull +** to NULL. Calling routines will take care of changing this register +** value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free. +** +** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the +** result. For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( - sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */ - u8 enc, /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */ - CollSeq *pColl, /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */ - const char *zName /* Collating sequence name */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */ + int rHasNullFlag, /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */ + int isRowid /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */ ){ - CollSeq *p; + int jmpIfDynamic = -1; /* One-time test address */ + int rReg = 0; /* Register storing resulting */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0; + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - p = pColl; - if( !p ){ - p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); - } - if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ - /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. - ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. - */ - callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName); - p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); - } - if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ - p = 0; + /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered + ** if any of the following is true: + ** + ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery + ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables + ** * We are inside a trigger + ** + ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once + ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations. + */ + if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){ + jmpIfDynamic = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); } - assert( !p || p->xCmp ); - return p; -} -/* -** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to -** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when -** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences -** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. -** -** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to -** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, -** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different -** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ - if( pColl ){ - const char *zName = pColl->zName; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pColl, zName); - if( !p ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); - pParse->nErr++; - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - assert( p==pColl ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf( + pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", jmpIfDynamic>=0?"":"CORRELATED ", + pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); } - return SQLITE_OK; -} +#endif + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_IN: { + char affinity; /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */ + int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Key information */ + affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft); -/* -** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry -** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is -** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. -** -** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an -** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence -** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. -** -** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of -** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in -** each collation sequence structure. -*/ -static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the collating sequence */ - int create /* Create a new entry if true */ -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); + /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()' + ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is + ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results + ** from the SELECT or the . + ** + ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT... + ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that + ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the + ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used + ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither + ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity + ** is used. + */ + pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid); + pKeyInfo = isRowid ? 0 : sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, 1, 1); - if( 0==pColl && create ){ - pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 ); - if( pColl ){ - CollSeq *pDel = 0; - pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; - pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); - pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0; - pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...) + ** + ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary + ** table allocated and opened above. + */ + Select *pSelect = pExpr->x.pSelect; + SelectDest dest; + ExprList *pEList; - /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will - ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added - ** to the hash table). + assert( !isRowid ); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable); + dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity; + assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable ); + pSelect->iLimit = 0; + testcase( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ); + pSelect->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */ + if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest) ){ + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo); + return 0; + } + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */ + assert( pEList!=0 ); + assert( pEList->nExpr>0 ); + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) ); + pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, + pEList->a[0].pExpr); + }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){ + /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) + ** + ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and + ** store it in the temporary table. If is a column, then use + ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If is not + ** a column, use numeric affinity. + */ + int i; + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int r1, r2, r3; + + if( !affinity ){ + affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + if( pKeyInfo ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) ); + pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + } + + /* Loop through each expression in . */ + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + if( isRowid ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2); + for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr; + int iValToIns; + + /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to + ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure + ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant + ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. + */ + if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, jmpIfDynamic); + jmpIfDynamic = -1; + } + + /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ + if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns); + }else{ + r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1); + if( isRowid ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2); + } + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + } + if( pKeyInfo ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + } + break; + } + + case TK_EXISTS: + case TK_SELECT: + default: { + /* If this has to be a scalar SELECT. Generate code to put the + ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number + ** of the memory cell in iColumn. If this is an EXISTS, write + ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell + ** and record that memory cell in iColumn. */ - assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); - if( pDel!=0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); - pColl = 0; + Select *pSel; /* SELECT statement to encode */ + SelectDest dest; /* How to deal with SELECt result */ + + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); + + assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem); + if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ + dest.eDest = SRT_Mem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm); + VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result")); + }else{ + dest.eDest = SRT_Exists; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm); + VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result")); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit); + pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, + &sqlite3IntTokens[1]); + pSel->iLimit = 0; + if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){ + return 0; } + rReg = dest.iSDParm; + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + break; } } - return pColl; + + if( rHasNullFlag ){ + sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, pExpr->iTable, rHasNullFlag); + } + + if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmpIfDynamic); + } + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + + return rReg; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. -** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName -** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. +** Generate code for an IN expression. ** -** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a -** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. +** x IN (SELECT ...) +** x IN (value, value, ...) ** -** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around -** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory -** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence -** cannot be found. +** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression. The right-hand side (RHS) +** is an array of zero or more values. The expression is true if the LHS is +** contained within the RHS. The value of the expression is unknown (NULL) +** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the +** RHS contains one or more NULL values. ** -** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() +** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not +** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS +** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained +** within the RHS then fall through. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( - sqlite3 *db, - u8 enc, - const char *zName, - int create +static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The IN expression */ + int destIfFalse, /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */ + int destIfNull /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */ ){ - CollSeq *pColl; - if( zName ){ - pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create); - }else{ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); - assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; - return pColl; -} + int rRhsHasNull = 0; /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */ + char affinity; /* Comparison affinity to use */ + int eType; /* Type of the RHS */ + int r1; /* Temporary use register */ + Vdbe *v; /* Statement under construction */ -/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure -** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument -** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system -** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the -** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match. -** -** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows: -** -** 0: Not a match, or if nArg<0 and the function is has no implementation. -** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 -** encoding is requested, or vice versa. -** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is -** requested, or vice versa. -** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding. -** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that -** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa. -** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that -** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa. -** 6: An exact match. -** -*/ -static int matchQuality(FuncDef *p, int nArg, u8 enc){ - int match = 0; - if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg - || (nArg==-1 && (p->xFunc!=0 || p->xStep!=0)) - ){ - match = 1; - if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){ - match = 4; + /* Compute the RHS. After this step, the table with cursor + ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS. + */ + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); /* OOM detected prior to this routine */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr")); + eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, + IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP | IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK, + destIfFalse==destIfNull ? 0 : &rRhsHasNull); + + /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results + ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for + ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord. + */ + affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); + + /* Code the LHS, the from " IN (...)". + */ + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1); + + /* If sqlite3FindInIndex() did not find or create an index that is + ** suitable for evaluating the IN operator, then evaluate using a + ** sequence of comparisons. + */ + if( eType==IN_INDEX_NOOP ){ + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + int labelOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int r2, regToFree; + int regCkNull = 0; + int ii; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){ + regCkNull = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, r1, r1, regCkNull); + } + for(ii=0; iinExpr; ii++){ + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, ®ToFree); + if( regCkNull && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pList->a[ii].pExpr) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, regCkNull, r2, regCkNull); + } + if( iinExpr-1 || destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Eq, r1, labelOk, r2, + (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, iinExpr-1); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii==pList->nExpr-1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, affinity); + }else{ + assert( destIfNull==destIfFalse ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, r1, destIfFalse, r2, + (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, affinity | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regToFree); + } + if( regCkNull ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regCkNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse); } - if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){ - match += 2; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelOk); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regCkNull); + }else{ + + /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending + ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively. + */ + if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pExpr->pLeft) ){ + if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){ + /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are + ** the same. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + } } - else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) || - (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){ - match += 1; + + if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ + /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); + + /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the + ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set + ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set + ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the + ** expression is also NULL. + */ + assert( destIfFalse!=destIfNull || rRhsHasNull==0 ); + if( rRhsHasNull==0 ){ + /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS + ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result + ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema. + ** + ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE + ** for this particular IN operator. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and + ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the + ** outcome. + */ + int j1; + + /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS. If so, + ** then the answer is TRUE the presence of NULLs in the RHS does + ** not matter. If the LHS is not contained in the RHS, then the + ** answer is NULL if the RHS contains NULLs and the answer is + ** FALSE if the RHS is NULL-free. + */ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + } } } - return match; + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr")); } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* -** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return -** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match. +** Duplicate an 8-byte value */ -static FuncDef *functionSearch( - FuncDefHash *pHash, /* Hash table to search */ - int h, /* Hash of the name */ - const char *zFunc, /* Name of function */ - int nFunc /* Number of bytes in zFunc */ -){ - FuncDef *p; - for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){ - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){ - return p; - } +static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){ + char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8); + if( out ){ + memcpy(out, in, 8); } - return 0; + return out; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* -** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table. +** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point +** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem. +** +** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the +** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look +** like the continuation of the number. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert( - FuncDefHash *pHash, /* The hash table into which to insert */ - FuncDef *pDef /* The function definition to insert */ -){ - FuncDef *pOther; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName); - u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0]; - int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a); - pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName); - if( pOther ){ - assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef ); - pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext; - pOther->pNext = pDef; - }else{ - pDef->pNext = 0; - pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h]; - pHash->a[h] = pDef; +static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){ + if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){ + double value; + char *zV; + sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); + assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */ + if( negateFlag ) value = -value; + zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL); } } - - +#endif + /* -** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag -** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a -** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return -** NULL if the function does not exist. -** -** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef -** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a -** no matching function previously existed. When createFlag is true -** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts -** any number of arguments will be returned. -** -** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid -** function found is returned. A function is valid if either xFunc -** or xStep is non-zero. +** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by +** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem. ** -** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and -** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not -** match that requested. +** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( - sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */ - int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */ - int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ - u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ - int createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ -){ - FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ - FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ - int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */ - int h; /* Hash value */ +static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ + int i = pExpr->u.iValue; + assert( i>=0 ); + if( negFlag ) i = -i; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem); + }else{ + int c; + i64 value; + const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken; + assert( z!=0 ); + c = sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &value); + if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){ + char *zV; + if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; } + zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64); + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z); +#else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z,"0x",2)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "hex literal too big: %s", z); + }else +#endif + { + codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem); + } +#endif + } + } +} +/* +** Clear a cache entry. +*/ +static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){ + if( p->tempReg ){ + if( pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){ + pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg; + } + p->tempReg = 0; + } +} - assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); - /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions. +/* +** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a +** particular table is stored in a particular register. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){ + int i; + int minLru; + int idxLru; + struct yColCache *p; + + assert( iReg>0 ); /* Register numbers are always positive */ + assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 ); /* Finite column numbers */ + + /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache. This is used + ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer + ** with and without the column cache. */ - p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName); - while( p ){ - int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); - if( score>bestScore ){ - pBest = p; - bestScore = score; - } - p = p->pNext; - } + if( OptimizationDisabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_ColumnCache) ) return; - /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions. - ** - ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in - ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found. And give - ** priority to built-in functions. + /* First replace any existing entry. ** - ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to - ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will - ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the - ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. - ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. - */ - if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){ - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - bestScore = 0; - p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName); - while( p ){ - int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); - if( score>bestScore ){ - pBest = p; - bestScore = score; - } - p = p->pNext; - } + ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed + ** that the object will never already be in cache. Verify this guarantee. + */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol ); } +#endif - /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an - ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a - ** new entry to the hash table and return it. - */ - if( createFlag && (bestScore<6 || pBest->nArg!=nArg) && - (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){ - pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1]; - pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg; - pBest->iPrefEnc = enc; - memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName); - pBest->zName[nName] = 0; - sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest); + /* Find an empty slot and replace it */ + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==0 ){ + p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; + p->iTable = iTab; + p->iColumn = iCol; + p->iReg = iReg; + p->tempReg = 0; + p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; + return; + } } - if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){ - return pBest; + /* Replace the last recently used */ + minLru = 0x7fffffff; + idxLru = -1; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; ilrulru; + } + } + if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){ + p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru]; + p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; + p->iTable = iTab; + p->iColumn = iCol; + p->iReg = iReg; + p->tempReg = 0; + p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; + return; } - return 0; } /* -** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points -** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the -** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents -** of the schema hash tables). -** -** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared. +** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten. +** Purge the range of registers from the column cache. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){ - Hash temp1; - Hash temp2; - HashElem *pElem; - Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; - - temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; - temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; - sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash); - sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ + int i; + int iLast = iReg + nReg - 1; + struct yColCache *p; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; + if( r>=iReg && r<=iLast ){ + cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); + p->iReg = 0; + } } - sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); - sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash); - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); - sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab); +} + +/* +** Remember the current column cache context. Any new entries added +** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the +** corresponding pop occurs. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){ + pParse->iCacheLevel++; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + printf("PUSH to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel); } - sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); - sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash); - pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; - pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded; +#endif } /* -** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create -** a new one if necessary. +** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the +** the previous sqlite3ExprCachePush operation. In other words, restore +** the cache to the state it was in prior the most recent Push. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ - Schema * p; - if( pBt ){ - p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaFree); - }else{ - p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=1 ); + pParse->iCacheLevel--; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + printf("POP to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel); } - if( !p ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ - sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash); - p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; +#endif + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){ + cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); + p->iReg = 0; + } } - return p; } -/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements. +** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is +** no longer available as a temp register. ticket #3879: that same +** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to +** get them all. */ +static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==iReg ){ + p->tempReg = 0; + } + } +} /* -** Look up every table that is named in pSrc. If any table is not found, -** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL. If all tables -** are found, return a pointer to the last table. +** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; - Table *pTab; - assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 ); - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab); - pItem->pTab = pTab; - if( pTab ){ - pTab->nRef++; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable( + Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */ + Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */ + int iTabCur, /* The table cursor. Or the PK cursor for WITHOUT ROWID */ + int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */ + int regOut /* Extract the value into this register */ +){ + if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut); + }else{ + int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; + int x = iCol; + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab), iCol); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, x, regOut); } - if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){ - pTab = 0; + if( iCol>=0 ){ + sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut); } - return pTab; } /* -** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not -** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is -** writable return 0; +** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from +** table pTab and store the column value in a register. An effort +** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is +** not guaranteed. The location of the column value is returned. +** +** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine +** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ - /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances: - ** - ** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method - ** has been provided, or - ** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not - ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not - ** been specified. - ** - ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero. - */ - if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) - && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 ) - || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0 - && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 - && pParse->nested==0 ) - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); - return 1; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */ + int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */ + int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */ + int iReg, /* Store results here */ + u8 p5 /* P5 value for OP_Column */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct yColCache *p; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); - return 1; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){ + p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; + sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg); + return p->iReg; + } + } + assert( v!=0 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg); + if( p5 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg); } -#endif - return 0; + return iReg; } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) /* -** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The -** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the -** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table. +** Clear all column cache entries. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pView, /* View definition */ - Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */ - int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */ -){ - SelectDest dest; - Select *pDup; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; - pDup = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pView->pSelect, 0); - if( pWhere ){ - SrcList *pFrom; - - pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); - pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); - if( pFrom ){ - assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 ); - pFrom->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName); - pFrom->a[0].pSelect = pDup; - assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 ); - assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 ); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup); +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + printf("CLEAR\n"); + } +#endif + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg ){ + cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); + p->iReg = 0; } - pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); } - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup); } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) /* -** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY, -** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements. -** -** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1; -** \__________________________/ -** pLimitWhere (pInClause) +** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount +** registers starting with iStart. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */ - Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */ - Expr *pOffset, /* The OFFSET clause. May be null */ - char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For error messages. */ -){ - Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL; /* WHERE rowid .. */ - Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */ - Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL; /* SELECT rowid ... */ - ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */ - SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */ - Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){ + sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount); +} - /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause. - */ - if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) { - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType); - pParse->parseError = 1; - goto limit_where_cleanup_2; +/* +** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1 +** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg); + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; + if( x>=iFrom && xiReg += iTo-iFrom; + } } +} - /* We only need to generate a select expression if there - ** is a limit/offset term to enforce. - */ - if( pLimit == 0 ) { - /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */ - assert( pOffset == 0 ); - return pWhere; +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +/* +** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive) +** is used as part of the column cache. +** +** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only +** and does not appear in a normal build. +*/ +static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; + if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1; /*NO_TEST*/ } + return 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */ - /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset - ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: - ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 - ** becomes: - ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( - ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 - ** ); - */ - - pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid); - if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - - /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree - ** and the SELECT subtree. */ - pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0); - if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) { - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList); - goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - } - - /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0, - pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset); - if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0; - - /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */ - pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); - if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; - pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0); - if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; - - pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect; - pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause); - return pInClause; - - /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */ -limit_where_cleanup_1: - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect); - return 0; - -limit_where_cleanup_2: - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset); - return 0; -} -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ +/* +** Convert an expression node to a TK_REGISTER +*/ +static void exprToRegister(Expr *p, int iReg){ + p->op2 = p->op; + p->op = TK_REGISTER; + p->iTable = iReg; + ExprClearProperty(p, EP_Skip); +} /* -** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. +** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given +** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target". +** Return the register where results are stored. ** -** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; -** \________/ \________________/ -** pTabList pWhere +** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will +** be stored in target. The result might be stored in some other +** register if it is convenient to do so. The calling function +** must check the return code and move the results to the desired +** register. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ - Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ -){ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ - Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */ - int end, addr = 0; /* A couple addresses of generated code */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ - AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ - int iDb; /* Database number */ - int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ - int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ -#endif - - memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - - /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be - ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we - ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect - ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. - */ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; - - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** deleted from is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb); - assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE ); - if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - assert(!isView || pTrigger); - - /* Assign cursor number to the table and all its indices. - */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - pParse->nTab++; - } - - /* Start the view context - */ - if( isView ){ - sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The VM under construction */ + int op; /* The opcode being coded */ + int inReg = target; /* Results stored in register inReg */ + int regFree1 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ + int regFree2 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ + int r1, r2, r3, r4; /* Various register numbers */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Expr tempX; /* Temporary expression node */ - /* Begin generating code. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); if( v==0 ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + return 0; } - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into - ** a ephemeral table. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( isView ){ - sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur); + if( pExpr==0 ){ + op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + op = pExpr->op; } + switch( op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { + AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; + struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; + if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ + assert( pCol->iMem>0 ); + inReg = pCol->iMem; + break; + }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab, + pCol->iSorterColumn, target); + break; + } + /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ + } + case TK_COLUMN: { + int iTab = pExpr->iTable; + if( iTab<0 ){ + if( pParse->ckBase>0 ){ + /* Generating CHECK constraints or inserting into partial index */ + inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase; + break; + }else{ + /* Deleting from a partial index */ + iTab = pParse->iPartIdxTab; + } + } + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab, + pExpr->iColumn, iTab, target, + pExpr->op2); + break; + } + case TK_INTEGER: { + codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + case TK_FLOAT: { + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target); + break; + } #endif - - /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if - ** we are counting rows. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - memCnt = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION - /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. - ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5, - ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by - ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. */ - if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) - && 0==sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) - ){ - assert( !isView ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt, - pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + case TK_STRING: { + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, target, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, 0); + break; } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */ - /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through - ** the table and pick which records to delete. - */ - { - int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */ - int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem; /* Used for storing rowid values. */ - int regRowid; /* Actual register containing rowids */ - - /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere,0,WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; - regRowid = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, iRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, regRowid); - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); + case TK_NULL: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); + break; } - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - - /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the - ** database scan. We have to delete items after the scan is complete - ** because deleting an item can change the scan order. */ - end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are - ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the - ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF - ** triggers. */ - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + case TK_BLOB: { + int n; + const char *z; + char *zBlob; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); + z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1; + assert( z[n]=='\'' ); + zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC); + break; } - - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, end, iRowid); - - /* Delete the row */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - }else #endif - { - int count = (pParse->nested==0); /* True to count changes */ - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, iRowid, count, pTrigger, OE_Default); + case TK_VARIABLE: { + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target); + if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){ + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' + || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC); + } + break; } - - /* End of the delete loop */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end); - - /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */ - if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum); + case TK_REGISTER: { + inReg = pExpr->iTable; + break; + } + case TK_AS: { + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + case TK_CAST: { + /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ + int aff, to_op; + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0); + to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText; + assert( to_op==OP_ToText || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); + assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); + assert( to_op==OP_ToInt || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); + assert( to_op==OP_ToReal || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); + testcase( to_op==OP_ToText ); + testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob ); + testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric ); + testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt ); + testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal ); + if( inReg!=target ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); + inReg = target; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg); + testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) ); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1); + break; } - } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2); + assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); + assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); + assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); + assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); + assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq); + assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_IS: + case TK_ISNOT: { + testcase( op==TK_IS ); + testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_AND: + case TK_OR: + case TK_PLUS: + case TK_STAR: + case TK_MINUS: + case TK_REM: + case TK_BITAND: + case TK_BITOR: + case TK_SLASH: + case TK_LSHIFT: + case TK_RSHIFT: + case TK_CONCAT: { + assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); testcase( op==TK_AND ); + assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); testcase( op==TK_OR ); + assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); testcase( op==TK_PLUS ); + assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); testcase( op==TK_MINUS ); + assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); testcase( op==TK_REM ); + assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); testcase( op==TK_BITAND ); + assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); testcase( op==TK_BITOR ); + assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); testcase( op==TK_SLASH ); + assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT ); + assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT ); + assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); testcase( op==TK_CONCAT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_UMINUS: { + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + assert( pLeft ); + if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ + codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target); +#endif + }else{ + tempX.op = TK_INTEGER; + tempX.flags = EP_IntValue|EP_TokenOnly; + tempX.u.iValue = 0; + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &tempX, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + } + inReg = target; + break; + } + case TK_BITNOT: + case TK_NOT: { + assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); testcase( op==TK_BITNOT ); + assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); testcase( op==TK_NOT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + inReg = target; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + int addr; + assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); + assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + break; + } + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { + AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; + if( pInfo==0 ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken); + }else{ + inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem; + } + break; + } + case TK_FUNCTION: { + ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ + int nFarg; /* Number of function arguments */ + FuncDef *pDef; /* The function definition object */ + int nId; /* Length of the function name in bytes */ + const char *zId; /* The function name */ + u32 constMask = 0; /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u8 enc = ENC(db); /* The text encoding used by this database */ + CollSeq *pColl = 0; /* A collating sequence */ - /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into - ** autoincrement tables. - */ - if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ - sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); - } + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ + pFarg = 0; + }else{ + pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; + } + nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + zId = pExpr->u.zToken; + nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId); + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0); + if( pDef==0 || pDef->xFunc==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId); + break; + } - /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC); - } + /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and + ** IFNULL() functions. This avoids unnecessary evalation of + ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument. + */ + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){ + int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + assert( nFarg>=2 ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); + for(i=1; ia[i].pExpr, target); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce); + break; + } -delete_from_cleanup: - sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return; -} -/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise -** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file -** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ -#ifdef isView - #undef isView -#endif -#ifdef pTrigger - #undef pTrigger -#endif + /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op. The result is the value + ** of the first argument. + */ + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){ + assert( nFarg>=1 ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); + break; + } -/* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a -** single table to be deleted. -** -** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. -** These are the requirements: -** -** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row -** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number $iCur. -** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number base+i for the i-th index. -** -** 3. The record number of the row to be deleted must be stored in -** memory cell iRowid. -** -** This routine generates code to remove both the table record and all -** index entries that point to that record. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ - int iRowid, /* Memory cell that contains the rowid to delete */ - int count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */ - int onconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */ - int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */ - int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */ + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ + testcase( i==31 ); + constMask |= MASKBIT32(i); + } + if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr); + } + } + if( pFarg ){ + if( constMask ){ + r1 = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nFarg; + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg); + } - /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */ - assert( v ); + /* For length() and typeof() functions with a column argument, + ** set the P5 parameter to the OP_Column opcode to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG + ** or OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG respectively, to avoid unnecessary data + ** loading. + */ + if( (pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH|SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF))!=0 ){ + u8 exprOp; + assert( nFarg==1 ); + assert( pFarg->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); + exprOp = pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op; + if( exprOp==TK_COLUMN || exprOp==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){ + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG ); + testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); + pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = + pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); + } + } - /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists - ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do - ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */ - iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, iLabel, iRowid); - - /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to - ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */ - if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){ - u32 mask; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */ - int iCol; /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */ + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, + SQLITE_ECEL_DUP|SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ + }else{ + r1 = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is + ** a virtual table column. + ** + ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the + ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to + ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because + ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to + ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the + ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to + ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test + ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". + */ + if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){ + pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr); + }else if( nFarg>0 ){ + pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr); + } +#endif + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target, + (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg); + if( nFarg && constMask==0 ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg); + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_EXISTS: + case TK_SELECT: { + testcase( op==TK_EXISTS ); + testcase( op==TK_SELECT ); + inReg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0); + break; + } + case TK_IN: { + int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to - ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */ - mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( - pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf - ); - mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab); - iOld = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol); - /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be - ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iRowid, iOld); - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - if( mask==0xffffffff || mask&(1<=y AND x<=z + ** + ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. + ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. + ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. + */ + case TK_BETWEEN: { + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a; + Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr; + + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, + r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2); VdbeCoverage(v); + pLItem++; + pRight = pLItem->pExpr; + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4); + break; + } + case TK_COLLATE: + case TK_UPLUS: { + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); + break; } - /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, - TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel - ); + case TK_TRIGGER: { + /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference + ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to + ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the + ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn + ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to + ** read the rowid field. + ** + ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1 + ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1) + ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where + ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is + ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table. + ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1 + ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For + ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is + ** declared as: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b); + ** + ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows: + ** + ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid + ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a + ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b + */ + Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab; + int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn; - /* Seek the cursor to the row to be deleted again. It may be that - ** the BEFORE triggers coded above have already removed the row - ** being deleted. Do not attempt to delete the row a second time, and - ** do not fire AFTER triggers. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, iLabel, iRowid); + assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 ); + assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumnnCol ); + assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey ); + assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) ); - /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that - ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) - ** are not violated by deleting this row. */ - sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0); - } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target); + VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d", + (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"), + (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName), + target + )); - /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really - ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to - ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers). */ - if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){ - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); - if( count ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an + ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real. */ + if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 + && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target); + } +#endif + break; } - } - /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to - ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key - ** to the row just deleted. */ - sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld); - /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, - TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel - ); + /* + ** Form A: + ** CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END + ** + ** Form B: + ** CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END + ** + ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows: + ** CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ... + ** WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END + ** + ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft. + ** Y is in the last element of pExpr->x.pList if pExpr->x.pList->nExpr is + ** odd. The Y is also optional. If the number of elements in x.pList + ** is even, then Y is omitted and the "otherwise" result is NULL. + ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1]. + ** + ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei, + ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is + ** no ELSE term, NULL. + */ + default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); { + int endLabel; /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */ + int nextCase; /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */ + int nExpr; /* 2x number of WHEN terms */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + ExprList *pEList; /* List of WHEN terms */ + struct ExprList_item *aListelem; /* Array of WHEN terms */ + Expr opCompare; /* The X==Ei expression */ + Expr *pX; /* The X expression */ + Expr *pTest = 0; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */ + VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; ) - /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE - ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a - ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList ); + assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0); + pEList = pExpr->x.pList; + aListelem = pEList->a; + nExpr = pEList->nExpr; + endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ + tempX = *pX; + testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN ); + exprToRegister(&tempX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, ®Free1)); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + opCompare.op = TK_EQ; + opCompare.pLeft = &tempX; + pTest = &opCompare; + /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001: + ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result. + ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other + ** purposes and possibly overwritten. */ + regFree1 = 0; + } + for(i=0; iop==TK_COLUMN ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase); + } + if( (nExpr&1)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[nExpr-1].pExpr, target); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); + } + assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 + || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel ); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + case TK_RAISE: { + assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback + || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort + || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail + || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore + ); + if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); + return 0; + } + if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( + v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER, + pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0); + } + + break; + } +#endif + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); + return inReg; } /* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all -** index entries associated with a single row of a single table. -** -** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. -** These are the requirements: -** -** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row -** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur". -** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index. -** -** 3. The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be -** deleted. +** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ - int *aRegIdx /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */ -){ - int i; - Index *pIdx; - int r1; - - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue; - r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, r1,pIdx->nColumn+1); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */ + int regDest, /* Store the value in this register */ + u8 reusable /* True if this expression is reusable */ +){ + ExprList *p; + assert( ConstFactorOk(pParse) ); + p = pParse->pConstExpr; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0); + p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr); + if( p ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1]; + pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest; + pItem->reusable = reusable; } + pParse->pConstExpr = p; } /* -** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it in register -** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. -** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to -** the entry that needs indexing. +** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results +** into a register. Return the register number where the results +** are stored. ** -** Return a register number which is the first in a block of -** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The -** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time -** this routine returns. +** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated, +** then write its number into *pReg. If the result register is not +** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero. +** +** If pExpr is a constant, then this routine might generate this +** code to fill the register in the initialization section of the +** VDBE program, in order to factor it out of the evaluation loop. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */ - int regOut, /* Write the new index key to this register */ - int doMakeRec /* Run the OP_MakeRecord instruction if true */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int j; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - int regBase; - int nCol; - - nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regBase+nCol); - for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]; - if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regBase+nCol, regBase+j); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){ + int r2; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); + if( ConstFactorOk(pParse) + && pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER + && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) + ){ + ExprList *p = pParse->pConstExpr; + int i; + *pReg = 0; + if( p ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + for(pItem=p->a, i=p->nExpr; i>0; pItem++, i--){ + if( pItem->reusable && sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr,pExpr,-1)==0 ){ + return pItem->u.iConstExprReg; + } + } + } + r2 = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, r2, 1); + }else{ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); + if( r2==r1 ){ + *pReg = r1; }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx, regBase+j); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx, -1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + *pReg = 0; } } - if( doMakeRec ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), 0); - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1); - return regBase; + return r2; } -/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2002 February 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL -** functions of SQLite. -** -** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function -** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. -** All other code has file scope. +** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the +** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear +** in register target. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + int inReg; -/* -** Return the collating function associated with a function. -*/ -static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ - return context->pColl; + assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); + if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target); + }else{ + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); + assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); + } + } } /* -** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions +** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the +** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear +** in register target. If the expression is constant, then this routine +** might choose to code the expression at initialization time. */ -static void minmaxFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i; - int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ - int iBest; - CollSeq *pColl; - - assert( argc>1 ); - mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; - pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - assert( pColl ); - assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); - iBest = 0; - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - for(i=1; i=0 ){ - testcase( mask==0 ); - iBest = i; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); } - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); } /* -** Return the type of the argument. +** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result +** in register target. +** +** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register +** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated, +** the result is a copy of the cache register. +** +** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple +** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression +** are reused. */ -static void typeofFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *z = 0; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break; - case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break; - case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break; - case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break; - default: z = "null"; break; - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iMem; + assert( target>0 ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); + iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, target, iMem); + exprToRegister(pExpr, iMem); +} +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) /* -** Implementation of the length() function +** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree. */ -static void lengthFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int len; - - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_BLOB: - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe *pOut, Expr *pExpr){ + int op; /* The opcode being coded */ + const char *zBinOp = 0; /* Binary operator */ + const char *zUniOp = 0; /* Unary operator */ + if( pExpr==0 ){ + op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + op = pExpr->op; + } + switch( op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG{%d:%d}", + pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn); break; } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - while( *z ){ - len++; - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + case TK_COLUMN: { + if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ + /* This only happens when coding check constraints */ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "COLUMN(%d)", pExpr->iColumn); + }else{ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "{%d:%d}", + pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn); } - sqlite3_result_int(context, len); break; } - default: { - sqlite3_result_null(context); + case TK_INTEGER: { + if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue); + }else{ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken); + } break; } - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the abs() function. -** -** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of -** the numeric argument X. -*/ -static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: { - i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - if( iVal<0 ){ - if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){ - /* IMP: R-35460-15084 If X is the integer -9223372036854775807 then - ** abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no - ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); - return; - } - iVal = -iVal; - } - sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + case TK_FLOAT: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken); break; } - case SQLITE_NULL: { - /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */ - sqlite3_result_null(context); +#endif + case TK_STRING: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken); break; } - default: { - /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not - ** something that can be converted into a number, we have: - ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that - ** cannot be converted to a numeric value. - */ - double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; - sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); + case TK_NULL: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"NULL"); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + case TK_BLOB: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken); + break; + } +#endif + case TK_VARIABLE: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)", + pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn); + break; + } + case TK_REGISTER: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable); + break; + } + case TK_AS: { + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + case TK_CAST: { + /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ + const char *zAff = "unk"; + switch( sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0) ){ + case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: zAff = "TEXT"; break; + case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: zAff = "NONE"; break; + case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: zAff = "NUMERIC"; break; + case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: zAff = "INTEGER"; break; + case SQLITE_AFF_REAL: zAff = "REAL"; break; + } + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CAST-%s(", zAff); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ + case TK_LT: zBinOp = "LT"; break; + case TK_LE: zBinOp = "LE"; break; + case TK_GT: zBinOp = "GT"; break; + case TK_GE: zBinOp = "GE"; break; + case TK_NE: zBinOp = "NE"; break; + case TK_EQ: zBinOp = "EQ"; break; + case TK_IS: zBinOp = "IS"; break; + case TK_ISNOT: zBinOp = "ISNOT"; break; + case TK_AND: zBinOp = "AND"; break; + case TK_OR: zBinOp = "OR"; break; + case TK_PLUS: zBinOp = "ADD"; break; + case TK_STAR: zBinOp = "MUL"; break; + case TK_MINUS: zBinOp = "SUB"; break; + case TK_REM: zBinOp = "REM"; break; + case TK_BITAND: zBinOp = "BITAND"; break; + case TK_BITOR: zBinOp = "BITOR"; break; + case TK_SLASH: zBinOp = "DIV"; break; + case TK_LSHIFT: zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break; + case TK_RSHIFT: zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break; + case TK_CONCAT: zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break; + + case TK_UMINUS: zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break; + case TK_UPLUS: zUniOp = "UPLUS"; break; + case TK_BITNOT: zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break; + case TK_NOT: zUniOp = "NOT"; break; + case TK_ISNULL: zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break; + case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break; + + case TK_COLLATE: { + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,".COLLATE(%s)",pExpr->u.zToken); break; } - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the substr() function. -** -** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. -** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character -** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. -** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. -** -** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. -** -** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceeding p1. -*/ -static void substrFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *z; - const unsigned char *z2; - int len; - int p0type; - i64 p1, p2; - int negP2 = 0; - assert( argc==3 || argc==2 ); - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL - || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL) - ){ - return; - } - p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); - p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); - }else{ - z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - if( p1<0 ){ - for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: + case TK_FUNCTION: { + ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ + pFarg = 0; + }else{ + pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; } + if( op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG_FUNCTION%d:%s(", + pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken); + }else{ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "FUNCTION:%s(", pExpr->u.zToken); + } + if( pFarg ){ + sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pFarg); + } + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); + break; } - } - if( argc==3 ){ - p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); - if( p2<0 ){ - p2 = -p2; - negP2 = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_EXISTS: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "EXISTS("); + sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")"); + break; } - }else{ - p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - } - if( p1<0 ){ - p1 += len; - if( p1<0 ){ - p2 += p1; - if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; - p1 = 0; + case TK_SELECT: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "("); + sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); + break; } - }else if( p1>0 ){ - p1--; - }else if( p2>0 ){ - p2--; - } - if( negP2 ){ - p1 -= p2; - if( p1<0 ){ - p2 += p1; - p1 = 0; + case TK_IN: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "IN("); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect); + }else{ + sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList); + } + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); + break; } - } - assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 ); - if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ - while( *z && p1 ){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - p1--; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + + /* + ** x BETWEEN y AND z + ** + ** This is equivalent to + ** + ** x>=y AND x<=z + ** + ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. + ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. + ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. + */ + case TK_BETWEEN: { + Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft; + Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "BETWEEN("); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pX); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pY); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pZ); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); + break; } - for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + case TK_TRIGGER: { + /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference + ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to + ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the + ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn + ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to + ** read the rowid field. + */ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s(%d)", + pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn); + break; } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else{ - if( p1+p2>len ){ - p2 = len-p1; - if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; + case TK_CASE: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CASE("); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); + sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList); + break; } - sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the round() function -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - int n = 0; - double r; - char *zBuf; - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - if( argc==2 ){ - if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; - n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( n>30 ) n = 30; - if( n<0 ) n = 0; - } - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int, - ** handle the rounding directly, - ** otherwise use printf. - */ - if( n==0 && r>=0 && raffinity ){ + case OE_Rollback: zType = "rollback"; break; + case OE_Abort: zType = "abort"; break; + case OE_Fail: zType = "fail"; break; + case OE_Ignore: zType = "ignore"; break; + } + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "RAISE-%s(%s)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken); + break; } - sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf), SQLITE_UTF8); - sqlite3_free(zBuf); - } - sqlite3_result_double(context, r); -} #endif - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the -** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify -** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL. -** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then -** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL. -*/ -static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){ - char *z; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - assert( nByte>0 ); - testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - z = 0; - }else{ - z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte); - if( !z ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - } } - return z; + if( zBinOp ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zBinOp); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,","); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pRight); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")"); + }else if( zUniOp ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zUniOp); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")"); + } } +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) /* -** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. +** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list. */ -static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - char *z1; - const char *z2; - int i, n; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ - assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( z2 ){ - z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); - if( z1 ){ - memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); - for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ - z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z1[i]); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe *pOut, ExprList *pList){ + int i; + if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr==0 ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "(empty-list)"); + return; + }else if( pList->nExpr==1 ){ + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[0].pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut); + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "item[%d] = ", i); + sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[i].pExpr); + sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut); + if( pList->a[i].zName ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " AS %s", pList->a[i].zName); } - sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free); - } - } -} -static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - u8 *z1; - const char *z2; - int i, n; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ - assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( z2 ){ - z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); - if( z1 ){ - memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); - for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ - z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z1[i]); + if( pList->a[i].bSpanIsTab ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " (%s)", pList->a[i].zSpan); + } + if( inExpr-1 ){ + sqlite3ExplainNL(pOut); } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char *)z1, -1, sqlite3_free); } + sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut); } } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - -#if 0 /* This function is never used. */ -/* -** The COALESCE() and IFNULL() functions used to be implemented as shown -** here. But now they are implemented as VDBE code so that unused arguments -** do not have to be computed. This legacy implementation is retained as -** comment. -*/ /* -** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions. -** All three do the same thing. They return the first non-NULL -** argument. +** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given +** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target. +** +** Return the number of elements evaluated. +** +** The SQLITE_ECEL_DUP flag prevents the arguments from being +** filled using OP_SCopy. OP_Copy must be used instead. +** +** The SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR argument allows constant arguments to be +** factored out into initialization code. */ -static void ifnullFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* The expression list to be coded */ + int target, /* Where to write results */ + u8 flags /* SQLITE_ECEL_* flags */ ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i0 ); + assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); /* Never gets this far otherwise */ + n = pList->nExpr; + if( !ConstFactorOk(pParse) ) flags &= ~SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR; + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; ipExpr; + if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i, 0); + }else{ + int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i); + if( inReg!=target+i ){ + VdbeOp *pOp; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( copyOp==OP_Copy + && (pOp=sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Copy + && pOp->p1+pOp->p3+1==inReg + && pOp->p2+pOp->p3+1==target+i + ){ + pOp->p3++; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, inReg, target+i); + } + } } } + return n; } -#endif /* NOT USED */ -#define ifnullFunc versionFunc /* Substitute function - never called */ /* -** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer. +** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator. +** +** x BETWEEN y AND z +** +** The above is equivalent to +** +** x>=y AND x<=z +** +** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression +** elementation of x. */ -static void randomFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +static void exprCodeBetween( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The BETWEEN expression */ + int dest, /* Jump here if the jump is taken */ + int jumpIfTrue, /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */ + int jumpIfNull /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */ ){ - sqlite_int64 r; - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r); - if( r<0 ){ - /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 - ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that - ** number of you get the same value back again. To do this - ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative - ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the - ** 2s complement of that positive value. The end result can - ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807. - */ - r = -(r ^ (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<63)); - } - sqlite3_result_int64(context, r); -} + Expr exprAnd; /* The AND operator in x>=y AND x<=z */ + Expr compLeft; /* The x>=y term */ + Expr compRight; /* The x<=z term */ + Expr exprX; /* The x subexpression */ + int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */ -/* -** Implementation of randomblob(N). Return a random blob -** that is N bytes long. -*/ -static void randomBlob( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int n; - unsigned char *p; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); - if( n<1 ){ - n = 1; - } - p = contextMalloc(context, n); - if( p ){ - sqlite3_randomness(n, p); - sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + exprX = *pExpr->pLeft; + exprAnd.op = TK_AND; + exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft; + exprAnd.pRight = &compRight; + compLeft.op = TK_GE; + compLeft.pLeft = &exprX; + compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + compRight.op = TK_LE; + compRight.pLeft = &exprX; + compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + exprToRegister(&exprX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1)); + if( jumpIfTrue ){ + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); } -} + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); -/* -** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function. The return -** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function. -*/ -static void last_insert_rowid( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a - ** wrapper around the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface - ** function. */ - sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db)); + /* Ensure adequate test coverage */ + testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); } /* -** Implementation of the changes() SQL function. +** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made +** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution +** continues straight thru if the expression is false. ** -** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper -** around the sqlite3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same -** rules for counting changes. +** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then +** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL. +** +** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) +** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding +** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in +** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code +** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. */ -static void changes( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int op = 0; + int regFree1 = 0; + int regFree2 = 0; + int r1, r2; + + assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ + if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return; /* No way this can happen */ + op = pExpr->op; + switch( op ){ + case TK_AND: { + int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + break; + } + case TK_OR: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + break; + } + case TK_NOT: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); + assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); + assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); + assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); + assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); + assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq); + assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_IS: + case TK_ISNOT: { + testcase( op==TK_IS ); + testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); + assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_BETWEEN: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_IN: { + int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse; + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); + break; + } +#endif + default: { + if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); + }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ + /* No-op */ + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + } + break; + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); } /* -** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function. The return value is -** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function. +** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made +** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution +** continues straight thru if the expression is true. +** +** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then +** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull +** is 0. */ -static void total_changes( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the - ** sqlite3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */ - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db)); -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int op = 0; + int regFree1 = 0; + int regFree2 = 0; + int r1, r2; -/* -** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons. -*/ -struct compareInfo { - u8 matchAll; - u8 matchOne; - u8 matchSet; - u8 noCase; -}; + assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ + if( pExpr==0 ) return; -/* -** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every -** character is exactly one byte in size. Also, all characters are -** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC -** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC) -# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A,C) (*(A++)) -# define GlogUpperToLower(A) A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A] -#else -# define GlogUpperToLower(A) if( A<0x80 ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; } -#endif + /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: + ** + ** pExpr->op op + ** --------- ---------- + ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull + ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull + ** TK_NE OP_Eq + ** TK_EQ OP_Ne + ** TK_GT OP_Le + ** TK_LE OP_Gt + ** TK_GE OP_Lt + ** TK_LT OP_Ge + ** + ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused. + ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we + ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression. + ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct. + */ + op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1); -static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 }; -/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore -** case. Thus 'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */ -static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_', 0, 1 }; -/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator -** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */ -static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_', 0, 0 }; + /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants + */ + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt ); + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AND: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + break; + } + case TK_OR: { + int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + break; + } + case TK_NOT: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); + assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); + assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); + assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); + assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); + assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq); + assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_IS: + case TK_ISNOT: { + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ; + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); + testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); + testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_BETWEEN: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_IN: { + if( jumpIfNull ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest); + }else{ + int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); + } + break; + } +#endif + default: { + if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); + }else if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ + /* no-op */ + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + } + break; + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); +} /* -** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can -** potentially be a "glob" expression. Return true (1) if they -** are the same and false (0) if they are different. -** -** Globbing rules: -** -** '*' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters. -** -** '?' Matches exactly one character. -** -** [...] Matches one character from the enclosed list of -** characters. -** -** [^...] Matches one character not in the enclosed list. -** -** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included -** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'. A -** range of characters can be specified using '-'. Example: -** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter. To match a '-', make -** it the last character in the list. +** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return 0 if the two +** expressions are completely identical. Return 1 if they differ only +** by a COLLATE operator at the top level. Return 2 if there are differences +** other than the top-level COLLATE operator. ** -** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case. +** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed +** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab. ** -** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]". Like this: +** The pA side might be using TK_REGISTER. If that is the case and pB is +** not using TK_REGISTER but is otherwise equivalent, then still return 0. ** -** abc[*]xyz Matches "abc*xyz" only +** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions +** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are +** identical, we return 2 just to be safe. So if this routine +** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two +** expressions are the same. But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you +** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where +** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that +** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning +** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction. */ -static int patternCompare( - const u8 *zPattern, /* The glob pattern */ - const u8 *zString, /* The string to compare against the glob */ - const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */ - const int esc /* The escape character */ -){ - int c, c2; - int invert; - int seen; - u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne; - u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; - u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet; - u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; - int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */ - - while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern))!=0 ){ - if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){ - while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern)) == matchAll - || c == matchOne ){ - if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - } - if( c==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( c==esc ){ - c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - if( c==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */ - assert( matchSet<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ - while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); - } - return *zString!=0; - } - while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,&zString))!=0 ){ - if( noCase ){ - GlogUpperToLower(c2); - GlogUpperToLower(c); - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - GlogUpperToLower(c2); - } - }else{ - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - } - } - if( c2==0 ) return 0; - if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){ + u32 combinedFlags; + if( pA==0 || pB==0 ){ + return pB==pA ? 0 : 2; + } + combinedFlags = pA->flags | pB->flags; + if( combinedFlags & EP_IntValue ){ + if( (pA->flags&pB->flags&EP_IntValue)!=0 && pA->u.iValue==pB->u.iValue ){ return 0; - }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){ - if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - int prior_c = 0; - assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */ - seen = 0; - invert = 0; - c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - if( c==0 ) return 0; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - if( c2=='^' ){ - invert = 1; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - } - if( c2==']' ){ - if( c==']' ) seen = 1; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - } - while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ - if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; - prior_c = 0; - }else{ - if( c==c2 ){ - seen = 1; - } - prior_c = c2; - } - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - } - if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){ - prevEscape = 1; - }else{ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - if( noCase ){ - GlogUpperToLower(c); - GlogUpperToLower(c2); - } - if( c!=c2 ){ - return 0; - } - prevEscape = 0; } + return 2; + } + if( pA->op!=pB->op ){ + if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB, iTab)<2 ){ + return 1; + } + if( pB->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA, pB->pLeft, iTab)<2 ){ + return 1; + } + return 2; } - return *zString==0; + if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pA->u.zToken ){ + if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){ + return pA->op==TK_COLLATE ? 1 : 2; + } + } + if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2; + if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0) ){ + if( combinedFlags & EP_xIsSelect ) return 2; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft, iTab) ) return 2; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight, iTab) ) return 2; + if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2; + if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0) ){ + if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2; + if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable + && (pA->iTable!=iTab || NEVER(pB->iTable>=0)) ) return 2; + } + } + return 0; } /* -** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is -** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing -** only. +** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and +** non-zero if they differ in any way. +** +** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed +** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab. +** +** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists. The +** only consequence will be disabled optimizations. But this routine +** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or +** a malfunction will result. +** +** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same. But a NULL pointer +** always differs from a non-NULL pointer. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0; -#endif - +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB, int iTab){ + int i; + if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0; + if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1; + if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr; + Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr; + if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB, iTab) ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} /* -** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements -** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the -** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: +** Return true if we can prove the pE2 will always be true if pE1 is +** true. Return false if we cannot complete the proof or if pE2 might +** be false. Examples: ** -** A LIKE B +** pE1: x==5 pE2: x==5 Result: true +** pE1: x>0 pE2: x==5 Result: false +** pE1: x=21 pE2: x=21 OR y=43 Result: true +** pE1: x!=123 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true +** pE1: x!=?1 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true +** pE1: x IS NULL pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: false +** pE1: x IS ?2 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Reuslt: false ** -** is implemented as like(B,A). +** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has +** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab. ** -** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes -** the GLOB operator. +** When in doubt, return false. Returning true might give a performance +** improvement. Returning false might cause a performance reduction, but +** it will always give the correct answer and is hence always safe. */ -static void likeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zA, *zB; - int escape = 0; - int nPat; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - - zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - - /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems - ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). - */ - nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); - return; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2, int iTab){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1, pE2, iTab)==0 ){ + return 1; } - assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ - - if( argc==3 ){ - /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. - ** Otherwise, return an error. - */ - const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zEsc==0 ) return; - if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, - "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); - return; - } - escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, &zEsc); + if( pE2->op==TK_OR + && (sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab) + || sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pRight, iTab) ) + ){ + return 1; } - if( zA && zB ){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_like_count++; -#endif - - sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)); + if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL + && sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1->pLeft, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0 + && (pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS) + ){ + return 1; } + return 0; } /* -** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first -** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the -** arguments are equal to each other. +** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker +** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an +** aggregate function, in order to implement the +** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine. */ -static void nullifFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - } -} +struct SrcCount { + SrcList *pSrc; /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */ + int nThis; /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */ + int nOther; /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */ +}; /* -** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function. The result is the version -** of the SQLite library that is running. +** Count the number of references to columns. */ -static void versionFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the - ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + /* The NEVER() on the second term is because sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() + ** is always called before sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the + ** TK_COLUMNs have not yet been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN. If + ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() is used differently in the future, the + ** NEVER() will need to be removed. */ + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) ){ + int i; + struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount; + SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + if( pExpr->iTable==pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break; + } + if( inSrc ){ + p->nThis++; + }else{ + p->nOther++; + } + } + return WRC_Continue; } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string -** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build -** SQLite. +** Determine if any of the arguments to the pExpr Function reference +** pSrcList. Return true if they do. Also return true if the function +** has no arguments or has only constant arguments. Return false if pExpr +** references columns but not columns of tables found in pSrcList. */ -static void sourceidFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the - ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){ + Walker w; + struct SrcCount cnt; + assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount; + w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt; + cnt.pSrc = pSrcList; + cnt.nThis = 0; + cnt.nOther = 0; + sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList); + return cnt.nThis>0 || cnt.nOther==0; } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function. -** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option -** was used to build SQLite. +** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of +** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS -static void compileoptionusedFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *zOptName; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL - ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++ - ** function. - */ - if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName)); - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ +static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ + int i; + pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + db, + pInfo->aCol, + sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), + &pInfo->nColumn, + &i + ); + return i; +} /* -** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. -** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options -** used to build SQLite. +** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of +** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS -static void compileoptiongetFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int n; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function - ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function. - */ - n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ - -/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex -** digits. */ -static const char hexdigits[] = { - '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', - '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' -}; +static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ + int i; + pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + db, + pInfo->aFunc, + sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), + &pInfo->nFunc, + &i + ); + return i; +} /* -** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function. The interface may -** change. This function may disappear. Do not write code that depends -** on this function. -** -** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single -** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as -** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string -** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with -** single-quote escapes. +** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to +** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates +** for additional information. */ -static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - break; - } - case SQLITE_BLOB: { - char *zText = 0; - char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); - if( zText ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F]; - zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; - } - zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; - zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; - zText[0] = 'X'; - zText[1] = '\''; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3_free(zText); +static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + int i; + NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; + Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo; + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: + case TK_COLUMN: { + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM + ** clause of the aggregate query */ + if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + struct AggInfo_col *pCol; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ + /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table + ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. + ** + ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there + ** is not an entry there already. + */ + int k; + pCol = pAggInfo->aCol; + for(k=0; knColumn; k++, pCol++){ + if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable && + pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ + break; + } + } + if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) + && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 + ){ + pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; + pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab; + pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable; + pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; + pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; + pCol->pExpr = pExpr; + if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ + int j, n; + ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; + struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a; + n = pGB->nExpr; + for(j=0; jpExpr; + if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable && + pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ + pCol->iSorterColumn = j; + break; + } + } + } + if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){ + pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++; + } + } + /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either + ** because it was there before or because we just created it). + ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that + ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry. + */ + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; + pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN; + pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k; + break; + } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */ + } /* end loop over pSrcList */ } - break; + return WRC_Prune; } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - int i,j; - u64 n; - const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - char *z; - - if( zArg==0 ) return; - for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } - z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3); - if( z ){ - z[0] = '\''; - for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ - z[j++] = zArg[i]; - if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ - z[j++] = '\''; + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { + if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0 + && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2 + ){ + /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate + ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure + */ + struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; + for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){ + break; } } - z[j++] = '\''; - z[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free); + if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){ + /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[] + */ + u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); + i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo); + if( i>=0 ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; + pItem->pExpr = pExpr; + pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, + pExpr->u.zToken, sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), + pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); + if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ + pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; + }else{ + pItem->iDistinct = -1; + } + } + } + /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry + */ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i; + pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; + return WRC_Prune; + }else{ + return WRC_Continue; } - break; - } - default: { - assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ); - sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); - break; } } + return WRC_Continue; } - -/* -** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return -** a hexadecimal rendering as text. -*/ -static void hexFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i, n; - const unsigned char *pBlob; - char *zHex, *z; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1); - if( zHex ){ - for(i=0; i>4)&0xf]; - *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; - } - *z = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); - } +static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pWalker); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect); + return WRC_Continue; } /* -** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. +** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and +** for variables that need to be added to AggInfo object that pNC->pAggInfo +** points to. Additional entries are made on the AggInfo object as +** necessary. +** +** This routine should only be called after the expression has been +** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). */ -static void zeroblobFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - i64 n; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */ - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate; + w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect; + w.u.pNC = pNC; + assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 ); + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); } /* -** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call -** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived -** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C. The match -** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. +** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an +** expression list. Return the number of errors. +** +** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short. */ -static void replaceFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ - const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ - const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ - unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ - int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ - int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ - int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ - i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ - int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - - assert( argc==3 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zStr==0 ) return; - nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( zPattern==0 ){ - assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL - || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed ); - return; - } - if( zPattern[0]==0 ){ - assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL ); - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - return; - } - nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zRep==0 ) return; - nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); - nOut = nStr + 1; - assert( nOutaLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - sqlite3_free(zOut); - return; - } - zOld = zOut; - zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut); - if( zOut==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - sqlite3_free(zOld); - return; - } - memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); - j += nRep; - i += nPattern-1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int i; + if( pList ){ + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr); } } - assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut ); - memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); - j += nStr - i; - assert( j<=nOut ); - zOut[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); } /* -** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. -** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. +** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result. */ -static void trimFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ - const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ - int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ - int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ - unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ - int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ - - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ - return; - } - zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) return; - nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( argc==1 ){ - static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; - static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; - nChar = 1; - aLen = (u8*)lenOne; - azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne; - zCharSet = 0; - }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ - return; - }else{ - const unsigned char *z; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - } - if( nChar>0 ){ - azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1)); - if( azChar==0 ){ - return; - } - aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z; - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]); - } - } - } - if( nChar>0 ){ - flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context)); - if( flags & 1 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len = 0; - for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; - zIn += len; - nIn -= len; - } - } - if( flags & 2 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len = 0; - for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; - nIn -= len; - } - } - if( zCharSet ){ - sqlite3_free(azChar); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){ + return ++pParse->nMem; } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg]; } - -/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It -** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used -** when SQLite is built. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX /* -** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. +** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other +** purpose. ** -** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the -** soundex encoding of the string X. +** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then +** the dallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses +** the register becomes stale. */ -static void soundexFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - char zResult[8]; - const u8 *zIn; - int i, j; - static const unsigned char iCode[] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - }; - assert( argc==1 ); - zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; - for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} - if( zIn[i] ){ - u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]); - for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ - int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - if( code>0 ){ - if( code!=prevcode ){ - prevcode = code; - zResult[j++] = code + '0'; - } - }else{ - prevcode = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ + if( iReg && pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==iReg ){ + p->tempReg = 1; + return; } } - while( j<4 ){ - zResult[j++] = '0'; - } - zResult[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else{ - /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument - ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */ - sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); + pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg; } } -#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION /* -** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. +** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers */ -static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - const char *zProc; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - char *zErrMsg = 0; - - if( argc==2 ){ - zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){ + int i, n; + i = pParse->iRangeReg; + n = pParse->nRangeReg; + if( nReg<=n ){ + assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) ); + pParse->iRangeReg += nReg; + pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg; }else{ - zProc = 0; + i = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nReg; } - if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + return i; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ + sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg); + if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){ + pParse->nRangeReg = nReg; + pParse->iRangeReg = iReg; } } -#endif - /* -** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a -** sum() or avg() aggregate computation. +** Mark all temporary registers as being unavailable for reuse. */ -typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; -struct SumCtx { - double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ - i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ - i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ - u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ - u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ -}; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse *pParse){ + pParse->nTempReg = 0; + pParse->nRangeReg = 0; +} +/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/ /* -** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total. +** 2005 February 15 ** -** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means -** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns -** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where -** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point -** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if -** it overflows an integer. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code +** that implements the ALTER TABLE command. */ -static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - SumCtx *p; - int type; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); - type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); - if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - p->cnt++; - if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ - i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - p->rSum += v; - if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 ){ - i64 iNewSum = p->iSum + v; - int s1 = (int)(p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1)); - int s2 = (int)(v >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1)); - int s3 = (int)(iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1)); - p->overflow = ((s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3))?1:0; - p->iSum = iNewSum; - } - }else{ - p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - p->approx = 1; - } - } -} -static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - if( p->overflow ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); - }else if( p->approx ){ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); - } - } -} -static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); - } -} -static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0); -} /* -** The following structure keeps track of state information for the -** count() aggregate function. +** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the +** ALTER TABLE logic from the build. */ -typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; -struct CountCtx { - i64 n; -}; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + /* -** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. +** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the +** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or +** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in +** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third +** argument and the result returned. Examples: +** +** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def') +** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)' +** +** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def') +** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)' */ -static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); - if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ - p->n++; - } +static void renameTableFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make - ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our - ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be - ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ - assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff - || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) ); -#endif -} -static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); + int token; + Token tname; + unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; + int len = 0; + char *zRet; + + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE + ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that + ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token. + */ + if( zSql ){ + do { + if( !*zCsr ){ + /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */ + return; + } + + /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ + tname.z = (char*)zCsr; + tname.n = len; + + /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', + ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). + */ + do { + zCsr += len; + len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); + } while( token==TK_SPACE ); + assert( len>0 ); + } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING ); + + zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql), + zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } } /* -** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. +** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code +** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition +** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the +** parent table. It is passed three arguments: +** +** 1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified, +** 2) The old name of the table being renamed, and +** 3) The new name of the table being renamed. +** +** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example: +** +** sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3') +** -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)' */ -static void minmaxStep( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +static void renameParentFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ - Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; - Mem *pBest; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + char *zOutput = 0; + char *zResult; + unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); - if( !pBest ) return; + unsigned const char *z; /* Pointer to token */ + int n; /* Length of token z */ + int token; /* Type of token */ - if( pBest->flags ){ - int max; - int cmp; - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, - ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the - ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the - ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it - ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. - ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() - ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). - */ - max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; - cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); - if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); - } - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); - } -} -static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - sqlite3_value *pRes; - pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( pRes ){ - if( ALWAYS(pRes->flags) ){ - sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + if( zInput==0 || zOld==0 ) return; + for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){ + n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token); + if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){ + char *zParent; + do { + z += n; + n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token); + }while( token==TK_SPACE ); + + zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n); + if( zParent==0 ) break; + sqlite3Dequote(zParent); + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){ + char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", + (zOutput?zOutput:""), (int)(z-zInput), zInput, (const char *)zNew + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); + zOutput = zOut; + zInput = &z[n]; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent); } - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); } + + zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), + sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); } +#endif -/* -** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?) +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the +** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER +** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE +** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result +** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE +** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE. */ -static void groupConcatStep( +static void renameTriggerFunc( sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, + int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ - const char *zVal; - StrAccum *pAccum; - const char *zSep; - int nVal, nSep; - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum)); + unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( pAccum ){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0; - pAccum->useMalloc = 2; - pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - if( !firstTerm ){ - if( argc==2 ){ - zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - }else{ - zSep = ","; - nSep = 1; + int token; + Token tname; + int dist = 3; + unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; + int len = 0; + char *zRet; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER + ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly + ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one + ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR. + */ + if( zSql ){ + do { + + if( !*zCsr ){ + /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */ + return; } - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep); - } - zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal); + + /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ + tname.z = (char*)zCsr; + tname.n = len; + + /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', + ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). + */ + do { + zCsr += len; + len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); + }while( token==TK_SPACE ); + assert( len>0 ); + + /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most + ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN + ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above + ** to be met. + ** + ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so + ** there is no need to worry about syntax like + ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc. + */ + dist++; + if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){ + dist = 0; + } + } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) ); + + /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name + ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement. + */ + zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql), + zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } } -static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - StrAccum *pAccum; - pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( pAccum ){ - if( pAccum->tooBig ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - }else if( pAccum->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, - sqlite3_free); - } +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + +/* +** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ + static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = { + FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table, 2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc), +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc), +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent, 3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc), +#endif + }; + int i; + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs); + + for(i=0; i OR name= OR ... +** +** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text +** "name=" is returned, where is the quoted version +** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is +** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the +** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed. +** +** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is +** " OR name=", where is the contents of zWhere. +** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning. +** */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ - int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; +static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){ + char *zNew; + if( !zWhere ){ + zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant); + }else{ + zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); } + return zNew; } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) /* -** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. +** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all +** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e. +** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master +** table. */ -static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){ - FuncDef *pDef; - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), - 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); - if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){ - pDef->flags = flagVal; +static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + FKey *p; + char *zWhere = 0; + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName); } + return zWhere; } +#endif /* -** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive -** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case -** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. +** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all +** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If +** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the +** temporary database, NULL is returned. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo; - if( caseSensitive ){ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; - }else{ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; +static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Trigger *pTrig; + char *zWhere = 0; + const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */ + + /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is + ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger + ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE + ** expression being built up in zWhere. + */ + if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ + if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){ + zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName); + } + } } - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, - (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", - caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE); + if( zWhere ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere); + zWhere = zNew; + } + return zWhere; } /* -** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If -** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function -** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and -** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then -** return FALSE. +** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table +** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers. +** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at +** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from +** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an +** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ - FuncDef *pDef; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION - || !pExpr->x.pList - || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2 - ){ - return 0; - } - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, - sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), - 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); - if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ - return 0; +static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ + Vdbe *v; + char *zWhere; + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + Trigger *pTrig; +#endif + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */ + for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ + int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); + assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0); } +#endif - /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are - ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The - ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption + /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + + /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */ + zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName); + if( !zWhere ) return; + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp + ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. */ - memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); - assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); - *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; - return 1; + if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere); + } +#endif } /* -** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above -** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as -** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()). +** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered +** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN). +** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message +** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero. ** -** After this routine runs +** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){ - /* - ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions - ** defined in this file. - ** - ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the - ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array - ** are read-only after initialization is complete. - */ - static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = { - FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ), - FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ), - AGGREGATE(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), - FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ), - FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ), - AGGREGATE(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), - FUNCTION(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc ), - FUNCTION(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc ), - FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ), - FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ), - FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ), -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ), - FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ), -#endif - FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ), - FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ), - FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ), - FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), -/* FUNCTION(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ), */ - {-1,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE,0,0,ifnullFunc,0,0,"coalesce",0,0}, - FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ), -/* FUNCTION(ifnull, 2, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ), */ - {2,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE,0,0,ifnullFunc,0,0,"ifnull",0,0}, - FUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ), - FUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ), - FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ), - FUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ), - FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id, 0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc ), -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS - FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc ), - FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc ), -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ - FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ), - FUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid), - FUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ), - FUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ), - FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ), - FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ), - #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX - FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ), - #endif - #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - FUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ), - FUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ), - #endif - AGGREGATE(sum, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize ), - AGGREGATE(total, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize ), - AGGREGATE(avg, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize ), - /* AGGREGATE(count, 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), */ - {0,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0,0}, - AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), - AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), - AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), - - LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), - #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE - LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), - LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), - #else - LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), - LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), - #endif - }; - - int i; - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc); - - for(i=0; i6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName); + return 1; } - sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - sqlite3AlterFunctions(); -#endif + return 0; } -/************** End of func.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file fkey.c ********************************************/ /* -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key -** support to compiled SQL statements. +** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" +** command. */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */ + Token *pName /* The new table name. */ +){ + int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ + char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ + char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ + const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ + Vdbe *v; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */ +#endif + VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */ + int savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->flags */ -/* -** Deferred and Immediate FKs -** -------------------------- -** -** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate. -** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT -** is returned and the current statement transaction rolled back. If a -** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken -** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the -** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails. -** -** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated -** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a -** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed -** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each -** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from -** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is -** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is -** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks: -** -** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, -** there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied, -** or which row it is not satisfied for. -** -** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the -** transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction. -** -** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler -** than the alternatives. -** -** INSERT operations: -** -** I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search -** the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the -** constraint counter. -** -** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, -** search the child table for rows that correspond to the new -** row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row -** found (as the constraint is now satisfied). -** -** DELETE operations: -** -** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, -** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the -** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, -** decrement the counter. -** -** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search -** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row -** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter. -** -** UPDATE operations: -** -** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only -** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually -** modified (values must be compared at runtime). -** -** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2. -** This simplifies the implementation a bit. -** -** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict -** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted. -** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception -** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new -** row is inserted. -** -** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference -** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement -** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate -** constraint counter is greater than zero, it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT -** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT -** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case, -** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the -** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such -** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction. -** -** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a -** table be handled? -** -** -** Query API Notes -** --------------- -** -** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator -** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation -** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original -** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were -** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be -** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before -** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE -** generation code to query for this information are: -** -** sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required. -** sqlite3FkOldmask() - Query for the set of required old.* columns. -** -** -** Externally accessible module functions -** -------------------------------------- -** -** sqlite3FkCheck() - Check for foreign key violations. -** sqlite3FkActions() - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions. -** sqlite3FkDelete() - Delete an FKey structure. -*/ + savedDbFlags = db->flags; + if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table; + assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); -/* -** VDBE Calling Convention -** ----------------------- -** -** Example: -** -** For the following INSERT statement: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c); -** INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1); -** -** Register (x): 2 (type integer) -** Register (x+1): 1 (type integer) -** Register (x+2): NULL (type NULL) -** Register (x+3): 3.1 (type real) -*/ + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); + if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; -/* -** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent -** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint. -** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, -** search the schema a unique index on the parent key columns. -** -** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY -** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx -** is set to point to the unique index. -** -** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint -** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL. -** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where -** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the -** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK -** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column -** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the -** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of -** *ppIdx, and so on. -** -** If the required index cannot be found, either because: -** -** 1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or -** -** 2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a -** UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or -** -** 3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the -** foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a -** PRIMARY KEY, or -** -** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the -** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table -** consists of a a different number of columns to the child key in -** the child table. -** -** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded -** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the -** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set. -*/ -static int locateFkeyIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context to store any error in */ - Table *pParent, /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to find index for */ - Index **ppIdx, /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */ - int **paiCol /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */ -){ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Value to return via *ppIdx */ - int *aiCol = 0; /* Value to return via *paiCol */ - int nCol = pFKey->nCol; /* Number of columns in parent key */ - char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol; /* Name of left-most parent key column */ + /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table; - /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */ - assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 ); - assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 ); - assert( pParse ); + /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist + ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. + */ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); + goto exit_rename_table; + } - /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it - ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx - ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. - ** - ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate - ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol). - ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array. + /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name + ** that the table is being renamed to. */ - if( nCol==1 ){ - /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true: - ** - ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly - ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or - ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER - ** PRIMARY KEY. - */ - if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){ - if( !zKey ) return 0; - if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0; + if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto + exit_rename_table; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); + goto exit_rename_table; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){ + pVTab = 0; } - }else if( paiCol ){ - assert( nCol>1 ); - aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int)); - if( !aiCol ) return 1; - *paiCol = aiCol; } +#endif - for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->nColumn==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number - ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key - ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */ + /* Begin a transaction for database iDb. + ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the + ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual + ** table. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - if( zKey==0 ){ - /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to - ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be - ** identified by the test (Index.autoIndex==2). */ - if( pIdx->autoIndex==2 ){ - if( aiCol ){ - int i; - for(i=0; iaCol[i].iFrom; - } - break; - } - }else{ - /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to - ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this - ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses - ** the default collation sequences for each column. */ - int i, j; - for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; /* Index of column in parent tbl */ - char *zDfltColl; /* Def. collation for column */ - char *zIdxCol; /* Name of indexed column */ + /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if + ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names + ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other + ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pVTab ){ + int i = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } +#endif - /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from - ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is - ** unusable. Bail out early in this case. */ - zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl; - if( !zDfltColl ){ - zDfltColl = "BINARY"; - } - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break; + /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */ + zTabName = pTab->zName; + nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1); - zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName; - for(j=0; jaCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){ - if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom; - break; - } - } - if( j==nCol ) break; - } - if( i==nCol ) break; /* pIdx is usable */ - } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE + ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints + ** for which the renamed table is the parent table. */ + if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " + "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) " + "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); } } +#endif - if( !pIdx ){ - if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key mismatch"); + /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), " +#else + "sql = CASE " + "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)" + "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, " +#endif + "tbl_name = %Q, " + "name = CASE " + "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " + "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN " + "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " + "ELSE name END " + "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND " + "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", + zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + zName, +#endif + zName, nTabName, zTabName + ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update + ** it with the new table name. + */ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q", + zDb, zName, pTab->zName); + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master + ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in + ** the temp database. + */ + if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " + "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), " + "tbl_name = %Q " + "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); + } +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + FKey *p; + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + Table *pFrom = p->pFrom; + if( pFrom!=pTab ){ + reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName); + } } - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol); - return 1; } +#endif - *ppIdx = pIdx; - return 0; + /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */ + reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName); + +exit_rename_table: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + db->flags = savedDbFlags; } + /* -** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the -** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed -** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row -** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the -** new row. -** -** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the -** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into -** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no -** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be -** found in the parent table: -** -** Operation | FK type | Action taken -** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -** INSERT immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". -** -** DELETE immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". -** -** INSERT deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". -** -** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat. +** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){ + Vdbe *v; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + /* The VDBE should have been allocated before this routine is called. + ** If that allocation failed, we would have quit before reaching this + ** point */ + if( ALWAYS(v) ){ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + int j1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, r2); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + } +} + +/* +** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement +** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new +** column definition. ** -** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file -** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1". +** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include +** the new column during parsing. */ -static void fkLookupParent( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - int iDb, /* Index of database housing pTab */ - Table *pTab, /* Parent table of FK pFKey */ - Index *pIdx, /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key constraint */ - int *aiCol, /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */ - int regData, /* Address of array containing child table row */ - int nIncr, /* Increment constraint counter by this */ - int isIgnore /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */ -){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Vdbe to add code to */ - int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1; /* Cursor number to use */ - int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* jump here if parent key found */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ + Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */ + int iDb; /* Database number */ + const char *zDb; /* Database name */ + const char *zTab; /* Table name */ + char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */ + Column *pCol; /* The new column */ + Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */ - /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any - ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need - ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations. - ** - ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If - ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to - ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */ - if( nIncr<0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk); + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; + pNew = pParse->pNewTable; + assert( pNew ); + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + zTab = &pNew->zName[16]; /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */ + pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1]; + pDflt = pCol->pDflt; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb); + assert( pTab ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ + return; } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); +#endif + + /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a + ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking + ** for an SQL NULL default below. + */ + if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){ + pDflt = 0; } - if( isIgnore==0 ){ - if( pIdx==0 ){ - /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY - ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */ - int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */ - int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - - /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. - ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there - ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of - ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column - ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp); - iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0); - - /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about - ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), - ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not - ** increment the constraint-counter. */ - if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); - } - - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp); - }else{ - int nCol = pFKey->nCol; - int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); - int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - for(i=0; ipFrom && nIncr==1 ){ - int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1; - for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]+1+regData; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); - } - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); - - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol); + /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE. + ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the + ** column must not be NULL. + */ + if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column"); + return; + } + if( pNew->pIndex ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); + return; + } + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value"); + return; + } + if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); + return; + } + + /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr() + ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) + */ + if( pDflt ){ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return; + } + if( !pVal ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); + return; } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); } - if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ - /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly - ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of - ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being - ** generated for will not open a statement transaction. */ - assert( nIncr==1 ); - sqlite3HaltConstraint( - pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC - ); - }else{ - if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ - sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; + /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */ + zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); + if( zCol ){ + char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; + int savedDbFlags = db->flags; + while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){ + *zEnd-- = '\0'; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); + db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " + "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " + "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", + zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, + zTab + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); + db->flags = savedDbFlags; } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); + /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file + ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL, + ** the file format becomes 3. + */ + sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2); + + /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */ + reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName); } /* -** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted -** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is -** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating -** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice - -** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row. +** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in +** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument +** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. ** -** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child -** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted. -** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken: +** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure +** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point +** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition +** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to +** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c +** after parsing is finished. ** -** Operation | FK type | Action taken -** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -** DELETE immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". -** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, -** throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception. +** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete +** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ + Table *pNew; + Table *pTab; + Vdbe *v; + int iDb; + int i; + int nAlloc; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + /* Look up the table being altered. */ + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); + if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered"); + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } +#endif + + /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */ + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + + assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + + /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the + ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. But modify + ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix. By adding this + ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing + ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_" + ** prefix on their name. + */ + pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + pParse->pNewTable = pNew; + pNew->nRef = 1; + pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; + assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); + nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; + assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 ); + pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc); + pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName); + if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; + pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName); + pCol->zColl = 0; + pCol->zType = 0; + pCol->pDflt = 0; + pCol->zDflt = 0; + } + pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset; + pNew->nRef = 1; + + /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + +exit_begin_add_column: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + return; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */ + +/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2005-07-08 ** -** INSERT immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** DELETE deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". -** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, -** throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command. ** -** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file -** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2". +** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables +** and indices. These statistics are made available to the query planner +** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries. +** +** The following system tables are or have been supported: +** +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl, idx, stat); +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample); +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat4(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); +** +** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite. +** The sqlite_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version +** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled +** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2. The sqlite_stat2 table is deprecated. +** The sqlite_stat2 table is superseded by sqlite_stat3, which is only +** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 and later and with +** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined. The functionality of sqlite_stat3 +** is a superset of sqlite_stat2. The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced +** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with +** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later. It is +** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time. If they +** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence. +** +** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statisics required +** for the query planner to make good choices. +** +** Format of sqlite_stat1: +** +** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the +** name in the idx column. The tbl column is the name of the table to +** which the index belongs. In each such row, the stat column will be +** a string consisting of a list of integers. The first integer in this +** list is the number of rows in the index. (This is the same as the +** number of rows in the table, except for partial indices.) The second +** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same +** value in the first column of the index. The third integer is the average +** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two +** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in +** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns. For +** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column. If +** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1. +** +** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed +** by the keyword "unordered". The "unordered" keyword, if it is present, +** must be separated from the last integer by a single space. If the +** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that +** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query. +** +** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat +** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of +** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl. +** +** Format of sqlite_stat2: +** +** The sqlite_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled +** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between +** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8. The "stat2" table contains additional information +** about the distribution of keys within an index. The index is identified by +** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which +** the index belongs. There are usually 10 rows in the sqlite_stat2 +** table for each index. +** +** The sqlite_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9 +** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at +** evenly spaced points along the index. Let the number of samples be S +** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index. +** Then the sampled rows are given by: +** +** rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2) +** +** For i between 0 and S-1. Conceptually, the index space is divided into +** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket. +** +** The format for sqlite_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference. This +** version of SQLite does not support sqlite_stat2. It neither reads nor +** writes the sqlite_stat2 table. This version of SQLite only supports +** sqlite_stat3. +** +** Format for sqlite_stat3: +** +** The sqlite_stat3 format is a subset of sqlite_stat4. Hence, the +** sqlite_stat4 format will be described first. Further information +** about sqlite_stat3 follows the sqlite_stat4 description. +** +** Format for sqlite_stat4: +** +** As with sqlite_stat2, the sqlite_stat4 table contains histogram data +** to aid the query planner in choosing good indices based on the values +** that indexed columns are compared against in the WHERE clauses of +** queries. +** +** The sqlite_stat4 table contains multiple entries for each index. +** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the +** index. If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is +** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. The sample column is a blob which is the +** binary encoding of a key from the index. The nEq column is a +** list of integers. The first integer is the approximate number +** of entries in the index whose left-most column exactly matches +** the left-most column of the sample. The second integer in nEq +** is the approximate number of entries in the index where the +** first two columns match the first two columns of the sample. +** And so forth. nLt is another list of integers that show the approximate +** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample. The first +** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the +** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample. +** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries +** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the +** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the +** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the +** sample. +** +** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlite_stat4 entries per index. +** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlite_stat4 tables +** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across +** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with +** large nEq values. +** +** Format for sqlite_stat3 redux: +** +** The sqlite_stat3 table is like sqlite_stat4 except that it only +** looks at the left-most column of the index. The sqlite_stat3.sample +** column contains the actual value of the left-most column instead +** of a blob encoding of the complete index key as is found in +** sqlite_stat4.sample. The nEq, nLt, and nDLt entries of sqlite_stat3 +** all contain just a single integer which is the same as the first +** integer in the equivalent columns in sqlite_stat4. */ -static void fkScanChildren( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* SrcList containing the table to scan */ - Table *pTab, - Index *pIdx, /* Foreign key index */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key relationship */ - int *aiCol, /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */ - int regData, /* Referenced table data starts here */ - int nIncr /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) +# define IsStat4 1 +# define IsStat3 0 +#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) +# define IsStat4 0 +# define IsStat3 1 +#else +# define IsStat4 0 +# define IsStat3 0 +# undef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES +# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 1 +#endif +#define IsStat34 (IsStat3+IsStat4) /* 1 for STAT3 or STAT4. 0 otherwise */ + +/* +** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_statN tables. +** The sqlite_stat1 table is always relevant. sqlite_stat2 is now +** obsolete. sqlite_stat3 and sqlite_stat4 are only opened when +** appropriate compile-time options are provided. +** +** If the sqlite_statN tables do not previously exist, it is created. +** +** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name, +** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in +** the sqlite_statN tables associated with the named table are deleted. +** If zWhere==0, then code is generated to delete all stat table entries. +*/ +static void openStatTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ + int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */ + const char *zWhere, /* Delete entries for this table or index */ + const char *zWhereType /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */ ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause to scan with */ - NameContext sNameContext; /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */ - int iFkIfZero = 0; /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */ + static const struct { + const char *zName; + const char *zCols; + } aTable[] = { + { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" }, +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) + { "sqlite_stat4", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" }, + { "sqlite_stat3", 0 }, +#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) + { "sqlite_stat3", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" }, + { "sqlite_stat4", 0 }, +#else + { "sqlite_stat3", 0 }, + { "sqlite_stat4", 0 }, +#endif + }; + int i; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Db *pDb; Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)]; + u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)]; - assert( !pIdx || pIdx->pTable==pTab ); - - if( nIncr<0 ){ - iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0); - } + if( v==0 ) return; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like: - ** - ** = AND = ... - ** - ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of - ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should - ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place. + /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them + ** if they do already exist. */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ - Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ - Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ - int iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ - const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */ - - pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); - if( pLeft ){ - /* Set the collation sequence and affinity of the LHS of each TK_EQ - ** expression to the parent key column defaults. */ - if( pIdx ){ - Column *pCol; - iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - if( pTab->iPKey==iCol ) iCol = -1; - pLeft->iTable = regData+iCol+1; - pLeft->affinity = pCol->affinity; - pLeft->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pCol->zColl); + for(i=0; izName))==0 ){ + if( aTable[i].zCols ){ + /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a + ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage + ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important + ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols + ); + aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot; + aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG; + } + }else{ + /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries + ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the + ** entire contents of the table. */ + aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum; + aCreateTbl[i] = 0; + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab); + if( zWhere ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", + pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere + ); }else{ - pLeft->iTable = regData; - pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + /* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists. Delete all rows. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb); } } - iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; - assert( iCol>=0 ); - zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName; - pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol); - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0); - pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); } - /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, and this scan - ** is taking place as part of a DELETE operation (operation D.2), omit the - ** row being deleted from the scan by adding ($rowid != rowid) to the WHERE - ** clause, where $rowid is the rowid of the row being deleted. */ - if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){ - Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ - Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ - Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ - pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); - pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0); - if( pLeft && pRight ){ - pLeft->iTable = regData; - pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - pRight->iTable = pSrc->a[0].iCursor; - pRight->iColumn = -1; - } - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0); - pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); + /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */ + for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){ + assert( i0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ - sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); - if( pWInfo ){ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); +/* +** Three SQL functions - stat_init(), stat_push(), and stat_get() - +** share an instance of the following structure to hold their state +** information. +*/ +typedef struct Stat4Accum Stat4Accum; +typedef struct Stat4Sample Stat4Sample; +struct Stat4Sample { + tRowcnt *anEq; /* sqlite_stat4.nEq */ + tRowcnt *anDLt; /* sqlite_stat4.nDLt */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + tRowcnt *anLt; /* sqlite_stat4.nLt */ + union { + i64 iRowid; /* Rowid in main table of the key */ + u8 *aRowid; /* Key for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ + } u; + u32 nRowid; /* Sizeof aRowid[] */ + u8 isPSample; /* True if a periodic sample */ + int iCol; /* If !isPSample, the reason for inclusion */ + u32 iHash; /* Tiebreaker hash */ +#endif +}; +struct Stat4Accum { + tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows in the entire table */ + tRowcnt nPSample; /* How often to do a periodic sample */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in index + pk/rowid */ + int nKeyCol; /* Number of index columns w/o the pk/rowid */ + int mxSample; /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */ + Stat4Sample current; /* Current row as a Stat4Sample */ + u32 iPrn; /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */ + Stat4Sample *aBest; /* Array of nCol best samples */ + int iMin; /* Index in a[] of entry with minimum score */ + int nSample; /* Current number of samples */ + int iGet; /* Index of current sample accessed by stat_get() */ + Stat4Sample *a; /* Array of mxSample Stat4Sample objects */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection, for malloc() */ +}; + +/* Reclaim memory used by a Stat4Sample +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +static void sampleClear(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p){ + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p->nRowid ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); + p->nRowid = 0; } +} +#endif - /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - if( iFkIfZero ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero); +/* Initialize the BLOB value of a ROWID +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){ + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); + p->u.aRowid = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); + if( p->u.aRowid ){ + p->nRowid = n; + memcpy(p->u.aRowid, pData, n); + }else{ + p->nRowid = 0; } } +#endif -/* -** This function returns a pointer to the head of a linked list of FK -** constraints for which table pTab is the parent table. For example, -** given the following schema: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY); -** CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a); -** -** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer -** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table -** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a -** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent -** table). +/* Initialize the INTEGER value of a ROWID. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){ - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName); - return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){ + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); + p->nRowid = 0; + p->u.iRowid = iRowid; } +#endif + /* -** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the -** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure -** and all of its sub-components. -** -** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from -** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem. +** Copy the contents of object (*pFrom) into (*pTo). */ -static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){ - if( p ){ - TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list; - sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect); - sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen); - sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){ + pTo->isPSample = pFrom->isPSample; + pTo->iCol = pFrom->iCol; + pTo->iHash = pFrom->iHash; + memcpy(pTo->anEq, pFrom->anEq, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); + memcpy(pTo->anLt, pFrom->anLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); + memcpy(pTo->anDLt, pFrom->anDLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); + if( pFrom->nRowid ){ + sampleSetRowid(p->db, pTo, pFrom->nRowid, pFrom->u.aRowid); + }else{ + sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, pTo, pFrom->u.iRowid); } } +#endif /* -** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is -** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument -** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to -** table pTab. +** Reclaim all memory of a Stat4Accum structure. +*/ +static void stat4Destructor(void *pOld){ + Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)pOld; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i); + for(i=0; imxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i); + sampleClear(p->db, &p->current); +#endif + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters +** are: +** N: The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1) +** K: The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk. +** C: The number of rows in the index (note 2) ** -** Normally, no code is required. However, if either +** Note 1: In the special case of the covering index that implements a +** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the +** total number of columns in the table. ** -** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or -** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is -** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK -** constraint violations in the database, +** Note 2: C is only used for STAT3 and STAT4. ** -** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM " is executed before dropping -** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this -** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not. +** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1. But for indexes on +** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the +** PRIMARY KEY of the table. The covering index that implements the +** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case. +** +** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return +** value is a pointer to the the Stat4Accum object encoded as a blob (i.e. +** the size of the blob is sizeof(void*) bytes). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){ - int iSkip = 0; - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - - assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */ - if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){ - /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table - ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without - ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over - ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints - ** when this statement is run. */ - FKey *p; - for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ - if( p->isDeferred ) break; - } - if( !p ) return; - iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); - } +static void statInit( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Stat4Accum *p; + int nCol; /* Number of columns in index being sampled */ + int nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns */ + int nColUp; /* nCol rounded up for alignment */ + int n; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES; +#endif - pParse->disableTriggers = 1; - sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0); - pParse->disableTriggers = 0; + /* Decode the three function arguments */ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + nCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); + assert( nCol>0 ); + nColUp = sizeof(tRowcnt)<8 ? (nCol+1)&~1 : nCol; + nKeyCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + assert( nKeyCol<=nCol ); + assert( nKeyCol>0 ); + + /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */ + n = sizeof(*p) + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anEq */ + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anLt */ + + sizeof(Stat4Sample)*(nCol+mxSample) /* Stat4Accum.aBest[], a[] */ + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample) +#endif + ; + db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, n); + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } - /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint - ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before - ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement - ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); - sqlite3HaltConstraint( - pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC - ); + p->db = db; + p->nRow = 0; + p->nCol = nCol; + p->nKeyCol = nKeyCol; + p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1]; + p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp]; - if( iSkip ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + { + u8 *pSpace; /* Allocated space not yet assigned */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */ + + p->iGet = -1; + p->mxSample = mxSample; + p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1); + p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp]; + p->iPrn = nCol*0x689e962d ^ sqlite3_value_int(argv[2])*0xd0944565; + + /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */ + p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp]; + p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample]; + pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]); + for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){ + p->a[i].anEq = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); + p->a[i].anLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); + p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); + } + assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n ); + + for(i=0; iaBest[i].iCol = i; } } +#endif + + /* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller */ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(p), stat4Destructor); } +static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = { + 2+IsStat34, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + statInit, /* xFunc */ + 0, /* xStep */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "stat_init", /* zName */ + 0, /* pHash */ + 0 /* pDestructor */ +}; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 /* -** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of -** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint -** processing for the operation. -** -** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the -** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the -** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values -** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed -** zero in this case. +** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for +** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and +** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this +** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld. +** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected +** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld. ** -** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the -** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new -** row data. -** -** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before -** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention -** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted -** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. +** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of +** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ - int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */ - int regNew /* New row data is stored here */ +static int sampleIsBetterPost( + Stat4Accum *pAccum, + Stat4Sample *pNew, + Stat4Sample *pOld ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - Vdbe *v; /* VM to write code to */ - FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */ - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */ - int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers; - - /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */ - assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) ); - - /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */ - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + int nCol = pAccum->nCol; + int i; + assert( pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol ); + for(i=pNew->iCol+1; ianEq[i]>pOld->anEq[i] ) return 1; + if( pNew->anEq[i]anEq[i] ) return 0; + } + if( pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash ) return 1; + return 0; +} +#endif - /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the - ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of). */ - for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ - Table *pTo; /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index on key columns in pTo */ - int *aiFree = 0; - int *aiCol; - int iCol; - int i; - int isIgnore = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld. +** +** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of +** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. +*/ +static int sampleIsBetter( + Stat4Accum *pAccum, + Stat4Sample *pNew, + Stat4Sample *pOld +){ + tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]; + tRowcnt nEqOld = pOld->anEq[pOld->iCol]; - /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index - ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these - ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return - ** early. */ - if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ - pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb); - }else{ - pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb); - } - if( !pTo || locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){ - if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; - continue; - } - assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) ); + assert( pOld->isPSample==0 && pNew->isPSample==0 ); + assert( IsStat4 || (pNew->iCol==0 && pOld->iCol==0) ); - if( aiFree ){ - aiCol = aiFree; - }else{ - iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; - aiCol = &iCol; - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ - aiCol[i] = -1; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the - ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any - ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */ - if( db->xAuth ){ - int rcauth; - char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName; - rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb); - isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE); - } + if( (nEqNew>nEqOld) ) return 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + if( nEqNew==nEqOld ){ + if( pNew->iColiCol ) return 1; + return (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol && sampleIsBetterPost(pAccum, pNew, pOld)); + } + return 0; +#else + return (nEqNew==nEqOld && pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash); #endif - } +} - /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate - ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns - ** in the parent table. */ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName); - pParse->nTab++; +/* +** Copy the contents of sample *pNew into the p->a[] array. If necessary, +** remove the least desirable sample from p->a[] to make room. +*/ +static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){ + Stat4Sample *pSample = 0; + int i; - if( regOld!=0 ){ - /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent. - ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an - ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */ - fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore); + assert( IsStat4 || nEqZero==0 ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + if( pNew->isPSample==0 ){ + Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0; + assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 ); + + /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column + ** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already + ** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add + ** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority + ** existing sample that shares this prefix. */ + for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ + Stat4Sample *pOld = &p->a[i]; + if( pOld->anEq[pNew->iCol]==0 ){ + if( pOld->isPSample ) return; + assert( pOld->iCol>pNew->iCol ); + assert( sampleIsBetter(p, pNew, pOld) ); + if( pUpgrade==0 || sampleIsBetter(p, pOld, pUpgrade) ){ + pUpgrade = pOld; + } + } } - if( regNew!=0 ){ - /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot - ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */ - fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore); + if( pUpgrade ){ + pUpgrade->iCol = pNew->iCol; + pUpgrade->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol] = pNew->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol]; + goto find_new_min; } + } +#endif - sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree); + /* If necessary, remove sample iMin to make room for the new sample. */ + if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){ + Stat4Sample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin]; + tRowcnt *anEq = pMin->anEq; + tRowcnt *anLt = pMin->anLt; + tRowcnt *anDLt = pMin->anDLt; + sampleClear(p->db, pMin); + memmove(pMin, &pMin[1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-p->iMin-1)); + pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1]; + pSample->nRowid = 0; + pSample->anEq = anEq; + pSample->anDLt = anDLt; + pSample->anLt = anLt; + p->nSample = p->mxSample-1; } - /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table */ - for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Foreign key index for pFKey */ - SrcList *pSrc; - int *aiCol = 0; + /* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that + ** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would + ** be out of order. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + assert( p->nSample==0 + || pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] ); +#endif - if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ - assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 ); - /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate - ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case. */ - continue; - } + /* Insert the new sample */ + pSample = &p->a[p->nSample]; + sampleCopy(p, pSample, pNew); + p->nSample++; - if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){ - if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; - continue; - } - assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + /* Zero the first nEqZero entries in the anEq[] array. */ + memset(pSample->anEq, 0, sizeof(tRowcnt)*nEqZero); - /* Create a SrcList structure containing a single table (the table - ** the foreign key that refers to this table is attached to). This - ** is required for the sqlite3WhereXXX() interface. */ - pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSrc ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; - pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom; - pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName; - pItem->pTab->nRef++; - pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - - if( regNew!=0 ){ - fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1); - } - if( regOld!=0 ){ - /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation - ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception - ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a - ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking - ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented - ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default. */ - fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + find_new_min: +#endif + if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){ + int iMin = -1; + for(i=0; imxSample; i++){ + if( p->a[i].isPSample ) continue; + if( iMin<0 || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->a[iMin], &p->a[i]) ){ + iMin = i; } - pItem->zName = 0; - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); + assert( iMin>=0 ); + p->iMin = iMin; } } - -#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x))) +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ /* -** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a -** row contained in table pTab. +** Field iChng of the index being scanned has changed. So at this point +** p->current contains a sample that reflects the previous row of the +** index. The value of anEq[iChng] and subsequent anEq[] elements are +** correct at this point. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab /* Table being modified */ -){ - u32 mask = 0; - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - FKey *p; - int i; - for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom); +static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + int i; + + /* Check if any samples from the aBest[] array should be pushed + ** into IndexSample.a[] at this point. */ + for(i=(p->nCol-2); i>=iChng; i--){ + Stat4Sample *pBest = &p->aBest[i]; + pBest->anEq[i] = p->current.anEq[i]; + if( p->nSamplemxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, pBest, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){ + sampleInsert(p, pBest, i); } - for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ - Index *pIdx = 0; - locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0); - if( pIdx ){ - for(i=0; inColumn; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]); - } + } + + /* Update the anEq[] fields of any samples already collected. */ + for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ + int j; + for(j=iChng; jnCol; j++){ + if( p->a[i].anEq[j]==0 ) p->a[i].anEq[j] = p->current.anEq[j]; } } - return mask; -} +#endif -/* -** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a -** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then -** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points -** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab. -** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding -** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified, -** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the -** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table. -** -** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns -** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function -** returns false. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being modified */ - int *aChange, /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */ - int chngRowid /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */ -){ - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - if( !aChange ){ - /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the - ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any - ** foreign key constraint. */ - return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey); - }else{ - /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the - ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */ - int i; - FKey *p; +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) + if( iChng==0 ){ + tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[0]; + tRowcnt nEq = p->current.anEq[0]; - /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */ - for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom; - if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1; - if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1; - } - } + /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */ + if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+nEq)/p->nPSample ){ + p->current.isPSample = 1; + sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0); + p->current.isPSample = 0; + }else - /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */ - for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol; - int iKey; - for(iKey=0; iKeynCol; iKey++){ - Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey]; - if( (zKey ? !sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) : pCol->isPrimKey) ){ - if( aChange[iKey]>=0 ) return 1; - if( iKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1; - } - } - } - } + /* Or if it is a non-periodic sample. Add it in this case too. */ + if( p->nSamplemxSample + || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->current, &p->a[p->iMin]) + ){ + sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0); } } - return 0; +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + UNUSED_PARAMETER( p ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER( iChng ); +#endif } /* -** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being -** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey. -** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is -** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a -** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer. -** -** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger -** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey. -** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is -** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers -** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()). -** -** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in -** the following schema: -** -** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY); -** CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE); +** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function: stat_push(P,C,R) +** Arguments: ** -** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to: +** P Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init() +** C Index of left-most column to differ from previous row +** R Rowid for the current row. Might be a key record for +** WITHOUT ROWID tables. ** -** CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN -** DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk; -** END; +** This SQL function always returns NULL. It's purpose it to accumulate +** statistical data and/or samples in the Stat4Accum object about the +** index being analyzed. The stat_get() SQL function will later be used to +** extract relevant information for constructing the sqlite_statN tables. ** -** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It -** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by -** sqlite3FkDelete(). +** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4 */ -static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to get action for */ - ExprList *pChanges /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ +static void statPush( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - int action; /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger definition to return */ - int iAction = (pChanges!=0); /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */ - - action = pFKey->aAction[iAction]; - pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction]; + int i; - if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){ - u8 enableLookaside; /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ - char const *zFrom; /* Name of child table */ - int nFrom; /* Length in bytes of zFrom */ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Parent key index for this FK */ - int *aiCol = 0; /* child table cols -> parent key cols */ - TriggerStep *pStep = 0; /* First (only) step of trigger program */ - Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause of trigger step */ - ExprList *pList = 0; /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */ - Select *pSelect = 0; /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - Expr *pWhen = 0; /* WHEN clause for the trigger */ + /* The three function arguments */ + Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0; - assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER( context ); + assert( p->nCol>0 ); + assert( iChngnCol ); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Token tOld = { "old", 3 }; /* Literal "old" token */ - Token tNew = { "new", 3 }; /* Literal "new" token */ - Token tFromCol; /* Name of column in child table */ - Token tToCol; /* Name of column in parent table */ - int iFromCol; /* Idx of column in child table */ - Expr *pEq; /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */ + if( p->nRow==0 ){ + /* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1; + }else{ + /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */ + samplePushPrevious(p, iChng); - iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; - assert( iFromCol>=0 ); - tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid"; - tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName; + /* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply + ** to the current row of the index. */ + for(i=0; icurrent.anEq[i]++; + } + for(i=iChng; inCol; i++){ + p->current.anDLt[i]++; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i]; +#endif + p->current.anEq[i] = 1; + } + } + p->nRow++; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])); + }else{ + sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]), + sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2])); + } + p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345; +#endif - tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z); - tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + { + tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1]; - /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important - ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so - ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the - ** parent table are used for the comparison. */ - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) - , 0), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol) - , 0); - pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); + /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */ + if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+1)/p->nPSample ){ + p->current.isPSample = 1; + p->current.iCol = 0; + sampleInsert(p, &p->current, p->nCol-1); + p->current.isPSample = 0; + } - /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause. - ** The final WHEN clause will be like this: - ** - ** WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN) - */ - if( pChanges ){ - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), - 0), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), - 0), - 0); - pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq); - } - - if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){ - Expr *pNew; - if( action==OE_Cascade ){ - pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) - , 0); - }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){ - Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt; - if( pDflt ){ - pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0); - }else{ - pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); - } - }else{ - pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); - } - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0); + /* Update the aBest[] array. */ + for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){ + p->current.iCol = i; + if( i>=iChng || sampleIsBetterPost(p, &p->current, &p->aBest[i]) ){ + sampleCopy(p, &p->aBest[i], &p->current); } } - sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); + } +#endif +} +static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = { + 2+IsStat34, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + statPush, /* xFunc */ + 0, /* xStep */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "stat_push", /* zName */ + 0, /* pHash */ + 0 /* pDestructor */ +}; - zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName; - nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom); +#define STAT_GET_STAT1 0 /* "stat" column of stat1 table */ +#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1 /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */ +#define STAT_GET_NEQ 2 /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */ +#define STAT_GET_NLT 3 /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */ +#define STAT_GET_NDLT 4 /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */ - if( action==OE_Restrict ){ - Token tFrom; - Expr *pRaise; +/* +** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function. This routine is +** used to query statistical information that has been gathered into +** the Stat4Accum object by prior calls to stat_push(). The P parameter +** is a BLOB which is decoded into a pointer to the Stat4Accum objects. +** The content to returned is determined by the parameter J +** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above. +** +** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always +** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes +** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the +** stat1 table entry information. +*/ +static void statGet( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + /* STAT3 and STAT4 have a parameter on this routine. */ + int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + assert( argc==2 ); + assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ + || eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT + || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT + ); + if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 ) +#else + assert( argc==1 ); +#endif + { + /* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1 + ** table for this index. + ** + ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing + ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of + ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list + ** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of + ** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using + ** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words, + ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is + ** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that: + ** + ** * the index contains 100 rows, + ** * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and + ** * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows. + ** + ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of + ** rows, then each estimate is computed as: + ** + ** I = (K+D-1)/D + */ + char *z; + int i; - tFrom.z = zFrom; - tFrom.n = nFrom; - pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "foreign key constraint failed"); - if( pRaise ){ - pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort; - } - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, - sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise), - sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0), - pWhere, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - ); - pWhere = 0; + char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero( (p->nKeyCol+1)*25 ); + if( zRet==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; } - /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */ - enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow); + z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet); + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1; + u64 iVal = (p->nRow + nDistinct - 1) / nDistinct; + sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, " %llu", iVal); + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z); + assert( p->current.anEq[i] ); + } + assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet ); - pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */ - sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */ - nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->target.z */ - ); - if( pTrigger ){ - pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1]; - pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1]; - pStep->target.n = nFrom; - memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom); - - pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - if( pWhen ){ - pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0); - pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + else if( eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID ){ + if( p->iGet<0 ){ + samplePushPrevious(p, 0); + p->iGet = 0; + } + if( p->iGetnSample ){ + Stat4Sample *pS = p->a + p->iGet; + if( pS->nRowid==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, pS->u.iRowid); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, pS->u.aRowid, pS->nRowid, + SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } + }else{ + tRowcnt *aCnt = 0; - /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */ - db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; - - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){ - fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger); - return 0; + assert( p->iGetnSample ); + switch( eCall ){ + case STAT_GET_NEQ: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break; + case STAT_GET_NLT: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break; + default: { + aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; + p->iGet++; + break; + } } - switch( action ){ - case OE_Restrict: - pStep->op = TK_SELECT; - break; - case OE_Cascade: - if( !pChanges ){ - pStep->op = TK_DELETE; - break; + if( IsStat3 ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, (i64)aCnt[0]); + }else{ + char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25); + if( zRet==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + int i; + char *z = zRet; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, "%llu ", (u64)aCnt[i]); + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z); } - default: - pStep->op = TK_UPDATE; + assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet ); + z[-1] = '\0'; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); + } } - pStep->pTrig = pTrigger; - pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger; - pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE); } - - return pTrigger; +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG + UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); +#endif +} +static const FuncDef statGetFuncdef = { + 1+IsStat34, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + statGet, /* xFunc */ + 0, /* xStep */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "stat_get", /* zName */ + 0, /* pHash */ + 0 /* pDestructor */ +}; + +static void callStatGet(Vdbe *v, int regStat4, int iParam, int regOut){ + assert( regOut!=regStat4 && regOut!=regStat4+1 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat4+1); +#elif SQLITE_DEBUG + assert( iParam==STAT_GET_STAT1 ); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER( iParam ); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4, regOut); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statGetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1 + IsStat34); } /* -** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement -** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions. +** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with +** a single table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ - int regOld /* Address of array containing old row */ +static void analyzeOneTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ + Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */ + int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */ + int iMem, /* Available memory locations begin here */ + int iTab /* Next available cursor */ ){ - /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that - ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK - ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated - ** trigger sub-program. */ - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ - for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ - Trigger *pAction = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges); - if( pAction ){ - sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAction, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0); - } - } + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */ + int iIdxCur; /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */ + int iTabCur; /* Table cursor */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int jZeroRows = -1; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */ + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ + u8 needTableCnt = 1; /* True to count the table */ + int regNewRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */ + int regStat4 = iMem++; /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */ + int regChng = iMem++; /* Index of changed index field */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */ +#endif + int regTemp = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */ + int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */ + int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */ + int regStat1 = iMem++; /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */ + int regPrev = iMem; /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */ + + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){ + return; } -} + if( pTab->tnum==0 ){ + /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */ + return; + } + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ + /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */ + return; + } + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, + db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ + return; + } +#endif -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. + ** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number + ** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at + ** this time though. */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + iTabCur = iTab++; + iIdxCur = iTab++; + pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0); -/* -** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to -** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash -** hash table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ - FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ - FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in pIdx. "N" */ + int addrRewind; /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */ + int addrNextRow; /* Address of "next_row:" */ + const char *zIdxName; /* Name of the index */ + int nColTest; /* Number of columns to test for changes */ + + if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue; + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0; + if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol; + zIdxName = pTab->zName; + nColTest = nCol - 1; + }else{ + nCol = pIdx->nColumn; + zIdxName = pIdx->zName; + nColTest = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol-1 : nCol-1; + } - for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){ + /* Populate the register containing the index name. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, zIdxName, 0); + VdbeComment((v, "Analysis for %s.%s", pTab->zName, zIdxName)); - /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */ - if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ - if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){ - pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo; - }else{ - void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo; - const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo); - sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p); - } - if( pFKey->pNextTo ){ - pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo; + /* + ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push(): + ** + ** Rewind csr + ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan; + ** regChng = 0 + ** goto chng_addr_0; + ** + ** next_row: + ** regChng = 0 + ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0 + ** regChng = 1 + ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1 + ** ... + ** regChng = N + ** goto chng_addr_N + ** + ** chng_addr_0: + ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) + ** chng_addr_1: + ** regPrev(1) = idx(1) + ** ... + ** + ** endDistinctTest: + ** regRowid = idx(rowid) + ** stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid) + ** Next csr + ** if !eof(csr) goto next_row; + ** + ** end_of_scan: + */ + + /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate + ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required + ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of + ** the sqlite_stat4 table. */ + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest); + + /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */ + assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + + /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are: + ** + ** (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid + ** (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns), + ** (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk + ** (3) the number of rows in the index, + ** + ** + ** The third argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4 + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statInitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34); + + /* Implementation of the following: + ** + ** Rewind csr + ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan; + ** regChng = 0 + ** goto next_push_0; + ** + */ + addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng); + addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + + if( nColTest>0 ){ + int endDistinctTest = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int *aGotoChng; /* Array of jump instruction addresses */ + aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nColTest); + if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue; + + /* + ** next_row: + ** regChng = 0 + ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0 + ** regChng = 1 + ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1 + ** ... + ** regChng = N + ** goto endDistinctTest + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ + /* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL + ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip + ** subsequent distinctness tests. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + for(i=0; iazColl[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp); + aGotoChng[i] = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endDistinctTest); + + + /* + ** chng_addr_0: + ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) + ** chng_addr_1: + ** regPrev(1) = idx(1) + ** ... + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrNextRow-1); + for(i=0; iisDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) ); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable); + int j, k, regKey; + regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[j]].zName)); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol); + } +#endif + assert( regChng==(regStat4+1) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 1, regStat4, regTemp); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */ + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]); - fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]); + /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + { + int regEq = regStat1; + int regLt = regStat1+1; + int regDLt = regStat1+2; + int regSample = regStat1+3; + int regCol = regStat1+4; + int regSampleRowid = regCol + nCol; + int addrNext; + int addrIsNull; + u8 seekOp = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound; + + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol); + + addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid); + addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, seekOp, iTabCur, addrNext, regSampleRowid, 0); + /* We know that the regSampleRowid row exists because it was read by + ** the previous loop. Thus the not-found jump of seekOp will never + ** be taken */ + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, + pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample); +#else + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, iCol, regCol+i); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCol, nCol, regSample); #endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regTemp); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regTemp, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ - pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); + /* End of analysis */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind); + } + + + /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index + ** name and the row count as the content. + */ + if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){ + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1); + jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows); } } -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ -/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/ + /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. +** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to +** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used. */ +static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb); + } +} /* -** Generate code that will open a table for reading. +** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( - Parse *p, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ - int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ - int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ -){ - Vdbe *v; - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); - assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); - sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); +static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */ + HashElem *k; + int iStatCur; + int iMem; + int iTab; + + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + iStatCur = pParse->nTab; + pParse->nTab += 3; + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0); + iMem = pParse->nMem+1; + iTab = pParse->nTab; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem, iTab); + } + loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); } /* -** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index -** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in -** the table, according to the affinity of the column: -** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL -** -** An extra 'b' is appended to the end of the string to cover the -** rowid that appears as the last column in every index. -** -** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string -** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be -** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called. +** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in +** a database. If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index +** in pTab that should be analyzed. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){ - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is - ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as - ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. - ** - ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by - ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned - ** up. - */ - int n; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); - pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+2); - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return 0; - } - for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){ - pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity; - } - pIdx->zColAff[n++] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; +static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){ + int iDb; + int iStatCur; + + assert( pTab!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + iStatCur = pParse->nTab; + pParse->nTab += 3; + if( pOnlyIdx ){ + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx"); + }else{ + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl"); } - - return pIdx->zColAff; + analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur,pParse->nMem+1,pParse->nTab); + loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); } /* -** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity -** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character -** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the -** column: +** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine +** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command. ** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL +** ANALYZE -- 1 +** ANALYZE -- 2 +** ANALYZE ?.? -- 3 +** +** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed. +** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named. +** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){ - /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table - ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then - ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use. - ** - ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by - ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up. - */ - if( !pTab->zColAff ){ - char *zColAff; - int i; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + int i; + char *z, *zDb; + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + Token *pTableName; + Vdbe *v; - zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1); - if( !zColAff ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return; + } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; + assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 ); + if( pName1==0 ){ + /* Form 1: Analyze everything */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */ + analyzeDatabase(pParse, i); } - zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0'; - - pTab->zColAff = zColAff; + }else if( pName2->n==0 ){ + /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */ + iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); + if( iDb>=0 ){ + analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb); + }else{ + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1); + if( z ){ + if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); + }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + } + } + }else{ + /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName); + if( iDb>=0 ){ + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName); + if( z ){ + if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); + }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + } + } } - - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire); } /* -** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices -** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program beginning at location -** iStartAddr throught the end of the program. This is used to see if -** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can -** run without using temporary table for the results of the SELECT. +** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the +** callback routine. */ -static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iStartAddr, int iDb, Table *pTab){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); +typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo; +struct analysisInfo { + sqlite3 *db; + const char *zDatabase; +}; + +/* +** The first argument points to a nul-terminated string containing a +** list of space separated integers. Read the first nOut of these into +** the array aOut[]. +*/ +static void decodeIntArray( + char *zIntArray, /* String containing int array to decode */ + int nOut, /* Number of slots in aOut[] */ + tRowcnt *aOut, /* Store integers here */ + LogEst *aLog, /* Or, if aOut==0, here */ + Index *pIndex /* Handle extra flags for this index, if not NULL */ +){ + char *z = zIntArray; + int c; int i; - int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0; -#endif + tRowcnt v; - for(i=iStartAddr; iopcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){ - Index *pIndex; - int tnum = pOp->p2; - if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){ - return 1; - } - for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ - if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){ - return 1; - } - } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( z==0 ) z = ""; +#else + if( NEVER(z==0) ) z = ""; +#endif + for(i=0; *z && i='0' && c<='9' ){ + v = v*10 + c - '0'; + z++; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){ - assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 ); - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); - return 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( aOut ){ + aOut[i] = v; + }else +#else + assert( aOut==0 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(aOut); +#endif + { + aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v); + } + if( *z==' ' ) z++; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + assert( pIndex!=0 ); +#else + if( pIndex ) +#endif + while( z[0] ){ + if( sqlite3_strglob("unordered*", z)==0 ){ + pIndex->bUnordered = 1; + }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){ + pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+3)); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT + else if( sqlite3_strglob("costmult=[0-9]*",z)==0 ){ + pIndex->pTable->costMult = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+9)); } #endif + while( z[0]!=0 && z[0]!=' ' ) z++; + while( z[0]==' ' ) z++; } - return 0; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* -** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab -** which is in database iDb. Return the register number for the register -** that holds the maximum rowid. -** -** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the -** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within -** triggers. A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the -** first use of table pTab. On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original -** AutoincInfo structure is used. -** -** Three memory locations are allocated: +** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the +** sqlite_stat1 table. ** -** (1) Register to hold the name of the pTab table. -** (2) Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab. -** (3) Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab +** argv[0] = name of the table +** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL) +** argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column ** -** The 2nd register is the one that is returned. That is all the -** insert routine needs to know about. +** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in +** the table. */ -static int autoIncBegin( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ - Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ -){ - int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */ - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - AutoincInfo *pInfo; +static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ + analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; + Index *pIndex; + Table *pTable; + const char *z; - pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc; - while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; } - if( pInfo==0 ){ - pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo)); - if( pInfo==0 ) return 0; - pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc; - pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo; - pInfo->pTab = pTab; - pInfo->iDb = iDb; - pToplevel->nMem++; /* Register to hold name of table */ - pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem; /* Max rowid register */ - pToplevel->nMem++; /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */ - } - memId = pInfo->regCtr; + assert( argc==3 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); + + if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){ + return 0; } - return memId; + pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); + if( pTable==0 ){ + return 0; + } + if( argv[1]==0 ){ + pIndex = 0; + }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(argv[0],argv[1])==0 ){ + pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable); + }else{ + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase); + } + z = argv[2]; + + if( pIndex ){ + pIndex->bUnordered = 0; + decodeIntArray((char*)z, pIndex->nKeyCol+1, 0, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex); + if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0]; + }else{ + Index fakeIdx; + fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT + fakeIdx.pTable = pTable; +#endif + decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx); + pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow; + } + + return 0; } /* -** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the -** register used by the autoincrement tracker. +** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array +** and its contents. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ - AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - Db *pDb; /* Database only autoinc table */ - int memId; /* Register holding max rowid */ - int addr; /* A VDBE address */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VDBE under construction */ - - /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation. It is - ** only called from the top-level */ - assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ); - assert( pParse==sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse) ); - - assert( v ); /* We failed long ago if this is not so */ - for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ - pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; - memId = p->regCtr; - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( pIdx->aSample ){ + int j; + for(j=0; jnSample; j++){ + IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j]; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->p); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample); + } + if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + pIdx->nSample = 0; + pIdx->aSample = 0; } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx); +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* -** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. -** -** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a -** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is -** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the -** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged. +** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently +** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. */ -static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){ - if( memId>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid); +static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){ + if( pIdx ){ + IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; + IndexSample *pFinal = &aSample[pIdx->nSample-1]; + int iCol; + int nCol = 1; + if( pIdx->nSampleCol>1 ){ + /* If this is stat4 data, then calculate aAvgEq[] values for all + ** sample columns except the last. The last is always set to 1, as + ** once the trailing PK fields are considered all index keys are + ** unique. */ + nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol-1; + pIdx->aAvgEq[nCol] = 1; + } + for(iCol=0; iColanDLt[iCol]; + + /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that + ** occur in the stat4 table for this index before pFinal. Set + ** sumEq to the sum of the nEq values for column iCol for the same + ** set (adding the value only once where there exist dupicate + ** prefixes). */ + for(i=0; i<(pIdx->nSample-1); i++){ + if( aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] ){ + sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; + nSum++; + } + } + if( nDLt>nSum ){ + avgEq = (pFinal->anLt[iCol] - sumEq)/(nDLt - nSum); + } + if( avgEq==0 ) avgEq = 1; + pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq; + } } } /* -** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement -** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register. -** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement -** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this -** routine just before the "exit" code. +** Look up an index by name. Or, if the name of a WITHOUT ROWID table +** is supplied instead, find the PRIMARY KEY index for that table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ - AutoincInfo *p; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - assert( v ); - for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; - int j1, j2, j3, j4, j5; - int iRec; - int memId = p->regCtr; +static Index *findIndexOrPrimaryKey( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + const char *zDb +){ + Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb); + if( pIdx==0 ){ + Table *pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); + if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ) pIdx = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + } + return pIdx; +} - iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1); - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Rewind); - j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, iRec); - j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, memId-1, 0, iRec); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, j3); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1); - j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec); +/* +** Load the content from either the sqlite_stat4 or sqlite_stat3 table +** into the relevant Index.aSample[] arrays. +** +** Arguments zSql1 and zSql2 must point to SQL statements that return +** data equivalent to the following (statements are different for stat3, +** see the caller of this function for details): +** +** zSql1: SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx +** zSql2: SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 +** +** where %Q is replaced with the database name before the SQL is executed. +*/ +static int loadStatTbl( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + int bStat3, /* Assume single column records only */ + const char *zSql1, /* SQL statement 1 (see above) */ + const char *zSql2, /* SQL statement 2 (see above) */ + const char *zDb /* Database name (e.g. "main") */ +){ + int rc; /* Result codes from subroutines */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* An SQL statement being run */ + char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement */ + Index *pPrevIdx = 0; /* Previous index in the loop */ + IndexSample *pSample; /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */ + + assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql1, zDb); + if( !zSql ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + if( rc ) return rc; + + while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int nIdxCol = 1; /* Number of columns in stat4 records */ + + char *zIndex; /* Index name */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ + int nSample; /* Number of samples */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space required */ + int i; /* Bytes of space required */ + tRowcnt *pSpace; + + zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); + if( zIndex==0 ) continue; + nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); + pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); + assert( pIdx==0 || bStat3 || pIdx->nSample==0 ); + /* Index.nSample is non-zero at this point if data has already been + ** loaded from the stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data. */ + if( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nSample ) continue; + if( bStat3==0 ){ + assert( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) || pIdx->nColumn==pIdx->nKeyCol+1 ); + if( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + nIdxCol = pIdx->nKeyCol; + }else{ + nIdxCol = pIdx->nColumn; + } + } + pIdx->nSampleCol = nIdxCol; + nByte = sizeof(IndexSample) * nSample; + nByte += sizeof(tRowcnt) * nIdxCol * 3 * nSample; + nByte += nIdxCol * sizeof(tRowcnt); /* Space for Index.aAvgEq[] */ + + pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample]; + pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + for(i=0; iaSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + pIdx->aSample[i].anDLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + } + assert( ((u8*)pSpace)-nByte==(u8*)(pIdx->aSample) ); + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc ) return rc; + + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql2, zDb); + if( !zSql ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + if( rc ) return rc; + + while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + char *zIndex; /* Index name */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ + int nCol = 1; /* Number of columns in index */ + + zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); + if( zIndex==0 ) continue; + pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); + if( pIdx==0 ) continue; + /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from + ** the sqlite_stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data. */ + nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol; + if( bStat3 && nCol>1 ) continue; + if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){ + initAvgEq(pPrevIdx); + pPrevIdx = pIdx; + } + pSample = &pIdx->aSample[pIdx->nSample]; + decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1),nCol,pSample->anEq,0,0); + decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,2),nCol,pSample->anLt,0,0); + decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,3),nCol,pSample->anDLt,0,0); + + /* Take a copy of the sample. Add two 0x00 bytes the end of the buffer. + ** This is in case the sample record is corrupted. In that case, the + ** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() may read up to two varints past the + ** end of the allocated buffer before it realizes it is dealing with + ** a corrupt record. Adding the two 0x00 bytes prevents this from causing + ** a buffer overread. */ + pSample->n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); + pSample->p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pSample->n + 2); + if( pSample->p==0 ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memcpy(pSample->p, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), pSample->n); + pIdx->nSample++; } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) initAvgEq(pPrevIdx); + return rc; } -#else + /* -** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines -** above are all no-ops +** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 and sqlite_stat3 tables into +** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices. */ -# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) -# define autoIncStep(A,B,C) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ +static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result codes from subroutines */ + assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){ + rc = loadStatTbl(db, 0, + "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", + "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4", + zDb + ); + } -/* Forward declaration */ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ -); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat3", zDb) ){ + rc = loadStatTbl(db, 1, + "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3 GROUP BY idx", + "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sqlite_record(sample) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3", + zDb + ); + } + + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ /* -** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms: +** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3/4 tables. The +** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[] +** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat3/4 are used to populate the +** Index.aSample[] arrays. ** -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST) -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select +** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR +** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined +** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3/4 table is present, no data is +** read from it. ** -** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, -** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST -** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted. +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined during compilation and the +** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is +** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1 +** table (if it is present) before returning. ** -** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT -** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is -** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate -** data for the insert. +** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed. +** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return +** code may be ignored. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ + analysisInfo sInfo; + HashElem *i; + char *zSql; + int rc; + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); + + /* Clear any prior statistics */ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); + sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx); + pIdx->aSample = 0; +#endif + } + + /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */ + sInfo.db = db; + sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */ + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + } + + + /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat4 table. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int lookasideEnabled = db->lookaside.bEnabled; + db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + rc = loadStat4(db, sInfo.zDatabase); + db->lookaside.bEnabled = lookasideEnabled; + } +#endif + + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + return rc; +} + + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */ + +/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2003 April 6 ** -** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple -** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes -** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this -** the "1st template"): +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** open write cursor to
and its indices -** puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack -** write the resulting record into
-** cleanup +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH +/* +** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This +** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple +** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases. ** -** INSERT INTO
SELECT ... +** i.e. if the parser sees: ** -** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " - -** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table -** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and -** if and are distinct tables but have identical -** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization -** is invoked that copies raw records from over to . -** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this -** template. This is the 2nd template. +** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def ** -** open a write cursor to
-** open read cursor on -** transfer all records in over to
-** close cursors -** foreach index on
-** open a write cursor on the
index -** open a read cursor on the corresponding index -** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors -** close cursors -** end foreach +** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of +** looking for columns of the same name. ** -** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply -** and the SELECT clause does not read from
at any time. -** The generated code follows this template: +** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement: ** -** EOF <- 0 -** X <- A -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the rows in the SELECT -** load values into registers R..R+n -** yield X -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** EOF <- 1 -** yield X -** goto A -** B: open write cursor to
and its indices -** C: yield X -** if EOF goto D -** insert the select result into
from R..R+n -** goto C -** D: cleanup +** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2' ** -** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its -** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table -** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, -** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of -** the select. The template is like this: +** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved. +*/ +static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr) +{ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pExpr ){ + if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){ + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr); + }else{ + pExpr->op = TK_STRING; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The +** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: ** -** EOF <- 0 -** X <- A -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the tables in the SELECT -** load value into register R..R+n -** yield X -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** EOF <- 1 -** yield X -** halt-error -** B: open temp table -** L: yield X -** if EOF goto M -** insert row from R..R+n into temp table -** goto L -** M: open write cursor to
and its indices -** rewind temp table -** C: loop over rows of intermediate table -** transfer values form intermediate table into
-** end loop -** D: cleanup +** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z +** +** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z) +** +** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the +** third argument. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ - ExprList *pList, /* List of values to be inserted */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ - int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ +static void attachFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ - Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */ - char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */ - int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ - int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */ - int baseCur = 0; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ - int keyColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ - int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ - int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ - int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */ - int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */ - int addrSelect = 0; /* Address of coroutine that implements the SELECT */ - SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */ - int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */ - Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */ - int appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ - - /* Register allocations */ - int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */ - int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */ - int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ - int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */ - int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */ - int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */ - int regRecord; /* Holds the assemblied row record */ - int regEof = 0; /* Register recording end of SELECT data */ - int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */ + int i; + int rc = 0; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + const char *zName; + const char *zFile; + char *zPath = 0; + char *zErr = 0; + unsigned int flags; + Db *aNew; + char *zErrDyn = 0; + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ - int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */ -#endif + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - db = pParse->db; - memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest)); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } + zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zFile==0 ) zFile = ""; + if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; - /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. + /* Check for the following errors: + ** + ** * Too many attached databases, + ** * Transaction currently open + ** * Specified database name already being used. */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName; - if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup; - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ){ - goto insert_cleanup; + if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED] + ); + goto attach_error; } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - zDb = pDb->zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction"); + goto attach_error; + } + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + char *z = db->aDb[i].zName; + assert( z && zName ); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName); + goto attach_error; + } } - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** inserted into is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define tmask 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) ); - - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual - ** module table). + /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema + ** hash tables. */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; + if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){ + aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 ); + if( aNew==0 ) return; + memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2); + }else{ + aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) ); + if( aNew==0 ) return; } + db->aDb = aNew; + aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb]; + memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew)); - /* Ensure that: - * (a) the table is not read-only, - * (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist + /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use + ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may + ** or may not be initialized. */ - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; + flags = db->openFlags; + rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + assert( pVfs ); + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags); + sqlite3_free( zPath ); + db->nDb++; + if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached"); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Pager *pPager; + aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt); + if( !aNew->pSchema ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt); + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode); + sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt, + sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(aNew->pBt, 3 | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK)); +#endif + } + aNew->safety_level = 3; + aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } - /* Allocate a VDBE - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT - /* If the statement is of the form - ** - ** INSERT INTO SELECT * FROM ; - ** - ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer - ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. - ** - ** This is the 2nd template. - */ - if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ - assert( !pTrigger ); - assert( pList==0 ); - goto insert_end; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int); + extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); + int nKey; + char *zKey; + int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]); + switch( t ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: + zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + + case SQLITE_TEXT: + case SQLITE_BLOB: + nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]); + rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); + break; - /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the - ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc. - */ - regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); + case SQLITE_NULL: + /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */ + sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); + if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){ + rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); + } + break; + } + } +#endif - /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data - ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that - ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The - ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates. + /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. + ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and + ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way + ** we found it. */ - if( pSelect ){ - /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate code to implement that SELECT - ** as a co-routine. The code is common to both the 3rd and 4th - ** templates: - ** - ** EOF <- 0 - ** X <- A - ** goto B - ** A: setup for the SELECT - ** loop over the tables in the SELECT - ** load value into register R..R+n - ** yield X - ** end loop - ** cleanup after the SELECT - ** EOF <- 1 - ** yield X - ** halt-error - ** - ** On each invocation of the co-routine, it puts a single row of the - ** SELECT result into registers dest.iMem...dest.iMem+dest.nMem-1. - ** (These output registers are allocated by sqlite3Select().) When - ** the SELECT completes, it sets the EOF flag stored in regEof. - */ - int rc, j1; - - regEof = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEof); /* EOF <- 0 */ - VdbeComment((v, "SELECT eof flag")); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, ++pParse->nMem); - addrSelect = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, addrSelect-1, dest.iParm); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "Jump over SELECT coroutine")); - - /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */ - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); - assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc ); - if( rc || NEVER(pParse->nErr) || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto insert_cleanup; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + } + if( rc ){ + int iDb = db->nDb - 1; + assert( iDb>=2 ); + if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); + db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; + db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEof); /* EOF <- 1 */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); /* yield X */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_INTERNAL, OE_Abort); - VdbeComment((v, "End of SELECT coroutine")); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); /* label B: */ - - regFromSelect = dest.iMem; - assert( pSelect->pEList ); - nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; - assert( dest.nMem==nColumn ); + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + db->nDb = iDb; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory"); + }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile); + } + goto attach_error; + } + + return; - /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement - ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to - ** FALSE if each* row of the SELECT can be written directly into - ** the destination table (template 3). - ** - ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one - ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a - ** temp table in the case of row triggers. - */ - if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, addrSelect, iDb, pTab) ){ - useTempTable = 1; - } - - if( useTempTable ){ - /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT - ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated - ** here is from the 4th template: - ** - ** B: open temp table - ** L: yield X - ** if EOF goto M - ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table - ** goto L - ** M: ... - */ - int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */ - int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */ - int addrTop; /* Label "L" */ - int addrIf; /* Address of jump to M */ - - srcTab = pParse->nTab++; - regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn); - addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); - addrIf = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIf); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); - } - }else{ - /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES - ** clause - */ - NameContext sNC; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - srcTab = -1; - assert( useTempTable==0 ); - nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } +attach_error: + /* Return an error if we get here */ + if( zErrDyn ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); } + if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); +} - /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number - ** of columns to be inserted into the table. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); - } - } - if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", - pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn); - goto insert_cleanup; - } - if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); - goto insert_cleanup; - } +/* +** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The +** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement: +** +** DETACH DATABASE x +** +** SELECT sqlite_detach(x) +*/ +static void detachFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + int i; + Db *pDb = 0; + char zErr[128]; - /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure - ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and - ** remember the column indices. - ** - ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column - ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable - ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. keyColumn is - ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as - ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the primary - ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) - */ - if( pColumn ){ - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; - } - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = j; - if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ - keyColumn = i; - } - break; - } - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){ - keyColumn = i; - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", - pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - } - } + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary - ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index - ** in the original table definition. - */ - if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ - keyColumn = pTab->iPKey; - } - - /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break; } - /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */ - if( !isView ){ - int nIdx; - - baseCur = pParse->nTab; - nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, baseCur, OP_OpenWrite); - aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1)); - if( aRegIdx==0 ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - for(i=0; inMem; - } + if( i>=db->nDb ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName); + goto detach_error; } - - /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */ - if( useTempTable ){ - /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the - ** following pseudocode (template 4): - ** - ** rewind temp table - ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table - ** transfer values form intermediate table into
- ** end loop - ** D: ... - */ - addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); - addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - }else if( pSelect ){ - /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the - ** following pseudocode (template 3): - ** - ** C: yield X - ** if EOF goto D - ** insert the select result into
from R..R+n - ** goto C - ** D: ... - */ - addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); - addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof); + if( i<2 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); + goto detach_error; } - - /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row, - ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record. - */ - regRecord = ++pParse->nMem; - regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1; - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - regRowid++; - pParse->nMem++; + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, + "cannot DETACH database within transaction"); + goto detach_error; + } + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); + goto detach_error; } - regData = regRowid+1; - - /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any - */ - endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ - int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1); - - /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER - ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be - ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, - ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has - ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 - */ - if( keyColumn<0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); - }else{ - int j1; - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regCols); - }else{ - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regCols); - } - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); - } - /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, - ** this block would have to account for hidden column. - */ - assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + pDb->pSchema = 0; + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + return; - /* Create the new column data - */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( pColumn==0 ){ - j = i; - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; - } - } - if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); - }else{ - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1); - } - } +detach_error: + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); +} - /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, - ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. - ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the - ** table column affinities. - */ - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regCols+1, pTab->nCol); - sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - } +/* +** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the +** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions. +*/ +static void codeAttach( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */ + FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */ + Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ + Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ + Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ + Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */ +){ + int rc; + NameContext sName; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3* db = pParse->db; + int regArgs; - /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, - pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop); + memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); + sName.pParse = pParse; - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1); + if( + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) + ){ + pParse->nErr++; + goto attach_end; } - /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack. The - ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid - ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which - ** case the record number is the same as that column. - */ - if( !isView ){ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns); - } - if( keyColumn>=0 ){ - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+keyColumn, regRowid); - }else{ - VdbeOp *pOp; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid); - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); - if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - appendFlag = 1; - pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; - pOp->p1 = baseCur; - pOp->p2 = regRowid; - pOp->p3 = regAutoinc; - } - } - /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid - ** to generate a unique primary key value. - */ - if( !appendFlag ){ - int j1; - if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - }else{ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); - } - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( pAuthArg ){ + char *zAuthArg; + if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){ + zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken; }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); - appendFlag = 1; - } - autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); - - /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning - ** with the first column. - */ - nHidden = 0; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i; - if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ - /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. - ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted - ** in its place. So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid - ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRegStore); - continue; - } - if( pColumn==0 ){ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - j = -1; - nHidden++; - }else{ - j = i - nHidden; - } - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; - } - } - if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore); - } + zAuthArg = 0; } - - /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and - ** do the insertion. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - }else -#endif - { - int isReplace; /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */ - sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, - keyColumn>=0, 0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace - ); - sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns); - sqlite3CompleteInsertion( - pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0 - ); + rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); + if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto attach_end; } } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ - /* Update the count of rows that are inserted - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); - } - - if( pTrigger ){ - /* Code AFTER triggers */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, - pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop); - } - /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source - ** is a SELECT statement. - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); - } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2); - if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){ - /* Close all tables opened */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, baseCur); - for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+baseCur); - } - } + assert( v || db->mallocFailed ); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3); + assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); -insert_end: - /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into - ** autoincrement tables. - */ - if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ - sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this + ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing + ** statements). + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH)); } + +attach_end: + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey); +} - /* - ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC); - } +/* +** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement. +** +** DETACH pDbname +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ + static const FuncDef detach_func = { + 1, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + detachFunc, /* xFunc */ + 0, /* xStep */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "sqlite_detach", /* zName */ + 0, /* pHash */ + 0 /* pDestructor */ + }; + codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); +} -insert_cleanup: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); +/* +** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement. +** +** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ + static const FuncDef attach_func = { + 3, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + attachFunc, /* xFunc */ + 0, /* xStep */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "sqlite_attach", /* zName */ + 0, /* pHash */ + 0 /* pDestructor */ + }; + codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey); } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ -/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise -** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file -** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ -#ifdef isView - #undef isView -#endif -#ifdef pTrigger - #undef pTrigger -#endif -#ifdef tmask - #undef tmask -#endif +/* +** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior +** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit( + DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */ + Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */ + int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */ + const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */ + const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; + db = pParse->db; + assert( db->nDb>iDb ); + pFix->pParse = pParse; + pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + pFix->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pFix->zType = zType; + pFix->pName = pName; + pFix->bVarOnly = (iDb==1); +} /* -** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE. -** -** The input is a range of consecutive registers as follows: -** -** 1. The rowid of the row after the update. +** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign +** a specific database to all table references where the database name +** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure +** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit(). ** -** 2. The data in the first column of the entry after the update. -** -** i. Data from middle columns... -** -** N. The data in the last column of the entry after the update. -** -** The regRowid parameter is the index of the register containing (1). -** -** If isUpdate is true and rowidChng is non-zero, then rowidChng contains -** the address of a register containing the rowid before the update takes -** place. isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for INSERTs. If isUpdate -** is false, indicating an INSERT statement, then a non-zero rowidChng -** indicates that the rowid was explicitly specified as part of the -** INSERT statement. If rowidChng is false, it means that the rowid is -** computed automatically in an insert or that the rowid value is not -** modified by an update. -** -** The code generated by this routine store new index entries into -** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for -** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is -** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices -** attached to the table. -** -** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, -** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, -** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible -** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. -** -** Constraint type Action What Happens -** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- -** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and -** sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command -** only (do not do a complete rollback) then -** cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately -** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any FAIL Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The -** transaction is not rolled back and any -** prior changes are retained. -** -** any IGNORE The record number and data is popped from -** the stack and there is an immediate jump -** to label ignoreDest. -** -** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default -** value for that column. If the default value -** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. -** -** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row -** being inserted is removed. -** -** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. -** -** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. -** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter -** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value -** for the constraint is used. -** -** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with -** cursor number "baseCur". All indices of pTab must also have open -** read/write cursors with cursor number baseCur+i for the i-th cursor. -** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then -** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. +** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or +** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database. +** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are +** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made +** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to +** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything +** checks out, these routines return 0. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ - int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ - int regRowid, /* Index of the range of input registers */ - int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ - int rowidChng, /* True if the rowid might collide with existing entry */ - int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ - int overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ - int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ - int *pbMayReplace /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */ -){ - int i; /* loop counter */ - Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns */ - int onError; /* Conflict resolution strategy */ - int j1; /* Addresss of jump instruction */ - int j2 = 0, j3; /* Addresses of jump instructions */ - int regData; /* Register containing first data column */ - int iCur; /* Table cursor number */ - Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to one of the indices */ - int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */ - int regOldRowid = (rowidChng && isUpdate) ? rowidChng : regRowid; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - nCol = pTab->nCol; - regData = regRowid + 1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ +){ + int i; + const char *zDb; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; - /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. - */ - for(i=0; iiPKey ){ - continue; + if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0; + zDb = pFix->zDb; + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + if( pFix->bVarOnly==0 ){ + if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, + "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", + pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); + return 1; + } + sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase); + pItem->zDatabase = 0; + pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema; } - onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; - if( onError==OE_None ) continue; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1; + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1; +#endif + } + return 0; +} +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pSelect ){ + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){ + return 1; } - if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ - onError = OE_Abort; + if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){ + return 1; } - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Abort: - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Fail: { - char *zMsg; - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull, - SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, regData+i); - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s may not be NULL", - pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[i].zName); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regData+i, ignoreDest); - break; - } - default: { - assert( onError==OE_Replace ); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regData+i); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regData+i); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - break; - } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){ + return 1; } - } - - /* Test all CHECK constraints - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ - int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - pParse->ckBase = regData; - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; - if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - }else{ - if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */ - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, 0, 0); + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pGroupBy) ){ + return 1; } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ - - /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key - ** of the new record does not previously exist. Except, if this - ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK. - */ - if( rowidChng ){ - onError = pTab->keyConf; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){ + return 1; } - - if( isUpdate ){ - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regRowid, 0, rowidChng); + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pOrderBy) ){ + return 1; } - j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, baseCur, 0, regRowid); - switch( onError ){ - default: { - onError = OE_Abort; - /* Fall thru into the next case */ - } - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - sqlite3HaltConstraint( - pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC); - break; - } - case OE_Replace: { - /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the - ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to - ** remove the conflicting row from the the table. This will fire - ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries. - ** - ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers - ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call - ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries - ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry - ** when it is inserted. - ** - ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called, - ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require - ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete - ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless, - ** but being more selective here allows statements like: - ** - ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid) - ** - ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the - ** table. - */ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); - } - if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ - sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( - pParse, pTab, baseCur, regRowid, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace - ); - }else if( pTab->pIndex ){ - sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, 0); - } - seenReplace = 1; - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - assert( seenReplace==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; - } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){ + return 1; } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); - if( isUpdate ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pOffset) ){ + return 1; } + pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; } - - /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE - ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. - ** Add the new records to the indices as we go. - */ - for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){ - int regIdx; - int regR; - - if( aRegIdx[iCur]==0 ) continue; /* Skip unused indices */ - - /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */ - regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn+1); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i); + return 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pExpr ){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE ){ + if( pFix->pParse->db->init.busy ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regData+idx, regIdx+i); + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s cannot use variables", pFix->zType); + return 1; } } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), 0); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); - - /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */ - onError = pIdx->onError; - if( onError==OE_None ){ - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); - continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ - } - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( seenReplace ){ - if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace; - else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1; + }else{ + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1; } - - /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ - regR = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regOldRowid, regR); - j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, baseCur+iCur+1, 0, - regR, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdx), - P4_INT32); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); - - /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - int j; - StrAccum errMsg; - const char *zSep; - char *zErr; - - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200); - errMsg.db = pParse->db; - zSep = pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column "; - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zSep, -1); - zSep = ", "; - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zCol, -1); - } - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, - pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique", -1); - zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg); - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, zErr, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(errMsg.db, zErr); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - assert( seenReplace==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; - } - default: { - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - assert( onError==OE_Replace ); - sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( - pParse, pTab, baseCur, regR, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace - ); - seenReplace = 1; - break; - } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){ + return 1; } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regR); - } - - if( pbMayReplace ){ - *pbMayReplace = seenReplace; + pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; } + return 0; } - -/* -** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation -** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. -** A consecutive range of registers starting at regRowid contains the -** rowid and the content to be inserted. -** -** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six -** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ - int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ - int regRowid, /* Range of content */ - int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ - int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ - int appendBias, /* True if this is likely to be an append */ - int useSeekResult /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ ){ int i; - Vdbe *v; - int nIdx; - Index *pIdx; - u8 pik_flags; - int regData; - int regRec; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} - for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){ - if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, baseCur+i+1, aRegIdx[i]); - if( useSeekResult ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){ + return 1; } } - regData = regRowid + 1; - regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec); - sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol); - if( pParse->nested ){ - pik_flags = 0; - }else{ - pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; - pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); - } - if( appendBias ){ - pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; - } - if( useSeekResult ){ - pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, baseCur, regRec, regRowid); - if( !pParse->nested ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); + return 0; } +#endif -/* -** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all -** indices of that table. The "baseCur" parameter is the cursor number used -** for the table. Indices are opened on subsequent cursors. -** -** Return the number of indices on the table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ - int baseCur, /* Cursor number assigned to the table */ - int op /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */ ){ - int i; - int iDb; - Index *pIdx; - Vdbe *v; - - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, baseCur, iDb, pTab, op); - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, i+baseCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); - } - if( pParse->nTabnTab = baseCur+i; + while( pStep ){ + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ + return 1; + } + pStep = pStep->pNext; } - return i-1; + return 0; } +#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/ /* -** The following global variable is incremented whenever the -** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing -** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really -** is happening when it is suppose to. +** 2003 January 11 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer() +** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded +** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling +** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1 */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count; -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ +/* +** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single +** macro. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT /* -** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible. +** Set or clear the access authorization function. +** +** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation +** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on +** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function +** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument +** to the auth function is one of these constants: +** +** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX +** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW +** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW +** SQLITE_DELETE +** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX +** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW +** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW +** SQLITE_INSERT +** SQLITE_PRAGMA +** SQLITE_READ +** SQLITE_SELECT +** SQLITE_TRANSACTION +** SQLITE_UPDATE +** +** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of +** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function +** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If +** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY +** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call +** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement +** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL +** and attempts to write the column will be ignored. +** +** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default +** setting of the auth function is NULL. */ -static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){ - if( z1==0 ){ - return z2==0; - } - if( z2==0 ){ - return 0; - } - return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3 *db, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pArg +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xAuth = xAuth; + db->pAuthArg = pArg; + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; } +/* +** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the +** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value. +*/ +static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction"); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; +} /* -** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data -** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules -** for a compatible index: +** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from +** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization +** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL). ** -** * The index is over the same set of columns -** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns -** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) -** * The same collating sequence on each column +** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed +** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE +** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse. */ -static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ - int i; - assert( pDest && pSrc ); - assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); - if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){ - return 0; /* Different number of columns */ - } - if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ - return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ - } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ - } - if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different sort orders */ - } - if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){ - return 0; /* Different collating sequences */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + const char *zTab, /* Table name */ + const char *zCol, /* Column name */ + int iDb /* Index of containing database. */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */ + int rc; /* Auth callback return code */ + + rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol); } + pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); } - - /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ - return 1; + return rc; } /* -** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form -** -** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; -** -** This optimization is only attempted if -** -** (1) tab1 and tab2 have identical schemas including all the -** same indices and constraints -** -** (2) tab1 and tab2 are different tables -** -** (3) There must be no triggers on tab1 -** -** (4) The result set of the SELECT statement is "*" -** -** (5) The SELECT statement has no WHERE, HAVING, ORDER BY, GROUP BY, -** or LIMIT clause. -** -** (6) The SELECT statement is a simple (not a compound) select that -** contains only tab2 in its FROM clause -** -** This method for implementing the INSERT transfers raw records from -** tab2 over to tab1. The columns are not decoded. Raw records from -** the indices of tab2 are transfered to tab1 as well. In so doing, -** the resulting tab1 has much less fragmentation. +** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to +** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. +** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. ** -** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is attempted. If any -** of the conditions above fail so that the optimization should not -** be attempted, then this routine returns FALSE. -*/ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN +** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, +** then generate an error. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */ + Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */ + SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */ ){ - ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ - Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ - Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ - int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ - int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ - int emptyDestTest; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ - int emptySrcTest; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ - Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ - KeyInfo *pKey; /* Key information for an index */ - int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ - int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ - int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */ + const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */ + int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */ + int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */ + int iCol; /* Index of column in table */ - if( pSelect==0 ){ - return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ - } - if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ - } -#endif - if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback ){ - return 0; /* Cannot do OR REPLACE or OR IGNORE or OR FAIL */ - } - assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ - if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ - } - if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ - } - if( pSelect->pWhere ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ - } - if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ - } - /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but - ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ - if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ - } - if( pSelect->pLimit ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ - } - assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */ - if( pSelect->pPrior ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ - } - if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ - } - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ - return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ - } - assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){ - return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ + if( db->xAuth==0 ) return; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema); + if( iDb<0 ){ + /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other + ** temporary table. */ + return; } - /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the - ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now - ** we have to check the semantics. - */ - pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; - pSrc = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); - if( pSrc==0 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ - } - if( pSrc==pDest ){ - return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ - } -#endif - if( pSrc->pSelect ){ - return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ - } - if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ - return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ - } - if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ - return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){ - return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ - } - if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){ - return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ - } - if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ); + if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){ + pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; + }else{ + assert( pTabList ); + for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrcnSrc); iSrc++){ + if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){ + pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab; + break; + } } } - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - destHasUniqueIdx = 1; - } - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; - } - if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ - return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ - } + iCol = pExpr->iColumn; + if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return; + + if( iCol>=0 ){ + assert( iColnCol ); + zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ + assert( pTab->iPKeynCol ); + zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName; + }else{ + zCol = "ROWID"; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){ - return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; } -#endif +} - /* If we get this far, it means either: - ** - ** * We can always do the transfer if the table contains an - ** an integer primary key - ** - ** * We can conditionally do the transfer if the destination - ** table is empty. +/* +** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return +** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY +** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are +** modified appropriately. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck( + Parse *pParse, + int code, + const char *zArg1, + const char *zArg2, + const char *zArg3 +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int rc; + + /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising + ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_xferopt_count++; -#endif - iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); - iSrc = pParse->nTab++; - iDest = pParse->nTab++; - regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); - if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) || destHasUniqueIdx ){ - /* If tables do not have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and there - ** are indices to be copied and the destination is not empty, - ** we have to disallow the transfer optimization because the - ** the rowids might change which will mess up indexing. - ** - ** Or if the destination has a UNIQUE index and is not empty, - ** we also disallow the transfer optimization because we cannot - ** insure that all entries in the union of DEST and SRC will be - ** unique. - */ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); - emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - }else{ - emptyDestTest = 0; + if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + return SQLITE_OK; } - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); - emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); - regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid); - sqlite3HaltConstraint( - pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); - }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid); - }else{ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); - assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 ); + + if( db->xAuth==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; - } - assert( pSrcIdx ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName)); - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName)); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized"); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){ + rc = SQLITE_DENY; + sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - if( emptyDestTest ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the +** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until +** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush( + Parse *pParse, + AuthContext *pContext, + const char *zContext +){ + assert( pParse ); + pContext->pParse = pParse; + pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + pParse->zAuthContext = zContext; +} + +/* +** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed +** by sqlite3AuthContextPush +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ + if( pContext->pParse ){ + pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext; + pContext->pParse = 0; } } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ -/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ + +/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** @@ -84463,1213 +86101,15355 @@ static int xferOptimization( ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file -** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in -** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be -** accessed by users of the library. +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser +** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the +** following kinds of SQL syntax: +** +** CREATE TABLE +** DROP TABLE +** CREATE INDEX +** DROP INDEX +** creating ID lists +** BEGIN TRANSACTION +** COMMIT +** ROLLBACK */ +/* +** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to +** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){ + pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag; + pParse->nVar = 0; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and +** codeTableLocks() functions. +*/ +struct TableLock { + int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ + int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ + u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ + const char *zName; /* Name of the table */ +}; /* -** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure -** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from -** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. +** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. ** -** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result -** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first -** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback -** is invoked, even for queries. +** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. +** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. +** +** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The +** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to +** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding(). */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ - const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ - sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ - void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ + int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ + u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ + const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ ){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* The current SQL statement */ - char **azCols = 0; /* Names of result columns */ - int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retry attempts */ - int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */ - - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - if( zSql==0 ) zSql = ""; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){ - int nCol; - char **azVals = 0; - - pStmt = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - continue; - } - if( !pStmt ){ - /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ - zSql = zLeftover; - continue; - } - - callbackIsInit = 0; - nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); - - while( 1 ){ - int i; - rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); - - /* Invoke the callback function if required */ - if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || - (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit - && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ - if( !callbackIsInit ){ - azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1); - if( azCols==0 ){ - goto exec_out; - } - for(i=0; imallocFailed = 1; - goto exec_out; - } - } - } - if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){ - rc = SQLITE_ABORT; - sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); - pStmt = 0; - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0); - goto exec_out; - } - } + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + int i; + int nBytes; + TableLock *p; + assert( iDb>=0 ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); - pStmt = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ - nRetry = 0; - zSql = zLeftover; - while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; - } - break; - } + for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ + p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i]; + if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ + p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock); + return; } - - sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); - azCols = 0; } -exec_out: - if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); - sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); - - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){ - int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg); - if( *pzErrMsg ){ - memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); - } - }else if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = 0; + nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1); + pToplevel->aTableLock = + sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes); + if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){ + p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++]; + p->iDb = iDb; + p->iTab = iTab; + p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock; + p->zName = zName; + }else{ + pToplevel->nTableLock = 0; + pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; } - - assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; } -/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/ /* -** 2006 June 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into -** the SQLite library. +** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the +** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()). */ +static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ + int i; + Vdbe *pVdbe; -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE - #define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */ + pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */ + + for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ + TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; + int p1 = p->iDb; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock, + p->zName, P4_STATIC); + } +} +#else + #define codeTableLocks(x) #endif -/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/ -/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/ + /* -** 2006 June 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by -** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into -** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded -** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of -** sqlite3.h. +** Return TRUE if the given yDbMask object is empty - if it contains no +** 1 bits. This routine is used by the DbMaskAllZero() and DbMaskNotZero() +** macros when SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED is greater than 30. */ -#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_ -#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_ - -typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; +#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask m){ + int i; + for(i=0; iaggregate_context -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count -#endif -#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob -#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double -#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int -#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 -#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name -#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text -#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 -#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value -#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler -#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout -#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes -#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close -#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed -#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 -#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob -#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes -#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 -#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count -#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name -#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype -#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 -#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double -#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int -#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 -#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name -#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name -#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name -#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text -#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 -#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type -#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value -#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook -#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete -#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 -#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation -#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 -#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function -#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 -#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module -#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 -#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count -#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle -#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab -#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache -#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode -#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg -#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 -#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired -#endif -#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize -#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free -#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table -#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit -#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata -#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover -#endif -#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx -#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid -#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion -#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number -#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc -#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf -#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open -#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 -#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare -#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 -#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 -#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 -#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile -#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler -#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc -#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset -#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob -#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double -#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error -#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 -#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int -#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 -#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null -#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text -#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 -#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be -#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le -#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value -#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook -#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer -#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata -#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->snprintf -#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step -#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata -#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup -#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes -#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings + assert( pParse->pToplevel==0 ); + db = pParse->db; + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + if( pParse->nested ) return; + if( pParse->nErr ) return; + + /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the + ** vdbe program + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite + || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort)); + if( v ){ + while( sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_Close) ){} + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + + /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open. + ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are + ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a + ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie + ** on each used database. + */ + if( db->mallocFailed==0 + && (DbMaskNonZero(pParse->cookieMask) || pParse->pConstExpr) + ){ + int iDb, i; + assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init ); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0); + for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ + if( DbMaskTest(pParse->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, + OP_Transaction, /* Opcode */ + iDb, /* P1 */ + DbMaskTest(pParse->writeMask,iDb), /* P2 */ + pParse->cookieValue[iDb], /* P3 */ + db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration /* P4 */ + ); + if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ + char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB); + } + pParse->nVtabLock = 0; #endif -#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook -#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data -#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob -#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes -#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 -#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double -#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int -#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 -#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type -#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text -#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 -#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be -#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le -#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type -#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf -#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function -#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 -#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 -#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings -#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob -#define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes -#define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close -#define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open -#define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read -#define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write -#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2 -#define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control -#define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater -#define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used -#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter -#define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave -#define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try -#define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2 -#define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory -#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem -#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig -#define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep -#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit -#define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find -#define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register -#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister -#define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe -#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob -#define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code -#define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control -#define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness -#define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle -#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes -#define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit -#define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt -#define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql -#define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status -#define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish -#define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init -#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount -#define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining -#define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step -#define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get -#define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used -#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2 -#define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config -#define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex -#define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status -#define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode -#define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log -#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64 -#define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid -#define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status -#define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp -#define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify -#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint -#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint -#define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook -#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */ -#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0; -#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api = v; + /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, + ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the + ** shared-cache feature is enabled. + */ + codeTableLocks(pParse); -#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */ + /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required. + */ + sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse); -/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/ + /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops */ + if( pParse->pConstExpr ){ + ExprList *pEL = pParse->pConstExpr; + pParse->okConstFactor = 0; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg); + } + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 1); + } + } + + + /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution + */ + if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){ + assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 ); /* Disables and re-enables match */ + /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used + * See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */ + if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1; + sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE; + pParse->colNamesSet = 0; + }else{ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pParse->nTab = 0; + pParse->nMem = 0; + pParse->nSet = 0; + pParse->nVar = 0; + DbMaskZero(pParse->cookieMask); +} /* -** Some API routines are omitted when various features are -** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer -** for any missing APIs. +** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate +** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context +** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively +** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization +** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the +** outermost parser. +** +** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit +** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use +** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0 -#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *zSql; + char *zErrMsg = 0; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +# define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar)) + char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ]; -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION -# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0 -#endif + if( pParse->nErr ) return; + assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */ + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zSql==0 ){ + return; /* A malloc must have failed */ + } + pParse->nested++; + memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ); + memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ); + sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ); + pParse->nested--; +} -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_complete16 0 -# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0 -# define sqlite3_create_function16 0 -# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0 -# define sqlite3_open16 0 -# define sqlite3_prepare16 0 -# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0 -# define sqlite3_result_error16 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0 -# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database +** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the +** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. +** +** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the +** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table +** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any +** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command. +** +** See also sqlite3LocateTable(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){ + Table *p = 0; + int i; + int nName; + assert( zName!=0 ); + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ + assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName); + if( p ) break; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database +** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the +** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an +** error message in pParse->zErrMsg. +** +** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this +** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where +** sqlite3FindTable() does not. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable( + Parse *pParse, /* context in which to report errors */ + int isView, /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the table we are looking for */ + const char *zDbase /* Name of the database. Might be NULL */ +){ + Table *p; + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return 0; + } + + p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase); + if( p==0 ){ + const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table"; + if( zDbase ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Locate the table identified by *p. +** +** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between +** sqlite3LocateTable() and this function is that this function restricts +** the search to schema (p->pSchema) if it is not NULL. p->pSchema may be +** non-NULL if it is part of a view or trigger program definition. See +** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem( + Parse *pParse, + int isView, + struct SrcList_item *p +){ + const char *zDb; + assert( p->pSchema==0 || p->zDatabase==0 ); + if( p->pSchema ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema); + zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + }else{ + zDb = p->zDatabase; + } + return sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, p->zName, zDb); +} + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes +** a particular index given the name of that index +** and the name of the database that contains the index. +** Return NULL if not found. +** +** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the +** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking +** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is +** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added +** using the ATTACH command. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){ + Index *p = 0; + int i; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ + assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; + assert( pSchema ); + if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); + p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName); + if( p ) break; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Reclaim the memory used by an index +*/ +static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p); +#endif + if( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(p->pKeyInfo); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pPartIdxWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff); + if( p->isResized ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azColl); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} + +/* +** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, +** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from +** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated +** with the index. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ + Index *pIndex; + int len; + Hash *pHash; + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; + len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName); + pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0); + if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){ + if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ + pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; + }else{ + Index *p; + /* Justification of ALWAYS(); The index must be on the list of + ** indices. */ + p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex; + while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; } + if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){ + p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; + } + } + freeIndex(db, pIndex); + } + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; +} + +/* +** Look through the list of open database files in db->aDb[] and if +** any have been closed, remove them from the list. Reallocate the +** db->aDb[] structure to a smaller size, if possible. +** +** Entry 0 (the "main" database) and entry 1 (the "temp" database) +** are never candidates for being collapsed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3 *db){ + int i, j; + for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){ + struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName); + pDb->zName = 0; + continue; + } + if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i]; + } + j++; + } + memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j])); + db->nDb = j; + if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){ + memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0])); + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb); + db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; + } +} + +/* +** Reset the schema for the database at index iDb. Also reset the +** TEMP schema. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ + Db *pDb; + assert( iDbnDb ); + + /* Case 1: Reset the single schema identified by iDb */ + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); + sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); + + /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP + ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the + ** other database. + */ + if( iDb!=1 ){ + pDb = &db->aDb[1]; + assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); + sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); + } + return; +} + +/* +** Erase all schema information from all attached databases (including +** "main" and "temp") for a single database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pSchema ){ + sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); + } + } + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); +} + +/* +** This routine is called when a commit occurs. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){ + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; +} + +/* +** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the +** Table.aCol[] array). +*/ +static void sqliteDeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ + int i; + Column *pCol; + assert( pTable!=0 ); + if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol); + } +} + +/* +** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given +** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine. +** +** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink +** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy +** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with +** the table. +** +** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object +** contains lookaside memory. (Table objects in the schema do not use +** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.) Or the +** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory +** used by the Table object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ + Index *pIndex, *pNext; + TESTONLY( int nLookaside; ) /* Used to verify lookaside not used for schema */ + + assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 ); + + /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ + if( !pTable ) return; + if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return; + + /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables + ** prior to doing any free() operations. Since schema Tables do not use + ** lookaside, this number should not change. */ + TESTONLY( nLookaside = (db && (pTable->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0) ? + db->lookaside.nOut : 0 ); + + /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */ + for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ + pNext = pIndex->pNext; + assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema ); + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + char *zName = pIndex->zName; + TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert( + &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0 + ); + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); + assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 ); + } + freeIndex(db, pIndex); + } + + /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */ + sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable); + + /* Delete the Table structure itself. + */ + sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTable); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTable->pCheck); +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable); +#endif + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable); + + /* Verify that no lookaside memory was used by schema tables */ + assert( nLookaside==0 || nLookaside==db->lookaside.nOut ); +} + +/* +** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the +** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){ + Table *p; + Db *pDb; + + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( zTabName ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + testcase( zTabName[0]==0 ); /* Zero-length table names are allowed */ + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, + sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0); + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; +} + +/* +** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that +** token. Space to hold the returned string +** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling +** function. +** +** Any quotation marks (ex: "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that +** surround the body of the token are removed. +** +** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so +** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string +** is \000 terminated and is persistent. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ + char *zName; + if( pName ){ + zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); + sqlite3Dequote(zName); + }else{ + zName = 0; + } + return zName; +} + +/* +** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for +** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); + sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5); + if( p->nTab==0 ){ + p->nTab = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name +** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This +** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or +** -1 if the named db cannot be found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ + int i = -1; /* Database number */ + if( zName ){ + Db *pDb; + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ + if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && + 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){ + break; + } + } + } + return i; +} + +/* +** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or +** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the +** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db +** does not exist. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ + int i; /* Database number */ + char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + return i; +} + +/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens +** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: +** +** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); +** +** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if +** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: +** +** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); +** +** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". +** +** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or +** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the +** database "xxx" is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */ + Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */ + Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */ +){ + int iDb; /* Database holding the object */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + if( ALWAYS(pName2!=0) && pName2->n>0 ){ + if( db->init.busy ) { + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database"); + pParse->nErr++; + return -1; + } + *pUnqual = pName2; + iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); + if( iDb<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1); + pParse->nErr++; + return -1; + } + }else{ + assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy ); + iDb = db->init.iDb; + *pUnqual = pName1; + } + return iDb; +} + +/* +** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal +** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or +** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string +** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace +** is reserved for internal use. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ + if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 + && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 + && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return the PRIMARY KEY index of a table +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table *pTab){ + Index *p; + for(p=pTab->pIndex; p && !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(p); p=p->pNext){} + return p; +} + +/* +** Return the column of index pIdx that corresponds to table +** column iCol. Return -1 if not found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index *pIdx, i16 iCol){ + int i; + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + if( iCol==pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is +** the first of several action routines that get called in response +** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called +** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp +** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database +** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case +** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between +** CREATE and TABLE. +** +** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable. +** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action +** routines will be called to add more information to this record. +** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine +** is called to complete the construction of the new table record. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */ + Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */ + int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */ + int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */ + int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */ + int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */ +){ + Table *pTable; + char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v; + int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */ + Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ + + /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens + ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); + ** + ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if + ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); + ** + ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". + ** + ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or + ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is + ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be + ** created in. + */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){ + /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless + ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); + return; + } + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1; + + pParse->sNameToken = *pName; + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( zName==0 ) return; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp ); + { + int code; + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( isView ){ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ + code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW; + } + }else{ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ + code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE; + } + } + if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + } +#endif + + /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing + ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if + ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed + ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names + ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace + ** collisions. + */ + if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); + if( pTable ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + } + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); + goto begin_table_error; + } + } + + pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTable==0 ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + pParse->nErr++; + goto begin_table_error; + } + pTable->zName = zName; + pTable->iPKey = -1; + pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pTable->nRef = 1; + pTable->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + pParse->pNewTable = pTable; + + /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement, + ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure + ** so that INSERT can find the table easily. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; + } +#endif + + /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into + ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead + ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any + ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause + ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the + ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated + ** now. + */ + if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ + int j1; + int fileFormat; + int reg1, reg2, reg3; + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( isVirtual ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); + } +#endif + + /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, + ** set them now. + */ + reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem; + reg3 = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); VdbeCoverage(v); + fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ? + 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, reg3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, reg3); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + + /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table. + ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced + ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable(). + ** + ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid. + ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot. + ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that + ** sqlite3EndTable will generate. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) + if( isView || isVirtual ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2); + }else +#endif + { + pParse->addrCrTab = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2); + } + sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); + } + + /* Normal (non-error) return. */ + return; + + /* If an error occurs, we jump here */ +begin_table_error: + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + return; +} + +/* +** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner. +** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but +** produces larger code. +** +** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It +** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false. +*/ +#define STRICMP(x, y) (\ +sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]== \ +sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)] \ +&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 ) + +/* +** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed. +** +** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration +** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called +** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each +** column. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){ + Table *p; + int i; + char *z; + Column *pCol; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN + if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName); + return; + } +#endif + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( z==0 ) return; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + return; + } + } + if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){ + Column *aNew; + aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0])); + if( aNew==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + return; + } + p->aCol = aNew; + } + pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; + memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); + pCol->zName = z; + + /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity + ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will + ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly. + */ + pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + pCol->szEst = 1; + p->nCol++; +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of +** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has +** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on +** the column currently under construction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ + Table *p; + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; + p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError; +} + +/* +** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the +** associated affinity type. +** +** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the +** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is +** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains +** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of +** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', +** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. +** +** Substring | Affinity +** -------------------------------- +** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER +** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_NONE +** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** +** If none of the substrings in the above table are found, +** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn, u8 *pszEst){ + u32 h = 0; + char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + const char *zChar = 0; + + if( zIn==0 ) return aff; + while( zIn[0] ){ + h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff]; + zIn++; + if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + zChar = zIn; + }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */ + && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + if( zIn[0]=='(' ) zChar = zIn; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; + }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; + }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; +#endif + }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + break; + } + } + + /* If pszEst is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size. The + ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1. */ + if( pszEst ){ + *pszEst = 1; /* default size is approx 4 bytes */ + if( aff<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + if( zChar ){ + while( zChar[0] ){ + if( sqlite3Isdigit(zChar[0]) ){ + int v = 0; + sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v); + v = v/4 + 1; + if( v>255 ) v = 255; + *pszEst = v; /* BLOB(k), VARCHAR(k), CHAR(k) -> r=(k/4+1) */ + break; + } + zChar++; + } + }else{ + *pszEst = 5; /* BLOB, TEXT, CLOB -> r=5 (approx 20 bytes)*/ + } + } + } + return aff; +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of +** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. The pFirst token is the first +** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the +** column currently under construction. pLast is the last token +** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string +** that contains the typename of the column and store that string +** in zType. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){ + Table *p; + Column *pCol; + + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; + pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1]; + assert( pCol->zType==0 ); + pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType); + pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pCol->zType, &pCol->szEst); +} + +/* +** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column +** of the table currently under construction. +** +** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this +** is not the case. +** +** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of +** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){ + Table *p; + Column *pCol; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p!=0 ){ + pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]); + if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant", + pCol->zName); + }else{ + /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains + ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression + ** is required by pragma table_info. + */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); + pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSpan->pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt); + pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart, + (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart)); + } + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr); +} + +/* +** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names +** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the +** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. +** +** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has +** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an +** error. +** +** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER, +** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey +** field of the table under construction to be the index of the +** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is +** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. +** +** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique +** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */ + int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */ + int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */ + int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */ +){ + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + char *zType = 0; + int iCol = -1, i; + int nTerm; + if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit; + if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); + goto primary_key_exit; + } + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey; + if( pList==0 ){ + iCol = pTab->nCol - 1; + pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY; + zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + nTerm = 1; + }else{ + nTerm = pList->nExpr; + for(i=0; inCol; iCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){ + pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY; + zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + break; + } + } + } + } + if( nTerm==1 + && zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0 + && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC + ){ + pTab->iPKey = iCol; + pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError; + assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 ); + pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement; + if( pList ) pParse->iPkSortOrder = pList->a[0].sortOrder; + }else if( autoInc ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an " + "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); +#endif + }else{ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + Index *p; + if( v ) pParse->addrSkipPK = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop); + p = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, + 0, sortOrder, 0); + if( p ){ + p->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY; + if( v ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->addrSkipPK); + } + pList = 0; + } + +primary_key_exit: + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); + return; +} + +/* +** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB + && !sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(db->aDb[db->init.iDb].pBt) + ){ + pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr); + if( pParse->constraintName.n ){ + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &pParse->constraintName, 1); + } + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pCheckExpr); + } +} + +/* +** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column +** to the CollSeq given. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ + Table *p; + int i; + char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ + sqlite3 *db; + + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; + i = p->nCol-1; + db = pParse->db; + zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); + if( !zColl ) return; + + if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ + Index *pIdx; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl); + p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; + + /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ", + ** then an index may have been created on this column before the + ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. + */ + for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){ + pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl; + } + } + }else{ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); + } +} + +/* +** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text +** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName. +** +** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available +** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to +** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence, +** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is +** returned instead. +** +** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or +** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into +** pParse. +** +** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine +** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found +** and generates an error message. +** +** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + u8 enc = ENC(db); + u8 initbusy = db->init.busy; + CollSeq *pColl; + + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy); + if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){ + pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, enc, pColl, zName); + } + + return pColl; +} + + +/* +** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie. +** +** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the +** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value +** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the +** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database, +** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed +** since it was last read. +** +** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for +** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be +** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent +** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only +** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); +} + +/* +** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given +** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used +** but does not include the null terminator. +** +** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is +** really needed. +*/ +static int identLength(const char *z){ + int n; + for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){ + if( *z=='"' ){ n++; } + } + return n + 2; +} + +/* +** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second +** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at +** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the +** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent, +** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer +** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning. +** +** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric +** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword, +** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise, +** it is quoted using double-quotes. +*/ +static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){ + unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent; + int i, j, needQuote; + i = *pIdx; + + for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ + if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break; + } + needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0]) + || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID + || zIdent[j]!=0 + || j==0; + + if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; + for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ + z[i++] = zIdent[j]; + if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"'; + } + if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; + z[i] = 0; + *pIdx = i; +} + +/* +** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given +** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained +** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function. +*/ +static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + int i, k, n; + char *zStmt; + char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd; + Column *pCol; + n = 0; + for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5; + } + n += identLength(p->zName); + if( n<50 ){ + zSep = ""; + zSep2 = ","; + zEnd = ")"; + }else{ + zSep = "\n "; + zSep2 = ",\n "; + zEnd = "\n)"; + } + n += 35 + 6*p->nCol; + zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n); + if( zStmt==0 ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return 0; + } + sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE "); + k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt); + identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName); + zStmt[k++] = '('; + for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + static const char * const azType[] = { + /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT */ " TEXT", + /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE */ "", + /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM", + /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT", + /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL */ " REAL" + }; + int len; + const char *zType; + + sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep); + k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]); + zSep = zSep2; + identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName); + assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 ); + assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < ArraySize(azType) ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); + + zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT]; + len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); + assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE + || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) ); + memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len); + k += len; + assert( k<=n ); + } + sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd); + return zStmt; +} + +/* +** Resize an Index object to hold N columns total. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success and SQLITE_NOMEM on an OOM error. +*/ +static int resizeIndexObject(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int N){ + char *zExtra; + int nByte; + if( pIdx->nColumn>=N ) return SQLITE_OK; + assert( pIdx->isResized==0 ); + nByte = (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(i16) + 1)*N; + zExtra = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( zExtra==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->azColl, sizeof(char*)*pIdx->nColumn); + pIdx->azColl = (char**)zExtra; + zExtra += sizeof(char*)*N; + memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aiColumn, sizeof(i16)*pIdx->nColumn); + pIdx->aiColumn = (i16*)zExtra; + zExtra += sizeof(i16)*N; + memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aSortOrder, pIdx->nColumn); + pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)zExtra; + pIdx->nColumn = N; + pIdx->isResized = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Estimate the total row width for a table. +*/ +static void estimateTableWidth(Table *pTab){ + unsigned wTable = 0; + const Column *pTabCol; + int i; + for(i=pTab->nCol, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; i>0; i--, pTabCol++){ + wTable += pTabCol->szEst; + } + if( pTab->iPKey<0 ) wTable++; + pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(wTable*4); +} + +/* +** Estimate the average size of a row for an index. +*/ +static void estimateIndexWidth(Index *pIdx){ + unsigned wIndex = 0; + int i; + const Column *aCol = pIdx->pTable->aCol; + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + assert( xpTable->nCol ); + wIndex += x<0 ? 1 : aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].szEst; + } + pIdx->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(wIndex*4); +} + +/* Return true if value x is found any of the first nCol entries of aiCol[] +*/ +static int hasColumn(const i16 *aiCol, int nCol, int x){ + while( nCol-- > 0 ) if( x==*(aiCol++) ) return 1; + return 0; +} + +/* +** This routine runs at the end of parsing a CREATE TABLE statement that +** has a WITHOUT ROWID clause. The job of this routine is to convert both +** internal schema data structures and the generated VDBE code so that they +** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table. +** Changes include: +** +** (1) Convert the OP_CreateTable into an OP_CreateIndex. There is +** no rowid btree for a WITHOUT ROWID. Instead, the canonical +** data storage is a covering index btree. +** (2) Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry +** for the PRIMARY KEY as the the primary key index is now +** identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself. +** (3) Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the +** schema to the rootpage from the main table. +** (4) Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL. +** (5) Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object +** so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index. The surplus +** columns are part of KeyInfo.nXField and are not used for +** sorting or lookup or uniqueness checks. +** (6) Replace the rowid tail on all automatically generated UNIQUE +** indices with the PRIMARY KEY columns. +*/ +static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Index *pIdx; + Index *pPk; + int nPk; + int i, j; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + + /* Convert the OP_CreateTable opcode that would normally create the + ** root-page for the table into a OP_CreateIndex opcode. The index + ** created will become the PRIMARY KEY index. + */ + if( pParse->addrCrTab ){ + assert( v ); + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrCrTab)->opcode = OP_CreateIndex; + } + + /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_master + ** table entry. + */ + if( pParse->addrSkipPK ){ + assert( v ); + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrSkipPK)->opcode = OP_Goto; + } + + /* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index. Or, if this table was originally + ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. + */ + if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ + ExprList *pList; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0); + if( pList==0 ) return; + pList->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, + pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); + pList->a[0].sortOrder = pParse->iPkSortOrder; + assert( pParse->pNewTable==pTab ); + pPk = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, pTab->keyConf, 0, 0, 0, 0); + if( pPk==0 ) return; + pPk->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY; + pTab->iPKey = -1; + }else{ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + } + pPk->isCovering = 1; + assert( pPk!=0 ); + nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + + /* Make sure every column of the PRIMARY KEY is NOT NULL */ + for(i=0; iaCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].notNull = 1; + } + pPk->uniqNotNull = 1; + + /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */ + pPk->tnum = pTab->tnum; + + /* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting + ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY. + */ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int n; + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ) continue; + for(i=n=0; iaiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ) n++; + } + if( n==0 ){ + /* This index is a superset of the primary key */ + pIdx->nColumn = pIdx->nKeyCol; + continue; + } + if( resizeIndexObject(db, pIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol+n) ) return; + for(i=0, j=pIdx->nKeyCol; iaiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){ + pIdx->aiColumn[j] = pPk->aiColumn[i]; + pIdx->azColl[j] = pPk->azColl[i]; + j++; + } + } + assert( pIdx->nColumn>=pIdx->nKeyCol+n ); + assert( pIdx->nColumn>=j ); + } + + /* Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY index + */ + if( nPknCol ){ + if( resizeIndexObject(db, pPk, pTab->nCol) ) return; + for(i=0, j=nPk; inCol; i++){ + if( !hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, i) ){ + assert( jnColumn ); + pPk->aiColumn[j] = i; + pPk->azColl[j] = "BINARY"; + j++; + } + } + assert( pPk->nColumn==j ); + assert( pTab->nCol==j ); + }else{ + pPk->nColumn = pTab->nCol; + } +} + +/* +** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates +** a CREATE TABLE statement. +** +** The table structure that other action routines have been building +** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have +** occurred. +** +** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless +** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 +** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just +** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has +** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in +** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. +** +** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine +** was called to create a table generated from a +** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of +** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */ + Token *pEnd, /* The ')' before options in the CREATE TABLE */ + u8 tabOpts, /* Extra table options. Usually 0. */ + Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */ +){ + Table *p; /* The new table */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int iDb; /* Database in which the table lives */ + Index *pIdx; /* An implied index of the table */ + + if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || db->mallocFailed ){ + return; + } + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 ) return; + + assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect ); + + /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the + ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk. + ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number + ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number + ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.) + */ + if( db->init.busy ){ + p->tnum = db->init.newTnum; + } + + /* Special processing for WITHOUT ROWID Tables */ + if( tabOpts & TF_WithoutRowid ){ + if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "AUTOINCREMENT not allowed on WITHOUT ROWID tables"); + return; + } + if( (p->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "PRIMARY KEY missing on table %s", p->zName); + }else{ + p->tabFlags |= TF_WithoutRowid; + convertToWithoutRowidTable(pParse, p); + } + } + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions. + */ + if( p->pCheck ){ + sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, p, NC_IsCheck, 0, p->pCheck); + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ + + /* Estimate the average row size for the table and for all implied indices */ + estimateTableWidth(p); + for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + estimateIndexWidth(pIdx); + } + + /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table + ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. + ** + ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary + ** file instead of into the main database file. + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + int n; + Vdbe *v; + char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */ + char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */ + char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */ + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0); + + /* + ** Initialize zType for the new view or table. + */ + if( p->pSelect==0 ){ + /* A regular table */ + zType = "table"; + zType2 = "TABLE"; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + }else{ + /* A view */ + zType = "view"; + zType2 = "VIEW"; +#endif + } + + /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT + ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the + ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot. + ** + ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a + ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used + ** by the new table. + ** + ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table, + ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since + ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would + ** be redundant. + */ + if( pSelect ){ + SelectDest dest; + Table *pSelTab; + + assert(pParse->nTab==1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_P2ISREG); + pParse->nTab = 2; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1); + if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect); + if( pSelTab==0 ) return; + assert( p->aCol==0 ); + p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; + p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; + pSelTab->nCol = 0; + pSelTab->aCol = 0; + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); + } + } + + /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */ + if( pSelect ){ + zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p); + }else{ + Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd; + n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z); + if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n; + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z + ); + } + + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all + ** the information we've collected. + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s " + "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q " + "WHERE rowid=#%d", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), + zType, + p->zName, + p->zName, + pParse->regRoot, + zStmt, + pParse->regRowid + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for + ** keeping track of autoincrement keys. + */ + if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)", + pDb->zName + ); + } + } +#endif + + /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q' AND type!='trigger'", p->zName)); + } + + + /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database. + */ + if( db->init.busy ){ + Table *pOld; + Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, + sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p); + if( pOld ){ + assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return; + } + pParse->pNewTable = 0; + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + if( !p->pSelect ){ + const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z; + int nName; + assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd ); + if( pCons->z==0 ){ + pCons = pEnd; + } + nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName); + p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName); + } +#endif + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +/* +** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */ + Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ + Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */ + int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */ + int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */ +){ + Table *p; + int n; + const char *z; + Token sEnd; + DbFixer sFix; + Token *pName = 0; + int iDb; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + if( pParse->nVar>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views"); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + return; + } + sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr); + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + return; + } + sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName); + if( sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + return; + } + + /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view. + ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically + ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that + ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns. + */ + p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return; + } + if( !db->init.busy ){ + sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p); + } + + /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to + ** the end. + */ + sEnd = pParse->sLastToken; + if( ALWAYS(sEnd.z[0]!=0) && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){ + sEnd.z += sEnd.n; + } + sEnd.n = 0; + n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z); + z = pBegin->z; + while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; } + sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; + sEnd.n = 1; + + /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0, 0); + return; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +/* +** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of +** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number +** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ + Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */ + Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */ + int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ + int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */ + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); + + assert( pTable ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0; +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are + ** already known. + */ + if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0; + + /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently + ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with + ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this: + ** + ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two; + ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one; + ** + ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point. + ** But the following test is still important as it does come up + ** in the following: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a); + ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1; + ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1; + */ + if( pTable->nCol<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName); + return 1; + } + assert( pTable->nCol>=0 ); + + /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names. + ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any + ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors + ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes + ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT + ** statement that defines the view. + */ + assert( pTable->pSelect ); + pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0); + if( pSel ){ + u8 enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; + n = pParse->nTab; + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); + pTable->nCol = -1; + db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + xAuth = db->xAuth; + db->xAuth = 0; + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); + db->xAuth = xAuth; +#else + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); +#endif + db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; + pParse->nTab = n; + if( pSelTab ){ + assert( pTable->aCol==0 ); + pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; + pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; + pSelTab->nCol = 0; + pSelTab->aCol = 0; + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) ); + pTable->pSchema->schemaFlags |= DB_UnresetViews; + }else{ + pTable->nCol = 0; + nErr++; + } + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); + } else { + nErr++; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + return nErr; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +/* +** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx. +*/ +static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ + HashElem *i; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) ); + if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTab); + pTab->aCol = 0; + pTab->nCol = 0; + } + } + DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); +} +#else +# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + +/* +** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema +** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The +** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom +** to iTo. +** +** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information +** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. +** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might +** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is +** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match +** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices +** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. +** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with +** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo +** in order to be certain that we got the right one. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ + HashElem *pElem; + Hash *pHash; + Db *pDb; + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); + if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){ + pTab->tnum = iTo; + } + } + pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash; + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem); + if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){ + pIdx->tnum = iTo; + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. +** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema +** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst +** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). +*/ +static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer + ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to + ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to + ** reflect this. + ** + ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value + ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER + ** token for additional information. + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", + pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1); +#endif + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); +} + +/* +** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. +** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions +** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer +** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). +*/ +static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + Index *pIdx; + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + } +#else + /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the + ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically + ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages + ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the + ** following were coded: + ** + ** OP_Destroy 4 0 + ** ... + ** OP_Destroy 5 0 + ** + ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the + ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the + ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit + ** a free-list page. + */ + int iTab = pTab->tnum; + int iDestroyed = 0; + + while( 1 ){ + Index *pIdx; + int iLargest = 0; + + if( iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){ + iLargest = iIdx; + } + } + if( iLargest==0 ){ + return; + }else{ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbdb->nDb ); + destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb); + iDestroyed = iLargest; + } + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Remove entries from the sqlite_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3)) +** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command. +*/ +static void sqlite3ClearStatTables( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + int iDb, /* The database number */ + const char *zType, /* "idx" or "tbl" */ + const char *zName /* Name of index or table */ +){ + int i; + const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + for(i=1; i<=4; i++){ + char zTab[24]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlite_stat%d",i); + if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", + zDbName, zTab, zType, zName + ); + } + } +} + +/* +** Generate code to drop a table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){ + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Trigger *pTrigger; + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); + } +#endif + + /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code + ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or + ** sqlite_temp_master if required. + */ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); + while( pTrigger ){ + assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || + pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); + pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with + ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped + ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to + ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode). + */ + if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q", + pDb->zName, pTab->zName + ); + } +#endif + + /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the + ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes + ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being + ** dropped. Triggers are handled separately because a trigger can be + ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another + ** database. + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", + pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName); + if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + destroyTable(pParse, pTab); + } + + /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify + ** the schema cookie. + */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb); +} + +/* +** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. +** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){ + Table *pTab; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++; + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, isView, &pName->a[0]); + if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--; + + if( pTab==0 ){ + if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + + /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure + ** it is initialized. + */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + const char *zArg2 = 0; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( isView ){ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE; + zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName; +#endif + }else{ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE; + } + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + } +#endif + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 + && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat", 11)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used + ** on a table. + */ + if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table + ** on disk. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName); + sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab); + sqlite3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView); + } + +exit_drop_table: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} + +/* +** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table +** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns +** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then +** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of +** the table referred to (a.k.a the "parent" table). pToCol is a list +** of tables in the parent pTo table. flags contains all +** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified +** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses. +** +** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently +** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. +** +** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call +** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */ + Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */ + ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */ + int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + FKey *pFKey = 0; + FKey *pNextTo; + Table *p = pParse->pNewTable; + int nByte; + int i; + int nCol; + char *z; + + assert( pTo!=0 ); + if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end; + if( pFromCol==0 ){ + int iCol = p->nCol-1; + if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end; + if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s" + " should reference only one column of table %T", + p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo); + goto fk_end; + } + nCol = 1; + }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of " + "columns in the referenced table"); + goto fk_end; + }else{ + nCol = pFromCol->nExpr; + } + nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1; + if( pToCol ){ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1; + } + } + pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte ); + if( pFKey==0 ){ + goto fk_end; + } + pFKey->pFrom = p; + pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey; + z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol]; + pFKey->zTo = z; + memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n); + z[pTo->n] = 0; + sqlite3Dequote(z); + z += pTo->n+1; + pFKey->nCol = nCol; + if( pFromCol==0 ){ + pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1; + }else{ + for(i=0; inCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j; + break; + } + } + if( j>=p->nCol ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", + pFromCol->a[i].zName); + goto fk_end; + } + } + } + if( pToCol ){ + for(i=0; ia[i].zName); + pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z; + memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n); + z[n] = 0; + z += n+1; + } + } + pFKey->isDeferred = 0; + pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff); /* ON DELETE action */ + pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */ + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); + pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, + pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey + ); + if( pNextTo==pFKey ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + goto fk_end; + } + if( pNextTo ){ + assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 ); + pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo; + pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey; + } + + /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step. + */ + p->pFKey = pFKey; + pFKey = 0; + +fk_end: + sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol); +} + +/* +** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED +** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred +** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. +** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted +** accordingly. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + Table *pTab; + FKey *pFKey; + if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return; + assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ + pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred; +#endif +} + +/* +** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is +** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the +** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command. +** +** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly +** created. The register specified by memRootPage contains the +** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then +** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and +** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum. +*/ +static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ + Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ + int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ + int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ + int iSorter; /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */ + int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ + int addr2; /* Address to jump to for next iteration */ + int tnum; /* Root page of index */ + int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump to this label to skip a row */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ + KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ + int regRecord; /* Register holding assemblied index record */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0, + db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ + return; + } +#endif + + /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) return; + if( memRootPage>=0 ){ + tnum = memRootPage; + }else{ + tnum = pIndex->tnum; + } + pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex); + + /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */ + iSorter = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, 0, (char*) + sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO); + + /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index + ** records into the sorter. */ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + + sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse,pIndex,iTab,regRecord,0,&iPartIdxLabel,0,0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord); + sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, + (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0)); + + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ); + if( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) && pKey!=0 ){ + int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord, + pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex); + }else{ + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter); +} + +/* +** Allocate heap space to hold an Index object with nCol columns. +** +** Increase the allocation size to provide an extra nExtra bytes +** of 8-byte aligned space after the Index object and return a +** pointer to this extra space in *ppExtra. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + i16 nCol, /* Total number of columns in the index */ + int nExtra, /* Number of bytes of extra space to alloc */ + char **ppExtra /* Pointer to the "extra" space */ +){ + Index *p; /* Allocated index object */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space for Index object + arrays */ + + nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(Index)) + /* Index structure */ + ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol) + /* Index.azColl */ + ROUND8(sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowLogEst */ + sizeof(i16)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ + sizeof(u8)*nCol); /* Index.aSortOrder */ + p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte + nExtra); + if( p ){ + char *pExtra = ((char*)p)+ROUND8(sizeof(Index)); + p->azColl = (char**)pExtra; pExtra += ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol); + p->aiRowLogEst = (LogEst*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1); + p->aiColumn = (i16*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(i16)*nCol; + p->aSortOrder = (u8*)pExtra; + p->nColumn = nCol; + p->nKeyCol = nCol - 1; + *ppExtra = ((char*)p) + nByte; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index +** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will +** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a +** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable +** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is +** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement. +** +** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this +** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added +** to the table currently under construction. +** +** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index +** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index +** as the tables primary key (Index.idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ + Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ + Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ + SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */ + ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ + int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ + Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ + Expr *pPIWhere, /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ + int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ + int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */ +){ + Index *pRet = 0; /* Pointer to return */ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */ + Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */ + char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */ + int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */ + int i, j; + DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */ + int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */ + int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */ + Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */ + struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */ + const Column *pTabCol; /* A column in the table */ + int nExtra = 0; /* Space allocated for zExtra[] */ + int nExtraCol; /* Number of extra columns needed */ + char *zExtra = 0; /* Extra space after the Index object */ + Index *pPk = 0; /* PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ + + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ + if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + + /* + ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found. + */ + if( pTblName!=0 ){ + + /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database + ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db + ** before looking up the table. + */ + assert( pName1 && pName2 ); + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index; + assert( pName && pName->z ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the table + ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this + ** if initialising a database schema. + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName); + if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + iDb = 1; + } + } +#endif + + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName); + if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) ){ + /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier, + ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */ + assert(0); + } + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pTblName->a[0]); + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 ); + if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"", + pTab->zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + }else{ + assert( pName==0 ); + assert( pStart==0 ); + pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + } + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + assert( pTab!=0 ); + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 + && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed"); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed"); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#endif + + /* + ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another + ** index or table with the same name. + ** + ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the + ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and + ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or + ** index, then we will continue to process this index. + ** + ** If pName==0 it means that we are + ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our + ** own name. + */ + if( pName ){ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + assert( pName->z!=0 ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( !db->init.busy ){ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){ + if( !ifNotExist ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + } + goto exit_create_index; + } + }else{ + int n; + Index *pLoop; + for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){} + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n); + if( zName==0 ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + + /* Check for authorization to create an index. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + const char *zDb = pDb->zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + } +#endif + + /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary + ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction. + ** So create a fake list to simulate this. + */ + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0); + if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + pList->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, + pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName); + pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder; + } + + /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly + ** specified collation sequence names. + */ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; + if( pExpr ){ + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); + nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken)); + } + } + + /* + ** Allocate the index structure. + */ + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1; + pIndex = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(db, pList->nExpr + nExtraCol, + nName + nExtra + 1, &zExtra); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->aiRowLogEst) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->azColl) ); + pIndex->zName = zExtra; + zExtra += nName + 1; + memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1); + pIndex->pTable = pTab; + pIndex->onError = (u8)onError; + pIndex->uniqNotNull = onError!=OE_None; + pIndex->idxType = pName ? SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF : SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE; + pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pIndex->nKeyCol = pList->nExpr; + if( pPIWhere ){ + sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_PartIdx, pPIWhere, 0); + pIndex->pPartIdxWhere = pPIWhere; + pPIWhere = 0; + } + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + + /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns + */ + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){ + sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */ + }else{ + sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */ + } + + /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and + ** load the column indices into the Index structure. Report an error + ** if any column is not found. + ** + ** TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named + ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of + ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the + ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would + ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning. + */ + for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pListItem++){ + const char *zColName = pListItem->zName; + int requestedSortOrder; + char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */ + + for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pTabCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break; + } + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s", + pTab->zName, zColName); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto exit_create_index; + } + assert( pTab->nCol<=0x7fff && j<=0x7fff ); + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = (i16)j; + if( pListItem->pExpr ){ + int nColl; + assert( pListItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); + zColl = pListItem->pExpr->u.zToken; + nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1; + assert( nExtra>=nColl ); + memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl); + zColl = zExtra; + zExtra += nColl; + nExtra -= nColl; + }else{ + zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; + if( !zColl ) zColl = "BINARY"; + } + if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl; + requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask; + pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder; + if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0; + } + if( pPk ){ + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + int x = pPk->aiColumn[j]; + if( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn, pIndex->nKeyCol, x) ){ + pIndex->nColumn--; + }else{ + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x; + pIndex->azColl[i] = pPk->azColl[j]; + pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = pPk->aSortOrder[j]; + i++; + } + } + assert( i==pIndex->nColumn ); + }else{ + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = -1; + pIndex->azColl[i] = "BINARY"; + } + sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex); + if( pParse->pNewTable==0 ) estimateIndexWidth(pIndex); + + if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ + /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a + ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or + ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions. + ** i.e. one of: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y); + ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y)); + ** + ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If + ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to + ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with + ** explicit indices. + ** + ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent + ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different + ** sort orders. + ** + ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of + ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are + ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices. + */ + Index *pIdx; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int k; + assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ); + assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ); + assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) ); + + if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue; + for(k=0; knKeyCol; k++){ + const char *z1; + const char *z2; + if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break; + z1 = pIdx->azColl[k]; + z2 = pIndex->azColl[k]; + if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break; + } + if( k==pIdx->nKeyCol ){ + if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ + /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous + ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. + ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this + ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit + ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the + ** explicitly specified behavior for the index. + */ + if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); + } + if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ + pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError; + } + } + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + } + + /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other + ** in-memory database structures. + */ + if( db->init.busy ){ + Index *p; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); + p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, + pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName), + pIndex); + if( p ){ + assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + goto exit_create_index; + } + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; + if( pTblName!=0 ){ + pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum; + } + } + + /* If this is the initial CREATE INDEX statement (or CREATE TABLE if the + ** index is an implied index for a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint) then + ** emit code to allocate the index rootpage on disk and make an entry for + ** the index in the sqlite_master table and populate the index with + ** content. But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_master + ** table to parse the schema, or if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index + ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table. + ** + ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as an implied PRIMARY KEY + ** or UNIQUE index in a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table + ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization + ** step can be skipped. + */ + else if( pParse->nErr==0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || pTblName!=0) ){ + Vdbe *v; + char *zStmt; + int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + + + /* Create the rootpage for the index + */ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem); + + /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into + ** the zStmt variable + */ + if( pStart ){ + int n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z - pName->z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; + if( pName->z[n-1]==';' ) n--; + /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", + onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", n, pName->z); + }else{ + /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ + /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */ + zStmt = 0; + } + + /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), + pIndex->zName, + pTab->zName, + iMem, + zStmt + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); + + /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire + ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements. + */ + if( pTblName ){ + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0); + } + } + + /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make + ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled + ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct constraint check + ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of + ** UPDATE and INSERT statements. + */ + if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ + if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 + || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){ + pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex; + pTab->pIndex = pIndex; + }else{ + Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex; + while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){ + pOther = pOther->pNext; + } + pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext; + pOther->pNext = pIndex; + } + pRet = pIndex; + pIndex = 0; + } + + /* Clean up before exiting */ +exit_create_index: + if( pIndex ) freeIndex(db, pIndex); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pPIWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information +** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command. +** +** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index. +** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the +** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the +** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number +** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns +** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that +* +** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1] +** aiRowEst[N]>=1 +** +** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to +** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here +** are based on typical values found in actual indices. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ + /* 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 */ + LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 }; + LogEst *a = pIdx->aiRowLogEst; + int nCopy = MIN(ArraySize(aVal), pIdx->nKeyCol); + int i; + + /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated + ** number of rows in the table. Or 10, if the estimated number of rows + ** in the table is less than that. */ + a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst; + if( a[0]<33 ) a[0] = 33; assert( 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) ); + + /* Estimate that a[1] is 10, a[2] is 9, a[3] is 8, a[4] is 7, a[5] is + ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5. */ + memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst)); + for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){ + a[i] = 23; assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) ); + } + + assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) ); + if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0; +} + +/* +** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine +** implements the DROP INDEX statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ + Index *pIndex; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + if( pIndex==0 ){ + if( !ifExists ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto exit_drop_index; + } + if( pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " + "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); + goto exit_drop_index; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; + Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName + ); + sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); + } + +exit_drop_index: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} + +/* +** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the +** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine uses sqlite3DbRealloc() +** to extend the array so that there is space for a new object at the end. +** +** When this function is called, *pnEntry contains the current size of +** the array (in entries - so the allocation is ((*pnEntry) * szEntry) bytes +** in total). +** +** If the realloc() is successful (i.e. if no OOM condition occurs), the +** space allocated for the new object is zeroed, *pnEntry updated to +** reflect the new size of the array and a pointer to the new allocation +** returned. *pIdx is set to the index of the new array entry in this case. +** +** Otherwise, if the realloc() fails, *pIdx is set to -1, *pnEntry remains +** unchanged and a copy of pArray returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ + void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ + int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ + int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ + int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ +){ + char *z; + int n = *pnEntry; + if( (n & (n-1))==0 ){ + int sz = (n==0) ? 1 : 2*n; + void *pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, sz*szEntry); + if( pNew==0 ){ + *pIdx = -1; + return pArray; + } + pArray = pNew; + } + z = (char*)pArray; + memset(&z[n * szEntry], 0, szEntry); + *pIdx = n; + ++*pnEntry; + return pArray; +} + +/* +** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if +** need be. +** +** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + } + pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + db, + pList->a, + sizeof(pList->a[0]), + &pList->nId, + &i + ); + if( i<0 ){ + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList); + return 0; + } + pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); + return pList; +} + +/* +** Delete an IdList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); +} + +/* +** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 +** if not found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return -1; + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by +** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based. +** New slots are zeroed. +** +** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B. +** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2); +** +** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil. +** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result +** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots, +** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would +** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B. +** +** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged. The +** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */ + int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */ + int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */ +){ + int i; + + /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */ + assert( iStart>=0 ); + assert( nExtra>=1 ); + assert( pSrc!=0 ); + assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc ); + + /* Allocate additional space if needed */ + if( (u32)pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){ + SrcList *pNew; + int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra; + int nGot; + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc, + sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + return pSrc; + } + pSrc = pNew; + nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1; + pSrc->nAlloc = nGot; + } + + /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots + ** out of the way */ + for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){ + pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i]; + } + pSrc->nSrc += nExtra; + + /* Zero the newly allocated slots */ + memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra); + for(i=iStart; ia[i].iCursor = -1; + } + + /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */ + return pSrc; +} + + +/* +** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if +** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL. +** +** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned +** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be +** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList +** that is input to this routine is automatically freed. +** +** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional +** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase +** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. +** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might +** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. +** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, +** or with NULL if no database is specified. +** +** In other words, if call like this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); +** +** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called +** like this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); +** +** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. If C is defined +** then so is B. In other words, we never have a case where: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C); +** +** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted. They are dequoted +** before being added to the SrcList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ + SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ + Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ + Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ +){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 ); /* Cannot have C without B */ + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) ); + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + pList->nAlloc = 1; + } + pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList); + return 0; + } + pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1]; + if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ + pDatabase = 0; + } + if( pDatabase ){ + Token *pTemp = pDatabase; + pDatabase = pTable; + pTable = pTemp; + } + pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); + pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); + return pList; +} + +/* +** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + if( pList ){ + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; + pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){ + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex); + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the +** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of +** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL +** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase +** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. +** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the +** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the +** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the +** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and +** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing +** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. +** +** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new +** term added. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ + Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ + Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ + Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ + Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ + Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ + IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ +){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", + (pOn ? "ON" : "USING") + ); + goto append_from_error; + } + p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase); + if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){ + goto append_from_error; + } + pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; + assert( pAlias!=0 ); + if( pAlias->n ){ + pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); + } + pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; + pItem->pOn = pOn; + pItem->pUsing = pUsing; + return p; + + append_from_error: + assert( p==0 ); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added +** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ + assert( pIndexedBy!=0 ); + if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; + assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 ); + if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ + /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y + ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ + pItem->notIndexed = 1; + }else{ + pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy); + } + } +} + +/* +** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator +** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator +** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine +** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM +** clause. +** +** Example: Suppose the join is like this: +** +** A natural cross join B +** +** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored +** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the +** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ + if( p ){ + int i; + assert( p->a || p->nSrc==0 ); + for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ + p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype; + } + p->a[0].jointype = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Begin a transaction +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + int i; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + db = pParse->db; + assert( db!=0 ); +/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( !v ) return; + if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** Commit a transaction +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + assert( pParse->db!=0 ); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0); + } +} + +/* +** Rollback a transaction +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + assert( pParse->db!=0 ); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1); + } +} + +/* +** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, +** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ + char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); + if( zName ){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" }; + assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 ); +#endif + if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName); + return; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return +** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ + int rc; + Btree *pBt; + static const int flags = + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | + SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | + SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; + + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " + "file for storing temporary tables"); + pParse->rc = rc; + return 1; + } + db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt; + assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Record the fact that the schema cookie will need to be verified +** for database iDb. The code to actually verify the schema cookie +** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated +** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db; + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); + assert( iDbcookieMask, iDb)==0 ){ + DbMaskSet(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb); + pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel); + } + } +} + +/* +** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each +** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int i; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){ + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); + } + } +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that +** might change the database. +** +** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within +** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint +** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should +** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of +** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to +** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints +** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never +** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + DbMaskSet(pToplevel->writeMask, iDb); + pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement; +} + +/* +** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write +** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another, +** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.) +** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will +** be necessary to undo the completed writes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1; +} + +/* +** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is +** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to +** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make +** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction. +** +** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the +** isMultiWrite flag was previously set. There is a time dependency +** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes +** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm +** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency +** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in +** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective +** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen +** to take the safe route and skip the optimization. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pToplevel->mayAbort = 1; +} + +/* +** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT +** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement +** and/or current transaction is rolled back. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int errCode, /* extended error code */ + int onError, /* Constraint type */ + char *p4, /* Error message */ + i8 p4type, /* P4_STATIC or P4_TRANSIENT */ + u8 p5Errmsg /* P5_ErrMsg type */ +){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ); + if( onError==OE_Abort ){ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, errCode, onError, 0, p4, p4type); + if( p5Errmsg ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5Errmsg); +} + +/* +** Code an OP_Halt due to UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint violation. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int onError, /* Constraint type */ + Index *pIdx /* The index that triggers the constraint */ +){ + char *zErr; + int j; + StrAccum errMsg; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200); + errMsg.db = pParse->db; + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; + if( j ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ", ", 2); + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&errMsg, pTab->zName); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ".", 1); + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&errMsg, zCol); + } + zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, + IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY + : SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE, + onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique); +} + + +/* +** Code an OP_Halt due to non-unique rowid. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int onError, /* Conflict resolution algorithm */ + Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ +){ + char *zMsg; + int rc; + if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY; + }else{ + zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.rowid", pTab->zName); + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID; + } + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, rc, onError, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC, + P5_ConstraintUnique); +} + +/* +** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return +** true if it does and false if it does not. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ + int i; + assert( zColl!=0 ); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; + assert( z!=0 || pIndex->aiColumn[i]<0 ); + if( pIndex->aiColumn[i]>=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +/* +** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. +** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ + Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ + + for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ + if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the +** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute +** all indices everywhere. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ + Db *pDb; /* A single database */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); /* Needed for schema access */ + for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ + assert( pDb!=0 ); + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Generate code for the REINDEX command. +** +** REINDEX -- 1 +** REINDEX -- 2 +** REINDEX ?.? -- 3 +** REINDEX ?.? -- 4 +** +** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. +** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named +** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all +** indices associated with the named table. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ + char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + if( pName1==0 ){ + reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); + return; + }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){ + char *zColl; + assert( pName1->z ); + zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1); + if( !zColl ) return; + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); + if( pColl ){ + reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); + return; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); + } + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); + if( z==0 ) return; + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + return; + } + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + if( pIndex ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); + return; + } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); +} +#endif + +/* +** Return a KeyInfo structure that is appropriate for the given Index. +** +** The KeyInfo structure for an index is cached in the Index object. +** So there might be multiple references to the returned pointer. The +** caller should not try to modify the KeyInfo object. +** +** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object +** when it has finished using it. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ + if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + if( pIdx->pKeyInfo && pIdx->pKeyInfo->db!=pParse->db ){ + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo); + pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0; + } +#endif + if( pIdx->pKeyInfo==0 ){ + int i; + int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; + int nKey = pIdx->nKeyCol; + KeyInfo *pKey; + if( pIdx->uniqNotNull ){ + pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nKey, nCol-nKey); + }else{ + pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nCol, 0); + } + if( pKey ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKey) ); + for(i=0; iazColl[i]; + assert( zColl!=0 ); + pKey->aColl[i] = strcmp(zColl,"BINARY")==0 ? 0 : + sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); + pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; + } + if( pParse->nErr ){ + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey); + }else{ + pIdx->pKeyInfo = pKey; + } + } + } + return sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pIdx->pKeyInfo); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +/* +** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a +** WITH clause. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + With *pWith, /* Existing WITH clause, or NULL */ + Token *pName, /* Name of the common-table */ + ExprList *pArglist, /* Optional column name list for the table */ + Select *pQuery /* Query used to initialize the table */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + With *pNew; + char *zName; + + /* Check that the CTE name is unique within this WITH clause. If + ** not, store an error in the Parse structure. */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); + if( zName && pWith ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCte; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, pWith->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate WITH table name: %s", zName); + } + } + } + + if( pWith ){ + int nByte = sizeof(*pWith) + (sizeof(pWith->a[1]) * pWith->nCte); + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pWith, nByte); + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pWith)); + } + assert( zName!=0 || pNew==0 ); + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pNew==0 ); + + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pArglist); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pQuery); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + pNew = pWith; + }else{ + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pSelect = pQuery; + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pCols = pArglist; + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zName = zName; + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zErr = 0; + pNew->nCte++; + } + + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Free the contents of the With object passed as the second argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3 *db, With *pWith){ + if( pWith ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCte; i++){ + struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i]; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCte->pCols); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pCte->pSelect); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCte->zName); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWith); + } +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CTE) */ + +/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2005 May 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables +** of user defined functions and collation sequences. +*/ + + +/* +** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence +** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName. +*/ +static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){ + assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); + if( db->xCollNeeded ){ + char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + if( !zExternal ) return; + db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ + char const *zExternal; + sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zExternal ){ + db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a +** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions +** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one +** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if +** possible. +*/ +static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ + CollSeq *pColl2; + char *z = pColl->zName; + int i; + static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; + for(i=0; i<3; i++){ + pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0); + if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ + memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); + pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback +** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the +** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding. +** +** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding +** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. +** +** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database +** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation +** sequence can be found. If no collation is found, leave an error message. +** +** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + u8 enc, /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */ + CollSeq *pColl, /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */ + const char *zName /* Collating sequence name */ +){ + CollSeq *p; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + p = pColl; + if( !p ){ + p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); + } + if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ + /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. + ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. + */ + callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName); + p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); + } + if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ + p = 0; + } + assert( !p || p->xCmp ); + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to +** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when +** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences +** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. +** +** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to +** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, +** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different +** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ + if( pColl ){ + const char *zName = pColl->zName; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), pColl, zName); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( p==pColl ); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + + +/* +** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry +** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is +** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. +** +** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an +** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence +** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. +** +** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of +** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in +** each collation sequence structure. +*/ +static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the collating sequence */ + int create /* Create a new entry if true */ +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); + + if( 0==pColl && create ){ + pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 ); + if( pColl ){ + CollSeq *pDel = 0; + pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; + pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; + memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); + pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0; + pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl); + + /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will + ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added + ** to the hash table). + */ + assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); + if( pDel!=0 ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); + pColl = 0; + } + } + } + return pColl; +} + +/* +** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. +** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName +** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. +** +** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a +** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. +** +** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around +** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory +** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence +** cannot be found. +** +** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( + sqlite3 *db, + u8 enc, + const char *zName, + int create +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + if( zName ){ + pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create); + }else{ + pColl = db->pDfltColl; + } + assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); + assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; + return pColl; +} + +/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure +** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument +** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system +** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the +** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match. +** +** If nArg is -1 that means to only return a match (non-zero) if p->nArg +** is also -1. In other words, we are searching for a function that +** takes a variable number of arguments. +** +** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function +** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive +** match score for any +** +** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows: +** +** 0: Not a match. +** 1: UTF8/16 conversion required and function takes any number of arguments. +** 2: UTF16 byte order change required and function takes any number of args. +** 3: encoding matches and function takes any number of arguments +** 4: UTF8/16 conversion required - argument count matches exactly +** 5: UTF16 byte order conversion required - argument count matches exactly +** 6: Perfect match: encoding and argument count match exactly. +** +** If nArg==(-2) then any function with a non-null xStep or xFunc is +** a perfect match and any function with both xStep and xFunc NULL is +** a non-match. +*/ +#define FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH 6 /* The score for a perfect match */ +static int matchQuality( + FuncDef *p, /* The function we are evaluating for match quality */ + int nArg, /* Desired number of arguments. (-1)==any */ + u8 enc /* Desired text encoding */ +){ + int match; + + /* nArg of -2 is a special case */ + if( nArg==(-2) ) return (p->xFunc==0 && p->xStep==0) ? 0 : FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH; + + /* Wrong number of arguments means "no match" */ + if( p->nArg!=nArg && p->nArg>=0 ) return 0; + + /* Give a better score to a function with a specific number of arguments + ** than to function that accepts any number of arguments. */ + if( p->nArg==nArg ){ + match = 4; + }else{ + match = 1; + } + + /* Bonus points if the text encoding matches */ + if( enc==(p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) ){ + match += 2; /* Exact encoding match */ + }else if( (enc & p->funcFlags & 2)!=0 ){ + match += 1; /* Both are UTF16, but with different byte orders */ + } + + return match; +} + +/* +** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return +** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match. +*/ +static FuncDef *functionSearch( + FuncDefHash *pHash, /* Hash table to search */ + int h, /* Hash of the name */ + const char *zFunc, /* Name of function */ + int nFunc /* Number of bytes in zFunc */ +){ + FuncDef *p; + for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){ + return p; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert( + FuncDefHash *pHash, /* The hash table into which to insert */ + FuncDef *pDef /* The function definition to insert */ +){ + FuncDef *pOther; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName); + u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0]; + int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a); + pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName); + if( pOther ){ + assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef ); + pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext; + pOther->pNext = pDef; + }else{ + pDef->pNext = 0; + pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h]; + pHash->a[h] = pDef; + } +} + + + +/* +** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag +** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a +** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return +** NULL if the function does not exist. +** +** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef +** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a +** no matching function previously existed. +** +** If nArg is -2, then the first valid function found is returned. A +** function is valid if either xFunc or xStep is non-zero. The nArg==(-2) +** case is used to see if zName is a valid function name for some number +** of arguments. If nArg is -2, then createFlag must be 0. +** +** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and +** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not +** match that requested. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */ + int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */ + int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ + u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ + u8 createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ +){ + FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ + FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ + int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */ + int h; /* Hash value */ + + assert( nArg>=(-2) ); + assert( nArg>=(-1) || createFlag==0 ); + h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); + + /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions. + */ + p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName); + while( p ){ + int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); + if( score>bestScore ){ + pBest = p; + bestScore = score; + } + p = p->pNext; + } + + /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions. + ** + ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in + ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found. And give + ** priority to built-in functions. + ** + ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to + ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will + ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the + ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. + ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. + */ + if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){ + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + bestScore = 0; + p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName); + while( p ){ + int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); + if( score>bestScore ){ + pBest = p; + bestScore = score; + } + p = p->pNext; + } + } + + /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an + ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a + ** new entry to the hash table and return it. + */ + if( createFlag && bestScorezName = (char *)&pBest[1]; + pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg; + pBest->funcFlags = enc; + memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName); + pBest->zName[nName] = 0; + sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest); + } + + if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){ + return pBest; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points +** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the +** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents +** of the schema hash tables). +** +** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){ + Hash temp1; + Hash temp2; + HashElem *pElem; + Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; + + temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; + temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; + sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash); + sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); + sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash); + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); + sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); + sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash); + pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; + if( pSchema->schemaFlags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){ + pSchema->iGeneration++; + pSchema->schemaFlags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded; + } +} + +/* +** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create +** a new one if necessary. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ + Schema * p; + if( pBt ){ + p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear); + }else{ + p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema)); + } + if( !p ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ + sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash); + p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + } + return p; +} + +/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements. +*/ + +/* +** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries +** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains +** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE, +** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and +** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table +** name is not found or if any other error occurs. +** +** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc: +** +** pSrc->a[0].pTab Pointer to the Table object +** pSrc->a[0].pIndex Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; + Table *pTab; + assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 ); + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem); + sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab); + pItem->pTab = pTab; + if( pTab ){ + pTab->nRef++; + } + if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){ + pTab = 0; + } + return pTab; +} + +/* +** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not +** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is +** writable return 0; +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ + /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances: + ** + ** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method + ** has been provided, or + ** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not + ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not + ** been specified. + ** + ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero. + */ + if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) + && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 ) + || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0 + && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 + && pParse->nested==0 ) + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); + return 1; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); + return 1; + } +#endif + return 0; +} + + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +/* +** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The +** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the +** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pView, /* View definition */ + Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */ + int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */ +){ + SelectDest dest; + Select *pSel; + SrcList *pFrom; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); + pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); + if( pFrom ){ + assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 ); + pFrom->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName); + pFrom->a[0].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 ); + assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 ); + } + pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +/* +** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY, +** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements. +** +** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1; +** \__________________________/ +** pLimitWhere (pInClause) +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */ + Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */ + Expr *pOffset, /* The OFFSET clause. May be null */ + char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For err msgs. */ +){ + Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL; /* WHERE rowid .. */ + Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */ + Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL; /* SELECT rowid ... */ + ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */ + SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */ + Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */ + + /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause. + */ + if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) { + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType); + goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + } + + /* We only need to generate a select expression if there + ** is a limit/offset term to enforce. + */ + if( pLimit == 0 ) { + /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */ + assert( pOffset == 0 ); + return pWhere; + } + + /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset + ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: + ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 + ** becomes: + ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( + ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 + ** ); + */ + + pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid); + if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + + /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree + ** and the SELECT subtree. */ + pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0); + if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) { + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList); + goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + } + + /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0, + pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset); + if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0; + + /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */ + pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); + if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; + pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0); + if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; + + pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect; + pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect; + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause); + return pInClause; + + /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */ +limit_where_cleanup_1: + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect); + return 0; + +limit_where_cleanup_2: + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset); + return 0; +} +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) */ + /* && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ + +/* +** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. +** +** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; +** \________/ \________________/ +** pTabList pWhere +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ + Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ + Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ + int iTabCur; /* Cursor number for the table */ + int iDataCur; /* VDBE cursor for the canonical data source */ + int iIdxCur; /* Cursor number of the first index */ + int nIdx; /* Number of indices */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ + AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ + int iDb; /* Database number */ + int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ + int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */ + int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */ + int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */ + u8 *aToOpen = 0; /* Open cursor iTabCur+j if aToOpen[j] is true */ + Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index on the table */ + int iPk = 0; /* First of nPk registers holding PRIMARY KEY value */ + i16 nPk = 1; /* Number of columns in the PRIMARY KEY */ + int iKey; /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */ + i16 nKey; /* Number of memory cells in the row key */ + int iEphCur = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */ + int iRowSet = 0; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */ + int addrBypass = 0; /* Address of jump over the delete logic */ + int addrLoop = 0; /* Top of the delete loop */ + int addrDelete = 0; /* Jump directly to the delete logic */ + int addrEphOpen = 0; /* Instruction to open the Ephermeral table */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ +#endif + + memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + + /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be + ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we + ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect + ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** deleted from is a view + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define isView 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + + /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. + */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDbnDb ); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb); + assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE ); + if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + assert(!isView || pTrigger); + + /* Assign cursor numbers to the table and all its indices. + */ + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + iTabCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ + pParse->nTab++; + } + + /* Start the view context + */ + if( isView ){ + sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); + } + + /* Begin generating code. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + + /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into + ** a ephemeral table. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( isView ){ + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur); + iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur; + } +#endif + + /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + + /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if + ** we are counting rows. + */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + memCnt = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION + /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. + ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5, + ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by + ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. */ + if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) + && 0==sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) + ){ + assert( !isView ); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt, + pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); + } + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */ + { + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */ + pPk = 0; + nPk = 1; + iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet); + }else{ + /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephermeral table used to + ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pPk!=0 ); + nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + iPk = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nPk; + iEphCur = pParse->nTab++; + addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + } + + /* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row + ** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause. + */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, + WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK, + iTabCur+1); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; + okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); + + /* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); + } + + /* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */ + if( pPk ){ + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i], iPk+i); + } + iKey = iPk; + }else{ + iKey = pParse->nMem + 1; + iKey = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iTabCur, iKey, 0); + if( iKey>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = iKey; + } + + if( okOnePass ){ + /* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key. There is only + ** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the + ** delete code. + */ + nKey = nPk; /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */ + aToOpen = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nIdx+2); + if( aToOpen==0 ){ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); + aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0; + if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iTabCur] = 0; + if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iTabCur] = 0; + if( addrEphOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrEphOpen); + addrDelete = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); /* Jump to DELETE logic */ + }else if( pPk ){ + /* Construct a composite key for the row to be deleted and remember it */ + iKey = ++pParse->nMem; + nKey = 0; /* Zero tells OP_Found to use a composite key */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, iKey, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pPk), nPk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEphCur, iKey); + }else{ + /* Get the rowid of the row to be deleted and remember it in the RowSet */ + nKey = 1; /* OP_Seek always uses a single rowid */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey); + } + + /* End of the WHERE loop */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + if( okOnePass ){ + /* Bypass the delete logic below if the WHERE loop found zero rows */ + addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrBypass); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrDelete); + } + + /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are + ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the + ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF + ** triggers. + */ + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iTabCur, aToOpen, + &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); + assert( pPk || iDataCur==iTabCur ); + assert( pPk || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 ); + } + + /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the + ** where-clause loop above. + */ + if( okOnePass ){ + /* Just one row. Hence the top-of-loop is a no-op */ + assert( nKey==nPk ); /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */ + if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){ + assert( pPk!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + }else if( pPk ){ + addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEphCur, iKey); + assert( nKey==0 ); /* OP_Found will use a composite key */ + }else{ + addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + assert( nKey==1 ); + } + + /* Delete the row */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iKey, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + }else +#endif + { + int count = (pParse->nested==0); /* True to count changes */ + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, okOnePass); + } + + /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */ + if( okOnePass ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass); + }else if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEphCur, addrLoop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrLoop); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); + } + + /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */ + if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + if( !pPk ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iDataCur); + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur + i); + } + } + } /* End non-truncate path */ + + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into + ** autoincrement tables. + */ + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + } + + /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC); + } + +delete_from_cleanup: + sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen); + return; +} +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif + +/* +** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a +** single table to be deleted. Both the original table entry and +** all indices are removed. +** +** Preconditions: +** +** 1. iDataCur is an open cursor on the btree that is the canonical data +** store for the table. (This will be either the table itself, +** in the case of a rowid table, or the PRIMARY KEY index in the case +** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.) +** +** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as +** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. +** +** 3. The primary key for the row to be deleted must be stored in a +** sequence of nPk memory cells starting at iPk. If nPk==0 that means +** that a search record formed from OP_MakeRecord is contained in the +** single memory location iPk. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor from which column data is extracted */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int iPk, /* First memory cell containing the PRIMARY KEY */ + i16 nPk, /* Number of PRIMARY KEY memory cells */ + u8 count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */ + u8 onconf, /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */ + u8 bNoSeek /* iDataCur is already pointing to the row to delete */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */ + int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */ + int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */ + u8 opSeek; /* Seek opcode */ + + /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */ + assert( v ); + VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)", + iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk)); + + /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists + ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do + ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */ + iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + opSeek = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound; + if( !bNoSeek ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound); + } + + /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to + ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */ + if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){ + u32 mask; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */ + int iCol; /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */ + int addrStart; /* Start of BEFORE trigger programs */ + + /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to + ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */ + mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( + pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf + ); + mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab); + iOld = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol); + + /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be + ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld); + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==31 ); + testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==32 ); + if( mask==0xffffffff || (iCol<=31 && (mask & MASKBIT32(iCol))!=0) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1); + } + } + + /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */ + addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, + TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel + ); + + /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the + ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved + ** the cursor or of already deleted the row that the cursor was + ** pointing to. + */ + if( addrStartpSelect==0 ){ + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); + if( count ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + } + } + + /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to + ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key + ** to the row just deleted. */ + sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0); + + /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, + TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel + ); + + /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE + ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a + ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel); + VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()")); +} + +/* +** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all +** index entries associated with a single row of a single table, pTab +** +** Preconditions: +** +** 1. A read/write cursor "iDataCur" must be open on the canonical storage +** btree for the table pTab. (This will be either the table itself +** for rowid tables or to the primary key index for WITHOUT ROWID +** tables.) +** +** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as +** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. (The pTab->pIndex +** index is the 0-th index.) +** +** 3. The "iDataCur" cursor must be already be positioned on the row +** that is to be deleted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor of table holding data. */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int *aRegIdx /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */ +){ + int i; /* Index loop counter */ + int r1 = -1; /* Register holding an index key */ + int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump destination for skipping partial index entries */ + Index *pIdx; /* Current index */ + Index *pPrior = 0; /* Prior index */ + Vdbe *v; /* The prepared statement under construction */ + Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index, or NULL for rowid tables */ + + v = pParse->pVdbe; + pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( iIdxCur+i!=iDataCur || pPk==pIdx ); + if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; + if( pIdx==pPk ) continue; + VdbeModuleComment((v, "GenRowIdxDel for %s", pIdx->zName)); + r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 1, + &iPartIdxLabel, pPrior, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1, + pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn); + sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel); + pPrior = pIdx; + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will assemble an index key and stores it in register +** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. +** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to +** the entry that needs indexing. If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then +** iCur must be the cursor of the PRIMARY KEY index. +** +** Return a register number which is the first in a block of +** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The +** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time +** this routine returns. +** +** If *piPartIdxLabel is not NULL, fill it in with a label and jump +** to that label if pIdx is a partial index that should be skipped. +** The label should be resolved using sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(). +** A partial index should be skipped if its WHERE clause evaluates +** to false or null. If pIdx is not a partial index, *piPartIdxLabel +** will be set to zero which is an empty label that is ignored by +** sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(). +** +** The pPrior and regPrior parameters are used to implement a cache to +** avoid unnecessary register loads. If pPrior is not NULL, then it is +** a pointer to a different index for which an index key has just been +** computed into register regPrior. If the current pIdx index is generating +** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share +** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already +** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped. +** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK +** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or +** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor number from which to take column data */ + int regOut, /* Put the new key into this register if not 0 */ + int prefixOnly, /* Compute only a unique prefix of the key */ + int *piPartIdxLabel, /* OUT: Jump to this label to skip partial index */ + Index *pPrior, /* Previously generated index key */ + int regPrior /* Register holding previous generated key */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int j; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + int regBase; + int nCol; + + if( piPartIdxLabel ){ + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + *piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + pParse->iPartIdxTab = iDataCur; + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, + SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + }else{ + *piPartIdxLabel = 0; + } + } + nCol = (prefixOnly && pIdx->uniqNotNull) ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn; + regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + if( pPrior && (regBase!=regPrior || pPrior->pPartIdxWhere) ) pPrior = 0; + for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ) continue; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, pIdx->aiColumn[j], + regBase+j); + /* If the column affinity is REAL but the number is an integer, then it + ** might be stored in the table as an integer (using a compact + ** representation) then converted to REAL by an OP_RealAffinity opcode. + ** But we are getting ready to store this value back into an index, where + ** it should be converted by to INTEGER again. So omit the OP_RealAffinity + ** opcode if it is present */ + sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_RealAffinity); + } + if( regOut ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regOut); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); + return regBase; +} + +/* +** If a prior call to sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() generated a jump-over label +** because it was a partial index, then this routine should be called to +** resolve that label. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse *pParse, int iLabel){ + if( iLabel ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, iLabel); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + } +} + +/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2002 February 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C-language implementions for many of the SQL +** functions of SQLite. (Some function, and in particular the date and +** time functions, are implemented separately.) +*/ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +/* +** Return the collating function associated with a function. +*/ +static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ + return context->pColl; +} + +/* +** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this +** iteration of the aggregate loop. +*/ +static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){ + context->skipFlag = 1; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions +*/ +static void minmaxFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ + int iBest; + CollSeq *pColl; + + assert( argc>1 ); + mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; + pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + assert( pColl ); + assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); + iBest = 0; + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + for(i=1; i=0 ){ + testcase( mask==0 ); + iBest = i; + } + } + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); +} + +/* +** Return the type of the argument. +*/ +static void typeofFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *z = 0; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break; + case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break; + case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break; + case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break; + default: z = "null"; break; + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + + +/* +** Implementation of the length() function +*/ +static void lengthFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int len; + + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_BLOB: + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])); + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + len = 0; + while( *z ){ + len++; + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + } + sqlite3_result_int(context, len); + break; + } + default: { + sqlite3_result_null(context); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the abs() function. +** +** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of +** the numeric argument X. +*/ +static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + if( iVal<0 ){ + if( iVal==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + /* IMP: R-31676-45509 If X is the integer -9223372036854775808 + ** then abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no + ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); + return; + } + iVal = -iVal; + } + sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); + break; + } + case SQLITE_NULL: { + /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */ + sqlite3_result_null(context); + break; + } + default: { + /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not + ** something that can be converted into a number, we have: + ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that + ** cannot be converted to a numeric value. + */ + double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; + sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the instr() function. +** +** instr(haystack,needle) finds the first occurrence of needle +** in haystack and returns the number of previous characters plus 1, +** or 0 if needle does not occur within haystack. +** +** If both haystack and needle are BLOBs, then the result is one more than +** the number of bytes in haystack prior to the first occurrence of needle, +** or 0 if needle never occurs in haystack. +*/ +static void instrFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zHaystack; + const unsigned char *zNeedle; + int nHaystack; + int nNeedle; + int typeHaystack, typeNeedle; + int N = 1; + int isText; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + typeHaystack = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); + typeNeedle = sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]); + if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_NULL || typeNeedle==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + nHaystack = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + nNeedle = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_BLOB && typeNeedle==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + zHaystack = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + zNeedle = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); + isText = 0; + }else{ + zHaystack = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zNeedle = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + isText = 1; + } + while( nNeedle<=nHaystack && memcmp(zHaystack, zNeedle, nNeedle)!=0 ){ + N++; + do{ + nHaystack--; + zHaystack++; + }while( isText && (zHaystack[0]&0xc0)==0x80 ); + } + if( nNeedle>nHaystack ) N = 0; + sqlite3_result_int(context, N); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the printf() function. +*/ +static void printfFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + PrintfArguments x; + StrAccum str; + const char *zFormat; + int n; + + if( argc>=1 && (zFormat = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ + x.nArg = argc-1; + x.nUsed = 0; + x.apArg = argv+1; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + str.db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + sqlite3XPrintf(&str, SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC, zFormat, &x); + n = str.nChar; + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str), n, + SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the substr() function. +** +** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. +** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character +** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. +** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. +** +** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. +** +** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceding p1. +*/ +static void substrFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *z; + const unsigned char *z2; + int len; + int p0type; + i64 p1, p2; + int negP2 = 0; + + assert( argc==3 || argc==2 ); + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL + || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL) + ){ + return; + } + p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); + p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + len = 0; + if( p1<0 ){ + for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + } + } + } + if( argc==3 ){ + p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); + if( p2<0 ){ + p2 = -p2; + negP2 = 1; + } + }else{ + p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + } + if( p1<0 ){ + p1 += len; + if( p1<0 ){ + p2 += p1; + if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; + p1 = 0; + } + }else if( p1>0 ){ + p1--; + }else if( p2>0 ){ + p2--; + } + if( negP2 ){ + p1 -= p2; + if( p1<0 ){ + p2 += p1; + p1 = 0; + } + } + assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 ); + if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ + while( *z && p1 ){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + p1--; + } + for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + if( p1+p2>len ){ + p2 = len-p1; + if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; + } + sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the round() function +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + int n = 0; + double r; + char *zBuf; + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + if( argc==2 ){ + if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; + n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + if( n>30 ) n = 30; + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + } + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int, + ** handle the rounding directly, + ** otherwise use printf. + */ + if( n==0 && r>=0 && r0 ); + testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); + if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + z = 0; + }else{ + z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte); + if( !z ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + } + } + return z; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. +*/ +static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + char *z1; + const char *z2; + int i, n; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ + assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( z2 ){ + z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); + if( z1 ){ + for(i=0; imatchOne; + u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; + u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet; + u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; + int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */ + + while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern))!=0 ){ + if( c==matchAll && !prevEscape ){ + while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern)) == matchAll + || c == matchOne ){ + if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + } + if( c==0 ){ + return 1; + }else if( c==esc ){ + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c==0 ){ + return 0; + } + }else if( c==matchSet ){ + assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */ + assert( matchSet<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ + while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); + } + return *zString!=0; + } + while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString))!=0 ){ + if( noCase ){ + GlobUpperToLower(c2); + GlobUpperToLower(c); + while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); + GlobUpperToLower(c2); + } + }else{ + while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); + } + } + if( c2==0 ) return 0; + if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1; + } + return 0; + }else if( c==matchOne && !prevEscape ){ + if( sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + }else if( c==matchSet ){ + u32 prior_c = 0; + assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */ + seen = 0; + invert = 0; + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); + if( c==0 ) return 0; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c2=='^' ){ + invert = 1; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + } + if( c2==']' ){ + if( c==']' ) seen = 1; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + } + while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ + if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; + prior_c = 0; + }else{ + if( c==c2 ){ + seen = 1; + } + prior_c = c2; + } + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + } + if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){ + prevEscape = 1; + }else{ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); + if( noCase ){ + GlobUpperToLower(c); + GlobUpperToLower(c2); + } + if( c!=c2 ){ + return 0; + } + prevEscape = 0; + } + } + return *zString==0; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_strglob() interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlobPattern, const char *zString){ + return patternCompare((u8*)zGlobPattern, (u8*)zString, &globInfo, 0)==0; +} + +/* +** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is +** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing +** only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0; +#endif + + +/* +** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements +** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the +** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: +** +** A LIKE B +** +** is implemented as like(B,A). +** +** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes +** the GLOB operator. +*/ +static void likeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zA, *zB; + u32 escape = 0; + int nPat; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + + /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems + ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). + */ + nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 ); + if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); + return; + } + assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ + + if( argc==3 ){ + /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. + ** Otherwise, return an error. + */ + const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + if( zEsc==0 ) return; + if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, + "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); + return; + } + escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zEsc); + } + if( zA && zB ){ + struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_like_count++; +#endif + + sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first +** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the +** arguments are equal to each other. +*/ +static void nullifFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function. The result is the version +** of the SQLite library that is running. +*/ +static void versionFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the + ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string +** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build +** SQLite. +*/ +static void sourceidFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the + ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function. This is a wrapper around +** sqlite3_log(). The return value is NULL. The function exists purely for +** its side-effects. +*/ +static void errlogFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(context); + sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function. +** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option +** was used to build SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +static void compileoptionusedFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zOptName; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL + ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++ + ** function. + */ + if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName)); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. +** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options +** used to build SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +static void compileoptiongetFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int n; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function + ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function. + */ + n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + +/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex +** digits. */ +static const char hexdigits[] = { + '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', + '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' +}; + +/* +** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single +** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as +** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string +** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with +** single-quote escapes. +*/ +static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + double r1, r2; + char zBuf[50]; + r1 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.15g", r1); + sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r2, 20, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( r1!=r2 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.20e", r1); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + } + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + break; + } + case SQLITE_BLOB: { + char *zText = 0; + char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); + if( zText ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F]; + zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; + } + zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; + zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; + zText[0] = 'X'; + zText[1] = '\''; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(zText); + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + int i,j; + u64 n; + const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + char *z; + + if( zArg==0 ) return; + for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } + z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3); + if( z ){ + z[0] = '\''; + for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ + z[j++] = zArg[i]; + if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ + z[j++] = '\''; + } + } + z[j++] = '\''; + z[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free); + } + break; + } + default: { + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ); + sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** The unicode() function. Return the integer unicode code-point value +** for the first character of the input string. +*/ +static void unicodeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + (void)argc; + if( z && z[0] ) sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3Utf8Read(&z)); +} + +/* +** The char() function takes zero or more arguments, each of which is +** an integer. It constructs a string where each character of the string +** is the unicode character for the corresponding integer argument. +*/ +static void charFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + unsigned char *z, *zOut; + int i; + zOut = z = sqlite3_malloc( argc*4+1 ); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + for(i=0; i0x10ffff ) x = 0xfffd; + c = (unsigned)(x & 0x1fffff); + if( c<0x00080 ){ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); + }else if( c<0x00800 ){ + *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); + }else if( c<0x10000 ){ + *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); + }else{ + *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); + } \ + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(zOut-z), sqlite3_free); +} + +/* +** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return +** a hexadecimal rendering as text. +*/ +static void hexFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i, n; + const unsigned char *pBlob; + char *zHex, *z; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1); + if( zHex ){ + for(i=0; i>4)&0xf]; + *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; + } + *z = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); + } +} + +/* +** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. +*/ +static void zeroblobFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + i64 n; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); + if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */ + } +} + +/* +** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call +** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived +** from A by replacing every occurrence of B with C. The match +** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. +*/ +static void replaceFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ + const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ + const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ + unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ + int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ + int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ + int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ + i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ + int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + + assert( argc==3 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zStr==0 ) return; + nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zPattern==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed ); + return; + } + if( zPattern[0]==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL ); + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + return; + } + nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + if( zRep==0 ) return; + nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); + nOut = nStr + 1; + assert( nOutaLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return; + } + zOld = zOut; + zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut); + if( zOut==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + sqlite3_free(zOld); + return; + } + memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); + j += nRep; + i += nPattern-1; + } + } + assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut ); + memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); + j += nStr - i; + assert( j<=nOut ); + zOut[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. +** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. +*/ +static void trimFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ + const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ + int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ + int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ + unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ + int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ + + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ + return; + } + zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn==0 ) return; + nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( argc==1 ){ + static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; + static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; + nChar = 1; + aLen = (u8*)lenOne; + azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne; + zCharSet = 0; + }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ + return; + }else{ + const unsigned char *z; + for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + } + if( nChar>0 ){ + azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1)); + if( azChar==0 ){ + return; + } + aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; + for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ + azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z; + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]); + } + } + } + if( nChar>0 ){ + flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context)); + if( flags & 1 ){ + while( nIn>0 ){ + int len = 0; + for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; + zIn += len; + nIn -= len; + } + } + if( flags & 2 ){ + while( nIn>0 ){ + int len = 0; + for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; + nIn -= len; + } + } + if( zCharSet ){ + sqlite3_free(azChar); + } + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} + + +/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It +** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used +** when SQLite is built. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX +/* +** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. +** +** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the +** soundex encoding of the string X. +*/ +static void soundexFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + char zResult[8]; + const u8 *zIn; + int i, j; + static const unsigned char iCode[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, + 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, + 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + }; + assert( argc==1 ); + zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; + for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} + if( zIn[i] ){ + u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; + zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]); + for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ + int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; + if( code>0 ){ + if( code!=prevcode ){ + prevcode = code; + zResult[j++] = code + '0'; + } + }else{ + prevcode = 0; + } + } + while( j<4 ){ + zResult[j++] = '0'; + } + zResult[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument + ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +/* +** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. +*/ +static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + const char *zProc; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + char *zErrMsg = 0; + + if( argc==2 ){ + zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + }else{ + zProc = 0; + } + if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a +** sum() or avg() aggregate computation. +*/ +typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; +struct SumCtx { + double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ + i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ + i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ + u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ + u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ +}; + +/* +** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total. +** +** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means +** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns +** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where +** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point +** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if +** it overflows an integer. +*/ +static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + SumCtx *p; + int type; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); + type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); + if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + p->cnt++; + if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + p->rSum += v; + if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){ + p->overflow = 1; + } + }else{ + p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + p->approx = 1; + } + } +} +static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ + if( p->overflow ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); + }else if( p->approx ){ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); + } + } +} +static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); + } +} +static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0); +} + +/* +** The following structure keeps track of state information for the +** count() aggregate function. +*/ +typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; +struct CountCtx { + i64 n; +}; + +/* +** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. +*/ +static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + CountCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); + if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ + p->n++; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make + ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our + ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be + ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ + assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff + || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) ); +#endif +} +static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + CountCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); +} + +/* +** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. +*/ +static void minmaxStep( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; + Mem *pBest; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); + if( !pBest ) return; + + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ + if( pBest->flags ) sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context); + }else if( pBest->flags ){ + int max; + int cmp; + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, + ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the + ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the + ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it + ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. + ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() + ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). + */ + max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; + cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); + if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); + }else{ + sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context); + } + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); + } +} +static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + sqlite3_value *pRes; + pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( pRes ){ + if( pRes->flags ){ + sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); + } + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); + } +} + +/* +** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?) +*/ +static void groupConcatStep( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zVal; + StrAccum *pAccum; + const char *zSep; + int nVal, nSep; + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum)); + + if( pAccum ){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0; + pAccum->useMalloc = 2; + pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + if( !firstTerm ){ + if( argc==2 ){ + zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + }else{ + zSep = ","; + nSep = 1; + } + if( nSep ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep); + } + zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + if( zVal ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal); + } +} +static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + StrAccum *pAccum; + pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( pAccum ){ + if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + }else if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, + sqlite3_free); + } + } +} + +/* +** This routine does per-connection function registration. Most +** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set. +** This routine only deals with those that are not global. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. +*/ +static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){ + FuncDef *pDef; + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), + 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){ + pDef->funcFlags |= flagVal; + } +} + +/* +** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive +** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case +** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ + struct compareInfo *pInfo; + if( caseSensitive ){ + pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; + }else{ + pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; + } + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, + (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); + setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE); + setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", + caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE); +} + +/* +** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If +** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function +** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and +** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then +** return FALSE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ + FuncDef *pDef; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION + || !pExpr->x.pList + || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2 + ){ + return 0; + } + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), + 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are + ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The + ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption + */ + memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); + assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); + *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; + return 1; +} + +/* +** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above +** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as +** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()). +** +** After this routine runs +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){ + /* + ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions + ** defined in this file. + ** + ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the + ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array + ** are read-only after initialization is complete. + */ + static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = { + FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ), + FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ), + AGGREGATE(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), + FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ), + FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ), + AGGREGATE(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), + FUNCTION2(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF), + FUNCTION2(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH), + FUNCTION(instr, 2, 0, 0, instrFunc ), + FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ), + FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ), + FUNCTION(printf, -1, 0, 0, printfFunc ), + FUNCTION(unicode, 1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc ), + FUNCTION(char, -1, 0, 0, charFunc ), + FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ), +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ), + FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ), +#endif + FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ), + FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ), + FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ), + FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), + FUNCTION2(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), + FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ), + FUNCTION2(ifnull, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), + FUNCTION2(unlikely, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), + FUNCTION2(likelihood, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), + FUNCTION2(likely, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), + VFUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ), + VFUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ), + FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id, 0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_log, 2, 0, 0, errlogFunc ), +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc ), +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ), + VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid), + VFUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ), + VFUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ), + FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ), + FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ), + #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX + FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ), + #endif + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + FUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ), + FUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ), + #endif + AGGREGATE(sum, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize ), + AGGREGATE(total, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize ), + AGGREGATE(avg, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize ), + /* AGGREGATE(count, 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), */ + {0,SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0,0}, + AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), + AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), + AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), + + LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), + #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE + LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), + LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), + #else + LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), + LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), + #endif + }; + + int i; + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc); + + for(i=0; idb->mallocFailed flag is set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context to store any error in */ + Table *pParent, /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to find index for */ + Index **ppIdx, /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */ + int **paiCol /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */ +){ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Value to return via *ppIdx */ + int *aiCol = 0; /* Value to return via *paiCol */ + int nCol = pFKey->nCol; /* Number of columns in parent key */ + char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol; /* Name of left-most parent key column */ + + /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */ + assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 ); + assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 ); + assert( pParse ); + + /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it + ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx + ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. + ** + ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate + ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol). + ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array. + */ + if( nCol==1 ){ + /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true: + ** + ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly + ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or + ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY. + */ + if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){ + if( !zKey ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0; + } + }else if( paiCol ){ + assert( nCol>1 ); + aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int)); + if( !aiCol ) return 1; + *paiCol = aiCol; + } + + for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ + /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number + ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key + ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */ + + if( zKey==0 ){ + /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to + ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be + ** identified by the test. */ + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + if( aiCol ){ + int i; + for(i=0; iaCol[i].iFrom; + } + break; + } + }else{ + /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to + ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this + ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses + ** the default collation sequences for each column. */ + int i, j; + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; /* Index of column in parent tbl */ + char *zDfltColl; /* Def. collation for column */ + char *zIdxCol; /* Name of indexed column */ + + /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from + ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is + ** unusable. Bail out early in this case. */ + zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl; + if( !zDfltColl ){ + zDfltColl = "BINARY"; + } + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break; + + zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName; + for(j=0; jaCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){ + if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom; + break; + } + } + if( j==nCol ) break; + } + if( i==nCol ) break; /* pIdx is usable */ + } + } + } + + if( !pIdx ){ + if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "foreign key mismatch - \"%w\" referencing \"%w\"", + pFKey->pFrom->zName, pFKey->zTo); + } + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol); + return 1; + } + + *ppIdx = pIdx; + return 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the +** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed +** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row +** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the +** new row. +** +** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the +** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into +** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no +** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be +** found in the parent table: +** +** Operation | FK type | Action taken +** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** INSERT immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** DELETE immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** INSERT deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1". +*/ +static void fkLookupParent( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + int iDb, /* Index of database housing pTab */ + Table *pTab, /* Parent table of FK pFKey */ + Index *pIdx, /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key constraint */ + int *aiCol, /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */ + int regData, /* Address of array containing child table row */ + int nIncr, /* Increment constraint counter by this */ + int isIgnore /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */ +){ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Vdbe to add code to */ + int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1; /* Cursor number to use */ + int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* jump here if parent key found */ + + /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any + ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need + ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations. + ** + ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If + ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to + ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */ + if( nIncr<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + if( isIgnore==0 ){ + if( pIdx==0 ){ + /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY + ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */ + int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */ + int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + + /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. + ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there + ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of + ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column + ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp); + iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about + ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), + ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not + ** increment the constraint-counter. */ + if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + } + + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp); + }else{ + int nCol = pFKey->nCol; + int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + for(i=0; ipFrom && nIncr==1 ){ + int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1; + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]+1+regData; + assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ + /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */ + iParent = regData; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); + } + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), nCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol); + } + } + + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) + && !pParse->pToplevel + && !pParse->isMultiWrite + ){ + /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly + ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of + ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being + ** generated for will not open a statement transaction. */ + assert( nIncr==1 ); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY, + OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK); + }else{ + if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ + sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); + } + + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); +} + + +/* +** Return an Expr object that refers to a memory register corresponding +** to column iCol of table pTab. +** +** regBase is the first of an array of register that contains the data +** for pTab. regBase itself holds the rowid. regBase+1 holds the first +** column. regBase+2 holds the second column, and so forth. +*/ +static Expr *exprTableRegister( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table whose content is at r[regBase]... */ + int regBase, /* Contents of table pTab */ + i16 iCol /* Which column of pTab is desired */ +){ + Expr *pExpr; + Column *pCol; + const char *zColl; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); + if( pExpr ){ + if( iCol>=0 && iCol!=pTab->iPKey ){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + pExpr->iTable = regBase + iCol + 1; + pExpr->affinity = pCol->affinity; + zColl = pCol->zColl; + if( zColl==0 ) zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pExpr, zColl); + }else{ + pExpr->iTable = regBase; + pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + } + } + return pExpr; +} + +/* +** Return an Expr object that refers to column iCol of table pTab which +** has cursor iCur. +*/ +static Expr *exprTableColumn( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Table *pTab, /* The table whose column is desired */ + int iCursor, /* The open cursor on the table */ + i16 iCol /* The column that is wanted */ +){ + Expr *pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0); + if( pExpr ){ + pExpr->pTab = pTab; + pExpr->iTable = iCursor; + pExpr->iColumn = iCol; + } + return pExpr; +} + +/* +** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted +** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is +** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating +** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice - +** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row. +** +** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child +** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted. +** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken: +** +** Operation | FK type | Action taken +** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** DELETE immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". +** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, +** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception. +** +** INSERT immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** DELETE deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". +** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, +** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception. +** +** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2". +*/ +static void fkScanChildren( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The child table to be scanned */ + Table *pTab, /* The parent table */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index on parent covering the foreign key */ + FKey *pFKey, /* The foreign key linking pSrc to pTab */ + int *aiCol, /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */ + int regData, /* Parent row data starts here */ + int nIncr /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause to scan with */ + NameContext sNameContext; /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */ + int iFkIfZero = 0; /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + + assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->pTable==pTab ); + assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nKeyCol==pFKey->nCol ); + assert( pIdx!=0 || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + assert( pIdx!=0 || HasRowid(pTab) ); + + if( nIncr<0 ){ + iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like: + ** + ** = AND = ... + ** + ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of + ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should + ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place. + */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ + Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ + Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ + i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ + const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */ + + iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1; + pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol); + iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + assert( iCol>=0 ); + zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName; + pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol); + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); + } + + /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, then add terms + ** to the WHERE clause that prevent this entry from being scanned. + ** The added WHERE clause terms are like this: + ** + ** $current_rowid!=rowid + ** NOT( $current_a==a AND $current_b==b AND ... ) + ** + ** The first form is used for rowid tables. The second form is used + ** for WITHOUT ROWID tables. In the second form, the primary key is + ** (a,b,...) + */ + if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){ + Expr *pNe; /* Expression (pLeft != pRight) */ + Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ + Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, -1); + pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, -1); + pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0); + }else{ + Expr *pEq, *pAll = 0; + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pIdx!=0 ); + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol); + pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, iCol); + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0); + pAll = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAll, pEq); + } + pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pAll, 0, 0); + } + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pNe); + } + + /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */ + memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); + sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc; + sNameContext.pParse = pParse; + sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere); + + /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE + ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for + ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the + ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected. */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0); + if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ + sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); + if( pWInfo ){ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } + + /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + if( iFkIfZero ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero); + } +} + +/* +** This function returns a linked list of FKey objects (connected by +** FKey.pNextTo) holding all children of table pTab. For example, +** given the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY); +** CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a); +** +** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer +** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table +** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a +** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent +** table). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){ + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName); + return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName); +} + +/* +** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the +** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure +** and all of its sub-components. +** +** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from +** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem. +*/ +static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){ + if( p ){ + TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list; + sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect); + sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen); + sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p); + } +} + +/* +** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is +** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument +** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to +** table pTab. +** +** Normally, no code is required. However, if either +** +** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or +** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is +** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK +** constraint violations in the database, +** +** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM " is executed before dropping +** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this +** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){ + int iSkip = 0; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + + assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */ + if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){ + /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table + ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without + ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over + ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints + ** when this statement is run. */ + FKey *p; + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + if( p->isDeferred || (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ) break; + } + if( !p ) return; + iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + pParse->disableTriggers = 1; + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0); + pParse->disableTriggers = 0; + + /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint + ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before + ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement + ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. + ** + ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as + ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK + ** constraints are violated. + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY, + OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK); + } + + if( iSkip ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip); + } + } +} + + +/* +** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key +** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab +** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is +** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array +** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element +** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement +** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero. +** +** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the +** child key for FK constraint *p are modified. +*/ +static int fkChildIsModified( + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated */ + FKey *p, /* Foreign key for which pTab is the child */ + int *aChange, /* Array indicating modified columns */ + int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is modified by this update */ +){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom; + if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1; + if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key +** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab +** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is +** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array +** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element +** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement +** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero. +** +** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the +** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified. +*/ +static int fkParentIsModified( + Table *pTab, + FKey *p, + int *aChange, + int bChngRowid +){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol; + int iKey; + for(iKey=0; iKeynCol; iKey++){ + if( aChange[iKey]>=0 || (iKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid) ){ + Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey]; + if( zKey ){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) ) return 1; + }else if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){ + return 1; + } + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of +** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint +** processing for the operation. +** +** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the +** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the +** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values +** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed +** zero in this case. +** +** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the +** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new +** row data. +** +** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before +** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention +** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted +** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ + int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */ + int regNew, /* New row data is stored here */ + int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ + int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */ + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */ + int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers; + + /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */ + assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) ); + + /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return; + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + + /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the + ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of). */ + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ + Table *pTo; /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index on key columns in pTo */ + int *aiFree = 0; + int *aiCol; + int iCol; + int i; + int isIgnore = 0; + + if( aChange + && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0 + && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 + ){ + continue; + } + + /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index + ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these + ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return + ** early. */ + if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ + pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb); + }else{ + pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb); + } + if( !pTo || sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){ + assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) ); + if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; + if( pTo==0 ){ + /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this + ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped + ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints. + ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is + ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant + ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys. + */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1); + } + continue; + } + assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) ); + + if( aiFree ){ + aiCol = aiFree; + }else{ + iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + aiCol = &iCol; + } + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ + aiCol[i] = -1; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the + ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any + ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */ + if( db->xAuth ){ + int rcauth; + char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName; + rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb); + isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE); + } +#endif + } + + /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate + ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns + ** in the parent table. */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName); + pParse->nTab++; + + if( regOld!=0 ){ + /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent. + ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an + ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */ + fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore); + } + if( regNew!=0 ){ + /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot + ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */ + fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore); + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree); + } + + /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table. + ** (the "child" constraints) */ + for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Foreign key index for pFKey */ + SrcList *pSrc; + int *aiCol = 0; + + if( aChange && fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){ + continue; + } + + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) + && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite + ){ + assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 ); + /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate + ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case. */ + continue; + } + + if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){ + if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; + continue; + } + assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + + /* Create a SrcList structure containing the child table. We need the + ** child table as a SrcList for sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSrc ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; + pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom; + pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName; + pItem->pTab->nRef++; + pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + + if( regNew!=0 ){ + fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1); + } + if( regOld!=0 ){ + /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation + ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception + ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a + ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking + ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented + ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default. */ + fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1); + } + pItem->zName = 0; + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); + } +} + +#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x))) + +/* +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** row contained in table pTab. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab /* Table being modified */ +){ + u32 mask = 0; + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + FKey *p; + int i; + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom); + } + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + Index *pIdx = 0; + sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0); + if( pIdx ){ + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]); + } + } + } + return mask; +} + + +/* +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then +** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points +** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab. +** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding +** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified, +** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the +** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table. +** +** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns +** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function +** returns false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being modified */ + int *aChange, /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */ + int chngRowid /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */ +){ + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + if( !aChange ){ + /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the + ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any + ** foreign key constraint. */ + return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey); + }else{ + /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the + ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */ + FKey *p; + + /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */ + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + if( fkChildIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1; + } + + /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */ + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + if( fkParentIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being +** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey. +** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is +** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a +** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer. +** +** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger +** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey. +** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is +** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers +** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()). +** +** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in +** the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY); +** CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE); +** +** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to: +** +** CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN +** DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk; +** END; +** +** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It +** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by +** sqlite3FkDelete(). +*/ +static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to get action for */ + ExprList *pChanges /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + int action; /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger definition to return */ + int iAction = (pChanges!=0); /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */ + + action = pFKey->aAction[iAction]; + pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction]; + + if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){ + u8 enableLookaside; /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ + char const *zFrom; /* Name of child table */ + int nFrom; /* Length in bytes of zFrom */ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Parent key index for this FK */ + int *aiCol = 0; /* child table cols -> parent key cols */ + TriggerStep *pStep = 0; /* First (only) step of trigger program */ + Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause of trigger step */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */ + Select *pSelect = 0; /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Expr *pWhen = 0; /* WHEN clause for the trigger */ + + if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0; + assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Token tOld = { "old", 3 }; /* Literal "old" token */ + Token tNew = { "new", 3 }; /* Literal "new" token */ + Token tFromCol; /* Name of column in child table */ + Token tToCol; /* Name of column in parent table */ + int iFromCol; /* Idx of column in child table */ + Expr *pEq; /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */ + + iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + assert( iFromCol>=0 ); + tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid"; + tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName; + + tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z); + tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z); + + /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important + ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so + ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the + ** parent table are used for the comparison. */ + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) + , 0), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol) + , 0); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); + + /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause. + ** The final WHEN clause will be like this: + ** + ** WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN) + */ + if( pChanges ){ + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), + 0), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), + 0), + 0); + pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq); + } + + if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){ + Expr *pNew; + if( action==OE_Cascade ){ + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) + , 0); + }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){ + Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt; + if( pDflt ){ + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0); + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); + } + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); + } + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0); + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); + + zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName; + nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom); + + if( action==OE_Restrict ){ + Token tFrom; + Expr *pRaise; + + tFrom.z = zFrom; + tFrom.n = nFrom; + pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed"); + if( pRaise ){ + pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort; + } + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, + sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise), + sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0), + pWhere, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 + ); + pWhere = 0; + } + + /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */ + enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; + db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + + pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, + sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */ + sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */ + nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->target.z */ + ); + if( pTrigger ){ + pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1]; + pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1]; + pStep->target.n = nFrom; + memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom); + + pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + if( pWhen ){ + pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0); + pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + } + } + + /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */ + db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; + + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){ + fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger); + return 0; + } + assert( pStep!=0 ); + + switch( action ){ + case OE_Restrict: + pStep->op = TK_SELECT; + break; + case OE_Cascade: + if( !pChanges ){ + pStep->op = TK_DELETE; + break; + } + default: + pStep->op = TK_UPDATE; + } + pStep->pTrig = pTrigger; + pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger; + pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE); + } + + return pTrigger; +} + +/* +** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement +** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ + int regOld, /* Address of array containing old row */ + int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ + int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ +){ + /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that + ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK + ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated + ** trigger sub-program. */ + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ + for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ + if( aChange==0 || fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid) ){ + Trigger *pAct = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges); + if( pAct ){ + sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAct, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0); + } + } + } + } +} + +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + +/* +** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to +** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash +** hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ + FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ + FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */ + + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) ); + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){ + + /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */ + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){ + pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo; + }else{ + void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo; + const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo); + sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p); + } + if( pFKey->pNextTo ){ + pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo; + } + } + + /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is + ** classified as either immediate or deferred. + */ + assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 ); + + /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]); + fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]); +#endif + + pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); + } +} +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ + +/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. +*/ + +/* +** Generate code that will +** +** (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then +** (2) open pTab as cursor iCur. +** +** If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then it is the PRIMARY KEY index +** for that table that is actually opened. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ + int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ + int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ + int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ +){ + Vdbe *v; + assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, + (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nCol); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pPk!=0 ); + assert( pPk->tnum=pTab->tnum ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pPk->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + } +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index +** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in +** the table, according to the affinity of the column: +** +** Character Column affinity +** ------------------------------ +** 'a' TEXT +** 'b' NONE +** 'c' NUMERIC +** 'd' INTEGER +** 'e' REAL +** +** An extra 'd' is appended to the end of the string to cover the +** rowid that appears as the last column in every index. +** +** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string +** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be +** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){ + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is + ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as + ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. + ** + ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by + ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned + ** up. + */ + int n; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); + pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+1); + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return 0; + } + for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){ + i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[n]; + pIdx->zColAff[n] = x<0 ? SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER : pTab->aCol[x].affinity; + } + pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; + } + + return pIdx->zColAff; +} + +/* +** Compute the affinity string for table pTab, if it has not already been +** computed. As an optimization, omit trailing SQLITE_AFF_NONE affinities. +** +** If the affinity exists (if it is no entirely SQLITE_AFF_NONE values) and +** if iReg>0 then code an OP_Affinity opcode that will set the affinities +** for register iReg and following. Or if affinities exists and iReg==0, +** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should be +** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string. +** +** A column affinity string has one character per column: +** +** Character Column affinity +** ------------------------------ +** 'a' TEXT +** 'b' NONE +** 'c' NUMERIC +** 'd' INTEGER +** 'e' REAL +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){ + int i; + char *zColAff = pTab->zColAff; + if( zColAff==0 ){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); + zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1); + if( !zColAff ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return; + } + + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; + } + do{ + zColAff[i--] = 0; + }while( i>=0 && zColAff[i]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); + pTab->zColAff = zColAff; + } + i = sqlite3Strlen30(zColAff); + if( i ){ + if( iReg ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, i, 0, zColAff, i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zColAff, i); + } + } +} + +/* +** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices +** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if +** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can +** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. +*/ +static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); + int i; + int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0; +#endif + + for(i=1; iopcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){ + Index *pIndex; + int tnum = pOp->p2; + if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){ + return 1; + } + for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ + if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){ + return 1; + } + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){ + assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); + return 1; + } +#endif + } + return 0; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT +/* +** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab +** which is in database iDb. Return the register number for the register +** that holds the maximum rowid. +** +** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the +** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within +** triggers. A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the +** first use of table pTab. On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original +** AutoincInfo structure is used. +** +** Three memory locations are allocated: +** +** (1) Register to hold the name of the pTab table. +** (2) Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab. +** (3) Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab +** +** The 2nd register is the one that is returned. That is all the +** insert routine needs to know about. +*/ +static int autoIncBegin( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ + Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ +){ + int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */ + if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + AutoincInfo *pInfo; + + pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc; + while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; } + if( pInfo==0 ){ + pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo)); + if( pInfo==0 ) return 0; + pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc; + pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo; + pInfo->pTab = pTab; + pInfo->iDb = iDb; + pToplevel->nMem++; /* Register to hold name of table */ + pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem; /* Max rowid register */ + pToplevel->nMem++; /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */ + } + memId = pInfo->regCtr; + } + return memId; +} + +/* +** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the +** register used by the autoincrement tracker. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ + AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Db *pDb; /* Database only autoinc table */ + int memId; /* Register holding max rowid */ + int addr; /* A VDBE address */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VDBE under construction */ + + /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation. It is + ** only called from the top-level */ + assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ); + assert( pParse==sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse) ); + + assert( v ); /* We failed long ago if this is not so */ + for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ + pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; + memId = p->regCtr; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, memId, memId+1); + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); + } +} + +/* +** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. +** +** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a +** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is +** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the +** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged. +*/ +static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){ + if( memId>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid); + } +} + +/* +** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement +** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register. +** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement +** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this +** routine just before the "exit" code. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ + AutoincInfo *p; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + assert( v ); + for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; + int j1; + int iRec; + int memId = p->regCtr; + + iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec); + } +} +#else +/* +** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines +** above are all no-ops +*/ +# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) +# define autoIncStep(A,B,C) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ + + +/* Forward declaration */ +static int xferOptimization( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +); + +/* +** This routine is called to handle SQL of the following forms: +** +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST) +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select +** +** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, +** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST +** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted. +** +** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT +** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is +** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate +** data for the insert. +** +** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple +** insert with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes +** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this +** the "1st template"): +** +** open write cursor to
and its indices +** put VALUES clause expressions into registers +** write the resulting record into
+** cleanup +** +** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form +** +** INSERT INTO
SELECT ... +** +** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " - +** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table +** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and +** if and are distinct tables but have identical +** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization +** is invoked that copies raw records from over to . +** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this +** template. This is the 2nd template. +** +** open a write cursor to
+** open read cursor on +** transfer all records in over to
+** close cursors +** foreach index on
+** open a write cursor on the
index +** open a read cursor on the corresponding index +** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors +** close cursors +** end foreach +** +** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply +** and the SELECT clause does not read from
at any time. +** The generated code follows this template: +** +** X <- A +** goto B +** A: setup for the SELECT +** loop over the rows in the SELECT +** load values into registers R..R+n +** yield X +** end loop +** cleanup after the SELECT +** end-coroutine X +** B: open write cursor to
and its indices +** C: yield X, at EOF goto D +** insert the select result into
from R..R+n +** goto C +** D: cleanup +** +** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its +** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table +** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, +** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of +** the select. The template is like this: +** +** X <- A +** goto B +** A: setup for the SELECT +** loop over the tables in the SELECT +** load value into register R..R+n +** yield X +** end loop +** cleanup after the SELECT +** end co-routine R +** B: open temp table +** L: yield X, at EOF goto M +** insert row from R..R+n into temp table +** goto L +** M: open write cursor to
and its indices +** rewind temp table +** C: loop over rows of intermediate table +** transfer values form intermediate table into
+** end loop +** D: cleanup +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ + int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ + Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */ + char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */ + int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ + int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */ + int iDataCur = 0; /* VDBE cursor that is the main data repository */ + int iIdxCur = 0; /* First index cursor */ + int ipkColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ + int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ + int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */ + int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */ + SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */ + int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */ + Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */ + u8 useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ + u8 appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ + u8 withoutRowid; /* 0 for normal table. 1 for WITHOUT ROWID table */ + u8 bIdListInOrder = 1; /* True if IDLIST is in table order */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* List of VALUES() to be inserted */ + + /* Register allocations */ + int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */ + int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */ + int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ + int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */ + int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */ + int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */ + int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ + int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */ +#endif + + db = pParse->db; + memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest)); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* If the Select object is really just a simple VALUES() list with a + ** single row values (the common case) then keep that one row of values + ** and go ahead and discard the Select object + */ + if( pSelect && (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Values)!=0 && pSelect->pPrior==0 ){ + pList = pSelect->pEList; + pSelect->pEList = 0; + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + pSelect = 0; + } + + /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. + */ + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName; + if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup; + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDbnDb ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + zDb = pDb->zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + withoutRowid = !HasRowid(pTab); + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** inserted into is a view + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define tmask 0 +# define isView 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) ); + + /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. + ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view. + */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Cannot insert into a read-only table. + */ + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Allocate a VDBE + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT + /* If the statement is of the form + ** + ** INSERT INTO SELECT * FROM ; + ** + ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer + ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. + ** + ** This is the 2nd template. + */ + if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ + assert( !pTrigger ); + assert( pList==0 ); + goto insert_end; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ + + /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the + ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc. + */ + regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); + + /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row, + ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record. + */ + regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1; + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + regRowid++; + pParse->nMem++; + } + regData = regRowid+1; + + /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure + ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and + ** remember the column indices. + ** + ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column + ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the ipkColumn variable + ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. ipkColumn is + ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as + ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) + */ + if( pColumn ){ + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; + } + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ + pColumn->a[i].idx = j; + if( i!=j ) bIdListInOrder = 0; + if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ + ipkColumn = i; assert( !withoutRowid ); + } + break; + } + } + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) && !withoutRowid ){ + ipkColumn = i; + bIdListInOrder = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", + pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto insert_cleanup; + } + } + } + } + + /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data + ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that + ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The + ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates. + */ + if( pSelect ){ + /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate a co-routine to run the SELECT */ + int regYield; /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the co-routine */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + + regYield = ++pParse->nMem; + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield); + dest.iSdst = bIdListInOrder ? regData : 0; + dest.nSdst = pTab->nCol; + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); + regFromSelect = dest.iSdst; + assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc ); + if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) goto insert_cleanup; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regYield); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1); /* label B: */ + assert( pSelect->pEList ); + nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; + + /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement + ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to + ** FALSE if each output row of the SELECT can be written directly into + ** the destination table (template 3). + ** + ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one + ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a + ** temp table in the case of row triggers. + */ + if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){ + useTempTable = 1; + } + + if( useTempTable ){ + /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT + ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated + ** here is from the 4th template: + ** + ** B: open temp table + ** L: yield X, goto M at EOF + ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table + ** goto L + ** M: ... + */ + int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */ + int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */ + int addrL; /* Label "L" */ + + srcTab = pParse->nTab++; + regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn); + addrL = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrL); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrL); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); + } + }else{ + /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES + ** clause + */ + NameContext sNC; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + srcTab = -1; + assert( useTempTable==0 ); + nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + } + } + + /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary + ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key + ** column index in the original table definition. + */ + if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ + ipkColumn = pTab->iPKey; + } + + /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number + ** of columns to be inserted into the table. + */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); + } + } + if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", + pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn); + goto insert_cleanup; + } + if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted + */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + } + + /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */ + if( !isView ){ + int nIdx; + nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, -1, 0, + &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); + aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1)); + if( aRegIdx==0 ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + for(i=0; inMem; + } + } + + /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */ + if( useTempTable ){ + /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the + ** following pseudocode (template 4): + ** + ** rewind temp table, if empty goto D + ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table + ** transfer values form intermediate table into
+ ** end loop + ** D: ... + */ + addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); VdbeCoverage(v); + addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + }else if( pSelect ){ + /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the + ** following pseudocode (template 3): + ** + ** C: yield X, at EOF goto D + ** insert the select result into
from R..R+n + ** goto C + ** D: ... + */ + addrInsTop = addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any + */ + endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ + int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1); + + /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be + ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, + ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has + ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 + */ + if( ipkColumn<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); + }else{ + int j1; + assert( !withoutRowid ); + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regCols); + }else{ + assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regCols); + } + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, + ** this block would have to account for hidden column. + */ + assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); + + /* Create the new column data + */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( pColumn==0 ){ + j = i; + }else{ + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + } + } + if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1); + }else if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); + }else{ + assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ + sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1); + } + } + + /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, + ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. + ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the + ** table column affinities. + */ + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regCols+1); + } + + /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, + pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop); + + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1); + } + + /* Compute the content of the next row to insert into a range of + ** registers beginning at regIns. + */ + if( !isView ){ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns); + } + if( ipkColumn>=0 ){ + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regRowid); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFromSelect+ipkColumn, regRowid); + }else{ + VdbeOp *pOp; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regRowid); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); + if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + appendFlag = 1; + pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; + pOp->p1 = iDataCur; + pOp->p2 = regRowid; + pOp->p3 = regAutoinc; + } + } + /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid + ** to generate a unique primary key value. + */ + if( !appendFlag ){ + int j1; + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + }else{ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) || withoutRowid ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); + appendFlag = 1; + } + autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); + + /* Compute data for all columns of the new entry, beginning + ** with the first column. + */ + nHidden = 0; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i; + if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ + /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. + ** Whenever this column is read, the rowid will be substituted + ** in its place. Hence, fill this column with a NULL to avoid + ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. + ** As there may be shallow copies of this value, make it a soft-NULL */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SoftNull, iRegStore); + continue; + } + if( pColumn==0 ){ + if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + j = -1; + nHidden++; + }else{ + j = i - nHidden; + } + }else{ + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + } + } + if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore); + }else if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); + }else if( pSelect ){ + if( regFromSelect!=regData ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore); + } + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore); + } + } + + /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and + ** do the insertion. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + }else +#endif + { + int isReplace; /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */ + sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regIns, 0, ipkColumn>=0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace + ); + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns, 0, 0); + sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0); + } + } + + /* Update the count of rows that are inserted + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); + } + + if( pTrigger ){ + /* Code AFTER triggers */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, + pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop); + } + + /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source + ** is a SELECT statement. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); + } + + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){ + /* Close all tables opened */ + if( iDataCurpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+iIdxCur); + } + } + +insert_end: + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into + ** autoincrement tables. + */ + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + } + + /* + ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC); + } + +insert_cleanup: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); +} + +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif +#ifdef tmask + #undef tmask +#endif + +/* +** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE +** on table pTab. +** +** The regNewData parameter is the first register in a range that contains +** the data to be inserted or the data after the update. There will be +** pTab->nCol+1 registers in this range. The first register (the one +** that regNewData points to) will contain the new rowid, or NULL in the +** case of a WITHOUT ROWID table. The second register in the range will +** contain the content of the first table column. The third register will +** contain the content of the second table column. And so forth. +** +** The regOldData parameter is similar to regNewData except that it contains +** the data prior to an UPDATE rather than afterwards. regOldData is zero +** for an INSERT. This routine can distinguish between UPDATE and INSERT by +** checking regOldData for zero. +** +** For an UPDATE, the pkChng boolean is true if the true primary key (the +** rowid for a normal table or the PRIMARY KEY for a WITHOUT ROWID table) +** might be modified by the UPDATE. If pkChng is false, then the key of +** the iDataCur content table is guaranteed to be unchanged by the UPDATE. +** +** For an INSERT, the pkChng boolean indicates whether or not the rowid +** was explicitly specified as part of the INSERT statement. If pkChng +** is zero, it means that the either rowid is computed automatically or +** that the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table and has no rowid. On an INSERT, +** pkChng will only be true if the INSERT statement provides an integer +** value for either the rowid column or its INTEGER PRIMARY KEY alias. +** +** The code generated by this routine will store new index entries into +** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for +** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is +** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices +** at pTab->pIndex. +** +** The caller must have already opened writeable cursors on the main +** table and all applicable indices (that is to say, all indices for which +** aRegIdx[] is not zero). iDataCur is the cursor for the main table when +** inserting or updating a rowid table, or the cursor for the PRIMARY KEY +** index when operating on a WITHOUT ROWID table. iIdxCur is the cursor +** for the first index in the pTab->pIndex list. Cursors for other indices +** are at iIdxCur+N for the N-th element of the pTab->pIndex list. +** +** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, +** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, +** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible +** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. +** +** Constraint type Action What Happens +** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- +** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and +** sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a +** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. +** +** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command +** only (do not do a complete rollback) then +** cause sqlite3_step() to return immediately +** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. +** +** any FAIL Sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a +** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The +** transaction is not rolled back and any +** changes to prior rows are retained. +** +** any IGNORE The attempt in insert or update the current +** row is skipped, without throwing an error. +** Processing continues with the next row. +** (There is an immediate jump to ignoreDest.) +** +** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default +** value for that column. If the default value +** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. +** +** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row +** being inserted is removed. +** +** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. +** +** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. +** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter +** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value +** for the constraint is used. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table being inserted or updated */ + int *aRegIdx, /* Use register aRegIdx[i] for index i. 0 for unused */ + int iDataCur, /* Canonical data cursor (main table or PK index) */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int regNewData, /* First register in a range holding values to insert */ + int regOldData, /* Previous content. 0 for INSERTs */ + u8 pkChng, /* Non-zero if the rowid or PRIMARY KEY changed */ + u8 overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ + int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ + int *pbMayReplace /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to one of the indices */ + Index *pPk = 0; /* The PRIMARY KEY index */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int i; /* loop counter */ + int ix; /* Index loop counter */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns */ + int onError; /* Conflict resolution strategy */ + int j1; /* Addresss of jump instruction */ + int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */ + int nPkField; /* Number of fields in PRIMARY KEY. 1 for ROWID tables */ + int ipkTop = 0; /* Top of the rowid change constraint check */ + int ipkBottom = 0; /* Bottom of the rowid change constraint check */ + u8 isUpdate; /* True if this is an UPDATE operation */ + u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if the OP_Affinity operation has been run */ + int regRowid = -1; /* Register holding ROWID value */ + + isUpdate = regOldData!=0; + db = pParse->db; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ + nCol = pTab->nCol; + + /* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for + ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the + ** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table. In other words, nPkField is the + ** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pPk = 0; + nPkField = 1; + }else{ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + nPkField = pPk->nKeyCol; + } + + /* Record that this module has started */ + VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenCnstCks(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)", + iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewData, regOldData, pkChng)); + + /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. + */ + for(i=0; iiPKey ){ + continue; + } + onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; + if( onError==OE_None ) continue; + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail + || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Abort: + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + /* Fall through */ + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Fail: { + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[i].zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_HaltIfNull, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL, onError, + regNewData+1+i, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, P5_ConstraintNotNull); + VdbeCoverage(v); + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regNewData+1+i, ignoreDest); + VdbeCoverage(v); + break; + } + default: { + assert( onError==OE_Replace ); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regNewData+1+i); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regNewData+1+i); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + break; + } + } + } + + /* Test all CHECK constraints + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ + ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck; + pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1; + onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[i].pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); + }else{ + char *zName = pCheck->a[i].zName; + if( zName==0 ) zName = pTab->zName; + if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */ + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK, + onError, zName, P4_TRANSIENT, + P5_ConstraintCheck); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); + } + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ + + /* If rowid is changing, make sure the new rowid does not previously + ** exist in the table. + */ + if( pkChng && pPk==0 ){ + int addrRowidOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Figure out what action to take in case of a rowid collision */ + onError = pTab->keyConf; + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + + if( isUpdate ){ + /* pkChng!=0 does not mean that the rowid has change, only that + ** it might have changed. Skip the conflict logic below if the rowid + ** is unchanged. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regNewData, addrRowidOk, regOldData); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* If the response to a rowid conflict is REPLACE but the response + ** to some other UNIQUE constraint is FAIL or IGNORE, then we need + ** to defer the running of the rowid conflict checking until after + ** the UNIQUE constraints have run. + */ + if( onError==OE_Replace && overrideError!=OE_Replace ){ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->onError==OE_Ignore || pIdx->onError==OE_Fail ){ + ipkTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + break; + } + } + } + + /* Check to see if the new rowid already exists in the table. Skip + ** the following conflict logic if it does not. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, addrRowidOk, regNewData); + VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Generate code that deals with a rowid collision */ + switch( onError ){ + default: { + onError = OE_Abort; + /* Fall thru into the next case */ + } + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Abort: + case OE_Fail: { + sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pTab); + break; + } + case OE_Replace: { + /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the + ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to + ** remove the conflicting row from the table. This will fire + ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries. + ** + ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers + ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call + ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries + ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry + ** when it is inserted. + ** + ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called, + ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require + ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete + ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless, + ** but being more selective here allows statements like: + ** + ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid) + ** + ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the + ** table. + */ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + } + if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regNewData, 1, 0, OE_Replace, 1); + }else if( pTab->pIndex ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, 0); + } + seenReplace = 1; + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + /*assert( seenReplace==0 );*/ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); + break; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrRowidOk); + if( ipkTop ){ + ipkBottom = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkTop); + } + } + + /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE + ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. + ** Compute the revised record entries for indices as we go. + ** + ** This loop also handles the case of the PRIMARY KEY index for a + ** WITHOUT ROWID table. + */ + for(ix=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, ix++){ + int regIdx; /* Range of registers hold conent for pIdx */ + int regR; /* Range of registers holding conflicting PK */ + int iThisCur; /* Cursor for this UNIQUE index */ + int addrUniqueOk; /* Jump here if the UNIQUE constraint is satisfied */ + + if( aRegIdx[ix]==0 ) continue; /* Skip indices that do not change */ + if( bAffinityDone==0 ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1); + bAffinityDone = 1; + } + iThisCur = iIdxCur+ix; + addrUniqueOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Skip partial indices for which the WHERE clause is not true */ + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, aRegIdx[ix]); + pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, addrUniqueOk, + SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pParse->ckBase = 0; + } + + /* Create a record for this index entry as it should appear after + ** the insert or update. Store that record in the aRegIdx[ix] register + */ + regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + int iField = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + int x; + if( iField<0 || iField==pTab->iPKey ){ + if( regRowid==regIdx+i ) continue; /* ROWID already in regIdx+i */ + x = regNewData; + regRowid = pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ? -1 : regIdx+i; + }else{ + x = iField + regNewData + 1; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, x, regIdx+i); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", iField<0 ? "rowid" : pTab->aCol[iField].zName)); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, aRegIdx[ix]); + VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pIdx->zName)); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn); + + /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index + ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the + ** primary key, then no collision is possible. The collision detection + ** logic below can all be skipped. */ + if( isUpdate && pPk==pIdx && pkChng==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); + continue; + } + + /* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */ + onError = pIdx->onError; + if( onError==OE_None ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); + continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ + } + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + + /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk, + regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Generate code to handle collisions */ + regR = (pIdx==pPk) ? regIdx : sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPkField); + if( isUpdate || onError==OE_Replace ){ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iThisCur, regR); + /* Conflict only if the rowid of the existing index entry + ** is different from old-rowid */ + if( isUpdate ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regR, addrUniqueOk, regOldData); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + }else{ + int x; + /* Extract the PRIMARY KEY from the end of the index entry and + ** store it in registers regR..regR+nPk-1 */ + if( pIdx!=pPk ){ + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iThisCur, x, regR+i); + VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName)); + } + } + if( isUpdate ){ + /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID + ** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually + ** different from the old. + ** + ** For a UNIQUE index, only conflict if the PRIMARY KEY values + ** of the matched index row are different from the original PRIMARY + ** KEY values of this row before the update. */ + int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol; + int op = OP_Ne; + int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR); + + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]); + x = pPk->aiColumn[i]; + if( i==(pPk->nKeyCol-1) ){ + addrJump = addrUniqueOk; + op = OP_Eq; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, + regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ + ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne); + } + } + } + } + + /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ + assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail + || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Abort: + case OE_Fail: { + sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, onError, pIdx); + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); + break; + } + default: { + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + assert( onError==OE_Replace ); + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + } + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regR, nPkField, 0, OE_Replace, pIdx==pPk); + seenReplace = 1; + break; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn); + if( regR!=regIdx ) sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regR, nPkField); + } + if( ipkTop ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ipkTop+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkBottom); + } + + *pbMayReplace = seenReplace; + VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenCnstCks(%d)", seenReplace)); +} + +/* +** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation +** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. +** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the +** rowid and the content to be inserted. +** +** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six +** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor of the canonical data source */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int regNewData, /* Range of content */ + int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ + int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ + int appendBias, /* True if this is likely to be an append */ + int useSeekResult /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statements under construction */ + Index *pIdx; /* An index being inserted or updated */ + u8 pik_flags; /* flag values passed to the btree insert */ + int regData; /* Content registers (after the rowid) */ + int regRec; /* Register holding assemblied record for the table */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if OP_Affinity has been run already */ + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; + bAffinityDone = 1; + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, aRegIdx[i], sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i]); + pik_flags = 0; + if( useSeekResult ) pik_flags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + assert( pParse->nested==0 ); + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE; + } + if( pik_flags ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); + } + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) return; + regData = regNewData + 1; + regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec); + if( !bAffinityDone ) sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, 0); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol); + if( pParse->nested ){ + pik_flags = 0; + }else{ + pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; + pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); + } + if( appendBias ){ + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; + } + if( useSeekResult ){ + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDataCur, regRec, regNewData); + if( !pParse->nested ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); +} + +/* +** Allocate cursors for the pTab table and all its indices and generate +** code to open and initialized those cursors. +** +** The cursor for the object that contains the complete data (normally +** the table itself, but the PRIMARY KEY index in the case of a WITHOUT +** ROWID table) is returned in *piDataCur. The first index cursor is +** returned in *piIdxCur. The number of indices is returned. +** +** Use iBase as the first cursor (either the *piDataCur for rowid tables +** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative. +** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor. +** +** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur. +** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range +** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the +** pTab->pIndex list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ + int op, /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ + int iBase, /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */ + u8 *aToOpen, /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */ + int *piDataCur, /* Write the database source cursor number here */ + int *piIdxCur /* Write the first index cursor number here */ +){ + int i; + int iDb; + int iDataCur; + Index *pIdx; + Vdbe *v; + + assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite ); + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + assert( aToOpen==0 ); + *piDataCur = 0; + *piIdxCur = 1; + return 0; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab; + iDataCur = iBase++; + if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iDataCur; + if( HasRowid(pTab) && (aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[0]) ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDataCur, iDb, pTab, op); + }else{ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, op==OP_OpenWrite, pTab->zName); + } + if( piIdxCur ) *piIdxCur = iBase; + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + int iIdxCur = iBase++; + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) && piDataCur ){ + *piDataCur = iIdxCur; + } + if( aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[i+1] ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + } + } + if( iBase>pParse->nTab ) pParse->nTab = iBase; + return i; +} + + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** The following global variable is incremented whenever the +** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing +** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really +** is happening when it is suppose to. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count; +#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT +/* +** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible. +*/ +static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){ + if( z1==0 ){ + return z2==0; + } + if( z2==0 ){ + return 0; + } + return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0; +} + + +/* +** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data +** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules +** for a compatible index: +** +** * The index is over the same set of columns +** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns +** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) +** * The same collating sequence on each column +** * The index has the exact same WHERE clause +*/ +static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ + int i; + assert( pDest && pSrc ); + assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); + if( pDest->nKeyCol!=pSrc->nKeyCol ){ + return 0; /* Different number of columns */ + } + if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ + return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ + } + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ + return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ + } + if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ + return 0; /* Different sort orders */ + } + if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){ + return 0; /* Different collating sequences */ + } + } + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pPartIdxWhere, pDest->pPartIdxWhere, -1) ){ + return 0; /* Different WHERE clauses */ + } + + /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ + return 1; +} + +/* +** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form +** +** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; +** +** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1. +** Columns are not decoded and reassemblied, which greatly improves +** performance. Raw index records are transferred in the same way. +** +** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible. +** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments +** embedded in the code for details. +** +** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used. +** Sometimes the xfer optimization will only work if the destination table +** is empty - a factor that can only be determined at run-time. In that +** case, this routine generates code for the xfer optimization but also +** does a test to see if the destination table is empty and jumps over the +** xfer optimization code if the test fails. In that case, this routine +** returns FALSE so that the caller will know to go ahead and generate +** an unoptimized transfer. This routine also returns FALSE if there +** is no chance that the xfer optimization can be applied. +** +** This optimization is particularly useful at making VACUUM run faster. +*/ +static int xferOptimization( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +){ + ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ + Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ + Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ + int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ + int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ + int emptyDestTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ + int emptySrcTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ + Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ + int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ + int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ + int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */ + + if( pSelect==0 ){ + return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ + } + if( pParse->pWith || pSelect->pWith ){ + /* Do not attempt to process this query if there are an WITH clauses + ** attached to it. Proceeding may generate a false "no such table: xxx" + ** error if pSelect reads from a CTE named "xxx". */ + return 0; + } + if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){ + return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ + return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ + } +#endif + if( onError==OE_Default ){ + if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ) onError = pDest->keyConf; + if( onError==OE_Default ) onError = OE_Abort; + } + assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ + if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ + } + if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ + } + if( pSelect->pWhere ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ + } + /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but + ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ + if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pLimit ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ + } + assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */ + if( pSelect->pPrior ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ + } + if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ + } + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ + return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ + } + assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); + if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){ + return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ + } + + /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the + ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now + ** we have to check the semantics. + */ + pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; + pSrc = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem); + if( pSrc==0 ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ + } + if( pSrc==pDest ){ + return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ + } + if( HasRowid(pDest)!=HasRowid(pSrc) ){ + return 0; /* source and destination must both be WITHOUT ROWID or not */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ + return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ + } +#endif + if( pSrc->pSelect ){ + return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ + } + if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ + return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ + } + if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ + return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + } + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i]; + Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i]; + if( pDestCol->affinity!=pSrcCol->affinity ){ + return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ + } + if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDestCol->zColl, pSrcCol->zColl) ){ + return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ + } + if( pDestCol->notNull && !pSrcCol->notNull ){ + return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ + } + /* Default values for second and subsequent columns need to match. */ + if( i>0 + && ((pDestCol->zDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->zDflt==0) + || (pDestCol->zDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->zDflt, pSrcCol->zDflt)!=0)) + ){ + return 0; /* Default values must be the same for all columns */ + } + } + for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ + if( IsUniqueIndex(pDestIdx) ){ + destHasUniqueIdx = 1; + } + for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ + if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + } + if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ + return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSrc->pCheck,pDest->pCheck,-1) ){ + return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains + ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary. + ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM + ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So + ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably + ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e] + */ + if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){ + return 0; + } +#endif + if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ + return 0; /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */ + } + + /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at + ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination + ** table (tab1) is initially empty. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_xferopt_count++; +#endif + iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); + iSrc = pParse->nTab++; + iDest = pParse->nTab++; + regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); + regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); + assert( HasRowid(pDest) || destHasUniqueIdx ); + if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) /* (1) */ + || destHasUniqueIdx /* (2) */ + || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback) /* (3) */ + ){ + /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization + ** only if the destination table is initially empty. This code makes + ** that determination. Conditions under which the destination must + ** be empty: + ** + ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices. + ** (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields + ** of index entries might need to change.) + ** + ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization + ** is unable to test uniqueness.) + ** + ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback. + */ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + } + if( HasRowid(pSrc) ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); + emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pDest); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); + autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); + }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid); + }else{ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); + assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbDest, pDest->tnum, 1, pDest->zName); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbSrc, pSrc->tnum, 0, pSrc->zName); + } + for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ + for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ + if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + } + assert( pSrcIdx ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName)); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + } + if( emptySrcTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData); + if( emptyDestTest ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ + +/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file +** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in +** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be +** accessed by users of the library. +*/ + + +/* +** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure +** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from +** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. +** +** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result +** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first +** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback +** is invoked, even for queries. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ + const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ + sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ + void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* The current SQL statement */ + char **azCols = 0; /* Names of result columns */ + int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */ + + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + if( zSql==0 ) zSql = ""; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){ + int nCol; + char **azVals = 0; + + pStmt = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + continue; + } + if( !pStmt ){ + /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ + zSql = zLeftover; + continue; + } + + callbackIsInit = 0; + nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + + while( 1 ){ + int i; + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + + /* Invoke the callback function if required */ + if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || + (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit + && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ + if( !callbackIsInit ){ + azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1); + if( azCols==0 ){ + goto exec_out; + } + for(i=0; imallocFailed = 1; + goto exec_out; + } + } + } + if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38229-40159 If the callback function to + ** sqlite3_exec() returns non-zero, then sqlite3_exec() will + ** return SQLITE_ABORT. */ + rc = SQLITE_ABORT; + sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0); + goto exec_out; + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + zSql = zLeftover; + while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; + break; + } + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); + azCols = 0; + } + +exec_out: + if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); + + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){ + int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg); + if( *pzErrMsg ){ + memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); + } + }else if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = 0; + } + + assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into +** the SQLite library. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + #define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */ +#endif +/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by +** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into +** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded +** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of +** sqlite3.h. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_ +#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_ + +typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; + +/* +** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API +** routines. +** +** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new +** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new +** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different +** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared +** libraries! +*/ +struct sqlite3_api_routines { + void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes); + int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double); + int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64); + int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName); + const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*); + int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); + int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); + int (*changes)(sqlite3*); + int (*close)(sqlite3*); + int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const char*)); + int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const void*)); + const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i); + const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); + int (*complete)(const char*sql); + int (*complete16)(const void*sql); + int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); + int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); + int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db); + const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*); + const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*); + int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**); + int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*free)(void*); + void (*free_table)(char**result); + int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*); + void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); + int (*global_recover)(void); + void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*); + sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*); + const char * (*libversion)(void); + int (*libversion_number)(void); + void *(*malloc)(int); + char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); + int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**); + int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**); + int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*); + void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); + void *(*realloc)(void*,int); + int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double); + void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int); + void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int); + void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64); + void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); + void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); + int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*, + const char*,const char*),void*); + void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); + char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); + int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*, + char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); + void (*thread_cleanup)(void); + int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); + void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); + int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); + void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*, + sqlite_int64),void*); + void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); + const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*); + double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*); + sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*); + const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*); + char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); + /* Added ??? */ + int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + /* Added by 3.3.13 */ + int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); + /* Added by 3.4.1 */ + int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*, + void (*xDestroy)(void *)); + /* Added by 3.5.0 */ + int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64, + int,sqlite3_blob**); + int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int); + int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int); + int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*)(void*)); + int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int); + void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*); + int (*release_memory)(int); + void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*sleep)(int); + void (*soft_heap_limit)(int); + sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*); + int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int); + int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*); + int (*xthreadsafe)(void); + void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*test_control)(int, ...); + void (*randomness)(int,void*); + sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int); + sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*); + const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int); + int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*); + sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int); + const char *(*compileoption_get)(int); + int (*compileoption_used)(const char*); + int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*)); + int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...); + sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*); + int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int); + int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*); + void (*log)(int,const char*,...); + sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*sourceid)(void); + int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int); + int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*); + int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*); + void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*); + int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64); + int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...); + int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.7.16 and later */ + int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*errstr)(int); + int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*); + int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int); + sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*); + char *(*vsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list); + int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*); +}; + +/* +** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are +** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure. +** +** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file +** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that +** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure +** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine +** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the +** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count +#endif +#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob +#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double +#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int +#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 +#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name +#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text +#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 +#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value +#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler +#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout +#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes +#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close +#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed +#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 +#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob +#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes +#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count +#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name +#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype +#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 +#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double +#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int +#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 +#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name +#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name +#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text +#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 +#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type +#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value +#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook +#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete +#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 +#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation +#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 +#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function +#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 +#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module +#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 +#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count +#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle +#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab +#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache +#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode +#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg +#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 +#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired +#endif +#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize +#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free +#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table +#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit +#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata +#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover +#endif +#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx +#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid +#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion +#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number +#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc +#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf +#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open +#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 +#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare +#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile +#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler +#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc +#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset +#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob +#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double +#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error +#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 +#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int +#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 +#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null +#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text +#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 +#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be +#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le +#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value +#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook +#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer +#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata +#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->snprintf +#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step +#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata +#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup +#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes +#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings +#endif +#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook +#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data +#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob +#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes +#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double +#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int +#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 +#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type +#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text +#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 +#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be +#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le +#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type +#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf +#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes +#define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close +#define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open +#define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read +#define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write +#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2 +#define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control +#define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater +#define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used +#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter +#define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave +#define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try +#define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2 +#define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory +#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem +#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig +#define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit +#define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find +#define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register +#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister +#define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code +#define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control +#define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness +#define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle +#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes +#define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit +#define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt +#define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql +#define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status +#define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish +#define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init +#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount +#define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining +#define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step +#define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get +#define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used +#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config +#define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex +#define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status +#define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode +#define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64 +#define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid +#define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status +#define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp +#define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify +#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen sqlite3_api->blob_reopen +#define sqlite3_vtab_config sqlite3_api->vtab_config +#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict +/* Version 3.7.16 and later */ +#define sqlite3_close_v2 sqlite3_api->close_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_filename sqlite3_api->db_filename +#define sqlite3_db_readonly sqlite3_api->db_readonly +#define sqlite3_db_release_memory sqlite3_api->db_release_memory +#define sqlite3_errstr sqlite3_api->errstr +#define sqlite3_stmt_busy sqlite3_api->stmt_busy +#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly +#define sqlite3_stricmp sqlite3_api->stricmp +#define sqlite3_uri_boolean sqlite3_api->uri_boolean +#define sqlite3_uri_int64 sqlite3_api->uri_int64 +#define sqlite3_uri_parameter sqlite3_api->uri_parameter +#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->vsnprintf +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2 +#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable + ** extension */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \ + extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; +#else + /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the + ** application */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 /*no-op*/ +#endif + +#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */ + +/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/ +/* #include */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + +/* +** Some API routines are omitted when various features are +** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer +** for any missing APIs. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION +# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_complete16 0 +# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0 +# define sqlite3_create_function16 0 +# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0 +# define sqlite3_open16 0 +# define sqlite3_prepare16 0 +# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0 +# define sqlite3_result_error16 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0 +# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE +# define sqlite3_complete 0 +# define sqlite3_complete16 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE +# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_decltype 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK +# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define sqlite3_create_module 0 +# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0 +# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0 +# define sqlite3_vtab_config 0 +# define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +# define sqlite3_profile 0 +# define sqlite3_trace 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE +# define sqlite3_free_table 0 +# define sqlite3_get_table 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_close 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_open 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_read 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_write 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen 0 +#endif + +/* +** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines. +** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are +** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite +** library. +** +** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure +** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. +** +** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the +** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they +** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should +** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is +** not NULL before calling it. +*/ +static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { + sqlite3_aggregate_context, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_aggregate_count, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_bind_blob, + sqlite3_bind_double, + sqlite3_bind_int, + sqlite3_bind_int64, + sqlite3_bind_null, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_count, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_index, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_name, + sqlite3_bind_text, + sqlite3_bind_text16, + sqlite3_bind_value, + sqlite3_busy_handler, + sqlite3_busy_timeout, + sqlite3_changes, + sqlite3_close, + sqlite3_collation_needed, + sqlite3_collation_needed16, + sqlite3_column_blob, + sqlite3_column_bytes, + sqlite3_column_bytes16, + sqlite3_column_count, + sqlite3_column_database_name, + sqlite3_column_database_name16, + sqlite3_column_decltype, + sqlite3_column_decltype16, + sqlite3_column_double, + sqlite3_column_int, + sqlite3_column_int64, + sqlite3_column_name, + sqlite3_column_name16, + sqlite3_column_origin_name, + sqlite3_column_origin_name16, + sqlite3_column_table_name, + sqlite3_column_table_name16, + sqlite3_column_text, + sqlite3_column_text16, + sqlite3_column_type, + sqlite3_column_value, + sqlite3_commit_hook, + sqlite3_complete, + sqlite3_complete16, + sqlite3_create_collation, + sqlite3_create_collation16, + sqlite3_create_function, + sqlite3_create_function16, + sqlite3_create_module, + sqlite3_data_count, + sqlite3_db_handle, + sqlite3_declare_vtab, + sqlite3_enable_shared_cache, + sqlite3_errcode, + sqlite3_errmsg, + sqlite3_errmsg16, + sqlite3_exec, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_expired, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_finalize, + sqlite3_free, + sqlite3_free_table, + sqlite3_get_autocommit, + sqlite3_get_auxdata, + sqlite3_get_table, + 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ + sqlite3_interrupt, + sqlite3_last_insert_rowid, + sqlite3_libversion, + sqlite3_libversion_number, + sqlite3_malloc, + sqlite3_mprintf, + sqlite3_open, + sqlite3_open16, + sqlite3_prepare, + sqlite3_prepare16, + sqlite3_profile, + sqlite3_progress_handler, + sqlite3_realloc, + sqlite3_reset, + sqlite3_result_blob, + sqlite3_result_double, + sqlite3_result_error, + sqlite3_result_error16, + sqlite3_result_int, + sqlite3_result_int64, + sqlite3_result_null, + sqlite3_result_text, + sqlite3_result_text16, + sqlite3_result_text16be, + sqlite3_result_text16le, + sqlite3_result_value, + sqlite3_rollback_hook, + sqlite3_set_authorizer, + sqlite3_set_auxdata, + sqlite3_snprintf, + sqlite3_step, + sqlite3_table_column_metadata, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_thread_cleanup, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_total_changes, + sqlite3_trace, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_transfer_bindings, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_update_hook, + sqlite3_user_data, + sqlite3_value_blob, + sqlite3_value_bytes, + sqlite3_value_bytes16, + sqlite3_value_double, + sqlite3_value_int, + sqlite3_value_int64, + sqlite3_value_numeric_type, + sqlite3_value_text, + sqlite3_value_text16, + sqlite3_value_text16be, + sqlite3_value_text16le, + sqlite3_value_type, + sqlite3_vmprintf, + /* + ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any + ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But + ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the + ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with + ** a library that is new enough to support that API. + ************************************************************************* + */ + sqlite3_overload_function, + + /* + ** Added after 3.3.13 + */ + sqlite3_prepare_v2, + sqlite3_prepare16_v2, + sqlite3_clear_bindings, + + /* + ** Added for 3.4.1 + */ + sqlite3_create_module_v2, + + /* + ** Added for 3.5.0 + */ + sqlite3_bind_zeroblob, + sqlite3_blob_bytes, + sqlite3_blob_close, + sqlite3_blob_open, + sqlite3_blob_read, + sqlite3_blob_write, + sqlite3_create_collation_v2, + sqlite3_file_control, + sqlite3_memory_highwater, + sqlite3_memory_used, +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, +#else + sqlite3_mutex_alloc, + sqlite3_mutex_enter, + sqlite3_mutex_free, + sqlite3_mutex_leave, + sqlite3_mutex_try, +#endif + sqlite3_open_v2, + sqlite3_release_memory, + sqlite3_result_error_nomem, + sqlite3_result_error_toobig, + sqlite3_sleep, + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit, + sqlite3_vfs_find, + sqlite3_vfs_register, + sqlite3_vfs_unregister, + + /* + ** Added for 3.5.8 + */ + sqlite3_threadsafe, + sqlite3_result_zeroblob, + sqlite3_result_error_code, + sqlite3_test_control, + sqlite3_randomness, + sqlite3_context_db_handle, + + /* + ** Added for 3.6.0 + */ + sqlite3_extended_result_codes, + sqlite3_limit, + sqlite3_next_stmt, + sqlite3_sql, + sqlite3_status, + + /* + ** Added for 3.7.4 + */ + sqlite3_backup_finish, + sqlite3_backup_init, + sqlite3_backup_pagecount, + sqlite3_backup_remaining, + sqlite3_backup_step, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + sqlite3_compileoption_get, + sqlite3_compileoption_used, +#else + 0, + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_create_function_v2, + sqlite3_db_config, + sqlite3_db_mutex, + sqlite3_db_status, + sqlite3_extended_errcode, + sqlite3_log, + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64, + sqlite3_sourceid, + sqlite3_stmt_status, + sqlite3_strnicmp, +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + sqlite3_unlock_notify, +#else + 0, +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint, + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint, + sqlite3_wal_hook, +#else + 0, + 0, + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_blob_reopen, + sqlite3_vtab_config, + sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict, + sqlite3_close_v2, + sqlite3_db_filename, + sqlite3_db_readonly, + sqlite3_db_release_memory, + sqlite3_errstr, + sqlite3_stmt_busy, + sqlite3_stmt_readonly, + sqlite3_stricmp, + sqlite3_uri_boolean, + sqlite3_uri_int64, + sqlite3_uri_parameter, + sqlite3_vsnprintf, + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 +}; + +/* +** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file +** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a +** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use +** of the default name is recommended. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. +** +** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with +** error message text. The calling function should free this memory +** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ). +*/ +static int sqlite3LoadExtension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; + void *handle; + int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); + char *zErrmsg = 0; + const char *zEntry; + char *zAltEntry = 0; + void **aHandle; + int nMsg = 300 + sqlite3Strlen30(zFile); + int ii; + + /* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */ + static const char *azEndings[] = { +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN + "dll" +#elif defined(__APPLE__) + "dylib" +#else + "so" +#endif + }; + + + if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; + + /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older + ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the + ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One + ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension + ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error. + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized"); + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + zEntry = zProc ? zProc : "sqlite3_extension_init"; + + handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile); +#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX || SQLITE_OS_WIN + for(ii=0; ii sqlite3_example_init + ** C:/lib/mathfuncs.dll ==> sqlite3_mathfuncs_init + */ + if( xInit==0 && zProc==0 ){ + int iFile, iEntry, c; + int ncFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zFile); + zAltEntry = sqlite3_malloc(ncFile+30); + if( zAltEntry==0 ){ + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memcpy(zAltEntry, "sqlite3_", 8); + for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && zFile[iFile]!='/'; iFile--){} + iFile++; + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zFile+iFile, "lib", 3)==0 ) iFile += 3; + for(iEntry=8; (c = zFile[iFile])!=0 && c!='.'; iFile++){ + if( sqlite3Isalpha(c) ){ + zAltEntry[iEntry++] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned)c]; + } + } + memcpy(zAltEntry+iEntry, "_init", 6); + zEntry = zAltEntry; + xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) + sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry); + } + if( xInit==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + nMsg += sqlite3Strlen30(zEntry); + *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg); + if( zErrmsg ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, + "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zEntry, zFile); + sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); + } + } + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); + sqlite3_free(zAltEntry); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3_free(zAltEntry); + if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); + } + sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ + aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1)); + if( aHandle==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( db->nExtension>0 ){ + memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); + db->aExtension = aHandle; + + db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order +** to clean up loaded extensions +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(i=0; inExtension; i++){ + sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); +} + +/* +** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by +** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( onoff ){ + db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ + +/* +** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension +** loading is supported. We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that +** code if regular extension loading is not available. This is that +** dummy pointer. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 }; +#endif + + +/* +** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded +** extensions. +** +** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +** mutex must be held while accessing this list. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList; +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList { + int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ + void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ +} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; + +/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension +** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, +** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common +** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly +** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define wsdAutoextInit \ + sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext) +# define wsdAutoext x[0] +#else +# define wsdAutoextInit +# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext +#endif + + +/* +** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically +** loaded by every new database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + }else +#endif + { + int i; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + wsdAutoextInit; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + for(i=0; i=0; i--){ + if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ){ + wsdAutoext.nExt--; + wsdAutoext.aExt[i] = wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt]; + n++; + break; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return n; +} + +/* +** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK ) +#endif + { +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + wsdAutoextInit; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt); + wsdAutoext.aExt = 0; + wsdAutoext.nExt = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + } +} + +/* +** Load all automatic extensions. +** +** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + int go = 1; + int rc; + int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); + + wsdAutoextInit; + if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){ + /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */ + return; + } + for(i=0; go; i++){ + char *zErrmsg; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){ + xInit = 0; + go = 0; + }else{ + xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) + wsdAutoext.aExt[i]; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + zErrmsg = 0; + if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, + "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); + go = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); + } +} + +/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. +*/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) +# if defined(__APPLE__) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 +# else +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 +# endif +#endif + +/*************************************************************************** +** The next block of code, including the PragTyp_XXXX macro definitions and +** the aPragmaName[] object is composed of generated code. DO NOT EDIT. +** +** To add new pragmas, edit the code in ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl and rerun +** that script. Then copy/paste the output in place of the following: +*/ +#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE 0 +#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM 1 +#define PragTyp_FLAG 2 +#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT 3 +#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE 4 +#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE 5 +#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST 6 +#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS 7 +#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY 8 +#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST 9 +#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 10 +#define PragTyp_ENCODING 11 +#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK 12 +#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST 13 +#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM 14 +#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO 15 +#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST 16 +#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK 17 +#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE 18 +#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT 19 +#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE 20 +#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE 21 +#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT 22 +#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE 23 +#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE 24 +#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE 25 +#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY 26 +#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT 27 +#define PragTyp_STATS 28 +#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS 29 +#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO 30 +#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE 31 +#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY 32 +#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 33 +#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT 34 +#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS 35 +#define PragTyp_HEXKEY 36 +#define PragTyp_KEY 37 +#define PragTyp_REKEY 38 +#define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS 39 +#define PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE 40 +#define PragFlag_NeedSchema 0x01 +static const struct sPragmaNames { + const char *const zName; /* Name of pragma */ + u8 ePragTyp; /* PragTyp_XXX value */ + u8 mPragFlag; /* Zero or more PragFlag_XXX values */ + u32 iArg; /* Extra argument */ +} aPragmaNames[] = { +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) + { /* zName: */ "activate_extensions", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "application_id", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) + { /* zName: */ "auto_vacuum", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) + { /* zName: */ "automatic_index", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_AutoIndex }, +#endif +#endif + { /* zName: */ "busy_timeout", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "cache_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "cache_spill", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CacheSpill }, +#endif + { /* zName: */ "case_sensitive_like", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "checkpoint_fullfsync", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CkptFullFSync }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "collation_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS) + { /* zName: */ "compile_options", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "count_changes", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CountRows }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_OS_WIN + { /* zName: */ "data_store_directory", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "database_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) + { /* zName: */ "default_cache_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + { /* zName: */ "defer_foreign_keys", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_DeferFKs }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "empty_result_callbacks", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_NullCallback }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16) + { /* zName: */ "encoding", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ENCODING, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + { /* zName: */ "foreign_key_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) + { /* zName: */ "foreign_key_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + { /* zName: */ "foreign_keys", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "freelist_count", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "full_column_names", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullColNames }, + { /* zName: */ "fullfsync", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullFSync }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + { /* zName: */ "hexkey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEXKEY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "hexrekey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEXKEY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) + { /* zName: */ "ignore_check_constraints", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) + { /* zName: */ "incremental_vacuum", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "index_info", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "index_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_LIST, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK) + { /* zName: */ "integrity_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "journal_mode", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "journal_size_limit", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + { /* zName: */ "key", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "legacy_file_format", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + { /* zName: */ "lock_proxy_file", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + { /* zName: */ "lock_status", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "locking_mode", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "max_page_count", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "mmap_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "page_count", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "page_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { /* zName: */ "parser_trace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "query_only", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_QueryOnly }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK) + { /* zName: */ "quick_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "read_uncommitted", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReadUncommitted }, + { /* zName: */ "recursive_triggers", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_RecTriggers }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + { /* zName: */ "rekey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_REKEY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "reverse_unordered_selects", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReverseOrder }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "schema_version", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "secure_delete", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "short_column_names", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ShortColNames }, +#endif + { /* zName: */ "shrink_memory", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "soft_heap_limit", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { /* zName: */ "sql_trace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "stats", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_STATS, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "synchronous", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "table_info", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TABLE_INFO, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "temp_store", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "temp_store_directory", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "user_version", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_addoptrace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace }, + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_debug", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace|SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_eqp", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeEQP }, + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_listing", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeListing }, + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_trace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) + { /* zName: */ "wal_autocheckpoint", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "wal_checkpoint", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "writable_schema", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode }, +#endif +}; +/* Number of pragmas: 56 on by default, 69 total. */ +/* End of the automatically generated pragma table. +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, +** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or +** unrecognized string argument. The FULL option is disallowed +** if the omitFull parameter it 1. +** +** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that +** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done +** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean +** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. +*/ +static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, u8 dflt){ + /* 123456789 123456789 */ + static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull"; + static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16}; + static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4}; + static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2}; + int i, n; + if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ + return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z); + } + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + for(i=0; i=0&&i<=2)?i:0); +} +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file +** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database +** and 0 to use the compile-time default. +*/ +static int getTempStore(const char *z){ + if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ + return z[0] - '0'; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ + return 1; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ + return 2; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed +** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed +*/ +static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ + if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " + "from within a transaction"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); + db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema +** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE +** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. +*/ +static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ + int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + db->temp_store = (u8)ts; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +/* +** Generate code to return a single integer value. +*/ +static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int mem = ++pParse->nMem; + i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value)); + if( pI64 ){ + memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value)); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1); +} + + +/* +** Set the safety_level and pager flags for pager iDb. Or if iDb<0 +** set these values for all pagers. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +static void setAllPagerFlags(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db->autoCommit ){ + Db *pDb = db->aDb; + int n = db->nDb; + assert( SQLITE_FullFSync==PAGER_FULLFSYNC ); + assert( SQLITE_CkptFullFSync==PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ); + assert( SQLITE_CacheSpill==PAGER_CACHESPILL ); + assert( (PAGER_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CACHESPILL) + == PAGER_FLAGS_MASK ); + assert( (pDb->safety_level & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK)==pDb->safety_level ); + while( (n--) > 0 ){ + if( pDb->pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pDb->pBt, + pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK) ); + } + pDb++; + } + } +} +#else +# define setAllPagerFlags(X) /* no-op */ +#endif + + +/* +** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +static const char *actionName(u8 action){ + const char *zName; + switch( action ){ + case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break; + case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; + case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; + case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break; + default: zName = "NO ACTION"; + assert( action==OE_None ); break; + } + return zName; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants +** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase +** journal-mode name. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){ + static char * const azModeName[] = { + "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory" +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + , "wal" +#endif + }; + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 ); + assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) ); + + if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0; + return azModeName[eMode]; +} + +/* +** Process a pragma statement. +** +** Pragmas are of this form: +** +** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value] +** +** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and +** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is +** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. +** +** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name +** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the +** id and pId2 is any empty string. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( + Parse *pParse, + Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */ + Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */ + Token *pValue, /* Token for , or NULL */ + int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded */ +){ + char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string */ + char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */ + const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ + Token *pId; /* Pointer to token */ + char *aFcntl[4]; /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */ + int iDb; /* Database index for */ + int lwr, upr, mid; /* Binary search bounds */ + int rc; /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Db *pDb; /* The specific database being pragmaed */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Prepared statement */ + + if( v==0 ) return; + sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v); + pParse->nMem = 2; + + /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the + ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the + ** pragma, make sure it is open. + */ + if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId); + if( !zLeft ) return; + if( minusFlag ){ + zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); + }else{ + zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue); + } + + assert( pId2 ); + zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ + goto pragma_out; + } + + /* Send an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file-control to the underlying VFS + ** connection. If it returns SQLITE_OK, then assume that the VFS + ** handled the pragma and generate a no-op prepared statement. + */ + aFcntl[0] = 0; + aFcntl[1] = zLeft; + aFcntl[2] = zRight; + aFcntl[3] = 0; + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA, (void*)aFcntl); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( aFcntl[0] ){ + int mem = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, mem, 0, aFcntl[0], 0); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "result", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1); + sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]); + } + goto pragma_out; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + if( aFcntl[0] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", aFcntl[0]); + sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]); + } + pParse->nErr++; + pParse->rc = rc; + goto pragma_out; + } + + /* Locate the pragma in the lookup table */ + lwr = 0; + upr = ArraySize(aPragmaNames)-1; + while( lwr<=upr ){ + mid = (lwr+upr)/2; + rc = sqlite3_stricmp(zLeft, aPragmaNames[mid].zName); + if( rc==0 ) break; + if( rc<0 ){ + upr = mid - 1; + }else{ + lwr = mid + 1; + } + } + if( lwr>upr ) goto pragma_out; + + /* Make sure the database schema is loaded if the pragma requires that */ + if( (aPragmaNames[mid].mPragFlag & PragFlag_NeedSchema)!=0 ){ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + } + + /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */ + switch( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp ){ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size + ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the + ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of + ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current + ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value + ** stored in the database file. + ** + ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a + ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF. These days, synchronous + ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache + ** size. But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache + ** size of historical compatibility. + */ + case PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE: { + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE}, /* 1 */ + { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0}, + { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0}, + { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1}, + { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0}, + { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */ + { OP_Noop, 0, 0, 0}, + { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}, + }; + int addr; + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + if( !zRight ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC); + pParse->nMem += 2; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize,iLn); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); + }else{ + int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } + break; + } +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size + ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the + ** database page size value. The value can only be set if + ** the database has not yet been created. + */ + case PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE: { + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( !zRight ){ + int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; + returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size); + }else{ + /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal + ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). + */ + db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete + ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** secure_delete flag. The second form changes the secure_delete + ** flag setting and reports thenew value. + */ + case PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE: { + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + int b = -1; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( zRight ){ + b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0); + } + if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ + sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b); + } + } + b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b); + returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count + ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The + ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both + ** forms return the current setting. + ** + ** The absolute value of N is used. This is undocumented and might + ** change. The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test + ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function. + ** + ** PRAGMA [database.]page_count + ** + ** Return the number of pages in the specified database. + */ + case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: { + int iReg; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + iReg = ++pParse->nMem; + if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, + sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight))); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode + ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) + */ + case PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE: { + const char *zRet = "normal"; + int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); + + if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ + /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for + ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to + ** the locking-mode of the main database). + */ + eMode = db->dfltLockMode; + }else{ + Pager *pPager; + if( pId2->n==0 ){ + /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part + ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be + ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. + ** + ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that + ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified + ** locking mode. + */ + int ii; + assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); + for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); + } + db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode; + } + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); + } + + assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL + || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); + if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ + zRet = "exclusive"; + } + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode + ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = + ** (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off) + */ + case PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE: { + int eMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); + + if( zRight==0 ){ + /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the + ** current mode */ + eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; + }else{ + const char *zMode; + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight); + for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break; + } + if( !zMode ){ + /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode, + ** then do a query */ + eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; + } + } + if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){ + /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */ + iDb = 0; + pId2->n = 1; + } + for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ + if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit + ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N + ** + ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files. + */ + case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: { + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + i64 iLimit = -2; + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &iLimit); + if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1; + } + iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit); + returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit); + break; + } + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum + ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N + ** + ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. + ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + case PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM: { + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt)); + }else{ + int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); + assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 ); + db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto; + /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and + ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection + ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created + ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. + */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ + /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or + ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database + ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates + ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. + */ + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE}, + { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ + { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ + { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4 */ + { OP_SetCookie, 0, BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1}, /* 5 */ + }; + int iAddr; + iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6, iLn); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + } + } + break; + } +#endif + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N) + ** + ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + case PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM: { + int iLimit, addr; + if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ + iLimit = 0x7fffffff; + } + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + break; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size + ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current local setting for the + ** page cache size. The second form sets the local + ** page cache size value. If N is positive then that is the + ** number of pages in the cache. If N is negative, then the + ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes + ** of memory. + */ + case PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE: { + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + }else{ + int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]mmap_size(N) + ** + ** Used to set mapping size limit. The mapping size limit is + ** used to limit the aggregate size of all memory mapped regions of the + ** database file. If this parameter is set to zero, then memory mapping + ** is not used at all. If N is negative, then the default memory map + ** limit determined by sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE) is set. + ** The parameter N is measured in bytes. + ** + ** This value is advisory. The underlying VFS is free to memory map + ** as little or as much as it wants. Except, if N is set to 0 then the + ** upper layers will never invoke the xFetch interfaces to the VFS. + */ + case PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE: { + sqlite3_int64 sz; +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( zRight ){ + int ii; + sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &sz); + if( sz<0 ) sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; + if( pId2->n==0 ) db->szMmap = sz; + for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ + if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(db->aDb[ii].pBt, sz); + } + } + } + sz = -1; + rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); +#else + sz = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; +#endif + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "mmap_size", sz); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + pParse->nErr++; + pParse->rc = rc; + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA temp_store + ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing + ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default + ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. + ** + ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to + ** override this setting + */ + case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE: { + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store); + }else{ + changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory + ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. + ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. + ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. + ** + */ + case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY: { + if( !zRight ){ + if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, + "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } + }else{ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + if( zRight[0] ){ + int res; + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); + goto pragma_out; + } + } + if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0 + || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) + || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) + ){ + invalidateTempStorage(pParse); + } + sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory); + if( zRight[0] ){ + sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); + }else{ + sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ + } + break; + } + +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN + /* + ** PRAGMA data_store_directory + ** PRAGMA data_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the data_store_directory flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for database files that + ** were specified with a relative pathname. Setting to a null string reverts + ** to the default database directory, which for database files specified with + ** a relative path will probably be based on the current directory for the + ** process. Database file specified with an absolute path are not impacted + ** by this setting, regardless of its value. + ** + */ + case PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY: { + if( !zRight ){ + if( sqlite3_data_directory ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, + "data_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_data_directory, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } + }else{ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + if( zRight[0] ){ + int res; + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); + goto pragma_out; + } + } + sqlite3_free(sqlite3_data_directory); + if( zRight[0] ){ + sqlite3_data_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); + }else{ + sqlite3_data_directory = 0; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ + } + break; + } +#endif + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file + ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path" + ** + ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks. + ** + */ + case PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE: { + if( !zRight ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + char *proxy_file_path = NULL; + sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + &proxy_file_path); + + if( proxy_file_path ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, + "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } + }else{ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + int res; + if( zRight[0] ){ + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + zRight); + } else { + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + NULL); + } + if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file"); + goto pragma_out; + } + } + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous + ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing + ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the + ** default value will be restored the next time the database is + ** opened. + */ + case PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS: { + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1); + }else{ + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); + }else{ + pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1; + setAllPagerFlags(db); + } + } + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS + case PragTyp_FLAG: { + if( zRight==0 ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, aPragmaNames[mid].zName, + (db->flags & aPragmaNames[mid].iArg)!=0 ); + }else{ + int mask = aPragmaNames[mid].iArg; /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */ + if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ + /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not + ** in auto-commit mode. */ + mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys); + } + + if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){ + db->flags |= mask; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~mask; + if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; + } + + /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL + ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all + ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); + setAllPagerFlags(db); + } + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA table_info(
) + ** + ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of + ** the returned data set are: + ** + ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) + ** name: Column name + ** type: Column declaration type. + ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration + ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. + */ + case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){ + Table *pTab; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + int i, k; + int nHidden = 0; + Column *pCol; + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6); + pParse->nMem = 6; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); + for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ + nHidden++; + continue; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, + pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4); + if( pCol->zDflt ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5); + } + if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)==0 ){ + k = 0; + }else if( pPk==0 ){ + k = 1; + }else{ + for(k=1; ALWAYS(k<=pTab->nCol) && pPk->aiColumn[k-1]!=i; k++){} + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, k, 6); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_STATS: { + Index *pIdx; + HashElem *i; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 4); + pParse->nMem = 4; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "index", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "width", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "height", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->szTabRow), 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->nRowLogEst), 4); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->szIdxRow), 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]), 4); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_INDEX_INFO: if( zRight ){ + Index *pIdx; + Table *pTab; + pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pIdx ){ + int i; + pTab = pIdx->pTable; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + i16 cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2); + assert( pTab->nCol>cnum ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_INDEX_LIST: if( zRight ){ + Index *pIdx; + Table *pTab; + int i; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, IsUniqueIndex(pIdx), 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: { + int i; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; + assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, + sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST: { + int i = 0; + HashElem *p; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); + pParse->nMem = 2; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST: if( zRight ){ + FKey *pFK; + Table *pTab; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + pFK = pTab->pFKey; + if( pFK ){ + int i = 0; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8); + pParse->nMem = 8; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC); + while(pFK){ + int j; + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol; + char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]); + char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, + pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8); + } + ++i; + pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; + } + } + } + } + break; +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK: { + FKey *pFK; /* A foreign key constraint */ + Table *pTab; /* Child table contain "REFERENCES" keyword */ + Table *pParent; /* Parent table that child points to */ + Index *pIdx; /* Index in the parent table */ + int i; /* Loop counter: Foreign key number for pTab */ + int j; /* Loop counter: Field of the foreign key */ + HashElem *k; /* Loop counter: Next table in schema */ + int x; /* result variable */ + int regResult; /* 3 registers to hold a result row */ + int regKey; /* Register to hold key for checking the FK */ + int regRow; /* Registers to hold a row from pTab */ + int addrTop; /* Top of a loop checking foreign keys */ + int addrOk; /* Jump here if the key is OK */ + int *aiCols; /* child to parent column mapping */ + + regResult = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += 4; + regKey = ++pParse->nMem; + regRow = ++pParse->nMem; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 4); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "rowid", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "parent", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "fkid", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + k = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->tblHash); + while( k ){ + if( zRight ){ + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, zDb); + k = 0; + }else{ + pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + k = sqliteHashNext(k); + } + if( pTab==0 || pTab->pFKey==0 ) continue; + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + if( pTab->nCol+regRow>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = pTab->nCol + regRow; + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regResult, 0, pTab->zName, + P4_TRANSIENT); + for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){ + pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb); + if( pParent==0 ) continue; + pIdx = 0; + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName); + x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, 0); + if( x==0 ){ + if( pIdx==0 ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + } + }else{ + k = 0; + break; + } + } + assert( pParse->nErr>0 || pFK==0 ); + if( pFK ) break; + if( pParse->nTabnTab = i; + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){ + pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb); + pIdx = 0; + aiCols = 0; + if( pParent ){ + x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, &aiCols); + assert( x==0 ); + } + addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( pParent && pIdx==0 ){ + int iKey = pFK->aCol[0].iFrom; + assert( iKey>=0 && iKeynCol ); + if( iKey!=pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, iKey, regRow); + sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iKey, regRow); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRow, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regRow); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, i, 0, regRow); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrOk); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); + }else{ + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, 0, + aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom, regRow+j); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow+j, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( pParent ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, pFK->nCol, regKey, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), pFK->nCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, i, addrOk, regKey, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regResult+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regResult+2, 0, + pFK->zTo, P4_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-1, regResult+3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, 4); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOk); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCols); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); + } + } + break; +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG + case PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE: { + if( zRight ){ + if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){ + sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: "); + }else{ + sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); + } + } + } + break; +#endif + + /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE + ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. + */ + case PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE: { + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0)); + } + } + break; + +#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX +# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK + /* Pragma "quick_check" is reduced version of + ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption + ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check. + */ + case PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK: { + int i, j, addr, mxErr; + + /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error + ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the + ** error message + */ + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { + { OP_IfNeg, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, + }; + + int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q'); + + /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA .integrity_check", + ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by . + ** In this case, the integrity of database iDb only is verified by + ** the VDBE created below. + ** + ** Otherwise, if the command was simply "PRAGMA integrity_check" (or + ** "PRAGMA quick_check"), then iDb is set to 0. In this case, set iDb + ** to -1 here, to indicate that the VDBE should verify the integrity + ** of all attached databases. */ + assert( iDb>=0 ); + assert( iDb==0 || pId2->z ); + if( pId2->z==0 ) iDb = -1; + + /* Initialize the VDBE program */ + pParse->nMem = 6; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC); + + /* Set the maximum error count */ + mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr); + if( mxErr<=0 ){ + mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */ + + /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + HashElem *x; + Hash *pTbls; + int cnt = 0; + + if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; + if( iDb>=0 && i!=iDb ) continue; + + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */ + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + + /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree + ** + ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers + ** for all tables and indices in the database. + */ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) ); + pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; + for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); + Index *pIdx; + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + cnt++; + } + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + cnt++; + } + } + + /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */ + pParse->nMem = MAX( pParse->nMem, cnt+8 ); + + /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName), + P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + + /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. + */ + for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); + Index *pIdx, *pPk; + Index *pPrior = 0; + int loopTop; + int iDataCur, iIdxCur; + int r1 = -1; + + if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue; + pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Stop if out of errors */ + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead, + 1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7); + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 8+j); /* index entries counter */ + } + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, 8+j); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDataCur, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 7, 1); + /* Verify that all NOT NULL columns really are NOT NULL */ + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zErr; + int jmp2, jmp3; + if( j==pTab->iPKey ) continue; + if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) continue; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, j, 3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); + jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, 3); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "NULL value in %s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[j].zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1); + jmp3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp3); + } + /* Validate index entries for the current row */ + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + int jmp2, jmp3, jmp4, jmp5; + int ckUniq = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( pPk==pIdx ) continue; + r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 0, &jmp3, + pPrior, r1); + pPrior = pIdx; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 8+j, 1); /* increment entry count */ + /* Verify that an index entry exists for the current table row */ + jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iIdxCur+j, ckUniq, r1, + pIdx->nColumn); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, "row ", P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 7, 3, 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, + " missing from index ", P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3); + jmp5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, + pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1); + jmp4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); + /* For UNIQUE indexes, verify that only one entry exists with the + ** current key. The entry is unique if (1) any column is NULL + ** or (2) the next entry has a different key */ + if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ + int uniqOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int jmp6; + int kk; + for(kk=0; kknKeyCol; kk++){ + int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[kk]; + assert( iCol>=0 && iColnCol ); + if( pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1+kk, uniqOk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + jmp6 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur+j); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, uniqOk); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp6); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxGT, iIdxCur+j, uniqOk, r1, + pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, + "non-unique entry in index ", P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, jmp5); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, uniqOk); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp4); + sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, jmp3); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, + "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC); + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + if( pPk==pIdx ) continue; + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur+j, 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, 8+j, addr+8, 3); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 3, 2, 7); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 7, 1); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ + } + } + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode, iLn); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, -mxErr); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "ok", P4_STATIC); + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + /* + ** PRAGMA encoding + ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" + ** + ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main + ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. + ** + ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file + ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default + ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file + ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the + ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. + ** + ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are + ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If + ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH + ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. + ** + ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in + ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only + ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i + */ + case PragTyp_ENCODING: { + static const struct EncName { + char *zName; + u8 enc; + } encnames[] = { + { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, + { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */ + { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */ + { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */ + { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, + { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, + { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ + { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ + { 0, 0 } + }; + const struct EncName *pEnc; + if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1); + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ + /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not + ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value + ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not + ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. + */ + if( + !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || + DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) + ){ + for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ + ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + break; + } + } + if( !pEnc->zName ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); + } + } + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version + ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = + ** + ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version + ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = + ** + ** PRAGMA [database.]freelist_count = + ** + ** PRAGMA [database.]application_id + ** PRAGMA [database.]application_id = + ** + ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get + ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both + ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers + ** stored in the database header. + ** + ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It + ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by + ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by + ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache + ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of + ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. + ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify + ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program + ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! + ** + ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by + ** applications for any purpose. + */ + case PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE: { + int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */ + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + switch( zLeft[0] ){ + case 'a': case 'A': + iCookie = BTREE_APPLICATION_ID; + break; + case 'f': case 'F': + iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT; + break; + case 's': case 'S': + iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION; + break; + default: + iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION; + break; + } + + if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){ + /* Write the specified cookie value */ + static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 1}, /* 2 */ + }; + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie, 0); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie); + }else{ + /* Read the specified cookie value */ + static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0} + }; + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie, 0); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + /* + ** PRAGMA compile_options + ** + ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build, + ** one option per row. + */ + case PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS: { + int i = 0; + const char *zOpt; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + pParse->nMem = 1; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLITE_STATIC); + while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart + ** + ** Checkpoint the database. + */ + case PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT: { + int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED); + int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; + if( zRight ){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){ + eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){ + eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "busy", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "log", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "checkpointed", SQLITE_STATIC); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + } + break; + + /* + ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint + ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N + ** + ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database + ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value + ** of N. + */ + case PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT: { + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + } + returnSingleInt(pParse, "wal_autocheckpoint", + db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? + SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0); + } + break; +#endif + + /* + ** PRAGMA shrink_memory + ** + ** This pragma attempts to free as much memory as possible from the + ** current database connection. + */ + case PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY: { + sqlite3_db_release_memory(db); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA busy_timeout + ** PRAGMA busy_timeout = N + ** + ** Call sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, N). Return the current timeout value + ** if one is set. If no busy handler or a different busy handler is set + ** then 0 is returned. Setting the busy_timeout to 0 or negative + ** disables the timeout. + */ + /*case PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT*/ default: { + assert( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp==PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT ); + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + } + returnSingleInt(pParse, "timeout", db->busyTimeout); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit + ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit = N + ** + ** Call sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N). Return the result. If N is omitted, + ** use -1. + */ + case PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT: { + sqlite3_int64 N; + if( zRight && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N); + } + returnSingleInt(pParse, "soft_heap_limit", sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1)); + break; + } + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + /* + ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases + */ + case PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS: { + static const char *const azLockName[] = { + "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" + }; + int i; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); + pParse->nMem = 2; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt; + const char *zState = "unknown"; + int j; + if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC); + pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){ + zState = "closed"; + }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, + SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ + zState = azLockName[j]; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); + } + break; + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + case PragTyp_KEY: { + if( zRight ) sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); + break; + } + case PragTyp_REKEY: { + if( zRight ) sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); + break; + } + case PragTyp_HEXKEY: { + if( zRight ){ + u8 iByte; + int i; + char zKey[40]; + for(i=0, iByte=0; idb; + if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){ + if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?"; + sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db, + "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj); + if( zExtra ){ + *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg, + "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra); + } + } + pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; +} + +/* +** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the +** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. +** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. ** -** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure -** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. +** Each callback contains the following information: +** +** argv[0] = name of thing being created +** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. +** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. ** -** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the -** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they -** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should -** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is -** not NULL before calling it. */ -static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { - sqlite3_aggregate_context, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_aggregate_count, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_bind_blob, - sqlite3_bind_double, - sqlite3_bind_int, - sqlite3_bind_int64, - sqlite3_bind_null, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_count, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_index, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_name, - sqlite3_bind_text, - sqlite3_bind_text16, - sqlite3_bind_value, - sqlite3_busy_handler, - sqlite3_busy_timeout, - sqlite3_changes, - sqlite3_close, - sqlite3_collation_needed, - sqlite3_collation_needed16, - sqlite3_column_blob, - sqlite3_column_bytes, - sqlite3_column_bytes16, - sqlite3_column_count, - sqlite3_column_database_name, - sqlite3_column_database_name16, - sqlite3_column_decltype, - sqlite3_column_decltype16, - sqlite3_column_double, - sqlite3_column_int, - sqlite3_column_int64, - sqlite3_column_name, - sqlite3_column_name16, - sqlite3_column_origin_name, - sqlite3_column_origin_name16, - sqlite3_column_table_name, - sqlite3_column_table_name16, - sqlite3_column_text, - sqlite3_column_text16, - sqlite3_column_type, - sqlite3_column_value, - sqlite3_commit_hook, - sqlite3_complete, - sqlite3_complete16, - sqlite3_create_collation, - sqlite3_create_collation16, - sqlite3_create_function, - sqlite3_create_function16, - sqlite3_create_module, - sqlite3_data_count, - sqlite3_db_handle, - sqlite3_declare_vtab, - sqlite3_enable_shared_cache, - sqlite3_errcode, - sqlite3_errmsg, - sqlite3_errmsg16, - sqlite3_exec, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_expired, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_finalize, - sqlite3_free, - sqlite3_free_table, - sqlite3_get_autocommit, - sqlite3_get_auxdata, - sqlite3_get_table, - 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ - sqlite3_interrupt, - sqlite3_last_insert_rowid, - sqlite3_libversion, - sqlite3_libversion_number, - sqlite3_malloc, - sqlite3_mprintf, - sqlite3_open, - sqlite3_open16, - sqlite3_prepare, - sqlite3_prepare16, - sqlite3_profile, - sqlite3_progress_handler, - sqlite3_realloc, - sqlite3_reset, - sqlite3_result_blob, - sqlite3_result_double, - sqlite3_result_error, - sqlite3_result_error16, - sqlite3_result_int, - sqlite3_result_int64, - sqlite3_result_null, - sqlite3_result_text, - sqlite3_result_text16, - sqlite3_result_text16be, - sqlite3_result_text16le, - sqlite3_result_value, - sqlite3_rollback_hook, - sqlite3_set_authorizer, - sqlite3_set_auxdata, - sqlite3_snprintf, - sqlite3_step, - sqlite3_table_column_metadata, +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ + InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; + sqlite3 *db = pData->db; + int iDb = pData->iDb; + + assert( argc==3 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); + return 1; + } + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ + if( argv[1]==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); + }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){ + /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. + ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated + ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data + ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. + */ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + TESTONLY(int rcp); /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */ + + assert( db->init.busy ); + db->init.iDb = iDb; + db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]); + db->init.orphanTrigger = 0; + TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0); + rc = db->errCode; + assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) ); + db->init.iDb = 0; + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){ + assert( iDb==1 ); + }else{ + pData->rc = rc; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + } + } + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + }else if( argv[0]==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0); + }else{ + /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that + ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE + ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already + ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have + ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. + */ + Index *pIndex; + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( pIndex==0 ){ + /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which + ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since + ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also + ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. + */ + /* Do Nothing */; + }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage"); + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal +** data structures for a single database file. The index of the +** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main +** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for +** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to +** indicate success or failure. +*/ +static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){ + int rc; + int i; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_thread_cleanup, -#else - 0, + int size; #endif - sqlite3_total_changes, - sqlite3_trace, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_transfer_bindings, + Table *pTab; + Db *pDb; + char const *azArg[4]; + int meta[5]; + InitData initData; + char const *zMasterSchema; + char const *zMasterName; + int openedTransaction = 0; + + /* + ** The master database table has a structure like this + */ + static const char master_schema[] = + "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n" + " type text,\n" + " name text,\n" + " tbl_name text,\n" + " rootpage integer,\n" + " sql text\n" + ")" + ; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + static const char temp_master_schema[] = + "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n" + " type text,\n" + " name text,\n" + " tbl_name text,\n" + " rootpage integer,\n" + " sql text\n" + ")" + ; #else - 0, + #define temp_master_schema 0 #endif - sqlite3_update_hook, - sqlite3_user_data, - sqlite3_value_blob, - sqlite3_value_bytes, - sqlite3_value_bytes16, - sqlite3_value_double, - sqlite3_value_int, - sqlite3_value_int64, - sqlite3_value_numeric_type, - sqlite3_value_text, - sqlite3_value_text16, - sqlite3_value_text16be, - sqlite3_value_text16le, - sqlite3_value_type, - sqlite3_vmprintf, - /* - ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any - ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But - ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the - ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with - ** a library that is new enough to support that API. - ************************************************************************* + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); + + /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema + ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being + ** initialized. zMasterName is the name of the master table. */ - sqlite3_overload_function, + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema; + }else{ + zMasterSchema = master_schema; + } + zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - /* - ** Added after 3.3.13 + /* Construct the schema tables. */ + azArg[0] = zMasterName; + azArg[1] = "1"; + azArg[2] = zMasterSchema; + azArg[3] = 0; + initData.db = db; + initData.iDb = iDb; + initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; + initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; + sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); + if( initData.rc ){ + rc = initData.rc; + goto error_out; + } + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){ + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly; + } + + /* Create a cursor to hold the database open */ - sqlite3_prepare_v2, - sqlite3_prepare16_v2, - sqlite3_clear_bindings, + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){ + DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } - /* - ** Added for 3.4.1 + /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** will be closed before this function returns. */ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); + if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + goto initone_error_out; + } + openedTransaction = 1; + } + + /* Get the database meta information. + ** + ** Meta values are as follows: + ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. + ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. + ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. + ** meta[3] Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode) + ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE + ** meta[5] User version + ** meta[6] Incremental vacuum mode + ** meta[7] unused + ** meta[8] unused + ** meta[9] unused + ** + ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to + ** the possible values of meta[4]. */ - sqlite3_create_module_v2, + for(i=0; ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); + } + pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1]; - /* - ** Added for 3.5.0 + /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the + ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. + ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same + ** as sqlite3.enc. */ - sqlite3_bind_zeroblob, - sqlite3_blob_bytes, - sqlite3_blob_close, - sqlite3_blob_open, - sqlite3_blob_read, - sqlite3_blob_write, - sqlite3_create_collation_v2, - sqlite3_file_control, - sqlite3_memory_highwater, - sqlite3_memory_used, -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, + if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */ + if( iDb==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + u8 encoding; + /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ + encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3; + if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8; + ENC(db) = encoding; #else - sqlite3_mutex_alloc, - sqlite3_mutex_enter, - sqlite3_mutex_free, - sqlite3_mutex_leave, - sqlite3_mutex_try, + ENC(db) = SQLITE_UTF8; #endif - sqlite3_open_v2, - sqlite3_release_memory, - sqlite3_result_error_nomem, - sqlite3_result_error_toobig, - sqlite3_sleep, - sqlite3_soft_heap_limit, - sqlite3_vfs_find, - sqlite3_vfs_register, - sqlite3_vfs_unregister, + }else{ + /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ + if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same" + " text encoding as main database"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto initone_error_out; + } + } + }else{ + DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); + } + pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); + + if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]); + if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; +#else + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; +#endif + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } /* - ** Added for 3.5.8 + ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. + ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN + ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults + ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants */ - sqlite3_threadsafe, - sqlite3_result_zeroblob, - sqlite3_result_error_code, - sqlite3_test_control, - sqlite3_randomness, - sqlite3_context_db_handle, + pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]; + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ + pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; + } + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto initone_error_out; + } - /* - ** Added for 3.6.0 + /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format, + ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will + ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending + ** indices that the user might have created. */ - sqlite3_extended_result_codes, - sqlite3_limit, - sqlite3_next_stmt, - sqlite3_sql, - sqlite3_status, + if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){ + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt; + } - /* - ** Added for 3.7.4 + /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables */ - sqlite3_backup_finish, - sqlite3_backup_init, - sqlite3_backup_pagecount, - sqlite3_backup_remaining, - sqlite3_backup_step, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS - sqlite3_compileoption_get, - sqlite3_compileoption_used, -#else - 0, - 0, + assert( db->init.busy ); + { + char *zSql; + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); + xAuth = db->xAuth; + db->xAuth = 0; #endif - sqlite3_create_function_v2, - sqlite3_db_config, - sqlite3_db_mutex, - sqlite3_db_status, - sqlite3_extended_errcode, - sqlite3_log, - sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64, - sqlite3_sourceid, - sqlite3_stmt_status, - sqlite3_strnicmp, -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY - sqlite3_unlock_notify, -#else - 0, + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + db->xAuth = xAuth; + } #endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint, - sqlite3_wal_checkpoint, - sqlite3_wal_hook, -#else - 0, - 0, - 0, + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); + } #endif -}; + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){ + /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider + ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the + ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one + ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset + ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary + ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table + ** even when its contents have been corrupted. + */ + DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating + ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs + ** before that point, jump to error_out. + */ +initone_error_out: + if( openedTransaction ){ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); + +error_out: + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + return rc; +} /* -** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file -** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a -** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use -** of the default name is recommended. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. +** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file +** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files +** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an +** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. ** -** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with -** error message text. The calling function should free this memory -** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ). +** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set +** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database +** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. */ -static int sqlite3LoadExtension( - sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ -){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; - void *handle; - int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); - char *zErrmsg = 0; - void **aHandle; - const int nMsg = 300; - - if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ + int i, rc; + int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges); + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + db->init.busy = 1; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ + if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue; + rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, i); + } + } - /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older - ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the - ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One - ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension - ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error. + /* Once all the other databases have been initialized, load the schema + ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database + ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases. */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized"); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1) + && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ + rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, 1); } - return SQLITE_ERROR; } +#endif - if( zProc==0 ){ - zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init"; + db->init.busy = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){ + sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); } - handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile); - if( handle==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg); - if( zErrmsg ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, - "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile); - sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialized. +** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( !db->init.busy ){ + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pParse->rc = rc; + pParse->nErr++; + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out +** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. If all schema cookies +** make no changes to pParse->rc. +*/ +static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + int rc; + int cookie; + + assert( pParse->checkSchema ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ + int openedTransaction = 0; /* True if a transaction is opened */ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; /* Btree database to read cookie from */ + if( pBt==0 ) continue; + + /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */ + if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; + openedTransaction = 1; + } + + /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the + ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation, + ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + } + + /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */ + if( openedTransaction ){ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); } - return SQLITE_ERROR; } - xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) - sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc); - if( xInit==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg); - if( zErrmsg ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, - "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile); - sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); +} + +/* +** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates +** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. +** +** If the same database is attached more than once, the first +** attached database is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ + int i = -1000000; + + /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in + ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one + ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this + ** function should never be used. + ** + ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using + ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much + ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() + ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). + */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( pSchema ){ + for(i=0; ALWAYS(inDb); i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ + break; } - sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); } - return SQLITE_ERROR; - }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); + assert( i>=0 && inDb ); + } + return i; +} + +/* +** Free all memory allocations in the pParse object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aLabel); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pParse->pConstExpr); + } +} + +/* +** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. +*/ +static int sqlite3Prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + Vdbe *pReprepare, /* VM being reprepared */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + /* Allocate the parsing context */ + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( pParse==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto end_prepare; + } + pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare; + assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 ); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + + /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all + ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that + ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in + ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes + ** to the schema. + ** + ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted + ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled + ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this + ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect + ** the schema change. Disaster would follow. + ** + ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because + ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it + ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change + ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold + ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is + ** holding them. + ** + ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, + ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still + ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set. + */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++) { + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); + if( rc ){ + const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName; + sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); + testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted ); + goto end_prepare; + } } - sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); - sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); - return SQLITE_ERROR; } - /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ - aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1)); - if( aHandle==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + + pParse->db = db; + pParse->nQueryLoop = 0; /* Logarithmic, so 0 really means 1 */ + if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){ + char *zSqlCopy; + int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; + testcase( nBytes==mxLen ); + testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 ); + if( nBytes>mxLen ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long"); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG); + goto end_prepare; + } + zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); + if( zSqlCopy ){ + sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy); + pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy]; + }else{ + pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; + } + }else{ + sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); } - if( db->nExtension>0 ){ - memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); + assert( 0==pParse->nQueryLoop ); + + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); - db->aExtension = aHandle; + if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pParse->checkSchema ){ + schemaIsValid(pParse); + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( pzTail ){ + *pzTail = pParse->zTail; + } + rc = pParse->rc; - db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle; - return SQLITE_OK; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){ + static const char * const azColName[] = { + "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment", + "selectid", "order", "from", "detail" + }; + int iFirst, mx; + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4); + iFirst = 8; + mx = 12; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8); + iFirst = 0; + mx = 8; + } + for(i=iFirst; ipVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME, + azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC); + } + } +#endif + + if( db->init.busy==0 ){ + Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag); + } + if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){ + sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); + assert(!(*ppStmt)); + }else{ + *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe; + } + + if( zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + }else{ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + } + + /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */ + while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){ + TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg; + pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pT); + } + +end_prepare: + + sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); + return rc; } -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( - sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ int rc; + assert( ppStmt!=0 ); + *ppStmt = 0; + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order -** to clean up loaded extensions -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inExtension; i++){ - sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); + if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ + sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt); + rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 ); + return rc; } /* -** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by -** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. +** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. +** +** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, +** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has +** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error +** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( onoff ){ - db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pNew; + const char *zSql; + sqlite3 *db; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); + zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p); + assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */ + db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0); + if( rc ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + assert( pNew==0 ); + return rc; }else{ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension; + assert( pNew!=0 ); } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); + sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); + sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); + sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ - -/* -** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension -** loading is supported. We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that -** code if regular extension loading is not available. This is that -** dummy pointer. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 }; -#endif - /* -** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded -** extensions. -** -** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -** mutex must be held while accessing this list. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList; -static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList { - int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ - void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ -} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; - -/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension -** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, -** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common -** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly -** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above. +** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy +** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement +** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by +** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained +** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change +** occurs. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -# define wsdAutoextInit \ - sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext) -# define wsdAutoext x[0] -#else -# define wsdAutoextInit -# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext -#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically -** loaded by every new database connection. +** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){ +static int sqlite3Prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 + ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The + ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. + */ + char *zSql8; + const char *zTail8 = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - }else -#endif - { - int i; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - wsdAutoextInit; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - for(i=0; i=0 ){ + int sz; + const char *z = (const char*)zSql; + for(sz=0; szmutex); + zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zSql8 ){ + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8); } -} -/* -** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK ) -#endif - { -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - wsdAutoextInit; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt); - wsdAutoext.aExt = 0; - wsdAutoext.nExt = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ + /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the + ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode + ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer + ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. + */ + int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); + *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } /* -** Load all automatic extensions. -** -** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection. +** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy +** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement +** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by +** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained +** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change +** occurs. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - int go = 1; - int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); - - wsdAutoextInit; - if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){ - /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */ - return; - } - for(i=0; go; i++){ - char *zErrmsg; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){ - xInit = 0; - go = 0; - }else{ - xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) - wsdAutoext.aExt[i]; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - zErrmsg = 0; - if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, - "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); - go = 0; - } - sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); - } +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; } -/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2003 April 6 +** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -85679,18962 +101459,24505 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. */ -/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled +/* +** An instance of the following object is used to record information about +** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information +** into the selectInnerLoop() routine. */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) +typedef struct DistinctCtx DistinctCtx; +struct DistinctCtx { + u8 isTnct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + u8 eTnctType; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* operators */ + int tabTnct; /* Ephemeral table used for DISTINCT processing */ + int addrTnct; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcode for tabTnct */ +}; /* -** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, -** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or -** unrecognized string argument. -** -** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that -** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done -** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean -** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. +** An instance of the following object is used to record information about +** the ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause of query is being coded. */ -static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z){ - /* 123456789 123456789 */ - static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull"; - static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16}; - static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4}; - static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2}; - int i, n; - if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ - return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z); +typedef struct SortCtx SortCtx; +struct SortCtx { + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY (or GROUP BY clause) */ + int nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */ + int iECursor; /* Cursor number for the sorter */ + int regReturn; /* Register holding block-output return address */ + int labelBkOut; /* Start label for the block-output subroutine */ + int addrSortIndex; /* Address of the OP_SorterOpen or OP_OpenEphemeral */ + u8 sortFlags; /* Zero or more SORTFLAG_* bits */ +}; +#define SORTFLAG_UseSorter 0x01 /* Use SorterOpen instead of OpenEphemeral */ + +/* +** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate +** the select structure itself. +*/ +static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); + sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith); +} + +/* +** Initialize a SelectDest structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){ + pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest; + pDest->iSDParm = iParm; + pDest->affSdst = 0; + pDest->iSdst = 0; + pDest->nSdst = 0; +} + + +/* +** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that +** structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ + Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ + Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ + u16 selFlags, /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */ + Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ + Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */ +){ + Select *pNew; + Select standin; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */ + if( pNew==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + pNew = &standin; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); } - n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - for(i=0; ipEList = pEList; + if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pSrc)); + pNew->pSrc = pSrc; + pNew->pWhere = pWhere; + pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; + pNew->pHaving = pHaving; + pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pNew->selFlags = selFlags; + pNew->op = TK_SELECT; + pNew->pLimit = pLimit; + pNew->pOffset = pOffset; + assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 ); + pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; + if( db->mallocFailed ) { + clearSelect(db, pNew); + if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); + pNew = 0; + }else{ + assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 ); + } + assert( pNew!=&standin ); + return pNew; } /* -** Interpret the given string as a boolean value. +** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. */ -static u8 getBoolean(const char *z){ - return getSafetyLevel(z)&1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ + if( p ){ + clearSelect(db, p); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } } /* -** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value. +** Return a pointer to the right-most SELECT statement in a compound. */ -static int getLockingMode(const char *z){ - if( z ){ - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL; - } - return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY; +static Select *findRightmost(Select *p){ + while( p->pNext ) p = p->pNext; + return p; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value. +** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceding the JOIN keyword, determine the +** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type +** in terms of the following bit values: ** -** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are -** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively. +** JT_INNER +** JT_CROSS +** JT_OUTER +** JT_NATURAL +** JT_LEFT +** JT_RIGHT +** +** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. +** +** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return +** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. */ -static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){ - int i; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR; - i = sqlite3Atoi(z); - return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ + int jointype = 0; + Token *apAll[3]; + Token *p; + /* 0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */ + static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross"; + static const struct { + u8 i; /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */ + u8 nChar; /* Length of the keyword in characters */ + u8 code; /* Join type mask */ + } aKeyword[] = { + /* natural */ { 0, 7, JT_NATURAL }, + /* left */ { 6, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, + /* outer */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER }, + /* right */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, + /* full */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, + /* inner */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER }, + /* cross */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, + }; + int i, j; + apAll[0] = pA; + apAll[1] = pB; + apAll[2] = pC; + for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ + p = apAll[i]; + for(j=0; jn==aKeyword[j].nChar + && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){ + jointype |= aKeyword[j].code; + break; + } + } + testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 ); + if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){ + jointype |= JT_ERROR; + break; + } + } + if( + (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || + (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 + ){ + const char *zSp = " "; + assert( pB!=0 ); + if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " + "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); + jointype = JT_INNER; + }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 + && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); + jointype = JT_INNER; + } + return jointype; } -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* -** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file -** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database -** and 0 to use the compile-time default. +** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column +** is not contained in the table. */ -static int getTempStore(const char *z){ - if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ - return z[0] - '0'; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ - return 2; - }else{ - return 0; +static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; } + return -1; } -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* -** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed -** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed +** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a +** table that has a column named zCol. +** +** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index +** of the matching column and return TRUE. +** +** If not found, return FALSE. */ -static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ - if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " - "from within a transaction"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; +static int tableAndColumnIndex( + SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */ + int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */ + const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */ + int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */ + int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */ +){ + int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */ + int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */ + + assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */ + for(i=0; ia[i].pTab, zCol); + if( iCol>=0 ){ + if( piTab ){ + *piTab = i; + *piCol = iCol; + } + return 1; } - sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); - db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); } - return SQLITE_OK; + return 0; } -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* -** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema -** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE -** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. +** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the +** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which +** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form: +** +** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2) +** +** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the +** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is +** column iColRight of tab2. */ -static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ - int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); +static void addWhereTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* List of tables in FROM clause */ + int iLeft, /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */ + int iColLeft, /* Index of column in first table */ + int iRight, /* Index of second table in pSrc */ + int iColRight, /* Index of column in second table */ + int isOuterJoin, /* True if this is an OUTER join */ + Expr **ppWhere /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */ +){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; + Expr *pE1; + Expr *pE2; + Expr *pEq; + + assert( iLeftnSrc>iRight ); + assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab ); + assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab ); + + pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft); + pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight); + + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0); + if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){ + ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetVVAProperty(pEq, EP_NoReduce); + pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable; } - db->temp_store = (u8)ts; - return SQLITE_OK; + *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq); } -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ /* -** Generate code to return a single integer value. +** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. +** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the +** expression. +** +** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell +** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the +** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part +** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the +** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they +** originated in the ON or USING clause. +** +** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the +** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not +** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed +** for cases like this: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 +** +** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 +** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a +** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not +** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately +** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in +** the output, which is incorrect. */ -static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - int mem = ++pParse->nMem; - i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value)); - if( pI64 ){ - memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value)); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1); +static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ + while( p ){ + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce); + p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable; + setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); + p = p->pRight; + } } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS /* -** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries -** or changes one of the flags in db->flags. Return 1 if so and 0 if not. -** Also, implement the pragma. -*/ -static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ - static const struct sPragmaType { - const char *zName; /* Name of the pragma */ - int mask; /* Mask for the db->flags value */ - } aPragma[] = { - { "full_column_names", SQLITE_FullColNames }, - { "short_column_names", SQLITE_ShortColNames }, - { "count_changes", SQLITE_CountRows }, - { "empty_result_callbacks", SQLITE_NullCallback }, - { "legacy_file_format", SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, - { "fullfsync", SQLITE_FullFSync }, - { "checkpoint_fullfsync", SQLITE_CkptFullFSync }, - { "reverse_unordered_selects", SQLITE_ReverseOrder }, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX - { "automatic_index", SQLITE_AutoIndex }, -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - { "sql_trace", SQLITE_SqlTrace }, - { "vdbe_listing", SQLITE_VdbeListing }, - { "vdbe_trace", SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, -#endif - /* The following is VERY experimental */ - { "writable_schema", SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode }, - { "omit_readlock", SQLITE_NoReadlock }, +** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. +** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. +** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. +** +** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. +** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most +** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to +** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between +** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are +** also attached to the left entry. +** +** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. +*/ +static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ + struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ - /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted - ** flag if there are any active statements. */ - { "read_uncommitted", SQLITE_ReadUncommitted }, - { "recursive_triggers", SQLITE_RecTriggers }, + pSrc = p->pSrc; + pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; + pRight = &pLeft[1]; + for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ + Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab; + Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; + int isOuter; - /* This flag may only be set if both foreign-key and trigger support - ** are present in the build. */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - { "foreign_keys", SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, -#endif - }; - int i; - const struct sPragmaType *p; - for(i=0, p=aPragma; izName)==0 ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); /* Already allocated by sqlite3Pragma() */ - if( ALWAYS(v) ){ - if( zRight==0 ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 ); - }else{ - int mask = p->mask; /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */ - if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ - /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not - ** in auto-commit mode. */ - mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys); - } + if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue; + isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; - if( getBoolean(zRight) ){ - db->flags |= mask; - }else{ - db->flags &= ~mask; - } + /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for + ** every column that the two tables have in common. + */ + if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ + if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " + "an ON or USING clause", 0); + return 1; + } + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */ + int iLeft; /* Matching left table */ + int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */ - /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL - ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all - ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); + zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName; + if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){ + addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j, + isOuter, &p->pWhere); } } + } + /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join + */ + if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " + "clauses in the same join"); return 1; } + + /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by + ** an AND operator. + */ + if( pRight->pOn ){ + if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); + p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); + pRight->pOn = 0; + } + + /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named + ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are + ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this + ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z + ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is + ** not contained in both tables to be joined. + */ + if( pRight->pUsing ){ + IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */ + int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */ + int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */ + int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */ + + zName = pList->a[j].zName; + iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName); + if( iRightCol<0 + || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " + "not present in both tables", zName); + return 1; + } + addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol, + isOuter, &p->pWhere); + } + } } return 0; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ + +/* Forward reference */ +static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */ + int iStart, /* Begin with this column of pList */ + int nExtra /* Add this many extra columns to the end */ +); /* -** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action. +** Insert code into "v" that will push the record in register regData +** into the sorter. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -static const char *actionName(u8 action){ - const char *zName; - switch( action ){ - case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break; - case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; - case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; - case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break; - default: zName = "NO ACTION"; - assert( action==OE_None ); break; +static void pushOntoSorter( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SortCtx *pSort, /* Information about the ORDER BY clause */ + Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */ + int regData /* Register holding data to be sorted */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int nExpr = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr; + int regRecord = ++pParse->nMem; + int regBase = pParse->nMem+1; + int nOBSat = pSort->nOBSat; + int op; + + pParse->nMem += nExpr+2; /* nExpr+2 registers allocated at regBase */ + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, regBase, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pSort->iECursor, regBase+nExpr); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nExpr+2-nOBSat,regRecord); + if( nOBSat>0 ){ + int regPrevKey; /* The first nOBSat columns of the previous row */ + int addrFirst; /* Address of the OP_IfNot opcode */ + int addrJmp; /* Address of the OP_Jump opcode */ + VdbeOp *pOp; /* Opcode that opens the sorter */ + int nKey; /* Number of sorting key columns, including OP_Sequence */ + KeyInfo *pKI; /* Original KeyInfo on the sorter table */ + + regPrevKey = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat; + nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + 1; + addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regPrevKey, regBase, pSort->nOBSat); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pSort->addrSortIndex); + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; + pOp->p2 = nKey + 1; + pKI = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + memset(pKI->aSortOrder, 0, pKI->nField); /* Makes OP_Jump below testable */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKI, P4_KEYINFO); + pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, nOBSat, 1); + addrJmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrJmp+1, 0, addrJmp+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + pSort->labelBkOut = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + pSort->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pSort->iECursor); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrFirst); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, regBase, regPrevKey, pSort->nOBSat); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJmp); + } + if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ + op = OP_SorterInsert; + }else{ + op = OP_IdxInsert; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, pSort->iECursor, regRecord); + if( pSelect->iLimit ){ + int addr1, addr2; + int iLimit; + if( pSelect->iOffset ){ + iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1; + }else{ + iLimit = pSelect->iLimit; + } + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pSort->iECursor); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pSort->iECursor); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); } - return zName; } -#endif - /* -** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants -** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase -** journal-mode name. +** Add code to implement the OFFSET */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){ - static char * const azModeName[] = { - "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory" -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - , "wal" -#endif - }; - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 ); - assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) ); - - if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0; - return azModeName[eMode]; +static void codeOffset( + Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ + int iOffset, /* Register holding the offset counter */ + int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */ +){ + if( iOffset>0 ){ + int addr; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNeg, iOffset, 0, -1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue); + VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records")); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } } /* -** Process a pragma statement. -** -** Pragmas are of this form: -** -** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value] -** -** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and -** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is -** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. +** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem +** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously +** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab +** if the current N values are new. ** -** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name -** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the -** id and pId2 is any empty string. +** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the +** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( - Parse *pParse, - Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */ - Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */ - Token *pValue, /* Token for , or NULL */ - int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded */ +static void codeDistinct( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ + int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ + int N, /* Number of elements */ + int iMem /* First element */ ){ - char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string */ - char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */ - const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ - Token *pId; /* Pointer to token */ - int iDb; /* Database index for */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db); - if( v==0 ) return; - sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v); - pParse->nMem = 2; - - /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the - ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + Vdbe *v; + int r1; - /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the - ** pragma, make sure it is open. - */ - if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ - return; - } + v = pParse->pVdbe; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); +} - zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId); - if( !zLeft ) return; - if( minusFlag ){ - zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression +** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result +** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur +** in multiple places. (The error only occurs in one place now, but we +** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.) +*/ +static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context. */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* Destination of SELECT results */ + int nExpr /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */ +){ + int eDest = pDest->eDest; + if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for " + "a SELECT that is part of an expression"); + return 1; }else{ - zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue); - } - - assert( pId2 ); - zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ - goto pragma_out; + return 0; } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the - ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of - ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current - ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value - ** stored in the database file. - ** - ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a - ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF. These days, synchronous - ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache - ** size. But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache - ** size of historical compatibility. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){ - static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE}, /* 1 */ - { OP_IfPos, 1, 7, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0}, - { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1}, - { OP_IfPos, 1, 7, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}, - }; - int addr; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - if( !zRight ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC); - pParse->nMem += 2; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); - }else{ - int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); - if( size<0 ) size = -size; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1); - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the - ** database page size value. The value can only be set if - ** the database has not yet been created. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( !zRight ){ - int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; - returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size); - }else{ - /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal - ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). - */ - db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - }else +} +#endif - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete - ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** secure_delete flag. The second form changes the secure_delete - ** flag setting and reports thenew value. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"secure_delete")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - int b = -1; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( zRight ){ - b = getBoolean(zRight); - } - if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ - sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b); - } - } - b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b); - returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b); - }else +/* +** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop +** of a SELECT. +** +** If srcTab is negative, then the pEList expressions +** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If srcTab is +** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only +** to get number columns and the datatype for each column. +*/ +static void selectInnerLoop( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ + ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */ + int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */ + SortCtx *pSort, /* If not NULL, info on how to process ORDER BY */ + DistinctCtx *pDistinct, /* If not NULL, info on how to process DISTINCT */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ + int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ + int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + int regResult; /* Start of memory holding result set */ + int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */ + int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; /* First argument to disposal method */ + int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */ - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The - ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both - ** forms return the current setting. - ** - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_count - ** - ** Return the number of pages in the specified database. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_count")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 - ){ - int iReg; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - iReg = ++pParse->nMem; - if( zLeft[0]=='p' ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else + assert( v ); + assert( pEList!=0 ); + hasDistinct = pDistinct ? pDistinct->eTnctType : WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP; + if( pSort && pSort->pOrderBy==0 ) pSort = 0; + if( pSort==0 && !hasDistinct ){ + assert( iContinue!=0 ); + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); + } - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) + /* Pull the requested columns. */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){ - const char *zRet = "normal"; - int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); + nResultCol = pEList->nExpr; - if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ - /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for - ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to - ** the locking-mode of the main database). - */ - eMode = db->dfltLockMode; - }else{ - Pager *pPager; - if( pId2->n==0 ){ - /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part - ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be - ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. - ** - ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that - ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified - ** locking mode. + if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){ + pDest->iSdst = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nResultCol; + }else if( pDest->iSdst+nResultCol > pParse->nMem ){ + /* This is an error condition that can result, for example, when a SELECT + ** on the right-hand side of an INSERT contains more result columns than + ** there are columns in the table on the left. The error will be caught + ** and reported later. But we need to make sure enough memory is allocated + ** to avoid other spurious errors in the meantime. */ + pParse->nMem += nResultCol; + } + pDest->nSdst = nResultCol; + regResult = pDest->iSdst; + if( srcTab>=0 ){ + for(i=0; ia[i].zName)); + } + }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){ + /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual + ** values returned by the SELECT are not required. + */ + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult, + (eDest==SRT_Output||eDest==SRT_Coroutine)?SQLITE_ECEL_DUP:0); + } + + /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement + ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row + ** part of the result. + */ + if( hasDistinct ){ + switch( pDistinct->eTnctType ){ + case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: { + VdbeOp *pOp; /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */ + int iJump; /* Jump destination */ + int regPrev; /* Previous row content */ + + /* Allocate space for the previous row */ + regPrev = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nResultCol; + + /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Null + ** sets the MEM_Cleared bit on the first register of the + ** previous value. This will cause the OP_Ne below to always + ** fail on the first iteration of the loop even if the first + ** row is all NULLs. */ - int ii; - assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); - for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); + pOp->opcode = OP_Null; + pOp->p1 = 1; + pOp->p2 = regPrev; + + iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nResultCol; + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr); + if( idfltLockMode = (u8)eMode; + assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regResult, regPrev, nResultCol-1); + break; } - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); - } - assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE); - if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ - zRet = "exclusive"; - } - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - }else + case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: { + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); + break; + } - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = - ** (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off) - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_mode")==0 ){ - int eMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ + default: { + assert( pDistinct->eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ); + codeDistinct(pParse, pDistinct->tabTnct, iContinue, nResultCol, regResult); + break; + } + } + if( pSort==0 ){ + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); + } + } - /* Force the schema to be loaded on all databases. This cases all - ** database files to be opened and the journal_modes set. */ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; + switch( eDest ){ + /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary + ** table iParm. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + case SRT_Union: { + int r1; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; } - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); + /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of + ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from + ** the temporary table iParm. + */ + case SRT_Except: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nResultCol); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - if( zRight==0 ){ - /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the - ** current mode */ - eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; - }else{ - const char *zMode; - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight); - for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){ - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break; - } - if( !zMode ){ - /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode, - ** then do a query */ - eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; + /* Store the result as data using a unique key. + */ + case SRT_Fifo: + case SRT_DistFifo: + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + if( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ){ + /* If the destination is DistFifo, then cursor (iParm+1) is open + ** on an ephemeral index. If the current row is already present + ** in the index, do not write it to the output. If not, add the + ** current row to the index and proceed with writing it to the + ** output table as well. */ + int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 4; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, addr, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r1); + assert( pSort==0 ); + } +#endif + if( pSort ){ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1); + }else{ + int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; } - if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){ - /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */ - iDb = 0; - pId2->n = 1; - } - for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ - if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, + ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this + ** item into the set table with bogus data. + */ + case SRT_Set: { + assert( nResultCol==1 ); + pDest->affSdst = + sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst); + if( pSort ){ + /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the + ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set + ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which + ** case the order does matter */ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult); + }else{ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult,1,r1, &pDest->affSdst, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); } + break; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - }else - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N - ** - ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_size_limit")==0 ){ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - i64 iLimit = -2; - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit, 1000000, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1; + /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. + */ + case SRT_Exists: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; } - iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit); - returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit); - }else - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N - ** - ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. - ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - if( !zRight ){ - int auto_vacuum; - if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){ - auto_vacuum = sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt); + /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then + ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out + ** of the scan loop. + */ + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( nResultCol==1 ); + if( pSort ){ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult); }else{ - auto_vacuum = SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM; - } - returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum); - }else{ - int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); - assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 ); - db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto; - if( ALWAYS(eAuto>=0) ){ - /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and - ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection - ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created - ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. - */ - int rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ - /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or - ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database - ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates - ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. - */ - static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE}, - { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1}, /* 5 */ - }; - int iAddr; - iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - } + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1); + /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ } + break; } - }else -#endif +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N) - ** - ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){ - int iLimit, addr; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; + case SRT_Coroutine: /* Send data to a co-routine */ + case SRT_Output: { /* Return the results */ + testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); + if( pSort ){ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1); + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nResultCol); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nResultCol); + } + break; } - if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ - iLimit = 0x7fffffff; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + /* Write the results into a priority queue that is order according to + ** pDest->pOrderBy (in pSO). pDest->iSDParm (in iParm) is the cursor for an + ** index with pSO->nExpr+2 columns. Build a key using pSO for the first + ** pSO->nExpr columns, then make sure all keys are unique by adding a + ** final OP_Sequence column. The last column is the record as a blob. + */ + case SRT_DistQueue: + case SRT_Queue: { + int nKey; + int r1, r2, r3; + int addrTest = 0; + ExprList *pSO; + pSO = pDest->pOrderBy; + assert( pSO ); + nKey = pSO->nExpr; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r2 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nKey+2); + r3 = r2+nKey+1; + if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){ + /* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open + ** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously + ** added to the queue. */ + addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, + regResult, nResultCol); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r3); + if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + } + for(i=0; ia[i].u.x.iOrderByCol - 1, + r2+i); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, iParm, r2+nKey); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r2, nKey+2, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); + if( addrTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTest); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r2, nKey+2); + break; } - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - }else -#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current local setting for the - ** page cache size. The local setting can be different from - ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database - ** file itself. The value returned is the maximum number of - ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets the local - ** page cache size value. It does not change the persistent - ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert - ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened. - ** N should be a positive integer. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - }else{ - int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); - if( size<0 ) size = -size; - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside + ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call + ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care + ** about the actual results of the select. + */ + default: { + assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); + break; } - }else +#endif + } - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store - ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default - ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. - ** - ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to - ** override this setting + /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. Except, if + ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited + ** the output for us. */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store); - }else{ - changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); + if( pSort==0 && p->iLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); VdbeCoverage(v); + } +} + +/* +** Allocate a KeyInfo object sufficient for an index of N key columns and +** X extra columns. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3 *db, int N, int X){ + KeyInfo *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, + sizeof(KeyInfo) + (N+X)*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1)); + if( p ){ + p->aSortOrder = (u8*)&p->aColl[N+X]; + p->nField = (u16)N; + p->nXField = (u16)X; + p->enc = ENC(db); + p->db = db; + p->nRef = 1; + }else{ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Deallocate a KeyInfo object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + p->nRef--; + if( p->nRef==0 ) sqlite3DbFree(0, p); + } +} + +/* +** Make a new pointer to a KeyInfo object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + p->nRef++; + } + return p; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Return TRUE if a KeyInfo object can be change. The KeyInfo object +** can only be changed if this is just a single reference to the object. +** +** This routine is used only inside of assert() statements. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo *p){ return p->nRef==1; } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/* +** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records +** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. +** +** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting +** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to +** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT +** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual +** index to implement a DISTINCT test. +** +** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc. The calling +** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually +** freed. +*/ +static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */ + int iStart, /* Begin with this column of pList */ + int nExtra /* Add this many extra columns to the end */ +){ + int nExpr; + KeyInfo *pInfo; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int i; + + nExpr = pList->nExpr; + pInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr+nExtra-iStart, 1); + if( pInfo ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pInfo) ); + for(i=iStart, pItem=pList->a+iStart; ipExpr); + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + pInfo->aColl[i-iStart] = pColl; + pInfo->aSortOrder[i-iStart] = pItem->sortOrder; } - }else + } + return pInfo; +} - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing - ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. - ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. - ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. - ** - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, - "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - } - }else{ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - if( zRight[0] ){ - int rc; - int res; - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); - goto pragma_out; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +/* +** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. +*/ +static const char *selectOpName(int id){ + char *z; + switch( id ){ + case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; + case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; + case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; + default: z = "UNION"; break; + } + return z; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +/* +** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function +** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, +** where the caption is of the form: +** +** "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx" +** +** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which +** is determined by the zUsage argument. +*/ +static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){ + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro +** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code +** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that +** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the +** code with #ifndef directives. +*/ +# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b + +#else +/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ +# define explainTempTable(y,z) +# define explainSetInteger(y,z) +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT) +/* +** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function +** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, +** where the caption is of one of the two forms: +** +** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)" +** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)" +** +** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding +** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter +** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, +** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is +** false, or the second form if it is true. +*/ +static void explainComposite( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + int op, /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */ + int iSub1, /* Subquery id 1 */ + int iSub2, /* Subquery id 2 */ + int bUseTmp /* True if a temp table was used */ +){ + assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL ); + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf( + pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2, + bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op) + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +} +#else +/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ +# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z) +#endif + +/* +** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, +** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated +** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following +** routine generates the code needed to do that. +*/ +static void generateSortTail( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ + SortCtx *pSort, /* Information on the ORDER BY clause */ + int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ + SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement */ + int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here to exit loop */ + int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */ + int addr; + int addrOnce = 0; + int iTab; + int pseudoTab = 0; + ExprList *pOrderBy = pSort->pOrderBy; + int eDest = pDest->eDest; + int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; + int regRow; + int regRowid; + int nKey; + + if( pSort->labelBkOut ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pSort->labelBkOut); + addrOnce = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + iTab = pSort->iECursor; + regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ + pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn); + regRowid = 0; + }else{ + regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + } + nKey = pOrderBy->nExpr - pSort->nOBSat; + if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ + int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem; + int ptab2 = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, ptab2, regSortOut, nKey+2); + if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); + addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak); + VdbeCoverage(v); + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ptab2, nKey+1, regRow); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); + }else{ + if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); + addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, nKey+1, regRow); + } + switch( eDest ){ + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case SRT_Set: { + assert( nColumn==1 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, + &pDest->affSdst, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid); + break; + } + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( nColumn==1 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif + default: { + int i; + assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + for(i=0; iiSdst+i ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iSdst+i); + if( i==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); } } - if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0 - || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) - || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) - ){ - invalidateTempStorage(pParse); - } - sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory); - if( zRight[0] ){ - sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); + if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iSdst, nColumn); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iSdst, nColumn); }else{ - sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ + break; } - }else + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); -#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) -# if defined(__APPLE__) -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 -# else -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 -# endif -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file - ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path" - ** - ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing - ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks. - ** - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_proxy_file")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - char *proxy_file_path = NULL; - sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - &proxy_file_path); - - if( proxy_file_path ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, - "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - } - }else{ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - int res; - if( zRight[0] ){ - res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - zRight); - } else { - res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - NULL); - } - if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file"); - goto pragma_out; - } - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the - ** default value will be restored the next time the database is - ** opened. + /* The bottom of the loop */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1); - }else{ - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); - }else{ - pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1; - } - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue); + if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( pSort->regReturn ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pSort->regReturn); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS - if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){ - /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code - ** there is nothing more to do here */ - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ +/* +** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the +** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. +** +** Also try to estimate the size of the returned value and return that +** result in *pEstWidth. +** +** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the +** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The +** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression +** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The +** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is +** considered a column by this function. +** +** SELECT col FROM tbl; +** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; +** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); +** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); +** +** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. +** +** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not +** the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA compile-time option is used. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,C,D,E,F) +static const char *columnTypeImpl( + NameContext *pNC, + Expr *pExpr, + const char **pzOrigDb, + const char **pzOrigTab, + const char **pzOrigCol, + u8 *pEstWidth +){ + char const *zOrigDb = 0; + char const *zOrigTab = 0; + char const *zOrigCol = 0; +#else /* if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */ +# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,F) +static const char *columnTypeImpl( + NameContext *pNC, + Expr *pExpr, + u8 *pEstWidth +){ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */ + char const *zType = 0; + int j; + u8 estWidth = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA table_info(
) - ** - ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of - ** the returned data set are: - ** - ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) - ** name: Column name - ** type: Column declaration type. - ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration - ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){ - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - int i; - int nHidden = 0; - Column *pCol; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6); - pParse->nMem = 6; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); - for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ - nHidden++; - continue; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4); - if( pCol->zDflt ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0); + if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0; + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: + case TK_COLUMN: { + /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being + ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real + ** database table or a subquery. + */ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ + Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ + int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + while( pNC && !pTab ){ + SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; + for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); + if( jnSrc ){ + pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; + pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5); + pNC = pNC->pNext; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 6); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6); } - } - }else - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){ - Index *pIdx; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pIdx ){ - int i; - pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2); - assert( pTab->nCol>cnum ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + if( pTab==0 ){ + /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would + ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how + ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer + ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like + ** the following: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER); + ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1; + ** + ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the + ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even + ** though it should really be "INTEGER". + ** + ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never + ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression + ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT + ** branch below. */ + break; } - } - }else - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){ - Index *pIdx; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - pIdx = pTab->pIndex; - if( pIdx ){ - int i = 0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC); - while(pIdx){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - ++i; - pIdx = pIdx->pNext; + assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab ); + if( pS ){ + /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause + ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin + ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. + */ + if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iColpEList->nExpr) ){ + /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the + ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see + ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. + */ + NameContext sNC; + Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; + sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pNC; + sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol, &estWidth); + } + }else if( pTab->pSchema ){ + /* A real table */ + assert( !pS ); + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + if( iCol<0 ){ + zType = "INTEGER"; + zOrigCol = "rowid"; + }else{ + zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + zOrigCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst; + } + zOrigTab = pTab->zName; + if( pNC->pParse ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + zOrigDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + } +#else + if( iCol<0 ){ + zType = "INTEGER"; + }else{ + zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst; } +#endif } + break; } - }else - - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){ - int i; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; - assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_SELECT: { + /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and + ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT + ** statement. + */ + NameContext sNC; + Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect; + Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pNC; + sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, &estWidth); + break; } - }else +#endif + } - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){ - int i = 0; - HashElem *p; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - pParse->nMem = 2; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + if( pzOrigDb ){ + assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol ); + *pzOrigDb = zOrigDb; + *pzOrigTab = zOrigTab; + *pzOrigCol = zOrigCol; + } +#endif + if( pEstWidth ) *pEstWidth = estWidth; + return zType; +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){ - FKey *pFK; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - pFK = pTab->pFKey; - if( pFK ){ - int i = 0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8); - pParse->nMem = 8; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC); - while(pFK){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol; - char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]); - char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, - pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8); - } - ++i; - pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; - } +/* +** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns +** in the result set. +*/ +static void generateColumnTypes( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ + ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + NameContext sNC; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + sNC.pParse = pParse; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + const char *zType; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + const char *zOrigDb = 0; + const char *zOrigTab = 0; + const char *zOrigCol = 0; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, 0); + + /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other + ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this + ** virtual machine is deleted. + */ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +#else + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0, 0); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) */ +} + +/* +** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns +** in the result set. This information is used to provide the +** azCol[] values in the callback. +*/ +static void generateColumnNames( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ + ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i, j; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int fullNames, shortNames; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ + if( pParse->explain ){ + return; + } +#endif + + if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return; + pParse->colNamesSet = 1; + fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; + shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p; + p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue; + if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ + char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){ + Table *pTab; + char *zCol; + int iCol = p->iColumn; + for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSrc); j++){ + if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break; + } + assert( jnSrc ); + pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); + if( iCol<0 ){ + zCol = "rowid"; + }else{ + zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; } + if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, + sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + }else if( fullNames ){ + char *zName = 0; + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + }else{ + const char *z = pEList->a[i].zSpan; + z = z==0 ? sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1) : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, z); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, z, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } - }else -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + } + generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); +} -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - if( getBoolean(zRight) ){ - sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: "); +/* +** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions +** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate +** column names for a table that would hold the expression list. +** +** All column names will be unique. +** +** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl, +** and other fields of Column are zeroed. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs, +** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +static int selectColumnsFromExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */ + i16 *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */ + Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */ + Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ + Expr *p; /* Expression for a single result column */ + char *zName; /* Column name */ + int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */ + + if( pEList ){ + nCol = pEList->nExpr; + aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol); + testcase( aCol==0 ); + }else{ + nCol = 0; + aCol = 0; + } + *pnCol = nCol; + *paCol = aCol; + + for(i=0, pCol=aCol; ia[i].pExpr); + if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ + /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use as the name */ + zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + }else{ + Expr *pColExpr = p; /* The expression that is the result column name */ + Table *pTab; /* Table associated with this expression */ + while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){ + pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight; + assert( pColExpr!=0 ); + } + if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){ + /* For columns use the column name name */ + int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn; + pTab = pColExpr->pTab; + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", + iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid"); + }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken); }else{ - sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); + /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan); } } - }else -#endif - - /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE - ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, getBoolean(zRight)); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + break; } - }else - -#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX -# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK - /* Pragma "quick_check" is an experimental reduced version of - ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption - ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "quick_check")==0 - ){ - int i, j, addr, mxErr; - /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error - ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the - ** error message + /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, + ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique. */ - static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { - { OP_AddImm, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_IfNeg, 1, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, - }; - - int isQuick = (zLeft[0]=='q'); - - /* Initialize the VDBE program */ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pParse->nMem = 6; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC); - - /* Set the maximum error count */ - mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr); - if( mxErr<=0 ){ - mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + for(j=cnt=0; j1 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[k]); k--){} + if( k>=0 && zName[k]==':' ) nName = k; + zName[nName] = 0; + zNewName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s:%d", zName, ++cnt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + zName = zNewName; + j = -1; + if( zName==0 ) break; } } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */ - - /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - HashElem *x; - Hash *pTbls; - int cnt = 0; - - if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; - - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - - /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree - ** - ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers - ** for all tables and indices in the database. - */ - pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; - for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); - Index *pIdx; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt); - cnt++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt); - cnt++; - } - } - - /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */ - if( pParse->nMem < cnt+4 ){ - pParse->nMem = cnt+4; - } - - /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName), - P4_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + pCol->zName = zName; + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + for(j=0; jdb; + NameContext sNC; + Column *pCol; + CollSeq *pColl; + int i; + Expr *p; + struct ExprList_item *a; + u64 szAll = 0; - if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Stop if out of errors */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 2); /* reg(2) will count entries */ - loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 2, 1); /* increment entry count */ - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - int jmp2; - int r1; - static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = { - { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_Rowid, 1, 4, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 5, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 6, 0}, /* 4 */ - { OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3}, - { OP_Concat, 5, 3, 3}, - { OP_Concat, 6, 3, 3}, - { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, - { OP_IfPos, 1, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ - { OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, - }; - r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, 1, 3, 0); - jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0, r1, pIdx->nColumn+1); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "rowid ", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+3, " missing from index ", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+9); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop); - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = { - { OP_Integer, 0, 3, 0}, - { OP_Rewind, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_AddImm, 3, 1, 0}, - { OP_Next, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_Eq, 2, 0, 3}, /* 4 */ - { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 2, 0}, /* 6 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 7 */ - { OP_Concat, 3, 2, 2}, - { OP_ResultRow, 2, 1, 0}, - }; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+6, - "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+7, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC); - } - } + assert( pSelect!=0 ); + assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 ); + assert( pTab->nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; + a = pSelect->pEList->a; + for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + p = a[i].pExpr; + pCol->zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p,0,0,0, &pCol->szEst)); + szAll += pCol->szEst; + pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); + if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); + if( pColl ){ + pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); } - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + } + pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(szAll*4); +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - /* - ** PRAGMA encoding - ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" - ** - ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main - ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. - ** - ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file - ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default - ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file - ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the - ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. - ** - ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are - ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If - ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH - ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. - ** - ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in - ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only - ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){ - static const struct EncName { - char *zName; - u8 enc; - } encnames[] = { - { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, - { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */ - { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */ - { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */ - { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, - { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, - { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ - { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ - { 0, 0 } - }; - const struct EncName *pEnc; - if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1); - assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); - assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); - assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ - /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not - ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value - ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not - ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. - */ - if( - !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || - DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) - ){ - for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ - ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - break; - } - } - if( !pEnc->zName ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); - } - } - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +/* +** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes +** the result set of that SELECT. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ + Table *pTab; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int savedFlags; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = - ** - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = - ** - ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get - ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both - ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers - ** stored in the database header. - ** - ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It - ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by - ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by - ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache - ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of - ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. - ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify - ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program - ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! - ** - ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by - ** applications for any purpose. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 - ){ - int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - switch( zLeft[0] ){ - case 'f': case 'F': - iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT; - break; - case 's': case 'S': - iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION; - break; - default: - iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION; - break; - } + savedFlags = db->flags; + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames; + db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0); + if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; + while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + db->flags = savedFlags; + pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); + if( pTab==0 ){ + return 0; + } + /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside + ** is disabled */ + assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); + pTab->nRef = 1; + pTab->zName = 0; + pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); + selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSelect); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); + return 0; + } + return pTab; +} - if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){ - /* Write the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 1}, /* 2 */ - }; - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie); - }else{ - /* Read the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0} - }; - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +/* +** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. +** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( v==0 ){ + v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse); + if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Init); + if( pParse->pToplevel==0 + && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db,SQLITE_FactorOutConst) + ){ + pParse->okConstFactor = 1; } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS - /* - ** PRAGMA compile_options - ** - ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build, - ** one option per row. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "compile_options")==0 ){ - int i = 0; - const char *zOpt; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - pParse->nMem = 1; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLITE_STATIC); - while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + } + return v; +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint - ** - ** Checkpoint the database. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_checkpoint")==0 ){ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, 0, 0); - }else - /* - ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint - ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N - ** - ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database - ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value - ** of N. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_autocheckpoint")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); - } - returnSingleInt(pParse, "wal_autocheckpoint", - db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0); - }else -#endif +/* +** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the +** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions +** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET +** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset +** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute +** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then +** iLimit and iOffset are negative. +** +** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if +** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and +** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero) +** prior to calling this routine. +** +** The iOffset register (if it exists) is initialized to the value +** of the OFFSET. The iLimit register is initialized to LIMIT. Register +** iOffset+1 is initialized to LIMIT+OFFSET. +** +** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get +** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force +** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple +** SELECT statements. +*/ +static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ + Vdbe *v = 0; + int iLimit = 0; + int iOffset; + int addr1, n; + if( p->iLimit ) return; -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) - /* - ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases + /* + ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some + ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be. + ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean + ** no rows. */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){ - static const char *const azLockName[] = { - "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" - }; - int i; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - pParse->nMem = 2; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt; - Pager *pPager; - const char *zState = "unknown"; - int j; - if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC); - pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){ - zState = "closed"; - }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, - SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ - zState = azLockName[j]; + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 ); + if( p->pLimit ){ + p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); + if( n==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak); + }else if( n>=0 && p->nSelectRow>(u64)n ){ + p->nSelectRow = n; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); - } - - }else -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 && zRight ){ - sqlite3_key(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); - }else - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "rekey")==0 && zRight ){ - sqlite3_rekey(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); - }else - if( zRight && (sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexkey")==0 || - sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexrekey")==0) ){ - int i, h1, h2; - char zKey[40]; - for(i=0; (h1 = zRight[i])!=0 && (h2 = zRight[i+1])!=0; i+=2){ - h1 += 9*(1&(h1>>6)); - h2 += 9*(1&(h2>>6)); - zKey[i/2] = (h2 & 0x0f) | ((h1 & 0xf)<<4); - } - if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){ - sqlite3_key(db, zKey, i/2); }else{ - sqlite3_rekey(db, zKey, i/2); - } - }else -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){ - sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); } -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){ - sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]); + if( p->pOffset ){ + p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter")); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET")); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); } -#endif - }else -#endif - - - {/* Empty ELSE clause */} + } +} - /* - ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous - ** setting changed. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - if( db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level, - (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0, - (db->flags&SQLITE_CkptFullFSync)!=0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +/* +** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of +** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if +** the column has no default collating sequence. +** +** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the +** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. +*/ +static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ + CollSeq *pRet; + if( p->pPrior ){ + pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); + }else{ + pRet = 0; } -#endif -pragma_out: - sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight); + assert( iCol>=0 ); + if( pRet==0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){ + pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); + } + return pRet; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ - -/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/ /* -** 2005 May 25 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** The select statement passed as the second parameter is a compound SELECT +** with an ORDER BY clause. This function allocates and returns a KeyInfo +** structure suitable for implementing the ORDER BY. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare() -** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema -** from disk. +** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling +** function is responsible for ensuring that this structure is eventually +** freed. */ +static KeyInfo *multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int nExtra){ + ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + int nOrderBy = p->pOrderBy->nExpr; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + KeyInfo *pRet = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nOrderBy+nExtra, 1); + if( pRet ){ + int i; + for(i=0; ia[i]; + Expr *pTerm = pItem->pExpr; + CollSeq *pColl; -/* -** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates -** that the database is corrupt. -*/ -static void corruptSchema( - InitData *pData, /* Initialization context */ - const char *zObj, /* Object being parsed at the point of error */ - const char *zExtra /* Error information */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pData->db; - if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){ - if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?"; - sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db, - "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj); - if( zExtra ){ - *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg, - "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra); + if( pTerm->flags & EP_Collate ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pTerm); + }else{ + pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1); + if( pColl==0 ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = + sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pTerm, pColl->zName); + } + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pRet) ); + pRet->aColl[i] = pColl; + pRet->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; } } - pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT; + + return pRet; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE /* -** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the -** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. -** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. +** This routine generates VDBE code to compute the content of a WITH RECURSIVE +** query of the form: ** -** Each callback contains the following information: +** AS ( UNION [ALL] ) +** \___________/ \_______________/ +** p->pPrior p ** -** argv[0] = name of thing being created -** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. -** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. ** -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ - InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; - sqlite3 *db = pData->db; - int iDb = pData->iDb; +** There is exactly one reference to the recursive-table in the FROM clause +** of recursive-query, marked with the SrcList->a[].isRecursive flag. +** +** The setup-query runs once to generate an initial set of rows that go +** into a Queue table. Rows are extracted from the Queue table one by +** one. Each row extracted from Queue is output to pDest. Then the single +** extracted row (now in the iCurrent table) becomes the content of the +** recursive-table for a recursive-query run. The output of the recursive-query +** is added back into the Queue table. Then another row is extracted from Queue +** and the iteration continues until the Queue table is empty. +** +** If the compound query operator is UNION then no duplicate rows are ever +** inserted into the Queue table. The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows +** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be +** discarded. If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed. +** +** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in +** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle. Without +** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO. +** +** If a LIMIT clause is provided, then the iteration stops after LIMIT rows +** have been output to pDest. A LIMIT of zero means to output no rows and a +** negative LIMIT means to output all rows. If there is also an OFFSET clause +** with a positive value, then the first OFFSET outputs are discarded rather +** than being sent to pDest. The LIMIT count does not begin until after OFFSET +** rows have been skipped. +*/ +static void generateWithRecursiveQuery( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The recursive SELECT to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the recursive query */ + int nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; /* Number of columns in the recursive table */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement under construction */ + Select *pSetup = p->pPrior; /* The setup query */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the loop */ + int addrCont, addrBreak; /* CONTINUE and BREAK addresses */ + int iCurrent = 0; /* The Current table */ + int regCurrent; /* Register holding Current table */ + int iQueue; /* The Queue table */ + int iDistinct = 0; /* To ensure unique results if UNION */ + int eDest = SRT_Fifo; /* How to write to Queue */ + SelectDest destQueue; /* SelectDest targetting the Queue table */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved LIMIT and OFFSET */ + int regLimit, regOffset; /* Registers used by LIMIT and OFFSET */ + + /* Obtain authorization to do a recursive query */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_RECURSIVE, 0, 0, 0) ) return; + + /* Process the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses, if they exist */ + addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, addrBreak); + pLimit = p->pLimit; + pOffset = p->pOffset; + regLimit = p->iLimit; + regOffset = p->iOffset; + p->pLimit = p->pOffset = 0; + p->iLimit = p->iOffset = 0; + pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - assert( argc==3 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); - return 1; + /* Locate the cursor number of the Current table */ + for(i=0; ALWAYS(inSrc); i++){ + if( pSrc->a[i].isRecursive ){ + iCurrent = pSrc->a[i].iCursor; + break; + } } - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ - if( argv[1]==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); - }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){ - /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. - ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated - ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data - ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. - */ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - TESTONLY(int rcp); /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */ + /* Allocate cursors numbers for Queue and Distinct. The cursor number for + ** the Distinct table must be exactly one greater than Queue in order + ** for the SRT_DistFifo and SRT_DistQueue destinations to work. */ + iQueue = pParse->nTab++; + if( p->op==TK_UNION ){ + eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_DistQueue : SRT_DistFifo; + iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; + }else{ + eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_Queue : SRT_Fifo; + } + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destQueue, eDest, iQueue); - assert( db->init.busy ); - db->init.iDb = iDb; - db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]); - db->init.orphanTrigger = 0; - TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0); - rc = db->errCode; - assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) ); - db->init.iDb = 0; - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){ - assert( iDb==1 ); - }else{ - pData->rc = rc; - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - } - } - } - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - }else if( argv[0]==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0); + /* Allocate cursors for Current, Queue, and Distinct. */ + regCurrent = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iCurrent, regCurrent, nCol); + if( pOrderBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + destQueue.pOrderBy = pOrderBy; }else{ - /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that - ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE - ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already - ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have - ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. - */ - Index *pIndex; - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( pIndex==0 ){ - /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which - ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since - ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also - ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. - */ - /* Do Nothing */; - }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage"); - } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, nCol); } - return 0; + VdbeComment((v, "Queue table")); + if( iDistinct ){ + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iDistinct, 0); + p->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + } + + /* Detach the ORDER BY clause from the compound SELECT */ + p->pOrderBy = 0; + + /* Store the results of the setup-query in Queue. */ + pSetup->pNext = 0; + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSetup, &destQueue); + pSetup->pNext = p; + if( rc ) goto end_of_recursive_query; + + /* Find the next row in the Queue and output that row */ + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iQueue, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Transfer the next row in Queue over to Current */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCurrent); /* To reset column cache */ + if( pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regCurrent); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iQueue, regCurrent); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iQueue); + + /* Output the single row in Current */ + addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + codeOffset(v, regOffset, addrCont); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, iCurrent, + 0, 0, pDest, addrCont, addrBreak); + if( regLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, regLimit, addrBreak, -1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCont); + + /* Execute the recursive SELECT taking the single row in Current as + ** the value for the recursive-table. Store the results in the Queue. + */ + p->pPrior = 0; + sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destQueue); + assert( p->pPrior==0 ); + p->pPrior = pSetup; + + /* Keep running the loop until the Queue is empty */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); + +end_of_recursive_query: + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy); + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOffset = pOffset; + return; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */ + +/* Forward references */ +static int multiSelectOrderBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +); + /* -** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal -** data structures for a single database file. The index of the -** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main -** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for -** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to -** indicate success or failure. +** This routine is called to process a compound query form from +** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or +** INTERSECT +** +** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the +** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query +** in which case this routine will be called recursively. +** +** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination +** of type eDest with parameter iParm. +** +** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. +** +** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 +** +** This statement is parsed up as follows: +** +** SELECT c FROM t3 +** | +** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 +** | +** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 +** +** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. +** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then +** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. +** +** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the +** individual selects always group from left to right. */ -static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){ - int rc; - int i; - int size; - Table *pTab; - Db *pDb; - char const *azArg[4]; - int meta[5]; - InitData initData; - char const *zMasterSchema; - char const *zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - int openedTransaction = 0; +static int multiSelect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ + Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ + SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */ + Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iSub1 = 0; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ + int iSub2 = 0; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ +#endif - /* - ** The master database table has a structure like this + /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only + ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. */ - static const char master_schema[] = - "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - static const char temp_master_schema[] = - "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#else - #define temp_master_schema 0 -#endif + assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */ + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || p->op==TK_ALL || p->op==TK_UNION ); + db = pParse->db; + pPrior = p->pPrior; + dest = *pDest; + if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before", + selectOpName(p->op)); + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + if( pPrior->pLimit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before", + selectOpName(p->op)); + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */ - /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema - ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being - ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table. + /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary */ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema; - }else{ - zMasterSchema = master_schema; + if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ + assert( p->pEList ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iSDParm, p->pEList->nExpr); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); + dest.eDest = SRT_Table; } - zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - /* Construct the schema tables. */ - azArg[0] = zMasterName; - azArg[1] = "1"; - azArg[2] = zMasterSchema; - azArg[3] = 0; - initData.db = db; - initData.iDb = iDb; - initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; - initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; - sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); - if( initData.rc ){ - rc = initData.rc; - goto error_out; - } - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){ - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly; + /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements + ** in their result sets. + */ + assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); + if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){ + if( p->selFlags & SF_Values ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "all VALUES must have the same number of terms"); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" + " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); + } + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; } - /* Create a cursor to hold the database open +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + if( p->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ + generateWithRecursiveQuery(pParse, p, &dest); + }else +#endif + + /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately. */ - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){ - DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest); + }else + + /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements. + */ + switch( p->op ){ + case TK_ALL: { + int addr = 0; + int nLimit; + assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); + pPrior->iLimit = p->iLimit; + pPrior->iOffset = p->iOffset; + pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; + pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset; + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest); + p->pLimit = 0; + p->pOffset = 0; + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + p->pPrior = 0; + p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; + p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; + if( p->iLimit ){ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); + } + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; + if( pPrior->pLimit + && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit) + && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > (u64)nLimit + ){ + p->nSelectRow = nLimit; + } + if( addr ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } + break; } - return SQLITE_OK; - } + case TK_EXCEPT: + case TK_UNION: { + int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */ + u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ + int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ + Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */ + int addr; + SelectDest uniondest; - /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened - ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it - ** will be closed before this function returns. */ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); - if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); - goto initone_error_out; + testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ); + testcase( p->op==TK_UNION ); + priorOp = SRT_Union; + if( dest.eDest==priorOp ){ + /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our + ** right. + */ + assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ + assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ + unionTab = dest.iSDParm; + }else{ + /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the + ** intermediate results. + */ + unionTab = pParse->nTab++; + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; + findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + assert( p->pEList ); + } + + /* Code the SELECT statements to our left + */ + assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab); + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest); + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Code the current SELECT statement + */ + if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ + op = SRT_Except; + }else{ + assert( p->op==TK_UNION ); + op = SRT_Union; + } + p->pPrior = 0; + pLimit = p->pLimit; + p->pLimit = 0; + pOffset = p->pOffset; + p->pOffset = 0; + uniondest.eDest = op; + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. + ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + p->pOrderBy = 0; + if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOffset = pOffset; + p->iLimit = 0; + p->iOffset = 0; + + /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form + ** it is that we currently need. + */ + assert( unionTab==dest.iSDParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp ); + if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){ + int iCont, iBreak, iStart; + assert( p->pEList ); + if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ + Select *pFirst = p; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + } + iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, + 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); + } + break; } - openedTransaction = 1; - } + default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); { + int tab1, tab2; + int iCont, iBreak, iStart; + Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; + int addr; + SelectDest intersectdest; + int r1; - /* Get the database meta information. - ** - ** Meta values are as follows: - ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. - ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. - ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. - ** meta[3] Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode) - ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE - ** meta[5] User version - ** meta[6] Incremental vacuum mode - ** meta[7] unused - ** meta[8] unused - ** meta[9] unused - ** - ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to - ** the possible values of meta[4]. - */ - for(i=0; ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); - } - pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1]; + /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires + ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin + ** by allocating the tables we will need. + */ + tab1 = pParse->nTab++; + tab2 = pParse->nTab++; + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); + + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; + findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + assert( p->pEList ); + + /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". + */ + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest); + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } - /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the - ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. - ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same - ** as sqlite3.enc. - */ - if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */ - if( iDb==0 ){ - u8 encoding; - /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ - encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3; - if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8; - ENC(db) = encoding; - db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0); - }else{ - /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ - if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same" - " text encoding as main database"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto initone_error_out; + /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" + */ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; + p->pPrior = 0; + pLimit = p->pLimit; + p->pLimit = 0; + pOffset = p->pOffset; + p->pOffset = 0; + intersectdest.iSDParm = tab2; + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOffset = pOffset; + + /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary + ** tables. + */ + assert( p->pEList ); + if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ + Select *pFirst = p; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); } + iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, + 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); + break; } - }else{ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - } - pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); - - if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){ - size = meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]; - if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } - if( size<0 ) size = -size; - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); } - /* - ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. - ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN - ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults - ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants - */ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]; - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; - } - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto initone_error_out; - } + explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL); - /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format, - ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will - ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending - ** indices that the user might have created. + /* Compute collating sequences used by + ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. + ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. + ** + ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. + ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most + ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and + ** no temp tables are required. */ - if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt; - } + if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ + Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ + CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */ - /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables - */ - assert( db->init.busy ); - { - char *zSql; - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - xAuth = db->xAuth; - db->xAuth = 0; -#endif - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - db->xAuth = xAuth; + assert( p->pNext==0 ); + nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nCol, 1); + if( !pKeyInfo ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto multi_select_end; } -#endif - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); + for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; ipDfltColl; + } } -#endif - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){ - /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider - ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the - ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one - ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset - ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary - ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table - ** even when its contents have been corrupted. - */ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating - ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs - ** before that point, jump to error_out. - */ -initone_error_out: - if( openedTransaction ){ - sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt); + for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ + for(i=0; i<2; i++){ + int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; + if( addr<0 ){ + /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can + ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ + assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); + break; + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), + P4_KEYINFO); + pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; + } + } + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo); } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); -error_out: - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } +multi_select_end: + pDest->iSdst = dest.iSdst; + pDest->nSdst = dest.nSdst; + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete); return rc; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ /* -** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file -** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files -** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an -** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. +** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a +** SELECT statment. ** -** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set -** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database -** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. +** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iSdst. There are +** pIn->nSdst columns to be output. pDest is where the output should +** be sent. +** +** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine +** return address. +** +** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that +** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false +** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is +** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing +** keys. +** +** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to +** iBreak. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ - int i, rc; - int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges); - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - db->init.busy = 1; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue; - rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i); - } - } +static int generateOutputSubroutine( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ + SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */ + int regReturn, /* The return address register */ + int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */ + int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iContinue; + int addr; - /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema - ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database - ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1) - && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ - rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1); - } - } -#endif + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - db->init.busy = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){ - sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); + /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT + */ + if( regPrev ){ + int j1, j2; + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); VdbeCoverage(v); + j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst, + (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst-1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev); } + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; - return rc; -} + /* Suppress the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause + */ + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); -/* -** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised. -** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( !db->init.busy ){ - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pParse->rc = rc; - pParse->nErr++; - } - return rc; -} + switch( pDest->eDest ){ + /* Store the result as data using a unique key. + */ + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table ); + testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iSDParm, r2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, r2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, + ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this + ** item into the set table with bogus data. + */ + case SRT_Set: { + int r1; + assert( pIn->nSdst==1 ); + pDest->affSdst = + sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst); + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, 1, r1, &pDest->affSdst,1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; + } -/* -** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out -** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. If all schema cookies -** make no changes to pParse->rc. -*/ -static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - int rc; - int cookie; +#if 0 /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */ + /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. + */ + case SRT_Exists: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iSDParm); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif - assert( pParse->checkSchema ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ - int openedTransaction = 0; /* True if a transaction is opened */ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; /* Btree database to read cookie from */ - if( pBt==0 ) continue; + /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then + ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out + ** of the scan loop. + */ + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( pIn->nSdst==1 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSDParm, 1); + /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened - ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it - ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */ - if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; + /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers + ** starting at pDest->iSdst. Then the co-routine yields. + */ + case SRT_Coroutine: { + if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){ + pDest->iSdst = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nSdst); + pDest->nSdst = pIn->nSdst; } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; - openedTransaction = 1; + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSdst, pDest->nSdst); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); + break; } - /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the - ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation, - ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ - sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie); - if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be + ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other + ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output. + ** + ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. + ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to + ** return the next row of result. + */ + default: { + assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); + break; } + } - /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */ - if( openedTransaction ){ - sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); - } + /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. + */ + if( p->iLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); VdbeCoverage(v); } + + /* Generate the subroutine return + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn); + + return addr; } /* -** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates -** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. +** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there +** is an ORDER BY clause. ** -** If the same database is attached more than once, the first -** attached database is returned. +** We assume a query of the following form: +** +** ORDER BY +** +** is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea +** is to code both and with the ORDER BY clause as +** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results +** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and +** selectB) there are 7 subroutines: +** +** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output +** of the compound query. +** +** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output +** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and +** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that +** appears only in B.) +** +** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and AB. +** +** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA. +** +** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. +** +** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which +** is used: +** +** +** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT +** ------------- ----------------- -------------- ----------------- +** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA +** +** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA +** +** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB +** +** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt +** +** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt +** +** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA +** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes +** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or +** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing. +** +** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled +** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously +** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output +** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous. +** +** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven +** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this: +** +** goto Init +** coA: coroutine for left query (A) +** coB: coroutine for right query (B) +** outA: output one row of A +** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only) +** EofA: ... +** EofB: ... +** AltB: ... +** AeqB: ... +** AgtB: ... +** Init: initialize coroutine registers +** yield coA +** if eof(A) goto EofA +** yield coB +** if eof(B) goto EofB +** Cmpr: Compare A, B +** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB +** End: ... +** +** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not +** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop +** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB, +** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ - int i = -1000000; - - /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in - ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one - ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this - ** function should never be used. - ** - ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using - ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much - ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() - ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). - */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( pSchema ){ - for(i=0; ALWAYS(inDb); i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ - break; - } - } - assert( i>=0 && inDb ); - } - return i; -} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +static int multiSelectOrderBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ + SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */ + SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */ + int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */ + int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */ + int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */ + int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */ + int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */ + int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */ + int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */ + int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */ + int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */ + int addrEofA_noB; /* Alternate addrEofA if B is uninitialized */ + int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */ + int addrAltB; /* Address of the AB subroutine */ + int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */ + int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */ + int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */ + int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */ + int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */ + int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */ + int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */ + int j1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */ + int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */ + KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */ + KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ + int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ +#endif -/* -** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. -*/ -static int sqlite3Prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - Vdbe *pReprepare, /* VM being reprepared */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ + assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 ); + assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */ + db = pParse->db; + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */ + labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - /* Allocate the parsing context */ - pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( pParse==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto end_prepare; - } - pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare; - assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 ); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all - ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that - ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in - ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes - ** to the schema. - ** - ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted - ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled - ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this - ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect - ** the schema change. Disaster would follow. - ** - ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because - ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it - ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change - ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold - ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is - ** holding them. - ** - ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, - ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still - ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set. + /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++) { - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); - if( rc ){ - const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName; - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); - testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted ); - goto end_prepare; + op = p->op; + pPrior = p->pPrior; + assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); + pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + assert( pOrderBy ); + nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; + + /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that + ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add + ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary. + */ + if( op!=TK_ALL ){ + for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; ju.x.iOrderByCol>0 ); + if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol==i ) break; + } + if( j==nOrderBy ){ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; + pNew->u.iValue = i; + pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew); + if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)i; } } } - sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); - - pParse->db = db; - pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1; - if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){ - char *zSqlCopy; - int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; - testcase( nBytes==mxLen ); - testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 ); - if( nBytes>mxLen ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long"); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG); - goto end_prepare; - } - zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); - if( zSqlCopy ){ - sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy); - pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy]; - }else{ - pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; + /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with + ** the permutation used to determine if the next + ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit + ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries + ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct + ** collation. + */ + aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy); + if( aPermute ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; iu.x.iOrderByCol>0 + && pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol<=p->pEList->nExpr ); + aPermute[i] = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol - 1; } + pKeyMerge = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1); }else{ - sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); + pKeyMerge = 0; } - assert( 1==(int)pParse->nQueryLoop ); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pParse->checkSchema ){ - schemaIsValid(pParse); - } - if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pzTail ){ - *pzTail = pParse->zTail; - } - rc = pParse->rc; + /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query. + */ + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){ - static const char * const azColName[] = { - "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment", - "selectid", "order", "from", "detail" - }; - int iFirst, mx; - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4); - iFirst = 8; - mx = 12; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8); - iFirst = 0; - mx = 8; - } - for(i=iFirst; ipVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME, - azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC); + /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed + ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the + ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL). + */ + if( op==TK_ALL ){ + regPrev = 0; + }else{ + int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr; + assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); + regPrev = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nExpr+1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev); + pKeyDup = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr, 1); + if( pKeyDup ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyDup) ); + for(i=0; iaColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); + pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0; + } } } -#endif - - assert( db->init.busy==0 || saveSqlFlag==0 ); - if( db->init.busy==0 ){ - Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag); - } - if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){ - sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); - assert(!(*ppStmt)); - }else{ - *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe; + + /* Separate the left and the right query from one another + */ + p->pPrior = 0; + pPrior->pNext = 0; + sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); + if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ + sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); } - if( zErrMsg ){ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + /* Compute the limit registers */ + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd); + if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){ + regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem; + regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit, + regLimitA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB); }else{ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - } - - /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */ - while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){ - TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg; - pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pT); + regLimitA = regLimitB = 0; } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); + p->pOffset = 0; -end_prepare: + regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem; + regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutA = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutB = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB); - sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); - return rc; -} -static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - assert( ppStmt!=0 ); - *ppStmt = 0; - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); - if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ - sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt); - rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} + /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the + ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select. + */ + addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrA, 0, addrSelectA); + VdbeComment((v, "left SELECT")); + pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA; + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrA); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); -/* -** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. -** -** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, -** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has -** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error -** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pNew; - const char *zSql; - sqlite3 *db; + /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on + ** the right - the "B" select + */ + addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrB, 0, addrSelectB); + VdbeComment((v, "right SELECT")); + savedLimit = p->iLimit; + savedOffset = p->iOffset; + p->iLimit = regLimitB; + p->iOffset = 0; + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB); + p->iLimit = savedLimit; + p->iOffset = savedOffset; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrB); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); - zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p); - assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */ - db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0); - if( rc ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - assert( pNew==0 ); - return rc; - }else{ - assert( pNew!=0 ); + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A + ** select as the next output row of the compound select. + */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A")); + addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, + p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, + regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); + + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B + ** select as the next output row of the compound select. + */ + if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B")); + addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, + p, &destB, pDest, regOutB, + regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); } - sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); - sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); - sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); - sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} - + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyDup); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. -*/ -static int sqlite3Prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 - ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The - ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. + /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A + ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains. */ - char *zSql8; - const char *zTail8 = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( ppStmt ); - *ppStmt = 0; - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zSql8 ){ - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8); + if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ + addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd; + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); + addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); + addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA); + p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; } - if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ - /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the - ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode - ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer - ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. - */ - int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); - *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); + /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B + ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains. + */ + if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ + addrEofB = addrEofA; + if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); + addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. -*/ + /* Generate code to handle the case of ApEList); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); -} + /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B + */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine")); + addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); -/* -** Initialize a SelectDest structure. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){ - pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest; - pDest->iParm = iParm; - pDest->affinity = 0; - pDest->iMem = 0; - pDest->nMem = 0; -} + /* This code runs once to initialize everything. + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA_noB); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v); + /* Implement the main merge loop + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy, + (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_PERMUTE); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); VdbeCoverage(v); -/* -** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that -** structure. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ - Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ - ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ - Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ - int isDistinct, /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ - Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */ -){ - Select *pNew; - Select standin; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */ - if( pNew==0 ){ - pNew = &standin; - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); - } - if( pEList==0 ){ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0)); - } - pNew->pEList = pEList; - pNew->pSrc = pSrc; - pNew->pWhere = pWhere; - pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - pNew->pHaving = pHaving; - pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - pNew->selFlags = isDistinct ? SF_Distinct : 0; - pNew->op = TK_SELECT; - pNew->pLimit = pLimit; - pNew->pOffset = pOffset; - assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 ); - pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - if( db->mallocFailed ) { - clearSelect(db, pNew); - if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); - pNew = 0; + /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd); + + /* Set the number of output columns + */ + if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ + Select *pFirst = pPrior; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); } - return pNew; -} -/* -** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ - if( p ){ - clearSelect(db, p); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly + ** by the calling function */ + if( p->pPrior ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); } + p->pPrior = pPrior; + pPrior->pNext = p; + + /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete + **** subqueries ****/ + explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) +/* Forward Declarations */ +static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*); +static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *); /* -** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the -** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type -** in terms of the following bit values: -** -** JT_INNER -** JT_CROSS -** JT_OUTER -** JT_NATURAL -** JT_LEFT -** JT_RIGHT -** -** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. +** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to +** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th +** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column +** unchanged.) ** -** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return -** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. +** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery +** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the +** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that +** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary +** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table +** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ - int jointype = 0; - Token *apAll[3]; - Token *p; - /* 0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */ - static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross"; - static const struct { - u8 i; /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */ - u8 nChar; /* Length of the keyword in characters */ - u8 code; /* Join type mask */ - } aKeyword[] = { - /* natural */ { 0, 7, JT_NATURAL }, - /* left */ { 6, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, - /* outer */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER }, - /* right */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - /* full */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - /* inner */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER }, - /* cross */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, - }; - int i, j; - apAll[0] = pA; - apAll[1] = pB; - apAll[2] = pC; - for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ - p = apAll[i]; - for(j=0; jn==aKeyword[j].nChar - && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){ - jointype |= aKeyword[j].code; - break; - } +static Expr *substExpr( + sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ + int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ + ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */ +){ + if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){ + if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + Expr *pNew; + assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnnExpr ); + assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); + pExpr = pNew; } - testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 ); - if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){ - jointype |= JT_ERROR; - break; + }else{ + pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList); + pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList); + }else{ + substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList); } } - if( - (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || - (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 - ){ - const char *zSp = " "; - assert( pB!=0 ); - if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " - "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); - jointype = JT_INNER; - }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 - && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); - jointype = JT_INNER; - } - return jointype; + return pExpr; } - -/* -** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column -** is not contained in the table. -*/ -static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ +static void substExprList( + sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ + int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ + ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ +){ int i; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList); } - return -1; } - -/* -** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a -** table that has a column named zCol. -** -** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index -** of the matching column and return TRUE. -** -** If not found, return FALSE. -*/ -static int tableAndColumnIndex( - SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */ - int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */ - const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */ - int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */ - int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */ +static void substSelect( + sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ + Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */ + int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */ + ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ ){ - int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */ - int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */ - - assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */ - for(i=0; ia[i].pTab, zCol); - if( iCol>=0 ){ - if( piTab ){ - *piTab = i; - *piCol = iCol; - } - return 1; + SrcList *pSrc; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + int i; + if( !p ) return; + substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList); + substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList); + substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList); + p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList); + p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList); + substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList); + pSrc = p->pSrc; + assert( pSrc ); /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */ + if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ + for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList); } } - return 0; } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) /* -** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the -** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which -** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form: +** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization. +** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs. ** -** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2) +** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following +** query: ** -** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the -** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is -** column iColRight of tab2. -*/ -static void addWhereTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* List of tables in FROM clause */ - int iLeft, /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */ - int iColLeft, /* Index of column in first table */ - int iRight, /* Index of second table in pSrc */ - int iColRight, /* Index of column in second table */ - int isOuterJoin, /* True if this is an OUTER join */ - Expr **ppWhere /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Expr *pE1; - Expr *pE2; - Expr *pEq; - - assert( iLeftnSrc>iRight ); - assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab ); - assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab ); - - pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft); - pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight); - - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0); - if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){ - ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin); - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - ExprSetIrreducible(pEq); - pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable; - } - *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq); -} - -/* -** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. -** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the -** expression. +** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 ** -** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell -** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the -** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part -** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the -** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they -** originated in the ON or USING clause. +** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the +** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then +** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two +** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table +** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be +** optimized. ** -** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the -** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not -** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed -** for cases like this: +** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into +** a single flat select, like this: ** -** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 +** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 ** -** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 -** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a -** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not -** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately -** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in -** the output, which is incorrect. -*/ -static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ - while( p ){ - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - ExprSetIrreducible(p); - p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable; - setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); - p = p->pRight; - } -} - -/* -** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. -** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. -** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. +** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result +** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might +** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be +** avoided. ** -** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. -** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most -** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to -** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between -** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are -** also attached to the left entry. +** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true: ** -** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. +** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates. +** +** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join. +** +** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join +** (Originally ticket #306. Strengthened by ticket #3300) +** +** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT. +** +** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT +** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction +** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries. +** +** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not +** DISTINCT. +** +** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. TODO: For subqueries without +** A FROM clause, consider adding a FROM close with the special +** table sqlite_once that consists of a single row containing a +** single NULL. +** +** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join. +** +** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use +** aggregates. +** +** (10) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not +** use LIMIT. +** +** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses. +** +** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously +** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350. +** +** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT. +** +** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET. +** +** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the +** subquery does not have a LIMIT clause. +** (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]). +** +** (16) The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does +** not contain ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter +** until we introduced the group_concat() function. +** +** (17) The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL +** compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and +** the parent query: +** +** * is not itself part of a compound select, +** * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and +** * is not a join +** +** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to +** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY, +** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. The subquery cannot use any compound +** operator other than UNION ALL because all the other compound +** operators have an implied DISTINCT which is disallowed by +** restriction (4). +** +** Also, each component of the sub-query must return the same number +** of result columns. This is actually a requirement for any compound +** SELECT statement, but all the code here does is make sure that no +** such (illegal) sub-query is flattened. The caller will detect the +** syntax error and return a detailed message. +** +** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the +** ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to +** columns of the sub-query. +** +** (19) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not +** have a WHERE clause. +** +** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use +** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint +** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must +** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But we +** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case. +** +** (21) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not +** DISTINCT. (See ticket [752e1646fc]). +** +** (22) The subquery is not a recursive CTE. +** +** (23) The parent is not a recursive CTE, or the sub-query is not a +** compound query. This restriction is because transforming the +** parent to a compound query confuses the code that handles +** recursive queries in multiSelect(). +** +** +** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. +** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query +** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates. +** +** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. +** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. +** +** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and +** the subquery before this routine runs. */ -static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ - SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ - struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ +static int flattenSubquery( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ + int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ + int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ + int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */ +){ + const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + Select *pParent; + Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ + Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ + SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ + ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */ + int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. + */ + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */ + if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener) ) return 0; pSrc = p->pSrc; - pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; - pRight = &pLeft[1]; - for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ - Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab; - Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; - int isOuter; - - if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue; - isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; - - /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for - ** every column that the two tables have in common. - */ - if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ - if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " - "an ON or USING clause", 0); - return 1; - } - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */ - int iLeft; /* Matching left table */ - int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */ + assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc ); + pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; + iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; + pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; + assert( pSub!=0 ); + if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */ + if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */ + pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; + assert( pSubSrc ); + /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, + ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET + ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET + ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) + ** and (14). */ + if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ + if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ + } + if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ + if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0; /* Restriction (5) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ + return 0; /* Restrictions (8)(9) */ + } + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (6) */ + } + if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ + } + if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (21) */ + } + if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Recursive ) return 0; /* Restriction (22) */ + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive) && pSub->pPrior ) return 0; /* (23) */ - zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName; - if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){ - addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j, - isOuter, &p->pWhere); - } - } - } + /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1: + ** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is + ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this + ** is not allowed: + ** + ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) + ** + ** If we flatten the above, we would get + ** + ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 + ** + ** which is not at all the same thing. + ** + ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2: + ** Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer + ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause. + ** An examples of why this is not allowed: + ** + ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0) + ** + ** If we flatten the above, we would get + ** + ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0 + ** + ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which + ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN. + ** + ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE: + ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN + ** is fraught with danger. Best to avoid the whole thing. If the + ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten. + */ + if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ + return 0; + } - /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join - */ - if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " - "clauses in the same join"); - return 1; + /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must + ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries + ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct + ** queries. + */ + if( pSub->pPrior ){ + if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* Restriction 20 */ } - - /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by - ** an AND operator. - */ - if( pRight->pOn ){ - if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); - p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); - pRight->pOn = 0; + if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ + return 0; } - - /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named - ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are - ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this - ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z - ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is - ** not contained in both tables to be joined. - */ - if( pRight->pUsing ){ - IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */ - int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */ - int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */ - int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */ - - zName = pList->a[j].zName; - iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName); - if( iRightCol<0 - || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " - "not present in both tables", zName); - return 1; - } - addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol, - isOuter, &p->pWhere); + for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){ + testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); + testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); + assert( pSub->pSrc!=0 ); + if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0 + || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) + || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc<1 + || pSub->pEList->nExpr!=pSub1->pEList->nExpr + ){ + return 0; } + testcase( pSub1->pSrc->nSrc>1 ); } - } - return 0; -} -/* -** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the -** stack into the sorter. -*/ -static void pushOntoSorter( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */ - int regData /* Register holding data to be sorted */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr; - int regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+2); - int regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, regBase, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, regBase+nExpr); - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nExpr + 2, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pOrderBy->iECursor, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nExpr+2); - if( pSelect->iLimit ){ - int addr1, addr2; - int iLimit; - if( pSelect->iOffset ){ - iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1; - }else{ - iLimit = pSelect->iLimit; + /* Restriction 18. */ + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; iipOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){ + if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0; + } } - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - } -} - -/* -** Add code to implement the OFFSET -*/ -static void codeOffset( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded */ - int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */ -){ - if( p->iOffset && iContinue!=0 ){ - int addr; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iOffset, -1); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, p->iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue); - VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records")); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); } -} -/* -** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem -** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously -** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab -** if the current N values are new. -** -** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the -** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. -*/ -static void codeDistinct( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ - int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ - int N, /* Number of elements */ - int iMem /* First element */ -){ - Vdbe *v; - int r1; + /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/ - v = pParse->pVdbe; - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); -} + /* Authorize the subquery */ + pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName; + TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); + testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY ); + pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -/* -** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression -** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result -** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur -** in multiple places. (The error only occurs in one place now, but we -** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.) -*/ -static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context. */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* Destination of SELECT results */ - int nExpr /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */ -){ - int eDest = pDest->eDest; - if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for " - "a SELECT that is part of an expression"); - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; + /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions + ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must + ** be of the form: + ** + ** SELECT FROM () + ** + ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block + ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or + ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original + ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple + ** select statements in the compound sub-query. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT a+1 FROM ( + ** SELECT x FROM tab + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT y FROM tab + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2 + ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1 + ** + ** Transformed into: + ** + ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5 + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5 + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5 + ** ORDER BY 1 + ** + ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening". + */ + for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){ + Select *pNew; + ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; + Expr *pOffset = p->pOffset; + Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; + p->pOrderBy = 0; + p->pSrc = 0; + p->pPrior = 0; + p->pLimit = 0; + p->pOffset = 0; + pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0); + p->pOffset = pOffset; + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + p->pSrc = pSrc; + p->op = TK_ALL; + if( pNew==0 ){ + p->pPrior = pPrior; + }else{ + pNew->pPrior = pPrior; + if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew; + pNew->pNext = p; + p->pPrior = pNew; + } + if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; } -} -#endif - -/* -** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop -** of a SELECT. -** -** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions -** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If nColumn>0 -** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the -** datatypes for each column. -*/ -static void selectInnerLoop( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ - ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */ - int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */ - int nColumn, /* Number of columns in the source table */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */ - int distinct, /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ - int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ - int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - int regResult; /* Start of memory holding result set */ - int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */ - int iParm = pDest->iParm; /* First argument to disposal method */ - int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */ - assert( v ); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - hasDistinct = distinct>=0; - if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); - } + /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause + ** in the outer query. + */ + pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; - /* Pull the requested columns. + /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the + ** subquery */ - if( nColumn>0 ){ - nResultCol = nColumn; - }else{ - nResultCol = pEList->nExpr; - } - if( pDest->iMem==0 ){ - pDest->iMem = pParse->nMem+1; - pDest->nMem = nResultCol; - pParse->nMem += nResultCol; - }else{ - assert( pDest->nMem==nResultCol ); - } - regResult = pDest->iMem; - if( nColumn>0 ){ - for(i=0; izDatabase); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias); + pSubitem->zDatabase = 0; + pSubitem->zName = 0; + pSubitem->zAlias = 0; + pSubitem->pSelect = 0; - /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement - ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row - ** part of the result. + /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the + ** subquery until code generation is + ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that + ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346. + ** + ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above. */ - if( hasDistinct ){ - assert( pEList!=0 ); - assert( pEList->nExpr==nColumn ); - codeDistinct(pParse, distinct, iContinue, nColumn, regResult); - if( pOrderBy==0 ){ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); + if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){ + Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab; + if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab; + pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel; + }else{ + pTabToDel->nRef--; } + pSubitem->pTab = 0; } - switch( eDest ){ - /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary - ** table iParm. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - case SRT_Union: { - int r1; - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } - - /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of - ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from - ** the temporary table iParm. - */ - case SRT_Except: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nColumn); - break; - } -#endif + /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery + ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind + ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening - + ** then this loop only runs once. + ** + ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the + ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember + ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in + ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code + ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace + ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM + ** elements we are now copying in. + */ + for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){ + int nSubSrc; + u8 jointype = 0; + pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */ + nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */ + pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */ - /* Store the result as data using a unique key. - */ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); - if( pOrderBy ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1); - }else{ - int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + if( pSrc ){ + assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */ + jointype = pSubitem->jointype; + }else{ + assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */ + pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSrc==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + break; } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, - ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this - ** item into the set table with bogus data. + /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer + ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause, + ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements + ** of the subquery. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB; + ** + ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the + ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next + ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots. The middle + ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the + ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery. */ - case SRT_Set: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity); - if( pOrderBy ){ - /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the - ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set - ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which - ** case the order does matter */ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult); - }else{ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + if( nSubSrc>1 ){ + pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + break; } - break; } - /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. + /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the + ** outer query. */ - case SRT_Exists: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; + for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom].pUsing); + pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; + memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); } - - /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out - ** of the scan loop. + pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype; + + /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for + ** references to the iParent in the outer query. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; + ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / + ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ + ** + ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see + ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". */ - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - if( pOrderBy ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ + pList = pParent->pEList; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){ + char *zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pList->a[i].zSpan); + sqlite3Dequote(zName); + pList->a[i].zName = zName; } - break; } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - - /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine. In the - ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for - ** popping the data from the stack. - */ - case SRT_Coroutine: - case SRT_Output: { - testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); - if( pOrderBy ){ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nColumn); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nColumn); - } - break; + substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList); + if( isAgg ){ + substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); + pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside - ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call - ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care - ** about the actual results of the select. + if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ + assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 ); + pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; + pSub->pOrderBy = 0; + }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){ + substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); + } + if( pSub->pWhere ){ + pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0); + }else{ + pWhere = 0; + } + if( subqueryIsAgg ){ + assert( pParent->pHaving==0 ); + pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere; + pParent->pWhere = pWhere; + pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); + pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0)); + assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 ); + pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0); + }else{ + pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList); + pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere); + } + + /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the + ** outer query is distinct. */ - default: { - assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); - break; + pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct; + + /* + ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; + ** + ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this + ** does not work if either limit is negative. + */ + if( pSub->pLimit ){ + pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; + pSub->pLimit = 0; } -#endif } - /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. Except, if - ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited - ** the output for us. + /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return + ** success. */ - if( pOrderBy==0 && p->iLimit ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); - } + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1); + + return 1; } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ /* -** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records -** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. +** Based on the contents of the AggInfo structure indicated by the first +** argument, this function checks if the following are true: ** -** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting -** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to -** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT -** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual -** index to implement a DISTINCT test. +** * the query contains just a single aggregate function, +** * the aggregate function is either min() or max(), and +** * the argument to the aggregate function is a column value. ** -** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc. The calling -** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually -** freed. Add the KeyInfo structure to the P4 field of an opcode using -** P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this. +** If all of the above are true, then WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX +** is returned as appropriate. Also, *ppMinMax is set to point to the +** list of arguments passed to the aggregate before returning. +** +** Or, if the conditions above are not met, *ppMinMax is set to 0 and +** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL is returned. */ -static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int nExpr; - KeyInfo *pInfo; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i; +static u8 minMaxQuery(AggInfo *pAggInfo, ExprList **ppMinMax){ + int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; /* Return value */ - nExpr = pList->nExpr; - pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); - if( pInfo ){ - pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr]; - pInfo->nField = (u16)nExpr; - pInfo->enc = ENC(db); - pInfo->db = db; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; ipExpr); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; + *ppMinMax = 0; + if( pAggInfo->nFunc==1 ){ + Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pExpr; /* Aggregate function */ + ExprList *pEList = pExpr->x.pList; /* Arguments to agg function */ + + assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); + if( pEList && pEList->nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){ + const char *zFunc = pExpr->u.zToken; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){ + eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN; + *ppMinMax = pEList; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){ + eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX; + *ppMinMax = pEList; } - pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl; - pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder; } } - return pInfo; + + assert( *ppMinMax==0 || (*ppMinMax)->nExpr==1 ); + return eRet; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* -** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. +** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. +** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This +** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: +** +** SELECT count(*) FROM +** +** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query +** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing +** is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned. */ -static const char *selectOpName(int id){ - char *z; - switch( id ){ - case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; - case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; - case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; - default: z = "UNION"; break; +static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Table *pTab; + Expr *pExpr; + + assert( !p->pGroupBy ); + + if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 + || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect + ){ + return 0; } - return z; + pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; + pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr ); + + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; + if( NEVER(pAggInfo->nFunc==0) ) return 0; + if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0; + if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0; + + return pTab; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* -** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function -** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, -** where the caption is of the form: +** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an +** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there +** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return +** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate +** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ + if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex; + Index *pIdx; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; + pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex); + pIdx=pIdx->pNext + ); + if( !pIdx ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pFrom->pIndex = pIdx; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +/* +** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with +** an alternative collating sequence. ** -** "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx" +** SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ... ** -** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which -** is determined by the zUsage argument. +** These are rewritten as a subquery: +** +** SELECT * FROM (SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2) +** ORDER BY ... COLLATE ... +** +** This transformation is necessary because the multiSelectOrderBy() routine +** above that generates the code for a compound SELECT with an ORDER BY clause +** uses a merge algorithm that requires the same collating sequence on the +** result columns as on the ORDER BY clause. See ticket +** http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/6709574d2a +** +** This transformation is only needed for EXCEPT, INTERSECT, and UNION. +** The UNION ALL operator works fine with multiSelectOrderBy() even when +** there are COLLATE terms in the ORDER BY. */ -static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){ - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); +static int convertCompoundSelectToSubquery(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + int i; + Select *pNew; + Select *pX; + sqlite3 *db; + struct ExprList_item *a; + SrcList *pNewSrc; + Parse *pParse; + Token dummy; + + if( p->pPrior==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + if( p->pOrderBy==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + for(pX=p; pX && (pX->op==TK_ALL || pX->op==TK_SELECT); pX=pX->pPrior){} + if( pX==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + a = p->pOrderBy->a; + for(i=p->pOrderBy->nExpr-1; i>=0; i--){ + if( a[i].pExpr->flags & EP_Collate ) break; } + if( i<0 ) return WRC_Continue; + + /* If we reach this point, that means the transformation is required. */ + + pParse = pWalker->pParse; + db = pParse->db; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + memset(&dummy, 0, sizeof(dummy)); + pNewSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&dummy,pNew,0,0); + if( pNewSrc==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + *pNew = *p; + p->pSrc = pNewSrc; + p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ALL, 0)); + p->op = TK_SELECT; + p->pWhere = 0; + pNew->pGroupBy = 0; + pNew->pHaving = 0; + pNew->pOrderBy = 0; + p->pPrior = 0; + p->pNext = 0; + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound; + assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 ); + pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew; + pNew->pLimit = 0; + pNew->pOffset = 0; + return WRC_Continue; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE /* -** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function -** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, -** where the caption is of one of the two forms: -** -** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)" -** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)" +** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested +** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by +** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) +** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise +** return NULL. ** -** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding -** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter -** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, -** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is -** false, or the second form if it is true. +** If a non-NULL value is returned, set *ppContext to point to the With +** object that the returned CTE belongs to. */ -static void explainComposite( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - int op, /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */ - int iSub1, /* Subquery id 1 */ - int iSub2, /* Subquery id 2 */ - int bUseTmp /* True if a temp table was used */ +static struct Cte *searchWith( + With *pWith, /* Current outermost WITH clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem, /* FROM clause element to resolve */ + With **ppContext /* OUT: WITH clause return value belongs to */ ){ - assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL ); - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf( - pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2, - bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op) - ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + const char *zName; + if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && (zName = pItem->zName)!=0 ){ + With *p; + for(p=pWith; p; p=p->pOuter){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCte; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, p->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + *ppContext = p; + return &p->a[i]; + } + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* The code generator maintains a stack of active WITH clauses +** with the inner-most WITH clause being at the top of the stack. +** +** This routine pushes the WITH clause passed as the second argument +** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this +** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it +** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when +** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT +** statement with which it is associated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){ + assert( bFree==0 || pParse->pWith==0 ); + if( pWith ){ + pWith->pOuter = pParse->pWith; + pParse->pWith = pWith; + pParse->bFreeWith = bFree; } } /* -** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro -** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code -** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that -** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the -** code with #ifndef directives. +** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by +** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And, +** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive +** reference to the current CTE. +** +** If pFrom falls into either of the two categories above, pFrom->pTab +** and other fields are populated accordingly. The caller should check +** (pFrom->pTab!=0) to determine whether or not a successful match +** was found. +** +** Whether or not a match is found, SQLITE_OK is returned if no error +** occurs. If an error does occur, an error message is stored in the +** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned. */ -# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b +static int withExpand( + Walker *pWalker, + struct SrcList_item *pFrom +){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + struct Cte *pCte; /* Matched CTE (or NULL if no match) */ + With *pWith; /* WITH clause that pCte belongs to */ + + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + + pCte = searchWith(pParse->pWith, pFrom, &pWith); + if( pCte ){ + Table *pTab; + ExprList *pEList; + Select *pSel; + Select *pLeft; /* Left-most SELECT statement */ + int bMayRecursive; /* True if compound joined by UNION [ALL] */ + With *pSavedWith; /* Initial value of pParse->pWith */ + + /* If pCte->zErr is non-NULL at this point, then this is an illegal + ** recursive reference to CTE pCte. Leave an error in pParse and return + ** early. If pCte->zErr is NULL, then this is not a recursive reference. + ** In this case, proceed. */ + if( pCte->zErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, pCte->zErr, pCte->zName); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + pTab->nRef = 1; + pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCte->zName); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; + pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pCte->pSelect, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + assert( pFrom->pSelect ); + + /* Check if this is a recursive CTE. */ + pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + bMayRecursive = ( pSel->op==TK_ALL || pSel->op==TK_UNION ); + if( bMayRecursive ){ + int i; + SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i]; + if( pItem->zDatabase==0 + && pItem->zName!=0 + && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName) + ){ + pItem->pTab = pTab; + pItem->isRecursive = 1; + pTab->nRef++; + pSel->selFlags |= SF_Recursive; + } + } + } + + /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */ + if( pTab->nRef>2 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg( + pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName + ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( pTab->nRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nRef==2 )); + + pCte->zErr = "circular reference: %s"; + pSavedWith = pParse->pWith; + pParse->pWith = pWith; + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, bMayRecursive ? pSel->pPrior : pSel); + + for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior); + pEList = pLeft->pEList; + if( pCte->pCols ){ + if( pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns", + pCte->zName, pEList->nExpr, pCte->pCols->nExpr + ); + pParse->pWith = pSavedWith; + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pEList = pCte->pCols; + } + + selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); + if( bMayRecursive ){ + if( pSel->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ + pCte->zErr = "multiple recursive references: %s"; + }else{ + pCte->zErr = "recursive reference in a subquery: %s"; + } + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); + } + pCte->zErr = 0; + pParse->pWith = pSavedWith; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +/* +** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH +** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object. +** +** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by +** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table +** names and other FROM clause elements. +*/ +static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + With *pWith = findRightmost(p)->pWith; + if( pWith!=0 ){ + assert( pParse->pWith==pWith ); + pParse->pWith = pWith->pOuter; + } +} #else -/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ -# define explainTempTable(y,z) -# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z) -# define explainSetInteger(y,z) +#define selectPopWith 0 #endif /* -** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, -** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated -** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following -** routine generates the code needed to do that. +** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement. +** "Expanding" means to do the following: +** +** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every +** element of the FROM clause. +** +** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that +** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, +** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement +** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT +** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement +** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation +** of the view. +** +** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword +** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. +** +** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking +** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. +** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table +** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. +** */ -static void generateSortTail( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ - SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */ -){ - int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here to exit loop */ - int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */ - int addr; - int iTab; - int pseudoTab = 0; - ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; +static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + int i, j, k; + SrcList *pTabList; + ExprList *pEList; + struct SrcList_item *pFrom; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Expr *pE, *pRight, *pExpr; + u16 selFlags = p->selFlags; - int eDest = pDest->eDest; - int iParm = pDest->iParm; + p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){ + return WRC_Prune; + } + pTabList = p->pSrc; + pEList = p->pEList; + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, findRightmost(p)->pWith, 0); - int regRow; - int regRowid; + /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in + ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. + */ + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList); - iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor; - regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn); - regRowid = 0; - }else{ - regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - } - addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); - codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1, regRow); - switch( eDest ){ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - break; + /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If + ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, + ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. + */ + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab; + assert( pFrom->isRecursive==0 || pFrom->pTab ); + if( pFrom->isRecursive ) continue; + if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){ + /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need + ** to go further. */ + assert( i==0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + selectPopWith(pWalker, p); +#endif + return WRC_Prune; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + if( withExpand(pWalker, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( pFrom->pTab ) {} else +#endif + if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case SRT_Set: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid); - break; + Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ + assert( pSel!=0 ); + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + pTab->nRef = 1; + pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_sq_%p", (void*)pTab); + while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; } + selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; +#endif + }else{ + /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pFrom); + if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + if( pTab->nRef==0xffff ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many references to \"%s\": max 65535", + pTab->zName); + pFrom->pTab = 0; + return WRC_Abort; + } + pTab->nRef++; +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) + if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort; + assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 ); + pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0); + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect); + } +#endif } - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; + + /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */ + if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){ + return WRC_Abort; } -#endif - default: { - int i; - assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); - for(i=0; iiMem+i ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iMem+i); - if( i==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); + } + + /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. + */ + if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of + ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names + ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression + ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list. + ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand + ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables. + ** + ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators + ** that need expanding. + */ + for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ + pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; + if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break; + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) ); + if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break; + } + if( knExpr ){ + /* + ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" + ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression + ** in the result set and expand them one by one. + */ + struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; + ExprList *pNew = 0; + int flags = pParse->db->flags; + int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 + && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; + + /* When processing FROM-clause subqueries, it is always the case + ** that full_column_names=OFF and short_column_names=ON. The + ** sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() routine makes it so. */ + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 + || ((flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)==0 && + (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0) ); + + for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ + pE = a[k].pExpr; + pRight = pE->pRight; + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 ); + if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){ + /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. + */ + pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; + pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan; + a[k].zName = 0; + a[k].zSpan = 0; } - } - if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iMem, nColumn); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iMem, nColumn); + a[k].pExpr = 0; }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); + /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be + ** expanded. */ + int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ + char *zTName = 0; /* text of name of TABLE */ + if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){ + assert( pE->pLeft!=0 ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) ); + zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken; + } + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + Select *pSub = pFrom->pSelect; + char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; + const char *zSchemaName = 0; + int iDb; + if( zTabName==0 ){ + zTabName = pTab->zName; + } + if( db->mallocFailed ) break; + if( pSub==0 || (pSub->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 ){ + pSub = 0; + if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){ + continue; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + zSchemaName = iDb>=0 ? db->aDb[iDb].zName : "*"; + } + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; + char *zColname; /* The computed column name */ + char *zToFree; /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */ + Token sColname; /* Computed column name as a token */ + + assert( zName ); + if( zTName && pSub + && sqlite3MatchSpanName(pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan, 0, zTName, 0)==0 + ){ + continue; + } + + /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible + ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded + ** result-set list. + */ + if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ + assert(IsVirtual(pTab)); + continue; + } + tableSeen = 1; + + if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){ + if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 + && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0) + ){ + /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the + ** table to the right of the join */ + continue; + } + if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ + /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the + ** using clause from the table on the right. */ + continue; + } + } + pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName); + zColname = zName; + zToFree = 0; + if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){ + Expr *pLeft; + pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName); + pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); + if( zSchemaName ){ + pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zSchemaName); + pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pExpr, 0); + } + if( longNames ){ + zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName); + zToFree = zColname; + } + }else{ + pExpr = pRight; + } + pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr); + sColname.z = zColname; + sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0); + if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){ + struct ExprList_item *pX = &pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1]; + if( pSub ){ + pX->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan); + testcase( pX->zSpan==0 ); + }else{ + pX->zSpan = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s.%s", + zSchemaName, zTabName, zColname); + testcase( pX->zSpan==0 ); + } + pX->bSpanIsTab = 1; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree); + } + } + if( !tableSeen ){ + if( zTName ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); + } + } } - break; } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); + p->pEList = pNew; } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); - - /* The bottom of the loop - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); - if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0); +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN + if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); } +#endif + return WRC_Continue; } /* -** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the -** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. +** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. ** -** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the -** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The -** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression -** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The -** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is -** considered a column by this function. +** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees +** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, +** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then +** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every +** subquery in the parser tree. +*/ +static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries. +** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT +** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above. ** -** SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); -** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); -** -** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. +** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a +** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before +** name resolution is performed. +** +** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse. +** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr +** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed. */ -static const char *columnType( - NameContext *pNC, - Expr *pExpr, - const char **pzOriginDb, - const char **pzOriginTab, - const char **pzOriginCol -){ - char const *zType = 0; - char const *zOriginDb = 0; - char const *zOriginTab = 0; - char const *zOriginCol = 0; - int j; - if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0; +static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; + w.pParse = pParse; + if( pParse->hasCompound ){ + w.xSelectCallback = convertCompoundSelectToSubquery; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); + } + w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander; + w.xSelectCallback2 = selectPopWith; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); +} - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - case TK_COLUMN: { - /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being - ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real - ** database table or a subquery. - */ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ - Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ - int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - while( pNC && !pTab ){ - SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; - for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); - if( jnSrc ){ - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; - }else{ - pNC = pNC->pNext; - } - } - if( pTab==0 ){ - /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would - ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how - ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer - ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like - ** the following: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER); - ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1; - ** - ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the - ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even - ** though it should really be "INTEGER". - ** - ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never - ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression - ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT - ** branch below. */ - break; - } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo() +** interface. +** +** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl +** information to the Table structure that represents the result set +** of that subquery. +** +** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed +** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted +** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This +** routine is called after identifier resolution. +*/ +static void selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse; + int i; + SrcList *pTabList; + struct SrcList_item *pFrom; - assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab ); - if( pS ){ - /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause - ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin - ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. - */ - if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iColpEList->nExpr) ){ - /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the - ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see - ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pNC; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); - } - }else if( ALWAYS(pTab->pSchema) ){ - /* A real table */ - assert( !pS ); - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); - if( iCol<0 ){ - zType = "INTEGER"; - zOriginCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - } - zOriginTab = pTab->zName; - if( pNC->pParse ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ); + if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){ + p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo; + pParse = pWalker->pParse; + pTabList = p->pSrc; + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){ + /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ + Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + if( pSel ){ + while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior; + selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSel); } } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: { - /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and - ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT - ** statement. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pNC; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); - break; } -#endif - } - - if( pzOriginDb ){ - assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol ); - *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb; - *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab; - *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol; } - return zType; } +#endif + /* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns -** in the result set. +** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to +** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a +** SELECT statement. +** +** Use this routine after name resolution. */ -static void generateColumnTypes( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - NameContext sNC; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pParse = pParse; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - const char *zType; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA - const char *zOrigDb = 0; - const char *zOrigTab = 0; - const char *zOrigCol = 0; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); - - /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other - ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this - ** virtual machine is deleted. - */ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -#else - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0); +static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xSelectCallback2 = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo; + w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; + w.pParse = pParse; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); #endif - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ } + /* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns -** in the result set. This information is used to provide the -** azCol[] values in the callback. +** This routine sets up a SELECT statement for processing. The +** following is accomplished: +** +** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms. +** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries. +** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements +** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded. +** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables. +** +** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT. */ -static void generateColumnNames( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */ ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i, j; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int fullNames, shortNames; + sqlite3 *db; + if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; + db = pParse->db; + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; + sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; + sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; + sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p); +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ - if( pParse->explain ){ - return; +/* +** Reset the aggregate accumulator. +** +** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold +** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This +** routine generates code that stores NULLs in all of those memory +** cells. +*/ +static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; + int nReg = pAggInfo->nFunc + pAggInfo->nColumn; + if( nReg==0 ) return; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Verify that all AggInfo registers are within the range specified by + ** AggInfo.mnReg..AggInfo.mxReg */ + assert( nReg==pAggInfo->mxReg-pAggInfo->mnReg+1 ); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + assert( pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg + && pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg ); + } + for(i=0; inFunc; i++){ + assert( pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg + && pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg ); } #endif - - if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return; - pParse->colNamesSet = 1; - fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; - shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p; - p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue; - if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ - char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){ - Table *pTab; - char *zCol; - int iCol = p->iColumn; - for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSrc); j++){ - if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break; - } - assert( jnSrc ); - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); - if( iCol<0 ){ - zCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - } - if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, - sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - }else if( fullNames ){ - char *zName = 0; - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->mnReg, pAggInfo->mxReg); + for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){ + if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ + Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one " + "argument"); + pFunc->iDistinct = -1; }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); } - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, - sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } } - generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); } /* -** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions -** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate -** column names for a table that would hold the expression list. -** -** All column names will be unique. -** -** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl, -** and other fields of Column are zeroed. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs, -** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM. +** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function +** in the AggInfo structure. */ -static int selectColumnsFromExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */ - int *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */ - Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */ - Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ - Expr *p; /* Expression for a single result column */ - char *zName; /* Column name */ - int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */ +static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pF; + for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ + ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0, + (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + } +} - *pnCol = nCol = pEList->nExpr; - aCol = *paCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol); - if( aCol==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - for(i=0, pCol=aCol; ia[i].pExpr; - assert( p->pRight==0 || ExprHasProperty(p->pRight, EP_IntValue) - || p->pRight->u.zToken==0 || p->pRight->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); - if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ - /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use as the name */ - zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); +/* +** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on +** the current cursor position. +*/ +static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + int regHit = 0; + int addrHitTest = 0; + struct AggInfo_func *pF; + struct AggInfo_col *pC; + + pAggInfo->directMode = 1; + for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ + int nArg; + int addrNext = 0; + int regAgg; + ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( pList ){ + nArg = pList->nExpr; + regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP); }else{ - Expr *pColExpr = p; /* The expression that is the result column name */ - Table *pTab; /* Table associated with this expression */ - while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ) pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight; - if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){ - /* For columns use the column name name */ - int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn; - pTab = pColExpr->pTab; - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", - iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid"); - }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken); - }else{ - /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan); - } + nArg = 0; + regAgg = 0; } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - break; + if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ + addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + assert( nArg==1 ); + codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg); } - - /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, - ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique. - */ - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - for(j=cnt=0; jpFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + CollSeq *pColl = 0; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int j; + assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */ + for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr); } + if( !pColl ){ + pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; + } + if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, regHit, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); } - pCol->zName = zName; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - for(j=0; jiMem, + (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); + if( addrNext ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol); - *paCol = 0; - *pnCol = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Add type and collation information to a column list based on -** a SELECT statement. -** -** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList(). -** The column list has only names, not types or collations. This -** routine goes through and adds the types and collations. -** -** This routine requires that all identifiers in the SELECT -** statement be resolved. -*/ -static void selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing contexts */ - int nCol, /* Number of columns */ - Column *aCol, /* List of columns */ - Select *pSelect /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - NameContext sNC; - Column *pCol; - CollSeq *pColl; - int i; - Expr *p; - struct ExprList_item *a; - assert( pSelect!=0 ); - assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 ); - assert( nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; - a = pSelect->pEList->a; - for(i=0, pCol=aCol; izType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0)); - pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); - if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); - if( pColl ){ - pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); - } + /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache. + ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present + ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value + ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register + ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the + ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5]. + ** + ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached + ** values to an OP_Copy. + */ + if( regHit ){ + addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem); + } + pAggInfo->directMode = 0; + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + if( addrHitTest ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest); } } /* -** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes -** the result set of that SELECT. +** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple +** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab"). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ - Table *pTab; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int savedFlags; - - savedFlags = db->flags; - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames; - db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; - sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0); - if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; - while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - db->flags = savedFlags; - pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); - if( pTab==0 ){ - return 0; - } - /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside - ** is disabled */ - assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); - pTab->nRef = 1; - pTab->zName = 0; - pTab->nRowEst = 1000000; - selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); - selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSelect); - pTab->iPKey = -1; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); - return 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +static void explainSimpleCount( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being queried */ + Index *pIdx /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */ +){ + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + int bCover = (pIdx!=0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx))); + char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s%s%s", + pTab->zName, + bCover ? " USING COVERING INDEX " : "", + bCover ? pIdx->zName : "" + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( + pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC + ); } - return pTab; } +#else +# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c) +#endif /* -** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. -** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. +** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. +** +** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure. +** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information. +** +** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are +** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in +** pParse->zErrMsg. +** +** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The +** calling function needs to do that. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( v==0 ){ - v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Trace); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ + int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ + ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ + Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ + int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ + DistinctCtx sDistinct; /* Info on how to code the DISTINCT keyword */ + SortCtx sSort; /* Info on how to code the ORDER BY clause */ + AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ + int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId; + pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++; #endif + + db = pParse->db; + if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ + return 1; } - return v; -} + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; + memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo ); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo ); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue ); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue ); + if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ + assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || + pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard || + pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo || + pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo); + /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does + ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + p->pOrderBy = 0; + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + } + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0); + memset(&sSort, 0, sizeof(sSort)); + sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + pTabList = p->pSrc; + pEList = p->pEList; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto select_end; + } + isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; + assert( pEList!=0 ); -/* -** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the -** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions -** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET -** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset -** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute -** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then -** iLimit and iOffset are negative. -** -** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if -** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and -** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values -** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine. -** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get -** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force -** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple -** SELECT statements. -*/ -static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ - Vdbe *v = 0; - int iLimit = 0; - int iOffset; - int addr1, n; - if( p->iLimit ) return; + /* Begin generating code. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto select_end; - /* - ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some - ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be. - ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean - ** no rows. + /* If writing to memory or generating a set + ** only a single column may be output. */ - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 ); - if( p->pLimit ){ - p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* VDBE should have already been allocated */ - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); - if( n==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak); - }else{ - if( p->nSelectRow > (double)n ) p->nSelectRow = (double)n; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ + goto select_end; + } +#endif + + /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) + for(i=0; !p->pPrior && inSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; + SelectDest dest; + Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; + int isAggSub; + + if( pSub==0 ) continue; + + /* Sometimes the code for a subquery will be generated more than + ** once, if the subquery is part of the WHERE clause in a LEFT JOIN, + ** for example. In that case, do not regenerate the code to manifest + ** a view or the co-routine to implement a view. The first instance + ** is sufficient, though the subroutine to manifest the view does need + ** to be invoked again. */ + if( pItem->addrFillSub ){ + if( pItem->viaCoroutine==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub); + } + continue; + } + + /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression + ** tree referred to by this, the parent select. The child select + ** may contain expression trees of at most + ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit + ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing + ** an exact limit. + */ + pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); + + isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; + if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){ + /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */ + if( isAggSub ){ + isAgg = 1; + p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; } + i = -1; + }else if( pTabList->nSrc==1 + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SubqCoroutine) + ){ + /* Implement a co-routine that will return a single row of the result + ** set on each invocation. + */ + int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1; + pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName)); + pItem->addrFillSub = addrTop; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, pItem->regReturn); + explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); + pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow); + pItem->viaCoroutine = 1; + pItem->regResult = dest.iSdst; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, pItem->regReturn); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop-1); + sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak); + /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with + ** the content of this subquery. pItem->addrFillSub will point + ** to the address of the generated subroutine. pItem->regReturn + ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address + */ + int topAddr; + int onceAddr = 0; + int retAddr; + assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 ); + pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn); + pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1; + if( pItem->isCorrelated==0 ){ + /* If the subquery is not correlated and if we are not inside of + ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery + ** once. */ + onceAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName)); + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName)); + } + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor); + explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); + pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow); + if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr); + retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn); + VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr); + sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); } - if( p->pOffset ){ - p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); - VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter")); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET")); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){ + goto select_end; + } + pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); + pTabList = p->pSrc; + if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ + sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; } } -} + pEList = p->pEList; +#endif + pWhere = p->pWhere; + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + pHaving = p->pHaving; + sDistinct.isTnct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of -** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if -** the column has no default collating sequence. -** -** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the -** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. -*/ -static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ - CollSeq *pRet; + /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first. + */ if( p->pPrior ){ - pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); - }else{ - pRet = 0; - } - assert( iCol>=0 ); - if( pRet==0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){ - pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); + rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest); + explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); + return rc; } - return pRet; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -/* Forward reference */ -static int multiSelectOrderBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ -); - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** This routine is called to process a compound query form from -** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or -** INTERSECT -** -** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the -** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query -** in which case this routine will be called recursively. -** -** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination -** of type eDest with parameter iParm. -** -** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. -** -** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 -** -** This statement is parsed up as follows: -** -** SELECT c FROM t3 -** | -** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 -** | -** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 -** -** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. -** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then -** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. -** -** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the -** individual selects always group from left to right. -*/ -static int multiSelect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ - Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ - SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */ - Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ - int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ #endif - /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only - ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. + /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and + ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query + ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this: + ** + ** SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz + ** + ** is transformed to: + ** + ** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz + ** + ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be + ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally + ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER + ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other. */ - assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */ - db = pParse->db; - pPrior = p->pPrior; - assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior ); - assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost ); - dest = *pDest; - if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - if( pPrior->pLimit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; + if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct + && sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, p->pEList, -1)==0 + ){ + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0); + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; + /* Notice that even thought SF_Distinct has been cleared from p->selFlags, + ** the sDistinct.isTnct is still set. Hence, isTnct represents the + ** original setting of the SF_Distinct flag, not the current setting */ + assert( sDistinct.isTnct ); } - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */ - - /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting + ** index might end up being unused if the data can be + ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the + ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once + ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex + ** variable is used to facilitate that change. */ - if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - assert( p->pEList ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iParm, p->pEList->nExpr); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); - dest.eDest = SRT_Table; + if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, sSort.pOrderBy, 0, 0); + sSort.iECursor = pParse->nTab++; + sSort.addrSortIndex = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, + sSort.iECursor, sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + }else{ + sSort.addrSortIndex = -1; } - /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements - ** in their result sets. + /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. */ - assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); - if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" - " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; + if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iSDParm, pEList->nExpr); } - /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately. + /* Set the limiter. */ - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest); + iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + p->nSelectRow = LARGEST_INT64; + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); + if( p->iLimit==0 && sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, sSort.addrSortIndex)->opcode = OP_SorterOpen; + sSort.sortFlags |= SORTFLAG_UseSorter; } - /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements. + /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set. */ - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_ALL: { - int addr = 0; - int nLimit; - assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); - pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; - pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset; - explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest); - p->pLimit = 0; - p->pOffset = 0; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - p->pPrior = 0; - p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; - p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; - if( p->iLimit ){ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit); - VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); + if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ + sDistinct.tabTnct = pParse->nTab++; + sDistinct.addrTnct = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, + sDistinct.tabTnct, 0, 0, + (char*)keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList,0,0), + P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); + sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED; + }else{ + sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP; + } + + if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ + /* No aggregate functions and no GROUP BY clause */ + u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0); + + /* Begin the database scan. */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, sSort.pOrderBy, + p->pEList, wctrlFlags, 0); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + if( sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo) < p->nSelectRow ){ + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo); + } + if( sDistinct.isTnct && sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo) ){ + sDistinct.eTnctType = sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo); + } + if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ + sSort.nOBSat = sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo); + if( sSort.nOBSat==sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr ){ + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; } - explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; - if( pPrior->pLimit - && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit) - && p->nSelectRow > (double)nLimit - ){ - p->nSelectRow = (double)nLimit; + } + + /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral + ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral + ** into an OP_Noop. + */ + if( sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 && sSort.pOrderBy==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex); + } + + /* Use the standard inner loop. */ + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest, + sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(pWInfo), + sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo)); + + /* End the database scan loop. + */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + }else{ + /* This case when there exist aggregate functions or a GROUP BY clause + ** or both */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ + int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ + int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ + int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least + ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been + ** processed */ + int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ + int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ + int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */ + int sortPTab = 0; /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */ + int sortOut = 0; /* Output register from the sorter */ + int orderByGrp = 0; /* True if the GROUP BY and ORDER BY are the same */ + + /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the + ** GROUP BY clause. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + int k; /* Loop counter */ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */ + + for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ + pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0; } - if( addr ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ + pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0; } - break; + if( p->nSelectRow>100 ) p->nSelectRow = 100; + }else{ + p->nSelectRow = 1; } - case TK_EXCEPT: - case TK_UNION: { - int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */ - u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ - int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */ - int addr; - SelectDest uniondest; - testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ); - testcase( p->op==TK_UNION ); - priorOp = SRT_Union; - if( dest.eDest==priorOp && ALWAYS(!p->pLimit &&!p->pOffset) ){ - /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our - ** right. + + /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are + ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause + ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out + ** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY may use a + ** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required + ** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the + ** ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses are the same by setting the orderByGrp + ** variable. */ + if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pGroupBy, sSort.pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){ + orderByGrp = 1; + } + + /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */ + addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in + ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the + ** SELECT statement. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; + sAggInfo.mnReg = pParse->nMem+1; + sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0; + sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList); + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy); + if( pHaving ){ + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving); + } + sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; + for(i=0; ix.pList); + sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc; + } + sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem; + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; + + /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and + ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ + int j1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */ + int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ + int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */ + int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ + int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ + int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ + int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ + int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */ + + /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to + ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out + ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction + ** will be converted into a Noop. + */ + sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; + pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, 0, 0); + addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, + sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, + 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + + /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing + */ + iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem; + iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem; + addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + regReset = ++pParse->nMem; + addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; + iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iAMem, iAMem+pGroupBy->nExpr-1); + + /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. + ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or + ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information + ** in the right order to begin with. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pGroupBy, 0, + WHERE_GROUPBY | (orderByGrp ? WHERE_SORTBYGROUP : 0), 0 + ); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)==pGroupBy->nExpr ){ + /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so + ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be + ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo */ - assert( p->pRightmost!=p ); /* Can only happen for leftward elements - ** of a 3-way or more compound */ - assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ - assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ - unionTab = dest.iParm; + groupBySort = 0; }else{ - /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the - ** intermediate results. + /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push + ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, + ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output + ** in sorted order */ - unionTab = pParse->nTab++; - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; - assert( p->pEList ); - } + int regBase; + int regRecord; + int nCol; + int nGroupBy; + + explainTempTable(pParse, + (sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ? + "DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY"); + + groupBySort = 1; + nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr; + nCol = nGroupBy + 1; + j = nGroupBy+1; + for(i=0; i=j ){ + nCol++; + j++; + } + } + regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy); + j = nGroupBy+1; + for(i=0; iiSorterColumn>=j ){ + int r1 = j + regBase; + int r2; + + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, + pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0); + if( r1!=r2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1); + } + j++; + } + } + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++; + sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); + VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); VdbeCoverage(v); + sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - /* Code the SELECT statements to our left - */ - assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab); - explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; } - /* Code the current SELECT statement - */ - if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ - op = SRT_Except; - }else{ - assert( p->op==TK_UNION ); - op = SRT_Union; + /* If the index or temporary table used by the GROUP BY sort + ** will naturally deliver rows in the order required by the ORDER BY + ** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier. + ** + ** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless. + ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to + ** disable this optimization for testing purposes. */ + if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) + && (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo)) + ){ + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex); } - p->pPrior = 0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - uniondest.eDest = op; - explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. - ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - p->pOrderBy = 0; - if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; - p->iLimit = 0; - p->iOffset = 0; - /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form - ** it is that we currently need. + /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... + ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) + ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms + ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... */ - assert( unionTab==dest.iParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp ); - if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){ - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - assert( p->pEList ); - if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sortOut); + } + for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j); + if( j==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); + }else{ + sAggInfo.directMode = 1; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j); } - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); - iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr, - 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); } - break; - } - default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); { - int tab1, tab2; - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; - int addr; - SelectDest intersectdest; - int r1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr, + (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); - /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires - ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin - ** by allocating the tables we will need. + /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. + ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code + ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. + ** + ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... + ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine + ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation + ** for the next GROUP BY batch. */ - tab1 = pParse->nTab++; - tab2 = pParse->nTab++; - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "output one row")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); + VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator")); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; - assert( p->pEList ); + /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of + ** the current row + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator")); - /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". + /* End of the loop */ - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); - explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx); } - /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" + /* Output the final row of result */ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; - p->pPrior = 0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - intersectdest.iParm = tab2; - explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "output final row")); - /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary - ** tables. + /* Jump over the subroutines */ - assert( p->pEList ); - if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd); + + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result + ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag + ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If + ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine + ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in + ** order to signal the caller to abort. + */ + addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow); + addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, &sSort, + &sDistinct, pDest, + addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator")); + + /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset); + resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); + + } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */ + else { + ExprList *pDel = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT + Table *pTab; + if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ + /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then + ** the SQL statement is of the form: + ** + ** SELECT count(*) FROM + ** + ** where the Table structure returned represents table . + ** + ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The + ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that + ** contains the data for table or on one of its indexes. It + ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost + ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables. + */ + const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */ + Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */ + Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */ + int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ + + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + + /* Search for the index that has the lowest scan cost. + ** + ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index. + ** + ** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index. + ** + ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only + ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. + */ + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 + && pIdx->szIdxRowszTabRow + && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 + && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRowszIdxRow) + ){ + pBest = pIdx; + } + } + if( pBest ){ + iRoot = pBest->tnum; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pBest); + } + + /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1); + if( pKeyInfo ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); + explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ + { + /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms: + ** + ** SELECT min(x) FROM ... + ** SELECT max(x) FROM ... + ** + ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results + ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. + ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then + ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the + ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is + ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum + ** value of x, the only row required). + ** + ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly + ** modify behavior as follows: + ** + ** + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by + ** where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value + ** for x. + ** + ** + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which + ** index or indices to use) should place a different priority on + ** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases. + ** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details. + */ + ExprList *pMinMax = 0; + u8 flag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; + + assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); + assert( flag==0 ); + if( p->pHaving==0 ){ + flag = minMaxQuery(&sAggInfo, &pMinMax); + } + assert( flag==0 || (pMinMax!=0 && pMinMax->nExpr==1) ); + + if( flag ){ + pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMinMax, 0); + pDel = pMinMax; + if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){ + pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0; + pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; + } + } + + /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The + ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row + ** of output. + */ + resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMax,0,flag,0); + if( pWInfo==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); + goto select_end; + } + updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + assert( pMinMax==0 || pMinMax->nExpr==1 ); + if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo)); + VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", + (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max"))); + } + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); } - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr, - 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); - break; + + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, 0, 0, + pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); + + } /* endif aggregate query */ + + if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){ + explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT"); } - explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL); + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results + ** and send them to the callback one by one. + */ + if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ + explainTempTable(pParse, sSort.nOBSat>0 ? "RIGHT PART OF ORDER BY":"ORDER BY"); + generateSortTail(pParse, p, &sSort, pEList->nExpr, pDest); + } - /* Compute collating sequences used by - ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. - ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. - ** - ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. - ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most - ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and - ** no temp tables are required. + /* Jump here to skip this query */ - if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ - Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ - CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); - assert( p->pRightmost==p ); - nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; - pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1)); - if( !pKeyInfo ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto multi_select_end; - } + /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0 + ** to indicate no errors. + */ + rc = 0; - pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(db); - pKeyInfo->nField = (u16)nCol; + /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon + ** successful coding of the SELECT. + */ +select_end: + explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); - for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; ipDfltColl; + /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ + generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList); + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol); + sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc); + return rc; +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) +/* +** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object. +*/ +static void explainOneSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "SELECT "); + if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){ + if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "DISTINCT "); + } + if( p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "agg_flag "); + } + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " "); + } + sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pEList); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ){ + int i; + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "FROM "); + sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe); + for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "{%d,*} = ", pItem->iCursor); + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ExplainSelect(pVdbe, pItem->pSelect); + if( pItem->pTab ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (tabname=%s)", pItem->pTab->zName); + } + }else if( pItem->zName ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s", pItem->zName); } + if( pItem->zAlias ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias); + } + if( pItem->jointype & JT_LEFT ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " LEFT-JOIN"); + } + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } + sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe); + } + if( p->pWhere ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "WHERE "); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pWhere); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } + if( p->pGroupBy ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "GROUPBY "); + sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pGroupBy); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } + if( p->pHaving ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "HAVING "); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pHaving); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "ORDERBY "); + sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pOrderBy); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } + if( p->pLimit ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "LIMIT "); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pLimit); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } + if( p->pOffset ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "OFFSET "); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pOffset); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){ + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "(null-select)"); + return; + } + sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe); + while( p ){ + explainOneSelect(pVdbe, p); + p = p->pNext; + if( p==0 ) break; + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s\n", selectOpName(p->op)); + } + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "END"); + sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe); +} + +/* End of the structure debug printing code +*****************************************************************************/ +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */ + +/************** End of select.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table() +** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main +** interface routine of sqlite3_exec(). +** +** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked +** if they are not used. +*/ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE + +/* +** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through +** to the callback function is uses to build the result. +*/ +typedef struct TabResult { + char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */ + int nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */ + int nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */ + int nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */ + int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */ +} TabResult; + +/* +** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job +** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new +** memory as necessary. +*/ +static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){ + TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */ + int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + char *z; /* A single column of result */ + + /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything + ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback. + */ + if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){ + need = nCol*2; + }else{ + need = nCol; + } + if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){ + char **azNew; + p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need; + azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); + if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed; + p->azResult = azNew; + } + + /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing + ** the names of all columns. + */ + if( p->nRow==0 ){ + p->nColumn = nCol; + for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; } + }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){ + sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries" + ); + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + return 1; + } - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ - for(i=0; i<2; i++){ - int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; - if( addr<0 ){ - /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can - ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ - assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); - break; - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; + /* Copy over the row data + */ + if( argv!=0 ){ + for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pKeyInfo); + p->nRow++; } + return 0; -multi_select_end: - pDest->iMem = dest.iMem; - pDest->nMem = dest.nMem; - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete); - return rc; +malloc_failed: + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return 1; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ /* -** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a -** SELECT statment. -** -** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iMem. There are -** pIn->nMem columns to be output. pDest is where the output should -** be sent. -** -** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine -** return address. -** -** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that -** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false -** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is -** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing -** keys. +** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row, +** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results +** at the conclusion of the call. ** -** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to -** iBreak. +** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained +** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. +** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when +** the calling procedure is finished using it. */ -static int generateOutputSubroutine( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ - SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */ - int regReturn, /* The return address register */ - int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */ - int p4type, /* The p4 type for pKeyInfo */ - int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ + const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ + char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */ + int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */ + int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int iContinue; - int addr; - - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int rc; + TabResult res; - /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT - */ - if( regPrev ){ - int j1, j2; - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem, - (char*)pKeyInfo, p4type); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev); + *pazResult = 0; + if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0; + if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0; + if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; + res.zErrMsg = 0; + res.nRow = 0; + res.nColumn = 0; + res.nData = 1; + res.nAlloc = 20; + res.rc = SQLITE_OK; + res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc ); + if( res.azResult==0 ){ + db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; - - /* Suppress the the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause - */ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); - - switch( pDest->eDest ){ - /* Store the result as data using a unique key. - */ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table ); - testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iParm, r2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iParm, r1, r2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, - ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this - ** item into the set table with bogus data. - */ - case SRT_Set: { - int r1; - assert( pIn->nMem==1 ); - p->affinity = - sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity); - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iParm, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } - -#if 0 /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */ - /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. - */ - case SRT_Exists: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iParm); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif - - /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out - ** of the scan loop. - */ - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( pIn->nMem==1 ); - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - - /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers - ** starting at pDest->iMem. Then the co-routine yields. - */ - case SRT_Coroutine: { - if( pDest->iMem==0 ){ - pDest->iMem = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nMem); - pDest->nMem = pIn->nMem; + res.azResult[0] = 0; + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg); + assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) ); + res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData); + if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + if( res.zErrMsg ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg); } - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iMem, pDest->nMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); - break; + sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); } - - /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be - ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other - ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output. - ** - ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. - ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to - ** return the next row of result. - */ - default: { - assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem); - break; + db->errCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */ + return res.rc; + } + sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + return rc; + } + if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){ + char **azNew; + azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData ); + if( azNew==0 ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + res.azResult = azNew; } + *pazResult = &res.azResult[1]; + if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn; + if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow; + return rc; +} - /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. - */ - if( p->iLimit ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); +/* +** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table( + char **azResult /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */ +){ + if( azResult ){ + int i, n; + azResult--; + assert( azResult!=0 ); + n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]); + for(i=1; i ORDER BY -** -** is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea -** is to code both and with the ORDER BY clause as -** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results -** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and -** selectB) there are 7 subroutines: ** -** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output -** of the compound query. -** -** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output -** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and -** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that -** appears only in B.) -** -** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and AB. -** -** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA. -** -** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. -** -** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which -** is used: -** -** -** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT -** ------------- ----------------- -------------- ----------------- -** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA -** -** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA -** -** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB -** -** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt -** -** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt -** -** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA -** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes -** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or -** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing. -** -** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled -** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously -** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output -** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous. -** -** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven -** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this: +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** goto Init -** coA: coroutine for left query (A) -** coB: coroutine for right query (B) -** outA: output one row of A -** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only) -** EofA: ... -** EofB: ... -** AltB: ... -** AeqB: ... -** AgtB: ... -** Init: initialize coroutine registers -** yield coA -** if eof(A) goto EofA -** yield coB -** if eof(B) goto EofB -** Cmpr: Compare A, B -** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB -** End: ... +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not -** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop -** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB, -** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB. +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -static int multiSelectOrderBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ - SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */ - SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */ - int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */ - int regEofA; /* Flag to indicate when select-A is complete */ - int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */ - int regEofB; /* Flag to indicate when select-B is complete */ - int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */ - int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */ - int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */ - int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */ - int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */ - int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */ - int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */ - int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */ - int addrAltB; /* Address of the AB subroutine */ - int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */ - int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */ - int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */ - int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */ - int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */ - int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */ - int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */ - int j1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */ - int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */ - KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */ - KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ - int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ - int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ - int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ -#endif - assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 ); - assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */ - db = pParse->db; - v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( v!=0 ); /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */ - labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +/* +** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){ + while( pTriggerStep ){ + TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep; + pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList); - /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause - */ - op = p->op; - pPrior = p->pPrior; - assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - assert( pOrderBy ); - nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); + } +} - /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that - ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add - ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary. - */ - if( op!=TK_ALL ){ - for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; jiCol>0 ); - if( pItem->iCol==i ) break; - } - if( j==nOrderBy ){ - Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); - if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; - pNew->u.iValue = i; - pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew); - pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].iCol = (u16)i; - } - } +/* +** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to +** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers. +** +** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab +** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger. But there might be additional +** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema. This routine prepends all +** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list +** and returns the combined list. +** +** To state it another way: This routine returns a list of all triggers +** that fire off of pTab. The list will include any TEMP triggers on +** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; + Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */ + + if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ + return 0; } - /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with - ** the permutation used to determine if the next - ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit - ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries - ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct - ** collation. - */ - aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy); - if( aPermute ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; iiCol>0 && pItem->iCol<=p->pEList->nExpr ); - aPermute[i] = pItem->iCol - 1; - } - pKeyMerge = - sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pKeyMerge)+nOrderBy*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1)); - if( pKeyMerge ){ - pKeyMerge->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyMerge->aColl[nOrderBy]; - pKeyMerge->nField = (u16)nOrderBy; - pKeyMerge->enc = ENC(db); - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; - if( pTerm->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pColl = pTerm->pColl; - }else{ - pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, aPermute[i]); - pTerm->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - pTerm->pColl = pColl; - } - pKeyMerge->aColl[i] = pColl; - pKeyMerge->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ + HashElem *p; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) ); + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema + && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) + ){ + pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); + pList = pTrig; } } - }else{ - pKeyMerge = 0; } - /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query. - */ - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0); + return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); +} - /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed - ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the - ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL). - */ - if( op==TK_ALL ){ - regPrev = 0; +/* +** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement +** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger +** structure is generated based on the information available and stored +** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the +** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger +** construction process. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */ + Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */ + Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */ + int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */ + int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */ + IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */ + SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */ + Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */ + int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */ + int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */ +){ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; /* The new trigger */ + Table *pTab; /* Table that the trigger fires off of */ + char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */ + Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */ + DbFixer sFix; /* State vector for the DB fixer */ + int iTabDb; /* Index of the database holding pTab */ + + assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */ + assert( pName2!=0 ); + assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE ); + assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); + if( isTemp ){ + /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */ + if( pName2->n>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name"); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + iDb = 1; + pName = pName1; }else{ - int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr; - assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); - regPrev = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev); - pKeyDup = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(*pKeyDup) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); - if( pKeyDup ){ - pKeyDup->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyDup->aColl[nExpr]; - pKeyDup->nField = (u16)nExpr; - pKeyDup->enc = ENC(db); - for(i=0; iaColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); - pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0; - } + /* Figure out the db that the trigger will be created in */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; } } - - /* Separate the left and the right query from one another - */ - p->pPrior = 0; - sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); - if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ - sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); + if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; } - /* Compute the limit registers */ - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd); - if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){ - regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem; - regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit, - regLimitA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB); - }else{ - regLimitA = regLimitB = 0; + /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed: + ** + ** CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab .... + ** ^^^^^^^^ + ** + ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database + ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing our of SQLITE_MASTER. + */ + if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase); + pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0; } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = 0; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); - p->pOffset = 0; - - regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem; - regEofA = ++pParse->nMem; - regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem; - regEofB = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutA = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutB = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB); - /* Jump past the various subroutines and coroutines to the main - ** merge loop + /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table, + ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database. + ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not + ** exist, the error is caught by the block below. */ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); + if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab + && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + iDb = 1; + } + /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */ + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup; + assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 ); + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName); + if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); + if( !pTab ){ + /* The table does not exist. */ + if( db->init.iDb==1 ){ + /* Ticket #3810. + ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are + ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table + ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the + ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the + ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an + ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing. + */ + db->init.orphanTrigger = 1; + } + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables"); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } - /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the - ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select. - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for left SELECT")); - pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA; - explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); - VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for left SELECT")); + /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the + ** specified name exists */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), + zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + } + goto trigger_cleanup; + } - /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on - ** the right - the "B" select - */ - addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for right SELECT")); - savedLimit = p->iLimit; - savedOffset = p->iOffset; - p->iLimit = regLimitB; - p->iOffset = 0; - explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); - sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB); - p->iLimit = savedLimit; - p->iOffset = savedOffset; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); - VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for right SELECT")); + /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table"); + pParse->nErr++; + goto trigger_cleanup; + } - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A - ** select as the next output row of the compound select. - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A")); - addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, - p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, - regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, labelEnd); - - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B - ** select as the next output row of the compound select. + /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD + ** of triggers. */ - if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B")); - addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, - p, &destB, pDest, regOutB, - regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_STATIC, labelEnd); + if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", + (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF" + " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0); + goto trigger_cleanup; } + iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A - ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains. - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); - if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ - addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelEnd); - }else{ - addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, labelEnd); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA); - p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName; + const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb; + if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } } +#endif - /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B - ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains. + /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers + ** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every + ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code + ** elsewhere. */ - if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ - addrEofB = addrEofA; - if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; - }else{ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); - addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, labelEnd); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB); + if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){ + tr_tm = TK_BEFORE; } - /* Generate code to handle the case of AzName = zName; + zName = 0; + pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName); + pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pTrigger->op = (u8)op; + pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER; + pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns); + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); + pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger; - /* Generate code to handle the case of A==B - */ - if( op==TK_ALL ){ - addrAeqB = addrAltB; - }else if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ - addrAeqB = addrAltB; - addrAltB++; +trigger_cleanup: + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); }else{ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-eq-B subroutine")); - addrAeqB = - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); - } - - /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine")); - addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger ); } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); - - /* This code runs once to initialize everything. - */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrA, addrSelectA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrB, addrSelectB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB); +} - /* Implement the main merge loop - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iMem, destB.iMem, nOrderBy, - (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); +/* +** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed +** in order to complete the process of building the trigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */ + Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */ +){ + Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */ + char *zName; /* Name of trigger */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ + DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */ + int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */ + Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */ - /* Release temporary registers - */ - if( regPrev ){ - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regPrev, nOrderBy+1); + pParse->pNewTrigger = 0; + if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; + zName = pTrig->zName; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); + pTrig->step_list = pStepList; + while( pStepList ){ + pStepList->pTrig = pTrig; + pStepList = pStepList->pNext; + } + nameToken.z = pTrig->zName; + nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z); + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken); + if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) + || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) + ){ + goto triggerfinish_cleanup; } - /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query. + /* if we are not initializing, + ** build the sqlite_master entry */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd); + if( !db->init.busy ){ + Vdbe *v; + char *z; - /* Set the number of output columns - */ - if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = pPrior; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, + pTrig->table, z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName)); } - /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly - ** by the calling function */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); + if( db->init.busy ){ + Trigger *pLink = pTrig; + Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig); + if( pTrig ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){ + Table *pTab; + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table); + pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n); + assert( pTab!=0 ); + pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger; + pTab->pTrigger = pLink; + } } - p->pPrior = pPrior; - /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete - **** subqueries ****/ - explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0); - return SQLITE_OK; +triggerfinish_cleanup: + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig); + assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger ); + sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList); } -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) -/* Forward Declarations */ -static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*); -static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *); /* -** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to -** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th -** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column -** unchanged.) +** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into +** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. ** -** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery -** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the -** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that -** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary -** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table -** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. +** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in +** body of a TRIGGER. */ -static Expr *substExpr( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */ -){ - if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; - if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){ - if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - }else{ - Expr *pNew; - assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnnExpr ); - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); - pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0); - if( pNew && pExpr->pColl ){ - pNew->pColl = pExpr->pColl; - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); - pExpr = pNew; - } - }else{ - pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList); - pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList); - }else{ - substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList); - } - } - return pExpr; -} -static void substExprList( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ -){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList); - } -} -static void substSelect( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ - Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */ - int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ -){ - SrcList *pSrc; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - int i; - if( !p ) return; - substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList); - p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList); - p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList); - substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList); - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc ); /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */ - if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ - for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); + if( pTriggerStep==0 ) { + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + return 0; } -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) -/* -** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed -** execution. It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening -** occurs. -** -** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following -** query: -** -** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 -** -** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the -** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then -** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two -** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table -** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be -** optimized. -** -** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into -** a single flat select, like this: -** -** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 -** -** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result -** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might -** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be -** avoided. -** -** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true: -** -** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates. -** -** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join -** (Originally ticket #306. Strengthened by ticket #3300) -** -** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT. -** -** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT -** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction -** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries. -** -** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not -** DISTINCT. -** -** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. -** -** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use -** aggregates. -** -** (10) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not -** use LIMIT. -** -** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses. -** -** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously -** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350. -** -** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT. -** -** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET. -** -** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the -** subquery does not have a LIMIT clause. -** (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]). -** -** (16) The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does -** not contain ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter -** until we introduced the group_concat() function. -** -** (17) The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL -** compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and -** the parent query: -** -** * is not itself part of a compound select, -** * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and -** * has no other tables or sub-selects in the FROM clause. -** -** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to -** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY, -** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. -** -** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the -** ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to -** columns of the sub-query. -** -** (19) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not -** have a WHERE clause. -** -** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use -** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint -** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must -** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But -** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case. -** -** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. -** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query -** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates. -** -** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. -** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. + pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT; + pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; + pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; + return pTriggerStep; +} + +/* +** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step. The allocated space +** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string. ** -** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and -** the subquery before this routine runs. +** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set. */ -static int flattenSubquery( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ - int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ - int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ - int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */ +static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */ + Token *pName /* The target name */ ){ - const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - Select *pParent; - Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ - Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ - SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ - ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */ - int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. - */ - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_QueryFlattener ) return 0; - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc ); - pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; - iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; - pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; - assert( pSub!=0 ); - if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */ - if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */ - pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; - assert( pSubSrc ); - /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, - ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET - ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET - ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) - ** and (14). */ - if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ - if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ - if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ - } - if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ - if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0; /* Restriction (5) */ - if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ - return 0; /* Restrictions (8)(9) */ - } - if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (6) */ - } - if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ + pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1]; + memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); + pTriggerStep->target.z = z; + pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n; + pTriggerStep->op = op; } - if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */ - if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */ + return pTriggerStep; +} - /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1: - ** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is - ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this - ** is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 - ** - ** which is not at all the same thing. - ** - ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2: - ** Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer - ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause. - ** An examples of why this is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0 - ** - ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which - ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN. - ** - ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE: - ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN - ** is fraught with danger. Best to avoid the whole thing. If the - ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten. - */ - if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ - return 0; - } +/* +** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer +** to the new trigger step. +** +** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the +** body of a trigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */ + IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */ + u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must - ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries - ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct - ** queries. - */ - if( pSub->pPrior ){ - if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction 20 */ - } - if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ - return 0; - } - for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){ - testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); - testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); - if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0 - || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) - || NEVER(pSub1->pSrc==0) || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc!=1 - ){ - return 0; - } - } + assert(pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed); - /* Restriction 18. */ - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iipOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){ - if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].iCol==0 ) return 0; - } - } + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn; + pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; + }else{ + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); } + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/ + return pTriggerStep; +} - /* Authorize the subquery */ - pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName; - sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); - pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; +/* +** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return +** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it +** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */ + ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ + u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions - ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must - ** be of the form: - ** - ** SELECT FROM () - ** - ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block - ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or - ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original - ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple - ** select statements in the compound sub-query. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT a+1 FROM ( - ** SELECT x FROM tab - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT y FROM tab - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2 - ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1 - ** - ** Transformed into: - ** - ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5 - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5 - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5 - ** ORDER BY 1 - ** - ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening". - */ - for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){ - Select *pNew; - ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; - Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; - p->pOrderBy = 0; - p->pSrc = 0; - p->pPrior = 0; - p->pLimit = 0; - pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - p->pSrc = pSrc; - p->op = TK_ALL; - p->pRightmost = 0; - if( pNew==0 ){ - pNew = pPrior; - }else{ - pNew->pPrior = pPrior; - pNew->pRightmost = 0; - } - p->pPrior = pNew; - if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return pTriggerStep; +} - /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause - ** in the outer query. - */ - pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; +/* +** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return +** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it +** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */ + Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the - ** subquery - */ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias); - pSubitem->zDatabase = 0; - pSubitem->zName = 0; - pSubitem->zAlias = 0; - pSubitem->pSelect = 0; + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return pTriggerStep; +} - /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the - ** subquery until code generation is - ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that - ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346. - ** - ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above. - */ - if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){ - Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab; - if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab; - pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel; +/* +** Recursively delete a Trigger structure +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ + if( pTrigger==0 ) return; + sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger); +} + +/* +** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. +** +** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies +** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the +** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger +** instead of the trigger name. +**/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + int i; + const char *zDb; + const char *zName; + int nName; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto drop_trigger_cleanup; + } + + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase; + zName = pName->a[0].zName; + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); + pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName); + if( pTrigger ) break; + } + if( !pTrigger ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0); }else{ - pTabToDel->nRef--; + sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb); } - pSubitem->pTab = 0; + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto drop_trigger_cleanup; } + sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); - /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery - ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind - ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening - - ** then this loop only runs once. - ** - ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the - ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember - ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in - ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code - ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace - ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM - ** elements we are now copying in. - */ - for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){ - int nSubSrc; - u8 jointype = 0; - pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */ - nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */ - pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */ +drop_trigger_cleanup: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} - if( pSrc ){ - assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */ - jointype = pSubitem->jointype; - }else{ - assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */ - pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSrc==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - break; - } - } +/* +** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger +** is set on. +*/ +static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table); + return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n); +} - /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer - ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause, - ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements - ** of the subquery. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB; - ** - ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the - ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next - ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots. The middle - ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the - ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery. - */ - if( nSubSrc>1 ){ - pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - break; - } - } - /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the - ** outer query. - */ - for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom].pUsing); - pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; - memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); - } - pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype; - - /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for - ** references to the iParent in the outer query. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; - ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / - ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ - ** - ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see - ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". - */ - pList = pParent->pEList; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){ - const char *zSpan = pList->a[i].zSpan; - if( ALWAYS(zSpan) ){ - pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zSpan); - } - } - } - substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList); - if( isAgg ){ - substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ - assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 ); - pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; - pSub->pOrderBy = 0; - }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){ - substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pWhere ){ - pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0); - }else{ - pWhere = 0; - } - if( subqueryIsAgg ){ - assert( pParent->pHaving==0 ); - pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere; - pParent->pWhere = pWhere; - pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0)); - assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 ); - pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0); - }else{ - pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere); +/* +** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ + Table *pTable; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); + assert( pTable ); + assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) || + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ + return; } - - /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the - ** outer query is distinct. - */ - pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct; - - /* - ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; - ** - ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this - ** does not work if either limit is negative. - */ - if( pSub->pLimit ){ - pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; - pSub->pLimit = 0; + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger. + */ + assert( pTable!=0 ); + if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ + int base; + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = { + { OP_Rewind, 0, ADDR(9), 0}, + { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_Column, 0, 1, 2}, + { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, + { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4: "trigger" */ + { OP_Column, 0, 0, 2}, + { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, + { OP_Delete, 0, 0, 0}, + { OP_Next, 0, ADDR(1), 0}, /* 8 */ + }; + + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); + base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger, iLn); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0); + if( pParse->nMem<3 ){ + pParse->nMem = 3; } } - - /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return - ** success. - */ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1); - - return 1; } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ /* -** Analyze the SELECT statement passed as an argument to see if it -** is a min() or max() query. Return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX if -** it is, or 0 otherwise. At present, a query is considered to be -** a min()/max() query if: -** -** 1. There is a single object in the FROM clause. -** -** 2. There is a single expression in the result set, and it is -** either min(x) or max(x), where x is a column reference. +** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer. */ -static u8 minMaxQuery(Select *p){ - Expr *pExpr; - ExprList *pEList = p->pEList; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){ + Trigger *pTrigger; + Hash *pHash; - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; - pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; - if( NEVER(ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) ) return 0; - pEList = pExpr->x.pList; - if( pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"min")==0 ){ - return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"max")==0 ){ - return WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash); + pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0); + if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){ + if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ + Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); + Trigger **pp; + for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); + *pp = (*pp)->pNext; + } + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; } - return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; } /* -** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. -** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This -** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: -** -** SELECT count(*) FROM -** -** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query -** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing -** is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned. +** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry +** in pEList is of the format =. If any of the entries +** in pEList have an which matches an identifier in pIdList, +** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a +** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then +** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only +** if there is no match. */ -static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Table *pTab; - Expr *pExpr; - - assert( !p->pGroupBy ); - - if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 - || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect - ){ - return 0; +static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ + int e; + if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1; + for(e=0; enExpr; e++){ + if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1; } - pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; - pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr ); - - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; - if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->flags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0; - if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0; - - return pTab; + return 0; } /* -** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an -** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there -** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return -** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate -** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK. +** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least +** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is +** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at +** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ - if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex; - Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; - pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex); - pIdx=pIdx->pNext - ); - if( !pIdx ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0); - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - return SQLITE_ERROR; +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */ + int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */ + int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ +){ + int mask = 0; + Trigger *pList = 0; + Trigger *p; + + if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){ + pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); + } + assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 ); + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ + mask |= p->tr_tm; } - pFrom->pIndex = pIdx; } - return SQLITE_OK; + if( pMask ){ + *pMask = mask; + } + return (mask ? pList : 0); } /* -** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement. -** "Expanding" means to do the following: -** -** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every -** element of the FROM clause. -** -** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that -** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, -** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement -** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT -** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement -** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation -** of the view. -** -** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword -** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. -** -** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking -** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. -** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table -** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. +** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer +** to that SrcList. ** +** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when +** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from +** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the +** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it +** wants. */ -static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; - int i, j, k; - SrcList *pTabList; - ExprList *pEList; - struct SrcList_item *pFrom; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +static SrcList *targetSrcList( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */ +){ + int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){ - return WRC_Prune; + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0); + if( pSrc ){ + assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 ); + assert( pSrc->a!=0 ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema); + if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( iDbdb->nDb ); + pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + } } - p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pEList = p->pEList; + return pSrc; +} - /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in - ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. - */ - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList); +/* +** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single +** trigger. +*/ +static int codeTriggerProgram( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ + int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ +){ + TriggerStep *pStep; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If - ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, - ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. - */ - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab; - if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){ - /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need - ** to go further. */ - assert( i==0 ); - return WRC_Prune; - } - if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; - /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ - assert( pSel!=0 ); - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; - pTab->nRef = 1; - pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pTab); - while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; } - selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); - pTab->iPKey = -1; - pTab->nRowEst = 1000000; - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; -#endif - }else{ - /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = - sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,0,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase); - if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; - pTab->nRef++; -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) - if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort; - assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 ); - pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0); - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect); - } -#endif - } + assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel ); + assert( pStepList ); + assert( v!=0 ); + for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ + /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step + ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger + ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use + ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger + ** step statement. Example: + ** + ** CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN; + ** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b); + ** END; + ** + ** INSERT INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy + ** INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy + */ + pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf; + assert( pParse->okConstFactor==0 ); - /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */ - if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){ - return WRC_Abort; + switch( pStep->op ){ + case TK_UPDATE: { + sqlite3Update(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), + pParse->eOrconf + ); + break; + } + case TK_INSERT: { + sqlite3Insert(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), + sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), + pParse->eOrconf + ); + break; + } + case TK_DELETE: { + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0) + ); + break; + } + default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); { + SelectDest sDest; + Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + break; + } + } + if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount); } } - /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. - */ - if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){ - return WRC_Abort; + return 0; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +/* +** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE +** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging. +*/ +static const char *onErrorText(int onError){ + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Abort: return "abort"; + case OE_Rollback: return "rollback"; + case OE_Fail: return "fail"; + case OE_Replace: return "replace"; + case OE_Ignore: return "ignore"; + case OE_Default: return "default"; } + return "n/a"; +} +#endif - /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of - ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names - ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression - ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list. - ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand - ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables. - ** - ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators - ** that need expanding. - */ - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; - if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break; - assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); - assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) ); - if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break; +/* +** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe +** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information +** from pFrom to pTo. +*/ +static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){ + assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr ); + assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr ); + if( pTo->nErr==0 ){ + pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg; + pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr; + }else{ + sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg); } - if( knExpr ){ - /* - ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" - ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression - ** in the result set and expand them one by one. - */ - struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; - ExprList *pNew = 0; - int flags = pParse->db->flags; - int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 - && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; +} - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr; - assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); - if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){ - /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. - */ - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; - pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan; - a[k].zName = 0; - a[k].zSpan = 0; - } - a[k].pExpr = 0; - }else{ - /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be - ** expanded. */ - int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ - char *zTName; /* text of name of TABLE */ - if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){ - assert( pE->pLeft!=0 ); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) ); - zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken; - }else{ - zTName = 0; - } - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; - if( zTabName==0 ){ - zTabName = pTab->zName; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ) break; - if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - tableSeen = 1; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - Expr *pExpr, *pRight; - char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; - char *zColname; /* The computed column name */ - char *zToFree; /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */ - Token sColname; /* Computed column name as a token */ +/* +** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program +** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf. +*/ +static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table pTrigger is attached to */ + int orconf /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */ +){ + Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; /* Value to return */ + Expr *pWhen = 0; /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */ + Vdbe *v; /* Temporary VM */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for sub-vdbe */ + SubProgram *pProgram = 0; /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */ + Parse *pSubParse; /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */ + int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */ - /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible - ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded - ** result-set list. - */ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ - assert(IsVirtual(pTab)); - continue; - } + assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); + assert( pTop->pVdbe ); - if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){ - if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 - && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0) - ){ - /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the - ** table to the right of the join */ - continue; - } - if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ - /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the - ** using clause from the table on the right. */ - continue; - } - } - pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName); - zColname = zName; - zToFree = 0; - if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){ - Expr *pLeft; - pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName); - pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); - if( longNames ){ - zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName); - zToFree = zColname; - } - }else{ - pExpr = pRight; - } - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr); - sColname.z = zColname; - sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree); - } - } - if( !tableSeen ){ - if( zTName ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); - } - } + /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they + ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg + ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */ + pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg)); + if( !pPrg ) return 0; + pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg; + pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg; + pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram)); + if( !pProgram ) return 0; + sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram); + pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger; + pPrg->orconf = orconf; + pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff; + pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff; + + /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the + ** trigger sub-program. */ + pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse)); + if( !pSubParse ) return 0; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pSubParse; + pSubParse->db = db; + pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab; + pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop; + pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName; + pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op; + pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse); + if( v ){ + VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", + pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf), + (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"), + (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""), + (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""), + (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""), + pTab->zName + )); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC + ); +#endif + + /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false + ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the + ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */ + if( pTrigger->pWhen ){ + pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0); + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) + && db->mallocFailed==0 + ){ + iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); - p->pEList = pNew; + + /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */ + codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); + + /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */ + if( iEndTrigger ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf))); + + transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg); + } + pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem; + pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab; + pProgram->nOnce = pSubParse->nOnce; + pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger; + pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask; + pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask; + sqlite3VdbeDelete(v); } -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN - if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); + + assert( !pSubParse->pAinc && !pSubParse->pZombieTab ); + assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg ); + sqlite3ParserReset(pSubParse); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse); + + return pPrg; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for +** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such +** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before +** being returned. +*/ +static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */ + int orconf /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */ +){ + Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + TriggerPrg *pPrg; + + assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); + + /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the + ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with + ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere + ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */ + for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; + pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); + pPrg=pPrg->pNext + ); + + /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */ + if( !pPrg ){ + pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf); } -#endif - return WRC_Continue; + + return pPrg; } /* -** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. -** -** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees -** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, -** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then -** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every -** subquery in the parser tree. +** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on +** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this +** function are the same as those described in the header function for +** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger() */ -static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return WRC_Continue; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *p, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int reg, /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */ + int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ + int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ +){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; + pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); + assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + + /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program + ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */ + if( pPrg ){ + int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers)); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM); + VdbeComment( + (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf))); + + /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if + ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive + ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger, + ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers + ** is clear. */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive); + } } /* -** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries. -** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT -** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above. +** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation +** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE) +** is given by the op parameter. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the +** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then +** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified. ** -** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a -** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before -** name resolution is performed. +** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified +** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op. ** -** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse. -** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr -** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed. +** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers +** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references +** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab +** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows: +** +** Register Contains +** ------------------------------------------------------ +** reg+0 OLD.rowid +** reg+1 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab +** ... ... +** reg+N OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab +** reg+N+1 NEW.rowid +** reg+N+2 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab +** ... ... +** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab +** +** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will +** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or +** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). +** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers +** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an +** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg +** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through +** (reg+N+N+1) are. +** +** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the +** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump +** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program +** raises an IGNORE exception. */ -static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ - Walker w; - w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander; - w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; - w.pParse = pParse; - sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ + int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ + int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int reg, /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */ + int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ + int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ +){ + Trigger *p; /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */ + + assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE ); + assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER ); + assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) ); + for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ + + /* Sanity checking: The schema for the trigger and for the table are + ** always defined. The trigger must be in the same schema as the table + ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */ + assert( p->pSchema!=0 ); + assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 ); + assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema + || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + + /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ + if( p->op==op + && p->tr_tm==tr_tm + && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) + ){ + sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump); + } + } +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo() -** interface. +** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. +** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the +** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information +** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire +** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command. ** -** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl -** information to the Table structure that represents the result set -** of that subquery. +** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the +** table may be accessed using an [old|new].reference. Bit 1 is set if +** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there +** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns +** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned. ** -** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed -** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted -** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This -** routine is called after identifier resolution. +** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is +** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is. +** +** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned +** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table. +** +** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE +** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only +** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the +** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only +** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm. */ -static int selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - Parse *pParse; - int i; - SrcList *pTabList; - struct SrcList_item *pFrom; +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ + int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */ + int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ +){ + const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE; + u32 mask = 0; + Trigger *p; - assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ); - if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){ - p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo; - pParse = pWalker->pParse; - pTabList = p->pSrc; - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){ - /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ - Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; - assert( pSel ); - while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior; - selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSel); + assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 ); + for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm) + && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges) + ){ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; + pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); + if( pPrg ){ + mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew]; } } } - return WRC_Continue; + + return mask; } -#endif +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ +/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/ /* -** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to -** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a -** SELECT statement. +** 2001 September 15 ** -** Use this routine after name resolution. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle UPDATE statements. */ -static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - Walker w; - w.xSelectCallback = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo; - w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; - w.pParse = pParse; - sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); -#endif -} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Forward declaration */ +static void updateVirtualTable( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ + Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ + Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ + int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ + Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ + int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ +); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* -** This routine sets of a SELECT statement for processing. The -** following is accomplished: +** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the +** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the +** OP_Column to the default value, if any. ** -** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms. -** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries. -** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements -** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded. -** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables. +** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the +** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table +** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE +** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk +** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken +** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead. +** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value +** for the column and the P4 value is not required. ** -** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT. +** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have +** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more +** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated +** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written +** into the sqlite_master table.) +** +** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for +** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() +** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into +** sqlite3_value objects. +** +** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction +** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is +** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save +** space. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; - if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; - db = pParse->db; - if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; - sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ + assert( pTab!=0 ); + if( !pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3_value *pValue = 0; + u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v)); + Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; + VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); + assert( inCol ); + sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, + pCol->affinity, &pValue); + if( pValue ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg); + } +#endif + } } /* -** Reset the aggregate accumulator. +** Process an UPDATE statement. ** -** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold -** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This -** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells. +** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; +** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/ +* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere */ -static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; - if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){ - return; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ + int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */ + int addrTop = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */ + Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ + int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */ + int iBaseCur; /* Base cursor number */ + int iDataCur; /* Cursor for the canonical data btree */ + int iIdxCur; /* Cursor for the first index */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */ + int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */ + int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the + ** an expression for the i-th column of the table. + ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */ + u8 *aToOpen; /* 1 for tables and indices to be opened */ + u8 chngPk; /* PRIMARY KEY changed in a WITHOUT ROWID table */ + u8 chngRowid; /* Rowid changed in a normal table */ + u8 chngKey; /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */ + Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */ + AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */ + NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */ + int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */ + int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */ + int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */ + int labelBreak; /* Jump here to break out of UPDATE loop */ + int labelContinue; /* Jump here to continue next step of UPDATE loop */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ + int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ +#endif + int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */ + int iEph = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */ + int nKey = 0; /* Number of elements in regKey for WITHOUT ROWID */ + int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */ + + /* Register Allocations */ + int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */ + int regOldRowid; /* The old rowid */ + int regNewRowid; /* The new rowid */ + int regNew; /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */ + int regOld = 0; /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */ + int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */ + int regKey = 0; /* composite PRIMARY KEY value */ + + memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto update_cleanup; } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem); + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + + /* Locate the table which we want to update. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** updated is a view. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; + assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 ); +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define isView 0 +# define tmask 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto update_cleanup; } - for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pFunc->iMem); - if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ - Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one " - "argument"); - pFunc->iDistinct = -1; + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + + /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices. + ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they + ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and + ** allocate enough space, just in case. + */ + pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iBaseCur = iDataCur = pParse->nTab++; + iIdxCur = iDataCur+1; + pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && pPk!=0 ){ + iDataCur = pParse->nTab; + pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur; + } + pParse->nTab++; + } + + /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[]. + ** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values. + */ + aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx) + nIdx+2 ); + if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + aRegIdx = aXRef+pTab->nCol; + aToOpen = (u8*)(aRegIdx+nIdx); + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); + aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0; + for(i=0; inCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1; + + /* Initialize the name-context */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + + /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the + ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index + ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each + ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change + ** that column. + */ + chngRowid = chngPk = 0; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ + chngRowid = 1; + pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + }else if( pPk && (pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){ + chngPk = 1; + } + aXRef[j] = i; + break; + } + } + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + if( pPk==0 && sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){ + j = -1; + chngRowid = 1; + pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; }else{ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto update_cleanup; + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int rc; + rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName, + j<0 ? "ROWID" : pTab->aCol[j].zName, + db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + goto update_cleanup; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ + aXRef[j] = -1; } } +#endif } -} + assert( (chngRowid & chngPk)==0 ); + assert( chngRowid==0 || chngRowid==1 ); + assert( chngPk==0 || chngPk==1 ); + chngKey = chngRowid + chngPk; -/* -** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function -** in the AggInfo structure. -*/ -static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0, - (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); - } -} + /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop. + ** So reset the colUsed mask + */ + pTabList->a[0].colUsed = 0; -/* -** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on -** the current cursor position. -*/ -static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - struct AggInfo_col *pC; + hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngKey); - pAggInfo->directMode = 1; - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - int nArg; - int addrNext = 0; - int regAgg; - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( pList ){ - nArg = pList->nExpr; - regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg); - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 1); + /* There is one entry in the aRegIdx[] array for each index on the table + ** being updated. Fill in aRegIdx[] with a register number that will hold + ** the key for accessing each index. + */ + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + int reg; + if( chngKey || hasFK || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere || pIdx==pPk ){ + reg = ++pParse->nMem; }else{ - nArg = 0; - regAgg = 0; - } - if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ - addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - assert( nArg==1 ); - codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg); - } - if( pF->pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int j; - assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */ - for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr); - } - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; + reg = 0; + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){ + reg = ++pParse->nMem; + break; + } } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem, - (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); - if( addrNext ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); } + if( reg==0 ) aToOpen[j+1] = 0; + aRegIdx[j] = reg; } - /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache. - ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present - ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value - ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register - ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the - ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5]. - ** - ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached - ** values to an OP_Copy. - */ - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem); - } - pAggInfo->directMode = 0; - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); -} - -/* -** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. -** -** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the -** contents of the SelectDest structure pointed to by argument pDest -** as follows: -** -** pDest->eDest Result -** ------------ ------------------------------------------- -** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow -** opcode) for each row in the result set. -** -** SRT_Mem Only valid if the result is a single column. -** Store the first column of the first result row -** in register pDest->iParm then abandon the rest -** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1". -** -** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each -** row of result as the key in table pDest->iParm. -** Apply the affinity pDest->affinity before storing -** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)". -** -** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary table pDest->iParm. -** -** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary table pDest->iParm. -** -** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iParm. -** This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table -** is assumed to already be open. -** -** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iParm and store -** the result there. The cursor is left open after -** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that -** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create -** the table first. -** -** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of -** results each time it is invoked. The entry point -** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iParm. -** -** SRT_Exists Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iParm if the result -** set is not empty. -** -** SRT_Discard Throw the results away. This is used by SELECT -** statements within triggers whose only purpose is -** the side-effects of functions. -** -** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are -** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in -** pParse->zErrMsg. -** -** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The -** calling function needs to do that. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ - int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ - ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */ - SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ - Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ - int isDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - int distinct; /* Table to use for the distinct set */ - int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ - int addrSortIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ - int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + /* Begin generating code. */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId; - pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef, + pWhere, onError); + pWhere = 0; + pTabList = 0; + goto update_cleanup; + } #endif - db = pParse->db; - if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ - return 1; + /* Allocate required registers. */ + regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; + regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + if( chngPk || pTrigger || hasFK ){ + regOld = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; - memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); - - if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ - assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || - pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard); - /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does - ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - p->pOrderBy = 0; - p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + if( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK ){ + regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; } - sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0); - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pEList = p->pEList; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto select_end; + regNew = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; + + /* Start the view context. */ + if( isView ){ + sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); } - isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - /* Begin generating code. + /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into + ** a ephemeral table. */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto select_end; +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( isView ){ + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iDataCur); + } +#endif - /* If writing to memory or generating a set - ** only a single column may be output. + /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the + ** WHERE clause. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ - goto select_end; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ + goto update_cleanup; } -#endif - /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause + /* Begin the database scan */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) - for(i=0; !p->pPrior && inSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; - SelectDest dest; - Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; - int isAggSub; + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin( + pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur + ); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); + + /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid); + if( !okOnePass ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid); + } + + /* End the database scan loop. + */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + }else{ + int iPk; /* First of nPk memory cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */ + i16 nPk; /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */ + int addrOpen; /* Address of the OpenEphemeral instruction */ + + assert( pPk!=0 ); + nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + iPk = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nPk; + regKey = ++pParse->nMem; + iEph = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk); + addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, + WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i], + iPk+i); + } + if( okOnePass ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen); + nKey = nPk; + regKey = iPk; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pPk), nPk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey); + } + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } - if( pSub==0 || pItem->isPopulated ) continue; + /* Initialize the count of updated rows + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + } - /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression - ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select - ** may contain expression trees of at most - ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit - ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing - ** an exact limit. + labelBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( !isView ){ + /* + ** Open every index that needs updating. Note that if any + ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution + ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need + ** to be deleting some records. */ - pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); - - /* Check to see if the subquery can be absorbed into the parent. */ - isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; - if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){ - if( isAggSub ){ - isAgg = 1; - p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; - } - i = -1; + if( onError==OE_Replace ){ + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); }else{ - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor); - assert( pItem->isPopulated==0 ); - explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); - pItem->isPopulated = 1; - pItem->pTab->nRowEst = (unsigned)pSub->nSelectRow; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){ + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); + break; + } + } } - if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){ - goto select_end; + if( okOnePass ){ + if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0; + if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0; } - pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); - pTabList = p->pSrc; - if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iBaseCur, aToOpen, + 0, 0); + } + + /* Top of the update loop */ + if( okOnePass ){ + if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iBaseCur] ){ + assert( pPk!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey, nKey); + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); + } + labelContinue = labelBreak; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk!=0); + }else if( pPk ){ + labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEph, regKey); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, labelBreak, + regOldRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to + ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified, + ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is + ** already populated. */ + assert( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid ); + if( chngRowid ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Compute the old pre-UPDATE content of the row being changed, if that + ** information is needed */ + if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){ + u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0); + oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, + pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError + ); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( oldmask==0xffffffff + || (i<32 && (oldmask & MASKBIT32(i))!=0) + || (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 + ){ + testcase( oldmask!=0xffffffff && i==31 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regOld+i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i); + } + } + if( chngRowid==0 && pPk==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid); } } - pEList = p->pEList; -#endif - pWhere = p->pWhere; - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - pHaving = p->pHaving; - isDistinct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first. + /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new + ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new + ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references + ** made by triggers. + ** + ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the + ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by + ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The + ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from + ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger + ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to + ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes. */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - if( p->pRightmost==0 ){ - Select *pLoop, *pRight = 0; - int cnt = 0; - int mxSelect; - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ - pLoop->pRightmost = p; - pLoop->pNext = pRight; - pRight = pLoop; - } - mxSelect = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]; - if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); - goto select_end; + newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( + pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError + ); + /*sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew, regNew+pTab->nCol-1);*/ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); + }else{ + j = aXRef[i]; + if( j>=0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i); + }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){ + /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed + ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or + ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via + ** a new.* reference in a trigger program. + */ + testcase( i==31 ); + testcase( i==32 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); } } - rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest); - explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); - return rc; } -#endif - /* If possible, rewrite the query to use GROUP BY instead of DISTINCT. - ** GROUP BY might use an index, DISTINCT never does. + /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are + ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong. */ - assert( p->pGroupBy==0 || (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0 ); - if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ){ - p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0); - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew); + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); + + /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this + ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are + ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated + ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the + ** documentation. + */ + if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue,regKey,nKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified + ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for + ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their + ** registers in case this has happened. + */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i); + } + } + } + + if( !isView ){ + int j1 = 0; /* Address of jump instruction */ + int bReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */ + + /* Do constraint checks. */ + assert( regOldRowid>0 ); + sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regNewRowid, regOldRowid, chngKey, onError, labelContinue, &bReplace); + + /* Do FK constraint checks. */ + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0, aXRef, chngKey); + } + + /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record. */ + if( bReplace || chngKey ){ + if( pPk ){ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, 0, regKey, nKey); + }else{ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, 0, regOldRowid); + } + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); + } + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, aRegIdx); + + /* If changing the record number, delete the old record. */ + if( hasFK || chngKey || pPk!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, 0); + } + if( bReplace || chngKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + } + + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey); + } + + /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */ + sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0); + + /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to + ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key + ** to the row just updated. */ + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey); + } } - /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are - ** identical, then disable the ORDER BY clause since the GROUP BY - ** will cause elements to come out in the correct order. This is - ** an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless. - ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER - ** to disable this optimization for testing purposes. + /* Increment the row counter */ - if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p->pGroupBy, pOrderBy)==0 - && (db->flags & SQLITE_GroupByOrder)==0 ){ - pOrderBy = 0; + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); } - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting - ** index might end up being unused if the data can be - ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the - ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once - ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex - ** variable is used to facilitate that change. + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); + + /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until + ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated. */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy); - pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++; - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex = - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, - pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + if( okOnePass ){ + /* Nothing to do at end-of-loop for a single-pass */ + }else if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v); }else{ - addrSortIndex = -1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelContinue); } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelBreak); - /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. + /* Close all tables */ + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + assert( aRegIdx ); + if( aToOpen[i+1] ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur+i, 0); + } + } + if( iDataCureDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iParm, pEList->nExpr); + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); } - /* Set the limiter. + /* + ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. */ - iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - p->nSelectRow = (double)LARGEST_INT64; - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC); + } + +update_cleanup: + sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); /* Also frees aRegIdx[] and aToOpen[] */ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return; +} +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. +** +** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains +** for each row to be changed: +** +** (A) The original rowid of that row. +** (B) The revised rowid for the row. (note1) +** (C) The content of every column in the row. +** +** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in +** the ephermeral table call VUpdate. +** +** When finished, drop the ephemeral table. +** +** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same +** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling +** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate. +*/ +static void updateVirtualTable( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ + Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ + Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ + int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ + Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ + int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */ + ExprList *pEList = 0; /* The result set of the SELECT statement */ + Select *pSelect = 0; /* The SELECT statement */ + Expr *pExpr; /* Temporary expression */ + int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int addr; /* Address of top of loop */ + int iReg; /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + SelectDest dest; - /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set. + /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for + ** all updated rows. */ - if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - assert( isAgg || pGroupBy ); - distinct = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); - }else{ - distinct = -1; + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_")); + if( pRowid ){ + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0)); } - - /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */ - if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ - /* This case is for non-aggregate queries - ** Begin the database scan - */ - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - if( pWInfo->nRowOut < p->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pWInfo->nRowOut; - - /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral - ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral - ** into an OP_Noop. - */ - if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1); - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - } - - /* Use the standard inner loop - */ - assert(!isDistinct); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, -1, pDest, - pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak); - - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - }else{ - /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ - int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ - int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ - int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least - ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been - ** processed */ - int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ - int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ - int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */ - - /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the - ** GROUP BY clause. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - int k; /* Loop counter */ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */ - - for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ - pItem->iAlias = 0; - } - for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ - pItem->iAlias = 0; - } - if( p->nSelectRow>(double)100 ) p->nSelectRow = (double)100; + assert( pTab->iPKey<0 ); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0); }else{ - p->nSelectRow = (double)1; - } - - - /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */ - addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in - ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the - ** SELECT statement. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; - sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0; - sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList); - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy); - if( pHaving ){ - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving); - } - sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; - for(i=0; ix.pList); + pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName); } - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; - - /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and - ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ - int j1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */ - int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ - int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */ - int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ - int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ - int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ - int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ - int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */ - - /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to - ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out - ** that we do not need it after all, the OpenEphemeral instruction - ** will be converted into a Noop. - */ - sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy); - addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, - sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, - 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr); + } + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); + + /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will + ** be stored. + */ + assert( v ); + ephemTab = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); - /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing - */ - iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem; - iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem; - addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - regReset = ++pParse->nMem; - addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); + /* fill the ephemeral table + */ + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); - /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. - ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or - ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information - ** in the right order to begin with. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - if( pGroupBy==0 ){ - /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so - ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be - ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo - */ - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - groupBySort = 0; - }else{ - /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push - ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, - ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output - ** in sorted order - */ - int regBase; - int regRecord; - int nCol; - int nGroupBy; + /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */ + iReg = ++pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 0, iReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i); + } + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0); - explainTempTable(pParse, - isDistinct && !(p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)?"DISTINCT":"GROUP BY"); + /* Cleanup */ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - groupBySort = 1; - nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr; - nCol = nGroupBy + 1; - j = nGroupBy+1; - for(i=0; i=j ){ - nCol++; - j++; - } - } - regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy); - j = nGroupBy+1; - for(i=0; iiSorterColumn>=j ){ - int r1 = j + regBase; - int r2; +/************** End of update.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command. +** +** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the +** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro. +*/ - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, - pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1); - if( r1!=r2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1); - } - j++; - } - } - regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); - VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); - sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) +/* +** Finalize a prepared statement. If there was an error, store the +** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. +*/ +static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + return rc; +} - /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... - ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) - ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms - ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... - */ - addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, j, iBMem+j); - }else{ - sAggInfo.directMode = 1; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1); +/* +** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code. +*/ +static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + VVA_ONLY( int rc; ) + if( !zSql ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + return sqlite3_errcode(db); + } + VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) ); + return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); +} - /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. - ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code - ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. - ** - ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... - ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine - ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation - ** for the next GROUP BY batch. - */ - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "output one row")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); - VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); - VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator")); +/* +** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly +** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database. +*/ +static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; - /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of - ** the current row - */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator")); + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - /* End of the loop - */ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); - }else{ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx, 1); - } + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0)); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); + return rc; + } + } - /* Output the final row of result - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "output final row")); + return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); +} - /* Jump over the subroutines - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd); +/* +** The VACUUM command is used to clean up the database, +** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command +** in PostgreSQL. The VACUUM command works as follows: +** +** (1) Create a new transient database file +** (2) Copy all content from the database being vacuumed into +** the new transient database file +** (3) Copy content from the transient database back into the +** original database. +** +** The transient database requires temporary disk space approximately +** equal to the size of the original database. The copy operation of +** step (3) requires additional temporary disk space approximately equal +** to the size of the original database for the rollback journal. +** Hence, temporary disk space that is approximately 2x the size of the +** orginal database is required. Every page of the database is written +** approximately 3 times: Once for step (2) and twice for step (3). +** Two writes per page are required in step (3) because the original +** database content must be written into the rollback journal prior to +** overwriting the database with the vacuumed content. +** +** Only 1x temporary space and only 1x writes would be required if +** the copy of step (3) were replace by deleting the original database +** and renaming the transient database as the original. But that will +** not work if other processes are attached to the original database. +** And a power loss in between deleting the original and renaming the +** transient would cause the database file to appear to be deleted +** following reboot. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, 0); + } + return; +} - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result - ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag - ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If - ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine - ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in - ** order to signal the caller to abort. - */ - addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow); - addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); - VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, - distinct, pDest, - addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator")); +/* +** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */ + Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */ + Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */ + char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */ + int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */ + int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */ + int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */ + void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Saved db->xTrace */ + Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */ + int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */ + int nRes; /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */ + int nDb; /* Number of attached databases */ - /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset); - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); - - } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */ - else { - ExprList *pDel = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT - Table *pTab; - if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ - /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then - ** the SQL statement is of the form: - ** - ** SELECT count(*) FROM - ** - ** where the Table structure returned represents table . - ** - ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The - ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that - ** contains the data for table or on one of its indexes. It - ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost - ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables. - */ - const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */ - Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */ - Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */ - int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( db->nVdbeActive>1 ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be + ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and + ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */ + saved_flags = db->flags; + saved_nChange = db->nChange; + saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange; + saved_xTrace = db->xTrace; + db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; + db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder); + db->xTrace = 0; - /* Search for the index that has the least amount of columns. If - ** there is such an index, and it has less columns than the table - ** does, then we can assume that it consumes less space on disk and - ** will therefore be cheaper to scan to determine the query result. - ** In this case set iRoot to the root page number of the index b-tree - ** and pKeyInfo to the KeyInfo structure required to navigate the - ** index. - ** - ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only - ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. - */ - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( !pBest || pIdx->nColumnnColumn ){ - pBest = pIdx; - } - } - if( pBest && pBest->nColumnnCol ){ - iRoot = pBest->tnum; - pKeyInfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pBest); - } + pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt; + isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)); - /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb); - if( pKeyInfo ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ - { - /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms: - ** - ** SELECT min(x) FROM ... - ** SELECT max(x) FROM ... - ** - ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results - ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. - ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then - ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the - ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is - ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum - ** value of x, the only row required). - ** - ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly - ** modify behaviour as follows: - ** - ** + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by - ** where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value - ** for x. - ** - ** + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which - ** index or indices to use) should place a different priority on - ** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases. - ** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details. - */ - ExprList *pMinMax = 0; - u8 flag = minMaxQuery(p); - if( flag ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->x.pList,0); - pDel = pMinMax; - if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){ - pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0; - pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; - } - } - - /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The - ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row - ** of output. - */ - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, flag); - if( pWInfo==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); - goto select_end; - } - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - if( !pMinMax && flag ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak); - VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", - (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max"))); - } - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); - } + /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma + ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash + ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a + ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before + ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called. + ** + ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager. + ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but + ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling + ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially + ** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more + ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does + ** to write the journal header file. + */ + nDb = db->nDb; + if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ + zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;"; + }else{ + zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;"; + } + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql); + if( db->nDb>nDb ){ + pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1]; + assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 ); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt; - pOrderBy = 0; - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, - pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); - - } /* endif aggregate query */ + /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file + ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction + ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't + ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below. */ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); - if( distinct>=0 ){ - explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT"); + nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain); + + /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( db->nextPagesize ){ + extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); + int nKey; + char *zKey; + sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); + if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0; } +#endif - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results - ** and send them to the callback one by one. + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database + ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below, + ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database. */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - explainTempTable(pParse, "ORDER BY"); - generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, pDest); + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN;"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 2); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */ + if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)) + ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + db->nextPagesize = 0; } - /* Jump here to skip this query + if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0) + || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0)) + || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto end_of_vacuum; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac : + sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain)); +#endif + + /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema + ** in the temporary database. */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) " + " FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'" + " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0" + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)" + " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' "); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) " + " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0 - ** to indicate no errors. + /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do + ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy + ** the contents to the temporary database. */ - rc = 0; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " + "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'" + "FROM main.sqlite_master " + "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' " + " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0" + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon - ** successful coding of the SELECT. + /* Copy over the sequence table */ -select_end: - explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' " + "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' " + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " + "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' " + "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';" + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output. + + /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database + ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any + ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries + ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ - generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList); + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master " + " SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql" + " FROM main.sqlite_master" + " WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'" + " OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)" + ); + if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the + ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs, + ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database + ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit + ** call to sqlite3BtreeCommit(). + */ + { + u32 meta; + int i; + + /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the + ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries + ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum. + ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other + ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema. + */ + static const unsigned char aCopy[] = { + BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */ + BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */ + BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, 0, /* Preserve the text encoding */ + BTREE_USER_VERSION, 0, /* Preserve the user version */ + BTREE_APPLICATION_ID, 0, /* Preserve the application id */ + }; + + assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ); + assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) ); + + /* Copy Btree meta values */ + for(i=0; iflags */ + db->flags = saved_flags; + db->nChange = saved_nChange; + db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange; + db->xTrace = saved_xTrace; + sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1); + + /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum + ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file + ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction + ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the + ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager + ** is closed by the DETACH. + */ + db->autoCommit = 1; + + if( pDb ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + pDb->pSchema = 0; + } + + /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[] + ** array. */ + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + return rc; } -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ + +/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/ /* -******************************************************************************* -** The following code is used for testing and debugging only. The code -** that follows does not appear in normal builds. +** 2006 June 10 ** -** These routines are used to print out the content of all or part of a -** parse structures such as Select or Expr. Such printouts are useful -** for helping to understand what is happening inside the code generator -** during the execution of complex SELECT statements. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** These routine are not called anywhere from within the normal -** code base. Then are intended to be called from within the debugger -** or from temporary "printf" statements inserted for debugging. +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p){ - if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%s", p->u.zToken); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + +/* +** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the +** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of +** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of +** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which +** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods. +*/ +struct VtabCtx { + VTable *pVTable; /* The virtual table being constructed */ + Table *pTab; /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */ +}; + +/* +** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module. +** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and +** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces. +*/ +static int createModule( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nName; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName, nName) ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; }else{ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%d", p->op); - } - if( p->pLeft ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pLeft); - } - if( p->pRight ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pRight); + Module *pMod; + pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1); + if( pMod ){ + Module *pDel; + char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]); + memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1); + pMod->zName = zCopy; + pMod->pModule = pModule; + pMod->pAux = pAux; + pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy; + pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,nName,(void*)pMod); + assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod ); + if( pDel ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); + } + } } - sqlite3DebugPrintf(")"); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xDestroy ) xDestroy(pAux); + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList){ - int i; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - sqlite3PrintExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr); - if( inExpr-1 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(", "); + + +/* +** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ +){ + return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0); +} + +/* +** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ +){ + return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy); +} + +/* +** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected. +** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock. +** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. +** +** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked, +** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){ + pVTab->nRef++; +} + + +/* +** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table. +** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access +** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ + VTable *pVtab; + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext); + return pVtab; +} + +/* +** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count +** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db; + + assert( db ); + assert( pVTab->nRef>0 ); + assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE ); + + pVTab->nRef--; + if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){ + sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; + if( p ){ + p->pModule->xDisconnect(p); } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab); } } -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*sSELECT(%p) ", indent, "", p); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pEList); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - if( p->pSrc ){ - char *zPrefix; - int i; - zPrefix = "FROM"; - for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ", indent+6, zPrefix); - zPrefix = ""; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(\n"); - sqlite3PrintSelect(pItem->pSelect, indent+10); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s)", indent+8, ""); - }else if( pItem->zName ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", pItem->zName); - } - if( pItem->pTab ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(table: %s)", pItem->pTab->zName); - } - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" AS %s", pItem->zAlias); - } - if( ipSrc->nSrc-1 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(","); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + +/* +** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the +** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated +** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. +** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with +** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list. +*/ +static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + VTable *pRet = 0; + VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable; + p->pVTable = 0; + + /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database + ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments + ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why + ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any + ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. + */ + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); + + while( pVTable ){ + sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db; + VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext; + assert( db2 ); + if( db2==db ){ + pRet = pVTable; + p->pVTable = pRet; + pRet->pNext = 0; + }else{ + pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect; + db2->pDisconnect = pVTable; } + pVTable = pNext; } - if( p->pWhere ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s WHERE ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pWhere); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pGroupBy ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s GROUP BY ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pGroupBy); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pHaving ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s HAVING ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pHaving); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ORDER BY ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pOrderBy); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + + assert( !db || pRet ); + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Table *p is a virtual table. This function removes the VTable object +** for table *p associated with database connection db from the linked +** list in p->pVTab. It also decrements the VTable ref count. This is +** used when closing database connection db to free all of its VTable +** objects without disturbing the rest of the Schema object (which may +** be being used by other shared-cache connections). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + VTable **ppVTab; + + assert( IsVirtual(p) ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + + for(ppVTab=&p->pVTable; *ppVTab; ppVTab=&(*ppVTab)->pNext){ + if( (*ppVTab)->db==db ){ + VTable *pVTab = *ppVTab; + *ppVTab = pVTab->pNext; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); + break; + } } } -/* End of the structure debug printing code -*****************************************************************************/ -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ -/************** End of select.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/ + /* -** 2001 September 15 +** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all +** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the +** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The +** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows: ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** 1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex +** associated with the database handle itself must be held. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table() -** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main -** interface routine of sqlite3_exec(). +** 2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to +** the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex +** associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held +** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then +** the database handle mutex is held. ** -** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked -** if they are not used. +** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously +** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ + VTable *p = db->pDisconnect; + db->pDisconnect = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + + if( p ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + do { + VTable *pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); + p = pNext; + }while( p ); + } +} /* -** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through -** to the callback function is uses to build the result. +** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record. +** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table +** record. +** +** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer +** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable +** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema. +** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database +** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the +** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures +** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated +** database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p); + if( p->azModuleArg ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inModuleArg; i++){ + if( i!=1 ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg); + } +} + +/* +** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[]. +** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The +** string will be freed automatically when the table is +** deleted. +*/ +static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){ + int i = pTable->nModuleArg++; + int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg); + char **azModuleArg; + azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes); + if( azModuleArg==0 ){ + int j; + for(j=0; jazModuleArg[j]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg); + pTable->nModuleArg = 0; + }else{ + azModuleArg[i] = zArg; + azModuleArg[i+1] = 0; + } + pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg; +} + +/* +** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list +** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */ + Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */ + Token *pModuleName, /* Name of the module for the virtual table */ + int ifNotExists /* No error if the table already exists */ +){ + int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */ + Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + + sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, ifNotExists); + pTable = pParse->pNewTable; + if( pTable==0 ) return; + assert( 0==pTable->pIndex ); + + db = pParse->db; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); + + pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual; + pTable->nModuleArg = 0; + addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName)); + addModuleArgument(db, pTable, 0); + addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName)); + pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice. + ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the + ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable(). + ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now. + */ + if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, + pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating +** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the +** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable. */ -typedef struct TabResult { - char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */ - int nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */ - int nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */ - int nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */ - int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */ -} TabResult; +static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){ + const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z; + int n = pParse->sArg.n; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n)); + } +} /* -** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job -** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new -** memory as necessary. +** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement +** has been completely parsed. */ -static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){ - TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */ - int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - char *z; /* A single column of result */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; /* The table being constructed */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything - ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback. + if( pTab==0 ) return; + addArgumentToVtab(pParse); + pParse->sArg.z = 0; + if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; + + /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the + ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being + ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then + ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text + ** in the sqlite_master table. */ - if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){ - need = nCol*2; - }else{ - need = nCol; - } - if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){ - char **azNew; - p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need; - azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); - if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed; - p->azResult = azNew; - } + if( !db->init.busy ){ + char *zStmt; + char *zWhere; + int iDb; + Vdbe *v; - /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing - ** the names of all columns. - */ - if( p->nRow==0 ){ - p->nColumn = nCol; - for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; + /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */ + if( pEnd ){ + pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n; } - }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){ - sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( - "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries" + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken); + + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all + ** the information we've collected. + ** + ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an + ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab + ** by sqlite3StartTable(). + */ + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s " + "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q " + "WHERE rowid=#%d", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), + pTab->zName, + pTab->zName, + zStmt, + pParse->regRowid ); - p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - return 1; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); + zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, + pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1); } - /* Copy over the row data - */ - if( argv!=0 ){ - for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; + /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory + ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until + ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This + ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before + ** the required virtual table implementations are registered. */ + else { + Table *pOld; + Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + const char *zName = pTab->zName; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) ); + pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab); + if( pOld ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ + return; } - p->nRow++; + pParse->pNewTable = 0; } - return 0; - -malloc_failed: - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return 1; } /* -** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row, -** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results -** at the conclusion of the call. -** -** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained -** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. -** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when -** the calling procedure is finished using it. +** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token +** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ - const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ - char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */ - int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */ - int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ -){ - int rc; - TabResult res; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){ + addArgumentToVtab(pParse); + pParse->sArg.z = 0; + pParse->sArg.n = 0; +} - *pazResult = 0; - if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0; - if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0; - if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; - res.zErrMsg = 0; - res.nRow = 0; - res.nColumn = 0; - res.nData = 1; - res.nAlloc = 20; - res.rc = SQLITE_OK; - res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc ); - if( res.azResult==0 ){ - db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - res.azResult[0] = 0; - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg); - assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) ); - res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData); - if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){ - sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - if( res.zErrMsg ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg); - } - sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); - } - db->errCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */ - return res.rc; - } - sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - return rc; - } - if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){ - char **azNew; - azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData ); - if( azNew==0 ){ - sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - res.azResult = azNew; +/* +** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token +** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ + Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg; + if( pArg->z==0 ){ + pArg->z = p->z; + pArg->n = p->n; + }else{ + assert(pArg->z < p->z); + pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z); } - *pazResult = &res.azResult[1]; - if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn; - if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow; - return rc; } /* -** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced. +** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The +** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter +** to this procedure. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table( - char **azResult /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */ +static int vtabCallConstructor( + sqlite3 *db, + Table *pTab, + Module *pMod, + int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**), + char **pzErr ){ - if( azResult ){ - int i, n; - azResult--; - assert( azResult!=0 ); - n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]); - for(i=1; iazModuleArg; + int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg; + char *zErr = 0; + char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName); + int iDb; + + if( !zModuleName ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */ + pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable)); + if( !pVTable ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pVTable->db = db; + pVTable->pMod = pMod; -/************** End of table.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file trigger.c *****************************************/ -/* -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs -*/ + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zName; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -/* -** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){ - while( pTriggerStep ){ - TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep; - pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext; + /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */ + assert( &db->pVtabCtx ); + assert( xConstruct ); + sCtx.pTab = pTab; + sCtx.pVTable = pVTable; + pPriorCtx = db->pVtabCtx; + db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx; + rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr); + db->pVtabCtx = pPriorCtx; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + if( zErr==0 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName); + }else { + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable); + }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){ + /* Justification of ALWAYS(): A correct vtab constructor must allocate + ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful. */ + pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule; + pVTable->nRef = 1; + if( sCtx.pTab ){ + const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s"; + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName); + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + int iCol; + /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure + ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the + ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". + ** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from + ** the type string. */ + pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable; + pTab->pVTable = pVTable; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + int nType; + int i = 0; + if( !zType ) continue; + nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); + if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){ + for(i=0; i0 ){ + assert(zType[i-1]==' '); + zType[i-1] = '\0'; + } + pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN; + } + } + } } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); + return rc; } /* -** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to -** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers. -** -** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab -** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger. But there might be additional -** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema. This routine prepends all -** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list -** and returns the combined list. +** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method +** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned +** and an error left in pParse. ** -** To state it another way: This routine returns a list of all triggers -** that fire off of pTab. The list will include any TEMP triggers on -** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger. +** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; - Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + const char *zMod; + Module *pMod; + int rc; - if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ - return 0; + assert( pTab ); + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; } - if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ - HashElem *p; - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p); - if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema - && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) - ){ - pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); - pList = pTrig; - } + /* Locate the required virtual table module */ + zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); + + if( !pMod ){ + const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + char *zErr = 0; + rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); } - return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); + return rc; } - /* -** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement -** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger -** structure is generated based on the information available and stored -** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the -** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger -** construction process. +** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one +** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */ - Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */ - Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */ - int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */ - int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */ - IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */ - SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */ - Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */ - int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */ - int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */ -){ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; /* The new trigger */ - Table *pTab; /* Table that the trigger fires off of */ - char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */ - Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */ - DbFixer sFix; /* State vector for the DB fixer */ - int iTabDb; /* Index of the database holding pTab */ +static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){ + const int ARRAY_INCR = 5; - assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */ - assert( pName2!=0 ); - assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE ); - assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); - if( isTemp ){ - /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */ - if( pName2->n>0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name"); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - iDb = 1; - pName = pName1; - }else{ - /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; + /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */ + if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){ + VTable **aVTrans; + int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR); + aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes); + if( !aVTrans ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR); + db->aVTrans = aVTrans; } - /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table, - ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database. - ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not - ** exist, the error is caught by the block below. - */ - if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); - if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab - && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ - iDb = 1; - } + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */ - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup; - assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 ); - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && - sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); - if( !pTab ){ - /* The table does not exist. */ - if( db->init.iDb==1 ){ - /* Ticket #3810. - ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are - ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table - ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the - ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the - ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an - ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing. - */ - db->init.orphanTrigger = 1; - } - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables"); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } +/* +** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should +** have already been reserved using growVTrans(). +*/ +static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ + /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */ + db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab; + sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab); +} + +/* +** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method +** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. +** +** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language +** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned. +** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; + Module *pMod; + const char *zMod; - /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the - ** specified name exists */ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), - zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName); - } - goto trigger_cleanup; - } + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable ); - /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */ - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table"); - pParse->nErr++; - goto trigger_cleanup; - } + /* Locate the required virtual table module */ + zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); - /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD - ** of triggers. + /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, + ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an + ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. */ - if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", - (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF" - " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0); - goto trigger_cleanup; + if( !pMod ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr); } - iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName; - const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb; - if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){ - goto trigger_cleanup; + /* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to + ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){ + rc = growVTrans(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)); } } -#endif - /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers - ** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every - ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code - ** elsewhere. - */ - if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){ - tr_tm = TK_BEFORE; - } + return rc; +} - /* Build the Trigger object */ - pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger)); - if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup; - pTrigger->zName = zName; - zName = 0; - pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName); - pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pTrigger->op = (u8)op; - pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER; - pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns); - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); - pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger; +/* +** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only +** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a +** virtual table module. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){ + Parse *pParse; -trigger_cleanup: - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); - if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){ - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; + char *zErr = 0; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); + + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( pParse==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger ); + pParse->declareVtab = 1; + pParse->db = db; + pParse->nQueryLoop = 1; + + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) + && pParse->pNewTable + && !db->mallocFailed + && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect + && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 + ){ + if( !pTab->aCol ){ + pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol; + pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol; + pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0; + pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0; + } + db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pParse->declareVtab = 0; + + if( pParse->pVdbe ){ + sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); + } + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); + sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); } + + assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } /* -** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed -** in order to complete the process of building the trigger. +** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method +** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs +** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned. +** +** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */ - Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */ -){ - Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */ - char *zName; /* Name of trigger */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ - DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */ - int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */ - Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */ - - pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; - pParse->pNewTrigger = 0; - if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - zName = pTrig->zName; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); - pTrig->step_list = pStepList; - while( pStepList ){ - pStepList->pTrig = pTrig; - pStepList = pStepList->pNext; - } - nameToken.z = pTrig->zName; - nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z); - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken) - && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){ - goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; - /* if we are not initializing, - ** build the sqlite_master entry - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - Vdbe *v; - char *z; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){ + VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab); - /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, - pTrig->table, z); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, sqlite3MPrintf( - db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName), P4_DYNAMIC - ); - } + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab); - if( db->init.busy ){ - Trigger *pLink = pTrig; - Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash; - pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig); - if( pTrig ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){ - Table *pTab; - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table); - pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n); - assert( pTab!=0 ); - pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger; - pTab->pTrigger = pLink; + /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 ); + p->pVtab = 0; + pTab->pVTable = 0; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); } } -triggerfinish_cleanup: - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig); - assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger ); - sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList); + return rc; } /* -** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into -** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. +** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method +** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method +** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is +** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure. ** -** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in -** body of a TRIGGER. +** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); - if( pTriggerStep==0 ) { - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return 0; +static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){ + int i; + if( db->aVTrans ){ + for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ + VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; + sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; + if( p ){ + int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); + x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset); + if( x ) x(p); + } + pVTab->iSavepoint = 0; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans); + db->nVTrans = 0; + db->aVTrans = 0; } - pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT; - pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; - pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; - return pTriggerStep; } /* -** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step. The allocated space -** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string. +** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans +** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or +** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful. ** -** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set. +** If an error message is available, leave it in p->zErrMsg. */ -static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */ - Token *pName /* The target name */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; - pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1]; - memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); - pTriggerStep->target.z = z; - pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n; - pTriggerStep->op = op; + db->aVTrans = 0; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ + int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab; + if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){ + rc = x(pVtab); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + } } - return pTriggerStep; + db->aVTrans = aVTrans; + return rc; } /* -** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer -** to the new trigger step. +** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the +** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ + callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the +** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){ + callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface +** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is +** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now. ** -** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the -** body of a trigger. +** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer +** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */ - IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */ - ExprList *pEList, /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */ - u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + + /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater + ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a + ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to + ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED. + */ + if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; + } + if( !pVTab ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule; - assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0); - assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed); + if( pModule->xBegin ){ + int i; - pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn; - pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; - }else{ - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); + /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */ + for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ + if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the + ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */ + rc = growVTrans(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + addToVTrans(db, pVTab); + } + } } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + return rc; +} - return pTriggerStep; +/* +** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all +** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint +** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked. +** +** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is +** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is +** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with +** an open transaction is invoked. +** +** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, +** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this +** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful, +** SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ); + assert( iSavepoint>=0 ); + if( db->aVTrans ){ + int i; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ + VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; + const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule; + if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){ + int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int); + switch( op ){ + case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN: + xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint; + pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1; + break; + case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK: + xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo; + break; + default: + xMethod = pMod->xRelease; + break; + } + if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){ + rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint); + } + } + } + } + return rc; } /* -** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return -** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it -** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. +** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The +** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function. +** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual +** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function. +** +** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to +** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. +** +** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a +** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the +** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */ - ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ - u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */ + FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */ + int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */ + Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */ ){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + Table *pTab; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + sqlite3_module *pMod; + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0; + void *pArg = 0; + FuncDef *pNew; + int rc = 0; + char *zLowerName; + unsigned char *z; - pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; + + /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */ + if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef; + pTab = pExpr->pTab; + if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef; + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef; + pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab; + assert( pVtab!=0 ); + assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); + pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; + if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; + + /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation + ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function + */ + zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName); + if( zLowerName ){ + for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){ + *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z]; + } + rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName); } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return pTriggerStep; + if( rc==0 ){ + return pDef; + } + + /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded + ** function */ + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) + + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1); + if( pNew==0 ){ + return pDef; + } + *pNew = *pDef; + pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; + memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1); + pNew->xFunc = xFunc; + pNew->pUserData = pArg; + pNew->funcFlags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM; + return pNew; } /* -** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return -** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it -** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. +** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[] +** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the +** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine +** is a no-op. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */ - Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + int i, n; + Table **apVtabLock; - pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ + if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return; + } + n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]); + apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n); + if( apVtabLock ){ + pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock; + pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab; + }else{ + pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return pTriggerStep; } -/* -** Recursively delete a Trigger structure +/* +** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual +** table update operation currently in progress. +** +** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from +** within an xUpdate method. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ - if( pTrigger==0 ) return; - sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){ + static const unsigned char aMap[] = { + SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE + }; + assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 ); + assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 ); + assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 ); + return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1]; } /* -** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. -** -** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies -** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the -** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger -** instead of the trigger name. -**/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - int i; - const char *zDb; - const char *zName; - int nName; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide +** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior +** of the virtual table being implemented. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto drop_trigger_cleanup; - } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase; - zName = pName->a[0].zName; - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue; - pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName); - if( pTrigger ) break; - } - if( !pTrigger ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0); + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: { + VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx; + if( !p ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + }else{ + assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); + p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int); + } + break; } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto drop_trigger_cleanup; + default: + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + break; } - sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); + va_end(ap); -drop_trigger_cleanup: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/ /* -** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger -** is set on. +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process +** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is responsible for +** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable +** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing +** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting +** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer". */ -static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table); - return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n); -} +/************** Include whereInt.h in the middle of where.c ******************/ +/************** Begin file whereInt.h ****************************************/ +/* +** 2013-11-12 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains structure and macro definitions for the query +** planner logic in "where.c". These definitions are broken out into +** a separate source file for easier editing. +*/ + +/* +** Trace output macros +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0; +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \ + && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)) +# define WHERETRACE(K,X) if(sqlite3WhereTrace&(K)) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +# define WHERETRACE_ENABLED 1 +#else +# define WHERETRACE(K,X) +#endif +/* Forward references +*/ +typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause; +typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet; +typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo; +typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo; +typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; +typedef struct WhereLoop WhereLoop; +typedef struct WherePath WherePath; +typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm; +typedef struct WhereLoopBuilder WhereLoopBuilder; +typedef struct WhereScan WhereScan; +typedef struct WhereOrCost WhereOrCost; +typedef struct WhereOrSet WhereOrSet; /* -** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. +** This object contains information needed to implement a single nested +** loop in WHERE clause. +** +** Contrast this object with WhereLoop. This object describes the +** implementation of the loop. WhereLoop describes the algorithm. +** This object contains a pointer to the WhereLoop algorithm as one of +** its elements. +** +** The WhereInfo object contains a single instance of this object for +** each term in the FROM clause (which is to say, for each of the +** nested loops as implemented). The order of WhereLevel objects determines +** the loop nested order, with WhereInfo.a[0] being the outer loop and +** WhereInfo.a[WhereInfo.nLevel-1] being the inner loop. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ - Table *pTable; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; +struct WhereLevel { + int iLeftJoin; /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */ + int iTabCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */ + int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */ + int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ + int addrNxt; /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */ + int addrSkip; /* Jump here for next iteration of skip-scan */ + int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */ + int addrFirst; /* First instruction of interior of the loop */ + int addrBody; /* Beginning of the body of this loop */ + u8 iFrom; /* Which entry in the FROM clause */ + u8 op, p3, p5; /* Opcode, P3 & P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */ + int p1, p2; /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */ + union { /* Information that depends on pWLoop->wsFlags */ + struct { + int nIn; /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */ + struct InLoop { + int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */ + int addrInTop; /* Top of the IN loop */ + u8 eEndLoopOp; /* IN Loop terminator. OP_Next or OP_Prev */ + } *aInLoop; /* Information about each nested IN operator */ + } in; /* Used when pWLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */ + Index *pCovidx; /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */ + } u; + struct WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* The selected WhereLoop object */ + Bitmask notReady; /* FROM entries not usable at this level */ +}; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); - assert( pTable ); - assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) || - sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ - return; - } - } +/* +** Each instance of this object represents an algorithm for evaluating one +** term of a join. Every term of the FROM clause will have at least +** one corresponding WhereLoop object (unless INDEXED BY constraints +** prevent a query solution - which is an error) and many terms of the +** FROM clause will have multiple WhereLoop objects, each describing a +** potential way of implementing that FROM-clause term, together with +** dependencies and cost estimates for using the chosen algorithm. +** +** Query planning consists of building up a collection of these WhereLoop +** objects, then computing a particular sequence of WhereLoop objects, with +** one WhereLoop object per FROM clause term, that satisfy all dependencies +** and that minimize the overall cost. +*/ +struct WhereLoop { + Bitmask prereq; /* Bitmask of other loops that must run first */ + Bitmask maskSelf; /* Bitmask identifying table iTab */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + char cId; /* Symbolic ID of this loop for debugging use */ #endif + u8 iTab; /* Position in FROM clause of table for this loop */ + u8 iSortIdx; /* Sorting index number. 0==None */ + LogEst rSetup; /* One-time setup cost (ex: create transient index) */ + LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running each loop */ + LogEst nOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ + union { + struct { /* Information for internal btree tables */ + u16 nEq; /* Number of equality constraints */ + u16 nSkip; /* Number of initial index columns to skip */ + Index *pIndex; /* Index used, or NULL */ + } btree; + struct { /* Information for virtual tables */ + int idxNum; /* Index number */ + u8 needFree; /* True if sqlite3_free(idxStr) is needed */ + i8 isOrdered; /* True if satisfies ORDER BY */ + u16 omitMask; /* Terms that may be omitted */ + char *idxStr; /* Index identifier string */ + } vtab; + } u; + u32 wsFlags; /* WHERE_* flags describing the plan */ + u16 nLTerm; /* Number of entries in aLTerm[] */ + /**** whereLoopXfer() copies fields above ***********************/ +# define WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ offsetof(WhereLoop,nLSlot) + u16 nLSlot; /* Number of slots allocated for aLTerm[] */ + WhereTerm **aLTerm; /* WhereTerms used */ + WhereLoop *pNextLoop; /* Next WhereLoop object in the WhereClause */ + WhereTerm *aLTermSpace[4]; /* Initial aLTerm[] space */ +}; - /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger. - */ - assert( pTable!=0 ); - if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ - int base; - static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = { - { OP_Rewind, 0, ADDR(9), 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_Column, 0, 1, 2}, - { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, - { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4: "trigger" */ - { OP_Column, 0, 0, 2}, - { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, - { OP_Delete, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Next, 0, ADDR(1), 0}, /* 8 */ - }; +/* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a +** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause. +** See WhereOrSet for additional information +*/ +struct WhereOrCost { + Bitmask prereq; /* Prerequisites */ + LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running this subquery */ + LogEst nOut; /* Number of outputs for this subquery */ +}; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); - base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0); - if( pParse->nMem<3 ){ - pParse->nMem = 3; - } - } -} +/* The WhereOrSet object holds a set of possible WhereOrCosts that +** correspond to the subquery(s) of OR-clause processing. Only the +** best N_OR_COST elements are retained. +*/ +#define N_OR_COST 3 +struct WhereOrSet { + u16 n; /* Number of valid a[] entries */ + WhereOrCost a[N_OR_COST]; /* Set of best costs */ +}; + + +/* Forward declaration of methods */ +static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3*, WhereLoop*, int); /* -** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer. +** Each instance of this object holds a sequence of WhereLoop objects +** that implement some or all of a query plan. +** +** Think of each WhereLoop object as a node in a graph with arcs +** showing dependencies and costs for travelling between nodes. (That is +** not a completely accurate description because WhereLoop costs are a +** vector, not a scalar, and because dependencies are many-to-one, not +** one-to-one as are graph nodes. But it is a useful visualization aid.) +** Then a WherePath object is a path through the graph that visits some +** or all of the WhereLoop objects once. +** +** The "solver" works by creating the N best WherePath objects of length +** 1. Then using those as a basis to compute the N best WherePath objects +** of length 2. And so forth until the length of WherePaths equals the +** number of nodes in the FROM clause. The best (lowest cost) WherePath +** at the end is the choosen query plan. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){ - Hash *pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash); - Trigger *pTrigger; - pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0); - if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){ - if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ - Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); - Trigger **pp; - for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); - *pp = (*pp)->pNext; - } - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - } -} +struct WherePath { + Bitmask maskLoop; /* Bitmask of all WhereLoop objects in this path */ + Bitmask revLoop; /* aLoop[]s that should be reversed for ORDER BY */ + LogEst nRow; /* Estimated number of rows generated by this path */ + LogEst rCost; /* Total cost of this path */ + LogEst rUnsorted; /* Total cost of this path ignoring sorting costs */ + i8 isOrdered; /* No. of ORDER BY terms satisfied. -1 for unknown */ + WhereLoop **aLoop; /* Array of WhereLoop objects implementing this path */ +}; /* -** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry -** in pEList is of the format =. If any of the entries -** in pEList have an which matches an identifier in pIdList, -** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a -** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then -** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only -** if there is no match. +** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to +** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE +** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators, +** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR. +** +** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. +** The following identity holds: +** +** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm +** +** When a term is of the form: +** +** X +** +** where X is a column name and is one of certain operators, +** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the +** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records +** the using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The +** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search +** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators. +** +** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR: +** +** (t1.X ) OR (t1.Y ) OR .... +** +** In this second case, wtFlag has the TERM_ORINFO bit set and eOperator==WO_OR +** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that +** is collected about the OR clause. +** +** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous +** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set +** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately +** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful. +** +** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers, +** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates +** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq +** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of +** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be +** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor +** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet +** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers +** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available +** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers +** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7. +** +** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits +** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite +** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables. */ -static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ - int e; - if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1; - for(e=0; enExpr; e++){ - if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1; - } - return 0; -} +struct WhereTerm { + Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */ + int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */ + int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X " */ + union { + int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X " */ + WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 */ + WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator& WO_AND)!=0 */ + } u; + LogEst truthProb; /* Probability of truth for this expression */ + u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing */ + u8 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */ + u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */ + Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */ + Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */ +}; /* -** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least -** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is -** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at -** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified. +** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */ - int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */ - int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ -){ - int mask = 0; - Trigger *pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); - Trigger *p; - assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 ); - for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ - mask |= p->tr_tm; - } - } - if( pMask ){ - *pMask = mask; - } - return (mask ? pList : 0); -} +#define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */ +#define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */ +#define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */ +#define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */ +#define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */ +#define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */ +#define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +# define TERM_VNULL 0x80 /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */ +#else +# define TERM_VNULL 0x00 /* Disabled if not using stat3 */ +#endif /* -** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer -** to that SrcList. +** An instance of the WhereScan object is used as an iterator for locating +** terms in the WHERE clause that are useful to the query planner. +*/ +struct WhereScan { + WhereClause *pOrigWC; /* Original, innermost WhereClause */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* WhereClause currently being scanned */ + char *zCollName; /* Required collating sequence, if not NULL */ + char idxaff; /* Must match this affinity, if zCollName!=NULL */ + unsigned char nEquiv; /* Number of entries in aEquiv[] */ + unsigned char iEquiv; /* Next unused slot in aEquiv[] */ + u32 opMask; /* Acceptable operators */ + int k; /* Resume scanning at this->pWC->a[this->k] */ + int aEquiv[22]; /* Cursor,Column pairs for equivalence classes */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a +** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms. ** -** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when -** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from -** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the -** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it -** wants. +** Explanation of pOuter: For a WHERE clause of the form +** +** a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f +** +** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for +** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)". The pOuter field of the +** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause. */ -static SrcList *targetSrcList( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */ -){ - int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ +struct WhereClause { + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ + WhereClause *pOuter; /* Outer conjunction */ + u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */ + int nTerm; /* Number of terms */ + int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */ + WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */ +#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK) + WhereTerm aStatic[1]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ +#else + WhereTerm aStatic[8]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ +#endif +}; - pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0); - if( pSrc ){ - assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 ); - assert( pSrc->a!=0 ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema); - if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( iDbdb->nDb ); - pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - } - } - return pSrc; -} +/* +** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to +** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct WhereOrInfo { + WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */ + Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */ +}; /* -** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single -** trigger. +** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to +** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. */ -static int codeTriggerProgram( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ - int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ -){ - TriggerStep *pStep; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +struct WhereAndInfo { + WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */ +}; - assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel ); - assert( pStepList ); - assert( v!=0 ); - for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ - /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step - ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger - ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use - ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger - ** step statement. Example: - ** - ** CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN; - ** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b); - ** END; - ** - ** INSERT INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy - ** INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy - */ - pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf; +/* +** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping +** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. +** +** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in +** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE +** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might +** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum +** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping +** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning +** with 0. +** +** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask +** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0, +** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It +** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor +** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain +** no gaps. +*/ +struct WhereMaskSet { + int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */ + int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */ +}; - switch( pStep->op ){ - case TK_UPDATE: { - sqlite3Update(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), - pParse->eOrconf - ); - break; - } - case TK_INSERT: { - sqlite3Insert(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), - sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), - sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), - pParse->eOrconf - ); - break; - } - case TK_DELETE: { - sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0) - ); - break; - } - default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); { - SelectDest sDest; - Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - break; - } - } - if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount); - } - } +/* +** This object is a convenience wrapper holding all information needed +** to construct WhereLoop objects for a particular query. +*/ +struct WhereLoopBuilder { + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about this WHERE */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* WHERE clause terms */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* ORDER BY clause */ + WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop */ + WhereOrSet *pOrSet; /* Record best loops here, if not NULL */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + UnpackedRecord *pRec; /* Probe for stat4 (if required) */ + int nRecValid; /* Number of valid fields currently in pRec */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves. The +** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second +** half does the tail of the WHERE loop. An instance of +** this structure is returned by the first half and passed +** into the second half to give some continuity. +** +** An instance of this object holds the complete state of the query +** planner. +*/ +struct WhereInfo { + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing and code generating context */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause or NULL */ + ExprList *pResultSet; /* Result set. DISTINCT operates on these */ + WhereLoop *pLoops; /* List of all WhereLoop objects */ + Bitmask revMask; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms that need reversing */ + LogEst nRowOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ + u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + i8 nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */ + u8 sorted; /* True if really sorted (not just grouped) */ + u8 okOnePass; /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE/DELETE */ + u8 untestedTerms; /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */ + u8 eDistinct; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* values below */ + u8 nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */ + int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */ + int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */ + int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ + int savedNQueryLoop; /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */ + int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* OP_OpenWrite cursors for the ONEPASS opt */ + WhereMaskSet sMaskSet; /* Map cursor numbers to bitmasks */ + WhereClause sWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */ + WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */ +}; + +/* +** Bitmasks for the operators on WhereTerm objects. These are all +** operators that are of interest to the query planner. An +** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for +** particular WhereTerms within a WhereClause. +*/ +#define WO_IN 0x001 +#define WO_EQ 0x002 +#define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_MATCH 0x040 +#define WO_ISNULL 0x080 +#define WO_OR 0x100 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */ +#define WO_AND 0x200 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */ +#define WO_EQUIV 0x400 /* Of the form A==B, both columns */ +#define WO_NOOP 0x800 /* This term does not restrict search space */ - return 0; -} +#define WO_ALL 0xfff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */ +#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE -** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging. +** These are definitions of bits in the WhereLoop.wsFlags field. +** The particular combination of bits in each WhereLoop help to +** determine the algorithm that WhereLoop represents. */ -static const char *onErrorText(int onError){ - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Abort: return "abort"; - case OE_Rollback: return "rollback"; - case OE_Fail: return "fail"; - case OE_Replace: return "replace"; - case OE_Ignore: return "ignore"; - case OE_Default: return "default"; - } - return "n/a"; +#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00000001 /* x=EXPR */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00000002 /* xEXPR */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00000004 /* x IN (...) */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00000008 /* x IS NULL */ +#define WHERE_CONSTRAINT 0x0000000f /* Any of the WHERE_COLUMN_xxx values */ +#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00000010 /* xEXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */ +#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT 0x00000030 /* Both x>EXPR and xnRowOut); } -#endif /* -** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe -** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information -** from pFrom to pTo. +** Return one of the WHERE_DISTINCT_xxxxx values to indicate how this +** WHERE clause returns outputs for DISTINCT processing. */ -static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){ - assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr ); - assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr ); - if( pTo->nErr==0 ){ - pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg; - pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr; - }else{ - sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->eDistinct; } /* -** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program -** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf. +** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause returns rows in ORDER BY order. +** Return FALSE if the output needs to be sorted. */ -static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ - Table *pTab, /* The table pTrigger is attached to */ - int orconf /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */ -){ - Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - TriggerPrg *pPrg; /* Value to return */ - Expr *pWhen = 0; /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */ - Vdbe *v; /* Temporary VM */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for sub-vdbe */ - SubProgram *pProgram = 0; /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */ - Parse *pSubParse; /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */ - int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->nOBSat; +} - assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); - assert( pTop->pVdbe ); +/* +** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to continue +** immediately with the next row of a WHERE clause. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + assert( pWInfo->iContinue!=0 ); + return pWInfo->iContinue; +} - /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they - ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg - ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */ - pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg)); - if( !pPrg ) return 0; - pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg; - pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg; - pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram)); - if( !pProgram ) return 0; - sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram); - pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger; - pPrg->orconf = orconf; - pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff; - pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff; +/* +** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to break +** out of a WHERE loop. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->iBreak; +} - /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the - ** trigger sub-program. */ - pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse)); - if( !pSubParse ) return 0; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pSubParse; - pSubParse->db = db; - pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab; - pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop; - pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName; - pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op; - pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; +/* +** Return TRUE if an UPDATE or DELETE statement can operate directly on +** the rowids returned by a WHERE clause. Return FALSE if doing an +** UPDATE or DELETE might change subsequent WHERE clause results. +** +** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true) +** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS +** into aiCur[0] and aiCur[1]. iaCur[0] gets the cursor of the data +** table and iaCur[1] gets the cursor used by an auxiliary index. +** Either value may be -1, indicating that cursor is not used. +** Any cursors returned will have been opened for writing. +** +** aiCur[0] and aiCur[1] both get -1 if the where-clause logic is +** unable to use the ONEPASS optimization. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo *pWInfo, int *aiCur){ + memcpy(aiCur, pWInfo->aiCurOnePass, sizeof(int)*2); + return pWInfo->okOnePass; +} - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse); - if( v ){ - VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", - pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf), - (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"), - (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""), - (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""), - (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""), - pTab->zName - )); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC - ); -#endif +/* +** Move the content of pSrc into pDest +*/ +static void whereOrMove(WhereOrSet *pDest, WhereOrSet *pSrc){ + pDest->n = pSrc->n; + memcpy(pDest->a, pSrc->a, pDest->n*sizeof(pDest->a[0])); +} - /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false - ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the - ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */ - if( pTrigger->pWhen ){ - pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0); - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) - && db->mallocFailed==0 - ){ - iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); +/* +** Try to insert a new prerequisite/cost entry into the WhereOrSet pSet. +** +** The new entry might overwrite an existing entry, or it might be +** appended, or it might be discarded. Do whatever is the right thing +** so that pSet keeps the N_OR_COST best entries seen so far. +*/ +static int whereOrInsert( + WhereOrSet *pSet, /* The WhereOrSet to be updated */ + Bitmask prereq, /* Prerequisites of the new entry */ + LogEst rRun, /* Run-cost of the new entry */ + LogEst nOut /* Number of outputs for the new entry */ +){ + u16 i; + WhereOrCost *p; + for(i=pSet->n, p=pSet->a; i>0; i--, p++){ + if( rRun<=p->rRun && (prereq & p->prereq)==prereq ){ + goto whereOrInsert_done; } - - /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */ - codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); - - /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */ - if( iEndTrigger ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger); + if( p->rRun<=rRun && (p->prereq & prereq)==p->prereq ){ + return 0; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); - VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf))); - - transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse); - if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ - pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg); + } + if( pSet->na[pSet->n++]; + p->nOut = nOut; + }else{ + p = pSet->a; + for(i=1; in; i++){ + if( p->rRun>pSet->a[i].rRun ) p = pSet->a + i; } - pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem; - pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab; - pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger; - pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask; - pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask; - sqlite3VdbeDelete(v); + if( p->rRun<=rRun ) return 0; } - - assert( !pSubParse->pAinc && !pSubParse->pZombieTab ); - assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg ); - sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse); - - return pPrg; +whereOrInsert_done: + p->prereq = prereq; + p->rRun = rRun; + if( p->nOut>nOut ) p->nOut = nOut; + return 1; } - + /* -** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for -** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such -** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before -** being returned. +** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure. */ -static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ - Table *pTab, /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */ - int orconf /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */ +static void whereClauseInit( + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo /* The WHERE processing context */ ){ - Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - TriggerPrg *pPrg; - - assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); - - /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the - ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with - ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere - ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */ - for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; - pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); - pPrg=pPrg->pNext - ); + pWC->pWInfo = pWInfo; + pWC->pOuter = 0; + pWC->nTerm = 0; + pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic); + pWC->a = pWC->aStatic; +} - /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */ - if( !pPrg ){ - pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf); - } +/* Forward reference */ +static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*); - return pPrg; +/* +** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object. +*/ +static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){ + whereClauseClear(&p->wc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } /* -** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on -** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this -** function are the same as those described in the header function for -** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger() +** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Trigger *p, /* Trigger to code */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ - int reg, /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */ - int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ - int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ -){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */ - TriggerPrg *pPrg; - pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); - assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - - /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program - ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */ - if( pPrg ){ - int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers)); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM); - VdbeComment( - (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf))); +static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){ + whereClauseClear(&p->wc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} - /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if - ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive - ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger, - ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers - ** is clear. */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive); +/* +** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure +** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit(). +*/ +static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){ + int i; + WhereTerm *a; + sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; + for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){ + if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr); + } + if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){ + whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo); + }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){ + whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo); + } + } + if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a); } } /* -** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation -** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE) -** is given by the op paramater. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the -** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then -** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified. +** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC. +** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags. +** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success. +** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory +** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in +** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it. ** -** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified -** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op. +** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary. ** -** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers -** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references -** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab -** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows: +** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility +** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC. +** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm. ** -** Register Contains -** ------------------------------------------------------ -** reg+0 OLD.rowid -** reg+1 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab -** ... ... -** reg+N OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab -** reg+N+1 NEW.rowid -** reg+N+2 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab -** ... ... -** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab +** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store +** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after +** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing +** the pWC->a[] array. +*/ +static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){ + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int idx; + testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){ + WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a; + sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; + pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 ); + if( pWC->a==0 ){ + if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p); + } + pWC->a = pOld; + return 0; + } + memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm); + if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld); + } + pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]); + } + pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++]; + if( p && ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Unlikely) ){ + pTerm->truthProb = sqlite3LogEst(p->iTable) - 99; + }else{ + pTerm->truthProb = 1; + } + pTerm->pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(p); + pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags; + pTerm->pWC = pWC; + pTerm->iParent = -1; + return idx; +} + +/* +** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where +** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other +** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure +** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example: ** -** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will -** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or -** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). -** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers -** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an -** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg -** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through -** (reg+N+N+1) are. +** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22) +** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/ +** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2] ** -** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the -** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump -** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program -** raises an IGNORE exception. +** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine +** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr. +** +** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to +** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain +** all terms of the WHERE clause. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ - int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ - int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ - int reg, /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */ - int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ - int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ -){ - Trigger *p; /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */ +static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, u8 op){ + pWC->op = op; + if( pExpr==0 ) return; + if( pExpr->op!=op ){ + whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0); + }else{ + whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op); + whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op); + } +} - assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE ); - assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER ); - assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) ); +/* +** Initialize a WhereMaskSet object +*/ +#define initMaskSet(P) (P)->n=0 - for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ +/* +** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if +** iCursor is not in the set. +*/ +static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ + int i; + assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ); + for(i=0; in; i++){ + if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){ + return MASKBIT(i); + } + } + return 0; +} - /* Sanity checking: The schema for the trigger and for the table are - ** always defined. The trigger must be in the same schema as the table - ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */ - assert( p->pSchema!=0 ); - assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 ); - assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema - || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema ); +/* +** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor. +** +** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause. The number of +** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the +** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine. So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[] +** array will never overflow. +*/ +static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ + assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) ); + pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor; +} + +/* +** These routines walk (recursively) an expression tree and generate +** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression +** tree. +*/ +static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*); +static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*); +static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ + Bitmask mask = 0; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable); + return mask; + } + mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight); + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft); + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect); + }else{ + mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList); + } + return mask; +} +static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){ + int i; + Bitmask mask = 0; + if( pList ){ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr); + } + } + return mask; +} +static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){ + Bitmask mask = 0; + while( pS ){ + SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc; + mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList); + mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy); + mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy); + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere); + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving); + if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect); + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn); + } + } + pS = pS->pPrior; + } + return mask; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is +** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are +** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", "IN", and "IS NULL" +*/ +static int allowedOp(int op){ + assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GTTK_EQ && TK_LTTK_EQ && TK_LE=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL; +} + +/* +** Swap two objects of type TYPE. +*/ +#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} + +/* +** Commute a comparison operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y" +** are converted into "Y op X". +** +** If left/right precedence rules come into play when determining the +** collating sequence, then COLLATE operators are adjusted to ensure +** that the collating sequence does not change. For example: +** "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes "X op Y" because any collation sequence on +** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence +** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_Collate flag +** is not commuted. +*/ +static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_Collate); + u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate); + assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN ); + if( expRight==expLeft ){ + /* Either X and Y both have COLLATE operator or neither do */ + if( expRight ){ + /* Both X and Y have COLLATE operators. Make sure X is always + ** used by clearing the EP_Collate flag from Y. */ + pExpr->pRight->flags &= ~EP_Collate; + }else if( sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ + /* Neither X nor Y have COLLATE operators, but X has a non-default + ** collating sequence. So add the EP_Collate marker on X to cause + ** it to be searched first. */ + pExpr->pLeft->flags |= EP_Collate; + } + } + SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft); + if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){ + assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); + assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 ); + assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ ); + assert( TK_GTop>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE ); + pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT; + } +} + +/* +** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask. +*/ +static u16 operatorMask(int op){ + u16 c; + assert( allowedOp(op) ); + if( op==TK_IN ){ + c = WO_IN; + }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ + c = WO_ISNULL; + }else{ + assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff ); + c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); + } + assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL ); + assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN ); + assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ ); + assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT ); + assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE ); + assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT ); + assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE ); + return c; +} - /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ - if( p->op==op - && p->tr_tm==tr_tm - && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) - ){ - sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump); +/* +** Advance to the next WhereTerm that matches according to the criteria +** established when the pScan object was initialized by whereScanInit(). +** Return NULL if there are no more matching WhereTerms. +*/ +static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){ + int iCur; /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */ + int iColumn; /* The column on the LHS of the term. -1 for IPK */ + Expr *pX; /* An expression being tested */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term being tested */ + int k = pScan->k; /* Where to start scanning */ + + while( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv ){ + iCur = pScan->aEquiv[pScan->iEquiv-2]; + iColumn = pScan->aEquiv[pScan->iEquiv-1]; + while( (pWC = pScan->pWC)!=0 ){ + for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; knTerm; k++, pTerm++){ + if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur + && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn + && (pScan->iEquiv<=2 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) + ){ + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)!=0 + && pScan->nEquivaEquiv) + ){ + int j; + pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pTerm->pExpr->pRight); + assert( pX->op==TK_COLUMN ); + for(j=0; jnEquiv; j+=2){ + if( pScan->aEquiv[j]==pX->iTable + && pScan->aEquiv[j+1]==pX->iColumn ){ + break; + } + } + if( j==pScan->nEquiv ){ + pScan->aEquiv[j] = pX->iTable; + pScan->aEquiv[j+1] = pX->iColumn; + pScan->nEquiv += 2; + } + } + if( (pTerm->eOperator & pScan->opMask)!=0 ){ + /* Verify the affinity and collating sequence match */ + if( pScan->zCollName && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){ + CollSeq *pColl; + Parse *pParse = pWC->pWInfo->pParse; + pX = pTerm->pExpr; + if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pScan->idxaff) ){ + continue; + } + assert(pX->pLeft); + pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, + pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); + if( pColl==0 ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pScan->zCollName) ){ + continue; + } + } + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)!=0 + && (pX = pTerm->pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_COLUMN + && pX->iTable==pScan->aEquiv[0] + && pX->iColumn==pScan->aEquiv[1] + ){ + continue; + } + pScan->k = k+1; + return pTerm; + } + } + } + pScan->pWC = pScan->pWC->pOuter; + k = 0; } + pScan->pWC = pScan->pOrigWC; + k = 0; + pScan->iEquiv += 2; } + return 0; } /* -** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. -** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the -** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information -** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire -** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command. -** -** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the -** table may be accessed using an [old|new].reference. Bit 1 is set if -** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there -** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns -** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned. +** Initialize a WHERE clause scanner object. Return a pointer to the +** first match. Return NULL if there are no matches. ** -** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is -** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is. +** The scanner will be searching the WHERE clause pWC. It will look +** for terms of the form "X " where X is column iColumn of table +** iCur. The must be one of the operators described by opMask. ** -** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned -** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table. +** If the search is for X and the WHERE clause contains terms of the +** form X=Y then this routine might also return terms of the form +** "Y ". The number of levels of transitivity is limited, +** but is enough to handle most commonly occurring SQL statements. ** -** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE -** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only -** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the -** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only -** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm. +** If X is not the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then X must be compatible with +** index pIdx. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ - int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */ - int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ - int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ +static WhereTerm *whereScanInit( + WhereScan *pScan, /* The WhereScan object being initialized */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be scanned */ + int iCur, /* Cursor to scan for */ + int iColumn, /* Column to scan for */ + u32 opMask, /* Operator(s) to scan for */ + Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index */ ){ - const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE; - u32 mask = 0; - Trigger *p; + int j; - assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 ); - for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm) - && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges) - ){ - TriggerPrg *pPrg; - pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); - if( pPrg ){ - mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew]; - } + /* memset(pScan, 0, sizeof(*pScan)); */ + pScan->pOrigWC = pWC; + pScan->pWC = pWC; + if( pIdx && iColumn>=0 ){ + pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; + for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){ + if( NEVER(j>pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0; } + pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j]; + }else{ + pScan->idxaff = 0; + pScan->zCollName = 0; } - - return mask; + pScan->opMask = opMask; + pScan->k = 0; + pScan->aEquiv[0] = iCur; + pScan->aEquiv[1] = iColumn; + pScan->nEquiv = 2; + pScan->iEquiv = 2; + return whereScanNext(pScan); } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ - -/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X " +** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and is one of +** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter. +** Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle UPDATE statements. +** The term returned might by Y= if there is another constraint in +** the WHERE clause that specifies that X=Y. Any such constraints will be +** identified by the WO_EQUIV bit in the pTerm->eOperator field. The +** aEquiv[] array holds X and all its equivalents, with each SQL variable +** taking up two slots in aEquiv[]. The first slot is for the cursor number +** and the second is for the column number. There are 22 slots in aEquiv[] +** so that means we can look for X plus up to 10 other equivalent values. +** Hence a search for X will return if X=A1 and A1=A2 and A2=A3 +** and ... and A9=A10 and A10=. +** +** If there are multiple terms in the WHERE clause of the form "X " +** then try for the one with no dependencies on - in other words where +** is a constant expression of some kind. Only return entries of +** the form "X Y" where Y is a column in another table if no terms of +** the form "X " exist. If no terms with a constant RHS +** exist, try to return a term that does not use WO_EQUIV. */ +static WhereTerm *findTerm( + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ + int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ + int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ + Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ + u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ + Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ +){ + WhereTerm *pResult = 0; + WhereTerm *p; + WhereScan scan; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Forward declaration */ -static void updateVirtualTable( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ - Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ - Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ - int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ - Expr *pWhere /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ -); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + p = whereScanInit(&scan, pWC, iCur, iColumn, op, pIdx); + while( p ){ + if( (p->prereqRight & notReady)==0 ){ + if( p->prereqRight==0 && (p->eOperator&WO_EQ)!=0 ){ + return p; + } + if( pResult==0 ) pResult = p; + } + p = whereScanNext(&scan); + } + return pResult; +} + +/* Forward reference */ +static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int); /* -** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the -** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the -** OP_Column to the default value, if any. -** -** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the -** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table -** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE -** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk -** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken -** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead. -** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value -** for the column and the P4 value is not required. -** -** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have -** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more -** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated -** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written -** into the sqlite_master table.) -** -** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for -** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() -** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into -** sqlite3_value objects. -** -** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction -** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is -** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save -** space. +** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ - assert( pTab!=0 ); - if( !pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3_value *pValue; - u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v)); - Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; - VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); - assert( inCol ); - sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, - pCol->affinity, &pValue); - if( pValue ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( iReg>=0 && pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg); - } -#endif +static void exprAnalyzeAll( + SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */ +){ + int i; + for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ + exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i); } } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION /* -** Process an UPDATE statement. +** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that +** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is +** so and false if not. ** -** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; -** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/ -* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere +** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string +** literal that does not begin with a wildcard. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ - int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ +static int isLikeOrGlob( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ + Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */ + int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */ + int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */ ){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */ - int addr = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */ - int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */ - int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */ - int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */ - int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the - ** an expression for the i-th column of the table. - ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */ - int chngRowid; /* True if the record number is being changed */ - Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */ - int openAll = 0; /* True if all indices need to be opened */ - AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */ - NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */ - int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */ - int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */ - int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */ + const char *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */ + Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */ + ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */ + int c; /* One character in z[] */ + int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */ + char wc[3]; /* Wildcard characters */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + int op; /* Opcode of pRight */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ - int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ + if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){ + return 0; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + if( *pnoCase ) return 0; #endif - int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */ - - /* Register Allocations */ - int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */ - int regOldRowid; /* The old rowid */ - int regNewRowid; /* The new rowid */ - int regNew; - int regOld = 0; - int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */ - int regRec; /* Register used for new table record to insert */ + pList = pExpr->x.pList; + pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr; + if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN + || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + || IsVirtual(pLeft->pTab) + ){ + /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must + ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */ + return 0; + } + assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */ - memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto update_cleanup; + pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[0].pExpr); + op = pRight->op; + if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ + Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare; + int iCol = pRight->iColumn; + pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_NONE); + if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + } + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol); + assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER ); + }else if( op==TK_STRING ){ + z = pRight->u.zToken; + } + if( z ){ + cnt = 0; + while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ + cnt++; + } + if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){ + Expr *pPrefix; + *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0; + pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z); + if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0; + *ppPrefix = pPrefix; + if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn); + if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){ + /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current + ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE + ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program. + ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name() + ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here. + */ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + } + } + }else{ + z = 0; + } } - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - /* Locate the table which we want to update. - */ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return (z!=0); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** updated is a view. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; - assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 ); -#else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define isView 0 -# define tmask 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto update_cleanup; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Check to see if the given expression is of the form +** +** column MATCH expr +** +** If it is then return TRUE. If not, return FALSE. +*/ +static int isMatchOfColumn( + Expr *pExpr /* Test this expression */ +){ + ExprList *pList; + + if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){ + return 0; } - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ - goto update_cleanup; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){ + return 0; } - aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol ); - if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - for(i=0; inCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1; + pList = pExpr->x.pList; + if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){ + return 0; + } + if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){ + return 0; + } + return 1; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices. - ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they - ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and - ** allocate enough space, just in case. - */ - pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - pParse->nTab++; +/* +** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of +** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived. +*/ +static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){ + if( pDerived ){ + pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin; + pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable; } +} - /* Initialize the name-context */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +/* +** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected +** subterms. So in: +** +** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13) +** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +** +** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example. +** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under +** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence: +** +** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO +** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object +** +** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms. +** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms. +** Examples of terms under analysis: +** +** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5 +** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3 +** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15) +** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*') +** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6) +** +** CASE 1: +** +** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C and +** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual +** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term +** being analyzed is: +** +** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3 +** +** then create a new virtual term like this: +** +** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3) +** +** CASE 2: +** +** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set +** +** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR +** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T +** +** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form +** "T.C " where C is any column of table T and +** is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN". +** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more +** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND +** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have +** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object. +** +** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could +** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists. +** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that +** is decided elsewhere. This analysis only looks at whether subterms +** appropriate for indexing exist. +** +** All examples A through E above satisfy case 2. But if a term +** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will +** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not +** satisfied. +** +** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example, +** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R. +** +** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using +** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing +** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar +** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines. +** +** OTHERWISE: +** +** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to +** zero. This term is not useful for search. +*/ +static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */ + int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */ +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parser context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */ + int i; /* Loop counters */ + WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */ + WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */ + WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */ + Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */ + Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */ - /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the - ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index - ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each - ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change - ** that column. + /* + ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms. The subterms are + ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo + ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term. */ - chngRowid = 0; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){ - if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ - chngRowid = 1; - pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR ); + pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo)); + if( pOrInfo==0 ) return; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO; + pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc; + whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWInfo); + whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR); + exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 ); + + /* + ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2. + */ + indexable = ~(Bitmask)0; + chngToIN = ~(Bitmask)0; + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){ + if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){ + WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; + assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 ); + chngToIN = 0; + pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo)); + if( pAndInfo ){ + WhereClause *pAndWC; + WhereTerm *pAndTerm; + int j; + Bitmask b = 0; + pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo; + pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO; + pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND; + pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc; + whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pWInfo); + whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND); + exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC); + pAndWC->pOuter = pWC; + testcase( db->mallocFailed ); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; jnTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){ + assert( pAndTerm->pExpr ); + if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){ + b |= getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor); + } + } } - aXRef[j] = i; - break; + indexable &= b; } - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){ - chngRowid = 1; - pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName); - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto update_cleanup; + }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){ + /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the + ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */ + }else{ + Bitmask b; + b = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor); + if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){ + WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent]; + b |= getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor); } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int rc; - rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName, - pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - goto update_cleanup; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ - aXRef[j] = -1; + indexable &= b; + if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ){ + chngToIN = 0; + }else{ + chngToIN &= b; } } -#endif } - hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngRowid); + /* + ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2. The set might be + ** empty. + */ + pOrInfo->indexable = indexable; + pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR; - /* Allocate memory for the array aRegIdx[]. There is one entry in the - ** array for each index associated with table being updated. Fill in - ** the value with a register number for indices that are to be used - ** and with zero for unused indices. + /* + ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But + ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really + ** is satisfied. + ** + ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits. The 0-bit case means + ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an + ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain + ** something other than == on a column in the single table. The 1-bit + ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form + ** "table.column=expr" for some single table. The one bit that is set + ** will correspond to the common table. We still need to check to make + ** sure the same column is used on all terms. The 2-bit case is when + ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column". It + ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column + ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of + ** the OR clause. + ** + ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the + ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized. */ - for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} - if( nIdx>0 ){ - aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Index*) * nIdx ); - if( aRegIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - } - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - int reg; - if( chngRowid ){ - reg = ++pParse->nMem; - }else{ - reg = 0; - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){ - reg = ++pParse->nMem; - break; + if( chngToIN ){ + int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */ + int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */ + int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */ + int j = 0; /* Loop counter */ + + /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the + ** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column + ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any + ** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table + ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found. + */ + for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){ + pOrTerm = pOrWc->a; + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){ + /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and + ** current term is from the first iteration. So skip this term. */ + assert( j==1 ); + continue; + } + if( (chngToIN & getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){ + /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the + ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceeded + ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term + ** and use its inversion. */ + testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ); + testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) ); + continue; } + iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn; + iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor; + break; } - } - aRegIdx[j] = reg; - } - - /* Begin generating code. */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef, - pWhere); - pWhere = 0; - pTabList = 0; - goto update_cleanup; - } -#endif - - /* Allocate required registers. */ - regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - if( pTrigger || hasFK ){ - regOld = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; - } - if( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK ){ - regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - } - regNew = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; - regRec = ++pParse->nMem; - - /* Start the view context. */ - if( isView ){ - sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); - } - - /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into - ** a ephemeral table. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( isView ){ - sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur); - } -#endif + if( i<0 ){ + /* No candidate table+column was found. This can only occur + ** on the second iteration */ + assert( j==1 ); + assert( IsPowerOfTwo(chngToIN) ); + assert( chngToIN==getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCursor) ); + break; + } + testcase( j==1 ); - /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the - ** WHERE clause. - */ - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } + /* We have found a candidate table and column. Check to see if that + ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */ + okToChngToIN = 1; + for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){ + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ + pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; + }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){ + okToChngToIN = 0; + }else{ + int affLeft, affRight; + /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities + ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type + ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249) + */ + affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight); + affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft); + if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){ + okToChngToIN = 0; + }else{ + pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK; + } + } + } + } - /* Begin the database scan - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOldRowid); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere,0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass; + /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies + ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is + ** pTerm converted into an IN operator. + */ + if( okToChngToIN ){ + Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */ + Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */ + Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */ - /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid); - if( !okOnePass ){ - regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid); + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ + if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue; + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ); + assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn ); + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWInfo->pParse, pList, pDup); + pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; + } + assert( pLeft!=0 ); + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0); + if( pNew ){ + int idxNew; + transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pNew->x.pList = pList; + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm->nChild = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + } + pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP; /* case 1 trumps case 2 */ + } } +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); +/* +** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the +** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the +** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm +** structure. +** +** If the expression is of the form " X" it gets commuted +** to the standard form of "X ". +** +** If the expression is of the form "X Y" where both X and Y are +** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual +** term of the form "Y X" is added to the WHERE clause and +** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED +** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr +** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it +** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1 +** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term. +*/ +static void exprAnalyze( + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */ + int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */ +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */ + Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */ + Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */ + Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */ + Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */ + Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */ + int noCase = 0; /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */ + int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - /* Initialize the count of updated rows - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return; } - - if( !isView ){ - /* - ** Open every index that needs updating. Note that if any - ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution - ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need - ** to be deleting some records. - */ - if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite); - if( onError==OE_Replace ){ - openAll = 1; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet; + pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AS && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE ); + prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft); + op = pExpr->op; + if( op==TK_IN ){ + assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect); }else{ - openAll = 0; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){ - openAll = 1; - break; - } - } - } - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum, iDb, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 ); - } + pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList); } - } - - /* Top of the update loop */ - if( okOnePass ){ - int a1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regOldRowid); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, a1); + }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ + pTerm->prereqRight = 0; }else{ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, 0, regOldRowid); + pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight); } - - /* Make cursor iCur point to the record that is being updated. If - ** this record does not exist for some reason (deleted by a trigger, - ** for example, then jump to the next iteration of the RowSet loop. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid); - - /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to - ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified, - ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is - ** already populated. */ - assert( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid ); - if( chngRowid ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); + prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ + Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); + prereqAll |= x; + extraRight = x-1; /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index + ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN. Ticket #3015 */ } - - /* If there are triggers on this table, populate an array of registers - ** with the required old.* column data. */ - if( hasFK || pTrigger ){ - u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0); - oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, - pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError - ); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aXRef[i]<0 || oldmask==0xffffffff || (oldmask & (1<prereqAll = prereqAll; + pTerm->leftCursor = -1; + pTerm->iParent = -1; + pTerm->eOperator = 0; + if( allowedOp(op) ){ + Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pLeft); + Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pRight); + u16 opMask = (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ? WO_ALL : WO_EQUIV; + if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask; + } + if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + WhereTerm *pNew; + Expr *pDup; + u16 eExtraOp = 0; /* Extra bits for pNew->eOperator */ + if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){ + int idxNew; + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); + return; + } + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + if( idxNew==0 ) return; + pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + pNew->iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->nChild = 1; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + if( pExpr->op==TK_EQ + && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Transitive) + ){ + pTerm->eOperator |= WO_EQUIV; + eExtraOp = WO_EQUIV; + } }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i); + pDup = pExpr; + pNew = pTerm; } - } - if( chngRowid==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid); + exprCommute(pParse, pDup); + pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDup->pLeft); + pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft ); + pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight; + pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll; + pNew->eOperator = (operatorMask(pDup->op) + eExtraOp) & opMask; } } - /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new - ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new - ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references - ** made by triggers. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION + /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms + ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example: ** - ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the - ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by - ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The - ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from - ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger - ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to - ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes. + ** a BETWEEN b AND c + ** + ** is converted into: + ** + ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c) + ** + ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object. + ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN + ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are + ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original + ** BETWEEN term is skipped. */ - newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( - pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError - ); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); - }else{ - j = aXRef[i]; - if( j>=0 ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i); - }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask&(1<op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){ + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; + int i; + static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE}; + assert( pList!=0 ); + assert( pList->nExpr==2 ); + for(i=0; i<2; i++){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + int idxNew; + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0); + transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr); + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; } + pTerm->nChild = 2; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */ - /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are - ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong. +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) + /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by + ** an OR operator. */ - if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regNew, pTab->nCol); - sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, - TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr); - - /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this - ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are - ** required. This behaviour - what happens when the row being updated - ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the - ** documentation. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid); - - /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified - ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for - ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their - ** registers in case this has happened. - */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regNew+i); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regNew+i); - } - } + else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){ + assert( pWC->op==TK_AND ); + exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ - if( !isView ){ - int j1; /* Address of jump instruction */ - - /* Do constraint checks. */ - sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, - aRegIdx, (chngRowid?regOldRowid:0), 1, onError, addr, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION + /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB + ** operator. + ** + ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints + ** + ** x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%' + ** + ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the + ** termination condition "abd". + */ + if( pWC->op==TK_AND + && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase) + ){ + Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + Expr *pNewExpr1; + Expr *pNewExpr2; + int idxNew1; + int idxNew2; + Token sCollSeqName; /* Name of collating sequence */ - /* Do FK constraint checks. */ - if( hasFK ){ - sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0); + pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */ + pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1]; + c = *pC; + if( noCase ){ + /* The point is to increment the last character before the first + ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the + ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the + ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full + ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag + */ + if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0; + c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c]; + } + *pC = c + 1; } - - /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record. */ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regOldRowid); - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, aRegIdx); - - /* If changing the record number, delete the old record. */ - if( hasFK || chngRowid ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0); + sCollSeqName.z = noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY"; + sCollSeqName.n = 6; + pNewExpr1 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); + pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, + sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr1,&sCollSeqName), + pStr1, 0); + transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr1, pExpr); + idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew1==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1); + pNewExpr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); + pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, + sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr2,&sCollSeqName), + pStr2, 0); + transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr2, pExpr); + idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew2==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + if( isComplete ){ + pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm; + pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm->nChild = 2; } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ - if( hasFK ){ - sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid); - } - - /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */ - sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the + ** current expression is of the form: column MATCH expr. + ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of + ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt + ** to do anything with MATCH functions. + */ + if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){ + int idxNew; + Expr *pRight, *pLeft; + WhereTerm *pNewTerm; + Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr; - /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to - ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key - ** to the row just updated. */ - if( hasFK ){ - sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid); + pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight); + prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); + if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, + 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0); + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr; + pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH; + pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->nChild = 1; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; } } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - /* Increment the row counter - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); - } - - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, - TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + /* When sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available an operator of the + ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently + ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. So construct a + ** virtual term of that form. + ** + ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL. This + ** TERM_VNULL tag will suppress the not-null check at the beginning + ** of the loop. Without the TERM_VNULL flag, the not-null check at + ** the start of the loop will prevent any results from being returned. + */ + if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL + && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN + && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0 + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat3) + ){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + int idxNew; + WhereTerm *pNewTerm; - /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until - ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0); - /* Close all tables */ - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0); + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, + TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL); + if( idxNew ){ + pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0; + pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT; + pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->nChild = 1; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; } } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - - /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into - ** autoincrement tables. - */ - if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ - sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); - } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ - /* - ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. + /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive + ** an index for tables to the left of the join. */ - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC); - } - -update_cleanup: - sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return; + pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight; } -/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise -** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file -** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ -#ifdef isView - #undef isView -#endif -#ifdef pTrigger - #undef pTrigger -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* -** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. -** -** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains -** for each row to be changed: -** -** (A) The original rowid of that row. -** (B) The revised rowid for the row. (note1) -** (C) The content of every column in the row. -** -** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in -** the ephermeral table call VUpdate. -** -** When finished, drop the ephemeral table. +** This function searches pList for a entry that matches the iCol-th column +** of index pIdx. ** -** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same -** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling -** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate. +** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If +** no expression is found, -1 is returned. */ -static void updateVirtualTable( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ - Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ - Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ - int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ - Expr *pWhere /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ +static int findIndexCol( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + ExprList *pList, /* Expression list to search */ + int iBase, /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index to match column of */ + int iCol /* Column of index to match */ ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */ - ExprList *pEList = 0; /* The result set of the SELECT statement */ - Select *pSelect = 0; /* The SELECT statement */ - Expr *pExpr; /* Temporary expression */ - int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int addr; /* Address of top of loop */ - int iReg; /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - SelectDest dest; + int i; + const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol]; - /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for - ** all updated rows. - */ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_")); - if( pRowid ){ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0)); - } - assert( pTab->iPKey<0 ); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ - pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0); - }else{ - pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName); + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr); + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN + && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol] + && p->iTable==iBase + ){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr); + if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ + return i; + } } - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr); - } - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will - ** be stored. - */ - assert( v ); - ephemTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0)); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); - - /* fill the ephemeral table - */ - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); - - /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */ - iReg = ++pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 0, iReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i); } - sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0); - /* Cleanup */ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + return -1; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -/************** End of update.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument +** is redundant. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command. -** -** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the -** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro. +** A DISTINCT list is redundant if the database contains some subset of +** columns that are unique and non-null. */ +static int isDistinctRedundant( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pDistinct /* The result set that needs to be DISTINCT */ +){ + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + int i; + int iBase; -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) -/* -** Finalize a prepared statement. If there was an error, store the -** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. -*/ -static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - } - return rc; -} + /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of + ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT + ** clause is redundant. */ + if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; + iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; + pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; -/* -** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code. -*/ -static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - VVA_ONLY( int rc; ) - if( !zSql ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - return sqlite3_errcode(db); + /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return + ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the + ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query. + */ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr); + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1; } - VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ); - return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); -} - -/* -** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly -** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database. -*/ -static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc; - - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0)); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); - return rc; + /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes + ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if: + ** + ** 1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and + ** + ** 2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct + ** list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X", + ** where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the + ** comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index. + ** + ** 3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not + ** contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint. + */ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) continue; + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + if( 0==findTerm(pWC, iBase, iCol, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) ){ + int iIdxCol = findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i); + if( iIdxCol<0 || pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull==0 ){ + break; + } + } + } + if( i==pIdx->nKeyCol ){ + /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */ + return 1; } } - return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); + return 0; } + /* -** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database, -** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command -** in PostgreSQL. -** -** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call -** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables. But beginning -** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has -** become a no-op. +** Estimate the logarithm of the input value to base 2. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0); - } - return; +static LogEst estLog(LogEst N){ + return N<=10 ? 0 : sqlite3LogEst(N) - 33; } /* -** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE. +** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info +** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither +** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines +** are no-ops. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */ - Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */ - Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */ - char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */ - int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */ - int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */ - int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */ - void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Saved db->xTrace */ - Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */ - int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */ - int nRes; /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */ - int nDb; /* Number of attached databases */ - - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be - ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and - ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */ - saved_flags = db->flags; - saved_nChange = db->nChange; - saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange; - saved_xTrace = db->xTrace; - db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; - db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder); - db->xTrace = 0; - - pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt; - isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)); - - /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma - ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash - ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a - ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before - ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called. - ** - ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager. - ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but - ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling - ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially - ** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more - ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does - ** to write the journal header file. - */ - nDb = db->nDb; - if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ - zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;"; - }else{ - zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;"; +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) +static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ + int i; + if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n", + i, + p->aConstraint[i].iColumn, + p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset, + p->aConstraint[i].op, + p->aConstraint[i].usable); } - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql); - if( db->nDb>nDb ){ - pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1]; - assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 ); + for(i=0; inOrderBy; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n", + i, + p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn, + p->aOrderBy[i].desc); } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt; - - /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file - ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction - ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't - ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below. */ - sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); - - nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain); - - /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( db->nextPagesize ){ - extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); - int nKey; - char *zKey; - sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); - if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0; +} +static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ + int i; + if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n", + i, + p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex, + p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit); } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedRows=%lld\n", p->estimatedRows); +} +#else +#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A) +#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A) #endif - /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */ - if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)) - ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ - db->nextPagesize = 0; - } - - if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0) - || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0)) - || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto end_of_vacuum; - } - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_of_vacuum; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac : - sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain)); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX +/* +** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it +** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate +** index existed. +*/ +static int termCanDriveIndex( + WhereTerm *pTerm, /* WHERE clause term to check */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* Table we are trying to access */ + Bitmask notReady /* Tables in outer loops of the join */ +){ + char aff; + if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0; + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ) return 0; + if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0; + if( pTerm->u.leftColumn<0 ) return 0; + aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity; + if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0; + return 1; +} #endif - /* Begin a transaction */ - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema - ** in the temporary database. - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) " - " FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'" - " AND rootpage>0" - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)" - " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' "); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) " - " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do - ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy - ** the contents to the temporary database. - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " - "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'" - "FROM main.sqlite_master " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' " - " AND rootpage>0" - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - /* Copy over the sequence table - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' " - "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' " - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " - "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' " - "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';" - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX +/* +** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index +** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator +** makes use of the automatic index. +*/ +static void constructAutomaticIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */ + Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ + WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */ +){ + int nKeyCol; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ + WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ + Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */ + Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */ + int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */ + Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */ + int regRecord; /* Register holding an index record */ + int n; /* Column counter */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int mxBitCol; /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to on a column */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The Loop object */ + char *zNotUsed; /* Extra space on the end of pIdx */ + Bitmask idxCols; /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */ + Bitmask extraCols; /* Bitmap of additional columns */ + u8 sentWarning = 0; /* True if a warnning has been issued */ + /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the + ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */ + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); + addrInit = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); - /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database - ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any - ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries - ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table. - */ - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master " - " SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql" - " FROM main.sqlite_master" - " WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'" - " OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)" - ); - if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum; + /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index + ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */ + nKeyCol = 0; + pTable = pSrc->pTab; + pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + idxCols = 0; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; + Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); + testcase( iCol==BMS ); + testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); + if( !sentWarning ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX, + "automatic index on %s(%s)", pTable->zName, + pTable->aCol[iCol].zName); + sentWarning = 1; + } + if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ + if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pLoop, nKeyCol+1) ) return; + pLoop->aLTerm[nKeyCol++] = pTerm; + idxCols |= cMask; + } + } + } + assert( nKeyCol>0 ); + pLoop->u.btree.nEq = pLoop->nLTerm = nKeyCol; + pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED + | WHERE_AUTO_INDEX; - /* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a - ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database. - ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a - ** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level - ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was - ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the - ** temporary database never needs to be committed. + /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a + ** covering index. A "covering index" is an index that contains all + ** columns that are needed by the query. With a covering index, the + ** original table never needs to be accessed. Automatic indices must + ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the + ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used + ** if they go out of sync. */ - { - u32 meta; - int i; - - /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the - ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries - ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum. - ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other - ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema. - */ - static const unsigned char aCopy[] = { - BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */ - BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */ - BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, 0, /* Preserve the text encoding */ - BTREE_USER_VERSION, 0, /* Preserve the user version */ - }; - - assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ); - assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) ); + extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | MASKBIT(BMS-1)); + mxBitCol = (pTable->nCol >= BMS-1) ? BMS-1 : pTable->nCol; + testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 ); + for(i=0; icolUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){ + nKeyCol += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1; + } + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY; - /* Copy Btree meta values */ - for(i=0; idb, nKeyCol+1, 0, &zNotUsed); + if( pIdx==0 ) return; + pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx; + pIdx->zName = "auto-index"; + pIdx->pTable = pTable; + n = 0; + idxCols = 0; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; + Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); + testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( iCol==BMS ); + if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ + Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; + idxCols |= cMask; + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); + pIdx->azColl[n] = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : "BINARY"; + n++; + } } + } + assert( (u32)n==pLoop->u.btree.nEq ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp)); -#endif + /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into + ** a covering index */ + for(i=0; iaiColumn[n] = i; + pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; + n++; + } + } + if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){ + for(i=BMS-1; inCol; i++){ + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i; + pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; + n++; + } } + assert( n==nKeyCol ); + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = -1; + pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1); + /* Create the automatic index */ + assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ); + pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nKeyCol+1); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName)); -end_of_vacuum: - /* Restore the original value of db->flags */ - db->flags = saved_flags; - db->nChange = saved_nChange; - db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange; - db->xTrace = saved_xTrace; - sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1); + /* Fill the automatic index with content */ + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); VdbeCoverage(v); + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 0, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + + /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ - /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum - ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file - ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction - ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the - ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager - ** is closed by the DETACH. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure +** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( + Parse *pParse, + WhereClause *pWC, + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, + ExprList *pOrderBy +){ + int i, j; + int nTerm; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; + struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int nOrderBy; + sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; + + /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring + ** to this virtual table */ + for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; + assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL ); + if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; + nTerm++; + } + + /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current + ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of + ** the sqlite3_index_info structure. */ - db->autoCommit = 1; + nOrderBy = 0; + if( pOrderBy ){ + int n = pOrderBy->nExpr; + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break; + } + if( i==n){ + nOrderBy = n; + } + } - if( pDb ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - pDb->pSchema = 0; + /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure + */ + pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo) + + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm + + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy ); + if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory"); + return 0; } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + /* Initialize the structure. The sqlite3_index_info structure contains + ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from + ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to + ** initialize those fields. + */ + pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1]; + pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm]; + pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy]; + *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm; + *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; + *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons; + *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy; + *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage = + pUsage; - return rc; + for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + u8 op; + if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; + assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL ); + if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; + pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i; + op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL; + if( op==WO_IN ) op = WO_EQ; + pIdxCons[j].op = op; + /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because + ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The + ** following asserts verify this fact. */ + assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ); + assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ); + assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ); + assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ); + assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ); + assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); + assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) ); + j++; + } + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; + pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; + pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + } + + return pIdxInfo; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ -/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2006 June 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function +** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex() +** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info object that +** comes in as the 3rd argument to this function. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a +** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output +** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables. +** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the +** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates +** that this is required. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab; + int i; + int rc; -/* -** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module. -** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and -** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces. -*/ -static int createModule( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ -){ - int rc, nName; - Module *pMod; + TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p); + rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p); + TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1); - if( pMod ){ - Module *pDel; - char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]); - memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1); - pMod->zName = zCopy; - pMod->pModule = pModule; - pMod->pAux = pAux; - pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy; - pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule, zCopy, nName, (void*)pMod); - if( pDel && pDel->xDestroy ){ - pDel->xDestroy(pDel->pAux); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); - if( pDel==pMod ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; + }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg); } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - }else if( xDestroy ){ - xDestroy(pAux); } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; + sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); + pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; + + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName); + } + } + + return pParse->nErr; } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* -** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an +** index. Store the results in aStat as follows: +** +** aStat[0] Est. number of rows less than pVal +** aStat[1] Est. number of rows equal to pVal +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ +static void whereKeyStats( + Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */ + UnpackedRecord *pRec, /* Vector of values to consider */ + int roundUp, /* Round up if true. Round down if false */ + tRowcnt *aStat /* OUT: stats written here */ ){ - return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0); + IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; + int iCol; /* Index of required stats in anEq[] etc. */ + int iMin = 0; /* Smallest sample not yet tested */ + int i = pIdx->nSample; /* Smallest sample larger than or equal to pRec */ + int iTest; /* Next sample to test */ + int res; /* Result of comparison operation */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG + UNUSED_PARAMETER( pParse ); +#endif + assert( pRec!=0 ); + iCol = pRec->nField - 1; + assert( pIdx->nSample>0 ); + assert( pRec->nField>0 && iColnSampleCol ); + do{ + iTest = (iMin+i)/2; + res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[iTest].n, aSample[iTest].p, pRec, 0); + if( res<0 ){ + iMin = iTest+1; + }else{ + i = iTest; + } + }while( res && iMinnSample ); + assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec, 0) + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + }else{ + /* Otherwise, pRec must be smaller than sample $i and larger than + ** sample ($i-1). */ + assert( i==pIdx->nSample + || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec, 0)>0 + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + assert( i==0 + || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i-1].n, aSample[i-1].p, pRec, 0)<0 + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + } +#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ + + /* At this point, aSample[i] is the first sample that is greater than + ** or equal to pVal. Or if i==pIdx->nSample, then all samples are less + ** than pVal. If aSample[i]==pVal, then res==0. + */ + if( res==0 ){ + aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; + aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; + }else{ + tRowcnt iLower, iUpper, iGap; + if( i==0 ){ + iLower = 0; + iUpper = aSample[0].anLt[iCol]; + }else{ + i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]); + iUpper = i>=pIdx->nSample ? nRow0 : aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; + iLower = aSample[i-1].anEq[iCol] + aSample[i-1].anLt[iCol]; + } + aStat[1] = pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol]; + if( iLower>=iUpper ){ + iGap = 0; + }else{ + iGap = iUpper - iLower; + } + if( roundUp ){ + iGap = (iGap*2)/3; + }else{ + iGap = iGap/3; + } + aStat[0] = iLower + iGap; + } } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ /* -** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower +** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated +** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number +** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account. +** +** If the user explicitly specified a likelihood() value for this term, +** then the return value is the likelihood multiplied by the number of +** input rows. Otherwise, this function assumes that an "IS NOT NULL" term +** has a likelihood of 0.50, and any other term a likelihood of 0.25. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ -){ - return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy); +static LogEst whereRangeAdjust(WhereTerm *pTerm, LogEst nNew){ + LogEst nRet = nNew; + if( pTerm ){ + if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){ + nRet += pTerm->truthProb; + }else if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){ + nRet -= 20; assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) ); + } + } + return nRet; } -/* -** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected. -** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock. -** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** This function is called to estimate the number of rows visited by a +** range-scan on a skip-scan index. For example: +** +** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b, c); +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=? AND c BETWEEN ? AND ?; +** +** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows +** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate +** by some factor to account for the (c BETWEEN ? AND ?) expression based +** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple +** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with +** by the caller. +** +** It does this by scanning through all stat4 samples, comparing values +** extracted from pLower and pUpper with the corresponding column in each +** sample. If L and U are the number of samples found to be less than or +** equal to the values extracted from pLower and pUpper respectively, and +** N is the total number of samples, the pLoop->nOut value is adjusted +** as follows: ** -** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked, -** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed. +** nOut = nOut * ( min(U - L, 1) / N ) +** +** If pLower is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from the term, L is +** set to zero. If pUpper is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from it, +** U is set to N. +** +** Normally, this function sets *pbDone to 1 before returning. However, +** if no value can be extracted from either pLower or pUpper (and so the +** estimate of the number of rows delivered remains unchanged), *pbDone +** is left as is. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, +** SQLITE_OK. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){ - pVTab->nRef++; -} +static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */ + WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ + WhereLoop *pLoop, /* Update the .nOut value of this loop */ + int *pbDone /* Set to true if at least one expr. value extracted */ +){ + Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int nLower = -1; + int nUpper = p->nSample+1; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCol = p->aiColumn[nEq]; + u8 aff = iCol>=0 ? p->pTable->aCol[iCol].affinity : SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + CollSeq *pColl; + + sqlite3_value *p1 = 0; /* Value extracted from pLower */ + sqlite3_value *p2 = 0; /* Value extracted from pUpper */ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* Value extracted from record */ + + pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, p->azColl[nEq]); + if( pLower ){ + rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pLower->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p1); + nLower = 0; + } + if( pUpper && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pUpper->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p2); + nUpper = p2 ? 0 : p->nSample; + } + if( p1 || p2 ){ + int i; + int nDiff; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inSample; i++){ + rc = sqlite3Stat4Column(db, p->aSample[i].p, p->aSample[i].n, nEq, &pVal); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p1 ){ + int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p1, pVal, pColl); + if( res>=0 ) nLower++; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p2 ){ + int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p2, pVal, pColl); + if( res>=0 ) nUpper++; + } + } + nDiff = (nUpper - nLower); + if( nDiff<=0 ) nDiff = 1; + + /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the + ** comparisons indicate that they are close together, use the fallback + ** method (assume that the scan visits 1/64 of the rows) for estimating + ** the number of rows visited. Otherwise, estimate the number of rows + ** using the method described in the header comment for this function. */ + if( nDiff!=1 || pUpper==0 || pLower==0 ){ + int nAdjust = (sqlite3LogEst(p->nSample) - sqlite3LogEst(nDiff)); + pLoop->nOut -= nAdjust; + *pbDone = 1; + WHERETRACE(0x10, ("range skip-scan regions: %u..%u adjust=%d est=%d\n", + nLower, nUpper, nAdjust*-1, pLoop->nOut)); + } -/* -** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table. -** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access -** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ - VTable *pVtab; - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext); - return pVtab; + }else{ + assert( *pbDone==0 ); + } + + sqlite3ValueFree(p1); + sqlite3ValueFree(p2); + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + + return rc; } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ /* -** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count -** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object. +** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited +** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper +** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper +** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For +** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a): +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... +** |_____| |_____| +** | | +** pLower pUpper +** +** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in +** place of the corresponding WhereTerm. +** +** The value in (pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq) is the index of the index +** column subject to the range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of +** equality constraints optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, +** assuming index p is on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is: +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ... +** +** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second +** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is: +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... +** +** then nEq is set to 0. +** +** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the +** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without +** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, this is the number of +** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced) +** to account for the range contraints pLower and pUpper. +** +** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be +** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. +** and a pair of constraints (x>? AND xdb; +static int whereRangeScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */ + WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ + WhereLoop *pLoop /* Modify the .nOut and maybe .rRun fields */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nOut = pLoop->nOut; + LogEst nNew; - assert( db ); - assert( pVTab->nRef>0 ); - assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; - pVTab->nRef--; - if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){ - sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; - if( p ){ - p->pModule->xDisconnect(p); + if( p->nSample>0 + && nEqnSampleCol + && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_Stat3) + ){ + if( nEq==pBuilder->nRecValid ){ + UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec; + tRowcnt a[2]; + u8 aff; + + /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in + ** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The + ** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the + ** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most + ** columns of the index, and $L is the value in pLower. + ** + ** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it + ** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the + ** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even + ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and + ** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values used. + ** + ** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows + ** less than the upper bound of the range query. Where the upper bound + ** is either ($P) or ($P:$U). Again, even if $U is available, both values + ** of iUpper are requested of whereKeyStats() and the smaller used. + */ + tRowcnt iLower; + tRowcnt iUpper; + + if( nEq==p->nKeyCol ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + }else{ + aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[nEq]].affinity; + } + /* Determine iLower and iUpper using ($P) only. */ + if( nEq==0 ){ + iLower = 0; + iUpper = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]); + }else{ + /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must + ** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst(). */ + whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); + iLower = a[0]; + iUpper = a[0] + a[1]; + } + + /* If possible, improve on the iLower estimate using ($P:$L). */ + if( pLower ){ + int bOk; /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */ + Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight; + assert( (pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_GE))!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){ + tRowcnt iNew; + whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); + iNew = a[0] + ((pLower->eOperator & WO_GT) ? a[1] : 0); + if( iNew>iLower ) iLower = iNew; + nOut--; + } + } + + /* If possible, improve on the iUpper estimate using ($P:$U). */ + if( pUpper ){ + int bOk; /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */ + Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight; + assert( (pUpper->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE))!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){ + tRowcnt iNew; + whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 1, a); + iNew = a[0] + ((pUpper->eOperator & WO_LE) ? a[1] : 0); + if( iNewpRec = pRec; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iUpper>iLower ){ + nNew = sqlite3LogEst(iUpper - iLower); + }else{ + nNew = 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); + } + if( nNewnOut = (LogEst)nOut; + WHERETRACE(0x10, ("range scan regions: %u..%u est=%d\n", + (u32)iLower, (u32)iUpper, nOut)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + }else{ + int bDone = 0; + rc = whereRangeSkipScanEst(pParse, pLower, pUpper, pLoop, &bDone); + if( bDone ) return rc; } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab); } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pBuilder); +#endif + assert( pLower || pUpper ); + assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pLower, nOut); + nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pUpper, nNew); + + /* TUNING: If there is both an upper and lower limit, assume the range is + ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended + ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the + ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to + ** match 1/64 of the index. */ + if( pLower && pUpper ) nNew -= 20; + + nOut -= (pLower!=0) + (pUpper!=0); + if( nNew<10 ) nNew = 10; + if( nNewnOut = (LogEst)nOut; + return rc; } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* -** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the -** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated -** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. -** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with -** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list. +** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on +** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in +** the histogram data. This only works when x is the left-most +** column of an index and sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available +** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is +** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE". +** +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return +** non-zero. +** +** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence +** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory +** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored +** in the pParse structure. */ -static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ - VTable *pRet = 0; - VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable; - p->pVTable = 0; +static int whereEqualScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Expr *pExpr, /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */ + tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ +){ + Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex; + int nEq = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq; + UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec; + u8 aff; /* Column affinity */ + int rc; /* Subfunction return code */ + tRowcnt a[2]; /* Statistics */ + int bOk; + + assert( nEq>=1 ); + assert( nEq<=p->nColumn ); + assert( p->aSample!=0 ); + assert( p->nSample>0 ); + assert( pBuilder->nRecValidnRecValid<(nEq-1) ){ + return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + } + + /* This is an optimization only. The call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() + ** below would return the same value. */ + if( nEq>=p->nColumn ){ + *pnRow = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } - /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database - ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments - ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why - ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any - ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. */ - assert( db==0 || - sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema)].pBt) - ); + aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[nEq-1]].affinity; + rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq-1, &bOk); + pBuilder->pRec = pRec; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( bOk==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + pBuilder->nRecValid = nEq; - while( pVTable ){ - sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db; - VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext; - assert( db2 ); - if( db2==db ){ - pRet = pVTable; - p->pVTable = pRet; - pRet->pNext = 0; - }else{ - pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect; - db2->pDisconnect = pVTable; - } - pVTable = pNext; + whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); + WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions: %d\n", (int)a[1])); + *pnRow = a[1]; + + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on +** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator +** is a list of values. Example: +** +** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4) +** +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return +** non-zero. +** +** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence +** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory +** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored +** in the pParse structure. +*/ +static int whereInScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + ExprList *pList, /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */ + tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ +){ + Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex; + i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]); + int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subfunction return code */ + tRowcnt nEst; /* Number of rows for a single term */ + tRowcnt nRowEst = 0; /* New estimate of the number of rows */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + assert( p->aSample!=0 ); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inExpr; i++){ + nEst = nRow0; + rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst); + nRowEst += nEst; + pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid; } - assert( !db || pRet ); - return pRet; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( nRowEst > nRow0 ) nRowEst = nRow0; + *pnRow = nRowEst; + WHERETRACE(0x10,("IN row estimate: est=%g\n", nRowEst)); + } + assert( pBuilder->nRecValid==nRecValid ); + return rc; } - +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ /* -** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. +** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term +** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON +** or USING clause of that join. ** -** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all -** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the -** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The -** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows: +** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries: ** -** 1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex -** associated with the database handle itself must be held. +** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok' +** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' +** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' +** +** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates +** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part +** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled. +** +** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop +** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied +** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner +** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled, +** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much +** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get +** the wrong answer. See ticket #813. +*/ +static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ + if( pTerm + && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 + && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) + && (pLevel->notReady & pTerm->prereqAll)==0 + ){ + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){ + WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent]; + if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){ + disableTerm(pLevel, pOther); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff +** to the n registers starting at base. ** -** 2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to -** the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex -** associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held -** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then -** the database handle mutex is held. +** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the +** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are +** SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated. ** -** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously -** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe. +** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free +** to modify zAff after this routine returns. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ - VTable *p = db->pDisconnect; - db->pDisconnect = 0; +static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( zAff==0 ){ + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + return; + } + assert( v!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning + ** and end of the affinity string. + */ + while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + n--; + base++; + zAff++; + } + while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + n--; + } - if( p ){ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - do { - VTable *pNext = p->pNext; - sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); - p = pNext; - }while( p ); + /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */ + if( n>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n); } } + /* -** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record. -** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table -** record. +** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality +** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be +** coded. ** -** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer -** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable -** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema. -** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database -** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the -** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures -** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated -** database connection. +** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg. +** +** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its +** result is left on the stack. For constraints of the form X IN (...) +** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ - if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p); - if( p->azModuleArg ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inModuleArg; i++){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg); - } -} +static int codeEqualityTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The level of the FROM clause we are working on */ + int iEq, /* Index of the equality term within this level */ + int bRev, /* True for reverse-order IN operations */ + int iTarget /* Attempt to leave results in this register */ +){ + Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iReg; /* Register holding results */ -/* -** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[]. -** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The -** string will be freed automatically when the table is -** deleted. -*/ -static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){ - int i = pTable->nModuleArg++; - int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg); - char **azModuleArg; - azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes); - if( azModuleArg==0 ){ - int j; - for(j=0; jazModuleArg[j]); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg); - pTable->nModuleArg = 0; + assert( iTarget>0 ); + if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){ + iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget); + }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){ + iReg = iTarget; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY }else{ - azModuleArg[i] = zArg; - azModuleArg[i+1] = 0; + int eType; + int iTab; + struct InLoop *pIn; + WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 + && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 + && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->aSortOrder[iEq] + ){ + testcase( iEq==0 ); + testcase( bRev ); + bRev = !bRev; + } + assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); + iReg = iTarget; + eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, IN_INDEX_LOOP, 0); + if( eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){ + testcase( bRev ); + bRev = !bRev; + } + iTab = pX->iTable; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, !bRev); + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 ); + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_ABLE; + if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){ + pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + } + pLevel->u.in.nIn++; + pLevel->u.in.aInLoop = + sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop, + sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn); + pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop; + if( pIn ){ + pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1; + pIn->iCur = iTab; + if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ + pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg); + }else{ + pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg); + } + pIn->eEndLoopOp = bRev ? OP_PrevIfOpen : OP_NextIfOpen; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0; + } +#endif } - pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg; + disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); + return iReg; } /* -** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE -** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list -** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending. +** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an +** index scan. +** +** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). +** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 +** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this +** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two +** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate +** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored +** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned. +** +** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value +** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op. +** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and +** compute the affinity string. +** +** The nExtraReg parameter is 0 or 1. It is 0 if all WHERE clause constraints +** are == or IN and are covered by the nEq. nExtraReg is 1 if there is +** an inequality constraint (such as the "c>=5 AND c<10" in the example) that +** occurs after the nEq quality constraints. +** +** This routine allocates a range of nEq+nExtraReg memory cells and returns +** the index of the first memory cell in that range. The code that +** calls this routine will use that memory range to store keys for +** start and termination conditions of the loop. +** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then +** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal +** use. +** +** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a +** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using +** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated +** with equality constraints that use NONE affinity are set to +** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. This is to deal with SQL such as the following: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b); +** SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b; +** +** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since +** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has NONE affinity, +** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of +** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity +** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse( +static int codeAllEqualityTerms( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */ - Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */ - Token *pModuleName /* Name of the module for the virtual table */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */ + int bRev, /* Reverse the order of IN operators */ + int nExtraReg, /* Number of extra registers to allocate */ + char **pzAff /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */ ){ - int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */ - Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + u16 nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */ + u16 nSkip; /* Number of left-most columns to skip */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */ + Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object */ + int j; /* Loop counter */ + int regBase; /* Base register */ + int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */ + char *zAff; /* Affinity string to return */ - sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, 0); - pTable = pParse->pNewTable; - if( pTable==0 ) return; - assert( 0==pTable->pIndex ); + /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */ + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ); + nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; + nSkip = pLoop->u.btree.nSkip; + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + assert( pIdx!=0 ); - db = pParse->db; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); + /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them. + */ + regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; + nReg = pLoop->u.btree.nEq + nExtraReg; + pParse->nMem += nReg; - pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual; - pTable->nModuleArg = 0; - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName)); - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName)); - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName)); - pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z); + zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx)); + if( !zAff ){ + pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice. - ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the - ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable(). - ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now. + if( nSkip ){ + int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (bRev?OP_Last:OP_Rewind), iIdxCur); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + VdbeComment((v, "begin skip-scan on %s", pIdx->zName)); + j = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + pLevel->addrSkip = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, (bRev?OP_SeekLT:OP_SeekGT), + iIdxCur, 0, regBase, nSkip); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j); + for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]>=0 ); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->pTable->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName)); + } + } + + /* Evaluate the equality constraints */ - if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ - sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, - pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName); + assert( zAff==0 || (int)strlen(zAff)>=nEq ); + for(j=nSkip; jaLTerm[j]; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. + ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */ + testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, regBase+j); + if( r1!=regBase+j ){ + if( nReg==1 ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase); + regBase = r1; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j); + } + } + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); + if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){ + Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; + if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( zAff ){ + if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){ + zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + } + } } -#endif + *pzAff = zAff; + return regBase; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* -** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating -** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the -** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable. +** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below +** +** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term +** at a time. This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression. +** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent +** terms only. */ -static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){ - if( pParse->sArg.z && ALWAYS(pParse->pNewTable) ){ - const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z; - int n = pParse->sArg.n; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n)); - } +static void explainAppendTerm( + StrAccum *pStr, /* The text expression being built */ + int iTerm, /* Index of this term. First is zero */ + const char *zColumn, /* Name of the column */ + const char *zOp /* Name of the operator */ +){ + if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5); + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pStr, zColumn); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1); } /* -** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement -** has been completely parsed. +** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This +** function returns a pointer to a string buffer containing a description +** of the subset of table rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an +** SQL expression. Or, if all rows are scanned, NULL is returned. +** +** For example, if the query: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2; +** +** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a +** string similar to: +** +** "a=? AND b>?" +** +** The returned pointer points to memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). +** It is the responsibility of the caller to free the buffer when it is +** no longer required. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; /* The table being constructed */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - - if( pTab==0 ) return; - addArgumentToVtab(pParse); - pParse->sArg.z = 0; - if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; - - /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the - ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being - ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then - ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text - ** in the sqlite_master table. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - char *zStmt; - char *zWhere; - int iDb; - Vdbe *v; +static char *explainIndexRange(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pLoop, Table *pTab){ + Index *pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; + u16 nSkip = pLoop->u.btree.nSkip; + int i, j; + Column *aCol = pTab->aCol; + i16 *aiColumn = pIndex->aiColumn; + StrAccum txt; - /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */ - if( pEnd ){ - pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n; + if( nEq==0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ){ + return 0; + } + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&txt, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + txt.db = db; + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " (", 2); + for(i=0; i=nSkip ){ + explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, z, "="); + }else{ + if( i ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " AND ", 5); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, "ANY(", 4); + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&txt, z); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1); } - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken); - - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the - ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all - ** the information we've collected. - ** - ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an - ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab - ** by sqlite3StartTable(). - */ - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s " - "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q " - "WHERE rowid=#%d", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pTab->zName, - pTab->zName, - zStmt, - pParse->regRowid - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 1, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, - pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1); } - /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory - ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until - ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This - ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before - ** the required virtual table implementations are registered. */ - else { - Table *pOld; - Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - const char *zName = pTab->zName; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab); - if( pOld ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ - return; - } - pParse->pNewTable = 0; + j = i; + if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + char *z = aiColumn[j] < 0 ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName; + explainAppendTerm(&txt, i++, z, ">"); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ + char *z = aiColumn[j] < 0 ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName; + explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, z, "<"); } + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1); + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&txt); } /* -** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token -** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN +** command. If the query being compiled is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN, a single +** record is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in +** pLevel. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){ - addArgumentToVtab(pParse); - pParse->sArg.z = 0; - pParse->sArg.n = 0; -} +static void explainOneScan( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */ + int iLevel, /* Value for "level" column of output */ + int iFrom, /* Value for "from" column of output */ + u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pParse->explain==2 ) +#endif + { + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VM being constructed */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + char *zMsg; /* Text to add to EQP output */ + int iId = pParse->iSelectId; /* Select id (left-most output column) */ + int isSearch; /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The controlling WhereLoop object */ + u32 flags; /* Flags that describe this loop */ -/* -** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token -** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ - Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg; - if( pArg->z==0 ){ - pArg->z = p->z; - pArg->n = p->n; - }else{ - assert(pArg->z < p->z); - pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z); + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + flags = pLoop->wsFlags; + if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return; + + isSearch = (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 + || ((flags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && (pLoop->u.btree.nEq>0)) + || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX)); + + zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", isSearch?"SEARCH":"SCAN"); + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s SUBQUERY %d", zMsg,pItem->iSelectId); + }else{ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s TABLE %s", zMsg, pItem->zName); + } + + if( pItem->zAlias ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias); + } + if( (flags & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))==0 + && ALWAYS(pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0) + ){ + const char *zFmt; + Index *pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + char *zWhere = explainIndexRange(db, pLoop, pItem->pTab); + assert( !(flags&WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) || (flags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ); + if( !HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + zFmt = zWhere ? "%s USING PRIMARY KEY%.0s%s" : "%s%.0s%s"; + }else if( flags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX ){ + zFmt = "%s USING AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX%.0s%s"; + }else if( flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){ + zFmt = "%s USING COVERING INDEX %s%s"; + }else{ + zFmt = "%s USING INDEX %s%s"; + } + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, zFmt, zMsg, pIdx->zName, zWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); + }else if( (flags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 && (flags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", zMsg); + + if( flags&(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid=?)", zMsg); + }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>? AND rowid?)", zMsg); + }else if( ALWAYS(flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowidu.vtab.idxNum, pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr); + } +#endif + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s", zMsg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); } } +#else +# define explainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ + /* -** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The -** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter -** to this procedure. +** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause +** implementation described by pWInfo. */ -static int vtabCallConstructor( - sqlite3 *db, - Table *pTab, - Module *pMod, - int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**), - char **pzErr +static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ + int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ + Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */ ){ - VTable *pVTable; - int rc; - const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg; - int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg; - char *zErr = 0; - char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName); + int j, k; /* Loop counters */ + int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */ + int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */ + int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */ + int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */ + WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object being coded */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */ + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */ + int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ + int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */ + int iRowidReg = 0; /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */ + int iReleaseReg = 0; /* Temp register to free before returning */ + + pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + v = pParse->pVdbe; + pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + db = pParse->db; + pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel]; + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; + pLevel->notReady = notReady & ~getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur); + bRev = (pWInfo->revMask>>iLevel)&1; + omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0; + VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-loop%d: %s",iLevel,pTabItem->pTab->zName)); - if( !zModuleName ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } + /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions + ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop. + ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the + ** loop. + ** + ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that + ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When + ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label + ** is the same as "addrBrk". + */ + addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable)); - if( !pVTable ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and + ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any + ** row of the left table of the join. + */ + if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ + pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin); + VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag")); } - pVTable->db = db; - pVTable->pMod = pMod; - assert( !db->pVTab ); - assert( xConstruct ); - db->pVTab = pTab; + /* Special case of a FROM clause subquery implemented as a co-routine */ + if( pTabItem->viaCoroutine ){ + int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub); + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regYield, addrBrk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "next row of \"%s\"", pTabItem->pTab->zName)); + pLevel->op = OP_Goto; + }else - /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */ - rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ + /* Case 1: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext + ** to access the data. + */ + int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */ + int addrNotFound; + int nConstraint = pLoop->nLTerm; - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - if( zErr==0 ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName); - }else { - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr); - sqlite3_free(zErr); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2); + addrNotFound = pLevel->addrBrk; + for(j=0; jaLTerm[j]; + if( pTerm==0 ) continue; + if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ + codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, iTarget); + addrNotFound = pLevel->addrNxt; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTerm->pExpr->pRight, iTarget); + } } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable); - }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){ - /* Justification of ALWAYS(): A correct vtab constructor must allocate - ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful. */ - pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule; - pVTable->nRef = 1; - if( db->pVTab ){ - const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s"; - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName); - sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - int iCol; - /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure - ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the - ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". - ** If so, set the Column.isHidden flag and remove the token from - ** the type string. */ - pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable; - pTab->pVTable = pVTable; - - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - int nType; - int i = 0; - if( !zType ) continue; - nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); - if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){ - for(i=0; i0 ){ - assert(zType[i-1]==' '); - zType[i-1] = '\0'; - } - pTab->aCol[iCol].isHidden = 1; - } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, iReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nConstraint, iReg+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrNotFound, iReg, + pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr, + pLoop->u.vtab.needFree ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC); + VdbeCoverage(v); + pLoop->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + for(j=0; ju.vtab.omitMask>>j)&1 ){ + disableTerm(pLevel, pLoop->aLTerm[j]); } } - } - - sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); - db->pVTab = 0; - return rc; -} + pLevel->op = OP_VNext; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -/* -** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method -** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned -** and an error left in pParse. -** -** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - const char *zMod; - Module *pMod; - int rc; + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ))!=0 + ){ + /* Case 2: We can directly reference a single row using an + ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or + ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)" + ** construct. + */ + assert( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==1 ); + pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0]; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 ); + assert( omitTable==0 ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + iReleaseReg = ++pParse->nMem; + iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0, bRev, iReleaseReg); + if( iRowidReg!=iReleaseReg ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg); + addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, iRowidReg, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); + VdbeComment((v, "pk")); + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + }else if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE)!=0 + ){ + /* Case 3: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field. + */ + int testOp = OP_Noop; + int start; + int memEndValue = 0; + WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd; - assert( pTab ); - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } + assert( omitTable==0 ); + j = 0; + pStart = pEnd = 0; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ) pStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ) pEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + assert( pStart!=0 || pEnd!=0 ); + if( bRev ){ + pTerm = pStart; + pStart = pEnd; + pEnd = pTerm; + } + if( pStart ){ + Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */ + int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */ - /* Locate the required virtual table module */ - zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); + /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding + ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx + */ + const u8 aMoveOp[] = { + /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGT, + /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLE, + /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLT, + /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGE + }; + assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */ + assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */ + assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */ - if( !pMod ){ - const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - char *zErr = 0; - rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); + assert( (pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + pX = pStart->pExpr; + assert( pX!=0 ); + testcase( pStart->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* transitive constraints */ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1); + VdbeComment((v, "pk")); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GT); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LE); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LT); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GE); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp); + disableTerm(pLevel, pStart); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - } + if( pEnd ){ + Expr *pX; + pX = pEnd->pExpr; + assert( pX!=0 ); + assert( (pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + testcase( pEnd->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* Transitive constraints */ + testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue); + if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){ + testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; + }else{ + testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt; + } + disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd); + } + start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->p2 = start; + assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); + if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ + iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg); + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Le); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Lt); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Ge); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Gt); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ + /* Case 4: A scan using an index. + ** + ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality + ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N + ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain + ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed + ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only + ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must + ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the + ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all + ** optimized: + ** + ** x=5 + ** x=5 AND y=10 + ** x=5 AND y<10 + ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10 + ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10 + ** + ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only + ** the x=5 term: + ** + ** x=5 AND z<10 + ** + ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints. + ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at + ** least one. + ** + ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause + ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order + ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. + */ + static const u8 aStartOp[] = { + 0, + 0, + OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ + OP_SeekGT, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_SeekLT, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */ + OP_SeekGE, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_SeekLE /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ + }; + static const u8 aEndOp[] = { + OP_IdxGE, /* 0: (end_constraints && !bRev && !endEq) */ + OP_IdxGT, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev && endEq) */ + OP_IdxLE, /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev && !endEq) */ + OP_IdxLT, /* 3: (end_constraints && bRev && endEq) */ + }; + u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */ + int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */ + WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */ + WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */ + int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */ + int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */ + int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */ + Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */ + int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */ + int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */ + int op; /* Instruction opcode */ + char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */ + char cEndAff = 0; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */ + u8 bSeekPastNull = 0; /* True to seek past initial nulls */ + u8 bStopAtNull = 0; /* Add condition to terminate at NULLs */ - return rc; -} + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; + assert( nEq>=pLoop->u.btree.nSkip ); -/* -** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. -*/ -static int addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ - const int ARRAY_INCR = 5; + /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that + ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." + ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for + ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned + ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is + ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index, + ** this requires some special handling. + */ + assert( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 + || pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr==1 + || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 ); + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0 + && pWInfo->nOBSat>0 + && (pIdx->nKeyCol>nEq) + ){ + assert( pLoop->u.btree.nSkip==0 ); + bSeekPastNull = 1; + nExtraReg = 1; + } - /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */ - if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){ - VTable **aVTrans; - int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR); - aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes); - if( !aVTrans ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end + ** of the range. + */ + j = nEq; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + nExtraReg = 1; } - memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR); - db->aVTrans = aVTrans; - } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ + pRangeEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + nExtraReg = 1; + if( pRangeStart==0 + && (j = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq])>=0 + && pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull==0 + ){ + bSeekPastNull = 1; + } + } + assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); - /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */ - db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab; - sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab); - return SQLITE_OK; -} + /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN + ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers + ** starting at regBase. + */ + regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse,pLevel,bRev,nExtraReg,&zStartAff); + assert( zStartAff==0 || sqlite3Strlen30(zStartAff)>=nEq ); + if( zStartAff ) cEndAff = zStartAff[nEq]; + addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; -/* -** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method -** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. -** -** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language -** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned. -** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Table *pTab; - Module *pMod; - const char *zMod; + /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or + ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the + ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd). + */ + if( (nEqnKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC)) + || (bRev && pIdx->nKeyCol==nEq) + ){ + SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart); + SWAP(u8, bSeekPastNull, bStopAtNull); + } - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable ); + testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 ); + testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 ); + testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 ); + testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 ); + startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); + endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); + start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0; - /* Locate the required virtual table module */ - zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); + /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */ + nConstraint = nEq; + if( pRangeStart ){ + Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); + if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 + && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( zStartAff ){ + if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){ + /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions + ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to + ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ + zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){ + zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + } + nConstraint++; + testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + }else if( bSeekPastNull ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); + nConstraint++; + startEq = 0; + start_constraints = 1; + } + codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint - bSeekPastNull, zStartAff); + op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev]; + assert( op!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind); testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Last); testcase( op==OP_Last ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGT); testcase( op==OP_SeekGT ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGE); testcase( op==OP_SeekGE ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLE); testcase( op==OP_SeekLE ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLT); testcase( op==OP_SeekLT ); - /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, - ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an - ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. - */ - if( !pMod ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr); - } + /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the + ** range (if any). + */ + nConstraint = nEq; + if( pRangeEnd ){ + Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); + if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 + && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, cEndAff)!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE + && !sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, cEndAff) + ){ + codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1, &cEndAff); + } + nConstraint++; + testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + }else if( bStopAtNull ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); + endEq = 0; + nConstraint++; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStartAff); - /* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to - ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){ - rc = addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)); - } + /* Top of the loop body */ + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - return rc; -} + /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */ + if( nConstraint ){ + op = aEndOp[bRev*2 + endEq]; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); + testcase( op==OP_IdxGT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGT ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxLE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE ); + } -/* -** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only -** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a -** virtual table module. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){ - Parse *pParse; + /* Seek the table cursor, if required */ + disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart); + disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd); + if( omitTable ){ + /* pIdx is a covering index. No need to access the main table. */ + }else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){ + iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg); + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg); /* Deferred seek */ + }else if( iCur!=iIdxCur ){ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable); + iRowidReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, iRowidReg+j); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iCur, addrCont, + iRowidReg, pPk->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + } - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Table *pTab; - char *zErr = 0; + /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable + ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan. + */ + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){ + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + }else if( bRev ){ + pLevel->op = OP_Prev; + }else{ + pLevel->op = OP_Next; + } + pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur; + pLevel->p3 = (pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_UNQ_WANTED)!=0 ? 1:0; + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)==0 ){ + pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; + }else{ + assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); + } + }else - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pTab = db->pVTab; - if( !pTab ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ + /* Case 5: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d); + ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a); + ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b); + ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c); + ** + ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13) + ** + ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR. + ** The top of the loop looks like this: + ** + ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 + ** + ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to + ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted + ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the + ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd(). + ** + ** sqlite3WhereBegin() + ** RowSetTest # Insert rowid into rowset + ** Gosub 2 A + ** sqlite3WhereEnd() + ** + ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target + ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto. + ** + ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 + ** Goto B # The loop is finished. + ** + ** A: # Return data, whatever. + ** + ** Return 2 # Jump back to the Gosub + ** + ** B: + ** + ** Added 2014-05-26: If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then + ** use an ephermeral index instead of a RowSet to record the primary + ** keys of the rows we have already seen. + ** + */ + WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */ + SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */ + Index *pCov = 0; /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */ + int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */ - pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( pParse==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pParse->declareVtab = 1; - pParse->db = db; - pParse->nQueryLoop = 1; - - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) - && pParse->pNewTable - && !db->mallocFailed - && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect - && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 - ){ - if( !pTab->aCol ){ - pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol; - pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol; - pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0; - pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0; + int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */ + int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */ + int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */ + int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Start of loop body */ + int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */ + int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags for sub-WHERE clause */ + Expr *pAndExpr = 0; /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */ + Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; + + pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0]; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + assert( pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR ); + assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 ); + pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; + pLevel->op = OP_Return; + pLevel->p1 = regReturn; + + /* Set up a new SrcList in pOrTab containing the table being scanned + ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots. + ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). + */ + if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){ + int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */ + struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */ + nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1; + pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, + sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0])); + if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady; + pOrTab->nAlloc = (u8)(nNotReady + 1); + pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc; + memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem)); + origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a; + for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){ + memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k])); } - db->pVTab = 0; }else{ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList; } - pParse->declareVtab = 0; - - if( pParse->pVdbe ){ - sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); + + /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is + ** equivalent to an empty rowset. Or, create an ephermeral index + ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID. + ** + ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction + ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This + ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps + ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the + ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to + ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if + ** called on an uninitialized cursor. + */ + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + regRowset = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + regRowset = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, regRowset, pPk->nKeyCol); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + } + regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; } - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); - sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); - } + iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn); - assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} + /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form: (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y + ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z + ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will + ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlite3WhereBegin() below. + ** + ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is + ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the + ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as + ** indices. + ** + ** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term + ** is not contained in the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN. + ** See ticket http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/f2369304e4 + */ + if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){ + int iTerm; + for(iTerm=0; iTermnTerm; iTerm++){ + Expr *pExpr = pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr; + if( &pWC->a[iTerm] == pTerm ) continue; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue; + testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ); + testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + if( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & (TERM_ORINFO|TERM_VIRTUAL) ) continue; + if( (pWC->a[iTerm].eOperator & WO_ALL)==0 ) continue; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + pAndExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAndExpr, pExpr); + } + if( pAndExpr ){ + pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND, 0, pAndExpr, 0); + } + } + + /* Run a separate WHERE clause for each term of the OR clause. After + ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each + ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine. + */ + wctrlFlags = WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE | WHERE_AND_ONLY | + WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY; + for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ + WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii]; + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){ + WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */ + Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; /* Current OR clause term */ + int j1 = 0; /* Address of jump operation */ + if( pAndExpr && !ExprHasProperty(pOrExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ + pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr; + pOrExpr = pAndExpr; + } + /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ + pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0, + wctrlFlags, iCovCur); + assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ); + if( pSubWInfo ){ + WhereLoop *pSubLoop; + explainOneScan( + pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0 + ); + /* This is the sub-WHERE clause body. First skip over + ** duplicate rows from prior sub-WHERE clauses, and record the + ** rowid (or PRIMARY KEY) for the current row so that the same + ** row will be skipped in subsequent sub-WHERE clauses. + */ + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ + int r; + int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, regRowid, 0); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, 0, r,iSet); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + int nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + int iPk; + + /* Read the PK into an array of temp registers. */ + r = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPk); + for(iPk=0; iPkaiColumn[iPk]; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, iCol, iCur, r+iPk, 0); + } -/* -** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method -** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs -** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned. -** -** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Table *pTab; + /* Check if the temp table already contains this key. If so, + ** the row has already been included in the result set and + ** can be ignored (by jumping past the Gosub below). Otherwise, + ** insert the key into the temp table and proceed with processing + ** the row. + ** + ** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet + ** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in + ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no + ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never + ** be tested for. */ + if( iSet ){ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( iSet>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r, nPk, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, regRowset, regRowid, 0); + if( iSet ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + } - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){ - VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab); + /* Release the array of temp registers */ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r, nPk); + } + } - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab); + /* Invoke the main loop body as a subroutine */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody); - /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 ); - p->pVtab = 0; - pTab->pVTable = 0; - sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); - } - } + /* Jump here (skipping the main loop body subroutine) if the + ** current sub-WHERE row is a duplicate from prior sub-WHEREs. */ + if( j1 ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - return rc; -} + /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term + ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The + ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will + ** need to be tested later. + */ + if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1; -/* -** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method -** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method -** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is -** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure. -** -** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. -*/ -static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){ - int i; - if( db->aVTrans ){ - for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ - VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; - sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; - if( p ){ - int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); - x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset); - if( x ) x(p); + /* If all of the OR-connected terms are optimized using the same + ** index, and the index is opened using the same cursor number + ** by each call to sqlite3WhereBegin() made by this loop, it may + ** be possible to use that index as a covering index. + ** + ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that + ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term + ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous + ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set + ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will + ** be available. + */ + pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop; + assert( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 ); + if( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 + && (ii==0 || pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex==pCov) + && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex)) + ){ + assert( pSubWInfo->a[0].iIdxCur==iCovCur ); + pCov = pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + wctrlFlags |= WHERE_REOPEN_IDX; + }else{ + pCov = 0; + } + + /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo); + } } - sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans); - db->nVTrans = 0; - db->aVTrans = 0; - } -} + pLevel->u.pCovidx = pCov; + if( pCov ) pLevel->iIdxCur = iCovCur; + if( pAndExpr ){ + pAndExpr->pLeft = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pAndExpr); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody); -/* -** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans -** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or -** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful. -** -** Set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer that should be released using -** sqlite3DbFree() containing an error message, if one is available. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrmsg){ - int i; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; + if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(db, pOrTab); + if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ - db->aVTrans = 0; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ - int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab; - if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){ - rc = x(pVtab); - sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrmsg); - *pzErrmsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); + { + /* Case 6: There is no usable index. We must do a complete + ** scan of the entire table. + */ + static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev }; + static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last }; + assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 ); + if( pTabItem->isRecursive ){ + /* Tables marked isRecursive have only a single row that is stored in + ** a pseudo-cursor. No need to Rewind or Next such cursors. */ + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + }else{ + pLevel->op = aStep[bRev]; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; } } - db->aVTrans = aVTrans; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the -** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ - callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the -** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){ - callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface -** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is -** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now. -** -** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer -** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - const sqlite3_module *pModule; - /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater - ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a - ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to - ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED. + /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely + ** computed using the current set of tables. */ - if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; - } - if( !pVTab ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule; - - if( pModule->xBegin ){ - int i; - - - /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */ - for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ - if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ + Expr *pE; + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){ + testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ); + pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1; + continue; } - - /* Invoke the xBegin method */ - rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = addToVTrans(db, pVTab); + pE = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( pE!=0 ); + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){ + continue; } + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The -** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function. -** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual -** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function. -** -** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to -** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. -** -** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a -** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the -** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */ - FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */ - int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */ - Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */ -){ - Table *pTab; - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; - sqlite3_module *pMod; - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0; - void *pArg = 0; - FuncDef *pNew; - int rc = 0; - char *zLowerName; - unsigned char *z; - - /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */ - if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef; - pTab = pExpr->pTab; - if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef; - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef; - pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab; - assert( pVtab!=0 ); - assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); - pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; - if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; - - /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation - ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function + /* Insert code to test for implied constraints based on transitivity + ** of the "==" operator. + ** + ** Example: If the WHERE clause contains "t1.a=t2.b" and "t2.b=123" + ** and we are coding the t1 loop and the t2 loop has not yet coded, + ** then we cannot use the "t1.a=t2.b" constraint, but we can code + ** the implied "t1.a=123" constraint. */ - zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName); - if( zLowerName ){ - for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){ - *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z]; + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ + Expr *pE, *pEAlt; + WhereTerm *pAlt; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( pTerm->eOperator!=(WO_EQUIV|WO_EQ) ) continue; + if( pTerm->leftCursor!=iCur ) continue; + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ) continue; + pE = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ); + assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ); + pAlt = findTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0); + if( pAlt==0 ) continue; + if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue; + testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN ); + VdbeModuleComment((v, "begin transitive constraint")); + pEAlt = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pEAlt)); + if( pEAlt ){ + *pEAlt = *pAlt->pExpr; + pEAlt->pLeft = pE->pLeft; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pEAlt, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pEAlt); } - rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName); - } - if( rc==0 ){ - return pDef; - } - - /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded - ** function */ - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) - + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1); - if( pNew==0 ){ - return pDef; - } - *pNew = *pDef; - pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; - memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1); - pNew->xFunc = xFunc; - pNew->pUserData = pArg; - pNew->flags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM; - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[] -** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the -** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine -** is a no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - int i, n; - Table **apVtabLock; - - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ - if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return; - } - n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]); - apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n); - if( apVtabLock ){ - pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock; - pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab; - }else{ - pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; } -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process -** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is responsible for -** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable -** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing -** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting -** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer". -*/ - -/* -** Trace output macros -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0; -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define WHERETRACE(X) if(sqlite3WhereTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X -#else -# define WHERETRACE(X) -#endif - -/* Forward reference -*/ -typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause; -typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet; -typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo; -typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo; -typedef struct WhereCost WhereCost; - -/* -** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to -** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE -** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators, -** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR. -** -** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. -** The following identity holds: -** -** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm -** -** When a term is of the form: -** -** X -** -** where X is a column name and is one of certain operators, -** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the -** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records -** the using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The -** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search -** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators. -** -** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR: -** -** (t1.X ) OR (t1.Y ) OR .... -** -** In this second case, wtFlag as the TERM_ORINFO set and eOperator==WO_OR -** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that -** is collected about the -** -** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous -** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set -** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately -** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful. -** -** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers, -** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates -** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq -** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of -** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be -** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor -** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet -** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers -** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available -** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers -** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7. -** -** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits -** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite -** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables. -*/ -typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm; -struct WhereTerm { - Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */ - int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */ - int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X " */ - union { - int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X " */ - WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_OR */ - WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_AND */ - } u; - u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing */ - u8 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */ - u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */ - Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */ - Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags -*/ -#define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */ -#define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */ -#define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */ -#define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */ -#define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */ -#define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */ -#define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */ - -/* -** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a -** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms. -*/ -struct WhereClause { - Parse *pParse; /* The parser context */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Mapping of table cursor numbers to bitmasks */ - Bitmask vmask; /* Bitmask identifying virtual table cursors */ - u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */ - int nTerm; /* Number of terms */ - int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */ - WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */ -#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK) - WhereTerm aStatic[1]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ -#else - WhereTerm aStatic[8]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to -** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct WhereOrInfo { - WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */ - Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */ -}; - -/* -** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to -** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct WhereAndInfo { - WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */ -}; -/* -** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping -** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. -** -** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in -** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE -** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might -** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum -** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping -** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning -** with 0. -** -** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask -** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0, -** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It -** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor -** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain -** no gaps. -*/ -struct WhereMaskSet { - int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */ - int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */ -}; + /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that + ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. + */ + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ + pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin); + VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit")); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; jnTerm; j++, pTerm++){ + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){ + assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms ); + continue; + } + assert( pTerm->pExpr ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + } + return pLevel->notReady; +} + +#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) /* -** A WhereCost object records a lookup strategy and the estimated -** cost of pursuing that strategy. +** Generate "Explanation" text for a WhereTerm. */ -struct WhereCost { - WherePlan plan; /* The lookup strategy */ - double rCost; /* Overall cost of pursuing this search strategy */ - Bitmask used; /* Bitmask of cursors used by this plan */ -}; +static void whereExplainTerm(Vdbe *v, WhereTerm *pTerm){ + char zType[4]; + memcpy(zType, "...", 4); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) zType[0] = 'V'; + if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV ) zType[1] = 'E'; + if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) zType[2] = 'L'; + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, "%s ", zType); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(v, pTerm->pExpr); +} +#endif /* WHERETRACE_ENABLED && SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN */ + +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* -** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit. An -** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for -** terms in the where clause. +** Print a WhereLoop object for debugging purposes */ -#define WO_IN 0x001 -#define WO_EQ 0x002 -#define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_MATCH 0x040 -#define WO_ISNULL 0x080 -#define WO_OR 0x100 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */ -#define WO_AND 0x200 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */ +static void whereLoopPrint(WhereLoop *p, WhereClause *pWC){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; + int nb = 1+(pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc+7)/8; + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab; + Table *pTab = pItem->pTab; + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId, + p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s", + pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName); + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ + const char *zName; + if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){ + if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){ + int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1; + while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--; + zName += i; + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq); + }else{ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%20s",""); + } + }else{ + char *z; + if( p->u.vtab.idxStr ){ + z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,\"%s\",%x)", + p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask); + }else{ + z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z); + sqlite3_free(z); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN + /* If the 0x100 bit of wheretracing is set, then show all of the constraint + ** expressions in the WhereLoop.aLTerm[] array. + */ + if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){ /* WHERETRACE 0x100 */ + int i; + Vdbe *v = pWInfo->pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3ExplainBegin(v); + for(i=0; inLTerm; i++){ + WhereTerm *pTerm = p->aLTerm[i]; + if( pTerm==0 ) continue; + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, " (%d) #%-2d ", i+1, (int)(pTerm-pWC->a)); + sqlite3ExplainPush(v); + whereExplainTerm(v, pTerm); + sqlite3ExplainPop(v); + sqlite3ExplainNL(v); + } + sqlite3ExplainFinish(v); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", sqlite3VdbeExplanation(v)); + } +#endif +} +#endif -#define WO_ALL 0xfff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */ -#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */ +/* +** Convert bulk memory into a valid WhereLoop that can be passed +** to whereLoopClear harmlessly. +*/ +static void whereLoopInit(WhereLoop *p){ + p->aLTerm = p->aLTermSpace; + p->nLTerm = 0; + p->nLSlot = ArraySize(p->aLTermSpace); + p->wsFlags = 0; +} /* -** Value for wsFlags returned by bestIndex() and stored in -** WhereLevel.wsFlags. These flags determine which search -** strategies are appropriate. -** -** The least significant 12 bits is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above. -** The WhereLevel.wsFlags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL. -** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.wsFlags -** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ. The WhereLevel.wsFlags field can then be used as -** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints. -** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left -** join. Tickets #2177 and #2189. -*/ -#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ 0x00001000 /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */ -#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE 0x00002000 /* rowidEXPR */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00010000 /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) or x IS NULL */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00020000 /* xEXPR */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00040000 /* x IN (...) */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00080000 /* x IS NULL */ -#define WHERE_INDEXED 0x000f0000 /* Anything that uses an index */ -#define WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN 0x100f3000 /* Does not do a full table scan */ -#define WHERE_IN_ABLE 0x000f1000 /* Able to support an IN operator */ -#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00100000 /* xEXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */ -#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT 0x00300000 /* Both x>EXPR and xwsFlags & (WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) ){ + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 && p->u.vtab.needFree ){ + sqlite3_free(p->u.vtab.idxStr); + p->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + p->u.vtab.idxStr = 0; + }else if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && p->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex->zColAff); + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(p->u.btree.pIndex->pKeyInfo); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex); + p->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + } + } +} /* -** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure. +** Deallocate internal memory used by a WhereLoop object */ -static void whereClauseInit( - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */ - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmasks */ -){ - pWC->pParse = pParse; - pWC->pMaskSet = pMaskSet; - pWC->nTerm = 0; - pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic); - pWC->a = pWC->aStatic; - pWC->vmask = 0; +static void whereLoopClear(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ + if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm); + whereLoopClearUnion(db, p); + whereLoopInit(p); } -/* Forward reference */ -static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*); +/* +** Increase the memory allocation for pLoop->aLTerm[] to be at least n. +*/ +static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p, int n){ + WhereTerm **paNew; + if( p->nLSlot>=n ) return SQLITE_OK; + n = (n+7)&~7; + paNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*n); + if( paNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(paNew, p->aLTerm, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*p->nLSlot); + if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm); + p->aLTerm = paNew; + p->nLSlot = n; + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object. +** Transfer content from the second pLoop into the first. */ -static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){ - whereClauseClear(&p->wc); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +static int whereLoopXfer(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pTo, WhereLoop *pFrom){ + whereLoopClearUnion(db, pTo); + if( whereLoopResize(db, pTo, pFrom->nLTerm) ){ + memset(&pTo->u, 0, sizeof(pTo->u)); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ); + memcpy(pTo->aLTerm, pFrom->aLTerm, pTo->nLTerm*sizeof(pTo->aLTerm[0])); + if( pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){ + pFrom->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + }else if( (pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){ + pFrom->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object. +** Delete a WhereLoop object */ -static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){ - whereClauseClear(&p->wc); +static void whereLoopDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ + whereLoopClear(db, p); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } /* -** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure -** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit(). +** Free a WhereInfo structure */ -static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){ - int i; - WhereTerm *a; - sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db; - for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){ - if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr); +static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){ + whereClauseClear(&pWInfo->sWC); + while( pWInfo->pLoops ){ + WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops; + pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop; + whereLoopDelete(db, p); } - if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){ - whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo); - }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){ - whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); + } +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if both of the following are true: +** +** (1) X has the same or lower cost that Y +** (2) X is a proper subset of Y +** +** By "proper subset" we mean that X uses fewer WHERE clause terms +** than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is also used +** by Y. +** +** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought +** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost +** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted. +*/ +static int whereLoopCheaperProperSubset( + const WhereLoop *pX, /* First WhereLoop to compare */ + const WhereLoop *pY /* Compare against this WhereLoop */ +){ + int i, j; + if( pX->nLTerm >= pY->nLTerm ) return 0; /* X is not a subset of Y */ + if( pX->rRun >= pY->rRun ){ + if( pX->rRun > pY->rRun ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */ + if( pX->nOut > pY->nOut ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */ + } + for(i=pX->nLTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ + for(j=pY->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){ + if( pY->aLTerm[j]==pX->aLTerm[i] ) break; } + if( j<0 ) return 0; /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */ } - if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a); + return 1; /* All conditions meet */ +} + +/* +** Try to adjust the cost of WhereLoop pTemplate upwards or downwards so +** that: +** +** (1) pTemplate costs less than any other WhereLoops that are a proper +** subset of pTemplate +** +** (2) pTemplate costs more than any other WhereLoops for which pTemplate +** is a proper subset. +** +** To say "WhereLoop X is a proper subset of Y" means that X uses fewer +** WHERE clause terms than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is +** also used by Y. +** +** This adjustment is omitted for SKIPSCAN loops. In a SKIPSCAN loop, the +** WhereLoop.nLTerm field is not an accurate measure of the number of WHERE +** clause terms covered, since some of the first nLTerm entries in aLTerm[] +** will be NULL (because they are skipped). That makes it more difficult +** to compare the loops. We could add extra code to do the comparison, and +** perhaps we will someday. But SKIPSCAN is sufficiently uncommon, and this +** adjustment is sufficient minor, that it is very difficult to construct +** a test case where the extra code would improve the query plan. Better +** to avoid the added complexity and just omit cost adjustments to SKIPSCAN +** loops. +*/ +static void whereLoopAdjustCost(const WhereLoop *p, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ + if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) return; + if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ) return; + for(; p; p=p->pNextLoop){ + if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue; + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue; + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ) continue; + if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){ + /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its + ** subset p */ + pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun; + pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut - 1; + }else if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(pTemplate, p) ){ + /* Adjust pTemplate cost upward so that it is costlier than p since + ** pTemplate is a proper subset of p */ + pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun; + pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut + 1; + } } } /* -** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC. -** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags. -** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success. -** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory -** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in -** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it. +** Search the list of WhereLoops in *ppPrev looking for one that can be +** supplanted by pTemplate. ** -** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary. +** Return NULL if the WhereLoop list contains an entry that can supplant +** pTemplate, in other words if pTemplate does not belong on the list. ** -** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility -** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC. -** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm. +** If pX is a WhereLoop that pTemplate can supplant, then return the +** link that points to pX. ** -** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store -** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after -** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing -** the pWC->a[] array. +** If pTemplate cannot supplant any existing element of the list but needs +** to be added to the list, then return a pointer to the tail of the list. */ -static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int idx; - testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-00211-15100 */ - if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){ - WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a; - sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db; - pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 ); - if( pWC->a==0 ){ - if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p); - } - pWC->a = pOld; - return 0; +static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser( + WhereLoop **ppPrev, + const WhereLoop *pTemplate +){ + WhereLoop *p; + for(p=(*ppPrev); p; ppPrev=&p->pNextLoop, p=*ppPrev){ + if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab || p->iSortIdx!=pTemplate->iSortIdx ){ + /* If either the iTab or iSortIdx values for two WhereLoop are different + ** then those WhereLoops need to be considered separately. Neither is + ** a candidate to replace the other. */ + continue; } - memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm); - if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld); + /* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero + ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN + ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */ + assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 + || p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup ); + + /* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index + ** case first. Hence compatible candidate WhereLoops never have a larger + ** rSetup. Call this SETUP-INVARIANT */ + assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); + + /* Any loop using an appliation-defined index (or PRIMARY KEY or + ** UNIQUE constraint) with one or more == constraints is better + ** than an automatic index. */ + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 + && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 + && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_EQ)!=0 + && (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq + ){ + break; + } + + /* If existing WhereLoop p is better than pTemplate, pTemplate can be + ** discarded. WhereLoop p is better if: + ** (1) p has no more dependencies than pTemplate, and + ** (2) p has an equal or lower cost than pTemplate + */ + if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==p->prereq /* (1) */ + && p->rSetup<=pTemplate->rSetup /* (2a) */ + && p->rRun<=pTemplate->rRun /* (2b) */ + && p->nOut<=pTemplate->nOut /* (2c) */ + ){ + return 0; /* Discard pTemplate */ + } + + /* If pTemplate is always better than p, then cause p to be overwritten + ** with pTemplate. pTemplate is better than p if: + ** (1) pTemplate has no more dependences than p, and + ** (2) pTemplate has an equal or lower cost than p. + */ + if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq /* (1) */ + && p->rRun>=pTemplate->rRun /* (2a) */ + && p->nOut>=pTemplate->nOut /* (2b) */ + ){ + assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); /* SETUP-INVARIANT above */ + break; /* Cause p to be overwritten by pTemplate */ } - pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]); } - pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++]; - pTerm->pExpr = p; - pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags; - pTerm->pWC = pWC; - pTerm->iParent = -1; - return idx; + return ppPrev; } /* -** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where -** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other -** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure -** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example: +** Insert or replace a WhereLoop entry using the template supplied. ** -** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22) -** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/ -** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2] +** An existing WhereLoop entry might be overwritten if the new template +** is better and has fewer dependencies. Or the template will be ignored +** and no insert will occur if an existing WhereLoop is faster and has +** fewer dependencies than the template. Otherwise a new WhereLoop is +** added based on the template. ** -** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine -** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr. +** If pBuilder->pOrSet is not NULL then we care about only the +** prerequisites and rRun and nOut costs of the N best loops. That +** information is gathered in the pBuilder->pOrSet object. This special +** processing mode is used only for OR clause processing. ** -** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to -** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain -** all terms of the WHERE clause. +** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we +** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the +** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following +** conditions are met: +** +** (1) They have the same iTab. +** (2) They have the same iSortIdx. +** (3) The template has same or fewer dependencies than the current loop +** (4) The template has the same or lower cost than the current loop */ -static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, int op){ - pWC->op = (u8)op; - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->op!=op ){ - whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0); +static int whereLoopInsert(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ + WhereLoop **ppPrev, *p; + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; + + /* If pBuilder->pOrSet is defined, then only keep track of the costs + ** and prereqs. + */ + if( pBuilder->pOrSet!=0 ){ +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED + u16 n = pBuilder->pOrSet->n; + int x = +#endif + whereOrInsert(pBuilder->pOrSet, pTemplate->prereq, pTemplate->rRun, + pTemplate->nOut); +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(x?" or-%d: ":" or-X: ", n); + whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Look for an existing WhereLoop to replace with pTemplate + */ + whereLoopAdjustCost(pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate); + ppPrev = whereLoopFindLesser(&pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate); + + if( ppPrev==0 ){ + /* There already exists a WhereLoop on the list that is better + ** than pTemplate, so just ignore pTemplate */ +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-noop: "); + whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; }else{ - whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op); - whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op); + p = *ppPrev; + } + + /* If we reach this point it means that either p[] should be overwritten + ** with pTemplate[] if p[] exists, or if p==NULL then allocate a new + ** WhereLoop and insert it. + */ +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + if( p!=0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-del: "); + whereLoopPrint(p, pBuilder->pWC); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-new: "); + whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + if( p==0 ){ + /* Allocate a new WhereLoop to add to the end of the list */ + *ppPrev = p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(WhereLoop)); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + whereLoopInit(p); + p->pNextLoop = 0; + }else{ + /* We will be overwriting WhereLoop p[]. But before we do, first + ** go through the rest of the list and delete any other entries besides + ** p[] that are also supplated by pTemplate */ + WhereLoop **ppTail = &p->pNextLoop; + WhereLoop *pToDel; + while( *ppTail ){ + ppTail = whereLoopFindLesser(ppTail, pTemplate); + if( ppTail==0 ) break; + pToDel = *ppTail; + if( pToDel==0 ) break; + *ppTail = pToDel->pNextLoop; +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-del: "); + whereLoopPrint(pToDel, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + whereLoopDelete(db, pToDel); + } + } + whereLoopXfer(db, p, pTemplate); + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ + Index *pIndex = p->u.btree.pIndex; + if( pIndex && pIndex->tnum==0 ){ + p->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + } } + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Initialize an expression mask set (a WhereMaskSet object) +** Adjust the WhereLoop.nOut value downward to account for terms of the +** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an +** index. +** +** In the current implementation, the first extra WHERE clause term reduces +** the number of output rows by a factor of 10 and each additional term +** reduces the number of output rows by sqrt(2). */ -#define initMaskSet(P) memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P)) +static void whereLoopOutputAdjust(WhereClause *pWC, WhereLoop *pLoop){ + WhereTerm *pTerm, *pX; + Bitmask notAllowed = ~(pLoop->prereq|pLoop->maskSelf); + int i, j; -/* -** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if -** iCursor is not in the set. -*/ -static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ - int i; - assert( pMaskSet->n<=sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ); - for(i=0; in; i++){ - if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){ - return ((Bitmask)1)<pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_AdjustOutEst) ){ + return; + } + for(i=pWC->nTerm, pTerm=pWC->a; i>0; i--, pTerm++){ + if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) break; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)==0 ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notAllowed)!=0 ) continue; + for(j=pLoop->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){ + pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j]; + if( pX==0 ) continue; + if( pX==pTerm ) break; + if( pX->iParent>=0 && (&pWC->a[pX->iParent])==pTerm ) break; + } + if( j<0 ){ + pLoop->nOut += (pTerm->truthProb<=0 ? pTerm->truthProb : -1); } } - return 0; } /* -** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor. -** -** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause. The number of -** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the -** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine. So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[] -** array will never overflow. +** Adjust the cost C by the costMult facter T. This only occurs if +** compiled with -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT */ -static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ - assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) ); - pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT +# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T) C += T +#else +# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T) +#endif + +/* +** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the +** index pIndex. Try to match one more. +** +** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the +** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq +** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this +** function returns. +** +** If pProbe->tnum==0, that means pIndex is a fake index used for the +** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. +*/ +static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* The WhereLoop factory */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* FROM clause term being analyzed */ + Index *pProbe, /* An index on pSrc */ + LogEst nInMul /* log(Number of iterations due to IN) */ +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; /* WHERE analyse context */ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection malloc context */ + WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop under construction */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WhereTerm under consideration */ + int opMask; /* Valid operators for constraints */ + WhereScan scan; /* Iterator for WHERE terms */ + Bitmask saved_prereq; /* Original value of pNew->prereq */ + u16 saved_nLTerm; /* Original value of pNew->nLTerm */ + u16 saved_nEq; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nEq */ + u16 saved_nSkip; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nSkip */ + u32 saved_wsFlags; /* Original value of pNew->wsFlags */ + LogEst saved_nOut; /* Original value of pNew->nOut */ + int iCol; /* Index of the column in the table */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of table size */ + WhereTerm *pTop = 0, *pBtm = 0; /* Top and bottom range constraints */ + + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ); + assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 ); + if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + opMask = WO_LT|WO_LE; + }else if( pProbe->tnum<=0 || (pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ + opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE; + }else{ + opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE; + } + if( pProbe->bUnordered ) opMask &= ~(WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE); + + assert( pNew->u.btree.nEqnColumn ); + iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[pNew->u.btree.nEq]; + + pTerm = whereScanInit(&scan, pBuilder->pWC, pSrc->iCursor, iCol, + opMask, pProbe); + saved_nEq = pNew->u.btree.nEq; + saved_nSkip = pNew->u.btree.nSkip; + saved_nLTerm = pNew->nLTerm; + saved_wsFlags = pNew->wsFlags; + saved_prereq = pNew->prereq; + saved_nOut = pNew->nOut; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + rLogSize = estLog(pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]); + + /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints + ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average + ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. + ** + ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows + ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index + ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of + ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. + ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly + ** more expensive. */ + assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) ); + if( pTerm==0 + && saved_nEq==saved_nSkip + && saved_nEq+1nKeyCol + && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42 /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */ + && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK + ){ + LogEst nIter; + pNew->u.btree.nEq++; + pNew->u.btree.nSkip++; + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0; + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN; + nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]; + pNew->nOut -= nIter; + whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul); + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + } + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){ + u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator; /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */ + LogEst rCostIdx; + LogEst nOutUnadjusted; /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */ + int nIn = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid; +#endif + if( (eOp==WO_ISNULL || (pTerm->wtFlags&TERM_VNULL)!=0) + && (iCol<0 || pSrc->pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull) + ){ + continue; /* ignore IS [NOT] NULL constraints on NOT NULL columns */ + } + if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue; + + pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; + pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm; + if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */ + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTerm; + pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf; + + assert( nInMul==0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 + ); + + if( eOp & WO_IN ){ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + /* "x IN (SELECT ...)": TUNING: the SELECT returns 25 rows */ + nIn = 46; assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) ); + }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){ + /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */ + nIn = sqlite3LogEst(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr); + } + assert( nIn>0 ); /* RHS always has 2 or more terms... The parser + ** changes "x IN (?)" into "x=?". */ + + }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ) ){ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ; + if( iCol<0 || (nInMul==0 && pNew->u.btree.nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) ){ + if( iCol>=0 && !IsUniqueIndex(pProbe) ){ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED; + }else{ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW; + } + } + }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL; + }else if( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ){ + testcase( eOp & WO_GT ); + testcase( eOp & WO_GE ); + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_BTM_LIMIT; + pBtm = pTerm; + pTop = 0; + }else{ + assert( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) ); + testcase( eOp & WO_LT ); + testcase( eOp & WO_LE ); + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; + pTop = pTerm; + pBtm = (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT)!=0 ? + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm-2] : 0; + } + + /* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to + ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the + ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all + ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates + ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul). */ + assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); + if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){ + /* Adjust nOut using stat3/stat4 data. Or, if there is no stat3/stat4 + ** data, using some other estimate. */ + whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pBtm, pTop, pNew); + }else{ + int nEq = ++pNew->u.btree.nEq; + assert( eOp & (WO_ISNULL|WO_EQ|WO_IN) ); + + assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); + if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 && iCol>=0 ){ + assert( (eOp & WO_IN) || nIn==0 ); + testcase( eOp & WO_IN ); + pNew->nOut += pTerm->truthProb; + pNew->nOut -= nIn; + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + tRowcnt nOut = 0; + if( nInMul==0 + && pProbe->nSample + && pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat3) + && ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) + ){ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0 ){ + testcase( eOp & WO_EQ ); + testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL ); + rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->pRight, &nOut); + }else{ + rc = whereInScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->x.pList, &nOut); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */ + if( nOut ){ + pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut); + if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + pNew->nOut -= nIn; + } + } + if( nOut==0 ) +#endif + { + pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]); + if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ + /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a + ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows + ** as (col=?). */ + pNew->nOut += 10; + } + } + } + } + + /* Set rCostIdx to the cost of visiting selected rows in index. Add + ** it to pNew->rRun, which is currently set to the cost of the index + ** seek only. Then, if this is a non-covering index, add the cost of + ** visiting the rows in the main table. */ + rCostIdx = pNew->nOut + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pSrc->pTab->szTabRow; + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize, rCostIdx); + if( (pNew->wsFlags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_IPK))==0 ){ + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16); + } + ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pProbe->pTable->costMult); + + nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut; + pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn; + pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn; + whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew); + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + + if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){ + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + }else{ + pNew->nOut = nOutUnadjusted; + } + + if( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 + && pNew->u.btree.nEqnColumn + ){ + whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nInMul+nIn); + } + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid; +#endif + } + pNew->prereq = saved_prereq; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; + pNew->u.btree.nSkip = saved_nSkip; + pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm; + return rc; } /* -** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates -** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression -** tree. +** Return True if it is possible that pIndex might be useful in +** implementing the ORDER BY clause in pBuilder. ** -** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have -** previously invoked sqlite3ResolveExprNames() on the expression. See -** the header comment on that routine for additional information. -** The sqlite3ResolveExprNames() routines looks for column names and -** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to -** the VDBE cursor number of the table. This routine just has to -** translate the cursor numbers into bitmask values and OR all -** the bitmasks together. +** Return False if pBuilder does not contain an ORDER BY clause or +** if there is no way for pIndex to be useful in implementing that +** ORDER BY clause. */ -static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*); -static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*); -static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ - Bitmask mask = 0; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable); - return mask; - } - mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft); - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect); - }else{ - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList); +static int indexMightHelpWithOrderBy( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Index *pIndex, + int iCursor +){ + ExprList *pOB; + int ii, jj; + + if( pIndex->bUnordered ) return 0; + if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0; + for(ii=0; iinExpr; ii++){ + Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOB->a[ii].pExpr); + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; + if( pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){ + for(jj=0; jjnKeyCol; jj++){ + if( pExpr->iColumn==pIndex->aiColumn[jj] ) return 1; + } + } } - return mask; + return 0; } -static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){ - int i; - Bitmask mask = 0; - if( pList ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr); + +/* +** Return a bitmask where 1s indicate that the corresponding column of +** the table is used by an index. Only the first 63 columns are considered. +*/ +static Bitmask columnsInIndex(Index *pIdx){ + Bitmask m = 0; + int j; + for(j=pIdx->nColumn-1; j>=0; j--){ + int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; + if( x>=0 ){ + testcase( x==BMS-1 ); + testcase( x==BMS-2 ); + if( xpEList); - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy); - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving); - pS = pS->pPrior; + +/* Check to see if a partial index with pPartIndexWhere can be used +** in the current query. Return true if it can be and false if not. +*/ +static int whereUsablePartialIndex(int iTab, WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pWhere){ + int i; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + if( sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pTerm->pExpr, pWhere, iTab) ) return 1; } - return mask; + return 0; } /* -** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is -** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are -** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN". +** Add all WhereLoop objects for a single table of the join where the table +** is idenfied by pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be +** a b-tree table, not a virtual table. +** +** The costs (WhereLoop.rRun) of the b-tree loops added by this function +** are calculated as follows: +** +** For a full scan, assuming the table (or index) contains nRow rows: +** +** cost = nRow * 3.0 // full-table scan +** cost = nRow * K // scan of covering index +** cost = nRow * (K+3.0) // scan of non-covering index ** -** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59926-26393 To be usable by an index a term must be -** of one of the following forms: column = expression column > expression -** column >= expression column < expression column <= expression -** expression = column expression > column expression >= column -** expression < column expression <= column column IN -** (expression-list) column IN (subquery) column IS NULL +** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative +** estimated average size of the index and table records. +** +** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited +** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on +** the index b-tree: +** +** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit) // covering index +** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit) // non-covering index +** +** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the +** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when +** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans. +** +** The estimated values (nRow, nVisit, nSeek) often contain a large amount +** of uncertainty. For this reason, scoring is designed to pick plans that +** "do the least harm" if the estimates are inaccurate. For example, a +** log(nRow) factor is omitted from a non-covering index scan in order to +** bias the scoring in favor of using an index, since the worst-case +** performance of using an index is far better than the worst-case performance +** of a full table scan. */ -static int allowedOp(int op){ - assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GTTK_EQ && TK_LTTK_EQ && TK_LE=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL; +static int whereLoopAddBtree( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */ + Bitmask mExtra /* Extra prerequesites for using this table */ +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */ + Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */ + Index sPk; /* A fake index object for the primary key */ + LogEst aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowLogEst[] value for the sPk index */ + i16 aiColumnPk = -1; /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* The FROM clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause btree term to add */ + WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop object */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int iSortIdx = 1; /* Index number */ + int b; /* A boolean value */ + LogEst rSize; /* number of rows in the table */ + LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* The parsed WHERE clause */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being queried */ + + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; + pSrc = pTabList->a + pNew->iTab; + pTab = pSrc->pTab; + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + assert( !IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ); + + if( pSrc->pIndex ){ + /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */ + pProbe = pSrc->pIndex; + }else if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pProbe = pTab->pIndex; + }else{ + /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object in local + ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index. Make this + ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real + ** indices to follow */ + Index *pFirst; /* First of real indices on the table */ + memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index)); + sPk.nKeyCol = 1; + sPk.nColumn = 1; + sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk; + sPk.aiRowLogEst = aiRowEstPk; + sPk.onError = OE_Replace; + sPk.pTable = pTab; + sPk.szIdxRow = pTab->szTabRow; + aiRowEstPk[0] = pTab->nRowLogEst; + aiRowEstPk[1] = 0; + pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex; + if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){ + /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the + ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */ + sPk.pNext = pFirst; + } + pProbe = &sPk; + } + rSize = pTab->nRowLogEst; + rLogSize = estLog(rSize); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + /* Automatic indexes */ + if( !pBuilder->pOrSet + && (pWInfo->pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)!=0 + && pSrc->pIndex==0 + && !pSrc->viaCoroutine + && !pSrc->notIndexed + && HasRowid(pTab) + && !pSrc->isCorrelated + && !pSrc->isRecursive + ){ + /* Generate auto-index WhereLoops */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; + WhereTerm *pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTermprereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue; + if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, 0) ){ + pNew->u.btree.nEq = 1; + pNew->u.btree.nSkip = 0; + pNew->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + pNew->nLTerm = 1; + pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; + /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is + ** approximately 7*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in + ** the table being indexed. */ + pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize + 28; assert( 28==sqlite3LogEst(7) ); + ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rSetup, pTab->costMult); + /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table. This + ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way + ** of knowning how selective the index will ultimately be. It would + ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */ + pNew->nOut = 43; assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) ); + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut); + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX; + pNew->prereq = mExtra | pTerm->prereqRight; + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + } + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ + + /* Loop over all indices + */ + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext, iSortIdx++){ + if( pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0 + && !whereUsablePartialIndex(pNew->iTab, pWC, pProbe->pPartIdxWhere) ){ + continue; /* Partial index inappropriate for this query */ + } + rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = 0; + pNew->u.btree.nSkip = 0; + pNew->nLTerm = 0; + pNew->iSortIdx = 0; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->prereq = mExtra; + pNew->nOut = rSize; + pNew->u.btree.pIndex = pProbe; + b = indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(pBuilder, pProbe, pSrc->iCursor); + /* The ONEPASS_DESIRED flags never occurs together with ORDER BY */ + assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || b==0 ); + if( pProbe->tnum<=0 ){ + /* Integer primary key index */ + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK; + + /* Full table scan */ + pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0; + /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */ + pNew->rRun = rSize + 16; + ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult); + whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew); + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + pNew->nOut = rSize; + if( rc ) break; + }else{ + Bitmask m; + if( pProbe->isCovering ){ + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED; + m = 0; + }else{ + m = pSrc->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pProbe); + pNew->wsFlags = (m==0) ? (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_INDEXED) : WHERE_INDEXED; + } + + /* Full scan via index */ + if( b + || !HasRowid(pTab) + || ( m==0 + && pProbe->bUnordered==0 + && (pProbe->szIdxRowszTabRow) + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 + && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis + && OptimizationEnabled(pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_CoverIdxScan) + ) + ){ + pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0; + + /* The cost of visiting the index rows is N*K, where K is + ** between 1.1 and 3.0, depending on the relative sizes of the + ** index and table rows. If this is a non-covering index scan, + ** also add the cost of visiting table rows (N*3.0). */ + pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow; + if( m!=0 ){ + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, rSize+16); + } + ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult); + whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew); + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + pNew->nOut = rSize; + if( rc ) break; + } + } + + rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(pBuilder->pRec); + pBuilder->nRecValid = 0; + pBuilder->pRec = 0; +#endif + + /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is + ** considered. */ + if( pSrc->pIndex ) break; + } + return rc; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* -** Swap two objects of type TYPE. +** Add all WhereLoop objects for a table of the join identified by +** pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be a virtual table. */ -#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} +static int whereLoopAddVirtual( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */ + Bitmask mExtra +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */ + Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause term to search */ + Table *pTab; + sqlite3 *db; + sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int i, j; + int iTerm, mxTerm; + int nConstraint; + int seenIn = 0; /* True if an IN operator is seen */ + int seenVar = 0; /* True if a non-constant constraint is seen */ + int iPhase; /* 0: const w/o IN, 1: const, 2: no IN, 2: IN */ + WhereLoop *pNew; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + db = pParse->db; + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab]; + pTab = pSrc->pTab; + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy); + if( pIdxInfo==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pNew->prereq = 0; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE; + pNew->nLTerm = 0; + pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage; + nConstraint = pIdxInfo->nConstraint; + if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, nConstraint) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + for(iPhase=0; iPhase<=3; iPhase++){ + if( !seenIn && (iPhase&1)!=0 ){ + iPhase++; + if( iPhase>3 ) break; + } + if( !seenVar && iPhase>1 ) break; + pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){ + j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; + pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; + switch( iPhase ){ + case 0: /* Constants without IN operator */ + pIdxCons->usable = 0; + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){ + seenIn = 1; + } + if( pTerm->prereqRight!=0 ){ + seenVar = 1; + }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0 ){ + pIdxCons->usable = 1; + } + break; + case 1: /* Constants with IN operators */ + assert( seenIn ); + pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight==0); + break; + case 2: /* Variables without IN */ + assert( seenVar ); + pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0; + break; + default: /* Variables with IN */ + assert( seenVar && seenIn ); + pIdxCons->usable = 1; + break; + } + } + memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint); + if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr); + pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0; + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; + pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; + pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / (double)2; + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 25; + rc = vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo); + if( rc ) goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit; + pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; + pNew->prereq = mExtra; + mxTerm = -1; + assert( pNew->nLSlot>=nConstraint ); + for(i=0; iaLTerm[i] = 0; + pNew->u.vtab.omitMask = 0; + for(i=0; i=0 ){ + j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; + if( iTerm>=nConstraint + || j<0 + || j>=pWC->nTerm + || pNew->aLTerm[iTerm]!=0 + ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s.xBestIndex() malfunction", pTab->zName); + goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit; + } + testcase( iTerm==nConstraint-1 ); + testcase( j==0 ); + testcase( j==pWC->nTerm-1 ); + pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; + pNew->prereq |= pTerm->prereqRight; + assert( iTermnLSlot ); + pNew->aLTerm[iTerm] = pTerm; + if( iTerm>mxTerm ) mxTerm = iTerm; + testcase( iTerm==15 ); + testcase( iTerm==16 ); + if( iTerm<16 && pUsage[i].omit ) pNew->u.vtab.omitMask |= 1<eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){ + if( pUsage[i].omit==0 ){ + /* Do not attempt to use an IN constraint if the virtual table + ** says that the equivalent EQ constraint cannot be safely omitted. + ** If we do attempt to use such a constraint, some rows might be + ** repeated in the output. */ + break; + } + /* A virtual table that is constrained by an IN clause may not + ** consume the ORDER BY clause because (1) the order of IN terms + ** is not necessarily related to the order of output terms and + ** (2) Multiple outputs from a single IN value will not merge + ** together. */ + pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; + } + } + } + if( i>=nConstraint ){ + pNew->nLTerm = mxTerm+1; + assert( pNew->nLTerm<=pNew->nLSlot ); + pNew->u.vtab.idxNum = pIdxInfo->idxNum; + pNew->u.vtab.needFree = pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr; + pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; + pNew->u.vtab.idxStr = pIdxInfo->idxStr; + pNew->u.vtab.isOrdered = (i8)(pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ? + pIdxInfo->nOrderBy : 0); + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(pIdxInfo->estimatedCost); + pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(pIdxInfo->estimatedRows); + whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + if( pNew->u.vtab.needFree ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew->u.vtab.idxStr); + pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + } + } + } + +whereLoopAddVtab_exit: + if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* -** Commute a comparison operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y" -** are converted into "Y op X". -** -** If a collation sequence is associated with either the left or right -** side of the comparison, it remains associated with the same side after -** the commutation. So "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes -** "X collate NOCASE op Y". This is because any collation sequence on -** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence -** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_ExpCollate flag -** is not commuted. +** Add WhereLoop entries to handle OR terms. This works for either +** btrees or virtual tables. */ -static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate); - u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate); - assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN ); - pExpr->pRight->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight); - pExpr->pLeft->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl); - pExpr->pRight->flags = (pExpr->pRight->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expLeft; - pExpr->pLeft->flags = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expRight; - SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft); - if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){ - assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); - assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 ); - assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ ); - assert( TK_GTop>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE ); - pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT; +static int whereLoopAddOr(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, Bitmask mExtra){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + WhereClause *pWC; + WhereLoop *pNew; + WhereTerm *pTerm, *pWCEnd; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCur; + WhereClause tempWC; + WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild; + WhereOrSet sSum, sCur; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_AND_ONLY ) return SQLITE_OK; + pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + memset(&sSum, 0, sizeof(sSum)); + pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + pNew->iTab; + iCur = pItem->iCursor; + + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermeOperator & WO_OR)!=0 + && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 + ){ + WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; + WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm]; + WhereTerm *pOrTerm; + int once = 1; + int i, j; + + sSubBuild = *pBuilder; + sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0; + sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur; + + for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTermeOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){ + sSubBuild.pWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc; + }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){ + tempWC.pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; + tempWC.pOuter = pWC; + tempWC.op = TK_AND; + tempWC.nTerm = 1; + tempWC.a = pOrTerm; + sSubBuild.pWC = &tempWC; + }else{ + continue; + } + sCur.n = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){ + rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(&sSubBuild, mExtra); + }else +#endif + { + rc = whereLoopAddBtree(&sSubBuild, mExtra); + } + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || sCur.n==0 ); + if( sCur.n==0 ){ + sSum.n = 0; + break; + }else if( once ){ + whereOrMove(&sSum, &sCur); + once = 0; + }else{ + WhereOrSet sPrev; + whereOrMove(&sPrev, &sSum); + sSum.n = 0; + for(i=0; inLTerm = 1; + pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_MULTI_OR; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->iSortIdx = 0; + memset(&pNew->u, 0, sizeof(pNew->u)); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && irRun = sSum.a[i].rRun + 1; + pNew->nOut = sSum.a[i].nOut; + pNew->prereq = sSum.a[i].prereq; + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + } + } } + return rc; } /* -** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask. +** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables */ -static u16 operatorMask(int op){ - u16 c; - assert( allowedOp(op) ); - if( op==TK_IN ){ - c = WO_IN; - }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ - c = WO_ISNULL; - }else{ - assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff ); - c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); +static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + Bitmask mExtra = 0; + Bitmask mPrior = 0; + int iTab; + SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; + int nTabList = pWInfo->nLevel; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u8 priorJoinType = 0; + WhereLoop *pNew; + + /* Loop over the tables in the join, from left to right */ + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + whereLoopInit(pNew); + for(iTab=0, pItem=pTabList->a; iTabiTab = iTab; + pNew->maskSelf = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pItem->iCursor); + if( ((pItem->jointype|priorJoinType) & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){ + mExtra = mPrior; + } + priorJoinType = pItem->jointype; + if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){ + rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(pBuilder, mExtra); + }else{ + rc = whereLoopAddBtree(pBuilder, mExtra); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = whereLoopAddOr(pBuilder, mExtra); + } + mPrior |= pNew->maskSelf; + if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) break; } - assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL ); - assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN ); - assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ ); - assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT ); - assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE ); - assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT ); - assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE ); - return c; + whereLoopClear(db, pNew); + return rc; } -/* -** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X " -** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and is one of -** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter. -** Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. -*/ -static WhereTerm *findTerm( - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ - int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ - Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ - u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ - Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ -){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int k; - assert( iCur>=0 ); - op &= WO_ALL; - for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; k; k--, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur - && (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0 - && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn - && (pTerm->eOperator & op)!=0 - ){ - if( pIdx && pTerm->eOperator!=WO_ISNULL ){ - Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; - CollSeq *pColl; - char idxaff; - int j; - Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; +/* +** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 5th +** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY +** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation. Return N: +** +** N>0: N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied +** N==0: No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied +** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied. +** +** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as +** strict. With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that +** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another. GROUP BY +** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long +** as equivelent rows are grouped together. Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT +** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the +** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order. +*/ +static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY or GROUP BY or DISTINCT clause to check */ + WherePath *pPath, /* The WherePath to check */ + u16 wctrlFlags, /* Might contain WHERE_GROUPBY or WHERE_DISTINCTBY */ + u16 nLoop, /* Number of entries in pPath->aLoop[] */ + WhereLoop *pLast, /* Add this WhereLoop to the end of pPath->aLoop[] */ + Bitmask *pRevMask /* OUT: Mask of WhereLoops to run in reverse order */ +){ + u8 revSet; /* True if rev is known */ + u8 rev; /* Composite sort order */ + u8 revIdx; /* Index sort order */ + u8 isOrderDistinct; /* All prior WhereLoops are order-distinct */ + u8 distinctColumns; /* True if the loop has UNIQUE NOT NULL columns */ + u8 isMatch; /* iColumn matches a term of the ORDER BY clause */ + u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns in pIndex */ + u16 nColumn; /* Total number of ordered columns in the index */ + u16 nOrderBy; /* Number terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + int iLoop; /* Index of WhereLoop in pPath being processed */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int iCur; /* Cursor number for current WhereLoop */ + int iColumn; /* A column number within table iCur */ + WhereLoop *pLoop = 0; /* Current WhereLoop being processed. */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ + Expr *pOBExpr; /* An expression from the ORDER BY clause */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* COLLATE function from an ORDER BY clause term */ + Index *pIndex; /* The index associated with pLoop */ + sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + Bitmask obSat = 0; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms satisfied so far */ + Bitmask obDone; /* Mask of all ORDER BY terms */ + Bitmask orderDistinctMask; /* Mask of all well-ordered loops */ + Bitmask ready; /* Mask of inner loops */ + + /* + ** We say the WhereLoop is "one-row" if it generates no more than one + ** row of output. A WhereLoop is one-row if all of the following are true: + ** (a) All index columns match with WHERE_COLUMN_EQ. + ** (b) The index is unique + ** Any WhereLoop with an WHERE_COLUMN_EQ constraint on the rowid is one-row. + ** Every one-row WhereLoop will have the WHERE_ONEROW bit set in wsFlags. + ** + ** We say the WhereLoop is "order-distinct" if the set of columns from + ** that WhereLoop that are in the ORDER BY clause are different for every + ** row of the WhereLoop. Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically + ** order-distinct. A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause + ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being + ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that + ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct. + ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL. + ** + ** The rowid for a table is always UNIQUE and NOT NULL so whenever the + ** rowid appears in the ORDER BY clause, the corresponding WhereLoop is + ** automatically order-distinct. + */ + + assert( pOrderBy!=0 ); + if( nLoop && OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin) ) return 0; + + nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; + testcase( nOrderBy==BMS-1 ); + if( nOrderBy>BMS-1 ) return 0; /* Cannot optimize overly large ORDER BYs */ + isOrderDistinct = 1; + obDone = MASKBIT(nOrderBy)-1; + orderDistinctMask = 0; + ready = 0; + for(iLoop=0; isOrderDistinct && obSat0 ) ready |= pLoop->maskSelf; + pLoop = iLoopaLoop[iLoop] : pLast; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){ + if( pLoop->u.vtab.isOrdered ) obSat = obDone; + break; + } + iCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].iCursor; + + /* Mark off any ORDER BY term X that is a column in the table of + ** the current loop for which there is term in the WHERE + ** clause of the form X IS NULL or X=? that reference only outer + ** loops. + */ + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr); + if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; + if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue; + pTerm = findTerm(&pWInfo->sWC, iCur, pOBExpr->iColumn, + ~ready, WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL, 0); + if( pTerm==0 ) continue; + if( (pTerm->eOperator&WO_EQ)!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ + const char *z1, *z2; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + z1 = pColl->zName; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pTerm->pExpr); + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + z2 = pColl->zName; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)!=0 ) continue; + } + obSat |= MASKBIT(i); + } + + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 ){ + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK ){ + pIndex = 0; + nKeyCol = 0; + nColumn = 1; + }else if( (pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)==0 || pIndex->bUnordered ){ + return 0; + }else{ + nKeyCol = pIndex->nKeyCol; + nColumn = pIndex->nColumn; + assert( nColumn==nKeyCol+1 || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable) ); + assert( pIndex->aiColumn[nColumn-1]==(-1) || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable)); + isOrderDistinct = IsUniqueIndex(pIndex); + } + + /* Loop through all columns of the index and deal with the ones + ** that are not constrained by == or IN. + */ + rev = revSet = 0; + distinctColumns = 0; + for(j=0; ju.btree.nEq + && pLoop->u.btree.nSkip==0 + && ((i = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->eOperator) & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0 + ){ + if( i & WO_ISNULL ){ + testcase( isOrderDistinct ); + isOrderDistinct = 0; + } + continue; + } + + /* Get the column number in the table (iColumn) and sort order + ** (revIdx) for the j-th column of the index. + */ + if( pIndex ){ + iColumn = pIndex->aiColumn[j]; + revIdx = pIndex->aSortOrder[j]; + if( iColumn==pIndex->pTable->iPKey ) iColumn = -1; + }else{ + iColumn = -1; + revIdx = 0; + } - idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; - if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue; + /* An unconstrained column that might be NULL means that this + ** WhereLoop is not well-ordered + */ + if( isOrderDistinct + && iColumn>=0 + && j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq + && pIndex->pTable->aCol[iColumn].notNull==0 + ){ + isOrderDistinct = 0; + } - /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for - ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this - ** value in variable pColl. + /* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column + ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off */ - assert(pX->pLeft); - pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); - assert(pColl || pParse->nErr); + bOnce = 1; + isMatch = 0; + for(i=0; bOnce && ia[i].pExpr); + testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY ); + testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ); + if( (wctrlFlags & (WHERE_GROUPBY|WHERE_DISTINCTBY))==0 ) bOnce = 0; + if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; + if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue; + if( pOBExpr->iColumn!=iColumn ) continue; + if( iColumn>=0 ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIndex->azColl[j])!=0 ) continue; + } + isMatch = 1; + break; + } + if( isMatch && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY)==0 ){ + /* Make sure the sort order is compatible in an ORDER BY clause. + ** Sort order is irrelevant for a GROUP BY clause. */ + if( revSet ){ + if( (rev ^ revIdx)!=pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder ) isMatch = 0; + }else{ + rev = revIdx ^ pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + if( rev ) *pRevMask |= MASKBIT(iLoop); + revSet = 1; + } + } + if( isMatch ){ + if( iColumn<0 ){ + testcase( distinctColumns==0 ); + distinctColumns = 1; + } + obSat |= MASKBIT(i); + }else{ + /* No match found */ + if( j==0 || jaiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){ - if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0; + /* Mark off any other ORDER BY terms that reference pLoop */ + if( isOrderDistinct ){ + orderDistinctMask |= pLoop->maskSelf; + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; + mTerm = exprTableUsage(&pWInfo->sMaskSet,p); + if( mTerm==0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p) ) continue; + if( (mTerm&~orderDistinctMask)==0 ){ + obSat |= MASKBIT(i); } - if( pColl && sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue; } - return pTerm; } + } /* End the loop over all WhereLoops from outer-most down to inner-most */ + if( obSat==obDone ) return (i8)nOrderBy; + if( !isOrderDistinct ){ + for(i=nOrderBy-1; i>0; i--){ + Bitmask m = MASKBIT(i) - 1; + if( (obSat&m)==m ) return i; + } + return 0; } - return 0; + return -1; } -/* Forward reference */ -static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int); /* -** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. +** If the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in the mask passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), +** the planner assumes that the specified pOrderBy list is actually a GROUP +** BY clause - and so any order that groups rows as required satisfies the +** request. +** +** Normally, in this case it is not possible for the caller to determine +** whether or not the rows are really being delivered in sorted order, or +** just in some other order that provides the required grouping. However, +** if the WHERE_SORTBYGROUP flag is also passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), then +** this function may be called on the returned WhereInfo object. It returns +** true if the rows really will be sorted in the specified order, or false +** otherwise. +** +** For example, assuming: ** +** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(x, Y); ** +** then +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY x,y ORDER BY x,y; -- IsSorted()==1 +** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY y,x ORDER BY y,x; -- IsSorted()==0 */ -static void exprAnalyzeAll( - SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */ -){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY ); + assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP ); + return pWInfo->sorted; +} + +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED +/* For debugging use only: */ +static const char *wherePathName(WherePath *pPath, int nLoop, WhereLoop *pLast){ + static char zName[65]; int i; - for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ - exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i); - } + for(i=0; iaLoop[i]->cId; } + if( pLast ) zName[i++] = pLast->cId; + zName[i] = 0; + return zName; } +#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION /* -** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that -** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is -** so and false if not. -** -** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string -** literal that does not begin with a wildcard. +** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have +** nOrderby columns and that the first nSorted columns are already in +** order. */ -static int isLikeOrGlob( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ - Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */ - int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */ - int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */ +static LogEst whereSortingCost( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, + LogEst nRow, + int nOrderBy, + int nSorted ){ - const char *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */ - Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */ - ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */ - int c; /* One character in z[] */ - int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */ - char wc[3]; /* Wildcard characters */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; - int op; /* Opcode of pRight */ + /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is + ** the number of rows to sort is: + ** + ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)). + ** + ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y + ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the + ** sorting cost to: + ** + ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X) + ** + ** The (Y/X) term is implemented using stack variable rScale + ** below. */ + LogEst rScale, rSortCost; + assert( nOrderBy>0 && 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) ); + rScale = sqlite3LogEst((nOrderBy-nSorted)*100/nOrderBy) - 66; + rSortCost = nRow + estLog(nRow) + rScale + 16; - if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){ - return 0; + /* TUNING: The cost of implementing DISTINCT using a B-TREE is + ** similar but with a larger constant of proportionality. + ** Multiply by an additional factor of 3.0. */ + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + rSortCost += 16; } -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC - if( *pnoCase ) return 0; + + return rSortCost; +} + +/* +** Given the list of WhereLoop objects at pWInfo->pLoops, this routine +** attempts to find the lowest cost path that visits each WhereLoop +** once. This path is then loaded into the pWInfo->a[].pWLoop fields. +** +** Assume that the total number of output rows that will need to be sorted +** will be nRowEst (in the 10*log2 representation). Or, ignore sorting +** costs if nRowEst==0. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM of a memory allocation +** error occurs. +*/ +static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ + int mxChoice; /* Maximum number of simultaneous paths tracked */ + int nLoop; /* Number of terms in the join */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + int iLoop; /* Loop counter over the terms of the join */ + int ii, jj; /* Loop counters */ + int mxI = 0; /* Index of next entry to replace */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of ORDER BY clause terms */ + LogEst mxCost = 0; /* Maximum cost of a set of paths */ + LogEst mxUnsorted = 0; /* Maximum unsorted cost of a set of path */ + int nTo, nFrom; /* Number of valid entries in aTo[] and aFrom[] */ + WherePath *aFrom; /* All nFrom paths at the previous level */ + WherePath *aTo; /* The nTo best paths at the current level */ + WherePath *pFrom; /* An element of aFrom[] that we are working on */ + WherePath *pTo; /* An element of aTo[] that we are working on */ + WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* One of the WhereLoop objects */ + WhereLoop **pX; /* Used to divy up the pSpace memory */ + LogEst *aSortCost = 0; /* Sorting and partial sorting costs */ + char *pSpace; /* Temporary memory used by this routine */ + int nSpace; /* Bytes of space allocated at pSpace */ + + pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + db = pParse->db; + nLoop = pWInfo->nLevel; + /* TUNING: For simple queries, only the best path is tracked. + ** For 2-way joins, the 5 best paths are followed. + ** For joins of 3 or more tables, track the 10 best paths */ + mxChoice = (nLoop<=1) ? 1 : (nLoop==2 ? 5 : 10); + assert( nLoop<=pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc ); + WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- begin solver. (nRowEst=%d)\n", nRowEst)); + + /* If nRowEst is zero and there is an ORDER BY clause, ignore it. In this + ** case the purpose of this call is to estimate the number of rows returned + ** by the overall query. Once this estimate has been obtained, the caller + ** will invoke this function a second time, passing the estimate as the + ** nRowEst parameter. */ + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 || nRowEst==0 ){ + nOrderBy = 0; + }else{ + nOrderBy = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr; + } + + /* Allocate and initialize space for aTo, aFrom and aSortCost[] */ + nSpace = (sizeof(WherePath)+sizeof(WhereLoop*)*nLoop)*mxChoice*2; + nSpace += sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy; + pSpace = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nSpace); + if( pSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + aTo = (WherePath*)pSpace; + aFrom = aTo+mxChoice; + memset(aFrom, 0, sizeof(aFrom[0])); + pX = (WhereLoop**)(aFrom+mxChoice); + for(ii=mxChoice*2, pFrom=aTo; ii>0; ii--, pFrom++, pX += nLoop){ + pFrom->aLoop = pX; + } + if( nOrderBy ){ + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and it is not being ignored, set up + ** space for the aSortCost[] array. Each element of the aSortCost array + ** is either zero - meaning it has not yet been initialized - or the + ** cost of sorting nRowEst rows of data where the first X terms of + ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array + ** index. */ + aSortCost = (LogEst*)pX; + memset(aSortCost, 0, sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy); + } + assert( aSortCost==0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)&aSortCost[nOrderBy] ); + assert( aSortCost!=0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)pX ); + + /* Seed the search with a single WherePath containing zero WhereLoops. + ** + ** TUNING: Do not let the number of iterations go above 25. If the cost + ** of computing an automatic index is not paid back within the first 25 + ** rows, then do not use the automatic index. */ + aFrom[0].nRow = MIN(pParse->nQueryLoop, 46); assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) ); + nFrom = 1; + assert( aFrom[0].isOrdered==0 ); + if( nOrderBy ){ + /* If nLoop is zero, then there are no FROM terms in the query. Since + ** in this case the query may return a maximum of one row, the results + ** are already in the requested order. Set isOrdered to nOrderBy to + ** indicate this. Or, if nLoop is greater than zero, set isOrdered to + ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered, + ** depending on the loops added to the current plan. */ + aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : nOrderBy; + } + + /* Compute successively longer WherePaths using the previous generation + ** of WherePaths as the basis for the next. Keep track of the mxChoice + ** best paths at each generation */ + for(iLoop=0; iLooppLoops; pWLoop; pWLoop=pWLoop->pNextLoop){ + LogEst nOut; /* Rows visited by (pFrom+pWLoop) */ + LogEst rCost; /* Cost of path (pFrom+pWLoop) */ + LogEst rUnsorted; /* Unsorted cost of (pFrom+pWLoop) */ + i8 isOrdered = pFrom->isOrdered; /* isOrdered for (pFrom+pWLoop) */ + Bitmask maskNew; /* Mask of src visited by (..) */ + Bitmask revMask = 0; /* Mask of rev-order loops for (..) */ + + if( (pWLoop->prereq & ~pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue; + if( (pWLoop->maskSelf & pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue; + /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. + ** Compute its cost */ + rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow); + rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, pFrom->rUnsorted); + nOut = pFrom->nRow + pWLoop->nOut; + maskNew = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf; + if( isOrdered<0 ){ + isOrdered = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, + pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, pWInfo->wctrlFlags, + iLoop, pWLoop, &revMask); + }else{ + revMask = pFrom->revLoop; + } + if( isOrdered>=0 && isOrderedisOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0" is equivalent + ** to (pTo->isOrdered==(-1))==(isOrdered==(-1))" for the range + ** of legal values for isOrdered, -1..64. + */ + for(jj=0, pTo=aTo; jjmaskLoop==maskNew + && ((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0 + ){ + testcase( jj==nTo-1 ); + break; + } + } + if( jj>=nTo ){ + /* None of the existing best-so-far paths match the candidate. */ + if( nTo>=mxChoice + && (rCost>mxCost || (rCost==mxCost && rUnsorted>=mxUnsorted)) + ){ + /* The current candidate is no better than any of the mxChoice + ** paths currently in the best-so-far buffer. So discard + ** this candidate as not viable. */ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n", + wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, + isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } #endif - pList = pExpr->x.pList; - pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr; - if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ - /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must - ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */ - return 0; + continue; + } + /* If we reach this points it means that the new candidate path + ** needs to be added to the set of best-so-far paths. */ + if( nTo=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + }else{ + /* Control reaches here if best-so-far path pTo=aTo[jj] covers the + ** same set of loops and has the sam isOrdered setting as the + ** candidate path. Check to see if the candidate should replace + ** pTo or if the candidate should be skipped */ + if( pTo->rCostrCost==rCost && pTo->nRow<=nOut) ){ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf( + "Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c", + wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, + isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" vs %s cost=%-3d,%d order=%c\n", + wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow, + pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + /* Discard the candidate path from further consideration */ + testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost ); + continue; + } + testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost+1 ); + /* Control reaches here if the candidate path is better than the + ** pTo path. Replace pTo with the candidate. */ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf( + "Update %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c", + wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, + isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" was %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n", + wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow, + pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + } + /* pWLoop is a winner. Add it to the set of best so far */ + pTo->maskLoop = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf; + pTo->revLoop = revMask; + pTo->nRow = nOut; + pTo->rCost = rCost; + pTo->rUnsorted = rUnsorted; + pTo->isOrdered = isOrdered; + memcpy(pTo->aLoop, pFrom->aLoop, sizeof(WhereLoop*)*iLoop); + pTo->aLoop[iLoop] = pWLoop; + if( nTo>=mxChoice ){ + mxI = 0; + mxCost = aTo[0].rCost; + mxUnsorted = aTo[0].nRow; + for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jjrCost>mxCost + || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted) + ){ + mxCost = pTo->rCost; + mxUnsorted = pTo->rUnsorted; + mxI = jj; + } + } + } + } + } + +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* >=2 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace>=2 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- after round %d ----\n", iLoop); + for(ii=0, pTo=aTo; iirCost, pTo->nRow, + pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? (pTo->isOrdered+'0') : '?'); + if( pTo->isOrdered>0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" rev=0x%llx\n", pTo->revLoop); + }else{ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + } + } + } +#endif + + /* Swap the roles of aFrom and aTo for the next generation */ + pFrom = aTo; + aTo = aFrom; + aFrom = pFrom; + nFrom = nTo; } - assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */ - pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr; - op = pRight->op; - if( op==TK_REGISTER ){ - op = pRight->op2; + if( nFrom==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no query solution"); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace); + return SQLITE_ERROR; } - if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ - Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare; - int iCol = pRight->iColumn; - pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_NONE); - if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ - z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + + /* Find the lowest cost path. pFrom will be left pointing to that path */ + pFrom = aFrom; + for(ii=1; iirCost>aFrom[ii].rCost ) pFrom = &aFrom[ii]; + } + assert( pWInfo->nLevel==nLoop ); + /* Load the lowest cost path into pWInfo */ + for(iLoop=0; iLoopa + iLoop; + pLevel->pWLoop = pWLoop = pFrom->aLoop[iLoop]; + pLevel->iFrom = pWLoop->iTab; + pLevel->iTabCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor; + } + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)!=0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY)==0 + && pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP + && nRowEst + ){ + Bitmask notUsed; + int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pResultSet, pFrom, + WHERE_DISTINCTBY, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], ¬Used); + if( rc==pWInfo->pResultSet->nExpr ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; } - sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol); /* IMP: R-23257-02778 */ - assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER ); - }else if( op==TK_STRING ){ - z = pRight->u.zToken; } - if( z ){ - cnt = 0; - while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ - cnt++; - } - if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){ - Expr *pPrefix; - *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0; - pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z); - if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0; - *ppPrefix = pPrefix; - if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn); /* IMP: R-23257-02778 */ - if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){ - /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current - ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE - ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program. - ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name() - ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here. - */ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - } + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ){ + if( pFrom->isOrdered==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; } }else{ - z = 0; + pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered; + if( pWInfo->nOBSat<0 ) pWInfo->nOBSat = 0; + pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop; + } + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP) + && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr + ){ + Bitmask notUsed = 0; + int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, + pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], ¬Used + ); + assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 ); + pWInfo->sorted = (nOrder==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr); } } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - return (z!=0); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ + pWInfo->nRowOut = pFrom->nRow; + + /* Free temporary memory and return success */ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace); + return SQLITE_OK; +} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* -** Check to see if the given expression is of the form -** -** column MATCH expr +** Most queries use only a single table (they are not joins) and have +** simple == constraints against indexed fields. This routine attempts +** to plan those simple cases using much less ceremony than the +** general-purpose query planner, and thereby yield faster sqlite3_prepare() +** times for the common case. ** -** If it is then return TRUE. If not, return FALSE. +** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this +** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the +** general-purpose query planner. */ -static int isMatchOfColumn( - Expr *pExpr /* Test this expression */ -){ - ExprList *pList; - - if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){ - return 0; - } - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - pList = pExpr->x.pList; - if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){ - return 0; +static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + WhereClause *pWC; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + WhereLoop *pLoop; + int iCur; + int j; + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + + pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE ) return 0; + assert( pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc>=1 ); + pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a; + pTab = pItem->pTab; + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; + if( pItem->zIndex ) return 0; + iCur = pItem->iCursor; + pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + pLoop = pBuilder->pNew; + pLoop->wsFlags = 0; + pLoop->u.btree.nSkip = 0; + pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ, 0); + if( pTerm ){ + pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_IPK|WHERE_ONEROW; + pLoop->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; + pLoop->nLTerm = 1; + pLoop->u.btree.nEq = 1; + /* TUNING: Cost of a rowid lookup is 10 */ + pLoop->rRun = 33; /* 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) */ + }else{ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm ); + assert( ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace)==4 ); + if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) + || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 + || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) + ) continue; + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, pIdx->aiColumn[j], 0, WO_EQ, pIdx); + if( pTerm==0 ) break; + pLoop->aLTerm[j] = pTerm; + } + if( j!=pIdx->nKeyCol ) continue; + pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ONEROW|WHERE_INDEXED; + if( pIdx->isCovering || (pItem->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pIdx))==0 ){ + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY; + } + pLoop->nLTerm = j; + pLoop->u.btree.nEq = j; + pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx; + /* TUNING: Cost of a unique index lookup is 15 */ + pLoop->rRun = 39; /* 39==sqlite3LogEst(15) */ + break; + } } - if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){ - return 0; + if( pLoop->wsFlags ){ + pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)1; + pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop = pLoop; + pLoop->maskSelf = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur); + pWInfo->a[0].iTabCur = iCur; + pWInfo->nRowOut = 1; + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr; + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pLoop->cId = '0'; +#endif + return 1; } - return 1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/* -** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of -** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived. -*/ -static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){ - pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin; - pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable; + return 0; } -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) /* -** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected -** subterms. So in: -** -** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13) -** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -** -** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example. -** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under -** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence: -** -** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO -** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object -** -** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms. -** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms. -** Examples of terms under analysis: -** -** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5 -** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3 -** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15) -** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*') -** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6) +** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing. +** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains +** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine +** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function +** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing. ** -** CASE 1: +** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL. ** -** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C -** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual -** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term -** being analyzed is: +** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in +** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the +** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For +** example, if the SQL is this: ** -** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3 +** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...; ** -** then create a new virtual term like this: +** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following: ** -** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3) +** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated +** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin() +** foreach row3 in t3 do / +** ... +** end \ Code generated +** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd() +** end / ** -** CASE 2: +** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they +** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make +** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in +** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for +** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN. ** -** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set +** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor +** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor. +** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors +** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them. ** -** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR -** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T +** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named +** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code +** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract +** data from the various tables of the loop. ** -** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form -** "T.C " where C is any column of table T and -** is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN". -** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more -** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND -** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have -** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object. +** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their +** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if +** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that +** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the +** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking +** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop. ** -** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could -** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists. -** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that -** is something the bestIndex() routine will determine. This analysis -** only looks at whether subterms appropriate for indexing exist. +** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually +** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach", +** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer +** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent +** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner- +** most loop) ** -** All examples A through E above all satisfy case 2. But if a term -** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will -** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not -** satisfied. +** OUTER JOINS ** -** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example, -** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R. +** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows: ** -** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using -** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing -** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar -** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines. +** foreach row1 in t1 do +** flag = 0 +** foreach row2 in t2 do +** start: +** ... +** flag = 1 +** end +** if flag==0 then +** move the row2 cursor to a null row +** goto start +** fi +** end ** -** OTHERWISE: +** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING ** -** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to -** zero. This term is not useful for search. +** pOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause (or the GROUP BY clause +** if the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in wctrlFlags) of a SELECT statement +** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine +** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL. +** +** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If +** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index +** to use for OR clause processing. The WHERE clause should use this +** specific cursor. If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is +** the first cursor in an array of cursors for all indices. iIdxCur should +** be used to compute the appropriate cursor depending on which index is +** used. */ -static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */ - int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* FROM clause: A list of all tables to be scanned */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause, or NULL */ + ExprList *pResultSet, /* Result set of the query */ + u16 wctrlFlags, /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ + int iIdxCur /* If WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, index cursor number */ ){ - Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parser context */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */ - Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; /* Table use masks */ - int i; /* Loop counters */ - WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */ - WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */ - WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */ - Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */ - Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */ + int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */ + int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */ + Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */ + WhereLoopBuilder sWLB; /* The WhereLoop builder */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */ + WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in pWInfo->a[] */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* Pointer to a single WhereLoop object */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int rc; /* Return code */ - /* - ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms. The subterms are - ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo - ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term. + + /* Variable initialization */ + db = pParse->db; + memset(&sWLB, 0, sizeof(sWLB)); + + /* An ORDER/GROUP BY clause of more than 63 terms cannot be optimized */ + testcase( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr==BMS-1 ); + if( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr>=BMS ) pOrderBy = 0; + sWLB.pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + + /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via + ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */ + if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_DistinctOpt) ){ + wctrlFlags &= ~WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT; + } + + /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of + ** bits in a Bitmask */ - assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 ); - assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR ); - pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo)); - if( pOrInfo==0 ) return; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO; - pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc; - whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet); - whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR); - exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc); - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 ); + testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS ); + if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS); + return 0; + } - /* - ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2. + /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in + ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should + ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that + ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized. */ - indexable = ~(Bitmask)0; - chngToIN = ~(pWC->vmask); - for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){ - if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){ - WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==0 ); - assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 ); - chngToIN = 0; - pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo)); - if( pAndInfo ){ - WhereClause *pAndWC; - WhereTerm *pAndTerm; - int j; - Bitmask b = 0; - pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo; - pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO; - pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND; - pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc; - whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet); - whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND); - exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC); - testcase( db->mallocFailed ); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; jnTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){ - assert( pAndTerm->pExpr ); - if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){ - b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor); - } - } - } - indexable &= b; - } - }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){ - /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the - ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */ - }else{ - Bitmask b; - b = getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor); - if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){ - WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent]; - b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor); - } - indexable &= b; - if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){ - chngToIN = 0; - }else{ - chngToIN &= b; - } + nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc; + + /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the + ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo + ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure + ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte + ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on + ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below. + */ + nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel)); + pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByteWInfo + sizeof(WhereLoop)); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); + pWInfo = 0; + goto whereBeginError; + } + pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = -1; + pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList; + pWInfo->pParse = pParse; + pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList; + pWInfo->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pWInfo->pResultSet = pResultSet; + pWInfo->iBreak = pWInfo->iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; + pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet; + sWLB.pWInfo = pWInfo; + sWLB.pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + sWLB.pNew = (WhereLoop*)(((char*)pWInfo)+nByteWInfo); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(sWLB.pNew) ); + whereLoopInit(sWLB.pNew); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + sWLB.pNew->cId = '*'; +#endif + + /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each + ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator. + */ + initMaskSet(pMaskSet); + whereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo); + whereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND); + + /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the + ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru. + */ + for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ + if( nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr, pWInfo->iBreak, + SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sWLB.pWC->a[ii].wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + } + + /* Special case: No FROM clause + */ + if( nTabList==0 ){ + if( pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pOrderBy->nExpr; + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; + } + } + + /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause. + ** + ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be + ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then + ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term + ** is (X-1). An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use + ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table + ** of the join. Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a + ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join. Knowing the bitmask + ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important. Ticket #3015. + ** + ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in + ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally + ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the + ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set. + */ + for(ii=0; iinSrc; ii++){ + createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor); + } +#ifndef NDEBUG + { + Bitmask toTheLeft = 0; + for(ii=0; iinSrc; ii++){ + Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor); + assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft ); + toTheLeft |= m; } } +#endif - /* - ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2. The set might be - ** empty. + /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. Note that exprAnalyze() might + ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause. We do not + ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end + ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed. */ - pOrInfo->indexable = indexable; - pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR; + exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto whereBeginError; + } - /* - ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But - ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really - ** is satisfied. - ** - ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits. The 0-bit case means - ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an - ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain - ** something other than == on a column in the single table. The 1-bit - ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form - ** "table.column=expr" for some single table. The one bit that is set - ** will correspond to the common table. We still need to check to make - ** sure the same column is used on all terms. The 2-bit case is when - ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column". It - ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column - ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of - ** the OR clause. - ** - ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the - ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized. - */ - if( chngToIN ){ - int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */ - int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */ - int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */ - int j = 0; /* Loop counter */ + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + if( isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC, pResultSet) ){ + /* The DISTINCT marking is pointless. Ignore it. */ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; + }else if( pOrderBy==0 ){ + /* Try to ORDER BY the result set to make distinct processing easier */ + pWInfo->wctrlFlags |= WHERE_DISTINCTBY; + pWInfo->pOrderBy = pResultSet; + } + } - /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the - ** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column - ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any - ** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table - ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found. - */ - for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){ - pOrTerm = pOrWc->a; - for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); - pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; - if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){ - /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and - ** current term is from the first iteration. So skip this term. */ - assert( j==1 ); - continue; - } - if( (chngToIN & getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){ - /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the - ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceeded - ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term - ** and use its inversion. */ - testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ); - testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) ); - continue; - } - iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn; - iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor; + /* Construct the WhereLoop objects */ + WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Start ***\n")); + /* Display all terms of the WHERE clause */ +#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100 ){ + int i; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3ExplainBegin(v); + for(i=0; inTerm; i++){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, "#%-2d ", i); + sqlite3ExplainPush(v); + whereExplainTerm(v, &sWLB.pWC->a[i]); + sqlite3ExplainPop(v); + sqlite3ExplainNL(v); + } + sqlite3ExplainFinish(v); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", sqlite3VdbeExplanation(v)); + } +#endif + if( nTabList!=1 || whereShortCut(&sWLB)==0 ){ + rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB); + if( rc ) goto whereBeginError; + + /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects if wheretrace is enabled */ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* !=0 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ + WhereLoop *p; + int i; + static char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz" + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ"; + for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){ + p->cId = zLabel[i%sizeof(zLabel)]; + whereLoopPrint(p, sWLB.pWC); + } + } +#endif + + wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ + wherePathSolver(pWInfo, pWInfo->nRowOut+1); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + } + } + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 && (db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder)!=0 ){ + pWInfo->revMask = (Bitmask)(-1); + } + if( pParse->nErr || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ){ + goto whereBeginError; + } +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* !=0 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ + int ii; + sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- Solution nRow=%d", pWInfo->nRowOut); + if( pWInfo->nOBSat>0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ORDERBY=%d,0x%llx", pWInfo->nOBSat, pWInfo->revMask); + } + switch( pWInfo->eDistinct ){ + case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: { + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unique"); break; } - if( i<0 ){ - /* No candidate table+column was found. This can only occur - ** on the second iteration */ - assert( j==1 ); - assert( (chngToIN&(chngToIN-1))==0 ); - assert( chngToIN==getMask(pMaskSet, iCursor) ); + case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: { + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=ordered"); break; } - testcase( j==1 ); - - /* We have found a candidate table and column. Check to see if that - ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */ - okToChngToIN = 1; - for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){ - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); - if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ - pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; - }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){ - okToChngToIN = 0; - }else{ - int affLeft, affRight; - /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities - ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type - ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249) - */ - affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight); - affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft); - if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){ - okToChngToIN = 0; - }else{ - pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK; - } + case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED: { + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unordered"); + break; + } + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + for(ii=0; iinLevel; ii++){ + whereLoopPrint(pWInfo->a[ii].pWLoop, sWLB.pWC); + } + } +#endif + /* Attempt to omit tables from the join that do not effect the result */ + if( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 + && pResultSet!=0 + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin) + ){ + Bitmask tabUsed = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pResultSet); + if( sWLB.pOrderBy ) tabUsed |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, sWLB.pOrderBy); + while( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 ){ + WhereTerm *pTerm, *pEnd; + pLoop = pWInfo->a[pWInfo->nLevel-1].pWLoop; + if( (pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ) break; + if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)==0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 + ){ + break; + } + if( (tabUsed & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ) break; + pEnd = sWLB.pWC->a + sWLB.pWC->nTerm; + for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTermprereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 + && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + ){ + break; } } + if( pTerm drop loop %c not used\n", pLoop->cId)); + pWInfo->nLevel--; + nTabList--; } + } + WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n")); + pWInfo->pParse->nQueryLoop += pWInfo->nRowOut; - /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies - ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is - ** pTerm converted into an IN operator. - ** - ** EV: R-00211-15100 - */ - if( okToChngToIN ){ - Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */ - ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */ - Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */ - Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */ + /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting + ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate. + ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constrains + ** the statement to update a single row. + */ + assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 ); + if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 + && (pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)!=0 ){ + pWInfo->okOnePass = 1; + if( HasRowid(pTabList->a[0].pTab) ){ + pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY; + } + } - for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ - if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue; - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); - assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ); - assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn ); - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWC->pParse, pList, pDup); - pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; + /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for + ** searching those tables. + */ + notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; + for(ii=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; iia[pLevel->iFrom]; + pTab = pTabItem->pTab; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){ + /* Do nothing */ + }else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* noop */ + }else +#endif + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 ){ + int op = OP_OpenRead; + if( pWInfo->okOnePass ){ + op = OP_OpenWrite; + pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pTabItem->iCursor; + }; + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op); + assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur ); + testcase( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol==BMS ); + if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nColcolUsed; + int n = 0; + for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){} + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32); + assert( n<=pTab->nCol ); } - assert( pLeft!=0 ); - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); - pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0); - if( pNew ){ - int idxNew; - transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pNew->x.pList = pList; - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm->nChild = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ + Index *pIx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + int iIndexCur; + int op = OP_OpenRead; + /* iIdxCur is always set if to a positive value if ONEPASS is possible */ + assert( iIdxCur!=0 || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 ); + if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIx) + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 + ){ + /* This is one term of an OR-optimization using the PRIMARY KEY of a + ** WITHOUT ROWID table. No need for a separate index */ + iIndexCur = pLevel->iTabCur; + op = 0; + }else if( pWInfo->okOnePass ){ + Index *pJ = pTabItem->pTab->pIndex; + iIndexCur = iIdxCur; + assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED ); + while( ALWAYS(pJ) && pJ!=pIx ){ + iIndexCur++; + pJ = pJ->pNext; + } + op = OP_OpenWrite; + pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = iIndexCur; + }else if( iIdxCur && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ){ + iIndexCur = iIdxCur; + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_REOPEN_IDX ) op = OP_ReopenIdx; }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + iIndexCur = pParse->nTab++; + } + pLevel->iIdxCur = iIndexCur; + assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + assert( iIndexCur>=0 ); + if( op ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIndexCur, pIx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName)); } - pTerm->eOperator = 0; /* case 1 trumps case 2 */ } + if( iDb>=0 ) sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + notReady &= ~getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor); } -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + + /* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for + ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM + ** program. + */ + notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; + for(ii=0; iia[ii]; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + if( (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){ + constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, &pWInfo->sWC, + &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom], notReady, pLevel); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + } +#endif + explainOneScan(pParse, pTabList, pLevel, ii, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags); + pLevel->addrBody = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, ii, notReady); + pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont; + } + + /* Done. */ + VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-core")); + return pWInfo; + /* Jump here if malloc fails */ +whereBeginError: + if( pWInfo ){ + pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; + whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); + } + return 0; +} /* -** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the -** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the -** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm -** structure. -** -** If the expression is of the form " X" it gets commuted -** to the standard form of "X ". -** -** If the expression is of the form "X Y" where both X and Y are -** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual -** term of the form "Y X" is added to the WHERE clause and -** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED -** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr -** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it -** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1 -** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term. +** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on +** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information. */ -static void exprAnalyze( - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */ - int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */ -){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */ - Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */ - Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */ - Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */ - Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */ - Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ - int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */ - int noCase = 0; /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */ - int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */ - Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parsing context */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + WhereLevel *pLevel; + WhereLoop *pLoop; + SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return; - } - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; - pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft); - op = pExpr->op; - if( op==TK_IN ){ - assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect); - }else{ - pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList); + /* Generate loop termination code. + */ + VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-core")); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){ + int addr; + pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont); + if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2, pLevel->p3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Next); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Prev); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_VNext); } - }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ - pTerm->prereqRight = 0; - }else{ - pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight); - } - prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ - Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); - prereqAll |= x; - extraRight = x-1; /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index - ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN. Ticket #3015 */ - } - pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll; - pTerm->leftCursor = -1; - pTerm->iParent = -1; - pTerm->eOperator = 0; - if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){ - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; - if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op); + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){ + struct InLoop *pIn; + int j; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt); + for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_PrevIfOpen); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_NextIfOpen); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop); } - if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - WhereTerm *pNew; - Expr *pDup; - if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){ - int idxNew; - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); - return; - } - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - if( idxNew==0 ) return; - pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew]; - pNew->iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk); + if( pLevel->addrSkip ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrSkip); + VdbeComment((v, "next skip-scan on %s", pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip-2); + } + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v); + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 + || (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ); + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur); + } + if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst); }else{ - pDup = pExpr; - pNew = pTerm; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst); } - exprCommute(pParse, pDup); - pLeft = pDup->pLeft; - pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft ); - pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight; - pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll; - pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); } + VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-loop%d: %s", i, + pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].pTab->zName)); } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION - /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms - ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example: - ** - ** a BETWEEN b AND c - ** - ** is converted into: - ** - ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c) - ** - ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object. - ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN - ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are - ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original - ** BETWEEN term is skipped. + /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop. + ** Set it. */ - else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){ - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; - int i; - static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE}; - assert( pList!=0 ); - assert( pList->nExpr==2 ); - for(i=0; i<2; i++){ - Expr *pNewExpr; - int idxNew; - pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0), - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0); - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak); + + assert( pWInfo->nLevel<=pTabList->nSrc ); + for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inLevel; i++, pLevel++){ + int k, last; + VdbeOp *pOp; + Index *pIdx = 0; + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 ); + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + + /* For a co-routine, change all OP_Column references to the table of + ** the co-routine into OP_SCopy of result contained in a register. + ** OP_Rowid becomes OP_Null. + */ + if( pTabItem->viaCoroutine && !db->mallocFailed ){ + last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + k = pLevel->addrBody; + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k); + for(; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ + pOp->opcode = OP_Copy; + pOp->p1 = pOp->p2 + pTabItem->regResult; + pOp->p2 = pOp->p3; + pOp->p3 = 0; + }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ + pOp->opcode = OP_Null; + pOp->p1 = 0; + pOp->p3 = 0; + } + } + continue; } - pTerm->nChild = 2; + + /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin. + ** Except, do not close cursors that will be reused by the OR optimization + ** (WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE). And do not close the OP_OpenWrite cursors + ** created for the ONEPASS optimization. + */ + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 + && pTab->pSelect==0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 + ){ + int ws = pLoop->wsFlags; + if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor); + } + if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 + && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0 + && pLevel->iIdxCur!=pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur); + } + } + + /* If this scan uses an index, make VDBE code substitutions to read data + ** from the index instead of from the table where possible. In some cases + ** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can + ** yield a significant performance boost. + ** + ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and + ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table + ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes + ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that + ** reference the index. + */ + if( pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){ + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ + pIdx = pLevel->u.pCovidx; + } + if( pIdx && !db->mallocFailed ){ + last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + k = pLevel->addrBody; + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k); + for(; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ + int x = pOp->p2; + assert( pIdx->pTable==pTab ); + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + x = pPk->aiColumn[x]; + } + x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, x); + if( x>=0 ){ + pOp->p2 = x; + pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; + } + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 ); + }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ + pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; + pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid; + } + } + } + } + + /* Final cleanup + */ + pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; + whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); + return; +} + +/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/ +/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. +** +** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite. +** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER() +** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general +** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the +** specific grammar used by SQLite. +*/ +/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration +** in the input grammar file. */ +/* #include */ + + +/* +** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down +** automaton. +*/ +#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1 + +/* +** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase() +*/ +#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X) + +/* +** An instance of this structure holds information about the +** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement. +*/ +struct LimitVal { + Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */ + Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE, +** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators. +*/ +struct LikeOp { + Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */ + int bNot; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a +** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, +** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form +** +** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) +** +** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". +*/ +struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; + +/* +** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type. +*/ +struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; }; + + + /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and + ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete + ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd. + */ + static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){ + pOut->zStart = pStart->z; + pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n]; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) - /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by - ** an OR operator. + /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier. Use the + ** new Expr to populate pOut. Set the span of pOut to be the identifier + ** that created the expression. */ - else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){ - assert( pWC->op==TK_AND ); - exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){ + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue); + pOut->zStart = pValue->z; + pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n]; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION - /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB - ** operator. - ** - ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints - ** - ** x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%' - ** - ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the - ** termination condition "abd". + /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan + ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object. */ - if( pWC->op==TK_AND - && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase) + static void spanBinaryExpr( + ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the result here */ + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context. Errors accumulate here */ + int op, /* The binary operation */ + ExprSpan *pLeft, /* The left operand */ + ExprSpan *pRight /* The right operand */ ){ - Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ - Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ - Expr *pNewExpr1; - Expr *pNewExpr2; - int idxNew1; - int idxNew2; - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use */ - - pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */ - pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1]; - c = *pC; - if( noCase ){ - /* The point is to increment the last character before the first - ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the - ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the - ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full - ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag - */ - if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0; /* EV: R-64339-08207 */ + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0); + pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart; + pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd; + } + /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator + */ + static void spanUnaryPostfix( + ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ + int op, /* The operator */ + ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ + Token *pPostOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ + ){ + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); + pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart; + pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n]; + } - c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c]; - } - *pC = c + 1; - } - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY",0); - pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, - sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl), - pStr1, 0); - idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew1==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1); - pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, - sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl), - pStr2, 0); - idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew2==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - if( isComplete ){ - pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm; - pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm->nChild = 2; + /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a + ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */ + static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pY->op==TK_NULL ){ + pA->op = (u8)op; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight); + pA->pRight = 0; } } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the - ** current expression is of the form: column MATCH expr. - ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of - ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt - ** to do anything with MATCH functions. + /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator */ - if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){ - int idxNew; - Expr *pRight, *pLeft; - WhereTerm *pNewTerm; - Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr; + static void spanUnaryPrefix( + ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ + int op, /* The operator */ + ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ + Token *pPreOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ + ){ + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); + pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z; + pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd; + } +/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders. +** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch. +*/ +/* +** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator) +** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser +** understands. +** +** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar. +*/ +/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined. +*/ +#ifndef INTERFACE +# define INTERFACE 1 +#endif +/* The next thing included is series of defines which control +** various aspects of the generated parser. +** YYCODETYPE is the data type used for storing terminal +** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is +** used if there are fewer than 250 terminals +** and nonterminals. "int" is used otherwise. +** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds +** to no legal terminal or nonterminal number. This +** number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash +** table. +** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens +** have fall-back values which should be used if the +** original value of the token will not parse. +** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for storing terminal +** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is +** used if there are fewer than 250 rules and +** states combined. "int" is used otherwise. +** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor tokens given +** directly to the parser from the tokenizer. +** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor tokens. +** This is typically a union of many types, one of +** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union +** for base tokens is called "yy0". +** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If +** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() +** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser +** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser +** YYNSTATE the combined number of states. +** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar +** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not +** defined, then do no error processing. +*/ +#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char +#define YYNOCODE 254 +#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int +#define YYWILDCARD 70 +#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token +typedef union { + int yyinit; + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0; + Select* yy3; + ExprList* yy14; + With* yy59; + SrcList* yy65; + struct LikeOp yy96; + Expr* yy132; + u8 yy186; + int yy328; + ExprSpan yy346; + struct TrigEvent yy378; + u16 yy381; + IdList* yy408; + struct {int value; int mask;} yy429; + TriggerStep* yy473; + struct LimitVal yy476; +} YYMINORTYPE; +#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH +#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100 +#endif +#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse; +#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse +#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse +#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse +#define YYNSTATE 642 +#define YYNRULE 327 +#define YYFALLBACK 1 +#define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2) +#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1) +#define YY_ERROR_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE) - pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; - pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight); - prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); - if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ - Expr *pNewExpr; - pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, - 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0); - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew==0 ); - pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; - pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr; - pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH; - pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; - pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; +/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of +** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */ +static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 }; + +/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined +** otherwise. +** +** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section +** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage. For production +** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off. But it is useful +** for testing. +*/ +#ifndef yytestcase +# define yytestcase(X) +#endif + + +/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the +** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement +** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an +** action integer. +** +** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as +** follows +** +** 0 <= N < YYNSTATE Shift N. That is, push the lookahead +** token onto the stack and goto state N. +** +** YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE. +** +** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE A syntax error has occurred. +** +** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1 The parser accepts its input. +** +** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2 No such action. Denotes unused +** slots in the yy_action[] table. +** +** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[]. +** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as +** +** yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] +** +** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value +** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S] +** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table +** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead. +** +** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is +** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after +** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of +** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of +** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT. +** +** The following are the tables generated in this section: +** +** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. +** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in +** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. +** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for +** shifting terminals. +** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for +** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. +** yy_default[] Default action for each state. +*/ +#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1497) +static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { + /* 0 */ 306, 212, 432, 955, 639, 191, 955, 295, 559, 88, + /* 10 */ 88, 88, 88, 81, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, + /* 20 */ 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 185, 184, 183, 635, 635, + /* 30 */ 292, 606, 606, 88, 88, 88, 88, 683, 86, 86, + /* 40 */ 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 16, + /* 50 */ 436, 597, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, + /* 60 */ 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 684, 86, 86, 86, 86, + /* 70 */ 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 559, 84, + /* 80 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 65, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, + /* 90 */ 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 635, 635, 634, 633, + /* 100 */ 182, 682, 550, 379, 376, 375, 17, 322, 606, 606, + /* 110 */ 371, 198, 479, 91, 374, 82, 79, 165, 85, 85, + /* 120 */ 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 598, 635, 635, 107, 89, + /* 130 */ 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, + /* 140 */ 88, 88, 186, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, + /* 150 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 594, 594, 142, 328, 327, + /* 160 */ 484, 249, 344, 238, 635, 635, 634, 633, 585, 448, + /* 170 */ 526, 525, 229, 388, 1, 394, 450, 584, 449, 635, + /* 180 */ 635, 635, 635, 319, 395, 606, 606, 199, 157, 273, + /* 190 */ 382, 268, 381, 187, 635, 635, 634, 633, 311, 555, + /* 200 */ 266, 593, 593, 266, 347, 588, 89, 90, 80, 600, + /* 210 */ 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 478, + /* 220 */ 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, + /* 230 */ 330, 306, 272, 536, 634, 633, 146, 610, 197, 310, + /* 240 */ 575, 182, 482, 271, 379, 376, 375, 506, 21, 634, + /* 250 */ 633, 634, 633, 635, 635, 374, 611, 574, 548, 440, + /* 260 */ 111, 563, 606, 606, 634, 633, 324, 479, 608, 608, + /* 270 */ 608, 300, 435, 573, 119, 407, 210, 162, 562, 883, + /* 280 */ 592, 592, 306, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, + /* 290 */ 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 506, 86, 86, 86, + /* 300 */ 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 620, 111, + /* 310 */ 635, 635, 361, 606, 606, 358, 249, 349, 248, 433, + /* 320 */ 243, 479, 586, 634, 633, 195, 611, 93, 119, 221, + /* 330 */ 575, 497, 534, 534, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, + /* 340 */ 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 574, 86, 86, + /* 350 */ 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, + /* 360 */ 77, 429, 638, 573, 589, 530, 240, 230, 242, 105, + /* 370 */ 249, 349, 248, 515, 588, 208, 460, 529, 564, 173, + /* 380 */ 634, 633, 970, 144, 430, 2, 424, 228, 380, 557, + /* 390 */ 606, 606, 190, 153, 159, 158, 514, 51, 632, 631, + /* 400 */ 630, 71, 536, 432, 954, 196, 610, 954, 614, 45, + /* 410 */ 18, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, + /* 420 */ 88, 88, 88, 88, 261, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, + /* 430 */ 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 608, 608, 608, + /* 440 */ 542, 424, 402, 385, 241, 506, 451, 320, 211, 543, + /* 450 */ 164, 436, 386, 293, 451, 587, 108, 496, 111, 334, + /* 460 */ 391, 591, 424, 614, 27, 452, 453, 606, 606, 72, + /* 470 */ 257, 70, 259, 452, 339, 342, 564, 582, 68, 415, + /* 480 */ 469, 328, 327, 62, 614, 45, 110, 393, 89, 90, + /* 490 */ 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, + /* 500 */ 88, 152, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, + /* 510 */ 84, 83, 330, 306, 110, 499, 520, 538, 402, 389, + /* 520 */ 424, 110, 566, 500, 593, 593, 454, 82, 79, 165, + /* 530 */ 424, 591, 384, 564, 340, 615, 188, 162, 424, 350, + /* 540 */ 616, 424, 614, 44, 606, 606, 445, 582, 300, 434, + /* 550 */ 151, 19, 614, 9, 568, 580, 348, 615, 469, 567, + /* 560 */ 614, 26, 616, 614, 45, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, + /* 570 */ 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 411, 86, + /* 580 */ 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, + /* 590 */ 306, 579, 110, 578, 521, 282, 433, 398, 400, 255, + /* 600 */ 486, 82, 79, 165, 487, 164, 82, 79, 165, 488, + /* 610 */ 488, 364, 387, 424, 544, 544, 509, 350, 362, 155, + /* 620 */ 191, 606, 606, 559, 642, 640, 333, 82, 79, 165, + /* 630 */ 305, 564, 507, 312, 357, 614, 45, 329, 596, 595, + /* 640 */ 194, 337, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, + /* 650 */ 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, + /* 660 */ 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 20, 323, + /* 670 */ 150, 263, 211, 543, 421, 596, 595, 614, 22, 424, + /* 680 */ 193, 424, 284, 424, 391, 424, 509, 424, 577, 424, + /* 690 */ 186, 335, 424, 559, 424, 313, 120, 546, 606, 606, + /* 700 */ 67, 614, 47, 614, 50, 614, 48, 614, 100, 614, + /* 710 */ 99, 614, 101, 576, 614, 102, 614, 109, 326, 89, + /* 720 */ 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, + /* 730 */ 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, + /* 740 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 424, 311, 424, 585, 54, + /* 750 */ 424, 516, 517, 590, 614, 112, 424, 584, 424, 572, + /* 760 */ 424, 195, 424, 571, 424, 67, 424, 614, 94, 614, + /* 770 */ 98, 424, 614, 97, 264, 606, 606, 195, 614, 46, + /* 780 */ 614, 96, 614, 30, 614, 49, 614, 115, 614, 114, + /* 790 */ 418, 229, 388, 614, 113, 306, 89, 90, 80, 600, + /* 800 */ 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 424, + /* 810 */ 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, + /* 820 */ 330, 119, 424, 590, 110, 372, 606, 606, 195, 53, + /* 830 */ 250, 614, 29, 195, 472, 438, 729, 190, 302, 498, + /* 840 */ 14, 523, 641, 2, 614, 43, 306, 89, 90, 80, + /* 850 */ 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, + /* 860 */ 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, + /* 870 */ 83, 330, 424, 613, 964, 964, 354, 606, 606, 420, + /* 880 */ 312, 64, 614, 42, 391, 355, 283, 437, 301, 255, + /* 890 */ 414, 410, 495, 492, 614, 28, 471, 306, 89, 90, + /* 900 */ 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, + /* 910 */ 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, + /* 920 */ 84, 83, 330, 424, 110, 110, 110, 110, 606, 606, + /* 930 */ 110, 254, 13, 614, 41, 532, 531, 283, 481, 531, + /* 940 */ 457, 284, 119, 561, 356, 614, 40, 284, 306, 89, + /* 950 */ 78, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, + /* 960 */ 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, + /* 970 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 110, 424, 341, 220, 555, 606, + /* 980 */ 606, 351, 555, 318, 614, 95, 413, 255, 83, 330, + /* 990 */ 284, 284, 255, 640, 333, 356, 255, 614, 39, 306, + /* 1000 */ 356, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, + /* 1010 */ 88, 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, + /* 1020 */ 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 424, 317, 316, 141, 465, + /* 1030 */ 606, 606, 219, 619, 463, 614, 10, 417, 462, 255, + /* 1040 */ 189, 510, 553, 351, 207, 363, 161, 614, 38, 315, + /* 1050 */ 218, 255, 255, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, + /* 1060 */ 88, 88, 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, + /* 1070 */ 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 76, 419, 255, 3, + /* 1080 */ 878, 461, 424, 247, 331, 331, 614, 37, 217, 76, + /* 1090 */ 419, 390, 3, 216, 215, 422, 4, 331, 331, 424, + /* 1100 */ 547, 12, 424, 545, 614, 36, 424, 541, 422, 424, + /* 1110 */ 540, 424, 214, 424, 408, 424, 539, 403, 605, 605, + /* 1120 */ 237, 614, 25, 119, 614, 24, 588, 408, 614, 45, + /* 1130 */ 118, 614, 35, 614, 34, 614, 33, 614, 23, 588, + /* 1140 */ 60, 223, 603, 602, 513, 378, 73, 74, 140, 139, + /* 1150 */ 424, 110, 265, 75, 426, 425, 59, 424, 610, 73, + /* 1160 */ 74, 549, 402, 404, 424, 373, 75, 426, 425, 604, + /* 1170 */ 138, 610, 614, 11, 392, 76, 419, 181, 3, 614, + /* 1180 */ 32, 271, 369, 331, 331, 493, 614, 31, 149, 608, + /* 1190 */ 608, 608, 607, 15, 422, 365, 614, 8, 137, 489, + /* 1200 */ 136, 190, 608, 608, 608, 607, 15, 485, 176, 135, + /* 1210 */ 7, 252, 477, 408, 174, 133, 175, 474, 57, 56, + /* 1220 */ 132, 130, 119, 76, 419, 588, 3, 468, 245, 464, + /* 1230 */ 171, 331, 331, 125, 123, 456, 447, 122, 446, 104, + /* 1240 */ 336, 231, 422, 166, 154, 73, 74, 332, 116, 431, + /* 1250 */ 121, 309, 75, 426, 425, 222, 106, 610, 308, 637, + /* 1260 */ 204, 408, 629, 627, 628, 6, 200, 428, 427, 290, + /* 1270 */ 203, 622, 201, 588, 62, 63, 289, 66, 419, 399, + /* 1280 */ 3, 401, 288, 92, 143, 331, 331, 287, 608, 608, + /* 1290 */ 608, 607, 15, 73, 74, 227, 422, 325, 69, 416, + /* 1300 */ 75, 426, 425, 612, 412, 610, 192, 61, 569, 209, + /* 1310 */ 396, 226, 278, 225, 383, 408, 527, 558, 276, 533, + /* 1320 */ 552, 528, 321, 523, 370, 508, 180, 588, 494, 179, + /* 1330 */ 366, 117, 253, 269, 522, 503, 608, 608, 608, 607, + /* 1340 */ 15, 551, 502, 58, 274, 524, 178, 73, 74, 304, + /* 1350 */ 501, 368, 303, 206, 75, 426, 425, 491, 360, 610, + /* 1360 */ 213, 177, 483, 131, 345, 298, 297, 296, 202, 294, + /* 1370 */ 480, 490, 466, 134, 172, 129, 444, 346, 470, 128, + /* 1380 */ 314, 459, 103, 127, 126, 148, 124, 167, 443, 235, + /* 1390 */ 608, 608, 608, 607, 15, 442, 439, 623, 234, 299, + /* 1400 */ 145, 583, 291, 377, 581, 160, 119, 156, 270, 636, + /* 1410 */ 971, 169, 279, 626, 520, 625, 473, 624, 170, 621, + /* 1420 */ 618, 119, 168, 55, 409, 423, 537, 609, 286, 285, + /* 1430 */ 405, 570, 560, 556, 5, 52, 458, 554, 147, 267, + /* 1440 */ 519, 504, 518, 406, 262, 239, 260, 512, 343, 511, + /* 1450 */ 258, 353, 565, 256, 224, 251, 359, 277, 275, 476, + /* 1460 */ 475, 246, 352, 244, 467, 455, 236, 233, 232, 307, + /* 1470 */ 441, 281, 205, 163, 397, 280, 535, 505, 330, 617, + /* 1480 */ 971, 971, 971, 971, 367, 971, 971, 971, 971, 971, + /* 1490 */ 971, 971, 971, 971, 971, 971, 338, +}; +static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { + /* 0 */ 19, 22, 22, 23, 1, 24, 26, 15, 27, 80, + /* 10 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, + /* 20 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 108, 109, 110, 27, 28, + /* 30 */ 23, 50, 51, 80, 81, 82, 83, 122, 85, 86, + /* 40 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 22, + /* 50 */ 70, 23, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, + /* 60 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 122, 85, 86, 87, 88, + /* 70 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 97, 91, + /* 80 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 26, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, + /* 90 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 27, 28, 97, 98, + /* 100 */ 99, 122, 211, 102, 103, 104, 79, 19, 50, 51, + /* 110 */ 19, 122, 59, 55, 113, 224, 225, 226, 89, 90, + /* 120 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 23, 27, 28, 26, 71, + /* 130 */ 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, + /* 140 */ 82, 83, 51, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, + /* 150 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 132, 133, 58, 89, 90, + /* 160 */ 21, 108, 109, 110, 27, 28, 97, 98, 33, 100, + /* 170 */ 7, 8, 119, 120, 22, 19, 107, 42, 109, 27, + /* 180 */ 28, 27, 28, 95, 28, 50, 51, 99, 100, 101, + /* 190 */ 102, 103, 104, 105, 27, 28, 97, 98, 107, 152, + /* 200 */ 112, 132, 133, 112, 65, 69, 71, 72, 73, 74, + /* 210 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 11, + /* 220 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, + /* 230 */ 95, 19, 101, 97, 97, 98, 24, 101, 122, 157, + /* 240 */ 12, 99, 103, 112, 102, 103, 104, 152, 22, 97, + /* 250 */ 98, 97, 98, 27, 28, 113, 27, 29, 91, 164, + /* 260 */ 165, 124, 50, 51, 97, 98, 219, 59, 132, 133, + /* 270 */ 134, 22, 23, 45, 66, 47, 212, 213, 124, 140, + /* 280 */ 132, 133, 19, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, + /* 290 */ 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, + /* 300 */ 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 164, 165, + /* 310 */ 27, 28, 230, 50, 51, 233, 108, 109, 110, 70, + /* 320 */ 16, 59, 23, 97, 98, 26, 97, 22, 66, 185, + /* 330 */ 12, 187, 27, 28, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, + /* 340 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 29, 85, 86, + /* 350 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, + /* 360 */ 22, 148, 149, 45, 23, 47, 62, 154, 64, 156, + /* 370 */ 108, 109, 110, 37, 69, 23, 163, 59, 26, 26, + /* 380 */ 97, 98, 144, 145, 146, 147, 152, 200, 52, 23, + /* 390 */ 50, 51, 26, 22, 89, 90, 60, 210, 7, 8, + /* 400 */ 9, 138, 97, 22, 23, 26, 101, 26, 174, 175, + /* 410 */ 197, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, + /* 420 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 16, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, + /* 430 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 132, 133, 134, + /* 440 */ 23, 152, 208, 209, 140, 152, 152, 111, 195, 196, + /* 450 */ 98, 70, 163, 160, 152, 23, 22, 164, 165, 246, + /* 460 */ 207, 27, 152, 174, 175, 171, 172, 50, 51, 137, + /* 470 */ 62, 139, 64, 171, 172, 222, 124, 27, 138, 24, + /* 480 */ 163, 89, 90, 130, 174, 175, 197, 163, 71, 72, + /* 490 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, + /* 500 */ 83, 22, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, + /* 510 */ 93, 94, 95, 19, 197, 181, 182, 23, 208, 209, + /* 520 */ 152, 197, 26, 189, 132, 133, 232, 224, 225, 226, + /* 530 */ 152, 97, 91, 26, 232, 116, 212, 213, 152, 222, + /* 540 */ 121, 152, 174, 175, 50, 51, 243, 97, 22, 23, + /* 550 */ 22, 234, 174, 175, 177, 23, 239, 116, 163, 177, + /* 560 */ 174, 175, 121, 174, 175, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, + /* 570 */ 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 24, 85, + /* 580 */ 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, + /* 590 */ 19, 23, 197, 11, 23, 227, 70, 208, 220, 152, + /* 600 */ 31, 224, 225, 226, 35, 98, 224, 225, 226, 108, + /* 610 */ 109, 110, 115, 152, 117, 118, 27, 222, 49, 123, + /* 620 */ 24, 50, 51, 27, 0, 1, 2, 224, 225, 226, + /* 630 */ 166, 124, 168, 169, 239, 174, 175, 170, 171, 172, + /* 640 */ 22, 194, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, + /* 650 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, + /* 660 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 22, 208, + /* 670 */ 24, 23, 195, 196, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 152, + /* 680 */ 26, 152, 152, 152, 207, 152, 97, 152, 23, 152, + /* 690 */ 51, 244, 152, 97, 152, 247, 248, 23, 50, 51, + /* 700 */ 26, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, + /* 710 */ 175, 174, 175, 23, 174, 175, 174, 175, 188, 71, + /* 720 */ 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, + /* 730 */ 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, + /* 740 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 152, 107, 152, 33, 24, + /* 750 */ 152, 100, 101, 27, 174, 175, 152, 42, 152, 23, + /* 760 */ 152, 26, 152, 23, 152, 26, 152, 174, 175, 174, + /* 770 */ 175, 152, 174, 175, 23, 50, 51, 26, 174, 175, + /* 780 */ 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, + /* 790 */ 163, 119, 120, 174, 175, 19, 71, 72, 73, 74, + /* 800 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, + /* 810 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, + /* 820 */ 95, 66, 152, 97, 197, 23, 50, 51, 26, 53, + /* 830 */ 23, 174, 175, 26, 23, 23, 23, 26, 26, 26, + /* 840 */ 36, 106, 146, 147, 174, 175, 19, 71, 72, 73, + /* 850 */ 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, + /* 860 */ 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, + /* 870 */ 94, 95, 152, 196, 119, 120, 19, 50, 51, 168, + /* 880 */ 169, 26, 174, 175, 207, 28, 152, 249, 250, 152, + /* 890 */ 163, 163, 163, 163, 174, 175, 163, 19, 71, 72, + /* 900 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, + /* 910 */ 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, + /* 920 */ 93, 94, 95, 152, 197, 197, 197, 197, 50, 51, + /* 930 */ 197, 194, 36, 174, 175, 191, 192, 152, 191, 192, + /* 940 */ 163, 152, 66, 124, 152, 174, 175, 152, 19, 71, + /* 950 */ 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, + /* 960 */ 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, + /* 970 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 197, 152, 100, 188, 152, 50, + /* 980 */ 51, 152, 152, 188, 174, 175, 252, 152, 94, 95, + /* 990 */ 152, 152, 152, 1, 2, 152, 152, 174, 175, 19, + /* 1000 */ 152, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, + /* 1010 */ 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, + /* 1020 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 152, 188, 188, 22, 194, + /* 1030 */ 50, 51, 240, 173, 194, 174, 175, 252, 194, 152, + /* 1040 */ 36, 181, 28, 152, 23, 219, 122, 174, 175, 219, + /* 1050 */ 221, 152, 152, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, + /* 1060 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, + /* 1070 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 20, 152, 22, + /* 1080 */ 23, 194, 152, 240, 27, 28, 174, 175, 240, 19, + /* 1090 */ 20, 26, 22, 194, 194, 38, 22, 27, 28, 152, + /* 1100 */ 23, 22, 152, 116, 174, 175, 152, 23, 38, 152, + /* 1110 */ 23, 152, 221, 152, 57, 152, 23, 163, 50, 51, + /* 1120 */ 194, 174, 175, 66, 174, 175, 69, 57, 174, 175, + /* 1130 */ 40, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 69, + /* 1140 */ 22, 53, 74, 75, 30, 53, 89, 90, 22, 22, + /* 1150 */ 152, 197, 23, 96, 97, 98, 22, 152, 101, 89, + /* 1160 */ 90, 91, 208, 209, 152, 53, 96, 97, 98, 101, + /* 1170 */ 22, 101, 174, 175, 152, 19, 20, 105, 22, 174, + /* 1180 */ 175, 112, 19, 27, 28, 20, 174, 175, 24, 132, + /* 1190 */ 133, 134, 135, 136, 38, 44, 174, 175, 107, 61, + /* 1200 */ 54, 26, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 54, 107, 22, + /* 1210 */ 5, 140, 1, 57, 36, 111, 122, 28, 79, 79, + /* 1220 */ 131, 123, 66, 19, 20, 69, 22, 1, 16, 20, + /* 1230 */ 125, 27, 28, 123, 111, 120, 23, 131, 23, 16, + /* 1240 */ 68, 142, 38, 15, 22, 89, 90, 3, 167, 4, + /* 1250 */ 248, 251, 96, 97, 98, 180, 180, 101, 251, 151, + /* 1260 */ 6, 57, 151, 13, 151, 26, 25, 151, 161, 202, + /* 1270 */ 153, 162, 153, 69, 130, 128, 203, 19, 20, 127, + /* 1280 */ 22, 126, 204, 129, 22, 27, 28, 205, 132, 133, + /* 1290 */ 134, 135, 136, 89, 90, 231, 38, 95, 137, 179, + /* 1300 */ 96, 97, 98, 206, 179, 101, 122, 107, 159, 159, + /* 1310 */ 125, 231, 216, 228, 107, 57, 184, 217, 216, 176, + /* 1320 */ 217, 176, 48, 106, 18, 184, 158, 69, 159, 158, + /* 1330 */ 46, 71, 237, 176, 176, 176, 132, 133, 134, 135, + /* 1340 */ 136, 217, 176, 137, 216, 178, 158, 89, 90, 179, + /* 1350 */ 176, 159, 179, 159, 96, 97, 98, 159, 159, 101, + /* 1360 */ 5, 158, 202, 22, 18, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, + /* 1370 */ 190, 238, 17, 190, 158, 193, 41, 159, 202, 193, + /* 1380 */ 159, 202, 245, 193, 193, 223, 190, 32, 159, 34, + /* 1390 */ 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 159, 39, 155, 43, 150, + /* 1400 */ 223, 177, 201, 178, 177, 186, 66, 199, 177, 152, + /* 1410 */ 253, 56, 215, 152, 182, 152, 202, 152, 63, 152, + /* 1420 */ 152, 66, 67, 242, 229, 152, 174, 152, 152, 152, + /* 1430 */ 152, 152, 152, 152, 199, 242, 202, 152, 198, 152, + /* 1440 */ 152, 152, 183, 192, 152, 215, 152, 183, 215, 183, + /* 1450 */ 152, 241, 214, 152, 211, 152, 152, 211, 211, 152, + /* 1460 */ 152, 241, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 114, + /* 1470 */ 152, 152, 235, 152, 152, 152, 174, 187, 95, 174, + /* 1480 */ 253, 253, 253, 253, 236, 253, 253, 253, 253, 253, + /* 1490 */ 253, 253, 253, 253, 253, 253, 141, +}; +#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-86) +#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (429) +#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (-85) +#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1383) +static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ 992, 1057, 1355, 1156, 1204, 1204, 1, 262, -19, 135, + /* 10 */ 135, 776, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 69, 69, 53, 208, + /* 20 */ 283, 755, 58, 725, 648, 571, 494, 417, 340, 263, + /* 30 */ 212, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, + /* 40 */ 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 878, 827, 929, 980, + /* 50 */ 980, 1070, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, + /* 60 */ 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, + /* 70 */ 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, + /* 80 */ 1258, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, + /* 90 */ 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, -71, -47, -47, -47, -47, -47, + /* 100 */ 0, 29, -12, 283, 283, 139, 91, 392, 392, 894, + /* 110 */ 672, 726, 1383, -86, -86, -86, 88, 318, 318, 99, + /* 120 */ 381, -20, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, + /* 130 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, + /* 140 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 624, 876, 726, 672, 1340, 1340, + /* 150 */ 1340, 1340, 1340, 1340, -86, -86, -86, 305, 136, 136, + /* 160 */ 142, 167, 226, 154, 137, 152, 283, 283, 283, 283, + /* 170 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, + /* 180 */ 283, 283, 283, 336, 336, 336, 283, 283, 352, 283, + /* 190 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 228, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, + /* 200 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 501, 569, 596, 596, 596, + /* 210 */ 507, 497, 441, 391, 353, 156, 156, 857, 353, 857, + /* 220 */ 735, 813, 639, 715, 156, 332, 715, 715, 496, 419, + /* 230 */ 646, 1357, 1184, 1184, 1335, 1335, 1184, 1341, 1260, 1144, + /* 240 */ 1346, 1346, 1346, 1346, 1184, 1306, 1144, 1341, 1260, 1260, + /* 250 */ 1144, 1184, 1306, 1206, 1284, 1184, 1184, 1306, 1184, 1306, + /* 260 */ 1184, 1306, 1262, 1207, 1207, 1207, 1274, 1262, 1207, 1217, + /* 270 */ 1207, 1274, 1207, 1207, 1185, 1200, 1185, 1200, 1185, 1200, + /* 280 */ 1184, 1184, 1161, 1262, 1202, 1202, 1262, 1154, 1155, 1147, + /* 290 */ 1152, 1144, 1241, 1239, 1250, 1250, 1254, 1254, 1254, 1254, + /* 300 */ -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, 1068, 304, 526, 249, + /* 310 */ 408, -83, 434, 812, 27, 811, 807, 802, 751, 589, + /* 320 */ 651, 163, 131, 674, 366, 450, 299, 148, 23, 102, + /* 330 */ 229, -21, 1245, 1244, 1222, 1099, 1228, 1172, 1223, 1215, + /* 340 */ 1213, 1115, 1106, 1123, 1110, 1209, 1105, 1212, 1226, 1098, + /* 350 */ 1089, 1140, 1139, 1104, 1189, 1178, 1094, 1211, 1205, 1187, + /* 360 */ 1101, 1071, 1153, 1175, 1146, 1138, 1151, 1091, 1164, 1165, + /* 370 */ 1163, 1069, 1072, 1148, 1112, 1134, 1127, 1129, 1126, 1092, + /* 380 */ 1114, 1118, 1088, 1090, 1093, 1087, 1084, 987, 1079, 1077, + /* 390 */ 1074, 1065, 924, 1021, 1014, 1004, 1006, 819, 739, 896, + /* 400 */ 855, 804, 739, 740, 736, 690, 654, 665, 618, 582, + /* 410 */ 568, 528, 554, 379, 532, 479, 455, 379, 432, 371, + /* 420 */ 341, 28, 338, 116, -11, -57, -85, 7, -8, 3, +}; +#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-110) +#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (305) +#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-109) +#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1323) +static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ 238, 954, 213, 289, 310, 234, 144, 317, -109, 382, + /* 10 */ 377, 303, 461, 389, 378, 368, 302, 294, 253, 395, + /* 20 */ 293, 324, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, + /* 30 */ 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, + /* 40 */ 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, + /* 50 */ 403, 1022, 1012, 1005, 998, 963, 961, 959, 957, 950, + /* 60 */ 947, 930, 912, 873, 861, 823, 810, 771, 759, 720, + /* 70 */ 708, 670, 657, 619, 614, 612, 610, 608, 606, 604, + /* 80 */ 598, 595, 593, 580, 542, 540, 537, 535, 533, 531, + /* 90 */ 529, 527, 503, 386, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, + /* 100 */ 403, 403, 403, 95, 447, 82, 334, 504, 467, 403, + /* 110 */ 477, 464, 403, 403, 403, 403, 860, 747, 744, 785, + /* 120 */ 638, 638, 926, 891, 900, 899, 887, 844, 840, 835, + /* 130 */ 848, 830, 843, 829, 792, 839, 826, 737, 838, 795, + /* 140 */ 789, 47, 734, 530, 696, 777, 711, 677, 733, 730, + /* 150 */ 729, 728, 727, 627, 448, 64, 187, 1305, 1302, 1252, + /* 160 */ 1290, 1273, 1323, 1322, 1321, 1319, 1318, 1316, 1315, 1314, + /* 170 */ 1313, 1312, 1311, 1310, 1308, 1307, 1304, 1303, 1301, 1298, + /* 180 */ 1294, 1292, 1289, 1266, 1264, 1259, 1288, 1287, 1238, 1285, + /* 190 */ 1281, 1280, 1279, 1278, 1251, 1277, 1276, 1275, 1273, 1268, + /* 200 */ 1267, 1265, 1263, 1261, 1257, 1248, 1237, 1247, 1246, 1243, + /* 210 */ 1238, 1240, 1235, 1249, 1234, 1233, 1230, 1220, 1214, 1210, + /* 220 */ 1225, 1219, 1232, 1231, 1197, 1195, 1227, 1224, 1201, 1208, + /* 230 */ 1242, 1137, 1236, 1229, 1193, 1181, 1221, 1177, 1196, 1179, + /* 240 */ 1191, 1190, 1186, 1182, 1218, 1216, 1176, 1162, 1183, 1180, + /* 250 */ 1160, 1199, 1203, 1133, 1095, 1198, 1194, 1188, 1192, 1171, + /* 260 */ 1169, 1168, 1173, 1174, 1166, 1159, 1141, 1170, 1158, 1167, + /* 270 */ 1157, 1132, 1145, 1143, 1124, 1128, 1103, 1102, 1100, 1096, + /* 280 */ 1150, 1149, 1085, 1125, 1080, 1064, 1120, 1097, 1082, 1078, + /* 290 */ 1073, 1067, 1109, 1107, 1119, 1117, 1116, 1113, 1111, 1108, + /* 300 */ 1007, 1000, 1002, 1076, 1075, 1081, +}; +static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { + /* 0 */ 647, 964, 964, 964, 878, 878, 969, 964, 774, 802, + /* 10 */ 802, 938, 969, 969, 969, 876, 969, 969, 969, 964, + /* 20 */ 969, 778, 808, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 30 */ 969, 937, 939, 816, 815, 918, 789, 813, 806, 810, + /* 40 */ 879, 872, 873, 871, 875, 880, 969, 809, 841, 856, + /* 50 */ 840, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 60 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 70 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 80 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 90 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 850, 855, 862, 854, 851, 843, + /* 100 */ 842, 844, 845, 969, 969, 673, 739, 969, 969, 846, + /* 110 */ 969, 685, 847, 859, 858, 857, 680, 969, 969, 969, + /* 120 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 130 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 140 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 647, 964, 969, 969, 964, 964, + /* 150 */ 964, 964, 964, 964, 956, 778, 768, 969, 969, 969, + /* 160 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 944, 942, 969, + /* 170 */ 891, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 180 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 190 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 200 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 653, 969, 911, 774, 774, 774, + /* 210 */ 776, 754, 766, 655, 812, 791, 791, 923, 812, 923, + /* 220 */ 710, 733, 707, 802, 791, 874, 802, 802, 775, 766, + /* 230 */ 969, 949, 782, 782, 941, 941, 782, 821, 743, 812, + /* 240 */ 750, 750, 750, 750, 782, 670, 812, 821, 743, 743, + /* 250 */ 812, 782, 670, 917, 915, 782, 782, 670, 782, 670, + /* 260 */ 782, 670, 884, 741, 741, 741, 725, 884, 741, 710, + /* 270 */ 741, 725, 741, 741, 795, 790, 795, 790, 795, 790, + /* 280 */ 782, 782, 969, 884, 888, 888, 884, 807, 796, 805, + /* 290 */ 803, 812, 676, 728, 663, 663, 652, 652, 652, 652, + /* 300 */ 961, 961, 956, 712, 712, 695, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 310 */ 969, 969, 687, 969, 893, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 320 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 330 */ 969, 828, 969, 648, 951, 969, 969, 948, 969, 969, + /* 340 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 350 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 921, 969, 969, 969, + /* 360 */ 969, 969, 969, 914, 913, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 370 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 380 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 757, 969, 969, + /* 390 */ 969, 761, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 804, 969, + /* 400 */ 797, 969, 877, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 410 */ 969, 969, 969, 966, 969, 969, 969, 965, 969, 969, + /* 420 */ 969, 969, 969, 830, 969, 829, 833, 969, 661, 969, + /* 430 */ 644, 649, 960, 963, 962, 959, 958, 957, 952, 950, + /* 440 */ 947, 946, 945, 943, 940, 936, 897, 895, 902, 901, + /* 450 */ 900, 899, 898, 896, 894, 892, 818, 817, 814, 811, + /* 460 */ 753, 935, 890, 752, 749, 748, 669, 953, 920, 929, + /* 470 */ 928, 927, 822, 926, 925, 924, 922, 919, 906, 820, + /* 480 */ 819, 744, 882, 881, 672, 910, 909, 908, 912, 916, + /* 490 */ 907, 784, 751, 671, 668, 675, 679, 731, 732, 740, + /* 500 */ 738, 737, 736, 735, 734, 730, 681, 686, 724, 709, + /* 510 */ 708, 717, 716, 722, 721, 720, 719, 718, 715, 714, + /* 520 */ 713, 706, 705, 711, 704, 727, 726, 723, 703, 747, + /* 530 */ 746, 745, 742, 702, 701, 700, 833, 699, 698, 838, + /* 540 */ 837, 866, 826, 755, 759, 758, 762, 763, 771, 770, + /* 550 */ 769, 780, 781, 793, 792, 824, 823, 794, 779, 773, + /* 560 */ 772, 788, 787, 786, 785, 777, 767, 799, 798, 868, + /* 570 */ 783, 867, 865, 934, 933, 932, 931, 930, 870, 967, + /* 580 */ 968, 887, 889, 886, 801, 800, 885, 869, 839, 836, + /* 590 */ 690, 691, 905, 904, 903, 693, 692, 689, 688, 863, + /* 600 */ 860, 852, 864, 861, 853, 849, 848, 834, 832, 831, + /* 610 */ 827, 835, 760, 756, 825, 765, 764, 697, 696, 694, + /* 620 */ 678, 677, 674, 667, 665, 664, 666, 662, 660, 659, + /* 630 */ 658, 657, 656, 684, 683, 682, 654, 651, 650, 646, + /* 640 */ 645, 643, +}; + +/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens. If a construct +** like the following: +** +** %fallback ID X Y Z. +** +** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, +** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser +** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and +** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. +*/ +#ifdef YYFALLBACK +static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = { + 0, /* $ => nothing */ + 0, /* SEMI => nothing */ + 27, /* EXPLAIN => ID */ + 27, /* QUERY => ID */ + 27, /* PLAN => ID */ + 27, /* BEGIN => ID */ + 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */ + 27, /* DEFERRED => ID */ + 27, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */ + 27, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */ + 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */ + 27, /* END => ID */ + 27, /* ROLLBACK => ID */ + 27, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */ + 27, /* RELEASE => ID */ + 0, /* TO => nothing */ + 0, /* TABLE => nothing */ + 0, /* CREATE => nothing */ + 27, /* IF => ID */ + 0, /* NOT => nothing */ + 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */ + 27, /* TEMP => ID */ + 0, /* LP => nothing */ + 0, /* RP => nothing */ + 0, /* AS => nothing */ + 27, /* WITHOUT => ID */ + 0, /* COMMA => nothing */ + 0, /* ID => nothing */ + 0, /* INDEXED => nothing */ + 27, /* ABORT => ID */ + 27, /* ACTION => ID */ + 27, /* AFTER => ID */ + 27, /* ANALYZE => ID */ + 27, /* ASC => ID */ + 27, /* ATTACH => ID */ + 27, /* BEFORE => ID */ + 27, /* BY => ID */ + 27, /* CASCADE => ID */ + 27, /* CAST => ID */ + 27, /* COLUMNKW => ID */ + 27, /* CONFLICT => ID */ + 27, /* DATABASE => ID */ + 27, /* DESC => ID */ + 27, /* DETACH => ID */ + 27, /* EACH => ID */ + 27, /* FAIL => ID */ + 27, /* FOR => ID */ + 27, /* IGNORE => ID */ + 27, /* INITIALLY => ID */ + 27, /* INSTEAD => ID */ + 27, /* LIKE_KW => ID */ + 27, /* MATCH => ID */ + 27, /* NO => ID */ + 27, /* KEY => ID */ + 27, /* OF => ID */ + 27, /* OFFSET => ID */ + 27, /* PRAGMA => ID */ + 27, /* RAISE => ID */ + 27, /* RECURSIVE => ID */ + 27, /* REPLACE => ID */ + 27, /* RESTRICT => ID */ + 27, /* ROW => ID */ + 27, /* TRIGGER => ID */ + 27, /* VACUUM => ID */ + 27, /* VIEW => ID */ + 27, /* VIRTUAL => ID */ + 27, /* WITH => ID */ + 27, /* REINDEX => ID */ + 27, /* RENAME => ID */ + 27, /* CTIME_KW => ID */ +}; +#endif /* YYFALLBACK */ + +/* The following structure represents a single element of the +** parser's stack. Information stored includes: +** +** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. +** +** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. +** (In other words, the "major" token.) +** +** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is +** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. +** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. +*/ +struct yyStackEntry { + YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number */ + YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code + ** number for the token at this stack level */ + YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This + ** is the value of the token */ +}; +typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry; + +/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of +** the following structure */ +struct yyParser { + int yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */ +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + int yyidxMax; /* Maximum value of yyidx */ +#endif + int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ + sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ + yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */ +#else + yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ +#endif +}; +typedef struct yyParser yyParser; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* #include */ +static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; +static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace +** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off +** by making either argument NULL +** +** Inputs: +**
    +**
  • A FILE* to which trace output should be written. +** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. +**
  • A prefix string written at the beginning of every +** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is +** turned off. +**
+** +** Outputs: +** None. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ + yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; + yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; + if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0; + else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0; +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals +** are required. The following table supplies these names */ +static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { + "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY", + "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED", + "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END", + "ROLLBACK", "SAVEPOINT", "RELEASE", "TO", + "TABLE", "CREATE", "IF", "NOT", + "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", "RP", + "AS", "WITHOUT", "COMMA", "ID", + "INDEXED", "ABORT", "ACTION", "AFTER", + "ANALYZE", "ASC", "ATTACH", "BEFORE", + "BY", "CASCADE", "CAST", "COLUMNKW", + "CONFLICT", "DATABASE", "DESC", "DETACH", + "EACH", "FAIL", "FOR", "IGNORE", + "INITIALLY", "INSTEAD", "LIKE_KW", "MATCH", + "NO", "KEY", "OF", "OFFSET", + "PRAGMA", "RAISE", "RECURSIVE", "REPLACE", + "RESTRICT", "ROW", "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", + "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", "WITH", "REINDEX", + "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", "ANY", "OR", + "AND", "IS", "BETWEEN", "IN", + "ISNULL", "NOTNULL", "NE", "EQ", + "GT", "LE", "LT", "GE", + "ESCAPE", "BITAND", "BITOR", "LSHIFT", + "RSHIFT", "PLUS", "MINUS", "STAR", + "SLASH", "REM", "CONCAT", "COLLATE", + "BITNOT", "STRING", "JOIN_KW", "CONSTRAINT", + "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY", "UNIQUE", + "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", "ON", + "INSERT", "DELETE", "UPDATE", "SET", + "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP", "UNION", + "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", "SELECT", + "VALUES", "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM", + "JOIN", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP", + "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO", + "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB", "VARIABLE", + "CASE", "WHEN", "THEN", "ELSE", + "INDEX", "ALTER", "ADD", "error", + "input", "cmdlist", "ecmd", "explain", + "cmdx", "cmd", "transtype", "trans_opt", + "nm", "savepoint_opt", "create_table", "create_table_args", + "createkw", "temp", "ifnotexists", "dbnm", + "columnlist", "conslist_opt", "table_options", "select", + "column", "columnid", "type", "carglist", + "typetoken", "typename", "signed", "plus_num", + "minus_num", "ccons", "term", "expr", + "onconf", "sortorder", "autoinc", "idxlist_opt", + "refargs", "defer_subclause", "refarg", "refact", + "init_deferred_pred_opt", "conslist", "tconscomma", "tcons", + "idxlist", "defer_subclause_opt", "orconf", "resolvetype", + "raisetype", "ifexists", "fullname", "selectnowith", + "oneselect", "with", "multiselect_op", "distinct", + "selcollist", "from", "where_opt", "groupby_opt", + "having_opt", "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", "values", + "nexprlist", "exprlist", "sclp", "as", + "seltablist", "stl_prefix", "joinop", "indexed_opt", + "on_opt", "using_opt", "joinop2", "idlist", + "sortlist", "setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt", + "likeop", "between_op", "in_op", "case_operand", + "case_exprlist", "case_else", "uniqueflag", "collate", + "nmnum", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", "trigger_time", + "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", "trigger_cmd", + "trnm", "tridxby", "database_kw_opt", "key_opt", + "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", "vtabarglist", + "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken", "lp", "anylist", + "wqlist", +}; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. +*/ +static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { + /* 0 */ "input ::= cmdlist", + /* 1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd", + /* 2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd", + /* 3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI", + /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI", + /* 5 */ "explain ::=", + /* 6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN", + /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", + /* 8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd", + /* 9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt", + /* 10 */ "trans_opt ::=", + /* 11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION", + /* 12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm", + /* 13 */ "transtype ::=", + /* 14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED", + /* 15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE", + /* 16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE", + /* 17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt", + /* 18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt", + /* 19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt", + /* 20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT", + /* 21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=", + /* 22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm", + /* 23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm", + /* 24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm", + /* 25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args", + /* 26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm", + /* 27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE", + /* 28 */ "ifnotexists ::=", + /* 29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS", + /* 30 */ "temp ::= TEMP", + /* 31 */ "temp ::=", + /* 32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options", + /* 33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select", + /* 34 */ "table_options ::=", + /* 35 */ "table_options ::= WITHOUT nm", + /* 36 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column", + /* 37 */ "columnlist ::= column", + /* 38 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist", + /* 39 */ "columnid ::= nm", + /* 40 */ "nm ::= ID|INDEXED", + /* 41 */ "nm ::= STRING", + /* 42 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW", + /* 43 */ "type ::=", + /* 44 */ "type ::= typetoken", + /* 45 */ "typetoken ::= typename", + /* 46 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP", + /* 47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP", + /* 48 */ "typename ::= ID|STRING", + /* 49 */ "typename ::= typename ID|STRING", + /* 50 */ "signed ::= plus_num", + /* 51 */ "signed ::= minus_num", + /* 52 */ "carglist ::= carglist ccons", + /* 53 */ "carglist ::=", + /* 54 */ "ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", + /* 55 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term", + /* 56 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP", + /* 57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term", + /* 58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term", + /* 59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED", + /* 60 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf", + /* 61 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf", + /* 62 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc", + /* 63 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf", + /* 64 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP", + /* 65 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs", + /* 66 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause", + /* 67 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING", + /* 68 */ "autoinc ::=", + /* 69 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR", + /* 70 */ "refargs ::=", + /* 71 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg", + /* 72 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm", + /* 73 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact", + /* 74 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact", + /* 75 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact", + /* 76 */ "refact ::= SET NULL", + /* 77 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT", + /* 78 */ "refact ::= CASCADE", + /* 79 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT", + /* 80 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION", + /* 81 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", + /* 82 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", + /* 83 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=", + /* 84 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED", + /* 85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE", + /* 86 */ "conslist_opt ::=", + /* 87 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist", + /* 88 */ "conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons", + /* 89 */ "conslist ::= tcons", + /* 90 */ "tconscomma ::= COMMA", + /* 91 */ "tconscomma ::=", + /* 92 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", + /* 93 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf", + /* 94 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf", + /* 95 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf", + /* 96 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt", + /* 97 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=", + /* 98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause", + /* 99 */ "onconf ::=", + /* 100 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype", + /* 101 */ "orconf ::=", + /* 102 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype", + /* 103 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype", + /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE", + /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE", + /* 106 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname", + /* 107 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS", + /* 108 */ "ifexists ::=", + /* 109 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select", + /* 110 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname", + /* 111 */ "cmd ::= select", + /* 112 */ "select ::= with selectnowith", + /* 113 */ "selectnowith ::= oneselect", + /* 114 */ "selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect", + /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION", + /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL", + /* 117 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT", + /* 118 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt", + /* 119 */ "oneselect ::= values", + /* 120 */ "values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP", + /* 121 */ "values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP", + /* 122 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT", + /* 123 */ "distinct ::= ALL", + /* 124 */ "distinct ::=", + /* 125 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA", + /* 126 */ "sclp ::=", + /* 127 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as", + /* 128 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR", + /* 129 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR", + /* 130 */ "as ::= AS nm", + /* 131 */ "as ::= ID|STRING", + /* 132 */ "as ::=", + /* 133 */ "from ::=", + /* 134 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist", + /* 135 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop", + /* 136 */ "stl_prefix ::=", + /* 137 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt", + /* 138 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt", + /* 139 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt", + /* 140 */ "dbnm ::=", + /* 141 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm", + /* 142 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm", + /* 143 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN", + /* 144 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN", + /* 145 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN", + /* 146 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN", + /* 147 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr", + /* 148 */ "on_opt ::=", + /* 149 */ "indexed_opt ::=", + /* 150 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm", + /* 151 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED", + /* 152 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP", + /* 153 */ "using_opt ::=", + /* 154 */ "orderby_opt ::=", + /* 155 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist", + /* 156 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder", + /* 157 */ "sortlist ::= expr sortorder", + /* 158 */ "sortorder ::= ASC", + /* 159 */ "sortorder ::= DESC", + /* 160 */ "sortorder ::=", + /* 161 */ "groupby_opt ::=", + /* 162 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist", + /* 163 */ "having_opt ::=", + /* 164 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr", + /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::=", + /* 166 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr", + /* 167 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr", + /* 168 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr", + /* 169 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt", + /* 170 */ "where_opt ::=", + /* 171 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", + /* 172 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt", + /* 173 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", + /* 174 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", + /* 175 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select", + /* 176 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES", + /* 177 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf", + /* 178 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE", + /* 179 */ "inscollist_opt ::=", + /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP idlist RP", + /* 181 */ "idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm", + /* 182 */ "idlist ::= nm", + /* 183 */ "expr ::= term", + /* 184 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", + /* 185 */ "term ::= NULL", + /* 186 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED", + /* 187 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW", + /* 188 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm", + /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm", + /* 190 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB", + /* 191 */ "term ::= STRING", + /* 192 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE", + /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING", + /* 194 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP", + /* 195 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP", + /* 196 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP", + /* 197 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW", + /* 198 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", + /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", + /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr", + /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr", + /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr", + /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr", + /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr", + /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr", + /* 206 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH", + /* 207 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH", + /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr", + /* 209 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr", + /* 210 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL", + /* 211 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL", + /* 212 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr", + /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr", + /* 214 */ "expr ::= NOT expr", + /* 215 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr", + /* 216 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr", + /* 217 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr", + /* 218 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN", + /* 219 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN", + /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr", + /* 221 */ "in_op ::= IN", + /* 222 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN", + /* 223 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP", + /* 224 */ "expr ::= LP select RP", + /* 225 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP", + /* 226 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm", + /* 227 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP", + /* 228 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END", + /* 229 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr", + /* 230 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr", + /* 231 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr", + /* 232 */ "case_else ::=", + /* 233 */ "case_operand ::= expr", + /* 234 */ "case_operand ::=", + /* 235 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist", + /* 236 */ "exprlist ::=", + /* 237 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr", + /* 238 */ "nexprlist ::= expr", + /* 239 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP where_opt", + /* 240 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE", + /* 241 */ "uniqueflag ::=", + /* 242 */ "idxlist_opt ::=", + /* 243 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP", + /* 244 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder", + /* 245 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder", + /* 246 */ "collate ::=", + /* 247 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING", + /* 248 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname", + /* 249 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM", + /* 250 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm", + /* 251 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm", + /* 252 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum", + /* 253 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP", + /* 254 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num", + /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP", + /* 256 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num", + /* 257 */ "nmnum ::= nm", + /* 258 */ "nmnum ::= ON", + /* 259 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE", + /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT", + /* 261 */ "plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 262 */ "plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 263 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 264 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END", + /* 265 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause", + /* 266 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE", + /* 267 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER", + /* 268 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF", + /* 269 */ "trigger_time ::=", + /* 270 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT", + /* 271 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE", + /* 272 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist", + /* 273 */ "foreach_clause ::=", + /* 274 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW", + /* 275 */ "when_clause ::=", + /* 276 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr", + /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI", + /* 278 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI", + /* 279 */ "trnm ::= nm", + /* 280 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm", + /* 281 */ "tridxby ::=", + /* 282 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm", + /* 283 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED", + /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt", + /* 285 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select", + /* 286 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt", + /* 287 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select", + /* 288 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP", + /* 289 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP", + /* 290 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK", + /* 291 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT", + /* 292 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL", + /* 293 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname", + /* 294 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt", + /* 295 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr", + /* 296 */ "key_opt ::=", + /* 297 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr", + /* 298 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE", + /* 299 */ "database_kw_opt ::=", + /* 300 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX", + /* 301 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm", + /* 302 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE", + /* 303 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm", + /* 304 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm", + /* 305 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column", + /* 306 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname", + /* 307 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=", + /* 308 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW", + /* 309 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab", + /* 310 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP", + /* 311 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm", + /* 312 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg", + /* 313 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg", + /* 314 */ "vtabarg ::=", + /* 315 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken", + /* 316 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY", + /* 317 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP", + /* 318 */ "lp ::= LP", + /* 319 */ "anylist ::=", + /* 320 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP", + /* 321 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY", + /* 322 */ "with ::=", + /* 323 */ "with ::= WITH wqlist", + /* 324 */ "with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist", + /* 325 */ "wqlist ::= nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP", + /* 326 */ "wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP", +}; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + + +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 +/* +** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. +*/ +static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ + int newSize; + yyStackEntry *pNew; + + newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100; + pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); + if( pNew ){ + p->yystack = pNew; + p->yystksz = newSize; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n", + yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz); } +#endif } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ +} +#endif - /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive - ** an index for tables to the left of the join. - */ - pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight; +/* +** This function allocates a new parser. +** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like +** malloc. +** +** Inputs: +** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory. +** +** Outputs: +** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls +** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){ + yyParser *pParser; + pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) ); + if( pParser ){ + pParser->yyidx = -1; +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + pParser->yyidxMax = 0; +#endif +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + pParser->yystack = NULL; + pParser->yystksz = 0; + yyGrowStack(pParser); +#endif + } + return pParser; } -/* -** Return TRUE if any of the expressions in pList->a[iFirst...] contain -** a reference to any table other than the iBase table. +/* The following function deletes the value associated with a +** symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal. +** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to +** the value. */ -static int referencesOtherTables( - ExprList *pList, /* Search expressions in ths list */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */ - int iFirst, /* Be searching with the iFirst-th expression */ - int iBase /* Ignore references to this table */ +static void yy_destructor( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + YYCODETYPE yymajor, /* Type code for object to destroy */ + YYMINORTYPE *yypminor /* The object to be destroyed */ ){ - Bitmask allowed = ~getMask(pMaskSet, iBase); - while( iFirstnExpr ){ - if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){ - return 1; - } + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; + switch( yymajor ){ + /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a + ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen + ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a + ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is + ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. + ** + ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those + ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used + ** inside the C code. + */ + case 163: /* select */ + case 195: /* selectnowith */ + case 196: /* oneselect */ + case 207: /* values */ +{ +sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy3)); +} + break; + case 174: /* term */ + case 175: /* expr */ +{ +sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy346).pExpr); +} + break; + case 179: /* idxlist_opt */ + case 188: /* idxlist */ + case 200: /* selcollist */ + case 203: /* groupby_opt */ + case 205: /* orderby_opt */ + case 208: /* nexprlist */ + case 209: /* exprlist */ + case 210: /* sclp */ + case 220: /* sortlist */ + case 221: /* setlist */ + case 228: /* case_exprlist */ +{ +sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy14)); +} + break; + case 194: /* fullname */ + case 201: /* from */ + case 212: /* seltablist */ + case 213: /* stl_prefix */ +{ +sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy65)); +} + break; + case 197: /* with */ + case 252: /* wqlist */ +{ +sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy59)); +} + break; + case 202: /* where_opt */ + case 204: /* having_opt */ + case 216: /* on_opt */ + case 227: /* case_operand */ + case 229: /* case_else */ + case 238: /* when_clause */ + case 243: /* key_opt */ +{ +sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy132)); +} + break; + case 217: /* using_opt */ + case 219: /* idlist */ + case 223: /* inscollist_opt */ +{ +sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy408)); +} + break; + case 234: /* trigger_cmd_list */ + case 239: /* trigger_cmd */ +{ +sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy473)); +} + break; + case 236: /* trigger_event */ +{ +sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy378).b); +} + break; + default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ } - return 0; } - /* -** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY -** clause. If it can, it returns 1. If pIdx cannot satisfy the -** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0. +** Pop the parser's stack once. ** -** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement. pTab is the -** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and -** the table has a cursor number of "base". pIdx is an index on pTab. +** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which +** is popped from the stack, then call it. ** -** nEqCol is the number of columns of pIdx that are used as equality -** constraints. Any of these columns may be missing from the ORDER BY -** clause and the match can still be a success. +** Return the major token number for the symbol popped. +*/ +static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){ + YYCODETYPE yymajor; + yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx]; + + /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below + ** empty in SQLite. */ + if( NEVER(pParser->yyidx<0) ) return 0; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, + yyTokenName[yytos->major]); + } +#endif + yymajor = yytos->major; + yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor); + pParser->yyidx--; + return yymajor; +} + +/* +** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are all called for +** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. ** -** All terms of the ORDER BY that match against the index must be either -** ASC or DESC. (Terms of the ORDER BY clause past the end of a UNIQUE -** index do not need to satisfy this constraint.) The *pbRev value is -** set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is set to 0 if -** the ORDER BY clause is all ASC. +** Inputs: +**
    +**
  • A pointer to the parser. This should be a pointer +** obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc. +**
  • A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained +** from malloc. +**
*/ -static int isSortingIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmaps */ - Index *pIdx, /* The index we are testing */ - int base, /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - int nEqCol, /* Number of index columns with == constraints */ - int *pbRev /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree( + void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ + void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ ){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int sortOrder = 0; /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */ - int nTerm; /* Number of ORDER BY terms */ - struct ExprList_item *pTerm; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - assert( pOrderBy!=0 ); - nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr; - assert( nTerm>0 ); + yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; + /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully + ** created in the first place. */ + if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return; + while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + free(pParser->yystack); +#endif + (*freeProc)((void*)pParser); +} - /* Argument pIdx must either point to a 'real' named index structure, - ** or an index structure allocated on the stack by bestBtreeIndex() to - ** represent the rowid index that is part of every table. */ - assert( pIdx->zName || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->aiColumn[0]==-1) ); +/* +** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser. +*/ +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){ + yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; + return pParser->yyidxMax; +} +#endif - /* Match terms of the ORDER BY clause against columns of - ** the index. - ** - ** Note that indices have pIdx->nColumn regular columns plus - ** one additional column containing the rowid. The rowid column - ** of the index is also allowed to match against the ORDER BY - ** clause. - */ - for(i=j=0, pTerm=pOrderBy->a; jnColumn; i++){ - Expr *pExpr; /* The expression of the ORDER BY pTerm */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* The collating sequence of pExpr */ - int termSortOrder; /* Sort order for this term */ - int iColumn; /* The i-th column of the index. -1 for rowid */ - int iSortOrder; /* 1 for DESC, 0 for ASC on the i-th index term */ - const char *zColl; /* Name of the collating sequence for i-th index term */ - - pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=base ){ - /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the - ** left-most table of the FROM clause */ - break; - } - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - if( pIdx->zName && inColumn ){ - iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){ - iColumn = -1; - } - iSortOrder = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; - zColl = pIdx->azColl[i]; - }else{ - iColumn = -1; - iSortOrder = 0; - zColl = pColl->zName; - } - if( pExpr->iColumn!=iColumn || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ - /* Term j of the ORDER BY clause does not match column i of the index */ - if( inColumn ){ - /* Index column i is the rowid. All other terms match. */ - break; - }else{ - /* If an index column fails to match and is not constrained by == - ** then the index cannot satisfy the ORDER BY constraint. - */ - return 0; +/* +** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal +** look-ahead token iLookAhead. +** +** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is +** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise +** return YY_NO_ACTION. +*/ +static int yy_find_shift_action( + yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */ + YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ +){ + int i; + int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; + + if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_COUNT + || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; + } + assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); + i += iLookAhead; + if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ + if( iLookAhead>0 ){ +#ifdef YYFALLBACK + YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */ + if( iLookAhead %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]); + } +#endif + return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback); } - } - assert( pIdx->aSortOrder!=0 || iColumn==-1 ); - assert( pTerm->sortOrder==0 || pTerm->sortOrder==1 ); - assert( iSortOrder==0 || iSortOrder==1 ); - termSortOrder = iSortOrder ^ pTerm->sortOrder; - if( i>nEqCol ){ - if( termSortOrder!=sortOrder ){ - /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms past the - ** equality constraints are all either DESC or ASC. */ - return 0; +#endif +#ifdef YYWILDCARD + { + int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD; + if( +#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0 + j>=0 && +#endif +#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT + j %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]); + } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + return yy_action[j]; + } } - }else{ - sortOrder = termSortOrder; - } - j++; - pTerm++; - if( iColumn<0 && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){ - /* If the indexed column is the primary key and everything matches - ** so far and none of the ORDER BY terms to the right reference other - ** tables in the join, then we are assured that the index can be used - ** to sort because the primary key is unique and so none of the other - ** columns will make any difference - */ - j = nTerm; +#endif /* YYWILDCARD */ } + return yy_default[stateno]; + }else{ + return yy_action[i]; } +} - *pbRev = sortOrder!=0; - if( j>=nTerm ){ - /* All terms of the ORDER BY clause are covered by this index so - ** this index can be used for sorting. */ - return 1; +/* +** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal +** look-ahead token iLookAhead. +** +** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is +** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise +** return YY_NO_ACTION. +*/ +static int yy_find_reduce_action( + int stateno, /* Current state number */ + YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ +){ + int i; +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; } - if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None && i==pIdx->nColumn - && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){ - /* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause - ** and the index is UNIQUE and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY - ** clause reference other tables in a join. If this is all true then - ** the order by clause is superfluous. */ - return 1; +#else + assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT ); +#endif + i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno]; + assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ); + assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); + i += iLookAhead; +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; } - return 0; +#else + assert( i>=0 && ix ){ - logN += 1; - x *= 10; - } - return logN; +static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; + yypParser->yyidx--; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser + ** stack every overflows */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ } /* -** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info -** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither -** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines -** are no-ops. +** Perform a shift action. */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ - int i; - if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n", - i, - p->aConstraint[i].iColumn, - p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset, - p->aConstraint[i].op, - p->aConstraint[i].usable); - } - for(i=0; inOrderBy; i++){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n", - i, - p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn, - p->aOrderBy[i].desc); +static void yy_shift( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */ + int yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */ + int yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */ + YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */ +){ + yyStackEntry *yytos; + yypParser->yyidx++; +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){ + yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx; } -} -static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ - int i; - if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n", - i, - p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex, - p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit); +#endif +#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 + if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); + return; } - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost); -} #else -#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A) -#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A) + if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ + yyGrowStack(yypParser); + if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); + return; + } + } +#endif + yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; + yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState; + yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor; + yytos->minor = *yypMinor; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){ + int i; + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState); + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt); + for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++) + fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]); + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n"); + } #endif +} + +/* The following table contains information about every rule that +** is used during the reduce. +*/ +static const struct { + YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */ + unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */ +} yyRuleInfo[] = { + { 144, 1 }, + { 145, 2 }, + { 145, 1 }, + { 146, 1 }, + { 146, 3 }, + { 147, 0 }, + { 147, 1 }, + { 147, 3 }, + { 148, 1 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 151, 0 }, + { 151, 1 }, + { 151, 2 }, + { 150, 0 }, + { 150, 1 }, + { 150, 1 }, + { 150, 1 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 153, 1 }, + { 153, 0 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 149, 5 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 154, 6 }, + { 156, 1 }, + { 158, 0 }, + { 158, 3 }, + { 157, 1 }, + { 157, 0 }, + { 155, 5 }, + { 155, 2 }, + { 162, 0 }, + { 162, 2 }, + { 160, 3 }, + { 160, 1 }, + { 164, 3 }, + { 165, 1 }, + { 152, 1 }, + { 152, 1 }, + { 152, 1 }, + { 166, 0 }, + { 166, 1 }, + { 168, 1 }, + { 168, 4 }, + { 168, 6 }, + { 169, 1 }, + { 169, 2 }, + { 170, 1 }, + { 170, 1 }, + { 167, 2 }, + { 167, 0 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 5 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 173, 1 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 178, 0 }, + { 178, 1 }, + { 180, 0 }, + { 180, 2 }, + { 182, 2 }, + { 182, 3 }, + { 182, 3 }, + { 182, 3 }, + { 183, 2 }, + { 183, 2 }, + { 183, 1 }, + { 183, 1 }, + { 183, 2 }, + { 181, 3 }, + { 181, 2 }, + { 184, 0 }, + { 184, 2 }, + { 184, 2 }, + { 161, 0 }, + { 161, 2 }, + { 185, 3 }, + { 185, 1 }, + { 186, 1 }, + { 186, 0 }, + { 187, 2 }, + { 187, 7 }, + { 187, 5 }, + { 187, 5 }, + { 187, 10 }, + { 189, 0 }, + { 189, 1 }, + { 176, 0 }, + { 176, 3 }, + { 190, 0 }, + { 190, 2 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 193, 2 }, + { 193, 0 }, + { 149, 8 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 163, 2 }, + { 195, 1 }, + { 195, 3 }, + { 198, 1 }, + { 198, 2 }, + { 198, 1 }, + { 196, 9 }, + { 196, 1 }, + { 207, 4 }, + { 207, 5 }, + { 199, 1 }, + { 199, 1 }, + { 199, 0 }, + { 210, 2 }, + { 210, 0 }, + { 200, 3 }, + { 200, 2 }, + { 200, 4 }, + { 211, 2 }, + { 211, 1 }, + { 211, 0 }, + { 201, 0 }, + { 201, 2 }, + { 213, 2 }, + { 213, 0 }, + { 212, 7 }, + { 212, 7 }, + { 212, 7 }, + { 159, 0 }, + { 159, 2 }, + { 194, 2 }, + { 214, 1 }, + { 214, 2 }, + { 214, 3 }, + { 214, 4 }, + { 216, 2 }, + { 216, 0 }, + { 215, 0 }, + { 215, 3 }, + { 215, 2 }, + { 217, 4 }, + { 217, 0 }, + { 205, 0 }, + { 205, 3 }, + { 220, 4 }, + { 220, 2 }, + { 177, 1 }, + { 177, 1 }, + { 177, 0 }, + { 203, 0 }, + { 203, 3 }, + { 204, 0 }, + { 204, 2 }, + { 206, 0 }, + { 206, 2 }, + { 206, 4 }, + { 206, 4 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 202, 0 }, + { 202, 2 }, + { 149, 8 }, + { 221, 5 }, + { 221, 3 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 149, 7 }, + { 222, 2 }, + { 222, 1 }, + { 223, 0 }, + { 223, 3 }, + { 219, 3 }, + { 219, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 174, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 174, 1 }, + { 174, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 6 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 174, 1 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 224, 1 }, + { 224, 2 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 225, 1 }, + { 225, 2 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 226, 1 }, + { 226, 2 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 228, 5 }, + { 228, 4 }, + { 229, 2 }, + { 229, 0 }, + { 227, 1 }, + { 227, 0 }, + { 209, 1 }, + { 209, 0 }, + { 208, 3 }, + { 208, 1 }, + { 149, 12 }, + { 230, 1 }, + { 230, 0 }, + { 179, 0 }, + { 179, 3 }, + { 188, 5 }, + { 188, 3 }, + { 231, 0 }, + { 231, 2 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 149, 5 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 149, 5 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 171, 2 }, + { 171, 1 }, + { 172, 2 }, + { 149, 5 }, + { 233, 11 }, + { 235, 1 }, + { 235, 1 }, + { 235, 2 }, + { 235, 0 }, + { 236, 1 }, + { 236, 1 }, + { 236, 3 }, + { 237, 0 }, + { 237, 3 }, + { 238, 0 }, + { 238, 2 }, + { 234, 3 }, + { 234, 2 }, + { 240, 1 }, + { 240, 3 }, + { 241, 0 }, + { 241, 3 }, + { 241, 2 }, + { 239, 7 }, + { 239, 5 }, + { 239, 5 }, + { 239, 1 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 175, 6 }, + { 192, 1 }, + { 192, 1 }, + { 192, 1 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 243, 0 }, + { 243, 2 }, + { 242, 1 }, + { 242, 0 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 244, 1 }, + { 245, 0 }, + { 245, 1 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 246, 8 }, + { 247, 1 }, + { 247, 3 }, + { 248, 0 }, + { 248, 2 }, + { 249, 1 }, + { 249, 3 }, + { 250, 1 }, + { 251, 0 }, + { 251, 4 }, + { 251, 2 }, + { 197, 0 }, + { 197, 2 }, + { 197, 3 }, + { 252, 6 }, + { 252, 8 }, +}; -/* -** Required because bestIndex() is called by bestOrClauseIndex() -*/ -static void bestIndex( - Parse*, WhereClause*, struct SrcList_item*, - Bitmask, Bitmask, ExprList*, WhereCost*); +static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ /* -** This routine attempts to find an scanning strategy that can be used -** to optimize an 'OR' expression that is part of a WHERE clause. -** -** The table associated with FROM clause term pSrc may be either a -** regular B-Tree table or a virtual table. +** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately +** follow the reduce. */ -static void bestOrClauseIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */ - Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ +static void yy_reduce( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION - const int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */ - const Bitmask maskSrc = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); /* Bitmask for pSrc */ - WhereTerm * const pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; /* End of pWC->a[] */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ - - /* No OR-clause optimization allowed if the INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clauses - ** are used */ - if( pSrc->notIndexed || pSrc->pIndex!=0 ){ - return; + int yygoto; /* The next state */ + int yyact; /* The next action */ + YYMINORTYPE yygotominor; /* The LHS of the rule reduced */ + yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ + int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; + yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 + && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt, + yyRuleName[yyruleno]); } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ - /* Search the WHERE clause terms for a usable WO_OR term. */ - for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermeOperator==WO_OR - && ((pTerm->prereqAll & ~maskSrc) & notReady)==0 - && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & maskSrc)!=0 - ){ - WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; - WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm]; - WhereTerm *pOrTerm; - int flags = WHERE_MULTI_OR; - double rTotal = 0; - double nRow = 0; - Bitmask used = 0; - - for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerma), (pTerm - pWC->a) - )); - if( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){ - WhereClause *pAndWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc; - bestIndex(pParse, pAndWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost); - }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){ - WhereClause tempWC; - tempWC.pParse = pWC->pParse; - tempWC.pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; - tempWC.op = TK_AND; - tempWC.a = pOrTerm; - tempWC.nTerm = 1; - bestIndex(pParse, &tempWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost); - }else{ - continue; - } - rTotal += sTermCost.rCost; - nRow += sTermCost.plan.nRow; - used |= sTermCost.used; - if( rTotal>=pCost->rCost ) break; - } + /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized + ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following + ** switch. yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does + ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal. Leaving the + ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long + ** as the value is never used. So really the only thing this code + ** accomplishes is to quieten purify. + ** + ** 2007-01-16: The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that + ** without this code, their parser segfaults. I'm not sure what there + ** parser is doing to make this happen. This is the second bug report + ** from wireshark this week. Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways + ** that it has not been previously stressed... (SQLite ticket #2172) + */ + /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/ + yygotominor = yyzerominor; - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, increase the scan cost to account - ** for the cost of the sort. */ - if( pOrderBy!=0 ){ - WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases OR cost %.9g to %.9g\n", - rTotal, rTotal+nRow*estLog(nRow))); - rTotal += nRow*estLog(nRow); - } - /* If the cost of scanning using this OR term for optimization is - ** less than the current cost stored in pCost, replace the contents - ** of pCost. */ - WHERETRACE(("... multi-index OR cost=%.9g nrow=%.9g\n", rTotal, nRow)); - if( rTotalrCost ){ - pCost->rCost = rTotal; - pCost->used = used; - pCost->plan.nRow = nRow; - pCost->plan.wsFlags = flags; - pCost->plan.u.pTerm = pTerm; - } - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ + switch( yyruleno ){ + /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example + ** follows: + ** case 0: + ** #line + ** { ... } // User supplied code + ** #line + ** break; + */ + case 5: /* explain ::= */ +{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); } + break; + case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */ +{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); } + break; + case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ +{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); } + break; + case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */ +{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } + break; + case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ +{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);} + break; + case 13: /* transtype ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_DEFERRED;} + break; + case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */ + case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15); + case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16); + case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115); + case 117: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117); +{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].major;} + break; + case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */ + case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18); +{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);} + break; + case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ +{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);} + break; + case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX -/* -** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it -** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate -** index existed. -*/ -static int termCanDriveIndex( - WhereTerm *pTerm, /* WHERE clause term to check */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* Table we are trying to access */ - Bitmask notReady /* Tables in outer loops of the join */ -){ - char aff; - if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0; - if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ) return 0; - if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0; - aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity; - if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0; - return 1; + break; + case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX -/* -** If the query plan for pSrc specified in pCost is a full table scan -** and indexing is allows (if there is no NOT INDEXED clause) and it -** possible to construct a transient index that would perform better -** than a full table scan even when the cost of constructing the index -** is taken into account, then alter the query plan to use the -** transient index. -*/ -static void bestAutomaticIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ - WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ -){ - double nTableRow; /* Rows in the input table */ - double logN; /* log(nTableRow) */ - double costTempIdx; /* per-query cost of the transient index */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ - WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ - Table *pTable; /* Table tht might be indexed */ - - if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)==0 ){ - /* Automatic indices are disabled at run-time */ - return; - } - if( (pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0 ){ - /* We already have some kind of index in use for this query. */ - return; - } - if( pSrc->notIndexed ){ - /* The NOT INDEXED clause appears in the SQL. */ - return; - } - - assert( pParse->nQueryLoop >= (double)1 ); - pTable = pSrc->pTab; - nTableRow = pTable->nRowEst; - logN = estLog(nTableRow); - costTempIdx = 2*logN*(nTableRow/pParse->nQueryLoop + 1); - if( costTempIdx>=pCost->rCost ){ - /* The cost of creating the transient table would be greater than - ** doing the full table scan */ - return; - } - - /* Search for any equality comparison term */ - pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; - for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermrCost, costTempIdx)); - pCost->rCost = costTempIdx; - pCost->plan.nRow = logN + 1; - pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_TEMP_INDEX; - pCost->used = pTerm->prereqRight; - break; - } - } + break; + case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } -#else -# define bestAutomaticIndex(A,B,C,D,E) /* no-op */ -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX -/* -** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index -** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator -** makes use of the automatic index. -*/ -static void constructAutomaticIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ - WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */ -){ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ - WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ - int nByte; /* Byte of memory needed for pIdx */ - Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */ - Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */ - int regIsInit; /* Register set by initialization */ - int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */ - Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */ - KeyInfo *pKeyinfo; /* Key information for the index */ - int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */ - int regRecord; /* Register holding an index record */ - int n; /* Column counter */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int mxBitCol; /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to on a column */ - Bitmask idxCols; /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */ - Bitmask extraCols; /* Bitmap of additional columns */ - - /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the - ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */ - v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( v!=0 ); - regIsInit = ++pParse->nMem; - addrInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regIsInit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regIsInit); - - /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index - ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */ - nColumn = 0; - pTable = pSrc->pTab; - pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; - idxCols = 0; - for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; - Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<0 ); - pLevel->plan.nEq = nColumn; - - /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a - ** covering index. A "covering index" is an index that contains all - ** columns that are needed by the query. With a covering index, the - ** original table never needs to be accessed. Automatic indices must - ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the - ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used - ** if they go out of sync. - */ - extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1))); - mxBitCol = (pTable->nCol >= BMS-1) ? BMS-1 : pTable->nCol; - testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 ); - testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 ); - for(i=0; icolUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){ - nColumn += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1; + break; + case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ +{ + sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy328,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */ +{ + pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; +} + break; + case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */ + case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31); + case 68: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==68); + case 81: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==81); + case 83: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==83); + case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85); + case 97: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==97); + case 108: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108); + case 218: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==218); + case 221: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==221); +{yygotominor.yy328 = 0;} + break; + case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ + case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30); + case 69: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==69); + case 84: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==84); + case 107: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==107); + case 219: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==219); + case 222: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222); +{yygotominor.yy328 = 1;} + break; + case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */ +{ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy186,0); +} + break; + case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */ +{ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy3); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); +} + break; + case 34: /* table_options ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy186 = 0;} + break; + case 35: /* table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */ +{ + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){ + yygotominor.yy186 = TF_WithoutRowid; + }else{ + yygotominor.yy186 = 0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z); } - pLevel->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WO_EQ; - - /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */ - nByte = sizeof(Index); - nByte += nColumn*sizeof(int); /* Index.aiColumn */ - nByte += nColumn*sizeof(char*); /* Index.azColl */ - nByte += nColumn; /* Index.aSortOrder */ - pIdx = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, nByte); - if( pIdx==0 ) return; - pLevel->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx; - pIdx->azColl = (char**)&pIdx[1]; - pIdx->aiColumn = (int*)&pIdx->azColl[nColumn]; - pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pIdx->aiColumn[nColumn]; - pIdx->zName = "auto-index"; - pIdx->nColumn = nColumn; - pIdx->pTable = pTable; - n = 0; - idxCols = 0; - for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; - Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<pExpr; - idxCols |= cMask; - pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn; - pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); - pIdx->azColl[n] = pColl->zName; - n++; +} + break; + case 38: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */ +{ + yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; +} + break; + case 39: /* columnid ::= nm */ +{ + sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; + pParse->constraintName.n = 0; +} + break; + case 40: /* nm ::= ID|INDEXED */ + case 41: /* nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41); + case 42: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42); + case 45: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==45); + case 48: /* typename ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==48); + case 130: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==130); + case 131: /* as ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==131); + case 141: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==141); + case 150: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==150); + case 247: /* collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247); + case 256: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==256); + case 257: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==257); + case 258: /* nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==258); + case 259: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==259); + case 260: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260); + case 261: /* plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261); + case 262: /* plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==262); + case 263: /* minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263); + case 279: /* trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279); +{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 44: /* type ::= typetoken */ +{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z); +} + break; + case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z); +} + break; + case 49: /* typename ::= typename ID|STRING */ +{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);} + break; + case 54: /* ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ + case 92: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92); +{pParse->constraintName = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 55: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */ + case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==57); +{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);} + break; + case 56: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ +{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);} + break; + case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */ +{ + ExprSpan v; + v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; + v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; + sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); +} + break; + case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED */ +{ + ExprSpan v; + spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); +} + break; + case 61: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ +{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);} + break; + case 62: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ +{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);} + break; + case 63: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ +{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);} + break; + case 64: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);} + break; + case 65: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */ +{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);} + break; + case 66: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */ +{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);} + break; + case 67: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ +{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 70: /* refargs ::= */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */} + break; + case 71: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy328 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy429.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy429.value; } + break; + case 72: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */ + case 73: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ yytestcase(yyruleno==73); +{ yygotominor.yy429.value = 0; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x000000; } + break; + case 74: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ +{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x0000ff; } + break; + case 75: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ +{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328<<8; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x00ff00; } + break; + case 76: /* refact ::= SET NULL */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 77: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 78: /* refact ::= CASCADE */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 79: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 80: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 82: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ + case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98); + case 100: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==100); + case 103: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==103); +{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].minor.yy328;} + break; + case 86: /* conslist_opt ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;} + break; + case 87: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ +{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 90: /* tconscomma ::= COMMA */ +{pParse->constraintName.n = 0;} + break; + case 93: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */ +{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328,0);} + break; + case 94: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */ +{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);} + break; + case 95: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);} + break; + case 96: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ +{ + sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); + sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 99: /* onconf ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Default;} + break; + case 101: /* orconf ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Default;} + break; + case 102: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ +{yygotominor.yy186 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;} + break; + case 104: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Ignore;} + break; + case 105: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Replace;} + break; + case 106: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 109: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */ +{ + sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-6].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 110: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 111: /* cmd ::= select */ +{ + SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; + sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, &dest); + sqlite3ExplainBegin(pParse->pVdbe); + sqlite3ExplainSelect(pParse->pVdbe, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); + sqlite3ExplainFinish(pParse->pVdbe); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); +} + break; + case 112: /* select ::= with selectnowith */ +{ + Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy3, *pNext, *pLoop; + if( p ){ + int cnt = 0, mxSelect; + p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy59; + if( p->pPrior ){ + pNext = 0; + for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pNext=pLoop, pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ + pLoop->pNext = pNext; + pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound; + } + mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]; + if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); } } + }else{ + sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy59); } - assert( (u32)n==pLevel->plan.nEq ); - - /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into - ** a covering index */ - for(i=0; iaiColumn[n] = i; - pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; - n++; - } + yygotominor.yy3 = p; +} + break; + case 113: /* selectnowith ::= oneselect */ + case 119: /* oneselect ::= values */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119); +{yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;} + break; + case 114: /* selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */ +{ + Select *pRhs = yymsp[0].minor.yy3; + if( pRhs && pRhs->pPrior ){ + SrcList *pFrom; + Token x; + x.n = 0; + pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&x,pRhs,0,0); + pRhs = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,pFrom,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); + } + if( pRhs ){ + pRhs->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy328; + pRhs->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy3; + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy328!=TK_ALL ) pParse->hasCompound = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy3); } - if( pSrc->colUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){ - for(i=BMS-1; inCol; i++){ - pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i; - pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; - n++; - } + yygotominor.yy3 = pRhs; +} + break; + case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_ALL;} + break; + case 118: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ +{ + yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy14,yymsp[-5].minor.yy65,yymsp[-4].minor.yy132,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-2].minor.yy132,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[-7].minor.yy381,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pOffset); +} + break; + case 120: /* values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0); +} + break; + case 121: /* values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP */ +{ + Select *pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0); + if( pRight ){ + pRight->op = TK_ALL; + pRight->pPrior = yymsp[-4].minor.yy3; + yygotominor.yy3 = pRight; + }else{ + yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy3; } - assert( n==nColumn ); - - /* Create the automatic index */ - pKeyinfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nColumn+1, 0, - (char*)pKeyinfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName)); - - /* Fill the automatic index with content */ - addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); - regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - - /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit); } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* -** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure -** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free(). -*/ -static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( - Parse *pParse, - WhereClause *pWC, - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, - ExprList *pOrderBy -){ - int i, j; - int nTerm; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; - struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int nOrderBy; - sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; - - WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pSrc->pTab->zName)); - - /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring - ** to this virtual table */ - for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; - assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL ); - if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue; - nTerm++; + break; + case 122: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ +{yygotominor.yy381 = SF_Distinct;} + break; + case 123: /* distinct ::= ALL */ + case 124: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==124); +{yygotominor.yy381 = 0;} + break; + case 125: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ + case 243: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==243); +{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;} + break; + case 126: /* sclp ::= */ + case 154: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==154); + case 161: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161); + case 236: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236); + case 242: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242); +{yygotominor.yy14 = 0;} + break; + case 127: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr); + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); + sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346); +} + break; + case 128: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */ +{ + Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0); + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, p); +} + break; + case 129: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */ +{ + Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14, pDot); +} + break; + case 132: /* as ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} + break; + case 133: /* from ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy65));} + break; + case 134: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */ +{ + yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[0].minor.yy65; + sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy65); +} + break; + case 135: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ +{ + yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy65; + if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy65 && yygotominor.yy65->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; +} + break; + case 136: /* stl_prefix ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy65 = 0;} + break; + case 137: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ +{ + yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy65, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 138: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ +{ + yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy3,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); } - - /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current - ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of - ** the sqlite3_index_info structure. - */ - nOrderBy = 0; - if( pOrderBy ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break; - } - if( i==pOrderBy->nExpr ){ - nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; + break; + case 139: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ +{ + if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy65==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy132==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy408==0 ){ + yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65; + }else if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy65->nSrc==1 ){ + yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); + if( yygotominor.yy65 ){ + struct SrcList_item *pNew = &yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1]; + struct SrcList_item *pOld = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65->a; + pNew->zName = pOld->zName; + pNew->zDatabase = pOld->zDatabase; + pNew->pSelect = pOld->pSelect; + pOld->zName = pOld->zDatabase = 0; + pOld->pSelect = 0; + } + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65); + }else{ + Select *pSubquery; + sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy65); + pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,0,0,0,0,SF_NestedFrom,0,0); + yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); } } - - /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure - */ - pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo) - + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm - + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy ); - if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory"); - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - return 0; + break; + case 140: /* dbnm ::= */ + case 149: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==149); +{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;} + break; + case 142: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */ +{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 143: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = JT_INNER; } + break; + case 144: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); } + break; + case 145: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); } + break; + case 146: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); } + break; + case 147: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */ + case 164: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==164); + case 171: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==171); + case 231: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==231); + case 233: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==233); +{yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;} + break; + case 148: /* on_opt ::= */ + case 163: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==163); + case 170: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==170); + case 232: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==232); + case 234: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==234); +{yygotominor.yy132 = 0;} + break; + case 151: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ +{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;} + break; + case 152: /* using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */ + case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180); +{yygotominor.yy408 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy408;} + break; + case 153: /* using_opt ::= */ + case 179: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==179); +{yygotominor.yy408 = 0;} + break; + case 155: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ + case 162: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==162); + case 235: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235); +{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[0].minor.yy14;} + break; + case 156: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr); + if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; +} + break; + case 157: /* sortlist ::= expr sortorder */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr); + if( yygotominor.yy14 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy14->a) ) yygotominor.yy14->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; +} + break; + case 158: /* sortorder ::= ASC */ + case 160: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160); +{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} + break; + case 159: /* sortorder ::= DESC */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} + break; + case 165: /* limit_opt ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;} + break; + case 166: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ +{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;} + break; + case 167: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ +{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;} + break; + case 168: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ +{yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;} + break; + case 169: /* cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy59, 1); + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy65,yymsp[0].minor.yy132); +} + break; + case 172: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy59, 1); + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,"set list"); + sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy132,yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); +} + break; + case 173: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); +} + break; + case 174: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); +} + break; + case 175: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */ +{ + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy59, 1); + sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186); +} + break; + case 176: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ +{ + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy59, 1); + sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy408, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); +} + break; + case 177: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ +{yygotominor.yy186 = yymsp[0].minor.yy186;} + break; + case 178: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ +{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Replace;} + break; + case 181: /* idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */ +{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy408,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 182: /* idlist ::= nm */ +{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 183: /* expr ::= term */ +{yygotominor.yy346 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346;} + break; + case 184: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */ +{yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 185: /* term ::= NULL */ + case 190: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==190); + case 191: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191); +{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 186: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED */ + case 187: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==187); +{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 188: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */ +{ + Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ +{ + Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 192: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */ +{ + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>=2 && yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[0]=='#' && sqlite3Isdigit(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1]) ){ + /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression + ** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers + ** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */ + if( pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = 0; + }else{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->iTable); + } + }else{ + spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); } - - /* Initialize the structure. The sqlite3_index_info structure contains - ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from - ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to - ** initialize those fields. - */ - pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1]; - pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm]; - pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy]; - *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm; - *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; - *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons; - *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy; - *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage = - pUsage; - - for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; - assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL ); - if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue; - pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn; - pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i; - pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator; - /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because - ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The - ** following asserts verify this fact. */ - assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ); - assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ); - assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ); - assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ); - assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ); - assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); - assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) ); - j++; + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 193: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; +} + break; + case 194: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 195: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */ +{ + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); } - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; - pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; - pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy381 && yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct; } - - return pIdxInfo; } - -/* -** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function -** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex() -** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info pointer passed -** as the argument. -** -** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a -** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output -** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated. -** -** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the -** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates -** that this is required. -*/ -static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){ - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab; - int i; - int rc; - - WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName)); - TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p); - rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p); - TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p); - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + break; + case 196: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 197: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 198: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */ + case 199: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==199); + case 200: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==200); + case 201: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201); + case 202: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202); + case 203: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203); + case 204: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204); + case 205: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205); +{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);} + break; + case 206: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */ +{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.bNot = 0;} + break; + case 207: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */ +{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.bNot = 1;} + break; + case 208: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy96.eOperator); + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy96.bNot ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; +} + break; + case 209: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy96.eOperator); + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy96.bNot ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; +} + break; + case 210: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ +{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 211: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ +{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 212: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */ +{ + spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346); + binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_ISNULL); +} + break; + case 213: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */ +{ + spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346); + binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL); +} + break; + case 214: /* expr ::= NOT expr */ + case 215: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==215); +{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 216: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */ +{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 217: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */ +{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 220: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = pList; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); + } + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; +} + break; + case 223: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ +{ + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14==0 ){ + /* Expressions of the form + ** + ** expr1 IN () + ** expr1 NOT IN () + ** + ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively, + ** regardless of the value of expr1. + */ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy328]); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr); + }else if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr==1 ){ + /* Expressions of the form: + ** + ** expr1 IN (?1) + ** expr1 NOT IN (?2) + ** + ** with exactly one value on the RHS can be simplified to something + ** like this: + ** + ** expr1 == ?1 + ** expr1 <> ?2 + ** + ** But, the RHS of the == or <> is marked with the EP_Generic flag + ** so that it may not contribute to the computation of comparison + ** affinity or the collating sequence to use for comparison. Otherwise, + ** the semantics would be subtly different from IN or NOT IN. + */ + Expr *pRHS = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->a[0].pExpr; + yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->a[0].pExpr = 0; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14); + /* pRHS cannot be NULL because a malloc error would have been detected + ** before now and control would have never reached this point */ + if( ALWAYS(pRHS) ){ + pRHS->flags &= ~EP_Collate; + pRHS->flags |= EP_Generic; + } + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, pRHS, 0); }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14; + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14); + } + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); } + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } - sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); - pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; - - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName); + break; + case 224: /* expr ::= LP select RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3; + ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); } + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } - - return pParse->nErr; -} - - -/* -** Compute the best index for a virtual table. -** -** The best index is computed by the xBestIndex method of the virtual -** table module. This routine is really just a wrapper that sets up -** the sqlite3_index_info structure that is used to communicate with -** xBestIndex. -** -** In a join, this routine might be called multiple times for the -** same virtual table. The sqlite3_index_info structure is created -** and initialized on the first invocation and reused on all subsequent -** invocations. The sqlite3_index_info structure is also used when -** code is generated to access the virtual table. The whereInfoDelete() -** routine takes care of freeing the sqlite3_index_info structure after -** everybody has finished with it. -*/ -static void bestVirtualIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for index */ - Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not valid for any purpose */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The order by clause */ - WhereCost *pCost, /* Lowest cost query plan */ - sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */ -){ - Table *pTab = pSrc->pTab; - sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int i, j; - int nOrderBy; - double rCost; - - /* Make sure wsFlags is initialized to some sane value. Otherwise, if the - ** malloc in allocateIndexInfo() fails and this function returns leaving - ** wsFlags in an uninitialized state, the caller may behave unpredictably. - */ - memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost)); - pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE; - - /* If the sqlite3_index_info structure has not been previously - ** allocated and initialized, then allocate and initialize it now. - */ - pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo; - if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ - *ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pOrderBy); - } - if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ - return; - } - - /* At this point, the sqlite3_index_info structure that pIdxInfo points - ** to will have been initialized, either during the current invocation or - ** during some prior invocation. Now we just have to customize the - ** details of pIdxInfo for the current invocation and pass it to - ** xBestIndex. - */ - - /* The module name must be defined. Also, by this point there must - ** be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Otherwise - ** sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames() would have picked up the error. - */ - assert( pTab->azModuleArg && pTab->azModuleArg[0] ); - assert( sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab) ); - - /* Set the aConstraint[].usable fields and initialize all - ** output variables to zero. - ** - ** aConstraint[].usable is true for constraints where the right-hand - ** side contains only references to tables to the left of the current - ** table. In other words, if the constraint is of the form: - ** - ** column = expr - ** - ** and we are evaluating a join, then the constraint on column is - ** only valid if all tables referenced in expr occur to the left - ** of the table containing column. - ** - ** The aConstraints[] array contains entries for all constraints - ** on the current table. That way we only have to compute it once - ** even though we might try to pick the best index multiple times. - ** For each attempt at picking an index, the order of tables in the - ** join might be different so we have to recompute the usable flag - ** each time. - */ - pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; - pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){ - j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; - pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; - pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight¬Ready) ? 0 : 1; - } - memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint); - if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){ - sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr); - } - pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0; - pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; - pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; - pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; - /* ((double)2) In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / ((double)2); - nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy; - if( !pOrderBy ){ - pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0; - } - - if( vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo) ){ - return; + break; + case 225: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3; + ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); + } + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } - - pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - if( pUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ - pCost->used |= pWC->a[pIdxCons[i].iTermOffset].prereqRight; + break; + case 226: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */ +{ + SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); + ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc); } + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n]; } - - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, and the selected virtual table index - ** does not satisfy it, increase the cost of the scan accordingly. This - ** matches the processing for non-virtual tables in bestBtreeIndex(). - */ - rCost = pIdxInfo->estimatedCost; - if( pOrderBy && pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed==0 ){ - rCost += estLog(rCost)*rCost; + break; + case 227: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ +{ + Expr *p = yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0); + if( p ){ + p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3; + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); + } + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } - - /* The cost is not allowed to be larger than SQLITE_BIG_DBL (the - ** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then the - ** (costrCost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2)); + break; + case 228: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy132, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy132 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy14; + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); }else{ - pCost->rCost = rCost; - } - pCost->plan.u.pVtabIdx = pIdxInfo; - if( pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ){ - pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_ORDERBY; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy132); } - pCost->plan.nEq = 0; - pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; - - /* Try to find a more efficient access pattern by using multiple indexes - ** to optimize an OR expression within the WHERE clause. - */ - bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/* -** Argument pIdx is a pointer to an index structure that has an array of -** SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES evenly spaced samples of the first indexed column -** stored in Index.aSample. The domain of values stored in said column -** may be thought of as divided into (SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1) regions. -** Region 0 contains all values smaller than the first sample value. Region -** 1 contains values larger than or equal to the value of the first sample, -** but smaller than the value of the second. And so on. -** -** If successful, this function determines which of the regions value -** pVal lies in, sets *piRegion to the region index (a value between 0 -** and SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1, inclusive) and returns SQLITE_OK. -** Or, if an OOM occurs while converting text values between encodings, -** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and *piRegion is undefined. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 -static int whereRangeRegion( - Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */ - Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */ - sqlite3_value *pVal, /* Value to consider */ - int *piRegion /* OUT: Region of domain in which value lies */ -){ - if( ALWAYS(pVal) ){ - IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; - int i = 0; - int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); - - if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){ - double r = sqlite3_value_double(pVal); - for(i=0; i=SQLITE_TEXT || aSample[i].u.r>r ) break; - } - }else{ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - CollSeq *pColl; - const u8 *z; - int n; - - /* pVal comes from sqlite3ValueFromExpr() so the type cannot be NULL */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ); - - if( eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - z = (const u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(pVal); - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - assert( pColl->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); - }else{ - pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, *pIdx->azColl); - if( pColl==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", - *pIdx->azColl); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - z = (const u8 *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, pColl->enc); - if( !z ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - assert( z && pColl && pColl->xCmp ); - } - n = sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, pColl->enc); - - for(i=0; ienc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - int nSample; - char *zSample = sqlite3Utf8to16( - db, pColl->enc, aSample[i].u.z, aSample[i].nByte, &nSample - ); - if( !zSample ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - r = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, nSample, zSample, n, z); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSample); - }else -#endif - { - r = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, aSample[i].nByte, aSample[i].u.z, n, z); - } - if( r>0 ) break; - } - } - - assert( i>=0 && i<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES ); - *piRegion = i; - } - return SQLITE_OK; + break; + case 229: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); } -#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */ - -/* -** If expression pExpr represents a literal value, set *pp to point to -** an sqlite3_value structure containing the same value, with affinity -** aff applied to it, before returning. It is the responsibility of the -** caller to eventually release this structure by passing it to -** sqlite3ValueFree(). -** -** If the current parse is a recompile (sqlite3Reprepare()) and pExpr -** is an SQL variable that currently has a non-NULL value bound to it, -** create an sqlite3_value structure containing this value, again with -** affinity aff applied to it, instead. -** -** If neither of the above apply, set *pp to NULL. -** -** If an error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 -static int valueFromExpr( - Parse *pParse, - Expr *pExpr, - u8 aff, - sqlite3_value **pp -){ - if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE - || (pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE) - ){ - int iVar = pExpr->iColumn; - sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iVar); /* IMP: R-23257-02778 */ - *pp = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pParse->pReprepare, iVar, aff); - return SQLITE_OK; + break; + case 230: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); +} + break; + case 237: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ +{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);} + break; + case 238: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ +{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);} + break; + case 239: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, + sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328, + &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 240: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ + case 291: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==291); +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Abort;} + break; + case 241: /* uniqueflag ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None;} + break; + case 244: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ +{ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, p); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index"); + if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; +} + break; + case 245: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ +{ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index"); + if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; +} + break; + case 246: /* collate ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} + break; + case 248: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ +{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);} + break; + case 249: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */ + case 250: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==250); +{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);} + break; + case 251: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);} + break; + case 252: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);} + break; + case 253: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);} + break; + case 254: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);} + break; + case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);} + break; + case 264: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ +{ + Token all; + all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; + sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy473, &all); +} + break; + case 265: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ +{ + sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328); + yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 266: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */ + case 269: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269); +{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_BEFORE; } + break; + case 267: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_AFTER; } + break; + case 268: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_INSTEAD;} + break; + case 270: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ + case 271: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==271); +{yygotominor.yy378.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy378.b = 0;} + break; + case 272: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */ +{yygotominor.yy378.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy378.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy408;} + break; + case 275: /* when_clause ::= */ + case 296: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==296); +{ yygotominor.yy132 = 0; } + break; + case 276: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ + case 297: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==297); +{ yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; } + break; + case 277: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ +{ + assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy473!=0 ); + yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; + yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; + yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy473; +} + break; + case 278: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ +{ + assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy473!=0 ); + yymsp[-1].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; + yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; +} + break; + case 280: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ +{ + yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE " + "statements within triggers"); +} + break; + case 282: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ +{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " + "within triggers"); +} + break; + case 283: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ +{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " + "within triggers"); +} + break; + case 284: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */ +{ yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); } + break; + case 285: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */ +{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);} + break; + case 286: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */ +{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);} + break; + case 287: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */ +{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); } + break; + case 288: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore; } - return sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, aff, pp); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } -#endif - -/* -** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited -** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper -** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper -** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For -** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a): -** -** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... -** |_____| |_____| -** | | -** pLower pUpper -** -** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in -** place of the corresponding WhereTerm. -** -** The nEq parameter is passed the index of the index column subject to the -** range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of equality constraints -** optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, assuming index p is -** on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is: -** -** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ... -** -** then nEq should be passed the value 1 (as the range restricted column, -** b, is the second left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is: -** -** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... -** -** then nEq should be passed 0. -** -** The returned value is an integer between 1 and 100, inclusive. A return -** value of 1 indicates that the proposed range scan is expected to visit -** approximately 1/100th (1%) of the rows selected by the nEq equality -** constraints (if any). A return value of 100 indicates that it is expected -** that the range scan will visit every row (100%) selected by the equality -** constraints. -** -** In the absence of sqlite_stat2 ANALYZE data, each range inequality -** reduces the search space by 2/3rds. Hence a single constraint (x>?) -** results in a return of 33 and a range constraint (x>? AND xaCol[] of the range-compared column */ - WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */ - WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ - int *piEst /* OUT: Return value */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 - - if( nEq==0 && p->aSample ){ - sqlite3_value *pLowerVal = 0; - sqlite3_value *pUpperVal = 0; - int iEst; - int iLower = 0; - int iUpper = SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; - u8 aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity; - - if( pLower ){ - Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight; - rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pLowerVal); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pUpper ){ - Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight; - rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pUpperVal); - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pLowerVal==0 && pUpperVal==0) ){ - sqlite3ValueFree(pLowerVal); - sqlite3ValueFree(pUpperVal); - goto range_est_fallback; - }else if( pLowerVal==0 ){ - rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, &iUpper); - if( pLower ) iLower = iUpper/2; - }else if( pUpperVal==0 ){ - rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, &iLower); - if( pUpper ) iUpper = (iLower + SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES + 1)/2; - }else{ - rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, &iUpper); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, &iLower); - } - } - - iEst = iUpper - iLower; - testcase( iEst==SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES ); - assert( iEst<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES ); - if( iEst<1 ){ - iEst = 1; - } - - sqlite3ValueFree(pLowerVal); - sqlite3ValueFree(pUpperVal); - *piEst = (iEst * 100)/SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; - return rc; + break; + case 289: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) { + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy328; } -range_est_fallback: -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nEq); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; +} + break; + case 290: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Rollback;} + break; + case 292: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Fail;} + break; + case 293: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 294: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ +{ + sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy132); +} + break; + case 295: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ +{ + sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); +} + break; + case 300: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */ +{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} + break; + case 301: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 302: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */ +{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} + break; + case 303: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 304: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ +{ + sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy65,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 305: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */ +{ + sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 306: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ +{ + pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65); +} + break; + case 309: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */ +{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} + break; + case 310: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ +{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 311: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */ +{ + sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 314: /* vtabarg ::= */ +{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} + break; + case 316: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ + case 317: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==317); + case 318: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==318); +{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 322: /* with ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy59 = 0;} + break; + case 323: /* with ::= WITH wqlist */ + case 324: /* with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324); +{ yygotominor.yy59 = yymsp[0].minor.yy59; } + break; + case 325: /* wqlist ::= nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy59 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); +} + break; + case 326: /* wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy59 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy59, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); +} + break; + default: + /* (0) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==0); + /* (1) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==1); + /* (2) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==2); + /* (3) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==3); + /* (4) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==4); + /* (10) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==10); + /* (11) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==11); + /* (12) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==12); + /* (20) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==20); + /* (21) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21); + /* (25) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==25); + /* (36) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==36); + /* (37) columnlist ::= column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==37); + /* (43) type ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43); + /* (50) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==50); + /* (51) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51); + /* (52) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==52); + /* (53) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==53); + /* (60) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==60); + /* (88) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==88); + /* (89) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==89); + /* (91) tconscomma ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91); + /* (273) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==273); + /* (274) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==274); + /* (281) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==281); + /* (298) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298); + /* (299) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==299); + /* (307) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==307); + /* (308) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==308); + /* (312) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==312); + /* (313) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==313); + /* (315) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315); + /* (319) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319); + /* (320) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320); + /* (321) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==321); + break; + }; + assert( yyruleno>=0 && yyrulenoyyidx -= yysize; + yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto); + if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){ +#ifdef NDEBUG + /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least + ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back + ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift(). + ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */ + if( yysize ){ + yypParser->yyidx++; + yymsp -= yysize-1; + yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact; + yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto; + yymsp->minor = yygotominor; + }else #endif - assert( pLower || pUpper ); - if( pLower && pUpper ){ - *piEst = 11; + { + yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor); + } }else{ - *piEst = 33; + assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ); + yy_accept(yypParser); } - return rc; } - /* -** Find the query plan for accessing a particular table. Write the -** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied as the -** last parameter. -** -** The lowest cost plan wins. The cost is an estimate of the amount of -** CPU and disk I/O need to process the request using the selected plan. -** Factors that influence cost include: -** -** * The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved. (The -** fewer the better.) -** -** * Whether or not sorting must occur. -** -** * Whether or not there must be separate lookups in the -** index and in the main table. -** -** If there was an INDEXED BY clause (pSrc->pIndex) attached to the table in -** the SQL statement, then this function only considers plans using the -** named index. If no such plan is found, then the returned cost is -** SQLITE_BIG_DBL. If a plan is found that uses the named index, -** then the cost is calculated in the usual way. -** -** If a NOT INDEXED clause (pSrc->notIndexed!=0) was attached to the table -** in the SELECT statement, then no indexes are considered. However, the -** selected plan may still take advantage of the tables built-in rowid -** index. +** The following code executes when the parse fails */ -static void bestBtreeIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */ - Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY +static void yy_parse_failed( + yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ ){ - int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */ - Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */ - Index *pIdx; /* Copy of pProbe, or zero for IPK index */ - int eqTermMask; /* Current mask of valid equality operators */ - int idxEqTermMask; /* Index mask of valid equality operators */ - Index sPk; /* A fake index object for the primary key */ - unsigned int aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowEst[] value for the sPk index */ - int aiColumnPk = -1; /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */ - int wsFlagMask; /* Allowed flags in pCost->plan.wsFlag */ - - /* Initialize the cost to a worst-case value */ - memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost)); - pCost->rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL; - - /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not - ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table. This is - ** because columns might end up being NULL if the table does not match - - ** a circumstance which the index cannot help us discover. Ticket #2177. - */ - if( pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT ){ - idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN; - }else{ - idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL; - } - - if( pSrc->pIndex ){ - /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */ - pIdx = pProbe = pSrc->pIndex; - wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); - eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask; - }else{ - /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object to - ** represent the primary key */ - Index *pFirst; /* Any other index on the table */ - memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index)); - sPk.nColumn = 1; - sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk; - sPk.aiRowEst = aiRowEstPk; - sPk.onError = OE_Replace; - sPk.pTable = pSrc->pTab; - aiRowEstPk[0] = pSrc->pTab->nRowEst; - aiRowEstPk[1] = 1; - pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex; - if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){ - sPk.pNext = pFirst; - } - pProbe = &sPk; - wsFlagMask = ~( - WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE - ); - eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN; - pIdx = 0; - } - - /* Loop over all indices looking for the best one to use - */ - for(; pProbe; pIdx=pProbe=pProbe->pNext){ - const unsigned int * const aiRowEst = pProbe->aiRowEst; - double cost; /* Cost of using pProbe */ - double nRow; /* Estimated number of rows in result set */ - int rev; /* True to scan in reverse order */ - int wsFlags = 0; - Bitmask used = 0; - - /* The following variables are populated based on the properties of - ** scan being evaluated. They are then used to determine the expected - ** cost and number of rows returned. - ** - ** nEq: - ** Number of equality terms that can be implemented using the index. - ** - ** nInMul: - ** The "in-multiplier". This is an estimate of how many seek operations - ** SQLite must perform on the index in question. For example, if the - ** WHERE clause is: - ** - ** WHERE a IN (1, 2, 3) AND b IN (4, 5, 6) - ** - ** SQLite must perform 9 lookups on an index on (a, b), so nInMul is - ** set to 9. Given the same schema and either of the following WHERE - ** clauses: - ** - ** WHERE a = 1 - ** WHERE a >= 2 - ** - ** nInMul is set to 1. - ** - ** If there exists a WHERE term of the form "x IN (SELECT ...)", then - ** the sub-select is assumed to return 25 rows for the purposes of - ** determining nInMul. - ** - ** bInEst: - ** Set to true if there was at least one "x IN (SELECT ...)" term used - ** in determining the value of nInMul. - ** - ** estBound: - ** An estimate on the amount of the table that must be searched. A - ** value of 100 means the entire table is searched. Range constraints - ** might reduce this to a value less than 100 to indicate that only - ** a fraction of the table needs searching. In the absence of - ** sqlite_stat2 ANALYZE data, a single inequality reduces the search - ** space to 1/3rd its original size. So an x>? constraint reduces - ** estBound to 33. Two constraints (x>? AND xnColumn; nEq++){ - int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq]; - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pIdx); - if( pTerm==0 ) break; - wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_EQ); - if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ - Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - nInMul *= 25; - bInEst = 1; - }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList) ){ - nInMul *= pExpr->x.pList->nExpr + 1; - } - }else if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ){ - wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL; - } - used |= pTerm->prereqRight; - } - - /* Determine the value of estBound. */ - if( nEqnColumn ){ - int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq]; - if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx) ){ - WhereTerm *pTop = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pIdx); - WhereTerm *pBtm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx); - whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pProbe, nEq, pBtm, pTop, &estBound); - if( pTop ){ - nBound = 1; - wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; - used |= pTop->prereqRight; - } - if( pBtm ){ - nBound++; - wsFlags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT; - used |= pBtm->prereqRight; - } - wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); - } - }else if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None ){ - testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ); - testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL ); - if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0 ){ - wsFlags |= WHERE_UNIQUE; - } - } - - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and the index being considered will - ** naturally scan rows in the required order, set the appropriate flags - ** in wsFlags. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause but the index - ** will scan rows in a different order, set the bSort variable. */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0 - && isSortingIndex(pParse,pWC->pMaskSet,pProbe,iCur,pOrderBy,nEq,&rev) - ){ - wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ORDERBY; - wsFlags |= (rev ? WHERE_REVERSE : 0); - }else{ - bSort = 1; - } - } - - /* If currently calculating the cost of using an index (not the IPK - ** index), determine if all required column data may be obtained without - ** using the main table (i.e. if the index is a covering - ** index for this query). If it is, set the WHERE_IDX_ONLY flag in - ** wsFlags. Otherwise, set the bLookup variable to true. */ - if( pIdx && wsFlags ){ - Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed; - int j; - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; - if( xaiRowEst[0] ){ - nRow = aiRowEst[0]/2; - nInMul = (int)(nRow / aiRowEst[nEq]); - } - - /* Assume constant cost to access a row and logarithmic cost to - ** do a binary search. Hence, the initial cost is the number of output - ** rows plus log2(table-size) times the number of binary searches. - */ - cost = nRow + nInMul*estLog(aiRowEst[0]); - - /* Adjust the number of rows and the cost downward to reflect rows - ** that are excluded by range constraints. - */ - nRow = (nRow * (double)estBound) / (double)100; - cost = (cost * (double)estBound) / (double)100; - - /* Add in the estimated cost of sorting the result - */ - if( bSort ){ - cost += cost*estLog(cost); - } - - /* If all information can be taken directly from the index, we avoid - ** doing table lookups. This reduces the cost by half. (Not really - - ** this needs to be fixed.) - */ - if( pIdx && bLookup==0 ){ - cost /= (double)2; - } - /**** Cost of using this index has now been computed ****/ - - /* If there are additional constraints on this table that cannot - ** be used with the current index, but which might lower the number - ** of output rows, adjust the nRow value accordingly. This only - ** matters if the current index is the least costly, so do not bother - ** with this step if we already know this index will not be chosen. - ** Also, never reduce the output row count below 2 using this step. - ** - ** It is critical that the notValid mask be used here instead of - ** the notReady mask. When computing an "optimal" index, the notReady - ** mask will only have one bit set - the bit for the current table. - ** The notValid mask, on the other hand, always has all bits set for - ** tables that are not in outer loops. If notReady is used here instead - ** of notValid, then a optimal index that depends on inner joins loops - ** might be selected even when there exists an optimal index that has - ** no such dependency. - */ - if( nRow>2 && cost<=pCost->rCost ){ - int k; /* Loop counter */ - int nSkipEq = nEq; /* Number of == constraints to skip */ - int nSkipRange = nBound; /* Number of < constraints to skip */ - Bitmask thisTab; /* Bitmap for pSrc */ - - thisTab = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); - for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; nRow>2 && k; k--, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) continue; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notValid)!=thisTab ) continue; - if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ){ - if( nSkipEq ){ - /* Ignore the first nEq equality matches since the index - ** has already accounted for these */ - nSkipEq--; - }else{ - /* Assume each additional equality match reduces the result - ** set size by a factor of 10 */ - nRow /= 10; - } - }else if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE) ){ - if( nSkipRange ){ - /* Ignore the first nBound range constraints since the index - ** has already accounted for these */ - nSkipRange--; - }else{ - /* Assume each additional range constraint reduces the result - ** set size by a factor of 3 */ - nRow /= 3; - } - }else{ - /* Any other expression lowers the output row count by half */ - nRow /= 2; - } - } - if( nRow<2 ) nRow = 2; - } - - - WHERETRACE(( - "%s(%s): nEq=%d nInMul=%d estBound=%d bSort=%d bLookup=%d wsFlags=0x%x\n" - " notReady=0x%llx nRow=%.2f cost=%.2f used=0x%llx\n", - pSrc->pTab->zName, (pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "ipk"), - nEq, nInMul, estBound, bSort, bLookup, wsFlags, - notReady, nRow, cost, used - )); - - /* If this index is the best we have seen so far, then record this - ** index and its cost in the pCost structure. - */ - if( (!pIdx || wsFlags) - && (costrCost || (cost<=pCost->rCost && nRowplan.nRow)) - ){ - pCost->rCost = cost; - pCost->used = used; - pCost->plan.nRow = nRow; - pCost->plan.wsFlags = (wsFlags&wsFlagMask); - pCost->plan.nEq = nEq; - pCost->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx; - } - - /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is - ** considered. */ - if( pSrc->pIndex ) break; - - /* Reset masks for the next index in the loop */ - wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); - eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask; - } - - /* If there is no ORDER BY clause and the SQLITE_ReverseOrder flag - ** is set, then reverse the order that the index will be scanned - ** in. This is used for application testing, to help find cases - ** where application behaviour depends on the (undefined) order that - ** SQLite outputs rows in in the absence of an ORDER BY clause. */ - if( !pOrderBy && pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder ){ - pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE; + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt); } - - assert( pOrderBy || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY)==0 ); - assert( pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ)==0 ); - assert( pSrc->pIndex==0 - || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 - || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==pSrc->pIndex - ); - - WHERETRACE(("best index is: %s\n", - ((pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ? "none" : - pCost->plan.u.pIdx ? pCost->plan.u.pIdx->zName : "ipk") - )); - - bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost); - bestAutomaticIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pCost); - pCost->plan.wsFlags |= eqTermMask; +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser fails */ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ } +#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */ /* -** Find the query plan for accessing table pSrc->pTab. Write the -** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied -** as the last parameter. This function may calculate the cost of -** both real and virtual table scans. +** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. */ -static void bestIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */ - Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ +static void yy_syntax_error( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ + YYMINORTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ){ - sqlite3_index_info *p = 0; - bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost,&p); - if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ){ - sqlite3_free(p->idxStr); - } - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p); - }else -#endif - { - bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost); - } -} + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0) -/* -** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term -** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON -** or USING clause of that join. -** -** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries: -** -** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok' -** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' -** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' -** -** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates -** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part -** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled. -** -** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-24597-58655 No tests are done for terms that are -** completely satisfied by indices. -** -** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop -** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied -** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner -** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled, -** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much -** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get -** the wrong answer. See ticket #813. -*/ -static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ - if( pTerm - && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 - && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) - ){ - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; - if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){ - WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent]; - if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){ - disableTerm(pLevel, pOther); - } - } - } + UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ + assert( TOKEN.z[0] ); /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ } /* -** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff -** to the n registers starting at base. -** -** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the -** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are -** SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated. -** -** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free -** to modify zAff after this routine returns. +** The following is executed when the parser accepts */ -static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( zAff==0 ){ - assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - return; - } - assert( v!=0 ); - - /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning - ** and end of the affinity string. - */ - while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - n--; - base++; - zAff++; - } - while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - n--; - } - - /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */ - if( n>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n); +static void yy_accept( + yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt); } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser accepts */ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ } - -/* -** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality -** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be -** coded. +/* The main parser program. +** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from +** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. +** The second argument is the major token number. The third is +** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the +** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for +** use by the action routines. ** -** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg. +** Inputs: +**
    +**
  • A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) +**
  • The major token number. +**
  • The minor token number. +**
  • An option argument of a grammar-specified type. +**
** -** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its -** result is left on the stack. For constraints of the form X IN (...) -** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X. +** Outputs: +** None. */ -static int codeEqualityTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */ - WhereLevel *pLevel, /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */ - int iTarget /* Attempt to leave results in this register */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser( + void *yyp, /* The parser */ + int yymajor, /* The major token code number */ + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */ + sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ ){ - Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int iReg; /* Register holding results */ - - assert( iTarget>0 ); - if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){ - iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget); - }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){ - iReg = iTarget; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - }else{ - int eType; - int iTab; - struct InLoop *pIn; + YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion; + int yyact; /* The parser action. */ +#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ +#endif +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */ +#endif + yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */ - assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); - iReg = iTarget; - eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0); - iTab = pX->iTable; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); - assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE ); - if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){ - pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - } - pLevel->u.in.nIn++; - pLevel->u.in.aInLoop = - sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop, - sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn); - pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop; - if( pIn ){ - pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1; - pIn->iCur = iTab; - if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ - pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg); - }else{ - pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg); - }else{ - pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0; + /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */ + yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp; + if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){ +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){ + /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/ + yyminorunion = yyzerominor; + yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion); + return; } #endif + yypParser->yyidx = 0; + yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; + yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0; + yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0; } - disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); - return iReg; -} - -/* -** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an -** index. -** -** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). -** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 -** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this -** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two -** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate -** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored -** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned. -** -** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value -** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op. -** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and -** compute the affinity string. -** -** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and returns -** the index of that memory cell. The code that -** calls this routine will use that memory cell to store the termination -** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then -** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal -** use. -** -** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a -** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using -** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated -** with equality constraints that use NONE affinity are set to -** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. This is to deal with SQL such as the following: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b); -** SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b; -** -** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since -** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has NONE affinity, -** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of -** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity -** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_NONE. -*/ -static int codeAllEqualityTerms( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Which parts of FROM have not yet been coded */ - int nExtraReg, /* Number of extra registers to allocate */ - char **pzAff /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */ -){ - int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */ - Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */ - int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur; /* The cursor of the table */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int regBase; /* Base register */ - int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */ - char *zAff; /* Affinity string to return */ - - /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */ - assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ); - pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; - - /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them. - */ - regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; - nReg = pLevel->plan.nEq + nExtraReg; - pParse->nMem += nReg; + yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor; +#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + yyendofinput = (yymajor==0); +#endif + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; - zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx)); - if( !zAff ){ - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); } +#endif - /* Evaluate the equality constraints - */ - assert( pIdx->nColumn>=nEq ); - for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]; - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->plan.wsFlags, pIdx); - if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) break; - /* The following true for indices with redundant columns. - ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */ - testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 ); - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ - r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, regBase+j); - if( r1!=regBase+j ){ - if( nReg==1 ){ - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase); - regBase = r1; + do{ + yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor); + if( yyactyyerrcnt--; + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){ + yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE); + }else{ + assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ); +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + int yymx; +#endif +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + /* A syntax error has occurred. + ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the + ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". + ** + ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: + ** + ** * Call the %syntax_error function. + ** + ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where + ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift + ** the error symbol. + ** + ** * Set the error count to three. + ** + ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error + ** processing will occur until three tokens have been + ** shifted successfully. + ** + */ + if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); + } + yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major; + if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", + yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); + } +#endif + yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j); + while( + yypParser->yyidx >= 0 && + yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL && + (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action( + yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno, + YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE + ){ + yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + } + if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){ + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yy_parse_failed(yypParser); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){ + YYMINORTYPE u2; + u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0; + yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2); + } + } + yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; + yyerrorhit = 1; +#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to + ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax + ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened. + ** + ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if + ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen. + */ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + +#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ + /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: + ** + ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. + ** + ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. + ** + ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until + ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. + */ + if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); } - } - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); - if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){ - Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; - sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk); - if( zAff ){ - if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){ - zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } + yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + if( yyendofinput ){ + yy_parse_failed(yypParser); } + yymajor = YYNOCODE; +#endif } - } - *pzAff = zAff; - return regBase; + }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ); + return; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/ /* -** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below +** 2001 September 15 ** -** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term -** at a time. This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression. -** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent -** terms only. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** An tokenizer for SQL +** +** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into +** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the +** parser for analysis. */ -static void explainAppendTerm( - StrAccum *pStr, /* The text expression being built */ - int iTerm, /* Index of this term. First is zero */ - const char *zColumn, /* Name of the column */ - const char *zOp /* Name of the operator */ -){ - if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zColumn, -1); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1); -} +/* #include */ /* -** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This -** function returns a pointer to a string buffer containing a description -** of the subset of table rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an -** SQL expression. Or, if all rows are scanned, NULL is returned. -** -** For example, if the query: +** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their +** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just +** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need +** to adjust the encoding. Only alphabetic characters and underscores +** need to be translated. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X] +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X] +const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = { +/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ + 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */ + 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */ + 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ + 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */ + 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */ + 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */ +}; +#endif + +/* +** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if +** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is +** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned. ** -** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2; +** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program, +** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution. +** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file +** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by +** the #include below. +*/ +/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/ +/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/ +/***** This file contains automatically generated code ****** ** -** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a -** string similar to: +** The code in this file has been automatically generated by ** -** "a=? AND b>?" +** sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c ** -** The returned pointer points to memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). -** It is the responsibility of the caller to free the buffer when it is -** no longer required. +** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether +** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing +** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table. +** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code +** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications +** on platforms with limited memory. */ -static char *explainIndexRange(sqlite3 *db, WhereLevel *pLevel, Table *pTab){ - WherePlan *pPlan = &pLevel->plan; - Index *pIndex = pPlan->u.pIdx; - int nEq = pPlan->nEq; - int i, j; - Column *aCol = pTab->aCol; - int *aiColumn = pIndex->aiColumn; - StrAccum txt; - - if( nEq==0 && (pPlan->wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ){ - return 0; - } - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&txt, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); - txt.db = db; - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " (", 2); - for(i=0; i"); - } - if( pPlan->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ - explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName, "<"); +/* Hash score: 182 */ +static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){ + /* zText[] encodes 834 bytes of keywords in 554 bytes */ + /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */ + /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */ + /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */ + /* UNIQUERYWITHOUTERELEASEATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERECURSIVE */ + /* BETWEENOTNULLIKECASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACH */ + /* IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN */ + /* WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMIT */ + /* CONFLICTCROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAIL */ + /* FROMFULLGLOBYIFISNULLORDERESTRICTRIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSING */ + /* VACUUMVIEWINITIALLY */ + static const char zText[553] = { + 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H', + 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G', + 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A', + 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F', + 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N', + 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I', + 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E', + 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E', + 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T', + 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q', + 'U','E','R','Y','W','I','T','H','O','U','T','E','R','E','L','E','A','S', + 'E','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U','P','D','A', + 'T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','C','U','R','S','I','V','E', + 'B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C','A', + 'S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L','A', + 'T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D','A', + 'T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E','J', + 'O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A','L', + 'Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U','E', + 'S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W','H', + 'E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C','E', + 'A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R','E', + 'M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M','M', + 'I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U','R', + 'R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M','A', + 'R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T','D', + 'R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L','O', + 'B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S','T', + 'R','I','C','T','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L','B','A','C','K','R', + 'O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V','A','C','U','U','M', + 'V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y', + }; + static const unsigned char aHash[127] = { + 76, 105, 117, 74, 0, 45, 0, 0, 82, 0, 77, 0, 0, + 42, 12, 78, 15, 0, 116, 85, 54, 112, 0, 19, 0, 0, + 121, 0, 119, 115, 0, 22, 93, 0, 9, 0, 0, 70, 71, + 0, 69, 6, 0, 48, 90, 102, 0, 118, 101, 0, 0, 44, + 0, 103, 24, 0, 17, 0, 122, 53, 23, 0, 5, 110, 25, + 96, 0, 0, 124, 106, 60, 123, 57, 28, 55, 0, 91, 0, + 100, 26, 0, 99, 0, 0, 0, 95, 92, 97, 88, 109, 14, + 39, 108, 0, 81, 0, 18, 89, 111, 32, 0, 120, 80, 113, + 62, 46, 84, 0, 0, 94, 40, 59, 114, 0, 36, 0, 0, + 29, 0, 86, 63, 64, 0, 20, 61, 0, 56, + }; + static const unsigned char aNext[124] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 33, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 50, + 0, 43, 3, 47, 0, 0, 0, 0, 30, 0, 58, 0, 38, + 0, 0, 0, 1, 66, 0, 0, 67, 0, 41, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 49, 65, 0, 0, 0, 0, 31, 52, 16, 34, + 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 72, 79, 0, 8, + 0, 104, 98, 0, 107, 0, 87, 0, 75, 51, 0, 27, 37, + 73, 83, 0, 35, 68, 0, 0, + }; + static const unsigned char aLen[124] = { + 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6, + 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6, + 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10, + 4, 6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 7, 4, 5, 7, + 6, 6, 5, 6, 5, 5, 9, 7, 7, 3, 2, 4, 4, + 7, 3, 6, 4, 7, 6, 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, + 7, 6, 5, 6, 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, + 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, + 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 8, + 3, 5, 5, 6, 4, 9, 3, + }; + static const unsigned short int aOffset[124] = { + 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33, + 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81, + 86, 91, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152, + 159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 184, 188, 192, + 199, 204, 209, 212, 218, 221, 225, 234, 240, 240, 240, 243, 246, + 250, 251, 255, 261, 265, 272, 278, 290, 296, 305, 307, 313, 318, + 320, 327, 332, 337, 343, 349, 354, 358, 361, 367, 371, 378, 380, + 387, 389, 391, 400, 404, 410, 416, 424, 429, 429, 445, 452, 459, + 460, 467, 471, 475, 479, 483, 486, 488, 490, 496, 500, 508, 513, + 521, 524, 529, 534, 540, 544, 549, + }; + static const unsigned char aCode[124] = { + TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE, + TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, + TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, + TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE, + TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, + TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT, + TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, + TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, + TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_WITHOUT, TK_WITH, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP, + TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RECURSIVE, TK_BETWEEN, + TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW, + TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, + TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, + TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, + TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN, + TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, TK_AND, + TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, TK_CAST, + TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, + TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, + TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW, + TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, TK_UNION, TK_USING, + TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL, + }; + int h, i; + if( n<2 ) return TK_ID; + h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ + (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ + n) % 127; + for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){ + if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){ + testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */ + testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */ + testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */ + testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */ + testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */ + testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */ + testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */ + testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */ + testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */ + testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */ + testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */ + testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */ + testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */ + testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */ + testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */ + testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */ + testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */ + testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */ + testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */ + testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */ + testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */ + testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */ + testcase( i==22 ); /* END */ + testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */ + testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */ + testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */ + testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */ + testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */ + testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */ + testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */ + testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */ + testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */ + testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */ + testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */ + testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */ + testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */ + testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */ + testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */ + testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */ + testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */ + testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */ + testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */ + testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */ + testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */ + testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */ + testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */ + testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */ + testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */ + testcase( i==48 ); /* WITHOUT */ + testcase( i==49 ); /* WITH */ + testcase( i==50 ); /* OUTER */ + testcase( i==51 ); /* RELEASE */ + testcase( i==52 ); /* ATTACH */ + testcase( i==53 ); /* HAVING */ + testcase( i==54 ); /* GROUP */ + testcase( i==55 ); /* UPDATE */ + testcase( i==56 ); /* BEGIN */ + testcase( i==57 ); /* INNER */ + testcase( i==58 ); /* RECURSIVE */ + testcase( i==59 ); /* BETWEEN */ + testcase( i==60 ); /* NOTNULL */ + testcase( i==61 ); /* NOT */ + testcase( i==62 ); /* NO */ + testcase( i==63 ); /* NULL */ + testcase( i==64 ); /* LIKE */ + testcase( i==65 ); /* CASCADE */ + testcase( i==66 ); /* ASC */ + testcase( i==67 ); /* DELETE */ + testcase( i==68 ); /* CASE */ + testcase( i==69 ); /* COLLATE */ + testcase( i==70 ); /* CREATE */ + testcase( i==71 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */ + testcase( i==72 ); /* DETACH */ + testcase( i==73 ); /* IMMEDIATE */ + testcase( i==74 ); /* JOIN */ + testcase( i==75 ); /* INSERT */ + testcase( i==76 ); /* MATCH */ + testcase( i==77 ); /* PLAN */ + testcase( i==78 ); /* ANALYZE */ + testcase( i==79 ); /* PRAGMA */ + testcase( i==80 ); /* ABORT */ + testcase( i==81 ); /* VALUES */ + testcase( i==82 ); /* VIRTUAL */ + testcase( i==83 ); /* LIMIT */ + testcase( i==84 ); /* WHEN */ + testcase( i==85 ); /* WHERE */ + testcase( i==86 ); /* RENAME */ + testcase( i==87 ); /* AFTER */ + testcase( i==88 ); /* REPLACE */ + testcase( i==89 ); /* AND */ + testcase( i==90 ); /* DEFAULT */ + testcase( i==91 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */ + testcase( i==92 ); /* TO */ + testcase( i==93 ); /* IN */ + testcase( i==94 ); /* CAST */ + testcase( i==95 ); /* COLUMN */ + testcase( i==96 ); /* COMMIT */ + testcase( i==97 ); /* CONFLICT */ + testcase( i==98 ); /* CROSS */ + testcase( i==99 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */ + testcase( i==100 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */ + testcase( i==101 ); /* PRIMARY */ + testcase( i==102 ); /* DEFERRED */ + testcase( i==103 ); /* DISTINCT */ + testcase( i==104 ); /* IS */ + testcase( i==105 ); /* DROP */ + testcase( i==106 ); /* FAIL */ + testcase( i==107 ); /* FROM */ + testcase( i==108 ); /* FULL */ + testcase( i==109 ); /* GLOB */ + testcase( i==110 ); /* BY */ + testcase( i==111 ); /* IF */ + testcase( i==112 ); /* ISNULL */ + testcase( i==113 ); /* ORDER */ + testcase( i==114 ); /* RESTRICT */ + testcase( i==115 ); /* RIGHT */ + testcase( i==116 ); /* ROLLBACK */ + testcase( i==117 ); /* ROW */ + testcase( i==118 ); /* UNION */ + testcase( i==119 ); /* USING */ + testcase( i==120 ); /* VACUUM */ + testcase( i==121 ); /* VIEW */ + testcase( i==122 ); /* INITIALLY */ + testcase( i==123 ); /* ALL */ + return aCode[i]; + } } - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1); - return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&txt); + return TK_ID; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){ + return keywordCode((char*)z, n); } +#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 124 -/* -** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN -** command. If the query being compiled is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN, a single -** record is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in -** pLevel. -*/ -static void explainOneScan( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */ - WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */ - int iLevel, /* Value for "level" column of output */ - int iFrom, /* Value for "from" column of output */ - u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ -){ - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - u32 flags = pLevel->plan.wsFlags; - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VM being constructed */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - char *zMsg; /* Text to add to EQP output */ - sqlite3_int64 nRow; /* Expected number of rows visited by scan */ - int iId = pParse->iSelectId; /* Select id (left-most output column) */ - int isSearch; /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */ +/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/ - if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return; - isSearch = (pLevel->plan.nEq>0) - || (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 - || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX)); +/* +** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then +** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. +** +** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is +** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, +** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. +** +** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same +** end result. +** +** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the +** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do. +** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. +** But the feature is undocumented. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = { +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */ + 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */ +}; +#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) +#endif - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", isSearch?"SEARCH":"SCAN"); - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s SUBQUERY %d", zMsg,pItem->iSelectId); - }else{ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s TABLE %s", zMsg, pItem->zName); - } - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias); +/* +** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. +** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ + int i, c; + switch( *z ){ + case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': { + testcase( z[0]==' ' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\t' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\n' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\f' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\r' ); + for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} + *tokenType = TK_SPACE; + return i; } - if( (flags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ - char *zWhere = explainIndexRange(db, pLevel, pItem->pTab); - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING %s%sINDEX%s%s%s", zMsg, - ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"AUTOMATIC ":""), - ((flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)?"COVERING ":""), - ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"":" "), - ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"": pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName), - zWhere - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); - }else if( flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", zMsg); - - if( flags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid=?)", zMsg); - }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>? AND rowid?)", zMsg); - }else if( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowidplan.u.pVtabIdx; - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg, - pVtabIdx->idxNum, pVtabIdx->idxStr); + case '(': { + *tokenType = TK_LP; + return 1; } -#endif - if( wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX) ){ - testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ); - nRow = 1; - }else{ - nRow = (sqlite3_int64)pLevel->plan.nRow; + case ')': { + *tokenType = TK_RP; + return 1; } - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (~%lld rows)", zMsg, nRow); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); - } -} -#else -# define explainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ - - -/* -** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause -** implementation described by pWInfo. -*/ -static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart( - WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ - int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ - u16 wctrlFlags, /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ - Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */ -){ - int j, k; /* Loop counters */ - int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */ - int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */ - int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */ - int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */ - WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */ - struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */ - int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ - int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */ - int iRowidReg = 0; /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */ - int iReleaseReg = 0; /* Temp register to free before returning */ - - pParse = pWInfo->pParse; - v = pParse->pVdbe; - pWC = pWInfo->pWC; - pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel]; - pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; - bRev = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0; - omitTable = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 - && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0; - - /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions - ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop. - ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the - ** loop. - ** - ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that - ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When - ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label - ** is the same as "addrBrk". - */ - addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and - ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any - ** row of the left table of the join. - */ - if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ - pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin); - VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag")); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ - /* Case 0: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext - ** to access the data. - */ - int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */ - sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx; - int nConstraint = pVtabIdx->nConstraint; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage = - pVtabIdx->aConstraintUsage; - const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint = - pVtabIdx->aConstraint; - - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2); - for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){ - for(k=0; ka[iTerm].pExpr->pRight, iReg+j+1); - break; - } - } - if( k==nConstraint ) break; + case ';': { + *tokenType = TK_SEMI; + return 1; } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pVtabIdx->idxNum, iReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j-1, iReg+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrBrk, iReg, pVtabIdx->idxStr, - pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC); - pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; - for(j=0; ja[iTerm]); - } + case '+': { + *tokenType = TK_PLUS; + return 1; } - pLevel->op = OP_VNext; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){ - /* Case 1: We can directly reference a single row using an - ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or - ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)" - ** construct. - */ - iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0); - assert( pTerm!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur ); - assert( omitTable==0 ); - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ - iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, iReleaseReg); - addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg); - sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); - VdbeComment((v, "pk")); - pLevel->op = OP_Noop; - }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){ - /* Case 2: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field. - */ - int testOp = OP_Noop; - int start; - int memEndValue = 0; - WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd; - - assert( omitTable==0 ); - pStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0); - pEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0); - if( bRev ){ - pTerm = pStart; - pStart = pEnd; - pEnd = pTerm; + case '*': { + *tokenType = TK_STAR; + return 1; } - if( pStart ){ - Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */ - int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */ - - /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding - ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx - */ - const u8 aMoveOp[] = { - /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGt, - /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLe, - /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLt, - /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGe - }; - assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */ - assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */ - assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */ - - testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ - pX = pStart->pExpr; - assert( pX!=0 ); - assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1); - VdbeComment((v, "pk")); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp); - disableTerm(pLevel, pStart); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk); + case '/': { + if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){ + *tokenType = TK_SLASH; + return 1; + } + for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} + if( c ) i++; + *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ + return i; } - if( pEnd ){ - Expr *pX; - pX = pEnd->pExpr; - assert( pX!=0 ); - assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur ); - testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ - memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue); - if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){ - testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; + case '%': { + *tokenType = TK_REM; + return 1; + } + case '=': { + *tokenType = TK_EQ; + return 1 + (z[1]=='='); + } + case '<': { + if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_LE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='>' ){ + *tokenType = TK_NE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='<' ){ + *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT; + return 2; }else{ - testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt; + *tokenType = TK_LT; + return 1; } - disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd); } - start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = start; - if( pStart==0 && pEnd==0 ){ - pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; - }else{ - assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); + case '>': { + if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_GE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='>' ){ + *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT; + return 2; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_GT; + return 1; + } } - if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ - iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg); - sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + case '!': { + if( z[1]!='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return 2; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_NE; + return 2; + } } - }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) ){ - /* Case 3: A scan using an index. - ** - ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality - ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N - ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain - ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed - ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only - ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must - ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the - ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all - ** optimized: - ** - ** x=5 - ** x=5 AND y=10 - ** x=5 AND y<10 - ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10 - ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10 - ** - ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only - ** the x=5 term: - ** - ** x=5 AND z<10 - ** - ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints. - ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at - ** least one. - ** - ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause - ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order - ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. - */ - static const u8 aStartOp[] = { - 0, - 0, - OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ - OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ - OP_SeekGt, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */ - OP_SeekLt, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */ - OP_SeekGe, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ - OP_SeekLe /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ - }; - static const u8 aEndOp[] = { - OP_Noop, /* 0: (!end_constraints) */ - OP_IdxGE, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev) */ - OP_IdxLT /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev) */ - }; - int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */ - int isMinQuery = 0; /* If this is an optimized SELECT min(x).. */ - int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */ - int r1; /* Temp register */ - WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */ - WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */ - int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */ - int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */ - int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */ - int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */ - Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */ - int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */ - int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */ - int op; /* Instruction opcode */ - char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */ - char *zEndAff; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */ - - pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; - iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; - k = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq]; /* Column for inequality constraints */ - - /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that - ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." - ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for - ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned - ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is - ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index, - ** this requires some special handling. - */ - if( (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0 - && (pLevel->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY) - && (pIdx->nColumn>nEq) - ){ - /* assert( pOrderBy->nExpr==1 ); */ - /* assert( pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[nEq] ); */ - isMinQuery = 1; - nExtraReg = 1; + case '|': { + if( z[1]!='|' ){ + *tokenType = TK_BITOR; + return 1; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_CONCAT; + return 2; + } } - - /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end - ** of the range. - */ - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ - pRangeEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_LT|WO_LE), pIdx); - nExtraReg = 1; + case ',': { + *tokenType = TK_COMMA; + return 1; } - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ - pRangeStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_GT|WO_GE), pIdx); - nExtraReg = 1; + case '&': { + *tokenType = TK_BITAND; + return 1; } - - /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN - ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers - ** starting at regBase. - */ - regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms( - pParse, pLevel, pWC, notReady, nExtraReg, &zStartAff - ); - zEndAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, zStartAff); - addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; - - /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or - ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the - ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd). - */ - if( nEqnColumn && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC) ){ - SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart); + case '~': { + *tokenType = TK_BITNOT; + return 1; } - - testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE ); - testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE ); - testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE ); - testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE ); - startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); - endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); - start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0; - - /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */ - nConstraint = nEq; - if( pRangeStart ){ - Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); - sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); - if( zStartAff ){ - if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){ - /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions - ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to - ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ - zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){ - zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + case '`': + case '\'': + case '"': { + int delim = z[0]; + testcase( delim=='`' ); + testcase( delim=='\'' ); + testcase( delim=='"' ); + for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ + if( c==delim ){ + if( z[i+1]==delim ){ + i++; + }else{ + break; + } } - } - nConstraint++; - testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ - }else if( isMinQuery ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); - nConstraint++; - startEq = 0; - start_constraints = 1; + } + if( c=='\'' ){ + *tokenType = TK_STRING; + return i+1; + }else if( c!=0 ){ + *tokenType = TK_ID; + return i+1; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; + } } - codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, zStartAff); - op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev]; - assert( op!=0 ); - testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); - testcase( op==OP_Last ); - testcase( op==OP_SeekGt ); - testcase( op==OP_SeekGe ); - testcase( op==OP_SeekLe ); - testcase( op==OP_SeekLt ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); - - /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the - ** range (if any). - */ - nConstraint = nEq; - if( pRangeEnd ){ - Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight; - sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); - sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); - if( zEndAff ){ - if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zEndAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){ - /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions - ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to - ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ - zEndAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zEndAff[nEq]) ){ - zEndAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - } - codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, zEndAff); - nConstraint++; - testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ + case '.': { +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) ) +#endif + { + *tokenType = TK_DOT; + return 1; + } + /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point + ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */ } - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zStartAff); - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zEndAff); - - /* Top of the loop body */ - pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - - /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */ - op = aEndOp[(pRangeEnd || nEq) * (1 + bRev)]; - testcase( op==OP_Noop ); - testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); - testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); - if( op!=OP_Noop ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, endEq!=bRev ?1:0); + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { + testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' ); + testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' ); + testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' ); + testcase( z[0]=='9' ); + *tokenType = TK_INTEGER; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER + if( z[0]=='0' && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X') && sqlite3Isxdigit(z[2]) ){ + for(i=3; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){} + return i; + } +#endif + for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( z[i]=='.' ){ + i++; + while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } + *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; + } + if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') && + ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) + || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2])) + ) + ){ + i += 2; + while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } + *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; + } +#endif + while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + i++; + } + return i; } - - /* If there are inequality constraints, check that the value - ** of the table column that the inequality contrains is not NULL. - ** If it is, jump to the next iteration of the loop. - */ - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ); - testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ); - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, addrCont); + case '[': { + for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} + *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - - /* Seek the table cursor, if required */ - disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart); - disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd); - if( !omitTable ){ - iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg); - sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg); /* Deferred seek */ + case '?': { + *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; + for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} + return i; } - - /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable - ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan. - */ - pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; - pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur; - }else - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ - /* Case 4: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d); - ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a); - ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b); - ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c); - ** - ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13) - ** - ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR. - ** The top of the loop looks like this: - ** - ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 - ** - ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to - ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted - ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the - ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd(). - ** - ** sqlite3WhereBegin() - ** RowSetTest # Insert rowid into rowset - ** Gosub 2 A - ** sqlite3WhereEnd() - ** - ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target - ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto. - ** - ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 - ** Goto B # The loop is finished. - ** - ** A: # Return data, whatever. - ** - ** Return 2 # Jump back to the Gosub - ** - ** B: - ** - */ - WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */ - WhereTerm *pFinal; /* Final subterm within the OR-clause. */ - SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */ - - int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */ - int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */ - int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */ - int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Start of loop body */ - int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */ - int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */ - int ii; - - pTerm = pLevel->plan.u.pTerm; - assert( pTerm!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR ); - assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 ); - pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; - pFinal = &pOrWc->a[pOrWc->nTerm-1]; - pLevel->op = OP_Return; - pLevel->p1 = regReturn; - - /* Set up a new SrcList ni pOrTab containing the table being scanned - ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots. - ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). - */ - if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){ - int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */ - struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */ - nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1; - pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(pParse->db, - sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0])); - if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady; - pOrTab->nAlloc = (i16)(nNotReady + 1); - pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc; - memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem)); - origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a; - for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){ - memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k])); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE + case '$': +#endif + case '@': /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */ + case '#': + case ':': { + int n = 0; + testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' ); + testcase( z[0]==':' ); testcase( z[0]=='#' ); + *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; + for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ + if( IdChar(c) ){ + n++; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE + }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){ + do{ + i++; + }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' ); + if( c==')' ){ + i++; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + } + break; + }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){ + i++; +#endif + }else{ + break; + } } - }else{ - pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList; + if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; } - - /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is - ** equivalent to an empty rowset. - ** - ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction - ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This - ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps - ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the - ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to - ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if - ** called on an uninitialized cursor. - */ - if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ - regRowset = ++pParse->nMem; - regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + case 'x': case 'X': { + testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' ); + if( z[1]=='\'' ){ + *tokenType = TK_BLOB; + for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){} + if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; } + } + if( z[i] ) i++; + return i; + } + /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */ } - iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn); +#endif + default: { + if( !IdChar(*z) ){ + break; + } + for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){} + *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i); + return i; + } + } + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return 1; +} - for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ - WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii]; - if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){ - WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */ - /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ - pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrTerm->pExpr, 0, - WHERE_OMIT_OPEN | WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE | - WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY); - if( pSubWInfo ){ - explainOneScan( - pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0 - ); - if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ - int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii); - int r; - r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTabItem->pTab, -1, iCur, - regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, - sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, r, iSet); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody); +/* +** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is +** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs +** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into +** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that +** error message. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){ + int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */ + int tokenType; /* type of the next token */ + int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */ + u8 enableLookaside; /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */ - /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term - ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The - ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will - ** need to be tested later. - */ - if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1; - /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo); + mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; + if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + } + pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; + pParse->zTail = zSql; + i = 0; + assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); + pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc); + if( pEngine==0 ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); + assert( pParse->nVar==0 ); + assert( pParse->nzVar==0 ); + assert( pParse->azVar==0 ); + enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; + if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; + while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){ + assert( i>=0 ); + pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i]; + pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType); + i += pParse->sLastToken.n; + if( i>mxSqlLen ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + break; + } + switch( tokenType ){ + case TK_SPACE: { + if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt"); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + goto abort_parse; + } + break; + } + case TK_ILLEGAL: { + sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg); + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"", + &pParse->sLastToken); + nErr++; + goto abort_parse; + } + case TK_SEMI: { + pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; + /* Fall thru into the default case */ + } + default: { + sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); + lastTokenParsed = tokenType; + if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_parse; } + break; } } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody); - - if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(pParse->db, pOrTab); - if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ - - { - /* Case 5: There is no usable index. We must do a complete - ** scan of the entire table. - */ - static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev }; - static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last }; - assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 ); - assert( omitTable==0 ); - pLevel->op = aStep[bRev]; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk); - pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; } - notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); - - /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely - ** computed using the current set of tables. - ** - ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49525-50935 Terms that cannot be satisfied through - ** the use of indices become tests that are evaluated against each row of - ** the relevant input tables. - */ - k = 0; - for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ - Expr *pE; - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */ - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); - if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){ - testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0 - && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ); - pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1; - continue; - } - pE = pTerm->pExpr; - assert( pE!=0 ); - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){ - continue; +abort_parse: + if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){ + sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); + pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; } - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - k = 1; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); + } +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, + sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine) + ); +#endif /* YYDEBUG */ + sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free); + db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){ + sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc)); + } + assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); + if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg; + sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg); + pParse->zErrMsg = 0; + nErr++; + } + if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe); + pParse->pVdbe = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + if( pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock); + pParse->aTableLock = 0; + pParse->nTableLock = 0; } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock); +#endif - /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that - ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. - */ - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ - pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin); - VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit")); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; jnTerm; j++, pTerm++){ - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */ - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); - if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){ - assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms ); - continue; - } - assert( pTerm->pExpr ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; - } + if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table + ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c) + ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure. + */ + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg); - return notReady; + if( pParse->bFreeWith ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, pParse->pWith); + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger); + for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar); + while( pParse->pAinc ){ + AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc; + pParse->pAinc = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + while( pParse->pZombieTab ){ + Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab; + pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie; + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); + } + if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return nErr; } -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** An tokenizer for SQL +** +** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. +** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by +** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from +** static links that do not use it. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE + /* -** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated -** by the most recent call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). Each call to WhereBegin -** overwrites the previous. This information is used for testing and -** analysis only. +** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. */ -SQLITE_API char sqlite3_query_plan[BMS*2*40]; /* Text of the join */ -static int nQPlan = 0; /* Next free slow in _query_plan[] */ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; +#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) +#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ +/* +** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header +** comments on that procedure for additional information. +*/ +#define tkSEMI 0 +#define tkWS 1 +#define tkOTHER 2 +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +#define tkEXPLAIN 3 +#define tkCREATE 4 +#define tkTEMP 5 +#define tkTRIGGER 6 +#define tkEND 7 +#endif /* -** Free a WhereInfo structure +** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. +** +** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. +** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement +** must end with ";END;". +** +** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states: +** +** (0) INVALID We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character. +** +** (1) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine +** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends +** in any other state. +** +** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single +** semicolon. +** +** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of +** a statement. +** +** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a +** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by +** TEMP or TEMPORARY +** +** (5) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be +** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. +** +** (6) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at +** the end of a trigger definition. +** +** (7) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end +** of a trigger difinition. +** +** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted +** from the input. The following tokens are significant: +** +** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. +** (1) tkWS Whitespace. +** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. +** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. +** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. +** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. +** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. +** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. +** +** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. +** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid. +** +** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed +** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do +** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. */ -static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inLevel; i++){ - sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo; - if( pInfo ){ - /* assert( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 || db->mallocFailed ); */ - if( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){ - sqlite3_free(pInfo->idxStr); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ + u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ + u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER + ** statement. This is the normal case. + */ + static const u8 trans[8][8] = { + /* Token: */ + /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ + /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ { 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 4 CREATE: */ { 1, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 2, }, + /* 5 TRIGGER: */ { 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, + /* 6 SEMI: */ { 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 7, }, + /* 7 END: */ { 1, 7, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, + }; +#else + /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine + ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier + */ + static const u8 trans[3][3] = { + /* Token: */ + /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ + /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, }, + /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, }, + /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, }, + }; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + + while( *zSql ){ + switch( *zSql ){ + case ';': { /* A semicolon */ + token = tkSEMI; + break; + } + case ' ': + case '\r': + case '\t': + case '\n': + case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '/': { /* C-style comments */ + if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + zSql += 2; + while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } + if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; + zSql++; + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ + if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ + token = tkOTHER; + break; } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pInfo); + while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1; + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ + zSql++; + while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ + case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ + case '\'': { + int c = *zSql; + zSql++; + while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; + token = tkOTHER; + break; } - if( pWInfo->a[i].plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX ){ - Index *pIdx = pWInfo->a[i].plan.u.pIdx; - if( pIdx ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->zColAff); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx); + default: { +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + unsigned char c; +#endif + if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ + /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ + int nId; + for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + token = tkOTHER; +#else + switch( *zSql ){ + case 'c': case 'C': { + if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ + token = tkCREATE; + }else{ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + case 't': case 'T': { + if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ + token = tkTRIGGER; + }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ + token = tkTEMP; + }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ + token = tkTEMP; + }else{ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + case 'e': case 'E': { + if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ + token = tkEND; + }else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ + token = tkEXPLAIN; + }else +#endif + { + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + default: { + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + zSql += nId-1; + }else{ + /* Operators and special symbols */ + token = tkOTHER; } + break; } } - whereClauseClear(pWInfo->pWC); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); + state = trans[state][token]; + zSql++; } + return state==1; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described +** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not +** UTF-8. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ + sqlite3_value *pVal; + char const *zSql8; + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); + zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( zSql8 ){ + rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ +/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/ /* -** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing. -** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains -** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine -** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function -** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing. -** -** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL. -** -** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in -** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the -** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For -** example, if the SQL is this: +** 2001 September 15 ** -** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...; +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following: +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated -** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin() -** foreach row3 in t3 do / -** ... -** end \ Code generated -** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd() -** end / +************************************************************************* +** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file +** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in +** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be +** accessed by users of the library. +*/ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/ +/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2006 Oct 10 ** -** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they -** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make -** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in -** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for -** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor -** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor. -** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors -** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named -** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code -** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract -** data from the various tables of the loop. +****************************************************************************** ** -** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their -** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if -** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that -** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the -** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking -** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop. +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface. +*/ + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db); + +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE +/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/ +/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 26 ** -** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually -** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach", -** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer -** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent -** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner- -** most loop) +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** OUTER JOINS +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows: +****************************************************************************** ** -** foreach row1 in t1 do -** flag = 0 -** foreach row2 in t2 do -** start: -** ... -** flag = 1 -** end -** if flag==0 then -** move the row2 cursor to a null row -** goto start -** fi -** end +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface. +*/ + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db); + +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU +/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/ +/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 26 ** -** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement, -** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine -** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table -** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and -** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL. This is an optimization that prevents an -** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the -** ORDER BY clause already exists. +****************************************************************************** ** -** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct -** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged. +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* A list of all tables to be scanned */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ - ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */ - u16 wctrlFlags /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */ - int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */ - Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* A single entry from pTabList */ - WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in the pWInfo list */ - int iFrom; /* First unused FROM clause element */ - int andFlags; /* AND-ed combination of all pWC->a[].wtFlags */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of - ** bits in a Bitmask - */ - testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS ); - if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS); - return 0; - } +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ - /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in - ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should - ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that - ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized. - */ - nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db); - /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the - ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo - ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure - ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte - ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on - ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below. - */ - db = pParse->db; - nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel)); - pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - nByteWInfo + - sizeof(WhereClause) + - sizeof(WhereMaskSet) - ); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); - pWInfo = 0; - goto whereBeginError; - } - pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList; - pWInfo->pParse = pParse; - pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList; - pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - pWInfo->pWC = pWC = (WhereClause *)&((u8 *)pWInfo)[nByteWInfo]; - pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; - pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; - pMaskSet = (WhereMaskSet*)&pWC[1]; +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ - /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each - ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator. - */ - initMaskSet(pMaskSet); - whereClauseInit(pWC, pParse, pMaskSet); - sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere); - whereSplit(pWC, pWhere, TK_AND); /* IMP: R-15842-53296 */ - - /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the - ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru. - */ - if( pWhere && (nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){ - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - pWhere = 0; - } - /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause. - ** - ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be - ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then - ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term - ** is (X-1). An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use - ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table - ** of the join. Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a - ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join. Knowing the bitmask - ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important. Ticket #3015. - ** - ** Configure the WhereClause.vmask variable so that bits that correspond - ** to virtual table cursors are set. This is used to selectively disable - ** the OR-to-IN transformation in exprAnalyzeOrTerm(). It is not helpful - ** with virtual tables. - ** - ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in - ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally - ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the - ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set. - */ - assert( pWC->vmask==0 && pMaskSet->n==0 ); - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( ALWAYS(pTabList->a[i].pTab) && IsVirtual(pTabList->a[i].pTab) ){ - pWC->vmask |= ((Bitmask)1 << i); - } -#endif - } -#ifndef NDEBUG - { - Bitmask toTheLeft = 0; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); - assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft ); - toTheLeft |= m; - } - } +/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ #endif - /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. Note that exprAnalyze() might - ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause. We do not - ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end - ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed. - */ - exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, pWC); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto whereBeginError; - } - - /* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause. - ** - ** This loop fills in the following fields: - ** - ** pWInfo->a[].pIdx The index to use for this level of the loop. - ** pWInfo->a[].wsFlags WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx - ** pWInfo->a[].nEq The number of == and IN constraints - ** pWInfo->a[].iFrom Which term of the FROM clause is being coded - ** pWInfo->a[].iTabCur The VDBE cursor for the database table - ** pWInfo->a[].iIdxCur The VDBE cursor for the index - ** pWInfo->a[].pTerm When wsFlags==WO_OR, the OR-clause term - ** - ** This loop also figures out the nesting order of tables in the FROM - ** clause. - */ - notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; - pTabItem = pTabList->a; - pLevel = pWInfo->a; - andFlags = ~0; - WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n")); - for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i=0 && bestJ<0; isOptimal--){ - Bitmask mask; /* Mask of tables not yet ready */ - for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; jjointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0; - if( j!=iFrom && doNotReorder ) break; - m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor); - if( (m & notReady)==0 ){ - if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++; - continue; - } - mask = (isOptimal ? m : notReady); - pOrderBy = ((i==0 && ppOrderBy )?*ppOrderBy:0); - if( pTabItem->pIndex==0 ) nUnconstrained++; - - WHERETRACE(("=== trying table %d with isOptimal=%d ===\n", - j, isOptimal)); - assert( pTabItem->pTab ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){ - sqlite3_index_info **pp = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo; - bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy, - &sCost, pp); - }else +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant +** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; #endif - { - bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy, - &sCost); - } - assert( isOptimal || (sCost.used¬Ready)==0 ); - /* If an INDEXED BY clause is present, then the plan must use that - ** index if it uses any index at all */ - assert( pTabItem->pIndex==0 - || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 - || sCost.plan.u.pIdx==pTabItem->pIndex ); +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns +** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } - if( isOptimal && (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){ - notIndexed |= m; - } +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a +** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; } - /* Conditions under which this table becomes the best so far: - ** - ** (1) The table must not depend on other tables that have not - ** yet run. - ** - ** (2) A full-table-scan plan cannot supercede another plan unless - ** it is an "optimal" plan as defined above. - ** - ** (3) All tables have an INDEXED BY clause or this table lacks an - ** INDEXED BY clause or this table uses the specific - ** index specified by its INDEXED BY clause. This rule ensures - ** that a best-so-far is always selected even if an impossible - ** combination of INDEXED BY clauses are given. The error - ** will be detected and relayed back to the application later. - ** The NEVER() comes about because rule (2) above prevents - ** An indexable full-table-scan from reaching rule (3). - ** - ** (4) The plan cost must be lower than prior plans or else the - ** cost must be the same and the number of rows must be lower. - */ - if( (sCost.used¬Ready)==0 /* (1) */ - && (bestJ<0 || (notIndexed&m)!=0 /* (2) */ - || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0) - && (nUnconstrained==0 || pTabItem->pIndex==0 /* (3) */ - || NEVER((sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0)) - && (bestJ<0 || sCost.rCost=0 ); - assert( notReady & getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor) ); - WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d" - " with cost=%g and nRow=%g\n", - bestJ, pLevel-pWInfo->a, bestPlan.rCost, bestPlan.plan.nRow)); - if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){ - *ppOrderBy = 0; - } - andFlags &= bestPlan.plan.wsFlags; - pLevel->plan = bestPlan.plan; - testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ); - testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX ); - if( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_TEMP_INDEX) ){ - pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; - }else{ - pLevel->iIdxCur = -1; - } - notReady &= ~getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor); - pLevel->iFrom = (u8)bestJ; - if( bestPlan.plan.nRow>=(double)1 ){ - pParse->nQueryLoop *= bestPlan.plan.nRow; - } +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function +** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } - /* Check that if the table scanned by this loop iteration had an - ** INDEXED BY clause attached to it, that the named index is being - ** used for the scan. If not, then query compilation has failed. - ** Return an error. - */ - pIdx = pTabList->a[bestJ].pIndex; - if( pIdx ){ - if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot use index: %s", pIdx->zName); - goto whereBeginError; - }else{ - /* If an INDEXED BY clause is used, the bestIndex() function is - ** guaranteed to find the index specified in the INDEXED BY clause - ** if it find an index at all. */ - assert( bestPlan.plan.u.pIdx==pIdx ); - } - } - } - WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n")); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto whereBeginError; - } +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20790-14025 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns +** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to +** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; } - /* If the total query only selects a single row, then the ORDER BY - ** clause is irrelevant. - */ - if( (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 && ppOrderBy ){ - *ppOrderBy = 0; - } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) +/* +** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if +** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing +** I/O active are written using this function. These messages +** are intended for debugging activity only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0; +#endif - /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting - ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate. - ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constraints - ** the statement to update a single row. - */ - assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 ); - if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 && (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 ){ - pWInfo->okOnePass = 1; - pWInfo->a[0].plan.wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY; - } +/* +** If the following global variable points to a string which is the +** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store +** temporary files. +** +** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; - /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for - ** searching those tables. - */ - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */ - notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; - pWInfo->nRowOut = (double)1; - for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; ia[pLevel->iFrom]; - pTab = pTabItem->pTab; - pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor; - pWInfo->nRowOut *= pLevel->plan.nRow; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){ - /* Do nothing */ - }else -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ - const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - }else -#endif - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 - && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN)==0 ){ - int op = pWInfo->okOnePass ? OP_OpenWrite : OP_OpenRead; - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op); - testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); - testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS ); - if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nColcolUsed; - int n = 0; - for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){} - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32); - assert( n<=pTab->nCol ); - } - }else{ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)!=0 ){ - constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, notReady, pLevel); - }else +/* +** Initialize SQLite. +** +** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, +** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with +** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT +** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as +** sqlite3_open(). +** +** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, +** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown. +** +** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to +** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first +** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent +** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization. +** +** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive +** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the +** initialization process would never complete. +** +** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other +** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is +** incomplete, it is required that: +** +** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most +** call by X completes. +** +** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately +** without blocking. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */ + int rc; /* Result code */ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + int bRunExtraInit = 0; /* Extra initialization needed */ #endif - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ - Index *pIx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIx); - int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; - assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - assert( iIdxCur>=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIx->tnum, iDb, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName)); - } - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor); + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; +#endif - /* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for - ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM - ** program. + /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call + ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization + ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end + ** of this routine. */ - notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; - for(i=0; ia[i]; - explainOneScan(pParse, pTabList, pLevel, i, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags); - notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, i, wctrlFlags, notReady); - pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont; - } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* For testing and debugging use only */ - /* Record in the query plan information about the current table - ** and the index used to access it (if any). If the table itself - ** is not used, its name is just '{}'. If no index is used - ** the index is listed as "{}". If the primary key is used the - ** index name is '*'. + /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to + ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. + ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, + ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. + ** + ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own + ** initialization. */ - for(i=0; ia[i]; - pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - z = pTabItem->zAlias; - if( z==0 ) z = pTabItem->pTab->zName; - n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-10 ){ - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{}", 2); - nQPlan += 2; - }else{ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], z, n); - nQPlan += n; - } - sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' '; - } - testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ); - testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ); - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "* ", 2); - nQPlan += 2; - }else if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ - n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName); - if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-2 ){ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName, n); - nQPlan += n; - sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' '; + rc = sqlite3MutexInit(); + if( rc ) return rc; + + /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex. + ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that + ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the + ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static + ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem. + */ + MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ + rc = sqlite3MallocInit(); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = + sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } - }else{ - memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{} ", 3); - nQPlan += 3; } } - while( nQPlan>0 && sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan-1]==' ' ){ - sqlite3_query_plan[--nQPlan] = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++; } - sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan] = 0; - nQPlan = 0; -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST // Testing and debugging use only */ - - /* Record the continuation address in the WhereInfo structure. Then - ** clean up and return. - */ - return pWInfo; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - /* Jump here if malloc fails */ -whereBeginError: - if( pWInfo ){ - pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; - whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); + /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc + ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate + ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on -** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - WhereLevel *pLevel; - SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - /* Generate loop termination code. + /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so + ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into + ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through + ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other + ** recursive calls might also be possible. + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls + ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. + ** + ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit + ** methods. The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the + ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize(). */ - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){ - pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont); - if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){ + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1; + memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions)); + sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize(); } - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){ - struct InLoop *pIn; - int j; - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt); - for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1; + rc = sqlite3OsInit(); } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk); - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ - int addr; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); - assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 - || (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ); - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); - } - if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur); - } - if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst); - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + bRunExtraInit = 1; +#endif } + sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0; } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop. - ** Set it. - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak); - - /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin. + /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive + ** mutex to prevent a resource leak. */ - assert( pWInfo->nLevel==1 || pWInfo->nLevel==pTabList->nSrc ); - for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inLevel; i++, pLevel++){ - struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; - assert( pTab!=0 ); - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 - && pTab->pSelect==0 - && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE)==0 - ){ - int ws = pLevel->plan.wsFlags; - if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor); - } - if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && (ws & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur); - } - } - - /* If this scan uses an index, make code substitutions to read data - ** from the index in preference to the table. Sometimes, this means - ** the table need never be read from. This is a performance boost, - ** as the vdbe level waits until the table is read before actually - ** seeking the table cursor to the record corresponding to the current - ** position in the index. - ** - ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and - ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table - ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes - ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that - ** reference the index. - */ - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && !db->mallocFailed){ - int k, j, last; - VdbeOp *pOp; - Index *pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; - - assert( pIdx!=0 ); - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pWInfo->iTop); - last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - for(k=pWInfo->iTop; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - if( pOp->p2==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ){ - pOp->p2 = j; - pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; - break; - } - } - assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 - || jnColumn ); - }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ - pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; - pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid; - } - } - } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){ + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0; } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - /* Final cleanup + /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has + ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but + ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no + ** reason. So we run it once during initialization. */ - pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; - whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); - return; -} - -/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/ -/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. -** -** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite. -** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER() -** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general -** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the -** specific grammar used by SQLite. -*/ -/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration -** in the input grammar file. */ +#ifndef NDEBUG +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */ + if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1; + double y; + assert(sizeof(x)==8); + assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y)); + memcpy(&y, &x, 8); + assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) ); + } +#endif +#endif + /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + ** compile-time option. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + if( bRunExtraInit ){ + int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*); + rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0); + } +#endif -/* -** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down -** automaton. -*/ -#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1 + return rc; +} /* -** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase() +** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while +** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or +** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This +** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine +** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down +** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op. */ -#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN + void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void); + SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(); +#endif + sqlite3_os_end(); + sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0; + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){ + sqlite3PcacheShutdown(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0; + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ + sqlite3MallocEnd(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0; -/* -** An instance of this structure holds information about the -** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement. -*/ -struct LimitVal { - Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */ - Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */ -}; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES + /* The heap subsystem has now been shutdown and these values are supposed + ** to be NULL or point to memory that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(), + ** which would rely on that heap subsystem; therefore, make sure these + ** values cannot refer to heap memory that was just invalidated when the + ** heap subsystem was shutdown. This is only done if the current call to + ** this function resulted in the heap subsystem actually being shutdown. + */ + sqlite3_data_directory = 0; + sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; +#endif + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){ + sqlite3MutexEnd(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0; + } -/* -** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE, -** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators. -*/ -struct LikeOp { - Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */ - int not; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */ -}; + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a -** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, -** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form -** -** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) +** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of +** the SQLite library at run-time. ** -** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". +** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding +** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not +** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable +** behavior. */ -struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; -/* -** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type. -*/ -struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; }; + /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while + ** the SQLite library is in use. */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ - /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and - ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete - ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd. - */ - static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){ - pOut->zStart = pStart->z; - pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n]; - } + /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe + ** compile. + */ +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: { + /* Disable all mutexing */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: { + /* Disable mutexing of database connections */ + /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: { + /* Enable all mutexing */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: { + /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: { + /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */ + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; + break; + } +#endif - /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier. Use the - ** new Expr to populate pOut. Set the span of pOut to be the identifier - ** that created the expression. - */ - static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){ - pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue); - pOut->zStart = pValue->z; - pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n]; - } - /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan - ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object. - */ - static void spanBinaryExpr( - ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the result here */ - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context. Errors accumulate here */ - int op, /* The binary operation */ - ExprSpan *pLeft, /* The left operand */ - ExprSpan *pRight /* The right operand */ - ){ - pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0); - pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart; - pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd; - } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: { + /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: { + /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault(); + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: { + /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: { + /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: { + /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } - /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator - */ - static void spanUnaryPostfix( - ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ - int op, /* The operator */ - ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ - Token *pPostOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ - ){ - pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); - pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart; - pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n]; - } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: { + /* no-op */ + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: { + /* now an error */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } - /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a - ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */ - static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pY->op==TK_NULL ){ - pA->op = (u8)op; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight); - pA->pRight = 0; + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: { + /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: { + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ + sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); + } + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2; + break; } - } - /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator - */ - static void spanUnaryPrefix( - ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ - int op, /* The operator */ - ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ - Token *pPreOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ - ){ - pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); - pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z; - pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd; - } -/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders. -** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch. -*/ -/* -** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator) -** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser -** understands. -** -** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar. -*/ -/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined. -*/ -#ifndef INTERFACE -# define INTERFACE 1 +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) + case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: { + /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int); + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){ + /* cap min request size at 2^12 */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12); + } + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){ + /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation + ** back to NULL pointers too. This will cause the malloc to go + ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is + ** run. + */ + memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m)); + }else{ + /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the + ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. The enclosing #if guarantees at + ** least one of these methods is currently enabled. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(); #endif -/* The next thing included is series of defines which control -** various aspects of the generated parser. -** YYCODETYPE is the data type used for storing terminal -** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is -** used if there are fewer than 250 terminals -** and nonterminals. "int" is used otherwise. -** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds -** to no legal terminal or nonterminal number. This -** number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash -** table. -** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens -** have fall-back values which should be used if the -** original value of the token will not parse. -** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for storing terminal -** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is -** used if there are fewer than 250 rules and -** states combined. "int" is used otherwise. -** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor tokens given -** directly to the parser from the tokenizer. -** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor tokens. -** This is typically a union of many types, one of -** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union -** for base tokens is called "yy0". -** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If -** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() -** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument -** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument -** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser -** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser -** YYNSTATE the combined number of states. -** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar -** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not -** defined, then do no error processing. -*/ -#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char -#define YYNOCODE 253 -#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int -#define YYWILDCARD 67 -#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token -typedef union { - int yyinit; - sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0; - int yy4; - struct TrigEvent yy90; - ExprSpan yy118; - TriggerStep* yy203; - u8 yy210; - struct {int value; int mask;} yy215; - SrcList* yy259; - struct LimitVal yy292; - Expr* yy314; - ExprList* yy322; - struct LikeOp yy342; - IdList* yy384; - Select* yy387; -} YYMINORTYPE; -#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH -#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100 +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(); +#endif + } + break; + } #endif -#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse; -#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse -#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse -#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse -#define YYNSTATE 630 -#define YYNRULE 329 -#define YYFALLBACK 1 -#define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2) -#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1) -#define YY_ERROR_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE) -/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of -** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */ -static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 }; + case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument. + ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is + ** NULL. + */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: { + /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. + ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 + ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*)); + */ + typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*); + break; + } -/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined -** otherwise. -** -** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section -** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage. For production -** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off. But it is useful -** for testing. -*/ -#ifndef yytestcase -# define yytestcase(X) + case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG: { + typedef void(*SQLLOGFUNC_t)(void*, sqlite3*, const char*, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog = va_arg(ap, SQLLOGFUNC_t); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg = va_arg(ap, void *); + break; + } #endif + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE: { + sqlite3_int64 szMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); + sqlite3_int64 mxMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); + if( mxMmap<0 || mxMmap>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE ){ + mxMmap = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE; + } + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap = mxMmap; + if( szMmap<0 ) szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE; + if( szMmap>mxMmap) szMmap = mxMmap; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap = szMmap; + break; + } -/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the -** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement -** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an -** action integer. -** -** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as -** follows -** -** 0 <= N < YYNSTATE Shift N. That is, push the lookahead -** token onto the stack and goto state N. -** -** YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE A syntax error has occurred. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1 The parser accepts its input. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2 No such action. Denotes unused -** slots in the yy_action[] table. -** -** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[]. -** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as -** -** yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] -** -** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value -** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S] -** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table -** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead. -** -** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is -** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after -** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of -** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of -** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT. -** -** The following are the tables generated in this section: -** -** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. -** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in -** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. -** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for -** shifting terminals. -** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for -** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. -** yy_default[] Default action for each state. -*/ -#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1557) -static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { - /* 0 */ 313, 960, 186, 419, 2, 172, 627, 597, 55, 55, - /* 10 */ 55, 55, 48, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, - /* 20 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 302, 283, 623, 622, 516, 515, - /* 30 */ 590, 584, 55, 55, 55, 55, 282, 53, 53, 53, - /* 40 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 6, 56, - /* 50 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, - /* 60 */ 55, 55, 608, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, - /* 70 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 597, 409, 330, 579, 579, - /* 80 */ 32, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, - /* 90 */ 50, 238, 330, 217, 620, 619, 166, 411, 624, 382, - /* 100 */ 379, 378, 7, 491, 590, 584, 200, 199, 198, 58, - /* 110 */ 377, 300, 414, 621, 481, 66, 623, 622, 621, 580, - /* 120 */ 254, 601, 94, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, - /* 130 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 671, 53, 53, 53, - /* 140 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 532, - /* 150 */ 226, 506, 507, 133, 177, 139, 284, 385, 279, 384, - /* 160 */ 169, 197, 342, 398, 251, 226, 253, 275, 388, 167, - /* 170 */ 139, 284, 385, 279, 384, 169, 570, 236, 590, 584, - /* 180 */ 672, 240, 275, 157, 620, 619, 554, 437, 51, 51, - /* 190 */ 51, 50, 238, 343, 439, 553, 438, 56, 57, 47, - /* 200 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, - /* 210 */ 465, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, - /* 220 */ 50, 238, 313, 390, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, - /* 230 */ 238, 391, 166, 491, 566, 382, 379, 378, 409, 440, - /* 240 */ 579, 579, 252, 440, 607, 66, 377, 513, 621, 49, - /* 250 */ 46, 147, 590, 584, 621, 16, 466, 189, 621, 441, - /* 260 */ 442, 673, 526, 441, 340, 577, 595, 64, 194, 482, - /* 270 */ 434, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, - /* 280 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 30, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, - /* 290 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 593, 593, 593, - /* 300 */ 387, 578, 606, 493, 259, 351, 258, 411, 1, 623, - /* 310 */ 622, 496, 623, 622, 65, 240, 623, 622, 597, 443, - /* 320 */ 237, 239, 414, 341, 237, 602, 590, 584, 18, 603, - /* 330 */ 166, 601, 87, 382, 379, 378, 67, 623, 622, 38, - /* 340 */ 623, 622, 176, 270, 377, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, - /* 350 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 175, 53, - /* 360 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, - /* 370 */ 313, 396, 233, 411, 531, 565, 317, 620, 619, 44, - /* 380 */ 620, 619, 240, 206, 620, 619, 597, 266, 414, 268, - /* 390 */ 409, 597, 579, 579, 352, 184, 505, 601, 73, 533, - /* 400 */ 590, 584, 466, 548, 190, 620, 619, 576, 620, 619, - /* 410 */ 547, 383, 551, 35, 332, 575, 574, 600, 504, 56, - /* 420 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, - /* 430 */ 55, 55, 567, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, - /* 440 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, 561, 561, 528, 364, - /* 450 */ 259, 351, 258, 183, 361, 549, 524, 374, 411, 597, - /* 460 */ 414, 240, 560, 560, 409, 604, 579, 579, 328, 601, - /* 470 */ 93, 623, 622, 414, 590, 584, 237, 564, 559, 559, - /* 480 */ 520, 402, 601, 87, 409, 210, 579, 579, 168, 421, - /* 490 */ 950, 519, 950, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, - /* 500 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 192, 53, 53, 53, - /* 510 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 600, - /* 520 */ 293, 563, 511, 234, 357, 146, 475, 475, 367, 411, - /* 530 */ 562, 411, 358, 542, 425, 171, 411, 215, 144, 620, - /* 540 */ 619, 544, 318, 353, 414, 203, 414, 275, 590, 584, - /* 550 */ 549, 414, 174, 601, 94, 601, 79, 558, 471, 61, - /* 560 */ 601, 79, 421, 949, 350, 949, 34, 56, 57, 47, - /* 570 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, - /* 580 */ 535, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, - /* 590 */ 50, 238, 313, 307, 424, 394, 272, 49, 46, 147, - /* 600 */ 349, 322, 4, 411, 491, 312, 321, 425, 568, 492, - /* 610 */ 216, 264, 407, 575, 574, 429, 66, 549, 414, 621, - /* 620 */ 540, 602, 590, 584, 13, 603, 621, 601, 72, 12, - /* 630 */ 618, 617, 616, 202, 210, 621, 546, 469, 422, 319, - /* 640 */ 148, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, - /* 650 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 338, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, - /* 660 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 600, 600, 411, - /* 670 */ 39, 21, 37, 170, 237, 875, 411, 572, 572, 201, - /* 680 */ 144, 473, 538, 331, 414, 474, 143, 146, 630, 628, - /* 690 */ 334, 414, 353, 601, 68, 168, 590, 584, 132, 365, - /* 700 */ 601, 96, 307, 423, 530, 336, 49, 46, 147, 568, - /* 710 */ 406, 216, 549, 360, 529, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, - /* 720 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, - /* 730 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, - /* 740 */ 313, 411, 605, 414, 484, 510, 172, 422, 597, 318, - /* 750 */ 496, 485, 601, 99, 411, 142, 414, 411, 231, 411, - /* 760 */ 540, 411, 359, 629, 2, 601, 97, 426, 308, 414, - /* 770 */ 590, 584, 414, 20, 414, 621, 414, 621, 601, 106, - /* 780 */ 503, 601, 105, 601, 108, 601, 109, 204, 28, 56, - /* 790 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, - /* 800 */ 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, - /* 810 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, 597, 414, 411, 276, - /* 820 */ 214, 600, 411, 366, 213, 381, 601, 134, 274, 500, - /* 830 */ 414, 167, 130, 414, 621, 411, 354, 414, 376, 601, - /* 840 */ 135, 129, 601, 100, 590, 584, 601, 104, 522, 521, - /* 850 */ 414, 621, 224, 273, 600, 167, 327, 282, 600, 601, - /* 860 */ 103, 468, 521, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, - /* 870 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, - /* 880 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, - /* 890 */ 27, 414, 411, 375, 276, 167, 359, 544, 50, 238, - /* 900 */ 601, 95, 128, 223, 414, 411, 165, 414, 411, 621, - /* 910 */ 411, 621, 612, 601, 102, 372, 601, 76, 590, 584, - /* 920 */ 414, 570, 236, 414, 470, 414, 167, 621, 188, 601, - /* 930 */ 98, 225, 601, 138, 601, 137, 232, 56, 45, 47, - /* 940 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, - /* 950 */ 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, - /* 960 */ 50, 238, 313, 276, 276, 414, 411, 276, 544, 459, - /* 970 */ 359, 171, 209, 479, 601, 136, 628, 334, 621, 621, - /* 980 */ 125, 414, 621, 368, 411, 621, 257, 540, 589, 588, - /* 990 */ 601, 75, 590, 584, 458, 446, 23, 23, 124, 414, - /* 1000 */ 326, 325, 621, 427, 324, 309, 600, 288, 601, 92, - /* 1010 */ 586, 585, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, - /* 1020 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, - /* 1030 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 587, 411, 414, - /* 1040 */ 411, 207, 611, 476, 171, 472, 160, 123, 601, 91, - /* 1050 */ 323, 261, 15, 414, 464, 414, 411, 621, 411, 354, - /* 1060 */ 222, 411, 601, 74, 601, 90, 590, 584, 159, 264, - /* 1070 */ 158, 414, 461, 414, 621, 600, 414, 121, 120, 25, - /* 1080 */ 601, 89, 601, 101, 621, 601, 88, 47, 582, 581, - /* 1090 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 544, 53, - /* 1100 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, - /* 1110 */ 43, 405, 263, 3, 610, 264, 140, 415, 622, 24, - /* 1120 */ 410, 11, 456, 594, 118, 155, 219, 452, 408, 621, - /* 1130 */ 621, 621, 156, 43, 405, 621, 3, 286, 621, 113, - /* 1140 */ 415, 622, 111, 445, 411, 400, 557, 403, 545, 10, - /* 1150 */ 411, 408, 264, 110, 205, 436, 541, 566, 453, 414, - /* 1160 */ 621, 621, 63, 621, 435, 414, 411, 621, 601, 94, - /* 1170 */ 403, 621, 411, 337, 601, 86, 150, 40, 41, 534, - /* 1180 */ 566, 414, 242, 264, 42, 413, 412, 414, 600, 595, - /* 1190 */ 601, 85, 191, 333, 107, 451, 601, 84, 621, 539, - /* 1200 */ 40, 41, 420, 230, 411, 149, 316, 42, 413, 412, - /* 1210 */ 398, 127, 595, 315, 621, 399, 278, 625, 181, 414, - /* 1220 */ 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 450, 411, 601, 71, - /* 1230 */ 240, 621, 43, 405, 264, 3, 615, 180, 264, 415, - /* 1240 */ 622, 614, 414, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 621, - /* 1250 */ 408, 601, 70, 621, 417, 33, 405, 613, 3, 411, - /* 1260 */ 264, 411, 415, 622, 418, 626, 178, 509, 8, 403, - /* 1270 */ 241, 416, 126, 408, 414, 621, 414, 449, 208, 566, - /* 1280 */ 240, 221, 621, 601, 83, 601, 82, 599, 297, 277, - /* 1290 */ 296, 30, 403, 31, 395, 264, 295, 397, 489, 40, - /* 1300 */ 41, 411, 566, 220, 621, 294, 42, 413, 412, 271, - /* 1310 */ 621, 595, 600, 621, 59, 60, 414, 269, 267, 623, - /* 1320 */ 622, 36, 40, 41, 621, 601, 81, 598, 235, 42, - /* 1330 */ 413, 412, 621, 621, 595, 265, 344, 411, 248, 556, - /* 1340 */ 173, 185, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 218, 29, - /* 1350 */ 621, 543, 414, 305, 304, 303, 179, 301, 411, 566, - /* 1360 */ 454, 601, 80, 289, 335, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, - /* 1370 */ 14, 411, 287, 414, 151, 392, 246, 260, 411, 196, - /* 1380 */ 195, 523, 601, 69, 411, 245, 414, 526, 537, 285, - /* 1390 */ 389, 595, 621, 414, 536, 601, 17, 362, 153, 414, - /* 1400 */ 466, 463, 601, 78, 154, 414, 462, 152, 601, 77, - /* 1410 */ 355, 255, 621, 455, 601, 9, 621, 386, 444, 517, - /* 1420 */ 247, 621, 593, 593, 593, 621, 621, 244, 621, 243, - /* 1430 */ 430, 518, 292, 621, 329, 621, 145, 393, 280, 513, - /* 1440 */ 291, 131, 621, 514, 621, 621, 311, 621, 259, 346, - /* 1450 */ 249, 621, 621, 229, 314, 621, 228, 512, 227, 240, - /* 1460 */ 494, 488, 310, 164, 487, 486, 373, 480, 163, 262, - /* 1470 */ 369, 371, 162, 26, 212, 478, 477, 161, 141, 363, - /* 1480 */ 467, 122, 339, 187, 119, 348, 347, 117, 116, 115, - /* 1490 */ 114, 112, 182, 457, 320, 22, 433, 432, 448, 19, - /* 1500 */ 609, 431, 428, 62, 193, 596, 573, 298, 555, 552, - /* 1510 */ 571, 404, 290, 380, 498, 510, 495, 306, 281, 499, - /* 1520 */ 250, 5, 497, 460, 345, 447, 569, 550, 238, 299, - /* 1530 */ 527, 525, 508, 961, 502, 501, 961, 401, 961, 211, - /* 1540 */ 490, 356, 256, 961, 483, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, - /* 1550 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 370, -}; -static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { - /* 0 */ 19, 142, 143, 144, 145, 24, 1, 26, 77, 78, - /* 10 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 20 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 15, 98, 26, 27, 7, 8, - /* 30 */ 49, 50, 77, 78, 79, 80, 109, 82, 83, 84, - /* 40 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 22, 68, - /* 50 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, - /* 60 */ 79, 80, 23, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 70 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 94, 112, 19, 114, 115, - /* 80 */ 25, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 90 */ 91, 92, 19, 22, 94, 95, 96, 150, 150, 99, - /* 100 */ 100, 101, 76, 150, 49, 50, 105, 106, 107, 54, - /* 110 */ 110, 158, 165, 165, 161, 162, 26, 27, 165, 113, - /* 120 */ 16, 174, 175, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, - /* 130 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 118, 82, 83, 84, - /* 140 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 23, - /* 150 */ 92, 97, 98, 24, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, - /* 160 */ 102, 25, 97, 216, 60, 92, 62, 109, 221, 25, - /* 170 */ 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 86, 87, 49, 50, - /* 180 */ 118, 116, 109, 25, 94, 95, 32, 97, 88, 89, - /* 190 */ 90, 91, 92, 128, 104, 41, 106, 68, 69, 70, - /* 200 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, - /* 210 */ 11, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 220 */ 91, 92, 19, 19, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, - /* 230 */ 92, 27, 96, 150, 66, 99, 100, 101, 112, 150, - /* 240 */ 114, 115, 138, 150, 161, 162, 110, 103, 165, 222, - /* 250 */ 223, 224, 49, 50, 165, 22, 57, 24, 165, 170, - /* 260 */ 171, 118, 94, 170, 171, 23, 98, 25, 185, 186, - /* 270 */ 243, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, - /* 280 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 126, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, - /* 290 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 129, 130, 131, - /* 300 */ 88, 23, 172, 173, 105, 106, 107, 150, 22, 26, - /* 310 */ 27, 181, 26, 27, 22, 116, 26, 27, 26, 230, - /* 320 */ 231, 197, 165, 230, 231, 113, 49, 50, 204, 117, - /* 330 */ 96, 174, 175, 99, 100, 101, 22, 26, 27, 136, - /* 340 */ 26, 27, 118, 16, 110, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, - /* 350 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 118, 82, - /* 360 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, - /* 370 */ 19, 214, 215, 150, 23, 23, 155, 94, 95, 22, - /* 380 */ 94, 95, 116, 160, 94, 95, 94, 60, 165, 62, - /* 390 */ 112, 26, 114, 115, 128, 23, 36, 174, 175, 88, - /* 400 */ 49, 50, 57, 120, 22, 94, 95, 23, 94, 95, - /* 410 */ 120, 51, 25, 136, 169, 170, 171, 194, 58, 68, - /* 420 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, - /* 430 */ 79, 80, 23, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 440 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 12, 12, 23, 228, - /* 450 */ 105, 106, 107, 23, 233, 25, 165, 19, 150, 94, - /* 460 */ 165, 116, 28, 28, 112, 174, 114, 115, 108, 174, - /* 470 */ 175, 26, 27, 165, 49, 50, 231, 11, 44, 44, - /* 480 */ 46, 46, 174, 175, 112, 160, 114, 115, 50, 22, - /* 490 */ 23, 57, 25, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, - /* 500 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 119, 82, 83, 84, - /* 510 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 194, - /* 520 */ 225, 23, 23, 215, 19, 95, 105, 106, 107, 150, - /* 530 */ 23, 150, 27, 23, 67, 25, 150, 206, 207, 94, - /* 540 */ 95, 166, 104, 218, 165, 22, 165, 109, 49, 50, - /* 550 */ 120, 165, 25, 174, 175, 174, 175, 23, 21, 234, - /* 560 */ 174, 175, 22, 23, 239, 25, 25, 68, 69, 70, - /* 570 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, - /* 580 */ 205, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 590 */ 91, 92, 19, 22, 23, 216, 23, 222, 223, 224, - /* 600 */ 63, 220, 35, 150, 150, 163, 220, 67, 166, 167, - /* 610 */ 168, 150, 169, 170, 171, 161, 162, 25, 165, 165, - /* 620 */ 150, 113, 49, 50, 25, 117, 165, 174, 175, 35, - /* 630 */ 7, 8, 9, 160, 160, 165, 120, 100, 67, 247, - /* 640 */ 248, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, - /* 650 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 193, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, - /* 660 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 194, 194, 150, - /* 670 */ 135, 24, 137, 35, 231, 138, 150, 129, 130, 206, - /* 680 */ 207, 30, 27, 213, 165, 34, 118, 95, 0, 1, - /* 690 */ 2, 165, 218, 174, 175, 50, 49, 50, 22, 48, - /* 700 */ 174, 175, 22, 23, 23, 244, 222, 223, 224, 166, - /* 710 */ 167, 168, 120, 239, 23, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, - /* 720 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, - /* 730 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, - /* 740 */ 19, 150, 173, 165, 181, 182, 24, 67, 26, 104, - /* 750 */ 181, 188, 174, 175, 150, 39, 165, 150, 52, 150, - /* 760 */ 150, 150, 150, 144, 145, 174, 175, 249, 250, 165, - /* 770 */ 49, 50, 165, 52, 165, 165, 165, 165, 174, 175, - /* 780 */ 29, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 160, 22, 68, - /* 790 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, - /* 800 */ 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 810 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 94, 165, 150, 150, - /* 820 */ 160, 194, 150, 213, 160, 52, 174, 175, 23, 23, - /* 830 */ 165, 25, 22, 165, 165, 150, 150, 165, 52, 174, - /* 840 */ 175, 22, 174, 175, 49, 50, 174, 175, 190, 191, - /* 850 */ 165, 165, 240, 23, 194, 25, 187, 109, 194, 174, - /* 860 */ 175, 190, 191, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, - /* 870 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, - /* 880 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, - /* 890 */ 22, 165, 150, 23, 150, 25, 150, 166, 91, 92, - /* 900 */ 174, 175, 22, 217, 165, 150, 102, 165, 150, 165, - /* 910 */ 150, 165, 150, 174, 175, 19, 174, 175, 49, 50, - /* 920 */ 165, 86, 87, 165, 23, 165, 25, 165, 24, 174, - /* 930 */ 175, 187, 174, 175, 174, 175, 205, 68, 69, 70, - /* 940 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, - /* 950 */ 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 960 */ 91, 92, 19, 150, 150, 165, 150, 150, 166, 23, - /* 970 */ 150, 25, 160, 20, 174, 175, 1, 2, 165, 165, - /* 980 */ 104, 165, 165, 43, 150, 165, 240, 150, 49, 50, - /* 990 */ 174, 175, 49, 50, 23, 23, 25, 25, 53, 165, - /* 1000 */ 187, 187, 165, 23, 187, 25, 194, 205, 174, 175, - /* 1010 */ 71, 72, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, - /* 1020 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, - /* 1030 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 98, 150, 165, - /* 1040 */ 150, 160, 150, 59, 25, 53, 104, 22, 174, 175, - /* 1050 */ 213, 138, 5, 165, 1, 165, 150, 165, 150, 150, - /* 1060 */ 240, 150, 174, 175, 174, 175, 49, 50, 118, 150, - /* 1070 */ 35, 165, 27, 165, 165, 194, 165, 108, 127, 76, - /* 1080 */ 174, 175, 174, 175, 165, 174, 175, 70, 71, 72, - /* 1090 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 166, 82, - /* 1100 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, - /* 1110 */ 19, 20, 193, 22, 150, 150, 150, 26, 27, 76, - /* 1120 */ 150, 22, 1, 150, 119, 121, 217, 20, 37, 165, - /* 1130 */ 165, 165, 16, 19, 20, 165, 22, 205, 165, 119, - /* 1140 */ 26, 27, 108, 128, 150, 150, 150, 56, 150, 22, - /* 1150 */ 150, 37, 150, 127, 160, 23, 150, 66, 193, 165, - /* 1160 */ 165, 165, 16, 165, 23, 165, 150, 165, 174, 175, - /* 1170 */ 56, 165, 150, 65, 174, 175, 15, 86, 87, 88, - /* 1180 */ 66, 165, 140, 150, 93, 94, 95, 165, 194, 98, - /* 1190 */ 174, 175, 22, 3, 164, 193, 174, 175, 165, 150, - /* 1200 */ 86, 87, 4, 180, 150, 248, 251, 93, 94, 95, - /* 1210 */ 216, 180, 98, 251, 165, 221, 150, 149, 6, 165, - /* 1220 */ 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 193, 150, 174, 175, - /* 1230 */ 116, 165, 19, 20, 150, 22, 149, 151, 150, 26, - /* 1240 */ 27, 149, 165, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 165, - /* 1250 */ 37, 174, 175, 165, 149, 19, 20, 13, 22, 150, - /* 1260 */ 150, 150, 26, 27, 146, 147, 151, 150, 25, 56, - /* 1270 */ 152, 159, 154, 37, 165, 165, 165, 193, 160, 66, - /* 1280 */ 116, 193, 165, 174, 175, 174, 175, 194, 199, 150, - /* 1290 */ 200, 126, 56, 124, 123, 150, 201, 122, 150, 86, - /* 1300 */ 87, 150, 66, 193, 165, 202, 93, 94, 95, 150, - /* 1310 */ 165, 98, 194, 165, 125, 22, 165, 150, 150, 26, - /* 1320 */ 27, 135, 86, 87, 165, 174, 175, 203, 226, 93, - /* 1330 */ 94, 95, 165, 165, 98, 150, 218, 150, 193, 157, - /* 1340 */ 118, 157, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 5, 104, - /* 1350 */ 165, 211, 165, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 150, 66, - /* 1360 */ 17, 174, 175, 210, 246, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, - /* 1370 */ 134, 150, 210, 165, 31, 121, 33, 150, 150, 86, - /* 1380 */ 87, 176, 174, 175, 150, 42, 165, 94, 211, 210, - /* 1390 */ 150, 98, 165, 165, 211, 174, 175, 150, 55, 165, - /* 1400 */ 57, 150, 174, 175, 61, 165, 150, 64, 174, 175, - /* 1410 */ 150, 150, 165, 150, 174, 175, 165, 104, 150, 184, - /* 1420 */ 150, 165, 129, 130, 131, 165, 165, 150, 165, 150, - /* 1430 */ 150, 176, 150, 165, 47, 165, 150, 150, 176, 103, - /* 1440 */ 150, 22, 165, 178, 165, 165, 179, 165, 105, 106, - /* 1450 */ 107, 165, 165, 229, 111, 165, 92, 176, 229, 116, - /* 1460 */ 184, 176, 179, 156, 176, 176, 18, 157, 156, 237, - /* 1470 */ 45, 157, 156, 135, 157, 157, 238, 156, 68, 157, - /* 1480 */ 189, 189, 139, 219, 22, 157, 18, 192, 192, 192, - /* 1490 */ 192, 189, 219, 199, 157, 242, 40, 157, 199, 242, - /* 1500 */ 153, 157, 38, 245, 196, 166, 232, 198, 177, 177, - /* 1510 */ 232, 227, 209, 178, 166, 182, 166, 148, 177, 177, - /* 1520 */ 209, 196, 177, 199, 209, 199, 166, 208, 92, 195, - /* 1530 */ 174, 174, 183, 252, 183, 183, 252, 191, 252, 235, - /* 1540 */ 186, 241, 241, 252, 186, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, - /* 1550 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 236, -}; -#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-74) -#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (418) -#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (-73) -#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1468) -static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = { - /* 0 */ 975, 1114, 1343, 1114, 1213, 1213, 90, 90, 0, -19, - /* 10 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 345, 445, 721, 1091, 1213, - /* 20 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, - /* 30 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, - /* 40 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1236, 1213, 1213, - /* 50 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, - /* 60 */ 1213, 199, 445, 445, 835, 835, 365, 1164, 55, 647, - /* 70 */ 573, 499, 425, 351, 277, 203, 129, 795, 795, 795, - /* 80 */ 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, - /* 90 */ 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 869, 795, 943, 1017, 1017, - /* 100 */ -69, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, -1, 58, 138, 100, - /* 110 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, - /* 120 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 537, 438, 445, 445, - /* 130 */ 445, 445, 445, 365, 807, 1436, -74, -74, -74, 1293, - /* 140 */ 73, 434, 434, 311, 314, 290, 283, 286, 540, 467, - /* 150 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, - /* 160 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, - /* 170 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, - /* 180 */ 445, 445, 65, 722, 722, 722, 688, 266, 1164, 1164, - /* 190 */ 1164, -74, -74, -74, 136, 168, 168, 234, 360, 360, - /* 200 */ 360, 430, 372, 435, 352, 278, 126, -36, -36, -36, - /* 210 */ -36, 421, 651, -36, -36, 592, 292, 212, 623, 158, - /* 220 */ 204, 204, 505, 158, 505, 144, 365, 154, 365, 154, - /* 230 */ 645, 154, 204, 154, 154, 535, 548, 548, 365, 387, - /* 240 */ 508, 233, 1464, 1222, 1222, 1456, 1456, 1222, 1462, 1410, - /* 250 */ 1165, 1468, 1468, 1468, 1468, 1222, 1165, 1462, 1410, 1410, - /* 260 */ 1222, 1448, 1338, 1425, 1222, 1222, 1448, 1222, 1448, 1222, - /* 270 */ 1448, 1419, 1313, 1313, 1313, 1387, 1364, 1364, 1419, 1313, - /* 280 */ 1336, 1313, 1387, 1313, 1313, 1254, 1245, 1254, 1245, 1254, - /* 290 */ 1245, 1222, 1222, 1186, 1189, 1175, 1169, 1171, 1165, 1164, - /* 300 */ 1243, 1244, 1244, 1212, 1212, 1212, 1212, -74, -74, -74, - /* 310 */ -74, -74, -74, 939, 104, 680, 571, 327, 1, 980, - /* 320 */ 26, 972, 971, 946, 901, 870, 830, 806, 54, 21, - /* 330 */ -73, 510, 242, 1198, 1190, 1170, 1042, 1161, 1108, 1146, - /* 340 */ 1141, 1132, 1015, 1127, 1026, 1034, 1020, 1107, 1004, 1116, - /* 350 */ 1121, 1005, 1099, 951, 1043, 1003, 969, 1045, 1035, 950, - /* 360 */ 1053, 1047, 1025, 942, 913, 992, 1019, 945, 984, 940, - /* 370 */ 876, 904, 953, 896, 748, 804, 880, 786, 868, 819, - /* 380 */ 805, 810, 773, 751, 766, 706, 716, 691, 681, 568, - /* 390 */ 655, 638, 676, 516, 541, 594, 599, 567, 541, 534, - /* 400 */ 507, 527, 498, 523, 466, 382, 409, 384, 357, 6, - /* 410 */ 240, 224, 143, 62, 18, 71, 39, 9, 5, -}; -#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-142) -#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (312) -#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-141) -#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1369) -static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { - /* 0 */ -141, 994, 1118, 223, 157, -53, 93, 89, 83, 375, - /* 10 */ 386, 381, 379, 308, 295, 325, -47, 27, 1240, 1234, - /* 20 */ 1228, 1221, 1208, 1187, 1151, 1111, 1109, 1077, 1054, 1022, - /* 30 */ 1016, 1000, 911, 908, 906, 890, 888, 874, 834, 816, - /* 40 */ 800, 760, 758, 755, 742, 739, 726, 685, 672, 668, - /* 50 */ 665, 652, 611, 609, 607, 604, 591, 578, 526, 519, - /* 60 */ 453, 474, 454, 461, 443, 245, 442, 473, 484, 484, - /* 70 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, - /* 80 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, - /* 90 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, - /* 100 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 130, 484, 484, - /* 110 */ 1145, 909, 1110, 1088, 1084, 1033, 1002, 965, 820, 837, - /* 120 */ 746, 686, 612, 817, 610, 919, 221, 563, 814, 813, - /* 130 */ 744, 669, 470, 543, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 291, - /* 140 */ 569, 671, 658, 970, 1290, 1287, 1286, 1282, 518, 518, - /* 150 */ 1280, 1279, 1277, 1270, 1268, 1263, 1261, 1260, 1256, 1251, - /* 160 */ 1247, 1227, 1185, 1168, 1167, 1159, 1148, 1139, 1117, 1066, - /* 170 */ 1049, 1006, 998, 996, 995, 973, 970, 966, 964, 892, - /* 180 */ 762, -52, 881, 932, 802, 731, 619, 812, 664, 660, - /* 190 */ 627, 392, 331, 124, 1358, 1357, 1356, 1354, 1352, 1351, - /* 200 */ 1349, 1319, 1334, 1346, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334, - /* 210 */ 1334, 1320, 1304, 1334, 1334, 1319, 1360, 1325, 1369, 1326, - /* 220 */ 1315, 1311, 1301, 1324, 1300, 1335, 1350, 1345, 1348, 1342, - /* 230 */ 1333, 1341, 1303, 1332, 1331, 1284, 1278, 1274, 1339, 1309, - /* 240 */ 1308, 1347, 1258, 1344, 1340, 1257, 1253, 1337, 1273, 1302, - /* 250 */ 1299, 1298, 1297, 1296, 1295, 1328, 1294, 1264, 1292, 1291, - /* 260 */ 1322, 1321, 1238, 1232, 1318, 1317, 1316, 1314, 1312, 1310, - /* 270 */ 1307, 1283, 1289, 1288, 1285, 1276, 1229, 1224, 1267, 1281, - /* 280 */ 1265, 1262, 1235, 1255, 1205, 1183, 1179, 1177, 1162, 1140, - /* 290 */ 1153, 1184, 1182, 1102, 1124, 1103, 1095, 1090, 1089, 1093, - /* 300 */ 1112, 1115, 1086, 1105, 1092, 1087, 1068, 962, 955, 957, - /* 310 */ 1031, 1023, 1030, -}; -static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { - /* 0 */ 635, 870, 959, 959, 959, 870, 899, 899, 959, 759, - /* 10 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 868, 959, 959, 933, 959, 959, - /* 20 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 30 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 40 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 50 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 60 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 899, 899, 674, 763, 794, 959, - /* 70 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 932, 934, 809, - /* 80 */ 808, 802, 801, 912, 774, 799, 792, 785, 796, 871, - /* 90 */ 864, 865, 863, 867, 872, 959, 795, 831, 848, 830, - /* 100 */ 842, 847, 854, 846, 843, 833, 832, 666, 834, 835, - /* 110 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 120 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 661, 728, 959, 959, - /* 130 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 836, 837, 851, 850, 849, 959, - /* 140 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 150 */ 959, 939, 937, 959, 883, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 160 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 170 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 180 */ 959, 641, 959, 759, 759, 759, 635, 959, 959, 959, - /* 190 */ 959, 951, 763, 753, 719, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 200 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 804, 742, 922, - /* 210 */ 924, 959, 905, 740, 663, 761, 676, 751, 643, 798, - /* 220 */ 776, 776, 917, 798, 917, 700, 959, 788, 959, 788, - /* 230 */ 697, 788, 776, 788, 788, 866, 959, 959, 959, 760, - /* 240 */ 751, 959, 944, 767, 767, 936, 936, 767, 810, 732, - /* 250 */ 798, 739, 739, 739, 739, 767, 798, 810, 732, 732, - /* 260 */ 767, 658, 911, 909, 767, 767, 658, 767, 658, 767, - /* 270 */ 658, 876, 730, 730, 730, 715, 880, 880, 876, 730, - /* 280 */ 700, 730, 715, 730, 730, 780, 775, 780, 775, 780, - /* 290 */ 775, 767, 767, 959, 793, 781, 791, 789, 798, 959, - /* 300 */ 718, 651, 651, 640, 640, 640, 640, 956, 956, 951, - /* 310 */ 702, 702, 684, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 320 */ 885, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 330 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 636, 946, 959, 959, 943, 959, - /* 340 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 350 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 915, - /* 360 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 908, 907, 959, 959, - /* 370 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 380 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, - /* 390 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 790, 959, 782, 959, 869, 959, - /* 400 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 745, - /* 410 */ 819, 959, 818, 822, 817, 668, 959, 649, 959, 632, - /* 420 */ 637, 955, 958, 957, 954, 953, 952, 947, 945, 942, - /* 430 */ 941, 940, 938, 935, 931, 889, 887, 894, 893, 892, - /* 440 */ 891, 890, 888, 886, 884, 805, 803, 800, 797, 930, - /* 450 */ 882, 741, 738, 737, 657, 948, 914, 923, 921, 811, - /* 460 */ 920, 919, 918, 916, 913, 900, 807, 806, 733, 874, - /* 470 */ 873, 660, 904, 903, 902, 906, 910, 901, 769, 659, - /* 480 */ 656, 665, 722, 721, 729, 727, 726, 725, 724, 723, - /* 490 */ 720, 667, 675, 686, 714, 699, 698, 879, 881, 878, - /* 500 */ 877, 707, 706, 712, 711, 710, 709, 708, 705, 704, - /* 510 */ 703, 696, 695, 701, 694, 717, 716, 713, 693, 736, - /* 520 */ 735, 734, 731, 692, 691, 690, 822, 689, 688, 828, - /* 530 */ 827, 815, 858, 756, 755, 754, 766, 765, 778, 777, - /* 540 */ 813, 812, 779, 764, 758, 757, 773, 772, 771, 770, - /* 550 */ 762, 752, 784, 787, 786, 783, 860, 768, 857, 929, - /* 560 */ 928, 927, 926, 925, 862, 861, 829, 826, 679, 680, - /* 570 */ 898, 896, 897, 895, 682, 681, 678, 677, 859, 747, - /* 580 */ 746, 855, 852, 844, 840, 856, 853, 845, 841, 839, - /* 590 */ 838, 824, 823, 821, 820, 816, 825, 670, 748, 744, - /* 600 */ 743, 814, 750, 749, 687, 685, 683, 664, 662, 655, - /* 610 */ 653, 652, 654, 650, 648, 647, 646, 645, 644, 673, - /* 620 */ 672, 671, 669, 668, 642, 639, 638, 634, 633, 631, -}; +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) + case SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } +#endif -/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens. If a construct -** like the following: -** -** %fallback ID X Y Z. + default: { + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + } + va_end(ap); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection. +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. +** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY. ** -** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, -** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser -** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and -** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. +** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot. +** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the +** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for +** the lookaside memory. */ -#ifdef YYFALLBACK -static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = { - 0, /* $ => nothing */ - 0, /* SEMI => nothing */ - 26, /* EXPLAIN => ID */ - 26, /* QUERY => ID */ - 26, /* PLAN => ID */ - 26, /* BEGIN => ID */ - 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */ - 26, /* DEFERRED => ID */ - 26, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */ - 26, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */ - 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */ - 26, /* END => ID */ - 26, /* ROLLBACK => ID */ - 26, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */ - 26, /* RELEASE => ID */ - 0, /* TO => nothing */ - 0, /* TABLE => nothing */ - 0, /* CREATE => nothing */ - 26, /* IF => ID */ - 0, /* NOT => nothing */ - 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */ - 26, /* TEMP => ID */ - 0, /* LP => nothing */ - 0, /* RP => nothing */ - 0, /* AS => nothing */ - 0, /* COMMA => nothing */ - 0, /* ID => nothing */ - 0, /* INDEXED => nothing */ - 26, /* ABORT => ID */ - 26, /* ACTION => ID */ - 26, /* AFTER => ID */ - 26, /* ANALYZE => ID */ - 26, /* ASC => ID */ - 26, /* ATTACH => ID */ - 26, /* BEFORE => ID */ - 26, /* BY => ID */ - 26, /* CASCADE => ID */ - 26, /* CAST => ID */ - 26, /* COLUMNKW => ID */ - 26, /* CONFLICT => ID */ - 26, /* DATABASE => ID */ - 26, /* DESC => ID */ - 26, /* DETACH => ID */ - 26, /* EACH => ID */ - 26, /* FAIL => ID */ - 26, /* FOR => ID */ - 26, /* IGNORE => ID */ - 26, /* INITIALLY => ID */ - 26, /* INSTEAD => ID */ - 26, /* LIKE_KW => ID */ - 26, /* MATCH => ID */ - 26, /* NO => ID */ - 26, /* KEY => ID */ - 26, /* OF => ID */ - 26, /* OFFSET => ID */ - 26, /* PRAGMA => ID */ - 26, /* RAISE => ID */ - 26, /* REPLACE => ID */ - 26, /* RESTRICT => ID */ - 26, /* ROW => ID */ - 26, /* TRIGGER => ID */ - 26, /* VACUUM => ID */ - 26, /* VIEW => ID */ - 26, /* VIRTUAL => ID */ - 26, /* REINDEX => ID */ - 26, /* RENAME => ID */ - 26, /* CTIME_KW => ID */ -}; -#endif /* YYFALLBACK */ +static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){ + void *pStart; + if( db->lookaside.nOut ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before + ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for + ** both at the same time. + */ + if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ + sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); + } + /* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger + ** than a pointer to be useful. + */ + sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */ + if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0; + if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0; + if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){ + sz = 0; + pStart = 0; + }else if( pBuf==0 ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt ); /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */ + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + if( pStart ) cnt = sqlite3MallocSize(pStart)/sz; + }else{ + pStart = pBuf; + } + db->lookaside.pStart = pStart; + db->lookaside.pFree = 0; + db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz; + if( pStart ){ + int i; + LookasideSlot *p; + assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ); + p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart; + for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){ + p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; + db->lookaside.pFree = p; + p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz]; + } + db->lookaside.pEnd = p; + db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; + db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0; + }else{ + db->lookaside.pStart = db; + db->lookaside.pEnd = db; + db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} -/* The following structure represents a single element of the -** parser's stack. Information stored includes: -** -** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. -** -** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. -** (In other words, the "major" token.) -** -** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is -** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. -** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. +/* +** Return the mutex associated with a database connection. */ -struct yyStackEntry { - YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number */ - YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code - ** number for the token at this stack level */ - YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This - ** is the value of the token */ -}; -typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry; - -/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of -** the following structure */ -struct yyParser { - int yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */ -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - int yyidxMax; /* Maximum value of yyidx */ -#endif - int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ - sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ - yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */ -#else - yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ -#endif -}; -typedef struct yyParser yyParser; - -#ifndef NDEBUG -static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; -static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->mutex; +} -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace -** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off -** by making either argument NULL -** -** Inputs: -**
    -**
  • A FILE* to which trace output should be written. -** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. -**
  • A prefix string written at the beginning of every -** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is -** turned off. -**
-** -** Outputs: -** None. +/* +** Free up as much memory as we can from the given database +** connection. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ - yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; - yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; - if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0; - else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + sqlite3PagerShrink(pPager); + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals -** are required. The following table supplies these names */ -static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { - "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY", - "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED", - "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END", - "ROLLBACK", "SAVEPOINT", "RELEASE", "TO", - "TABLE", "CREATE", "IF", "NOT", - "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", "RP", - "AS", "COMMA", "ID", "INDEXED", - "ABORT", "ACTION", "AFTER", "ANALYZE", - "ASC", "ATTACH", "BEFORE", "BY", - "CASCADE", "CAST", "COLUMNKW", "CONFLICT", - "DATABASE", "DESC", "DETACH", "EACH", - "FAIL", "FOR", "IGNORE", "INITIALLY", - "INSTEAD", "LIKE_KW", "MATCH", "NO", - "KEY", "OF", "OFFSET", "PRAGMA", - "RAISE", "REPLACE", "RESTRICT", "ROW", - "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", - "REINDEX", "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", "ANY", - "OR", "AND", "IS", "BETWEEN", - "IN", "ISNULL", "NOTNULL", "NE", - "EQ", "GT", "LE", "LT", - "GE", "ESCAPE", "BITAND", "BITOR", - "LSHIFT", "RSHIFT", "PLUS", "MINUS", - "STAR", "SLASH", "REM", "CONCAT", - "COLLATE", "BITNOT", "STRING", "JOIN_KW", - "CONSTRAINT", "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY", - "UNIQUE", "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", - "ON", "INSERT", "DELETE", "UPDATE", - "SET", "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP", - "UNION", "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", - "SELECT", "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM", - "JOIN", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP", - "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO", - "VALUES", "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB", - "REGISTER", "VARIABLE", "CASE", "WHEN", - "THEN", "ELSE", "INDEX", "ALTER", - "ADD", "error", "input", "cmdlist", - "ecmd", "explain", "cmdx", "cmd", - "transtype", "trans_opt", "nm", "savepoint_opt", - "create_table", "create_table_args", "createkw", "temp", - "ifnotexists", "dbnm", "columnlist", "conslist_opt", - "select", "column", "columnid", "type", - "carglist", "id", "ids", "typetoken", - "typename", "signed", "plus_num", "minus_num", - "carg", "ccons", "term", "expr", - "onconf", "sortorder", "autoinc", "idxlist_opt", - "refargs", "defer_subclause", "refarg", "refact", - "init_deferred_pred_opt", "conslist", "tcons", "idxlist", - "defer_subclause_opt", "orconf", "resolvetype", "raisetype", - "ifexists", "fullname", "oneselect", "multiselect_op", - "distinct", "selcollist", "from", "where_opt", - "groupby_opt", "having_opt", "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", - "sclp", "as", "seltablist", "stl_prefix", - "joinop", "indexed_opt", "on_opt", "using_opt", - "joinop2", "inscollist", "sortlist", "sortitem", - "nexprlist", "setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt", - "itemlist", "exprlist", "likeop", "between_op", - "in_op", "case_operand", "case_exprlist", "case_else", - "uniqueflag", "collate", "nmnum", "plus_opt", - "number", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", "trigger_time", - "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", "trigger_cmd", - "trnm", "tridxby", "database_kw_opt", "key_opt", - "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", "vtabarglist", - "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken", "lp", "anylist", -}; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. +/* +** Configuration settings for an individual database connection */ -static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { - /* 0 */ "input ::= cmdlist", - /* 1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd", - /* 2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd", - /* 3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI", - /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI", - /* 5 */ "explain ::=", - /* 6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN", - /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", - /* 8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd", - /* 9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt", - /* 10 */ "trans_opt ::=", - /* 11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION", - /* 12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm", - /* 13 */ "transtype ::=", - /* 14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED", - /* 15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE", - /* 16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE", - /* 17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt", - /* 18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt", - /* 19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt", - /* 20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT", - /* 21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=", - /* 22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm", - /* 23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm", - /* 24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm", - /* 25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args", - /* 26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm", - /* 27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE", - /* 28 */ "ifnotexists ::=", - /* 29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS", - /* 30 */ "temp ::= TEMP", - /* 31 */ "temp ::=", - /* 32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP", - /* 33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select", - /* 34 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column", - /* 35 */ "columnlist ::= column", - /* 36 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist", - /* 37 */ "columnid ::= nm", - /* 38 */ "id ::= ID", - /* 39 */ "id ::= INDEXED", - /* 40 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING", - /* 41 */ "nm ::= id", - /* 42 */ "nm ::= STRING", - /* 43 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW", - /* 44 */ "type ::=", - /* 45 */ "type ::= typetoken", - /* 46 */ "typetoken ::= typename", - /* 47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP", - /* 48 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP", - /* 49 */ "typename ::= ids", - /* 50 */ "typename ::= typename ids", - /* 51 */ "signed ::= plus_num", - /* 52 */ "signed ::= minus_num", - /* 53 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg", - /* 54 */ "carglist ::=", - /* 55 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons", - /* 56 */ "carg ::= ccons", - /* 57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term", - /* 58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP", - /* 59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term", - /* 60 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term", - /* 61 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id", - /* 62 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf", - /* 63 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf", - /* 64 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc", - /* 65 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf", - /* 66 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP", - /* 67 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs", - /* 68 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause", - /* 69 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ids", - /* 70 */ "autoinc ::=", - /* 71 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR", - /* 72 */ "refargs ::=", - /* 73 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg", - /* 74 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm", - /* 75 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact", - /* 76 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact", - /* 77 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact", - /* 78 */ "refact ::= SET NULL", - /* 79 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT", - /* 80 */ "refact ::= CASCADE", - /* 81 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT", - /* 82 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION", - /* 83 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", - /* 84 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", - /* 85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=", - /* 86 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED", - /* 87 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE", - /* 88 */ "conslist_opt ::=", - /* 89 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist", - /* 90 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons", - /* 91 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons", - /* 92 */ "conslist ::= tcons", - /* 93 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", - /* 94 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf", - /* 95 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf", - /* 96 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf", - /* 97 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt", - /* 98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=", - /* 99 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause", - /* 100 */ "onconf ::=", - /* 101 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype", - /* 102 */ "orconf ::=", - /* 103 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype", - /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype", - /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE", - /* 106 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE", - /* 107 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname", - /* 108 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS", - /* 109 */ "ifexists ::=", - /* 110 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select", - /* 111 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname", - /* 112 */ "cmd ::= select", - /* 113 */ "select ::= oneselect", - /* 114 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect", - /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION", - /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL", - /* 117 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT", - /* 118 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt", - /* 119 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT", - /* 120 */ "distinct ::= ALL", - /* 121 */ "distinct ::=", - /* 122 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA", - /* 123 */ "sclp ::=", - /* 124 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as", - /* 125 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR", - /* 126 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR", - /* 127 */ "as ::= AS nm", - /* 128 */ "as ::= ids", - /* 129 */ "as ::=", - /* 130 */ "from ::=", - /* 131 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist", - /* 132 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop", - /* 133 */ "stl_prefix ::=", - /* 134 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt", - /* 135 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt", - /* 136 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt", - /* 137 */ "dbnm ::=", - /* 138 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm", - /* 139 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm", - /* 140 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN", - /* 141 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN", - /* 142 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN", - /* 143 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN", - /* 144 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr", - /* 145 */ "on_opt ::=", - /* 146 */ "indexed_opt ::=", - /* 147 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm", - /* 148 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED", - /* 149 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP", - /* 150 */ "using_opt ::=", - /* 151 */ "orderby_opt ::=", - /* 152 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist", - /* 153 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder", - /* 154 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder", - /* 155 */ "sortitem ::= expr", - /* 156 */ "sortorder ::= ASC", - /* 157 */ "sortorder ::= DESC", - /* 158 */ "sortorder ::=", - /* 159 */ "groupby_opt ::=", - /* 160 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist", - /* 161 */ "having_opt ::=", - /* 162 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr", - /* 163 */ "limit_opt ::=", - /* 164 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr", - /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr", - /* 166 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr", - /* 167 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt", - /* 168 */ "where_opt ::=", - /* 169 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", - /* 170 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt", - /* 171 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", - /* 172 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", - /* 173 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", - /* 174 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select", - /* 175 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES", - /* 176 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf", - /* 177 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE", - /* 178 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr", - /* 179 */ "itemlist ::= expr", - /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::=", - /* 181 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP", - /* 182 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm", - /* 183 */ "inscollist ::= nm", - /* 184 */ "expr ::= term", - /* 185 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", - /* 186 */ "term ::= NULL", - /* 187 */ "expr ::= id", - /* 188 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW", - /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm", - /* 190 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm", - /* 191 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB", - /* 192 */ "term ::= STRING", - /* 193 */ "expr ::= REGISTER", - /* 194 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE", - /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids", - /* 196 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP", - /* 197 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP", - /* 198 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP", - /* 199 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW", - /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", - /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", - /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr", - /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr", - /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr", - /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr", - /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr", - /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr", - /* 208 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW", - /* 209 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW", - /* 210 */ "likeop ::= MATCH", - /* 211 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH", - /* 212 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr", - /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr", - /* 214 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL", - /* 215 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL", - /* 216 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr", - /* 217 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr", - /* 218 */ "expr ::= NOT expr", - /* 219 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr", - /* 220 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr", - /* 221 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr", - /* 222 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN", - /* 223 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN", - /* 224 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr", - /* 225 */ "in_op ::= IN", - /* 226 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN", - /* 227 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP", - /* 228 */ "expr ::= LP select RP", - /* 229 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP", - /* 230 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm", - /* 231 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP", - /* 232 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END", - /* 233 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr", - /* 234 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr", - /* 235 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr", - /* 236 */ "case_else ::=", - /* 237 */ "case_operand ::= expr", - /* 238 */ "case_operand ::=", - /* 239 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist", - /* 240 */ "exprlist ::=", - /* 241 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr", - /* 242 */ "nexprlist ::= expr", - /* 243 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP", - /* 244 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE", - /* 245 */ "uniqueflag ::=", - /* 246 */ "idxlist_opt ::=", - /* 247 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP", - /* 248 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder", - /* 249 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder", - /* 250 */ "collate ::=", - /* 251 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ids", - /* 252 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname", - /* 253 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM", - /* 254 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm", - /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm", - /* 256 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum", - /* 257 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP", - /* 258 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num", - /* 259 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP", - /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num", - /* 261 */ "nmnum ::= nm", - /* 262 */ "nmnum ::= ON", - /* 263 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE", - /* 264 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT", - /* 265 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number", - /* 266 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number", - /* 267 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT", - /* 268 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS", - /* 269 */ "plus_opt ::=", - /* 270 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END", - /* 271 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause", - /* 272 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE", - /* 273 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER", - /* 274 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF", - /* 275 */ "trigger_time ::=", - /* 276 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT", - /* 277 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE", - /* 278 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist", - /* 279 */ "foreach_clause ::=", - /* 280 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW", - /* 281 */ "when_clause ::=", - /* 282 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr", - /* 283 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI", - /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI", - /* 285 */ "trnm ::= nm", - /* 286 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm", - /* 287 */ "tridxby ::=", - /* 288 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm", - /* 289 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED", - /* 290 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt", - /* 291 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", - /* 292 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select", - /* 293 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt", - /* 294 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select", - /* 295 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP", - /* 296 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP", - /* 297 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK", - /* 298 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT", - /* 299 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL", - /* 300 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname", - /* 301 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt", - /* 302 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr", - /* 303 */ "key_opt ::=", - /* 304 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr", - /* 305 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE", - /* 306 */ "database_kw_opt ::=", - /* 307 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX", - /* 308 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm", - /* 309 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE", - /* 310 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm", - /* 311 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm", - /* 312 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column", - /* 313 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname", - /* 314 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=", - /* 315 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW", - /* 316 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab", - /* 317 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP", - /* 318 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm", - /* 319 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg", - /* 320 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg", - /* 321 */ "vtabarg ::=", - /* 322 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken", - /* 323 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY", - /* 324 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP", - /* 325 */ "lp ::= LP", - /* 326 */ "anylist ::=", - /* 327 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP", - /* 328 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY", -}; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc; + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { + void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */ + int sz = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */ + int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */ + rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt); + break; + } + default: { + static const struct { + int op; /* The opcode */ + u32 mask; /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */ + } aFlagOp[] = { + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY, SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger }, + }; + unsigned int i; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */ + for(i=0; iflags; + if( onoff>0 ){ + db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask; + }else if( onoff==0 ){ + db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask; + } + if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + } + if( pRes ){ + *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0; + } + rc = SQLITE_OK; + break; + } + } + break; + } + } + va_end(ap); + return rc; +} -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 /* -** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. +** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces. */ -static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ - int newSize; - yyStackEntry *pNew; +static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){ + while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; } + return n==0; +} - newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100; - pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); - if( pNew ){ - p->yystack = pNew; - p->yystksz = newSize; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n", - yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz); +/* +** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always +** available. +** +** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end +** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation. +*/ +static int binCollFunc( + void *padFlag, + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, + int nKey2, const void *pKey2 +){ + int rc, n; + n = nKey1yyidx = -1; -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - pParser->yyidxMax = 0; -#endif -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - pParser->yystack = NULL; - pParser->yystksz = 0; - yyGrowStack(pParser); -#endif +static int nocaseCollatingFunc( + void *NotUsed, + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, + int nKey2, const void *pKey2 +){ + int r = sqlite3StrNICmp( + (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1db, (yypminor->yy387)); -} - break; - case 174: /* term */ - case 175: /* expr */ -{ -sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy118).pExpr); -} - break; - case 179: /* idxlist_opt */ - case 187: /* idxlist */ - case 197: /* selcollist */ - case 200: /* groupby_opt */ - case 202: /* orderby_opt */ - case 204: /* sclp */ - case 214: /* sortlist */ - case 216: /* nexprlist */ - case 217: /* setlist */ - case 220: /* itemlist */ - case 221: /* exprlist */ - case 226: /* case_exprlist */ -{ -sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy322)); +SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->lastRowid; } - break; - case 193: /* fullname */ - case 198: /* from */ - case 206: /* seltablist */ - case 207: /* stl_prefix */ -{ -sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy259)); + +/* +** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->nChange; } - break; - case 199: /* where_opt */ - case 201: /* having_opt */ - case 210: /* on_opt */ - case 215: /* sortitem */ - case 225: /* case_operand */ - case 227: /* case_else */ - case 238: /* when_clause */ - case 243: /* key_opt */ -{ -sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy314)); + +/* +** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->nTotalChange; } - break; - case 211: /* using_opt */ - case 213: /* inscollist */ - case 219: /* inscollist_opt */ -{ -sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy384)); + +/* +** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the +** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open +** at the b-tree/pager level. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){ + while( db->pSavepoint ){ + Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint; + db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); + } + db->nSavepoint = 0; + db->nStatement = 0; + db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; } - break; - case 234: /* trigger_cmd_list */ - case 239: /* trigger_cmd */ -{ -sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy203)); + +/* +** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except, +** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple +** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called +** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding. +*/ +static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){ + FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->pDestructor; + if( pDestructor ){ + pDestructor->nRef--; + if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){ + pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor); + } + } } - break; - case 236: /* trigger_event */ -{ -sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy90).b); + +/* +** Disconnect all sqlite3_vtab objects that belong to database connection +** db. This is called when db is being closed. +*/ +static void disconnectAllVtab(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + int i; + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; + if( db->aDb[i].pSchema ){ + HashElem *p; + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Table *pTab = (Table *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pTab); + } + } + } + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); +#endif } - break; - default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ + +/* +** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects. +*/ +static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){ + int j; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( db->pVdbe ) return 1; + for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt; + if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ) return 1; } + return 0; } /* -** Pop the parser's stack once. -** -** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which -** is popped from the stack, then call it. -** -** Return the major token number for the symbol popped. +** Close an existing SQLite database */ -static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){ - YYCODETYPE yymajor; - yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx]; +static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){ + if( !db ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63257-11740 Calling sqlite3_close() or + ** sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer argument is a harmless no-op. */ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below - ** empty in SQLite. */ - if( NEVER(pParser->yyidx<0) ) return 0; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, - yyTokenName[yytos->major]); + /* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */ + disconnectAllVtab(db); + + /* If a transaction is open, the disconnectAllVtab() call above + ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual + ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() + ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active + ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing + ** some prepared statements internally. + */ + sqlite3VtabRollback(db); + + /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return + ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately. + */ + if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized " + "statements or unfinished backups"); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){ + /* Closing the handle. Fourth parameter is passed the value 2. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, db, 0, 2); } #endif - yymajor = yytos->major; - yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor); - pParser->yyidx--; - return yymajor; + + /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it. + */ + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE; + sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db); + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are all called for -** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. +/* +** Two variations on the public interface for closing a database +** connection. The sqlite3_close() version returns SQLITE_BUSY and +** leaves the connection option if there are unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backups. The sqlite3_close_v2() +** version forces the connection to become a zombie if there are +** unclosed resources, and arranges for deallocation when the last +** prepare statement or sqlite3_backup closes. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,0); } +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,1); } + + +/* +** Close the mutex on database connection db. ** -** Inputs: -**
    -**
  • A pointer to the parser. This should be a pointer -** obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc. -**
  • A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained -** from malloc. -**
+** Furthermore, if database connection db is a zombie (meaning that there +** has been a prior call to sqlite3_close(db) or sqlite3_close_v2(db)) and +** every sqlite3_stmt has now been finalized and every sqlite3_backup has +** finished, then free all resources. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree( - void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ - void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ -){ - yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; - /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully - ** created in the first place. */ - if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return; - while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - free(pParser->yystack); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){ + HashElem *i; /* Hash table iterator */ + int j; + + /* If there are outstanding sqlite3_stmt or sqlite3_backup objects + ** or if the connection has not yet been closed by sqlite3_close_v2(), + ** then just leave the mutex and return. + */ + if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE || connectionIsBusy(db) ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return; + } + + /* If we reach this point, it means that the database connection has + ** closed all sqlite3_stmt and sqlite3_backup objects and has been + ** passed to sqlite3_close (meaning that it is a zombie). Therefore, + ** go ahead and free all resources. + */ + + /* If a transaction is open, roll it back. This also ensures that if + ** any database schemas have been modified by an uncommitted transaction + ** they are reset. And that the required b-tree mutex is held to make + ** the pager rollback and schema reset an atomic operation. */ + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); + + /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */ + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + + /* Close all database connections */ + for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ + struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; + if( pDb->pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + if( j!=1 ){ + pDb->pSchema = 0; + } + } + } + /* Clear the TEMP schema separately and last */ + if( db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[1].pSchema); + } + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + + /* Free up the array of auxiliary databases */ + sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); + assert( db->nDb<=2 ); + assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); + + /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any + ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks. + */ + sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db); + + for(j=0; jaFunc.a); j++){ + FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p; + for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){ + pHash = p->pHash; + while( p ){ + functionDestroy(db, p); + pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + p = pNext; + } + } + } + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); + /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ + for(j=0; j<3; j++){ + if( pColl[j].xDel ){ + pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); + if( pMod->xDestroy ){ + pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); #endif - (*freeProc)((void*)pParser); -} -/* -** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser. -*/ -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){ - yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; - return pParser->yyidxMax; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ + sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); + sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); + + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; + + /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema + ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). + ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into + ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database + ** structure? + */ + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; + sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex); + assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */ + if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ + sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); + } + sqlite3_free(db); } -#endif /* -** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal -** look-ahead token iLookAhead. -** -** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is -** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise -** return YY_NO_ACTION. +** Rollback all database files. If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then +** any open cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit +** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further +** attempts to use that cursor. */ -static int yy_find_shift_action( - yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */ - YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ -){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){ int i; - int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; - - if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_COUNT - || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; - } - assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); - i += iLookAhead; - if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ - if( iLookAhead>0 ){ -#ifdef YYFALLBACK - YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */ - if( iLookAhead %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]); - } -#endif - return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback); - } -#endif -#ifdef YYWILDCARD - { - int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD; - if( -#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0 - j>=0 && -#endif -#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT - j %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]); - } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - return yy_action[j]; - } + int inTrans = 0; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + + /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). + ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has + ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken + ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between + ** the database rollback and schema reset, which can cause false + ** corruption reports in some cases. */ + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){ + inTrans = 1; } -#endif /* YYWILDCARD */ + sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, tripCode); } - return yy_default[stateno]; - }else{ - return yy_action[i]; } -} + sqlite3VtabRollback(db); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); -/* -** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal -** look-ahead token iLookAhead. -** -** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is -** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise -** return YY_NO_ACTION. -*/ -static int yy_find_reduce_action( - int stateno, /* Current state number */ - YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ -){ - int i; -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 && db->init.busy==0 ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); } -#else - assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT ); -#endif - i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno]; - assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ); - assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); - i += iLookAhead; -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + + /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */ + db->nDeferredCons = 0; + db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs; + + /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ + if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ + db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); } -#else - assert( i>=0 && iyyidx--; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } +** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code +** specified in the argument. +*/ +#if (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){ + const char *zName = 0; + int i, origRc = rc; + for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){ + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_OK: zName = "SQLITE_OK"; break; + case SQLITE_ERROR: zName = "SQLITE_ERROR"; break; + case SQLITE_INTERNAL: zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL"; break; + case SQLITE_PERM: zName = "SQLITE_PERM"; break; + case SQLITE_ABORT: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT"; break; + case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK"; break; + case SQLITE_BUSY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY"; break; + case SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY"; break; + case SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT"; break; + case SQLITE_LOCKED: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED"; break; + case SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE";break; + case SQLITE_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED"; break; + case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK: + zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT";break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_CORRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT"; break; + case SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTFOUND: zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND"; break; + case SQLITE_FULL: zName = "SQLITE_FULL"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR";break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_PROTOCOL: zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL"; break; + case SQLITE_EMPTY: zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY"; break; + case SQLITE_SCHEMA: zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA"; break; + case SQLITE_TOOBIG: zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER";break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL";break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID"; break; + case SQLITE_MISMATCH: zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH"; break; + case SQLITE_MISUSE: zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE"; break; + case SQLITE_NOLFS: zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS"; break; + case SQLITE_AUTH: zName = "SQLITE_AUTH"; break; + case SQLITE_FORMAT: zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT"; break; + case SQLITE_RANGE: zName = "SQLITE_RANGE"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTADB: zName = "SQLITE_NOTADB"; break; + case SQLITE_ROW: zName = "SQLITE_ROW"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTICE: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL";break; + case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK: + zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK"; break; + case SQLITE_WARNING: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING"; break; + case SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX"; break; + case SQLITE_DONE: zName = "SQLITE_DONE"; break; + } + } + if( zName==0 ){ + static char zBuf[50]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "SQLITE_UNKNOWN(%d)", origRc); + zName = zBuf; + } + return zName; +} #endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser - ** stack every overflows */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); - pParse->parseError = 1; - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ +/* +** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the +** argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ + static const char* const aMsg[] = { + /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error", + /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error or missing database", + /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0, + /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied", + /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "callback requested query abort", + /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked", + /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked", + /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory", + /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database", + /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted", + /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error", + /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed", + /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ "unknown operation", + /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full", + /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file", + /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ "locking protocol", + /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ "table contains no data", + /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed", + /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big", + /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed", + /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch", + /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "library routine called out of sequence", + /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled", + /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied", + /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ "auxiliary database format error", + /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "bind or column index out of range", + /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is encrypted or is not a database", + }; + const char *zErr = "unknown error"; + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: { + zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK"; + break; + } + default: { + rc &= 0xff; + if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rcyyidx++; -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){ - yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx; +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP) + static const u8 delays[] = + { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 }; + static const u8 totals[] = + { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 }; +# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays) + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; + int timeout = db->busyTimeout; + int delay, prior; + + assert( count>=0 ); + if( count < NDELAY ){ + delay = delays[count]; + prior = totals[count]; + }else{ + delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; + prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); } -#endif -#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 - if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){ - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); - return; + if( prior + delay > timeout ){ + delay = timeout - prior; + if( delay<=0 ) return 0; } + sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000); + return 1; #else - if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ - yyGrowStack(yypParser); - if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); - return; - } - } -#endif - yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; - yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState; - yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor; - yytos->minor = *yypMinor; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){ - int i; - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState); - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt); - for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++) - fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]); - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n"); + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; + int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; + if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){ + return 0; } + sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000); + return 1; #endif } -/* The following table contains information about every rule that -** is used during the reduce. +/* +** Invoke the given busy handler. +** +** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock. +** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it +** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. */ -static const struct { - YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */ - unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */ -} yyRuleInfo[] = { - { 142, 1 }, - { 143, 2 }, - { 143, 1 }, - { 144, 1 }, - { 144, 3 }, - { 145, 0 }, - { 145, 1 }, - { 145, 3 }, - { 146, 1 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 149, 0 }, - { 149, 1 }, - { 149, 2 }, - { 148, 0 }, - { 148, 1 }, - { 148, 1 }, - { 148, 1 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 151, 1 }, - { 151, 0 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 152, 6 }, - { 154, 1 }, - { 156, 0 }, - { 156, 3 }, - { 155, 1 }, - { 155, 0 }, - { 153, 4 }, - { 153, 2 }, - { 158, 3 }, - { 158, 1 }, - { 161, 3 }, - { 162, 1 }, - { 165, 1 }, - { 165, 1 }, - { 166, 1 }, - { 150, 1 }, - { 150, 1 }, - { 150, 1 }, - { 163, 0 }, - { 163, 1 }, - { 167, 1 }, - { 167, 4 }, - { 167, 6 }, - { 168, 1 }, - { 168, 2 }, - { 169, 1 }, - { 169, 1 }, - { 164, 2 }, - { 164, 0 }, - { 172, 3 }, - { 172, 1 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 4 }, - { 173, 3 }, - { 173, 3 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 3 }, - { 173, 5 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 4 }, - { 173, 4 }, - { 173, 1 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 178, 0 }, - { 178, 1 }, - { 180, 0 }, - { 180, 2 }, - { 182, 2 }, - { 182, 3 }, - { 182, 3 }, - { 182, 3 }, - { 183, 2 }, - { 183, 2 }, - { 183, 1 }, - { 183, 1 }, - { 183, 2 }, - { 181, 3 }, - { 181, 2 }, - { 184, 0 }, - { 184, 2 }, - { 184, 2 }, - { 159, 0 }, - { 159, 2 }, - { 185, 3 }, - { 185, 2 }, - { 185, 1 }, - { 186, 2 }, - { 186, 7 }, - { 186, 5 }, - { 186, 5 }, - { 186, 10 }, - { 188, 0 }, - { 188, 1 }, - { 176, 0 }, - { 176, 3 }, - { 189, 0 }, - { 189, 2 }, - { 190, 1 }, - { 190, 1 }, - { 190, 1 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 192, 2 }, - { 192, 0 }, - { 147, 8 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 160, 1 }, - { 160, 3 }, - { 195, 1 }, - { 195, 2 }, - { 195, 1 }, - { 194, 9 }, - { 196, 1 }, - { 196, 1 }, - { 196, 0 }, - { 204, 2 }, - { 204, 0 }, - { 197, 3 }, - { 197, 2 }, - { 197, 4 }, - { 205, 2 }, - { 205, 1 }, - { 205, 0 }, - { 198, 0 }, - { 198, 2 }, - { 207, 2 }, - { 207, 0 }, - { 206, 7 }, - { 206, 7 }, - { 206, 7 }, - { 157, 0 }, - { 157, 2 }, - { 193, 2 }, - { 208, 1 }, - { 208, 2 }, - { 208, 3 }, - { 208, 4 }, - { 210, 2 }, - { 210, 0 }, - { 209, 0 }, - { 209, 3 }, - { 209, 2 }, - { 211, 4 }, - { 211, 0 }, - { 202, 0 }, - { 202, 3 }, - { 214, 4 }, - { 214, 2 }, - { 215, 1 }, - { 177, 1 }, - { 177, 1 }, - { 177, 0 }, - { 200, 0 }, - { 200, 3 }, - { 201, 0 }, - { 201, 2 }, - { 203, 0 }, - { 203, 2 }, - { 203, 4 }, - { 203, 4 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 199, 0 }, - { 199, 2 }, - { 147, 7 }, - { 217, 5 }, - { 217, 3 }, - { 147, 8 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 218, 2 }, - { 218, 1 }, - { 220, 3 }, - { 220, 1 }, - { 219, 0 }, - { 219, 3 }, - { 213, 3 }, - { 213, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 6 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 222, 1 }, - { 222, 2 }, - { 222, 1 }, - { 222, 2 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 223, 1 }, - { 223, 2 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 224, 1 }, - { 224, 2 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 226, 5 }, - { 226, 4 }, - { 227, 2 }, - { 227, 0 }, - { 225, 1 }, - { 225, 0 }, - { 221, 1 }, - { 221, 0 }, - { 216, 3 }, - { 216, 1 }, - { 147, 11 }, - { 228, 1 }, - { 228, 0 }, - { 179, 0 }, - { 179, 3 }, - { 187, 5 }, - { 187, 3 }, - { 229, 0 }, - { 229, 2 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 230, 1 }, - { 230, 1 }, - { 230, 1 }, - { 230, 1 }, - { 230, 1 }, - { 170, 2 }, - { 171, 2 }, - { 232, 1 }, - { 231, 1 }, - { 231, 0 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 233, 11 }, - { 235, 1 }, - { 235, 1 }, - { 235, 2 }, - { 235, 0 }, - { 236, 1 }, - { 236, 1 }, - { 236, 3 }, - { 237, 0 }, - { 237, 3 }, - { 238, 0 }, - { 238, 2 }, - { 234, 3 }, - { 234, 2 }, - { 240, 1 }, - { 240, 3 }, - { 241, 0 }, - { 241, 3 }, - { 241, 2 }, - { 239, 7 }, - { 239, 8 }, - { 239, 5 }, - { 239, 5 }, - { 239, 1 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 6 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 243, 0 }, - { 243, 2 }, - { 242, 1 }, - { 242, 0 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 244, 1 }, - { 245, 0 }, - { 245, 1 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 246, 7 }, - { 247, 1 }, - { 247, 3 }, - { 248, 0 }, - { 248, 2 }, - { 249, 1 }, - { 249, 3 }, - { 250, 1 }, - { 251, 0 }, - { 251, 4 }, - { 251, 2 }, -}; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ + int rc; + if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; + rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy); + if( rc==0 ){ + p->nBusy = -1; + }else{ + p->nBusy++; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the +** given callback function with the given argument. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler( + sqlite3 *db, + int (*xBusy)(void*,int), + void *pArg +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy; + db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg; + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + db->busyTimeout = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK +/* +** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the +** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will +** be invoked every nOps opcodes. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler( + sqlite3 *db, + int nOps, + int (*xProgress)(void*), + void *pArg +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( nOps>0 ){ + db->xProgress = xProgress; + db->nProgressOps = (unsigned)nOps; + db->pProgressArg = pArg; + }else{ + db->xProgress = 0; + db->nProgressOps = 0; + db->pProgressArg = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); +} +#endif -static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ /* -** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately -** follow the reduce. +** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the +** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. */ -static void yy_reduce( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ - int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ + if( ms>0 ){ + sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); + db->busyTimeout = ms; + }else{ + sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; +} + + +/* +** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except +** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is +** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code +** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *pUserData, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + FuncDestructor *pDestructor ){ - int yygoto; /* The next state */ - int yyact; /* The next action */ - YYMINORTYPE yygotominor; /* The LHS of the rule reduced */ - yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ - int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; - yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 - && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt, - yyRuleName[yyruleno]); + FuncDef *p; + int nName; + int extraFlags; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( zFunctionName==0 || + (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || + (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) || + (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) || + (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) || + (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized - ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following - ** switch. yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does - ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal. Leaving the - ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long - ** as the value is never used. So really the only thing this code - ** accomplishes is to quieten purify. + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT==SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC ); + extraFlags = enc & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC; + enc &= (SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK|SQLITE_ANY); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this + ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the + ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. ** - ** 2007-01-16: The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that - ** without this code, their parser segfaults. I'm not sure what there - ** parser is doing to make this happen. This is the second bug report - ** from wireshark this week. Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways - ** that it has not been previously stressed... (SQLite ticket #2172) + ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function + ** to the hash table. */ - /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/ - yygotominor = yyzerominor; + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ + enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|extraFlags, + pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE|extraFlags, + pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; + } +#else + enc = SQLITE_UTF8; +#endif + + /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, + ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function + ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the + ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. + */ + p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0); + if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ + if( db->nVdbeActive ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + } + } + p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1); + assert(p || db->mallocFailed); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } - switch( yyruleno ){ - /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example - ** follows: - ** case 0: - ** #line - ** { ... } // User supplied code - ** #line - ** break; - */ - case 5: /* explain ::= */ -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); } - break; - case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */ -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); } - break; - case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); } - break; - case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */ -{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } - break; - case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ -{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);} - break; - case 13: /* transtype ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy4 = TK_DEFERRED;} - break; - case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */ - case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15); - case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16); - case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115); - case 117: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117); -{yygotominor.yy4 = yymsp[0].major;} - break; - case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */ - case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18); -{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);} - break; - case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ -{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);} - break; - case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ -{ - sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ -{ - sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ -{ - sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ -{ - sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy4,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4); -} - break; - case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */ -{ - pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; -} - break; - case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */ - case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31); - case 70: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==70); - case 83: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==83); - case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85); - case 87: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==87); - case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98); - case 109: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==109); - case 120: /* distinct ::= ALL */ yytestcase(yyruleno==120); - case 121: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==121); - case 222: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222); - case 225: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==225); -{yygotominor.yy4 = 0;} - break; - case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ - case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30); - case 71: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==71); - case 86: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==86); - case 108: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108); - case 119: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119); - case 223: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==223); - case 226: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==226); -{yygotominor.yy4 = 1;} - break; - case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP */ -{ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0); -} - break; - case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */ -{ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy387); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387); -} - break; - case 36: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */ -{ - yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; + /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is + ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */ + functionDestroy(db, p); + + if( pDestructor ){ + pDestructor->nRef++; + } + p->pDestructor = pDestructor; + p->funcFlags = (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) | extraFlags; + testcase( p->funcFlags & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC ); + p->xFunc = xFunc; + p->xStep = xStep; + p->xFinalize = xFinal; + p->pUserData = pUserData; + p->nArg = (u16)nArg; + return SQLITE_OK; } - break; - case 37: /* columnid ::= nm */ -{ - sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; + +/* +** Create new user functions. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunc, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *p, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +){ + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, + xFinal, 0); } - break; - case 38: /* id ::= ID */ - case 39: /* id ::= INDEXED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==39); - case 40: /* ids ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==40); - case 41: /* nm ::= id */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41); - case 42: /* nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42); - case 43: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43); - case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==46); - case 49: /* typename ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==49); - case 127: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127); - case 128: /* as ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==128); - case 138: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==138); - case 147: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==147); - case 251: /* collate ::= COLLATE ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==251); - case 260: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260); - case 261: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261); - case 262: /* nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==262); - case 263: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263); - case 264: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==264); - case 265: /* plus_num ::= plus_opt number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==265); - case 266: /* minus_num ::= MINUS number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==266); - case 267: /* number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==267); - case 285: /* trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==285); -{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} - break; - case 45: /* type ::= typetoken */ -{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z); + +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunc, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *p, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xDestroy)(void *) +){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + FuncDestructor *pArg = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( xDestroy ){ + pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor)); + if( !pArg ){ + xDestroy(p); + goto out; + } + pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy; + pArg->pUserData = p; + } + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg); + if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + xDestroy(p); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg); + } + + out: + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } - break; - case 48: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *p, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +){ + int rc; + char *zFunc8; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal,0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } - break; - case 50: /* typename ::= typename ids */ -{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);} - break; - case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */ - case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==59); -{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);} - break; - case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ -{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118);} - break; - case 60: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */ -{ - ExprSpan v; - v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); - v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; - v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd; - sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); +#endif + + +/* +** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. +** +** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then +** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create +** a new one that always throws a run-time error. +** +** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they +** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. +** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work +** properly. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + int nArg +){ + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, + 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } - break; - case 61: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT id */ -{ - ExprSpan v; - spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +/* +** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace +** is returned. +** +** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL +** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each +** SQL statement. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ + void *pOld; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pTraceArg; + db->xTrace = xTrace; + db->pTraceArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; } - break; - case 63: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ -{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4);} - break; - case 64: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ -{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy4,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4);} - break; - case 65: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ -{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,0,0,0,0);} - break; - case 66: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ -{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr);} - break; - case 67: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */ -{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);} - break; - case 68: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */ -{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);} - break; - case 69: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ids */ -{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 72: /* refargs ::= */ -{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */} - break; - case 73: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */ -{ yygotominor.yy4 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy215.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy215.value; } - break; - case 74: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */ - case 75: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ yytestcase(yyruleno==75); -{ yygotominor.yy215.value = 0; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x000000; } - break; - case 76: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ -{ yygotominor.yy215.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy4; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x0000ff; } - break; - case 77: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ -{ yygotominor.yy215.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy4<<8; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x00ff00; } - break; - case 78: /* refact ::= SET NULL */ -{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 79: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ -{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 80: /* refact ::= CASCADE */ -{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 81: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */ -{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 82: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */ -{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 84: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ - case 99: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==99); - case 101: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==101); - case 104: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==104); -{yygotominor.yy4 = yymsp[0].minor.yy4;} - break; - case 88: /* conslist_opt ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;} - break; - case 89: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ -{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;} - break; - case 94: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */ -{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4,0);} - break; - case 95: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */ -{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,0,0,0,0);} - break; - case 96: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ -{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);} - break; - case 97: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ -{ - sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4); - sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4); +/* +** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered +** profile function is returned. +** +** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL +** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of +** each SQL statement that is run. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile( + sqlite3 *db, + void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), + void *pArg +){ + void *pOld; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pProfileArg; + db->xProfile = xProfile; + db->pProfileArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; } - break; - case 100: /* onconf ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Default;} - break; - case 102: /* orconf ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy210 = OE_Default;} - break; - case 103: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ -{yygotominor.yy210 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;} - break; - case 105: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ -{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Ignore;} - break; - case 106: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ -{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Replace;} - break; - case 107: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ -{ - sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ + +/* +** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction commits. +** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a +** rollback. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pOld; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pCommitArg; + db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; + db->pCommitArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; } - break; - case 110: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */ -{ - sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-6].minor.yy4, yymsp[-4].minor.yy4); + +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, +** inserted or deleted using this database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pRet; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pUpdateArg; + db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; + db->pUpdateArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; } - break; - case 111: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ -{ - sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4); + +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled +** back by this database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */ + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pRet; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pRollbackArg; + db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; + db->pRollbackArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; } - break; - case 112: /* cmd ::= select */ -{ - SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0}; - sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, &dest); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(). +** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file +** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by +** wal_autocheckpoint()). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook( + void *pClientData, /* Argument */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */ + const char *zDb, /* Database */ + int nFrame /* Size of WAL */ +){ + if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + } + return SQLITE_OK; } - break; - case 113: /* select ::= oneselect */ -{yygotominor.yy387 = yymsp[0].minor.yy387;} - break; - case 114: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */ -{ - if( yymsp[0].minor.yy387 ){ - yymsp[0].minor.yy387->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy4; - yymsp[0].minor.yy387->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy387; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +/* +** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint +** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or +** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the +** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely. +** +** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback +** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame); +#else + if( nFrame>0 ){ + sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame)); }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy387); + sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0); } - yygotominor.yy387 = yymsp[0].minor.yy387; -} - break; - case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ -{yygotominor.yy4 = TK_ALL;} - break; - case 118: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ -{ - yygotominor.yy387 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy322,yymsp[-5].minor.yy259,yymsp[-4].minor.yy314,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[-2].minor.yy314,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[-7].minor.yy4,yymsp[0].minor.yy292.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy292.pOffset); -} - break; - case 122: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ - case 247: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247); -{yygotominor.yy322 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy322;} - break; - case 123: /* sclp ::= */ - case 151: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==151); - case 159: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==159); - case 240: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==240); - case 246: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==246); -{yygotominor.yy322 = 0;} - break; - case 124: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */ -{ - yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr); - if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); - sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy322,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118); +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; } - break; - case 125: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */ -{ - Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0); - yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, p); + +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written +** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this db handle */ + int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int), + void *pArg /* First argument passed to xCallback() */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + void *pRet; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pWalArg; + db->xWalCallback = xCallback; + db->pWalArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +#else + return 0; +#endif } - break; - case 126: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */ -{ - Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); - yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322, pDot); + +/* +** Checkpoint database zDb. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + return SQLITE_OK; +#else + int rc; /* Return code */ + int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED; /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */ + + /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */ + if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1; + if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1; + + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ); + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULLSQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( zDb && zDb[0] ){ + iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); + } + if( iDb<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +#endif } - break; - case 129: /* as ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} - break; - case 130: /* from ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy259));} - break; - case 131: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */ -{ - yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[0].minor.yy259; - sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy259); + + +/* +** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points +** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are +** checkpointed. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ + return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db, zDb, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0); } - break; - case 132: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ -{ - yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy259; - if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is +** not currently open in WAL mode. +** +** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this +** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If +** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is +** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +** +** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex +** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by +** this function while the checkpoint is running. +** +** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are +** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately - +** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases. +** +** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */ + int bBusy = 0; /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 ); + assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 ); + + for(i=0; inDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); + pnLog = 0; + pnCkpt = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + bBusy = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc; } - break; - case 133: /* stl_prefix ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy259 = 0;} - break; - case 134: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ -{ - yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384); - sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy259, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +/* +** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of +** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals. +** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime +** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The +** following table describes the relationship between these two values +** and this functions return value. +** +** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database +** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------ +** 0 any file (return 0) +** 1 1 file (return 0) +** 1 2 memory (return 1) +** 1 0 file (return 0) +** 2 1 file (return 0) +** 2 2 memory (return 1) +** 2 0 memory (return 1) +** 3 any memory (return 1) +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){ +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 + return ( db->temp_store==2 ); +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 + return ( db->temp_store!=1 ); +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 + return 1; +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3 + return 0; +#endif } - break; - case 135: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ -{ - yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy387,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384); + +/* +** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent +** error. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ + const char *z; + if( !db ){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); } - break; - case 136: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ -{ - if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy259==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy314==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy384==0 ){ - yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy259; - }else{ - Select *pSubquery; - sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy259); - pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy259,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); - yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384); + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT); + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); + }else{ + testcase( db->pErr==0 ); + z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + if( z==0 ){ + z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); } } - break; - case 137: /* dbnm ::= */ - case 146: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==146); -{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;} - break; - case 139: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */ -{yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 140: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ -{ yygotominor.yy4 = JT_INNER; } - break; - case 141: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ -{ yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); } - break; - case 142: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ -{ yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); } - break; - case 143: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ -{ yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); } - break; - case 144: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */ - case 155: /* sortitem ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==155); - case 162: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==162); - case 169: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==169); - case 235: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235); - case 237: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==237); -{yygotominor.yy314 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;} - break; - case 145: /* on_opt ::= */ - case 161: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161); - case 168: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168); - case 236: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236); - case 238: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==238); -{yygotominor.yy314 = 0;} - break; - case 148: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ -{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;} - break; - case 149: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */ - case 181: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==181); -{yygotominor.yy384 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy384;} - break; - case 150: /* using_opt ::= */ - case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180); -{yygotominor.yy384 = 0;} - break; - case 152: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ - case 160: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160); - case 239: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==239); -{yygotominor.yy322 = yymsp[0].minor.yy322;} - break; - case 153: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder */ -{ - yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314); - if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; -} - break; - case 154: /* sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder */ -{ - yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314); - if( yygotominor.yy322 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy322->a) ) yygotominor.yy322->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return z; } - break; - case 156: /* sortorder ::= ASC */ - case 158: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==158); -{yygotominor.yy4 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} - break; - case 157: /* sortorder ::= DESC */ -{yygotominor.yy4 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} - break; - case 163: /* limit_opt ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = 0;} - break; - case 164: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ -{yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = 0;} - break; - case 165: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ -{yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;} - break; - case 166: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ -{yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;} - break; - case 167: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */ -{ - sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy259,yymsp[0].minor.yy314); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent +** error. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ + static const u16 outOfMem[] = { + 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0 + }; + static const u16 misuse[] = { + 'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', + 'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', + 'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', + 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', + 'o', 'f', ' ', + 's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0 + }; + + const void *z; + if( !db ){ + return (void *)outOfMem; + } + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return (void *)misuse; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + z = (void *)outOfMem; + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3Error(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode)); + z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); + } + /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16() + ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to + ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via + ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message. + */ + db->mallocFailed = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return z; } - break; - case 170: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ -{ - sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy259, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,"set list"); - sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy314,yymsp[-5].minor.yy210); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is +** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + return db->errCode & db->errMask; } - break; - case 171: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ -{ - yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + return db->errCode; } - break; - case 172: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ -{ - yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); + +/* +** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the +** argument. For now, this simply calls the internal sqlite3ErrStr() +** function. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int rc){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(rc); } - break; - case 173: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */ -{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy384, yymsp[-7].minor.yy210);} - break; - case 174: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */ -{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-1].minor.yy384, yymsp[-4].minor.yy210);} - break; - case 175: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ -{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy259, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy384, yymsp[-5].minor.yy210);} - break; - case 176: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ -{yygotominor.yy210 = yymsp[0].minor.yy210;} - break; - case 177: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ -{yygotominor.yy210 = OE_Replace;} - break; - case 178: /* itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr */ - case 241: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==241); -{yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);} - break; - case 179: /* itemlist ::= expr */ - case 242: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242); -{yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);} - break; - case 182: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */ -{yygotominor.yy384 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy384,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 183: /* inscollist ::= nm */ -{yygotominor.yy384 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 184: /* expr ::= term */ -{yygotominor.yy118 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118;} - break; - case 185: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */ -{yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 186: /* term ::= NULL */ - case 191: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191); - case 192: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==192); -{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 187: /* expr ::= id */ - case 188: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==188); -{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */ -{ - Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + +/* +** Invalidate all cached KeyInfo objects for database connection "db" +*/ +static void invalidateCachedKeyInfo(sqlite3 *db){ + Db *pDb; /* A single database */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + Index *pIdx; /* Each index */ + + for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ + if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->pKeyInfo && pIdx->pKeyInfo->db==db ){ + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo); + pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0; + } + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); + } } - break; - case 190: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ -{ - Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0); - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + +/* +** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName +** and the encoding is enc. +*/ +static int createCollation( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + u8 enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDel)(void*) +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + int enc2; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + + /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this + ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the + ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. + */ + enc2 = enc; + testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ); + testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ); + if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){ + enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + } + if( enc2SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + + /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation + ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there + ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. + */ + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0); + if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ + if( db->nVdbeActive ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + invalidateCachedKeyInfo(db); + + /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to + ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), + ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. + ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need + ** to be called. + */ + if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ + CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); + int j; + for(j=0; j<3; j++){ + CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; + if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ + if( p->xDel ){ + p->xDel(p->pUser); + } + p->xCmp = 0; + } + } + } + } + + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1); + if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pColl->xCmp = xCompare; + pColl->pUser = pCtx; + pColl->xDel = xDel; + pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)); + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; } - break; - case 193: /* expr ::= REGISTER */ -{ - /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression - ** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers - ** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */ - if( pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = 0; - }else{ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->iTable); + + +/* +** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The +** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_* +** #defines in sqlite3.h. +*/ +static const int aHardLimit[] = { + SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, + SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH, + SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT, + SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP, + SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG, + SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, + SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER, /* IMP: R-38091-32352 */ + SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH, +}; + +/* +** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100 +# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100 +# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2 +# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40 +# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000 +# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>125 +# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 125 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1 +# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767 +# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1 +# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1 +#endif + + +/* +** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value. +** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1. +** Make no changes but still report the old value if the +** new limit is negative. +** +** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs. +** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit +** from forming. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ + int oldLimit; + + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME + ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor + ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to + ** "_MAX_".) + */ + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]== + SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH ); + assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) ); + + + if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){ + return -1; } - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 194: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */ -{ - spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 195: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */ -{ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.zStart; - yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; -} - break; - case 196: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId]; + if( newLimit>=0 ){ /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */ + if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){ + newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */ + } + db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit; + } + return oldLimit; /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */ } - break; - case 197: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */ -{ - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy322 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy322->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + +/* +** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the +** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database +** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements. +** +** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or +** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx" +** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename) +** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain +** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in +** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains +** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to +** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to +** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release +** this buffer. +** +** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release +** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( + const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */ + const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */ + unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */ + sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */ + char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */ + char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unsigned int flags = *pFlags; + const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs; + char *zFile; + char c; + int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri); + + assert( *pzErrMsg==0 ); + + if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri) + && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 + ){ + char *zOpt; + int eState; /* Parser state when parsing URI */ + int iIn; /* Input character index */ + int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */ + int nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + + /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen + ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */ + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI; + + for(iIn=0; iIn=0 && octet<256 ); + if( octet==0 ){ + /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this + ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or + ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character + ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */ + while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' + && (eState!=0 || c!='?') + && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&')) + && (eState!=2 || c!='&') + ){ + iIn++; + } + continue; + } + c = octet; + }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){ + if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){ + /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */ + while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++; + continue; + } + if( c=='&' ){ + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + }else{ + eState = 2; + } + c = 0; + }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){ + c = 0; + eState = 1; + } + zFile[iOut++] = c; + } + if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + + /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted + ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that + ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2() + ** method. */ + zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1]; + while( zOpt[0] ){ + int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt); + char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1]; + int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal); + + if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){ + zVfs = zVal; + }else{ + struct OpenMode { + const char *z; + int mode; + } *aMode = 0; + char *zModeType = 0; + int mask = 0; + int limit = 0; + + if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){ + static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = { + { "shared", SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE }, + { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE }, + { 0, 0 } + }; + + mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE; + aMode = aCacheMode; + limit = mask; + zModeType = "cache"; + } + if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){ + static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = { + { "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY }, + { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, + { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE }, + { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY }, + { 0, 0 } + }; + + mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE + | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY; + aMode = aOpenMode; + limit = mask & flags; + zModeType = "access"; + } + + if( aMode ){ + int i; + int mode = 0; + for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){ + const char *z = aMode[i].z; + if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){ + mode = aMode[i].mode; + break; + } + } + if( mode==0 ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto parse_uri_out; + } + if( (mode & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)>limit ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s", + zModeType, zVal); + rc = SQLITE_PERM; + goto parse_uri_out; + } + flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode; + } + } + + zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1]; + } + + }else{ + zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nUri+2); + if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri); + zFile[nUri] = '\0'; + zFile[nUri+1] = '\0'; + flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI; } - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 && yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct; + + *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); + if( *ppVfs==0 ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } -} - break; - case 198: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 199: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */ -{ - /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are - ** treated as functions that return constants */ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->op = TK_CONST_FUNC; + parse_uri_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(zFile); + zFile = 0; } - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 200: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */ - case 201: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201); - case 202: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202); - case 203: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203); - case 204: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204); - case 205: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205); - case 206: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==206); - case 207: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==207); -{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);} - break; - case 208: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */ - case 210: /* likeop ::= MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==210); -{yygotominor.yy342.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy342.not = 0;} - break; - case 209: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */ - case 211: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==211); -{yygotominor.yy342.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy342.not = 1;} - break; - case 212: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */ -{ - ExprList *pList; - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.eOperator); - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.not ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.zStart; - yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd; - if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; -} - break; - case 213: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */ -{ - ExprList *pList; - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.eOperator); - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.not ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart; - yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd; - if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; -} - break; - case 214: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ -{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 215: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ -{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 216: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */ -{ - spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118); - binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, TK_ISNULL); -} - break; - case 217: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */ -{ - spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118); - binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL); + *pFlags = flags; + *pzFile = zFile; + return rc; } - break; - case 218: /* expr ::= NOT expr */ - case 219: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==219); -{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 220: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */ -{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 221: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */ -{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 224: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ -{ - ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = pList; + + +/* +** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" +** is UTF-8 encoded. +*/ +static int openDatabase( + const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */ + unsigned int flags, /* Operational flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* Store allocated handle here */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int isThreadsafe; /* True for threadsafe connections */ + char *zOpen = 0; /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */ + char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */ + + *ppDb = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + + /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument. + ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we + ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger + ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations + ** are: + ** + ** 1: SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY + ** 2: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE + ** 6: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE + */ + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY == 0x01 ); + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 ); + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE == 0x04 ); + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */ + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */ + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */ + if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ + isThreadsafe = 0; + }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){ + isThreadsafe = 0; + }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){ + isThreadsafe = 1; }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); - } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart; - yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd; -} - break; - case 227: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ -{ - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy322==0 ){ - /* Expressions of the form - ** - ** expr1 IN () - ** expr1 NOT IN () - ** - ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively, - ** regardless of the value of expr1. - */ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy4]); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr); - }else{ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy322; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322); - } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); - } - yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart; - yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex; } - break; - case 228: /* expr ::= LP select RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387; - ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387); - } - yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){ + flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){ + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; } - break; - case 229: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387; - ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387); + + /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter + ** + ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were + ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only + ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, + ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE, + ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits. Silently mask + ** off all other flags. + */ + flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | + SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | + SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX | + SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + ); + + /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ + db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); + if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; + if( isThreadsafe ){ + db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + if( db->mutex==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(db); + db = 0; + goto opendb_out; } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart; - yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; } - break; - case 230: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */ -{ - SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); - ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc); - } - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.zStart; - yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n]; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->errMask = 0xff; + db->nDb = 2; + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; + db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; + + assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) ); + memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit)); + db->autoCommit = 1; + db->nextAutovac = -1; + db->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; + db->nextPagesize = 0; + db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_EnableTrigger | SQLITE_CacheSpill +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) || SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + | SQLITE_AutoIndex +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 + | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION + | SQLITE_LoadExtension +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS + | SQLITE_RecTriggers +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS + | SQLITE_ForeignKeys +#endif + ; + sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule); +#endif + + /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 + ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary + ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. + */ + createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto opendb_out; } - break; - case 231: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ -{ - Expr *p = yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0); - if( p ){ - p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387; - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387); + db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0); + assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 ); + + /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */ + createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); + + /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */ + db->openFlags = flags; + rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg); + sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + goto opendb_out; + } + + /* Open the backend database driver */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, + flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } - yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + goto opendb_out; } - break; - case 232: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ -{ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy314, yymsp[-1].minor.yy314, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy322; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322); + db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); + db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); + + + /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp + ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults. + */ + db->aDb[0].zName = "main"; + db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3; + db->aDb[1].zName = "temp"; + db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1; + + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto opendb_out; } - yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; -} - break; - case 233: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ -{ - yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); - yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); -} - break; - case 234: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ -{ - yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr); - yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); -} - break; - case 243: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP */ -{ - sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, - sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, yymsp[-9].minor.yy4, - &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy4); -} - break; - case 244: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ - case 298: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298); -{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Abort;} - break; - case 245: /* uniqueflag ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None;} - break; - case 248: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ -{ - Expr *p = 0; - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){ - p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_COLUMN, 0); - sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + + /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the + ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database + ** is accessed. + */ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db); + + /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered + ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. + */ + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto opendb_out; + } } - yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, p); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy322,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, "index"); - if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; -} - break; - case 249: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ -{ - Expr *p = 0; - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){ - p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); } - yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, "index"); - if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4; -} - break; - case 250: /* collate ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} - break; - case 252: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ -{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);} - break; - case 253: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */ - case 254: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==254); -{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);} - break; - case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);} - break; - case 256: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);} - break; - case 257: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);} - break; - case 258: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);} - break; - case 259: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);} - break; - case 270: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ -{ - Token all; - all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; - sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy203, &all); -} - break; - case 271: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ -{ - sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy4, yymsp[-4].minor.yy90.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy90.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, yymsp[-10].minor.yy4, yymsp[-8].minor.yy4); - yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 272: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */ - case 275: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==275); -{ yygotominor.yy4 = TK_BEFORE; } - break; - case 273: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */ -{ yygotominor.yy4 = TK_AFTER; } - break; - case 274: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ -{ yygotominor.yy4 = TK_INSTEAD;} - break; - case 276: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ - case 277: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==277); -{yygotominor.yy90.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy90.b = 0;} - break; - case 278: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist */ -{yygotominor.yy90.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy90.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy384;} - break; - case 281: /* when_clause ::= */ - case 303: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==303); -{ yygotominor.yy314 = 0; } - break; - case 282: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ - case 304: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==304); -{ yygotominor.yy314 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr; } - break; - case 283: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ -{ - assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy203!=0 ); - yymsp[-2].minor.yy203->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203; - yymsp[-2].minor.yy203->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203; - yygotominor.yy203 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy203; -} - break; - case 284: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ -{ - assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy203!=0 ); - yymsp[-1].minor.yy203->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203; - yygotominor.yy203 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203; -} - break; - case 286: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ -{ - yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE " - "statements within triggers"); -} - break; - case 288: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ -{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " - "within triggers"); -} - break; - case 289: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ -{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " - "within triggers"); -} - break; - case 290: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */ -{ yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, yymsp[-5].minor.yy210); } - break; - case 291: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */ -{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy384, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy210);} - break; - case 292: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */ -{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy384, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-4].minor.yy210);} - break; - case 293: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */ -{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);} - break; - case 294: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */ -{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387); } - break; - case 295: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore; +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); } - yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; -} - break; - case 296: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) { - yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy4; +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); } - yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; -} - break; - case 297: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ -{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Rollback;} - break; - case 299: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */ -{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Fail;} - break; - case 300: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ -{ - sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy4); -} - break; - case 301: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ -{ - sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy314); -} - break; - case 302: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ -{ - sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr); -} - break; - case 307: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */ -{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} - break; - case 308: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ -{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 309: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */ -{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} - break; - case 310: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ -{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 311: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ -{ - sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy259,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 312: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */ -{ - sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 313: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ -{ - pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259); -} - break; - case 316: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */ -{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} - break; - case 317: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ -{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 318: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm */ -{ - sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 321: /* vtabarg ::= */ -{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} - break; - case 323: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ - case 324: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324); - case 325: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==325); -{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - default: - /* (0) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==0); - /* (1) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==1); - /* (2) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==2); - /* (3) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==3); - /* (4) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==4); - /* (10) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==10); - /* (11) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==11); - /* (12) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==12); - /* (20) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==20); - /* (21) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21); - /* (25) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==25); - /* (34) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==34); - /* (35) columnlist ::= column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==35); - /* (44) type ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==44); - /* (51) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51); - /* (52) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==52); - /* (53) carglist ::= carglist carg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==53); - /* (54) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==54); - /* (55) carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==55); - /* (56) carg ::= ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==56); - /* (62) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==62); - /* (90) conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==90); - /* (91) conslist ::= conslist tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91); - /* (92) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92); - /* (93) tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==93); - /* (268) plus_opt ::= PLUS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==268); - /* (269) plus_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269); - /* (279) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279); - /* (280) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==280); - /* (287) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==287); - /* (305) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==305); - /* (306) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==306); - /* (314) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==314); - /* (315) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315); - /* (319) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319); - /* (320) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320); - /* (322) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==322); - /* (326) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==326); - /* (327) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==327); - /* (328) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==328); - break; - }; - yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs; - yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs; - yypParser->yyidx -= yysize; - yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto); - if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){ -#ifdef NDEBUG - /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least - ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back - ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift(). - ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */ - if( yysize ){ - yypParser->yyidx++; - yymsp -= yysize-1; - yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact; - yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto; - yymsp->minor = yygotominor; - }else #endif - { - yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor); - } - }else{ - assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ); - yy_accept(yypParser); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ + rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db); } -} +#endif -/* -** The following code executes when the parse fails -*/ -#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY -static void yy_parse_failed( - yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt); + /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking + ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking + ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE + db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), + SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); +#endif + + if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + + /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */ + setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside, + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside); + + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT); + +opendb_out: + sqlite3_free(zOpen); + if( db ){ + assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + } + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); + assert( db!=0 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_close(db); + db = 0; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK; + } + *ppDb = db; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){ + /* Opening a db handle. Fourth parameter is passed 0. */ + void *pArg = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0); } #endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the - ** parser fails */ - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ + return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); } -#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */ /* -** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. +** Open a new database handle. */ -static void yy_syntax_error( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ - int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ - YYMINORTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( + const char *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb ){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0) - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ - assert( TOKEN.z[0] ); /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); - pParse->parseError = 1; - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ + return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); } - -/* -** The following is executed when the parser accepts -*/ -static void yy_accept( - yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ ){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the - ** parser accepts */ - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ + return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs); } -/* The main parser program. -** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from -** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. -** The second argument is the major token number. The third is -** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the -** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for -** use by the action routines. -** -** Inputs: -**
    -**
  • A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) -**
  • The major token number. -**
  • The minor token number. -**
  • An option argument of a grammar-specified type. -**
-** -** Outputs: -** None. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Open a new database handle. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser( - void *yyp, /* The parser */ - int yymajor, /* The major token code number */ - sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */ - sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( + const void *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb ){ - YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion; - int yyact; /* The parser action. */ - int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */ -#endif - yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */ + char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ + sqlite3_value *pVal; + int rc; - /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */ - yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp; - if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){ -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){ - /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/ - yyminorunion = yyzerominor; - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion); - return; - } + assert( zFilename ); + assert( ppDb ); + *ppDb = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; #endif - yypParser->yyidx = 0; - yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; - yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0; - yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0; - } - yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor; - yyendofinput = (yymajor==0); - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; - -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); + zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( zFilename8 ){ + rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); + assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ + ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } -#endif + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - do{ - yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor); - if( yyactyyerrcnt--; - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){ - yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE); - }else{ - assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ); -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - int yymx; -#endif -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - /* A syntax error has occurred. - ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the - ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". - ** - ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: - ** - ** * Call the %syntax_error function. - ** - ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where - ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift - ** the error symbol. - ** - ** * Set the error count to three. - ** - ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error - ** processing will occur until three tokens have been - ** shifted successfully. - ** - */ - if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){ - yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); - } - yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major; - if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){ -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", - yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); - } -#endif - yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else{ - while( - yypParser->yyidx >= 0 && - yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL && - (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action( - yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno, - YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE - ){ - yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - } - if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){ - yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - yy_parse_failed(yypParser); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){ - YYMINORTYPE u2; - u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0; - yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2); - } - } - yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; - yyerrorhit = 1; -#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) - /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to - ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax - ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened. - ** - ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if - ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen. - */ - yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); - yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - -#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ - /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: - ** - ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. - ** - ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. - ** - ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until - ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. - */ - if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){ - yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); - } - yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; - yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - if( yyendofinput ){ - yy_parse_failed(yypParser); - } - yymajor = YYNOCODE; -#endif - } - }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ); - return; + return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** An tokenizer for SQL -** -** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into -** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the -** parser for analysis. +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} /* -** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their -** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just -** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need -** to adjust the encoding. Only alphabetic characters and underscores -** need to be translated. +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X] -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X] -const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = { -/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ - 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */ - 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */ - 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ - 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */ - 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */ - 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */ -}; -#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDel)(void*) +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if -** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is -** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned. -** -** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program, -** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution. -** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file -** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by -** the #include below. -*/ -/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/ -/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/ -/***** This file contains automatically generated code ****** -** -** The code in this file has been automatically generated by -** -** sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c -** -** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether -** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing -** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table. -** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code -** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications -** on platforms with limited memory. +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ -/* Hash score: 175 */ -static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){ - /* zText[] encodes 811 bytes of keywords in 541 bytes */ - /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */ - /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */ - /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */ - /* UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERELEASEBETWEENOTNULLIKE */ - /* CASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACHIMMEDIATEJOIN */ - /* SERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHENWHERENAME */ - /* AFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSS */ - /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOBYIF */ - /* ISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEW */ - /* INITIALLY */ - static const char zText[540] = { - 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H', - 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G', - 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A', - 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F', - 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N', - 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I', - 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E', - 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E', - 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T', - 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q', - 'U','E','R','Y','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U', - 'P','D','A','T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','L','E','A','S', - 'E','B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C', - 'A','S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L', - 'A','T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D', - 'A','T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E', - 'J','O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A', - 'L','Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U', - 'E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W', - 'H','E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C', - 'E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R', - 'E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M', - 'M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U', - 'R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M', - 'A','R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T', - 'D','R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L', - 'O','B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S', - 'T','R','I','C','T','O','U','T','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L', - 'B','A','C','K','R','O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V', - 'A','C','U','U','M','V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y', - }; - static const unsigned char aHash[127] = { - 72, 101, 114, 70, 0, 45, 0, 0, 78, 0, 73, 0, 0, - 42, 12, 74, 15, 0, 113, 81, 50, 108, 0, 19, 0, 0, - 118, 0, 116, 111, 0, 22, 89, 0, 9, 0, 0, 66, 67, - 0, 65, 6, 0, 48, 86, 98, 0, 115, 97, 0, 0, 44, - 0, 99, 24, 0, 17, 0, 119, 49, 23, 0, 5, 106, 25, - 92, 0, 0, 121, 102, 56, 120, 53, 28, 51, 0, 87, 0, - 96, 26, 0, 95, 0, 0, 0, 91, 88, 93, 84, 105, 14, - 39, 104, 0, 77, 0, 18, 85, 107, 32, 0, 117, 76, 109, - 58, 46, 80, 0, 0, 90, 40, 0, 112, 0, 36, 0, 0, - 29, 0, 82, 59, 60, 0, 20, 57, 0, 52, - }; - static const unsigned char aNext[121] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 33, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 43, 3, 47, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 30, 0, 54, 0, 38, 0, 0, 0, 1, - 62, 0, 0, 63, 0, 41, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 61, 0, 0, 0, 0, 31, 55, 16, 34, 10, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 68, 75, 0, 8, 0, 100, 94, 0, - 103, 0, 83, 0, 71, 0, 0, 110, 27, 37, 69, 79, 0, - 35, 64, 0, 0, - }; - static const unsigned char aLen[121] = { - 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6, - 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6, - 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10, - 4, 6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 6, 6, 5, 6, - 5, 5, 7, 7, 7, 3, 2, 4, 4, 7, 3, 6, 4, - 7, 6, 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, 7, 6, 5, 6, - 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, 13, 2, 2, 4, - 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, 2, 4, 4, 4, - 4, 4, 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 5, 8, 3, 5, 5, - 6, 4, 9, 3, - }; - static const unsigned short int aOffset[121] = { - 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33, - 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81, - 86, 91, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152, - 159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 189, 194, 197, - 203, 206, 210, 217, 223, 223, 223, 226, 229, 233, 234, 238, 244, - 248, 255, 261, 273, 279, 288, 290, 296, 301, 303, 310, 315, 320, - 326, 332, 337, 341, 344, 350, 354, 361, 363, 370, 372, 374, 383, - 387, 393, 399, 407, 412, 412, 428, 435, 442, 443, 450, 454, 458, - 462, 466, 469, 471, 473, 479, 483, 491, 495, 500, 508, 511, 516, - 521, 527, 531, 536, - }; - static const unsigned char aCode[121] = { - TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE, - TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, - TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, - TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE, - TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE, - TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, - TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT, - TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, - TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, - TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, - TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, - TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, - TK_LIKE_KW, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, - TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, - TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, - TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, - TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, - TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, - TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, - TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, - TK_IS, TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, - TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, - TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, - TK_UNION, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, - TK_ALL, - }; - int h, i; - if( n<2 ) return TK_ID; - h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ - (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ - n) % 127; - for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){ - if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){ - testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */ - testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */ - testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */ - testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */ - testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */ - testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */ - testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */ - testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */ - testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */ - testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */ - testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */ - testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */ - testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */ - testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */ - testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */ - testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */ - testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */ - testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */ - testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */ - testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */ - testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */ - testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */ - testcase( i==22 ); /* END */ - testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */ - testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */ - testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */ - testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */ - testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */ - testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */ - testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */ - testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */ - testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */ - testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */ - testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */ - testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */ - testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */ - testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */ - testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */ - testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */ - testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */ - testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */ - testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */ - testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */ - testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */ - testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */ - testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */ - testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */ - testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */ - testcase( i==48 ); /* ATTACH */ - testcase( i==49 ); /* HAVING */ - testcase( i==50 ); /* GROUP */ - testcase( i==51 ); /* UPDATE */ - testcase( i==52 ); /* BEGIN */ - testcase( i==53 ); /* INNER */ - testcase( i==54 ); /* RELEASE */ - testcase( i==55 ); /* BETWEEN */ - testcase( i==56 ); /* NOTNULL */ - testcase( i==57 ); /* NOT */ - testcase( i==58 ); /* NO */ - testcase( i==59 ); /* NULL */ - testcase( i==60 ); /* LIKE */ - testcase( i==61 ); /* CASCADE */ - testcase( i==62 ); /* ASC */ - testcase( i==63 ); /* DELETE */ - testcase( i==64 ); /* CASE */ - testcase( i==65 ); /* COLLATE */ - testcase( i==66 ); /* CREATE */ - testcase( i==67 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */ - testcase( i==68 ); /* DETACH */ - testcase( i==69 ); /* IMMEDIATE */ - testcase( i==70 ); /* JOIN */ - testcase( i==71 ); /* INSERT */ - testcase( i==72 ); /* MATCH */ - testcase( i==73 ); /* PLAN */ - testcase( i==74 ); /* ANALYZE */ - testcase( i==75 ); /* PRAGMA */ - testcase( i==76 ); /* ABORT */ - testcase( i==77 ); /* VALUES */ - testcase( i==78 ); /* VIRTUAL */ - testcase( i==79 ); /* LIMIT */ - testcase( i==80 ); /* WHEN */ - testcase( i==81 ); /* WHERE */ - testcase( i==82 ); /* RENAME */ - testcase( i==83 ); /* AFTER */ - testcase( i==84 ); /* REPLACE */ - testcase( i==85 ); /* AND */ - testcase( i==86 ); /* DEFAULT */ - testcase( i==87 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */ - testcase( i==88 ); /* TO */ - testcase( i==89 ); /* IN */ - testcase( i==90 ); /* CAST */ - testcase( i==91 ); /* COLUMN */ - testcase( i==92 ); /* COMMIT */ - testcase( i==93 ); /* CONFLICT */ - testcase( i==94 ); /* CROSS */ - testcase( i==95 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */ - testcase( i==96 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */ - testcase( i==97 ); /* PRIMARY */ - testcase( i==98 ); /* DEFERRED */ - testcase( i==99 ); /* DISTINCT */ - testcase( i==100 ); /* IS */ - testcase( i==101 ); /* DROP */ - testcase( i==102 ); /* FAIL */ - testcase( i==103 ); /* FROM */ - testcase( i==104 ); /* FULL */ - testcase( i==105 ); /* GLOB */ - testcase( i==106 ); /* BY */ - testcase( i==107 ); /* IF */ - testcase( i==108 ); /* ISNULL */ - testcase( i==109 ); /* ORDER */ - testcase( i==110 ); /* RESTRICT */ - testcase( i==111 ); /* OUTER */ - testcase( i==112 ); /* RIGHT */ - testcase( i==113 ); /* ROLLBACK */ - testcase( i==114 ); /* ROW */ - testcase( i==115 ); /* UNION */ - testcase( i==116 ); /* USING */ - testcase( i==117 ); /* VACUUM */ - testcase( i==118 ); /* VIEW */ - testcase( i==119 ); /* INITIALLY */ - testcase( i==120 ); /* ALL */ - return aCode[i]; - } +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3* db, + const void *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zName8; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zName8 ){ + rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8); } - return TK_ID; + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle +** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, + void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; + db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; + db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){ - return keywordCode((char*)z, n); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle +** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, + void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xCollNeeded = 0; + db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; + db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 121 +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a +** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){ + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif +/* +** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit +** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on +** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled +** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->autoCommit; +} /* -** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then -** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. +** The following routines are subtitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT, +** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error +** constants. They server two purposes: ** -** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is -** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, -** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. +** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger +** to detect when version error conditions occurs. ** -** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same -** end result. +** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where +** a low-level error is first detected. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT, + "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]", + lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, + "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]", + lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); + return SQLITE_MISUSE; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, + "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]", + lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific +** data for this thread has been deallocated. ** -** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the -** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do. -** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. -** But the feature is undocumented. +** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a +** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = { -/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ - 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ - 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */ - 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */ - 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */ -}; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ +} #endif - /* -** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. -** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. +** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. +** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ - int i, c; - switch( *z ){ - case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': { - testcase( z[0]==' ' ); - testcase( z[0]=='\t' ); - testcase( z[0]=='\n' ); - testcase( z[0]=='\f' ); - testcase( z[0]=='\r' ); - for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} - *tokenType = TK_SPACE; - return i; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +){ + int rc; + char *zErrMsg = 0; + Table *pTab = 0; + Column *pCol = 0; + int iCol; + + char const *zDataType = 0; + char const *zCollSeq = 0; + int notnull = 0; + int primarykey = 0; + int autoinc = 0; + + /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + goto error_out; + } + + /* Locate the table in question */ + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); + if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ + pTab = 0; + goto error_out; + } + + /* Find the column for which info is requested */ + if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ + iCol = pTab->iPKey; + if( iCol>=0 ){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; } - case '-': { - if( z[1]=='-' ){ - /* IMP: R-15891-05542 -- syntax diagram for comments */ - for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){} - *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ - return i; + }else{ + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ + break; } - *tokenType = TK_MINUS; - return 1; } - case '(': { - *tokenType = TK_LP; - return 1; + if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ + pTab = 0; + goto error_out; } - case ')': { - *tokenType = TK_RP; - return 1; + } + + /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned + ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey + ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: + ** + ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" + ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. + ** + ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an + ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. + */ + if( pCol ){ + zDataType = pCol->zType; + zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; + notnull = pCol->notNull!=0; + primarykey = (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0; + autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0; + }else{ + zDataType = "INTEGER"; + primarykey = 1; + } + if( !zCollSeq ){ + zCollSeq = "BINARY"; + } + +error_out: + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + + /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters + ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, + ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. + */ + if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; + if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; + if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; + if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; + if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; + + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName, + zColumnName); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; + int rc; + pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); + if( pVfs==0 ) return 0; + + /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() + ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. + */ + rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Enable or disable the extended result codes. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + Btree *pBtree; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pBtree = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); + if( pBtree ){ + Pager *pPager; + sqlite3_file *fd; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree); + assert( pPager!=0 ); + fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + assert( fd!=0 ); + if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){ + *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( fd->pMethods ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; } - case ';': { - *tokenType = TK_SEMI; - return 1; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Interface to the testing logic. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ + int rc = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + + /* + ** Save the current state of the PRNG. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: { + sqlite3PrngSaveState(); + break; } - case '+': { - *tokenType = TK_PLUS; - return 1; + + /* + ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using + ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then + ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: { + sqlite3PrngRestoreState(); + break; } - case '*': { - *tokenType = TK_STAR; - return 1; + + /* + ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call + ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call + ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: { + sqlite3_randomness(0,0); + break; } - case '/': { - if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){ - *tokenType = TK_SLASH; - return 1; - } - /* IMP: R-15891-05542 -- syntax diagram for comments */ - for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} - if( c ) i++; - *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ - return i; + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program) + ** + ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument + ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a + ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error. + ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: { + int sz = va_arg(ap, int); + int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*); + rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg); + break; } - case '%': { - *tokenType = TK_REM; - return 1; + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_INSTALL, xCallback) + ** + ** Arrange to invoke xCallback() whenever sqlite3FaultSim() is called, + ** if xCallback is not NULL. + ** + ** As a test of the fault simulator mechanism itself, sqlite3FaultSim(0) + ** is called immediately after installing the new callback and the return + ** value from sqlite3FaultSim(0) becomes the return from + ** sqlite3_test_control(). + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL: { + /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. + ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 + ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, int(*)(int)); + */ + typedef int(*TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t)(int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t); + rc = sqlite3FaultSim(0); + break; } - case '=': { - *tokenType = TK_EQ; - return 1 + (z[1]=='='); + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd) + ** + ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures + ** are benign. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: { + typedef void (*void_function)(void); + void_function xBenignBegin; + void_function xBenignEnd; + xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function); + xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function); + sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd); + break; } - case '<': { - if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ - *tokenType = TK_LE; - return 2; - }else if( c=='>' ){ - *tokenType = TK_NE; - return 2; - }else if( c=='<' ){ - *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT; - return 2; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_LT; - return 1; + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X) + ** + ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0. + ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte + ** as it existing before this routine was called. + ** + ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in + ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte + ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and + ** dileterious behavior. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: { + rc = PENDING_BYTE; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + { + unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); + if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal; } +#endif + break; } - case '>': { - if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ - *tokenType = TK_GE; - return 2; - }else if( c=='>' ){ - *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT; - return 2; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_GT; - return 1; - } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X) + ** + ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not + ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert() + ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and + ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is + ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the + ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the + ** return value is zero. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: { + volatile int x = 0; + assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 ); + rc = x; + break; } - case '!': { - if( z[1]!='=' ){ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return 2; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_NE; - return 2; - } + + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X) + ** + ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and + ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time. + ** + ** The return value is ALWAYS(X). + ** + ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means + ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the + ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either + ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false. + ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if + ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second + ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if + ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled. + ** + ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this: + ** + ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){ + ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros + ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){ + ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false. + ** }else{ + ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0. + ** } + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: { + int x = va_arg(ap,int); + rc = ALWAYS(x); + break; + } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER); + ** + ** The integer returned reveals the byte-order of the computer on which + ** SQLite is running: + ** + ** 1 big-endian, determined at run-time + ** 10 little-endian, determined at run-time + ** 432101 big-endian, determined at compile-time + ** 123410 little-endian, determined at compile-time + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: { + rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; + break; + } + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N) + ** + ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database + ** connection db. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + int x = va_arg(ap,int); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + break; } - case '|': { - if( z[1]!='|' ){ - *tokenType = TK_BITOR; - return 1; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_CONCAT; - return 2; - } + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N) + ** + ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The + ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal + ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the + ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times + ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer + ** is obtained in every case. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + db->dbOptFlags = (u16)(va_arg(ap, int) & 0xffff); + break; } - case ',': { - *tokenType = TK_COMMA; - return 1; + +#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord) + ** + ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the + ** number of keywords. Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0. + ** + ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since + ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite + ** is built using separate source files. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: { + const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*); + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord); + rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0; + break; } - case '&': { - *tokenType = TK_BITAND; - return 1; +#endif + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree); + ** + ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree(). + ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: { + void *pFree, **ppNew; + int sz; + sz = va_arg(ap, int); + ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**); + pFree = va_arg(ap, void*); + if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz); + sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree); + break; } - case '~': { - *tokenType = TK_BITNOT; - return 1; + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff); + ** + ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all + ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero, + ** undo this setting. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int); + break; } - case '`': - case '\'': - case '"': { - int delim = z[0]; - testcase( delim=='`' ); - testcase( delim=='\'' ); - testcase( delim=='"' ); - for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ - if( c==delim ){ - if( z[i+1]==delim ){ - i++; - }else{ - break; - } - } - } - if( c=='\'' ){ - *tokenType = TK_STRING; - return i+1; - }else if( c!=0 ){ - *tokenType = TK_ID; - return i+1; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return i; - } + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT, + ** sqlite3_stmt*,const char**); + ** + ** If compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN, each sqlite3_stmt holds + ** a string that describes the optimized parse tree. This test-control + ** returns a pointer to that string. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT: { + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_stmt*); + const char **pzRet = va_arg(ap, const char**); + *pzRet = sqlite3VdbeExplanation((Vdbe*)pStmt); + break; } - case '.': { -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) ) #endif - { - *tokenType = TK_DOT; - return 1; - } - /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point - ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */ + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, int); + ** + ** Set or clear a flag that indicates that the database file is always well- + ** formed and never corrupt. This flag is clear by default, indicating that + ** database files might have arbitrary corruption. Setting the flag during + ** testing causes certain assert() statements in the code to be activated + ** that demonstrat invariants on well-formed database files. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.neverCorrupt = va_arg(ap, int); + break; } - case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': - case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { - testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' ); - testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' ); - testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' ); - testcase( z[0]=='9' ); - *tokenType = TK_INTEGER; - for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( z[i]=='.' ){ - i++; - while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } - *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; - } - if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') && - ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) - || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2])) - ) - ){ - i += 2; - while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } - *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; - } + + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr); + ** + ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context + ** pointer ptr. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: { +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,int,u8,u8); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*); #endif - while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - i++; - } - return i; - } - case '[': { - for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} - *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL; - return i; - } - case '?': { - *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; - for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} - return i; + break; } - case '#': { - for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} - if( i>1 ){ - /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used - ** internally by sqlite3NestedParse. */ - *tokenType = TK_REGISTER; - return i; - } - /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by - ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */ + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT); + ** + ** Return SQLITE_OK if SQLite has been initialized and SQLITE_ERROR if + ** not. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT: { + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE - case '$': -#endif - case '@': /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */ - case ':': { - int n = 0; - testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' ); testcase( z[0]==':' ); - *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; - for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ - if( IdChar(c) ){ - n++; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE - }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){ - do{ - i++; - }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' ); - if( c==')' ){ - i++; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - } - break; - }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){ - i++; -#endif - }else{ - break; - } - } - if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return i; + + } + va_end(ap); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ + return rc; +} + +/* +** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter. +** +** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen() +** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the +** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam +** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine +** returns a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){ + if( zFilename==0 ) return 0; + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + while( zFilename[0] ){ + int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam); + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + if( x==0 ) return zFilename; + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return a boolean value for a query parameter. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam, int bDflt){ + const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); + bDflt = bDflt!=0; + return z ? sqlite3GetBoolean(z, bDflt) : bDflt; +} + +/* +** Return a 64-bit integer value for a query parameter. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64( + const char *zFilename, /* Filename as passed to xOpen */ + const char *zParam, /* URI parameter sought */ + sqlite3_int64 bDflt /* return if parameter is missing */ +){ + const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); + sqlite3_int64 v; + if( z && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &v)==SQLITE_OK ){ + bDflt = v; + } + return bDflt; +} + +/* +** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName. Return NULL if not found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ + int i; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt + && (zDbName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDbName, db->aDb[i].zName)==0) + ){ + return db->aDb[i].pBt; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case 'x': case 'X': { - testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' ); - if( z[1]=='\'' ){ - *tokenType = TK_BLOB; - for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\''; i++){ - if( !sqlite3Isxdigit(c) ){ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - } - } - if( i%2 || !c ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - if( c ) i++; - return i; - } - /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */ + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return the filename of the database associated with a database +** connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ + Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); + return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pBt) : 0; +} + +/* +** Return 1 if database is read-only or 0 if read/write. Return -1 if +** no such database exists. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ + Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); + return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(pBt) : -1; +} + +/************** End of main.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2009 March 3 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify() +** API method and its associated functionality. +*/ + +/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + +/* +** Public interfaces: +** +** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked() +** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() +** sqlite3ConnectionClosed() +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() +*/ + +#define assertMutexHeld() \ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ) + +/* +** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process +** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection +** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER +** mutex is held. +*/ +static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following +** properties of the blocked connections list: +** +** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either +** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both. +** +** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for +** xUnlockNotify are grouped together. +** +** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the +** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection +** set to db. This is used when closing connection db. +*/ +static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 *p; + for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){ + int seen = 0; + sqlite3 *p2; + + /* Verify property (1) */ + assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection ); + + /* Verify property (2) */ + for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){ + if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1; + assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen ); + assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db ); + assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db ); } + } +} +#else +# define checkListProperties(x) #endif - default: { - if( !IdChar(*z) ){ - break; - } - for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){} - *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i); - return i; + +/* +** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection +** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 **pp; + assertMutexHeld(); + for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){ + if( *pp==db ){ + *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked; + break; } } - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return 1; } /* -** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is -** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs -** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into -** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that -** error message. +** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed +** that it is not already a part of the list. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){ - int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */ - int tokenType; /* type of the next token */ - int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */ - u8 enableLookaside; /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */ +static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 **pp; + assertMutexHeld(); + for( + pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; + *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; + pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked + ); + db->pNextBlocked = *pp; + *pp = db; +} +/* +** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex. +*/ +static void enterMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); + checkListProperties(0); +} - mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; - if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; +/* +** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex. +*/ +static void leaveMutex(void){ + assertMutexHeld(); + checkListProperties(0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} + +/* +** Register an unlock-notify callback. +** +** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation +** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection +** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared +** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection. +** +** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately, +** before this routine returns. +** +** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate +** a deadlock. +** +** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops +** its locks. +** +** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered +** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately +** cancelled. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( + sqlite3 *db, + void (*xNotify)(void **, int), + void *pArg +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + enterMutex(); + + if( xNotify==0 ){ + removeFromBlockedList(db); + db->pBlockingConnection = 0; + db->pUnlockConnection = 0; + db->xUnlockNotify = 0; + db->pUnlockArg = 0; + }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){ + /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a + ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback + ** immediately. + */ + xNotify(&pArg, 1); + }else{ + sqlite3 *p; + + for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){} + if( p ){ + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */ + }else{ + db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection; + db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify; + db->pUnlockArg = pArg; + removeFromBlockedList(db); + addToBlockedList(db); + } } - pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; - pParse->zTail = zSql; - i = 0; - assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); - pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc); - if( pEngine==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + leaveMutex(); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0)); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement +** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED +** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available +** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){ + enterMutex(); + if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ + addToBlockedList(db); } - assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); - assert( pParse->nVar==0 ); - assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 ); - assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 ); - assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 ); - enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; - if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; - while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){ - assert( i>=0 ); - pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i]; - pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType); - i += pParse->sLastToken.n; - if( i>mxSqlLen ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; - break; + db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker; + leaveMutex(); +} + +/* +** This function is called when +** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held +** by database connection db have been released. +** +** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections +** list and does the following: +** +** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is +** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0. +** +** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is +** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and +** set pUnlockConnection=0. +** +** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and +** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections +** list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ + void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */ + int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */ + sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */ + void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */ + void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */ + void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */ + + aArg = aStatic; + enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */ + + /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */ + for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){ + sqlite3 *p = *pp; + + /* Step 1. */ + if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){ + p->pBlockingConnection = 0; } - switch( tokenType ){ - case TK_SPACE: { - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt"); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; - goto abort_parse; - } - break; - } - case TK_ILLEGAL: { - sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"", - &pParse->sLastToken); - nErr++; - goto abort_parse; - } - case TK_SEMI: { - pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; - /* Fall thru into the default case */ + + /* Step 2. */ + if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){ + assert( p->xUnlockNotify ); + if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + nArg = 0; } - default: { - sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); - lastTokenParsed = tokenType; - if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_parse; + + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) ); + assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn ); + if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic)) + || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*))) + ){ + /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */ + void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2); + if( pNew ){ + memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *)); + sqlite3_free(aDyn); + aDyn = aArg = pNew; + }else{ + /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to + ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the + ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to + ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed. + ** + ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error + ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code + ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be + ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections + ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait + ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never + ** arrive. + ** + ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context + ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and + ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without + ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because + ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of + ** context pointers the application will receive two or more + ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will + ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple + ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the + ** circumstances. + */ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + nArg = 0; } - break; } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + + aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg; + xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify; + p->pUnlockConnection = 0; + p->xUnlockNotify = 0; + p->pUnlockArg = 0; } - } -abort_parse: - if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){ - sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); - pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; + + /* Step 3. */ + if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ + /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */ + *pp = p->pNextBlocked; + p->pNextBlocked = 0; + }else{ + pp = &p->pNextBlocked; } - sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); - } -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, - sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine) - ); -#endif /* YYDEBUG */ - sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free); - db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){ - sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc)); - } - assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); - if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg; - sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg); - pParse->zErrMsg = 0; - nErr++; - } - if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe); - pParse->pVdbe = 0; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock); - pParse->aTableLock = 0; - pParse->nTableLock = 0; - } -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock); -#endif - if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table - ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c) - ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure. - */ - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); + if( nArg!=0 ){ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); } + sqlite3_free(aDyn); + leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */ +} - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->apVarExpr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aAlias); - while( pParse->pAinc ){ - AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc; - pParse->pAinc = p->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - } - while( pParse->pZombieTab ){ - Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab; - pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie; - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); - } - if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - return nErr; +/* +** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is +** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); + enterMutex(); + removeFromBlockedList(db); + checkListProperties(db); + leaveMutex(); } +#endif -/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/ +/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 +** 2006 Oct 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -104643,303 +125966,290 @@ abort_parse: ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -************************************************************************* -** An tokenizer for SQL +****************************************************************************** ** -** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. -** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by -** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from -** static links that do not use it. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE - -/* -** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. +** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ - /* -** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header -** comments on that procedure for additional information. +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ -#define tkSEMI 0 -#define tkWS 1 -#define tkOTHER 2 -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -#define tkEXPLAIN 3 -#define tkCREATE 4 -#define tkTEMP 5 -#define tkTRIGGER 6 -#define tkEND 7 -#endif -/* -** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. +/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like) +** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The +** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the +** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees +** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the +** bottom up. ** -** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. -** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement -** must end with ";END;". ** -** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states: +**** Varints **** +** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a +** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order +** using seven bits * per byte as follows: ** -** (0) INVALID We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character. +** KEY: +** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit ** -** (1) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine -** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends -** in any other state. +** 7 bits - A +** 14 bits - BA +** 21 bits - BBA +** and so on. ** -** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single -** semicolon. +** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but +** the encoding is not the same. SQLite varints are big-endian +** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are +** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory). ** -** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of -** a statement. +** Example encodings: ** -** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a -** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by -** TEMP or TEMPORARY +** 1: 0x01 +** 127: 0x7f +** 128: 0x81 0x00 ** -** (5) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be -** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. ** -** (6) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at -** the end of a trigger definition. +**** Document lists **** +** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a +** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions. +** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document. +** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first +** word of the document has a position of 0. ** -** (7) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end -** of a trigger difinition. +** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time +** option. But that functionality is no longer supported. ** -** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted -** from the input. The following tokens are significant: +** A doclist is stored like this: ** -** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. -** (1) tkWS Whitespace. -** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. -** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. -** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. -** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. -** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. -** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. +** array { +** varint docid; (delta from previous doclist) +** array { (position list for column 0) +** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) +** } +** array { +** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column) +** varint column; (index of new column) +** array { +** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) +** } +** } +** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document. +** } ** -** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. -** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid. +** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in +** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream +** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur +** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals +** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1. +** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more +** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus +** 2 for the first position. Example: ** -** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed -** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do -** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ - u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ - u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER - ** statement. This is the normal case. - */ - static const u8 trans[8][8] = { - /* Token: */ - /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ - /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, - /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, - /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, }, - /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ { 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, - /* 4 CREATE: */ { 1, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 2, }, - /* 5 TRIGGER: */ { 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, - /* 6 SEMI: */ { 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 7, }, - /* 7 END: */ { 1, 7, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, - }; -#else - /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine - ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier - */ - static const u8 trans[3][3] = { - /* Token: */ - /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ - /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, }, - /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, }, - /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, }, - }; -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - - while( *zSql ){ - switch( *zSql ){ - case ';': { /* A semicolon */ - token = tkSEMI; - break; - } - case ' ': - case '\r': - case '\t': - case '\n': - case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '/': { /* C-style comments */ - if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - zSql += 2; - while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } - if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; - zSql++; - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ - if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1; - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ - zSql++; - while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ - case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ - case '\'': { - int c = *zSql; - zSql++; - while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - default: { -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC - unsigned char c; -#endif - if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ - /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ - int nId; - for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - token = tkOTHER; -#else - switch( *zSql ){ - case 'c': case 'C': { - if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ - token = tkCREATE; - }else{ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - case 't': case 'T': { - if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ - token = tkTRIGGER; - }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ - token = tkTEMP; - }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ - token = tkTEMP; - }else{ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - case 'e': case 'E': { - if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ - token = tkEND; - }else -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ - token = tkEXPLAIN; - }else -#endif - { - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - default: { - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - zSql += nId-1; - }else{ - /* Operators and special symbols */ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - } - state = trans[state][token]; - zSql++; - } - return state==1; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described -** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not -** UTF-8. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - char const *zSql8; - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); - zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( zSql8 ){ - rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ - -/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 +** label: A B C D E F G H I J K +** value: 123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0 ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** The 123 value is the first docid. For column zero in this document +** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3). The 1 +** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the +** new column is column number 1. There are two positions at 12 and 45 +** (14-2 and 35-2+12). The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document. The +** 234 at I is the delta to next docid (357). It has one position 70 +** (72-2) and then terminates with the 0 at K. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for +** a single docid. A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single +** column. Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists, +** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and +** a doclist consists of one or more document records. ** -************************************************************************* -** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file -** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in -** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be -** accessed by users of the library. +** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an +** array of varint-encoded docids. +** +**** Segment leaf nodes **** +** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf +** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to +** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to +** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have +** the format: +** +** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0) +** varint nTerm; (length of first term) +** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) +** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) +** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) +** array { +** (further terms are delta-encoded) +** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term) +** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) +** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term) +** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) +** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) +** } +** +** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in +** memory. +** +** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in +** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end +** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next +** greater node id. +** +** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node +** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is +** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone +** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of +** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while +** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The +** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more +** likely to be query targets. +** +** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more +** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf +** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is +** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize. +** +** +**** Segment interior nodes **** +** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms +** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior +** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using +** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when +** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node +** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior +** nodes: +** +** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0) +** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree) +** optional { +** varint nTerm; (length of first term) +** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) +** array { +** (further terms are delta-encoded) +** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term) +** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) +** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term) +** } +** } +** +** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X } +** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory. +** +** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The +** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid +** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less +** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded). +** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less +** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at +** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to +** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left +** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is +** "wicked", only "w" is stored). +** +** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when +** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048). +** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing +** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes +** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at +** height+1, and so on. +** +** +**** Segment directory **** +** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for +** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the +** segment's tree. +** +** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding +** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024). +** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top +** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments +** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit +** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the +** height and the blockid of the previous root). +** +** The meta-information in the segment directory is: +** level - segment level (see below) +** idx - index within level +** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment) +** start_block - first leaf node +** leaves_end_block - last leaf node +** end_block - last block (including interior nodes) +** root - contents of root node +** +** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block, +** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0. +** +** +**** Segment merging **** +** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and +** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially +** more documents. +** +** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and +** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with +** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all +** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1 +** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1 +** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing +** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on. +** +** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in +** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment +** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this +** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently. +** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are +** deleted. +** +** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be +** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show +** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're +** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time +** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than +** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16. +** +** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments +** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs +** inserted: +** +** MERGE_COUNT segments +** 16 25 +** 8 12 +** 4 10 +** 2 6 +** +** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very +** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge +** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast +** even with many segments. +** +** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side +** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that +** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet +** spot around. +** +** +** +**** Handling of deletions and updates **** +** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented +** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term +** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we +** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates +** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older +** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates +** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The +** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out +** older data. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 -/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/ -/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/ +/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/ +/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/ /* -** 2006 Oct 10 +** 2009 Nov 12 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -104950,60 +126260,199 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ ** ****************************************************************************** ** -** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the -** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface. */ +#ifndef _FTSINT_H +#define _FTSINT_H -#if 0 -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db); +/* +** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all +** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +#endif -#if 0 -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif /* __cplusplus */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) -/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 #endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE -/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/ -/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/ + +/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/ /* -** 2008 May 26 +** 2006 July 10 ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +************************************************************************* +** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There +** are three basic components: ** -****************************************************************************** +** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer +** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for +** tokenizers. ** -** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the -** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface. +** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps +** including customization information defined at creation time. +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate +** tokens from a particular input. */ +#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ +#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ -#if 0 -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ +/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time. +** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then +** we will need a way to register the API consistently. +*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db); +/* +** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer +** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to +** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback +** functions that make up an implementation. +** +** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to +** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the +** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer +** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an +** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to +** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). +** +** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen() +** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object +** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on +** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer +** object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module; +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer; +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor; -#if 0 -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif /* __cplusplus */ +struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { -/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU -/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/ -/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/ + /* + ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0 or 1. + */ + int iVersion; + + /* + ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the + ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL + ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if + ** the following SQL is executed: + ** + ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer arg1 arg2) + ** + ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers + ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". + ** + ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error + ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set + ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic + ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by + ** this callback. The caller will do so. + */ + int (*xCreate)( + int argc, /* Size of argv array */ + const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ + ); + + /* + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method + ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). + */ + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer); + + /* + ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller + ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid + ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). + */ + int (*xOpen)( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ + const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */ + ); + + /* + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this + ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). + */ + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); + + /* + ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This + ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the + ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that + ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. + ** + ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the + ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or + ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length + ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is + ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and + ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first + ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set + ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in + ** the input buffer. + ** + ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer + ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call + ** to xNext() or xClose(). + */ + /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be + ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes + ** should be converted to zInput. + */ + int (*xNext)( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */ + const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */ + ); + + /*********************************************************************** + ** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1. + */ + + /* + ** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor. + */ + int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid); +}; + +struct sqlite3_tokenizer { + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */ + /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */ + /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); +int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); + + +#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ +/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/ /* -** 2008 May 26 +** 2001 September 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -105012,5729 +126461,7497 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db); ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -****************************************************************************** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation +** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone +** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module. ** -** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the -** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface. */ +#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_ +#define _FTS3_HASH_H_ -#if 0 -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ +/* Forward declarations of structures. */ +typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash; +typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem; -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db); +/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. +** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client +** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure +** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. +** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and +** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make +** this structure opaque. +*/ +struct Fts3Hash { + char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ + char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ + int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ + Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ + int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ + struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */ + int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ + } *ht; +}; -#if 0 -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif /* __cplusplus */ +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. +** +** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really +** be opaque because it is used by macros. +*/ +struct Fts3HashElem { + Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ + void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ +}; +/* +** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table: +** +** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long +** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case +** is respected in comparisons. +** +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. +** memcmp() is used to compare keys. +** +** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. +*/ +#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1 +#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2 -/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ -#endif +/* +** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int); -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant -** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. +/* +** Shorthand for the functions above */ -SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; -#endif +#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit +#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert +#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind +#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear +#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem -/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns -** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. +/* +** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is +** like this: +** +** Fts3Hash h; +** Fts3HashElem *p; +** ... +** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){ +** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p); +** // do something with pData +** } */ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } +#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first) +#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next) +#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data) +#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) +#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) -/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a -** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the -** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. +/* +** Number of entries in a hash table */ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; } +#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count) -/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function -** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } +#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */ -/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-54823-41343 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns -** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled mutexing code omitted due to -** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; } +/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) /* -** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if -** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing -** I/O active are written using this function. These messages -** are intended for debugging activity only. +** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree +** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform +** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large +** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts +** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 12 #endif + /* -** If the following global variable points to a string which is the -** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store -** temporary files. -** -** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. +** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are +** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single +** segment of level N+1. */ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; +#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16 /* -** Initialize SQLite. -** -** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, -** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with -** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT -** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as -** sqlite3_open(). -** -** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, -** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown. -** -** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to -** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first -** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent -** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization. -** -** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive -** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the -** initialization process would never complete. -** -** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other -** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is -** incomplete, it is required that: -** -** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most -** call by X completes. -** -** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately -** without blocking. +** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the +** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is +** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction +** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed. +** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new +** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ - sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; /* The main static mutex */ - int rc; /* Result code */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } -#endif - - /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call - ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization - ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end - ** of this routine. - */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; - - /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to - ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. - ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, - ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. - ** - ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own - ** initialization. - */ - rc = sqlite3MutexInit(); - if( rc ) return rc; - - /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex. - ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that - ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the - ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static - ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem. - */ - pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1; - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ - rc = sqlite3MallocInit(); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1; - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = - sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - - /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc - ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate - ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } +#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024) - /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so - ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into - ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through - ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other - ** recursive calls might also be possible. - ** - ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls - ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. - ** - ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit - ** methods. The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the - ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize(). - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){ - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1; - memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions)); - sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize(); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1; - rc = sqlite3OsInit(); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1; - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); +/* +** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a +** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid +** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3. +*/ +#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) - /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive - ** mutex to prevent a resource leak. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--; - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){ - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has - ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but - ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no - ** reason. So we run it once during initialization. - */ -#ifndef NDEBUG -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */ - if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1; - double y; - assert(sizeof(x)==8); - assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y)); - memcpy(&y, &x, 8); - assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) ); - } +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) #endif +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y)) #endif - return rc; -} - /* -** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while -** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or -** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This -** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine -** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down -** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op. +** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different +** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ - sqlite3_os_end(); - sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0; - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){ - sqlite3PcacheShutdown(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0; - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ - sqlite3MallocEnd(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0; - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){ - sqlite3MutexEnd(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} +#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10 /* -** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of -** the SQLite library at run-time. +** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms +** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored +** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. ** -** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding -** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not -** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable -** behavior. +** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the +** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index +** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with +** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels +** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on. +** +** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In +** theory though this may happen, but only after at least +** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ - va_list ap; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while - ** the SQLite library is in use. */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ +#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024 +#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024" - /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe - ** compile. - */ -#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: { - /* Disable all mutexing */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: { - /* Disable mutexing of database connections */ - /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: { - /* Enable all mutexing */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: { - /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: { - /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */ - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; - break; - } +/* +** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation. If undefined, +** make it a no-op. +*/ +#ifndef testcase +# define testcase(X) #endif +/* +** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists. +*/ +#define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */ +#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */ - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: { - /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: { - /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault(); - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: { - /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: { - /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: { - /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: { - /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*); - break; - } - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: { - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){ - sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); - } - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache; - break; - } - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) - case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: { - /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int); - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){ - /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation - ** back to NULL pointers too. This will cause the malloc to go - ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is - ** run. - */ - memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m)); - }else{ - /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the - ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. If neither ENABLE_MEMSYS3 nor - ** ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined, return an error. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(); -#endif - } - break; - } +/* +** This section provides definitions to allow the +** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the +** amalgamation. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +/* +** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or +** false. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +# define ALWAYS(x) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#else +# define ALWAYS(x) (x) +# define NEVER(x) (x) #endif - case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - - /* Record a pointer to the logger funcction and its first argument. - ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is - ** NULL. - */ - case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: { - /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. - ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 - ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*)); - */ - typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*); - break; - } - - default: { - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - } - } - va_end(ap); - return rc; -} +/* +** Internal types used by SQLite. +*/ +typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */ +typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */ +typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ /* -** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection. -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. -** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY. -** -** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot. -** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the -** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for -** the lookaside memory. +** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters. */ -static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){ - void *pStart; - if( db->lookaside.nOut ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before - ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for - ** both at the same time. - */ - if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ - sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); - } - /* The size of a lookaside slot needs to be larger than a pointer - ** to be useful. - */ - if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0; - if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0; - if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){ - sz = 0; - pStart = 0; - }else if( pBuf==0 ){ - sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt ); /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */ - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - }else{ - sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */ - pStart = pBuf; - } - db->lookaside.pStart = pStart; - db->lookaside.pFree = 0; - db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz; - if( pStart ){ - int i; - LookasideSlot *p; - assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ); - p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart; - for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){ - p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; - db->lookaside.pFree = p; - p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz]; - } - db->lookaside.pEnd = p; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; - db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0; - }else{ - db->lookaside.pEnd = 0; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) /* -** Return the mutex associated with a database connection. +** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled. */ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->mutex; -} +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif /* -** Configuration settings for an individual database connection +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ - va_list ap; - int rc; - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { - void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-21112-12275 */ - int sz = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */ - int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */ - rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt); - break; - } - default: { - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */ - break; - } - } - va_end(ap); - return rc; -} +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X +#else +# define TESTONLY(X) +#endif + +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(void); +# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB sqlite3Fts3Corrupt() +#else +# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB +#endif + +typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table; +typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor; +typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr; +typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase; +typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken; +typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist; +typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter; +typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken; +typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader; +typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader; /* -** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces. +** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following +** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance +** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance. +** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their +** arguments. */ -static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){ - while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; } - return n==0; -} +struct Fts3Table { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + const char *zDb; /* logical database name */ + const char *zName; /* virtual table name */ + int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */ + char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */ + u8 *abNotindexed; /* True for 'notindexed' columns */ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */ + char *zContentTbl; /* content=xxx option, or NULL */ + char *zLanguageid; /* languageid=xxx option, or NULL */ + int nAutoincrmerge; /* Value configured by 'automerge' */ + u32 nLeafAdd; /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */ + + /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these + ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. + */ + sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40]; + + char *zReadExprlist; + char *zWriteExprlist; + + int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */ + u8 bFts4; /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ + u8 bHasStat; /* True if %_stat table exists (2==unknown) */ + u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */ + u8 bDescIdx; /* True if doclists are in reverse order */ + u8 bIgnoreSavepoint; /* True to ignore xSavepoint invocations */ + int nPgsz; /* Page size for host database */ + char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */ + sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */ + + /* + ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index + ** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one + ** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature). + ** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid. + ** + ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index + ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the + ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[] + ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length. + ** + ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the + ** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including + ** malloc overhead. When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash + ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most + ** recently inserted record. + */ + int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */ + struct Fts3Index { + int nPrefix; /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */ + Fts3Hash hPending; /* Pending terms table for this index */ + } *aIndex; + int nMaxPendingData; /* Max pending data before flush to disk */ + int nPendingData; /* Current bytes of pending data */ + sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; /* Docid of most recently inserted document */ + int iPrevLangid; /* Langid of recently inserted document */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) + /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control + ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times. These + ** values do not contribute to FTS functionality; they are used for + ** verifying the operation of the SQLite core. + */ + int inTransaction; /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */ + int mxSavepoint; /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */ +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + /* True to disable the incremental doclist optimization. This is controled + ** by special insert command 'test-no-incr-doclist'. */ + int bNoIncrDoclist; +#endif +}; /* -** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always -** available. -** -** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end -** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation. +** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a +** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using +** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method. */ -static int binCollFunc( - void *padFlag, - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, - int nKey2, const void *pKey2 -){ - int rc, n; - n = nKey1lastRowid; -} +#define FTS3_HAVE_LANGID 0x00010000 /* languageid=? */ +#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE 0x00020000 /* docid>=? */ +#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE 0x00040000 /* docid<=? */ -/* -** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->nChange; -} +struct Fts3Doclist { + char *aAll; /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */ + int nAll; /* Size of a[] in bytes */ + char *pNextDocid; /* Pointer to next docid */ -/* -** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->nTotalChange; -} + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */ + int bFreeList; /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */ + char *pList; /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */ + int nList; /* Length of position list */ +}; /* -** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the -** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open -** at the b-tree/pager level. +** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in +** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case. +** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three") +** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){ - while( db->pSavepoint ){ - Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint; - db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); - } - db->nSavepoint = 0; - db->nStatement = 0; - db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; -} +struct Fts3PhraseToken { + char *z; /* Text of the token */ + int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer z */ + int isPrefix; /* True if token ends with a "*" character */ + int bFirst; /* True if token must appear at position 0 */ + + /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is + ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are + ** used when evaluating the expression. */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred token object for this token */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Segment-reader for this token */ +}; + +struct Fts3Phrase { + /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */ + Fts3Doclist doclist; + int bIncr; /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */ + int iDoclistToken; + + /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing + ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. + */ + int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */ + int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */ + Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */ +}; /* -** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except, -** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple -** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called -** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding. +** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator. +** +** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist +** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results +** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial +** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this +** buffer. +** +** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global +** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3, +** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array +** is populated as follows: +** +** aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined +** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences +** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance +** +** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed +** when the expression node is. */ -static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){ - FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->pDestructor; - if( pDestructor ){ - pDestructor->nRef--; - if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){ - pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor); - } - } -} +struct Fts3Expr { + int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */ + int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */ + Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */ + Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */ + Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */ + + /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid */ + u8 bEof; /* True this expression is at EOF already */ + u8 bStart; /* True if iDocid is valid */ + u8 bDeferred; /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */ + + u32 *aMI; +}; /* -** Close an existing SQLite database +** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first +** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For +** example, the following: +** +** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e" +** +** is equivalent to: +** +** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))" */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ - HashElem *i; /* Hash table iterator */ - int j; +#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1 +#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2 +#define FTSQUERY_AND 3 +#define FTSQUERY_OR 4 +#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5 - if( !db ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); +/* fts3_write.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, int, sqlite3_int64, + sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( + Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*); - /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above - ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual - ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() - ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active - ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing - ** some prepared statements internally. - */ - sqlite3VtabRollback(db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **); - /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */ - if( db->pVdbe ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to close due to unfinalised statements"); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *); +#else +# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(x) +# define sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(x) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(x) +# define sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK +#endif - for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt; - if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to close due to unfinished backup operation"); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *, int *); - /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */ - sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); +/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */ +#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING -1 +#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL -2 - for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; - if( pDb->pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - if( j!=1 ){ - pDb->pSchema = 0; - } - } - } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *); - /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any - ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks. - */ - sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, + int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *); - assert( db->nDb<=2 ); - assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); - for(j=0; jaFunc.a); j++){ - FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p; - for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){ - pHash = p->pHash; - while( p ){ - functionDestroy(db, p); - pNext = p->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - p = pNext; - } - } - } - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); - /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ - for(j=0; j<3; j++){ - if( pColl[j].xDel ){ - pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); - if( pMod->xDestroy ){ - pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); +/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN 0x00000010 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST 0x00000020 + +/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ +struct Fts3SegFilter { + const char *zTerm; + int nTerm; + int iCol; + int flags; +}; + +struct Fts3MultiSegReader { + /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */ + Fts3SegReader **apSegment; /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */ + int nSegment; /* Size of apSegment array */ + int nAdvance; /* How many seg-readers to advance */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Pointer to filter object */ + char *aBuffer; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */ + int nBuffer; /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */ + + int iColFilter; /* If >=0, filter for this column */ + int bRestart; + + /* Used by fts3.c only. */ + int nCost; /* Cost of running iterator */ + int bLookup; /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */ + + /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to term buffer */ + int nTerm; /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist buffer */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */ +}; + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table*,int,int); + +#define fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) ( \ + (*(u8*)(p)&0x80) ? sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) : (*piVal=*(u8*)(p), 1) \ +) + +/* fts3.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*); + +/* fts3_tokenizer.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, + sqlite3_tokenizer **, char ** +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char); + +/* fts3_snippet.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *, + const char *, const char *, int, int +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *); + +/* fts3_expr.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, + char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, char ** +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db); #endif - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ - if( db->pErr ){ - sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); - } - sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, const char *, int, + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor ** +); - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; +/* fts3_aux.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db); - /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema - ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). - ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into - ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database - ** structure? - */ - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; - sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex); - assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */ - if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ - sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); - } - sqlite3_free(db); - return SQLITE_OK; -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *); -/* -** Rollback all database files. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - int inTrans = 0; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ - inTrans = 1; - } - sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt); - db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0; - } - } - sqlite3VtabRollback(db); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( + Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( + Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr); - if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } +/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *); - /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */ - db->nDeferredCons = 0; +/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int); +#endif - /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ - if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ - db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); - } -} +#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */ +#endif /* _FTSINT_H */ -/* -** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the -** argument. +/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE) +# define SQLITE_CORE 1 +#endif + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 +#endif + +static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); +static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); +static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( + Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **); + +/* +** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. +** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes. +** The number of bytes written is returned. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ - static const char* const aMsg[] = { - /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error", - /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error or missing database", - /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0, - /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied", - /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "callback requested query abort", - /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked", - /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked", - /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory", - /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database", - /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted", - /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error", - /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed", - /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ "unknown operation", - /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full", - /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file", - /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ "locking protocol", - /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ "table contains no data", - /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed", - /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big", - /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed", - /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch", - /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "library routine called out of sequence", - /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled", - /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied", - /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ "auxiliary database format error", - /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "bind or column index out of range", - /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is encrypted or is not a database", - }; - rc &= 0xff; - if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<(int)(sizeof(aMsg)/sizeof(aMsg[0])) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){ - return aMsg[rc]; - }else{ - return "unknown error"; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){ + unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p; + sqlite_uint64 vu = v; + do{ + *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80); + vu >>= 7; + }while( vu!=0 ); + q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */ + assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX ); + return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); } -/* -** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries -** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is -** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first -** argument. -*/ -static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( - void *ptr, /* Database connection */ - int count /* Number of times table has been busy */ -){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP) - static const u8 delays[] = - { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 }; - static const u8 totals[] = - { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 }; -# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0])) - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; - int timeout = db->busyTimeout; - int delay, prior; +#define GETVARINT_STEP(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \ + v = (v & mask1) | ( (*ptr++) << shift ); \ + if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; } +#define GETVARINT_INIT(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \ + v = (*ptr++); \ + if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; } - assert( count>=0 ); - if( count < NDELAY ){ - delay = delays[count]; - prior = totals[count]; - }else{ - delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; - prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); - } - if( prior + delay > timeout ){ - delay = timeout - prior; - if( delay<=0 ) return 0; +/* +** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. +** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. +** The value is stored in *v. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){ + const char *pStart = p; + u32 a; + u64 b; + int shift; + + GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *v, 1); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *v, 2); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *v, 3); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *v, 4); + b = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF ); + + for(shift=28; shift<=63; shift+=7){ + u64 c = *p++; + b += (c&0x7F) << shift; + if( (c & 0x80)==0 ) break; } - sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000); - return 1; + *v = b; + return (int)(p - pStart); +} + +/* +** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a +** 32-bit integer before it is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){ + u32 a; + +#ifndef fts3GetVarint32 + GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *pi, 1); #else - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; - int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; - if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){ - return 0; - } - sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000); - return 1; + a = (*p++); + assert( a & 0x80 ); #endif + + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *pi, 2); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *pi, 3); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *pi, 4); + a = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF ); + *pi = (int)(a | ((u32)(*p & 0x0F) << 28)); + return 5; } /* -** Invoke the given busy handler. +** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){ + int i = 0; + do{ + i++; + v >>= 7; + }while( v!=0 ); + return i; +} + +/* +** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing +** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the +** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine +** is a no-op. +** +** Examples: +** +** "abc" becomes abc +** 'xyz' becomes xyz +** [pqr] becomes pqr +** `mno` becomes mno ** -** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock. -** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it -** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ - int rc; - if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; - rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy); - if( rc==0 ){ - p->nBusy = -1; - }else{ - p->nBusy++; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){ + char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */ + + quote = z[0]; + if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){ + int iIn = 1; /* Index of next byte to read from input */ + int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */ + + /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */ + if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; + + while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){ + if( z[iIn]==quote ){ + if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break; + z[iOut++] = quote; + iIn += 2; + }else{ + z[iOut++] = z[iIn++]; + } + } + z[iOut] = '\0'; } - return rc; } /* -** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the -** given callback function with the given argument. +** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point +** to the first byte past the end of the varint. Add the value of the varint +** to *pVal. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler( - sqlite3 *db, - int (*xBusy)(void*,int), - void *pArg -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy; - db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg; - db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; +static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){ + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); + *pVal += iVal; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK /* -** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the -** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will -** be invoked every nOps opcodes. +** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a +** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list +** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint, +** and sets *pVal by the varint value. +** +** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the +** varint is part of. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler( - sqlite3 *db, - int nOps, - int (*xProgress)(void*), - void *pArg +static void fts3GetReverseVarint( + char **pp, + char *pStart, + sqlite3_int64 *pVal ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( nOps>0 ){ - db->xProgress = xProgress; - db->nProgressOps = nOps; - db->pProgressArg = pArg; - }else{ - db->xProgress = 0; - db->nProgressOps = 0; - db->pProgressArg = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); -} -#endif + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + char *p; + /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are + ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is + ** clear on character p[-1]. */ + for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--); + p++; + *pp = p; + + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal); + *pVal = iVal; +} /* -** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the -** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. +** The xDisconnect() virtual table method. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ - if( ms>0 ){ - db->busyTimeout = ms; - sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); - }else{ - sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); +static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + int i; + + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + + /* Free any prepared statements held */ + for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ + sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]); } + sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl); + sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist); + sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist); + sqlite3_free(p->zContentTbl); + sqlite3_free(p->zLanguageid); + + /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */ + p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer); + + sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. +** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given +** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written +** into *pRc. +** +** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; +static void fts3DbExec( + int *pRc, /* Success code */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which to run SQL */ + const char *zFormat, /* Format string for SQL */ + ... /* Arguments to the format string */ +){ + va_list ap; + char *zSql; + if( *pRc ) return; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zSql==0 ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } } - /* -** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except -** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is -** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code -** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. +** The xDestroy() virtual table method. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *pUserData, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), - FuncDestructor *pDestructor -){ - FuncDef *p; - int nName; +static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zDb = p->zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main", "temp") */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database handle */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( zFunctionName==0 || - (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || - (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) || - (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) || - (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) || - (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + /* Drop the shadow tables */ + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", zDb, p->zName); } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this - ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the - ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. - ** - ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function - ** to the hash table. + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", zDb,p->zName); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", zDb, p->zName); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", zDb, p->zName); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", zDb, p->zName); + + /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the + ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK. + ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. */ - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ - enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, - pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE, - pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; + return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc); +} + + +/* +** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table +** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect() +** and xCreate() methods. +** +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc +** before returning. +*/ +static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + char *zSql; /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */ + char *zCols; /* List of user defined columns */ + const char *zLanguageid; + + zLanguageid = (p->zLanguageid ? p->zLanguageid : "__langid"); + sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); + + /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */ + zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]); + for(i=1; zCols && inColumn; i++){ + zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]); } - enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - } -#else - enc = SQLITE_UTF8; -#endif - - /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, - ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function - ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the - ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. - */ - p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0); - if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ - if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_BUSY; + + /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", + zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid + ); + if( !zCols || !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql); } - } - - p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1); - assert(p || db->mallocFailed); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is - ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */ - functionDestroy(db, p); - if( pDestructor ){ - pDestructor->nRef++; + sqlite3_free(zSql); + sqlite3_free(zCols); + *pRc = rc; } - p->pDestructor = pDestructor; - p->flags = 0; - p->xFunc = xFunc; - p->xStep = xStep; - p->xFinalize = xFinal; - p->pUserData = pUserData; - p->nArg = (u16)nArg; - return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Create new user functions. +** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunc, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, - xFinal, 0); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, + "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'" + "(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + if( (*pRc)==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = 1; } -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunc, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), - void (*xDestroy)(void *) -){ - int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - FuncDestructor *pArg = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( xDestroy ){ - pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor)); - if( !pArg ){ - xDestroy(p); - goto out; +/* +** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir) +** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done +** as part of the vtab xCreate() method. +** +** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an +** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and +** %_stat tables required by FTS4. +*/ +static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ + + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + const char *zLanguageid = p->zLanguageid; + char *zContentCols; /* Columns of %_content table */ + + /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */ + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); + for(i=0; zContentCols && inColumn; i++){ + char *z = p->azColumn[i]; + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z); } - pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy; - pArg->pUserData = p; - } - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg); - if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - xDestroy(p); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg); + if( zLanguageid && zContentCols ){ + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid); + } + if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + + /* Create the content table */ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)", + p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols + ); + sqlite3_free(zContentCols); } - out: - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( - sqlite3 *db, - const void *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - int rc; - char *zFunc8; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal,0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + /* Create other tables */ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'(" + "level INTEGER," + "idx INTEGER," + "start_block INTEGER," + "leaves_end_block INTEGER," + "end_block INTEGER," + "root BLOB," + "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)" + ");", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + } + assert( p->bHasStat==p->bFts4 ); + if( p->bHasStat ){ + sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); + } return rc; } -#endif - /* -** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. -** -** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then -** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create -** a new one that always throws a run-time error. +** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz. ** -** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they -** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. -** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work -** properly. +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc +** before returning. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, - int nArg -){ - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){ - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, - 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0); +static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */ + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){ + p->nPgsz = 1024; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + *pRc = rc; } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE /* -** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace -** is returned. +** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form: ** -** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL -** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each -** SQL statement. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pTraceArg; - db->xTrace = xTrace; - db->pTraceArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} -/* -** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered -** profile function is returned. +** = ** -** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL -** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of -** each SQL statement that is run. +** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The +** term may be quoted, but the may not. */ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile( - sqlite3 *db, - void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), - void *pArg +static int fts3IsSpecialColumn( + const char *z, + int *pnKey, + char **pzValue ){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pProfileArg; - db->xProfile = xProfile; - db->pProfileArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; + char *zValue; + const char *zCsr = z; + + while( *zCsr!='=' ){ + if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0; + zCsr++; + } + + *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z); + zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]); + if( zValue ){ + sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue); + } + *pzValue = zValue; + return 1; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ -/*** EXPERIMENTAL *** -** -** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments. -** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a -** rollback. +/* +** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string. */ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +static void fts3Appendf( + int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */ + char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */ + const char *zFormat, /* Printf format string to append */ + ... /* Arguments for printf format string */ ){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pCommitArg; - db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; - db->pCommitArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( z && *pz ){ + char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z); + sqlite3_free(z); + z = z2; + } + if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3_free(*pz); + *pz = z; + } } /* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, -** inserted or deleted using this database connection. +** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and +** with all double quote characters escaped. For example: +** +** fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"") -> "un \"\"zip\"\"" +** +** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this +** memory. */ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pUpdateArg; - db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; - db->pUpdateArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; +static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){ + int nRet; + char *zRet; + nRet = 2 + (int)strlen(zInput)*2 + 1; + zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet); + if( zRet ){ + int i; + char *z = zRet; + *(z++) = '"'; + for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){ + if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"'; + *(z++) = zInput[i]; + } + *(z++) = '"'; + *(z++) = '\0'; + } + return zRet; } /* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled -** back by this database connection. +** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that +** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following: +** +** SELECT FROM %_content AS x ... +** +** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order +** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of +** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL +** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the +** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following +** string is returned: +** +** "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c') FROM %_content AS x" +** +** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and +** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered +** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If +** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. */ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */ - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pRollbackArg; - db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; - db->pRollbackArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; -} +static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ + char *zRet = 0; + char *zFree = 0; + char *zFunction; + int i; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* -** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(). -** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file -** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by -** wal_autocheckpoint()). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook( - void *pClientData, /* Argument */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */ - const char *zDb, /* Database */ - int nFrame /* Size of WAL */ -){ - if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + if( !zFunc ){ + zFunction = ""; + }else{ + zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); + } + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid"); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]); + } + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", "langid"); + } + sqlite3_free(zFree); + }else{ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "rowid"); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.'%q'", p->azColumn[i]); + } + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid); + } } - return SQLITE_OK; + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", + p->zDb, + (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName), + (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content") + ); + return zRet; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ /* -** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint -** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or -** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the -** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely. +** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number +** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each +** user-defined text column). ** -** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback -** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback -** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism -** configured by this function. +** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark +** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed +** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three +** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned: +** +** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)" +** +** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and +** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered +** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If +** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame); -#else - if( nFrame>0 ){ - sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame)); +static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ + char *zRet = 0; + char *zFree = 0; + char *zFunction; + int i; + + if( !zFunc ){ + zFunction = ""; }else{ - sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0); + zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?"); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction); + } + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", ?"); + } + sqlite3_free(zFree); + return zRet; } /* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written -** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection. +** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer +** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then +** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of +** the integer value. +** +** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. +** +** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and +** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter. */ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this db handle */ - int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int), - void *pArg /* First argument passed to xCallback() */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pWalArg; - db->xWalCallback = xCallback; - db->pWalArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; -#else - return 0; -#endif -} +static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){ + const char *p; /* Iterator pointer */ + int nInt = 0; /* Output value */ + for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){ + nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0'); + } + if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + *pnOut = nInt; + *pp = p; + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points -** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are -** checkpointed. +** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures +** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables +** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or +** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter +** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +** +** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was +** specified, or NULL otherwise. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to +** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the +** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility +** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - return SQLITE_OK; -#else - int rc; /* Return code */ - int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED; /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */ +static int fts3PrefixParameter( + const char *zParam, /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */ + int *pnIndex, /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */ + struct Fts3Index **apIndex /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */ +){ + struct Fts3Index *aIndex; /* Allocated array */ + int nIndex = 1; /* Number of entries in array */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( zDb && zDb[0] ){ - iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); + if( zParam && zParam[0] ){ + const char *p; + nIndex++; + for(p=zParam; *p; p++){ + if( *p==',' ) nIndex++; + } } - if( iDb<0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb); - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + + aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + *apIndex = aIndex; + *pnIndex = nIndex; + if( !aIndex ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -#endif + + memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + if( zParam ){ + const char *p = zParam; + int i; + for(i=1; imutex) ); + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); - for(i=0; inDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ - if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char **azCol; /* Output array */ + int nStr = 0; /* Size of all column names (incl. 0x00) */ + int nCol; /* Number of table columns */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */ + + /* Loop through the returned columns. Set nStr to the number of bytes of + ** space required to store a copy of each column name, including the + ** nul-terminator byte. */ + nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + for(i=0; itemp_store (runtime -** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The -** following table describes the relationship between these two values -** and this functions return value. +** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate +** methods of the FTS3 virtual table. ** -** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database -** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------ -** 0 any file (return 0) -** 1 1 file (return 0) -** 1 2 memory (return 1) -** 1 0 file (return 0) -** 2 1 file (return 0) -** 2 2 memory (return 1) -** 2 0 memory (return 1) -** 3 any memory (return 1) +** The argv[] array contains the following: +** +** argv[0] -> module name ("fts3" or "fts4") +** argv[1] -> database name +** argv[2] -> table name +** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){ -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 - return ( db->temp_store==2 ); -#endif -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 - return ( db->temp_store!=1 ); -#endif -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 - return 1; -#endif -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3 - return 0; -#endif -} +static int fts3InitVtab( + int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ + sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ + char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ +){ + Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux; + Fts3Table *p = 0; /* Pointer to allocated vtab */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int nByte; /* Size of allocation used for *p */ + int iCol; /* Column index */ + int nString = 0; /* Bytes required to hold all column names */ + int nCol = 0; /* Number of columns in the FTS table */ + char *zCsr; /* Space for holding column names */ + int nDb; /* Bytes required to hold database name */ + int nName; /* Bytes required to hold table name */ + int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ + const char **aCol; /* Array of column names */ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; /* Tokenizer for this table */ -/* -** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent -** error. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ - const char *z; - if( !db ){ - return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); + int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] array */ + struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0; /* Array of indexes for this table */ + + /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */ + int bNoDocsize = 0; /* True to omit %_docsize table */ + int bDescIdx = 0; /* True to store descending indexes */ + char *zPrefix = 0; /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */ + char *zCompress = 0; /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char *zUncompress = 0; /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char *zContent = 0; /* content=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char *zLanguageid = 0; /* languageid=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char **azNotindexed = 0; /* The set of notindexed= columns */ + int nNotindexed = 0; /* Size of azNotindexed[] array */ + + assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 ); + assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4) + || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4) + ); + + nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1; + nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1; + + nByte = sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2); + aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( aCol ){ + memset((void*)aCol, 0, nByte); + azNotindexed = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); } - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT); + if( azNotindexed ){ + memset(azNotindexed, 0, nByte); } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); - }else{ - z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - if( z==0 ){ - z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); + if( !aCol || !azNotindexed ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto fts3_init_out; + } + + /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4 + ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop + ** does the following: + ** + ** + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and + ** the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies + ** of the column names. + ** + ** + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments, + ** initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer. + */ + for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i8 + && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) + && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8]) + ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr); + } + + /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */ + else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){ + struct Fts4Option { + const char *zOpt; + int nOpt; + } aFts4Opt[] = { + { "matchinfo", 9 }, /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */ + { "prefix", 6 }, /* 1 -> PREFIX */ + { "compress", 8 }, /* 2 -> COMPRESS */ + { "uncompress", 10 }, /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */ + { "order", 5 }, /* 4 -> ORDER */ + { "content", 7 }, /* 5 -> CONTENT */ + { "languageid", 10 }, /* 6 -> LANGUAGEID */ + { "notindexed", 10 } /* 7 -> NOTINDEXED */ + }; + + int iOpt; + if( !zVal ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + for(iOpt=0; iOptnOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){ + break; + } + } + if( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized parameter: %s", z); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + switch( iOpt ){ + case 0: /* MATCHINFO */ + if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + bNoDocsize = 1; + break; + + case 1: /* PREFIX */ + sqlite3_free(zPrefix); + zPrefix = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 2: /* COMPRESS */ + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + zCompress = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 3: /* UNCOMPRESS */ + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + zUncompress = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 4: /* ORDER */ + if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) + && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) + ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized order: %s", zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D'); + break; + + case 5: /* CONTENT */ + sqlite3_free(zContent); + zContent = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 6: /* LANGUAGEID */ + assert( iOpt==6 ); + sqlite3_free(zLanguageid); + zLanguageid = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 7: /* NOTINDEXED */ + azNotindexed[nNotindexed++] = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + } + } + sqlite3_free(zVal); + } + } + + /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */ + else { + nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1); + aCol[nCol++] = z; } } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return z; -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent -** error. -*/ -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ - static const u16 outOfMem[] = { - 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0 - }; - static const u16 misuse[] = { - 'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', - 'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', - 'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', - 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', - 'o', 'f', ' ', - 's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0 - }; + /* If a content=xxx option was specified, the following: + ** + ** 1. Ignore any compress= and uncompress= options. + ** + ** 2. If no column names were specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL + ** TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){ + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + zCompress = 0; + zUncompress = 0; + if( nCol==0 ){ + sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); + aCol = 0; + rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent, &aCol, &nCol, &nString); + + /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id + ** column from the aCol[] array. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){ + int j; + for(j=0; jmutex); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - z = (void *)outOfMem; - }else{ - z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); - if( z==0 ){ - sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode), - SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); + assert( pTokenizer ); + + rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex); + if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ + assert( zPrefix ); + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; + + /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */ + nByte = sizeof(Fts3Table) + /* Fts3Table */ + nCol * sizeof(char *) + /* azColumn */ + nIndex * sizeof(struct Fts3Index) + /* aIndex */ + nCol * sizeof(u8) + /* abNotindexed */ + nName + /* zName */ + nDb + /* zDb */ + nString; /* Space for azColumn strings */ + p = (Fts3Table*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( p==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto fts3_init_out; + } + memset(p, 0, nByte); + p->db = db; + p->nColumn = nCol; + p->nPendingData = 0; + p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1]; + p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA; + p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0); + p->bHasStat = isFts4; + p->bFts4 = isFts4; + p->bDescIdx = bDescIdx; + p->nAutoincrmerge = 0xff; /* 0xff means setting unknown */ + p->zContentTbl = zContent; + p->zLanguageid = zLanguageid; + zContent = 0; + zLanguageid = 0; + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 ); + + p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol]; + memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + p->nIndex = nIndex; + for(i=0; iaIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); + } + p->abNotindexed = (u8 *)&p->aIndex[nIndex]; + + /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */ + zCsr = (char *)&p->abNotindexed[nCol]; + p->zName = zCsr; + memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName); + zCsr += nName; + p->zDb = zCsr; + memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb); + zCsr += nDb; + + /* Fill in the azColumn array */ + for(iCol=0; iColazColumn[iCol] = zCsr; + zCsr += n+1; + assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] ); + } + + /* Fill in the abNotindexed array */ + for(iCol=0; iColazColumn[iCol]); + for(i=0; iazColumn[iCol], zNot, n) + ){ + p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1; + sqlite3_free(zNot); + azNotindexed[i] = 0; + } + } + } + for(i=0; izReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc); + p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; + + /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the + ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist. + */ + if( isCreate ){ + rc = fts3CreateTables(p); + } + + /* Check to see if a legacy fts3 table has been "upgraded" by the + ** addition of a %_stat table so that it can use incremental merge. + */ + if( !isFts4 && !isCreate ){ + p->bHasStat = 2; + } + + /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to + ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database. */ + fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p); + p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35; + + /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */ + fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p); + +fts3_init_out: + sqlite3_free(zPrefix); + sqlite3_free(aIndex); + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + sqlite3_free(zContent); + sqlite3_free(zLanguageid); + for(i=0; ipModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); } - /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16() - ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to - ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via - ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message. - */ - db->mallocFailed = 0; + }else{ + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + *ppVTab = &p->base; } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return z; + return rc; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* -** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is -** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). +** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the +** work is done in function fts3InitVtab(). */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ - if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return db->errCode & db->errMask; +static int fts3ConnectMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); } -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ - if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return db->errCode; +static int fts3CreateMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); } /* -** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName -** and the encoding is enc. +** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this +** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to +** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op. */ -static int createCollation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - u8 enc, - u8 collType, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDel)(void*) -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - int enc2; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this - ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the - ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. - */ - enc2 = enc; - testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ); - testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ); - if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){ - enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - } - if( enc2SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +static void fts3SetEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){ +#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002 + if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){ + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow; } +#endif +} - /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation - ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there - ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. +/* +** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There +** are three possible strategies, in order of preference: +** +** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. +** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column. +** 3. Linear scan of %_content table. +*/ +static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab; + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int iCons = -1; /* Index of constraint to use */ + + int iLangidCons = -1; /* Index of langid=x constraint, if present */ + int iDocidGe = -1; /* Index of docid>=x constraint, if present */ + int iDocidLe = -1; /* Index of docid<=x constraint, if present */ + int iIdx; + + /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option, + ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient + ** strategy is possible. */ - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0); - if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ - if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); - return SQLITE_BUSY; + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 5000000; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + int bDocid; /* True if this constraint is on docid */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; + if( pCons->usable==0 ){ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){ + /* There exists an unusable MATCH constraint. This means that if + ** the planner does elect to use the results of this call as part + ** of the overall query plan the user will see an "unable to use + ** function MATCH in the requested context" error. To discourage + ** this, return a very high cost here. */ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50; + fts3SetEstimatedRows(pInfo, ((sqlite3_int64)1) << 50); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + continue; } - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to - ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), - ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. - ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need - ** to be called. - */ - if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ - CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); - int j; - for(j=0; j<3; j++){ - CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; - if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ - if( p->xDel ){ - p->xDel(p->pUser); - } - p->xCmp = 0; - } + bDocid = (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1); + + /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */ + if( iCons<0 && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && bDocid ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; + iCons = i; + } + + /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search. + ** + ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first + ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct + ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even + ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting + ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested + ** context" error. + */ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH + && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn + ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0; + iCons = i; + } + + /* Equality constraint on the langid column */ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + && pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2 + ){ + iLangidCons = i; + } + + if( bDocid ){ + switch( pCons->op ){ + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: + iDocidGe = i; + break; + + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: + iDocidLe = i; + break; } } } - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1); - if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pColl->xCmp = xCompare; - pColl->pUser = pCtx; - pColl->xDel = xDel; - pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)); - pColl->type = collType; - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + iIdx = 1; + if( iCons>=0 ){ + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1; + } + if( iLangidCons>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; + } + if( iDocidGe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++; + } + if( iDocidLe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++; + } + + /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or + ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. + */ + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){ + struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0]; + if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){ + if( pOrder->desc ){ + pInfo->idxStr = "DESC"; + }else{ + pInfo->idxStr = "ASC"; + } + pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; + } + } + + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); return SQLITE_OK; } - /* -** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The -** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_* -** #defines in sqlite3.h. +** Implementation of xOpen method. */ -static const int aHardLimit[] = { - SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH, - SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH, - SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, - SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH, - SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT, - SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP, - SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG, - SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, - SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH, - SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER, - SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH, -}; +static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the + ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, + ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM. + */ + *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); + if( !pCsr ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values +** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation +** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. */ -#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100 -# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100 -# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2 -# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40 -# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000 -# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 -# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 30 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1 -# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767 -# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1 -# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1 -#endif - +static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); + sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value. -** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1. -** Make no changes but still report the old value if the -** new limit is negative. +** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then +** compose and prepare an SQL statement of the form: ** -** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs. -** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit -** from forming. +** "SELECT FROM %_content WHERE rowid = ?" +** +** (or the equivalent for a content=xxx table) and set pCsr->pStmt to +** it. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. +** +** Otherwise, set *ppStmt to point to pCsr->pStmt and return SQLITE_OK. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ - int oldLimit; - - - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME - ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor - ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to - ** "_MAX_".) - */ - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]== - SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH ); - assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) ); +static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + char *zSql; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist); + if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + *ppStmt = pCsr->pStmt; + return rc; +} +/* +** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row +** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return +** SQLITE_OK on success. +*/ +static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){ - return -1; - } - oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId]; - if( newLimit>=0 ){ /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */ - if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){ - newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */ + rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId); + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->zContentTbl==0 ){ + /* If no row was found and no error has occurred, then the %_content + ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index. + ** The data structures are corrupt. */ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pCsr->isEof = 1; + } + } } - db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit; } - return oldLimit; /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */ + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pContext ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); + } + return rc; } /* -** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of -** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" -** is UTF-8 encoded. +** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching +** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this +** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is +** passed in zTerm/nTerm. +** +** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid +** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term. +** +** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node +** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is +** a prefix. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ -static int openDatabase( - const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */ - unsigned flags, /* Operational flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */ +static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( + const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ + const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ + int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ + sqlite3_int64 *piFirst, /* OUT: Selected child node */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLast /* OUT: Selected child node */ ){ - sqlite3 *db; - int rc; - int isThreadsafe; - - *ppDb = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zCsr = zNode; /* Cursor to iterate through node */ + const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */ + char *zBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to load terms into */ + int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */ + int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */ + sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */ - /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument. - ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we - ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger - ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations - ** are: + /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every + ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree + ** node into variable iChild. ** - ** 1: SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY - ** 2: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE - ** 6: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE + ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two + ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a + ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does + ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always + ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of + ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments + ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the + ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details). */ - assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY == 0x01 ); - assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 ); - assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE == 0x04 ); - testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */ - testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */ - testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */ - if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE; - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ - isThreadsafe = 0; - }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){ - isThreadsafe = 0; - }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){ - isThreadsafe = 1; - }else{ - isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex; - } - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){ - flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; - }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){ - flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; + zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); + zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); + if( zCsr>zEnd ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } + + while( zCsrzEnd ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + goto finish_scan; + } + if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){ + char *zNew; + nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2; + zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc); + if( !zNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto finish_scan; + } + zBuffer = zNew; + } + assert( zBuffer ); + memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix); + nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix; + zCsr += nSuffix; - /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter - ** - ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were - ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only - ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, - ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. Silently mask - ** off all other flags. - */ - flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | - SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX | - SQLITE_OPEN_WAL - ); + /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from + ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal + ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree + ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search + ** iChild. + ** + ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then + ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term. + */ + cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer)); + if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){ + *piFirst = iChild; + piFirst = 0; + } - /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ - db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); - if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; - if( isThreadsafe ){ - db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - if( db->mutex==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(db); - db = 0; - goto opendb_out; + if( piLast && cmp<0 ){ + *piLast = iChild; + piLast = 0; } - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->errMask = 0xff; - db->nDb = 2; - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; - db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; - assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) ); - memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit)); - db->autoCommit = 1; - db->nextAutovac = -1; - db->nextPagesize = 0; - db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_AutoIndex -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 - | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION - | SQLITE_LoadExtension -#endif -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS - | SQLITE_RecTriggers -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS - | SQLITE_ForeignKeys -#endif - ; - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule); -#endif + iChild++; + }; - db->pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); - if( !db->pVfs ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "no such vfs: %s", zVfs); - goto opendb_out; - } + if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild; + if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild; - /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 - ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary - ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. - */ - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0, - binCollFunc, 0); - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0, - binCollFunc, 0); - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0, - binCollFunc, 0); - createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_USER, (void*)1, - binCollFunc, 0); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto opendb_out; - } - db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0); - assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 ); + finish_scan: + sqlite3_free(zBuffer); + return rc; +} - /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */ - createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE, 0, - nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); - /* Open the backend database driver */ - db->openFlags = flags; - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, - flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - goto opendb_out; - } - db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); - db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); +/* +** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an +** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes) +** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode +** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term +** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix. +** +** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the +** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term. +** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the +** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified +** term is a prefix. +** +** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain +** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the +** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified +** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and +** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +static int fts3SelectLeaf( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ + const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ + int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf, /* Selected leaf node */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2 /* Selected leaf node */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int iHeight; /* Height of this node in tree */ + assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 ); - /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp - ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults. - */ - db->aDb[0].zName = "main"; - db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3; - db->aDb[1].zName = "temp"; - db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1; + fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight); + rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2); + assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) ); - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto opendb_out; - } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){ + char *zBlob = 0; /* Blob read from %_segments table */ + int nBlob; /* Size of zBlob in bytes */ - /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the - ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database - ** is accessed. - */ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db); + if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0); + } + sqlite3_free(zBlob); + piLeaf = 0; + zBlob = 0; + } - /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered - ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. - */ - sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); - rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto opendb_out; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2); + } + sqlite3_free(zBlob); } -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); - } -#endif + return rc; +} -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); - } -#endif +/* +** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 +** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list. +*/ +static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ + sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ + sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ +){ + assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) ); + *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev); + *piPrev = iVal; +} -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); - } -#endif +/* +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the +** first byte after the position-list. +** +** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for +** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this +** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in +** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist. +** +** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied +** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied +** before this function returns. +*/ +static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ + char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; + char c = 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); + /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 + ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by + ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail + ** of some other, multi-byte, value. + ** + ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not + ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments + ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the + ** last byte in the position-list. + */ + while( *pEnd | c ){ + c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; + testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 ); } -#endif + pEnd++; /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ - rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db); + if( pp ){ + int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); + char *p = *pp; + memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); + p += n; + *pp = p; } -#endif + *ppPoslist = pEnd; +} - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); +/* +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the +** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list. +** +** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column +** within a single document within a doclist. +** +** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or +** a POS_END varint (0). This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to +** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list. +** +** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied +** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied +** before this function returns. The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator +** is not copied into *pp. +*/ +static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ + char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; + char c = 0; - /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking - ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking - ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. + /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is + ** not part of a multi-byte varint. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE - db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), - SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); -#endif - - /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */ - setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside, - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside); - - sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT); - -opendb_out: - if( db ){ - assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ + c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; + testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 ); } - rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3_close(db); - db = 0; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK; + if( pp ){ + int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); + char *p = *pp; + memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); + p += n; + *pp = p; } - *ppDb = db; - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); + *ppPoslist = pEnd; } /* -** Open a new database handle. +** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because +** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( - const char *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb -){ - return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( - const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ -){ - return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, flags, zVfs); -} +#define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** Open a new database handle. +** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is +** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list +** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list +** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or +** (1)). +** +** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to +** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp, +** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to +** point to the next value before returning. +** +** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of +** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position +** in the position-list. Because positions are delta-encoded, the value +** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of +** the next position. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( - const void *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb +static void fts3ReadNextPos( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */ + sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */ ){ - char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - int rc; - - assert( zFilename ); - assert( ppDb ); - *ppDb = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); - zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( zFilename8 ){ - rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); - assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ - ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - } + if( (**pp)&0xFE ){ + fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi); + *pi -= 2; }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + *pi = POSITION_LIST_END; } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); +} - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); +/* +** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by +** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new +** column list. +** +** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before +** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes +** written (0 if iCol==0). +*/ +static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){ + int n = 0; /* Number of bytes written */ + if( iCol ){ + char *p = *pp; /* Output pointer */ + n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol); + *p = 0x01; + *pp = &p[n]; + } + return n; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. +** Compute the union of two position lists. The output written +** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted +** order and with any duplicates removed. All pointers are +** updated appropriately. The caller is responsible for insuring +** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +static void fts3PoslistMerge( + char **pp, /* Output buffer */ + char **pp1, /* Left input list */ + char **pp2 /* Right input list */ ){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; + char *p = *pp; + char *p1 = *pp1; + char *p2 = *pp2; + + while( *p1 || *p2 ){ + int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */ + int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */ + + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1); + else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END; + else iCol1 = 0; + + if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2); + else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END; + else iCol2 = 0; + + if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; /* Last position from pp1 */ + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; /* Last position from pp2 */ + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1); + p1 += n; + p2 += n; + + /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists + ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2). + ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each + ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a + ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists + ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte + ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is + ** written to the output. + */ + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2); + do { + fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e. +** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken +** slots before it. +** +** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDel)(void*) +static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */ + int nToken, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ + int isSaveLeft, /* Save the left position */ + int isExact, /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */ + char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ + char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ ){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} + char *p = *pp; + char *p1 = *pp1; + char *p2 = *pp2; + int iCol1 = 0; + int iCol2 = 0; + + /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */ + assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 ); + + assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 ); + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ + p1++; + p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); + } + if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ + p2++; + p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); + } + + while( 1 ){ + if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ + char *pSave = p; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0; + + if( iCol1 ){ + *p++ = POS_COLUMN; + p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1); + } + + assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN ); + assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN ); + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; + + while( 1 ){ + if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken + || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) + ){ + sqlite3_int64 iSave; + iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2; + fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2; + pSave = 0; + assert( p ); + } + if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){ + if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; + }else{ + if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; + } + } + + if( pSave ){ + assert( pp && p ); + p = pSave; + } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3* db, - const void *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - char *zName8; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zName8 ){ - rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8); + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2); + assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 ); + if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break; + + p1++; + p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); + p2++; + p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); + } + + /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of + ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the + ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next + ** column-number in the position list. + */ + else if( iCol1mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -/* -** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle -** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, - void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; - db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; - db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); + *pp1 = p1; + *pp2 = p2; + if( *pp==p ){ + return 0; + } + *p++ = 0x00; + *pp = p; + return 1; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle -** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. +** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument +** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression +** like: +** +** "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2" +** +** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR +** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position +** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2" +** in the example above). +** +** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those +** entries that are not sufficiently NEAR entries in *pp1 removed. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, - void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +static int fts3PoslistNearMerge( + char **pp, /* Output buffer */ + char *aTmp, /* Temporary buffer space */ + int nRight, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ + int nLeft, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ + char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ + char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xCollNeeded = 0; - db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; - db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; + char *p1 = *pp1; + char *p2 = *pp2; + + char *pTmp1 = aTmp; + char *pTmp2; + char *aTmp2; + int res = 1; + + fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp1, nRight, 0, 0, pp1, pp2); + aTmp2 = pTmp2 = pTmp1; + *pp1 = p1; + *pp2 = p2; + fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp2, nLeft, 1, 0, pp2, pp1); + if( pTmp1!=aTmp && pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){ + fts3PoslistMerge(pp, &aTmp, &aTmp2); + }else if( pTmp1!=aTmp ){ + fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp); + }else if( pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){ + fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp2); + }else{ + res = 0; + } + + return res; } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -/* -** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a -** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically. +/* +** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially +** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query. +** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){ - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif +typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect; +struct TermSelect { + char *aaOutput[16]; /* Malloc'd output buffers */ + int anOutput[16]; /* Size each output buffer in bytes */ +}; /* -** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit -** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on -** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled -** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. +** This function is used to read a single varint from a buffer. Parameter +** pEnd points 1 byte past the end of the buffer. When this function is +** called, if *pp points to pEnd or greater, then the end of the buffer +** has been reached. In this case *pp is set to 0 and the function returns. ** -******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ****** +** If *pp does not point to or past pEnd, then a single varint is read +** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint. +** +** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning. +** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this +** function returns. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->autoCommit; +static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Point to read varint from */ + char *pEnd, /* End of buffer */ + int bDescIdx, /* True if docids are descending */ + sqlite3_int64 *pVal /* IN/OUT: Integer value */ +){ + if( *pp>=pEnd ){ + *pp = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); + if( bDescIdx ){ + *pVal -= iVal; + }else{ + *pVal += iVal; + } + } } /* -** The following routines are subtitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT, -** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error -** constants. They server two purposes: +** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint +** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the +** end of the value written. ** -** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger -** to detect when version error conditions occurs. +** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to +** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. ** -** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where -** a low-level error is first detected. +** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value +** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal) +** (if bDescIdx is non-zero). +** +** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev +** to the value of parameter iVal. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT, - "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]", - lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); - return SQLITE_CORRUPT; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, - "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]", - lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); - return SQLITE_MISUSE; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, - "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]", - lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; +static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ + int bDescIdx, /* True for descending docids */ + sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ + int *pbFirst, /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */ + sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 iWrite; + if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){ + iWrite = iVal - *piPrev; + }else{ + iWrite = *piPrev - iVal; + } + assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 ); + assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 ); + *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite); + *piPrev = iVal; + *pbFirst = 1; } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* -** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific -** data for this thread has been deallocated. +** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two +** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable +** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). +** Otherwise, (i2-i1). ** -** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a -** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility. +** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are +** sorted in either ascending or descending order. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ -} -#endif +#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2)) /* -** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. -** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. +** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all +** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the +** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist +** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be +** passed a non-zero value. +** +** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer +** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case +** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values +** are undefined in this case. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ - const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ - const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ - const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ - char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ - char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ - int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ - int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ - int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( + int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ + char *a1, int n1, /* First doclist */ + char *a2, int n2, /* Second doclist */ + char **paOut, int *pnOut /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */ ){ - int rc; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - Table *pTab = 0; - Column *pCol = 0; - int iCol; - - char const *zDataType = 0; - char const *zCollSeq = 0; - int notnull = 0; - int primarykey = 0; - int autoinc = 0; - - /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - goto error_out; - } - - /* Locate the table in question */ - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); - if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ - pTab = 0; - goto error_out; - } + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1]; + char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2]; + char *p1 = a1; + char *p2 = a2; + char *p; + char *aOut; + int bFirstOut = 0; - /* Find the column for which info is requested */ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ - iCol = pTab->iPKey; - if( iCol>=0 ){ - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - } - }else{ - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ - break; - } - } - if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ - pTab = 0; - goto error_out; - } - } + *paOut = 0; + *pnOut = 0; - /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned - ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey - ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: - ** - ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" - ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. + /* Allocate space for the output. Both the input and output doclists + ** are delta encoded. If they are in ascending order (bDescDoclist==0), + ** then the first docid in each list is simply encoded as a varint. For + ** each subsequent docid, the varint stored is the difference between the + ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in + ** ascending order). ** - ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an - ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. - */ - if( pCol ){ - zDataType = pCol->zType; - zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; - notnull = pCol->notNull!=0; - primarykey = pCol->isPrimKey!=0; - autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0; - }else{ - zDataType = "INTEGER"; - primarykey = 1; - } - if( !zCollSeq ){ - zCollSeq = "BINARY"; - } - -error_out: - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - - /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters - ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, - ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. + ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the + ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is + ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list + ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since + ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must + ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from + ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid + ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists + ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output. + ** + ** However, if the first docid copied to the output is a negative number, + ** then the encoding of the first docid from the 'other' input list may + ** be larger in the output than it was in the input (since the delta value + ** may be a larger positive integer than the actual docid). + ** + ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the + ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input + ** docids to grow. + ** + ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending + ** order. */ - if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; - if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; - if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; - if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; - if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; - - if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName, - zColumnName); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1); + if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + p = aOut; + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); + while( p1 || p2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); + + if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + }else{ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2); + fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + } } - sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; + + *paOut = aOut; + *pnOut = (int)(p-aOut); + assert( *pnOut<=n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1 ); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge, +** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input +** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist +** exactly nDist tokens before it. +** +** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order, +** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending +** order, it should be passed a non-zero value. +** +** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; - int rc; - pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); - if( pVfs==0 ) return 0; +static void fts3DoclistPhraseMerge( + int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ + int nDist, /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */ + char *aLeft, int nLeft, /* Left doclist */ + char *aRight, int *pnRight /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft]; + char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight]; + char *p1 = aLeft; + char *p2 = aRight; + char *p; + int bFirstOut = 0; + char *aOut = aRight; + + assert( nDist>0 ); + + p = aOut; + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); + + while( p1 && p2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); + if( iDiff==0 ){ + char *pSave = p; + sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev; + int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut; - /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() - ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. - */ - rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); - return rc; -} + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ + p = pSave; + iPrev = iPrevSave; + bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave; + } + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + }else if( iDiff<0 ){ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + }else{ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + } + } -/* -** Enable or disable the extended result codes. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; + *pnRight = (int)(p - aOut); } /* -** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database. +** Argument pList points to a position list nList bytes in size. This +** function checks to see if the position list contains any entries for +** a token in position 0 (of any column). If so, it writes argument iDelta +** to the output buffer pOut, followed by a position list consisting only +** of the entries from pList at position 0, and terminated by an 0x00 byte. +** The value returned is the number of bytes written to pOut (if any). */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){ - int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - int iDb; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( zDbName==0 ){ - iDb = 0; - }else{ - for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ - if( strcmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDbName)==0 ) break; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter( + sqlite3_int64 iDelta, /* Varint that may be written to pOut */ + char *pList, /* Position list (no 0x00 term) */ + int nList, /* Size of pList in bytes */ + char *pOut /* Write output here */ +){ + int nOut = 0; + int bWritten = 0; /* True once iDelta has been written */ + char *p = pList; + char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; + + if( *p!=0x01 ){ + if( *p==0x02 ){ + nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta); + pOut[nOut++] = 0x02; + bWritten = 1; } + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p); } - if( iDbnDb ){ - Btree *pBtree = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( pBtree ){ - Pager *pPager; - sqlite3_file *fd; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree); - assert( pPager!=0 ); - fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - assert( fd!=0 ); - if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){ - *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( fd->pMethods ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + + while( pmutex); - return rc; + if( bWritten ){ + pOut[nOut++] = 0x00; + } + + return nOut; } + /* -** Interface to the testing logic. +** Merge all doclists in the TermSelect.aaOutput[] array into a single +** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all +** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is +** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the +** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ - int rc = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST - va_list ap; - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ - - /* - ** Save the current state of the PRNG. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: { - sqlite3PrngSaveState(); - break; - } - - /* - ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using - ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then - ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: { - sqlite3PrngRestoreState(); - break; - } - - /* - ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call - ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call - ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: { - sqlite3PrngResetState(); - break; - } +static int fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){ + char *aOut = 0; + int nOut = 0; + int i; - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program) - ** - ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument - ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a - ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error. - ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: { - int sz = va_arg(ap, int); - int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*); - rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg); - break; - } + /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all + ** into a single doclist. + */ + for(i=0; iaaOutput); i++){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){ + if( !aOut ){ + aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i]; + nOut = pTS->anOutput[i]; + pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; + }else{ + int nNew; + char *aNew; - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd) - ** - ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures - ** are benign. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: { - typedef void (*void_function)(void); - void_function xBenignBegin; - void_function xBenignEnd; - xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function); - xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function); - sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd); - break; - } + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, + pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(aOut); + return rc; + } - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X) - ** - ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0. - ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte - ** as it existing before this routine was called. - ** - ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in - ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte - ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and - ** dileterious behavior. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: { - rc = PENDING_BYTE; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - { - unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); - if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal; + sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]); + sqlite3_free(aOut); + pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; + aOut = aNew; + nOut = nNew; } -#endif - break; - } - - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X) - ** - ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not - ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert() - ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and - ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is - ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the - ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the - ** return value is zero. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: { - volatile int x = 0; - assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 ); - rc = x; - break; - } - - - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X) - ** - ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and - ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time. - ** - ** The return value is ALWAYS(X). - ** - ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means - ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the - ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either - ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false. - ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if - ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second - ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if - ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled. - ** - ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this: - ** - ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){ - ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros - ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){ - ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false. - ** }else{ - ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0. - ** } - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: { - int x = va_arg(ap,int); - rc = ALWAYS(x); - break; } + } - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N) - ** - ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database - ** connection db. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: { - sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); - int x = va_arg(ap,int); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - break; + pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut; + pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed +** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function +** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details). +** +** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches +** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist +** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of +** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect +** object. +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an +** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +*/ +static int fts3TermSelectMerge( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + TermSelect *pTS, /* TermSelect object to merge into */ + char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ +){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){ + /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output + ** buffer using memcpy(). */ + pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist); + pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist; + if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){ + memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist); + }else{ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + }else{ + char *aMerge = aDoclist; + int nMerge = nDoclist; + int iOut; - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N) - ** - ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The - ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal - ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the - ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times - ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer - ** is obtained in every case. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: { - sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); - int x = va_arg(ap,int); - db->flags = (x & SQLITE_OptMask) | (db->flags & ~SQLITE_OptMask); - break; + for(iOut=0; iOutaaOutput); iOut++){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){ + assert( iOut>0 ); + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; + pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; + break; + }else{ + char *aNew; + int nNew; + + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, + pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); + return rc; + } + + if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); + sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]); + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0; + + aMerge = aNew; + nMerge = nNew; + if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){ + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; + pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; + } + } } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} -#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord) - ** - ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the - ** number of keywords. Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0. - ** - ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since - ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite - ** is built using separate source files. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: { - const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*); - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord); - rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0; - break; +/* +** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend( + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, + Fts3SegReader *pNew +){ + if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){ + Fts3SegReader **apNew; + int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*); + apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte); + if( !apNew ){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } -#endif + pCsr->apSegment = apNew; + } + pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ) - ** - ** Return the size of a pcache header in bytes. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ: { - rc = sizeof(PgHdr); - break; +/* +** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the +** 8th argument. +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code +** otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderCursor( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ + int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ + int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement to iterate through segments */ + int rc2; /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */ + + /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader + ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being + ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling + ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by + ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these + ** calls out here. */ + if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &pSeg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); } + } - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree); - ** - ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree(). - ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: { - void *pFree, **ppNew; - int sz; - sz = va_arg(ap, int); - ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**); - pFree = va_arg(ap, void*); - if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz); - sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree); - break; + if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt); } + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + + /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */ + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2); + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3); + int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); + char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4); + + /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its + ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */ + if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){ + sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0); + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, + (isPrefix==0 && isScan==0), + iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, + iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); + } } - va_end(ap); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ + + finished: + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2; + return rc; } -/************** End of main.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2009 March 3 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify() -** API method and its associated functionality. +** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a +** single level therein. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language-id to search */ + int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ + int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ + int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ +){ + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL + || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING + || iLevel>=0 + ); + assert( iLevelbase.pVtab; + + if( isPrefix ){ + for(i=1; bFound==0 && inIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){ + bFound = 1; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr + ); + pSegcsr->bLookup = 1; + } + } + + for(i=1; bFound==0 && inIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){ + bFound = 1; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero( + p, pCsr->iLangid, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr + ); + } + } + } + } + + if( bFound==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr + ); + pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix; + } + } + + *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr; + return rc; +} /* -** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process -** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection -** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER -** mutex is held. +** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor(). */ -static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0; +static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr); + sqlite3_free(pSegcsr); +} -#ifndef NDEBUG /* -** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following -** properties of the blocked connections list: -** -** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either -** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both. -** -** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for -** xUnlockNotify are grouped together. -** -** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the -** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection -** set to db. This is used when closing connection db. +** This function retrieves the doclist for the specified term (or term +** prefix) from the database. */ -static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3 *p; - for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){ - int seen = 0; - sqlite3 *p2; +static int fts3TermSelect( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pTok, /* Token to query for */ + int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */ + int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */ + char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */ + TermSelect tsc; /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */ - /* Verify property (1) */ - assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection ); + pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr; + memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect)); - /* Verify property (2) */ - for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){ - if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1; - assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen ); - assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db ); - assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db ); + filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS + | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0) + | (pTok->bFirst ? FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST : 0) + | (iColumnnColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0); + filter.iCol = iColumn; + filter.zTerm = pTok->z; + filter.nTerm = pTok->n; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter); + while( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) + ){ + rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0]; + *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0]; + }else{ + int i; + for(i=0; ipSegcsr = 0; + return rc; } -#else -# define checkListProperties(x) -#endif /* -** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection -** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op. +** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored +** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes. +** +** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist +** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed +** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded +** varints. */ -static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3 **pp; - assertMutexHeld(); - for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){ - if( *pp==db ){ - *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked; - break; +static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){ + int nDoc = 0; /* Return value */ + if( aList ){ + char *aEnd = &aList[nList]; /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */ + char *p = aList; /* Cursor */ + while( pxUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; - pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked - ); - db->pNextBlocked = *pp; - *pp = db; +static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + int rc; + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + if( pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + }else{ + pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + }else{ + rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor); + } + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + return rc; } /* -** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex. +** The following are copied from sqliteInt.h. +** +** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. +** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit +** compilers. */ -static void enterMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - checkListProperties(0); -} +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +# define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) +#endif /* -** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex. +** If the numeric type of argument pVal is "integer", then return it +** converted to a 64-bit signed integer. Otherwise, return a copy of +** the second parameter, iDefault. */ -static void leaveMutex(void){ - assertMutexHeld(); - checkListProperties(0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +static sqlite3_int64 fts3DocidRange(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){ + if( pVal ){ + int eType = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal); + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + return sqlite3_value_int64(pVal); + } + } + return iDefault; } /* -** Register an unlock-notify callback. +** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See +** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional +** information. ** -** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation -** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection -** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared -** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection. +** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against +** the %_content table. ** -** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately, -** before this routine returns. +** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry +** in the %_content table. ** -** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate -** a deadlock. +** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The +** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column +** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand +** side of the MATCH operator. +*/ +static int fts3FilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + int rc; + char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */ + int eSearch; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + + sqlite3_value *pCons = 0; /* The MATCH or rowid constraint, if any */ + sqlite3_value *pLangid = 0; /* The "langid = ?" constraint, if any */ + sqlite3_value *pDocidGe = 0; /* The "docid >= ?" constraint, if any */ + sqlite3_value *pDocidLe = 0; /* The "docid <= ?" constraint, if any */ + int iIdx; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + + eSearch = (idxNum & 0x0000FFFF); + assert( eSearch>=0 && eSearch<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + + /* Collect arguments into local variables */ + iIdx = 0; + if( eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ) pCons = apVal[iIdx++]; + if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_LANGID ) pLangid = apVal[iIdx++]; + if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++]; + if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++]; + assert( iIdx==nVal ); + + /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */ + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); + memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor)); + + /* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */ + pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64); + pCsr->iMaxDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidLe, LARGEST_INT64); + + if( idxStr ){ + pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D'); + }else{ + pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx; + } + pCsr->eSearch = (i16)eSearch; + + if( eSearch!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + int iCol = eSearch-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH; + const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pCons); + + if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(pCons)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + pCsr->iLangid = 0; + if( pLangid ) pCsr->iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(pLangid); + + assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 ); + rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, + p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr, + &p->base.zErrMsg + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist; + pCsr->iPrevId = 0; + } + + /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the + ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a + ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single + ** row by docid. + */ + if( eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s", + p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") + ); + if( zSql ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + }else if( eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){ + rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pCsr->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCons); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + return fts3NextMethod(pCursor); +} + +/* +** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this +** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. +*/ +static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof; +} + +/* +** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to +** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3 +** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The +** rowid should be written to *pRowid. +*/ +static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; + *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from +** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. ** -** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops -** its locks. +** If: ** -** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered -** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately -** cancelled. +** (iCol < p->nColumn) -> The value of the iCol'th user column. +** (iCol == p->nColumn) -> Magic column with the same name as the table. +** (iCol == p->nColumn+1) -> Docid column +** (iCol == p->nColumn+2) -> Langid column */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( - sqlite3 *db, - void (*xNotify)(void **, int), - void *pArg +static int fts3ColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ ){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - enterMutex(); + /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */ + assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+2 ); - if( xNotify==0 ){ - removeFromBlockedList(db); - db->pBlockingConnection = 0; - db->pUnlockConnection = 0; - db->xUnlockNotify = 0; - db->pUnlockArg = 0; - }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){ - /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a - ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback - ** immediately. + if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){ + /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an + ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value. */ - xNotify(&pArg, 1); + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iPrevId); + }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){ + /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table. + ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor. */ + sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 && pCsr->pExpr ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iLangid); }else{ - sqlite3 *p; + /* The requested column is either a user column (one that contains + ** indexed data), or the language-id column. */ + rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); - for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){} - if( p ){ - rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */ - }else{ - db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection; - db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify; - db->pUnlockArg = pArg; - removeFromBlockedList(db); - addToBlockedList(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 ){ + int iLangid = 0; + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pCsr->pStmt, p->nColumn+1); + } + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, iLangid); + }else if( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)>(iCol+1) ){ + sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)); + } } } - leaveMutex(); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0)); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); return rc; } -/* -** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement -** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED -** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available -** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction. +/* +** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by +** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be +** inserted, updated or deleted. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){ - enterMutex(); - if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ - addToBlockedList(db); - } - db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker; - leaveMutex(); +static int fts3UpdateMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ +){ + return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid); } /* -** This function is called when -** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held -** by database connection db have been released. -** -** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections -** list and does the following: -** -** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is -** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0. -** -** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is -** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and -** set pUnlockConnection=0. -** -** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and -** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections -** list. +** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms +** hash-table to the database. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ - void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */ - int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */ - sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */ - void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */ - void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */ - void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */ +static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - aArg = aStatic; - enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */ + /* Following an incremental-merge operation, assuming that the input + ** segments are not completely consumed (the usual case), they are updated + ** in place to remove the entries that have already been merged. This + ** involves updating the leaf block that contains the smallest unmerged + ** entry and each block (if any) between the leaf and the root node. So + ** if the height of the input segment b-trees is N, and input segments + ** are merged eight at a time, updating the input segments at the end + ** of an incremental-merge requires writing (8*(1+N)) blocks. N is usually + ** small - often between 0 and 2. So the overhead of the incremental + ** merge is somewhere between 8 and 24 blocks. To avoid this overhead + ** dwarfing the actual productive work accomplished, the incremental merge + ** is only attempted if it will write at least 64 leaf blocks. Hence + ** nMinMerge. + ** + ** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch + ** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead + ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input + ** segments. + */ + const u32 nMinMerge = 64; /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */ - /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */ - for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){ - sqlite3 *p = *pp; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); - /* Step 1. */ - if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){ - p->pBlockingConnection = 0; - } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) + && p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff + ){ + int mxLevel = 0; /* Maximum relative level value in db */ + int A; /* Incr-merge parameter A */ - /* Step 2. */ - if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){ - assert( p->xUnlockNotify ); - if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){ - xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); - nArg = 0; - } + rc = sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(p, &mxLevel); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || mxLevel==0 ); + A = p->nLeafAdd * mxLevel; + A += (A/2); + if( A>(int)nMinMerge ) rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, A, p->nAutoincrmerge); + } + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + return rc; +} - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) ); - assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn ); - if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic)) - || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*))) - ){ - /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */ - void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2); - if( pNew ){ - memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *)); - sqlite3_free(aDyn); - aDyn = aArg = pNew; - }else{ - /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to - ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the - ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to - ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed. - ** - ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error - ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code - ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be - ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections - ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait - ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never - ** arrive. - ** - ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context - ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and - ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without - ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because - ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of - ** context pointers the application will receive two or more - ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will - ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple - ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the - ** circumstances. - */ - xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); - nArg = 0; - } +/* +** If it is currently unknown whether or not the FTS table has an %_stat +** table (if p->bHasStat==2), attempt to determine this (set p->bHasStat +** to 0 or 1). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code +** if an error occurs. +*/ +static int fts3SetHasStat(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->bHasStat==2 ){ + const char *zFmt ="SELECT 1 FROM %Q.sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name='%q_stat'"; + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, p->zDb, p->zName); + if( zSql ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bHasStat = (sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = bHasStat; } - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - - aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg; - xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify; - p->pUnlockConnection = 0; - p->xUnlockNotify = 0; - p->pUnlockArg = 0; - } - - /* Step 3. */ - if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ - /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */ - *pp = p->pNextBlocked; - p->pNextBlocked = 0; + sqlite3_free(zSql); }else{ - pp = &p->pNextBlocked; + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } + return rc; +} - if( nArg!=0 ){ - xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); - } - sqlite3_free(aDyn); - leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */ +/* +** Implementation of xBegin() method. +*/ +static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->inTransaction!=1 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + p->nLeafAdd = 0; + return fts3SetHasStat(p); } /* -** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is -** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list. +** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of +** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database +** by fts3SyncMethod(). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); - enterMutex(); - removeFromBlockedList(db); - checkListProperties(db); - leaveMutex(); +static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif -/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2006 Oct 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. +** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms +** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite. */ +static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the +** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function +** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the +** same position list. */ +static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){ + char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2]; + char c = 0; -/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like) -** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The -** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the -** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees -** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the -** bottom up. -** -** -**** Varints **** -** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a -** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order -** using seven bits * per byte as follows: -** -** KEY: -** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** -** 7 bits - A -** 14 bits - BA -** 21 bits - BBA -** and so on. -** -** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but -** the encoding is not the same. SQLite varints are big-endian -** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are -** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory). -** -** Example encodings: -** -** 1: 0x01 -** 127: 0x7f -** 128: 0x81 0x00 -** -** -**** Document lists **** -** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a -** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions. -** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document. -** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first -** word of the document has a position of 0. -** -** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time -** option. But that functionality is no longer supported. -** -** A doclist is stored like this: -** -** array { -** varint docid; -** array { (position list for column 0) -** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) -** } -** array { -** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column) -** varint column; (index of new column) -** array { -** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) -** } -** } -** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document. -** } -** -** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in -** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream -** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur -** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals -** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1. -** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more -** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus -** 2 for the first position. Example: -** -** label: A B C D E F G H I J K -** value: 123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0 -** -** The 123 value is the first docid. For column zero in this document -** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3). The 1 -** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the -** new column is column number 1. There are two positions at 12 and 45 -** (14-2 and 35-2+12). The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document. The -** 234 at I is the next docid. It has one position 72 (72-2) and then -** terminates with the 0 at K. -** -** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for -** a single docid. A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single -** column. Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists, -** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and -** a doclist consists of one or more document records. -** -** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an -** array of varint-encoded docids. -** -**** Segment leaf nodes **** -** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf -** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to -** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to -** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have -** the format: -** -** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0) -** varint nTerm; (length of first term) -** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) -** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) -** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) -** array { -** (further terms are delta-encoded) -** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term) -** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) -** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term) -** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) -** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) -** } -** -** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in -** memory. -** -** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in -** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end -** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next -** greater node id. -** -** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node -** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is -** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone -** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of -** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while -** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The -** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more -** likely to be query targets. -** -** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more -** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf -** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is -** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize. -** -** -**** Segment interior nodes **** -** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms -** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior -** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using -** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when -** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node -** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior -** nodes: -** -** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0) -** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree) -** optional { -** varint nTerm; (length of first term) -** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) -** array { -** (further terms are delta-encoded) -** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term) -** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) -** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term) -** } -** } -** -** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X } -** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory. -** -** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The -** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid -** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less -** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded). -** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less -** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at -** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to -** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left -** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is -** "wicked", only "w" is stored). -** -** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when -** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048). -** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing -** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes -** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at -** height+1, and so on. -** -** -**** Segment directory **** -** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for -** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the -** segment's tree. -** -** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding -** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024). -** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top -** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments -** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit -** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the -** height and the blockid of the previous root). -** -** The meta-information in the segment directory is: -** level - segment level (see below) -** idx - index within level -** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment) -** start_block - first leaf node -** leaves_end_block - last leaf node -** end_block - last block (including interior nodes) -** root - contents of root node -** -** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block, -** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0. -** -** -**** Segment merging **** -** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and -** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially -** more documents. -** -** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and -** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with -** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all -** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1 -** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1 -** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing -** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on. -** -** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in -** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment -** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this -** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently. -** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are -** deleted. -** -** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be -** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show -** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're -** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time -** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than -** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16. -** -** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments -** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs -** inserted: -** -** MERGE_COUNT segments -** 16 25 -** 8 12 -** 4 10 -** 2 6 -** -** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very -** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge -** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast -** even with many segments. -** -** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side -** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that -** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet -** spot around. -** + while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 ); + while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ + c = *p--; + } + if( p>pStart ){ p = &p[2]; } + while( *p++&0x80 ); + *ppPoslist = p; +} + +/* +** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(), +** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions. ** +** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size +** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the +** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error +** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The +** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message. +*/ +static int fts3FunctionArg( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */ + const char *zFunc, /* Function name */ + sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */ + Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pRet; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB + || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *) + ){ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc); + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)); + *ppCsr = pRet; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3 +*/ +static void fts3SnippetFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + const char *zStart = ""; + const char *zEnd = ""; + const char *zEllipsis = "..."; + int iCol = -1; + int nToken = 15; /* Default number of tokens in snippet */ + + /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise + ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one). + */ + assert( nVal>=1 ); + + if( nVal>6 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, + "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1); + return; + } + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; + + switch( nVal ){ + case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]); + case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]); + case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]); + case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]); + case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); + } + if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext); + }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ + sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3 +*/ +static void fts3OffsetsFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + + assert( nVal==1 ); + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; + assert( pCsr ); + if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ + sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This +** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment. +** Example usage is: ** -**** Handling of deletions and updates **** -** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented -** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term -** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we -** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates -** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older -** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates -** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The -** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out -** older data. +** SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1; ** -** TODO(shess) Provide a VACUUM type operation to clear out all -** deletions and duplications. This would basically be a forced merge -** into a single segment. +** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table. */ +static void fts3OptimizeFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + Fts3Table *p; /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE) -# define SQLITE_CORE 1 -#endif + assert( nVal==1 ); + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return; + p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab; + assert( p ); + + rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p); + + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_OK: + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + case SQLITE_DONE: + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + default: + sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); + break; + } +} -/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/ -/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/ /* -** 2009 Nov 12 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** +** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3 */ +static void fts3MatchinfoFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 ); + if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){ + const char *zArg = 0; + if( nVal>1 ){ + zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); + } + sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg); + } +} -#ifndef _FTSINT_H -#define _FTSINT_H +/* +** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3 +** virtual table. +*/ +static int fts3FindFunctionMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + int nArg, /* Number of SQL function arguments */ + const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */ + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */ + void **ppArg /* Unused */ +){ + struct Overloaded { + const char *zName; + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + } aOverload[] = { + { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc }, + { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc }, + { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc }, + { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc }, + }; + int i; /* Iterator variable */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define NDEBUG 1 -#endif + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg); + + for(i=0; idb; /* Database connection */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + + /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. + ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ + rc = fts3SetHasStat(p); + + /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is + ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction + ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method + ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to + ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes. + */ + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); + } + + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + } + + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize' RENAME TO '%q_docsize';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + } + if( p->bHasStat ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat' RENAME TO '%q_stat';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + } + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** The xSavepoint() method. ** -** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer -** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for -** tokenizers. +** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk. +*/ +static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction ); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); + if( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ){ + rc = fts3SyncMethod(pVtab); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The xRelease() method. ** -** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps -** including customization information defined at creation time. +** This is a no-op. +*/ +static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->inTransaction ); + assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The xRollbackTo() method. ** -** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate -** tokens from a particular input. +** Discard the contents of the pending terms table. */ -#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ -#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ +static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + assert( p->inTransaction ); + assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} -/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time. -** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then -** we will need a way to register the API consistently. +static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = { + /* iVersion */ 2, + /* xCreate */ fts3CreateMethod, + /* xConnect */ fts3ConnectMethod, + /* xBestIndex */ fts3BestIndexMethod, + /* xDisconnect */ fts3DisconnectMethod, + /* xDestroy */ fts3DestroyMethod, + /* xOpen */ fts3OpenMethod, + /* xClose */ fts3CloseMethod, + /* xFilter */ fts3FilterMethod, + /* xNext */ fts3NextMethod, + /* xEof */ fts3EofMethod, + /* xColumn */ fts3ColumnMethod, + /* xRowid */ fts3RowidMethod, + /* xUpdate */ fts3UpdateMethod, + /* xBegin */ fts3BeginMethod, + /* xSync */ fts3SyncMethod, + /* xCommit */ fts3CommitMethod, + /* xRollback */ fts3RollbackMethod, + /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod, + /* xRename */ fts3RenameMethod, + /* xSavepoint */ fts3SavepointMethod, + /* xRelease */ fts3ReleaseMethod, + /* xRollbackTo */ fts3RollbackToMethod, +}; + +/* +** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an +** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory +** allocated for the tokenizer hash table. */ +static void hashDestroy(void *p){ + Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p; + sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); + sqlite3_free(pHash); +} /* -** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer -** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to -** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback -** functions that make up an implementation. -** -** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to -** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the -** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer -** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an -** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to -** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). +** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are +** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c +** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions +** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations. ** -** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen() -** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object -** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on -** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer -** object. +** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed +** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation. +** And so on. */ -typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module; -typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer; -typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +#endif -struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { +/* +** Initialize the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part +** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by +** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this +** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Hash *pHash = 0; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0; +#endif - /* - ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0. - */ - int iVersion; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0; + sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu); +#endif - /* - ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the - ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL - ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if - ** the following SQL is executed: - ** - ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer arg1 arg2) - ** - ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers - ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". - ** - ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error - ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set - ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic - ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by - ** this callback. The caller will do so. - */ - int (*xCreate)( - int argc, /* Size of argv array */ - const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */ - sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ - ); +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE + sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode); +#endif - /* - ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method - ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). - */ - int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; +#endif - /* - ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller - ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid - ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). - */ - int (*xOpen)( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ - const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */ - ); + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - /* - ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this - ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). - */ - int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); + sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple); + sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter); - /* - ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This - ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the - ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that - ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. - ** - ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the - ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or - ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length - ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is - ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and - ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first - ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set - ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in - ** the input buffer. - ** - ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer - ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call - ** to xNext() or xClose(). - */ - /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be - ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes - ** should be converted to zInput. - */ - int (*xNext)( - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */ - const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */ - int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */ - int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */ - int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */ - ); -}; + /* Allocate and initialize the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */ + pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash)); + if( !pHash ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); + } -struct sqlite3_tokenizer { - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */ - /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; + /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) + || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) -struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor { - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */ - /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE + || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) +#endif + ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } -int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); -int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db); + } +#endif + /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload + ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the + ** module with sqlite. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer")) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1)) + ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( + db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( + db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0 + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTok(db, (void *)pHash); + } + return rc; + } -#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */ -/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ -/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/ + /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( pHash ){ + sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); + sqlite3_free(pHash); + } + return rc; +} + /* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation -** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone -** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module. +** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed +** by pExpr. ** -*/ -#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_ -#define _FTS3_HASH_H_ - -/* Forward declarations of structures. */ -typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash; -typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem; - -/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. -** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client -** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure -** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. -** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and -** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make -** this structure opaque. -*/ -struct Fts3Hash { - char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ - char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ - int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ - Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ - int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ - struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */ - int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ - Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ - } *ht; -}; - -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following -** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. +** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of +** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple +** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan +** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name. ** -** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really -** be opaque because it is used by macros. +** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a +** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which +** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed +** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory +** doclist and then traversed. */ -struct Fts3HashElem { - Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ - void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ - void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ -}; +static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Allocate readers for this expression */ + int *pnToken, /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */ + int *pnOr, /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + int i; + int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + *pnToken += nToken; + for(i=0; ipPhrase->aToken[i]; + int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, + pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRc = rc; + return; + } + } + assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 ); + pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1; + }else{ + *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR); + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); + } + } +} /* -** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table: -** -** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long -** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case -** is respected in comparisons. -** -** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. -** memcmp() is used to compare keys. +** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p. +** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll. ** -** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. +** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using +** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually +** freeing the buffer. */ -#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1 -#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2 +static void fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS Table pointer */ + Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */ + int iToken, /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */ + char *pList, /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nList /* Number of bytes in pList */ +){ + assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken ); -/* -** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int); + if( pList==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll); + p->doclist.aAll = 0; + p->doclist.nAll = 0; + } -/* -** Shorthand for the functions above -*/ -#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit -#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert -#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind -#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear -#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem + else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){ + p->doclist.aAll = pList; + p->doclist.nAll = nList; + } + + else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pList); + } + + else { + char *pLeft; + char *pRight; + int nLeft; + int nRight; + int nDiff; + + if( p->iDoclistTokendoclist.aAll; + nLeft = p->doclist.nAll; + pRight = pList; + nRight = nList; + nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken; + }else{ + pRight = p->doclist.aAll; + nRight = p->doclist.nAll; + pLeft = pList; + nLeft = nList; + nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken; + } + + fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, pRight,&nRight); + sqlite3_free(pLeft); + p->doclist.aAll = pRight; + p->doclist.nAll = nRight; + } + + if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken; +} /* -** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is -** like this: +** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist +** does not take deferred tokens into account. ** -** Fts3Hash h; -** Fts3HashElem *p; -** ... -** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){ -** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p); -** // do something with pData -** } +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ -#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first) -#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next) -#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data) -#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) -#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) +static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Phrase *p /* Phrase object */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int iToken; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; -/* -** Number of entries in a hash table -*/ -#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count) + for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTokennToken; iToken++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken]; + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); -#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */ + if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ + int nThis = 0; + char *pThis = 0; + rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis); + } + } + assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); + } -/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ + return rc; +} /* -** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are -** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single -** segment of level N+1. +** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for +** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases +** current position list to include only those positions that are really +** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this +** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList +** and doclist.nList are both zeroed. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ -#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16 +static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + int iToken; /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */ + char *aPoslist = 0; /* Position list for deferred tokens */ + int nPoslist = 0; /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */ + int iPrev = -1; /* Token number of previous deferred token */ -/* -** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the -** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is -** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction -** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed. -** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new -** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately. -*/ -#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024) + assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); -/* -** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a -** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid -** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3. -*/ -#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) + for(iToken=0; iTokennToken; iToken++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred; -/* -** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different -** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9. -*/ -#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10 + if( pDeferred ){ + char *pList; + int nList; + int rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; -/* -** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation. If undefined, -** make it a no-op. -*/ -#ifndef testcase -# define testcase(X) -#endif + if( pList==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; -/* -** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists. -*/ -#define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */ -#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */ + }else if( aPoslist==0 ){ + aPoslist = pList; + nPoslist = nList; -/* -** This section provides definitions to allow the -** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the -** amalgamation. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -/* -** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or -** false. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST -# define ALWAYS(x) (1) -# define NEVER(X) (0) -#else -# define ALWAYS(x) (x) -# define NEVER(X) (x) -#endif + }else{ + char *aOut = pList; + char *p1 = aPoslist; + char *p2 = aOut; + + assert( iPrev>=0 ); + fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2); + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + aPoslist = pList; + nPoslist = (int)(aOut - aPoslist); + if( nPoslist==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + iPrev = iToken; + } + } + + if( iPrev>=0 ){ + int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken; + if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){ + pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist; + pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; + }else{ + int nDistance; + char *p1; + char *p2; + char *aOut; + + if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){ + p1 = aPoslist; + p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev; + }else{ + p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + p2 = aPoslist; + nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred; + } + + aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8); + if( !aOut ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut; + if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = (int)(aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(aOut); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** Internal types used by SQLite. +** Maximum number of tokens a phrase may have to be considered for the +** incremental doclists strategy. */ -typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */ -typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */ -typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ +#define MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS 4 + /* -** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters. +** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query +** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this +** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be +** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids. +** +** If parameter bOptOk is true, then the phrase may (or may not) use the +** incremental loading strategy. Otherwise, the entire doclist is loaded into +** memory within this call. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ -#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) +static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ + int i; + + /* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is + ** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be + ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of + ** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first" + ** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index. */ + int bHaveIncr = 0; + int bIncrOk = (bOptOk + && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx + && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0 + && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + && pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0 #endif + ); + for(i=0; bIncrOk==1 && inToken; i++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i]; + if( pToken->bFirst || (pToken->pSegcsr!=0 && !pToken->pSegcsr->bLookup) ){ + bIncrOk = 0; + } + if( pToken->pSegcsr ) bHaveIncr = 1; + } -typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table; -typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor; -typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr; -typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase; -typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken; + if( bIncrOk && bHaveIncr ){ + /* Use the incremental approach. */ + int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inToken; i++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i]; + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr = pToken->pSegcsr; + if( pSegcsr ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(pTab, pSegcsr, iCol, pToken->z, pToken->n); + } + } + p->bIncr = 1; + }else{ + /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */ + rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p); + p->bIncr = 0; + } -typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter; -typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken; -typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader; -typedef struct Fts3SegReaderArray Fts3SegReaderArray; + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr ); + return rc; +} /* -** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following -** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance -** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance. -** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their -** arguments. +** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) +** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase +** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through +** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc". +** +** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or +** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this +** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning. */ -struct Fts3Table { - sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - const char *zDb; /* logical database name */ - const char *zName; /* virtual table name */ - int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */ - char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( + int bDescIdx, /* True if the doclist is desc */ + char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to entire doclist */ + int nDoclist, /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */ + char **ppIter, /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */ + int *pnList, /* OUT: List length pointer */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: End-of-file flag */ +){ + char *p = *ppIter; - /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these - ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. - */ - sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[24]; + assert( nDoclist>0 ); + assert( *pbEof==0 ); + assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); + assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); - int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */ - u8 bHasStat; /* True if %_stat table exists */ - u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */ - int nPgsz; /* Page size for host database */ - char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */ - sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */ + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0; + char *pNext = 0; + char *pDocid = aDoclist; + char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist]; + int iMul = 1; + + while( pDocid0 ); + assert( *pbEof==0 ); + assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); + assert( !p || (p>=aDoclist && p<=&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); -#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER 0 -#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT 1 -#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2 + if( p==0 ){ + p = aDoclist; + p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid); + }else{ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); + if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){ + *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iVar; + p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVar); + *piDocid += ((bDescIdx ? -1 : 1) * iVar); + } + } + + *ppIter = p; +} /* -** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following. -** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to -** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH. If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index -** of the column to be searched. For example, in -** -** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d); -** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three'; -** -** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b", -** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a, -** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" -** indicating that all columns should be searched, -** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4. +** Advance the iterator pDL to the next entry in pDL->aAll/nAll. Set *pbEof +** to true if EOF is reached. */ -#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0 /* Linear scan of %_content table */ -#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH 1 /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */ -#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2 /* Full-text index search */ +static void fts3EvalDlPhraseNext( + Fts3Table *pTab, + Fts3Doclist *pDL, + u8 *pbEof +){ + char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */ + char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll]; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */ + + if( pDL->pNextDocid ){ + pIter = pDL->pNextDocid; + }else{ + pIter = pDL->aAll; + } + + if( pIter>=pEnd ){ + /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */ + *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta); + if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){ + pDL->iDocid += iDelta; + }else{ + pDL->iDocid -= iDelta; + } + pDL->pList = pIter; + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter); + pDL->nList = (int)(pIter - pDL->pList); + + /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position- + ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was + ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually + ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals + ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by + ** fts3EvalNearTrim(). */ + while( pIterpNextDocid = pIter; + assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter ); + *pbEof = 0; + } +} /* -** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in -** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case. -** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three") -** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string. -** -** The nDocMatch and nMatch variables contain data that may be used by the -** matchinfo() function. They are populated when the full-text index is -** queried for hits on the phrase. If one or more tokens in the phrase -** are deferred, the nDocMatch and nMatch variables are populated based -** on the assumption that the +** Helper type used by fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext() and incrPhraseTokenNext(). */ -struct Fts3PhraseToken { - char *z; /* Text of the token */ - int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer z */ - int isPrefix; /* True if token ends with a "*" character */ - int bFulltext; /* True if full-text index was used */ - Fts3SegReaderArray *pArray; /* Segment-reader for this token */ - Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred token object for this token */ -}; - -struct Fts3Phrase { - /* Variables populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing a MATCH expression */ - int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */ - int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */ - int isNot; /* Phrase prefixed by unary not (-) operator */ - Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */ +typedef struct TokenDoclist TokenDoclist; +struct TokenDoclist { + int bIgnore; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; + char *pList; + int nList; }; /* -** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator. -** -** If Fts3Expr.eType is either FTSQUERY_NEAR or FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded -** is true, then aDoclist points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, -** containing the results of the NEAR or phrase query in FTS3 doclist -** format. As usual, the initial "Length" field found in doclists stored -** on disk is omitted from this buffer. +** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a +** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the +** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new +** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true. ** -** Variable pCurrent always points to the start of a docid field within -** aDoclist. Since the doclist is usually scanned in docid order, this can -** be used to accelerate seeking to the required docid within the doclist. +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_OK. */ -struct Fts3Expr { - int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */ - int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */ - Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */ - Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */ - Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */ +static int incrPhraseTokenNext( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase, /* Phrase to advance token of */ + int iToken, /* Specific token to advance */ + TokenDoclist *p, /* OUT: Docid and doclist for new entry */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: True if iterator is at EOF */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( pPhrase->iDoclistToken==iToken ){ + assert( p->bIgnore==0 ); + assert( pPhrase->aToken[iToken].pSegcsr==0 ); + fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, &pPhrase->doclist, pbEof); + p->pList = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + p->nList = pPhrase->doclist.nList; + p->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; + }else{ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); + assert( pToken->pSegcsr || pPhrase->iDoclistToken>=0 ); + if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ + assert( p->bIgnore==0 ); + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( + pTab, pToken->pSegcsr, &p->iDocid, &p->pList, &p->nList + ); + if( p->pList==0 ) *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + p->bIgnore = 1; + } + } - int isLoaded; /* True if aDoclist/nDoclist are initialized. */ - char *aDoclist; /* Buffer containing doclist */ - int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ + return rc; +} - sqlite3_int64 iCurrent; - char *pCurrent; -}; /* -** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first -** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For -** example, the following: +** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument: ** -** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e" +** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and ** -** is equivalent to: +** * does not contain any deferred tokens. ** -** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))" +** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate +** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields. +** +** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to +** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is +** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. +** +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_OK. */ -#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1 -#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2 -#define FTSQUERY_AND 3 -#define FTSQUERY_OR 4 -#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5 - +static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + u8 bEof = 0; -/* fts3_write.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, sqlite3_int64, - sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(Fts3Table*,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate( - Fts3Table *, Fts3SegReader **, int, Fts3SegFilter *, - int (*)(Fts3Table *, void *, char *, int, char *, int), void * -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCost(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3SegReader *, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_stmt **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(Fts3Table *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*); + /* This is only called if it is guaranteed that the phrase has at least + ** one incremental token. In which case the bIncr flag is set. */ + assert( p->bIncr==1 ); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **); + if( p->nToken==1 && p->bIncr ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, + &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList + ); + if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1; + }else{ + int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; + struct TokenDoclist a[MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS]; + + memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); + assert( p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS ); + assert( p->iDoclistTokennToken && bEof==0; i++){ + rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); + if( a[i].bIgnore==0 && (bMaxSet==0 || DOCID_CMP(iMax, a[i].iDocid)<0) ){ + iMax = a[i].iDocid; + bMaxSet = 1; + } + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || a[p->nToken-1].bIgnore==0 ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || bMaxSet ); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3DeferredDoclist(Fts3DeferredToken *, int *); + /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */ + for(i=0; inToken; i++){ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 + && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 + ){ + rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); + if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){ + iMax = a[i].iDocid; + i = 0; + } + } + } -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *); + /* Check if the current entries really are a phrase match */ + if( bEof==0 ){ + int nList = 0; + int nByte = a[p->nToken-1].nList; + char *aDoclist = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1); + if( !aDoclist ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(aDoclist, a[p->nToken-1].pList, nByte+1); + + for(i=0; i<(p->nToken-1); i++){ + if( a[i].bIgnore==0 ){ + char *pL = a[i].pList; + char *pR = aDoclist; + char *pOut = aDoclist; + int nDist = p->nToken-1-i; + int res = fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pOut, nDist, 0, 1, &pL, &pR); + if( res==0 ) break; + nList = (int)(pOut - aDoclist); + } + } + if( i==(p->nToken-1) ){ + pDL->iDocid = iMax; + pDL->pList = aDoclist; + pDL->nList = nList; + pDL->bFreeList = 1; + break; + } + sqlite3_free(aDoclist); + } + } + } -/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001 -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002 -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004 -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008 + *pbEof = bEof; + return rc; +} -/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ -struct Fts3SegFilter { - const char *zTerm; - int nTerm; - int iCol; - int flags; -}; +/* +** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_OK. +** +** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to +** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is +** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. +*/ +static int fts3EvalPhraseNext( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; -/* fts3.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *); + if( p->bIncr ){ + rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof); + }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){ + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, + &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof + ); + pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid; + }else{ + fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, pDL, pbEof); + } -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3FindPositions(Fts3Expr *, sqlite3_int64, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprLoadDoclist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprLoadFtDoclist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, char **, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprNearTrim(Fts3Expr *, Fts3Expr *, int); + return rc; +} -/* fts3_tokenizer.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, - sqlite3_tokenizer **, char ** -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char); +/* +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the +** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any +** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred. +** +** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the +** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for +** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing). +** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression +** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available. +** +** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error +** code before returning. +*/ +static void fts3EvalStartReaders( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to initialize phrases in */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + int i; + int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + for(i=0; ipPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break; + } + pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken); + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 1, pExpr->pPhrase); + }else{ + fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); + pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred); + } + } +} -/* fts3_snippet.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *, - const char *, const char *, int, int -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *); +/* +** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process +** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part +** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each +** token in the FTS expression. +** +** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong +** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or +** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered +** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in +** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot. +*/ +typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost; +struct Fts3TokenAndCost { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* The phrase the token belongs to */ + int iToken; /* Position of token in phrase */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* The token itself */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */ + int nOvfl; /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */ + int iCol; /* The column the token must match */ +}; -/* fts3_expr.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, - char **, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr ** -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db); -#endif +/* +** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an +** SQLite error code. +*/ +static void fts3EvalTokenCosts( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to consider */ + Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC, /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */ + Fts3Expr ***ppOr, /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + int i; + for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && inToken; i++){ + Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++; + pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase; + pTC->iToken = i; + pTC->pRoot = pRoot; + pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; + pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn; + *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl); + } + }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ + assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR + || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND + || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + ); + assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight ); + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + pRoot = pExpr->pLeft; + **ppOr = pRoot; + (*ppOr)++; + } + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + pRoot = pExpr->pRight; + **ppOr = pRoot; + (*ppOr)++; + } + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); + } + } +} -#endif /* _FTSINT_H */ +/* +** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful, +** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return +** an SQLite error code. +** +** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating +** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount +** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in +** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus +** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size. +*/ +static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ + if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){ + /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost + ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required + ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it. + ** + ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 + ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table. + ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in + ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of + ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left + ** to right. + */ + int rc; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; + sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0; + const char *pEnd; + const char *a; -/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); + assert( a ); + pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)]; + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); + while( anDoc = nDoc; + pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz); + assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } -/* -** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. -** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes. -** The number of bytes written is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){ - unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p; - sqlite_uint64 vu = v; - do{ - *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80); - vu >>= 7; - }while( vu!=0 ); - q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */ - assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX ); - return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); + *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg; + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. -** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. -** The value is stored in *v. +/* +** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be +** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is +** called. +** +** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the +** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within +** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition +** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken() +** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is +** returned. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){ - const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p; - sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1; - while( (*q&0x80)==0x80 && q-(unsigned char *)pbase.pVtab; + int nDocSize = 0; /* Number of pages per doc loaded */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int ii; /* Iterator variable for various purposes */ + int nOvfl = 0; /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */ + int nToken = 0; /* Total number of tokens in cluster */ + + int nMinEst = 0; /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */ + int nLoad4 = 1; /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */ + + /* Tokens are never deferred for FTS tables created using the content=xxx + ** option. The reason being that it is not guaranteed that the content + ** table actually contains the same data as the index. To prevent this from + ** causing any problems, the deferred token optimization is completely + ** disabled for content=xxx tables. */ + if( pTab->zContentTbl ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists + ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is + ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */ + for(ii=0; ii0 ); + + + /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order + ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer + ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index. + ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either: + ** + ** a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the + ** first iteration of this loop), or + ** + ** b. Part of a multi-token phrase. + ** + ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the + ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist + ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in + ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded. + ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that + ** one or more tokens will not be deferred. + ** + ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in + ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as: + ** + ** (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther) + */ + for(ii=0; iinOvfl) + ){ + pTC = &aTC[iTC]; + } + } + assert( pTC ); -/* -** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a -** 32-bit integer before it is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){ - sqlite_int64 i; - int ret = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &i); - *pi = (int) i; - return ret; -} + if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){ + /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all + ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages + ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred. + */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; + rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol); + fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr); + pToken->pSegcsr = 0; + }else{ + /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the + ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from + ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */ + if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4; + + if( ii==0 || (pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 && ii!=nToken-1) ){ + /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is + ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will + ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; + int nList = 0; + char *pList = 0; + rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nCount; + fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList); + nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids( + pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll + ); + if( ii==0 || nCountpToken = 0; + } -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){ - int i = 0; - do{ - i++; - v >>= 7; - }while( v!=0 ); - return i; + return rc; } /* -** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing -** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the -** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine -** is a no-op. -** -** Examples: -** -** "abc" becomes abc -** 'xyz' becomes xyz -** [pqr] becomes pqr -** `mno` becomes mno +** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes +** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through +** the results of a query, the caller does: ** +** fts3EvalStart(pCsr); +** while( 1 ){ +** fts3EvalNext(pCsr); +** if( pCsr->bEof ) break; +** ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ... +** } */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){ - char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */ +static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nToken = 0; + int nOr = 0; + + /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */ + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc); + + /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bFts4 ){ + Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC; + Fts3Expr **apOr; + aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc( + sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken + + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2 + ); + apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken]; - quote = z[0]; - if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){ - int iIn = 1; /* Index of next byte to read from input */ - int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */ + if( !aTC ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + int ii; + Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC; + Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr; - /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */ - if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc); + nToken = (int)(pTC-aTC); + nOr = (int)(ppOr-apOr); - while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){ - if( z[iIn]==quote ){ - if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break; - z[iOut++] = quote; - iIn += 2; - }else{ - z[iOut++] = z[iIn++]; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken); + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iipExpr, &rc); + return rc; } /* -** As long as *pp has not reached its end (pEnd), then do the same -** as fts3GetDeltaVarint(): read a single varint and add it to *pVal. -** But if we have reached the end of the varint, just set *pp=0 and -** leave *pVal unchanged. +** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase. */ -static void fts3GetDeltaVarint2(char **pp, char *pEnd, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){ - if( *pp>=pEnd ){ - *pp = 0; - }else{ - fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pVal); +static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){ + sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList); } + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0; } /* -** The xDisconnect() virtual table method. +** This function is called to edit the position list associated with +** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR +** condition. For example: +** +** abc NEAR/5 "def ghi" +** +** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in +** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to +** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the +** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example, +** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to +** the position list associated with phrase "abc". +** +** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently +** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this +** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero. +** +** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit +** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in +** pPhrase. */ -static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; - int i; +static int fts3EvalNearTrim( + int nNear, /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */ + char *aTmp, /* Temporary space to use */ + char **paPoslist, /* IN/OUT: Position list */ + int *pnToken, /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */ +){ + int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken; + int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken; + int nNew; + char *p2; + char *pOut; + int res; - assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); - assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList ); - /* Free any prepared statements held */ - for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ - sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]); + p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + res = fts3PoslistNearMerge( + &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2 + ); + if( res ){ + nNew = (int)(pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1; + assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' ); + assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 ); + memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew); + pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew; + *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken; } - sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl); - - /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */ - p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer); - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_OK; + return res; } /* -** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given -** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written -** into *pRc. +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is called. +** Otherwise, it advances the expression passed as the second argument to +** point to the next matching row in the database. Expressions iterate through +** matching rows in docid order. Ascending order if Fts3Cursor.bDesc is zero, +** or descending if it is non-zero. ** -** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op. +** If an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. Otherwise, if +** successful, the following variables in pExpr are set: +** +** Fts3Expr.bEof (non-zero if EOF - there is no next row) +** Fts3Expr.iDocid (valid if bEof==0. The docid of the next row) +** +** If the expression is of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE, and the expression is not +** at EOF, then the following variables are populated with the position list +** for the phrase for the visited row: +** +** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.nList (length of pList in bytes) +** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList (pointer to position list) +** +** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next +** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions: +** +** 1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists +** entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in +** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. +** +** Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or +** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the +** next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other +** words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression +** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", +** where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case +** is populated as for "A * C" before returning. +** +** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is +** advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y". +** +** See fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear() for details on testing if a row is +** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators. */ -static void fts3DbExec( - int *pRc, /* Success code */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which to run SQL */ - const char *zFormat, /* Format string for SQL */ - ... /* Arguments to the format string */ +static void fts3EvalNextRow( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ - va_list ap; - char *zSql; - if( *pRc ) return; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( zSql==0 ){ - *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - } -} + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */ + assert( pExpr->bEof==0 ); + pExpr->bStart = 1; + + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + case FTSQUERY_AND: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred ); + + if( pLeft->bDeferred ){ + /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. + ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof; + }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){ + /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. + ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; + }else{ + /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + if( iDiff==0 ) break; + if( iDiff<0 ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + }else{ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } + } + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof); + } + break; + } + + case FTSQUERY_OR: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + + assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); + assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); + + if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + }else{ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } -/* -** The xDestroy() virtual table method. -*/ -static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; + pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof); + iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + }else{ + pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; + } - /* Drop the shadow tables */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", p->zDb, p->zName); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", p->zDb,p->zName); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", p->zDb, p->zName); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", p->zDb, p->zName); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", p->zDb, p->zName); + break; + } - /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the - ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK. - ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. - */ - return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc); -} + case FTSQUERY_NOT: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + + if( pRight->bStart==0 ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart ); + } + + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){ + while( !*pRc + && !pRight->bEof + && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 + ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } + } + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; + break; + } + default: { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof); + pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; + break; + } + } + } +} /* -** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table -** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect() -** and xCreate() methods. +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR +** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately. ** -** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. -** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc -** before returning. +** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR +** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists +** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. +** +** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each +** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those +** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR +** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not +** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not +** be edited if 0 is returned. */ -static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ - if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - char *zSql; /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */ - char *zCols; /* List of user defined columns */ +static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){ + int res = 1; - /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */ - zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]); - for(i=1; zCols && inColumn; i++){ - zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]); - } + /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query. + ** For example, the query: + ** + ** "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z" + ** + ** which is represented in tree form as: + ** + ** | + ** +--NEAR--+ <-- root of NEAR query + ** | | + ** +--NEAR--+ "z" + ** | | + ** +--NEAR--+ "y" + ** | | + ** "w" "x" + ** + ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The + ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are + ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works. + */ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && pExpr->bEof==0 + && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) + ){ + Fts3Expr *p; + int nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */ + char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */ - /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN)", zCols, p->zName - ); - if( !zCols || !zSql ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql); + /* Allocate temporary working space. */ + for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){ + nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList; } + nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList; + if( nTmp==0 ){ + res = 0; + }else{ + aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2); + if( !aTmp ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + res = 0; + }else{ + char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList; + int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken; - sqlite3_free(zSql); - sqlite3_free(zCols); - *pRc = rc; + for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase; + int nNear = p->nNear; + res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); + } + + aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList; + nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken; + for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){ + int nNear; + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; + assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p ); + nNear = p->pParent->nNear; + pPhrase = ( + p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase + ); + res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(aTmp); + } } + + return res; } /* -** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir) -** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done -** as part of the vtab xCreate() method. +** This function is a helper function for fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(). +** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the +** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr +** currently points to, or zero if it does not. ** -** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an -** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and -** %_stat tables required by FTS4. +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to +** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is +** undefined. */ -static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - char *zContentCols; /* Columns of %_content table */ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ +static int fts3EvalTestExpr( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + int bHit = 1; /* Return value */ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + case FTSQUERY_AND: + bHit = ( + fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) + && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) + && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc) + ); - /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */ - zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); - for(i=0; zContentCols && inColumn; i++){ - char *z = p->azColumn[i]; - zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z); - } - if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for + ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(), + ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize + ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. + ** For example if this expression: + ** + ** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)' + ** + ** is matched against a row containing: + ** + ** 'a b d e' + ** + ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b" + ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause). + */ + if( bHit==0 + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) + ){ + Fts3Expr *p; + for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){ + if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase); + } + } + if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase); + } + } - /* Create the content table */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)", - p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols - ); - sqlite3_free(zContentCols); - /* Create other tables */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);", - p->zDb, p->zName - ); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'(" - "level INTEGER," - "idx INTEGER," - "start_block INTEGER," - "leaves_end_block INTEGER," - "end_block INTEGER," - "root BLOB," - "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)" - ");", - p->zDb, p->zName - ); - if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);", - p->zDb, p->zName - ); - } - if( p->bHasStat ){ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_stat'(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);", - p->zDb, p->zName - ); + break; + + case FTSQUERY_OR: { + int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); + int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); + bHit = bHit1 || bHit2; + break; + } + + case FTSQUERY_NOT: + bHit = ( + fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) + && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) + ); + break; + + default: { +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED + if( pCsr->pDeferred + && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred) + ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); + if( pExpr->bDeferred ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + } + *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase); + bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0); + pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + }else +#endif + { + bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId); + } + break; + } + } } - return rc; + return bHit; } /* -** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz. +** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when +** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the +** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the +** following caveats: ** -** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. -** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc -** before returning. +** * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been +** treated as "AND". +** +** * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately +** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR +** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the +** expression. It returns 1 if both of the following are true: +** +** 1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and +** +** 2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens, +** it is determined that the row does *not* match the query. +** +** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS +** query, return 0. */ -static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ - if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */ - - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb); - if( !zSql ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); +static int fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){ + int rc = *pRc; + int bMiss = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into + ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred + ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred + ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account + ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). + */ + if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ + rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); - rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr); } } - assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - sqlite3_free(zSql); + bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc)); + + /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */ + sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr); *pRc = rc; } + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss); } /* -** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form: -** -** = -** -** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The -** term may be quoted, but the may not. +** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in +** Fts3Cursor.pExpr. */ -static int fts3IsSpecialColumn( - const char *z, - int *pnKey, - char **pzValue -){ - char *zValue; - const char *zCsr = z; - - while( *zCsr!='=' ){ - if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0; - zCsr++; +static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; + assert( pCsr->isEof==0 ); + if( pExpr==0 ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + }else{ + do { + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){ + sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + } + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); + pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof; + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid; + }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) ); } - *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z); - zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]); - if( zValue ){ - sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue); + /* Check if the cursor is past the end of the docid range specified + ** by Fts3Cursor.iMinDocid/iMaxDocid. If so, set the EOF flag. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ( + (pCsr->bDesc==0 && pCsr->iPrevId>pCsr->iMaxDocid) + || (pCsr->bDesc!=0 && pCsr->iPrevIdiMinDocid) + )){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; } - *pzValue = zValue; - return 1; + + return rc; } /* -** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate -** methods of the FTS3 virtual table. +** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to +** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental +** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration. ** -** The argv[] array contains the following: -** -** argv[0] -> module name ("fts3" or "fts4") -** argv[1] -> database name -** argv[2] -> table name -** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields. +** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is +** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an +** SQLite error code before returning. */ -static int fts3InitVtab( - int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ - sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */ - void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */ - int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ - const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ - sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ - char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ +static void fts3EvalRestart( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, + Fts3Expr *pExpr, + int *pRc ){ - Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux; - Fts3Table *p = 0; /* Pointer to allocated vtab */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - int nByte; /* Size of allocation used for *p */ - int iCol; /* Column index */ - int nString = 0; /* Bytes required to hold all column names */ - int nCol = 0; /* Number of columns in the FTS table */ - char *zCsr; /* Space for holding column names */ - int nDb; /* Bytes required to hold database name */ - int nName; /* Bytes required to hold table name */ - int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ - int bNoDocsize = 0; /* True to omit %_docsize table */ - const char **aCol; /* Array of column names */ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; /* Tokenizer for this table */ - - assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 ); - assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4) - || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4) - ); + if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1; - nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1; + if( pPhrase ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inToken; i++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); + if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ + sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pToken->pSegcsr); + } + } + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase); + } + pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0; + } - aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2) ); - if( !aCol ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset((void *)aCol, 0, sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2)); + pExpr->iDocid = 0; + pExpr->bEof = 0; + pExpr->bStart = 0; - /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4 - ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop - ** does the following: - ** - ** + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and - ** the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies - ** of the column names. - ** - ** + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments, - ** initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer. - */ - for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && ipLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); + } +} - /* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */ - if( !pTokenizer - && strlen(z)>8 - && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) - && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8]) - ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr); - } +/* +** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the +** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched +** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments +** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently +** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase +** expression nodes. +*/ +static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ + if( pExpr ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){ + int iCol = 0; + char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList; - /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */ - else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){ - if( !zVal ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto fts3_init_out; - } - if( nKey==9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "matchinfo", 9) ){ - if( strlen(zVal)==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){ - bNoDocsize = 1; - }else{ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + assert( *p ); + while( 1 ){ + u8 c = 0; + int iCnt = 0; + while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){ + if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++; + c = *p++ & 0x80; } - }else{ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized parameter: %s", z); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3_free(zVal); - } - /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */ - else { - nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1); - aCol[nCol++] = z; + /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences + ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance + */ + pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt; + pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0); + if( *p==0x00 ) break; + p++; + p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol); + } } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; - - if( nCol==0 ){ - assert( nString==0 ); - aCol[0] = "content"; - nString = 8; - nCol = 1; - } - if( pTokenizer==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft); + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight); } - assert( pTokenizer ); +} +/* +** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. +** +** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and +** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part +** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array +** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and +** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +static int fts3EvalGatherStats( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */ - nByte = sizeof(Fts3Table) + /* Fts3Table */ - nCol * sizeof(char *) + /* azColumn */ - nName + /* zName */ - nDb + /* zDb */ - nString; /* Space for azColumn strings */ - p = (Fts3Table*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( p==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto fts3_init_out; - } - memset(p, 0, nByte); - p->db = db; - p->nColumn = nCol; - p->nPendingData = 0; - p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1]; - p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - p->nNodeSize = 1000; - p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA; - p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0); - p->bHasStat = isFts4; - fts3HashInit(&p->pendingTerms, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); + assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR expression */ + Fts3Expr *p; /* Iterator used for several purposes */ - /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */ - zCsr = (char *)&p->azColumn[nCol]; - p->zName = zCsr; - memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName); - zCsr += nName; - p->zDb = zCsr; - memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb); - zCsr += nDb; + sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; + u8 bEof; - /* Fill in the azColumn array */ - for(iCol=0; iColazColumn[iCol] = zCsr; - zCsr += n+1; - assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] ); - } + /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */ + pRoot = pExpr; + while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + pRoot = pRoot->pParent; + } + iDocid = pRoot->iDocid; + bEof = pRoot->bEof; + assert( pRoot->bStart ); - /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the - ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist. - */ - if( isCreate ){ - rc = fts3CreateTables(p); - } + /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */ + for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){ + Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight); + assert( pE->aMI==0 ); + pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); + if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); + } - /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to - ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database (see - ** function sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCost() for details). - */ - fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p); + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); - /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */ - fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p); + while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ -fts3_init_out: + do { + /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */ + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); + + /* Advance to the next document */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); + pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof; + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid; + }while( pCsr->isEof==0 + && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) + ); - sqlite3_free((void *)aCol); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p ){ - fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p); - }else if( pTokenizer ){ - pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){ + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot); + } + } + + pCsr->isEof = 0; + pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId; + + if( bEof ){ + pRoot->bEof = bEof; + }else{ + /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending + ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the + ** do loop can not be written: + ** + ** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocidbEof==0 ); + }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK ); + fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc); } - }else{ - *ppVTab = &p->base; } return rc; } /* -** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the -** work is done in function fts3InitVtab(). +** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase +** expression node for the following information: +** +** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of +** the FTS table (considering all rows), and +** +** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the +** column contains at least one instance of the phrase. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column +** written into the array aiOut as follows: +** +** aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences +** aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance +** +** Caveats: +** +** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output +** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other +** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each +** column of each row of the table. +** +** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred +** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering +** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences. +** +** * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances +** that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts. */ -static int fts3ConnectMethod( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ - int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ - const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ - sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ - char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression */ + u32 *aiOut /* Array to write results into (see above) */ ){ - return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); -} -static int fts3CreateMethod( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ - int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ - const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ - sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ - char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ -){ - return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCol; + + if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 ); + for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ + aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; + aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; + } + }else{ + rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pExpr->aMI ); + for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ + aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1]; + aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2]; + } + } + } + + return rc; } -/* -** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There -** are three possible strategies, in order of preference: +/* +** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function +** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. ** -** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. -** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column. -** 3. Linear scan of %_content table. +** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing +** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol +** of the current row. +** +** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each +** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) +** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example, +** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list +** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain: +** +** 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01 or 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00 +** +** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred, +** incremental, or neither. */ -static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab; - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - int iCons = -1; /* Index of constraint to use */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase to return doclist for */ + int iCol, /* Column to return position list for */ + char **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ +){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + char *pIter; + int iThis; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; - /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option, - ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient - ** strategy is possible. - */ - pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; - pInfo->estimatedCost = 500000; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; - if( pCons->usable==0 ) continue; + /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than + ** column iCol, return a NULL pointer. */ + *ppOut = 0; + assert( iCol>=0 && iColnColumn ); + if( (pPhrase->iColumnnColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } - /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */ - if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ - && (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ) - ){ - pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH; - pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; - iCons = i; + iDocid = pExpr->iDocid; + pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + if( iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bEof ){ + int bDescDoclist = pTab->bDescIdx; /* For DOCID_CMP macro */ + int iMul; /* +1 if csr dir matches index dir, else -1 */ + int bOr = 0; + u8 bEof = 0; + u8 bTreeEof = 0; + Fts3Expr *p; /* Used to iterate from pExpr to root */ + Fts3Expr *pNear; /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */ + + /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, + ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid + ** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the + ** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node + ** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */ + pNear = pExpr; + for(p=pExpr->pParent; p; p=p->pParent){ + if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ) bOr = 1; + if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pNear = p; + if( p->bEof ) bTreeEof = 1; + } + if( bOr==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + /* This is the descendent of an OR node. In this case we cannot use + ** an incremental phrase. Load the entire doclist for the phrase + ** into memory in this case. */ + if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int bEofSave = pExpr->bEof; + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pExpr->bEof ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); + if( bEofSave==0 && pExpr->iDocid==iDocid ) break; + } + pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPhrase->bIncr==0 ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } - - /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search. - ** - ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first - ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct - ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even - ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting - ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested - ** context" error. - */ - if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH - && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn + + iMul = ((pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist) ? 1 : -1); + while( bTreeEof==1 + && pNear->bEof==0 + && (DOCID_CMP(pNear->iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId) * iMul)<0 ){ - pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn; - pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0; - iCons = i; - break; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + iDocid = pExpr->iDocid; + pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + } + + bEof = (pPhrase->doclist.nAll==0); + assert( bDescDoclist==0 || bDescDoclist==1 ); + assert( pCsr->bDesc==0 || pCsr->bDesc==1 ); + + if( bEof==0 ){ + if( pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist ){ + int dummy; + if( pNear->bEof ){ + /* This expression is already at EOF. So position it to point to the + ** last entry in the doclist at pPhrase->doclist.aAll[]. Variable + ** iDocid is already set for this entry, so all that is required is + ** to set pIter to point to the first byte of the last position-list + ** in the doclist. + ** + ** It would also be correct to set pIter and iDocid to zero. In + ** this case, the first call to sqltie3Fts4DoclistPrev() below + ** would also move the iterator to point to the last entry in the + ** doclist. However, this is expensive, as to do so it has to + ** iterate through the entire doclist from start to finish (since + ** it does not know the docid for the last entry). */ + pIter = &pPhrase->doclist.aAll[pPhrase->doclist.nAll-1]; + fts3ReversePoslist(pPhrase->doclist.aAll, &pIter); + } + while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){ + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( + bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll, + &pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof + ); + } + }else{ + if( pNear->bEof ){ + pIter = 0; + iDocid = 0; + } + while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){ + sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext( + bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll, + &pIter, &iDocid, &bEof + ); + } + } } + + if( bEof || iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId ) pIter = 0; } + if( pIter==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( iCons>=0 ){ - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = 1; - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1; - } + if( *pIter==0x01 ){ + pIter++; + pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis); + }else{ + iThis = 0; + } + while( iThisdoclist, and +** * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens. */ -static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); - - /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the - ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, - ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM. - */ - *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); - if( !pCsr ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + if( pPhrase ){ + int i; + sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll); + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist)); + for(i=0; inToken; i++){ + fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr); + pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0; + } } - memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); - return SQLITE_OK; } + /* -** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation -** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. +** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. */ -static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; - assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); - sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); - sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo); - sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return SQLITE_OK; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } +#endif +#if !SQLITE_CORE /* -** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row -** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return -** SQLITE_OK on success. +** Initialize API pointer table, if required. */ -static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ - if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){ - pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0; - sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - int rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If no row was found and no error has occured, then the %_content - ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index. - ** The data structures are corrupt. - */ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; - } - pCsr->isEof = 1; - if( pContext ){ - sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); - } - return rc; - } - }else{ - return SQLITE_OK; - } +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) + return sqlite3Fts3Init(db); } +#endif + +#endif +/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/ /* -** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching -** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this -** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is -** passed in zTerm/nTerm. +** 2011 Jan 27 ** -** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid -** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node -** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is -** a prefix. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** ** -** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ -static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( - const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ - int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ - const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ - int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ - sqlite3_int64 *piFirst, /* OUT: Selected child node */ - sqlite3_int64 *piLast /* OUT: Selected child node */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable; +typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor; + +struct Fts3auxTable { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + Fts3Table *pFts3Tab; +}; + +struct Fts3auxCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; + char *zStop; + int nStop; /* Byte-length of string zStop */ + int iLangid; /* Language id to query */ + int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ + + int iCol; /* Current value of 'col' column */ + int nStat; /* Size of aStat[] array */ + struct Fts3auxColstats { + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* 'documents' values for current csr row */ + sqlite3_int64 nOcc; /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */ + } *aStat; +}; + +/* +** Schema of the terms table. +*/ +#define FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA \ + "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences, languageid HIDDEN)" + +/* +** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect +** and xCreate are identical operations. +*/ +static int fts3auxConnectMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pUnused, /* Unused */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ ){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - const char *zCsr = zNode; /* Cursor to iterate through node */ - const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */ - char *zBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to load terms into */ - int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */ - int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */ - sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */ + char const *zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */ + char const *zFts3; /* Name of fts3 table */ + int nDb; /* Result of strlen(zDb) */ + int nFts3; /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate here */ + int rc; /* value returned by declare_vtab() */ + Fts3auxTable *p; /* Virtual table object to return */ - /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every - ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree - ** node into variable iChild. + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused); + + /* The user should invoke this in one of two forms: ** - ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two - ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a - ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does - ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always - ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of - ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments - ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the - ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details). - */ - zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); - zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); - if( zCsr>zEnd ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT; - } - - while( zCsrzEnd ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; - goto finish_scan; - } - if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){ - char *zNew; - nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2; - zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc); - if( !zNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto finish_scan; - } - zBuffer = zNew; + ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table); + ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table-db, fts4-table); + */ + if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args; + + zDb = argv[1]; + nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); + if( argc==5 ){ + if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){ + zDb = argv[3]; + nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); + zFts3 = argv[4]; + }else{ + goto bad_args; } - memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix); - nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix; - zCsr += nSuffix; + }else{ + zFts3 = argv[3]; + } + nFts3 = (int)strlen(zFts3); - /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from - ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal - ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree - ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search - ** iChild. - ** - ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then - ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term. - */ - cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer)); - if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){ - *piFirst = iChild; - piFirst = 0; - } + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - if( piLast && cmp<0 ){ - *piLast = iChild; - piLast = 0; - } + nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2; + p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(p, 0, nByte); - iChild++; - }; + p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1]; + p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1]; + p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1]; + p->pFts3Tab->db = db; + p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1; - if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild; - if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild; + memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb); + memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3); + sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName); - finish_scan: - sqlite3_free(zBuffer); - return rc; + *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p; + return SQLITE_OK; + + bad_args: + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid arguments to fts4aux constructor"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect +** and xDestroy are identical operations. +*/ +static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab; + int i; + + /* Free any prepared statements held */ + for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ + sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl); + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; } +#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1 +#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2 +#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4 /* -** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an -** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes) -** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode -** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term -** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix. -** -** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the -** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term. -** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the -** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified -** term is a prefix. -** -** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain -** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the -** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified -** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and -** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure. -** -** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -static int fts3SelectLeaf( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ - int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ - const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ - int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ - sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf, /* Selected leaf node */ - sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2 /* Selected leaf node */ +** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. +*/ +static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_index_info *pInfo ){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int iHeight; /* Height of this node in tree */ + int i; + int iEq = -1; + int iGe = -1; + int iLe = -1; + int iLangid = -1; + int iNext = 1; /* Next free argvIndex value */ - assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); - sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight); - rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2); - assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) ); + /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */ + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 + ){ + pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; + } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){ - char *zBlob = 0; /* Blob read from %_segments table */ - int nBlob; /* Size of zBlob in bytes */ + /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. + ** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */ + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){ + int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op; + int iCol = pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn; - if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0); + if( iCol==0 ){ + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i; + } + if( iCol==4 ){ + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iLangid = i; } - sqlite3_free(zBlob); - piLeaf = 0; - zBlob = 0; } + } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf ? *piLeaf : *piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob); + if( iEq>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 5; + }else{ + pInfo->idxNum = 0; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000; + if( iGe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2); + if( iLe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; } - sqlite3_free(zBlob); + } + if( iLangid>=0 ){ + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangid].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost--; } - return rc; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 -** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list. +** xOpen - Open a cursor. */ -static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( - char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ - sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ - sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ -){ - assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) ); - *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev); - *piPrev = iVal; +static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); + if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); + + *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the -** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the -** first byte after the position-list. -** -** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for -** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this -** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in -** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist. -** -** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied -** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied -** before this function returns. +** xClose - Close a cursor. */ -static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ - char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; - char c = 0; +static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; - /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 - ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by - ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail - ** of some other, multi-byte, value. - ** - ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not - ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments - ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the - ** last byte in the position-list. - */ - while( *pEnd | c ){ - c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; - testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 ); - } - pEnd++; /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */ + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); + sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - if( pp ){ - int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); - char *p = *pp; - memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); - p += n; - *pp = p; +static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){ + if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){ + struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew; + aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat, + sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize + ); + if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, + sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat) + ); + pCsr->aStat = aNew; + pCsr->nStat = nSize; } - *ppPoslist = pEnd; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the -** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the -** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list. -** -** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column -** within a single document within a doclist. -** -** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or -** a POS_END varint (0). This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to -** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list. -** -** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied -** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied -** before this function returns. The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator -** is not copied into *pp. +** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. */ -static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ - char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; - char c = 0; +static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + int rc; - /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is - ** not part of a multi-byte varint. - */ - while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ - c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; - testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 ); + /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */ + pCsr->iRowid++; + + for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iColnStat; pCsr->iCol++){ + if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; } - if( pp ){ - int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); - char *p = *pp; - memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); - p += n; - *pp = p; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int i = 0; + int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist; + char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist; + int iCol; + + int eState = 0; + + if( pCsr->zStop ){ + int n = (pCsr->nStopcsr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm; + int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n); + if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat); + iCol = 0; + + while( iaStat[0].nDoc++; + eState = 1; + iCol = 0; + break; + + /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating + ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the + ** start of a position list for column 0. + ** + ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the + ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to + ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term. + */ + case 1: + assert( iCol==0 ); + if( v>1 ){ + pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++; + } + eState = 2; + /* fall through */ + + case 2: + if( v==0 ){ /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */ + eState = 0; + }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */ + eState = 3; + }else{ /* 2 or greater. A position. */ + pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++; + pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++; + } + break; + + /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */ + default: assert( eState==3 ); + iCol = (int)v; + if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++; + eState = 2; + break; + } + } + + pCsr->iCol = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + pCsr->isEof = 1; } - *ppPoslist = pEnd; + return rc; } /* -** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because -** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms. -*/ -#define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff - -/* -** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is -** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list -** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list -** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or -** (1)). -** -** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to -** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp, -** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to -** point to the next value before returning. -** -** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of -** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position -** in the position-list. Because positions are delta-encoded, the value -** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of -** the next position. +** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. */ -static void fts3ReadNextPos( - char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */ - sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */ +static int fts3auxFilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ ){ - if( (**pp)&0xFE ){ - fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi); - *pi -= 2; + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + int rc; + int isScan = 0; + int iLangVal = 0; /* Language id to query */ + + int iEq = -1; /* Index of term=? value in apVal */ + int iGe = -1; /* Index of term>=? value in apVal */ + int iLe = -1; /* Index of term<=? value in apVal */ + int iLangid = -1; /* Index of languageid=? value in apVal */ + int iNext = 0; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + + assert( idxStr==0 ); + assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0 + || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT + || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) + ); + + if( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT ){ + iEq = iNext++; }else{ - *pi = POSITION_LIST_END; + isScan = 1; + if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT ){ + iGe = iNext++; + } + if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){ + iLe = iNext++; + } + } + if( iNextfilter.zTerm); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); + sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); + memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr); + + pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; + if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN; + + if( iEq>=0 || iGe>=0 ){ + const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); + assert( (iEq==0 && iGe==-1) || (iEq==-1 && iGe==0) ); + if( zStr ){ + pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr); + pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]); + if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + if( iLe>=0 ){ + pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iLe])); + pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iLe]); + if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + if( iLangid>=0 ){ + iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]); + + /* If the user specified a negative value for the languageid, use zero + ** instead. This works, as the "languageid=?" constraint will also + ** be tested by the VDBE layer. The test will always be false (since + ** this module will not return a row with a negative languageid), and + ** so the overall query will return zero rows. */ + if( iLangVal<0 ) iLangVal = 0; + } + pCsr->iLangid = iLangVal; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, iLangVal, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, + pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter); } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor); + return rc; } /* -** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by -** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new -** column list. -** -** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before -** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes -** written (0 if iCol==0). +** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. */ -static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){ - int n = 0; /* Number of bytes written */ - if( iCol ){ - char *p = *pp; /* Output pointer */ - n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol); - *p = 0x01; - *pp = &p[n]; - } - return n; +static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + return pCsr->isEof; } /* -** Compute the union of two position lists. The output written -** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted -** order and with any duplicates removed. All pointers are -** updated appropriately. The caller is responsible for insuring -** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output. +** xColumn - Return a column value. */ -static void fts3PoslistMerge( - char **pp, /* Output buffer */ - char **pp1, /* Left input list */ - char **pp2 /* Right input list */ +static int fts3auxColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ ){ - char *p = *pp; - char *p1 = *pp1; - char *p2 = *pp2; + Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; - while( *p1 || *p2 ){ - int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */ - int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */ + assert( p->isEof==0 ); + switch( iCol ){ + case 0: /* term */ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; - if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1); - else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END; - else iCol1 = 0; + case 1: /* col */ + if( p->iCol ){ + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iCol-1); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + break; - if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2); - else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END; - else iCol2 = 0; + case 2: /* documents */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc); + break; - if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ - sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; /* Last position from pp1 */ - sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; /* Last position from pp2 */ - sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; - int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1); - p1 += n; - p2 += n; + case 3: /* occurrences */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc); + break; - /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists - ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2). - ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each - ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a - ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists - ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte - ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is - ** written to the output. - */ - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2); - do { - fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1iLangid); + break; } - *p++ = POS_END; - *pp = p; - *pp1 = p1 + 1; - *pp2 = p2 + 1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. +*/ +static int fts3auxRowidMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ +){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ + static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ + fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ + fts3auxBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ + fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ + fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ + fts3auxOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ + fts3auxCloseMethod, /* xClose */ + fts3auxFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ + fts3auxNextMethod, /* xNext */ + fts3auxEofMethod, /* xEof */ + fts3auxColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ + fts3auxRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindFunction */ + 0, /* xRename */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0 /* xRollbackTo */ + }; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0); + return rc; } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/ /* -** nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions. +** 2008 Nov 28 ** -** This function is used to merge two position lists into one. When it is -** called, *pp1 and *pp2 must both point to position lists. A position-list is -** the part of a doclist that follows each document id. For example, if a row -** contains: +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** 'a b c'|'x y z'|'a b b a' +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** Then the position list for this row for token 'b' would consist of: +****************************************************************************** ** -** 0x02 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x03 0x00 +** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings +** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported +** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is +** hand-coded. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* +** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been +** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between +** the new and the old syntaxes are: ** -** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the -** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists. +** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not. ** -** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for -** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in -** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e. -** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken -** slots before it. +** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not. +** +** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not +** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator). +** +** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence +** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit +** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR. +** +** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the +** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable +** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to +** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can +** be tested using a single build of testfixture. +** +** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH +** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser +** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a +** custom parser. +** +** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*. +** +** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*. +** +** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*. +** notexpr ::= LP query RP. +** +** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*. +** +** distance_opt ::= . +** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER. +** +** phrase ::= TOKEN. +** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN. +** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...". */ -static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( - char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */ - int nToken, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ - int isSaveLeft, /* Save the left position */ - int isExact, /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */ - char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ - char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ -){ - char *p = (pp ? *pp : 0); - char *p1 = *pp1; - char *p2 = *pp2; - int iCol1 = 0; - int iCol2 = 0; - - /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */ - assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 ); - assert( *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 ); - if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ - p1++; - p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); - } - if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ - p2++; - p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); - } - - while( 1 ){ - if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ - char *pSave = p; - sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; - sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0; - sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; +#else +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1 +# else +# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0 +# endif +#endif - if( pp && iCol1 ){ - *p++ = POS_COLUMN; - p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1); - } +/* +** Default span for NEAR operators. +*/ +#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10 - assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN ); - assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN ); - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; +/* #include */ +/* #include */ - while( 1 ){ - if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken - || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) - ){ - sqlite3_int64 iSave; - if( !pp ){ - fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); - fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); - *pp1 = p1; - *pp2 = p2; - return 1; - } - iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2; - fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2; - pSave = 0; - } - if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){ - if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break; - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; - }else{ - if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break; - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; - } - } +/* +** isNot: +** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is +** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a +** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the +** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to +** zero. +*/ +typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext; +struct ParseContext { + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */ + int iLangid; /* Language id used with tokenizer */ + const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ + int bFts4; /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ + int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ + int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */ + int isNot; /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */ + int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */ +}; - if( pSave ){ - assert( pp && p ); - p = pSave; - } +/* +** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. +** +** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it +** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed +** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type +** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper +** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for +** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e. +** negative values). +*/ +static int fts3isspace(char c){ + return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f'; +} - fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); - fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2); - assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 ); - if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break; +/* +** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful, +** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, +** return NULL. +*/ +static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){ + void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte); + return pRet; +} - p1++; - p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); - p2++; - p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, + int iLangid, + const char *z, + int n, + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCsr +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; + int rc; - /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of - ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the - ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next - ** column-number in the position list. - */ - else if( iCol1xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCsr); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + if( pModule->iVersion>=1 ){ + rc = pModule->xLanguageid(pCsr, iLangid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pModule->xClose(pCsr); + pCsr = 0; + } } } - - fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); - fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); - *pp1 = p1; - *pp2 = p2; - if( !pp || *pp==p ){ - return 0; - } - *p++ = 0x00; - *pp = p; - return 1; + *ppCsr = pCsr; + return rc; } /* -** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. +** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself +** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required. */ -static int fts3PoslistNearMerge( - char **pp, /* Output buffer */ - char *aTmp, /* Temporary buffer space */ - int nRight, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ - int nLeft, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ - char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ - char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ +static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *); + +/* +** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer +** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr +** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this +** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is +** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated +** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free(). +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation +** fails. +*/ +static int getNextToken( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */ + const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ + int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ ){ - char *p1 = *pp1; - char *p2 = *pp2; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + int rc; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor; + Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; + int i = 0; - if( !pp ){ - if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(0, nRight, 0, 0, pp1, pp2) ) return 1; - *pp1 = p1; - *pp2 = p2; - return fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(0, nLeft, 0, 0, pp2, pp1); - }else{ - char *pTmp1 = aTmp; - char *pTmp2; - char *aTmp2; - int res = 1; - - fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp1, nRight, 0, 0, pp1, pp2); - aTmp2 = pTmp2 = pTmp1; - *pp1 = p1; - *pp2 = p2; - fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp2, nLeft, 1, 0, pp2, pp1); - if( pTmp1!=aTmp && pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){ - fts3PoslistMerge(pp, &aTmp, &aTmp2); - }else if( pTmp1!=aTmp ){ - fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp); - }else if( pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){ - fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp2); - }else{ - res = 0; + /* Set variable i to the maximum number of bytes of input to tokenize. */ + for(i=0; iiLangid, z, i, &pCursor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *zToken; + int nToken = 0, iStart = 0, iEnd = 0, iPosition = 0; + int nByte; /* total space to allocate */ + + rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken; + pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte); + if( !pRet ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; + pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1]; + pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1; + pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol; + pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken; + pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1]; + memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken); + + if( iEndpPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1; + iEnd++; + } + + while( 1 ){ + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses + && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' + ){ + pParse->isNot = 1; + iStart--; + }else if( pParse->bFts4 && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='^' ){ + pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].bFirst = 1; + iStart--; + }else{ + break; + } + } + + } + *pnConsumed = iEnd; + }else if( i && rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; } - return res; + pModule->xClose(pCursor); } + + *ppExpr = pRet; + return rc; } + /* -** Values that may be used as the first parameter to fts3DoclistMerge(). +** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs, +** then free the old allocation. */ -#define MERGE_NOT 2 /* D + D -> D */ -#define MERGE_AND 3 /* D + D -> D */ -#define MERGE_OR 4 /* D + D -> D */ -#define MERGE_POS_OR 5 /* P + P -> P */ -#define MERGE_PHRASE 6 /* P + P -> D */ -#define MERGE_POS_PHRASE 7 /* P + P -> P */ -#define MERGE_NEAR 8 /* P + P -> D */ -#define MERGE_POS_NEAR 9 /* P + P -> P */ +static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){ + void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew); + if( !pRet ){ + sqlite3_free(pOrig); + } + return pRet; +} /* -** Merge the two doclists passed in buffer a1 (size n1 bytes) and a2 -** (size n2 bytes). The output is written to pre-allocated buffer aBuffer, -** which is guaranteed to be large enough to hold the results. The number -** of bytes written to aBuffer is stored in *pnBuffer before returning. +** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string +** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character +** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire +** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE +** containing the results. ** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, if a malloc error -** occurs while allocating a temporary buffer as part of the merge operation, -** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the +** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory +** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set +** to 0. */ -static int fts3DoclistMerge( - int mergetype, /* One of the MERGE_XXX constants */ - int nParam1, /* Used by MERGE_NEAR and MERGE_POS_NEAR */ - int nParam2, /* Used by MERGE_NEAR and MERGE_POS_NEAR */ - char *aBuffer, /* Pre-allocated output buffer */ - int *pnBuffer, /* OUT: Bytes written to aBuffer */ - char *a1, /* Buffer containing first doclist */ - int n1, /* Size of buffer a1 */ - char *a2, /* Buffer containing second doclist */ - int n2, /* Size of buffer a2 */ - int *pnDoc /* OUT: Number of docids in output */ +static int getNextString( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */ ){ - sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; - sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; - sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + int rc; + Fts3Expr *p = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0; + char *zTemp = 0; + int nTemp = 0; - char *p = aBuffer; - char *p1 = a1; - char *p2 = a2; - char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1]; - char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2]; - int nDoc = 0; + const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase); + int nToken = 0; - assert( mergetype==MERGE_OR || mergetype==MERGE_POS_OR - || mergetype==MERGE_AND || mergetype==MERGE_NOT - || mergetype==MERGE_PHRASE || mergetype==MERGE_POS_PHRASE - || mergetype==MERGE_NEAR || mergetype==MERGE_POS_NEAR - ); + /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase, + ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single + ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to + ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach. + ** + ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate + ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree() + ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers: + ** + ** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase + ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken + ** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array. + ** + ** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens. + ** + ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below, + ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase + ** structures. + */ + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer( + pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, zInput, nInput, &pCursor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ + const char *zByte; + int nByte = 0, iBegin = 0, iEnd = 0, iPos = 0; + rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; - if( !aBuffer ){ - *pnBuffer = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } + p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); + if( !p ) goto no_mem; - /* Read the first docid from each doclist */ - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p1, pEnd1, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p2, pEnd2, &i2); - - switch( mergetype ){ - case MERGE_OR: - case MERGE_POS_OR: - while( p1 || p2 ){ - if( p2 && p1 && i1==i2 ){ - fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, i1); - if( mergetype==MERGE_POS_OR ) fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2); - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p1, pEnd1, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p2, pEnd2, &i2); - }else if( !p2 || (p1 && i1aToken[ii]; + memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); - case MERGE_NOT: - while( p1 ){ - if( p2 && i1==i2 ){ - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p1, pEnd1, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p2, pEnd2, &i2); - }else if( !p2 || i1n = nByte; + pToken->isPrefix = (iEndbFirst = (iBegin>0 && zInput[iBegin-1]=='^'); + nToken = ii+1; } - break; } - default: assert( mergetype==MERGE_POS_NEAR || mergetype==MERGE_NEAR ); { - char *aTmp = 0; - char **ppPos = 0; + pModule->xClose(pCursor); + pCursor = 0; + } - if( mergetype==MERGE_POS_NEAR ){ - ppPos = &p; - aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(2*(n1+n2+1)); - if( !aTmp ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + int jj; + char *zBuf = 0; - while( p1 && p2 ){ - if( i1==i2 ){ - char *pSave = p; - sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev; - fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, i1); + p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp); + if( !p ) goto no_mem; + memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p); + p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; + p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; + p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol; + p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken; - if( !fts3PoslistNearMerge(ppPos, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, &p1, &p2) ){ - iPrev = iPrevSave; - p = pSave; - } + zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken]; + if( zTemp ){ + memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp); + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + }else{ + assert( nTemp==0 ); + } - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p1, pEnd1, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint2(&p2, pEnd2, &i2); - }else if( i1pPhrase->nToken; jj++){ + p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf; + zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n; } + rc = SQLITE_OK; } - if( pnDoc ) *pnDoc = nDoc; - *pnBuffer = (int)(p-aBuffer); - return SQLITE_OK; -} + *ppExpr = p; + return rc; +no_mem: -/* -** A pointer to an instance of this structure is used as the context -** argument to sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() -*/ -typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect; -struct TermSelect { - int isReqPos; - char *aaOutput[16]; /* Malloc'd output buffer */ - int anOutput[16]; /* Size of output in bytes */ -}; + if( pCursor ){ + pModule->xClose(pCursor); + } + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + sqlite3_free(p); + *ppExpr = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; +} /* -** Merge all doclists in the TermSelect.aaOutput[] array into a single -** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all -** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK. +** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr +** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached. ** -** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is -** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the -** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array. +** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM +** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered. +** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message. */ -static int fts3TermSelectMerge(TermSelect *pTS){ - int mergetype = (pTS->isReqPos ? MERGE_POS_OR : MERGE_OR); - char *aOut = 0; - int nOut = 0; - int i; +static int getNextNode( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ + int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ +){ + static const struct Fts3Keyword { + char *z; /* Keyword text */ + unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */ + unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */ + unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */ + } aKeyword[] = { + { "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR }, + { "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND }, + { "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT }, + { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR } + }; + int ii; + int iCol; + int iColLen; + int rc; + Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; - /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all - ** into a single doclist. - */ - for(i=0; iaaOutput); i++){ - if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){ - if( !aOut ){ - aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i]; - nOut = pTS->anOutput[i]; - pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; - }else{ - int nNew = nOut + pTS->anOutput[i]; - char *aNew = sqlite3_malloc(nNew); - if( !aNew ){ - sqlite3_free(aOut); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - fts3DoclistMerge(mergetype, 0, 0, - aNew, &nNew, pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, 0 - ); - sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]); - sqlite3_free(aOut); - pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; - aOut = aNew; - nOut = nNew; - } - } - } + const char *zInput = z; + int nInput = n; - pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut; - pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut; - return SQLITE_OK; -} + pParse->isNot = 0; -/* -** This function is used as the sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() callback when -** querying the full-text index for a doclist associated with a term or -** term-prefix. -*/ -static int fts3TermSelectCb( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table object */ - void *pContext, /* Pointer to TermSelect structure */ - char *zTerm, - int nTerm, - char *aDoclist, - int nDoclist -){ - TermSelect *pTS = (TermSelect *)pContext; + /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or + ** close bracket, or a quoted string. + */ + while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){ + nInput--; + zInput++; + } + if( nInput==0 ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(zTerm); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nTerm); + /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */ + for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){ + const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii]; - if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){ - /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output - ** buffer using memcpy(). TODO: Add a way to transfer control of the - ** aDoclist buffer from the caller so as to avoid the memcpy(). - */ - pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist); - pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist; - if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){ - memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist); - }else{ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){ + continue; } - }else{ - int mergetype = (pTS->isReqPos ? MERGE_POS_OR : MERGE_OR); - char *aMerge = aDoclist; - int nMerge = nDoclist; - int iOut; - for(iOut=0; iOutaaOutput); iOut++){ - char *aNew; - int nNew; - if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){ - assert( iOut>0 ); - pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; - pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; - break; - } + if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){ + int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM; + int nKey = pKey->n; + char cNext; - nNew = nMerge + pTS->anOutput[iOut]; - aNew = sqlite3_malloc(nNew); - if( !aNew ){ - if( aMerge!=aDoclist ){ - sqlite3_free(aMerge); + /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */ + if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + assert( nKey==4 ); + if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){ + nNear = 0; + for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){ + nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0'); + } } - return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - fts3DoclistMerge(mergetype, 0, 0, aNew, &nNew, - pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], aMerge, nMerge, 0 - ); - if( iOut>0 ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); - sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]); - pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0; - - aMerge = aNew; - nMerge = nNew; - if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){ - pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; - pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; + /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true, + ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close + ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. + */ + cNext = zInput[nKey]; + if( fts3isspace(cNext) + || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0 + ){ + pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + if( !pRet ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pRet->eType = pKey->eType; + pRet->nNear = nNear; + *ppExpr = pRet; + *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey); + return SQLITE_OK; } + + /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the + ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue. + */ } } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -static int fts3DeferredTermSelect( - Fts3DeferredToken *pToken, /* Phrase token */ - int isTermPos, /* True to include positions */ - int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of list */ - char **ppOut /* OUT: Body of list */ -){ - char *aSource; - int nSource; - - aSource = sqlite3Fts3DeferredDoclist(pToken, &nSource); - if( !aSource ){ - *pnOut = 0; - *ppOut = 0; - }else if( isTermPos ){ - *ppOut = sqlite3_malloc(nSource); - if( !*ppOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memcpy(*ppOut, aSource, nSource); - *pnOut = nSource; - }else{ - sqlite3_int64 docid; - *pnOut = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(aSource, &docid); - *ppOut = sqlite3_malloc(*pnOut); - if( !*ppOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*ppOut, docid); + /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then + ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString() + ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping + ** a quote character embedded in a string. + */ + if( *zInput=='"' ){ + for(ii=1; iinSegment; i++){ - sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pArray->apSegment[i]); + if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ + if( *zInput=='(' ){ + int nConsumed = 0; + pParse->nNest++; + rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, zInput+1, nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; } + *pnConsumed = (int)(zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed; + return rc; + }else if( *zInput==')' ){ + pParse->nNest--; + *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1); + *ppExpr = 0; + return SQLITE_DONE; } - sqlite3_free(pArray); } -} - -static int fts3SegReaderArrayAdd( - Fts3SegReaderArray **ppArray, - Fts3SegReader *pNew -){ - Fts3SegReaderArray *pArray = *ppArray; - if( !pArray || pArray->nAlloc==pArray->nSegment ){ - int nNew = (pArray ? pArray->nAlloc+16 : 16); - pArray = (Fts3SegReaderArray *)sqlite3_realloc(pArray, - sizeof(Fts3SegReaderArray) + (nNew-1) * sizeof(Fts3SegReader*) - ); - if( !pArray ){ - sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( nNew==16 ){ - pArray->nSegment = 0; - pArray->nCost = 0; + /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or + ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer + ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit + ** column specifier for the token. + ** + ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier + ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was + ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was + ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the + ** limitation. + */ + iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol; + iColLen = 0; + for(ii=0; iinCol; ii++){ + const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii]; + int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); + if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' + && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 + ){ + iCol = ii; + iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1); + break; } - pArray->nAlloc = nNew; - *ppArray = pArray; } - - pArray->apSegment[pArray->nSegment++] = pNew; - return SQLITE_OK; + rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed); + *pnConsumed += iColLen; + return rc; } -static int fts3TermSegReaderArray( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Virtual table cursor handle */ - const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ - int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ - int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ - Fts3SegReaderArray **ppArray /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader array */ -){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int rc; /* Return code */ - Fts3SegReaderArray *pArray = 0; /* Array object to build */ - Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0; /* Seg-reader to add to pArray */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* SQL statement to scan %_segdir table */ - int iAge = 0; /* Used to assign ages to segments */ - - /* Allocate a seg-reader to scan the pending terms, if any. */ - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &pReader); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pReader ) { - rc = fts3SegReaderArrayAdd(&pArray, pReader); +/* +** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type +** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the +** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e. +** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator +** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence. +** +** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to +** lowest is: +** +** NEAR +** NOT +** AND (including implicit ANDs) +** OR +** +** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher +** precedence than the AND operator. +*/ +static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){ + assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ + return p->eType; + }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + return 1; + }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + return 2; } + assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND ); + return 3; +} - /* Loop through the entire %_segdir table. For each segment, create a - ** Fts3SegReader to iterate through the subset of the segment leaves - ** that may contain a term that matches zTerm/nTerm. For non-prefix - ** searches, this is always a single leaf. For prefix searches, this - ** may be a contiguous block of leaves. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, &pStmt); - } - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){ - Fts3SegReader *pNew = 0; - int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); - char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4); - if( sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1)==0 ){ - /* The entire segment is stored on the root node (which must be a - ** leaf). Do not bother inspecting any data in this case, just - ** create a Fts3SegReader to scan the single leaf. - */ - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(iAge, 0, 0, 0, zRoot, nRoot, &pNew); - }else{ - sqlite3_int64 i1; /* First leaf that may contain zTerm */ - sqlite3_int64 i2; /* Final leaf that may contain zTerm */ - rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &i1, (isPrefix?&i2:0)); - if( isPrefix==0 ) i2 = i1; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(iAge, i1, i2, 0, 0, 0, &pNew); - } - } - assert( (pNew==0)==(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ); - - /* If a new Fts3SegReader was allocated, add it to the array. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3SegReaderArrayAdd(&pArray, pNew); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCost(pCsr, pNew, &pArray->nCost); - } - iAge++; +/* +** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query +** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently +** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary +** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence +** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head +** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node. +*/ +static void insertBinaryOperator( + Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */ + Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */ + Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */ +){ + Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev; + while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){ + pSplit = pSplit->pParent; } - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( pSplit->pParent ){ + assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit ); + pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew; + pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent; }else{ - sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - fts3SegReaderArrayFree(pArray); - pArray = 0; + *ppHead = pNew; } - *ppArray = pArray; - return rc; + pNew->pLeft = pSplit; + pSplit->pParent = pNew; } /* -** This function retreives the doclist for the specified term (or term -** prefix) from the database. +** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function +** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched +** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered. ** -** The returned doclist may be in one of two formats, depending on the -** value of parameter isReqPos. If isReqPos is zero, then the doclist is -** a sorted list of delta-compressed docids (a bare doclist). If isReqPos -** is non-zero, then the returned list is in the same format as is stored -** in the database without the found length specifier at the start of on-disk -** doclists. +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the +** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of +** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM +** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned. */ -static int fts3TermSelect( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3PhraseToken *pTok, /* Token to query for */ - int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */ - int isReqPos, /* True to include position lists in output */ - int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */ - char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */ +static int fts3ExprParse( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ + int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ ){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - Fts3SegReaderArray *pArray; /* Seg-reader array for this term */ - TermSelect tsc; /* Context object for fts3TermSelectCb() */ - Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */ + Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; + Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0; + Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */ + int nIn = n; + const char *zIn = z; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int isRequirePhrase = 1; - pArray = pTok->pArray; - memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect)); - tsc.isReqPos = isReqPos; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts3Expr *p = 0; + int nByte = 0; - filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY - | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0) - | (isReqPos ? FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS : 0) - | (iColumnnColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0); - filter.iCol = iColumn; - filter.zTerm = pTok->z; - filter.nTerm = pTok->n; + rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte); + assert( nByte>0 || (rc!=SQLITE_OK && p==0) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p ){ + int isPhrase; - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate(p, pArray->apSegment, pArray->nSegment, - &filter, fts3TermSelectCb, (void *)&tsc - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(&tsc); - } + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses + && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot + ){ + /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */ + Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + if( !pNot ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto exprparse_out; + } + pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT; + pNot->pRight = p; + p->pParent = pNot; + if( pNotBranch ){ + pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch; + pNotBranch->pParent = pNot; + } + pNotBranch = pNot; + p = pPrev; + }else{ + int eType = p->eType; + isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0]; - *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0]; - }else{ - int i; - for(i=0; ieType = FTSQUERY_AND; + insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd); + pPrev = pAnd; + } + + /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR + ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of + ** the following: + ** + ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase + ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression) + ** + ** Return an error in either case. + */ + if( pPrev && ( + (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE) + || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR) + )){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto exprparse_out; + } + + if( isPhrase ){ + if( pRet ){ + assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 ); + pPrev->pRight = p; + p->pParent = pPrev; + }else{ + pRet = p; + } + }else{ + insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p); + } + isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase; + } + pPrev = p; + } + assert( nByte>0 ); } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) ); + nIn -= nByte; + zIn += nByte; } - fts3SegReaderArrayFree(pArray); - pTok->pArray = 0; - return rc; -} + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } -/* -** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored -** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes. -** -** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist -** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed -** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded -** varints. -*/ -static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(int isPoslist, char *aList, int nList){ - int nDoc = 0; /* Return value */ - if( aList ){ - char *aEnd = &aList[nList]; /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */ - char *p = aList; /* Cursor */ - if( !isPoslist ){ - /* The number of docids in the list is the same as the number of - ** varints. In FTS3 a varint consists of a single byte with the 0x80 - ** bit cleared and zero or more bytes with the 0x80 bit set. So to - ** count the varints in the buffer, just count the number of bytes - ** with the 0x80 bit clear. */ - while( ppLeft ){ + pIter = pIter->pLeft; + } + pIter->pLeft = pRet; + pRet->pParent = pIter; + pRet = pNotBranch; } } } + *pnConsumed = n - nIn; - return nDoc; +exprparse_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch); + pRet = 0; + } + *ppExpr = pRet; + return rc; } /* -** Call sqlite3Fts3DeferToken() for each token in the expression pExpr. +** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed +** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth. */ -static int fts3DeferExpression(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Expr *pExpr){ +static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pExpr ){ - rc = fts3DeferExpression(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3DeferExpression(pCsr, pExpr->pRight); - } - if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ - int iCol = pExpr->pPhrase->iColumn; - int i; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ipPhrase->nToken; i++){ - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i]; - if( pToken->pDeferred==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, iCol); - } + if( p ){ + if( nMaxDepth<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + }else{ + rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pRight, nMaxDepth-1); } } } @@ -110742,2670 +133959,2056 @@ static int fts3DeferExpression(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Expr *pExpr){ } /* -** This function removes the position information from a doclist. When -** called, buffer aList (size *pnList bytes) contains a doclist that includes -** position information. This function removes the position information so -** that aList contains only docids, and adjusts *pnList to reflect the new -** (possibly reduced) size of the doclist. +** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to +** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place. +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the +** new root expression node. +** +** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree. +** +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and +** expression (*pp) freed. */ -static void fts3DoclistStripPositions( - char *aList, /* IN/OUT: Buffer containing doclist */ - int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Size of doclist in bytes */ -){ - if( aList ){ - char *aEnd = &aList[*pnList]; /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */ - char *p = aList; /* Input cursor */ - char *pOut = aList; /* Output cursor */ - - while( peType; /* Type of node in this tree */ - *pnList = (int)(pOut - aList); + if( nMaxDepth==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } -} -/* -** Return a DocList corresponding to the phrase *pPhrase. -** -** If this function returns SQLITE_OK, but *pnOut is set to a negative value, -** then no tokens in the phrase were looked up in the full-text index. This -** is only possible when this function is called from within xFilter(). The -** caller should assume that all documents match the phrase. The actual -** filtering will take place in xNext(). -*/ -static int fts3PhraseSelect( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Virtual table cursor handle */ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase, /* Phrase to return a doclist for */ - int isReqPos, /* True if output should contain positions */ - char **paOut, /* OUT: Pointer to malloc'd result buffer */ - int *pnOut /* OUT: Size of buffer at *paOut */ -){ - char *pOut = 0; - int nOut = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int ii; - int iCol = pPhrase->iColumn; - int isTermPos = (pPhrase->nToken>1 || isReqPos); - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int isFirst = 1; - - int iPrevTok = 0; - int nDoc = 0; - - /* If this is an xFilter() evaluation, create a segment-reader for each - ** phrase token. Or, if this is an xNext() or snippet/offsets/matchinfo - ** evaluation, only create segment-readers if there are no Fts3DeferredToken - ** objects attached to the phrase-tokens. - */ - for(ii=0; iinToken; ii++){ - Fts3PhraseToken *pTok = &pPhrase->aToken[ii]; - if( pTok->pArray==0 ){ - if( (pCsr->eEvalmode==FTS3_EVAL_FILTER) - || (pCsr->eEvalmode==FTS3_EVAL_NEXT && pCsr->pDeferred==0) - || (pCsr->eEvalmode==FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO && pTok->bFulltext) - ){ - rc = fts3TermSegReaderArray( - pCsr, pTok->z, pTok->n, pTok->isPrefix, &pTok->pArray - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eType==FTSQUERY_AND || eType==FTSQUERY_OR) ){ + Fts3Expr **apLeaf; + apLeaf = (Fts3Expr **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth); + if( 0==apLeaf ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(apLeaf, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + Fts3Expr *p; + + /* Set $p to point to the left-most leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */ + for(p=pRoot; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft){ + assert( p->pParent==0 || p->pParent->pLeft==p ); + assert( p->pLeft && p->pRight ); } - } - } - for(ii=0; iinToken; ii++){ - Fts3PhraseToken *pTok; /* Token to find doclist for */ - int iTok = 0; /* The token being queried this iteration */ - char *pList = 0; /* Pointer to token doclist */ - int nList = 0; /* Size of buffer at pList */ + /* This loop runs once for each leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */ + while( 1 ){ + int iLvl; + Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent; /* Current parent of p */ - /* Select a token to process. If this is an xFilter() call, then tokens - ** are processed in order from least to most costly. Otherwise, tokens - ** are processed in the order in which they occur in the phrase. - */ - if( pCsr->eEvalmode==FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO ){ - assert( isReqPos ); - iTok = ii; - pTok = &pPhrase->aToken[iTok]; - if( pTok->bFulltext==0 ) continue; - }else if( pCsr->eEvalmode==FTS3_EVAL_NEXT || isReqPos ){ - iTok = ii; - pTok = &pPhrase->aToken[iTok]; - }else{ - int nMinCost = 0x7FFFFFFF; - int jj; + assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pLeft==p ); + p->pParent = 0; + if( pParent ){ + pParent->pLeft = 0; + }else{ + pRoot = 0; + } + rc = fts3ExprBalance(&p, nMaxDepth-1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - /* Find the remaining token with the lowest cost. */ - for(jj=0; jjnToken; jj++){ - Fts3SegReaderArray *pArray = pPhrase->aToken[jj].pArray; - if( pArray && pArray->nCostnCost; + for(iLvl=0; p && iLvlpLeft = apLeaf[iLvl]; + pFree->pRight = p; + pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree; + pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree; + + p = pFree; + pFree = pFree->pParent; + p->pParent = 0; + apLeaf[iLvl] = 0; + } + } + if( p ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + break; } - } - pTok = &pPhrase->aToken[iTok]; - /* This branch is taken if it is determined that loading the doclist - ** for the next token would require more IO than loading all documents - ** currently identified by doclist pOut/nOut. No further doclists will - ** be loaded from the full-text index for this phrase. - */ - if( nMinCost>nDoc && ii>0 ){ - rc = fts3DeferExpression(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr); - break; - } - } + /* If that was the last leaf node, break out of the loop */ + if( pParent==0 ) break; - if( pCsr->eEvalmode==FTS3_EVAL_NEXT && pTok->pDeferred ){ - rc = fts3DeferredTermSelect(pTok->pDeferred, isTermPos, &nList, &pList); - }else{ - if( pTok->pArray ){ - rc = fts3TermSelect(p, pTok, iCol, isTermPos, &nList, &pList); - } - pTok->bFulltext = 1; - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pCsr->eEvalmode || pTok->pArray==0 ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + /* Set $p to point to the next leaf in the tree of eType nodes */ + for(p=pParent->pRight; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft); + + /* Remove pParent from the original tree. */ + assert( pParent->pParent==0 || pParent->pParent->pLeft==pParent ); + pParent->pRight->pParent = pParent->pParent; + if( pParent->pParent ){ + pParent->pParent->pLeft = pParent->pRight; + }else{ + assert( pParent==pRoot ); + pRoot = pParent->pRight; + } - if( isFirst ){ - pOut = pList; - nOut = nList; - if( pCsr->eEvalmode==FTS3_EVAL_FILTER && pPhrase->nToken>1 ){ - nDoc = fts3DoclistCountDocids(1, pOut, nOut); + /* Link pParent into the free node list. It will be used as an + ** internal node of the new tree. */ + pParent->pParent = pFree; + pFree = pParent; } - isFirst = 0; - iPrevTok = iTok; - }else{ - /* Merge the new term list and the current output. */ - char *aLeft, *aRight; - int nLeft, nRight; - int nDist; - int mt; - - /* If this is the final token of the phrase, and positions were not - ** requested by the caller, use MERGE_PHRASE instead of POS_PHRASE. - ** This drops the position information from the output list. - */ - mt = MERGE_POS_PHRASE; - if( ii==pPhrase->nToken-1 && !isReqPos ) mt = MERGE_PHRASE; - - assert( iPrevTok!=iTok ); - if( iPrevTokpParent = 0; + }else{ + assert( pFree!=0 ); + pFree->pRight = p; + pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[i]; + pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree; + pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree; + + p = pFree; + pFree = pFree->pParent; + p->pParent = 0; + } + } + } + pRoot = p; }else{ - aRight = pOut; - nRight = nOut; - aLeft = pList; - nLeft = nList; - nDist = iPrevTok-iTok; - } - pOut = aRight; - fts3DoclistMerge( - mt, nDist, 0, pOut, &nOut, aLeft, nLeft, aRight, nRight, &nDoc - ); - sqlite3_free(aLeft); + /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array + ** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to + ** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below. */ + Fts3Expr *pDel; + for(i=0; ipParent; + sqlite3_free(pDel); + } + } + + assert( pFree==0 ); + sqlite3_free( apLeaf ); } - assert( nOut==0 || pOut!=0 ); } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( ii!=pPhrase->nToken ){ - assert( pCsr->eEvalmode==FTS3_EVAL_FILTER && isReqPos==0 ); - fts3DoclistStripPositions(pOut, &nOut); - } - *paOut = pOut; - *pnOut = nOut; - }else{ - sqlite3_free(pOut); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot); + pRoot = 0; } + *pp = pRoot; return rc; } /* -** This function merges two doclists according to the requirements of a -** NEAR operator. +** This function is similar to sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(), with the following +** differences: ** -** Both input doclists must include position information. The output doclist -** includes position information if the first argument to this function -** is MERGE_POS_NEAR, or does not if it is MERGE_NEAR. +** 1. It does not do expression rebalancing. +** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the +** maximum allowable depth. +** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an +** expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree() +** in this case. */ -static int fts3NearMerge( - int mergetype, /* MERGE_POS_NEAR or MERGE_NEAR */ - int nNear, /* Parameter to NEAR operator */ - int nTokenLeft, /* Number of tokens in LHS phrase arg */ - char *aLeft, /* Doclist for LHS (incl. positions) */ - int nLeft, /* Size of LHS doclist in bytes */ - int nTokenRight, /* As nTokenLeft */ - char *aRight, /* As aLeft */ - int nRight, /* As nRight */ - char **paOut, /* OUT: Results of merge (malloced) */ - int *pnOut /* OUT: Sized of output buffer */ +static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ + int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */ + char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ + int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ + int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ + int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ + const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ ){ - char *aOut; /* Buffer to write output doclist to */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - assert( mergetype==MERGE_POS_NEAR || MERGE_NEAR ); + int nParsed; + int rc; + ParseContext sParse; - aOut = sqlite3_malloc(nLeft+nRight+1); - if( aOut==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = fts3DoclistMerge(mergetype, nNear+nTokenRight, nNear+nTokenLeft, - aOut, pnOut, aLeft, nLeft, aRight, nRight, 0 - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(aOut); - aOut = 0; - } + memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(ParseContext)); + sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + sParse.iLangid = iLangid; + sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol; + sParse.nCol = nCol; + sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol; + sParse.bFts4 = bFts4; + if( z==0 ){ + *ppExpr = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; } + if( n<0 ){ + n = (int)strlen(z); + } + rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppExpr==0 ); - *paOut = aOut; + /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return rc; } /* -** This function is used as part of the processing for the snippet() and -** offsets() functions. +** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing +** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the +** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the +** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head +** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error +** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse +** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0. +** +** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a +** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen(). ** -** Both pLeft and pRight are expression nodes of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. Both -** have their respective doclists (including position information) loaded -** in Fts3Expr.aDoclist/nDoclist. This function removes all entries from -** each doclist that are not within nNear tokens of a corresponding entry -** in the other doclist. +** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to +** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[] +** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names +** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. +** Column names must be nul-terminated strings. +** +** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column +** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default +** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly +** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default +** match any table column. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprNearTrim(Fts3Expr *pLeft, Fts3Expr *pRight, int nNear){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - assert( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - assert( pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - assert( pLeft->isLoaded && pRight->isLoaded ); - - if( pLeft->aDoclist==0 || pRight->aDoclist==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pLeft->aDoclist); - sqlite3_free(pRight->aDoclist); - pRight->aDoclist = 0; - pLeft->aDoclist = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - char *aOut; /* Buffer in which to assemble new doclist */ - int nOut; /* Size of buffer aOut in bytes */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ + int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */ + char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ + int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ + int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ + int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ + const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message (sqlite3_malloc) */ +){ + int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( + pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr + ); + + /* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed + ** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){ + rc = fts3ExprBalance(ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(*ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH); + } + } - rc = fts3NearMerge(MERGE_POS_NEAR, nNear, - pLeft->pPhrase->nToken, pLeft->aDoclist, pLeft->nDoclist, - pRight->pPhrase->nToken, pRight->aDoclist, pRight->nDoclist, - &aOut, &nOut - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - sqlite3_free(pRight->aDoclist); - pRight->aDoclist = aOut; - pRight->nDoclist = nOut; - - rc = fts3NearMerge(MERGE_POS_NEAR, nNear, - pRight->pPhrase->nToken, pRight->aDoclist, pRight->nDoclist, - pLeft->pPhrase->nToken, pLeft->aDoclist, pLeft->nDoclist, - &aOut, &nOut - ); - sqlite3_free(pLeft->aDoclist); - pLeft->aDoclist = aOut; - pLeft->nDoclist = nOut; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr); + *ppExpr = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf( + "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", + SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed MATCH expression: [%s]", z); + } } + return rc; } - /* -** Allocate an Fts3SegReaderArray for each token in the expression pExpr. -** The allocated objects are stored in the Fts3PhraseToken.pArray member -** variables of each token structure. +** Free a single node of an expression tree. */ -static int fts3ExprAllocateSegReaders( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 table */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to create seg-readers for */ - int *pnExpr /* OUT: Number of AND'd expressions */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ +static void fts3FreeExprNode(Fts3Expr *p){ + assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 ); + sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase); + sqlite3_free(p->aMI); + sqlite3_free(p); +} - assert( pCsr->eEvalmode==FTS3_EVAL_FILTER ); - if( pnExpr && pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_AND ){ - (*pnExpr)++; - pnExpr = 0; +/* +** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(). +** +** This function would be simpler if it recursively called itself. But +** that would mean passing a sufficiently large expression to ExprParse() +** could cause a stack overflow. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *pDel){ + Fts3Expr *p; + assert( pDel==0 || pDel->pParent==0 ); + for(p=pDel; p && (p->pLeft||p->pRight); p=(p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight)){ + assert( p->pParent==0 || p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft ); } - - if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - int ii; - - for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinToken; ii++){ - Fts3PhraseToken *pTok = &pPhrase->aToken[ii]; - if( pTok->pArray==0 ){ - rc = fts3TermSegReaderArray( - pCsr, pTok->z, pTok->n, pTok->isPrefix, &pTok->pArray - ); + while( p ){ + Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent; + fts3FreeExprNode(p); + if( pParent && p==pParent->pLeft && pParent->pRight ){ + p = pParent->pRight; + while( p && (p->pLeft || p->pRight) ){ + assert( p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft ); + p = (p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight); } - } - }else{ - rc = fts3ExprAllocateSegReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnExpr); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3ExprAllocateSegReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnExpr); + }else{ + p = pParent; } } - return rc; } +/**************************************************************************** +***************************************************************************** +** Everything after this point is just test code. +*/ + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + +/* #include */ + /* -** Free the Fts3SegReaderArray objects associated with each token in the -** expression pExpr. In other words, this function frees the resources -** allocated by fts3ExprAllocateSegReaders(). +** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers). */ -static void fts3ExprFreeSegReaders(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ - if( pExpr ){ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - if( pPhrase ){ - int kk; - for(kk=0; kknToken; kk++){ - fts3SegReaderArrayFree(pPhrase->aToken[kk].pArray); - pPhrase->aToken[kk].pArray = 0; - } +static int queryTestTokenizer( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; + + *pp = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); } - fts3ExprFreeSegReaders(pExpr->pLeft); - fts3ExprFreeSegReaders(pExpr->pRight); } + + return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } /* -** Return the sum of the costs of all tokens in the expression pExpr. This -** function must be called after Fts3SegReaderArrays have been allocated -** for all tokens using fts3ExprAllocateSegReaders(). +** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the +** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from +** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use +** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered, +** NULL is returned. +** +** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to +** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free(). */ -static int fts3ExprCost(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ - int nCost; /* Return value */ - if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - int ii; - nCost = 0; - for(ii=0; iinToken; ii++){ - Fts3SegReaderArray *pArray = pPhrase->aToken[ii].pArray; - if( pArray ){ - nCost += pPhrase->aToken[ii].pArray->nCost; +static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ + if( pExpr==0 ){ + return sqlite3_mprintf(""); + } + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + int i; + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf( + "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn); + for(i=0; zBuf && inToken; i++){ + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, + pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z, + (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"") + ); } + return zBuf; } - }else{ - nCost = fts3ExprCost(pExpr->pLeft) + fts3ExprCost(pExpr->pRight); - } - return nCost; -} -/* -** The following is a helper function (and type) for fts3EvalExpr(). It -** must be called after Fts3SegReaders have been allocated for every token -** in the expression. See the context it is called from in fts3EvalExpr() -** for further explanation. -*/ -typedef struct ExprAndCost ExprAndCost; -struct ExprAndCost { - Fts3Expr *pExpr; - int nCost; -}; -static void fts3ExprAssignCosts( - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to create seg-readers for */ - ExprAndCost **ppExprCost /* OUT: Write to *ppExprCost */ -){ - if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND ){ - fts3ExprAssignCosts(pExpr->pLeft, ppExprCost); - fts3ExprAssignCosts(pExpr->pRight, ppExprCost); - }else{ - (*ppExprCost)->pExpr = pExpr; - (*ppExprCost)->nCost = fts3ExprCost(pExpr); - (*ppExprCost)++; + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear); + break; + case FTSQUERY_NOT: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf); + break; + case FTSQUERY_AND: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf); + break; + case FTSQUERY_OR: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf); + break; } + + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf); + + if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf); + + return zBuf; } /* -** Evaluate the full-text expression pExpr against FTS3 table pTab. Store -** the resulting doclist in *paOut and *pnOut. This routine mallocs for -** the space needed to store the output. The caller is responsible for -** freeing the space when it has finished. -** -** This function is called in two distinct contexts: -** -** * From within the virtual table xFilter() method. In this case, the -** output doclist contains entries for all rows in the table, based on -** data read from the full-text index. -** -** In this case, if the query expression contains one or more tokens that -** are very common, then the returned doclist may contain a superset of -** the documents that actually match the expression. -** -** * From within the virtual table xNext() method. This call is only made -** if the call from within xFilter() found that there were very common -** tokens in the query expression and did return a superset of the -** matching documents. In this case the returned doclist contains only -** entries that correspond to the current row of the table. Instead of -** reading the data for each token from the full-text index, the data is -** already available in-memory in the Fts3PhraseToken.pDeferred structures. -** See fts3EvalDeferred() for how it gets there. +** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the +** expression parser. It should be called as follows: ** -** In the first case above, Fts3Cursor.doDeferred==0. In the second (if it is -** required) Fts3Cursor.doDeferred==1. +** fts3_exprtest(, , , ...); ** -** If the SQLite invokes the snippet(), offsets() or matchinfo() function -** as part of a SELECT on an FTS3 table, this function is called on each -** individual phrase expression in the query. If there were very common tokens -** found in the xFilter() call, then this function is called once for phrase -** for each row visited, and the returned doclist contains entries for the -** current row only. Otherwise, if there were no very common tokens, then this -** function is called once only for each phrase in the query and the returned -** doclist contains entries for all rows of the table. +** The first argument, , is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used +** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument +** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name +** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to. +** For example: ** -** Fts3Cursor.doDeferred==1 when this function is called on phrases as a -** result of a snippet(), offsets() or matchinfo() invocation. +** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2'); */ -static int fts3EvalExpr( - Fts3Cursor *p, /* Virtual table cursor handle */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Parsed fts3 expression */ - char **paOut, /* OUT: Pointer to malloc'd result buffer */ - int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *paOut */ - int isReqPos /* Require positions in output buffer */ +static void fts3ExprTest( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - /* Zero the output parameters. */ - *paOut = 0; - *pnOut = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; + int rc; + char **azCol = 0; + const char *zExpr; + int nExpr; + int nCol; + int ii; + Fts3Expr *pExpr; + char *zBuf = 0; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - if( pExpr ){ - assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR - || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NOT - || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE + if( argc<3 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, + "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1 ); - assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || isReqPos==0 ); - - if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ - rc = fts3PhraseSelect(p, pExpr->pPhrase, - isReqPos || (pExpr->pParent && pExpr->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR), - paOut, pnOut - ); - fts3ExprFreeSegReaders(pExpr); - }else if( p->eEvalmode==FTS3_EVAL_FILTER && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND ){ - ExprAndCost *aExpr = 0; /* Array of AND'd expressions and costs */ - int nExpr = 0; /* Size of aExpr[] */ - char *aRet = 0; /* Doclist to return to caller */ - int nRet = 0; /* Length of aRet[] in bytes */ - int nDoc = 0x7FFFFFFF; + return; + } - assert( !isReqPos ); + rc = queryTestTokenizer(db, + (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + goto exprtest_out; + }else if( !pModule ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1); + goto exprtest_out; + } - rc = fts3ExprAllocateSegReaders(p, pExpr, &nExpr); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( nExpr>1 ); - aExpr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(ExprAndCost) * nExpr); - if( !aExpr ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int ii; /* Used to iterate through expressions */ - - fts3ExprAssignCosts(pExpr, &aExpr); - aExpr -= nExpr; - for(ii=0; iipExpr && (pBest==0 || pCand->nCostnCost) ){ - pBest = pCand; - } - } - - if( pBest->nCost>nDoc ){ - rc = fts3DeferExpression(p, p->pExpr); - break; - }else{ - rc = fts3EvalExpr(p, pBest->pExpr, &aNew, &nNew, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - pBest->pExpr = 0; - if( ii==0 ){ - aRet = aNew; - nRet = nNew; - nDoc = fts3DoclistCountDocids(0, aRet, nRet); - }else{ - fts3DoclistMerge( - MERGE_AND, 0, 0, aRet, &nRet, aRet, nRet, aNew, nNew, &nDoc - ); - sqlite3_free(aNew); - } - } - } - } + rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer); + assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + goto exprtest_out; + } + pTokenizer->pModule = pModule; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *paOut = aRet; - *pnOut = nRet; - }else{ - assert( *paOut==0 ); - sqlite3_free(aRet); - } - sqlite3_free(aExpr); - fts3ExprFreeSegReaders(pExpr); + zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + nCol = argc-2; + azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *)); + if( !azCol ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + goto exprtest_out; + } + for(ii=0; iieType==FTSQUERY_NEAR - || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR - || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NOT - || (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND && p->eEvalmode==FTS3_EVAL_NEXT) - ); + if( sqlite3_user_data(context) ){ + char *zDummy = 0; + rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( + pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr, &zDummy + ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pExpr==0 ); + sqlite3_free(zDummy); + }else{ + rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( + pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr + ); + } - if( 0==(rc = fts3EvalExpr(p, pExpr->pRight, &aRight, &nRight, isReqPos)) - && 0==(rc = fts3EvalExpr(p, pExpr->pLeft, &aLeft, &nLeft, isReqPos)) - ){ - switch( pExpr->eType ){ - case FTSQUERY_NEAR: { - Fts3Expr *pLeft; - Fts3Expr *pRight; - int mergetype = MERGE_NEAR; - if( pExpr->pParent && pExpr->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - mergetype = MERGE_POS_NEAR; - } - pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - while( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - pLeft=pLeft->pRight; - } - pRight = pExpr->pRight; - assert( pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - assert( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - - rc = fts3NearMerge(mergetype, pExpr->nNear, - pLeft->pPhrase->nToken, aLeft, nLeft, - pRight->pPhrase->nToken, aRight, nRight, - paOut, pnOut - ); - sqlite3_free(aLeft); - break; - } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr); + sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || !(zBuf = exprToString(pExpr, 0)) ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + } - case FTSQUERY_OR: { - /* Allocate a buffer for the output. The maximum size is the - ** sum of the sizes of the two input buffers. The +1 term is - ** so that a buffer of zero bytes is never allocated - this can - ** cause fts3DoclistMerge() to incorrectly return SQLITE_NOMEM. - */ - char *aBuffer = sqlite3_malloc(nRight+nLeft+1); - rc = fts3DoclistMerge(MERGE_OR, 0, 0, aBuffer, pnOut, - aLeft, nLeft, aRight, nRight, 0 - ); - *paOut = aBuffer; - sqlite3_free(aLeft); - break; - } + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr); - default: { - assert( FTSQUERY_NOT==MERGE_NOT && FTSQUERY_AND==MERGE_AND ); - fts3DoclistMerge(pExpr->eType, 0, 0, aLeft, pnOut, - aLeft, nLeft, aRight, nRight, 0 - ); - *paOut = aLeft; - break; - } - } - } - sqlite3_free(aRight); - } +exprtest_out: + if( pModule && pTokenizer ){ + rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); } - - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *paOut==0 ); - return rc; + sqlite3_free(azCol); } /* -** This function is called from within xNext() for each row visited by -** an FTS3 query. If evaluating the FTS3 query expression within xFilter() -** was able to determine the exact set of matching rows, this function sets -** *pbRes to true and returns SQLITE_IO immediately. -** -** Otherwise, if evaluating the query expression within xFilter() returned a -** superset of the matching documents instead of an exact set (this happens -** when the query includes very common tokens and it is deemed too expensive to -** load their doclists from disk), this function tests if the current row -** really does match the FTS3 query. -** -** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK -** is returned and *pbRes is set to true if the current row matches the -** FTS3 query (and should be included in the results returned to SQLite), or -** false otherwise. +** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() +** with database connection db. */ -static int fts3EvalDeferred( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor pointing at row to test */ - int *pbRes /* OUT: Set to true if row is a match */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pCsr->pDeferred==0 ){ - *pbRes = 1; - }else{ - rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr); - rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - char *a = 0; - int n = 0; - rc = fts3EvalExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &a, &n, 0); - assert( n>=0 ); - *pbRes = (n>0); - sqlite3_free(a); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){ + int rc = sqlite3_create_function( + db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance", + -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void *)1, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 + ); } return rc; } +#endif +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/ /* -** Advance the cursor to the next row in the %_content table that -** matches the search criteria. For a MATCH search, this will be -** the next row that matches. For a full-table scan, this will be -** simply the next row in the %_content table. For a docid lookup, -** this routine simply sets the EOF flag. +** 2001 September 22 ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong. SQLITE_OK is returned -** even if we reach end-of-file. The fts3EofMethod() will be called -** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite. +** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table +** implementation for the full-text indexing module. */ -static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - int res; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; - - pCsr->eEvalmode = FTS3_EVAL_NEXT; - do { - if( pCsr->aDoclist==0 ){ - if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ - pCsr->isEof = 1; - rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); - break; - } - pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); - }else{ - if( pCsr->pNextId>=&pCsr->aDoclist[pCsr->nDoclist] ){ - pCsr->isEof = 1; - break; - } - sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&pCsr->pNextId, &pCsr->iPrevId); - pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; - pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; - } - }while( SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts3EvalDeferred(pCsr, &res)) && res==0 ); - - return rc; -} /* -** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See -** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional -** information. -** -** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against -** the %_content table. +** The code in this file is only compiled if: ** -** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry -** in the %_content table. +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or ** -** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The -** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column -** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand -** side of the MATCH operator. +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ -static int fts3FilterMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ - int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ - const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ - int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ -){ - const char *azSql[] = { - "SELECT * FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE docid = ?", /* non-full-table-scan */ - "SELECT * FROM %Q.'%q_content'", /* full-table-scan */ - }; - int rc; /* Return code */ - char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); - - assert( idxNum>=0 && idxNum<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) ); - assert( nVal==0 || nVal==1 ); - assert( (nVal==0)==(idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH) ); - assert( p->pSegments==0 ); - - /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */ - sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); - memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor)); - - if( idxNum!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && idxNum!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ - int iCol = idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH; - const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); - - if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, p->azColumn, p->nColumn, - iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ - p->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed MATCH expression: [%s]", - zQuery); - } - return rc; - } +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(p); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ - rc = fts3EvalExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &pCsr->aDoclist, &pCsr->nDoclist, 0); - sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist; - pCsr->iPrevId = 0; - } - /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the - ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a - ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single - ** row by docid. - */ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH], p->zDb, p->zName); - if( !zSql ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){ - rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, apVal[0]); +/* +** Malloc and Free functions +*/ +static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){ + void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n); + if( p ){ + memset(p, 0, n); } - pCsr->eSearch = (i16)idxNum; - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - return fts3NextMethod(pCursor); + return p; } - -/* -** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this -** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. -*/ -static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof; +static void fts3HashFree(void *p){ + sqlite3_free(p); } -/* -** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to -** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3 -** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The -** rowid should be written to *pRowid. +/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the +** fields of the Hash structure. +** +** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. +** keyClass is one of the constants +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass +** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is +** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and +** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. */ -static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; - if( pCsr->aDoclist ){ - *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId; - }else{ - /* This branch runs if the query is implemented using a full-table scan - ** (not using the full-text index). In this case grab the rowid from the - ** SELECT statement. - */ - assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); - *pRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); - } - return SQLITE_OK; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){ + assert( pNew!=0 ); + assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); + pNew->keyClass = keyClass; + pNew->copyKey = copyKey; + pNew->first = 0; + pNew->count = 0; + pNew->htsize = 0; + pNew->ht = 0; } -/* -** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from -** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. +/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. +** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table +** to the empty state. */ -static int fts3ColumnMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ - int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ -){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; - - /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */ - assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+1 ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){ + Fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ - if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){ - /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an - ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value. - */ - sqlite3_int64 iRowid; - rc = fts3RowidMethod(pCursor, &iRowid); - sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, iRowid); - }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){ - /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table. - ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor. - */ - sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_result_value(pContext, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)); + assert( pH!=0 ); + elem = pH->first; + pH->first = 0; + fts3HashFree(pH->ht); + pH->ht = 0; + pH->htsize = 0; + while( elem ){ + Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; + if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ + fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); } + fts3HashFree(elem); + elem = next_elem; } - return rc; + pH->count = 0; } -/* -** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by -** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be -** inserted, updated or deleted. +/* +** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING */ -static int fts3UpdateMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ - int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ - sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ -){ - return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid); +static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ + const char *z = (const char *)pKey; + unsigned h = 0; + if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z); + while( nKey > 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++; + nKey--; + } + return (int)(h & 0x7fffffff); +} +static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; + return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1); } /* -** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms -** hash-table to the database. +** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY */ -static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush((Fts3Table *)pVtab); - sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose((Fts3Table *)pVtab); - return rc; +static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ + int h = 0; + const char *z = (const char *)pKey; + while( nKey-- > 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++); + } + return h & 0x7fffffff; +} +static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; + return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1); } /* -** Implementation of xBegin() method. This is a no-op. +** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. +** +** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some +** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: +** +** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a +** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction() +** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value +** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters +** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int". */ -static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); - assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->nPendingData==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; +static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){ + if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ + return &fts3StrHash; + }else{ + assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); + return &fts3BinHash; + } } /* -** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of -** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database -** by fts3SyncMethod(). +** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. +** +** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition, +** see the header comment on the previous function. */ -static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); - assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->nPendingData==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; +static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){ + if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ + return &fts3StrCompare; + }else{ + assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); + return &fts3BinCompare; + } } -/* -** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms -** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite. +/* Link an element into the hash table */ -static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear((Fts3Table *)pVtab); - return SQLITE_OK; +static void fts3HashInsertElement( + Fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ + struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ + Fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ +){ + Fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ + pHead = pEntry->chain; + if( pHead ){ + pNew->next = pHead; + pNew->prev = pHead->prev; + if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } + else { pH->first = pNew; } + pHead->prev = pNew; + }else{ + pNew->next = pH->first; + if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } + pNew->prev = 0; + pH->first = pNew; + } + pEntry->count++; + pEntry->chain = pNew; } -/* -** Load the doclist associated with expression pExpr to pExpr->aDoclist. -** The loaded doclist contains positions as well as the document ids. -** This is used by the matchinfo(), snippet() and offsets() auxillary -** functions. + +/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. +** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail +** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. +** +** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprLoadDoclist(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Expr *pExpr){ - int rc; - assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pExpr->pPhrase ); - assert( pCsr->eEvalmode==FTS3_EVAL_NEXT ); - rc = fts3EvalExpr(pCsr, pExpr, &pExpr->aDoclist, &pExpr->nDoclist, 1); - return rc; -} +static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){ + struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ + Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprLoadFtDoclist( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, - Fts3Expr *pExpr, - char **paDoclist, - int *pnDoclist -){ - int rc; - assert( pCsr->eEvalmode==FTS3_EVAL_NEXT ); - assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pExpr->pPhrase ); - pCsr->eEvalmode = FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO; - rc = fts3EvalExpr(pCsr, pExpr, paDoclist, pnDoclist, 1); - pCsr->eEvalmode = FTS3_EVAL_NEXT; - return rc; + assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 ); + new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) ); + if( new_ht==0 ) return 1; + fts3HashFree(pH->ht); + pH->ht = new_ht; + pH->htsize = new_size; + xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); + for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ + int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); + next_elem = elem->next; + fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); + } + return 0; } -/* -** After ExprLoadDoclist() (see above) has been called, this function is -** used to iterate/search through the position lists that make up the doclist -** stored in pExpr->aDoclist. +/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an +** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has +** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3FindPositions( - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Access this expressions doclist */ - sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid associated with requested pos-list */ - int iCol /* Column of requested pos-list */ +static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash( + const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ + const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ + int nKey, + int h /* The hash for this key. */ ){ - assert( pExpr->isLoaded ); - if( pExpr->aDoclist ){ - char *pEnd = &pExpr->aDoclist[pExpr->nDoclist]; - char *pCsr; - - if( pExpr->pCurrent==0 ){ - pExpr->pCurrent = pExpr->aDoclist; - pExpr->iCurrent = 0; - pExpr->pCurrent += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pExpr->pCurrent,&pExpr->iCurrent); - } - pCsr = pExpr->pCurrent; - assert( pCsr ); + Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ + int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */ - while( pCsriCurrentiCurrent); - } - pExpr->pCurrent = pCsr; - }else{ - if( pExpr->iCurrent==iDocid ){ - int iThis = 0; - if( iCol<0 ){ - /* If iCol is negative, return a pointer to the start of the - ** position-list (instead of a pointer to the start of a list - ** of offsets associated with a specific column). - */ - return pCsr; - } - while( iThisht ){ + struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + elem = pEntry->chain; + count = pEntry->count; + xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass); + while( count-- && elem ){ + if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ + return elem; } + elem = elem->next; } } - return 0; } -/* -** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(), -** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions. -** -** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size -** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the -** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error -** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The -** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message. +/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that +** element and a hash on the element's key. */ -static int fts3FunctionArg( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */ - const char *zFunc, /* Function name */ - sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */ - Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */ +static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( + Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ + Fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ + int h /* Hash value for the element */ ){ - Fts3Cursor *pRet; - if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB - || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *) - ){ - char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc); - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - return SQLITE_ERROR; + struct _fts3ht *pEntry; + if( elem->prev ){ + elem->prev->next = elem->next; + }else{ + pH->first = elem->next; } - memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)); - *ppCsr = pRet; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3 -*/ -static void fts3SnippetFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ - int nVal, /* Size of apVal[] array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ -){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ - const char *zStart = ""; - const char *zEnd = ""; - const char *zEllipsis = "..."; - int iCol = -1; - int nToken = 15; /* Default number of tokens in snippet */ - - /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise - ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one). - */ - assert( nVal>=1 ); - - if( nVal>6 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, - "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1); - return; + if( elem->next ){ + elem->next->prev = elem->prev; } - if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; - - switch( nVal ){ - case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]); - case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]); - case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]); - case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]); - case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); + pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ + pEntry->chain = elem->next; } - if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext); - }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ - sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken); + pEntry->count--; + if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ + pEntry->chain = 0; + } + if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ + fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); + } + fts3HashFree( elem ); + pH->count--; + if( pH->count<=0 ){ + assert( pH->first==0 ); + assert( pH->count==0 ); + fts3HashClear(pH); } } -/* -** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3 -*/ -static void fts3OffsetsFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ - int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( + const Fts3Hash *pH, + const void *pKey, + int nKey ){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + int h; /* A hash on key */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - assert( nVal==1 ); - if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; - assert( pCsr ); - if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ - sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr); - } + if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; + xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); + assert( xHash!=0 ); + h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); } /* -** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This -** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment. -** Example usage is: -** -** SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1; -** -** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table. +** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key +** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is +** found, or NULL if there is no match. */ -static void fts3OptimizeFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ - int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - Fts3Table *p; /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); - - assert( nVal==1 ); - if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return; - p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab; - assert( p ); - - rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ + Fts3HashElem *pElem; /* The element that matches key (if any) */ - switch( rc ){ - case SQLITE_OK: - sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - break; - case SQLITE_DONE: - sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - break; - default: - sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); - break; - } + pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey); + return pElem ? pElem->data : 0; } -/* -** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3 +/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey +** and the data is "data". +** +** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new +** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey +** flag is set. NULL is returned. +** +** If another element already exists with the same key, then the +** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. +** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then +** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. +** +** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the +** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. */ -static void fts3MatchinfoFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ - int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert( + Fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */ + const void *pKey, /* The key */ + int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */ + void *data /* The data */ ){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ - assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 ); - if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){ - const char *zArg = 0; - if( nVal>1 ){ - zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); + int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ + int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ + Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + Fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); + assert( xHash!=0 ); + hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); + elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); + if( elem ){ + void *old_data = elem->data; + if( data==0 ){ + fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h); + }else{ + elem->data = data; } - sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg); + return old_data; } -} - -/* -** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3 -** virtual table. -*/ -static int fts3FindFunctionMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ - int nArg, /* Number of SQL function arguments */ - const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */ - void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */ - void **ppArg /* Unused */ -){ - struct Overloaded { - const char *zName; - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); - } aOverload[] = { - { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc }, - { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc }, - { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc }, - { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc }, - }; - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg); - - for(i=0; ihtsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8)) + || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2)) + ){ + pH->count = 0; + return data; + } + assert( pH->htsize>0 ); + new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) ); + if( new_elem==0 ) return data; + if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ + new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey ); + if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ + fts3HashFree(new_elem); + return data; } + memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); + }else{ + new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; } - - /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */ + new_elem->nKey = nKey; + pH->count++; + assert( pH->htsize>0 ); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); + fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); + new_elem->data = data; return 0; } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/ /* -** Implementation of FTS3 xRename method. Rename an fts3 table. +** 2006 September 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements +** a Porter stemmer. */ -static int fts3RenameMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ - const char *zName /* New name of table */ -){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database connection */ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize' RENAME TO '%q_docsize';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - } - if( p->bHasStat ){ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat' RENAME TO '%q_stat';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - } - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - return rc; -} +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ -static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = { - /* iVersion */ 0, - /* xCreate */ fts3CreateMethod, - /* xConnect */ fts3ConnectMethod, - /* xBestIndex */ fts3BestIndexMethod, - /* xDisconnect */ fts3DisconnectMethod, - /* xDestroy */ fts3DestroyMethod, - /* xOpen */ fts3OpenMethod, - /* xClose */ fts3CloseMethod, - /* xFilter */ fts3FilterMethod, - /* xNext */ fts3NextMethod, - /* xEof */ fts3EofMethod, - /* xColumn */ fts3ColumnMethod, - /* xRowid */ fts3RowidMethod, - /* xUpdate */ fts3UpdateMethod, - /* xBegin */ fts3BeginMethod, - /* xSync */ fts3SyncMethod, - /* xCommit */ fts3CommitMethod, - /* xRollback */ fts3RollbackMethod, - /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod, - /* xRename */ fts3RenameMethod, -}; /* -** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an -** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory -** allocated for the tokenizer hash table. +** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer */ -static void hashDestroy(void *p){ - Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p; - sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); - sqlite3_free(pHash); -} +typedef struct porter_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */ +} porter_tokenizer; /* -** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are -** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c -** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions -** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations. -** -** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed -** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation. -** And so on. +** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); -#endif +typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ + int nInput; /* size of the input */ + int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */ + int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ + char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ +} porter_tokenizer_cursor; + /* -** Initialise the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part -** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by -** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this -** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point. +** Create a new tokenizer instance. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Fts3Hash *pHash = 0; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0; +static int porterCreate( + int argc, const char * const *argv, + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer +){ + porter_tokenizer *t; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0; - sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu); -#endif + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); - sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple); - sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter); + t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); + if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); + *ppTokenizer = &t->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */ - pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash)); - if( !pHash ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); - } +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer +*/ +static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) - || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) -#endif - ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int porterOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ +){ + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db); - } -#endif + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); - /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload - ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the - ** module with sqlite. - */ - if( SQLITE_OK==rc - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer")) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1)) - ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( - db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( - db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0 - ); - } - return rc; - } + c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); + if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - if( pHash ){ - sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); - sqlite3_free(pHash); + c->zInput = zInput; + if( zInput==0 ){ + c->nInput = 0; + }else if( nInput<0 ){ + c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput); + }else{ + c->nInput = nInput; } - return rc; -} + c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ + c->iToken = 0; + c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ + c->nAllocated = 0; -#if !SQLITE_CORE -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, - const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi -){ - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) - return sqlite3Fts3Init(db); + *ppCursor = &c->base; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif -#endif +/* +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to +** porterOpen() above. +*/ +static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + sqlite3_free(c->zToken); + sqlite3_free(c); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +/* +** Vowel or consonant +*/ +static const char cType[] = { + 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, + 1, 1, 1, 2, 1 +}; -/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/ /* -** 2008 Nov 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in +** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according +** to Porter ruls. ** -****************************************************************************** +** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'. +** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant, +** in which case it is a vowel. ** -** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings -** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported -** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is -** hand-coded. +** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule +** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another +** consonent. */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +static int isVowel(const char*); +static int isConsonant(const char *z){ + int j; + char x = *z; + if( x==0 ) return 0; + assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); + j = cType[x-'a']; + if( j<2 ) return j; + return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1); +} +static int isVowel(const char *z){ + int j; + char x = *z; + if( x==0 ) return 0; + assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); + j = cType[x-'a']; + if( j<2 ) return 1-j; + return isConsonant(z + 1); +} /* -** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been -** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS -** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between -** the new and the old syntaxes are: -** -** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not. -** -** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not. -** -** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not -** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator). -** -** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence -** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit -** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR. -** -** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the -** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable -** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to -** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can -** be tested using a single build of testfixture. -** -** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH -** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser -** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a -** custom parser. -** -** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*. -** -** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*. +** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let +** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be +** represented as: ** -** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*. -** notexpr ::= LP query RP. +** [C] (VC){m} [V] ** -** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*. +** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or +** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the +** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value +** of m for the first i bytes of a word. ** -** distance_opt ::= . -** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER. +** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words, +** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed +** by a consonant. ** -** phrase ::= TOKEN. -** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN. -** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...". +** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking +** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel. */ +static int m_gt_0(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; +} -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; -#else -# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS -# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1 -# else -# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* -** Default span for NEAR operators. +/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is +** exactly 1 */ -#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10 - - -typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext; -struct ParseContext { - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */ - const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ - int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ - int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */ - sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */ - int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */ -}; +static int m_eq_1(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 1; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z==0; +} -/* -** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. -** -** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it -** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behaviour when passed -** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type -** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper -** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for -** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e. -** negative values). +/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead +** or m>0 */ -static int fts3isspace(char c){ - return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f'; +static int m_gt_1(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; } /* -** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful, -** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, -** return NULL. +** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1] */ -static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){ - void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte); - return pRet; +static int hasVowel(const char *z){ + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; } - /* -** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer -** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr -** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this -** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is -** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated -** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free(). +** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation -** fails. +** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at +** the first two characters of z[]. */ -static int getNextToken( - ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ - int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */ - const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ - int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ -){ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; - int rc; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor; - Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; - int nConsumed = 0; - - rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCursor); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - const char *zToken; - int nToken, iStart, iEnd, iPosition; - int nByte; /* total space to allocate */ - - pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken; - pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte); - if( !pRet ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; - pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1]; - pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1; - pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol; - pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken; - pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1]; - memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken); - - if( iEndpPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1; - iEnd++; - } - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' ){ - pRet->pPhrase->isNot = 1; - } - } - nConsumed = iEnd; - } - - pModule->xClose(pCursor); - } - - *pnConsumed = nConsumed; - *ppExpr = pRet; - return rc; +static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){ + return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1]; } - /* -** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs, -** then free the old allocation. +** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which +** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant +** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'. +** +** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the +** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy]. */ -static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){ - void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew); - if( !pRet ){ - sqlite3_free(pOrig); - } - return pRet; +static int star_oh(const char *z){ + return + isConsonant(z) && + z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' && + isVowel(z+1) && + isConsonant(z+2); } /* -** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string -** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character -** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire -** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE -** containing the results. +** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem +** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the +** ending to zTo. ** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the -** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory -** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set -** to 0. +** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo +** is in normal order. +** +** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not +** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and +** no substitution occurs. */ -static int getNextString( - ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ - const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */ +static int stem( + char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */ + const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */ + const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */ + int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */ ){ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; - int rc; - Fts3Expr *p = 0; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0; - char *zTemp = 0; - int nTemp = 0; - - rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCursor); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int ii; - pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ - const char *zToken; - int nToken, iBegin, iEnd, iPos; - rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase); - p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte+ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); - zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nToken); - if( !p || !zTemp ){ - goto no_mem; - } - if( ii==0 ){ - memset(p, 0, nByte); - p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; - } - p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; - memset(&p->pPhrase->aToken[ii], 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); - p->pPhrase->nToken = ii+1; - p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].n = nToken; - memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zToken, nToken); - nTemp += nToken; - if( iEndpPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 1; - }else{ - p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 0; - } - } - } - - pModule->xClose(pCursor); - pCursor = 0; + char *z = *pz; + while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; } + if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0; + if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1; + while( *zTo ){ + *(--z) = *(zTo++); } + *pz = z; + return 1; +} - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - int jj; - char *zNew = NULL; - int nNew = 0; - int nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase); - nByte += (p?(p->pPhrase->nToken-1):0) * sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken); - p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte + nTemp); - if( !p ){ - goto no_mem; - } - if( zTemp ){ - zNew = &(((char *)p)[nByte]); - memcpy(zNew, zTemp, nTemp); +/* +** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is +** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with +** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more +** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if +** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes +** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end. +*/ +static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ + int i, mx, j; + int hasDigit = 0; + for(i=0; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ + zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a'; }else{ - memset(p, 0, nByte+nTemp); - } - p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; - for(jj=0; jjpPhrase->nToken; jj++){ - p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = &zNew[nNew]; - nNew += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n; + if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1; + zOut[i] = c; } - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; - p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol; - rc = SQLITE_OK; } - - *ppExpr = p; - return rc; -no_mem: - - if( pCursor ){ - pModule->xClose(pCursor); + mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10; + if( nIn>mx*2 ){ + for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){ - nInput--; - zInput++; - } - if( nInput==0 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */ - for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){ - const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii]; - - if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - - if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){ - int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM; - int nKey = pKey->n; - char cNext; - - /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */ - if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - assert( nKey==4 ); - if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){ - nNear = 0; - for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){ - nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0'); - } - } - } - - /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true, - ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close - ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. - */ - cNext = zInput[nKey]; - if( fts3isspace(cNext) - || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0 - ){ - pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); - if( !pRet ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pRet->eType = pKey->eType; - pRet->nNear = nNear; - *ppExpr = pRet; - *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the - ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue. - */ - } - } - - /* Check for an open bracket. */ - if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ - if( *zInput=='(' ){ - int nConsumed; - pParse->nNest++; - rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, &zInput[1], nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - } - *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed); - return rc; - } - - /* Check for a close bracket. */ - if( *zInput==')' ){ - pParse->nNest--; - *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1); - return SQLITE_DONE; - } +static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ + int i, j; + char zReverse[28]; + char *z, *z2; + if( nIn<3 || nIn>=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){ + /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer. + ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */ + copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); + return; } - - /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then - ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString() - ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping - ** a quote character embedded in a string. - */ - if( *zInput=='"' ){ - for(ii=1; ii='A' && c<='Z' ){ + zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A'; + }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){ + zReverse[j] = c; + }else{ + /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback + ** to the copy stemmer */ + copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); + return; } - return getNextString(pParse, &zInput[1], ii-1, ppExpr); } + memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5); + z = &zReverse[j+1]; - /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or - ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer - ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit - ** column specifier for the token. - ** - ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier - ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was - ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was - ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the - ** limitation. - */ - iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol; - iColLen = 0; - for(ii=0; iinCol; ii++){ - const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii]; - int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); - if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' - && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 + /* Step 1a */ + if( z[0]=='s' ){ + if( + !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) && + !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) && + !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0) ){ - iCol = ii; - iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1); - break; + z++; } } - rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed); - *pnConsumed += iColLen; - return rc; -} -/* -** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type -** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the -** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e. -** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator -** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence. -** -** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS -** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to -** lowest is: -** -** NEAR -** NOT -** AND (including implicit ANDs) -** OR -** -** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher -** precedence than the AND operator. -*/ -static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){ - assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ - return p->eType; - }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - return 1; - }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ - return 2; + /* Step 1b */ + z2 = z; + if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){ + /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ + }else if( + (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel)) + && z!=z2 + ){ + if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) || + stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) || + stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){ + /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ + }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){ + z++; + }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){ + *(--z) = 'e'; + } } - assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND ); - return 3; -} -/* -** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query -** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently -** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary -** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence -** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head -** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node. -*/ -static void insertBinaryOperator( - Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */ - Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */ - Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */ -){ - Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev; - while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){ - pSplit = pSplit->pParent; + /* Step 1c */ + if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){ + z[0] = 'i'; } - if( pSplit->pParent ){ - assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit ); - pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew; - pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent; - }else{ - *ppHead = pNew; + /* Step 2 */ + switch( z[1] ){ + case 'a': + if( !stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ){ + stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'c': + if( !stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ){ + stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'e': + stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'g': + stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'l': + if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'o': + if( !stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 's': + if( !stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 't': + if( !stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0); + } + break; } - pNew->pLeft = pSplit; - pSplit->pParent = pNew; -} - -/* -** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function -** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched -** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered. -** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the -** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of -** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM -** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned. -*/ -static int fts3ExprParse( - ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ - const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ - int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ -){ - Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; - Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0; - Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */ - int nIn = n; - const char *zIn = z; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int isRequirePhrase = 1; - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - Fts3Expr *p = 0; - int nByte = 0; - rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int isPhrase; - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses - && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && p->pPhrase->isNot - ){ - /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */ - Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); - if( !pNot ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto exprparse_out; - } - pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT; - pNot->pRight = p; - if( pNotBranch ){ - pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch; - } - pNotBranch = pNot; - p = pPrev; - }else{ - int eType = p->eType; - assert( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE || !p->pPhrase->isNot ); - isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft); - - /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or - ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a - ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when - ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error. - */ - if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto exprparse_out; - } - - if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){ - /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */ - Fts3Expr *pAnd; - assert( pRet && pPrev ); - pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); - if( !pAnd ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto exprparse_out; - } - pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND; - insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd); - pPrev = pAnd; - } + /* Step 3 */ + switch( z[0] ){ + case 'e': + if( !stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'i': + stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'l': + if( !stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ){ + stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 's': + stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0); + break; + } - /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR - ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of - ** the following: - ** - ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase - ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression) - ** - ** Return an error in either case. - */ - if( pPrev && ( - (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE) - || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR) - )){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto exprparse_out; - } - - if( isPhrase ){ - if( pRet ){ - assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 ); - pPrev->pRight = p; - p->pParent = pPrev; - }else{ - pRet = p; - } - }else{ - insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p); - } - isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase; - } - assert( nByte>0 ); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) ); - nIn -= nByte; - zIn += nByte; - pPrev = p; + /* Step 4 */ + switch( z[1] ){ + case 'a': + if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'c': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ + z += 4; + } + break; + case 'e': + if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'i': + if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'l': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ + z += 4; + } + break; + case 'n': + if( z[0]=='t' ){ + if( z[2]=='a' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + }else if( z[2]=='e' ){ + if( !stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) + && !stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) + ){ + stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1); + } + } + } + break; + case 'o': + if( z[0]=='u' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){ + stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1); + } + break; + case 's': + if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; + case 't': + if( !stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ){ + stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1); + } + break; + case 'u': + if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; + case 'v': + case 'z': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; } - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + /* Step 5a */ + if( z[0]=='e' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){ + z++; + }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){ + z++; + } } - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){ - if( !pRet ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch; - while( pIter->pLeft ){ - pIter = pIter->pLeft; - } - pIter->pLeft = pRet; - pRet = pNotBranch; - } - } + /* Step 5b */ + if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){ + z++; } - *pnConsumed = n - nIn; -exprparse_out: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet); - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch); - pRet = 0; + /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back + ** around into forward order and return. + */ + *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z); + zOut[i] = 0; + while( *z ){ + zOut[--i] = *(z++); } - *ppExpr = pRet; - return rc; } /* -** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing -** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the -** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the -** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head -** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error -** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse -** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0. -** -** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a -** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen(). -** -** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to -** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[] -** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names -** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. -** Column names must be nul-terminated strings. -** -** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column -** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default -** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly -** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default -** match any table column. +** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character +** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be +** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have +** values of 0x7f or lower. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ - char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ - int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ - int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ - const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ +static const char porterIdChar[] = { +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ +}; +#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30])) + +/* +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen(). +*/ +static int porterNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */ + const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ ){ - int nParsed; - int rc; - ParseContext sParse; - sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol; - sParse.nCol = nCol; - sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol; - sParse.nNest = 0; - if( z==0 ){ - *ppExpr = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( n<0 ){ - n = (int)strlen(z); - } - rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed); + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + const char *z = c->zInput; - /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr); - *ppExpr = 0; - } + while( c->iOffsetnInput ){ + int iStartOffset, ch; - return rc; -} + /* Scan past delimiter characters */ + while( c->iOffsetnInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } -/* -** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *p){ - if( p ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pLeft); - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pRight); - sqlite3_free(p->aDoclist); - sqlite3_free(p); + /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ + iStartOffset = c->iOffset; + while( c->iOffsetnInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ + int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; + if( n>c->nAllocated ){ + char *pNew; + c->nAllocated = n+20; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + c->zToken = pNew; + } + porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes); + *pzToken = c->zToken; + *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; + *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; + *piPosition = c->iToken++; + return SQLITE_OK; + } } + return SQLITE_DONE; } -/**************************************************************************** -***************************************************************************** -** Everything after this point is just test code. +/* +** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = { + 0, + porterCreate, + porterDestroy, + porterOpen, + porterClose, + porterNext, + 0 +}; /* -** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers). +** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new +** tokenizer in *ppModule */ -static int queryTestTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule ){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; - - *pp = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); - } - } - - return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule; } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/ /* -** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the -** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from -** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use -** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered, -** NULL is returned. +** 2007 June 22 ** -** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to -** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free(). +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search. +** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface. */ -static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ - switch( pExpr->eType ){ - case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: { - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - int i; - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf( - "%zPHRASE %d %d", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn, pPhrase->isNot); - for(i=0; zBuf && inToken; i++){ - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, - pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z, - (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"") - ); - } - return zBuf; - } - - case FTSQUERY_NEAR: - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear); - break; - case FTSQUERY_NOT: - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf); - break; - case FTSQUERY_AND: - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf); - break; - case FTSQUERY_OR: - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf); - break; - } - - if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf); - if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf); - if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf); - if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf); - if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf); +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - return zBuf; -} +/* #include */ +/* #include */ /* -** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the -** expression parser. It should be called as follows: +** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying +** hash table. This function may be called as follows: ** -** fts3_exprtest(, , , ...); +** SELECT (); +** SELECT (, ); ** -** The first argument, , is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used -** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument -** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name -** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to. -** For example: +** where is the name passed as the second argument +** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer'). ** -** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2'); +** If the argument is specified, it must be a blob value +** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding +** to the string . If is not specified, then +** the string must already exist in the has table. Otherwise, +** an error is returned. +** +** Whether or not the argument is specified, the value returned +** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding +** to string (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable). */ -static void fts3ExprTest( +static void scalarFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0; - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; - int rc; - char **azCol = 0; - const char *zExpr; - int nExpr; - int nCol; - int ii; - Fts3Expr *pExpr; - char *zBuf = 0; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + Fts3Hash *pHash; + void *pPtr = 0; + const unsigned char *zName; + int nName; - if( argc<3 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, - "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1 - ); - return; - } + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - rc = queryTestTokenizer(db, - (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - goto exprtest_out; - }else if( !pModule ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1); - goto exprtest_out; - } + pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer); - assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - goto exprtest_out; - } - pTokenizer->pModule = pModule; + zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1; - zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - nCol = argc-2; - azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *)); - if( !azCol ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - goto exprtest_out; + if( argc==2 ){ + void *pOld; + int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1); + return; + } + pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); + pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr); + if( pOld==pPtr ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1); + return; + } + }else{ + pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName); + if( !pPtr ){ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } } - for(ii=0; iixCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer"); + }else{ + (*ppTok)->pModule = m; + } + sqlite3_free((void *)aArg); } - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr); - -exprtest_out: - if( pModule && pTokenizer ){ - rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); - } - sqlite3_free(azCol); + sqlite3_free(zCopy); + return rc; } -/* -** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() -** with database connection db. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){ - return sqlite3_create_function( - db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 - ); -} -#endif -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + +#include +/* #include */ -/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 22 +** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers +** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This +** function must be called with two or more arguments: ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** SELECT (, ..., ); ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** where is the name passed as the second argument +** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer') +** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test'). ** -************************************************************************* -** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite. -** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table -** implementation for the full-text indexing module. -*/ - -/* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl +** list. For each token in the , three elements are +** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the +** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the +** substring of associated with the token. For example, +** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer: ** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how'); ** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +** will return the string: +** +** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}" +** */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +static void testFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Fts3Hash *pHash; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; + const char *zErr = 0; + const char *zName; + int nName; + const char *zInput; + int nInput; -/* -** Malloc and Free functions -*/ -static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){ - void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n); - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, n); + const char *azArg[64]; + + const char *zToken; + int nToken = 0; + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int iPos = 0; + int i; + + Tcl_Obj *pRet; + + if( argc<2 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "insufficient arguments", -1); + return; } - return p; -} -static void fts3HashFree(void *p){ - sqlite3_free(p); -} -/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the -** fields of the Hash structure. -** -** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. -** keyClass is one of the constants -** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass -** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is -** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and -** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){ - assert( pNew!=0 ); - assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); - pNew->keyClass = keyClass; - pNew->copyKey = copyKey; - pNew->first = 0; - pNew->count = 0; - pNew->htsize = 0; - pNew->ht = 0; -} + nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]); + zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]); -/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. -** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table -** to the empty state. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){ - Fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ + pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); - assert( pH!=0 ); - elem = pH->first; - pH->first = 0; - fts3HashFree(pH->ht); - pH->ht = 0; - pH->htsize = 0; - while( elem ){ - Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; - if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ - fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); - } - fts3HashFree(elem); - elem = next_elem; + if( !p ){ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; } - pH->count = 0; -} -/* -** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING -*/ -static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ - const char *z = (const char *)pKey; - int h = 0; - if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z); - while( nKey > 0 ){ - h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++; - nKey--; + pRet = Tcl_NewObj(); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet); + + for(i=1; i 0 ){ - h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++); + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(argc-2, azArg, &pTokenizer) ){ + zErr = "error in xCreate()"; + goto finish; + } + pTokenizer->pModule = p; + if( sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, 0, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){ + zErr = "error in xOpen()"; + goto finish; } - return h & 0x7fffffff; -} -static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; - return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1); -} -/* -** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. -** -** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some -** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: -** -** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a -** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction() -** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value -** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters -** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int". -*/ -static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){ - if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ - return &fts3StrHash; - }else{ - assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); - return &fts3BinHash; + while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){ + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); + zToken = &zInput[iStart]; + nToken = iEnd-iStart; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); } -} -/* -** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. -** -** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition, -** see the header comment on the previous function. -*/ -static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){ - if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ - return &fts3StrCompare; - }else{ - assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); - return &fts3BinCompare; + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){ + zErr = "error in xClose()"; + goto finish; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){ + zErr = "error in xDestroy()"; + goto finish; } -} -/* Link an element into the hash table -*/ -static void fts3HashInsertElement( - Fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ - struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ - Fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ -){ - Fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ - pHead = pEntry->chain; - if( pHead ){ - pNew->next = pHead; - pNew->prev = pHead->prev; - if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } - else { pH->first = pNew; } - pHead->prev = pNew; +finish: + if( zErr ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); }else{ - pNew->next = pH->first; - if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } - pNew->prev = 0; - pH->first = pNew; + sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } - pEntry->count++; - pEntry->chain = pNew; + Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet); } +static +int registerTokenizer( + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)"; -/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. -** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail -** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. -** -** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs. -*/ -static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){ - struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ - Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - - assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 ); - new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) ); - if( new_ht==0 ) return 1; - fts3HashFree(pH->ht); - pH->ht = new_ht; - pH->htsize = new_size; - xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); - for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ - int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); - next_elem = elem->next; - fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - return 0; + + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + + return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } -/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an -** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has -** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. -*/ -static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash( - const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ - const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ - int nKey, - int h /* The hash for this key. */ +static +int queryTokenizer( + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp ){ - Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ - int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; - if( pH->ht ){ - struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - elem = pEntry->chain; - count = pEntry->count; - xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass); - while( count-- && elem ){ - if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ - return elem; - } - elem = elem->next; + *pp = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); } } - return 0; + + return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } -/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that -** element and a hash on the element's key. +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); + +/* +** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(). +** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the +** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined. +** +** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function +** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and +** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated +** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to +** test them. +** +** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar +** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is +** detected. i.e.: +** +** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(); +** */ -static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( - Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ - Fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ - int h /* Hash value for the element */ +static void intTestFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - struct _fts3ht *pEntry; - if( elem->prev ){ - elem->prev->next = elem->next; - }else{ - pH->first = elem->next; - } - if( elem->next ){ - elem->next->prev = elem->prev; - } - pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ - pEntry->chain = elem->next; - } - pEntry->count--; - if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ - pEntry->chain = 0; - } - if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ - fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); - } - fts3HashFree( elem ); - pH->count--; - if( pH->count<=0 ){ - assert( pH->first==0 ); - assert( pH->count==0 ); - fts3HashClear(pH); - } -} + int rc; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2; + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( - const Fts3Hash *pH, - const void *pKey, - int nKey -){ - int h; /* A hash on key */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); - if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; - xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); - assert( xHash!=0 ); - h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); -} + /* Test the query function */ + sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p1==p2 ); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); + assert( p2==0 ); + assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") ); -/* -** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key -** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is -** found, or NULL if there is no match. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ - Fts3HashElem *pElem; /* The element that matches key (if any) */ + /* Test the storage function */ + rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p2==p1 ); - pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey); - return pElem ? pElem->data : 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } -/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey -** and the data is "data". +#endif + +/* +** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of +** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must +** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy +** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to: ** -** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new -** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey -** flag is set. NULL is returned. +** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); ** -** If another element already exists with the same key, then the -** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. -** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then -** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. +** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above +** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is +** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header +** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both +** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash. ** -** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the -** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. +** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name +** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert( - Fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */ - const void *pKey, /* The key */ - int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */ - void *data /* The data */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( + sqlite3 *db, + Fts3Hash *pHash, + const char *zName ){ - int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ - int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ - Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - Fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + void *p = (void *)pHash; + const int any = SQLITE_ANY; - assert( pH!=0 ); - xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); - assert( xHash!=0 ); - hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); - elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); - if( elem ){ - void *old_data = elem->data; - if( data==0 ){ - fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h); - }else{ - elem->data = data; - } - return old_data; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + char *zTest = 0; + char *zTest2 = 0; + void *pdb = (void *)db; + zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName); + zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName); + if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } +#endif + + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0); } - if( data==0 ) return 0; - if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8)) - || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2)) - ){ - pH->count = 0; - return data; + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0); } - assert( pH->htsize>0 ); - new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) ); - if( new_elem==0 ) return data; - if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ - new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey ); - if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ - fts3HashFree(new_elem); - return data; - } - memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); - }else{ - new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, -1, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0); } - new_elem->nKey = nKey; - pH->count++; - assert( pH->htsize>0 ); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); - fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); - new_elem->data = data; - return 0; + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_free(zTest); + sqlite3_free(zTest2); +#endif + + return rc; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ -/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/ +/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/ /* -** 2006 September 30 +** 2006 Oct 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -113414,9 +136017,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert( ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -************************************************************************* -** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements -** a Porter stemmer. +****************************************************************************** +** +** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer. */ /* @@ -113430,45 +136033,72 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert( */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +typedef struct simple_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; + char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */ +} simple_tokenizer; -/* -** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer -*/ -typedef struct porter_tokenizer { - sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */ -} porter_tokenizer; - -/* -** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor -*/ -typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor { +typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor { sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; - const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ - int nInput; /* size of the input */ - int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */ + const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ + int nBytes; /* size of the input */ + int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */ int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ - char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ - int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ -} porter_tokenizer_cursor; + char *pToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ +} simple_tokenizer_cursor; +static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){ + return c<0x80 && t->delim[c]; +} +static int fts3_isalnum(int x){ + return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z'); +} + /* ** Create a new tokenizer instance. */ -static int porterCreate( +static int simpleCreate( int argc, const char * const *argv, sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer ){ - porter_tokenizer *t; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); + simple_tokenizer *t; - t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); + t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); + + /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run, + ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to + ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this + ** information on the initial create. + */ + if( argc>1 ){ + int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]); + for(i=0; i=0x80 ){ + sqlite3_free(t); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + t->delim[ch] = 1; + } + } else { + /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */ + int i; + for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){ + t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0; + } + } + *ppTokenizer = &t->base; return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -113476,41 +136106,41 @@ static int porterCreate( /* ** Destroy a tokenizer */ -static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ +static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input -** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor +** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor ** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ -static int porterOpen( +static int simpleOpen( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ - const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */ + const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ ){ - porter_tokenizer_cursor *c; + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); - c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); + c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - c->zInput = zInput; - if( zInput==0 ){ - c->nInput = 0; - }else if( nInput<0 ){ - c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput); + c->pInput = pInput; + if( pInput==0 ){ + c->nBytes = 0; + }else if( nBytes<0 ){ + c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput); }else{ - c->nInput = nInput; + c->nBytes = nBytes; } c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ c->iToken = 0; - c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ - c->nAllocated = 0; + c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ + c->nTokenAllocated = 0; *ppCursor = &c->base; return SQLITE_OK; @@ -113518,1633 +136148,2502 @@ static int porterOpen( /* ** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to -** porterOpen() above. +** simpleOpen() above. */ -static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ - porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; - sqlite3_free(c->zToken); +static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + sqlite3_free(c->pToken); sqlite3_free(c); return SQLITE_OK; } + /* -** Vowel or consonant +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). */ -static const char cType[] = { - 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, - 1, 1, 1, 2, 1 +static int simpleNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ + const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer; + unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput; + + while( c->iOffsetnBytes ){ + int iStartOffset; + + /* Scan past delimiter characters */ + while( c->iOffsetnBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ + iStartOffset = c->iOffset; + while( c->iOffsetnBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ + int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; + if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){ + char *pNew; + c->nTokenAllocated = n+20; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + c->pToken = pNew; + } + for(i=0; ipToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch); + } + *ppToken = c->pToken; + *pnBytes = n; + *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; + *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; + *piPosition = c->iToken++; + + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return SQLITE_DONE; +} + +/* +** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer +*/ +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = { + 0, + simpleCreate, + simpleDestroy, + simpleOpen, + simpleClose, + simpleNext, + 0, }; /* -** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in -** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according -** to Porter ruls. +** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new +** tokenizer in *ppModule +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +){ + *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenize_vtab.c ******************************/ +/* +** 2013 Apr 22 ** -** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'. -** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant, -** in which case it is a vowel. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code for the "fts3tokenize" virtual table module. +** An fts3tokenize virtual table is created as follows: +** +** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE USING fts3tokenize( +** , , ... +** ); +** +** The table created has the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE (input, token, start, end, position) +** +** When queried, the query must include a WHERE clause of type: +** +** input = +** +** The virtual table module tokenizes this , using the FTS3 +** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With +** fields set as follows: +** +** input: Always set to a copy of +** token: A token from the input. +** start: Byte offset of the token within the input . +** end: Byte offset of the byte immediately following the end of the +** token within the input string. +** pos: Token offset of token within input. ** -** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule -** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another -** consonent. */ -static int isVowel(const char*); -static int isConsonant(const char *z){ - int j; - char x = *z; - if( x==0 ) return 0; - assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); - j = cType[x-'a']; - if( j<2 ) return j; - return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1); +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +typedef struct Fts3tokTable Fts3tokTable; +typedef struct Fts3tokCursor Fts3tokCursor; + +/* +** Virtual table structure. +*/ +struct Fts3tokTable { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok; +}; + +/* +** Virtual table cursor structure. +*/ +struct Fts3tokCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + char *zInput; /* Input string */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to iterate through zInput */ + int iRowid; /* Current 'rowid' value */ + const char *zToken; /* Current 'token' value */ + int nToken; /* Size of zToken in bytes */ + int iStart; /* Current 'start' value */ + int iEnd; /* Current 'end' value */ + int iPos; /* Current 'pos' value */ +}; + +/* +** Query FTS for the tokenizer implementation named zName. +*/ +static int fts3tokQueryTokenizer( + Fts3Hash *pHash, + const char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp, + char **pzErr +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; + int nName = (int)strlen(zName); + + p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); + if( !p ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + *pp = p; + return SQLITE_OK; } -static int isVowel(const char *z){ - int j; - char x = *z; - if( x==0 ) return 0; - assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); - j = cType[x-'a']; - if( j<2 ) return 1-j; - return isConsonant(z + 1); + +/* +** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated +** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a +** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear +** to be quoted. +** +** If successful, output parameter *pazDequote is set to point at the +** array of dequoted strings and SQLITE_OK is returned. The caller is +** responsible for eventually calling sqlite3_free() to free the array +** in this case. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. +** The final value of *pazDequote is undefined in this case. +*/ +static int fts3tokDequoteArray( + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv[] */ + const char * const *argv, /* Input array */ + char ***pazDequote /* Output array */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + if( argc==0 ){ + *pazDequote = 0; + }else{ + int i; + int nByte = 0; + char **azDequote; + + for(i=0; ixCreate((nDequote>1 ? nDequote-1 : 0), azArg, &pTok); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokTable)); + if( pTab==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokTable)); + pTab->pMod = pMod; + pTab->pTok = pTok; + *ppVtab = &pTab->base; + }else{ + if( pTok ){ + pMod->xDestroy(pTok); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(azDequote); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect +** and xDestroy are identical operations. +*/ +static int fts3tokDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)pVtab; + + pTab->pMod->xDestroy(pTab->pTok); + sqlite3_free(pTab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. +*/ +static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_index_info *pInfo +){ + int i; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable + && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 + && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + ){ + pInfo->idxNum = 1; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + pInfo->idxNum = 0; + assert( pInfo->estimatedCost>1000000.0 ); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xOpen - Open a cursor. +*/ +static int fts3tokOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokCursor)); + if( pCsr==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokCursor)); + + *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Reset the tokenizer cursor passed as the only argument. As if it had +** just been returned by fts3tokOpenMethod(). +*/ +static void fts3tokResetCursor(Fts3tokCursor *pCsr){ + if( pCsr->pCsr ){ + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCsr->base.pVtab); + pTab->pMod->xClose(pCsr->pCsr); + pCsr->pCsr = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zInput); + pCsr->zInput = 0; + pCsr->zToken = 0; + pCsr->nToken = 0; + pCsr->iStart = 0; + pCsr->iEnd = 0; + pCsr->iPos = 0; + pCsr->iRowid = 0; +} + +/* +** xClose - Close a cursor. +*/ +static int fts3tokCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + + fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. +*/ +static int fts3tokNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab); + int rc; /* Return code */ + + pCsr->iRowid++; + rc = pTab->pMod->xNext(pCsr->pCsr, + &pCsr->zToken, &pCsr->nToken, + &pCsr->iStart, &pCsr->iEnd, &pCsr->iPos + ); + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. +*/ +static int fts3tokFilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + + fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); + if( idxNum==1 ){ + const char *zByte = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); + int nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]); + pCsr->zInput = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1); + if( pCsr->zInput==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte); + pCsr->zInput[nByte] = 0; + rc = pTab->pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTok, pCsr->zInput, nByte, &pCsr->pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCsr->pCsr->pTokenizer = pTab->pTok; + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + return fts3tokNextMethod(pCursor); +} + +/* +** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3tokEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + return (pCsr->zToken==0); +} + +/* +** xColumn - Return a column value. +*/ +static int fts3tokColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ +){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + + /* CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position) */ + switch( iCol ){ + case 0: + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zInput, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + case 1: + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nToken, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + case 2: + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iStart); + break; + case 3: + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iEnd); + break; + default: + assert( iCol==4 ); + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iPos); + break; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. +*/ +static int fts3tokRowidMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ +){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + *pRowid = (sqlite3_int64)pCsr->iRowid; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let -** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be -** represented as: -** -** [C] (VC){m} [V] +** Register the fts3tok module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ + static const sqlite3_module fts3tok_module = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ + fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ + fts3tokBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ + fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ + fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ + fts3tokOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ + fts3tokCloseMethod, /* xClose */ + fts3tokFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ + fts3tokNextMethod, /* xNext */ + fts3tokEofMethod, /* xEof */ + fts3tokColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ + fts3tokRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindFunction */ + 0, /* xRename */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0 /* xRollbackTo */ + }; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts3tokenize", &fts3tok_module, (void*)pHash); + return rc; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenize_vtab.c **********************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/ +/* +** 2009 Oct 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically, +** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3 +** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some +** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query +** code in fts3.c. +*/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + + +#define FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT 16 + +/* +** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they +** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end +** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer +** of 920 bytes is allocated for it. ** -** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or -** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the -** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value -** of m for the first i bytes of a word. +** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data, +** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an +** overread, even if the node data is corrupted. +*/ +#define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2) + +/* +** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into +** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance +** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext() +** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example, +** if a query has a LIMIT clause). ** -** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words, -** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed -** by a consonant. +** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD +** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes. +** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values +** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful +** for testing purposes. ** -** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking -** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel. +** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may +** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains +** a Tcl interface to read and write the values. */ -static int m_gt_0(const char *z){ - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - return *z!=0; -} +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024); +int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4; +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold +#else +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4) +#endif -/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is -** exactly 1 +/* +** The two values that may be meaningfully bound to the :1 parameter in +** statements SQL_REPLACE_STAT and SQL_SELECT_STAT. */ -static int m_eq_1(const char *z){ - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 1; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - return *z==0; -} +#define FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL 0 +#define FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT 1 +#define FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE 2 -/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead -** or m>0 +/* +** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic +** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for +** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production +** systems. */ -static int m_gt_1(const char *z){ - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - return *z!=0; +#ifdef FTS3_LOG_MERGES +static void fts3LogMerge(int nMerge, sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "%d-way merge from level %d", nMerge, (int)iAbsLevel); } +#else +#define fts3LogMerge(x, y) +#endif + + +typedef struct PendingList PendingList; +typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode; +typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter; /* -** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1] +** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists +** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details. */ -static int hasVowel(const char *z){ - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - return *z!=0; -} +struct PendingList { + int nData; + char *aData; + int nSpace; + sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid; + sqlite3_int64 iLastCol; + sqlite3_int64 iLastPos; +}; + /* -** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant. +** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects. +*/ +struct Fts3DeferredToken { + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */ + int iCol; /* Column token must occur in */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; /* Next in list of deferred tokens */ + PendingList *pList; /* Doclist is assembled here */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on +** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of +** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles +** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through +** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions: ** -** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at -** the first two characters of z[]. +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew() +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree() +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() +** +** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures: +** +** fts3SegReaderNext() +** fts3SegReaderFirstDocid() +** fts3SegReaderNextDocid() */ -static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){ - return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1]; -} +struct Fts3SegReader { + int iIdx; /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */ + u8 bLookup; /* True for a lookup only */ + u8 rootOnly; /* True for a root-only reader */ + + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock; /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock; /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock; /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */ + sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock; /* Current leaf block (or 0) */ + + char *aNode; /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */ + int nNode; /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */ + int nPopulate; /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */ + sqlite3_blob *pBlob; /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */ + + Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem; + + /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly + ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns + ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK + ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE). + */ + int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in current term */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to current term */ + int nTermAlloc; /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */ + char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */ + + /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate + ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist). + */ + char *pOffsetList; + int nOffsetList; /* For descending pending seg-readers only */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; +}; + +#define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0) +#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->rootOnly!=0) /* -** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which -** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant -** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'. +** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the +** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the +** following functions: ** -** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the -** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy]. +** fts3SegWriterAdd() +** fts3SegWriterFlush() +** fts3SegWriterFree() */ -static int star_oh(const char *z){ - return - isConsonant(z) && - z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' && - isVowel(z+1) && - isConsonant(z+2); -} +struct SegmentWriter { + SegmentNode *pTree; /* Pointer to interior tree structure */ + sqlite3_int64 iFirst; /* First slot in %_segments written */ + sqlite3_int64 iFree; /* Next free slot in %_segments */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ + int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ + int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ + char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ + int nSize; /* Size of allocation at aData */ + int nData; /* Bytes of data in aData */ + char *aData; /* Pointer to block from malloc() */ + i64 nLeafData; /* Number of bytes of leaf data written */ +}; /* -** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem -** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the -** ending to zTo. +** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create +** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except +** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code +** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above. ** -** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo -** is in normal order. +** fts3NodeAddTerm() +** fts3NodeWrite() +** fts3NodeFree() ** -** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not -** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and -** no substitution occurs. +** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge +** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the +** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of +** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have +** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually +** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively +** little memory. */ -static int stem( - char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */ - const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */ - const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */ - int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */ -){ - char *z = *pz; - while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; } - if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0; - if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1; - while( *zTo ){ - *(--z) = *(zTo++); - } - *pz = z; - return 1; -} +struct SegmentNode { + SegmentNode *pParent; /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */ + SegmentNode *pRight; /* Pointer to right-sibling */ + SegmentNode *pLeftmost; /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */ + int nEntry; /* Number of terms written to node so far */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ + int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ + int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ + char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ + int nData; /* Bytes of valid data so far */ + char *aData; /* Node data */ +}; /* -** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is -** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with -** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more -** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if -** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes -** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end. +** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt(). */ -static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ - int i, mx, j; - int hasDigit = 0; - for(i=0; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ - zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a'; - }else{ - if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1; - zOut[i] = c; - } - } - mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10; - if( nIn>mx*2 ){ - for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){ - /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer. - ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */ - copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); - return; - } - for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ - zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A'; - }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){ - zReverse[j] = c; - }else{ - /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback - ** to the copy stemmer */ - copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); - return; - } - } - memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5); - z = &zReverse[j+1]; - +static int fts3SqlStmt( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + int eStmt, /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */ + sqlite3_stmt **pp, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Values to bind to statement */ +){ + const char *azSql[] = { +/* 0 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?", +/* 1 */ "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)", +/* 2 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'", +/* 3 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'", +/* 4 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", +/* 5 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'", +/* 6 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'", +/* 7 */ "SELECT %s WHERE rowid=?", +/* 8 */ "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1", +/* 9 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)", +/* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)", +/* 11 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)", - /* Step 1a */ - if( z[0]=='s' ){ - if( - !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) && - !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) && - !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0) - ){ - z++; - } - } + /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ +/* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC", +/* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?" + "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", - /* Step 1b */ - z2 = z; - if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){ - /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ - }else if( - (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel)) - && z!=z2 - ){ - if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) || - stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) || - stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){ - /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ - }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){ - z++; - }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){ - *(--z) = 'e'; - } - } +/* 14 */ "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", +/* 15 */ "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", - /* Step 1c */ - if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){ - z[0] = 'i'; - } +/* 16 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", +/* 17 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?", +/* 18 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)", +/* 19 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?", +/* 20 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)", +/* 21 */ "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?", +/* 22 */ "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=?", +/* 23 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(?,?)", +/* 24 */ "", +/* 25 */ "", + +/* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", +/* 27 */ "SELECT DISTINCT level / (1024 * ?) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", + +/* This statement is used to determine which level to read the input from +** when performing an incremental merge. It returns the absolute level number +** of the oldest level in the db that contains at least ? segments. Or, +** if no level in the FTS index contains more than ? segments, the statement +** returns zero rows. */ +/* 28 */ "SELECT level FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' GROUP BY level HAVING count(*)>=?" + " ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC LIMIT 1", + +/* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment +** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See +** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details. */ +/* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) " + " FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?", + +/* SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY +** Delete the %_segdir entry on absolute level :1 with index :2. */ +/* 30 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", + +/* SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY +** Modify the idx value for the segment with idx=:3 on absolute level :2 +** to :1. */ +/* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?", + +/* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR +** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute +** level :1 with index value :2. */ +/* 32 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", + +/* SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR +** Update the start_block (:1) and root (:2) fields of the %_segdir +** entry located on absolute level :3 with index :4. */ +/* 33 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET start_block = ?, root = ?" + "WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", + +/* SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE +** Return a single row if the segment with end_block=? is appendable. Or +** no rows otherwise. */ +/* 34 */ "SELECT 1 FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid=? AND block IS NULL", + +/* SQL_SELECT_INDEXES +** Return the list of valid segment indexes for absolute level ? */ +/* 35 */ "SELECT idx FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level=? ORDER BY 1 ASC", + +/* SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL +** Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes. */ +/* 36 */ "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", - /* Step 2 */ - switch( z[1] ){ - case 'a': - stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'c': - stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'e': - stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'g': - stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'l': - stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'o': - stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0); - break; - case 's': - stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0); - break; - case 't': - stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0); - break; - } + /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ +/* 37 */ "SELECT level, idx, end_block " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? " + "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", - /* Step 3 */ - switch( z[0] ){ - case 'e': - stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'i': - stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'l': - stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0); - break; - case 's': - stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0); - break; - } + /* Update statements used while promoting segments */ +/* 38 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=-1,idx=? " + "WHERE level=? AND idx=?", +/* 39 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=? WHERE level=-1" - /* Step 4 */ - switch( z[1] ){ - case 'a': - if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ - z += 2; - } - break; - case 'c': - if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ - z += 4; - } - break; - case 'e': - if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ - z += 2; - } - break; - case 'i': - if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ - z += 2; - } - break; - case 'l': - if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ - z += 4; - } - break; - case 'n': - if( z[0]=='t' ){ - if( z[2]=='a' ){ - if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){ - z += 3; - } - }else if( z[2]=='e' ){ - stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) || - stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) || - stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1); - } - } - break; - case 'o': - if( z[0]=='u' ){ - if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){ - z += 2; - } - }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){ - stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1); - } - break; - case 's': - if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ - z += 3; - } - break; - case 't': - stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) || - stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1); - break; - case 'u': - if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ - z += 3; - } - break; - case 'v': - case 'z': - if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ - z += 3; - } - break; - } + }; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - /* Step 5a */ - if( z[0]=='e' ){ - if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){ - z++; - }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){ - z++; + assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) ); + assert( eStmt=0 ); + + pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt]; + if( !pStmt ){ + char *zSql; + if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist); + }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist); + }else{ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName); + } + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, NULL); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); + p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt; + } + } + if( apVal ){ + int i; + int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && izInput; - - while( c->iOffsetnInput ){ - int iStartOffset, ch; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement requested from fts3SqlStmt() */ + int rc; /* Return code */ - /* Scan past delimiter characters */ - while( c->iOffsetnInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ - c->iOffset++; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iDocid); + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pStmt = 0; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; } + } - /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ - iStartOffset = c->iOffset; - while( c->iOffsetnInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ - c->iOffset++; - } + *ppStmt = pStmt; + return rc; +} - if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ - int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; - if( n>c->nAllocated ){ - char *pNew; - c->nAllocated = n+20; - pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated); - if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - c->zToken = pNew; - } - porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes); - *pzToken = c->zToken; - *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; - *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; - *piPosition = c->iToken++; - return SQLITE_OK; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int rc; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); + if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)!=SQLITE_ROW + || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB + ){ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pStmt = 0; } } - return SQLITE_DONE; + *ppStmt = pStmt; + return rc; } -/* -** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer -*/ -static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = { - 0, - porterCreate, - porterDestroy, - porterOpen, - porterClose, - porterNext, -}; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to read size data for */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ +){ + return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, iDocid, ppStmt); +} /* -** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new -** tokenizer in *ppModule +** Similar to fts3SqlStmt(). Except, after binding the parameters in +** array apVal[] to the SQL statement identified by eStmt, the statement +** is executed. +** +** Returns SQLITE_OK if the statement is successfully executed, or an +** SQLite error code otherwise. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule( - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +static void fts3SqlExec( + int *pRC, /* Result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS3 table */ + int eStmt, /* Index of statement to evaluate */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Parameters to bind */ ){ - *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + if( *pRC ) return; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + *pRC = rc; } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ -/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/ /* -** 2007 June 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** +** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive +** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before +** writing data to the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then +** the caller may end up attempting to take this lock as part of committing +** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or +** LOCKED_SHAREDCACHEto a COMMIT command. ** -** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search. -** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface. +** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when +** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. +** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. +** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly +** instead of accessing them via FTS. */ +static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( p->nPendingData==0 ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + } + + return rc; +} /* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer). +** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the +** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS +** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative +** levels"). ** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** All three of these values (the language id, the specific index and the +** level within the index) are encoded in 64-bit integer values stored +** in the %_segdir table on disk. This function is used to convert three +** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that +** can be used to query the %_segdir table. ** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 +** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index +** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index +** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on. +** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0. +** +** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of +** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index +** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024). */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 -#endif +static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] */ + int iLevel /* Level of segments */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 iBase; /* First absolute level for iLangid/iIndex */ + assert( iLangid>=0 ); + assert( p->nIndex>0 ); + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); + iBase = ((sqlite3_int64)iLangid * p->nIndex + iIndex) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL; + return iBase + iLevel; +} /* -** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying -** hash table. This function may be called as follows: -** -** SELECT (); -** SELECT (, ); +** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through +** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful, +** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, +** return an SQLite error code. ** -** where is the name passed as the second argument -** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer'). +** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for +** each FTS3 table. ** -** If the argument is specified, it must be a blob value -** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding -** to the string . If is not specified, then -** the string must already exist in the has table. Otherwise, -** an error is returned. +** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table: ** -** Whether or not the argument is specified, the value returned -** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding -** to string (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable). +** 0: idx +** 1: start_block +** 2: leaves_end_block +** 3: end_block +** 4: root */ -static void scalarFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table */ + int iLangid, /* Language being queried */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex[] */ + int iLevel, /* Level to select (relative level) */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Compiled statement */ ){ - Fts3Hash *pHash; - void *pPtr = 0; - const unsigned char *zName; - int nName; - - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - - pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1; + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 ); + assert( iLevel=0 && iIndexnIndex ); - if( argc==2 ){ - void *pOld; - int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1); - return; - } - pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); - pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr); - if( pOld==pPtr ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1); - return; + if( iLevel<0 ){ + /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) + ); } }else{ - pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName); - if( !pPtr ){ - char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - return; + /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel)); } } - - sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){ - static const char isFtsIdChar[] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ - }; - return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]); + *ppStmt = pStmt; + return rc; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){ - const char *z1; - const char *z2 = 0; - - /* Find the start of the next token. */ - z1 = zStr; - while( z2==0 ){ - char c = *z1; - switch( c ){ - case '\0': return 0; /* No more tokens here */ - case '\'': - case '"': - case '`': { - z2 = z1; - while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) ); - break; - } - case '[': - z2 = &z1[1]; - while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++; - if( *z2 ) z2++; - break; - - default: - if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){ - z2 = &z1[1]; - while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++; - }else{ - z1++; - } - } - } - - *pn = (int)(z2-z1); - return z1; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( - Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Tokenizer hash table */ - const char *zArg, /* Tokenizer name */ - sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok, /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */ - char **pzErr /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */ +/* +** Append a single varint to a PendingList buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned +** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +** +** This function also serves to allocate the PendingList structure itself. +** For example, to create a new PendingList structure containing two +** varints: +** +** PendingList *p = 0; +** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1); +** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2); +*/ +static int fts3PendingListAppendVarint( + PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to PendingList struct */ + sqlite3_int64 i /* Value to append to data */ ){ - int rc; - char *z = (char *)zArg; - int n; - char *zCopy; - char *zEnd; /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m; - - zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg); - if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)]; - - z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n); - z[n] = '\0'; - sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z); + PendingList *p = *pp; - m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1); - if( !m ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", z); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - char const **aArg = 0; - int iArg = 0; - z = &z[n+1]; - while( zxCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer"); - }else{ - (*ppTok)->pModule = m; + p->nSpace = 100; + p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; + p->nData = 0; + } + else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){ + int nNew = p->nSpace * 2; + p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew); + if( !p ){ + sqlite3_free(*pp); + *pp = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - sqlite3_free((void *)aArg); + p->nSpace = nNew; + p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; } - sqlite3_free(zCopy); - return rc; + /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */ + p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i); + p->aData[p->nData] = '\0'; + *pp = p; + return SQLITE_OK; } - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - - /* -** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers -** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This -** function must be called with two arguments: -** -** SELECT (, ); -** SELECT (, ); -** -** where is the name passed as the second argument -** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer') -** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test'). -** -** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl -** list. For each token in the , three elements are -** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the -** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the -** substring of associated with the token. For example, -** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer: -** -** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how'); -** -** will return the string: +** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero +** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding +** the entry. Otherwise, zero. ** -** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}" -** +** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. +** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs, +** it is set to SQLITE_OK. */ -static void testFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv +static int fts3PendingListAppend( + PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid for entry to add */ + sqlite3_int64 iCol, /* Column for entry to add */ + sqlite3_int64 iPos, /* Position of term for entry to add */ + int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ ){ - Fts3Hash *pHash; - sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; - - const char *zErr = 0; - - const char *zName; - int nName; - const char *zInput; - int nInput; - - const char *zArg = 0; - - const char *zToken; - int nToken; - int iStart; - int iEnd; - int iPos; - - Tcl_Obj *pRet; - - assert( argc==2 || argc==3 ); - - nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]); - zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]); - - if( argc==3 ){ - zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - } + PendingList *p = *pp; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); + assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid ); - if( !p ){ - char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - return; + if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0); + if( p ){ + assert( p->nDatanSpace ); + assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 ); + p->nData++; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){ + goto pendinglistappend_out; + } + p->iLastCol = -1; + p->iLastPos = 0; + p->iLastDocid = iDocid; } - - pRet = Tcl_NewObj(); - Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet); - - if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(zArg ? 1 : 0, &zArg, &pTokenizer) ){ - zErr = "error in xCreate()"; - goto finish; + if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1)) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol)) + ){ + goto pendinglistappend_out; + } + p->iLastCol = iCol; + p->iLastPos = 0; } - pTokenizer->pModule = p; - if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){ - zErr = "error in xOpen()"; - goto finish; + if( iCol>=0 ){ + assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) ); + rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->iLastPos = iPos; + } } - pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){ - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos)); - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); - zToken = &zInput[iStart]; - nToken = iEnd-iStart; - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); + pendinglistappend_out: + *pRc = rc; + if( p!=*pp ){ + *pp = p; + return 1; } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend(). +*/ +static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){ + sqlite3_free(pList); +} + +/* +** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables. +*/ +static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + Fts3Table *p, + int iCol, + int iPos, + Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */ + const char *zToken, + int nToken +){ + PendingList *pList; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){ - zErr = "error in xClose()"; - goto finish; + pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken); + if( pList ){ + p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); } - if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){ - zErr = "error in xDestroy()"; - goto finish; + if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){ + if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){ + /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only + ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token. + */ + assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) ); + sqlite3_free(pList); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } } - -finish: - if( zErr ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); } - Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet); + return rc; } -static -int registerTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - char *zName, - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p +/* +** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the +** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in +** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( + Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which text will be inserted */ + int iLangid, /* Language id to use */ + const char *zText, /* Text of document to be inserted */ + int iCol, /* Column into which text is being inserted */ + u32 *pnWord /* IN/OUT: Incr. by number tokens inserted */ ){ int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)"; + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int iPos = 0; + int nWord = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + char const *zToken; + int nToken = 0; + + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, + const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*); + + assert( pTokenizer && pModule ); + + /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with + ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and + ** return early. */ + if( zText==0 ){ + *pnWord = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, iLangid, zText, -1, &pCsr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } - sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_step(pStmt); + xNext = pModule->xNext; + while( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos)) + ){ + int i; + if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1; - return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally. + ** Tokens must have a non-zero length. + */ + if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + + /* Add the term to the terms index */ + rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken + ); + + /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too + ** short for. */ + for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ + struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i]; + if( nTokennPrefix ) continue; + rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix + ); + } + } + + pModule->xClose(pCsr); + *pnWord += nWord; + return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); } -static -int queryTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - char *zName, - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp +/* +** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to +** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the +** contents of the document with docid iDocid. +*/ +static int fts3PendingTermsDocid( + Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id of row being written */ + sqlite_int64 iDocid /* Docid of row being written */ ){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; + assert( iLangid>=0 ); - *pp = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; + /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on + ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if + ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the + ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms + ** generate longer doclists. + */ + if( iDocid<=p->iPrevDocid + || p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid + || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData + ){ + int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } + p->iPrevDocid = iDocid; + p->iPrevLangid = iLangid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); +/* +** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){ + int i; + for(i=0; inIndex; i++){ + Fts3HashElem *pElem; + Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending; + for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){ + PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); + fts3PendingListDelete(pList); } + fts3HashClear(pHash); } - - return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + p->nPendingData = 0; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); - /* -** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(). -** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the -** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined. -** -** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function -** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and -** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated -** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to -** test them. -** -** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar -** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is -** detected. i.e.: -** -** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(); +** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT +** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the +** pendingTerms hash table. ** +** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to +** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row. */ -static void intTestFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv +static int fts3InsertTerms( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, + sqlite3_value **apVal, + u32 *aSz ){ - int rc; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2; - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); - - /* Test the query function */ - sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1); - rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( p1==p2 ); - rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); - assert( p2==0 ); - assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") ); - - /* Test the storage function */ - rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( p2==p1 ); - - sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + for(i=2; inColumn+2; i++){ + int iCol = i-2; + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]); + int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, iCol, &aSz[iCol]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]); + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif - /* -** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of -** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must -** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy -** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to: -** -** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); -** -** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above -** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is -** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header -** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both -** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash. +** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation. +** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by +** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e: ** -** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name -** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table. +** apVal[0] Not used for INSERT. +** apVal[1] rowid +** apVal[2] Left-most user-defined column +** ... +** apVal[p->nColumn+1] Right-most user-defined column +** apVal[p->nColumn+2] Hidden column with same name as table +** apVal[p->nColumn+3] Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid) +** apVal[p->nColumn+4] Hidden languageid column */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( - sqlite3 *db, - Fts3Hash *pHash, - const char *zName +static int fts3InsertData( + Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of values to insert */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */ ){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - void *p = (void *)pHash; - const int any = SQLITE_ANY; + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert; /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - char *zTest = 0; - char *zTest2 = 0; - void *pdb = (void *)db; - zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName); - zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName); - if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( p->zContentTbl ){ + sqlite3_value *pRowid = apVal[p->nColumn+3]; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + pRowid = apVal[1]; + } + if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + } + *piDocid = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0); - } - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0); - } - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0); + /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content + ** table. The SQL for this statement is: + ** + ** INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...) + ** + ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user + ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field. + */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_int( + pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, + sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4]) + ); } - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified + ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both. + ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the + ** same value. For example: + ** + ** INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2); + ** + ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values + ** for both docid and some other rowid alias. + */ + if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){ + if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]) + && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1]) + ){ + /* A rowid/docid conflict. */ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_free(zTest); - sqlite3_free(zTest2); -#endif + /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the + ** new docid value. + */ + sqlite3_step(pContentInsert); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert); + *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db); return rc; } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ -/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/ + /* -** 2006 Oct 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer. +** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing +** pending terms. */ +static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p, int bContent){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */ + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + + /* Delete everything from the shadow tables. Except, leave %_content as + ** is if bContent is false. */ + assert( p->zContentTbl==0 || bContent==0 ); + if( bContent ) fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0); + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0); + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0); + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0); + } + if( p->bHasStat ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0); + } + return rc; +} /* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: ** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +static int langidFromSelect(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSelect){ + int iLangid = 0; + if( p->zLanguageid ) iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, p->nColumn+1); + return iLangid; +} +/* +** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid +** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the +** full-text index. +*/ +static void fts3DeleteTerms( + int *pRC, /* Result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */ + sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */ + u32 *aSz, /* Sizes of deleted document written here */ + int *pbFound /* OUT: Set to true if row really does exist */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; + assert( *pbFound==0 ); + if( *pRC ) return; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ + int i; + int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pSelect); + rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 0)); + for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=p->nColumn; i++){ + int iCol = i-1; + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i); + rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, -1, &aSz[iCol]); + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + *pbFound = 1; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + }else{ + sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + } + *pRC = rc; +} +/* +** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between +** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(). +*/ +static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int); -typedef struct simple_tokenizer { - sqlite3_tokenizer base; - char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */ -} simple_tokenizer; +/* +** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table. +** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting +** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned +** by: +** +** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel +** +** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested +** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the +** allocated index is 0. +** +** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK +** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ + int iLevel, + int *piIdx +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx; /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */ + int iNext = 0; /* Result of query pNextIdx */ -typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor { - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; - const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ - int nBytes; /* size of the input */ - int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */ - int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ - char *pToken; /* storage for current token */ - int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ -} simple_tokenizer_cursor; + assert( iLangid>=0 ); + assert( p->nIndex>=1 ); + /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64( + pNextIdx, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel) + ); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){ + iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx); + } -static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){ - return c<0x80 && t->delim[c]; -} -static int fts3_isalnum(int x){ - return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z'); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already + ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1 + ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise, + ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext. + */ + if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ + fts3LogMerge(16, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)); + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel); + *piIdx = 0; + }else{ + *piIdx = iNext; + } + } + + return rc; } /* -** Create a new tokenizer instance. +** The %_segments table is declared as follows: +** +** CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB) +** +** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The +** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not +** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated +** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the +** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set +** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning. +** +** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row, +** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If +** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to +** eventually free the returned buffer. +** +** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the +** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls +** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the +** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy +** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed +** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held +** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table +** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function +** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning. */ -static int simpleCreate( - int argc, const char * const *argv, - sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iBlockid, /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */ + char **paBlob, /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */ + int *pnBlob, /* OUT: Size of blob data */ + int *pnLoad /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */ ){ - simple_tokenizer *t; + int rc; /* Return code */ - t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); - if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); + /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */ + assert( pnBlob ); - /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run, - ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to - ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this - ** information on the initial create. - */ - if( argc>1 ){ - int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]); - for(i=0; i=0x80 ){ - sqlite3_free(t); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - t->delim[ch] = 1; + if( p->pSegments ){ + rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid); + }else{ + if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){ + p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName); + if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - } else { - /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */ - int i; - for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){ - t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0; + rc = sqlite3_blob_open( + p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments + ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments); + *pnBlob = nByte; + if( paBlob ){ + char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( !aByte ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){ + nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE; + *pnLoad = nByte; + } + rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0); + memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(aByte); + aByte = 0; + } + } + *paBlob = aByte; } } - *ppTokenizer = &t->base; - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } /* -** Destroy a tokenizer +** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above +** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details. */ -static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ - sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); - return SQLITE_OK; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){ + sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments); + p->pSegments = 0; } + +static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */ + int rc; /* Return code */ -/* -** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input -** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in -** *ppCursor. -*/ -static int simpleOpen( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ - const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ -){ - simple_tokenizer_cursor *c; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); - - c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); - if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE); + rc = sqlite3_blob_read( + pReader->pBlob, + &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], + nRead, + pReader->nPopulate + ); - c->pInput = pInput; - if( pInput==0 ){ - c->nBytes = 0; - }else if( nBytes<0 ){ - c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput); - }else{ - c->nBytes = nBytes; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pReader->nPopulate += nRead; + memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){ + sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); + pReader->pBlob = 0; + pReader->nPopulate = 0; + } } - c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ - c->iToken = 0; - c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ - c->nTokenAllocated = 0; + return rc; +} - *ppCursor = &c->base; - return SQLITE_OK; +static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( !pReader->pBlob + || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]) + ); + while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate + ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); + } + return rc; } /* -** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to -** simpleOpen() above. +** Set an Fts3SegReader cursor to point at EOF. */ -static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ - simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; - sqlite3_free(c->pToken); - sqlite3_free(c); - return SQLITE_OK; +static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){ + if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pSeg) ){ + sqlite3_free(pSeg->aNode); + sqlite3_blob_close(pSeg->pBlob); + pSeg->pBlob = 0; + } + pSeg->aNode = 0; } /* -** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must -** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). +** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the +** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term, +** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ -static int simpleNext( - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ - const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ - int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ - int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ - int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ - int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +static int fts3SegReaderNext( + Fts3Table *p, + Fts3SegReader *pReader, + int bIncr ){ - simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; - simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer; - unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput; + int rc; /* Return code of various sub-routines */ + char *pNext; /* Cursor variable */ + int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes in term prefix */ + int nSuffix; /* Number of bytes in term suffix */ - while( c->iOffsetnBytes ){ - int iStartOffset; + if( !pReader->aDoclist ){ + pNext = pReader->aNode; + }else{ + pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; + } - /* Scan past delimiter characters */ - while( c->iOffsetnBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ - c->iOffset++; - } + if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){ - /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ - iStartOffset = c->iOffset; - while( c->iOffsetnBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ - c->iOffset++; + if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem); + if( pElem==0 ){ + pReader->aNode = 0; + }else{ + PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); + pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem); + pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem); + pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = pList->nData + 1; + pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = pList->aData; + pReader->ppNextElem++; + assert( pReader->aNode ); + } + return SQLITE_OK; } - if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ - int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; - if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){ - char *pNew; - c->nTokenAllocated = n+20; - pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated); - if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - c->pToken = pNew; - } - for(i=0; ipToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch); - } - *ppToken = c->pToken; - *pnBytes = n; - *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; - *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; - *piPosition = c->iToken++; + fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader); + /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf + ** blocks have already been traversed. */ + assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ); + if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( + p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, + (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0) + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( pReader->pBlob==0 ); + if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulatenNode ){ + pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments; + p->pSegments = 0; + } + pNext = pReader->aNode; } - return SQLITE_DONE; -} -/* -** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer -*/ -static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = { - 0, - simpleCreate, - simpleDestroy, - simpleOpen, - simpleClose, - simpleNext, -}; + assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ); -/* -** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new -** tokenizer in *ppModule -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule( - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule -){ - *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule; -} + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is + ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */ + pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix); + pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix); + if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0 + || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] + ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){ + int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2; + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pReader->zTerm = zNew; + pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew; + } -/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/ -/* -** 2009 Oct 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically, -** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3 -** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some -** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query -** code in fts3.c. -*/ + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix); + pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix; + pNext += nSuffix; + pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist); + pReader->aDoclist = pNext; + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the + ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either + ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt. + */ + if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] + || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1]) + ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they -** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end -** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer -** of 920 bytes is allocated for it. -** -** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data, -** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an -** overread, even if the node data is corrupted. +** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated +** with the current term. */ -#define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2) - -typedef struct PendingList PendingList; -typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode; -typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter; +static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pReader->aDoclist ); + assert( !pReader->pOffsetList ); + if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + u8 bEof = 0; + pReader->iDocid = 0; + pReader->nOffsetList = 0; + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, + pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, + &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof + ); + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid); + pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n]; + } + } + return rc; +} /* -** Data structure used while accumulating terms in the pending-terms hash -** table. The hash table entry maps from term (a string) to a malloc'd -** instance of this structure. +** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist +** associated with the current term. +** +** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then +** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list +** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint). +** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset +** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example: */ -struct PendingList { - int nData; - char *aData; - int nSpace; - sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid; - sqlite3_int64 iLastCol; - sqlite3_int64 iLastPos; -}; +static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( + Fts3Table *pTab, + Fts3SegReader *pReader, /* Reader to advance to next docid */ + char **ppOffsetList, /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */ + int *pnOffsetList /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *p = pReader->pOffsetList; + char c = 0; + assert( p ); -/* -** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects. -*/ -struct Fts3DeferredToken { - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */ - int iCol; /* Column token must occur in */ - Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; /* Next in list of deferred tokens */ - PendingList *pList; /* Doclist is assembled here */ -}; + if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc. + ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so + ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */ + u8 bEof = 0; + if( ppOffsetList ){ + *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; + *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1; + } + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, + pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid, + &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof + ); + if( bEof ){ + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + }else{ + pReader->pOffsetList = p; + } + }else{ + char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; -/* -** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on -** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of -** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles -** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through -** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions: -** -** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew() -** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree() -** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCost() -** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() -** -** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures: -** -** fts3SegReaderNext() -** fts3SegReaderFirstDocid() -** fts3SegReaderNextDocid() -*/ -struct Fts3SegReader { - int iIdx; /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */ + /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The + ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of + ** the same offset list. */ + while( 1 ){ + + /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is + ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired + ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk + ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past + ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[]. + */ + while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80; + assert( *p==0 ); + + if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break; + rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + p++; + + /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the + ** size of the previous offset-list. + */ + if( ppOffsetList ){ + *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; + *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1); + } - sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock; /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */ - sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock; /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */ - sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock; /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */ - sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock; /* Current leaf block (or 0) */ + /* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */ + while( p=pEnd ){ + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta); + if( pTab->bDescIdx ){ + pReader->iDocid -= iDelta; + }else{ + pReader->iDocid += iDelta; + } + } + } + } - char *aNode; /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */ - int nNode; /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */ - Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly - ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns - ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK - ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE). - */ - int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in current term */ - char *zTerm; /* Pointer to current term */ - int nTermAlloc; /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */ - char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */ - int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */ - /* The following variables are used to iterate through the current doclist */ - char *pOffsetList; - sqlite3_int64 iDocid; -}; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, + Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, + int *pnOvfl +){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int nOvfl = 0; + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int pgsz = p->nPgsz; -#define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0) -#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->aNode==(char *)&(p)[1]) + assert( p->bFts4 ); + assert( pgsz>0 ); + + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinSegment; ii++){ + Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii]; + if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) + && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) + ){ + sqlite3_int64 jj; + for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){ + int nBlob; + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){ + nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz; + } + } + } + } + *pnOvfl = nOvfl; + return rc; +} /* -** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the -** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the -** following functions: -** -** fts3SegWriterAdd() -** fts3SegWriterFlush() -** fts3SegWriterFree() +** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the +** second argument. */ -struct SegmentWriter { - SegmentNode *pTree; /* Pointer to interior tree structure */ - sqlite3_int64 iFirst; /* First slot in %_segments written */ - sqlite3_int64 iFree; /* Next free slot in %_segments */ - char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ - int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ - int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ - char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ - int nSize; /* Size of allocation at aData */ - int nData; /* Bytes of data in aData */ - char *aData; /* Pointer to block from malloc() */ -}; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + if( pReader && !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm); + if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ + sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); + sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); + } + } + sqlite3_free(pReader); +} /* -** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create -** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except -** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code -** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above. -** -** fts3NodeAddTerm() -** fts3NodeWrite() -** fts3NodeFree() +** Allocate a new SegReader object. */ -struct SegmentNode { - SegmentNode *pParent; /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */ - SegmentNode *pRight; /* Pointer to right-sibling */ - SegmentNode *pLeftmost; /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */ - int nEntry; /* Number of terms written to node so far */ - char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ - int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ - int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ - char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ - int nData; /* Bytes of valid data so far */ - char *aData; /* Node data */ -}; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew( + int iAge, /* Segment "age". */ + int bLookup, /* True for a lookup only */ + sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf, /* First leaf to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf, /* Final leaf to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Final block of segment */ + const char *zRoot, /* Buffer containing root node */ + int nRoot, /* Size of buffer containing root node */ + Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */ +){ + Fts3SegReader *pReader; /* Newly allocated SegReader object */ + int nExtra = 0; /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */ + + assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf ); + if( iStartLeaf==0 ){ + nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING; + } + + pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra); + if( !pReader ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader)); + pReader->iIdx = iAge; + pReader->bLookup = bLookup!=0; + pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf; + pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf; + pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock; + + if( nExtra ){ + /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */ + pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1]; + pReader->rootOnly = 1; + pReader->nNode = nRoot; + memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot); + memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + }else{ + pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1; + } + *ppReader = pReader; + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt(). +** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting +** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing +** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database. */ -#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0 -#define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT 6 -#define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID 7 -#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX 8 -#define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS 9 -#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID 10 -#define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR 11 -#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL 12 -#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_LEVEL 13 -#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT 14 -#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_COUNT_MAX 15 -#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_BY_LEVEL 16 -#define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE 17 -#define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT 18 -#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE 19 -#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 20 -#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE 21 -#define SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL 22 -#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCTOTAL 23 +static int fts3CompareElemByTerm(const void *lhs, const void *rhs){ + char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); + char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); + int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); + int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); + + int n = (n1aIndex */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to search for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of buffer zTerm */ + int bPrefix, /* True for a prefix iterator */ + Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */ ){ - const char *azSql[] = { -/* 0 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?", -/* 1 */ "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)", -/* 2 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'", -/* 3 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'", -/* 4 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", -/* 5 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'", -/* 6 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'", -/* 7 */ "SELECT * FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid=?", -/* 8 */ "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1", -/* 9 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)", -/* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)", -/* 11 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)", - - /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ -/* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " - "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC", -/* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " - "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", + Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0; /* Fts3SegReader object to return */ + Fts3HashElem *pE; /* Iterator variable */ + Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0; /* Array of term hash entries to scan */ + int nElem = 0; /* Size of array at aElem */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Hash *pHash; -/* 14 */ "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", -/* 15 */ "SELECT count(*), max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", + pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending; + if( bPrefix ){ + int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated array at aElem */ -/* 16 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", -/* 17 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?", -/* 18 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%z)", -/* 19 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?", -/* 20 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)", -/* 21 */ "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?", -/* 22 */ "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=0", -/* 23 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(0,?)", - }; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){ + char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE); + int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE); + if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){ + if( nElem==nAlloc ){ + Fts3HashElem **aElem2; + nAlloc += 16; + aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc( + aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *) + ); + if( !aElem2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + nElem = 0; + break; + } + aElem = aElem2; + } - assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) ); - assert( eStmt=0 ); - - pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt]; - if( !pStmt ){ - char *zSql; - if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - char *zVarlist; /* The "?, ?, ..." string */ - zVarlist = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(2*p->nColumn+2); - if( !zVarlist ){ - *pp = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - zVarlist[0] = '?'; - zVarlist[p->nColumn*2+1] = '\0'; - for(i=1; i<=p->nColumn; i++){ - zVarlist[i*2-1] = ','; - zVarlist[i*2] = '?'; + aElem[nElem++] = pE; } - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, zVarlist); - }else{ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName); } - if( !zSql ){ + + /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem + ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison + ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk. + */ + if( nElem>1 ){ + qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm); + } + + }else{ + /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in + ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. + ** + ** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer + ** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid + ** within this entire function, not just this "else{...}" block. + */ + pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm); + if( pE ){ + aElem = &pE; + nElem = 1; + } + } + + if( nElem>0 ){ + int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *); + pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !pReader ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, NULL); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); - p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt; + memset(pReader, 0, nByte); + pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF; + pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1]; + memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)); } } - if( apVal ){ - int i; - int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt); - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iaNode && pRhs->aNode ){ + int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm; + if( rc2<0 ){ + rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm); + }else{ + rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm); + } + if( rc==0 ){ + rc = rc2; + } + }else{ + rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0); + } + if( rc==0 ){ + rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; + } + assert( rc!=0 ); + return rc; +} - rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, eStmt, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iDocid); +/* +** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this +** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in +** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows: +** +** 1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF. +** +** 2) By current docid. +** +** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ + int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); + if( rc==0 ){ + if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ + rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; + }else{ + rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; } - rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; - pStmt = 0; + } + assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); + return rc; +} +static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ + int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); + if( rc==0 ){ + if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ + rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; + rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; } } - - *ppStmt = pStmt; + assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); return rc; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal( - Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ +/* +** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument +** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. +** +** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return +** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are +** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp( + Fts3SegReader *pSeg, /* Segment reader object */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to compare to */ + int nTerm /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ ){ - return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL, 0, ppStmt); + int res = 0; + if( pSeg->aNode ){ + if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){ + res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + }else{ + res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm); + } + if( res==0 ){ + res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm; + } + } + return res; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize( - Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to read size data for */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ +/* +** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that +** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order +** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles +** the array around until all entries are in sorted order. +*/ +static void fts3SegReaderSort( + Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array to sort entries of */ + int nSegment, /* Size of apSegment array */ + int nSuspect, /* Unsorted entry count */ + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) /* Comparison function */ ){ - return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, iDocid, ppStmt); + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + + assert( nSuspect<=nSegment ); + + if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--; + for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){ + int j; + for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){ + Fts3SegReader *pTmp; + if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break; + pTmp = apSegment[j+1]; + apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j]; + apSegment[j] = pTmp; + } + } + +#ifndef NDEBUG + /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */ + for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){ + assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 ); + } +#endif } -/* -** Similar to fts3SqlStmt(). Except, after binding the parameters in -** array apVal[] to the SQL statement identified by eStmt, the statement -** is executed. -** -** Returns SQLITE_OK if the statement is successfully executed, or an -** SQLite error code otherwise. +/* +** Insert a record into the %_segments table. */ -static void fts3SqlExec( - int *pRC, /* Result code */ - Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS3 table */ - int eStmt, /* Index of statement to evaluate */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Parameters to bind */ +static int fts3WriteSegment( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iBlock, /* Block id for new block */ + char *z, /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */ + int n /* Size of buffer z in bytes */ ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc; - if( *pRC ) return; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); + int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } - *pRC = rc; + return rc; } - /* -** This function ensures that the caller has obtained a shared-cache -** table-lock on the %_content table. This is required before reading -** data from the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then -** the caller may end up holding read-locks on the %_segments and %_segdir -** tables, but no read-lock on the %_content table. If this happens -** a second connection will be able to write to the fts3 table, but -** attempting to commit those writes might return SQLITE_LOCKED or -** SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (because the commit attempts to obtain -** write-locks on the %_segments and %_segdir ** tables). -** -** We try to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when committing -** a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. And this is -** not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. It can -** still happen if the user reads data directly from the %_segments or -** %_segdir tables instead of going through FTS3 though. +** Find the largest relative level number in the table. If successful, set +** *pnMax to this value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, +** set *pnMax to zero and return an SQLite error code. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(Fts3Table *p){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to obtain lock */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int *pnMax){ + int rc; + int mxLevel = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + mxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + *pnMax = mxLevel; + return rc; +} - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pStmt, 0); +/* +** Insert a record into the %_segdir table. +*/ +static int fts3WriteSegdir( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for "level" field (absolute level) */ + int iIdx, /* Value for "idx" field */ + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock, /* Value for "start_block" field */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock, /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Value for "end_block" field */ + sqlite3_int64 nLeafData, /* Bytes of leaf data in segment */ + char *zRoot, /* Blob value for "root" field */ + int nRoot /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */ +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock); + if( nLeafData==0 ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock); + }else{ + char *zEnd = sqlite3_mprintf("%lld %lld", iEndBlock, nLeafData); + if( !zEnd ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 5, zEnd, -1, sqlite3_free); + } + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } @@ -115152,1423 +138651,2007 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(Fts3Table *p){ } /* -** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through -** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful, -** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, -** return an SQLite error code. -** -** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for -** each FTS3 table. -** -** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table: +** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and +** zNext, in bytes. For example, ** -** 0: idx -** 1: start_block -** 2: leaves_end_block -** 3: end_block -** 4: root +** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3 +** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2 +** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6) // returns 0 */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){ - return fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LEVEL, ppStmt, 0); +static int fts3PrefixCompress( + const char *zPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term */ + int nPrev, /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */ + const char *zNext, /* Buffer containing next term */ + int nNext /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */ +){ + int n; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext); + for(n=0; nnData; /* Current size of node in bytes */ + int nReq = nData; /* Required space after adding zTerm */ + int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */ + int nSuffix; /* Suffix length */ + + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; + + nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix; + if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){ + + if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ + /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node + ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large + ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes + ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when + ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, + ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. + */ + assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] ); + pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq); + if( !pTree->aData ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + if( pTree->zTerm ){ + /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */ + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix); + } + + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix; + pTree->nEntry++; + + if( isCopyTerm ){ + if( pTree->nMalloczMalloc, nTerm*2); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2; + pTree->zMalloc = zNew; + } + pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc; + memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + pTree->nTerm = nTerm; + }else{ + pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; + pTree->nTerm = nTerm; + } + return SQLITE_OK; } - p->nSpace = 100; - p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; - p->nData = 0; } - else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){ - int nNew = p->nSpace * 2; - p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew); - if( !p ){ - sqlite3_free(*pp); - *pp = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the + ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node). + ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it. + ** + ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for + ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree + ** has no parent, one is created here. + */ + pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize); + if( !pNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode)); + pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX; + pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1]; + + if( pTree ){ + SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent; + rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + if( pTree->pParent==0 ){ + pTree->pParent = pParent; } - p->nSpace = nNew; - p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; + pTree->pRight = pNew; + pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost; + pNew->pParent = pParent; + pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc; + pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc; + pTree->zMalloc = 0; + }else{ + pNew->pLeftmost = pNew; + rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); } - /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */ - p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i); - p->aData[p->nData] = '\0'; - *pp = p; - return SQLITE_OK; + *ppTree = pNew; + return rc; } /* -** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero -** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding -** the entry. Otherwise, zero. -** -** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. -** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs, -** it is set to SQLITE_OK. +** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite(). */ -static int fts3PendingListAppend( - PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */ - sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid for entry to add */ - sqlite3_int64 iCol, /* Column for entry to add */ - sqlite3_int64 iPos, /* Position of term for entry to add */ - int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ +static int fts3TreeFinishNode( + SegmentNode *pTree, + int iHeight, + sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild ){ - PendingList *p = *pp; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid ); + int nStart; + assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 ); + nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild); + pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight; + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild); + return nStart; +} - if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){ - sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0); - if( p ){ - assert( p->nDatanSpace ); - assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 ); - p->nData++; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){ - goto pendinglistappend_out; - } - p->iLastCol = -1; - p->iLastPos = 0; - p->iLastDocid = iDocid; - } - if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol)) - ){ - goto pendinglistappend_out; +/* +** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the +** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of +** pTree and its peers to the database. +** +** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead, +** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is +** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no +** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is +** returned. +*/ +static int fts3NodeWrite( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentNode *pTree, /* SegmentNode handle */ + int iHeight, /* Height of this node in tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeaf, /* Block id of first leaf node */ + sqlite3_int64 iFree, /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLast, /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */ + char **paRoot, /* OUT: Data for root node */ + int *pnRoot /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( !pTree->pParent ){ + /* Root node of the tree. */ + int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf); + *piLast = iFree-1; + *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart; + *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart]; + }else{ + SegmentNode *pIter; + sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree; + sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf; + for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){ + int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf); + int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart; + + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite); + iNextFree++; + iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1); } - p->iLastCol = iCol; - p->iLastPos = 0; - } - if( iCol>=0 ){ - assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) ); - rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->iLastPos = iPos; + assert( iNextLeaf==iFree ); + rc = fts3NodeWrite( + p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot + ); } } - pendinglistappend_out: - *pRc = rc; - if( p!=*pp ){ - *pp = p; - return 1; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree. +*/ +static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){ + if( pTree ){ + SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost; + fts3NodeFree(p->pParent); + while( p ){ + SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight; + if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){ + sqlite3_free(p->aData); + } + assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 ); + sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc); + sqlite3_free(p); + p = pRight; + } } - return 0; } /* -** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the -** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in -** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol. +** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object +** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should +** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object +** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ -static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( - Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which text will be inserted */ - const char *zText, /* Text of document to be inserted */ - int iCol, /* Column into which text is being inserted */ - u32 *pnWord /* OUT: Number of tokens inserted */ +static int fts3SegWriterAdd( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ + int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */ + const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */ + const char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */ + int nDoclist /* Size of doclist in bytes */ ){ - int rc; - int iStart; - int iEnd; - int iPos; - int nWord = 0; + int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */ + int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */ + int nReq; /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */ + int nData; + SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter; - char const *zToken; - int nToken; + if( !pWriter ){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer; - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; - int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, - const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*); + /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */ + pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter)); + if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter)); + *ppWriter = pWriter; - assert( pTokenizer && pModule ); + /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */ + pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize); + if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize; - rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zText, -1, &pCsr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; + /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); + pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } - pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + nData = pWriter->nData; - xNext = pModule->xNext; - while( SQLITE_OK==rc - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos)) - ){ - PendingList *pList; - - if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1; + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; - /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally. - ** Tokens must have a non-zero length. + /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */ + nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) + /* varint containing prefix size */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + /* varint containing suffix size */ + nSuffix + /* Term suffix */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ + nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ + + if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ + int rc; + + /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + p->nLeafAdd++; + + /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to + ** the interior tree must: + ** + ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written + ** to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and + ** + ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new + ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm). + ** + ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than + ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm. */ - if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - } + assert( nPrefixpTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(&p->pendingTerms, zToken, nToken); - if( pList ){ - p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); - } - if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){ - if( pList==fts3HashInsert(&p->pendingTerms, zToken, nToken, pList) ){ - /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only - ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token. - */ - assert( 0==fts3HashFind(&p->pendingTerms, zToken, nToken) ); - sqlite3_free(pList); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + nData = 0; + pWriter->nTerm = 0; + + nPrefix = 0; + nSuffix = nTerm; + nReq = 1 + /* varint containing prefix size */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) + /* varint containing suffix size */ + nTerm + /* Term suffix */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ + nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ + } + + /* Increase the total number of bytes written to account for the new entry. */ + pWriter->nLeafData += nReq; + + /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc + ** the buffer to make it large enough. + */ + if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){ + char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq); + if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pWriter->aData = aNew; + pWriter->nSize = nReq; + } + assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize ); + + /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */ + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix); + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + nData += nSuffix; + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist); + memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist); + pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist; + + /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next. + ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by + ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just + ** store a copy of the pointer. + */ + if( isCopyTerm ){ + if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2; + pWriter->zMalloc = zNew; + pWriter->zTerm = zNew; } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); - } + assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc ); + memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + }else{ + pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; } + pWriter->nTerm = nTerm; - pModule->xClose(pCsr); - *pnWord = nWord; - return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to -** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the -** contents of the document with docid iDocid. +/* +** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the +** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added +** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is +** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ -static int fts3PendingTermsDocid(Fts3Table *p, sqlite_int64 iDocid){ - /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on - ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if - ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the - ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms - ** generate longer doclists. - */ - if( iDocid<=p->iPrevDocid || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData ){ - int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; +static int fts3SegWriterFlush( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentWriter *pWriter, /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */ + sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */ + int iIdx /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + if( pWriter->pTree ){ + sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0; /* Largest block id written to database */ + sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf; /* Largest leaf block id written to db */ + char *zRoot = NULL; /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */ + int nRoot = 0; /* Size of buffer zRoot */ + + iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree; + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1, + pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, + pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot); + } + }else{ + /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, + 0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); } - p->iPrevDocid = iDocid; - return SQLITE_OK; + p->nLeafAdd++; + return rc; } /* -** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. +** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the +** first argument. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){ - Fts3HashElem *pElem; - for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(&p->pendingTerms); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){ - sqlite3_free(fts3HashData(pElem)); +static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){ + if( pWriter ){ + sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData); + sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc); + fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree); + sqlite3_free(pWriter); } - fts3HashClear(&p->pendingTerms); - p->nPendingData = 0; } /* -** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT -** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the -** pendingTerms hash table. +** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer. +** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that +** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid +** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty. ** -** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to -** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row. +** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for +** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an +** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. */ -static int fts3InsertTerms(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value **apVal, u32 *aSz){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - for(i=2; inColumn+2; i++){ - const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]); - if( zText ){ - int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, zText, i-2, &aSz[i-2]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; +static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + if( p->zContentTbl ){ + /* If using the content=xxx option, assume the table is never empty */ + *pisEmpty = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } - aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]); } - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } /* -** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation. -** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by -** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e: +** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index +** iIndex. ** -** apVal[0] Not used for INSERT. -** apVal[1] rowid -** apVal[2] Left-most user-defined column -** ... -** apVal[p->nColumn+1] Right-most user-defined column -** apVal[p->nColumn+2] Hidden column with same name as table -** apVal[p->nColumn+3] Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid) +** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not. */ -static int fts3InsertData( - Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table */ - sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of values to insert */ - sqlite3_int64 *piDocid /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */ +static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, + int iIndex, + sqlite3_int64 *pnMax ){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert; /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */ - - /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content - ** table. The SQL for this statement is: - ** - ** INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...) - ** - ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user - ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field. - */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); - /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified - ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both. - ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the - ** same value. For example: + /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: ** - ** INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2); + ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ** - ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values - ** for both docid and some other rowid alias. + ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). */ - if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){ - if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]) - && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1]) - ){ - /* A rowid/docid conflict. */ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) + ); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); } - - /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the - ** new docid value. - */ - sqlite3_step(pContentInsert); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert); - - *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db); - return rc; + return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } - - /* -** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing -** pending terms. +** iAbsLevel is an absolute level that may be assumed to exist within +** the database. This function checks if it is the largest level number +** within its index. Assuming no error occurs, *pbMax is set to 1 if +** iAbsLevel is indeed the largest level, or 0 otherwise, and SQLITE_OK +** is returned. If an error occurs, an error code is returned and the +** final value of *pbMax is undefined. */ -static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ +static int fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, i64 iAbsLevel, int *pbMax){ - /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */ - sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: + ** + ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? + ** + ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). + */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + ((iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + ); - /* Delete everything from the %_content, %_segments and %_segdir tables. */ - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0); - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0); - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0); - if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0); - } - if( p->bHasStat ){ - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0); + *pbMax = 0; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *pbMax = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_NULL; } - return rc; + return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } /* -** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid -** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the -** full-text index. +** Delete all entries in the %_segments table associated with the segment +** opened with seg-reader pSeg. This function does not affect the contents +** of the %_segdir table. */ -static void fts3DeleteTerms( - int *pRC, /* Result code */ - Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */ - sqlite3_value **apVal, /* apVal[] contains the docid to be deleted */ - u32 *aSz /* Sizes of deleted document written here */ +static int fts3DeleteSegment( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg /* Segment to delete */ ){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; - - if( *pRC ) return; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, apVal); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ - int i; - for(i=1; i<=p->nColumn; i++){ - const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i); - rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, zText, -1, &aSz[i-1]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_reset(pSelect); - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i); - } + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + if( pSeg->iStartBlock ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSeg->iStartBlock); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSeg->iEndBlock); + sqlite3_step(pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); - }else{ - sqlite3_reset(pSelect); } - *pRC = rc; + return rc; } /* -** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between -** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(). -*/ -static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int); - -/* -** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table. -** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting -** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned -** by: -** -** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel +** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large +** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically, +** it: +** +** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with +** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third +** argument, and ** -** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested -** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the -** allocated index is 0. +** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir +** entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0). ** -** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK -** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ -static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(Fts3Table *p, int iLevel, int *piIdx){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx; /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */ - int iNext = 0; /* Result of query pNextIdx */ +static int fts3DeleteSegdir( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ + int iLevel, /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */ + Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of SegReader objects */ + int nReader /* Size of array apSegment */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ - /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int(pNextIdx, 1, iLevel); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){ - iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ); + if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, + getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) + ); + } + }else{ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64( + pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel) + ); } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already - ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1 - ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise, - ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext. - */ - if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ - rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLevel); - *piIdx = 0; - }else{ - *piIdx = iNext; - } + sqlite3_step(pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); } return rc; } /* -** The %_segments table is declared as follows: -** -** CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB) -** -** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The -** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not -** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated -** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the -** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set -** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning. +** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains +** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This +** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they +** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol. ** -** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row, -** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If -** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to -** eventually free the returned buffer. +** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then +** *pnList is set to zero before returning. ** -** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the -** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls -** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the -** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy -** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed -** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held -** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table -** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function -** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning. +** If parameter bZero is non-zero, then any part of the input list following +** the end of the output list is zeroed before returning. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iBlockid, /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */ - char **paBlob, /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */ - int *pnBlob /* OUT: Size of blob data */ +static void fts3ColumnFilter( + int iCol, /* Column to filter on */ + int bZero, /* Zero out anything following *ppList */ + char **ppList, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */ + int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */ ){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */ - assert( pnBlob); + char *pList = *ppList; + int nList = *pnList; + char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; + int iCurrent = 0; + char *p = pList; - if( p->pSegments ){ - rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid); - }else{ - if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){ - p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName); - if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + assert( iCol>=0 ); + while( 1 ){ + char c = 0; + while( pdb, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments - ); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments); - if( paBlob ){ - char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING); - if( !aByte ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0); - memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(aByte); - aByte = 0; - } - } - *paBlob = aByte; + nList -= (int)(p - pList); + pList = p; + if( nList==0 ){ + break; } - *pnBlob = nByte; + p = &pList[1]; + p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCurrent); } - return rc; + if( bZero && &pList[nList]!=pEnd ){ + memset(&pList[nList], 0, pEnd - &pList[nList]); + } + *ppList = pList; + *pnList = nList; } /* -** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above -** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details. +** Cache data in the Fts3MultiSegReader.aBuffer[] buffer (overwriting any +** existing data). Grow the buffer if required. +** +** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered +** trying to resize the buffer, return SQLITE_NOMEM. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){ - sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments); - p->pSegments = 0; +static int fts3MsrBufferData( + Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */ + char *pList, + int nList +){ + if( nList>pMsr->nBuffer ){ + char *pNew; + pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2; + pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pMsr->aBuffer = pNew; + } + + memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList); + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the -** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term, -** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int fts3SegReaderNext(Fts3Table *p, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ - char *pNext; /* Cursor variable */ - int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes in term prefix */ - int nSuffix; /* Number of bytes in term suffix */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* OUT: Docid value */ + char **paPoslist, /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ + int *pnPoslist /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */ +){ + int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance; + Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); - if( !pReader->aDoclist ){ - pNext = pReader->aNode; - }else{ - pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; + if( nMerge==0 ){ + *paPoslist = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; } - if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){ - int rc; /* Return code from Fts3ReadBlock() */ + while( 1 ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg; + pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0]; - if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ - Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem); - if( pElem==0 ){ - pReader->aNode = 0; - }else{ - PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); - pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem); - pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem); - pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = pList->nData + 1; - pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = pList->aData; - pReader->ppNextElem++; - assert( pReader->aNode ); + if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){ + *paPoslist = 0; + break; + }else{ + int rc; + char *pList; + int nList; + int j; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; + + rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); + j = 1; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK + && jpOffsetList + && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid + ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); + j++; } - return SQLITE_OK; - } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); - if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ - sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); - } - pReader->aNode = 0; + if( nList>0 && fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ + rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 ); + pList = pMsr->aBuffer; + } - /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf - ** blocks have already been traversed. */ - assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ); - if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } + if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){ + fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, 1, &pList, &nList); + } - rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( - p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pNext = pReader->aNode; + if( nList>0 ){ + *paPoslist = pList; + *piDocid = iDocid; + *pnPoslist = nList; + break; + } + } } - - /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is - ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fts3SegReaderStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term searched for (or NULL) */ + int nTerm /* Length of zTerm in bytes */ +){ + int i; + int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment; + + /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search + ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of + ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many + ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment + ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term. */ - pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix); - pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix); - if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0 - || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] - ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT; - } + for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && inSegment; i++){ + int res = 0; + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i]; + do { + int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + }while( zTerm && (res = fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm))<0 ); - if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){ - int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2; - char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew); - if( !zNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( pSeg->bLookup && res!=0 ){ + fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg); } - pReader->zTerm = zNew; - pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew; } - memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix); - pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix; - pNext += nSuffix; - pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist); - pReader->aDoclist = pNext; - pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp); - /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the - ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either - ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt. - */ - if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] - || pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1] - ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT; - } return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated -** with the current term. -*/ -static void fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ - int n; - assert( pReader->aDoclist ); - assert( !pReader->pOffsetList ); - n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid); - pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter /* Restrictions on range of iteration */ +){ + pCsr->pFilter = pFilter; + return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm); } -/* -** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist -** associated with the current term. -** -** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then -** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list -** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint). -** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset -** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example: -*/ -static void fts3SegReaderNextDocid( - Fts3SegReader *pReader, - char **ppOffsetList, - int *pnOffsetList +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + int iCol, /* Column to match on. */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */ + int nTerm /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ ){ - char *p = pReader->pOffsetList; - char c = 0; + int i; + int rc; + int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); - /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The - ** following two lines advance it to point one byte past the end of - ** the same offset list. - */ - while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80; - p++; + assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 ); + assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 ); - /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the - ** size of the previous offset-list. - */ - if( ppOffsetList ){ - *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; - *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1); + /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */ + rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */ + for(i=0; iapSegment[i]; + if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){ + break; + } } + pCsr->nAdvance = i; - /* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to - ** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and - ** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before - ** returning. - */ - if( p>=&pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist] ){ - pReader->pOffsetList = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3_int64 iDelta; - pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta); - pReader->iDocid += iDelta; + /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */ + for(i=0; inAdvance; i++){ + rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } + fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp); + + assert( iCol<0 || iColnColumn ); + pCsr->iColFilter = iCol; + + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** This function is called to estimate the amount of data that will be -** loaded from the disk If SegReaderIterate() is called on this seg-reader, -** in units of average document size. -** -** This can be used as follows: If the caller has a small doclist that -** contains references to N documents, and is considering merging it with -** a large doclist (size X "average documents"), it may opt not to load -** the large doclist if X>N. +** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using +** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also +** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such +** a state that if the next two calls are: +** +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart() +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep() +** +** then the entire doclist for the term is available in +** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCost( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor handle */ - Fts3SegReader *pReader, /* Segment-reader handle */ - int *pnCost /* IN/OUT: Number of bytes read */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */ + + assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 ); + assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 ); + assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 ); + assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 ); + + pCsr->nAdvance = 0; + pCsr->bRestart = 1; + for(i=0; inSegment; i++){ + pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0; + pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0; + pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ ){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int nCost = 0; /* Cost in bytes to return */ - int pgsz = p->nPgsz; /* Database page size */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* If this seg-reader is reading the pending-terms table, or if all data - ** for the segment is stored on the root page of the b-tree, then the cost - ** is zero. In this case all required data is already in main memory. - */ - if( p->bHasStat - && !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) - && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) - ){ - int nBlob = 0; - sqlite3_int64 iBlock; + int isIgnoreEmpty = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY); + int isRequirePos = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS); + int isColFilter = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER); + int isPrefix = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX); + int isScan = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN); + int isFirst = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST); + + Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment; + int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); - if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){ - /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost - ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required - ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it. - ** - ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 - ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table. - ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in - ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of - ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left - ** to right. - */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; - sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0; - const char *a; - rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt); - if( rc ) return rc; - a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); - if( a ){ - const char *pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)]; - a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); - while( anSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + pgsz) / pgsz); - assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + do { + int nMerge; + int i; + + /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array + ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again. + */ + for(i=0; inAdvance; i++){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i]; + if( pSeg->bLookup ){ + fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg); + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); + } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } + fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp); + pCsr->nAdvance = 0; + + /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break; + + pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm; + pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm; - /* Assume that a blob flows over onto overflow pages if it is larger - ** than (pgsz-35) bytes in size (the file-format documentation - ** confirms this). + /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points + ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all + ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early. + ** + ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term + ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early. */ - for(iBlock=pReader->iStartBlock; iBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; iBlock++){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iBlock, 0, &nBlob); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){ - int nOvfl = (nBlob + 34)/pgsz; - nCost += ((nOvfl + pCsr->nRowAvg - 1)/pCsr->nRowAvg); + if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){ + if( pCsr->nTermnTerm + || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm) + || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) + ){ + break; } } - } - *pnCost += nCost; + nMerge = 1; + while( nMergeaNode + && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm + && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm) + ){ + nMerge++; + } + + assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) ); + if( nMerge==1 + && !isIgnoreEmpty + && !isFirst + && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0) + ){ + pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist; + if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ + rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist); + pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; + }else{ + pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW; + }else{ + int nDoclist = 0; /* Size of doclist */ + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; /* Previous docid stored in doclist */ + + /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array + ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged + ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist. + */ + for(i=0; ipOffsetList ){ + int j; /* Number of segments that share a docid */ + char *pList = 0; + int nList = 0; + int nByte; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; + fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); + j = 1; + while( jpOffsetList + && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid + ){ + fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); + j++; + } + + if( isColFilter ){ + fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, 0, &pList, &nList); + } + + if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){ + + /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged + ** doclist. */ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){ + iDelta = iPrev - iDocid; + }else{ + iDelta = iDocid - iPrev; + } + assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) ); + assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid ); + + nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0); + if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){ + char *aNew; + pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2; + aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer); + if( !aNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pCsr->aBuffer = aNew; + } + + if( isFirst ){ + char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist]; + int nWrite; + + nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a); + if( nWrite ){ + iPrev = iDocid; + nDoclist += nWrite; + } + }else{ + nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta); + iPrev = iDocid; + if( isRequirePos ){ + memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList); + nDoclist += nList; + pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0'; + } + } + } + + fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); + } + if( nDoclist>0 ){ + pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; + pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist; + rc = SQLITE_ROW; + } + } + pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge; + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + return rc; } + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish( + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ +){ + if( pCsr ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inSegment; i++){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer); + + pCsr->nSegment = 0; + pCsr->apSegment = 0; + pCsr->aBuffer = 0; + } +} + /* -** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the -** second argument. +** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT +** statement passed as the first argument. +** +** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field +** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated +** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock +** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second, +** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ - if( pReader && !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ - sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm); - if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ - sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); +static void fts3ReadEndBlockField( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int iCol, + i64 *piEndBlock, + i64 *pnByte +){ + const unsigned char *zText = sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol); + if( zText ){ + int i; + int iMul = 1; + i64 iVal = 0; + for(i=0; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ + iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); + } + *piEndBlock = iVal; + while( zText[i]==' ' ) i++; + iVal = 0; + if( zText[i]=='-' ){ + i++; + iMul = -1; } + for(/* no-op */; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ + iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); + } + *pnByte = (iVal * (i64)iMul); } - sqlite3_free(pReader); } + /* -** Allocate a new SegReader object. +** A segment of size nByte bytes has just been written to absolute level +** iAbsLevel. Promote any segments that should be promoted as a result. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew( - int iAge, /* Segment "age". */ - sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf, /* First leaf to traverse */ - sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf, /* Final leaf to traverse */ - sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Final block of segment */ - const char *zRoot, /* Buffer containing root node */ - int nRoot, /* Size of buffer containing root node */ - Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */ +static int fts3PromoteSegments( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level just updated */ + sqlite3_int64 nByte /* Size of new segment at iAbsLevel */ ){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Fts3SegReader *pReader; /* Newly allocated SegReader object */ - int nExtra = 0; /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_stmt *pRange; - assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf ); - if( iStartLeaf==0 ){ - nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING; - } + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2, &pRange, 0); - pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra); - if( !pReader ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader)); - pReader->iIdx = iAge; - pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf; - pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf; - pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bOk = 0; + i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1; + i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2; + + /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to + ** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is + ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all + ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be + ** promoted to level iAbsLevel. */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast); + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){ + i64 nSize = 0, dummy; + fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize); + if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){ + /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not + ** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an + ** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine + ** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not + ** take place. */ + bOk = 0; + break; + } + bOk = 1; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange); - if( nExtra ){ - /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */ - pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1]; - pReader->nNode = nRoot; - memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot); - memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); - }else{ - pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1; - } + if( bOk ){ + int iIdx = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate1; + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate2; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *ppReader = pReader; - }else{ - sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pReader); - } - return rc; -} + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX, &pUpdate1, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL, &pUpdate2, 0); + } -/* -** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting -** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing -** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database. -*/ -static int fts3CompareElemByTerm(const void *lhs, const void *rhs){ - char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); - char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); - int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); - int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int n = (n1aIndex[] to merge */ + int iLevel /* Level to merge */ ){ - Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0; /* Fts3SegReader object to return */ - Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0; /* Array of term hash entries to scan */ - int nElem = 0; /* Size of array at aElem */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int iIdx = 0; /* Index of new segment */ + sqlite3_int64 iNewLevel = 0; /* Level/index to create new segment at */ + SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0; /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter condition */ + Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */ + int bIgnoreEmpty = 0; /* True to ignore empty segments */ + i64 iMaxLevel = 0; /* Max level number for this index/langid */ - if( isPrefix ){ - int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated array at aElem */ - Fts3HashElem *pE = 0; /* Iterator variable */ + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL + || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING + || iLevel>=0 + ); + assert( iLevel=0 && iIndexnIndex ); - for(pE=fts3HashFirst(&p->pendingTerms); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){ - char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE); - int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE); - if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){ - if( nElem==nAlloc ){ - Fts3HashElem **aElem2; - nAlloc += 16; - aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc( - aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *) - ); - if( !aElem2 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - nElem = 0; - break; - } - aElem = aElem2; - } - aElem[nElem++] = pE; - } - } + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished; - /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem - ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison - ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk. - */ - if( nElem>1 ){ - qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm); + if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ + rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, &iMaxLevel); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + } + + if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ + /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single + ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the numerically + ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this + ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0. */ + if( csr.nSegment==1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + goto finished; } + iNewLevel = iMaxLevel; + bIgnoreEmpty = 1; }else{ - Fts3HashElem *pE = fts3HashFindElem(&p->pendingTerms, zTerm, nTerm); - if( pE ){ - aElem = &pE; - nElem = 1; - } + /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next + ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to + ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to + ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */ + assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 ); + iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1); + rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx); + bIgnoreEmpty = (iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING) && (iNewLevel>iMaxLevel); } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - if( nElem>0 ){ - int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *); - pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( !pReader ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - memset(pReader, 0, nByte); - pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF; - pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1]; - memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)); + assert( csr.nSegment>0 ); + assert( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) ); + assert( iNewLevelnLeafData); + } } } - if( isPrefix ){ - sqlite3_free(aElem); + finished: + fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + + /* Determine the auto-incr-merge setting if unknown. If enabled, + ** estimate the number of leaf blocks of content to be written + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->bHasStat + && p->nAutoincrmerge==0xff && p->nLeafAdd>0 + ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE); + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + p->nAutoincrmerge = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 ) p->nAutoincrmerge = 8; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + p->nAutoincrmerge = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } } - *ppReader = pReader; return rc; } +/* +** Encode N integers as varints into a blob. +*/ +static void fts3EncodeIntArray( + int N, /* The number of integers to encode */ + u32 *a, /* The integer values */ + char *zBuf, /* Write the BLOB here */ + int *pNBuf /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */ +){ + int i, j; + for(i=j=0; iiPrevDocid. The sizes are encoded as +** a blob of varints. */ -static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ - int rc; - if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){ - int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm; - if( rc2<0 ){ - rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm); - }else{ - rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm); - } - if( rc==0 ){ - rc = rc2; - } - }else{ - rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0); +static void fts3InsertDocsize( + int *pRC, /* Result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which to insert */ + u32 *aSz /* Sizes of each column, in tokens */ +){ + char *pBlob; /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */ + int nBlob; /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to insert the encoding */ + int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ + + if( *pRC ) return; + pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn ); + if( pBlob==0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return; } - if( rc==0 ){ - rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; + fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(pBlob); + *pRC = rc; + return; } - assert( rc!=0 ); - return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } /* -** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this -** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in -** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows: +** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints, +** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus +** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the +** varints are set as follows: ** -** 1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF. +** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table. ** -** 2) By current docid. +** Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in +** the column for all rows of the table. +** +** Varint 1+nCol: The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all +** columns of all rows of the table. ** -** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. */ -static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ - int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); - if( rc==0 ){ - if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ - rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; +static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( + int *pRC, /* The result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* Table being updated */ + u32 *aSzIns, /* Size increases */ + u32 *aSzDel, /* Size decreases */ + int nChng /* Change in the number of documents */ +){ + char *pBlob; /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */ + int nBlob; /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */ + u32 *a; /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement for reading and writing */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ + + const int nStat = p->nColumn+2; + + if( *pRC ) return; + a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat ); + if( a==0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return; + } + pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat]; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(a); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); + if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a, + sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), + sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)); + }else{ + memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) ); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(a); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){ + a[0] = 0; + }else{ + a[0] += nChng; + } + for(i=0; inColumn+1; i++){ + u32 x = a[i+1]; + if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){ + x = 0; }else{ - rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; + x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i]; } + a[i+1] = x; } - assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); - return rc; + fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(a); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + sqlite3_free(a); } /* -** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument -** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. -** -** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return -** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are -** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm. +** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each +** iIndex/iLangid combination. */ -static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp( - Fts3SegReader *pSeg, /* Segment reader object */ - const char *zTerm, /* Term to compare to */ - int nTerm /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ -){ - int res = 0; - if( pSeg->aNode ){ - if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){ - res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - }else{ - res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm); - } - if( res==0 ){ - res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm; +static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){ + int bSeenDone = 0; + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0; + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->nIndex); + while( sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int i; + int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + bSeenDone = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } - return res; + + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc; } /* -** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that -** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order -** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles -** the array around until all entries are in sorted order. +** This function is called when the user executes the following statement: +** +** INSERT INTO () VALUES('rebuild'); +** +** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one +** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on +** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based +** on the contents of the %_content table. */ -static void fts3SegReaderSort( - Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array to sort entries of */ - int nSegment, /* Size of apSegment array */ - int nSuspect, /* Unsorted entry count */ - int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) /* Comparison function */ -){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ +static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ - assert( nSuspect<=nSegment ); + rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u32 *aSz = 0; + u32 *aSzIns = 0; + u32 *aSzDel = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int nEntry = 0; - if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--; - for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){ - int j; - for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){ - Fts3SegReader *pTmp; - if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break; - pTmp = apSegment[j+1]; - apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j]; - apSegment[j] = pTmp; + /* Compose and prepare an SQL statement to loop through the content table */ + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); } - } -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */ - for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){ - assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 ); - } -#endif -} + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1)*3; + aSz = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( aSz==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(aSz, 0, nByte); + aSzIns = &aSz[p->nColumn+1]; + aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1]; + } + } -/* -** Insert a record into the %_segments table. -*/ -static int fts3WriteSegment( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iBlock, /* Block id for new block */ - char *z, /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */ - int n /* Size of buffer z in bytes */ -){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock); - sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + int iCol; + int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt); + rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0)); + memset(aSz, 0, sizeof(aSz[0]) * (p->nColumn+1)); + for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iColnColumn; iCol++){ + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1); + rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]); + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1); + } + } + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + }else{ + nEntry++; + for(iCol=0; iCol<=p->nColumn; iCol++){ + aSzIns[iCol] += aSz[iCol]; + } + } + } + if( p->bFts4 ){ + fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nEntry); + } + sqlite3_free(aSz); + + if( pStmt ){ + int rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } } + return rc; } -/* -** Insert a record into the %_segdir table. + +/* +** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an +** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan +** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute +** level iAbsLevel. */ -static int fts3WriteSegdir( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - int iLevel, /* Value for "level" field */ - int iIdx, /* Value for "idx" field */ - sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock, /* Value for "start_block" field */ - sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock, /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */ - sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Value for "end_block" field */ - char *zRoot, /* Blob value for "root" field */ - int nRoot /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */ +static int fts3IncrmergeCsr( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to open */ + int nSeg, /* Number of segments to merge */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ ){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0); + int rc; /* Return Code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */ + int nByte; /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */ + + /* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */ + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(*pCsr)); + nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader *) * nSeg; + pCsr->apSegment = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + + if( pCsr->apSegment==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pCsr->apSegment, 0, nByte); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iLevel); - sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock); - sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + int i; + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel); + assert( pCsr->nSegment==0 ); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW && iapSegment[i] + ); + pCsr->nSegment++; + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } + return rc; } +typedef struct IncrmergeWriter IncrmergeWriter; +typedef struct NodeWriter NodeWriter; +typedef struct Blob Blob; +typedef struct NodeReader NodeReader; + /* -** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and -** zNext, in bytes. For example, +** An instance of the following structure is used as a dynamic buffer +** to build up nodes or other blobs of data in. ** -** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3 -** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2 -** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6) // returns 0 +** The function blobGrowBuffer() is used to extend the allocation. */ -static int fts3PrefixCompress( - const char *zPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term */ - int nPrev, /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */ - const char *zNext, /* Buffer containing next term */ - int nNext /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */ -){ - int n; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext); - for(n=0; n=n) */ +}; /* -** Add term zTerm to the SegmentNode. It is guaranteed that zTerm is larger -** (according to memcmp) than the previous term. +** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree +** nodes (blocks). */ -static int fts3NodeAddTerm( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ - int isCopyTerm, /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */ - const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ - int nTerm /* Size of term in bytes */ -){ - SegmentNode *pTree = *ppTree; - int rc; - SegmentNode *pNew; +struct NodeWriter { + sqlite3_int64 iBlock; /* Current block id */ + Blob key; /* Last key written to the current block */ + Blob block; /* Current block image */ +}; - /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if - ** this is possible. - */ - if( pTree ){ - int nData = pTree->nData; /* Current size of node in bytes */ - int nReq = nData; /* Required space after adding zTerm */ - int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */ - int nSuffix; /* Suffix length */ +/* +** An object of this type contains the state required to create or append +** to an appendable b-tree segment. +*/ +struct IncrmergeWriter { + int nLeafEst; /* Space allocated for leaf blocks */ + int nWork; /* Number of leaf pages flushed */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel; /* Absolute level of input segments */ + int iIdx; /* Index of *output* segment in iAbsLevel+1 */ + sqlite3_int64 iStart; /* Block number of first allocated block */ + sqlite3_int64 iEnd; /* Block number of last allocated block */ + sqlite3_int64 nLeafData; /* Bytes of leaf page data so far */ + u8 bNoLeafData; /* If true, store 0 for segment size */ + NodeWriter aNodeWriter[FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT]; +}; - nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; +/* +** An object of the following type is used to read data from a single +** FTS segment node. See the following functions: +** +** nodeReaderInit() +** nodeReaderNext() +** nodeReaderRelease() +*/ +struct NodeReader { + const char *aNode; + int nNode; + int iOff; /* Current offset within aNode[] */ - nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix; - if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){ + /* Output variables. Containing the current node entry. */ + sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Pointer to child node */ + Blob term; /* Current term */ + const char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in bytes */ +}; - if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ - /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node - ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large - ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes - ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when - ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, - ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. - */ - assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] ); - pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq); - if( !pTree->aData ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } +/* +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if the allocation at pBlob->a is not already at least nMin +** bytes in size, extend (realloc) it to be so. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and leave pBlob->a +** unmodified. Otherwise, if the allocation succeeds, update pBlob->nAlloc +** to reflect the new size of the pBlob->a[] buffer. +*/ +static void blobGrowBuffer(Blob *pBlob, int nMin, int *pRc){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && nMin>pBlob->nAlloc ){ + int nAlloc = nMin; + char *a = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pBlob->a, nAlloc); + if( a ){ + pBlob->nAlloc = nAlloc; + pBlob->a = a; + }else{ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } +} - if( pTree->zTerm ){ - /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */ - nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix); - } +/* +** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to +** the next entry on the node. +** +** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). +** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node +** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to +** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output +** variables for the new entry. +*/ +static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){ + int bFirst = (p->term.n==0); /* True for first term on the node */ + int nPrefix = 0; /* Bytes to copy from previous term */ + int nSuffix = 0; /* Bytes to append to the prefix */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix); - memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); - pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix; - pTree->nEntry++; + assert( p->aNode ); + if( p->iChild && bFirst==0 ) p->iChild++; + if( p->iOff>=p->nNode ){ + /* EOF */ + p->aNode = 0; + }else{ + if( bFirst==0 ){ + p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nPrefix); + } + p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nSuffix); - if( isCopyTerm ){ - if( pTree->nMalloczMalloc, nTerm*2); - if( !zNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2; - pTree->zMalloc = zNew; - } - pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc; - memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - pTree->nTerm = nTerm; - }else{ - pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; - pTree->nTerm = nTerm; + blobGrowBuffer(&p->term, nPrefix+nSuffix, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(&p->term.a[nPrefix], &p->aNode[p->iOff], nSuffix); + p->term.n = nPrefix+nSuffix; + p->iOff += nSuffix; + if( p->iChild==0 ){ + p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &p->nDoclist); + p->aDoclist = &p->aNode[p->iOff]; + p->iOff += p->nDoclist; } - return SQLITE_OK; } } - /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the - ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node). - ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it. - ** - ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for - ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree - ** has no parent, one is created here. - */ - pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize); - if( !pNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode)); - pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX; - pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1]; - - if( pTree ){ - SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent; - rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - if( pTree->pParent==0 ){ - pTree->pParent = pParent; - } - pTree->pRight = pNew; - pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost; - pNew->pParent = pParent; - pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc; - pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc; - pTree->zMalloc = 0; - }else{ - pNew->pLeftmost = pNew; - rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - } + assert( p->iOff<=p->nNode ); - *ppTree = pNew; return rc; } /* -** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite(). +** Release all dynamic resources held by node-reader object *p. */ -static int fts3TreeFinishNode( - SegmentNode *pTree, - int iHeight, - sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild -){ - int nStart; - assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 ); - nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild); - pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight; - sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild); - return nStart; +static void nodeReaderRelease(NodeReader *p){ + sqlite3_free(p->term.a); } /* -** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the -** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of -** pTree and its peers to the database. +** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode. ** -** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead, -** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node. -** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is -** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no -** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is -** returned. -*/ -static int fts3NodeWrite( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - SegmentNode *pTree, /* SegmentNode handle */ - int iHeight, /* Height of this node in tree */ - sqlite3_int64 iLeaf, /* Block id of first leaf node */ - sqlite3_int64 iFree, /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */ - sqlite3_int64 *piLast, /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */ - char **paRoot, /* OUT: Data for root node */ - int *pnRoot /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( !pTree->pParent ){ - /* Root node of the tree. */ - int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf); - *piLast = iFree-1; - *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart; - *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart]; - }else{ - SegmentNode *pIter; - sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree; - sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf; - for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){ - int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf); - int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart; - - rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite); - iNextFree++; - iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( iNextLeaf==iFree ); - rc = fts3NodeWrite( - p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot - ); - } +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to +** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite +** error code is returned. +*/ +static int nodeReaderInit(NodeReader *p, const char *aNode, int nNode){ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(NodeReader)); + p->aNode = aNode; + p->nNode = nNode; + + /* Figure out if this is a leaf or an internal node. */ + if( p->aNode[0] ){ + /* An internal node. */ + p->iOff = 1 + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&p->aNode[1], &p->iChild); + }else{ + p->iOff = 1; } - return rc; + return nodeReaderNext(p); } /* -** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree. +** This function is called while writing an FTS segment each time a leaf o +** node is finished and written to disk. The key (zTerm/nTerm) is guaranteed +** to be greater than the largest key on the node just written, but smaller +** than or equal to the first key that will be written to the next leaf +** node. +** +** The block id of the leaf node just written to disk may be found in +** (pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock) when this function is called. */ -static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){ - if( pTree ){ - SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost; - fts3NodeFree(p->pParent); - while( p ){ - SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight; - if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){ - sqlite3_free(p->aData); +static int fts3IncrmergePush( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to write to internal node */ + int nTerm /* Bytes at zTerm */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 iPtr = pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock; + int iLayer; + + assert( nTerm>0 ); + for(iLayer=1; ALWAYS(iLayeraNodeWriter[iLayer]; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nPrefix; + int nSuffix; + int nSpace; + + /* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to + ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, + ** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to + ** be added to. */ + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; + nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; + + if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ + /* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding + ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize + ** bytes in size, write the key here. */ + + Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block; + if( pBlk->n==0 ){ + blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, p->nNodeSize, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pBlk->a[0] = (char)iLayer; + pBlk->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[1], iPtr); + } } - assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 ); - sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc); - sqlite3_free(p); - p = pRight; + blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, pBlk->n + nSpace, &rc); + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, nTerm, &rc); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pNode->key.n ){ + pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nPrefix); + } + pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + pBlk->n += nSuffix; + + memcpy(pNode->key.a, zTerm, nTerm); + pNode->key.n = nTerm; + } + }else{ + /* Otherwise, flush the current node of layer iLayer to disk. + ** Then allocate a new, empty sibling node. The key will be written + ** into the parent of this node. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); + + assert( pNode->block.nAlloc>=p->nNodeSize ); + pNode->block.a[0] = (char)iLayer; + pNode->block.n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->block.a[1], iPtr+1); + + iNextPtr = pNode->iBlock; + pNode->iBlock++; + pNode->key.n = 0; } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iNextPtr==0 ) return rc; + iPtr = iNextPtr; } + + assert( 0 ); + return 0; } /* -** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object -** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should -** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object -** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case. +** Append a term and (optionally) doclist to the FTS segment node currently +** stored in blob *pNode. The node need not contain any terms, but the +** header must be written before this function is called. ** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. +** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint +** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node. +** +** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a +** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal +** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0. +** +** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first +** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the +** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a +** copy of zTerm/nTerm. +** +** It is assumed that the buffer associated with pNode is already large +** enough to accommodate the new entry. The buffer associated with pPrev +** is extended by this function if requrired. +** +** If an error (i.e. OOM condition) occurs, an SQLite error code is +** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ -static int fts3SegWriterAdd( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ - int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */ - const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ - int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */ - const char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */ - int nDoclist /* Size of doclist in bytes */ +static int fts3AppendToNode( + Blob *pNode, /* Current node image to append to */ + Blob *pPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term written */ + const char *zTerm, /* New term to write */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + const char *aDoclist, /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */ + int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ ){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0); /* True if this is the first term written */ int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */ int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */ - int nReq; /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */ - int nData; - SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter; - if( !pWriter ){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + /* Node must have already been started. There must be a doclist for a + ** leaf node, and there must not be a doclist for an internal node. */ + assert( pNode->n>0 ); + assert( (pNode->a[0]=='\0')==(aDoclist!=0) ); - /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */ - pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter)); - if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter)); - *ppWriter = pWriter; + blobGrowBuffer(pPrev, nTerm, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */ - pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize); - if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize; + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pPrev->a, pPrev->n, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; + memcpy(pPrev->a, zTerm, nTerm); + pPrev->n = nTerm; - /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); - pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree; - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( bFirst==0 ){ + pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nPrefix); } - nData = pWriter->nData; - - nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; + pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + pNode->n += nSuffix; - /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */ - nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) + /* varint containing prefix size */ - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + /* varint containing suffix size */ - nSuffix + /* Term suffix */ - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ - nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ + if( aDoclist ){ + pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nDoclist); + memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], aDoclist, nDoclist); + pNode->n += nDoclist; + } - if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ - int rc; + assert( pNode->n<=pNode->nAlloc ); - /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */ - rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to - ** the interior tree must: +/* +** Append the current term and doclist pointed to by cursor pCsr to the +** appendable b-tree segment opened for writing by pWriter. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeAppend( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor containing term and doclist */ +){ + const char *zTerm = pCsr->zTerm; + int nTerm = pCsr->nTerm; + const char *aDoclist = pCsr->aDoclist; + int nDoclist = pCsr->nDoclist; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int nSpace; /* Total space in bytes required on leaf */ + int nPrefix; /* Size of prefix shared with previous term */ + int nSuffix; /* Size of suffix (nTerm - nPrefix) */ + NodeWriter *pLeaf; /* Object used to write leaf nodes */ + + pLeaf = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[0]; + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pLeaf->key.a, pLeaf->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; + + nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist; + + /* If the current block is not empty, and if adding this term/doclist + ** to the current block would make it larger than Fts3Table.nNodeSize + ** bytes, write this block out to the database. */ + if( pLeaf->block.n>0 && (pLeaf->block.n + nSpace)>p->nNodeSize ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n); + pWriter->nWork++; + + /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the + ** parent must: ** ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written - ** to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and + ** to the database (still available in pLeaf->key), and ** ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm). @@ -116576,798 +140659,1299 @@ static int fts3SegWriterAdd( ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm. */ - assert( nPrefixpTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergePush(p, pWriter, zTerm, nPrefix+1); + } - nData = 0; - pWriter->nTerm = 0; + /* Advance to the next output block */ + pLeaf->iBlock++; + pLeaf->key.n = 0; + pLeaf->block.n = 0; - nPrefix = 0; nSuffix = nTerm; - nReq = 1 + /* varint containing prefix size */ - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) + /* varint containing suffix size */ - nTerm + /* Term suffix */ - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ - nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ + nSpace = 1; + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist; } - /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc - ** the buffer to make it large enough. - */ - if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){ - char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq); - if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pWriter->aData = aNew; - pWriter->nSize = nReq; + pWriter->nLeafData += nSpace; + blobGrowBuffer(&pLeaf->block, pLeaf->block.n + nSpace, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pLeaf->block.n==0 ){ + pLeaf->block.n = 1; + pLeaf->block.a[0] = '\0'; + } + rc = fts3AppendToNode( + &pLeaf->block, &pLeaf->key, zTerm, nTerm, aDoclist, nDoclist + ); } - assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize ); - /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */ - nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix); - nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix); - memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); - nData += nSuffix; - nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist); - memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist); - pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist; + return rc; +} - /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next. - ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by - ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just - ** store a copy of the pointer. +/* +** This function is called to release all dynamic resources held by the +** merge-writer object pWriter, and if no error has occurred, to flush +** all outstanding node buffers held by pWriter to disk. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, then no attempt +** is made to write any data to disk. Instead, this function serves only +** to release outstanding resources. +** +** Otherwise, if *pRc is initially SQLITE_OK and an error occurs while +** flushing buffers to disk, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code before +** returning. +*/ +static void fts3IncrmergeRelease( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Merge-writer object */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through non-root layers */ + int iRoot; /* Index of root in pWriter->aNodeWriter */ + NodeWriter *pRoot; /* NodeWriter for root node */ + int rc = *pRc; /* Error code */ + + /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment + ** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot + ** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot + ** will be 1. And so on. */ + for(iRoot=FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT-1; iRoot>=0; iRoot--){ + NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot]; + if( pNode->block.n>0 ) break; + assert( *pRc || pNode->block.nAlloc==0 ); + assert( *pRc || pNode->key.nAlloc==0 ); + sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a); + sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a); + } + + /* Empty output segment. This is a no-op. */ + if( iRoot<0 ) return; + + /* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means + ** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir + ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that + ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the + ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. + ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle + ** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0. + ** + ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a + ** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a + ** single leaf and a single interior (root) node. + ** + ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments + ** table until we are sure it is needed. */ - if( isCopyTerm ){ - if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){ - char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2); - if( !zNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2; - pWriter->zMalloc = zNew; - pWriter->zTerm = zNew; + if( iRoot==0 ){ + Blob *pBlock = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[1].block; + blobGrowBuffer(pBlock, 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pBlock->a[0] = 0x01; + pBlock->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint( + &pBlock->a[1], pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock + ); } - assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc ); - memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - }else{ - pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; + iRoot = 1; } - pWriter->nTerm = nTerm; + pRoot = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot]; - return SQLITE_OK; + /* Flush all currently outstanding nodes to disk. */ + for(i=0; iaNodeWriter[i]; + if( pNode->block.n>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); + } + sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a); + sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a); + } + + /* Write the %_segdir record. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, + pWriter->iAbsLevel+1, /* level */ + pWriter->iIdx, /* idx */ + pWriter->iStart, /* start_block */ + pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock, /* leaves_end_block */ + pWriter->iEnd, /* end_block */ + (pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ? pWriter->nLeafData : 0), /* end_block */ + pRoot->block.a, pRoot->block.n /* root */ + ); + } + sqlite3_free(pRoot->block.a); + sqlite3_free(pRoot->key.a); + + *pRc = rc; } /* -** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the -** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added -** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is -** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. +** Compare the term in buffer zLhs (size in bytes nLhs) with that in +** zRhs (size in bytes nRhs) using memcmp. If one term is a prefix of +** the other, it is considered to be smaller than the other. +** +** Return -ve if zLhs is smaller than zRhs, 0 if it is equal, or +ve +** if it is greater. */ -static int fts3SegWriterFlush( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - SegmentWriter *pWriter, /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */ - int iLevel, /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */ - int iIdx /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */ +static int fts3TermCmp( + const char *zLhs, int nLhs, /* LHS of comparison */ + const char *zRhs, int nRhs /* RHS of comparison */ ){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - if( pWriter->pTree ){ - sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0; /* Largest block id written to database */ - sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf; /* Largest leaf block id written to db */ - char *zRoot = NULL; /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */ - int nRoot = 0; /* Size of buffer zRoot */ + int nCmp = MIN(nLhs, nRhs); + int res; - iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree; - rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1, - pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3WriteSegdir( - p, iLevel, iIdx, pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, zRoot, nRoot); - } - }else{ - /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */ - rc = fts3WriteSegdir( - p, iLevel, iIdx, 0, 0, 0, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); - } - return rc; + res = memcmp(zLhs, zRhs, nCmp); + if( res==0 ) res = nLhs - nRhs; + + return res; } + /* -** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the -** first argument. +** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is +** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before +** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. +** +** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite +** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case. +** +** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it +** is, then a NULL entry has been inserted into the %_segments table +** with blockid %_segdir.end_block. */ -static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){ - if( pWriter ){ - sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData); - sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc); - fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree); - sqlite3_free(pWriter); +static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){ + int bRes = 0; /* Result to set *pbRes to */ + sqlite3_stmt *pCheck = 0; /* Statement to query database with */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE, &pCheck, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck, 1, iEnd); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1; + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck); } + + *pbRes = bRes; + return rc; } /* -** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer. -** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that -** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid -** apVal[0] would mean the FTS3 table were empty. +** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation. +** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level +** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the +** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it. ** -** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for -** document apVal[0], or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an -** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. +** An existing segment can be appended to by an incremental merge if: +** +** * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required +** space pre-allocated), and +** +** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is +** greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential +** output segment. */ -static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value **apVal, int *pisEmpty){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, apVal); +static int fts3IncrmergeLoad( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ + int iIdx, /* Index of candidate output segment */ + const char *zKey, /* First key to write */ + int nKey, /* Number of bytes in nKey */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* SELECT to read %_segdir entry */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pSelect, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_int64 iStart = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.start_block */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeafEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.leaves_end_block */ + sqlite3_int64 iEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.end_block */ + const char *aRoot = 0; /* Pointer to %_segdir.root buffer */ + int nRoot = 0; /* Size of aRoot[] in bytes */ + int rc2; /* Return code from sqlite3_reset() */ + int bAppendable = 0; /* Set to true if segment is appendable */ + + /* Read the %_segdir entry for index iIdx absolute level (iAbsLevel+1) */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 2, iIdx); + if( sqlite3_step(pSelect)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 1); + iLeafEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 2); + fts3ReadEndBlockField(pSelect, 3, &iEnd, &pWriter->nLeafData); + if( pWriter->nLeafData<0 ){ + pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1; + } + pWriter->bNoLeafData = (pWriter->nLeafData==0); + nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 4); + aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 4); + }else{ + return sqlite3_reset(pSelect); } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + + /* Check for the zero-length marker in the %_segments table */ + rc = fts3IsAppendable(p, iEnd, &bAppendable); + + /* Check that zKey/nKey is larger than the largest key the candidate */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){ + char *aLeaf = 0; + int nLeaf = 0; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iLeafEnd, &aLeaf, &nLeaf, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + NodeReader reader; + for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aLeaf, nLeaf); + rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; + rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) + ){ + assert( reader.aNode ); + } + if( fts3TermCmp(zKey, nKey, reader.term.a, reader.term.n)<=0 ){ + bAppendable = 0; + } + nodeReaderRelease(&reader); + } + sqlite3_free(aLeaf); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){ + /* It is possible to append to this segment. Set up the IncrmergeWriter + ** object to do so. */ + int i; + int nHeight = (int)aRoot[0]; + NodeWriter *pNode; + + pWriter->nLeafEst = (int)((iEnd - iStart) + 1)/FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; + pWriter->iStart = iStart; + pWriter->iEnd = iEnd; + pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel; + pWriter->iIdx = iIdx; + + for(i=nHeight+1; iaNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst; + } + + pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight]; + pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight; + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize), &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pNode->block.a, aRoot, nRoot); + pNode->block.n = nRoot; + } + + for(i=nHeight; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){ + NodeReader reader; + pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i]; + + rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); + while( reader.aNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader); + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, reader.term.n, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pNode->key.a, reader.term.a, reader.term.n); + pNode->key.n = reader.term.n; + if( i>0 ){ + char *aBlock = 0; + int nBlock = 0; + pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1]; + pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild; + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0); + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize), &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pNode->block.a, aBlock, nBlock); + pNode->block.n = nBlock; + } + sqlite3_free(aBlock); + } + } + nodeReaderRelease(&reader); + } + } + + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } + return rc; } /* -** Set *pnSegment to the number of segments of level iLevel in the database. +** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute +** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus +** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all +** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not. +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of +** *piIdx is undefined in this case. */ -static int fts3SegmentCount(Fts3Table *p, int iLevel, int *pnSegment){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; +static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS Table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute index of input segments */ + int *piIdx /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */ +){ int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pOutputIdx = 0; /* SQL used to find output index */ - assert( iLevel>=0 ); - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT, &pStmt, 0); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pOutputIdx, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pOutputIdx, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_step(pOutputIdx); + *piIdx = sqlite3_column_int(pOutputIdx, 0); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pOutputIdx); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1 +** with idx value iIdx. +** +** In the %_segdir table, a segment is defined by the values in three +** columns: +** +** start_block +** leaves_end_block +** end_block +** +** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the +** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the +** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number +** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack +** variable nLeafEst. +** +** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment +** is created ((1 + end_block - start_block)==16*nLeafEst). The contiguous +** array of leaf nodes starts at the first block allocated. The array +** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block +** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on. +** +** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the +** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ + int iIdx, /* Index of new output segment */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor that data will be read from */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int nLeafEst = 0; /* Blocks allocated for leaf nodes */ + sqlite3_stmt *pLeafEst = 0; /* SQL used to determine nLeafEst */ + sqlite3_stmt *pFirstBlock = 0; /* SQL used to determine first block */ + + /* Calculate nLeafEst. */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE, &pLeafEst, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 2, pCsr->nSegment); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pLeafEst) ){ + nLeafEst = sqlite3_column_int(pLeafEst, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pLeafEst); + } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iLevel); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - *pnSegment = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + + /* Calculate the first block to use in the output segment */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pFirstBlock, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFirstBlock) ){ + pWriter->iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFirstBlock, 0); + pWriter->iEnd = pWriter->iStart - 1; + pWriter->iEnd += nLeafEst * FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pFirstBlock); } - return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries + ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify + ** appendable segments. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel; + pWriter->nLeafEst = nLeafEst; + pWriter->iIdx = iIdx; + + /* Set up the array of NodeWriter objects */ + for(i=0; iaNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst; + } + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Set *pnSegment to the total number of segments in the database. Set -** *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database (segment levels -** are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table). +** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the +** following two statements: ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not. +** DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx +** UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx +** +** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE +** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated +** idx values. */ -static int fts3SegmentCountMax(Fts3Table *p, int *pnSegment, int *pnMax){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc; +static int fts3RemoveSegdirEntry( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to delete from */ + int iIdx /* Index of %_segdir entry to delete */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* DELETE statement */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_COUNT_MAX, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - *pnSegment = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); - *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, iIdx); + sqlite3_step(pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); } - return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + + return rc; } /* -** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large -** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically, -** it: -** -** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with -** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third -** argument, and -** -** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir -** entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0). -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code. +** One or more segments have just been removed from absolute level iAbsLevel. +** Update the 'idx' values of the remaining segments in the level so that +** the idx values are a contiguous sequence starting from 0. */ -static int fts3DeleteSegdir( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - int iLevel, /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */ - Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of SegReader objects */ - int nReader /* Size of array apSegment */ +static int fts3RepackSegdirLevel( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel /* Absolute level to repack */ ){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int *aIdx = 0; /* Array of remaining idx values */ + int nIdx = 0; /* Valid entries in aIdx[] */ + int nAlloc = 0; /* Allocated size of aIdx[] */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ - sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* Select statement to read idx values */ + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate = 0; /* Update statement to modify idx values */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iiStartBlock ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSegment->iStartBlock); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSegment->iEndBlock); - sqlite3_step(pDelete); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_INDEXES, &pSelect, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel); + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ + if( nIdx>=nAlloc ){ + int *aNew; + nAlloc += 16; + aNew = sqlite3_realloc(aIdx, nAlloc*sizeof(int)); + if( !aNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; + } + aIdx = aNew; + } + aIdx[nIdx++] = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, 0); } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pUpdate, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate, 2, iAbsLevel); } - if( iLevel>=0 ){ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_BY_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 1, iLevel); - sqlite3_step(pDelete); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); + assert( p->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ); + p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 1; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ibIgnoreSavepoint = 0; + + sqlite3_free(aIdx); + return rc; +} + +static void fts3StartNode(Blob *pNode, int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iChild){ + pNode->a[0] = (char)iHeight; + if( iChild ){ + assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iChild) ); + pNode->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[1], iChild); }else{ - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0); + assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1 ); + pNode->n = 1; + } +} + +/* +** The first two arguments are a pointer to and the size of a segment b-tree +** node. The node may be a leaf or an internal node. +** +** This function creates a new node image in blob object *pNew by copying +** all terms that are greater than or equal to zTerm/nTerm (for leaf nodes) +** or greater than zTerm/nTerm (for internal nodes) from aNode/nNode. +*/ +static int fts3TruncateNode( + const char *aNode, /* Current node image */ + int nNode, /* Size of aNode in bytes */ + Blob *pNew, /* OUT: Write new node image here */ + const char *zTerm, /* Omit all terms smaller than this */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + sqlite3_int64 *piBlock /* OUT: Block number in next layer down */ +){ + NodeReader reader; /* Reader object */ + Blob prev = {0, 0, 0}; /* Previous term written to new node */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int bLeaf = aNode[0]=='\0'; /* True for a leaf node */ + + /* Allocate required output space */ + blobGrowBuffer(pNew, nNode, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pNew->n = 0; + + /* Populate new node buffer */ + for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); + rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; + rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) + ){ + if( pNew->n==0 ){ + int res = fts3TermCmp(reader.term.a, reader.term.n, zTerm, nTerm); + if( res<0 || (bLeaf==0 && res==0) ) continue; + fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild); + *piBlock = reader.iChild; + } + rc = fts3AppendToNode( + pNew, &prev, reader.term.a, reader.term.n, + reader.aDoclist, reader.nDoclist + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + if( pNew->n==0 ){ + fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild); + *piBlock = reader.iChild; } + assert( pNew->n<=pNew->nAlloc ); + nodeReaderRelease(&reader); + sqlite3_free(prev.a); return rc; } /* -** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains -** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This -** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they -** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol. +** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute +** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments +** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir +** tables. ** -** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then -** *pnList is set to zero before returning. +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the segment is updated successfully. Or an +** SQLite error code otherwise. */ -static void fts3ColumnFilter( - int iCol, /* Column to filter on */ - char **ppList, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */ - int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */ +static int fts3TruncateSegment( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of segment to modify */ + int iIdx, /* Index within level of segment to modify */ + const char *zTerm, /* Remove terms smaller than this */ + int nTerm /* Number of bytes in buffer zTerm */ ){ - char *pList = *ppList; - int nList = *pnList; - char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; - int iCurrent = 0; - char *p = pList; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Blob root = {0,0,0}; /* New root page image */ + Blob block = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used for any other block */ + sqlite3_int64 iBlock = 0; /* Block id */ + sqlite3_int64 iNewStart = 0; /* New value for iStartBlock */ + sqlite3_int64 iOldStart = 0; /* Old value for iStartBlock */ + sqlite3_stmt *pFetch = 0; /* Statement used to fetch segdir */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pFetch, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pFetch, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pFetch, 2, iIdx); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFetch) ){ + const char *aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pFetch, 4); + int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pFetch, 4); + iOldStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFetch, 1); + rc = fts3TruncateNode(aRoot, nRoot, &root, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock); + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pFetch); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } - assert( iCol>=0 ); - while( 1 ){ - char c = 0; - while( pnSegment-1; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + int j; + + /* Find the Fts3SegReader object with Fts3SegReader.iIdx==i. It is hiding + ** somewhere in the pCsr->apSegment[] array. */ + for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSegment); j++){ + pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[j]; + if( pSeg->iIdx==i ) break; + } + assert( jnSegment && pSeg->iIdx==i ); + + if( pSeg->aNode==0 ){ + /* Seg-reader is at EOF. Remove the entire input segment. */ + rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, pSeg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx); + } + *pnRem = 0; + }else{ + /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this + ** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place + ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ + const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm; + int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm; + rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm); + nRem++; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem!=pCsr->nSegment ){ + rc = fts3RepackSegdirLevel(p, iAbsLevel); + } + + *pnRem = nRem; + return rc; } /* -** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() callback used when flushing the contents -** of the pending-terms hash table to the database. +** Store an incr-merge hint in the database. */ -static int fts3FlushCallback( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 Virtual table handle */ - void *pContext, /* Pointer to SegmentWriter* to write with */ - char *zTerm, /* Term to write to the db */ - int nTerm, /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ - char *aDoclist, /* Doclist associated with zTerm */ - int nDoclist /* Number of bytes in doclist */ -){ - SegmentWriter **ppW = (SegmentWriter **)pContext; - return fts3SegWriterAdd(p, ppW, 0, zTerm, nTerm, aDoclist, nDoclist); +static int fts3IncrmergeHintStore(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ + sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pReplace, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pHint->a, pHint->n, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pReplace); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace); + } + + return rc; } /* -** This function is used to iterate through a contiguous set of terms -** stored in the full-text index. It merges data contained in one or -** more segments to support this. -** -** The second argument is passed an array of pointers to SegReader objects -** allocated with sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(). This function merges the range -** of terms selected by each SegReader. If a single term is present in -** more than one segment, the associated doclists are merged. For each -** term and (possibly merged) doclist in the merged range, the callback -** function xFunc is invoked with its arguments set as follows. +** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one +** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table. ** -** arg 0: Copy of 'p' parameter passed to this function -** arg 1: Copy of 'pContext' parameter passed to this function -** arg 2: Pointer to buffer containing term -** arg 3: Size of arg 2 buffer in bytes -** arg 4: Pointer to buffer containing doclist -** arg 5: Size of arg 2 buffer in bytes +** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat +** table and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an +** SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; + int rc; + + pHint->n = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pSelect, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ + const char *aHint = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 0); + int nHint = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 0); + if( aHint ){ + blobGrowBuffer(pHint, nHint, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pHint->a, aHint, nHint); + pHint->n = nHint; + } + } + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry +** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments +** and the number of input segments. ** -** The 4th argument to this function is a pointer to a structure of type -** Fts3SegFilter, defined in fts3Int.h. The contents of this structure -** further restrict the range of terms that callbacks are made for and -** modify the behaviour of this function. See comments above structure -** definition for details. +** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs, +** set *pRc to an SQLite error code before returning. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */ - int nSegment, /* Size of apSegment array */ - Fts3SegFilter *pFilter, /* Restrictions on range of iteration */ - int (*xFunc)(Fts3Table *, void *, char *, int, char *, int), /* Callback */ - void *pContext /* Callback context (2nd argument) */ +static void fts3IncrmergeHintPush( + Blob *pHint, /* Hint blob to append to */ + i64 iAbsLevel, /* First varint to store in hint */ + int nInput, /* Second varint to store in hint */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - char *aBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */ - int nAlloc = 0; /* Allocated size of aBuffer buffer */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + blobGrowBuffer(pHint, pHint->n + 2*FTS3_VARINT_MAX, pRc); + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], iAbsLevel); + pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], (i64)nInput); + } +} - int isIgnoreEmpty = (pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY); - int isRequirePos = (pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS); - int isColFilter = (pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER); - int isPrefix = (pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX); +/* +** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint +** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and +** *pnInput before returning. +** +** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does +** not contain at least two valid varints, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeHintPop(Blob *pHint, i64 *piAbsLevel, int *pnInput){ + const int nHint = pHint->n; + int i; - /* If there are zero segments, this function is a no-op. This scenario - ** comes about only when reading from an empty database. - */ - if( nSegment==0 ) goto finished; + i = pHint->n-2; + while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--; + while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--; - /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search - ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of - ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many - ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment - ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term. - */ - for(i=0; inTerm; - const char *zTerm = pFilter->zTerm; - Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i]; - do { - rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - }while( zTerm && fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm)<0 ); - } + pHint->n = i; + i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&pHint->a[i], piAbsLevel); + i += fts3GetVarint32(&pHint->a[i], pnInput); + if( i!=nHint ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} - fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, nSegment, fts3SegReaderCmp); - while( apSegment[0]->aNode ){ - int nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm; - char *zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm; - int nMerge = 1; - /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points - ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all - ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early. - ** - ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term - ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early. +/* +** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks. +** +** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments +** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest +** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains +** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to +** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int nRem = nMerge; /* Number of leaf pages yet to be written */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr; /* Cursor used to read input data */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Filter used with cursor pCsr */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter; /* Writer object */ + int nSeg = 0; /* Number of input segments */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel = 0; /* Absolute level number to work on */ + Blob hint = {0, 0, 0}; /* Hint read from %_stat table */ + int bDirtyHint = 0; /* True if blob 'hint' has been modified */ + + /* Allocate space for the cursor, filter and writer objects */ + const int nAlloc = sizeof(*pCsr) + sizeof(*pFilter) + sizeof(*pWriter); + pWriter = (IncrmergeWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc); + if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pFilter = (Fts3SegFilter *)&pWriter[1]; + pCsr = (Fts3MultiSegReader *)&pFilter[1]; + + rc = fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(p, &hint); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem>0 ){ + const i64 nMod = FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL * p->nIndex; + sqlite3_stmt *pFindLevel = 0; /* SQL used to determine iAbsLevel */ + int bUseHint = 0; /* True if attempting to append */ + int iIdx = 0; /* Largest idx in level (iAbsLevel+1) */ + + /* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest + ** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any. + ** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and + ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, + ** set nSeg to -1. */ - if( pFilter->zTerm ){ - if( nTermnTerm - || (!isPrefix && nTerm>pFilter->nTerm) - || memcmp(zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) - ){ - goto finished; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0); + sqlite3_bind_int(pFindLevel, 1, nMin); + if( sqlite3_step(pFindLevel)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + iAbsLevel = sqlite3_column_int64(pFindLevel, 0); + nSeg = nMin; + }else{ + nSeg = -1; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pFindLevel); + + /* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the + ** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal + ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this + ** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){ + int nHint = hint.n; + sqlite3_int64 iHintAbsLevel = 0; /* Hint level */ + int nHintSeg = 0; /* Hint number of segments */ + + rc = fts3IncrmergeHintPop(&hint, &iHintAbsLevel, &nHintSeg); + if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){ + iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel; + nSeg = nHintSeg; + bUseHint = 1; + bDirtyHint = 1; + }else{ + /* This undoes the effect of the HintPop() above - so that no entry + ** is removed from the hint blob. */ + hint.n = nHint; + } + } + + /* If nSeg is less that zero, then there is no level with at least + ** nMin segments and no hint in the %_stat table. No work to do. + ** Exit early in this case. */ + if( nSeg<0 ) break; + + /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg + ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using + ** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg + ** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is + ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop + ** to start work on some other level. */ + memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc); + pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(p, iAbsLevel, &iIdx); + assert( bUseHint==1 || bUseHint==0 ); + if( iIdx==0 || (bUseHint && iIdx==1) ){ + int bIgnore = 0; + rc = fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(p, iAbsLevel+1, &bIgnore); + if( bIgnore ){ + pFilter->flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; + } } } - while( nMergeaNode - && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==nTerm - && 0==memcmp(zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, nTerm) - ){ - nMerge++; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergeCsr(p, iAbsLevel, nSeg, pCsr); } - - assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) ); - if( nMerge==1 && !isIgnoreEmpty ){ - Fts3SegReader *p0 = apSegment[0]; - rc = xFunc(p, pContext, zTerm, nTerm, p0->aDoclist, p0->nDoclist); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - }else{ - int nDoclist = 0; /* Size of doclist */ - sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; /* Previous docid stored in doclist */ - - /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array - ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged - ** and a single term added to the new segment. - */ - for(i=0; inSegment==nSeg + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter)) + && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr)) + ){ + if( bUseHint && iIdx>0 ){ + const char *zKey = pCsr->zTerm; + int nKey = pCsr->nTerm; + rc = fts3IncrmergeLoad(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx-1, zKey, nKey, pWriter); + }else{ + rc = fts3IncrmergeWriter(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx, pCsr, pWriter); } - fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, nMerge, fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp); - while( apSegment[0]->pOffsetList ){ - int j; /* Number of segments that share a docid */ - char *pList; - int nList; - int nByte; - sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; - fts3SegReaderNextDocid(apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); - j = 1; - while( jpOffsetList - && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid - ){ - fts3SegReaderNextDocid(apSegment[j], 0, 0); - j++; - } - if( isColFilter ){ - fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, &pList, &nList); - } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pWriter->nLeafEst ){ + fts3LogMerge(nSeg, iAbsLevel); + do { + rc = fts3IncrmergeAppend(p, pWriter, pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr); + if( pWriter->nWork>=nRem && rc==SQLITE_ROW ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + }while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ); - if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){ - nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDocid-iPrev) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0); - if( nDoclist+nByte>nAlloc ){ - char *aNew; - nAlloc = (nDoclist+nByte)*2; - aNew = sqlite3_realloc(aBuffer, nAlloc); - if( !aNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto finished; - } - aBuffer = aNew; - } - nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&aBuffer[nDoclist], iDocid-iPrev); - iPrev = iDocid; - if( isRequirePos ){ - memcpy(&aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList); - nDoclist += nList; - aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0'; + /* Update or delete the input segments */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nRem -= (1 + pWriter->nWork); + rc = fts3IncrmergeChomp(p, iAbsLevel, pCsr, &nSeg); + if( nSeg!=0 ){ + bDirtyHint = 1; + fts3IncrmergeHintPush(&hint, iAbsLevel, nSeg, &rc); } } - - fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp); } - if( nDoclist>0 ){ - rc = xFunc(p, pContext, zTerm, nTerm, aBuffer, nDoclist); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + if( nSeg!=0 ){ + pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1; + } + fts3IncrmergeRelease(p, pWriter, &rc); + if( nSeg==0 && pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ){ + fts3PromoteSegments(p, iAbsLevel+1, pWriter->nLeafData); } } - /* If there is a term specified to filter on, and this is not a prefix - ** search, return now. The callback that corresponds to the required - ** term (if such a term exists in the index) has already been made. - */ - if( pFilter->zTerm && !isPrefix ){ - goto finished; - } + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pCsr); + } - for(i=0; i='0' && (*z)<='9' ) i = 10*i + *(z++) - '0'; + *pz = z; + return i; +} + +/* +** Process statements of the form: ** -** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one -** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. -** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, -** an SQLite error code is returned. +** INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('merge=A,B'); +** +** A and B are integers that decode to be the number of leaf pages +** written for the merge, and the minimum number of segments on a level +** before it will be selected for a merge, respectively. */ -static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *p, int iLevel){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int iIdx; /* Index of new segment */ - int iNewLevel = 0; /* Level to create new segment at */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0; - int nSegment = 0; /* Number of segments being merged */ - Fts3SegReader **apSegment = 0; /* Array of Segment iterators */ - Fts3SegReader *pPending = 0; /* Iterator for pending-terms */ - Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter condition */ +static int fts3DoIncrmerge( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + const char *zParam /* Nul-terminated string containing "A,B" */ +){ + int rc; + int nMin = (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT / 2); + int nMerge = 0; + const char *z = zParam; - if( iLevel<0 ){ - /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single - ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the the numerically - ** greatest segment level currently present in the database. The index - ** of the new segment is always 0. - */ - iIdx = 0; - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, 0, 0, 1, &pPending); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - rc = fts3SegmentCountMax(p, &nSegment, &iNewLevel); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - nSegment += (pPending!=0); - if( nSegment<=1 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - }else{ - /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. Find the next - ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to - ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to - ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. - */ - iNewLevel = iLevel+1; - rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iNewLevel, &iIdx); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - rc = fts3SegmentCount(p, iLevel, &nSegment); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - } - assert( nSegment>0 ); - assert( iNewLevel>=0 ); + /* Read the first integer value */ + nMerge = fts3Getint(&z); - /* Allocate space for an array of pointers to segment iterators. */ - apSegment = (Fts3SegReader**)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader *)*nSegment); - if( !apSegment ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto finished; + /* If the first integer value is followed by a ',', read the second + ** integer value. */ + if( z[0]==',' && z[1]!='\0' ){ + z++; + nMin = fts3Getint(&z); } - memset(apSegment, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader *)*nSegment); - /* Allocate a Fts3SegReader structure for each segment being merged. A - ** Fts3SegReader stores the state data required to iterate through all - ** entries on all leaves of a single segment. - */ - assert( SQL_SELECT_LEVEL+1==SQL_SELECT_ALL_LEVEL); - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL+(iLevel<0), &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iLevel); - for(i=0; SQLITE_ROW==(sqlite3_step(pStmt)); i++){ - rc = fts3SegReaderNew(pStmt, i, &apSegment[i]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto finished; + if( z[0]!='\0' || nMin<2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !p->bHasStat ){ + assert( p->bFts4==0 ); + sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); } - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - if( pPending ){ - apSegment[i] = pPending; - pPending = 0; - } - pStmt = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - - memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter)); - filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS; - filter.flags |= (iLevel<0 ? FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY : 0); - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate(p, apSegment, nSegment, - &filter, fts3MergeCallback, (void *)&pWriter - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - - rc = fts3DeleteSegdir(p, iLevel, apSegment, nSegment); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3SegWriterFlush(p, pWriter, iNewLevel, iIdx); - } - - finished: - fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter); - if( apSegment ){ - for(i=0; inAutoincrmerge = fts3Getint(&zParam); + if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 || p->nAutoincrmerge>FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ + p->nAutoincrmerge = 8; } - fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter); - sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pReader); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + if( !p->bHasStat ){ + assert( p->bFts4==0 ); + sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); + if( rc ) return rc; } + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE); + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, p->nAutoincrmerge); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); return rc; } /* -** Encode N integers as varints into a blob. +** Return a 64-bit checksum for the FTS index entry specified by the +** arguments to this function. */ -static void fts3EncodeIntArray( - int N, /* The number of integers to encode */ - u32 *a, /* The integer values */ - char *zBuf, /* Write the BLOB here */ - int *pNBuf /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */ +static u64 fts3ChecksumEntry( + const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int iLangid, /* Language id for current row */ + int iIndex, /* Index (0..Fts3Table.nIndex-1) */ + i64 iDocid, /* Docid for current row. */ + int iCol, /* Column number */ + int iPos /* Position */ ){ - int i, j; - for(i=j=0; inIndex-1) */ + int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ ){ - int i, j; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nBuf); - for(i=j=0; iiPrevDocid. The sizes are encoded as -** a blob of varints. +** Check if the contents of the FTS index match the current contents of the +** content table. If no error occurs and the contents do match, set *pbOk +** to true and return SQLITE_OK. Or if the contents do not match, set *pbOk +** to false before returning. +** +** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error +** code. The final value of *pbOk is undefined in this case. */ -static void fts3InsertDocsize( - int *pRC, /* Result code */ - Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which to insert */ - u32 *aSz /* Sizes of each column */ -){ - char *pBlob; /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */ - int nBlob; /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to insert the encoding */ - int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ +static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + u64 cksum1 = 0; /* Checksum based on FTS index contents */ + u64 cksum2 = 0; /* Checksum based on %_content contents */ + sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0; /* Statement to return all language-ids */ - if( *pRC ) return; - pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn ); - if( pBlob==0 ){ - *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return; + /* This block calculates the checksum according to the FTS index. */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->nIndex); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0); + int i; + for(i=0; inIndex; i++){ + cksum1 = cksum1 ^ fts3ChecksumIndex(p, iLangid, i, &rc); + } + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } - fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob); - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3_free(pBlob); - *pRC = rc; - return; + + /* This block calculates the checksum according to the %_content table */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + char *zSql; + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); + int iLang = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt); + int iCol; + + for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iColnColumn; iCol++){ + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1); + int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1); + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText,&pT); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ + int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */ + int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */ + int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */ + + rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry( + zToken, nToken, iLang, 0, iDocid, iCol, iPos + ); + for(i=1; inIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix<=nToken ){ + cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry( + zToken, p->aIndex[i].nPrefix, iLang, i, iDocid, iCol, iPos + ); + } + } + } + } + if( pT ) pModule->xClose(pT); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid); - sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free); - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + + *pbOk = (cksum1==cksum2); + return rc; } /* -** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints, -** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus -** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the -** varints are set as follows: +** Run the integrity-check. If no error occurs and the current contents of +** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the +** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. ** -** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table. +** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite +** error code. ** -** Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in -** the column for all rows of the table. +** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token +** prefix in the document set, a 64-bit checksum is calculated (by code +** in fts3ChecksumEntry()) based on the following: ** -** Varint 1+nCol: The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all -** columns of all rows of the table. +** + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix +** index etc.), +** + The token (or token prefix) text itself, +** + The language-id of the row it appears in, +** + The docid of the row it appears in, +** + The column it appears in, and +** + The tokens position within that column. +** +** The checksums for all entries in the index are XORed together to create +** a single checksum for the entire index. +** +** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways: ** +** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and +** 2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table. +** +** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have +** passed. */ -static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( - int *pRC, /* The result code */ - Fts3Table *p, /* Table being updated */ - u32 *aSzIns, /* Size increases */ - u32 *aSzDel, /* Size decreases */ - int nChng /* Change in the number of documents */ +static int fts3DoIntegrityCheck( + Fts3Table *p /* FTS3 table handle */ ){ - char *pBlob; /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */ - int nBlob; /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */ - u32 *a; /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement for reading and writing */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ - - const int nStat = p->nColumn+2; - - if( *pRC ) return; - a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat ); - if( a==0 ){ - *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return; - } - pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat]; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3_free(a); - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a, - sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), - sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)); - }else{ - memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) ); - } - sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){ - a[0] = 0; - }else{ - a[0] += nChng; - } - for(i=0; inColumn+1; i++){ - u32 x = a[i+1]; - if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){ - x = 0; - }else{ - x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i]; - } - a[i+1] = x; - } - fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob); - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCTOTAL, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3_free(a); - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 1, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - sqlite3_free(a); + int rc; + int bOk = 0; + rc = fts3IntegrityCheck(p, &bOk); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + return rc; } /* @@ -117386,12 +141970,15 @@ static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){ if( !zVal ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; }else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){ - rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, -1); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); - } + rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0); + }else if( nVal==7 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "rebuild", 7) ){ + rc = fts3DoRebuild(p); + }else if( nVal==15 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "integrity-check", 15) ){ + rc = fts3DoIntegrityCheck(p); + }else if( nVal>6 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "merge=", 6) ){ + rc = fts3DoIncrmerge(p, &zVal[6]); + }else if( nVal>10 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "automerge=", 10) ){ + rc = fts3DoAutoincrmerge(p, &zVal[10]); #ifdef SQLITE_TEST }else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){ p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]); @@ -117399,49 +141986,18 @@ static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){ }else if( nVal>11 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "maxpending=", 9) ){ p->nMaxPendingData = atoi(&zVal[11]); rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( nVal>21 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "test-no-incr-doclist=", 21) ){ + p->bNoIncrDoclist = atoi(&zVal[21]); + rc = SQLITE_OK; #endif }else{ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } - sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); return rc; } -/* -** Return the deferred doclist associated with deferred token pDeferred. -** This function assumes that sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() has already -** been called to allocate and populate the doclist. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3DeferredDoclist(Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred, int *pnByte){ - if( pDeferred->pList ){ - *pnByte = pDeferred->pList->nData; - return pDeferred->pList->aData; - } - *pnByte = 0; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Helper fucntion for FreeDeferredDoclists(). This function removes all -** references to deferred doclists from within the tree of Fts3Expr -** structures headed by -*/ -static void fts3DeferredDoclistClear(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ - if( pExpr ){ - fts3DeferredDoclistClear(pExpr->pLeft); - fts3DeferredDoclistClear(pExpr->pRight); - if( pExpr->isLoaded ){ - sqlite3_free(pExpr->aDoclist); - pExpr->isLoaded = 0; - pExpr->aDoclist = 0; - pExpr->nDoclist = 0; - pExpr->pCurrent = 0; - pExpr->iCurrent = 0; - } - } -} - +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED /* ** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached ** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function. @@ -117449,12 +142005,9 @@ static void fts3DeferredDoclistClear(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pDef->pNext){ - sqlite3_free(pDef->pList); + fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); pDef->pList = 0; } - if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ - fts3DeferredDoclistClear(pCsr->pExpr); - } } /* @@ -117466,7 +142019,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pNext){ pNext = pDef->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pDef->pList); + fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); sqlite3_free(pDef); } pCsr->pDeferred = 0; @@ -117495,32 +142048,34 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); for(i=0; inColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ - const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1); - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0; - - rc = pModule->xOpen(pT, zText, -1, &pTC); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ - int nToken; /* Number of bytes in token */ - int iDum1, iDum2; /* Dummy variables */ - int iPos; /* Position of token in zText */ - - pTC->pTokenizer = pT; - rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); - for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ - Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken; - if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i) - && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->nz, pPT->n)) - ){ - fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc); + if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1); + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ + int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */ + int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */ + int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */ + + rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken; + if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i) + && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0) + && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->nz, pPT->n)) + ){ + fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc); + } } } + if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } - if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } - + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ if( pDef->pList ){ rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0); @@ -117531,6 +142086,33 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ return rc; } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList( + Fts3DeferredToken *p, + char **ppData, + int *pnData +){ + char *pRet; + int nSkip; + sqlite3_int64 dummy; + + *ppData = 0; + *pnData = 0; + + if( p->pList==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + pRet = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->pList->nData); + if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy); + *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip; + *ppData = pRet; + + memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + /* ** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list. */ @@ -117555,11 +142137,61 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken( return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif + +/* +** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be +** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents +** of subsiduary data structures accordingly. +*/ +static int fts3DeleteByRowid( + Fts3Table *p, + sqlite3_value *pRowid, + int *pnChng, /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */ + u32 *aSzDel +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int bFound = 0; /* True if *pRowid really is in the table */ + + fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel, &bFound); + if( bFound && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int isEmpty = 0; /* Deleting *pRowid leaves the table empty */ + rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( isEmpty ){ + /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case + ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any + ** data in the pendingTerms hash table. */ + rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1); + *pnChng = 0; + memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1) * 2); + }else{ + *pnChng = *pnChng - 1; + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid); + } + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid); + } + } + } + } + return rc; +} /* ** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual -** tables. +** tables. The schema of the virtual table being: +** +** CREATE TABLE
( +** , +**
HIDDEN, +** docid HIDDEN, +** HIDDEN +** ); +** +** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* FTS3 vtab object */ @@ -117570,55 +142202,121 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ int isRemove = 0; /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */ - sqlite3_int64 iRemove = 0; /* Rowid removed by UPDATE or DELETE */ - u32 *aSzIns; /* Sizes of inserted documents */ - u32 *aSzDel; /* Sizes of deleted documents */ + u32 *aSzIns = 0; /* Sizes of inserted documents */ + u32 *aSzDel = 0; /* Sizes of deleted documents */ int nChng = 0; /* Net change in number of documents */ + int bInsertDone = 0; + + /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. + ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ + assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 ); assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + assert( + nArg==1 /* DELETE operations */ + || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3) /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */ + ); + + /* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form: + ** + ** INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command'); + */ + if( nArg>1 + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL + ){ + rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]); + goto update_out; + } + + if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2])<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + goto update_out; + } /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */ - aSzIns = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 ); - if( aSzIns==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1]; - memset(aSzIns, 0, sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2); + aSzDel = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 ); + if( aSzDel==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto update_out; + } + aSzIns = &aSzDel[p->nColumn+1]; + memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2); - /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */ - if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - int isEmpty = 0; - rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, apVal, &isEmpty); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( isEmpty ){ - /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case - ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any - ** data in the pendingTerms hash table. - */ - rc = fts3DeleteAll(p); + rc = fts3Writelock(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto update_out; + + /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid + ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling. + ** + ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row + ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or, + ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must + ** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to + ** modify the database file. + */ + if( nArg>1 && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + /* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */ + sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn]; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + pNewRowid = apVal[1]; + } + + if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( + sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid) + )){ + /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be + ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and + ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the + ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any + ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. + ** + ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into + ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any + ** other error) while doing so, return immediately. + ** + ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot + ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual + ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this + ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is + ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have + ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value). + */ + if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(p->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ + rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, pNewRowid, &nChng, aSzDel); }else{ - isRemove = 1; - iRemove = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0]); - rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iRemove); - fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, apVal, aSzDel); - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, apVal); - if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, apVal); - } - nChng--; + rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); + bInsertDone = 1; } } - }else if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - sqlite3_free(aSzIns); - return fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto update_out; + } + + /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER ); + rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel); + isRemove = 1; } /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */ if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=iRemove) ){ - rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, *pRowid); + int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]); + if( bInsertDone==0 ){ + rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=p->iPrevDocid ) ){ + rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, *pRowid); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, apVal, aSzIns); + assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid ); + rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, iLangid, apVal, aSzIns); } if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns); @@ -117626,11 +142324,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( nChng++; } - if( p->bHasStat ){ + if( p->bFts4 ){ fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng); } - sqlite3_free(aSzIns); + update_out: + sqlite3_free(aSzDel); sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); return rc; } @@ -117644,12 +142343,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ int rc; rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT fts3", 0, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, -1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); - } + rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; }else{ sqlite3_exec(p->db, "ROLLBACK TO fts3", 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); @@ -117678,6 +142375,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +/* #include */ +/* #include */ /* ** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo(). @@ -117790,7 +142489,7 @@ struct StrBuffer { */ static void fts3GetDeltaPosition(char **pp, int *piPos){ int iVal; - *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal); + *pp += fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal); *piPos += (iVal-2); } @@ -117839,71 +142538,19 @@ static int fts3ExprIterate( } /* -** The argument to this function is always a phrase node. Its doclist -** (Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]) and the doclists associated with all phrase nodes -** to the left of this one in the query tree have already been loaded. -** -** If this phrase node is part of a series of phrase nodes joined by -** NEAR operators (and is not the left-most of said series), then elements are -** removed from the phrases doclist consistent with the NEAR restriction. If -** required, elements may be removed from the doclists of phrases to the -** left of this one that are part of the same series of NEAR operator -** connected phrases. -** -** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int fts3ExprNearTrim(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Fts3Expr *pParent = pExpr->pParent; - - assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK - && pParent - && pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR - && pParent->pRight==pExpr - ){ - /* This expression (pExpr) is the right-hand-side of a NEAR operator. - ** Find the expression to the left of the same operator. - */ - int nNear = pParent->nNear; - Fts3Expr *pLeft = pParent->pLeft; - - if( pLeft->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ - assert( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ); - assert( pLeft->pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - pLeft = pLeft->pRight; - } - - rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprNearTrim(pLeft, pExpr, nNear); - - pExpr = pLeft; - pParent = pExpr->pParent; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* ** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists ** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also ** fts3ExprLoadDoclists(). */ static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; LoadDoclistCtx *p = (LoadDoclistCtx *)ctx; UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); p->nPhrase++; - p->nToken += pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; - - if( pExpr->isLoaded==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprLoadDoclist(p->pCsr, pExpr); - pExpr->isLoaded = 1; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3ExprNearTrim(pExpr); - } - } + p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken; return rc; } @@ -118074,23 +142721,27 @@ static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ SnippetIter *p = (SnippetIter *)ctx; SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &p->aPhrase[iPhrase]; char *pCsr; + int rc; pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; - - pCsr = sqlite3Fts3FindPositions(pExpr, p->pCsr->iPrevId, p->iCol); + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pCsr); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 ); if( pCsr ){ int iFirst = 0; pPhrase->pList = pCsr; fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iFirst); + assert( iFirst>=0 ); pPhrase->pHead = pCsr; pPhrase->pTail = pCsr; pPhrase->iHead = iFirst; pPhrase->iTail = iFirst; }else{ - assert( pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || ( + pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 + )); } - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } /* @@ -118099,9 +142750,9 @@ static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ ** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated ** by adding: ** -** (a) +1 point for each occurence of a matchable phrase in the snippet. +** (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet. ** -** (b) +1000 points for the first occurence of each matchable phrase in +** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in ** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set. ** ** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before @@ -118214,6 +142865,7 @@ static int fts3StringAppend( pStr->z = zNew; pStr->nAlloc = nAlloc; } + assert( pStr->z!=0 && (pStr->nAlloc >= pStr->n+nAppend+1) ); /* Append the data to the string buffer. */ memcpy(&pStr->z[pStr->n], zAppend, nAppend); @@ -118245,6 +142897,7 @@ static int fts3StringAppend( */ static int fts3SnippetShift( Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */ + int iLangid, /* Language id to use in tokenizing */ int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */ const char *zDoc, /* Document text to extract snippet from */ int nDoc, /* Size of buffer zDoc in bytes */ @@ -118280,13 +142933,12 @@ static int fts3SnippetShift( /* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired) ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc. */ - rc = pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pC); + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } - pC->pTokenizer = pTab->pTokenizer; while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){ - const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1, DUMMY2, DUMMY3; + const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1 = 0, DUMMY2 = 0, DUMMY3 = 0; rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent); } pMod->xClose(pC); @@ -118330,8 +142982,6 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */ - const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ - int DUMMY1; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); if( zDoc==0 ){ @@ -118344,17 +142994,29 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( /* Open a token cursor on the document. */ pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; - rc = pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pC); + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } - pC->pTokenizer = pTab->pTokenizer; while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int iBegin; /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */ - int iFin; /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */ - int isHighlight; /* True for highlighted terms */ - + const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ + int DUMMY1 = -1; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ + int iBegin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */ + int iFin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */ + int isHighlight = 0; /* True for highlighted terms */ + + /* Variable DUMMY1 is initialized to a negative value above. Elsewhere + ** in the FTS code the variable that the third argument to xNext points to + ** is initialized to zero before the first (*but not necessarily + ** subsequent*) call to xNext(). This is done for a particular application + ** that needs to know whether or not the tokenizer is being used for + ** snippet generation or for some other purpose. + ** + ** Extreme care is required when writing code to depend on this + ** initialization. It is not a documented part of the tokenizer interface. + ** If a tokenizer is used directly by any code outside of FTS, this + ** convention might not be respected. */ rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ @@ -118370,7 +143032,9 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( if( !isShiftDone ){ int n = nDoc - iBegin; - rc = fts3SnippetShift(pTab, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask); + rc = fts3SnippetShift( + pTab, pCsr->iLangid, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask + ); isShiftDone = 1; /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are @@ -118434,26 +143098,6 @@ static int fts3ColumnlistCount(char **ppCollist){ return nEntry; } -static void fts3LoadColumnlistCounts(char **pp, u32 *aOut, int isGlobal){ - char *pCsr = *pp; - while( *pCsr ){ - int nHit; - sqlite3_int64 iCol = 0; - if( *pCsr==0x01 ){ - pCsr++; - pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iCol); - } - nHit = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr); - assert( nHit>0 ); - if( isGlobal ){ - aOut[iCol*3+1]++; - } - aOut[iCol*3] += nHit; - } - pCsr++; - *pp = pCsr; -} - /* ** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats ** for a single query. @@ -118487,48 +143131,9 @@ static int fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb( void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ ){ MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx; - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = p->pCursor; - char *pIter; - char *pEnd; - char *pFree = 0; - u32 *aOut = &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol]; - - assert( pExpr->isLoaded ); - assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - - if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - int ii; - for(ii=0; iinToken; ii++){ - if( pPhrase->aToken[ii].bFulltext ) break; - } - if( iinToken ){ - int nFree = 0; - int rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprLoadFtDoclist(pCsr, pExpr, &pFree, &nFree); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pIter = pFree; - pEnd = &pFree[nFree]; - }else{ - int iCol; /* Column index */ - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - aOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)p->nDoc; - aOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)p->nDoc; - } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - }else{ - pIter = pExpr->aDoclist; - pEnd = &pExpr->aDoclist[pExpr->nDoclist]; - } - - /* Fill in the global hit count matrix row for this phrase. */ - while( pIterpCursor, pExpr, &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol] + ); } /* @@ -118541,22 +143146,22 @@ static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb( int iPhrase, /* Phrase number */ void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ ){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx; + int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3; + int i; - if( pExpr->aDoclist ){ + for(i=0; inCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ char *pCsr; - int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3; - int i; - - for(i=0; inCol; i++) p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0; - - pCsr = sqlite3Fts3FindPositions(pExpr, p->pCursor->iPrevId, -1); + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i, &pCsr); if( pCsr ){ - fts3LoadColumnlistCounts(&pCsr, &p->aMatchinfo[iStart], 0); + p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr); + }else{ + p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0; } } - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } static int fts3MatchinfoCheck( @@ -118566,8 +143171,8 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoCheck( ){ if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL) - || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bHasStat) - || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bHasStat) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bFts4) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bFts4) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS) @@ -118622,6 +143227,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal( a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); + if( nDoc==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; *pnDoc = (u32)nDoc; if( paLen ) *paLen = a; @@ -118637,9 +143243,8 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal( typedef struct LcsIterator LcsIterator; struct LcsIterator { Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to phrase expression */ - char *pRead; /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */ int iPosOffset; /* Tokens count up to end of this phrase */ - int iCol; /* Current column number */ + char *pRead; /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */ int iPos; /* Current position */ }; @@ -118670,17 +143275,10 @@ static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){ int rc = 0; pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead); - if( iRead==0 ){ - pIter->iCol = LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED; + if( iRead==0 || iRead==1 ){ + pRead = 0; rc = 1; }else{ - if( iRead==1 ){ - pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead); - pIter->iCol = (int)iRead; - pIter->iPos = pIter->iPosOffset; - pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead); - rc = 1; - } pIter->iPos += (int)(iRead-2); } @@ -118712,42 +143310,36 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3MatchinfoLcsCb, (void*)aIter); + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; nToken -= pIter->pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; pIter->iPosOffset = nToken; - pIter->pRead = sqlite3Fts3FindPositions(pIter->pExpr, pCsr->iPrevId, -1); - if( pIter->pRead ){ - pIter->iPos = pIter->iPosOffset; - fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]); - }else{ - pIter->iCol = LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED; - } } for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ int nLcs = 0; /* LCS value for this column */ int nLive = 0; /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */ - /* Loop through the iterators in aIter[]. Set nLive to the number of - ** iterators that point to a position-list corresponding to column iCol. - */ for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ - assert( aIter[i].iCol>=iCol ); - if( aIter[i].iCol==iCol ) nLive++; + int rc; + LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i]; + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol, &pIt->pRead); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( pIt->pRead ){ + pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset; + fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]); + nLive++; + } } - /* The following loop runs until all iterators in aIter[] have finished - ** iterating through positions in column iCol. Exactly one of the - ** iterators is advanced each time the body of the loop is run. - */ while( nLive>0 ){ LcsIterator *pAdv = 0; /* The iterator to advance by one position */ int nThisLcs = 0; /* LCS for the current iterator positions */ for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; - if( iCol!=pIter->iCol ){ + if( pIter->pRead==0 ){ /* This iterator is already at EOF for this column. */ nThisLcs = 0; }else{ @@ -118813,7 +143405,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoValues( case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: if( bGlobal ){ - sqlite3_int64 nDoc; + sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, 0); pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = (u32)nDoc; } @@ -118828,9 +143420,11 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoValues( if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iCol; for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + u32 iVal; sqlite3_int64 nToken; a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); - pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc); + iVal = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = iVal; } } } @@ -119067,6 +143661,7 @@ struct TermOffset { }; struct TermOffsetCtx { + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; int iCol; /* Column of table to populate aTerm for */ int iTerm; sqlite3_int64 iDocid; @@ -119082,9 +143677,10 @@ static int fts3ExprTermOffsetInit(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ int iTerm; /* For looping through nTerm phrase terms */ char *pList; /* Pointer to position list for phrase */ int iPos = 0; /* First position in position-list */ + int rc; UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); - pList = sqlite3Fts3FindPositions(pExpr, p->iDocid, p->iCol); + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pList); nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; if( pList ){ fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos); @@ -119098,7 +143694,7 @@ static int fts3ExprTermOffsetInit(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ pT->iPos = iPos; } - return SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } /* @@ -119110,8 +143706,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; - const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ - int NDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ int rc; /* Return Code */ int nToken; /* Number of tokens in query */ int iCol; /* Column currently being processed */ @@ -119137,15 +143731,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( goto offsets_out; } sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to ** string-buffer res for each column. */ for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */ - int iStart; - int iEnd; - int iCurrent; + const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ + int NDUMMY = 0; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int iCurrent = 0; const char *zDoc; int nDoc; @@ -119174,9 +143771,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( } /* Initialize a tokenizer iterator to iterate through column iCol. */ - rc = pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pC); + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, + zDoc, nDoc, &pC + ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; - pC->pTokenizer = pTab->pTokenizer; rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent); while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -119194,7 +143792,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( if( !pTerm ){ /* All offsets for this column have been gathered. */ - break; + rc = SQLITE_DONE; }else{ assert( iCurrent<=iMinPos ); if( 0==(0xFE&*pTerm->pList) ){ @@ -119211,8 +143809,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart ); rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pTab->zContentTbl==0 ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } } } @@ -119284,6 +143882,768 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo( #endif /************** End of fts3_snippet.c ****************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_unicode.c ************************************/ +/* +** 2012 May 24 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + + +/* +** The following two macros - READ_UTF8 and WRITE_UTF8 - have been copied +** from the sqlite3 source file utf.c. If this file is compiled as part +** of the amalgamation, they are not required. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + +static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, + 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, +}; + +#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ + c = *(zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ + c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ + while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ + } \ + if( c<0x80 \ + || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ + || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ + } + +#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<0x00080 ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ +} + +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ + +typedef struct unicode_tokenizer unicode_tokenizer; +typedef struct unicode_cursor unicode_cursor; + +struct unicode_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; + int bRemoveDiacritic; + int nException; + int *aiException; +}; + +struct unicode_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + const unsigned char *aInput; /* Input text being tokenized */ + int nInput; /* Size of aInput[] in bytes */ + int iOff; /* Current offset within aInput[] */ + int iToken; /* Index of next token to be returned */ + char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nAlloc; /* space allocated at zToken */ +}; + + +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer allocated by unicodeCreate(). +*/ +static int unicodeDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + if( pTokenizer ){ + unicode_tokenizer *p = (unicode_tokenizer *)pTokenizer; + sqlite3_free(p->aiException); + sqlite3_free(p); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** As part of a tokenchars= or separators= option, the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement has specified that the tokenizer for this table shall consider +** all characters in string zIn/nIn to be separators (if bAlnum==0) or +** token characters (if bAlnum==1). +** +** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the +** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result. +** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the +** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization, +** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all +** codepoints in the aiException[] array. +** +** If a standalone diacritic mark (one that sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic() +** identifies as a diacritic) occurs in the zIn/nIn string it is ignored. +** It is not possible to change the behavior of the tokenizer with respect +** to these codepoints. +*/ +static int unicodeAddExceptions( + unicode_tokenizer *p, /* Tokenizer to add exceptions to */ + int bAlnum, /* Replace Isalnum() return value with this */ + const char *zIn, /* Array of characters to make exceptions */ + int nIn /* Length of z in bytes */ +){ + const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; + const unsigned char *zTerm = &z[nIn]; + int iCode; + int nEntry = 0; + + assert( bAlnum==0 || bAlnum==1 ); + + while( zaiException, (p->nException+nEntry)*sizeof(int)); + if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + nNew = p->nException; + + z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; + while( zi; j--) aNew[j] = aNew[j-1]; + aNew[i] = iCode; + nNew++; + } + } + p->aiException = aNew; + p->nException = nNew; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return true if the p->aiException[] array contains the value iCode. +*/ +static int unicodeIsException(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){ + if( p->nException>0 ){ + int *a = p->aiException; + int iLo = 0; + int iHi = p->nException-1; + + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( iCode==a[iTest] ){ + return 1; + }else if( iCode>a[iTest] ){ + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + } + + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenization, codepoint iCode is +** considered a token character (not a separator). +*/ +static int unicodeIsAlnum(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){ + assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 ); + return sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) ^ unicodeIsException(p, iCode); +} + +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int unicodeCreate( + int nArg, /* Size of array argv[] */ + const char * const *azArg, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **pp /* OUT: New tokenizer handle */ +){ + unicode_tokenizer *pNew; /* New tokenizer object */ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer)); + if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer)); + pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1; + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ibRemoveDiacritic = 1; + } + else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){ + pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0; + } + else if( n>=11 && memcmp("tokenchars=", z, 11)==0 ){ + rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 1, &z[11], n-11); + } + else if( n>=11 && memcmp("separators=", z, 11)==0 ){ + rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 0, &z[11], n-11); + } + else{ + /* Unrecognized argument */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + unicodeDestroy((sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew); + pNew = 0; + } + *pp = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int unicodeOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *p, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *aInput, /* Input string */ + int nInput, /* Size of string aInput in bytes */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **pp /* OUT: New cursor object */ +){ + unicode_cursor *pCsr; + + pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_cursor)); + if( pCsr==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(unicode_cursor)); + + pCsr->aInput = (const unsigned char *)aInput; + if( aInput==0 ){ + pCsr->nInput = 0; + }else if( nInput<0 ){ + pCsr->nInput = (int)strlen(aInput); + }else{ + pCsr->nInput = nInput; + } + + *pp = &pCsr->base; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to +** simpleOpen() above. +*/ +static int unicodeClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *) pCursor; + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zToken); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). +*/ +static int unicodeNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ + const char **paToken, /* OUT: Token text */ + int *pnToken, /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */ + int *piStart, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEnd, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPos /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC; + unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer); + int iCode = 0; + char *zOut; + const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff]; + const unsigned char *zStart = z; + const unsigned char *zEnd; + const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput]; + + /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token. + ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of + ** the input. */ + while( z=zTerm ) return SQLITE_DONE; + + zOut = pCsr->zToken; + do { + int iOut; + + /* Grow the output buffer if required. */ + if( (zOut-pCsr->zToken)>=(pCsr->nAlloc-4) ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nAlloc+64); + if( !zNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + zOut = &zNew[zOut - pCsr->zToken]; + pCsr->zToken = zNew; + pCsr->nAlloc += 64; + } + + /* Write the folded case of the last character read to the output */ + zEnd = z; + iOut = sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(iCode, p->bRemoveDiacritic); + if( iOut ){ + WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iOut); + } + + /* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */ + if( z>=zTerm ) break; + READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); + }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) + || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode) + ); + + /* Set the output variables and return. */ + pCsr->iOff = (int)(z - pCsr->aInput); + *paToken = pCsr->zToken; + *pnToken = (int)(zOut - pCsr->zToken); + *piStart = (int)(zStart - pCsr->aInput); + *piEnd = (int)(zEnd - pCsr->aInput); + *piPos = pCsr->iToken++; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module +** structure for the unicode tokenizer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){ + static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module module = { + 0, + unicodeCreate, + unicodeDestroy, + unicodeOpen, + unicodeClose, + unicodeNext, + 0, + }; + *ppModule = &module; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE */ + +/************** End of fts3_unicode.c ****************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_unicode2.c ***********************************/ +/* +** 2012 May 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* +** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) + +/* #include */ + +/* +** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint +** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false. +** +** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function +** is less than zero. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){ + /* Each unsigned integer in the following array corresponds to a contiguous + ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e. + ** codepoints for which this function should return 0). + ** + ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first + ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store + ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value + ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint + ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints + ** using this format. + */ + static const unsigned int aEntry[] = { + 0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07, + 0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01, + 0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401, + 0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01, + 0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01, + 0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802, + 0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F, + 0x001B9C07, 0x001BF402, 0x001C000E, 0x001C3C01, 0x001C4401, + 0x001CC01B, 0x001E980B, 0x001FAC09, 0x001FD804, 0x00205804, + 0x00206C09, 0x00209403, 0x0020A405, 0x0020C00F, 0x00216403, + 0x00217801, 0x0023901B, 0x00240004, 0x0024E803, 0x0024F812, + 0x00254407, 0x00258804, 0x0025C001, 0x00260403, 0x0026F001, + 0x0026F807, 0x00271C02, 0x00272C03, 0x00275C01, 0x00278802, + 0x0027C802, 0x0027E802, 0x00280403, 0x0028F001, 0x0028F805, + 0x00291C02, 0x00292C03, 0x00294401, 0x0029C002, 0x0029D401, + 0x002A0403, 0x002AF001, 0x002AF808, 0x002B1C03, 0x002B2C03, + 0x002B8802, 0x002BC002, 0x002C0403, 0x002CF001, 0x002CF807, + 0x002D1C02, 0x002D2C03, 0x002D5802, 0x002D8802, 0x002DC001, + 0x002E0801, 0x002EF805, 0x002F1803, 0x002F2804, 0x002F5C01, + 0x002FCC08, 0x00300403, 0x0030F807, 0x00311803, 0x00312804, + 0x00315402, 0x00318802, 0x0031FC01, 0x00320802, 0x0032F001, + 0x0032F807, 0x00331803, 0x00332804, 0x00335402, 0x00338802, + 0x00340802, 0x0034F807, 0x00351803, 0x00352804, 0x00355C01, + 0x00358802, 0x0035E401, 0x00360802, 0x00372801, 0x00373C06, + 0x00375801, 0x00376008, 0x0037C803, 0x0038C401, 0x0038D007, + 0x0038FC01, 0x00391C09, 0x00396802, 0x003AC401, 0x003AD006, + 0x003AEC02, 0x003B2006, 0x003C041F, 0x003CD00C, 0x003DC417, + 0x003E340B, 0x003E6424, 0x003EF80F, 0x003F380D, 0x0040AC14, + 0x00412806, 0x00415804, 0x00417803, 0x00418803, 0x00419C07, + 0x0041C404, 0x0042080C, 0x00423C01, 0x00426806, 0x0043EC01, + 0x004D740C, 0x004E400A, 0x00500001, 0x0059B402, 0x005A0001, + 0x005A6C02, 0x005BAC03, 0x005C4803, 0x005CC805, 0x005D4802, + 0x005DC802, 0x005ED023, 0x005F6004, 0x005F7401, 0x0060000F, + 0x0062A401, 0x0064800C, 0x0064C00C, 0x00650001, 0x00651002, + 0x0066C011, 0x00672002, 0x00677822, 0x00685C05, 0x00687802, + 0x0069540A, 0x0069801D, 0x0069FC01, 0x006A8007, 0x006AA006, + 0x006C0005, 0x006CD011, 0x006D6823, 0x006E0003, 0x006E840D, + 0x006F980E, 0x006FF004, 0x00709014, 0x0070EC05, 0x0071F802, + 0x00730008, 0x00734019, 0x0073B401, 0x0073C803, 0x00770027, + 0x0077F004, 0x007EF401, 0x007EFC03, 0x007F3403, 0x007F7403, + 0x007FB403, 0x007FF402, 0x00800065, 0x0081A806, 0x0081E805, + 0x00822805, 0x0082801A, 0x00834021, 0x00840002, 0x00840C04, + 0x00842002, 0x00845001, 0x00845803, 0x00847806, 0x00849401, + 0x00849C01, 0x0084A401, 0x0084B801, 0x0084E802, 0x00850005, + 0x00852804, 0x00853C01, 0x00864264, 0x00900027, 0x0091000B, + 0x0092704E, 0x00940200, 0x009C0475, 0x009E53B9, 0x00AD400A, + 0x00B39406, 0x00B3BC03, 0x00B3E404, 0x00B3F802, 0x00B5C001, + 0x00B5FC01, 0x00B7804F, 0x00B8C00C, 0x00BA001A, 0x00BA6C59, + 0x00BC00D6, 0x00BFC00C, 0x00C00005, 0x00C02019, 0x00C0A807, + 0x00C0D802, 0x00C0F403, 0x00C26404, 0x00C28001, 0x00C3EC01, + 0x00C64002, 0x00C6580A, 0x00C70024, 0x00C8001F, 0x00C8A81E, + 0x00C94001, 0x00C98020, 0x00CA2827, 0x00CB003F, 0x00CC0100, + 0x01370040, 0x02924037, 0x0293F802, 0x02983403, 0x0299BC10, + 0x029A7C01, 0x029BC008, 0x029C0017, 0x029C8002, 0x029E2402, + 0x02A00801, 0x02A01801, 0x02A02C01, 0x02A08C09, 0x02A0D804, + 0x02A1D004, 0x02A20002, 0x02A2D011, 0x02A33802, 0x02A38012, + 0x02A3E003, 0x02A4980A, 0x02A51C0D, 0x02A57C01, 0x02A60004, + 0x02A6CC1B, 0x02A77802, 0x02A8A40E, 0x02A90C01, 0x02A93002, + 0x02A97004, 0x02A9DC03, 0x02A9EC01, 0x02AAC001, 0x02AAC803, + 0x02AADC02, 0x02AAF802, 0x02AB0401, 0x02AB7802, 0x02ABAC07, + 0x02ABD402, 0x02AF8C0B, 0x03600001, 0x036DFC02, 0x036FFC02, + 0x037FFC01, 0x03EC7801, 0x03ECA401, 0x03EEC810, 0x03F4F802, + 0x03F7F002, 0x03F8001A, 0x03F88007, 0x03F8C023, 0x03F95013, + 0x03F9A004, 0x03FBFC01, 0x03FC040F, 0x03FC6807, 0x03FCEC06, + 0x03FD6C0B, 0x03FF8007, 0x03FFA007, 0x03FFE405, 0x04040003, + 0x0404DC09, 0x0405E411, 0x0406400C, 0x0407402E, 0x040E7C01, + 0x040F4001, 0x04215C01, 0x04247C01, 0x0424FC01, 0x04280403, + 0x04281402, 0x04283004, 0x0428E003, 0x0428FC01, 0x04294009, + 0x0429FC01, 0x042CE407, 0x04400003, 0x0440E016, 0x04420003, + 0x0442C012, 0x04440003, 0x04449C0E, 0x04450004, 0x04460003, + 0x0446CC0E, 0x04471404, 0x045AAC0D, 0x0491C004, 0x05BD442E, + 0x05BE3C04, 0x074000F6, 0x07440027, 0x0744A4B5, 0x07480046, + 0x074C0057, 0x075B0401, 0x075B6C01, 0x075BEC01, 0x075C5401, + 0x075CD401, 0x075D3C01, 0x075DBC01, 0x075E2401, 0x075EA401, + 0x075F0C01, 0x07BBC002, 0x07C0002C, 0x07C0C064, 0x07C2800F, + 0x07C2C40E, 0x07C3040F, 0x07C3440F, 0x07C4401F, 0x07C4C03C, + 0x07C5C02B, 0x07C7981D, 0x07C8402B, 0x07C90009, 0x07C94002, + 0x07CC0021, 0x07CCC006, 0x07CCDC46, 0x07CE0014, 0x07CE8025, + 0x07CF1805, 0x07CF8011, 0x07D0003F, 0x07D10001, 0x07D108B6, + 0x07D3E404, 0x07D4003E, 0x07D50004, 0x07D54018, 0x07D7EC46, + 0x07D9140B, 0x07DA0046, 0x07DC0074, 0x38000401, 0x38008060, + 0x380400F0, + }; + static const unsigned int aAscii[4] = { + 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001, + }; + + if( c<128 ){ + return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 ); + }else if( c<(1<<22) ){ + unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF; + int iRes = 0; + int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + assert( aEntry[0]=aEntry[iRes] ); + return (((unsigned int)c) >= ((aEntry[iRes]>>10) + (aEntry[iRes]&0x3FF))); + } + return 1; +} + + +/* +** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter +** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint +** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN +** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER +** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an +** uppercase letter are undefined. +*/ +static int remove_diacritic(int c){ + unsigned short aDia[] = { + 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, + 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, + 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, + 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, + 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3896, 3912, 3928, + 3968, 4008, 4040, 4106, 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, + 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, 4408, 4424, 4472, 4504, + 6148, 6198, 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, + 61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726, + 61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122, + 62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536, + 62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, + 62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390, + }; + char aChar[] = { + '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', + 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', + 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', + 'u', 'g', 'k', 'o', 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', + 'u', 's', 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o', 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', + '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', 'd', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', + 'h', 'i', 'k', 'l', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'p', 'r', 'r', 's', 't', + 'u', 'v', 'w', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', 'w', 'y', 'a', + 'e', 'i', 'o', 'u', 'y', + }; + + unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007; + int iRes = 0; + int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + assert( key>=aDia[iRes] ); + return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]); +} + + +/* +** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint +** is a diacritical modifier character. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){ + unsigned int mask0 = 0x08029FDF; + unsigned int mask1 = 0x000361F8; + if( c<768 || c>817 ) return 0; + return (c < 768+32) ? + (mask0 & (1 << (c-768))) : + (mask1 & (1 << (c-768-32))); +} + + +/* +** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint +** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent, +** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version. +** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument. +** +** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function +** is less than zero. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic){ + /* Each entry in the following array defines a rule for folding a range + ** of codepoints to lower case. The rule applies to a range of nRange + ** codepoints starting at codepoint iCode. + ** + ** If the least significant bit in flags is clear, then the rule applies + ** to all nRange codepoints (i.e. all nRange codepoints are upper case and + ** need to be folded). Or, if it is set, then the rule only applies to + ** every second codepoint in the range, starting with codepoint C. + ** + ** The 7 most significant bits in flags are an index into the aiOff[] + ** array. If a specific codepoint C does require folding, then its lower + ** case equivalent is ((C + aiOff[flags>>1]) & 0xFFFF). + ** + ** The contents of this array are generated by parsing the CaseFolding.txt + ** file distributed as part of the "Unicode Character Database". See + ** http://www.unicode.org for details. + */ + static const struct TableEntry { + unsigned short iCode; + unsigned char flags; + unsigned char nRange; + } aEntry[] = { + {65, 14, 26}, {181, 64, 1}, {192, 14, 23}, + {216, 14, 7}, {256, 1, 48}, {306, 1, 6}, + {313, 1, 16}, {330, 1, 46}, {376, 116, 1}, + {377, 1, 6}, {383, 104, 1}, {385, 50, 1}, + {386, 1, 4}, {390, 44, 1}, {391, 0, 1}, + {393, 42, 2}, {395, 0, 1}, {398, 32, 1}, + {399, 38, 1}, {400, 40, 1}, {401, 0, 1}, + {403, 42, 1}, {404, 46, 1}, {406, 52, 1}, + {407, 48, 1}, {408, 0, 1}, {412, 52, 1}, + {413, 54, 1}, {415, 56, 1}, {416, 1, 6}, + {422, 60, 1}, {423, 0, 1}, {425, 60, 1}, + {428, 0, 1}, {430, 60, 1}, {431, 0, 1}, + {433, 58, 2}, {435, 1, 4}, {439, 62, 1}, + {440, 0, 1}, {444, 0, 1}, {452, 2, 1}, + {453, 0, 1}, {455, 2, 1}, {456, 0, 1}, + {458, 2, 1}, {459, 1, 18}, {478, 1, 18}, + {497, 2, 1}, {498, 1, 4}, {502, 122, 1}, + {503, 134, 1}, {504, 1, 40}, {544, 110, 1}, + {546, 1, 18}, {570, 70, 1}, {571, 0, 1}, + {573, 108, 1}, {574, 68, 1}, {577, 0, 1}, + {579, 106, 1}, {580, 28, 1}, {581, 30, 1}, + {582, 1, 10}, {837, 36, 1}, {880, 1, 4}, + {886, 0, 1}, {902, 18, 1}, {904, 16, 3}, + {908, 26, 1}, {910, 24, 2}, {913, 14, 17}, + {931, 14, 9}, {962, 0, 1}, {975, 4, 1}, + {976, 140, 1}, {977, 142, 1}, {981, 146, 1}, + {982, 144, 1}, {984, 1, 24}, {1008, 136, 1}, + {1009, 138, 1}, {1012, 130, 1}, {1013, 128, 1}, + {1015, 0, 1}, {1017, 152, 1}, {1018, 0, 1}, + {1021, 110, 3}, {1024, 34, 16}, {1040, 14, 32}, + {1120, 1, 34}, {1162, 1, 54}, {1216, 6, 1}, + {1217, 1, 14}, {1232, 1, 88}, {1329, 22, 38}, + {4256, 66, 38}, {4295, 66, 1}, {4301, 66, 1}, + {7680, 1, 150}, {7835, 132, 1}, {7838, 96, 1}, + {7840, 1, 96}, {7944, 150, 8}, {7960, 150, 6}, + {7976, 150, 8}, {7992, 150, 8}, {8008, 150, 6}, + {8025, 151, 8}, {8040, 150, 8}, {8072, 150, 8}, + {8088, 150, 8}, {8104, 150, 8}, {8120, 150, 2}, + {8122, 126, 2}, {8124, 148, 1}, {8126, 100, 1}, + {8136, 124, 4}, {8140, 148, 1}, {8152, 150, 2}, + {8154, 120, 2}, {8168, 150, 2}, {8170, 118, 2}, + {8172, 152, 1}, {8184, 112, 2}, {8186, 114, 2}, + {8188, 148, 1}, {8486, 98, 1}, {8490, 92, 1}, + {8491, 94, 1}, {8498, 12, 1}, {8544, 8, 16}, + {8579, 0, 1}, {9398, 10, 26}, {11264, 22, 47}, + {11360, 0, 1}, {11362, 88, 1}, {11363, 102, 1}, + {11364, 90, 1}, {11367, 1, 6}, {11373, 84, 1}, + {11374, 86, 1}, {11375, 80, 1}, {11376, 82, 1}, + {11378, 0, 1}, {11381, 0, 1}, {11390, 78, 2}, + {11392, 1, 100}, {11499, 1, 4}, {11506, 0, 1}, + {42560, 1, 46}, {42624, 1, 24}, {42786, 1, 14}, + {42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1}, + {42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1}, + {42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1}, + {65313, 14, 26}, + }; + static const unsigned short aiOff[] = { + 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, + 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, + 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, + 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, + 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, + 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, + 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, + 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, + 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, + 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, + }; + + int ret = c; + + assert( c>=0 ); + assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 ); + + if( c<128 ){ + if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A'); + }else if( c<65536 ){ + int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + int iRes = -1; + + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode); + if( cmp>=0 ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + assert( iRes<0 || c>=aEntry[iRes].iCode ); + + if( iRes>=0 ){ + const struct TableEntry *p = &aEntry[iRes]; + if( c<(p->iCode + p->nRange) && 0==(0x01 & p->flags & (p->iCode ^ c)) ){ + ret = (c + (aiOff[p->flags>>1])) & 0x0000FFFF; + assert( ret>0 ); + } + } + + if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = remove_diacritic(ret); + } + + else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){ + ret = c + 40; + } + + return ret; +} +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE) */ + +/************** End of fts3_unicode2.c ***************************************/ /************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 @@ -119341,58 +144701,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo( #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE) -/* -** This file contains an implementation of a couple of different variants -** of the r-tree algorithm. See the README file for further details. The -** same data-structure is used for all, but the algorithms for insert and -** delete operations vary. The variants used are selected at compile time -** by defining the following symbols: -*/ - -/* Either, both or none of the following may be set to activate -** r*tree variant algorithms. -*/ -#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE 0 -#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_REINSERT 1 - -/* -** Exactly one of the following must be set to 1. -*/ -#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT 0 -#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT 0 -#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT 1 - -#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_SPLIT \ - (VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT||VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT) - -#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT - #define PickNext QuadraticPickNext - #define PickSeeds QuadraticPickSeeds - #define AssignCells splitNodeGuttman -#endif -#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT - #define PickNext LinearPickNext - #define PickSeeds LinearPickSeeds - #define AssignCells splitNodeGuttman -#endif -#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT - #define AssignCells splitNodeStartree -#endif - -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define NDEBUG 1 -#endif - #ifndef SQLITE_CORE SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 #else #endif +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION #include "sqlite3rtree.h" typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; typedef unsigned char u8; +typedef unsigned short u16; typedef unsigned int u32; #endif @@ -119410,6 +144732,7 @@ typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint; typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg; typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback; typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord; +typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint; /* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */ #define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5 @@ -119418,22 +144741,33 @@ typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord; ** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is ** used. */ -#define HASHSIZE 128 +#define HASHSIZE 97 + +/* The xBestIndex method of this virtual table requires an estimate of +** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of +** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the +** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum). +** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use +** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. +*/ +#define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576 +#define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST 100 /* ** An rtree virtual-table object. */ struct Rtree { - sqlite3_vtab base; + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class. Must be first */ sqlite3 *db; /* Host database connection */ int iNodeSize; /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */ - int nDim; /* Number of dimensions */ - int nBytesPerCell; /* Bytes consumed per cell */ + u8 nDim; /* Number of dimensions */ + u8 eCoordType; /* RTREE_COORD_REAL32 or RTREE_COORD_INT32 */ + u8 nBytesPerCell; /* Bytes consumed per cell */ int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */ char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */ char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */ - RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ int nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */ + i64 nRowEst; /* Estimated number of rows in this table */ /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains - @@ -119458,14 +144792,46 @@ struct Rtree { sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent; sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent; - int eCoordType; + RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ }; -/* Possible values for eCoordType: */ +/* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */ #define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0 #define RTREE_COORD_INT32 1 /* +** If SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY is defined, then this virtual table will +** only deal with integer coordinates. No floating point operations +** will be done. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */ + typedef int RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */ +# define RTREE_ZERO 0 +#else + typedef double RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */ + typedef float RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */ +# define RTREE_ZERO 0.0 +#endif + +/* +** When doing a search of an r-tree, instances of the following structure +** record intermediate results from the tree walk. +** +** The id is always a node-id. For iLevel>=1 the id is the node-id of +** the node that the RtreeSearchPoint represents. When iLevel==0, however, +** the id is of the parent node and the cell that RtreeSearchPoint +** represents is the iCell-th entry in the parent node. +*/ +struct RtreeSearchPoint { + RtreeDValue rScore; /* The score for this node. Smallest goes first. */ + sqlite3_int64 id; /* Node ID */ + u8 iLevel; /* 0=entries. 1=leaf node. 2+ for higher */ + u8 eWithin; /* PARTLY_WITHIN or FULLY_WITHIN */ + u8 iCell; /* Cell index within the node */ +}; + +/* ** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the ** maximum. In Gutman's notation: ** @@ -119487,33 +144853,61 @@ struct Rtree { */ #define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40 + +/* +** Number of entries in the cursor RtreeNode cache. The first entry is +** used to cache the RtreeNode for RtreeCursor.sPoint. The remaining +** entries cache the RtreeNode for the first elements of the priority queue. +*/ +#define RTREE_CACHE_SZ 5 + /* ** An rtree cursor object. */ struct RtreeCursor { - sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; - RtreeNode *pNode; /* Node cursor is currently pointing at */ - int iCell; /* Index of current cell in pNode */ + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class. Must be first */ + u8 atEOF; /* True if at end of search */ + u8 bPoint; /* True if sPoint is valid */ int iStrategy; /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */ int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ RtreeConstraint *aConstraint; /* Search constraints. */ + int nPointAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aPoint[] */ + int nPoint; /* Number of slots used in aPoint[] */ + int mxLevel; /* iLevel value for root of the tree */ + RtreeSearchPoint *aPoint; /* Priority queue for search points */ + RtreeSearchPoint sPoint; /* Cached next search point */ + RtreeNode *aNode[RTREE_CACHE_SZ]; /* Rtree node cache */ + u32 anQueue[RTREE_MAX_DEPTH+1]; /* Number of queued entries by iLevel */ }; +/* Return the Rtree of a RtreeCursor */ +#define RTREE_OF_CURSOR(X) ((Rtree*)((X)->base.pVtab)) + +/* +** A coordinate can be either a floating point number or a integer. All +** coordinates within a single R-Tree are always of the same time. +*/ union RtreeCoord { - float f; - int i; + RtreeValue f; /* Floating point value */ + int i; /* Integer value */ + u32 u; /* Unsigned for byte-order conversions */ }; /* ** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord -** formatted as a double. This macro assumes that local variable pRtree points -** to the Rtree structure associated with the RtreeCoord. +** formatted as a RtreeDValue (double or int64). This macro assumes that local +** variable pRtree points to the Rtree structure associated with the +** RtreeCoord. */ -#define DCOORD(coord) ( \ - (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ? \ - ((double)coord.f) : \ - ((double)coord.i) \ -) +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY +# define DCOORD(coord) ((RtreeDValue)coord.i) +#else +# define DCOORD(coord) ( \ + (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ? \ + ((double)coord.f) : \ + ((double)coord.i) \ + ) +#endif /* ** A search constraint. @@ -119521,38 +144915,67 @@ union RtreeCoord { struct RtreeConstraint { int iCoord; /* Index of constrained coordinate */ int op; /* Constraining operation */ - double rValue; /* Constraint value. */ - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *); - sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom; /* Constraint callback argument for a MATCH */ + union { + RtreeDValue rValue; /* Constraint value. */ + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*); + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*); + } u; + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* xGeom and xQueryFunc argument */ }; /* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */ -#define RTREE_EQ 0x41 -#define RTREE_LE 0x42 -#define RTREE_LT 0x43 -#define RTREE_GE 0x44 -#define RTREE_GT 0x45 -#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46 +#define RTREE_EQ 0x41 /* A */ +#define RTREE_LE 0x42 /* B */ +#define RTREE_LT 0x43 /* C */ +#define RTREE_GE 0x44 /* D */ +#define RTREE_GT 0x45 /* E */ +#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46 /* F: Old-style sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() */ +#define RTREE_QUERY 0x47 /* G: New-style sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() */ + /* ** An rtree structure node. */ struct RtreeNode { - RtreeNode *pParent; /* Parent node */ - i64 iNode; - int nRef; - int isDirty; - u8 *zData; - RtreeNode *pNext; /* Next node in this hash chain */ + RtreeNode *pParent; /* Parent node */ + i64 iNode; /* The node number */ + int nRef; /* Number of references to this node */ + int isDirty; /* True if the node needs to be written to disk */ + u8 *zData; /* Content of the node, as should be on disk */ + RtreeNode *pNext; /* Next node in this hash collision chain */ }; + +/* Return the number of cells in a node */ #define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2]) /* -** Structure to store a deserialized rtree record. +** A single cell from a node, deserialized */ struct RtreeCell { - i64 iRowid; - RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; + i64 iRowid; /* Node or entry ID */ + RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Bounding box coordinates */ +}; + + +/* +** This object becomes the sqlite3_user_data() for the SQL functions +** that are created by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH +** operators in order to constrain a search. +** +** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of +** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the +** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). +** +** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in +** sqlite3_create_function_v2(). +*/ +struct RtreeGeomCallback { + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, RtreeDValue*, int*); + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*); + void (*xDestructor)(void*); + void *pContext; }; @@ -119564,29 +144987,16 @@ struct RtreeCell { #define RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC 0x891245AB /* -** An instance of this structure must be supplied as a blob argument to -** the right-hand-side of an SQL MATCH operator used to constrain an -** r-tree query. +** An instance of this structure (in the form of a BLOB) is returned by +** the SQL functions that sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() create, and is read as the right-hand +** operand to the MATCH operator of an R-Tree. */ struct RtreeMatchArg { - u32 magic; /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */ - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *); - void *pContext; - int nParam; - double aParam[1]; -}; - -/* -** When a geometry callback is created (see sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback), -** a single instance of the following structure is allocated. It is used -** as the context for the user-function created by by s_r_g_c(). The object -** is eventually deleted by the destructor mechanism provided by -** sqlite3_create_function_v2() (which is called by s_r_g_c() to create -** the geometry callback function). -*/ -struct RtreeGeomCallback { - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *); - void *pContext; + u32 magic; /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */ + RtreeGeomCallback cb; /* Info about the callback functions */ + int nParam; /* Number of parameters to the SQL function */ + RtreeDValue aParam[1]; /* Values for parameters to the SQL function */ }; #ifndef MAX @@ -119680,10 +145090,7 @@ static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){ ** in the Rtree.aHash table. */ static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){ - return ( - (iNode>>56) ^ (iNode>>48) ^ (iNode>>40) ^ (iNode>>32) ^ - (iNode>>24) ^ (iNode>>16) ^ (iNode>> 8) ^ (iNode>> 0) - ) % HASHSIZE; + return iNode % HASHSIZE; } /* @@ -119743,8 +145150,7 @@ static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){ /* ** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node. */ -static int -nodeAcquire( +static int nodeAcquire( Rtree *pRtree, /* R-tree structure */ i64 iNode, /* Node number to load */ RtreeNode *pParent, /* Either the parent node or NULL */ @@ -119800,17 +145206,17 @@ nodeAcquire( if( pNode && iNode==1 ){ pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData); if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } } /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries" ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to - ** SQLITE_CORRUPT. + ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. */ if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( NCELL(pNode)>((pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell) ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } } @@ -119818,7 +145224,7 @@ nodeAcquire( if( pNode!=0 ){ nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); }else{ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } *ppNode = pNode; }else{ @@ -119833,10 +145239,10 @@ nodeAcquire( ** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell. */ static void nodeOverwriteCell( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, - RtreeCell *pCell, - int iCell + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node into which the cell is to be written */ + RtreeCell *pCell, /* The cell to write */ + int iCell /* Index into pNode into which pCell is written */ ){ int ii; u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; @@ -119848,7 +145254,7 @@ static void nodeOverwriteCell( } /* -** Remove cell the cell with index iCell from node pNode. +** Remove the cell with index iCell from node pNode. */ static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){ u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; @@ -119865,11 +145271,10 @@ static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){ ** ** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL. */ -static int -nodeInsertCell( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, - RtreeCell *pCell +static int nodeInsertCell( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* Write new cell into this node */ + RtreeCell *pCell /* The cell to be inserted */ ){ int nCell; /* Current number of cells in pNode */ int nMaxCell; /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */ @@ -119890,8 +145295,7 @@ nodeInsertCell( /* ** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database. */ -static int -nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ +static int nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pNode->isDirty ){ sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode; @@ -119916,8 +145320,7 @@ nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ ** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference ** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database. */ -static int -nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ +static int nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pNode ){ assert( pNode->nRef>0 ); @@ -119945,9 +145348,9 @@ nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ ** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number. */ static i64 nodeGetRowid( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, - int iCell + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract the ID */ + int iCell /* The cell index from which to extract the ID */ ){ assert( iCellzData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]); @@ -119957,11 +145360,11 @@ static i64 nodeGetRowid( ** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode. */ static void nodeGetCoord( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, - int iCell, - int iCoord, - RtreeCoord *pCoord /* Space to write result to */ + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract a coordinate */ + int iCell, /* The index of the cell within the node */ + int iCoord, /* Which coordinate to extract */ + RtreeCoord *pCoord /* OUT: Space to write result to */ ){ readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord); } @@ -119971,15 +145374,20 @@ static void nodeGetCoord( ** to by pCell with the results. */ static void nodeGetCell( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, - int iCell, - RtreeCell *pCell -){ - int ii; + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node containing the cell to be read */ + int iCell, /* Index of the cell within the node */ + RtreeCell *pCell /* OUT: Write the cell contents here */ +){ + u8 *pData; + u8 *pEnd; + RtreeCoord *pCoord; pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell); - for(ii=0; iinDim*2; ii++){ - nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, iCell, ii, &pCell->aCoord[ii]); + pData = pNode->zData + (12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell); + pEnd = pData + pRtree->nDim*8; + pCoord = pCell->aCoord; + for(; pDataaConstraint ){ int i; /* Used to iterate through constraint array */ for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pGeom; - if( pGeom ){ - if( pGeom->xDelUser ) pGeom->xDelUser(pGeom->pUser); - sqlite3_free(pGeom); + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pInfo; + if( pInfo ){ + if( pInfo->xDelUser ) pInfo->xDelUser(pInfo->pUser); + sqlite3_free(pInfo); } } sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint); @@ -120121,12 +145529,13 @@ static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){ */ static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab); - int rc; + int ii; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); - rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint); + for(ii=0; iiaNode[ii]); sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return rc; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* @@ -120137,194 +145546,164 @@ static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ */ static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; - return (pCsr->pNode==0); + return pCsr->atEOF; +} + +/* +** Convert raw bits from the on-disk RTree record into a coordinate value. +** The on-disk format is big-endian and needs to be converted for little- +** endian platforms. The on-disk record stores integer coordinates if +** eInt is true and it stores 32-bit floating point records if eInt is +** false. a[] is the four bytes of the on-disk record to be decoded. +** Store the results in "r". +** +** There are three versions of this macro, one each for little-endian and +** big-endian processors and a third generic implementation. The endian- +** specific implementations are much faster and are preferred if the +** processor endianness is known at compile-time. The SQLITE_BYTEORDER +** macro is part of sqliteInt.h and hence the endian-specific +** implementation will only be used if this module is compiled as part +** of the amalgamation. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \ + c.u = ((c.u>>24)&0xff)|((c.u>>8)&0xff00)| \ + ((c.u&0xff)<<24)|((c.u&0xff00)<<8); \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ +} +#elif defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ } +#else +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + c.u = ((u32)a[0]<<24) + ((u32)a[1]<<16) \ + +((u32)a[2]<<8) + a[3]; \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ +} +#endif /* -** The r-tree constraint passed as the second argument to this function is -** guaranteed to be a MATCH constraint. +** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH +** constraint pConstraint. */ -static int testRtreeGeom( - Rtree *pRtree, /* R-Tree object */ - RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* MATCH constraint to test */ - RtreeCell *pCell, /* Cell to test */ - int *pbRes /* OUT: Test result */ +static int rtreeCallbackConstraint( + RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* The constraint to test */ + int eInt, /* True if RTree holding integer coordinates */ + u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content */ + RtreeSearchPoint *pSearch, /* Container of this cell */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *prScore, /* OUT: score for the cell */ + int *peWithin /* OUT: visibility of the cell */ ){ - int i; - double aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; - int nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2; + int i; /* Loop counter */ + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pConstraint->pInfo; /* Callback info */ + int nCoord = pInfo->nCoord; /* No. of coordinates */ + int rc; /* Callback return code */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Decoded coordinates */ - assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH ); - assert( pConstraint->pGeom ); + assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH || pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY ); + assert( nCoord==2 || nCoord==4 || nCoord==6 || nCoord==8 || nCoord==10 ); - for(i=0; iaCoord[i]); + if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY && pSearch->iLevel==1 ){ + pInfo->iRowid = readInt64(pCellData); } - return pConstraint->xGeom(pConstraint->pGeom, nCoord, aCoord, pbRes); -} - -/* -** Cursor pCursor currently points to a cell in a non-leaf page. -** Set *pbEof to true if the sub-tree headed by the cell is filtered -** (excluded) by the constraints in the pCursor->aConstraint[] -** array, or false otherwise. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code if an error -** occurs within a geometry callback. -*/ -static int testRtreeCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor, int *pbEof){ - RtreeCell cell; - int ii; - int bRes = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell); - for(ii=0; bRes==0 && iinConstraint; ii++){ - RtreeConstraint *p = &pCursor->aConstraint[ii]; - double cell_min = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2]); - double cell_max = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2+1]); - - assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE - || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_MATCH - ); - - switch( p->op ){ - case RTREE_LE: case RTREE_LT: - bRes = p->rValuerValue>cell_max; - break; - - case RTREE_EQ: - bRes = (p->rValue>cell_max || p->rValueop==RTREE_MATCH ); - rc = testRtreeGeom(pRtree, p, &cell, &bRes); - bRes = !bRes; - break; - } + pCellData += 8; + for(i=0; iop==RTREE_MATCH ){ + rc = pConstraint->u.xGeom((sqlite3_rtree_geometry*)pInfo, + nCoord, aCoord, &i); + if( i==0 ) *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; + *prScore = RTREE_ZERO; + }else{ + pInfo->aCoord = aCoord; + pInfo->iLevel = pSearch->iLevel - 1; + pInfo->rScore = pInfo->rParentScore = pSearch->rScore; + pInfo->eWithin = pInfo->eParentWithin = pSearch->eWithin; + rc = pConstraint->u.xQueryFunc(pInfo); + if( pInfo->eWithin<*peWithin ) *peWithin = pInfo->eWithin; + if( pInfo->rScore<*prScore || *prScorerScore; } } - - *pbEof = bRes; return rc; } /* -** Test if the cell that cursor pCursor currently points to -** would be filtered (excluded) by the constraints in the -** pCursor->aConstraint[] array. If so, set *pbEof to true before -** returning. If the cell is not filtered (excluded) by the constraints, -** set pbEof to zero. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code if an error -** occurs within a geometry callback. -** -** This function assumes that the cell is part of a leaf node. +** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p. +** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node, +** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. */ -static int testRtreeEntry(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor, int *pbEof){ - RtreeCell cell; - int ii; - *pbEof = 0; +static void rtreeNonleafConstraint( + RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */ + int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */ + u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */ + int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */ +){ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl val; /* Coordinate value convert to a double */ - nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell); - for(ii=0; iinConstraint; ii++){ - RtreeConstraint *p = &pCursor->aConstraint[ii]; - double coord = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[p->iCoord]); - int res; - assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE - || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_MATCH - ); - switch( p->op ){ - case RTREE_LE: res = (coord<=p->rValue); break; - case RTREE_LT: res = (coordrValue); break; - case RTREE_GE: res = (coord>=p->rValue); break; - case RTREE_GT: res = (coord>p->rValue); break; - case RTREE_EQ: res = (coord==p->rValue); break; - default: { - int rc; - assert( p->op==RTREE_MATCH ); - rc = testRtreeGeom(pRtree, p, &cell, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - break; - } - } + /* p->iCoord might point to either a lower or upper bound coordinate + ** in a coordinate pair. But make pCellData point to the lower bound. + */ + pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe); - if( !res ){ - *pbEof = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ ); + switch( p->op ){ + case RTREE_LE: + case RTREE_LT: + case RTREE_EQ: + RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val); + /* val now holds the lower bound of the coordinate pair */ + if( p->u.rValue>=val ) return; + if( p->op!=RTREE_EQ ) break; /* RTREE_LE and RTREE_LT end here */ + /* Fall through for the RTREE_EQ case */ - return SQLITE_OK; + default: /* RTREE_GT or RTREE_GE, or fallthrough of RTREE_EQ */ + pCellData += 4; + RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val); + /* val now holds the upper bound of the coordinate pair */ + if( p->u.rValue<=val ) return; + } + *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; } /* -** Cursor pCursor currently points at a node that heads a sub-tree of -** height iHeight (if iHeight==0, then the node is a leaf). Descend -** to point to the left-most cell of the sub-tree that matches the -** configured constraints. +** Check the leaf RTree cell given by pCellData against constraint p. +** If this constraint is not satisfied, set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. +** If the constraint is satisfied, leave *peWithin unchanged. +** +** The constraint is of the form: xN op $val +** +** The op is given by p->op. The xN is p->iCoord-th coordinate in +** pCellData. $val is given by p->u.rValue. */ -static int descendToCell( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeCursor *pCursor, - int iHeight, - int *pEof /* OUT: Set to true if cannot descend */ +static void rtreeLeafConstraint( + RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */ + int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */ + u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */ + int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */ ){ - int isEof; - int rc; - int ii; - RtreeNode *pChild; - sqlite3_int64 iRowid; - - RtreeNode *pSavedNode = pCursor->pNode; - int iSavedCell = pCursor->iCell; - - assert( iHeight>=0 ); - - if( iHeight==0 ){ - rc = testRtreeEntry(pRtree, pCursor, &isEof); - }else{ - rc = testRtreeCell(pRtree, pCursor, &isEof); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isEof || iHeight==0 ){ - goto descend_to_cell_out; - } - - iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell); - rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iRowid, pCursor->pNode, &pChild); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto descend_to_cell_out; - } - - nodeRelease(pRtree, pCursor->pNode); - pCursor->pNode = pChild; - isEof = 1; - for(ii=0; isEof && iiiCell = ii; - rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCursor, iHeight-1, &isEof); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto descend_to_cell_out; - } - } + RtreeDValue xN; /* Coordinate value converted to a double */ - if( isEof ){ - assert( pCursor->pNode==pChild ); - nodeReference(pSavedNode); - nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild); - pCursor->pNode = pSavedNode; - pCursor->iCell = iSavedCell; + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ ); + pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4; + RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, xN); + switch( p->op ){ + case RTREE_LE: if( xN <= p->u.rValue ) return; break; + case RTREE_LT: if( xN < p->u.rValue ) return; break; + case RTREE_GE: if( xN >= p->u.rValue ) return; break; + case RTREE_GT: if( xN > p->u.rValue ) return; break; + default: if( xN == p->u.rValue ) return; break; } - -descend_to_cell_out: - *pEof = isEof; - return rc; + *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; } /* @@ -120339,13 +145718,14 @@ static int nodeRowidIndex( ){ int ii; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + assert( nCell<200 ); for(ii=0; iipVtab); - RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; +static int rtreeSearchPointCompare( + const RtreeSearchPoint *pA, + const RtreeSearchPoint *pB +){ + if( pA->rScorerScore ) return -1; + if( pA->rScore>pB->rScore ) return +1; + if( pA->iLeveliLevel ) return -1; + if( pA->iLevel>pB->iLevel ) return +1; + return 0; +} - /* RtreeCursor.pNode must not be NULL. If is is NULL, then this cursor is - ** already at EOF. It is against the rules to call the xNext() method of - ** a cursor that has already reached EOF. - */ - assert( pCsr->pNode ); - - if( pCsr->iStrategy==1 ){ - /* This "scan" is a direct lookup by rowid. There is no next entry. */ - nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode); - pCsr->pNode = 0; - }else{ - /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */ - int iHeight = 0; - while( pCsr->pNode ){ - RtreeNode *pNode = pCsr->pNode; - int nCell = NCELL(pNode); - for(pCsr->iCell++; pCsr->iCelliCell++){ - int isEof; - rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCsr, iHeight, &isEof); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !isEof ){ - return rc; +/* +** Interchange to search points in a cursor. +*/ +static void rtreeSearchPointSwap(RtreeCursor *p, int i, int j){ + RtreeSearchPoint t = p->aPoint[i]; + assert( iaPoint[i] = p->aPoint[j]; + p->aPoint[j] = t; + i++; j++; + if( i=RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){ + nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]); + p->aNode[i] = 0; + }else{ + RtreeNode *pTemp = p->aNode[i]; + p->aNode[i] = p->aNode[j]; + p->aNode[j] = pTemp; + } + } +} + +/* +** Return the search point with the lowest current score. +*/ +static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointFirst(RtreeCursor *pCur){ + return pCur->bPoint ? &pCur->sPoint : pCur->nPoint ? pCur->aPoint : 0; +} + +/* +** Get the RtreeNode for the search point with the lowest score. +*/ +static RtreeNode *rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(RtreeCursor *pCur, int *pRC){ + sqlite3_int64 id; + int ii = 1 - pCur->bPoint; + assert( ii==0 || ii==1 ); + assert( pCur->bPoint || pCur->nPoint ); + if( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 ){ + assert( pRC!=0 ); + id = ii ? pCur->aPoint[0].id : pCur->sPoint.id; + *pRC = nodeAcquire(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), id, 0, &pCur->aNode[ii]); + } + return pCur->aNode[ii]; +} + +/* +** Push a new element onto the priority queue +*/ +static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeEnqueue( + RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */ + RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */ + u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */ +){ + int i, j; + RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; + if( pCur->nPoint>=pCur->nPointAlloc ){ + int nNew = pCur->nPointAlloc*2 + 8; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCur->aPoint, nNew*sizeof(pCur->aPoint[0])); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pCur->aPoint = pNew; + pCur->nPointAlloc = nNew; + } + i = pCur->nPoint++; + pNew = pCur->aPoint + i; + pNew->rScore = rScore; + pNew->iLevel = iLevel; + assert( iLevel>=0 && iLevel<=RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ); + while( i>0 ){ + RtreeSearchPoint *pParent; + j = (i-1)/2; + pParent = pCur->aPoint + j; + if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(pNew, pParent)>=0 ) break; + rtreeSearchPointSwap(pCur, j, i); + i = j; + pNew = pParent; + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Allocate a new RtreeSearchPoint and return a pointer to it. Return +** NULL if malloc fails. +*/ +static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointNew( + RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */ + RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */ + u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */ +){ + RtreeSearchPoint *pNew, *pFirst; + pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur); + pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++; + if( pFirst==0 + || pFirst->rScore>rScore + || (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel) + ){ + if( pCur->bPoint ){ + int ii; + pNew = rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + ii = (int)(pNew - pCur->aPoint) + 1; + if( iiaNode[ii]==0 ); + pCur->aNode[ii] = pCur->aNode[0]; + }else{ + nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), pCur->aNode[0]); + } + pCur->aNode[0] = 0; + *pNew = pCur->sPoint; + } + pCur->sPoint.rScore = rScore; + pCur->sPoint.iLevel = iLevel; + pCur->bPoint = 1; + return &pCur->sPoint; + }else{ + return rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel); + } +} + +#if 0 +/* Tracing routines for the RtreeSearchPoint queue */ +static void tracePoint(RtreeSearchPoint *p, int idx, RtreeCursor *pCur){ + if( idx<0 ){ printf(" s"); }else{ printf("%2d", idx); } + printf(" %d.%05lld.%02d %g %d", + p->iLevel, p->id, p->iCell, p->rScore, p->eWithin + ); + idx++; + if( idxaNode[idx]); + }else{ + printf("\n"); + } +} +static void traceQueue(RtreeCursor *pCur, const char *zPrefix){ + int ii; + printf("=== %9s ", zPrefix); + if( pCur->bPoint ){ + tracePoint(&pCur->sPoint, -1, pCur); + } + for(ii=0; iinPoint; ii++){ + if( ii>0 || pCur->bPoint ) printf(" "); + tracePoint(&pCur->aPoint[ii], ii, pCur); + } +} +# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) traceQueue(A,B) +#else +# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) /* no-op */ +#endif + +/* Remove the search point with the lowest current score. +*/ +static void rtreeSearchPointPop(RtreeCursor *p){ + int i, j, k, n; + i = 1 - p->bPoint; + assert( i==0 || i==1 ); + if( p->aNode[i] ){ + nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]); + p->aNode[i] = 0; + } + if( p->bPoint ){ + p->anQueue[p->sPoint.iLevel]--; + p->bPoint = 0; + }else if( p->nPoint ){ + p->anQueue[p->aPoint[0].iLevel]--; + n = --p->nPoint; + p->aPoint[0] = p->aPoint[n]; + if( naNode[1] = p->aNode[n+1]; + p->aNode[n+1] = 0; + } + i = 0; + while( (j = i*2+1)aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[j])<0 ){ + if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){ + rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, k); + i = k; + }else{ + break; + } + }else{ + if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[j], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){ + rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, j); + i = j; + }else{ + break; } } - pCsr->pNode = pNode->pParent; - rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &pCsr->iCell); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - nodeReference(pCsr->pNode); - nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode); - iHeight++; } } +} + + +/* +** Continue the search on cursor pCur until the front of the queue +** contains an entry suitable for returning as a result-set row, +** or until the RtreeSearchPoint queue is empty, indicating that the +** query has completed. +*/ +static int rtreeStepToLeaf(RtreeCursor *pCur){ + RtreeSearchPoint *p; + Rtree *pRtree = RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur); + RtreeNode *pNode; + int eWithin; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nCell; + int nConstraint = pCur->nConstraint; + int ii; + int eInt; + RtreeSearchPoint x; + + eInt = pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32; + while( (p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur))!=0 && p->iLevel>0 ){ + pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCur, &rc); + if( rc ) return rc; + nCell = NCELL(pNode); + assert( nCell<200 ); + while( p->iCellzData + (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*p->iCell); + eWithin = FULLY_WITHIN; + for(ii=0; iiaConstraint + ii; + if( pConstraint->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){ + rc = rtreeCallbackConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, p, + &rScore, &eWithin); + if( rc ) return rc; + }else if( p->iLevel==1 ){ + rtreeLeafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin); + }else{ + rtreeNonleafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin); + } + if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) break; + } + p->iCell++; + if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) continue; + x.iLevel = p->iLevel - 1; + if( x.iLevel ){ + x.id = readInt64(pCellData); + x.iCell = 0; + }else{ + x.id = p->id; + x.iCell = p->iCell - 1; + } + if( p->iCell>=nCell ){ + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-S:"); + rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur); + } + if( rScoreeWithin = eWithin; + p->id = x.id; + p->iCell = x.iCell; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "PUSH-S:"); + break; + } + if( p->iCell>=nCell ){ + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-Se:"); + rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur); + } + } + pCur->atEOF = p==0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xNext method. +*/ +static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */ + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "POP-Nx:"); + rtreeSearchPointPop(pCsr); + rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); return rc; } @@ -120410,13 +146044,14 @@ static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ ** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method. */ static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ - Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; - - assert(pCsr->pNode); - *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell); - - return SQLITE_OK; + RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p ){ + *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCsr), pNode, p->iCell); + } + return rc; } /* @@ -120425,21 +146060,28 @@ static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; + RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); + RtreeCoord c; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; if( i==0 ){ - i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell); - sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, iRowid); + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); }else{ - RtreeCoord c; - nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell, i-1, &c); + if( rc ) return rc; + nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell, i-1, &c); +#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f); - }else{ + }else +#endif + { assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 ); sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i); } } - return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -120450,12 +146092,18 @@ static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ ** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf ** to zero and return an SQLite error code. */ -static int findLeafNode(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iRowid, RtreeNode **ppLeaf){ +static int findLeafNode( + Rtree *pRtree, /* RTree to search */ + i64 iRowid, /* The rowid searching for */ + RtreeNode **ppLeaf, /* Write the node here */ + sqlite3_int64 *piNode /* Write the node-id here */ +){ int rc; *ppLeaf = 0; sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid); if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0); + if( piNode ) *piNode = iNode; rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf); sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); }else{ @@ -120471,42 +146119,45 @@ static int findLeafNode(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iRowid, RtreeNode **ppLeaf){ ** operator. */ static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){ - RtreeMatchArg *p; - sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom; - int nBlob; + RtreeMatchArg *pBlob; /* BLOB returned by geometry function */ + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* Callback information */ + int nBlob; /* Size of the geometry function blob */ + int nExpected; /* Expected size of the BLOB */ /* Check that value is actually a blob. */ - if( !sqlite3_value_type(pValue)==SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pValue)!=SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR; /* Check that the blob is roughly the right size. */ nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); if( nBlob<(int)sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) - || ((nBlob-sizeof(RtreeMatchArg))%sizeof(double))!=0 + || ((nBlob-sizeof(RtreeMatchArg))%sizeof(RtreeDValue))!=0 ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } - pGeom = (sqlite3_rtree_geometry *)sqlite3_malloc( - sizeof(sqlite3_rtree_geometry) + nBlob - ); - if( !pGeom ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(pGeom, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_rtree_geometry)); - p = (RtreeMatchArg *)&pGeom[1]; + pInfo = (sqlite3_rtree_query_info*)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInfo)+nBlob ); + if( !pInfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pInfo, 0, sizeof(*pInfo)); + pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg*)&pInfo[1]; - memcpy(p, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob); - if( p->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC - || nBlob!=(int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (p->nParam-1)*sizeof(double)) - ){ - sqlite3_free(pGeom); + memcpy(pBlob, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob); + nExpected = (int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + + (pBlob->nParam-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue)); + if( pBlob->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC || nBlob!=nExpected ){ + sqlite3_free(pInfo); return SQLITE_ERROR; } + pInfo->pContext = pBlob->cb.pContext; + pInfo->nParam = pBlob->nParam; + pInfo->aParam = pBlob->aParam; - pGeom->pContext = p->pContext; - pGeom->nParam = p->nParam; - pGeom->aParam = p->aParam; - - pCons->xGeom = p->xGeom; - pCons->pGeom = pGeom; + if( pBlob->cb.xGeom ){ + pCons->u.xGeom = pBlob->cb.xGeom; + }else{ + pCons->op = RTREE_QUERY; + pCons->u.xQueryFunc = pBlob->cb.xQueryFunc; + } + pCons->pInfo = pInfo; return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -120520,43 +146171,59 @@ static int rtreeFilter( ){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; - RtreeNode *pRoot = 0; int ii; int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCell = 0; rtreeReference(pRtree); + /* Reset the cursor to the same state as rtreeOpen() leaves it in. */ freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); - pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum; + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint); + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor)); + pCsr->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRtree; + pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum; if( idxNum==1 ){ /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */ RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */ + RtreeSearchPoint *p; /* Search point for the the leaf */ i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf); - pCsr->pNode = pLeaf; - if( pLeaf ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &pCsr->iCell); + i64 iNode = 0; + rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf!=0 ){ + p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, 0); + assert( p!=0 ); /* Always returns pCsr->sPoint */ + pCsr->aNode[0] = pLeaf; + p->id = iNode; + p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; + rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &iCell); + p->iCell = iCell; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-F1:"); + }else{ + pCsr->atEOF = 1; } }else{ /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array ** with the configured constraints. */ - if( argc>0 ){ + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){ pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); pCsr->nConstraint = argc; if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); - assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) || strlen(idxStr)==argc*2 ); + memset(pCsr->anQueue, 0, sizeof(u32)*(pRtree->iDepth + 1)); + assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) + || (idxStr && (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2) ); for(ii=0; iiaConstraint[ii]; p->op = idxStr[ii*2]; - p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'a'; - if( p->op==RTREE_MATCH ){ + p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'0'; + if( p->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){ /* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function. @@ -120565,42 +146232,53 @@ static int rtreeFilter( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ break; } + p->pInfo->nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2; + p->pInfo->anQueue = pCsr->anQueue; + p->pInfo->mxLevel = pRtree->iDepth + 1; }else{ - p->rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]); +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[ii]); +#else + p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]); +#endif } } } } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCsr->pNode = 0; - rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int isEof = 1; - int nCell = NCELL(pRoot); - pCsr->pNode = pRoot; - for(pCsr->iCell=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->iCelliCell++){ - assert( pCsr->pNode==pRoot ); - rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCsr, pRtree->iDepth, &isEof); - if( !isEof ){ - break; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isEof ){ - assert( pCsr->pNode==pRoot ); - nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); - pCsr->pNode = 0; - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pCsr->pNode || pCsr->iCellpNode) ); + RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; + pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, pRtree->iDepth+1); + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pNew->id = 1; + pNew->iCell = 0; + pNew->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; + assert( pCsr->bPoint==1 ); + pCsr->aNode[0] = pRoot; + pRoot = 0; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-Fm:"); + rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); } } + nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); rtreeRelease(pRtree); return rc; } /* +** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this +** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to +** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void setEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){ +#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002 + if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){ + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow; + } +#endif +} + +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three ** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to ** least desirable): @@ -120635,16 +146313,17 @@ static int rtreeFilter( ** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc. */ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree*)tab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int ii, cCol; + int ii; + i64 nRow; /* Estimated rows returned by this scan */ int iIdx = 0; char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1]; memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr)); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(tab); assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 ); - for(ii=0; iinConstraint; ii++){ + for(ii=0; iinConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii]; if( p->usable && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ @@ -120661,16 +146340,16 @@ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which - ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). + ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return + ** a single row. */ - pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 10.0; + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0; + setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, 1); return SQLITE_OK; } if( p->usable && (p->iColumn>0 || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) ){ - int j, opmsk; - static const unsigned char compatible[] = { 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2 }; - u8 op = 0; + u8 op; switch( p->op ){ case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break; @@ -120682,37 +146361,10 @@ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ op = RTREE_MATCH; break; } - assert( op!=0 ); - - /* Make sure this particular constraint has not been used before. - ** If it has been used before, ignore it. - ** - ** A <= or < can be used if there is a prior >= or >. - ** A >= or > can be used if there is a prior < or <=. - ** A <= or < is disqualified if there is a prior <=, <, or ==. - ** A >= or > is disqualified if there is a prior >=, >, or ==. - ** A == is disqualifed if there is any prior constraint. - */ - assert( compatible[RTREE_EQ & 7]==0 ); - assert( compatible[RTREE_LT & 7]==1 ); - assert( compatible[RTREE_LE & 7]==1 ); - assert( compatible[RTREE_GT & 7]==2 ); - assert( compatible[RTREE_GE & 7]==2 ); - cCol = p->iColumn - 1 + 'a'; - opmsk = compatible[op & 7]; - for(j=0; jaConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2); - pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1; - } + zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op; + zIdxStr[iIdx++] = p->iColumn - 1 + '0'; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2); + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1; } } @@ -120721,19 +146373,22 @@ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - assert( iIdx>=0 ); - pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (2000000.0 / (double)(iIdx + 1)); + + nRow = pRtree->nRowEst / (iIdx + 1); + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)6.0 * (double)nRow; + setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, nRow); + return rc; } /* ** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p. */ -static float cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ - float area = 1.0; +static RtreeDValue cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ + RtreeDValue area = (RtreeDValue)1; int ii; for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ - area = area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])); + area = (area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]))); } return area; } @@ -120742,8 +146397,8 @@ static float cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ ** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum ** of the objects size in each dimension. */ -static float cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ - float margin = 0.0; +static RtreeDValue cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ + RtreeDValue margin = (RtreeDValue)0; int ii; for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])); @@ -120791,8 +146446,8 @@ static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ /* ** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell. */ -static float cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){ - float area; +static RtreeDValue cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){ + RtreeDValue area; RtreeCell cell; memcpy(&cell, p, sizeof(RtreeCell)); area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell); @@ -120800,64 +146455,32 @@ static float cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){ return (cellArea(pRtree, &cell)-area); } -#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE || VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT -static float cellOverlap( +static RtreeDValue cellOverlap( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *aCell, - int nCell, - int iExclude + int nCell ){ int ii; - float overlap = 0.0; + RtreeDValue overlap = RTREE_ZERO; for(ii=0; iinDim*2); jj+=2){ - double x1; - double x2; - - x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj])); - x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1])); - - if( x2nDim*2); jj+=2){ + RtreeDValue x1, x2; + x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj])); + x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1])); + if( x2iDepth-iHeight); ii++){ int iCell; - sqlite3_int64 iBest; + sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0; - float fMinGrowth; - float fMinArea; - float fMinOverlap; + RtreeDValue fMinGrowth = RTREE_ZERO; + RtreeDValue fMinArea = RTREE_ZERO; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); RtreeCell cell; @@ -120889,53 +146511,21 @@ static int ChooseLeaf( RtreeCell *aCell = 0; -#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE - if( ii==(pRtree->iDepth-1) ){ - int jj; - aCell = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCell)*nCell); - if( !aCell ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode); - pNode = 0; - continue; - } - for(jj=0; jjiDepth-1) ){ - overlap = cellOverlapEnlargement(pRtree,&cell,pCell,aCell,nCell,iCell); - } - if( (iCell==0) - || (overlapnDim; i++){ - float x1 = DCOORD(aCell[0].aCoord[i*2]); - float x2 = DCOORD(aCell[0].aCoord[i*2+1]); - float x3 = x1; - float x4 = x2; - int jj; - - int iCellLeft = 0; - int iCellRight = 0; - - for(jj=1; jjx4 ) x4 = right; - if( left>x3 ){ - x3 = left; - iCellRight = jj; - } - if( rightmaxNormalInnerWidth ){ - iLeftSeed = iCellLeft; - iRightSeed = iCellRight; - } - } - } - - *piLeftSeed = iLeftSeed; - *piRightSeed = iRightSeed; -} -#endif /* VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT */ - -#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT -/* -** Implementation of the quadratic variant of the PickNext() function from -** Guttman[84]. -*/ -static RtreeCell *QuadraticPickNext( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeCell *aCell, - int nCell, - RtreeCell *pLeftBox, - RtreeCell *pRightBox, - int *aiUsed -){ - #define FABS(a) ((a)<0.0?-1.0*(a):(a)) - - int iSelect = -1; - float fDiff; - int ii; - for(ii=0; iifDiff ){ - fDiff = diff; - iSelect = ii; - } - } - } - aiUsed[iSelect] = 1; - return &aCell[iSelect]; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the quadratic variant of the PickSeeds() function from -** Guttman[84]. -*/ -static void QuadraticPickSeeds( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeCell *aCell, - int nCell, - int *piLeftSeed, - int *piRightSeed -){ - int ii; - int jj; - - int iLeftSeed = 0; - int iRightSeed = 1; - float fWaste = 0.0; - - for(ii=0; iifWaste ){ - iLeftSeed = ii; - iRightSeed = jj; - fWaste = waste; - } - } - } - - *piLeftSeed = iLeftSeed; - *piRightSeed = iRightSeed; -} -#endif /* VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT */ /* ** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size @@ -121175,7 +146616,7 @@ static void QuadraticPickSeeds( static void SortByDistance( int *aIdx, int nIdx, - float *aDistance, + RtreeDValue *aDistance, int *aSpare ){ if( nIdx>1 ){ @@ -121201,8 +146642,8 @@ static void SortByDistance( aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft]; iLeft++; }else{ - float fLeft = aDistance[aLeft[iLeft]]; - float fRight = aDistance[aRight[iRight]]; + RtreeDValue fLeft = aDistance[aLeft[iLeft]]; + RtreeDValue fRight = aDistance[aRight[iRight]]; if( fLeftnDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int)); @@ -121334,10 +146774,10 @@ static int splitNodeStartree( } for(ii=0; iinDim; ii++){ - float margin = 0.0; - float fBestOverlap; - float fBestArea; - int iBestLeft; + RtreeDValue margin = RTREE_ZERO; + RtreeDValue fBestOverlap = RTREE_ZERO; + RtreeDValue fBestArea = RTREE_ZERO; + int iBestLeft = 0; int nLeft; for( @@ -121348,8 +146788,8 @@ static int splitNodeStartree( RtreeCell left; RtreeCell right; int kk; - float overlap; - float area; + RtreeDValue overlap; + RtreeDValue area; memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); @@ -121362,7 +146802,7 @@ static int splitNodeStartree( } margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &left); margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &right); - overlap = cellOverlap(pRtree, &left, &right, 1, -1); + overlap = cellOverlap(pRtree, &left, &right, 1); area = cellArea(pRtree, &left) + cellArea(pRtree, &right); if( (nLeft==RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)) || (overlap0; i--){ - RtreeCell *pNext; - pNext = PickNext(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pBboxLeft, pBboxRight, aiUsed); - float diff = - cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext) - - cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxRight, pNext) - ; - if( (RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)-NCELL(pRight)==i) - || (diff>0.0 && (RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)-NCELL(pLeft)!=i)) - ){ - nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight, pNext); - cellUnion(pRtree, pBboxRight, pNext); - }else{ - nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft, pNext); - cellUnion(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext); - } - } - - sqlite3_free(aiUsed); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif static int updateMapping( Rtree *pRtree, @@ -121528,7 +146912,8 @@ static int SplitNode( memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); - rc = AssignCells(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight, &leftbbox, &rightbbox); + rc = splitNodeStartree(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight, + &leftbbox, &rightbbox); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto splitnode_out; } @@ -121641,7 +147026,7 @@ static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){ } rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; pChild = pChild->pParent; } return rc; @@ -121652,7 +147037,7 @@ static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int); static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ int rc; int rc2; - RtreeNode *pParent; + RtreeNode *pParent = 0; int iCell; assert( pNode->nRef==1 ); @@ -121765,32 +147150,34 @@ static int Reinsert( int *aOrder; int *aSpare; RtreeCell *aCell; - float *aDistance; + RtreeDValue *aDistance; int nCell; - float aCenterCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS]; + RtreeDValue aCenterCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS]; int iDim; int ii; int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int n; - memset(aCenterCoord, 0, sizeof(float)*RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS); + memset(aCenterCoord, 0, sizeof(RtreeDValue)*RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS); nCell = NCELL(pNode)+1; + n = (nCell+1)&(~1); /* Allocate the buffers used by this operation. The allocation is ** relinquished before this function returns. */ - aCell = (RtreeCell *)sqlite3_malloc(nCell * ( - sizeof(RtreeCell) + /* aCell array */ - sizeof(int) + /* aOrder array */ - sizeof(int) + /* aSpare array */ - sizeof(float) /* aDistance array */ + aCell = (RtreeCell *)sqlite3_malloc(n * ( + sizeof(RtreeCell) + /* aCell array */ + sizeof(int) + /* aOrder array */ + sizeof(int) + /* aSpare array */ + sizeof(RtreeDValue) /* aDistance array */ )); if( !aCell ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - aOrder = (int *)&aCell[nCell]; - aSpare = (int *)&aOrder[nCell]; - aDistance = (float *)&aSpare[nCell]; + aOrder = (int *)&aCell[n]; + aSpare = (int *)&aOrder[n]; + aDistance = (RtreeDValue *)&aSpare[n]; for(ii=0; iinDim; iDim++){ - aCenterCoord[iDim] = aCenterCoord[iDim]/((float)nCell*2.0); + aCenterCoord[iDim] = (aCenterCoord[iDim]/(nCell*(RtreeDValue)2)); } for(ii=0; iinDim; iDim++){ - float coord = DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - - DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]); + RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - + DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2])); aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]); } } @@ -121875,16 +147262,12 @@ static int rtreeInsertCell( } } if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){ -#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_REINSERT if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){ rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); }else{ pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight; rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); } -#else - rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); -#endif }else{ rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -121911,10 +147294,10 @@ static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. */ - rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, pNode->iNode, &pInsert); + rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode, &pInsert); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; - rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, pNode->iNode); + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode); rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; @@ -121938,126 +147321,165 @@ static int newRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){ } /* -** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables. +** Remove the entry with rowid=iDelete from the r-tree structure. */ -static int rtreeUpdate( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, - int nData, - sqlite3_value **azData, - sqlite_int64 *pRowid -){ - Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; +static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */ + int iCell; /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */ + RtreeNode *pRoot; /* Root node of rtree structure */ - rtreeReference(pRtree); - assert(nData>=1); + /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */ + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); - /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a - ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does - ** just that. + /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry + ** about to be deleted. */ - if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - i64 iDelete; /* The rowid to delete */ - RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */ - int iCell; /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */ - RtreeNode *pRoot; - - /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialise Rtree.iDepth */ - rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0); + } - /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry - ** about to be deleted. - */ + /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - iDelete = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0]); - rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf); + rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0); } - - /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */ + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int rc2; - rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0); - } - rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } + rc = rc2; } + } - /* Delete the corresponding entry in the _rowid table. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete); - sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); - } + /* Delete the corresponding entry in the _rowid table. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + } - /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove - ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and - ** reduce the tree height by one. - ** - ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into - ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform - ** in this scenario). - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){ - int rc2; - RtreeNode *pChild; - i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0); - rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1); - } - rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pRtree->iDepth--; - writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth); - pRoot->isDirty = 1; - } + /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove + ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and + ** reduce the tree height by one. + ** + ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into + ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform + ** in this scenario). + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){ + int rc2; + RtreeNode *pChild; + i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0); + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1); } - - /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */ - for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf); - } - pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pLeaf); + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pRtree->iDepth--; + writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth); + pRoot->isDirty = 1; } + } - /* Release the reference to the root node. */ + /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */ + for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); - }else{ - nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf); } + pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext; + sqlite3_free(pLeaf); } - /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements - ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into - ** the r-tree structure. + /* Release the reference to the root node. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + }else{ + nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rounding constants for float->double conversion. +*/ +#define RNDTOWARDS (1.0 - 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round towards zero */ +#define RNDAWAY (1.0 + 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round away from zero */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) +/* +** Convert an sqlite3_value into an RtreeValue (presumably a float) +** while taking care to round toward negative or positive, respectively. +*/ +static RtreeValue rtreeValueDown(sqlite3_value *v){ + double d = sqlite3_value_double(v); + float f = (float)d; + if( f>d ){ + f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDAWAY : RNDTOWARDS)); + } + return f; +} +static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){ + double d = sqlite3_value_double(v); + float f = (float)d; + if( f1 */ + int bHaveRowid = 0; /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */ + + rtreeReference(pRtree); + assert(nData>=1); + + /* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return + ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons: + ** + ** 1. A duplicate rowid value, or + ** 2. The supplied data violates the "x2>=x1" constraint. + ** + ** In the first case, if the conflict-handling mode is REPLACE, then + ** the conflicting row can be removed before proceeding. In the second + ** case, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT must be returned regardless of the + ** conflict-handling mode specified by the user. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){ - /* Insert a new record into the r-tree */ - RtreeCell cell; + if( nData>1 ){ int ii; - RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3]. */ assert( nData==(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ - cell.aCoord[ii].f = (float)sqlite3_value_double(azData[ii+3]); - cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = (float)sqlite3_value_double(azData[ii+4]); + cell.aCoord[ii].f = rtreeValueDown(azData[ii+3]); + cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = rtreeValueUp(azData[ii+4]); if( cell.aCoord[ii].f>cell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){ rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; goto constraint; } } - }else{ + }else +#endif + { for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ cell.aCoord[ii].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+3]); cell.aCoord[ii+1].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+4]); @@ -122068,18 +147490,49 @@ static int rtreeUpdate( } } - /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */ - if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])==SQLITE_NULL ){ - rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid); - }else{ + /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in + ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[2]); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid) ){ - sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); - rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; - goto constraint; + if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])!=cell.iRowid + ){ + int steprc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid); + steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){ + if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ + rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + goto constraint; + } + } } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + bHaveRowid = 1; + } + } + + /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a + ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does + ** just that. + */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])); + } + + /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements + ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into + ** the r-tree structure. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){ + /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; + + /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */ + if( bHaveRowid==0 ){ + rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid); } *pRowid = cell.iRowid; @@ -122123,8 +147576,45 @@ static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){ return rc; } +/* +** This function populates the pRtree->nRowEst variable with an estimate +** of the number of rows in the virtual table. If possible, this is based +** on sqlite_stat1 data. Otherwise, use RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. +*/ +static int rtreeQueryStat1(sqlite3 *db, Rtree *pRtree){ + const char *zFmt = "SELECT stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl = '%q_rowid'"; + char *zSql; + sqlite3_stmt *p; + int rc; + i64 nRow = 0; + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3_step(p)==SQLITE_ROW ) nRow = sqlite3_column_int64(p, 0); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(p); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( nRow==0 ){ + pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST; + }else{ + pRtree->nRowEst = MAX(nRow, RTREE_MIN_ROWEST); + } + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + return rc; +} + static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = { - 0, /* iVersion */ + 0, /* iVersion */ rtreeCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */ rtreeConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */ rtreeBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */ @@ -122143,7 +147633,10 @@ static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = { 0, /* xCommit - commit transaction */ 0, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */ 0, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */ - rtreeRename /* xRename - rename the table */ + rtreeRename, /* xRename - rename the table */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0 /* xRollbackTo */ }; static int rtreeSqlInit( @@ -122181,7 +147674,8 @@ static int rtreeSqlInit( char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf( "CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB);" "CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER);" -"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER);" +"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY," + " parentnode INTEGER);" "INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(1, zeroblob(%d))", zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize ); @@ -122205,6 +147699,7 @@ static int rtreeSqlInit( appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pWriteParent; appStmt[8] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent; + rc = rtreeQueryStat1(db, pRtree); for(i=0; izDb); rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &iPageSize); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -122271,6 +147767,8 @@ static int getNodeSize( if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)iNodeSize ){ pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS; } + }else{ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); } }else{ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( @@ -122278,6 +147776,9 @@ static int getNodeSize( pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName ); rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &pRtree->iNodeSize); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } } sqlite3_free(zSql); @@ -122320,9 +147821,11 @@ static int rtreeInit( return SQLITE_ERROR; } + sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); + /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */ - nDb = strlen(argv[1]); - nName = strlen(argv[2]); + nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]); + nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]); pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); if( !pRtree ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; @@ -122339,7 +147842,7 @@ static int rtreeInit( memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName); /* Figure out the node size to use. */ - rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate); + rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate, pzErr); /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure @@ -122374,6 +147877,8 @@ static int rtreeInit( if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pRtree; }else{ + assert( *ppVtab==0 ); + assert( pRtree->nBusy==1 ); rtreeRelease(pRtree); } return rc; @@ -122384,10 +147889,10 @@ static int rtreeInit( ** Implementation of a scalar function that decodes r-tree nodes to ** human readable strings. This can be used for debugging and analysis. ** -** The scalar function takes two arguments, a blob of data containing -** an r-tree node, and the number of dimensions the r-tree indexes. -** For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to deserialize -** all nodes, a statement like: +** The scalar function takes two arguments: (1) the number of dimensions +** to the rtree (between 1 and 5, inclusive) and (2) a blob of data containing +** an r-tree node. For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to +** deserialize all nodes, a statement like: ** ** SELECT rtreenode(2, data) FROM rt_node; ** @@ -122416,11 +147921,17 @@ static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ int jj; nodeGetCell(&tree, &node, ii, &cell); - sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%d", cell.iRowid); - nCell = strlen(zCell); + sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%lld", cell.iRowid); + nCell = (int)strlen(zCell); for(jj=0; jjxDestructor ) pInfo->xDestructor(pInfo->pContext); sqlite3_free(p); } /* -** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite -** scalar user function. This C function is the callback used for all such -** registered SQL functions. +** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite +** scalar function that is implemented by this routine. +** +** All this function does is construct an RtreeMatchArg object that +** contains the geometry-checking callback routines and a list of +** parameters to this function, then return that RtreeMatchArg object +** as a BLOB. ** -** The scalar user functions return a blob that is interpreted by r-tree -** table MATCH operators. +** The R-Tree MATCH operator will read the returned BLOB, deserialize +** the RtreeMatchArg object, and use the RtreeMatchArg object to figure +** out which elements of the R-Tree should be returned by the query. */ static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){ RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_user_data(ctx); RtreeMatchArg *pBlob; int nBlob; - nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(double); + nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue); pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg *)sqlite3_malloc(nBlob); if( !pBlob ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); }else{ int i; pBlob->magic = RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC; - pBlob->xGeom = pGeomCtx->xGeom; - pBlob->pContext = pGeomCtx->pContext; + pBlob->cb = pGeomCtx[0]; pBlob->nParam = nArg; for(i=0; iaParam[i] = sqlite3_value_int64(aArg[i]); +#else pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]); +#endif } - sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, doSqlite3Free); + sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free); } } @@ -122516,10 +148052,10 @@ static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){ ** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zGeom, - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *), - void *pContext + sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */ + const char *zGeom, /* Name of the new SQL function */ + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*), /* Callback */ + void *pContext /* Extra data associated with the callback */ ){ RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ @@ -122527,17 +148063,44 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom; + pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0; + pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0; pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; - - /* Create the new user-function. Register a destructor function to delete - ** the context object when it is no longer required. */ return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, - (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, doSqlite3Free + (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback + ); +} + +/* +** Register a new 2nd-generation geometry function for use with the +** r-tree MATCH operator. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */ + const char *zQueryFunc, /* Name of new SQL function */ + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), /* Callback */ + void *pContext, /* Extra data passed into the callback */ + void (*xDestructor)(void*) /* Destructor for the extra data */ +){ + RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ + + /* Allocate and populate the context object. */ + pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); + if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pGeomCtx->xGeom = 0; + pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc; + pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor; + pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY, + (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback ); } #if !SQLITE_CORE -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init( sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi @@ -122575,7 +148138,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( ** * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions ** for case mapping. ** -** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation seqences. +** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences. ** ** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to ** provide case-independent matching. @@ -122589,6 +148152,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( #include #include +/* #include */ #ifndef SQLITE_CORE SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 @@ -122797,6 +148361,8 @@ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ UBool res; const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]); + (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */ + /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, ** then the result is also NULL. */ @@ -123025,7 +148591,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(struct IcuScalar)); i++){ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){ struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i]; rc = sqlite3_create_function( db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0 @@ -123036,7 +148602,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ } #if !SQLITE_CORE -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_icu_init( sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi @@ -123062,15 +148631,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init( ** ************************************************************************* ** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library. -** -** $Id: fts3_icu.c,v 1.3 2008/09/01 18:34:20 danielk1977 Exp $ */ - #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU +/* #include */ +/* #include */ #include +/* #include */ +/* #include */ #include typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer; @@ -123159,13 +148729,16 @@ static int icuOpen( *ppCursor = 0; - if( nInput<0 ){ + if( zInput==0 ){ + nInput = 0; + zInput = ""; + }else if( nInput<0 ){ nInput = strlen(zInput); } nChar = nInput+1; pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */ - nChar * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */ + ((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */ (nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */ ); if( !pCsr ){ @@ -123173,7 +148746,7 @@ static int icuOpen( } memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor)); pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1]; - pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar]; + pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3]; pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); @@ -123245,7 +148818,7 @@ static int icuNext( while( iStartaChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c); + U16_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c); if( u_isspace(c) ){ iStart = iWhite; }else{ diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.h b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.h index 75f96dd330..9879f80d40 100644 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.h +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3.h @@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ extern "C" { ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.7.5" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007005 -#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2011-01-28 17:03:50 ed759d5a9edb3bba5f48f243df47be29e3fe8cd7" +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.8.6" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008006 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2014-08-15 11:46:33 9491ba7d738528f168657adb43a198238abde19e" /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); ** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe ** ** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if -** SQLite was compiled mutexing code omitted due to the +** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the ** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. ** ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When @@ -219,7 +219,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); ** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 ** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] -** is its destructor. There are many other interfaces (such as +** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other +** interfaces (such as ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and ** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an ** sqlite3 object. @@ -266,28 +267,46 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; /* ** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection ** -** ^The sqlite3_close() routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object. -** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() return SQLITE_OK if the [sqlite3] object is -** successfully destroyed and all associated resources are deallocated. -** -** Applications must [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements] -** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with -** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If -** sqlite3_close() is called on a [database connection] that still has -** outstanding [prepared statements] or [BLOB handles], then it returns -** SQLITE_BUSY. -** -** ^If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open, +** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors +** for the [sqlite3] object. +** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if +** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated +** resources are deallocated. +** +** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close() +** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY]. +** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements +** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes +** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the +** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is +** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with +** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which +** destructors are called is arbitrary. +** +** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements], +** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated +** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If +** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has +** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or +** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation +** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], +** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed. +** +** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, ** the transaction is automatically rolled back. ** -** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] must be either a NULL +** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)] +** must be either a NULL ** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained ** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or ** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. -** ^Calling sqlite3_close() with a NULL pointer argument is a -** harmless no-op. +** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer +** argument is a harmless no-op. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*); /* ** The type for a callback function. @@ -310,7 +329,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to ** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row ** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to -** to sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each +** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each ** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() ** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are ** ignored. @@ -351,7 +370,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); **
    **
  • The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() ** is a valid and open [database connection]. -**
  • The application must not close [database connection] specified by +**
  • The application must not close the [database connection] specified by ** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. **
  • The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into ** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. @@ -367,15 +386,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( /* ** CAPI3REF: Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes} -** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes} +** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions} ** ** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown -** here in order to indicates success or failure. +** here in order to indicate success or failure. ** ** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. ** -** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] +** See also: [extended result code definitions] */ #define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ /* beginning-of-error-codes */ @@ -405,32 +423,27 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ #define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ #define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ +#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */ #define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ #define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ /* end-of-error-codes */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes} -** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes} +** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions} ** -** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer -** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of +** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer +** [result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of ** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as ** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to ** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include ** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information -** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled +** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled ** on a per database connection basis using the -** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. -** -** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here. -** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand -** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect -** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. -** -** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always -** be exactly zero. +** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. Or, the extended code for +** the most recent error can be obtained using +** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()]. */ #define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) @@ -452,17 +465,45 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations ** ** These bit values are intended for use in the ** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and -** in the 4th parameter to the xOpen method of the -** [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ @@ -470,6 +511,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ @@ -483,11 +526,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ +/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ + /* ** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics ** ** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] -** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these +** object returns an integer which is a vector of these ** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage ** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] ** refers to. @@ -501,7 +546,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( ** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other ** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that ** information is written to disk in the same order as calls -** to xWrite(). +** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that +** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a +** file that were written at the application level might have changed +** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are +** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN +** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open. The +** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on +** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with +** elevated privileges. */ #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 @@ -515,6 +568,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000 /* ** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels @@ -578,17 +633,18 @@ struct sqlite3_file { /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object ** -** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs] xOpen method populates an +** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an ** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the ** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. ** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations ** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. ** -** If the xOpen method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method -** may be invoked even if the xOpen reported that it failed. The -** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed xOpen -** is for the xOpen to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element to NULL. +** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The +** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] +** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to NULL. ** ** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or ** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). @@ -620,7 +676,7 @@ struct sqlite3_file { ** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire ** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite ** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. -** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. +** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. ** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes ** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should ** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not @@ -685,11 +741,15 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ + int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); + int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); + /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */ /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes +** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode} ** ** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method ** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] @@ -702,7 +762,8 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability ** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST ** is defined. -** +**
      +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS ** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the ** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it @@ -710,6 +771,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database ** file run faster. ** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS ** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified ** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should @@ -718,30 +780,195 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and ** improve performance on some systems. ** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer ** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database ** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for ** additional information. ** -** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by -** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method -** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^ -** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly -** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most -** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode. -** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this -** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specilized VFSes -** that do require it. +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] +** No longer in use. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and +** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a +** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked +** because the user has configured SQLite with +** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place +** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with +** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced +** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated +** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that +** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications +** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may +** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite +** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately +** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal +** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call +** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the +** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic +** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the +** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of +** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, +** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay +** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing +** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This +** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) +** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections +** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two +** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second +** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting +** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written +** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be +** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary +** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control +** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database +** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after +** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not +** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want +** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist +** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent +** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** WAL persistence setting. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting +** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the +** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage +** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** zero-damage mode setting. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening +** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of +** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable +** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. +** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with +** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually +** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL +** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control +** is intended for diagnostic use only. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding +** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument +** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of +** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array +** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the +** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element +** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] +** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or +** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the +** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op +** prepared statement. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns +** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means +** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the +** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so +** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER] +** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle +** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access +** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **) +** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points +** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections +** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in +** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation +** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the +** current operation. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]] +** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control +** to have SQLite generate a +** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate +** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The +** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename +** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should +** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the +** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O. +** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that +** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The +** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if +** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit +** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This +** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information +** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing. +** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims]. +** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the +** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if +** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a +** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending +** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it +** was first opened. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one +** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing +** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined. +** +**
    */ -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 -#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 -#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 -#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 - +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 +#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 +#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 +#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23 /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle @@ -760,7 +987,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** ** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between ** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" -** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". +** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See +** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. ** ** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in ** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this @@ -789,12 +1017,13 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must ** be unique across all VFS modules. ** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] ** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen ** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained ** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. ** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will ** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than -** 10 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. +** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. ** ^SQLite further guarantees that ** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is ** called. Because of the previous sentence, @@ -866,6 +1095,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success ** or failure of the xOpen call. ** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] ** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] ** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to ** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] @@ -890,16 +1120,29 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as ** a floating point value. ** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian -** Day Number multipled by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in ** a 24-hour day). ** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current ** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or ** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back ** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. +** +** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces +** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can +** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult +** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden +** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the +** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any +** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change +** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access +** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. */ typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; +typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); struct sqlite3_vfs { - int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 2) */ + int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ @@ -925,6 +1168,13 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); /* ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. + */ + int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); + sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ @@ -1092,9 +1342,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); ** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. ** ** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] that determines +** [configuration option] that determines ** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments -** vary depending on the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] +** vary depending on the [configuration option] ** in the first argument. ** ** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. @@ -1109,17 +1359,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); ** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration ** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to ** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single -** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). The -** sqlite3_db_config() interface should only be used immediately after -** the database connection is created using [sqlite3_open()], -** [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()]. +** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). ** ** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the -** configuration verb - an integer code that indicates what -** aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. -** The only choice for this value is [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]. -** New verbs are likely to be added in future releases of SQLite. -** Additional arguments depend on the verb. +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. +** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. ** ** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if ** the call is considered successful. @@ -1151,16 +1396,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such ** conditions. ** -** The xMalloc and xFree methods must work like the -** malloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. -** The xRealloc method must work like realloc() from the standard C library -** with the exception that if the second argument to xRealloc is zero, -** xRealloc must be a no-op - it must not perform any allocation or -** deallocation. ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to +** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the +** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. +** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to ** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. -** And so in cases where xRoundup always returns a positive number, -** xRealloc can perform exactly as the standard library realloc() and -** still be in compliance with this specification. ** ** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation ** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size @@ -1174,7 +1413,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. ** -** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. (For example, +** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, ** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data ** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by ** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired @@ -1209,6 +1448,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { /* ** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options +** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that ** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. @@ -1221,7 +1461,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** is invoked. ** **
    -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables ** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used @@ -1232,7 +1472,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD ** configuration option.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables ** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. @@ -1246,7 +1486,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables ** all mutexes including the recursive @@ -1262,7 +1502,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of @@ -1270,7 +1510,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure ** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ @@ -1278,7 +1518,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or ** tracks memory usage, for example.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    **
    ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a ** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation ** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the @@ -1294,10 +1534,10 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** allocation statistics are disabled by default. **
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    **
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for ** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte -** aligned memory buffer from which the scrach allocations will be +** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be ** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), ** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz ** argument must be a multiple of 16. @@ -1310,11 +1550,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then ** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    **
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for -** the database page cache with the default page cache implemenation. +** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. ** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page -** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE option. +** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option. ** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned ** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). ** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page @@ -1331,7 +1571,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite ** will be undefined.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    **
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use ** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided ** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. @@ -1344,9 +1584,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory ** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. ** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte -** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
    +** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. +** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values +** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8. ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies ** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place @@ -1358,7 +1600,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an ** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The ** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] @@ -1371,7 +1613,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    **
    ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default ** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each ** [database connection]. The first argument is the @@ -1381,19 +1623,21 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside ** configuration on individual connections.)^
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to -** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. This object specifies the interface +** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies the interface ** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the ** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2
    **
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. SQLite copies of the current +** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of the current ** page cache implementation into that object.)^
    ** -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
    -**
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
    +**
    The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite +** global [error log]. +** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a ** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), ** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is ** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the @@ -1410,6 +1654,74 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger ** function must be threadsafe.
    ** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_URI +**
    ^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then +** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling +** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames +** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or +** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless +** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database +** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are +** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the +** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally +** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the +** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +**
    ^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as +** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for +** full table scans in the query optimizer. ^The default setting is determined +** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" +** if that compile-time option is omitted. +** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans +** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction +** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to +** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work +** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE +**
    These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. +** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG +**
    This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should +** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int). +** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library +** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the +** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection +** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument +** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the +** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter +** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then +** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The +** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this +** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in +** the canonical SQLite source tree.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE +**
    ^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values +** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for +** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. +** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using +** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size +** cannot be changed at run-time. Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size +** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the +** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ +** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is +** changed to its compile-time default. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE +**
    ^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows +** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined. +** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value +** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. **
    */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ @@ -1425,9 +1737,16 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ /* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options @@ -1447,7 +1766,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { **
    ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. ** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a -** pointer to an memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. +** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. ** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb ** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the ** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the @@ -1465,9 +1784,31 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns ** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^
    ** +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
    +**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of +** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, +** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back.
    +** +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
    +**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, +** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the trigger setting is not reported back.
    +** ** */ -#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ /* @@ -1482,22 +1823,28 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); /* ** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid ** -** ^Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed +** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables) +** has a unique 64-bit signed ** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available ** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those ** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If ** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column ** is another alias for the rowid. ** -** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent -** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection] -** in the first argument. ^If no successful [INSERT]s -** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned. -** -** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger, then the [rowid] of the inserted -** row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger is running. -** But once the trigger terminates, the value returned by this routine -** reverts to the last value inserted before the trigger fired.)^ +** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the +** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] +** on database connection D. +** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded. +** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables +** have ever occurred on the database connection D, +** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero. +** +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] +** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted +** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. +** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual +** table method began.)^ ** ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a ** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this @@ -1682,27 +2029,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); /* ** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors ** -** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever -** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread -** or process has locked. +** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X +** that might be invoked with argument P whenever +** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with +** [database connection] D when another thread +** or process has the table locked. +** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout]. ** -** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] +** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] ** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback ** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. ** ** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which ** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to ** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has -** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the +** been invoked for the same locking event. ^If the ** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to -** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. +** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned +** to the application. ** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt -** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats. +** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats. ** ** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked ** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy ** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] -** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler. +** to the application instead of invoking the +** busy handler. ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and ** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying @@ -1716,28 +2069,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** ** ^The default busy callback is NULL. ** -** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] -** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the -** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will -** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs -** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache -** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent -** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory -** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error -** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to -** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion -** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the -** -** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why -** this is important. -** ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each ** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any ** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] -** will also set or clear the busy handler. +** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the +** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler. ** ** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the -** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions +** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words, +** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions ** result in undefined behavior. ** ** A busy handler must not close the database connection @@ -1753,7 +2093,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); ** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping ** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, ** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return -** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. +** [SQLITE_BUSY]. ** ** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero ** turns off all busy handlers. @@ -1762,6 +2102,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); ** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler ** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling ** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ +** +** See also: [PRAGMA busy_timeout] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); @@ -1886,7 +2228,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); ** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there ** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options. ** -** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated +** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated ** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. ** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\'' ** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into @@ -1999,12 +2341,12 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); ** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability ** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. ** -** The Windows OS interface layer calls +** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called ** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting ** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite ** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows -** installation. Memory allocation errors are detected, but -** they are reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or +** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but +** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or ** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. ** ** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] @@ -2056,11 +2398,13 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); ** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. ** ** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. +** ^If N is less than one, then P can be a NULL pointer. ** -** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by -** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained -** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. -** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated +** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous +** call had N less than one, then the PRNG is seeded using randomness +** obtained from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more then +** the pseudo-randomness is generated ** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness ** method. */ @@ -2069,7 +2413,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); /* ** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks ** -** ^This routine registers a authorizer callback with a particular +** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular ** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. ** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled ** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], @@ -2160,6 +2504,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( ** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the ** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional ** information. +** +** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode] +** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. */ #define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ @@ -2217,6 +2564,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( #define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ #define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ #define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ +#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE 33 /* NULL NULL */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions @@ -2232,6 +2580,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( ** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers ** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ ** +** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit +** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace(). +** ** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked ** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains ** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time @@ -2257,9 +2608,10 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. ** ** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the -** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the number of +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of ** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive -** invocations of the callback X. +** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress +** handler is disabled. ** ** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per ** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the @@ -2282,7 +2634,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection ** -** ^These routines open an SQLite database file whose name is given by the +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte ** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually @@ -2309,7 +2661,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of ** the following three values, optionally combined with the ** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], -** and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flags:)^ +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ ** **
    ** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
    @@ -2328,9 +2680,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); **
    ** ** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the -** combinations shown above or one of the combinations shown above combined -** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], -** [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flags, +** combinations shown above optionally combined with other +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] ** then the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection @@ -2345,6 +2696,11 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not ** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. ** +** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the +** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that +** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is +** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** ** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database ** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when ** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might @@ -2357,16 +2713,150 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be ** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. ** -** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the -** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that -** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is -** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]]

    URI Filenames

    +** +** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument +** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI +** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is +** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has +** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the +** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. +** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off +** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename +** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional +** information. +** +** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** present, is ignored. +** +** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:"). +** +** [[core URI query parameters]] +** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted +** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. +** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters: +** +**
      +**
    • vfs: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of +** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should +** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to +** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown +** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is +** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over +** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +**
    • mode: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", +** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is +** an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is +** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads +** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for +** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by +** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +**
    • cache: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or +** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the +** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. +** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in +** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting +** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. +** +**
    • psow: ^The psow parameter may be "true" (or "on" or "yes" or +** "1") or "false" (or "off" or "no" or "0") to indicate that the +** [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the +** storage media on which the database file resides. ^The psow query +** parameter only works for the built-in unix and Windows VFSes. +** +**
    • nolock: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter +** which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes. This +** is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not +** support locking. Caution: Database corruption might result if two +** or more processes write to the same database and any one of those +** processes uses nolock=1. +** +**
    • immutable: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query +** parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on +** read-only media. ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the +** database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher +** privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking +** and change detection is disabled. Caution: Setting the immutable +** property on a database file that does in fact change can result +** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. +** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. +** +**
    +** +** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an +** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query +** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for +** additional information. +** +** [[URI filename examples]]

    URI filename examples

    +** +**
+**
URI filenames Results +**
file:data.db +** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. +**
file:/home/fred/data.db
+** file:///home/fred/data.db
+** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db
+** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". +**
file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db +** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. +**
+** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db +** Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** necessary - space characters can be used literally +** in URI filenames. +**
file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private +** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. +** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by +** default, use a private cache. +**
file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile +** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" +** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. +**
file:data.db?mode=readonly +** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. +**
+** +** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and +** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the +** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, +** the results are undefined. ** ** Note to Windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument ** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever ** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international ** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into ** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ @@ -2384,6 +2874,50 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ); /* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters +** +** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. +** +** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of +** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or +** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and +** P is the name of the query parameter, then +** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F +** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns +** a pointer to an empty string. +** +** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean +** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value +** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the +** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of +** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or +** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query +** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the +** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). +** +** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a +** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not +** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then +** zero is returned. +** +** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and +** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen +** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably +** undesirable. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); + + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages ** ** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or @@ -2402,6 +2936,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by ** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ ** +** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text +** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally +** and must not be freed by the application)^. +** ** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the ** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between ** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. @@ -2420,6 +2959,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object @@ -2498,43 +3038,45 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. ** **
-** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
**
The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
**
The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
**
The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the ** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index ** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
**
The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
**
The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
**
The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program ** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently ** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of ** SQLite.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
**
The maximum number of arguments on a function.
)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
**
The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^
** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] ** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
**
The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or ** [GLOB] operators.
)^ ** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] ** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
**
The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ ** -** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
**
The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
)^ **
*/ @@ -2574,7 +3116,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small ** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that ** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including -** the nul-terminator bytes. +** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to +** make a copy of the input string. ** ** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte ** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only @@ -2604,7 +3147,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); **
  • ** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it ** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL -** statement and try to run it again. +** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY] +** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error. **
  • ** **
  • @@ -2625,8 +3169,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the ** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] ** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column -** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2] compile-time option is enabled. -** the +** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. **
  • ** */ @@ -2671,7 +3214,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database ** -** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if ** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to ** the content of the database file. ** @@ -2700,6 +3243,25 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not +** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] +** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. +** +** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** statements that are holding a transaction open. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object ** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} ** @@ -2715,7 +3277,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. ** ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not -** a mutex is held. A internal mutex is held for a protected +** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected ** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded ** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) @@ -2789,12 +3351,25 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). ** ** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter +** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). ** ** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the ** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the ** number of bytes in the value, not the number of characters.)^ -** ^If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is +** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** is negative, then the length of the string is ** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. +** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then +** the behavior is undefined. +** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() +** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset +** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL +** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than +** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will +** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings +** with embedded NULs is undefined. ** ** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and ** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or @@ -2939,7 +3514,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. ** ** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] -** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the next call to +** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the next call to ** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. ** ** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine @@ -2965,7 +3542,9 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); ** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and ** the origin_ routines return the column name. ** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed -** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the same information is requested ** again in a different encoding. ** ** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the @@ -3059,7 +3638,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); ** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the ** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] ** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the -** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within a +** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an ** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before ** continuing. ** @@ -3124,6 +3703,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); ** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of ** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to +** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) +** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned +** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] +** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step +** pragma returns 0 columns of data. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] */ @@ -3223,7 +3808,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. ** ** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), -** even empty strings, are always zero terminated. ^The return +** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return ** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. ** ** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an @@ -3246,19 +3831,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** **
    NULL INTEGER Result is 0 **
    NULL FLOAT Result is 0.0 -**
    NULL TEXT Result is NULL pointer -**
    NULL BLOB Result is NULL pointer +**
    NULL TEXT Result is a NULL pointer +**
    NULL BLOB Result is a NULL pointer **
    INTEGER FLOAT Convert from integer to float **
    INTEGER TEXT ASCII rendering of the integer **
    INTEGER BLOB Same as INTEGER->TEXT -**
    FLOAT INTEGER Convert from float to integer +**
    FLOAT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER **
    FLOAT TEXT ASCII rendering of the float -**
    FLOAT BLOB Same as FLOAT->TEXT -**
    TEXT INTEGER Use atoi() -**
    TEXT FLOAT Use atof() +**
    FLOAT BLOB [CAST] to BLOB +**
    TEXT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +**
    TEXT FLOAT [CAST] to REAL **
    TEXT BLOB No change -**
    BLOB INTEGER Convert to TEXT then use atoi() -**
    BLOB FLOAT Convert to TEXT then use atof() +**
    BLOB INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +**
    BLOB FLOAT [CAST] to REAL **
    BLOB TEXT Add a zero terminator if needed **
    ** )^ @@ -3314,7 +3899,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or ** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings ** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned -** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into +** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into ** [sqlite3_free()]. ** ** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any @@ -3338,7 +3923,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); ** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object ** ** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. -** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors or +** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors ** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns ** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then ** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or @@ -3397,7 +3982,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior ** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between ** these routines are the text encoding expected for -** the the second parameter (the name of the function being created) +** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) ** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for ** the application data pointer. ** @@ -3423,15 +4008,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for -** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work -** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be -** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may -** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple -** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. +** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the +** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or +** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] +** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using +** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for +** each encoding. ** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite ** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. -** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text -** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY]. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] +** to signal that the function will always return the same result given +** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are +** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a +** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to +** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use +** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible. ** ** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the ** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ @@ -3442,7 +4036,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal ** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep ** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing -** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL poiners for all three function +** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function ** callbacks. ** ** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, @@ -3517,10 +4111,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( #define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 #define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 #define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ -#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* sqlite3_create_function only */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ #define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ /* +** CAPI3REF: Function Flags +** +** These constants may be ORed together with the +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument +** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x800 + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions ** DEPRECATED ** @@ -3536,7 +4140,8 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int), + void*,sqlite3_int64); #endif /* @@ -3616,14 +4221,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); ** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the ** first time from within xFinal().)^ ** -** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer if N is -** less than or equal to zero or if a memory allocate error occurs. +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory +** allocate error occurs. ** ** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is ** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the ** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory -** allocation.)^ +** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** pointless memory allocations occur. ** ** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. @@ -3666,41 +4274,49 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data ** -** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to +** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to ** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to ** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under -** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may -** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar -** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as -** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression -** pattern. The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple -** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string -** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation. +** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example +** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching +** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as +** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, +** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple +** invocations of the same function. ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata ** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument -** value to the application-defined function. ^If no metadata has been ever -** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding -** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set, -** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer. -** -** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata -** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th -** argument of the application-defined function. Subsequent -** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has -** not been destroyed. -** ^If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor -** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on -** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes -** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first. -** -** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any -** parameter of any function at any time. ^The only guarantee is that -** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped. +** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata +** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface +** returns a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th +** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or +** NULL if the metadata has been discarded. +** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL, +** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly +** once, when the metadata is discarded. +** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including:
      +**
    • when the corresponding function parameter changes, or +**
    • when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the +** SQL statement, or +**
    • when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or +**
    • during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** allocation error occurs.
    )^ +** +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() +** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the +** function implementation should not make any use of P after +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called. ** ** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for -** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal -** values and [parameters].)^ +** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal +** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^ ** ** These routines must be called from the same thread in which ** the SQL function is running. @@ -3721,7 +4337,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(voi ** the content before returning. ** ** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain -** C++ compilers. See ticket #2191. +** C++ compilers. */ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); #define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) @@ -3774,11 +4390,11 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() ** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. ** -** ^The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error -** indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. ** -** ^The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error -** indicating that a memory allocation failed. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a memory allocation failed. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer @@ -3803,7 +4419,12 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text ** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined -** function result. +** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it +** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would +** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur +** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd +** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the +** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. ** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that ** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has @@ -3876,7 +4497,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); ** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin ** on an even byte address. ** -** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is a application data pointer that is passed +** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed ** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. ** ** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. @@ -3892,7 +4513,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); ** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an ** integer that is negative, zero, or positive ** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, -** respectively. A collating function must alway return the same answer +** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer ** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered ** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all ** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. @@ -4000,6 +4621,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ ); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); /* ** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not @@ -4013,6 +4639,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ ); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); /* ** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless @@ -4062,6 +4693,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate ** temporary file directory. ** +** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable. +** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT). +** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications +** neither read nor write this variable. This global variable is a relic +** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should +** be avoided in new projects. +** ** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one ** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable ** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate @@ -4080,10 +4718,67 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be ** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] ** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite +** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to. If +** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do +** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection] +** objects have been destroyed. +** +** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an +** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime: +** +**
    +** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
    +**       TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
    +** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1];
    +** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
    +** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
    +**       NULL, NULL);
    +** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
    +** 
    */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory; /* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files +** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by +** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed +** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL +** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified +** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory +** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global +** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS. +** +** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is +** open can result in a corrupt database. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory; + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode ** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} ** @@ -4119,6 +4814,31 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); /* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename +** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file +** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database +** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then +** a NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the +** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename +** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used +** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N +** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not +** the name of a database on connection D. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement ** ** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after @@ -4153,13 +4873,15 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for ** the first call for each function on D. ** +** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. ** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions ** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the ** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit ** or rollback hook in the first place. -** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their -** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, +** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify +** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. ** @@ -4185,12 +4907,13 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function ** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument -** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in +** a rowid table. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a -** row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. ** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument ** to sqlite3_update_hook(). ** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], @@ -4203,6 +4926,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** ** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are ** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ +** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. ** ** ^In the current implementation, the update hook ** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an @@ -4234,7 +4958,6 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache -** KEYWORDS: {shared cache} ** ** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache ** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] @@ -4257,6 +4980,9 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( ** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared ** cache setting should set it explicitly. ** +** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a +** 32-bit integer is atomic. +** ** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); @@ -4272,10 +4998,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); ** which might be more or less than the amount requested. ** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero ** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); /* +** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap +** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even +** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is +** omitted. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size ** ** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the @@ -4289,7 +5030,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); ** is advisory only. ** ** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of -** the soft heap limit prior to the call. ^If the argument N is negative +** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an +** error. ^If the argument N is negative ** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current ** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. @@ -4304,8 +5046,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); **
  • Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the ** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and ** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. -**
  • An alternative page cache implementation is specifed using -** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE],...). +**
  • An alternative page cache implementation is specified using +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). **
  • The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied ** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than ** from the heap. @@ -4418,11 +5160,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( ** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. ** ** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an -** SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile. +** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If +** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load +** with various operating-system specific extensions added. +** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like +** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might +** be tried also. ** ** ^The entry point is zProc. -** ^zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point -** defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init". +** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an +** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init". +** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the +** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic +** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following +** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^ ** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns ** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. ** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the @@ -4448,11 +5199,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading ** ** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are -** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling -** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API +** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling +** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API ** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. ** -** ^Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863. +** ^Extension loading is off by default. ** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 ** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn ** it back off again. @@ -4464,7 +5215,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); ** ** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for ** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that -** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked SQLite extension +** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension] ** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. ** ** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes @@ -4492,11 +5243,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); ** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point ** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. ** -** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]. +** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] +** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); /* +** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the +** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to +** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] +** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully +** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization +** routines. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading ** ** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously @@ -4525,7 +5289,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} ** -** This structure, sometimes called a a "virtual table module", +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", ** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. ** @@ -4565,6 +5329,11 @@ struct sqlite3_module { void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void **ppArg); int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ + int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); }; /* @@ -4615,10 +5384,22 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate ** sorting step is required. ** -** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the -** particular lookup. A full scan of a table with N entries should have -** a cost of N. A binary search of a table of N entries should have a -** cost of approximately log(N). +** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular +** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar +** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) +** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a +** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. +** +** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that +** will be returned by the strategy. +** +** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info +** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is +** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting +** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely +** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should +** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a +** value greater than or equal to 3008002. */ struct sqlite3_index_info { /* Inputs */ @@ -4643,7 +5424,9 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ - double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ + double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */ + sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */ }; /* @@ -4837,7 +5620,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column ** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ ** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for -** a expired BLOB handle fail with an return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not ** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually ** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ @@ -4847,6 +5630,9 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a ** blob. ** +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID] +** table. Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables. +** ** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces ** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired, ** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using @@ -5041,17 +5827,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** implementations are available in the SQLite core: ** **
      -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP **
    )^ ** ** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines ** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in -** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2, -** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations -** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows. +** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and +** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix +** and Windows. ** ** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor ** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex @@ -5072,10 +5857,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 ** )^ ** ** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) @@ -5240,14 +6027,14 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { ** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument ** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. ** -** ^The implementation is not required to provided versions of these +** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these ** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working ** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always ** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. ** ** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then ** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since -** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But the +** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But ** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not ** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the ** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is @@ -5279,6 +6066,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 8 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 9 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 10 /* For use by application */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection @@ -5368,9 +6158,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ 17 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 18 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT 23 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 23 /* ** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status @@ -5379,7 +6174,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); ** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various ** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for ** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes -** are of the form [SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ +** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ ** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. ** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the ** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after @@ -5406,12 +6201,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters +** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} ** ** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters ** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. ** **
    -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
    **
    This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out ** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The ** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application @@ -5421,23 +6217,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF ** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation ** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their ** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
    **
    This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations ** currently checked out.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the ** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
    )^ ** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
    **
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] @@ -5447,13 +6244,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because ** no space was left in the page cache.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the ** [scratch memory allocator] configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not @@ -5461,7 +6258,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF ** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads ** using scratch memory at the same time.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
    **
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] ** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values @@ -5471,13 +6268,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF ** slots were available. **
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    **
    This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
    )^ **
    @@ -5502,9 +6299,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the ** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument ** is an integer constant, taken from the set of -** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED | SQLITE_DBSTATUS_*] macros, that +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that ** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of -** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED | SQLITE_DBSTATUS_*] macros is likely +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely ** to grow in future releases of SQLite. ** ** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur @@ -5521,6 +6318,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} ** ** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as ** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. @@ -5532,38 +6330,37 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. ** **
    -** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently ** checked out.
    )^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
    +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
    **
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were ** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero. -** checked out.
    )^ +** the current value is always zero.)^ ** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
    **
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have ** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of ** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. ** Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero. -** checked out.
    )^ +** the current value is always zero.)^ ** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
    **
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have ** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside ** memory already being in use. ** Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero. -** checked out.
    )^ +** the current value is always zero.)^ ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap ** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap ** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated ** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ @@ -5572,12 +6369,41 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** [shared cache mode] being enabled. ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. ** -** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap ** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with ** the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. **
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** is always 0. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** is always 0. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the +** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the +** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of +** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. +** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect +** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The +** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS
    +**
    This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if +** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been +** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0. +**
    **
    */ #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 @@ -5587,14 +6413,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 6 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 10 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status ** ** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various -** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counters] that measure the number +** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number ** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can ** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared ** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds @@ -5605,7 +6435,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from ** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement ** object to be interrogated. The second argument -** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counter] +** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] ** to be interrogated.)^ ** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. ** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this @@ -5617,35 +6447,45 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} ** ** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter ** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. ** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: ** **
    -**
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
    +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
    **
    ^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in ** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter ** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through ** careful use of indices.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
    +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
    **
    ^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
    ** -**
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
    +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
    **
    ^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that ** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not ** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.
    ** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP
    +**
    ^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed +** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. +** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 +** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. +**
    **
    */ #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4 /* ** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object @@ -5656,17 +6496,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); ** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers ** to the object. ** -** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods] for additional information. +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; /* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the +** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this +** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances +** of this object as parameters or as their return value. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; +struct sqlite3_pcache_page { + void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ +}; + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. ** KEYWORDS: {page cache} ** -** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can +** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can ** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an -** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure.)^ +** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ ** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by ** SQLite is used for the page cache. ** By implementing a @@ -5680,21 +6536,23 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. ** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. ** -** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure are copied to an +** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an ** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence ** the application may discard the parameter after the call to ** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ ** +** [[the xInit() page cache method]] ** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective ** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() -** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods.pArg value.)^ +** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ ** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures ** required by the custom page cache implementation. ** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined ** page cache.)^ ** +** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] ** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. ** It can be used to clean up ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. @@ -5709,21 +6567,20 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening ** call to xShutdown(). ** +** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] ** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. ** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must -** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will not be a power of two. ^szPage -** will the page size of the database file that is to be cached plus an -** increment (here called "R") of less than 250. SQLite will use the -** extra R bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying -** database page on disk. The value of R depends +** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will +** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the +** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying +** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends ** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. -** ^(R is constant for a particular build of SQLite. Except, there are two -** distinct values of R when SQLite is compiled with the proprietary -** ZIPVFS extension.)^ ^The second argument to -** xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being created will -** be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or +** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being +** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or ** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation ** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; ** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will @@ -5733,6 +6590,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will ** never contain any unpinned pages. ** +** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] ** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the ** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache ** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using @@ -5740,15 +6598,22 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this ** value; it is advisory only. ** +** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] ** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently ** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. ** +** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] ** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to -** the page, or a NULL pointer. -** A "page", in this context, means a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an -** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The -** mimimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page -** is considered to be "pinned". +** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. +** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be +** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested +** for each entry in the page cache. +** +** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value +** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered +** to be "pinned". ** ** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache ** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content @@ -5757,7 +6622,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** parameter to help it determined what action to take: ** ** -**
    createFlag Behaviour when page is not already in cache +**
    createFlag Behavior when page is not already in cache **
    0 Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. **
    1 Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. ** Otherwise return NULL. @@ -5771,6 +6636,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of ** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. ** +** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] ** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page ** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, ** then the page must be evicted from the cache. @@ -5783,6 +6649,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls ** to xFetch(). ** +** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] ** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the ** page passed as the second argument. If the cache ** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be @@ -5795,11 +6662,41 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; ** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that ** they can be safely discarded. ** +** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] ** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). ** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After ** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] -** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods +** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 ** functions. +** +** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to +** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation +** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should +** do their best. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { + int iVersion; + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + +/* +** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced +** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is +** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { @@ -5816,6 +6713,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); }; + /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object ** @@ -5857,7 +6755,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each ** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** -** sqlite3_backup_init() +** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] sqlite3_backup_init() ** ** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the ** [database connection] associated with the destination database @@ -5884,7 +6782,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup ** operation. ** -** sqlite3_backup_step() +** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] sqlite3_backup_step() ** ** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between ** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. @@ -5941,7 +6839,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically ** updated at the same time. ** -** sqlite3_backup_finish() +** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] sqlite3_backup_finish() ** ** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application @@ -5964,7 +6862,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** -** sqlite3_backup_remaining(), sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** ** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside ** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed @@ -6144,17 +7043,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( /* ** CAPI3REF: String Comparison ** -** ^The [sqlite3_strnicmp()] API allows applications and extensions to -** compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a -** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of case independence -** that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications +** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 +** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case +** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); /* +** CAPI3REF: String Globbing +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches +** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match +** the glob pattern P. ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the +** SQL dialect used by SQLite. ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case +** sensitive. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface ** -** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the error log +** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log] ** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. ** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are ** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. @@ -6234,6 +7149,9 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( ** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface ** from SQL. ** +** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE]. +** ** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint ** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] ** pages. The use of this interface @@ -6250,15 +7168,203 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); ** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of ** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in ** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface initiates a +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE] checkpoint. +** Use the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface to get a FULL +** or RESET checkpoint. ** ** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface ** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the ** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be ** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); /* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database +** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the +** eMode parameter: +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
    +** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log +** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling +** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback] +** is never invoked. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
    +** This mode blocks (it invokes the +** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no +** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database +** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
    +** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after +** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the +** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures +** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file +** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +**
    +** +** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to +** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already +** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be +** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. +** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 +** before returning to communicate this to the caller. +** +** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a +** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. +** +** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive +** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained +** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer +** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is +** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** +** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If +** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any +** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters +** +** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of +** each of these values. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration +** +** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure +** various facets of the virtual table interface. +** +** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or +** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. +** +** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using +** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options +** may be added in the future. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options +** +** These macros define the various options to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations +** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT +**
    Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, +** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose +** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not +** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if +** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire +** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been +** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual +** ON CONFLICT mode specified. +** +** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees +** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before +** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns +** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode +** had been ABORT. +** +** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and +** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** constraint handling. +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The +** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], +** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the +** [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode} +** +** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to +** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. +** +** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential +** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that +** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 +/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ +#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 +/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ +#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 + + + +/* ** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for ** builds on processors without floating point support. */ @@ -6269,7 +7375,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); #ifdef __cplusplus } /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif -#endif +#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */ /* ** 2010 August 30 @@ -6293,6 +7399,16 @@ extern "C" { #endif typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info; + +/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the +** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#else + typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#endif /* ** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an @@ -6303,7 +7419,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( sqlite3 *db, const char *zGeom, - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int nCoord, double *aCoord, int *pRes), + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*), void *pContext ); @@ -6315,11 +7431,60 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ - double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ }; +/* +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zQueryFunc, + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), + void *pContext, + void (*xDestructor)(void*) +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** argument to scored geometry callback registered using +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). +** +** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info { + void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */ + int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */ + void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */ + void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */ + unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */ + int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */ + int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */ + int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */ + int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */ + int eWithin; /* OUT: Visiblity */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin. +*/ +#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */ +#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */ +#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */ + #ifdef __cplusplus } /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ diff --git a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h index e45e691fd6..ecf93f62f6 100644 --- a/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h +++ b/release/src-rt-6.x.4708/router/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h @@ -49,8 +49,10 @@ struct sqlite3_api_routines { int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); int (*changes)(sqlite3*); int (*close)(sqlite3*); - int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)); - int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)); + int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const char*)); + int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const void*)); const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); @@ -75,10 +77,18 @@ struct sqlite3_api_routines { void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); int (*complete)(const char*sql); int (*complete16)(const void*sql); - int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); - int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); - int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); - int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); @@ -123,16 +133,19 @@ struct sqlite3_api_routines { void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); - int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),void*); + int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*, + const char*,const char*),void*); void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); + int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*, + char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); void (*thread_cleanup)(void); int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); - void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,sqlite_int64),void*); + void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*, + sqlite_int64),void*); void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); @@ -154,15 +167,19 @@ struct sqlite3_api_routines { int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); /* Added by 3.4.1 */ - int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,void (*xDestroy)(void *)); + int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*, + void (*xDestroy)(void *)); /* Added by 3.5.0 */ int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*); int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*); - int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,int,sqlite3_blob**); + int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64, + int,sqlite3_blob**); int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int); int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int); - int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),void(*)(void*)); + int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*)(void*)); int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*); sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); @@ -198,7 +215,11 @@ struct sqlite3_api_routines { int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int); const char *(*compileoption_get)(int); int (*compileoption_used)(const char*); - int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),void(*xDestroy)(void*)); + int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*)); int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...); sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*); int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int); @@ -212,6 +233,23 @@ struct sqlite3_api_routines { int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int); int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*); void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*); + int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64); + int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...); + int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.7.16 and later */ + int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*errstr)(int); + int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*); + int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int); + sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*); + char *(*vsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list); + int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*); }; /* @@ -412,9 +450,38 @@ struct sqlite3_api_routines { #define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint #define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint #define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen sqlite3_api->blob_reopen +#define sqlite3_vtab_config sqlite3_api->vtab_config +#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict +/* Version 3.7.16 and later */ +#define sqlite3_close_v2 sqlite3_api->close_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_filename sqlite3_api->db_filename +#define sqlite3_db_readonly sqlite3_api->db_readonly +#define sqlite3_db_release_memory sqlite3_api->db_release_memory +#define sqlite3_errstr sqlite3_api->errstr +#define sqlite3_stmt_busy sqlite3_api->stmt_busy +#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly +#define sqlite3_stricmp sqlite3_api->stricmp +#define sqlite3_uri_boolean sqlite3_api->uri_boolean +#define sqlite3_uri_int64 sqlite3_api->uri_int64 +#define sqlite3_uri_parameter sqlite3_api->uri_parameter +#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->vsnprintf +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2 #endif /* SQLITE_CORE */ -#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0; -#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api = v; +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable + ** extension */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \ + extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; +#else + /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the + ** application */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 /*no-op*/ +#endif #endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */ -- 2.11.4.GIT